Chapter 1: What Dictates A Life
Chapter Text
Quirks. Superpowers that most anyone holds nowadays. Quirks can range from anything from running a millisecond faster to the strength to change the weather with just one punch from the wind pressure it generates. Quirks are everything. Quirks define who you are. Every child is elated to discover their quirk and find out who they truly are. This happens around the ripe age of four years old. Some are natural-born heroes. Others are perfect for other occupations such as baking or being an artist. With such a high hope for the future that a quirk brings, one would think they would be happy to discover theirs and reveal just how useful they can be.
But…
What happens when your quirk dictates you as nothing more than a doll to be used by others?
_______________________________
“Wow, Kacchan!” a little green-haired boy chirped. “Your quirk is so cool!”
His blonde friend sat in the middle of their preschool class with his palms out, tiny explosions popping from them.
His head swiveled around to face the greenette, his red eyes wide and excited. All of their teachers were congratulating him. It was the perfect quirk for a hero! The other children were cheering and soon the teacher had to avert their attention to calling down the preschoolers.
The blonde and greenette soon found themselves at the arts and crafts table.
The blonde looked up. “I’ve got mine, Izu,” Katsuki Bakugo said definitively. “Now we just have to wait for you to get yours to be heroes together!” He missed the way the green-haired boy flinched. Izuku Midoriya smiled back at his best friend, pulling his sleeve down subconsciously to hide the bruise on his arm.
“Y- yeah!” he stuttered out.
The truth was though… Izuku had gotten his quirk a month ago. He hadn’t told anyone for three reasons. One: Mommy said so. Two: fear of what the others would think. And three…
Izuku Midoriya hated his quirk.
Izuku chased after Kacchan as they ran down the sidewalk to their housing addition. Kacchan was a bit taller so he made it to Auntie Mitsuki’s house first. Auntie Mitsuki is Kacchan's mother. The Midoriya’s and Bakugo’s aren’t really related but the two families are close enough to be blood-related. Kacchan threw the door open excitedly with excessive force. He ran into the house, Izuku following at a more normal pace, closing the door behind his friend.
“WHERE ARE YOU, OLD HAG!?” the blonde yelled.
A beat.
“WHO YOU CALLIN’ OLD, BRAT!?” came the loud reply from a female voice somewhere in the house. The living room. Izuku followed after Kacchan as he ran as fast as his little four-year-old legs could move. By the time Izuku rounded into the living room, Kacchan was already showing off his shiny new quirk. However much Izuku wanted to smile at his friend's enthusiasm, he couldn’t. He froze when he entered the room and took in the occupants. Auntie and Uncle were on the couch with Kacchan in the middle of the room. On the love seat to the left of said couch was… Inko Midoriya, Izuku’s mother and Auntie Mitsuki’s best friends since their high school days.
“Izuku, sweetie,” he jumped when his mother addressed him. He realized he had been standing there shaking for a bit. “Y- YES!?” he squeaked out. Mommy smiled softly. Fake. “Katsuki asked you a question, dear. It’s rude to not reply.” Izuku flinched. Only he heard the unlying threat in her tone. Izuku turned his head to his best friend.
“S- sorry, Kacchan! W- what d- did you say?” he asked.
The blonde-haired boy rolled his eyes. “I said: ‘When are you going to get your quirk already?’” Izuku’s eyes flitted back to Mommy. She smiled, eyes narrowing a bit. “Well?” she questioned with a side tilt of her head. Fake!
Izuku subconsciously pulled at his sleeve again before raising his arm and scratching the back of his head, laughing more forcibly than usual.
“I- I don’t know, Kacchan!” he lied.
Inko nodded, seemingly satisfied. No, she was never satisfied.
“We are going to a quirk specialist this evening to see when his quirk will show,” Mommy LIED.
“Oh, won’t that be exciting, Izuku?” Izuku looked at Auntie Mitsuki. Smile, he told himself. Corners up, eyes squinted, voice clear. “Yep!” he forced out.
Izuku involuntarily flinched when Kacchan lightly punched his shoulder. No one noticed.
“Whatever you get it won’t be as cool as mine!” the blonde roared.
Izuku nodded. "Of course. Nothing was as cool as explosions!" Then again, any quirk was better than the one I have.
Mommy ‘checked the time’ on her phone before standing up. “Would you look at the time!” she exclaimed. “We are going to be late for your appointment, Izuku!” She turned to Auntie and Uncle. ‘Thank you for having us.” Mommy ruffled Kacchan's hair. “You are going to be an amazing hero with that quirk, Katsuki,” she said warmly. Why couldn’t she use that kind of tone with Izuku? Saying their goodbyes, Izuku followed Mommy out of the house, his hand in hers. It might look like a normal mother-son pair walking together but in reality, Izuku was practically being dragged, his hand hurt from the strength of her grip, and his legs felt like jello as he imagined the impending doom when they would reach their house and the door would close, blocking the freedom of the outside from Izuku’s grasp.
Even if he wanted to run away, he couldn’t. Mommy had him by his quirk. The dull throb in his chest told him so.
As soon as the apartment door shut, Izuku stopped by the door as Mommy took a few steps forward. She stopped and turned to him. Izuku froze from the anger in her green eyes. He squeezed his emerald eyes shut tightly. Mommy reached forward and grabbed seemingly thin air. It wasn’t thin air. Izuku felt it. She pulled back harshly. Izuku felt something in him pull by the chest as he was thrown through the air towards the woman. Mommy ‘let go’ and moved out of the way. The throb release but the momentum didn’t. He bit his tongue to keep from crying out as he collided into the wall.
“Idiot!” the woman screamed. She reached forward again. The tug came at his arm. Izuku was swung around by his arm by what seemed like an invisible force. He crashed onto the couch.
“What the hell was that?” she barked. “You were shaking so much and kept pulling on your sleeve!” She stormed over to the couch and towered over the boy shaking. She reached forward, ‘grabbed’ and pulled up. Izuku’s arm was forced into the air, his sleeve falling down his arm to reveal the multiple bruises.
“Are you trying to give me away? Huh?!”
She let go of his quirk and his arm dropped. Izuku shook his head harshly. “N- n- n- n- No, ma’am!” Mommy’s eye twitched. Izuku stumbled as she grabbed onto his quirk and stormed down the hallway, he being dragged along. She slammed open his door, turned, and yanked harshly. Izuku screamed as he went flying into his All Might themed room, smashing into his bed frame. He tried to sit up but his arms were shaking too much. Izuku glanced up at the green-haired woman who stood menacingly in his doorway with her hand on the doorknob. He quickly turned his eyes to the floor when he met her gaze. The gaze that looked the little boy up and down, judging him.
“No dinner tonight,” she decided. Izuku’s eyes widened and he looked at her shocked, finally getting the strength to at least sit up. “B- b- but I- I di- didn’t eat y- yesterday e- either!” he pleaded. She SHRUGGED. “Maybe next time you won’t be so obvious about it.” She smiled that fake, fake smile of hers. “You belong to me, Izuku. Don’t forget that.” He lurched forward as she closed the door, too late to grab the handle before the soft *click* of the lock sounded. It only locked from the outside. Izuku looked at the door in despair, much more despair than any four-year-old child should be able to produce.
Still, as he crawled to the closest that held the first aid kit that he had stored in his room, Izuku knew she was right. As he pulled off his preschool uniform, wincing at the movement, at the large bruise that was forming on his right side, Izuku couldn’t help but agree with her.
You see, in this world, a quirk dictates what you are. It dictates your worth and your future. So, of course, she was right when he had THAT quirk. While it was a weak one, Inko Midoriya could draw inanimate objects to her. She was a natural commander. Izuku had a much stronger quirk but in the worst way.
In a world where your quirk decides what you are, his quirk decided he would be a doll. A strange mutation of his mother’s quirk, Izuku’s quirk was labeled “Puppet.” Not “Puppet Master” or “Marionettist” or “Puppeteer” but “Puppet.” Because that is what he is. Izuku has invisible strings connected to his body and if a person knows what they are doing or knows about his quirk, they can grab onto them from a limited distance and pull or control him in any way they deem fit. In a sense, as his mother’s quirk is attracting things to herself, Izuku’s is people attracting him to themselves.
They discovered it when Izuku was too busy watching an All Might video and Inko got angry so she reached out to pull at his shirt lightly but ended up grabbing Izuku. At first, it was all fun and games as they worked together to learn more and more about Izuku’s quirk. Being the quirk fanatic he is, Inko only thought of it as bonding with her son.
Until she got addicted.
She got addicted to the power she had over her son. It was like her natural-born commandership skills she got from commanding other things to her will overtook her. It started with dragging to get his attention. Then gently making him hit walls as punishment. Then it became abuse. She enjoyed the power she had over her son! She could control another human being! She made Izuku keep his mouth shut because she wanted that power all to herself. Not like Izuku wanted to tell anyone. He didn’t want another master to be abused by.
In a world where quirks dictate your worth, Izuku Midoriya was set at the lowest bar. Even the quirkless were higher than him, they at least had control over their own actions. Not him.
At the bottom of the fallen chain, Izuku Midoriya was the world’s “Puppet” and Inko Midoriya was his “Puppet Master.”
Izuku Midoriya hated his quirk.
Chapter 2: I'm "Quirkless"
Summary:
Izuku tells a lie and has to face the consequences for his own safety.
Notes:
I am posting the first few chapters at a rapid pace because I had already had them down before posting the first one.
Chapter Text
Katsuki Bakugo bounced with jittery energy in his preschool classroom as he waited for his best friend to show up. He had gotten his quirk yesterday so one half of the amazing hero duo was already complete. Yesterday Auntie Inko said that she was taking Izu to a quirk spec- specal- fancy word! Someone who knows a lot about quirks! Not important, really. What was important was that Izu would know when he would get his quirk and when they could finally start their plans to become heroes together!
The door to the classroom opened and Katsuki could see his curly-headed friend standing behind Auntie Inko.
“IZU!” he yelled loudly. The greenette jumped but Katsuki didn’t think anything of it. Izu had always been a scaredy-cat. Izuku waved gently to Auntie before rushing over to meet Katsuki. As soon as Auntie Inko left, Katsuki popped the question.
“So? When do you get your quirk, Izu?”
Izu looked down. Funny. Katsuki bent over and stuck his face right in the freckled boy's face. “Hellooooooooo!? Earth to Izu!” The greenette jumped back. He watched as his friend tugged at his own sleeve before suddenly snapping his hand off as if he had done something bad. Izu was such a strange kid. Katsuki was getting impatient. He stood up straight and crossed his arms.
“Well?”
“-less…” came an almost inaudible whisper from his friend. Katsuki growled. “Speak up, Izu! No one can hear you if you mumble like that!” Izuku snapped his head up with tears in his eyes causing Katsuki to falter.
“I’m quirkless!” the greenette all but screamed causing everyone to jump because Izuku doesn’t ever raise his voice. Katsuki tilted his head. “Hah? What is that supposed to mean?” Everyone was watching Izu now. The little boy looked down. “Th- the d- doctor said,” his stutter was back, “th- that I have an extra t- toe j- j- joint th- that people who h- have q- q- quirks d- don’t have s- s- so that m- means that I d- don’t have a q- quirk.” Tears were spilling from Izu’s eyes onto the floor now. His friend looked up and into Katsuki’s eyes. The sheer amount of pain held in his friend's eyes took him back.
“I- I’m s- sorry, K- Kacchan.”
A beat. Two. Three. Before… “BWAHAHAHAHAHA!” Katsuki and Izu both jumped as the other kids roared with laughter.
“Quirkless?”
“That’s so lame!”
“He doesn’t even have a quirk!”
“He’s so stupid!”
“He’s so weak!”
Izu’s head swiveled around frantically along with his hands. “I- I- I-” With his stutter, he couldn’t get a sentence out above the laughing children. Even the teachers were trying their best to hide their laughter. Katsuki stared at his green-haired friend. Just like that their dreams of being heroes together were over. Izu looked at him as though he was begging for help. Katsuki was torn between his friend and his dreams.
Once the laughing had died down, the teachers guided them to sit in a circle for song time. Izu went to sit by Katsuki, which Katsuki wouldn’t have refused, but a teacher grabbed the blonde's hand and pulled him away.
“Bakugo,” she spoke softly, “you have too good of a quirk to waste your potential on Midoriya. Come sit by me.” It clicked when he turned back to see Izu’s crestfallen face. It clicked when Izuku sat down and there was a visible gap between him and the kids around him who didn’t want to sit by Izu.
It clicked that Katsuki couldn’t be friends with Izu anymore. Quirks decided who you were and Izu was quirkless. If quirks decided who you are then Izu was the lowest. He was quirkless. He was nothing. He was…
“Deku,” Katsuki let the word slip as he was walking with Izu trialing a bit behind him as they were walking home. He had read it in a book that he was learning to read. It meant useless and it had the same character in it as Izuku. The two both stopped.
“W- what?” Izu’s head tilted. Katsuki glared at his friend. No, at the traitor. The traitor who had let Katsuki down. Why did he have to be quirkless?! They could have been heroes together! They would have been the best! But now… It was like a huge slap in the face hearing the word ‘quirkless’ come from Izu’s mouth. A punch in the gut when he had said, in his broken, stuttering voice,
-----
‘I- I’m s- sorry, K- Kacchan.’
-----
Katsuki spun on his foot to face the greenette. “DEKU!” he yelled. “That’s what you are! Don’t follow me anymore. I don’t want you holding me back!”
Katsuki hated the way Izu’s face fell. He hated the way that tears came so freely to Izu’s round doe eyes. He hated the way that they made his chest feel weird and his heart hurt. He hated the way his heart dropped along with Izu when the smaller boy fell to his knees with a soft *thump*. He hated the way he ran away. And… as he slammed his room door shut and threw himself onto his bed…
Katsuki hated himself for making his best friend cry like that.
_______________________________
Izuku stared at Kacchan’s back as the blonde boy got further and further away. Izuku sat there, his knees to the sidewalk and arms to his side as tears fell from his eyes. His yellow backpack fell from his shoulder. Izuku hung his head.
“Ha…”
The laugh escaped his lips.
“Ha… ha…”
Izuku threw his head up. “HA HA HA!” He couldn’t help it. He couldn’t help the way his lungs contracted and it got harder to breathe the more he laughed. He couldn’t help the way his mind fogged over as air became harder and harder to breathe in.
Izuku fell forward, pressing his head to the hard ground. He hiccupped, his laughs turning into painful gasps for air. Why? WHY?! WHAT DID I DO WRONG!!!??? He froze all at once. Izuku lifted his head to the blue sky above.
In a voice way too mature that carried words far too heavy for a four-year-old boy, Izuku chuckled to himself:
“Oh, that’s what.” He smiled painfully. “I was born.”
Izuku slowly recollected himself. He pulled his bag back onto his shoulders and stood up, wobbling a bit as his legs had fallen asleep. Izuku numbly began the walk to his apartment alone. He didn’t spare a single glance at Auntie and Uncle’s house as he walked by. Not even when they saw him from their windows and called out to him.
He knew Kacchan had told them. He couldn’t meet their faces. He didn’t want to see the rejection they held. Never before had the stairs to the third floor of the apartment complex felt so steep. Never before had the doorknob to his house felt like it was super glued stiff. When he slowly opened the door to the apartment and was met with the looming form of the woman that was supposed to be his mother…
never before had he wished that he could run to her and cry like the four-year-old boy he is.
She seemed happy as the door closed. “Did you tell them today?” she asked. “That you are quirkless?” Izuku couldn’t get his mouth to open or his voice box to vibrate. He just nodded. Like clockwork, he felt Mommy grab ahold of the string connected to his chest and he was pulled forward into her arms that wrapped around him as the hold on his was released. The hug felt so… wrong. It didn’t feel like a mother’s hug. It wasn’t reassuring. It didn’t make Izuku feel comfortable or safe. It made him feel trapped. She was holding him- No. Holding her possession as if it was something to be protective over.
“Good, Izuku. Good.” She let go and held him to face her by his shoulders. Her eyes looked as though she was victorious. What was she victorious over? Being able to claim Izuku for herself? Crushing her son’s heart with her own greed? “Now,” she said, standing up. “How does dinner sound?” His chest might have felt completely empty but he was still hungry and hadn’t eaten in two days so at the mention of food Izuku’s stomach growled loudly. Mommy chuckled. “Great!” He followed her and sat down at the table in his raised chair. Mommy set a plate with a peanut butter and jelly sandwich with chips in front of him. The pb and j was cut to be in the shape of a heart. He had to stop himself from narrowing his eyes at the crude joke. She sat down at the other side with a roast beef sandwich of her own. No matter what his body told him, Izuku had a little to no appetite. Still, under Mommy’s watchful eyes, he forced himself to finish every single bite. When they were done, Mommy took the dirty plates to the sink.
“How about you go choose a movie to watch, sweetie?” she suggested. “We will watch it together, alright?”
Izuku stared at her blankly for a good five seconds before nodding. He got down from his chair and walked into the living room. Izuku flipped through their album of CD’s. None, not even the hero ones, of them seemed interesting. Mommy finished and crouched beside him. “Ah!” she said loudly next to his ear causing him to jump. She grabbed the pages of the album and flipped far past the hero movies.
So much for Izuku picking. Then again, it’s not like he would ever get a choice for himself again.
She chose a nature documentary and put it in. Izuku suppressed a sigh. He sat on the couch. Mommy sat next to him, pulling a blanket over the two of them and snuggling close. It was boring. Like, really boring. Wow… look at that really tall plant! It can do photosyn- phosph- a word that Izuku doesn’t even know. A word he doesn’t care enough about to know. Mommy chose a series documentary that would switch to the next video right after the previous one ended. About three hours in, Izuku heard the gentle snores of the woman next to him. He tried to silently wiggle his way out of her grasp.
He gasped when the familiar tug of his quirk came from his back and he could not move forward. Izuku looked back. The green string that came from his back was in Mommy’s grasp. The string is only visible to Izuku and whoever is holding it at that moment. Mommy smiled.
“Where do you think you are going, Izuku?” His breath got caught in his throat. Izuku couldn’t get out of this with a simple nod or shake. He opened his mouth. “T- t- to use the b- bathroom,” he choked out. Mommy’s eyes were calculating. It was suffocating. She let go and the string disappeared. “Come right back, okay?” Izuku nodded harshly, practically throwing himself down the hallway. He lifted the toilet seat and proceeded to throw up dinner. Izuku wiped his chin. He flushed the toilet and washed his hands off in the sink. As Izuku splashed water in his face, he felt something off. No…
Izuku glanced over his shoulder. The door was closed but the string to his back was visible. It ran into and through the door. Izuku’s eyes widened in udder terror. “Please…” he whispered. “Please no…” All at once he was yanked backward, the air being forced out of him as he slammed against the closed door.
He didn’t fall though. He was still being pulled and thus his feet dangled as the force held him up. It hurt! To be continuously pulled with something blocking him from moving, it was like something in him was being ripped from his body!
There was a giggle from the other side of the door. “Izuku, sweetie,” Mommy’s voice came from the hallway, “I found a new trick from your quirk!” She sounded happy. Too happy. Izuku gasped as she tugged harder as though she was trying to pull him through the door. Tears swelled in Izuku’s eyes as his system overloaded with pain.
“M- mom! S- s- stop! Please!”
*SNAP*
Izuku screamed in pain as he felt the string break and he fell to the bathroom floor. Mommy slammed the door open. “IZUKU!” She crouched by him but Izuku scrambled back. He screamed again and crumpled when his back hit the bathtub. The older woman tried to reach out to him but Izuku instinctively slapped her hand away. Wrong move.
Mommy’s eyes darkened.
“I don’t like that, Izuku. Don’t resist.” He looked at her with eye wide, the pain still pulsing from his back and through his torso. He didn’t resist. She grabbed his wrist and pulled him down the hallway to his room. No, to the hallway closet? Izuku could do nothing as he was thrown in and the door was shut, a chair holding it shut.
“Think about what you’ve done, Izuku,” Mommy hissed. He listened to her fleeting footsteps before he began to pound at the door and cry.
That day, Izuku learned a few things.
One: His quirk can be used through objects.
Two: His strings can snap.
Three: Like a painful limb regrowing, his strings can grow back.
Four: It hurt like hell when you are pulled but cannot move an object in between.
Fifth: Izuku Midoriya is claustrophobic.
He would say that he learned that he was no longer in control of his body or his own life for that matter but… he already knew that.
Chapter 3: Breaking Free
Summary:
Izuku has had enough. He decides to take hold of his own life.
Notes:
Chapter three, for any of you who are reading this! ;)
Chapter Text
Katsuki eyed Iz- No, Deku, from the other side of the playground. It had been six months since the shocking news of Deku being quirkless. Deku sat on a swing alone. He wasn’t swinging, his legs weren’t long enough to push off the ground and none of the teachers would push him.
“All Might!” he clicked his tongue and turned back to his game of heroes and villains where he was playing the number one hero, All Might.
After school the two still walked in the same direction but Deku walked multiple paces behind him. Katsuki wanted nothing more than to run up and sling an arm over his old friend’s shoulder as he turned down the driveway of his own house and Deku kept walking.
“I’M HOME!” he yelled upon swinging the front door open.
At dinner, Dad asked about Deku. “Izuku hasn’t been over in a while. Did something happen between you two?” Katsuki rolled his eyes. “Who cares about that quirkless freak anyways?”
Both Mom and Dad narrowed their eyes.
“Katsuki,” he jumped at his mother’s strict voice, “you haven’t been avoiding Izuku, have you? I am sure you know that it is not his fault.” Katsuki growled. “Yeah well, I don’t need that baby holding me back!”
Dad cleared his voice. “Such big words. You are four, Katsuki. If anything is holding you back it is you from having a good friend.” Katsuki stared at his father in shock. He was a quiet man but Katsuki probably respected the man more than anyone else. Still…
*BOOM*
The chopsticks split in half as Katsuki slammed them down on the table. “Shut up, old man! You don’t know anything!” Katsuki jumped off his chair and ran to his room, slamming his door and locking it behind him.
Do you think I want this!? A remembered Deku that day in class, and every day for the past week. His smile was wide but it was almost too perfect. It never faltered. Not even when Katsuki pushed him or another kid kicked sand at him. It was like a picture that was painted on. His smile never reached his eyes. They were wide and his eyebrows were raised in the same way one’s eyebrows would raise when they are excited besides his was always there. Like they were forced. And his eyes… they were shockingly empty. None of the spark that he used to have to be found in the dark void. Katsuki clenched his fist and punched the wall, flinching slightly at the pain.
I hate this… I just want Izu back…
_______________________________
At five years old, Izuku found out what a dislocated shoulder felt like.
Mommy had pulled his arm using his quirk through a wall. She was “trying something new” like he was a toy to be tested. When he couldn’t be moved through the wall and before the string could snap, his shoulder dislocated from where the string was being pulled. Then it snapped.
Side note, the more they snap, the stronger they grow back. The stronger they grow back the harder it takes to snap and thus the longer she can abuse him with pain before it snaps.
At six years old, Izuku found out what it means to be burned.
School was no relief. The other kids began to get more violent. Kacchan decided to finally release his quirk on him. He was trying to protect another kid from being bullied. The kid got away. Izuku got his butt handed to him. That was okay. He would just smile and go on.
At seven years old, Izuku was waning.
It was harder to keep up his smile. It was harder to hide the injuries he got at home from those at school and in the same sense it was harder to hide the injuries he got at school from Inko at home. Around half a year ago he stopped calling her “Mom.”
_______________________________
Eight and a half years old, December 5th. Izuku was done.
He couldn’t keep doing this! One wrong move at home and his quirk was turned against him, he was locked in that dang closet, and he wasn’t fed for days. One wrong move at school and he would be sporting a new burn mark under his singed clothes as well as more cuts or bruises to match the ones he got at home.
Tonight was the night. Inko was in quite a good mood as she and a man from work had gone on a date and it apparently went well. Izuku was home alone and not in the closet. He swung open his room’s door. Izuku dumped his bag contents on the floor before getting everything he had prepped the last time he was not forced to spend the night in the closet. Despite everything, analysis was still his favorite pastime so Izuku threw in his hero analysis notebooks, a couple of empty notebooks, and a couple of pencils. He then grabbed a hoodie, t-shirt, pair of sweats, and a fresh pair of underwear and socks. He also tossed in his first aid kit. Izuku slid into the kitchen. He pulled a towel from the drawer closest to the sink. Izuku grabbed the largest, sharpest knife from the rack: a chef’s knife. He wrapped the towel around the blade before sticking that in too. His bag was getting full so Izuku could only fit one water bottle and a few protein bars in before he zipped it up and made a mad dash for his red hightops.
Adrenaline pumping through his veins, he fumbled with the laces a bit but eventually got them. Izuku took a deep breath. He had to push a chair to the door to stand on and look through the peephole. Confirming no one was nearby, Izuku pushed the chair away and swung open the door.
He ran. Taking the stairs by threes, Izuku made it to the ground level in record time. No time to stop. No pause for breath. Keep going. He repeated the mantra in his head.
His body was abused and malnourished. He could not keep up running forever. He was panting heavily by the time he ducked into an alleyway in the redlight district.
Was it the most dangerous part of Mufatsu? Yes.
Was it also the least likely place for anyone to check for a missing child? Yes.
Izuku collapsed behind the dumpster. He laid on his side trying to level out his breathing.
He did it. He got out. Now he just had to survive.
_______________________________
Inko Midoriya smiled as she climbed the stairs to her apartment. Upon reaching the third floor, she looked over the balcony. There Riache was, waiting to see if she got in safely. Such a gentleman. She waved. He waved back. Inko turned back to her door and froze.
The door was ajar.
Did Izuku leave the door open? Did someone break in? As soon as the thought struck her Inko slammed open the door. “IZUKU?!” she yelled. “Izuku where are you?!” Did someone hurt him? Kidnap him? Her eye twitched. Did someone take HER Izuku? She checked every room, even the closet. He was nowhere.
No way… someone took her Izuku. HER IZUKU! Inko dialed the police. They said they couldn’t do anything until 24 hours after the said person is gone.
Inko sat on the couch, knee bouncing, and waiting for the detective to arrive two days later. When they did, they got straight to work trying to find out what happened.
Someone took him. Ooooooh when I find whoever took Izuku I’m going to snap their necks. Izuku is mine and mine alone. They have no right to him.
Then the detective had the GAUL to ask: “Is there any reason that Midoriya would have to run away?”
Oh but what if he ran away? Nah! Izuku would never run away. He knew better. He knew that he belonged to her. He had no right to run away. He was hers, after all. It wasn’t his decision. That only leaves the fact that someone stole him.
They ended the conversation soon after saying that they would do their best to find her son.
HER son. Inko closed the door behind them.
I will get MY Izuku back.
_______________________________
Naomasa Tsukauchi, the detective in charge of the case, rode back to the station in the police car looking over the files. He bit the tip of his pen.
“You know,” he mused to the officer next to him, Sansa Tamakawa, “she mumbled a lot.” The cat-headed officer hummed. “Meow. Yes, she did. And some of the things she said worrrrrried me.” Naomasa nodded. “Did you hear her say it? ‘Someone stole him,’ not kidnapped him. She often referred to her son as just that. HER son as if he was an object that belonged to her.”
Tamakawa nodded. “The apartment looked prrrrrretty rough as well, meow. Most of the walls and doorrrrr frames looked as though they had been hit multiple times with a large object.”
Naomasa glanced at his cat-like comrade. “I asked her if there was a reason for him to run away. She answered very bluntly ‘No.’ It did not come as a lie with my quirk” Though her saying that he was quirkless did. I will have to follow up on that later.
“She might trrrrruly believe that she had not given him a reason to run away, meow.”
“Are you suggesting abuse?” he questioned.
“Meow.”
He sighed loudly. Of course…
_______________________________
When Auntie Inko came over, because she was still a hecking amazing lady that the Bakugo’s were close with, Katsuki was definitely not expecting to hear that Deku was missing. Katsuki had expected the woman to cry like her crybaby son but she seemed to just be just as furious as Katsuki always felt. It was strange.
He looked down at his open palms as the adults talked. He couldn’t help but remember his old friend. The obviously fake smile that was always plastered on his face. All of the torment that Katsuki had put him through when he should have instead just been a good friend to Deku because Deku was still always there for him. Any time Katsuki felt even a bit down, Deku would notice first and try to help. Katsuki pushed him away. He would always offer Katsuki his notes for the days that Katsuki wasn’t there. He burned them to ash.
Auntie Inko was very adamant about Deku being kidnapped but Katsuki couldn’t help but think otherwise.
In the back of his head, he couldn’t help but feel as though it was his fault that Deku ran away.
_______________________________
Izuku did, in fact, run away. And he was not coming back.
Chapter 4: Remembering How To Smile
Summary:
Izuku saves someone and it reminds him of the times when he could actually smile truthfully.
Notes:
We are here with the fourth chapter, y'all!
Chapter Text
Izuku was already used to eating very little so it wasn’t too much of a change on his body besides the quality. At home, his meals were at least decent. Now he survived off of trash from restaurants. Even that was hard though. There were surprisingly a lot of homeless people in the red light district and apparently “claimed” dumpsters. In the first month, Izuku had been beaten for trying to eat from a dumpster already claimed.
Luckily he was used to that sort of treatment by now so he was quick to recover.
Izuku had found an unclaimed alley and he knew he had to defend this one with his life. If he didn’t, it might cost him his life.
That mindset is probably what set him on the course of vigilantism, though.
He had made it to nine years old with six months of living on the streets when it first happened.
Izuku never slept if he didn’t need to. He was paranoid. Years of being treated and being misused by his quirk made him extremely cautious of others. So when he heard someone coming down his alley late at night, he immediately prepared to defend it. It was multiple people. Someone was struggling. Izuku ducked down behind the dumpster as the two passed. He pulled out the large kitchen knife he had stolen from 'home.' A large man had a knife to a much smaller man’s neck, forcing him back.
“Where are the drugs, man!?” the threat roared. The smaller man struggled to keep calm as he was forced against the wall. “I don’t have any! I promise! I’m just the messenger!”
“LIES!”
Izuku didn’t know why he ran forward. Maybe it was pent up anger or maybe it was seeing himself in the man who was trapped, just like Izuku had been. He doesn’t know. His body just carried him forward on his own.
He had become quite skilled at moving silently after having to sneak out of his room on many occasions to get food or else he really would have starved. With no sound, Izuku made his way behind the bigger man at a rapid pace.
Izuku grabbed the back of the man’s shirt by the collar and pulled down hard. He knocked the back of his knees to make him fall on the ground and pressed his own blade against the bigger man’s throat.
In seconds they were all at a stalemate.
Izuku hadn’t talked to a single person in six months. He looked up at the man formerly held captive. “R- r-” he cleared his throat, “Run and don’t tell anyone,” he said with as much courage as someone with a stutter and fear of humans could muster.” The man nodded. “Thank you!” He ran off. Izuku lifted his blade and before the large man at his will could move, Izuku slammed the hilt of the blade into the side of his head, effectively knocking him out.
The adrenaline released at once and Izuku fell on his butt panting. “Suck. What do I do now?” He couldn’t very well leave him here, This was his alley after all. Making up his mind, Izuku pulled the shirt off of the man and used it to tie the man’s arms behind his back.
It was one heck of a struggle but he delivered the man into an alleyway a block away before taking the phone off of the man and using it to inform the police of his location and crime. Izuku threw the phone down and smashed it with the hilt of his blade before running off back to his alley.
He slouched behind the dumpster. “Whew!” he whistled. “What a rush!”
Izuku looked down at his hands. That was sort of fun! His eyes widened. “Fun?” he questioned aloud. When was the last time I had actual ‘fun?’ Probably since he was four. He felt the corners of his mouth turn up slightly.
For the first time in five years, the smile on Izuku’s face was real.
He didn’t want to lose that feeling. If being an illegal vigilant was what it took to make Izuku smile and feel something aside from fear again, then so be it.
...
...
...
“YEAH RIGHT!”
Izuku paced back and forth in his alleyway in a mild panic. Two days after his declaration of vigilantism, Izuku successfully pickpocketed a drunk on the street. That was scary enough in itself. Izuku was terrified of people. Every single day he would crouch behind his dumpster and watch the people. There weren’t as many as the safer parts of the city but that made things all the more terrifying. These were dangerous people. Everyone filtered in and out of his vision between the walls of the alley in a grey and black vision. Each seemed to be moving in slow motion. Izuku studied each and every one of their faces. Everyone was a threat.
With that being said… he had gotten an identification card, driver’s license, motorcycle license, and fifty-four dollars from the wallet he pickpocketed. Oh, and a new, slightly-worn wallet. Plus there was a picture of who he assumed was the man and his family.
Izuku pondered over his circumstances. He knew he needed to go buy something to hide his own identity if he was going to do this whole vigilant thing for real but that would mean walking into a back alley store to reduce the risk of being recognized as missing and interacting with another human being and that was not something he was very eager to do the say the least.
On the other hand, it was highly necessary.
If he didn’t get a disguise then he could be recognized. If he was recognized then the police would get his name. If they got his name they would connect it to the missing person’s report. If they connected him to the missing person’s report then they would have to tell Inko. If they told Inko then she would come after him. If she came after him then she would find him. If she found him then it would all be over.
Izuku would be under lock and key for the rest of his life. Tortured and tormented by use of his quirk against his will. He would never again see the light of day, taste warm food (not like he did that on the streets anyways), or live with what little freedom he had fought so hard to achieve.
Izuku froze from his downward spiral that was slowly but surely turning into another panic attack. He had become much acquainted with those in his life. “Achieve…” he whispered. He looked up at the little bit of sky that he could see from the narrow alleyway.
Right. I achieved this freedom. I fought through everything and survived! He looked down at his hand and tightened it into a fist. It’s my turn to decide what to do with my life.
He pivoted on his heel sharply and confidently made his way to the opening of the alley. He only stopped to stash his chef’s knife in his hoodie pocket and grab the wallet. He pulled up his green hood before finally stepping out onto the street sidewalk. A man bumped his shoulder.
“Watch where you’re walkin’, brat,” he growled even though he had obviously hit him. Izuku felt his whole body shake and blood pressure rise instantly. No. No backing down now. Izuku took a deep breath and slowly stalked down the street, slightly hunched and incredibly tense. He stayed close to the walls of buildings and attempted to make himself look as not as suspicious as he knew he already looked. He already knew where to go. Izuku ducked into another alley three blocks down.
There was a flickering sign that read: “Junk Stop.” Izuku took a deep breath before pushing open the front door. It creaked upon movement.
“Welcome,” his head snapped towards the source of the voice. At the eft end of the surprisingly expansive shop, was a counter. Behind it stood a tall, lanky man with a long white beard that was braided and a bald head. He wore a red button-up with long sleeves and a chain necklace around his neck that held a large golden coin dangling from the bottom. Izuku only nodded his greetings.
That was something he had learned in the short months he was on the streets was that you never waved to anyone. Even if he never tried, he had observed the people enough to know. It was only nods. Nod down for someone you make eye contact with. Nod up for someone you acknowledge.
Izuku moved deeper into the store, his footsteps not audible. On the far wall was an array of weaponry that he knew was probably not legal. Izuku turned to the small racks of clothing and masks. He filtered through them before picking out a piece. It was a simple black long-sleeved turtle neck. Something inconspicuous. He nodded. Izuku was planning on being somewhat off the radar but that little part of him that wanted to be a hero still that had sparked the night he decided on being a vigilant sparked again as his eyes met sparkly golden pants that were light tights but not as form-fitting. He bit his lip. Izuku looked around. His eyes landed on a sparkly gold masquerade mask. He picked it up and pressed it against his face, turning to look at the face mirror that was set on the top of the mask stand for viewing purposes. It would cover the top of his face and had white shades over the eyes. With pointed edges and the outlines of the sides in silver, it looked pretty fancy but still cool. There was an intricate pattern of gold swirls and sparks on the already gold base. Izuku felt his face split in a grin. Wow, it was so foreign, smiling, that is. He nodded and took the mask and his size of the pants. He moved on to the weapon section.
Izuku scanned the wall. He hummed to himself. Izuku jumped as he heard a sound from the counter. He glanced over at the shopkeeper. The man smiled. “Oh, don’t mind me,” he cooed in a soft voice but one that carries. Izuku did mind him, though. He kept one eye on the man as he continued to browse. He decided if this was going to be a theme then he should fit it with the correct weapon. Izuku reached out and wrapped his fingers around a black whip. He felt the smooth leather. He took it. Izuku counted up the cost before deciding on one last thing, another black t-shirt and some thread and a needle from the miscellaneous box. He brought his items and slid them onto the counter.
“Want to know,” the man spoke up causing Izuku to flinch, “why I tally it all up on paper and don’t use anything electronic for my work?” Izuku glanced up at the man. Is he trying to get me to speak? What does he want? Don’t trust. Don’t trust. Don’t trust. Izuku slightly shook his head. The man smiled. It reminded Izuku of Uncle Masaru. “To protect people like you.” Izuku snapped his head up. The older man chuckled. “I don’t know why or what pushed you this far, or why most of my customers come for similar items, but I know that something must have happened.” He gestured to the store. “It’s a small business and not exactly legal, but then again neither is half of the redlight district. I keep up shop because people like you come here. I don’t do anything electronically to protect your information.” He gave Izuku back the change.
“You can’t do this alone, sonny. No one can. That’s why I am here. To support the shadows. To support you.”
Izuku looked down. He’d been found out. The older man handed Izuku the bag. Izuku reached forward to take it. He jumped as their hands touched. The man chuckled. “Quite the jumpy one, eh?” He put the bag down in front of Izuku, taking the obvious cue that Izuku did not like to be touched, even by accident. Izuku blushed slightly. He was so obvious. And grateful. Izuku grabbed the bag and five dollars in change before streamlining straight to the door.
“See you soon.”
Izuku paused with his hand on the doorknob. He glanced back at the man. He had gone back to simply sitting at the counter and not looking at Izuku at all. That’s fine, Izuku thought as he exited the shop. I don’t need anyone to take an interest in me. He walked back towards his alley, eyes everyone he passed.
They are all threats…
Izuku wasn’t stupid. He needed to train with his new weapon. He wouldn’t last long if he was inexperienced. The first time he was just lucky.
Izuku felt like a gopher as he popped his head out of the dumpster and jumped out. He came out with a soda can. He huffed, nose scrunching at the stench on his skin and clothes. He shrugged. Not like he wasn’t used to it. He “bathed” by using the behind store faucet they only turned on to clean the back of the alley once a month. It was ice cold at all times. Izuku set the can on a box at the far end of the alley. He measured the length of the whip before stepping back and began training to be able to hit the can. By the end of the first day, he was exhausted and had yet to dent it. The box, on the other hand, looked like it got hit by a truck.
A week into training, he pulled his arm back and when he swung it forward, he couldn’t. He turned around to see the whip had gotten wrapped around the poles that ran up the side of the building to the right. He narrowed his eyes. Interesting.
It took a month of training and studying his hero notebooks on the page of Midnight to feel comfortable with the whip. Another month to gather the courage to actually go on his first excursion.
Izuku looked at himself in a puddle. He couldn’t see his reflection well in the dark but the nearby street lamp gave him enough light to make out and shakey form of him. He wore his long-sleeved black turtle neck tucked into his golden, sparkling pants. His gold masquerade mask covered the top of his face and hid his green eyes. Izuku had spent his last few bucks on hair gell which he used to glaze back his green curls. He had torn up the black t-shirt and used the scraps to create hoops on the pants to hold his whip. Lastly, he wore his signature red hightops, a direct contrast to his ensemble. He shrugged. He knew he was thin on money anyways. Since when was he not?
Izuku giggled. Like, actually giggled. Like a little kid. Like the nine-year-old child that he is.
He looked so cool! So much different. Izuku Midoriya was a new man. (*Cough* i.e. new child.)
He took a deep breath. His goal was to turn in one criminal tonight. Izuku nodded to himself. Let’s do this! he mentally pumped himself up.
Izuku jumped up, just barely reaching the fire escape ladder on the side of the building. He used what little body strength he had, which wasn’t much considering his malnourished body but still enough considering his training, to pull himself up. Izuku climbed all the way up to the top of the two-story building. He got buffetted with air upon reaching the top and standing up. Izuku shook his head, grateful for the hair gel keeping his hair out of his face. He looked ahead. There was a gap between the building he was on and the next one. He took a deep breath, took a step back, and propelled himself forward. Stomping on the ledge and pushing off the hardest he could, Izuku lept.
Regrettably, he looked down midair. Oh well, not like I have anything to lose anyway.
Some would consider that a dangerous mindset. Izuku considered it a reason to be able to take risks and go all out.
He grunted as he made contact with the hard roof of the building. He went skidding across the top. Izuku felt tears leak from his eyes. “Ouch…” He pushed himself up. Izuku lifted his shirt, hissing at the scraped skin that bled just a bit. “Tsk. Okay. I guess I need a better way to do that.” He tucked his shirt back in. Izuku looked toward the next building. He narrowed his eyes. If I tuck myself in I should be able to minimize the damage and roll safely.
He jumped again.
Well, it’s much easier in theory, that's for sure. He curled but as soon as he hit the roof, his curled form broke and Izuku face planted.
Izuku stood up shakily. He was already panting but he kept going. Sometimes it just required experience to be able to do certain things. Mid-jump, Izuku heard a scream. He stumbled, landing on one foot and bouncing. Izuku ran to the edge of the building. He crouched down and peered over the edge.
A large man in a ski mask was holing a woman down.
“Somebody! Help!”
Izuku narrowed his eyes and assessed the situation. He couldn’t very well go down the fire escape, he would easily get caught. He could, however, get halfway down and…
Izuku climbed down silently to the halfway bar. The man had just ripped the shirt off the woman. He was distracted. Izuku kicked off the ladder, twisted in the air, and nailed the man in the side. Izuku went rolling, the man went flying and smashed into a wall. Izuku scrambled to his feet. He grabbed the shirt from the ground and threw it over the girl.
“Get up and get the police,” he commanded. He shocked himself with how confident he sounded. She nodded, pulling the shirt over her shoulders, she too was quick to get up while her attacker was winded.
“Y- yes!” she squeaked. “Thank you!” Izuku watched her flea but soon had to turn his attention back to the man that was now getting up.
“Why you…” the man growled. Ski Mask, as Izuku has deemed him, charged. Izuku jumped out of the way, rolling and jumping up. He slid the whip from his side but was once again forced to dodge. Izuku kicked off the side of the wall, feeling super cool, and landed behind the man. He lifted his arm. As Ski Mask turned around, Izuku brought the whip down harshly.
*SNAP*
Ski Mask reeled back, holding a hand to his cheek. He roared as he dropped it, a hole in the mask and a bleeding gash on his cheek. He charged forward. Izuku swung his whip. It latched onto a pole to the left. Izuku pulled, using the momentum to swing him out of harm’s way. During the action though, the man had managed to graze Izuku’s arm with a knife. Izuku’s left arm went numb from the shoulder down. It dangled uselessly by his side.
He turned to face Ski Mask. Ski Mask chuckled. “Tryna be a hero, brat? Let me show you what it really is like out here in the red lights.” He ran forward again, fist pulled back. Izuku kicked off the side of the wall and spun. He raised his right arm with the whip in hand, smashed down his foot to stop his movements, turned, and brought it down with the speed of lightning. It burned through the man’s shirt and cut into his skin.
Ski Mask howled in pain. He barrelled into Izuku before Izuku could even attempt to dodge. Both went rolling until they crashed into the alleyway wall. Izuku opened his eyes to see the man on top of him, holding him down with one hand, knife raised high above Izuku’s face in the other.
Izuku’s heart stopped for a second. Ski Maks’s hand fell. Izuku just barely was able to turn his neck, the knife grazing his left cheek. He bit his tongue to hold in this cry of pain. The left side of his head and chest when numb. Izuku growled audibly as he brought his foot up and kicked the man in the stomach. He wasn’t strong enough to kick him off but it was enough to unbalance the man and use his weight to roll out from under Ski Mask. They both stood up and faced each other panting. Izuku could feel his heartbeat dropping in speed. The numbing… Does it reach organs too? The thought terrified Izuku but he couldn’t worry about that now. Nor the blood spilling from his cheek and arm.
Just before Ski Mask was about to attack again, the sound of police sirens came in the distance, rapidly approaching. "Suck!" Ski Mask growled. NOW! Izuku used the distraction to get the leap on his opponent. He swung the whip forward, still in full use of his right side, and wrapped it around the man’s arm. Izuku yanked Ski Mask forward before dropping the whip to use his hand and slam Ski Mask’s head into the wall.
Izuku stood up, panting heavily. The police were here, he had to go. He unwrapped the whip from the unconscious man’s arm and slid it back into the DIY belt hoop. Izuku climbed up the fire escape slowly with only one arm. Just as he stood atop the building, the police rounded the corner.
“STOP! PUT YOUR HANDS UP! YOU ARE UNDER ARREST!”
Izuku turned and looked down. He knew that the police cams were recording. Izuku took out his whip with his right arm, raised it, and smacked it against the ground creating a resounding *SNAP*. With his show of confidence over, Izuku fled the scene via rooftops before the police had a chance to make chase.
Izuku collapsed into his dumpster in his alleyway. He leaned against it. Izuku wanted nothing more than to sleep but he knew he couldn’t. His heartbeat was slowing too quickly. He had to keep awake. Instead, Izuku pulled off his shirt, with much difficulty what with his numb left side and all. He pulled out the first aid kit to where he always had a need and thread prepared. Grateful for the numbness of his left side, Izuku gave himself stitches in his left arm. He cleaned both the wounds and put a bandage pad over the cut on his cheek. Izuku changed into his usual sweats and t-shirt and hoodie the best he could and stored away his costume.
He tried. He truly did. But Izuku could not keep awake.
The numbness caused his heartbeat to drop further and his eyes began to droop along with his brain function. Izuku closed his green eyes and, letting his exhaustion take over as cotton filled his mind, fell asleep.
Chapter 5: Don't Trust Anyone
Summary:
Izuku visits a bakery and Aizawa enters the picture.
Chapter Text
Izuku stretched as he woke up. It was a week since his first real outing. Izuku trained much harder every day now. He knew how lucky he was to be alive right now and despite how little he cared for his own life, Izuku did very much not enjoy the feeling of dying slowly. If he were to die, he thinks he would want it to be speedy or to die in his sleep or something. Come to think of it, that was probably why he didn’t just kill himself when he lived back at the apartment. He was too scared of the pain of dying. Izuku would be prepared next time.
And next time he surely was! Over the course of the next year, Izuku had taken in twenty-three criminals and had a plethora of scars to add to the ones before his street life. The only visible one, though, above his costume was the scar he got on his left cheek from his first excursion. All of the others were under his costume. Today, though, he would be doing something a little different. He had been stealing money off of the criminals and overtime had saved up enough to purchase a simple laptop. Sure, some would chastise him and tell him to spend that money on food or better equipment, which he did in the form of a fast-food meal twice a month. But Izuku had made a name for himself in the underground hero world. That is, all of the heroes were trying to catch him but they couldn’t.
And with that, Izuku decided to be a little bold.
Izuku got into costume and climbed onto the top of the building that made the wall of his fire escape with his laptop. It was midday so this was risky but he set up a timer and stood a few feet back. Izuku grinned and right before the camera flashed, he swung his whip forward. The picture came out as him with the hip flying into the camera. It just barely missed the laptop. Izuku was quick to scramble back down the fire escape and change into his normal clothes. He took a second to survey his torn and ragged clothes. Not once since he had run away had Izuku gotten any new clothes aside form his costume. Izuku shrugged. Vigilant or not, he was still homeless.
Izuku ducked out of his alley. His blood pressure rose tenfold. It didn’t matter how brave he was when vigilanting, Izuku was still 1oo% terrified of humans. Every single day he lived in fear that the dull throb of someone tugging on his quirk. He was scared that someone would reach out and the string would form. His freedom could be stripped away faster than lighting if someone was to only have the right mindset for it. Izuku’s eyes flew to and fro as he set a brisk pace to his destination: Soft Blossom Bakery. Yes, it was still very much the red light district but it had normal-ish establishments. Soft Blossom Bakery had opened a couple of years before he arrived on the block and it was a quaint little shop that Izuku, despite his blatant fear of any living, quite enjoyed. Even if he almost never ate there, Izuku would spend a few hours there every so often to do research on the latest news and to keep up with his studies via WeTube.
He waited for a break in traffic before bolting across the street.
Was Izuku j-walking?
Yes.
Did he care?
Not one bit.
Izuku ducked into the bakery. “Ah! Hey, boy!” Izuku jumped. Sure, he was used to it by now, but his anxiety very much did not enjoy the greeting he always got from the woman behind the counter. Izuku glanced at her. He took in her pose, her body language, the ways her eyes moved. He took in the other customers. How would he get out should someone find him or recognize him? How fast could he draw his knife out? He needed a new one soon, though. His was pretty dull. Could he really effectively use it should the situation that he should need it arise?
Deciding that it was ‘safe’, for now, he made his way over to the table seat in the corner and set his laptop on the table.
_______________________________
Mary Lou looked up from her position at the counter. She was the owner and head Pastry Chef at Soft Blossom Bakery. Her parents had both advised against setting up shop in the red light district but Mary Lou had thought that the red light district needed a bit of a spirit and light in it. Still, it was hard making a living in this kind of atmosphere. People in the red light district didn’t do “nice.”
After four years of struggling to keep her business alive, Mary Lou was just about to give up when that kid first made his appearance. She smiled as he came back again today.
“Ah! Hey, boy!” she called from the counter.
She only ever called him “boy.” Mary Lou didn’t know his actual name. She watched him as he stood in the front door, like always. His eyes would survey the room before he would always give himself a small nod and sit at the table in the corner. He didn’t reply. He never replied. Mary Lou doesn’t think he speaks much if at all. She walked over to him just as he was pulling out his laptop.
“Oh? That’s new,” she commented on his new possession. He spared her a side glance. Nothing more. Mary Lou grinned. “Are you ordering anything today?” A pause. Her eyes widened as she witnessed the smallest shake of his head. PROGRESS! She got an actual, albite nonverbal, response out of him! Her heart swelled. “So, the usual?” He glanced at her again.
The “usual” was something Mary Lou would give him every time he came in. She didn’t care if she did not have the money to keep giving free food or if he didn’t pay. The little green-haired boy was obviously homeless if the state of his clothing was anything to go by, and obviously underfed.
He looked back at his still closed laptop.
Mary Lou smiled. “Great! I’ll be right back with it.” As soon as she walked away, the boy opened up his laptop.
“Ey, Mary!” The brunette paused. She walked over to a usual customer. “Yes, Marco? Anything I can get for you?” The black-haired man narrowed his eye and jabbed his thumb in the direction of the boy.
“Why you always givin’ him stuff for free? It ain’t gonna help yer business none.”
Mary Lou looked back at the boy. She gave a soft smile. “I guess I just feel sort of protective for some reason.”
“Tsk-” Marco growled. “If he wants to make it in the red lights, he’s gotta learn to take care of himself. Can’t have people waiting on his hand and foot.” Mary Lou looked back at Marco. “I am sure you are right but I will still try my best. He’s just a kid, Marco.”
The man stood up.
“You know, Mary, you are probably the only good heart left in this town ‘side from that vigilantin’ fellow.” Mary Lou shined at the complement. “Oh, you mean Golden Whip?” Gold Whip, he is a vigilante that has been hanging around the red light district for a year now and gave the heroes and police a run for their money for sure. He was like the light in the darkness for the red light district.
Marco grunted. “Yeah. You two keep up thugs straight.” He pats her on the shoulder as he leaves. “Keep up the good work.” Mary Lou waved as the man left. “Will do!” She turned back to the counter.
“Now to get the ‘usual.’”
_______________________________
The brunette lady came back with the “usual.” It consisted of a strawberry shortcake with a heavy serving of cool whip and a cup of cold milk. Izuku glanced up at her from his laptop as she slid it onto his table.
“Here you go!”
Izuku took a deep breath. “T- t- thank y- you,” he squeezed out before immediately tensing up. His eyes shot to the woman who looked just as shocked as Izuku felt that he actually spoke.
STUPID!!! WHAT THE HECK ARE YOU DOING?! his mind screamed at him.
He waited anxiously for her next move.
Her face lit up. “Mmm!” she hummed. “No problem!” She scampered off to her place behind the counter. Izuku let out a breath he didn’t know he had been holding. Idiot, he chastised himself. Don’t go getting all chummy now just cause she has been generous the past few times you’ve been here. She’s an enemy, too. This is all a ploy to get you to let your guard down. Jokes on her, I never let my guard down.
Despite all of that, Izuku still took the mini fork which he absolutely adored and used it to get himself a small bite of his strawberry shortcake. He had to suppress a smile. Smiles are weaknesses.
Izuku washed down the bite with a quick gulp of milk before turning his attention back to the screen. On the laptop screen was the new Hipstagram page he had made for his vigilante persona: Golden Whip. That is what the public has been calling him. He used a close up picture of his face, in with the mask on and gelled hair of course, as his profile picture and his first post was the picture he had just taken on the roof with the description caption reading:
‘Greetings, citizens! Taking a page from the heroes and made myself a page so if you want to keep up with me as I anger your favorite heroes again and again you should follow me!’
It was cheeky and fit the persona well. Izuku watched as followers already began to follow his page. He nodded to himself. That was fast.
Izuku took another bite of the cake. His eyes widened and he had to suppress a mischevious grin. Izuku set down the plate and quickly began searching up his favorite escape-from buddy. Aka, the hero he loved messing with before escaping the most. Aka, Eraserhead.
The only reason that Eraserhead had a Hipstagram page in the first place was that Present Mic, his partner in hero work, made one without his knowledge. That much was clear as the first post for Eraserhead was a picture obviously taken while Eraserhead was not looking and Present Mic had taken it as though he was taking a selfie. All of the other posts were in the same fashion with only a few being an actually semi-decent shot.
Izuku moved the curser and hit “Follow.”
Oh, how he anticipated Eraser’s reaction to seeing his biggest pain suddenly follow him on Hipstagram.
After that, Izuku got on WeTube and began his studies, watching various videos on math, English, Japanese, and science with subtitles as he ate his strawberry shortcake and drank his milk. He got so enthralled that he did not even notice the brunette lade walk up until she spoke.
“Are you all do-” *!CRASH!*
Izuku jumped so hard that he dropped the cup that he had just emptied. It shattered on upon impact on the floor. He met her yellow eyes. He couldn’t move. He couldn’t breathe. He couldn’t see straight or stop his body from shaking. He watched a shakey smile form on her face.
“S- sorry, boy,” she said. “I didn’t mean to startle you. Are you okay?”
Izuku forced himself to nod. She smiled again. “Don’t you worry about this,” she gestured slightly to the shattered glass that was all over the floor. “I’ll have it cleaned up in a jiffy! Though you might want to move seats. That is… if you still want to stay…” She sounded distraught. Why? Was she sad that he might leave? Why would she care? Is it because her plans were foiled? Is she not going to get angry? Why isn’t she angry? What’s wrong!?
Izuku took a deep breath. He reached down and pulled his hoodie sleeves over his hands before gently sweeping up the pieces of glass.
You see, this is a place, despite Izuku’s blatant fear of humans, that Izuku did not want to have to give up. He didn’t want her to turn on him so he opted for helping her clean up the mess he had made.
“Don’t do that!” she yelped. “You’ll cut yourself! Let me get a broom!” As she ran off, Izuku kept sweeping. He had grown out of his hoodie so the sleeves were short on him even before pulling them down over his hands. Izuku accidentally let go and cut his finger on a piece of glass. He winced. Izuku hid the cut in his hoodie pocket as she came back with a broom.
“Here we go!” she chirped as she began to sweep the pieces of glass into the dustpan. Izuku stood up. She looked up and gave him a thumbs up. “See? All good!” Izuku stared blankly at her. He nodded ever so slightly.
Manner’s, Izuku.
He gave a small bow. “S- s- sorry.”
He glanced up when she didn’t reply. She was smiling. “It’s no problem.” The lady winked at him. “Good to hear your voice, boy.” His emerald eyes widened. The lady left to dispose of the glass. Izuku stood up straight, shocked. He numbly shut his laptop and shut it.
“See you soon, boy,” the lady’s voice came from behind him. Izuku’s hand hovered over the push bar of the door. He glanced back.
Don’t do it, Izuku. Do NOT do it.
“Y- yeah,” he whispered before leaving.
Why did you do it!!!??? he screamed at himself as he crossed the street and bolted into his alleyway. He sat there fully aware of his quickened breathing and of the panic attack he knew he was having but could do nothing to stop it. Idiot! She’s using you! You can’t get close. She will take advantage of it. Don’t show weakness. Don’t smile, don’t speak, don’t let down your guard. Not around her. Not around the old man shopkeeper at the Junk Shop. Not around people you save. Not around the heroes. Not around anyone! Stop letting yourself get close. Never get close. NEVER GET CLOSE!
He turned his head to look out of the alleyway and at the bakery. It was blurry, his vision shaking along with his body mid-attack. The greys and blacks that he viewed the world through swirled together and the people passing by seemed to move in slow motion. Still, Izuku could make out the lady clearly through the window of Soft Blossom Bakery. He knew that she could not see him as he had his body mostly behind the dumpster but as she looked out the window in his general direction, cold terror flooded his veins as if he had been thrown into the waters around Antarctica.
His eye twitched uncontrollably and he subconsciously pulled at his sleeves, a familiar nervous tick. Izuku's eyes trailed down to his finger he sliced on the glass. It wa mostly dried blood but a sing, crimson dropped onto the floor of the alley. Even her...
Everybody is a threat.
_______________________________
Shouta Aizawa growled as a notification slid into his view of the puzzle he was putting together on his phone. It was from Hipstagram. Honestly, why did Hizashi even make me an account? It’s so irrational, he thought despite clicking on the notification stating that he had a new follower. Even though he was an underground hero, he was still a hero, and thus his follower count was quite high. He skimmed over the notification. Once. Twice. Three times.
Shouta stood sharply and promptly threw his phone at the wall. His class jumped at his sudden show of aggression. Shouta had expelled half of this year’s hero course class but since he still had the other half he was technically on duty as a teacher and hero.
A girl with a wind sector quirk placed a wind gap below the phone that gently lifted it and the phone gently glided onto Shouta’s desk.
“A- are you alright, Aizawa-sensei?”
Shouta took his phone with a now cracked screen. It still worked. He ran a hand through his hair and sat down with a huff. “Yes. Thank you. Return to your work.” When the class complied, Shouta glanced down at his screen and read the notification again.
‘New Follower: GoldenWhip;)’
His eye twitched. “Tsk. Are you mocking me?”
_______________________________
Yes. Yes, he is.
Notes:
Soft Blossom Bakery is a direct reference to my previous fanfic: Quirkless Rejects.
If you wish to read it here is the link: https://archiveofourown.to/works/20354050/chapters/48264262
Chapter 6: Excursions and Fun Times
Summary:
Golden Whip and Eraserhead team up for a fight and the vigilante gets injured.
Notes:
Thank you to all those who are reading and supporting this fic and for all those who comment. The comments are so nice to see and read!
Chapter Text
Eleven and a half-year-old Izuku took a deep breath, arms fanning out and folding in with every slow, measured breath. He lifted his hands and gently pulled the golden masquerade mask over his eyes. Izuku opened his eyes. They no longer held the almost constant fear of Izuku Midoriya but instead the bold, confident eyes of Golden Whip.
He grinned. The greenette got a running start before leaping up and latching onto the fire escape. He climbed up before starting his nightly excursion.
Before long, he found his first haunting: three people, one man and two women, walking down the street very suspiciously in the night. He silently followed them from a distance via rooftops. Izuku paused as they made a sudden turn down a dark alley. It wasn’t a random decision. That was a deliberate turn. Izuku unlatched the rope with a grappling hook on the end of it. He hung it on the side of the building, letting the rope fall off the side. Izuku quickly but carefully climbed down the building before swinging the end of the rope like his whip which effectively carried the kinetic energy up the rope and dislodged the hook.
He had gotten the rope and grappling hook two months ago from the Junk Shop. That store had proved quite useful in Izuku’s two and a half years of vigilating, despite how on edge Izuku felt in it.
He wrapped the rope and hook around his waist before crossing the street and stopping at the side of the alley. He peered in.
It was a lot more expansive than he had previously thought and held many, many more occupants than previously expected. Taking a quick overview, Izuku recognized two different gangs by the split between the two groups and the tattoo’s on every person’s body.
The Blue Bloods and the Scare. Those were the two gangs. Both were well-known gangs in the red lights, always fighting for the west side of the red light district.
Izuku waited. He could put up a good fight, sure, but he was still a small, underfed eleven-year-old boy, even with his muscular build and he was not confident that he could make it out alive. Not that he really cared if he died but he wasn’t one that would go in knowing he would die or expecting to.
A movement from above caught his eye. Izuku grinned. On the edge of the building creating a wall of the alley on the roof crouched none other than Eraserhead. Despite always trying to catch Golden Whip after the fight, he and Eraserhead have actually banded up quite a few times for a particularly dangerous setting or when Golden Whip would message the hero over Hipstagram to inform him of something that would involve hero intervention.
Or just to annoy Eraserhead for the hell of it.
Eraserhead looked down at Izuku. Izuku nodded. The hero nodded back. They waited for the fight between the gangs to start. It was a cheap tactic but the two waited a good ten minutes for the gangs to tire each other out before joining the fray.
Izuku signaled to Eraserhead and dashed in.
A Blue Blood was mid-punch when Izuku swung his whip out. It wrapped around the outstretched arm. Izuku pulled harshly. The tall man with a blue-dyed mohawk came spinning at him. Izuku drew back his own face and used the momentum of the man to smash it into the gang member’s jaw. There was a sickening *CRACK*.
Out of the corner of his eye, he saw Eraserhead drop down, immediately taking down a Scare with him. Izuku whistled. What a hero.
“It’s the heroes and Golden Whip!” a Scare yelled above the fray. “SCATTER!”
Yeah, no. Izuku grabbed the arm of a sharp-jawed Scare and judo flipped him over his shoulder before spinning out of the way just in time to dodge a black pole that flew in his direction. Not fast enough. It nicked his neck, tearing the turtle neck and drawing blood. Black immediately began to spread over his skin from the cut reaching down to his collar bone and covering his right cheek. It… BURNED! Izuku bit back the tears of pain. Upon hitting the wall, the pole seemingly shattered into dust. Izuku placed a hand over the wound but the black spread to his hand so he was quick to pull it down. Looked at the source of the pole. It was a Scare member with pitch-black hair and a black trench coat.
Scary quirk.
A black pole began to form up out of the man’s palm. The man screamed in rage as the pole suddenly broke off and stopped forming. Izuku smirked. Nice going, Eraser. He took advantage of the distraction and cracked his whip across the gang member’s face. The man let out a grunt as he was thrown off balance letting Eraserhead take the man in his white-scarf capture weapon. Eraserhead dragged the man across the alley and smashed him into a Blue Blood.
Izuku grunted as a foot smashed into his back. Izuku took the momentum to drop into a roll. He rolled out into a crouch. Izuku grabbed a nearby Blue Blood’s leg and yanked it from underneath him. He felt bad almost as the gang member was a girl but then remembered that this gang was notorious for their crimes (technically he was too since vigilantism is a crime). He stood up as she was just getting into a crouch. Izuku cracked the whip against her back causing her to splay out on the ground in pain.
He did not expect her to flip over on her back and shoot her blue hair up in the form of a dozen daggers. Izuku lept back as they slashed past his arms, cutting through his skin with many tiny, little cuts with one pretty decent sized one.
“You brat! You think you are all big and bad, huh, baby?” Izuku’s eye twitched. She SMIRKED. “Let me show you how the big kids play!” She got up into a fighting stance and shot her blue hair blades towards him. Izuku felt anger burn in him even greater than the slowly spreading black on his skin.
Don’t…
He raised his whip.
“-UNDERESTIMATE ME!!!” Izuku screamed as he almost threw his arm out with how hard he brought down his whip with a sickening *CRACK*.
The whip smashed through the blades, her hair shattering. She recoiled in shock, obviously not expecting that from a kid, because, yes, it was common knowledge that Golden Whip was a child. It was basically impossible to deny that in any way.
Everyone froze as the sound of glass resounded from the shattering of the blade-hair and echoed in the night air.
“H- He got Tiana!!!” someone screamed.
“SUCK!”
Eraserhead appeared behind the girl, Tiana apparently. Her hair was noticeably shorter and uneven. Eraserhead knocked her out with a swift chop to the neck. He caught her and laid her down semi-gently. Both Eraserhead and Golden Whip stood at the only exit of the alleyway. A few gang members had escaped but most were unconscious on the floor of the alley with only a few standing, seeming have had their energy sapped from them at the fall of the Tiana lady.
“Now,” Eraserhead spoke in a cool voice, “do you want to keep up this obviously one-sided battle or keep fighting irrationally?”
*CRACK* Izuku snapped his whip against the wall for emphasis.
In the end, they gave up and the police showed up to take in over twenty gang members. Izuku stayed back in the shadows as he watched. He grinned and pulled out his camera, snapping a few selfies. Izuku suddenly felt dizzy. He dropped the camera on the ground and had to use his hand to hold onto the brick walls and keep himself upright. His vision swirled.
W- what is this?
“Hey, Golden Whip,” Izuku snapped his head up to see the blurry form of Eraserhead walking toward him. Izuku picked up the camera and quickly latched it to his belt hoop. He leaned on the side of the wall, trying to play it off coolly.
“Ey!” he replied. Izuku/Golden Whip had picked up the red light accent. “How ya’ been, Eraserrrrr?” He could feel her words slur. Eraserhead froze. Izuku could just make out the handcuffs the man held behind his back. “What’sss wrong, hmmmm?” Eraser’s eyebrows creased.
“Hey,” he spoke in a cold voice but Izuku thought he could make out… concern? “Are you okay, kid?”
Izuku raised an eyebrow. “Yup!” Nope! “And what’s wittthhh you callin’ me ‘kid’, ey? We that close, now?”
The man shook his head. “No, seriously. You don’t look that great and that black on your skin is still spreading. Izuku chuckled. He felt all giddy, the greys and blacks of the world that he view seemed to clash more than usual. Bursts of blues and purples and yellows filtered through his usually monotone lenses. “I’m fiiiine!”
“Then why aren’t you running away?” Eraserhead sounded unconvinced. “You can’t get off that wall, can you?”
Izuku narrowed his eyes, fruitless behind the mask. “I totally can. Justcha watch me.” Izuku suppressed a grunt as he pushed himself off. The world tilted. Izuku felt himself fall forward.
“Kid!” Eraserhead reached forward to catch him.
-----
A blonde-haired child roughly grabbed a shorter greenette by the arm. The greenette winced as he felt the burns already forming as smoke came from the point of contact.
‘Deku.’
-----
A green-haired woman crouched down and grabbed a green-haired child’s face in her hand, studying him through narrowed eyes. She grinned.
‘My Izuku.’
-----
‘Deku!’
‘MY Izuku.’
‘Come back here, freak!’
‘How dare you disobey me.’
‘I’m gonna put you in your place!’
‘This is what you get with you disobey my orders, sweetie. It’s called discipline.’
‘DEKU!’
‘Mine! Mine! MINE!’
-----
*SLAP*
Izuku smacked Eraserheads hand away and caught himself.
With all of the malice that an eleven-year-old boy could squeeze into three words, he hissed out:
“Don’t touch me…”
Eraserhead took a few steps back. Izuku bit the inside of his cheek to stabilize himself as his heart rate skyrocketed and his vision tilted once more. He spun around and jumped onto the fire escape, climbing faster than ever before. He ran and jumped onto the next building before Eraserhead could react. He tripped and faceplanted but got up and kept going.
“Got to- got to- get- away…” Jump, fall, repeat. “Got to- get- away!” Izuku made it to his alley but fell off the fire escape, landing on his back. He groaned and rolled over. Izuku dragged himself to the dumpster. “N- need to- to- firs- -aid…”
The world went black.
_______________________________
Shouta sat in his apartment with his knee bouncing at a rapid pace.
Bean, his brown and white cat, rubbed up against his leg, noticing his distress but Shouta didn’t even register it. He couldn’t stop seeing it!
Golden Whip… Shouta vividly remembered erasing the man with black hair’s quirk after he saw the vigilante get hit. For the rest of the fight, Shouta couldn’t help but steal glances at the child. The CHILD! Shouta doesn’t get close to kids, it’s irrational, but he has been “working with” this vigilante for over a year now so he will admit to no one other than himself that he has a small soft spot for the kid. He remembered seeing the vigilantes sick progressively turn from the pale tan that looked almost like white, which Shouta knew was unhealthy in itself, to a deep black. By the end of the fight, the black had covered over half of his face, gradually spreading from the right to the left. He suspected that it was also spreading under his costume. Where the pole originally hit and cut had black mist streaming from it too. The kid looked so out of it, even if Shouta couldn’t see his eyes, and his words were so slow. He almost sounded drunk.
And then…
-----
‘Don’t touch me…’
-----
One would have thought he physically wounded the kid. Shouta understood that they were technically enemies after the fight was over but no, that was more than just defensiveness. It was as though he was a caged animal or something.
What had to have happened to that kid for him to turn out this way? He can’t be more than nine-years-old. Then again, despite how he moves, he is obviously malnourished. How can Golden Whip even move like that with how thin he is!? Sure he has some muscle but not enough meat on his bones to really matter!
Shouta let out a long, tired sigh.
He looked at the ceiling. Shouta wanted to chase after the vigilante but couldn’t because the police still needed him. He remembered the interrogation of the man with the quirk that wounded Golden Whip.
-----
‘The effects of my quirk? It is sort of like a poison, I guess, but more like a gas. It comes in the form of a spear that I use to throw at people or stab them with. If it cuts, the gas that radiates off of it enters a persons bloodstream. It jacks with their system and causes seizures and causes hallucinations, so I hear. I never tried it on myself.’
‘Never on yourself but you will on a child?’ Shouta growled. The man roared in laughter.
‘That ain’t no child! That’s a beast in a kid’s body!’
‘What was the black covering Golden Whip’s body?’
‘Ah, that just tracks how far into the bloodstream it has gotten. For real though, I’m surprised that he hung on for so long! Moving around makes it spread fasta. Golden Whip is one heck of a maniac. He must have been fightin’ it off the rest of the day. Can’t say I envy ‘im though.’
Shouta narrowed his eyes. ‘What is that supposed to mean?’
The gang member smirked. ‘I’ve only killed one person with my quirk and he was a grown man. Most adults can fight it off if they are strong enough. Beast or no, that is still a kid’s body. Without medical attention, I doubt he’ll last much longer.’
Shouta’s heart skipped a beat as the man roared in laughter. ‘I did it!’ he yelled. ‘I am the one who took down Golden Whip!’ He’s celebrating…
-----
Shouta stood sharply, startling Bean. He didn’t have any time to lose. He needed to find Golden Whip.
NOW.
_______________________________
Mary Lou had a rough day and when she had rough days she liked to stay in her bakery late to sort out her mind with the spices and flour. Still, two in the morning was her limit. She walked over to turn off the shop lights when she saw something in the alleyway across the street. It was blurry from the dark and the distance but she watched a figure fall from almost two stories up off of the fire escape louder.
“Oh my goodness!” she exclaimed. Unsafe at night or not, Mary Lou threw open the door to oft Blossom Bakery and dashed out. She almost got hit by a car in her rush but was saved by the bit of luck that kept her business running. She crossed the street and ducked into the alley.
“H- hello?” No answer. “I- is anyone here?” Mary Lou jumped when she heard a groan from deeper in the alley. This is unsafe. I should go back. She didn’t. She crept forward.
Mary Lou gasped when she saw the infamous vigilante Golden Whip collapsed behind the large green, and smelly, dumpster.
“Oh my goodness! Are you alright!?” Mary Lou practically threw herself next to the boy. Boy? She had heard the rumors but seeing it for herself… was Golden Whip really this young? She shook her head. No time for that! She gently rolled the boy over, gasping at the sight of the normal tan skin being overtaken by a blackish color. It was covering the right side of his face most of the left side. The boy was panting and twitching slightly. Mary Lou was definitely NOT equipped for this. She considered calling the hospital but remembered what Marco had told her. This boy, illegal vigilante or not, was a light for the somewhat civil population in the red light district. If he went to a hospital then he would probably be arrested. Their light would be out. Mary Lou would not let that happen!
She scooped up the vigilante her arms and returned to her bakery where she lived in the apartment above it.
She deposited Golden Whip on her couch.
Mary Lou couldn’t do much but she would not let this kid die. Not on her watch!
_______________________________
Izuku groaned. His limbs felt like lead and his eyelids were so heavy. Still, he forced them open.
Izuku blinked a few times before registering that this was very much NOT his alley. Izuku sat up straight. He jumped off of whatever he was on but his legs immediately gave out and he collapsed on the ground, hitting a coffee table on the way down causing a large *CRASH*. Izuku’s breath caught in his throat as he heard footsteps approaching at a rapid pace from somewhere in the apartment he was apparently in. He forced himself to his feet, whole body shaking, and got into the best fighting stance he could muster.
A woman with long, straight brown hair came flying from the hallway before she took in his threatening stance and froze.
“H- hey, you’re awake, boy!” It clicked. He recognized her. She was the bakery owner. Only she called him ‘boy.’ Dang it, I knew it! She caught me! I should have stopped going. I shouldn’t have gotten comfortable. I need to get out before it’s too lat- “Are you okay?” Huh? “Here, sit down.” She sat on the couch and patted gently next to her.
Everything in Izuku told him not to but he could feel his legs giving out the longer he stood. He shakily shuffled to the couch and sat as far away from her as possible.
“That was quite the scare you gave me, boy! I saw you fall from the ladder from across the street! To think you were the famous Golden Whip all along!” Izuku froze. That was when he realized his mask was off, his hair was still gelled but significantly loosened, and he was in just a plain t-shirt and shorts.
“Don’t worry, I won’t tell,” she assured him but Izuku felt anything but assured.
Suddenly her face fell.
“You were unconscious for three days, boy… You would constantly have spasms and cry out as if someone was stabbing you repeatedly and your fever was reaching dangerously high levels… I could only do so much with oils and wet cloths.” She whipped her head around to him with tears in her eyes causing Izuku to tense further.
“I don’t know why you do this or why you have that many scars on your body but you need to take care of yourself better!” she all but screamed. “I- if you can’t then get help! You can’t do this to yourself, you’ll die! I- if you have to keep up this vigilanting thing at least let me help!”
His heart stopped. Help? HELP?! Yeah right! You really think I’d fall for tha-
“I know you don’t believe me or trust me… but I truly do just want to help you…” She smiled at him. “You know, you really remind me of my little brother, boy. He died when he was about your age, nine. You’ve been coming to my bakery for the past year now and have been letting me feed you. The least you can do is let me help you.”
Izuku looked her up and down. Why? Why is she so adamant? What does she want? What is she waiting for? Can I really trust her? She hasn’t done anything so far. Don’t be naive Izuku! But she… I just… Izuku knew she was right. He KNEW she was safe. He KNEW that she didn’t want to harm him. His mind and body just couldn’t accept it. Too much had they been through. Too much distrust. But what else did she give him?
A choice.
She wasn’t like Inko. The lady was giving him a chance to say no. Izuku dropped his head.
“E- eleven…” he whispered. She was one of the few he actually speaks to, even if it was just a word or two at a time. The only others were the Junk Shop owner and the heroes he fought with as Golden Whip.
“What?” Her voice sounded shocked. Izuku turned his head further away. “I- I’m n- n- not nine.” He choked out in his usual stutter. “I- I’m eleven. A- almost t- twelve.”
…
“NO WAY!”
Izuku jumped and stared at her in shock at her sudden outburst. “S- sorry, boy, it’s just… You’re so small!” Izuku’s eye twitched.
“A- and my name i- isn’t ‘b- boy’ either!” He held his head high. “I- it’s I- Izuku.” He still stuttered despite trying sound confident. He glanced at her. She smiled.
“I’m Mary Lou but you can call me Mare or Mary like my friends do.”
Mary Lou held out her hand. Izuku flinched involuntarily. Don't reach out. You'll see them. Don't see them. Please! “Not much for touching, are you?” Izuku bit his tongue and narrowed his eyes at her, a clear sign that he did not fully trust her yet, especially not to the point of willing creating physical contact between the two of them. Mary Lou chuckled and withdrew her hand. “That’s alright. Do you not have a last name?”
Izuku shook his head. Not giving her that. She could turn my name into the police. I’d be found then. Can’t be found.
“Y- you?” he asked instead.
Mary Lou nodded. “Takakawa. I got the last name from my Japanese father and the name from my American mother.”
“M- Mary Lou T- T- Takakawa,” Izuku tested the name on his tongue. She nodded. “That’s it!” Mary Lou stood suddenly, causing Izuku to tense again.
“Now, shall we eat?” Izuku’s eyes widened. “What? Did you think that I wouldn’t feed you? You’ve been unconscious for three days, I am sure you are hungry.” Izuku heard his stomach growl unwillingly and blushed. Mary Lou giggled. “Great! I’ll get to work!” Mary Lou was loud. That was okay. Izuku liked loud people. He knew where they were at most times. Most.
Izuku spent the rest of that day and the day after at Mary Lou’s house. His stomach had never felt so full and he scarcely remembered the last time he was warm when he slept at night. He was almost sad when he had to leave but he knew he couldn’t stay forever. While Mary Lou probably would not object to it, Izuku was going crazy with paranoia.
He couldn’t help it. Every kind word she said registered as a lie. Every smile looked fake. Her eyes looked greedy. Her movements looked like they were wanting to reach out. If she reached out… Izuku was done for. No. Not happening. He wouldn’t LET it happen. Sure, Mary Lou was great and all and Izuku would still visit Soft Blossom Bakery every so often but it was about time he left.
The greenette sat up from his position on the couch. He stood up, wincing as the floorboards creaked. He was still not used to the prospect of moving silently in an actual house. Izuku reached down and grabbed his yellow bag. Mary Lou had been nice enough to gather what few belongings he had stored under the dumpster in the alley and bring them here. Izuku pulled out his grappling hook. He opened the window of her apartment. Izuku was quick to make his descent.
He knew he shouldn’t, but Izuku cast one last longing glance at the slightly cracked window of Mary Lou’s apartment. He turned away. Thanks for everything…
Izuku made his way back into his alleyway silently though he kept an eye on her building the rest of the night. He knew the window was cracked and the was still definitely the red light district. If anyone tried to take advantage of the cracked window, Izuku would be the first to protect Mary Lou just as she had protected him.
_______________________________
Shouta threw himself on his bed after his shift. Another shift and he still had yet to see Golden Whip anywhere. It had been five days since the attack. Shouta began to worry that the boy was really de-
*ding ding*
The Pro Hero groaned as he pulled his phone from his pocket. He shot up.
A message from Golden Whip!
Shouta pulled up Hipstagram with incomparable speed. A small voice in the back of his mind laughed at him for being so eager about this but he shrugged it away.
Shouta pulled up his messages with Golden Whip.
Shouta immediately deadpanned. It was a picture. A picture mid-fight, mind you, of Golden Whip in the frame in the way one would be when taking a selfie. Shouta was in his hero costume and was swinging a Blue Blood gang member around by his capture weapon.
When did he even have time to take that? Cheeky brat.
He went to Golden Whip’s page to see that the vigilante had just posted the same picture. The vigilante’s page consisted mostly of him or other heroes that he was stalking some nights and got a poorly taken shot of them with him in the frame as a sort of crude joke. There were one or two of them that were him mid-fight. Shouta glanced back at the picture. He narrowed his eyes and zoomed in on Golden Whip’s face. He could see it, the black just creeping up onto the kid's pale face. Upon closer examination, Shouta could make out the hollowed out cheeks that spoke millions on how thin the boy truly was.
*ding ding*
Shouta pulled open the messages again. Golden Whip had messaged him.
Golden Whip: Gotcha! I’m alive, Idiot!
Shouta’s eye twitched. After five restless days and night, not that he got much sleep anyways, of worrying about that dang vigilante, that is what he got?! Shouta’s fingers pounded across the screens keyboard.
Eraserhead: Dang it.
Chapter 7: What It Means To Feel Safe
Summary:
Izuku has a panic attack and runs to the one place he knows he can go.
Notes:
Sorry if I am posting too fast. I just have a lot of time to write...
Chapter Text
“Welcome.”
Twelve-year-old Izuku walked into the Junk Shop, hearing the familiar greetings of the man behind the counter. Izuku nodded at the man. He had deemed him one of the few, FEW, people it was 'safe' to interact with, even if on a minuscule level. Izuku walked up to the man.
He glanced down at his old red hightops that had a hole so big Izuku could literally see his toes sticking out of them. He raised his eyebrow and looked back at the man.
“Ah… Are you looking for regular walking around shoes or ones for your vigilanting, Mr. Golden Whip?” the man asked. Izuku never really learned his name. He just called him Gramps in his head because of the beard.
“V- vigilante,” he confirmed. Izuku did not need to waste his bills on other shoes. He could get some ducktape to fix his red hightops. However, it was highly dangerous to be wearing them on patrol and while fighting. The man hummed. “I will see what we have but we don’t usually sell footwear here. Feel free to look around while I am in the back.”
Izuku nodded. Gramps ducked under the curtain behind the counter that leads to the back of the store for employees only, or for the only employee.
Izuku prowled through the store. He had been here two weeks ago so there was little to be seen past what he already knew was there. Nothing new. He stopped at the bowties. Izuku tried to imagine himself in one of them, or rather, Golden Whip in one of them. He silently chuckled to himself before moving on.
Izuku stopped at the bucket of random items and ruffled through it. He pulled out a roll or white ducktape. Bingo. Izuku slid it onto his arm like a bracelet to hold it while he was walking around. Izuku went over to the weapons. He lifted an eyebrow.
He had saved up $72 from various criminals and villains in the past half a year. Could he afford a flamethrower? He wouldn’t need it for fighting, it didn’t match the persona, but he could use it to heat and mold some scrap metal he had gathered. He looked at the tag. $50.
He heard the curtain move and left the weapon area to meet Gramps back by the counter. The older man placed a pair of black sneakers on the counter. “These should be in your size,” he said. “And, if you want to fit the color scheme,” he placed a can of gold spray paint next to them, “I’ll throw this in for free.” Izuku slid the ducktape onto the counter.
“H- how much?”
“In all, $30.”
Izuku suppressed a sigh. So long flamethrower. He slid a ten and twenty over the counter and took his new belongings. Izuku cast a glance at the flamethrower as he walked by it to the exit but kept walking.
“Ah-” Izuku jumped. He looked at the man. “I forgot to say it, but that flamethrower hasn’t sold well. I guess I should knock it down a bit to say… $40?” Izuku studied the man. Gramps gave his usual grin. If I save money I can get an extra loaf of bread along with maybe a candy bar. I could even eat out. But… He glanced back at the flamethrower. His little kid heart jumped for joy at the prospect of it. He took a sharp turn, pulled it off the shelf, and placed the rest of his cash on the counter. Gramps grinned and handed back his change of a whopping two dollars. Izuku stuffed the flame thrower at the bottom of his bag and pocketed the change. Before he left, Izuku glanced back at the man.
“T- t- thank y- you.”
Gramps smiled. “See you soon.”
And with that, Izuku was gone, pulling up his hood as he walked down the street. Izuku paused by the gas station. He fiddled with the pocket knife in his hoodie pocket, reassuring himself that it was, in fact, there before entering. Izuku felt his heart rate spike at just the thought of entering but he did so anyway. He had two dollars and there was a chocolate bar in the candy section with his name on it. Izuku crouched by the row of assorted candy bars. His mouth watered. The theory was to get the most bang from your buck so he chose a two for one deal of a regular-sized Truffle Bar. Izuku felt his skin prickle. He glanced to his left. There was a large man ‘browsing’ through the candy on the other side but Izuku caught how he kept glancing at the boy.
Blood roared in Izuku’s ears and his heart pounded like a marching band. He’s lived in the red lights long enough to know how this goes. Izuku walked up to the cash register where there was a slightly annoyed teenager at the head. The man followed, stopped, and acted like he was looking at a bag of chips.
Child predators were, sadly, a common thing in the red light district. He should know. Plenty of times on his patrols he had saved kids and teens, and even adults, from that fate. He himself, when he was just starting out on the streets… Izuku shuddered. He didn’t want to remember. He didn’t want to go through that again… Rape was a common thing here… He knew so personally…
That was why he was all the more cautious of this man. Izuku got through with buying his candy bars without having to mutter a single word. He collected his fifteen cents in change and stuffed everything in his hoodie pocket. Izuku left the gas station. The man followed several feet behind. Izuku unfolded his pocket knife, still hidden by his hoodie. He walked right past his alleyway, the man still following. Go away. Please go away!
Izuku was not confident as just himself. Sure, he was probably just great at fighting but it wasn’t the same if he wasn’t in her vigilante persona. When he wasn’t, Izuku just felt like another homeless kid on the streets of the red light district susceptible to any of the harms that come with living in the worse parts of the city.
Izuku ducked into an alley a block down. He turned and waited. Sure enough, the man rounded the corner. “Hey, little boy,” he chuckled. “You lost or somethin’?” His voice was harsh. The man walked forward with his hand held out, not int a way of handshake but in the way one would grab something forcefully, like a child. Izuku stood still. “Here, let me help you home, ‘kay, little boy?” Once in range, Izuku was quick. Scared or not, he was still Golden Whip and had the reflexes and powers to prove it. Izuku whipped out his knife and stabbed it through the mans hand out out the other side. Izuku yanked it out as the man howled in pain.
“Why you! Imma kill ya!” Izuku prepared to dodge but soon found that he had no need to as a familiar white scarf caught the man. Izuku’s eyes widened. Behind the head was none other than Eraserhead, in civilian clothes aside from the capture weapon, walking up behind the child predator who was raging loudly.
“Shut up…” the hero growled, swiftly karate chopping the man’s neck. The man fell limp and Eraser let him go.
The hero turned to him. “A kid your age shouldn’t be walking around this city alone, not even in the daylight.” Izuku didn’t say anything. He couldn’t say anything. His voice might be recognized. Even if he wanted to, it was like his lips were sealed shut, mouth dry as a desert.
Eraser looked at him. “Hey, kid, are you okay?”
In Izuku’s mind, his words distorted from something that should have been comforting to anyone else to those of an enemy. A means to destroy him. To strip him of his freedom.
Threat.
Eraserhead walked forward and knelt down at eye level. Get away. Get away, get away, getaway, getawaygetawaygetawaygetaway!
The hero lifted an arm. Izuku choked on a scream and pushed the man over. He made a mad dash down the street, ignoring the calls of the hero. He knew that Eraserhead would have to take the predator in first before he went after Izuku so Izuku ran. He turned the corner, his destination in sight.
Izuku barreled through the door of Soft Blossom Bakery. The two customers in the lobby turned and stared in shock as a twelve-year-old boy that looked nine with unruly green hair, a bone-thin body, and torn clothes streamlined through the bakery.
Mary Lou came out of the kitchen. “Hey, bo- AH!” Izuku ran straight past her and threw himself behind the counter. There was a slight commotion but it was all drowned out by the pounding of his own heart.
Mary Lou’s blurry form came into view. She waved.
Izuku stared back at her with wide, blood-shot eyes. She sat next to him, purposefully a few feet away. Gratefully, a few feet away. She was speaking. Izuku couldn’t hear her but her voice sounded safe. “Safe” was not a word Izuku knew anymore. He didn’t believe in that word. And yet... her voice sounded like that word. Gradually, the more he listened to her voice, his breathing evened out and his vision cleared. Someone had taken over her station in the kitchen.
“Better?”
Izuku turned to her. He gave a shaky nod. She smiled and stood. She reached an arm out to him. Threat. Izuku flinched. Mary Lou giggled and withdrew it. “Worth a shot! How does the ‘usual’ sound?” Izuku gave a small nod. He shakily got to his feet. He stumbled a bit but caught himself. “Alright but you have to go to your table,” she said. “You can’t very well crouch behind the counter the whole time.” Izuku suddenly became hyperaware of his surroundings. He blushed slightly, avoiding eye-contact with the other customers. Izuku sat at his corner table.
Mary Lou sat his usual strawberry shortcake and glass of milk in front of him causing Izuku to flinch once again. She gave him a soft smile. “I’ll be back soon, okay, boy?” She never used his name in public. Izuku nodded his reply. Speaking was still not his favorite pastime. Izuku relaxed a little when he stuck his favorite tiny fork into his favorite treat and took a bite. Sweet… He didn’t know how long he was there before Mary Lou came back. He eyed her cautiously.
“Want to stay tonight?” she asked.
Since Mary Lou had first saved him, Izuku had stayed the night in her apartment twice.
He gulped. Motives, reasons, series of actions that could cause everything to go wrong presented by the offering party. All clean. The greenette nodded. She smiled. Izuku found that he liked her smile. She slid the keys over to him. “You can go on up if you want. There is food in the fridge. And I’ll give you the secret knock when I come up too, k?” Izuku liked it when she winked when she said ‘secret.’ It was like a super-secret code between them like a spy movie. A secret code between the two of them.
Or maybe he was just childish. He is twelve after all.
Izuku took the keys and swiftly made his way past the counter, into the breakroom, and up the stairs that lead up to the apartment. Immediately upon entering he locked the door, checked all of the windows, and drew the curtains to a close. Izuku curled up in the corner of the blue couch. He hugged the tan couch pillow to his chest. She had a candle burning on the coffee table. It smelled good. He yawned.
Izuku fell asleep.
_______________________________
Mary Lou shut off Soft Blossom Bakery’s lights, closing for the night. She climbed the stairs, her hand hesitating at the door.
Vigilante or not, Izuku is a little kid. That was why she opted for using the ‘secret’ knock. Any kid finds amusement in that. Any normal kid… The way he cowered beneath the counter mid-panic attack. No child should have that look in their eyes. No child should flinch so violently at the smallest of movements from someone else. She remembered when she first found him and had to change his clothes to take care of his wounds.
No child should have that many scars…
She raised her fist. *Knock … Knock Knock … Knock*
She gave it a minute. Izuku was more than likely checking the peephole. The door clicked before it slowly opened to reveal the green-haired boy that looked small enough to be nine but was really twelve. He was rubbing at his eyes.
“Did you just wake up, Izuku?” she asked, walking in. She heard the door shut followed by the immediate *click* of the lock. Izuku hummed sleepily in response. Mary giggled. “Silly! You won’t be able to sleep tonight now!” She pulled on her house apron as she entered the kitchen.
“How does katsudon sound?” She had found out the last time he stayed the night instead of just visiting the bakery, probably two months ago, that Izuku adored katsudon. He may not say it and a smile might never grace his face, but she caught the way his eyes lit up when she first made it. She didn’t need to hear his response, not that he had given one. Mary Lou happily started on the meal.
“Oh, I forgot to mention it but I got some math and science books for you that should be around your grade level,” she mentioned. Mary Lou looked over her shoulder. Izuku was staring at her with wide, green eyes. She smiled. “Over by the television. You will see them to your right.” Izuku nodded sharply and was quick to make his way to them. The books were actually a few grade levels down. She took the liberty of lowering the difficulty considering Izuku didn’t go to school, she assumed.
Mary Lou was sad to have to pull the boy away from his reading when they ate but Izuku seemed more than willing when the Katsudon was set in front of him. He never finished it because he couldn’t stomach that much food so Mary Lou covered it for a meal some other time.
As she did bills, Izuku took a bath and read some more until it was time for bed. Mary Lou pulled out a big blue pillow and soft fuzzy red blanket with All Might on it. She set up the couch and watched Izuku crawl under. She wanted nothing more than to kiss him on the head and tuck the little greenette in for the night but she knew better. Mary Lou was grateful that he trusted her enough to stay here. The first time he left in the middle of the night. The second time he stayed the whole night. If she was lucky, he would stay some of the next day too. Wishful thinking.
“Good night, Izuku,” she said, shutting off the lights. A nightlight came on in the corner.
“G- good n- n- night,” she heard Izuku stutter out.
Mary Lou smiled and went to bed herself.
Wishful thinking indeed. When Mary Lou woke up for the next day, she noticed the apartment was a little colder. She entered the living room to see the blanket folded with the pillow on top. The window was cracked opened too. She turned her head to the kitchen. Yep. The dishes were done. Mary Lou ran a hand through her hair.
“Welp!” she chirped. “Time to start the day!”
_______________________________
Izuku sat in his alley munching on one of his Truffle Bars literally watching paint dry. He had spray-painted the bottoms and rim lines of his new black sneakers gold and, well, when your homeless it’s not like you have video games or a television to watch to pass the time.
He looked to the side, to Soft Blossom Bakery, as the sun began to breach over the city.
He saw the lights in Mary Lou’s apartment come on. A few seconds passed before the curtains opened. Izuku ducked behind the dumpster. He waited a second before peaking out again. She was still there and had obviously been waiting for him because as soon as he peaked out, the brunette smiled and waved.
Izuku hesitantly lifted a hand and waved back.
Chapter 8: Cut Strings
Summary:
Izuku has a run-in with Eraserhead and his quirk comes back to haunt him.
Notes:
Happy readings! ;3
Also, fanart at the end notes!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
It was supposed to be a great day. Realize the words “supposed to be.” Izuku found a few unopened cans of soup in the dumpster that were only a couple of days old. A golden opportunity for a free, semi-decent meal to someone in his living conditions. He ate one while he melted some scrap metal with the flamethrower before wrapping his hands in old rags to mold the metal around the base of his vigilanting shoes to add more power behind his kicks. He stashed the other two cans in his bag and crossed the street to Soft Blossom Bakery with his laptop. It had been a week since he stayed with Mary Lou last.
He sat down and she brought him the usual and Izuku ate while he posted a picture of his excursion from two days ago. It was him holding up bunny ears behind the head of the drug dealer he had just knocked out. He tagged Eraserhead and a couple of other underground heroes just to annoy them. For a brief moment, he recalled meeting Eraser on the streets but immediately turned his attention to other things as he felt his blood pressure spike upon thinking about it. Mary Lou came over with a pencil and paper. Upon further examination, Izuku realized that she had just given him a math test. Izuku stared at her in shock. He almost, ALMOST, smiled.
Smiling is a weakness. Don’t ever smile.
Challenge accepted. Izuku got to work. Mary Lou told him that she would give him his grade tomorrow if he came in. Izuku knew what she was doing. She was making more opportunities for the boy to have to come in, using his love of studying against him but for once he didn’t actually mind.
Izuku spent much longer than he had thought he did. The sun was already going down when he stood up. His joints popped from sitting in the same position for so long. He waved at Mary Lou who waved back with a “See you tomorrow, boy.” She knew that he couldn’t stay away at the prospect of finding out his test score.
Izuku crossed the street, almost getting hit by a car, mind you, and ducked into his alley. He yawned loudly. He questioned if he should go out on patrol tonight or not. He was pretty tired from such a relaxing day. Ultimately, Izuku ate his other Truffle Bar that he had bought the weak prior for a source of energy and decided to go out.
He should have listened to his gut instinct of not going out.
When night fell, Izuku got dressed. He bounced around a bit to get used to moving with the new metal additions to his shoes. Izuku slid the mask on and peeked out from behind the dumpster at Mary Lou’s apartment.
There she was, like every night for the past weak, in the window despite the hour. Izuku waved, just barely visible by the street light. She waved back. It was almost encouraging. Now, with more confidence, Izuku jumped onto the fire escape. He had to work hard to make sure he could not be heard with his metal platforms but after the first few building jumps he had gotten it down. Izuku had always been a fast learner.
It was a quiet night. Izuku almost thought that nothing would happen tonight. He was dead wrong.
There was a soft *thump* behind him. Izuku stumbled as he was just about to leap between buildings. He whipped around to see none other than Eraserhead at the other end of the building. They were three stories high. A cold breeze blew by as the two stared at each other. Now, this has happened before. On a slow night, when neither of them was fighting, they would sometimes run into each other like this. Ultimately, Eraserhead would try to catch him and Izuku would run away. Izuku, in his overconfident Golden Whip persona, shifted his weight to his right leg, put a hand on his hip, and raised the other.
“Yo!”
“Golden Whip,” Eraser ‘greeted’ him.
“Howsit been?” Izuku asked. No reply. He chuckled. “I git it’s slow an’ all but ya really got nothin’ better to do than chase some vigilante down the red light?” His red lights accent had definitely thickened over time but Izuku really hadn’t noticed.
“Sadly,” Eraser said, hair raising and capture weapon floating, “no. I’m going to have to take you in, Golden Whip.” Izuku grinned. “We’ll just see ‘bout that.” Izuku sharply turned and lept off the building, rolling onto the next one. He turned and gave a mock salute to Eraser. “Catch me if ya can!”
Thus, their almost monthly cat and mouse chase began. They crossed the streets and climbed buildings. Izuku laughed as he dodged to the side, the whites of the capture weapon flashing by his right where he had been a second before. He unlatched his grappling hook and swung it to latch on the ledge of the next building. Izuku spun, running backward, and waved at Eraser before jumping off the building into the alley below. He caught himself just before impact by the rope. Izuku whipped it to release the hook and rolled it back up as he kept running. Eraserhead was hot on his tail, using his capture scarf much more effectively than Izuku could use his hook. Izuku saw the car coming, yes he did. And he ran out onto the street. He heard the fearful yell from Eraser telling him to be careful. The car barely missed Izuku and served to create a great barrier between the vigilante and hero if only for a minute, letting Izuku get further ahead. The greenette couldn’t keep this up forever, though. He could feel the fatigue building. The hero was in much better shape than the twelve-year-old underfed vigilante. He had to end this soon.
Izuku ducked into an alley and spotted his out, a sewer hole. He slammed his foot on the edge, metal on metal creaking a loud *CLANG*, and the hole’s lid went flying.
That was when it all went wrong.
Izuku was just about to jump down when he felt it. A feeling he hadn’t felt in so long. Dread filled his bones as the dull throb in his back from his past resurfaced. No…
He got in a single glance of the string before he unwillingly went flying backward via his quirk.
Threat.
_______________________________
Shouta growled. Why could he never catch that dang child?! He was obviously faster than the vigilante so why was it always so hard to get his hands on the slippery fiend. Shouta felt his heart stop when Golden Whip bolted onto the street. Did he not see the car, obviously speeding, coming?!
Shouta reached out. “Watch ou-” he was cut off when he saw a sliver of green flow from the vigilantes back. Shouta did not know Golden Whip’s quirk, no one did. Most thought that he was quirkless but Shouta knew otherwise. His quirk could not activate if he looked at someone without a quirk. That green light had not been there before. He shook his head to clear his mind before dashing across the street when there was a break in traffic. He heard the *CLANG* of the vigilante’s usual escape, the sewers. Oh no you don’t! Shouta skidded around the corner. He saw Golden Whip about to jump in.
I will not let you get away this time! Shouta reached out with his right arm. His eyes widened as the green light returned from the kids back. It extended to form a sort of string to him. He didn’t know what it was but he had no other choice. Shouta wrapped his fingers around the string. He noticed Golden Whip freeze. Shouta took advantage of whatever had distracted his opponent and yanked the glowing green cord.
Golden Whip let out a yelp and Shouta’s eyes blew wide when the vigilante was ripped from his standing position and literally flew through the air at Shouta. It was thanks to his years of hero work that Shouta’s reflexes caught the kid.
Shouta stood there with his hands on Golden Whip’s shoulders trying to figure out what happened. The vigilante seemed to be frozen. He opened his mouth to speak but the kid suddenly lurched forward. Golden Whip tripped over his own feet, which was not a mistake the vigilante ever made, and crumpled to the floor. Shouta realized the opportunity and readied his capture weapon. He took a step forward before freezing when the child let out a blood-curling scream.
“AHHHHHHHH!!!!!!”
It was a scream full of so much terror and pain that Shouta knew he would never forget. Golden Whip had his hands on his head and forehead pressed to the ground as he screamed. His whole body was shaking. Whatever had just happened obviously shook up the kid. That’s when Shouta remembered that, yes, this is a child. A child with a blatantly unstable mind. “Hey, kid,” he said as he took a small step forward. Golden Whip jolted and scrambled back.
“S- s- s- s- stay away!” Shouta could see the fast rising and falling of the vigilante’s chest. When the kid bumped into the wall, his mask slipped down, uncovering his right eye. It was green and blown wide. With a start, Shouta realized the kid was going into shock.
“Ok, you need to breathe with me, kid,” he said softly, Shouta took a small step forward and lift his hands to show that there was no weapon and appear vulnerable. However, when he lifted his hands, he noticed a green ribbon string itself around the boy’s wrist and another rope began to form toward’s Shouta. Golden Whips only visible eye focused on it too.
“ST- OP!” the kid screamed again, voice cracking harshly. Shouta didn’t know what it was but he knew that if he kept walking it would only get worse. He stopped and crouched down. Once Shouta lowered his hands the green rope disappeared. He could hear the gasps that Golden Whip was taking despite his chest heaving.
Shouta furrowed his eyebrows. “Is that your qui-”
“NO! I- It’s- I- My- qui- No! It’s just-” He’s breathing too harshly, Shouta thought. At this rate, he’ll pass out from asphyxiation. I need to get him to calm down. Shouta habitually raised his hands. A green string immediately formed from Golden Whip’s chest and extended to him. Shouta looked up at the child and his heart stopped for a second. Golden Whip’s mask had slipped completely off letting Shouta witness the full range of emotions. The greenette’s eyes twitched wildly and Shouta could see his body begin to twitch too. His chest heaved as if he was taking in deep breaths but his breathing was too unstable to get more than a slight wisp of air. He was pale as death and a twisted frown crossed the kid’s face as he hiccuped in between breaths. Golden Whip curled in on himself and let out another glass-shattering scream.
“GET AWAAAAAAYYYY!!!!!!!!”
Shouta took multiple steps back in shock. Shouta tested out his theory. He put his hands down and the green rope of light dissolved. He raised his hand, it appeared. Shouta activated his quirk, it disappeared.
He remembered grabbing the string and pulling. The kid came flying at me- Oh my gosh… Shouta stared at the vigilante.
As someone who has a quirk to eraser other quirks temporarily, Shouta had done much research on quirks and he was pretty intuitive. It wasn’t set in stone but Shouta had a sinking feeling that he knew what this kid’s quirk was.
A quirk activated by others to be able to control or drag the kid. Suddenly so many pieces clicked in place. Especially remembering the case a few years back.
-----
Shouta stood in the Midoriya apartment surveying the place. They had just gotten the owner, Ms. Inko Midoriya, to finally tell them the truth of her missing son’s quirk after she was caught for lying. The walls and doorframes all had massive dents and holes in them.
Shouta read over the quirk file. Izuku Midoriya had previously been registered as quirkless but now it was being changed to the quirk the woman called “Puppet.” The description of the quirk was terrifying, to say the least. If in the wrong hands… He glanced at the dents and then at Ms. Midoriya. They didn’t have proof but…
‘You will need to accompany us to the station, Ms. Midoriya,” he said.
At the police station, they heard of a sickening tale that Ms. Midoriya could not get out of telling with the detective there checking her for lies. A tell of abuse. The saddest part was that the missing kid, Izuku Midoriya, couldn’t fight back because of the nature of his quirk. The worst part? Ms. Midoriya didn’t think that she was doing anything wrong.
‘He’s MINE . I can do whatever I want with him!’
Power is unwillingly given to her all because that poor child was born with that quirk and she thought that it was her right to take advantage of it. That poor child. Shouta could not blame him for running away.
-----
Shouta took a deep breath. This kid… This kid is Izuku Midoriya. The boy was mumbling.
“ItsalloverI’mdoneforPleasegoawayDon’thurtmeI’msorryIwon’tdoitagainI’llbebetterGoawayStopPleaseIdon’twantthisGoawayGoawayGoawayPleaseLeaveStopItsoverNoNoNo-” Shouta was just about to cut in when a giggle bubbled from the kid’s throat.
“Ha… Ha Ha HA!” He was taken back by the inhumane grin that split the kid’s face. “IT’S ALL OVER!” he yelled. Shouta felt his blood run cold when Golden Whip’s eyes landed on him. “Well?! What are you gonna do, huh? You gonna use me too?! Go ahead! I can’t stop you!”
He’s hyperventilating. Shouta wanted to reach out but he couldn’t without the kid’s quirk activating. Wait, yes I can if I use mine.
Shouta activated his quirk against Golden Whip. “Kid-” “Oh! I see how it is!” Golden Whip yelled. “You tryna use your quirk to get me to let my guard down, ey? Too late for that! IT’S ALL OVER! I’M SCREWED!”
Suddenly Golden Whip jumped up with sudden clarity in his eyes. Shouta watched him jump onto the fire escape. “Hey, kid? What are you doing?” Shouta’s heart stopped. He was quick to follow the vigilante. “Kid wait!” Golden Whip was at the edge of the building, no grappling hook prepared.
“Kid, stop. You don’t have to do this. I won’t hurt you,” he tried to sound as reassuring as possible.
“LIAR!” Golden Whip screamed. “I’D RATHER DIE THAN GO THROUGH THAT AGAIN!”
“Wai- KID!” The vigilante fell backward. Shouta lurched forward. What do I do!? The thought spark. He let his quirk go. Shouta reached down at the vigilante, a green rope sprung from the falling child’s chest. Shout grabbed it and pulled it. Golden Whip’s body jolted. A loud *SNAP* sounded, the string broke, and the kid screamed out in pain before he continued to fall with less momentum. Suck! Shouta reached again, grabbing at the string that came from the child’s right wrist. *SNAP* He reached out one last time and grabbed onto the string that extended from the kid’s left wrist. With the lost momentum from the past two tries, this string didn’t snap. Golden Whip dangled just above the ground.
Shouta let out a deep breath and pulled Golden Whip up by the kid’s quirk. He grabbed the kid and let go of the string. Shouta sat on the roof with the shaking child in his arms.
“W- hy…?”
Shouta looked down at the vigilante. Tears pooled from his green, bloodshot eyes.
“Why did you save me…? I don’t want to go back… Not again. Just let me die. I’d rather die…”
Shouta felt his heart break. “Kid,” he held the crying vigilante tighter. “You won’t go back. I promise… Just don’t die.” He looked into the child’s eyes. “I won’t let anyone use you like that ever again, so trust me just this once, okay?”
Golden Whip chuckled, a chuckle so wrong for a boy his age. “Like I have a choice.” Shouta frowned. “You do have a choice. I won’t force you and since you are a minor you won’t be thrown in jail, only under house arrest.”
Another laugh. “I’m homeless, ‘raser.”
Shouta’s frown deepened. If the obvious thinness of the child wasn’t clue enough then the weightlessness of him was as Shouta was still holding him. Golden Whip was too exhausted to fight back. Or maybe he had just given up.
“We will find a place for you to stay,” he said.
“What? In a foster home or somethin’?”
Shouta shook his head. “Hopefully not is someone takes you. If you have someone in mind then we will try our best to get them. The point is though that you DO have a choice.”
He thought he saw it: a spark in the vigilante’s eyes. It was gone just as fast as it came.
“So? Will you let us help you?” he questioned. The greenette let out a tired sigh, too much held in one for someone so young. “Do whatever you want… I’m done… I give up…”
“Hey, now, don’t give up now. Look, we are going to help you, okay?” he bargained. Golden Whip didn’t reply. He just stared at the sky, blinking every once in a while. He seemed perfectly content on not speaking. Shouta sighed. “Hold on, kid.” Shouta made his way to the police station.
Shouta tried to make small talk but the kid didn’t budge. Upon entering the police station, Shouta sat Golden Whip down in a chair in the lobby. He watched the kids head loll to the side and body slump. Shouta furrowed his brows. The kid was still breathing and his eyes were open.
-----
‘What’s the quirk’s name?’
‘Puppet.’
-----
‘I give up…’
-----
Shouta looked at Golden Whip, gently lifting the kid’s face to look him in the eys. Golden Whip didn’t even flinch. His eyes were scarily empty. It almost reminded Shouta of…
a puppet with its strings cut.
Notes:
Thank you to LyricsofVixra for your fanart of this chapter:
https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/190958721626/show-chapter-archive
Check out LyricsofVixra's profile at: https://archiveofourown.to/users/LyricsofVixra/pseuds/LyricsofVixra
Chapter 9: Let Us Help You
Summary:
Izuku is caught and gets some much needed emotional relief.
Notes:
The pain and hurt it receding y'all!
Chapter Text
Why? Why is this happening? What did I do wrong? I get that vigilantism is illegal but I am still helping people. What did I do to deserve this? I can’t go through that again! I need to run. What would that do? He’ll just catch me again. He knows my quirk. He’ll use it against me. HE KNOWS! Now he is telling everyone else. They ALL know.
Izuku glanced up from his position on the chair in the police station. Eraser was talking with the front desk who obviously didn’t care. No one cared enough in the red lights about actually taking in criminals. Izuku couldn’t hear what they were talking about. Everything muddled in his mind. Just as he thought colors were popping back, everything turned back to the blacks and greys that his mind viewed the world through.
I know how this is going to go. They will use me and torture me just like Inko. Then they will tell Inko. Inko will come back and lock me up forever to never see the light of day again and to betorturedbymyquirkforeverwhytheheckwasIbornlikethiswiththisquirkwhyinthisworldatthistimeinthisplaceIdon’twanttobeheretakemenowkillmesomeonehelp!
“-id, bre- athe-”
Threat.
“Yo- -eed to brea- e.”
Threat!
“Kid-”
THREAT! Izuku thrust his hands forward, moving for the first time he was taken in, and they came into contact with something, rather, someone. Izuku felt his eye twitch. He was standing. Huh? When did I stand? He looked down at the floor where there was a man dressed in all black with a white scarf on the floor. THREAT!
The man started to stand. Izuku could feel his vision tilt. Black spots sparked in his line of sight obstructing clear view. Izuku stumbled, swaying back and forth. Can’t breathe. Breath. Need to breathe. Can’t. Does it matter? Not really. Just let go.
The figure was trying to say something. Izuku looked him up and down.
!THREATTHREATTHREATTHREATTHREATTHREATTHEATTHREATTHREATTHREAT!
Just let go.
…
Okay…
Izuku fell forward, the world going black.
_______________________________
Shouta was quick to catch the kid. He just dropped like a ragdoll!
Shouta was talking with the annoying officer at the front desk who was the prime example of why the red light district had gotten so bad and when he turned around, Golden Whip who was previously unresponsive was hyperventilating again.
Shouta sighed. He gently picked up the child again. It was then he noticed the dislocated shoulder. He vividly remembered the snapping of the strings. The jolt probably dislocated it. Shouta repositioned Golden Whip into a hopefully more comfortable position before leaving the police station. Shouta was taking him to a police station in a better part of town that would actually care about the disturbed child. When the police car pulled up, Shouta got in the back, gently laying Golden Whip down in the back, letting the greenettes head rest on his legs.
It was about a forty-five-minute drive out of the red light district. Shouta didn’t realize how far into it they were. Upon arriving, Golden Whip was laid a back room to continue resting while Shouta went over the case with Detective Tsukauchi.
They both turned mid-conversation to the sound of the vigilante waking up. Both tensed in anticipation. Like clockwork, Golden Whip shot up in a panic that only worsened when he took notice of the handcuffs slapped on his wrists. Shouta got up. Golden Whip turned to him with wild eyes. Being able to actually see the kid’s whole face showed Shouta just how much of a child this vigilante truly was. He watched the green eyes dull upon seeing Shouta which was disturbing, to say the least.
“O- oh…” Golden Whip whispered. “I- it’s not a d- dream…” Shouta’s chest hurt. The stutter and soft voice were so different than the confident one that Shouta had become so accustomed to when the two worked together. Shouta gave the best smile he could. “I’m afraid not. We need you to answer some questions for us. Can you do that?” There was no response other than a slight nod. Shouta showed Golden Whip to the seat next to his and they sat across from Detective Tsukauchi who took over.
“What is your name?”
No response.
“What is your name?” Again.
Deep breath. “I- Izuku.” TRUTH.
“What is your last name?”
No response.
Shouta sighed and turned to the child. “Come on, kid. If we are going to help you get out of the worst possible trouble then you need to work with us.” Forest green eyes glanced at him before looking back down. Shouta turned back to Tsukauchi and nodded.
“What is your last name?”
“I d- d- don’t have o- one any m- more.” TR-LIE-UTH.
Tsukauchi raised an eyebrow. “What was your last name when you did have one, then?”
“... M- Midoriya…” TRUTH. Shouta mentally winced at the venom in the word despite the stutter.
“Are you the vigilante ‘Golden Whip?’”
“Yes.” TRUTH.
“Did you run away from home four years ago?”
“Y- yes.” TRUTH.
“Is your quirk ‘Puppet?’”
… Shouta noticed that the boy began to shake next to him. “Y- y- yes…” TRUTH.
Tsukauchi nodded. “Were you abused by Inko Midoriya?”
Shouta bit his tongue. He knew this was necessary for putting the woman behind bars and justifying the kid. But he also knew that this wasn’t easy on the kid.
“Yes…” TRUTH.
“Did she use your quirk to abuse you?”
“Yes.” TRUTH.
Tsukauchi closed the file and turned off the recording device. “Alright, Mido-” he stopped midsentence when the kid glared at him. “Alright… Izu-” He stopped again. Tsukauchi gulped. In cuffs or not, this kid could produce a terrifying aura. “Alright… Golden Whip,” Tsukauchi finally started again, “we have everything we need from you to put Inko Midoriya behind bars.” The greenette’s head snapped up.
“W- what?” he breathed out.
Tsukauchi nodded. “Your testimony combined with my quirk and her questioning has given us enough evidence to arrest Inko Midoriya under the charges of child abuse and lying on legal documents. With this, we will also be able to help you get out of most legal issues under the guise of mental instability.” Shouta watched the kid flinch. But he didn’t deny it.
Good… the first step to healing is admitting you’re hurt.
There was a tense silence. “As for what happens now,” Tsukauchi continued, “we have a few options for yo-”
“I don’t care…” the boy whispered. “No matter what happens it’s just going to be the same…”
Shouta took a sharp inhale. He turned to the boy and gently grabbed his small, boy shoulders. The boy flinched but Shouta did not let go. “Kid, you need to understand that not everybody is like Ms. Midoriya. NOt everyone is out to hurt you or even wants to hurt you. We just want to he-”
“YEAH RIGHT!” Gold Whip yelled, effectively shutting him up. The greenette stood and glared at the two of them so hard that if looks could kill then both would be in their graves right now.
“I KNOW how you people are! You just want me to lower my guard. You are all the same! Evil!” It was hard to understand most of the rant with the thick street accent and the obvious mental turmoil but Shouta would let the vigilante get it off his chest. “The second I turn my back you will come after me, use me, beat me, rape me-” Shouta’s heart stopped at that. “It’s happened all before! Even from those who didn’t know my dang quirk! But you do KNOW it! Don’t act like you are going to be any different ‘caus I know you aren’t! I KNOW!!!”
He was having another panic attack. Shouta tried to calm him down but the boy jumped back.
“DON’T TOUCH ME! I don’t need your pity! I don’t need your help!”
Shouta stood up. “Maybe not but you WANT it, right?”
The kid’s eye twitched. “Hah?
Shouta gulped. “You’re scared, I get that. You have every right to be. But this wall you have put between others and yourself was forced. You had to do it to protect yourself, not because you wanted to.”
“Shut up…”
“No, listen to me,” Shouta left no room for argument. “The smile and confident Golden WHip, that is still you. That isn’t a character that you put up, that is the you that you’ve trapped to protect yourself. You are only hurting yourself by hiding the real you. You might not know it because you’ve been pushed this far but you both need and want help.” Shouta took a deep breath. “You are scared, scars mark your body and your mind, some of which will never heal. But with time, and with help, you can grow from your wounds.”
The greenette hung his head, body trembling. Shouta cautiously approached him. He gently pulled the child into his arms. When Golden Whip flinched, Shouta wondered how long it had been since this touch-starved child had actually been hugged.
“Let us help you,” he whispered.
There was a pause before the kid let out a strangled wail. Shouta’s heart broke all over again at the sheer amount of pain in that single sound. Tsukauchi and Shouta listened to the cries and screams of a broken child for the next half hour. The child pulled on Shouta’s shirt, hanging onto him as though his life depended on it. His body shook as though it was twenty degrees below freezing. He was trying to say things in between broken sobs. Shouta only hugged the boy tighter and closer, heart breaking all the while.
Finally, the sobs reduced into tiny hiccups. Shouta didn’t dare let go until Golden Whip took a step back himself.
“S- s- sorry…” Shouta smiled. “Don’t apologize when you have done nothing wrong.”
Once they were all seated, they decided on what to do with the boy.
“For certain,” Tsukauchi started, “you are going to have to stop your vigilanting work.”
The boy flinched but didn’t say anything. “I am sure you understand why. If you continue then we will have to press further charges.”
“C- can I a- at least p- post a g- g- goodbye on H- Hipstagram?” Tsukauchi sighed. “I supposed but then we will be deleting the account after twenty-four hours to give your followers time to see it. Okay?” Golden Whip nodded. Shouta got the feeling that he didn’t like speaking all that much.
“Now, we will need to find you a place to stay. If you do not have anyone in mind, we can find you a safe-”
“I have one but…”
Shouta raised an eyebrow. That’s a surprise.
“But what?” Tsukauchi pushed.
“I don’t wanna be a burden…” Shouta resisted the urge to slam his head on the table. You’ve been tortured and secluded all of your life. Think about yourself for once!
“How about this,” Tsukauchi continued. “We will go meet the person you are thinking of and do a quick background check and see if they would be okay with housing you for the time that you will be under house arrest. Does that sound good?” Golden Whip nodded.
“W- will you t- tell ‘er?” he asked. So it’s a girl.
“Tell her what?” Tsukauchi asked back.
“A- about everything? M- my p- past a- and my qu- quirk?”
Tsukauchi nodded. “I’m afraid we have to but if you trust this person enough to recommend her I am sure that she is safe enough to tell.” Golden Whip had nothing more to say. Without much further conversation, they loaded back into the police car and began their way back to the red light district.
_______________________________
Mary Lou very much did not expect to be woken up by a call from the Musutafu Police Department. She also did not expect to have to go downstairs and to open the bakery’s door to see Izuku in handcuff’s and in his costume without his mask with two older men behind him.
“Boy…?” She questioned.
“Hello, Miss,” one of the men greeted her. “My name is Detective Tsukauchi, and this is Pro Hero, Eraserhead,” he said gesturing to the tired-looking man on the other side of Izuku.
“Would you mind if we came in?”
That night, Mary Lou learned some highly disturbing things about the boy she had come to care for. Izuku sat next to Eraserhead at the table with his head down as the adults told Mary Lou about Izuku’s past. His quirk, the abuse, the running away, and the vigilantism. She felt sick. At the end of it, Detective Tsukauchi asked her a question.
“If at all possible, it would seem that Golden Whip,” they had avoided using the kid’s name, as well, which reminded her that up until now she had never been told Izuku’s last name, “trusts you more than anyone else so we were wondering if for the span of his time on house arrest you would take him into your home?”
Mary Lou looked at the boy who would not meet her eyes. The decision had already been made.
“Of course!” she chirped. Mary Lou smiled when Izuku looked up at her.
After a quick background check using the detective’s quirk, the handcuffs were taken off of Izuku and a house arrest space monitor was set up to her house, and bakery they decided, and wrapped around Izuku’s ankle.
Eraserhead would be coming by every once in a while to check in on Izuku. Eraserhead crouched in front of Izuku as they all gathered by the door.
“Don’t worry, problem child, I’ll be back.”
With that, they left.
Mary Lou looked at Izuku. He was staring at the ground, clutching his golden pants. Mary Lou took a deep breath. She always knew to be cautious around the child but now that she had the full story, she had to make sure to be very careful of any and all potential triggers.
“Izuku?” The boy flinched much more violently than usual. He looked up at her. Mary Lou gave the shaking boy a soft smile. “Would you like to watch a movie?”
_______________________________
Izuku watched Mary Lou closely as she put in the movie. He sat as close to the armrest of the right side of the couch as possible. Mary Lou sat in the middle a bit to the left. The movie started and suddenly Izuku remembered a memory from many years ago. A memory of Inko and him watching a nature documentary. It wasn’t a good one.
Izuku turned his head slowly to look at Mary Lou. Threat.
The movie played in the background. Threat.
The woman across from him. Th- Threat…?
He didn’t realize that he was crying until Mary Lou turned to him as well. She didn’t say anything, only held out her arms. Izuku almost screamed when the green string from his quirk grew back painfully from where it had broken off his chest and extended to Mary Lou. He shook violently.
Then he noticed something.
Mary Lou wasn’t taking the string.
He knew she had seen it, her eyes flickered down to it before she looked back at Izuku. Still, she made no movement to grab it. She just held her arms out. Izuku understood. She wasn’t going to force him. He choked on a sob and lurched forward. The green string disappeared as Izuku collided with Mary Lou. She pet his hair as he cried once again that night.
The blacks and greys of his filtered vision burst into blues and reds and yellows and all of the colors of the rainbow! It was so beautiful. The world was so vivid.
Izuku felt his eyelids droop as he began to calm down.
He fell asleep in her arms.
Thr- SAFE - reat.
Chapter 10: House Arrest Life
Summary:
Izuku adapts to his new life and starts a formal-ish education.
Notes:
Thank you all for your support! Enjoy! <3
Chapter Text
Izuku’s emerald eyes fluttered open. He felt so… rested. More rested than he had ever felt before. Izuku sat up. He pats the blue couch. It was soft. Blue is a nice color. He ran his hands along the All Might blanket. The yellows and reds popped. He surveyed the living room with soft tan walls. The bird clock on the wall read 2:24 pm. He slept a while. Or not, considering how late it was when he first arrived at Mary Lou’s apartment. Izuku hummed.
His eyes widened. It took approximately 5.3 seconds for the events of the night before. The beautiful colors shut off like a light: blacks and greys overlapping the reds, blues, and yellows. The walls felt like they were closing in. The air felt too thin. Black spotted his vision. The ticking of the clock was tripled by his own rapid heartbeat pounding in his ears.
No. NO! NONONONONONONONONONONONON-
*Knock … Knock Knock … Knock*
Izuku jumped, efficiently falling off of the couch. That was the ‘secret’ knock. Izuku shakily got to his feet. He pushed onto his tippytoes to peek through the peephole. Letting out a breath of relief, Izuku placed his feet flat down again. He unlocked the door and opened it slowly. As soon as Mary Lou came into view, all the colors seemed to fade back in, flowing out from her. Izuku was quick to close the door and lock it once more.
Mary Lou giggled. “Ever the jumpy one. I came to check up on you,” she said as she crossed to the kitchen. “And to make sure you eat.” Izuku didn’t respond, of course. He followed her in though and watched her as she made a grilled cheese sandwich and heated up a can of tomato soup.
“When did you wake up?” she asked. Probably knowing that Izuku wasn’t going to verbally reply, she turned her head to him. “Did you just wake up?” she asked astonishedly. Izuku nodded, blushing a bit.
Izuku followed Mary Lou over to the table where she sat down the bowl of tomato soup and the grilled cheese sandwich that she had cut the crusts off of. Izuku sat down.
“You know, it’s better if you dip the grilled cheese in the soup,” she said with a wink. “I’ve got to go back down and work but you eat. Come down if you want to since you are also allowed down there.” She opened the door and grinned. “If you come down, you will get your test score and the usual. Oh, and you might want to change clothes first. We can get you new clothes later but for now, your hoodie and sweats are by the TV.”
She KNEW Izuku would come down for that. Mary Lou was smart. Izuku looked down. He was still in his vigilanting clothes. Izuku ate as quickly as he could but his stomach simply could not handle that much food. He ended up getting through half of the bowl of soup and half of the sandwich.
Side note: Mary Lou was correct. The grilled cheese was better dipped in the soup.
After depositing the dishes by the sink, Izuku got dressed in his worn-out street clothes. He ended up grabbing one of the math books Mary Lou had bought him. He made sure to double-check all of the windows and draw all of the curtains before leaving the apartment, locking it with the keys Mary Lou had left on the counter.
Izuku peeked around the corner. Mary Lou was busy filling the display case so she didn’t notice him. Izuku walked past her silently and made his way from behind the counter and to his normal seat. No one ever really sat there. It had kind of been designated to him in a way. People just knew not to just in case Izuku popped in.
Izuku did get his test score of 92% and a sparkly sticker that said “GREAT JOB!”
Personally, he would have liked it higher but he was technically self-taught so he would take what he got.
The day was strangely… peaceful. Calm.
Izuku didn’t like it.
He had gotten so used to always looking over his shoulder and fighting to survive that the prospect of being in a “safe zone" gave him more anxiety than not.
“That is called PTSD, kid,” Eraser said. He visited a week into Izuku’s house arrest. They sat on the couch, at their own respective ends, Izuku making his hate of contact obvious, criss-cross facing each other. Mary Lou was preparing tea in the kitchen.
“Have you ever heard of it?” Izuku shook his head. “Well,” Eraser said, leaning on the armrest, “Post Traumatic Stress Disorder is when one who has experienced a traumatic event in their life and they have a difficult time recovering from it, often resulting in nightmares and constant anxiety. Considering what you have gone through, I would be more worried if you did not have some form of PTSD.”
Izuku sighed, audibly, but did not say anything, of course. “Don’t worry about it, kid. We can get you a counselor if you wa-” he stopped when Izuku viciously shook his own head. “Yeah, I didn’t think so.” Izuku did not want to tell anyone else about his past and especially not about his quirk. He could handle this “PTSD” thing by himself.
“I can get you some anxiety pills the next time I come.” Mary Lou came in with the tea. Izuku watched Eraser personally take the cup from her. She offered one to Izuku. Izuku tried, he really did, but as soon as he reached out to take the cup, he could visualize the string forming, even if it really wasn’t. He snapped his hand and arm back against his chest, holding his wrist with his other hand. Izuku slightly winced at the movement. His shoulder had been reset five days ago but it was still sore. Mary Lou gave a small smile at his violent reaction to attempting to take the cup but didn’t say anything, instead setting the cup on the coffee table.
“That would be great, Mr. Aizawa,” she said, sitting in the yellow love seat next to the couch. Shouta Aizawa, that was Eraserhead’s real name. Izuku still referred to him as Eraser though. In his mind, at least, since Izuku hardly spoke.
“It is my understanding that Izuku will be staying here for six months?” she questioned. Eraser nodded. “That is correct.” Izuku took his cup of tea blowing on it gently, before sipping the liquid while the adults conversed. “I was wondering if there would be any way to get him some form of actual education?” the brunette asked, effectively catching Izuku’s attention. “I assume that he will have to go back into society after his house arrest and I feel that it would be beneficial that he is at his grade level when he does.”
Eraserhead hummed. “I understand where you are coming from. I will see what I can do but in the end, it will be up to Izuku,” because Eraser had to call him something aside from Golden Whip or Midoriya, “and how comfortable he feels with another person in such close vicinity.” Eraser turned to him. “I could ask a few teachers from UA as I am a teacher there so everyone that would potentially teach you would be a Pro Hero. That means that they would do nothing to purposefully harm you.” Izuku narrowed his eyes at the word “purposefully” which he is sure Eraser caught. “Would that be okay?”
Izuku didn’t know how to feel about this. Suddenly everyone was asking what HE wanted. It was as if they actually cared. They do care. He looked down at the cup of tea that was warming his hands and shrugged.
There was a hum of some sort from Eraserhead. “How about this, I will bring over Present Mic, he teaches English, for a trial run. If it goes well, we will build from there, alright?” Izuku will admit that his fanboy side lept at the idea of meeting the voice hero but Izuku would never let that show. Emotions are a weakness. He had already given these two enough to work with and you better bet that he wouldn’t give them any more leeway into ways to break him down. Izuku simply gave another small nod.
“Okay,” Eraser confirmed, standing. Izuku tensed at the sudden movement, eyes trained on the mans hands. Izuku always had his eyes fixed on a persons hands more than anything. watching, waiting for them to reach out to him and take hold of him. Eraserhead moved a bit slower after that. “I will contact you beforehand. I’ll be going then,” he said, placing his empty cup on the table. “Thank you, Miss,” he said before leaving. Izuku set his cup down and immediately ran to the door, locking it from the inside. He let out a breath he hadn’t known he had been holding.
Izuku turned back to Mary Lou who was at the table but made no effort to move from the door.
She smiled and waved gently. Izuku narrowed his eyes but let his grip slid off the door handle. He walked over to her.
“I am very proud of you for accepting to have another person here,” she said. Izuku felt his chest tighten. He blushed a bit and looked away. Izuku jumped back a few feet when she got up suddenly. She made no mention of it. “I got you something,” she said. “Follow me.” He did, albeit multiple feet behind. Mary Lou went down the hallway and opened the closet door. She pulled out two large, white bags. Izuku stiffened when she held them out to him. Mary Lou set them down on the floor, allowing Izuku to bend down and examine the contents. His eyes widened.
Inside one bag held an array of multicolored shirts, t-shirts, and socks. In the other held shorts, jeans, underwear, and on the top… Izuku pulled out a bright yellow hoodie with a white star on it. He looked up at Mary Lou.
“They are all for you,” she chirped. “While you might have lived off of your current hoodie and sweats while you were on the streets, I refuse to let you only have those. You now have a full wardrobe.” Izuku could feel tears prick at his eyes but he didn’t let them fall. He hugged the hoodie to his chest and looked down, the fabric soft against his chin.
“T- thank y- you…” he whispered.
-----
The next day, Izuku sat on the couch with his laptop. He sighed sadly as he pressed post on his final post for Golden Whip. It was a picture of him in his costume bowing on top of a building. Then a picture of him looking up and smiling. Then a picture of him with the peace sign. Then a collage of pictures from some of his patrols. On the last picture was with his sleeve rolled up to reveal a tattoo of his golden masquerade mask and a black whip swirling around it. The caption read:
“Thank you, all, for your support. It has been a lot of fun but now I must take my leave. Maybe not forever. I might come back legally but we will have to see! Until furth a due, ta ta!”
Izuku rolled up the sleeve of his yellow hoodie to examine the tattoo. He had gotten it a month ago. He loved it. Maybe if he ever became a hero he could go back to being Golden Whip?
-----
Eraser came again the next week. Izuku, clad in bright red shorts and the bright yellow hoodie, all but nailed himself to the far wall of the living room when a tall man with long yellow hair and glasses followed him in. Izuku’s eyes examined the newcomer. Good build, white t-shirt, leather jacket, black jeans, glasses, small yellow mustache to match his hair. Izuku audibly growled when the man looked at him and waved.
Mary Lou slowly approached Izuku. “Izuku,” she said softly, “this is Present Mic in his civilian clothes.” Izuku was unconvinced. “Proof.” Eraserhead nudged ‘Mic.’ The apparent ‘hero’ pulled out a wallet and handed it to Eraser who crossed the dining room and living room, topping halfway before tossing the wallet over to Izuku who caught it. Sure enough, there was the hero’s license. Izuku let out a deep breath. That being said, hero or not, Izuku was not going to let his guard down. Izuku tossed it back to Eraser.
Present Mic came over slowly. “Hey, little listener!” he cheered. He was loud. That’s okay. Izuku likes loud people. “I hear you’re looking to learn?” Izuku gave a small nod. Mary Lou stood a little bit behind him, gesturing for Izuku to unglue himself from the wall. Unwillingly, Izuku complied. He gave a small nod before sitting in his favorite part of the couch, the far, FAR, right. “That’s great!” chirped the hero. “It’s always great to want to learn and better yourself!” Izuku lifted an eyebrow. ‘Better’ yourself? Present Mic slid a paper over the coffee table along with a pencil. “Here ya go, little listener. This is just a short English test to see where you are right now in your studies so we know where to begin from. Think you can complete that for me?”
What am I, five? Of course, I can! Izuku nodded sharply and got to work, always keeping an eye on the three adults at the table in the kitchen.
As it would turn out, Izuku was a grade level behind his age which was understandable.
They made a plan for Mic to come every Monday after UA let out. The next week, though, Midnight came. Then Cementoss. Soon, most weekday afternoons were taken up by heroes which one would think any child would be elated to have basically have their own personal entourage of hero teachers but Izuku was no normal child. Izuku was constantly on edge, his one safe zone in Mary Lou’s apartment was being taken over by others. By the end of the month, Izuku felt like he was going crazy.
It wasn’t all bad though. Eraserhead came every other day and Mic would sometimes tag along even if it wasn’t his designated day to teach Izuku. Izuku found that he didn’t mind the man. Much. Mary Lou seemed fine with him. She laughed a bit more when he was around and light pink dusted her cheeks. It was the first Monday in December when Present Mic was teaching English verbs when Izuku surprised himself and everyone in the room.
“Alright,” Present Mic pointed to the list of sentences. “Can you tell me which one of these correctly uses the English word ‘runs?’” Now, usually, Izuku would point to the number or letter corresponding but today…
“A…?” His eyes widened at the sound of his own voice leaving his mouth. Izuku hardly spoke, even to Mary Lou. He was slowly getting used to speaking but it was still a far cry from how normal conversations should go and he definitely didn’t speak to anyone he did not like or trust. Izuku glanced up at Present Mic. The hero beamed at him. Izuku looked at Mary Lou. She gave a big ol’ thumbs up. Izuku blushed and looked down.
“S- sorry…”
Present Mic clapped his hands together loudly. Izuku jumped. “Correct! Don’t apologize for being wrong!” Wrong about the question or wrong for speaking. It took him a second to realize that Mic was alluding to both. Izuku looked at him with round eyes. He gave a sharp nod.
Present Mic punched the air. “Alright! Next question!” Izuku almost, ALMOST, giggled.
Present Mic is fun. He’s loud. Izuku likes loud people.
_______________________________
Shouta stopped at the door. “I’ll be out, give me a second,” he requested of Yamada.
“Sure thing!” the man chirped before going downstairs. Shouta sighed and closed the door.
“Is something wrong, Mr. Aizawa?” asked Miss Mary Lou. Shouta looked over his shoulder and past her to the green-haired boy who was drawing on the couch but still stealing glances over at Shouta. “Can I talk to Izuku real quick?”
Mary Lou narrowed her eyes. “Only if you tell me what this is about first.” Shouta almost chuckled. She had spunk, he’d give her that. The woman couldn’t be much younger than him so it made sense. Not everyone was as cynical as Shouta. Shout sighed. He lowered his voice. “Izuku has a tattoo on his shoulder that identifies him as Golden Whip.”
Shouta watched as Mary Lou’s face slowly changed to realize what he had just said.
“How do you know this?” she asked.
“It was in his last post on Hipstagram. Can I please speak with him?”
“I- No.”
Shouta’s eyebrows raised. “No?” The woman nodded sharply. “You heard it, that kid was raped. How do you think he will react if you suddenly go up and ask him to show you that?” Shouta had to admit that she had a pretty good point.
“While that is true I wasn’t going to ask him to do anything, just inform him that I know and that he will have to get the tattoo removed at some point.”
“At some point but not right now,” she said sharply. “I don’t know what you think you are doing or if you think that what you are doing is for the boy or for your own self-righteous reasons but illegal vigilante or not that boy has had everything forcibly taken from him in the span of one night. That thing on his ankle has even taken away what freedom he felt he had. How do ya think I feel having to keep him knowin’ that he feels like a caged animal when before this whole ordeal I told him that I would protect him? I don’t know when he got it but when he got that tattoo that was probably his asserting ‘imself and tryna to hold on to that little bit of resemblance to an innocent happy child that he should be. As someone tryna to help himself and bring back ‘is own happiness when no one else would. ‘Golden Whip’ was not a persona, Eraserhead, it was Izuku trying to keep himself sane. If you think that Imma just let you take away the last thing that he has to identify himself and as the one thing he did for himself to try ta fix what the world had broken in him than you can take your business elsewhere but you WILL NOT touch Izuku.”
Like a slap in the face, Shouta realized as her usual soft voice faded into the red light districts accent that they very much are in the red light district and the people here, sweet bakery owners or not, are incredibly protective of those they have deemed ‘family’ or ‘comrades.’ It’s what made taking down gangs so hard because no one gave up information on their allies.
“Calm down,” he huffed. “I didn’t say now. When Izuku is in a better state of mind. I am just informing you of it. I don’t have any ‘self-righteous’ reasons for helping the kid, trust me. I’ve worked with him long enough to actually care about him in some way or fashion. I just want what is best for him. We won’t force the tattoo from him now but if at any point it becomes his fall back and prevents Izuku from growing beyond is trauma and healing then we will have it removed. Okay?”
She seemed satisfied with that. “Alright,” she agreed in her usual soft voice. “I am sorry for my rudeness earlier.”
Shouta left soon after, meeting up with Yamada.
“You look like you forgot your morning coffee,” was the first thing the yellow-haired man greeted him with. Shouta narrowed his eyes. “The red light district… turns even the sweetest into terrifying creatures.”
Yamada had nothing to reply to that.
Shouta looked up at the evening sky as they walked. He remembered the caption from Golden Whip's final post.
-----
'I might come back legally but we will have to see!'
-----
Legally, huh? Shouta thought to himself, drowning out Yamada's constant chatter. He is already good at hand-to-hand combat and handles his weapons well. With the proper quirk training... Shouta stopped suddenly. Yamada stopped a few steps ahead and turned to him. "What's up?"
"A Christmas party," Shouta stated more than suggested. "We should have a Christmas party."
Shouta ignored his loud companion as he gasped and began to talk cheerfully at a more rapid pace when the extremely introverted Shouta Aizawa actually requested a party.
I want him to meet Hitoshi. They could be great partners in the future.
_______________________________
*Ring!*
Mary Lou looked up from her bills. Izuku jumped. She smiled. “It’s just the phone, boy.” Not that he didn’t continue to eye the wall phone skeptically.
*Ring!*
Mary Lou dropped her pen and walked over to the wall phone.
*Ring!* *Ri- Click*
“Hello?” she called, pulling the receiver off of the wall and pressing it to her ear.
“Hello, Miss,” Aizawa’s voice came through the speaker.
“Ah, hello AIZAWA,” she said his name louder so that Izuku would know who she was talking to. The man understood perfectly fine. “To what do I own this sudden call?”
The man hummed from the other side of the line. “As I am sure you know, Christmas is in two weeks. Present Mic has brought up perhaps celebrating it with you and the kid to introduce him to another normal part of society and hopefully get him to warm up to us a bit more, further his social interactions in more than just a work or study environment.” Mary Lou glanced at her green-haired charge who was currently trying to make himself finish the second half of the bowl of soba but was getting queazy at the amount. She bit her lip. Izuku was already really jumpy, she could not imagine him responding well to having to open boxes that he did not know what they held.
“Of course,” Aizawa continued, “we will bring the food and come over to help set up and provide the gifts as this is something outside of your contract for housing Izuku-”
“It’s fine!” she chirped, mentally wincing when Izuku jolted and hit his fork against the ceramic bowl with a *clang* at her sudden outburst. “I want to celebrate with him! I will handle the decorations and food. If you want to bring a snack than that is fine too. Who all will be coming?”
“Myself, Present Mic, Midnight, Cementoss, and, if it is alright, my own adopted son.”
Mary Lou’s eyes widened.
“Y- You’re son?”
She saw Izuku move out of the corner of her eye, focusing on the conversation when her voice faltered. It was endearing, really, how protective the twelve-year-old was over her.
“Yes,” replied Aizawa. “I feel it would be beneficial for Izuku to interact with kids his age. Hitoshi is Izuku’s age. I also believe that it would be beneficial for both of them as they are both trauma patients.”
“They are? If you don't mind me asking, what happened?”
“Mmm. Hitoshi, my adoptive son, was abused for his quirk and eventually sent to an orphanage and was treated poorly there. I met him on sheer luck when I had to cover for a sick hero that was supposed to visit the orphanage to cheer up the children and all of that stuff.”
Mary Lou giggled. She could not imagine the bedraggled hero giving a pep talk of any sort.
“T- that sounds fine to me. I will inform Izuku of it beforehand of course.”
“Of course. Thank you, Miss. Have a good day.”
“You too,” she chirped before the call ended.
Three. Two. One…
“W- what w- was t- th- that for?” Mary Lou smiled and sat down across from Izuku at the table. “That was Mr. Aizawa calling. We will be having a Christmas get together here with all of your teachers. Oh, and Mr. Aizawa will be bringing his son, too. He says that you two are the same ag-” She cut off at the look on Izuku’s face. Was it happy? No. Joyful? Not at all.
Terror-filled? One-hundred percent.
“Izuku?”
Oh no. She could see it already happening, the panic attack. She would have prided herself on how well she could tell if it didn’t hurt just as much because Izuku had taught himself how to hide his panic attacks even as he was having them and that was a heartbreaking thought in itself.
His face paled and eyes widened slightly. His jaw would tighten and his chest would rise a bit slower as he tried to compensate and make it look like he could breathe normally when he was actually probably having a very difficult time getting air in his lungs.
Mary Lou stood up and rounded the table. She crouched beside Izuku who did nothing to move his body from his face forward position.
“Izuku, listen to me,” his green eyes flickered down to the side to look to her but he still would not budge. “Can I have your hand, please?” new development as of last week, Mary Lou had gotten to the point where she could hold his hands when he was panicking. She saw his fingers twitch but he couldn’t seem to move. Mary Lou did not know what had flashed in his memory when she mentioned the party but it was enough to freeze the boy in his seat. Mary Lou slowly reached up and gently placed her hand on Izuku’s. That got a reaction. The boy recoiled so harshly that the chair fell over with a *CRASH*. He scrambled away.
His eyes told her that Izuku wasn’t really seeing Mary Lou but someone else. Who else would he have celebrated Christmas with? His biological mother… Ah.
Izuku’s green eyes widened further, if that was possible, when he realized what he did.
“I- I’m sorry! I- I d- didn’t mean to!”
Mary Lou swallowed. “Izuku, it’s me, Mary Lou. Remember?”
“I- I- I promise I w- won’t do it again! I’m yours! I won’t run again! Just please don’t-”
“IZUKU!” Mary Lou shouted above the rant. The boy jumped. “I am not her. Look at ME. Breathe for one second. Remember where you are. You are HERE. You are not there anymore.” She waited as the boy’s eyes searched her up and down. She releases a breath as the tension seemed to melt from his shoulders. Mary Lou held out her hands. It took a moment, but Izuku eventually crawled forward. Mary Lou took his hands.
“You aren’t there anymore, Izuku,” she whispered. “You are safe with me, okay? I won’t get angry at you and you certainly don’t belong to me or anyone for that matter. I can cancel the party if you want. I won’t force this on you. We just thought that it would be some good for you if you were to have a friend your age.” Mary Lou bit her lip. She hated this but… “We thought that maybe you could help this kid.” Mary Lou heard Izuku’s breath hitch on the word ‘help.’ He had a big heart, it was just under tight lock and key. “You see, he also has had a bad past. Maybe you could help him and he could help you? What do you say?” Izuku looked down. Mary Lou winced a bit as his grip tightened.
“O- okay…”
Mary Lou smiled softly. “Now,” she said, standing, “I see that you have yet to finish your food?”
Izuku looked away. Mary Lou suppressed a sigh. By now, Izuku should be able to eat this much. She makes sure he eats every day and yet, while he has filled in some, he still looks incredibly thin. Mary Lou had asked Mr. Aizawa about what she should do. He talked with the nurse at his school. Recovery Girl, the youthful hero, told him that if it wasn’t the amount then it was more than likely psychological. A lot of homeless people who are suddenly reintroduced to constant meals still revert to the unconscious feeling of needing to save food so they don’t eat much in order for it to last longer. It was going to take some time for Izuku to be able to eat whole meals.
“That’s fine,” she chirped. “I’ll put it in the fridge and you can eat the rest tomorrow, okay?” Izuku nodded. She waited for Izuku to move from his position on the floor to the couch. Mary Lou glanced down the hallway to the guest room that was currently unoccupied. She hummed and went to put away the food.
_______________________________
Izuku grunted as he helped Mary Lou set up the fake tree next to the television in the living room. She was busy getting the decorations out.
After setting it up, Maty Lou opened a box full of colorful ornaments and lights. “These,” she announced, holding up the lights, “are the hardest part.” They were incredibly tangled and Izuku spent the next half hour untangling them as Mary Lou untangled the ones that would hand around the window frames.
“Done,” Izuku said as he held up the unraveled lights. Mary Lou smiled. “Thanks, Izu!” Izu. Izuku liked that nickname. It was much better than the one his old childhood friend gave him. They wrapped the tree in lights, Izuku doing the bottom and Mary Lou taking the top. Mary Lou crouched by the box or ornaments. “Come here, boy.” She waved him over. Izuku crouched next to her. She looked a bit shocked that Izuku crouched so close but didn’t comment on it. Neither did Izuku. He actually hadn’t noticed it. Mary Lou pulled out a red orb with a hook and passed it to Izuku. Izuku made sure to grab the hook so he wouldn’t accidentally touch the woman and stood up. He hung it near the middle of the tree. Mary Lou smiled and passed him another. This was how it went until Izuku couldn’t reach any higher. Then they switched places.
Mary Lou was ruffling through another box while Izuku admired the tree. It was so sparkly, even without the likes on. Blues and purples. Yellows and reds. Pinks and oranges. Some of the ornaments were shaped like snowflakes and snowmen. There was a cat one and a bear one and one shaped like a piano while another was a mug of hot chocolate. It was a varied bunch.
“Izu.” Izuku jumped, having been lost in the moment. Strange. When was the last time he was relaxed enough to get lost in his head? He looked over his shoulder at the woman who was standing up. She held out a large star with a small cone on the bottom of it.
“W- where d- d- does that g- go?” he asked.
Mary Lou pointed to the top of the tree. “Aaaaaaall the way up there!” Izuku followed her finger. She handed the star to him. Izuku took it but raised an eyebrow as if to say ‘Really?’ even though he didn’t say it out loud. He was obviously too short to reach that. “Don’t give me that look, boy! I am going to help you, of course!” Izuku tilted his head. With a chair? I can get one by myself perfectly fine but even then I will still be too short.
Mary Lou crouched down to eye-level. “I am going to pick you up. Is that okay?” Izuku bit his lip. Was that okay? He could already begin to feel his body shake. Is that okay? Mary Lou wouldn’t hurt me, would she? Yes, she would. No, she wouldn’t. She never has before. First time for everything. It should be fine. It’s not fine. She’s safe…
Threat.
Izuku nodded slowly. Mary Lou gave him a reassuring smile. “Turn around, then and arms out.” Izuku complied, albeit a bit stiff. He felt her hands around his waist. Izuku’s heartrate skyrocketed so fast his vision blurred for a second. “Don’t worry,” she said calmly. Panic! “I won’t hurt you.” She’s going to hurt you. “I promise.” Lies! Her grip tightened and Izuku felt himself get lifted from the ground. She lifted him all the way up to the top. “Now just set it on top,” she instructed. Izuku shakily lifted his arms and hands. He could barely pinpoint the tip of the tree he was shaking so much. Izuku leaned forward a bit. He set the star on top. “Perfect!” Mary Lou chirped. She lowered Izuku to the ground. Izuku felt the carpeted floor beneath his feet once more.
“There we go!” She let go. “I am so proud of you, Izu,” Mary Lou cheered. Izuku turned to her. His legs felt like jelly. He couldn’t breathe. The world was fading in and out. Izuku gave her the best smile he could muster before he promptly collapsed onto the floor and blacked out.
_______________________________
Mary Lou hummed a Christmas carol as she hung the lights around the windows of her apartment. She huffed as she finished the final window. The brunette walked past the couch that Izuku was currently resting on after he passed out earlier. Maybe that had been too much too soon for him but she was still proud. Her chest squeezed. And so happy that Izuku had trusted her enough to pick him up like that!
She looked around the living room. It was all decked out in Christmas decorations. It’s a week until Christmas and the party. Well, “party.” More like a small get together but still. Mary Lou felt her chest tighten once more. It was different this time. She rushed to the bathroom and turned on the sink to let it run. Mary Lou covered her mouth to muffle her rough coughs.
Uncovering her mouth, Mary Lou looked down at her palm. Dang it… It was covered in blood. Not that she hadn’t expected it. She opened the cabinet above the sink and grabbed a nondescript pill bottle, popping a few in her mouth and swallowing them dry. She waited in tense silence until the pain in her chest subsided. It didn’t go away completely, it was always there, but it eased substantially.
-----
‘I’m sorry, Ms. Takakawa. The results came in positive. The doctor says that you only have…”
-----
Mary Lou shook her head and stood up straight. She washed her hand and shut off the water. “All good!” she whisper-yelled encouragingly to herself as she dried her hands. Mary Lou left the bathroom, shutting off the lights, and made her way further down the hallway to the room just before hers, the guest bedroom. She grabbed the duster from the hallway closet before opening the room door. Mary Lou grinned and rilled up her yellow sleeves.
“Let’s get to work!”
Chapter 11: Merry Christmas!
Summary:
Izuku, Mary Lou, and the heroes celebrate Christmas and Izuku makes a new friend.
Chapter Text
Darkness. The absence of light surrounded him all over. The boy walked deeper into the depths of the deep shadows. No sound. No light. No wind. No scent. No taste. Just numbness. He kept walking. A green string formed from his back, lighting up the surrounding area. It pulled him back. Another to his right arm, then to his left. Each one forcing the boy back as they formed from his legs. He tried to break them but they refused to budge.
“Mwhahahahaha…”
The boy lifted his head. Above him stood a giant with long green locks, crazed emerald eyes, and a crooked smile that spilt the demons face. It held its hands out, the strings connected to each finger. It let out a cackle that echoed into the dark, disrupting the still air. The boys walking pace turned into a brisk jog then into a full-on sprint. The demon giants laugh racked his brain, bouncing between the sides of his mind, getting louder with each ragged breath that escaped his failing lungs. Just when he thought that he could see a light breach into the darkness, A sudden, painful throb fell upon his limbs. He was ripped from the ground and forced backwards. The boy fell to his knees, clawing at the invisible floor, desperately reaching out for that only light in the dark. The monster above cackled loudly as it used his strings to pull him further and further from the light. No matter how hard he struggled, the boy was dragged further and further from the light until it disappeared and he was surrounded by the dark once more.
“MWHAHAHAHA!”
He looked up. The demon reached down with its monstrous hand. He watched in terror as it got closer and closer. The boy reached his small hand between the large fingers. He froze as he saw the pale porcelain that coated his own skin and the screwed-in joints. The giant’s hand fell onto him. He let out a scream as his body shattered into tiny pieces of ceramic and bolts.
_______________________________
“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Mary Lou jumped so that she fell out of her bed. She untangled herself from her blankets before throwing herself out of her room, her door hitting the wall with a *BANG*. She sprinted down the hallway.
“IZUKU!?” she yelled, bursting into the living room of her apartment. Her eyes immediately fell upon the green-haired boy who was twitching harshly on the couch, the blanket on the floor and the pillow all the way in the kitchen. She ran over to him and crouched by the couch. “Izuku,” she said, grabbing his arm, “it’s okay! It’s just a dream!” As soon as her hand met his arm, his green eyes shot open wide and his body went completely limp aside from the small, shivering rise and fall of his chest. A bubbly laugh escaped the boy’s lips and it broke her heart. He wasn’t looking at her but at something far in the scariest depths of his mind. Mary Lou ran her hands through his hair.
“Shhh… it’s alright,” she whispered, taking his shaking hand and rubbing soothing circles on its back with her thumb. “It’s alright, Izuku. You are okay. You are safe and warm.” She moved her hand from his hair to grab the All Might blanket from the floor and sloppily drape it over the shaking figure on the couch. “Everything is ok-”
*KNOCK KNOCK KNOCK*
Izuku’s wide eyes redirected from whatever he was staring at to the door. Mary Lou mentally cursed. She knew the heroes were at the door. It’s Christmas morning and they were here for the ‘party.’
“I’ll be right there!” she hollered. Mary Lou looked back at the boy. She gently took his face in her hands. “Izuku,” his eyes shifted to her. She smiled. “Merry Christmas.” Izuku blinked for the first time since his eyes had opened. He slowly opened his eyes. They were much clearer and that was Mary Lou’s time to let go of the boy and not touch him any further, only enough to calm him down.
“Mr. Aizawa and the others are here. May I let them in?” It took a beat but Izuku softly but surely nodded. Mary Lou nodded. She stood up as Izuku finally pulled himself together and into a sitting position. Mary Lou retrieved the pillow from the kitchen, handing it to him before she recrossed the kitchen to the front door. Mary Lou unlocked the door and opened it.
Never before was she more grateful for how the group did not immediately shout 'MERRY CHRISTMAS!' when she opened the door. Mr. Yamada raised his hand. “Morning!” he half-yelled, half-spoke which seemed to be his only inside voice. Mary Lou smiled, “Merry Christmas, everyone! Please come in!” She moved out of the entrance and let everyone file in. That’s when she noticed the purple-haired boy whose hair seemed to defy gravity. He followed closely behind Mr. Aizawa. Mary Lou closed the door, making sure to lock it, and followed everyone into the living room where they were all greeting Izuku who had already folded his blanket and was sitting on the couch as usual. They have never had this many in the apartment at once, Mary Lou wondered how Izuku would handle it.
Mary Lou sat beside Izuku as everyone gathered around. They all held two or three multicolored boxes. “You can put the presents under the tree,” she said. Mary Lou turned to Mr. Aizawa. “Is this your son?” Izuku was also taking a survey of the bigger kid. Well, any kid would be bigger than Izuku considering. Mr. Aizawa nodded. “Yes, this is Hitoshi Shinsou Aizawa.” The boy held out his pale hand. “Hello, Miss.” She took it gently. “Hello, Aizawa. I’m Mary Lou.”
“You can just call me Shinsou” The boy had a very reserved tone. Mary Lou let go. “Isn’t this exciting!?” she chirped.
“YEAH!” Mr. Yamada yelled, punching the air. “Let’s get some Christmas music pumping!” He whipped out his phone and, despite his loud voice, put on some music at a quiet volume for background music. Ms. Kayama (Midnight) rolled her eyes. She whapped the yellow-haired man up top the head. “Oh hush!”
Mary Lou giggled. “Shall we start with the presents then?”
The presents got passed around. Both Izuku and Hitoshi got one each from the heroes. Mary Lou would give Izuku his later. She had given each hero a coupon for any pastry. They each had gotten each other something and she got a few trinkets here and there. As Christmas is a typically bright day for children, they watched Shinsou and Izuku open their respective gifts.
“Izu?” she questioned as he stared at the boy in his hand intently. He glanced at her skeptically. “The heroes would not put anything dangerous in them, I promise.” She looked at the pajama-dressed heroes. They all decided it would be better for them to all come in their pj’s to fit the mood.
“Correct,” Mr. Ishiyama (Cememtoss) nodded.
“Don’t worry about mine, little listener!” Mr. Yamada chimed.
“It’s alright, kiddo,” Kayama cooed, using the nickname she had given Izuku.
Mr. Aizawa just grunted.
Izuku gave in and opened the first one from Ms. Kayama. It was a Midnight plushie. He blinked. No one said anything because he ended up with a plushie of each hero by the end of opening all of his presents. Mary Lou giggled. “Was this a theme or something?” Mr. Aizawa groaned. “Sadly, yes.” Mary Lou grinned and turned to Shinsou. “Your turn!” “Okay…”
Shinsou got a lot of cat-themed items which he seemed to like very much. Shinsou gave a half bow from his seated position. “Thank you, everyone.” Izuku took a page from his book and bowed too but said nothing.
Mary Lou clapped her hands together. “Who wants pancakes!”
_______________________________
Izuku sat on the couch watching the adults play Christmas BINGO on the coffee table. He hugged the Eraserhead plush to his chest, secretly rooting on the hero. He was his partner on many missions as Golden Whip after all.
“So,” Izuku jumped when the boy on the other side of the couch spoke up. Mary Lou and Present Mic had gone into the kitchen to make breakfast. Present Mic had been adamant about helping. “Do you like cats?” Izuku turned his head slightly to the boy. Cats? Izuku shrugged. “Do you want to see mine?” Izuku tensed as the boy pulled out his phone. Mary Lou’s head peaked out from around the wall separating the living room from the kitchen. She winked and gave a thumbs up. Mic’s head followed doing the same thing. Izuku almost laughed. He didn’t Izuku nodded. He flinched when the boy, he said his name was Shinsou, scooted closer. The boy stopped midway through. He pulled up a picture on his phone and set it in the gap between the two. Izuku leaned over slightly.
It was a white, fat cat with a black spot over its left ear and eye. It was dozing in the sun coming in from the window. “His name is Marshmellow,” Shinsou said. Izuku hummed. The purple-haired boy moved. Izuku flinched slightly, watching with sharp eyes as the boy’s hand came to touch the screen and swipe left. Another picture of Marshmellow. “This is him sitting on Dad’s chest.” Swipe. “This is him eating.” Swipe. “This is him eating.” Swipe. “This is also him eating.” Izuku raised an eyebrow. Shinsou looked up at him. “Marshmellow likes to eat.”
Izuku does not know why, maybe because the way Shinsou deadpanned that, or maybe because he was getting used to being around people, but Izuku snickered. Audible snickered.
The BINGO game stopped. The laughter in the kitchen went silent. Mary Lou’s and Present Mic’s heads popped out from around the wall again. Everyone at the coffee table turned to stare at Izuku and Shinsou but Izuku didn’t notice. Neither did Shinsou. He simply snickered again when the purple-haired boy swiped the screen again and announced: “This is him eating for the fifth time that day.”
Izuku did not see the tears that gathered in Mary Lou’s yellow eyes, or the thumbs-up Eraser gave Shinsou, or the smiles that graced everyone’s faces as they continued with whatever they were doing. He didn’t realize that the tension had left his shoulders or even that the corners of his mouth turned upward.
December 25th, while looking at cat pictures, Izuku made his first friend and smiled for the first time as Izuku, not Golden Whip, in four years ago.
“Pancakes are ready!” Izuku jumped at the sudden outburst from the kitchen. His smile fell and everyone turned to glare at Present Mic who sheepishly ducked back into the kitchen. Midnight got up. “Let’s go eat, kiddo’s.” The other heroes followed her to the table. Shinsou stood up. “Are you coming?” Izuku gave a small nod. He followed many paces behind the boy. No one commented on how there was a bigger gap between Izuku’s chair and the rest of theirs as they gathered around the small table. Mary Lou set a heaping pile of steaming pancakes in the middle. “Enjoy!” she chirped as she sat down.
“Thank you, Ms. Takakawa,” Cementoss said, reaching forward. Izuku let everyone get theirs first before taking one off the stack.
“You gotta eat more than that, little listener!” Present Mic piped. “Get some meat on those bones!” Izuku looked down at his plate.
“There is plenty to go around, Izu,” Mary Lou said softly.
“We can’t eat these all on our own, kiddo,” Midnight winked.
Izuku glanced at Shinsou’s plate. I dunno… I mean, he has three. I think he could really do it, Izuku thought to himself. Still, Izuku had to admit, the stack of pancakes looked very enticing. Izuku ended up putting another on his plate. “Don’t forget the syrup!” Mic called. Izuku nodded. He poured the sweet, thick liquid over his pancakes.
As they all ate and chatted, Izuku looked around the table. Everyone was happily smiling, even Shinsou with his small smirk. They were talking about random topics that interested them and laughing. It was… nice. Izuku felt the tension leave his shoulders. He popped another bite of pancake into his mouth. Izuku smiled softly.
Sweet…
After breakfast, they all gathered in the living room together. Mary Lou brought in warm apple cider and they all told Christmas stories in front of the tree. They ate lunch and dinner and enjoyed each other’s company until the late evening. Izuku yawned. He looked out the window as the sun began to go down.
This is… nice. He felt his eyes drooping but kept them open. The laughter of the people around him sounded like music to his ears. Izuku turned to the adults and Shinsou. He smiled.
“M- Merry Christmas, everyone…”
The conversation stopped and they all looked at the greenette stunned. Izuku blinked slowly and yawned. Mary Lou gave a soft smile and stood up. “Well, it’s been quite the day it would seem.” Eraser hummed and stood up, the adults following. “Yes, I think it is time we head home.” Shinsou stood up too. Izuku stood up last. “Thank you for having us,” Midnight gave a small bow. “Thank you, Ms. Takakawa,” Cemetoss bowed. “Thank you for having us, Miss,” Eraser and Shinsou bowed. “Thanks for having us!” Mic bowed.
Shinsou walked up to Izuku. “We should hang sometime.” Izuku hummed and nodded. “I gave Ms. Takakawa my number.” Izuku nodded again.
With that, everyone left with a “Merry Christmas!” Well, mostly.
Present Mic hesitated. He turned to Mary Lou. “Ms, Takakawa,” he spoke in an oddly quiet manner. Quiet for him, at least. Mary Lou turned to Izuku. “Hey, boy, do you want to go in the living room?” Izuku took the hint. He nodded. “Don’t go to sleep yet, though, sleepyhead. I’ve got something to show you, k?” Izuku yawned again but nodded again. He trotted off. Izuku grabbed his math book and curled into his blanket while he waited.
Just as he was beginning to doze off, Mary Lou came to him. “Izu,” she called. Izuku jumped, his book falling on the floor with a *slam*. He looked up to see her standing in the hallway. The brunette waved for him to come to her. “Follow me.” Izuku unwrapped himself from his blanket and followed her down the hallway. She stopped in front of the guest room. Izuku looked up at it and noticed something new.
It had a plaque on it that read “IZUKU” in big yellow letters. It was on a blue rectangle outlined in red and had yellow tuffs that look like All Might’s tuffs off the sides of it.
He turned to her. Mary Lou smiled and opened the door. Izuku stifled a gasp. The plain room had been completely transformed! The twin-sized bed that usually only had a white blanket, sheet, and pillow on it now was clad in an All Might-themed bed set with the man on the blanket and two blue pillows that said “PLUS” on one in red and “ULTRA” in red on the other. All of his new hero plushies were lined along with the pillows. The bedside table had a new lamp on it with a green lampshade and a Present Mic-themed radio. There was a new desk in the far corner of the room that had all of his analysis notebooks and educational books stacked on the shelves. His old yellow backpack had been replaced with a new one that had an Eraserhead keychain handing on in and was hanging off of the purple desk chair. On the desk were a new notebook and pen and an All Might action figure on the edge. The dresser a few feet over probably held all of his clothes. The window had sparkling yellow lights around the edges and they were lit up. On the tan walls were hero posters on the light tan walls. One for Cementoss, one for Present Mic, one for Midnight, and one for Eraserhead as well as one for All Might. On the floor was a big green carpet. Izuku whipped his head around to Mary Lou. She gave him a beaming smile, as bright as All Might’s.
“Merry Christmas, Izuku! This is your new room!”
Izuku felt tears well up in his eyes. He looked around the room, slowly walking into it. This is all for me? Inko never let him have stuff like this. He “belonged” to her and had no need for things like that. This… this was… Izuku fell to his knees and clutched his chest. “Izuku?!” Mary Lou crouched by him, hands hovering over his back. He looked up to her, tears falling from his eyes. He smiled. “T- th- thank you!” Mary Lou gave a soft smile. Izuku ran his hands along the desk. He picked up the All Might figure, feeling the grooves and edges before putting it back down. He opened the dresser, seeing all of his clothes folded. He closed those and pulled out his drawers to see his underwear and socks. Izuku pushed it back in. He walked over to the lamp and turned it on. He looked back to Mary Lou who was leaning against the wall.
“Go brush your teeth and wash your face before bed,” she directed. Izuku nodded sharply. He had never washed up so fast. Izuku curled up under the covers, letting Mary Lou push the edges back under the bed. Izuku bit his lip. He leaned forward and wrapped his arms around her waist. He heard a small gasp escape the woman’s lips. He flinched harshly when he felt her return the hug but did not let go.
When they did, Mary Lou pressed a gentle kiss on his forehead. She clicked off the lamp and unplugged the lights around the window. Mary Lou stopped at the door, the hallway light illuminating her form.
“Good night, Izuku. Merry Christmas.” Izuku waved. She closed the door and the room went dark. Izuku snuggled under the blankets. “Goodnight…” he whispered into the darkness before falling asleep.
_______________________________
Mary Lou walked into the bathroom. She pressed her face into her hands to stifle a squeal.
He hugged me!!! She looked in the mirror between her fingers. Izuku was very brave today. He spoke to everyone and even laughed. He SMILED today!
Mary Lou pulled the small pink box from her pajama’s chest pocket.
-----
'Ms, Takakawa,' Mr. Yamada turned to her. He was quiet. This was more than likely supposed to be a private conversation. Mary Lou turned to Izuku. 'Hey, boy, do you want to go in the living room?' Izuku nodded. The remembered the room she had been planning on showing him tonight. 'Don’t go to sleep yet, though, sleepyhead. I’ve got something to show you, k?'
Mary Lou turned back to the hero. 'What is it, Mr. Yamada?' He pulled out a small pink box with a pink ribbon wrapped around it. 'I know you need to go but, here.' He passed the box to her. Mary Lou took the box.
'A- ah- thank you.' She smiled at him. He smiled back. 'Merry Christmas, Ms. Takakawa.' He left without another word. Mary Lou was tempted to open it right then and there but refrained knowing that Izuku was waiting for her in the living room. She slipped it into her chest pocket and locked the door.
'Izu!'
-----
Mary Lou felt like a kid again as she pulled the end of the ribbon and it fell across her fingers. She pulled off the top. Inside was a folded slip of paper. She pulled it out and underneath was a silver necklace with a pastel pink jewel hanging from the middle and a pair of matching earrings. They are so beautiful! She unfolded the paper and gasped. It’s a movie ticket for January 2nd. Mary Lou smiled and slid it back in. She closed the box and put it in her pocket again. Mary Lou took her pills before going back into the kitchen. It was only seven at night after all. Mary Lou flipped through her calendar that hangs on the fridge.
January 2nd is open. She looked on January 3rd. “Doctor’s appointment…” Mary Lou took a deep breath. She took the magnetic marker off the fridge and scribbled in “Movie w/ Mic” on January 2nd. “I’ll worry about that when it comes to that.” Mary look went to finish paperwork until it was time to go to bed.
Notes:
...
for now.
Chapter 12: Regrets
Summary:
We see how Inko and the Bakugou's react to the news.
Notes:
Short chapter y'all.
Chapter Text
When Inko got the call that Izuku was found, she was ELATED. Her Izuku was found! The next day, she was called to the police station. She called the Bakugou’s to come with her. In the end, only Mitsuki could come with her. Katsuki had school and Masaru had work. Inko was practically vibrating in her seat the whole drive there. Upon arriving, Detective Tsukauchi took the two back into an office.
Inko pushed open the door, fully expecting to see her little boy waiting for her. What she was not expecting was her arms to be forced behind her and handcuffed together.
“Wh- what is this?!” she growled. Ink tried to struggle or to use her quirk but, alas, they were quirk-canceling. Then she noticed something off, as Detective Tsukauchi had a couple of officers bring her forward. Mitsuki was strangely quiet. “Hey! Watch it!” She looked over her shoulder. “Mitsuki?!” Inko watched in horror that as she was forced into one chair with the two officers on either side of her, Mitsuki took her own seat beside Detective Tsukauchi on the other side.
“What is the meaning of this?! Mitsuki?”
*SLAM*
She jumped when the detective rather harshly dropped a file in front of her. He placed his hand on it and opened his mouth. “Inko Midoriya, you are under arrest for child abuse, breaking of rent contract, and legal fraud by lying on legal documents.” Inko furrowed her eyebrows. “W- what? I’ve never done any such thing!”
LIE.
Detective Tsukauchi opened the file. “When we first were brought the file on Izuku Midoriya you had his quirk listed in the quirk registry as ‘Quirkless.’ Upon questioning you about this, my quirk registered this as a lie so we questioned you about it further and you admitted to your son having a quirk under the name ‘Puppet.’ Not only had you lied on the countries quirk registry but also on any school documents and medical documents. Legal Fraud.”
Inko bit her lip. “Okay, so I did for that small little thing but you already knew that so why did you not arrest me there and then?” She narrowed her eyes. “And what is this about ‘Child Abuse?’ Are you accusing me of hurting my Izuku?”
He nodded, flipping the page. “After taking a survey of your apartment, taking your own testimony into account, and after a verbal interview with Izuku Midoriya himself-”
“‘Verbal interview?’” she cut in.
“-we have come to the conclusion-”
*SLAM* Inko stood sharply, the chair falling behind her. “You mean to tell me that you have spoken with my son and have still not given him back to me?” She narrowed her eyes. “Midoriya,” Mitsuki cut it. The use od her last name hurt Inko more than she thought it would. “Sit. Down.” The officer to her right sat the chair back up and Inko complied. The detective continued.
“Izuku Midoriya is being held somewhere safe for the time being. Continuing, we have the verbal evidence from Izuku Midoriya after speaking with him on multiple occasions and the physical evidence from your apartment that you have been abusing Izuku Midoriya since he was four upon discovery of his quirk. Not only physical abuse, but psychological, emotional, and he was subjected to alienation from his peers, being forced to lie to them about his own quirk in fear of him being used in the same way by his peers but his apparent quirklessness only alienated him further.”
Inko scowled. “‘Physical evidence’, you say? In my apartment? What proof do you have?” Detective Tsukauchi drew out an envelope from the file and pulled out its contents, photo’s scattering over the table. “These,” he gestured to them, “show all of the dents and holes in your apartment from being hit with an object with excessive force.” Inko saw Mitsuki flinch but the Detective kept going. “As you know, we brought in a specialist who specialized in the past of objects. Our specialist used her quirk to see what had caused the dents. It works as a video of the past and in her report, she stated that Izuku Midoriya was thrown at all of the surfaces, sometimes more than once, with such force that it caused the dents and holes in the structure of your apartment. We have linked that to the unwilling use of his quirk. As you know, his quirk can only be activated by others and you took advantage of that. Along those lines, you have damaged the apartment you are currently renting outside of the contractor’s notice.”
Inko stared in shock. Her eye twitched. “My apologies for the apartment and the legal fraud but I will not admit to abusing my child.”
The detective did not look up as he gathered all of the pictures. “I notice that you always use the word ‘my’ when referring to Izuku Midoriya. Why?”
“Why?”
He nodded and glanced up at her. “Why.”
Inko gulped by the sudden underlying threat in his tone and the increasing tenseness in the room. She would not back down. Not when she had a right to Izuku. And that is exactly what she told him. “Because that is exactly what he is. Izuku is MY Izuku. I gave birth to him. He belongs to me. His quirk belongs to be used by me as I see fit, especially with my own quirk. I have a right to him. You have no right to take MY Izuku away from me.”
Detective Tsukauchi looked her in the eyes. “There is a difference between being a parent and giving normal discipline when a child disobeys or does wrong and being an abuser and tormentor. Also,” he closed the file, “there is a difference between being a human being and a doll, Ms. Midoriya. Just the same, there is a difference between being a human being and being a monster. While you may have named his quirk ‘Puppet,’ Izuku Midoriya is a living, breathing, feeling human being. His existence is not solely to submit to you will or to anybody else’s.”
Inko’s eyes widened. Detective Tsukauchi stood, Mitsuki following suit.
The detective took a piece of paper out of the file and a stamp from his pocket. He turned on a voice recorder. “Effective immediately, Inko Midoriya is being arrested and will be put into jail for a minimum of ten years, twenty maximum.” *STAMP*
“H- hey! Wait!” The officers grabbed Inko by her arms and began to take her out of the room. “There is a police vehicle waiting for her outside.” Inko struggled. “I demand a lawyer!” She looked over her shoulder. “MITSUKI!”
Her best friend looked up at her with narrowed eyes.
“How could you, Inko?”
Inko’s heart dropped. She did not struggle anymore, allowing the officers to escort her out of the station and into the police car where they drove away to the prison.
_______________________________
Mitsuki opened the door to her house. She felt so drained… She looked up to see her husband and twelve-year-old son waiting for her. They knew the extent of everything. They had even brought up maybe taking in Izuku but the authorities told them that they already had a place for Izuku as of the next few months. She looked up at her family. Mitsuki dragged her feet and leaned into her husband’s embrace.
“F- four years!” she wailed. “Izu suffered for four years and we did nothing!” She pounded on Masaru’s back. “He was living on the streets alone for four years! EIGHT YEARS HE WAS SUFFERING!!!” She could see Katsuki with his head down, fists curled in balls, shaking. “I- Inko was hurting him for four years! Why didn’t I see it?! She used to be so sweet! What happened?! What happened to my best friend!?”
That is what probably hurt the most. Best friends since their high school days. Inko was the sweetest and most caring girl she knew so why? Why did it turn out like this? Why did this happen?
_______________________________
*BAM*
*BAM*
*BAM*
Katsuki panted as he punched his punching bag in his room.
-----
‘EIGHT YEARS HE WAS SUFFERING!!!’
-----
*BAM*
*BAM*
*BAM*
-----
‘I- I’m s- sorry, K- Kacchan.’
-----
*!!!BOOM!!!*
Katsuki let loose an explosion in his last hit. He panted harshly. Katsuki lowered his head to his chest, drops of sweat rolling down his face and dripping from his chin. He wasn’t quirkless… I bullied him for years! It wasn’t just Auntie, mom. IT WAS ME! He wanted to scream. Katsuki lifted his head and arms.
*BAM* *BAM* *BAM*
He punched. *BAM* I should have been better! *BAM* I should have done more! *BAM* I could have helped him!!! *BAM* I pushed him away! *BAM* I hurt him! *BAM* Not my fault? *BAM* You were only eight when he left? *BAM* You’re only twelve? *BAM* SO WHAT?!
*BAM*
Katsuki fell to his knees. He punched the floor, tears flowing freely. “Izu…”
Some hero I’d make.
Chapter 13: Date Day
Summary:
Izuku spent the day with Aizawa and SHinsou and Mary Lou goes on a "date" with Yamada.
Notes:
More fanart from LyricsofVixra! This is a great fanart of Mary Lou. Thank you LyricsofVixra!
https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/610903760809738240/how-i-see-mary-lou-from-krumblekittys-story
Check out LyricsofVixra at: https://archiveofourown.to/users/LyricsofVixra/pseuds/LyricsofVixra
Chapter Text
Izuku groaned. He opened his green eyes, the sun filtering through his red curtains casting a slightly red glow on the room. He sat up, rubbing at his eyes. Izuku set the Present Mic plushie he had admittedly fallen asleep to the left before swinging his feet over the side of the bed. He could hear Mary Lou in the kitchen. There were a couple of muffled coughs. He wondered if she was getting sick. Izuku got out and made his bed.
Always make your bed. It’s bad to not make your bed. You get punished if you don’t make your bed.
Izuku opened his closet. He chose a blue t-shirt and black shorts that have yellow stripes on the sides. He also pulled a pair of clean underwear and socks. Izuku got dressed. He folded his pajama’s and set them on the edge of his bed for the next night.
Always fold your clothes. It’s bad not to fold your clothes. You get punished if you don’t fold your clothes.
Izuku checked the lock on his window one more time before cracking his door. He peaked out. He turned his head to the left, then to the right. Mary Lou’s head popped around the corner from the kitchen. “It’s only me!” Izuku nodded and left his room, closing the door behind him. He went to the bathroom. Izuku washed his face, attempted to comb and brush his hair, and brushed his teeth.
Always brush your teeth. It’s bad not to brush your teeth. You get punished if you don’t brush your teeth.
Izuku shut off the water and left the bathroom. He walked into the dining room just as Mary Lou exited the kitchen with a plate of eggs and sausage. “Mornin’, Izu!” She set it in front of him. He nodded his greetings before taking up the fork and knife to eat. Mary Lou had started giving him a bit less, noticing he wasn’t eating it all. Izuku ate it all.
Always eat all of your food. It’s bad not to eat all of your food. You get punished if you don’t eat all of your food.
Mary Lou hummed in the kitchen, only pausing to let out a quiet cough. She seemed happy today.
-----
‘Izu, dear,’ she crouched before the greenette. ‘I am going out tomorrow with a friend, okay? Mr. Aizawa said he would bring over Shinsou so you two could hang out. Is that alright?’
-----
Everything in Izuku had wanted to shake his head or very verbally squeeze out a “No” but he couldn’t bring himself too. Mary Lou shouldn’t have to ask him if she can go out and have a good time with friends. Izuku was a burden, he knew that. He also knew that he only had four more months here, including January. As soon as that time was up and his house arrest was over, Izuku would probably go to an orphanage or be put into the foster care system.
Which he would promptly run away from, of course.
He decided that he shouldn’t get too clingy to the woman. He nodded and the next day, today came. Mary Lou had gotten herself all prettied up in a cotton, pastel pink sweater and blue jeans that were a tad tighter than most jeans. She had a semi-clean pair of white tennis shoes on. She had her brown hair halfway pulled back, the rest of it draped either over her shoulder or hanging down her back. Izuku noticed a new pair of earrings and a necklace that she was wearing too. And… was that make-up?
*Knock Knock Knock*
Izuku jumped. Mary Lou left her station at the kitchen counter. As she made her way to the door, Izuku walked into the kitchen with his plate. He heard the door open. “Good morning, Mr. Aizawa! Good morning, Shinsou!”
“Good morning, Miss,” came the simultaneous reply from both.
Mary Lou peaked into the kitchen. “Izu, I’m going, okay?” He felt incredibly stiff as he turned to her. Izuku nodded but it felt like a robot that hadn’t been oiled in years. “Are you sure you will be alrig-”
“I’m fine,” Izuku forced out with a bit more bite than intended.
Mary Lou gave a soft smile and walked over to him. She crouched in front of him and held out her pale hands. Izuku slowly raised his own and placed them in hers. She squeezed his fingers gently. “I am so proud of you, boy.” He felt his cheeks flush. He had not been expecting that. Izuku turned his head away. Mary Lou giggled and stood up, letting go of his hands.
“You be good for Mr. Aizawa, okay?” He nodded.
“Thanks again, Mr. Aizawa,” she called as she grabbed her purse off of the counter. “It’s no problem.” Izuku was the first to the door, locking it with a *click*. He didn’t hear any footsteps or movement meaning that the two other people in the house were either in the living room or right behind him, waiting.
“Izuku,” he flinched at Eraser’s voice. There was a pause. “I will be in the living room if you need me.” Izuku heard his footsteps getting further away, then muffled as he stepped onto the carpet, then stop altogether as he sat on the couch. What he didn’t hear was Shinsou. Izuku could not pry his fingers off the door handle. His blood roared in his ears, heart beating madly against his ribcage. He’s been alone with the man before so why is it so different? Why are the walls closing in? Why can’t he breathe? All Izuku could think about was everything that could go wrong. How fast that he could get into the kitchen and draw out a kitchen knife. How hard would he have to throw himself against the window so that he could get out before the man caught him. How fast he could run down the street while wounded from the two-story fall.
Izuku had no clue how long he stood there, only that his eyes fell to the floor when a phone slid over to him across the wood floor. Izuku stared at it for a second. He let go of the door, hand numb from how hard he had been gripping it, and crouched by the phone. What greeted his eyes was a fat white cat with a black spot over its eye splayed out on the ground with crazed eyes.
“That-” Izuku surprisingly didn’t jump at Shinsou’s voice, “-is Marshmellow.” A beat. “High on catnip.”
“Pfffffttttt!” Izuku couldn’t help it! Shinsou had such a deadpan way of saying things! The purple-haired boy smirked. “Swipe right.” Izuku complied to be greeted with a different cat this time. A significantly not-as-fat orange tabby with orange stripes and green eyes. “Orange cat?” Izuku nodded. “That’s Bill.” Izuku’s face deadpanned. “Don’t ask. We got him from the shelter pre-named.”
And that’s how it went. Izuku crouched at the front door swiping at Shinsou’s screen while Shinsou crouched multiple feet away, at the edge of the living room, giving commentary on them
_______________________________
Shouta watched as his son got into a more comfortable position. Hitoshi was currently telling their green-haired charge about Mercy, their female calico cat. They’ve been at this for almost an hour… Shouta smirked as he tapped away on his laptop, grading his classes work.
-----
‘Hitoshi,’ Shouta called to his son. His purple-haired adopted son came out of his room, Mercy in his arms purring loudly as Hitoshi scratched behind her ears.
‘What is it, Dad?’
‘We are going to a Christmas party next week. I need you to do something for me.’
Hitoshi nodded.
‘There is a kid your age that is going to be there. He is like you were a year ago: does not speak, smile, laugh, and has a fear of humans. He is a trauma and abuse victim. I think that he would respond better to someone his own age.’
‘So,’ Hitoshi mused, ‘you are using this to make me actually make a friend?’
Shouta smirked. ‘You’ll become a crazy cat man if you don’t.’
-----
“Want to move to the couch?” Shouta looked up when Hitoshi spoked. He waited for Izuku’s response. When they first came, and Mary Lou left, he looked ready to have a panic attack. It took for the kid to stay staring at the door for five minutes for Shouta to realize that he actually was having a panic attack. He was about to say something when Hitoshi stood from his position on the love seat. Thus started their minimal interaction over cat pictures. Hitoshi ended up taking quite the liking to Izuku after their first meeting. It seemed like Shouta was right. Izuku responded better to those his age. He had let out something akin to a giggle or chuckle about three times now. Not a full one, or even close to one, but still progress.
Shouta moved to the love seat when Hitoshi convinced Izuku to move to the couch. Shouta see’s a lot of Hitoshi in Izuku. The blatant fear of humans, the little to no talking. He understands why Hitoshi didn’t speak when he first met him, and still doesn’t speak much to strangers, due to his quirk. Shouta guessed that Izuku didn’t speak because of either fear, his solitude, or, and Shouta hated to think of it, he was trained to by Ms. Midoriya.
It took another hour for Shouta to finish his grading. When he looked up, he could not help but snap a picture.
Hitoshi had apparently made his way, slowly but surely, to be able to sit so close to Izuku that their arms were almost touching as they both leaned over the phone sitting on Hitoshi’s leg. Izuku let out a little snicker at the funny video they were watching. Shouta sent the picture to Mary Lou.
Now he was at a crossroads. He needed to use the bathroom but very much did not want to disturb the two boys. He knew that the slightest movement leaning towards him standing would immediately put Izuku on edge. Hitoshi too. Even if he had improved quite a bit over the last year, Hitoshi, too, is still a trauma victim. Shouta opted for texting his son.
He heard Hitoshi’s phone buzz. Shouta waited. Hitoshi looked up and nodded. Shouta got up.
He knew. He could feel his neck hair stand. The eyes of a twelve-year-old were not on him. No, the eyes that were trained as Golden Whip, the vigilante that had most of the red light district shaking in their boots at the mention of the name, followed Shouta all the way out of the room until he disappeared down the hallway. Shouta was once again reminded that this kid was one of the hardest to catch and the most dangerous. He shivered.
About two hours later, Shouta realized that he had to make lunch. While he may be able to live off of jelly pouches, his son most certainly did not and there was no way in hell that he was about to feed Izuku only that and waste all of Mary Lou’s hard work as she had just gotten the boy to eat a medium-large sized meal.
In a lapse of judgment, Shouta spoke aloud. “Are you tw-” *SWOOSH*
Shouta’s eyes trailed from Izuku’s outstretched arm to behind him where a pencil was stuck into the wall. A few strands of black hair hung on it. THAT is how close it was to Shouta’s face. Shinsou, who was laying across from Izuku as they worked on math had paled significantly.
Realization dawned on Izuku’s face. He scrambled backward in shock. “I- I- I-” he couldn’t find the words. Shouta took a deep breath. He smirked. “One heck of an arm you’ve got there, kid.” Izuku looked confused. Did he think I would get mad? It was my fault for startling him in the first place. “Are you two hungry?” Hitoshi looked between Izuku and Shouta. Izuku stood suddenly. He didn’t say anything, as per usual, only silently walk past Shouta.
“Kid?” He looked after the greenette. Izuku walked down the hallway, into a room that Shouta was guessing was his, and closed the door.
Shouta sighed and hung his head, running a hand through his raven hair.
“I’m such an idiot…”
…
“Why?”
Shouta looked up at his son. “Why what?”
Hitoshi tilted his head. “You didn’t do anything wrong.”
“You would think, but do you remember how when I first adopted you, you would jump at every sound?” Hitoshi nodded. “Izuku is that but about a thousand times worse. I knew better than to walk up and to speak up when we had just gotten him to calm down.” Shouta crouched by Hitoshi and ruffled his purple hair.
“Daaaaad!” Shouta chuckled. “Thanks for giving him a shot, kid, and not writing him off immediately.” Hitoshi glanced up at him. “Izuku’s not that bad. He’s pretty chill.” Hitoshi reached over and grabbed the piece of paper that Izuku had been writing on before Shouta screwed up. Shouta took it. His eyes widened. “This is-”
“-We talked a lot.”
A lot indeed! The more he read, the more Shouta realized how actually smart Izuku is. He was telling Shinsou about Shouta’s own quirk and how scarily accurate it was gave Shouta a shiver. He was midway through the word “through” when the “u” suddenly cut down, the pencil marking the paper, most likely from when Shouta had startled him. As amazing as it all was, Shouta could only think one thing.
Izuku has a lot to say. His keeping quiet all the time really isn’t healthy.
“He would be a great hero if he had a quirk,” Hitoshi commented. Shouta’s head snapped up.
“He doesn’t?”
Hitoshi rifled through a stack of papers. Shouta stared in awe. They ‘talked’ this much? Hitoshi finally found the one he was looking for and handed it to Shouta.
‘What’s your quirk?’ It wasn’t Hitoshi’s handwriting so it was probably Izuku.
‘It’s nothing special.’ Hitoshi.
‘Any quirk is special.’ Izuku.
‘I don’t want you to hate me.’ Hitoshi. Shouta cringed.
‘I don’t hate you. I won’t hate you.’ Izuku.
‘It’s- I can brainwash people. A lot of people call it a villain’s quirk.’ Hitoshi.
‘THAT’S AN AMAZING QUIRK!’ Shouta blinked in shock. ‘Think of everything you could do! Youcouldbesuchanamazingherogoingonrecognisancemissionsorgatheringinformationortakingdownvillainsevencalmingdowncivilainsandscaredchildren-’ ‘Sorry, pencil broke. Either way, it is NOT a villains quirk!’ Izuku. Shouta glanced up at Hitoshi. The boy looked away, a blush tinting his cheeks. Shouta did not comment.
‘Thanks… What is your quirk?’ Hitoshi.
‘I’m quirkless.’ Izuku.
Shouta read and reread and reread the sentence. He sighed, pressing the paper against his face. For someone who so boldly states that “Any quirk is special” he sure is hypocritical. And here I thought we had made some progress.
“What is it?” Shouta looked up at his son, removing the paper from his face. Shouta placed a hand on Hitoshi’s shoulder. “Hitoshi, listen to me. Just as much as you hate your quirk or used to hate it, Izuku hates his.”
“You mean… he has one?” Hitoshi asked. Shouta nodded. “So he lied.” Shouta nodded. “Yes but with good cause.” Hitoshi folded his arms. “I can’t tell you what his quirk is,” Shouta started, “all I can tell you is that, like yours, it made his life a living hell and maybe even more so.”
“I doubt it.”
“Hitoshi.” Shouta’s voice left no room for argument. Hitoshi looked at him.
“Because I found out Izuku’s quirk, he jumped off a building.” Hitoshi’s eyes widened. “He tried to commit suicide, Hitoshi. It was only because of his quirk and my quick thinking that he survived.”
“So he is immortal?” Shouta shook his head. “No, and I can’t tell you his quirk. That is something he has to be comfortable with telling you himself. But does that put it into perspective for you?”
Hitoshi bit his lip. He nodded. “Yeah…” Shouta smiled and ruffled his son’s hair again. “Thank you for understanding. Now,” he stood up, “how about we pop some popcorn or something and start a movie, hopefully coax him out of his room?”
_______________________________
Izuku sat in the corner of his room in a ball rocking back and forth.
His eyes kept switching between the door and the ground as he waited. Waited for the angry knock to come on his door. For the screams of rage to break the sound barrier. For the string from his chest to form and lead through the door to where they would be waiting to punish him.
It never came. But he knew it would. Punishment always came when you do something wrong. They were just luring him into a false sense of security.
The waiting game is a game Izuku is good at.
So he waited, rocking back and forth. Back and forth. Back and forth. Until after who knows how long a knock came at his door.
*Knock Knock*
Izuku jumped so hard the back of his head hit his wall with a soft *thud* followed by his own quiet groan.
“Izuku?” came Shinsou’s voice through the door. Izuku froze. “We are watching a movie. Do you want to watch it with us?” Izuku didn’t - couldn’t - reply. “We have popcorn.” Izuku felt his stomach roll but still did not move.
“Hey, kid,” Eraser’s voice, “I’m not mad at you.” Izuku looked at the door. “I am sorry for scaring you. I promise that I will not raise my hand against you or do anything to harm you. Will you come watch the movie with us?”
Izuku slowly uncurled himself. He crawled to the door.
“P- promise?”
Eraserhead replied instantly. “Promise.” Izuku stood up and cracked the door open. He peeked out to see Shinsou and Eraserhead waiting for him. Izuku opened the door wider but looked down at his feet.
“S- s- sorry for almost h- hitting y- you…” he choked out.
“You didn’t hit me,” Eraserhead stated. “I think you are losing your touch.” Izuku’s face turned red and he snapped his head up to glare at the man only to find him walking away. “Let’s watch a movie, kid.” Izuku followed behind the two with a pout.
I am not losing my touch.
_______________________________
Mary Lou practically skipped down the stairs and into the bakery. She looked out the window to see Mr. Yamada leaning against a rather nice looking car that reminded her that the hero did not live in this dangerous part of the city and was, in fact, a hero that had money. Mary Lou unlocked the bakery, walked out, relocked the bakery, and turned to the man. He had his yellow hair pulled back in a messy bun. He wore a jean jacket with a white shirt underneath, a pair of blue jeans, and some black boots. Mary Lou did NOT swoon when she saw him. She ALMOST did. Mr. Yamada looked up and waved at her.
“Ms. Takakawa!” She ran up to greet him. “Good Morning, Mr. Yamada!” He winked. “For today, let’s drop the formalities, k?” Mary Lou grinned. “Alrighty then, Yamada.” He smiled and showed her wound to the passenger side where he proceeded to open the door for her.
“My, my, how gentleman-like,” she poked fun at him.
He laughed and got in the driver’s seat. “So,” he said as they drove off, “since the movie does not start for another two hours, how does breakfast sound?”
“Sounds good to me!” she chirped.
It took a bit to get out of the red light district but soon the streets faded into freshly paved roads, the buildings began to look light they would not fall over by a particularly strong breeze, and she could not see a single homeless man on the side of the road. “Wow,” she commented, “it’s been a while since I’ve been out of the red lights.”
“Well welcome back to the outside world,” Yamada piped. She stuck her tongue out at him.
“Are you sure that you don’t have classes today?” she asked.
He shrugged. “All of the kids are out a couple more days for the new year.”
“Ah, make sense.”
They stopped a small red-bricked restaurant for breakfast where Mary Lou got chocolate chip pancakes and Yamada got an omelet. They chatted about anything and everything, the restaurant employee’s often coming over to tell the man off for being oo loud. After the third time, though, one of them recognized Yamada and asked for an autograph which he gave.
“It must be hard being a hero, to even be recognized in your civilian clothes,” she said. He swallowed his bite. “Not at all! I enjoy helping people. I would take a few lapses in my private time if it meant to be able to continue and save people.” Mary Lou smiled. “That is very cool of you.” He smiled.
No matter how much she insisted, “You paid for the movie.” , Yamada would not let her pay for their meal. Not even her part! She gave up the losing battle when she looked into her purse and found that, oh, right, she lives in the poorest part of the city. And, oh, right, she is broke as she spends every penny on the bakery, bills, or Izuku. After breakfast, the two walked to the movie theatre a block down. Mary Lou couldn’t help but keep looking over her shoulder, a habit that she had picked up from her years living in the red lights.
“Don’t worry,” Yamada spoke up, realizing her unease, “I won’t let anything happen.”
And Mary Lou believed him.
They got to the theatre and Mary Lou got away with at least buying the popcorn. They sat next to each other and poked fun at all of the movie trailers until the lights dimmed and the movie started. If Yamada put his arm around her doing the movie, there was no physical evidence. After the movie, Mary Lou checked her phone as they walked to Yamada’s car.
“Oh!”
He turned to her. “What is it?” Mary Lou pointed the screen to him. It was a picture of Shinsou and Izuku on the couch, leaning over a phone almost touching but not. Yamada smiled. “That’s great!” She nodded. “~That is my new screensaver.~” She hummed in a sing-song way as she saved and set the picture to the background of her phone before pocketing it.
“I must say,” Mary Lou started, “I did not take Mr. Aizawa as one to have a child, much less adopt.”
Yamada chuckled. “Neither did I! I’ve known the man since our first year at UA and he was always antisocial. But, I think Aizawa saw a bit of himself in the little listener.” Mary Lou looked up at Yamada as his tone got a bit thicker.
“He only told me once and it was when he was drunk but Aizawa’s childhood was much like Shinsou’s. As you know, his quirk allows him to Erase the quirk of anyone he looks at until he blinks. May took that as a threat to their own quirk so he, too, was alienated by those around him. It probably contributed to his antisocial qualities of today. I sure was surprised when I heard he was standing in the job at the orphanage that day!” Yamada laughed. “Imagine the shock when he adopted a kid! He didn’t even tell us. It was just BANG there’s a child!”
Mary Lou laughed heartily. “That’s so like him!”
“RIGHT!?”
Mary Lou had a newfound respect for Shouta Aizawa that day. Mary Lou stopped. Yamada stopped and turned to her. “What’s wrong?” She felt her chest tighten. Mary Lou smiled shakily. “I- I’ve got to use the little ladies room. Can we stop?”
“Sure thing!”
They stopped in a nearby cafe to which Mary Lou had to stop herself from making a beeline for the bathroom. As soon as she did, though, She hunched over the sink, unable to make it to a stall. *COUGH COUGH COUGH*
Mary Lou hacked up blood into the sink. She jumped when a hand came on her back, patting gently. She looked up to see an older woman. “Oh dear,” the woman spoke with a voice shaking from age. “Are you alright, dearie?” Mary Lou wanted to reply but had to turn her head back to the sink as another rough of harsh coughs racked through her body. The old woman did not stop rubbing soothing circles on her back until it finally subsided. Mary Lou was very grateful for that. The wiped her mouth and washed her hands and the sink.
“T- thank you,” she thanked the woman with a scratchy voice, raw from coughing up so much blood. She felt a bit lightheaded. The woman smiled and pressed a cup of water into Mary Lou’s hands. Mary took a large, refreshing gulp. People in this part of the city were so nice.
“Feeling better?” Mary Lou nodded. She fished her pills from her purse, using the water to take a few. Mary Lou rid hid them deep in her purse.
“Thank you, ma’am,” Mary Lou said with a bow, just now realizing how short the woman was.
“It’s no problem at all, dearie,” she waved it off. “Now, I believe I saw you come in with a dashing young man?” She winked. Mary Lou’s face lit up. “Don’t keep him waiting too long.” The older lady began to leave.
“A- ah, what is your name?” The woman turned and smiled.
_______________________________
Hizashi Yamada checked his watch. Mary Lou had been in the bathroom for some time now. Is she okay? She didn’t look well when we stopped.
An older lady that looked strangely familiar left the bathroom. She made a straight line for Hizashi who immediately attempted to look anywhere else. That was until her cane hit him in a jarringly familiar way. He jumped.
“YEE-OUCH! What was that-” he looked down and it hit him. “Recovery Gi-” *WHACK*
The older woman glared at him. “Public, Yamada.” He was quick to recollect himself. Was everyone in the lobby area staring at them? Yes, yes they were. “Sorry, everyone!” He turned back to the youthful heroine in her civilian clothes. “Does not change the question. What was that for, Shuzenji?” She pointed over her shoulder.
“Your date,” he blushed slightly, “was just coughing up blood in the bathroom.”
All of the blood that rushed to his face at the word “date” instantly drained. “Wh- what?!”
*WHACK* “Kepp your voice down!” she hissed. “I think you might want to check up on that. She had pills and was seemingly used to that occurring.” Recovery Girl began to walk off.
“Have fun on your date, Yamada.”
Just then, Mary Lou came out of the bathroom. She looked tired but smiled when she came up to greet him. “Everything alright?” he asked. She nodded and smiled but it looked strained. “Yup!” she popped the ‘p.’ “Sorry about that.” He smiled as brightly as he could back. “No problemo!”
They went ordered smoothies before heading back to his car. The whole drive back, Yamada could not keep his mind off of it but he did not want to ruin the mood. Mary Lou was happily singing along with the song on the radio, the weariness from earlier seemingly having worn off with time.
Yamada leads her back up to her apartment where she gave what she and Izuku called the “secret knock.” There was a moment before the soft *click* of the knock and the door opened slowly before it opened wider to reveal Izuku.
“Hey, little listener!” he greeted. Izuku waved. Shouta and Shinsou came up behind him. The greenette didn’t even jump. Strange. “Are you ready to go?” Aizawa asked. Yamada had been their ride here. He nodded. Mary Lou bowed. “Thank you for the wonderful day.”
“Thanks for coming!” Hizashi hesitated to say it but he did anyway with much determination.
“We should do this again sometime!”
He saw something indiscernible flash in her yellow eyes before she nodded. “Definitely!” They left soon thereafter. As Shouta was locking the bakery door with the extra key Mary Lou had given him, Yamada decided to speak up.
“Sho, we need to talk.”
_______________________________
Mary Lou was up late that night. Izuku had already gone to bed and she was in the kitchen. She marked off the day on the calendar. Mary Lou glanced at the next day. She chuckled sadly to herself.
“‘We should do this again sometime’ ey?” She leaned her head against the calendar.
If she cried that night, no one was there to tell the tale.
Chapter 14: I Don't Want To Die!
Summary:
Mary Lou is sick and Izuku feels the world crumbling around him.
Notes:
Hate me but you might not?
Chapter Text
*Ding Ding*
Izuku instantly dropped his pencil and grabbed Mary Lou’s phone that was next to him. Izuku was working on homework in his room. He was allotted an hour period each day from 1 to 2 pm where Mary Lou would come up from the bakery and drop off her phone so Izuku could text Shinsou.
Shin:
Help!
<insert picture of an awkwardly taken photo of a white fat cat on Shinsou’s back>
Izu:
Great job Marshmallow!
Shin:
Heartless!
Izu:
:P
Izuku went back to his work. Science… Not that he didn’t like it or anything, because Izuku loves to learn, it just isn’t his favorite subject, per se. There was a knock on the front door. It’s Midnight. Izuku KNEW it was Midnight coming for his lesson. He still jumped a mile high and fell out of his chair. He groaned and got up, rubbing his bum. Izuku almost left the room before he thought better of it when he realized that he was in a t-shirt that his tattoo poked out from the bottom of the sleeve. Izuku could care less about the scars that littered his body, they had already seen most of them, but the Golden Whip tattoo was another thing. The knock came again. Izuku let out an “eep” before throwing on his yellow hoodie and bolting out his door, not before closing the door after him, of course. Izuku still peeked through the peep-hole before opening the door and allowing the heroine in. He locked the door with a *click*.
“Hey there, kiddo!” she chirped. Izuku followed her into the living room where she was already pulling out their Modern Hero Art History papers.
Izuku sat down and took up his pencil. He was ready to learn!
About halfway through their lesson, Mary Lou came up to make them both lunch and to retrieve her phone. She looked a bit pale but waved it off when Midnight questioned her about it.
“It’s just the flour!” MaryLou promised. She turned to Izuku. “I dropped a bag of flour and it went POOF!” She made an exaggerated puff cloud with her arms before sticking her tongue out at him when Izuku let out a small giggle.
She passed him his plate with a peanut butter and jelly sandwich. She gave Midnight a roast beef sandwich.
“I have to go but you are both welcome down there if you wanna come,” she called as she swiped the phone off of the counter and went out the door, to which Izuku knocked. Izuku sighed silently. His hand lingered on the door. She was in such a rush. Having to come up here every day and take care of him? He was such a burden.
Three more months. He glanced at the calendar hanging on the fridge in the kitchen. Today is February 5th and he was in the fourth month of his house arrest. Mary Lou will be glad to not have to deal with him anymore.
He wondered absentmindedly which orphanage he would escape from. How long it would take him to get his gear back. He could never o back to living in this district but he could probably go back to the Junk Shop to get his gear again before moving on and reviving Golden Whip somewhere else. He wondered how the old man in the Junk Shop was doing. Izuku might not be able to go back. That would be okay. He could find his gear somewhere els-
“Are you listening?” Izuku’s head snapped up at Midnight’s voice. He blushed and nodded.
He’ll plan his great escape later tonight.
Midnight left around an hour later and Izuku immediately got to work on her assigned homework, satisfied with himself for being such a good student. Midnight would constantly bring up how her students kept forgetting to do their homework. He decided that now was as good a time as any to plan his escape. He needed to start now so he could prepare. Izuku solemnly went to his room. He really didn’t want to leave, not that he’d admit that. But, no matter how much Izuku wanted to stay, he wanted to not hold Mary Lou back even more.
Izuku stretched, leaning back in his chair. He felt his joints pop and bones crack from when they had not been reset properly over the years. The greenette put down his pencil and cracked his fingers. Izuku grabbed his notebook with his plans. He sighed sadly as he hid the green notebook under his bed mattress. Checking his alarm clock, Izuku read “8:39 pm” aloud. Mary Lou should be back soon.
As if summoned: *Knock … Knock Knock … Knock*
Izuku left his room at the sound of the ‘secret’ knock from the front door. NOW Izuku was sure something was wrong. Baker or not, one does not get that much flour on their face. Mary Lou was incredibly pale. Izuku watched her with calculating eyes as she stood in the kitchen preparing their dinner. Izuku walked up behind her and stuck his face in front of hers to get a closer look.
Mary Lou jumped back. “I- Izuku?! You startled me!” Izuku stepped in front of her and looked the brunette up and down. “Izu?” She was shaking slightly and her cheeks looked flush against her pale skin. There was a faraway look in her eyes. Izuku nodded sharply and pointed past her.
“B- Bed.” He tried to sound assertive but his stutter prevailed. Mary Lou giggled. It sounded force. “Don’t be silly, Izu.” She walked around him to go back to the chicken she was grilling. “I’m fine!” Izuku narrowed his eyes. He bit his lip.
“I- I won’t e- eat i- if y- y - you don’t.”
Mary Lou stared at him in shock. She crouched by him. “Young man,” Izuku almost flinched at the tone, “you will eat. As long as I am taking care of you, you will eat. Okay? This is not your choice.”
Izuku bit his tongue. That word ‘choice’ felt like a rock in his gut. The words ‘as long as’ added another. He wanted to bite back: “I won’t be here much longer,” but didn’t. Izuku instead spun on his heel and left the kitchen.
Izuku huffed as he sat on his bed. He laid down, legs dangling off of it. Izuku let out a sigh. Bored. Worried and bored. There wasn’t much to do and Mary Lou was in the kitchen sick. He closed his eyes. The twelve-year-old’s mind went back to the green notebook under his mattress. Izuku felt his bones groan in protest as he rolled over and pushed himself off of the bed. Izuku had just lifted the mattress when-
*!BANG!*
Izuku jumped, a sense of foreboding overtaking him.
*Cough Cough Cough*
His eyes moved from the notebook under his bed to the large knife he also had stored there.
*Thud*
Izuku took the hilt in his hand and let the mattress fall. He slowly crept out of his room. He made his way down the hallway.
*Cough Cough…*
He rounded surveyed the living room. Nothing. Izuku took a deep breath, willing his heartbeat to slow down. Izuku’s eyes flitted to the kitchen and dining room. He slid along the wall, back pressed firmly against it but feet ready to jump out of the way of an attack. Izuku took a deep breath before jumping around the corner, into the entrance of the kitchen.
His heart stopped. The blade in his hand fell, but the sound of it hitting the ground was muffled by the roar of blood in his ears. Izuku stumbled forward, falling to his knees.
“M- Mary Lou?” he choked out. He reached out, hesitating a moment before gently shaking her shoulder. She groaned and let out another weak cough, body shaking. Izuku’s eyes fell to her hand. Her hand was covered in blood. Izuku felt a wobbly smile grace his own lips. “M- M- Mary L- Lou?” He shook her harder. “MA- RY!” he screamed, voice cracking harshly. Izuku stood up and looked around the kitchen frantically. His eyes fell upon her phone on the counter. He lurched forward and swiped it off the counter, ignoring the blood that wrapped around it as if she had tried to grab it herself. Izuku put in her password but his hands were shaking so much that it took a few tries.
AizawaAizawaAizawaAizawa - He was scanning through her contacts - AizawaAizawaAi- AH!
He pressed the phone against his ear. It rang. And rang. PICK UP, DANG IT!
*Click*
“Hello.” Suddenly, it happened. Izuku couldn’t speak. His throat tightened like it always did when speaking to someone. “Miss? Is everyth-” the man’s voice stopped. Then, “Izuku?” Izuku’s silence gave him away. “Kid, what’s wrong? Do you want Hitosh-”
“Help,” Izuku finally choked out.
“What?”
“HE- LP!” he screamed into the phone. Izuku fell to his knees, tears streaming down his face.
“Kid, I need you to breathe,” Eraser’s voice was calm. “What happened?”
“M- M- M- M- Mary! Sh- she’s on t- th- the floor! BLEEDING!” Izuku couldn’t breathe, the only thing grounding him being the voice on the other side of the phone. Until he heard: “Suck!”
WHAT?! Did Eraser know this was going to happen?! Did he plan this?! “Kid, I’m coming. I need you to make sure Mary Lou doesn’t choke, alright?” Izuku tried to respond but he couldn’t. A vice was around his throat. “Unlock the door so we can get in when we get there, okay? Stay on the line with me. We will be there soon.” Izuku complied, shakily making his way to the door and unlocking it.
Izuku looked back over to Mary Lou. Make sure she doesn’t choke? He put the phone on speaker and set it beside him. Izuku rolled Mary Lou to face him, blood was trickling from her mouth. He took a deep breath, his years of vigilanting miraculously keeping him in some form of calm. Izuku turned her on her side again so she wouldn’t choke on her own blood.
“Hey.” Izuku’s wide eyes directed to the phone where Shinsou’s voice just came from. “If you are there, do something to tell me.” Izuku reached over and tapped on the mic of the phone, ignoring the bloody fingerprints his fingers left.
“Cool. Um, Da- Eraserhead said that an ambulance will be there soon. You need to go down and unlock the bakery.” Izuku looked back at Mary Lou. And leave her? But if I don’t let them in then… Izuku got to his feet. He slowly made his way downstairs to the bakery. It was eerily quiet and the lights were off so Izuku turned them on before going and unlocking the front door.
He tapped the mic again.
“Okay, um… the doctors will be there before us so just wait for us to get there. Um… yeah. They will take Miss Mary Lou but that is okay. Okay?” Izuku tapped the mic again.
And they did. Izuku watched as tall men in white coats and masks took Mary Lou. As she was taken away, Izuku felt the colors that she had introduced him to drain from the world and Izuku was left in his black and white world once again.
_______________________________
Hitoshi didn’t know what to do as he sat in the car with Dad’s phone. Dad told him to keep talking so Hitoshi did. About cats and heroes and anything other than the fact that THE AMBULANCE JUST PAST THEM GOING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION.
When they finally (Oh Gosh Finally!) pulled up to the bakery, the lights were on. Dad practically threw himself out of the car, Hitoshi following suit.
“We are coming up to the apartment now, okay?”
The familiar tap on the mic told him that Izuku was still on the phone. Still, Hitoshi did not hang up until they arrived at the front door. Dad didn’t have to knock, the door was ajar and inside they found Izuku on the floor in the kitchen clutching a large blade to his chest as if it was a lifeline. He sat next to a small pool of blood. Hitoshi gagged. Dad turned to him and turned him around by his shoulders. “Don’t look,” he whispered and Hitoshi was all too okay with that.
“Izuku,” he heard Dad talking, “everything… everything is under control.” Not fine. Not okay. Not alright. But ‘under control.’ “We are going to take you to the hospital, alright, but you need to clean up first.” There was no reply but soon Hitoshi heard the shuffling of clothes and Izuku soon walked past him, into the living room and down the hallway where Hitoshi could not see him. Dad called the police station and had them take off Izuku’s tracking device on his ankle so he could leave the bakery. When Izuku returned, he was in a pair of black sweats and a white t-shirt, sans knife. His eyes were blown wide. Hitoshi glanced at Dad. They were soon in the car and on their way to the hospital.
Hitoshi tried to talk but it was soon apparent that the greenette wasn’t listening. In a lapse of judgment and a failure to read between the lines, Hitoshi reached out.
“Hey-” *SLAP* He stopped, stunned when Izuku turned suddenly and slapped his hand away, pressing himself against the door further. Hitoshi recalled Dad getting mad at himself for startling the boy a month ago. Now he understood. Hitoshi retracted his arm and instead pulled out his phone.
The tried and true method: cat pictures. Izuku probably wasn’t listening to his commentary and his green eyes were more looking to the side of the phone, but the fact that he was making an effort to appear at least somewhat interested had to count for something, right?
-ish.
Upon arriving at the hospital, Dad took charge but eventually came back and said that they could not see Mary Lou yet. Understandable.
“Hitoshi,” the purple-haired boy looked up at his father, “it is apparent that Izuku will probably not leave until he sees Mary Lou and that could be all night. I can call Yamada to come and watch over him if you want to go home.”
Hitoshi looked past his father at the greenette who was sitting in a waiting room chair at the other side of the room, head down but, even from this distance, body incredibly tense.
-----
‘He seems to respond better to kids. Or at least those around his age.’
-----
Hitoshi looked back at Dad. “I’m fine. I am going to go sit with Izuku.” Dad nodded. “I am still going to call Yamada. He is her boyfriend after all.” Hitoshi nodded and walked off. He sat in the terribly uncomfortable waiting room chair with a chair in between him and Izuku. Only then, as he waited, did it hit him. Mary Lou was sick and possibly dying. His chest hurt at the thought so he tried not to focus on that. Hitoshi looked around the room. There were only a couple of other people there. Hitoshi wondered what they were here for.
Dad came over and sat next to him. As much as Hitoshi tried to stay awake for his friend, and even though he was a bonafide insomniac, the adrenaline had begun to wear off and Hitoshi soon found himself falling into the world of dreams.
And possibly nightmares.
_______________________________
Shouta sighed.
This was very much NOT how he had planned to spend the night. And very much NOT how he had wanted to spend it. He was woken up during his mid-day nap that he always took before his hero shift when he had gotten the call. He looked down at his son who had fallen asleep on his arm.
The automatic doors of the hospital slid open and Shouta turned his attention to his yellow-haired friend who had bolted through them. Upon making eye contact, Hizashi ran up to him.
Shouta glared as the man opened his mouth. Taking the hint, Hizashi closed his mouth and reopened it, now speaking in a much softer volume than he would have spoken in previously.
“Anything new?” Shouta had told Hizashi everything that had occurred over the phone. He shook his head. “Not yet.” Hizashi sighed and ran a shaking hand through his long hair. Hizashi looked over to Izuku who had not moved an inch. He glanced back at Shouta who shrugged. Hizashi walked over silently and crouched in front of the boy.
Shouta held his breath.
His friend turned to him and signed -Sleeping.- Hizashi had learned sign language from a young age when his quirk made his parents deaf. Shouta had picked it up after years of knowing the man. He watched as Hizashi sat in between Hitoshi and Izuku. The loud man had the balls to reach over and gently pull Izuku over to lean against him. Shouta remembered seeing Izuku slap away Hitoshi’s hand in the car through the rearview mirror. The fact that Hizashi could even attempt that was a testimony to how worn out the kid was.
Dang it! The kid’s been through enough! Why did this have to happen?
Eventually, even Shouta, the king of insomniacs, dozed off. He dozed up until the nurse came in from a hallway and announced: “Those for Mary Lou Takakawa?” Shouta looked up. He shook Hitoshi awake. “Come on.” Hizashi shook his shoulder, not daring to make any more physical contact with the sleeping boy on his arm.
Once they were all awake, the four were led deeper into the hospital.
It barely registered in Shouta’s mind that the sun had already begun to rise over the buildings.
_______________________________
Mary Lou blinked at the ceiling groggily. She had a tube down her throat and a mask over her mouth to help her breathe. An IV was in her right arm and a heart monitor was connected to her chest. She had woken up about fifteen minutes ago to the sound of the heart monitors *BEEP BEEP BEEP*
It was weak. She knew it. She had known for a while that this was coming. She was such an idiot. Would her family hear about this? What would Yamada think? They had only just started dating! Mary Lou had known better than to get into a relationship, not that she wanted to with any of the guys in the red light district, but she still did. Now look at her.
“Ms. Takakawa,” she glanced at the tall doctor with short brown hair, “we cannot let them in but you have visitors.” He gestured to the side. Mary Lou turned her head, painfully, to see a wall with a glass window separating her from Mr. Aizawa, Hitoshi, Yamada, and… Izuku.
Her heart hurt. What would happen to Izuku now? What was he thinking? She met his wide, green eyes with her own yellow ones. She always knew what Izuku was thinking. He may never smile or talk and his face may always be blank, but his eyes always told what his heart was saying.
*BEEP BEEP Beep Beep*
She could feel her heart slowing down. I’m sorry, Izuku. She lifted her hand. I’m so, so sorry. She reached out. I didn’t want to leave you like this. She watched the green string form from his chest, extending through the glass and to her hand. Extending from right where his heart should be.
He looked at it but didn’t reel back. Instead, Mary Lou watched as he pressed himself against the glass and bang on it. She could only hear the muffled screams but she made out:
“DON- GO! PLEA-!”
Tears filled her eyes. She might not be able to hug him, to comfort him, physically but she could let him know that she was still there. Mary Lou gently took the string. She gave it a light tug. Izuku’s eyes filled with tears that began to fall immediately. Mr. Aizawa could have erased Izuku’s quirk but he let this happen. He let Izuku express the emotions that were always locked up like a bird caged, unable to freely fly.
Mary Lou felt her own tears fall.
I don’t want to go!
*Beep Beep Beep*
I don’t want to leave you!
*Beep Beep beep*
I don’t want to… her vision began to go black and her outstretched arm slackened.
*beep beep beep*
‘-die!’
Mary Lou’s eyes snapped open. That sounded like Izuku. A voice rang through her head. ‘I don’t want you to die! Don’t leave me!’
*beep beep Beep*
Mary Lou could feel it. Energy. Her hand burned slightly around the grip of the string.
‘Please! Don’t go!’
A tingling sensation spread from her hand, down her arm, and slowly through her body. The string began to glow brighter.
‘Don’t leave me!’
*Beep Beep BEEP*
Mary Lou’s vision cleared. She stared at Izuku. He wobbled a bit. Mr. Aizawa caught him but the boy pushed away, hands slamming on the glass. Mary Lou felt the energy surge through her if every small fist that beat against the glass. That’s when it clicked.
Izuku was transferring his energy to her. No. Energy wouldn’t do this.
Her heart skipped a beat. Izuku no! You can’t!
*BEEP BEEP BEEP*
'I DON'T WANT YOU TO DIE!!!'
She watched as he wobbled again, fist falling and body leaning against the glass. Mary Lou let go of the string. The vibrating feeling stuck for a second before dissipating.
A quirk to be used as a doll.
Izuku looked up at her with glassy eyes.
Not only to have one’s body to be used as a doll...
He smiled and fell backward, Mary Lou’s eyes widening. “IZUKU!”
… but to have one’s own life force to be able to be taken and used as someone else's.
Chapter 15: You Are Human
Summary:
After the hospital and what comes next. Izuku is confronted about his thought-process.
Notes:
I am sorry.
Chapter Text
Izuku slowly opened his eyes, wincing at the harsh light of the… hospital room?
He sat up quickly and just as quickly regretted doing so as his head started to pound harshly. Izuku winced, pressing his hand to his forehead.
“Good morning.” Izuku jumped. He looked to his left to see Eraserhead grading papers. Izuku let out a breath he didn’t know that he had been holding. Then, he remembered. Izuku stared at the man with wide eyes. He wanted to ask what happened to Mary Lou and why he was in a hospital bed but he couldn’t find the words. Luckily, he didn’t need to.
“Mary Lou is fine,” the raven-haired man stared. “For now.” Izuku’s brief moment of hope evaporated. The man sighed with every ounce of exhaustion that those eyebags held. “With all due respect to your privacy, we brought a quirk specialist over during the three days you were out.” Izuku flinched. Three days? Seriously, what happened?
“What did the specialist find out?” The man asked rhetorically. “That you, whether you meant to or not, transferred your life force or energy into Mary Lou through the connection you two had through the string.” What? “Kid, tell me, did you know you could do that?”
Izuku shook his head frantically but stopped when his head started to throb again. Eraserhead sighed. “Don’t,” he said sternly, “ever try to do that again. At least not until we know if it has worse effects than this. Even then, don’t do that because you wound up like this.” This as in… Izuku took a survey of the room. As in the heart monitors, the breathing mask to the side that he had probably been on, and the IV still in his arm. “Would you like to know the full extent of what happened?”
Izuku’s fingers itched for a notebook to take notes. He nodded.
“Upon transferring your life force into Mary Lou, she recovered. Now, don’t get your hopes up. It is expected that her health will only last as long as however much you gave her. And NO you cannot just give her more because I know that is what you were thinking.” Izuku could not deny that even if he wanted to verbally speak. “Your heart rate slowed dangerously low and your breathing was minuscule as you did not have enough force left in you to have your body fully function naturally. You generated a massive fever that broke last night. Its top temperature was 104, dangerously high.”
Izuku gulped. Eraser took another long breath.
“While sometime in the future, we may be able to train that so the side effects aren’t as drastic,” he almost glared at Izuku, “NEVER do that again unless we give you the go-ahead.”
Izuku deadpanned. Like I am actually going to be using my quirk in the future.
Eraser nodded. “Yes, I know,” as if he knew what Izuku was thinking, “that you do not plan on using your quirk in the future but I have a serious question for you in regards to that. However,” he stood up, “that will have to wait until you are back home.”
Izuku’s heart dropped and, ironically, the heart monitor sped up. Eraserhead whipped around. “NO. Not there!” he mended. “I mean back to the bakery.”
Izuku sighed in relief.
“Geeze, kid, why would we ever send you back there?”
‘There’ was not a place to be mentioned. It was simply implied.
“As of now, when you are released, you will be taken back to Mary Lou’s place where she is already waiting for you,” he affirmed. “I am going to get the nurse. We will finish this conversation later.”
Izuku watched him leave. He looked up at the ceiling. Then at the window.
For now, he said. Izuku looked down at his hands. For the first time in his whole life, Izuku did not feel afraid of his quirk.
He felt strangely… calm. Was it because he wasn’t at full functionality yet. He didn’t care. Izuku would take this moment of relaxation and run with it. That is…
… until the doctor opened the door and the sight of an unfamiliar face instantly took that relaxation and replaced it with Izuku’s normal tenseness and jittery tendencies.
After a brief evaluation, they cleared Izuku to go home on one condition: he had to go in a wheelchair. As it would turn out, Izuku tried to stand, immediately got lightheaded, and his legs gave out. It was not a pretty fight. The doctor tried to help him up but on sheer nervous reaction, Izuku almost broke his wrist. Eraserhead had come in right at the cracking moment and snapped Izuku out of it before he actually could. Full body function or not, Izuku had a mean grip. That did not change the fact that Izuku was on the floor. It took nearly two minutes for Eraserhead to gain permission from the greenette to help him up off the ground and into the wheelchair.
Also, the stairs up the bakery were something to behold, as in, Eraserhead almost had a heart attack when he had to carry Izuku up the stairs and Izuku had gotten so stiff in fear that the hero thought the kid's heart stopped beating again. Eraserhead was quick to unfold the wheelchair and deposit Izuku into it, soon after starting a series of breathing exercises because, yes, Izuku had a small panic attack.
Eraser stood and knocked on the door. Almost immediately it opened.
Izuku’s breath hitched when he saw Mary Lou standing in the doorway. Tears filled both of their eyes.
“Oh, Izuku…” Izuku wanted to say so many things but- Eraserhead patted his back. “We won’t tell you not to speak,” he said. “Or beat you, or use your quirk. Sometimes, you need to say what is on your mind.” Izuku looked up at him in awe.
And like that, the dam broke.
Izuku lurched forward, just barely staying in his seat, and grabbed Mary Lou’s hands. Tears cascaded from his emerald eyes.
“W- w- why didn’t- Why d- didn’t- you t- t- tell me?! Y- y- you- you a- almost d- d- died!!! W- why did y- you- Why did you a- a- almost die!? Y- y- you- I- Don- I-” He couldn’t get the words out. He couldn’t get air into his lungs. Mary Lou crouched in front of him. He flinched when she pulled him into a hug.
“I’m sorry, Izu,” she whispered. “I’m sorry for scaring you.”
She began to let go. Izuku gripped her sweater.
“D- d- don’t leave m- me…” He heard a sharp inhale of breath. “N- n- not you. Not y- you!”
_______________________________
Hitoshi was in almost shock at the sound of Izuku’s voice. Broken and stuttered but still there. His actual voice. He watched as his friend who was deathly scared of contact with any living being clutched onto Miss Mary Lou like a lifeline. It reminded him of himself when he was adopted.
-----
Eraserhead was back today. Hitoshi decided that he liked the hero quite a bit. He wasn’t fake like the caretakers at the orphanage. He talked to Hitoshi. Hitoshi didn’t necessarily talk back but the man still made a point of including Hitoshi in conversations despite knowing his quirk. It had been two months since the hero first visited the Bright Hopes Orphanage, ha, for basically a PR event. He has been coming back ever since. At first, Hitoshi couldn’t believe it when he asked the man why via paper. The man wrote back:
‘To talk with you.’
Hitoshi thought that he was joking, just pulling his strings. Then the hero walked up to him with a stack of papers one day. Hitoshi took them skeptically. The top one was the adoption form. The others were legal documents. Hitoshi slowly raised his head to meet the older man’s eyes. Eraserhead smirked at him.
-----
Hitoshi had done the exact same thing Izuku was doing right now that day.
But it’s different this time.
It’s different because now they have to tell the boy the bad part. Dad told Hitoshi Izuku’s quirk to him on the first day that the greenette was unconscious. And a lot of other things.
Let’s just say that Hitoshi understood a lot more about the kid now. He hated that he was going to have to be apart of telling this to Izuku.
They wheeled the boy inside and the four of them gathered around the table.
Hitoshi took a deep breath. The conversation started.
“Kid,” Dad started and Hitoshi felt for the man having to take charge in this situation, “right now it is a miracle that Mary Lou is with us right now. Unfortunately, we cannot guarantee her life.” Hitoshi watched and counted the seconds it took for Izuku’s face to fall. “Your quirk saved her, and maybe with training we could use that but, as of now, you cannot use your quirk in that way. Her health will only last as long as your life energy in her does. Once that goes away, her health will deplete once again.” Izuku hung his head.
“W- w- why not?”
Hitoshi bit his lip and glanced at his father. “Why not what?” the man asked.
Izuku looked up. “Why c- can’t s- she have my l- life force?”
Hitoshi hated that wording. ‘Have’ it? He could tell that neither Dad nor Miss Mary Lou liked it either.
Izuku pressed on. “I- If m- my quirk c- can s- s- save her then w- why not?”
“If you used it to fully heal her, at this point untrained, you would kill yourself,” Dad replied.
…
…
…
“So?”
Hitoshi snapped his head up to stare at the boy. He choked. Izuku was staring at Dad with no emotion. His face was a blank slate. What’s worse was probably that there was no stutter as the boy kept going.
“I don’t care. Take my life force then. Better I than her.”
Mary Lou jumped up. “Izuku!”
The boy didn’t look at her. “She has something to live for. She has people who look forward to seeing her every day. Use my quirk. It’s okay. I won’t fight it. She can have it.”
Hitoshi felt sick.
After months of not speaking, after months of trying to read Izuku, this is what was on his mind?
“Do you truly believe that?” Dad cut in. “Do you believe that you have nothing to live for, Izuku? That you don’t have anyone who wants to see you the next morning?”
Izuku nodded. “Yeah.”
Tears filled in Miss Mary Lou’s eyes.
Dad’s right eye twitched. He stood up and rounded the table. Dad crouched in front of the boy.
“Are you stupid or something?” Hitoshi flinched.
“No,” Izuku bit back. “I’m realistic. Or, as you put it, 'rational.'” Deep hit. “I know how this goes, Eraserhead. I know that after the house arrest is over I’ll be transferred to an orphanage and never see any of you again. I have it all planned out, you can see it in a notebook I have under my mattress. So, I’ll say it again, I don’t have any reason to live in a world where I know there is nothing for me. Take my quirk. At least it will be of some use.”
Hitoshi stared in shock. Even at his lowest moment, Hitoshi never spiraled THIS far.
Miss Mary Lou sped-walked around the table and raised her hand. Izuku flinched. She lowered it.
“You see that?” she said. “You flinched. STOP ACTING! You may say all of these strong words but inside you are just a scared little boy. That’s okay! You’re what, twelve? And you’ve had a sucky life!” Hitoshi was taken back by her… less than friendly language. “You’re scared of being hurt, I get it, but don’t say things like that about yourself!” She bent down and grabbed the greenette by the shoulders. “You HAVE people who want to see you in the morning, Izuku! Me, Mr. Aizawa, Shinsou, Yamada, Midnight, and Cementoss. All of us! We all want to see you every day!”
“And I’m just supposed to believe that?!” Izuku bit back, rage in his eyes, pain lacing his voice.
“YES! ‘Cause it’s true! Not everyone wants to use you for your quirk, Izuku! We want you for YOU. And your quirk is YOUR quirk, not something for others to just take or use. It is a part of you. Sure, some will take advantage of it but that is just the world we live in. You are strong, Izuku. You have survived through so much. Don’t go giving away your life because that is what the world has told you. You are not some toy to be sold off, some doll to be played with and tossed aside.”
She took a breath.
“You are HUMAN, Izuku. You are a breathing, feeling, crying, hurting, broken, LIVING being. You are not the world’s play toy.” She pressed a finger into the kid's chest. “You are your own person. Don’t you EVER say those things about yourself again! Do I make myself clear, boy?”
Hitoshi was utterly stunned.
-----
‘I don’t know what made you believe those things about yourself,’ Aizawa crouched in front of Hitoshi and pressed a finger to the purple-haired kid's chest, ‘but your quirk does not decide whether you are a villain or not. YOU decide for yourself.’
-----
He watched as Izuku hung his head, tears dripped from his green eyes. “W- w- why can’t y- you just t- take it…?” Miss Mary Lou smiled softly and lowered her finger.
“Because I am human, too, Izuku. I make my own choices. I chose not to.” Izuku looked up at her.
“I was born ill, Izuku. It has grown progressively ill as I got older. I never told you my quirk, Izuku. My quirk is called Internal Decay. It destroys my immune system from the inside out. Sure, your quirk healed me for a bit, repaired the tears, but my quirk will always be active. Izuku,” she cupped her hands around Izuku’s face, “thank you for caring so much about me but now… Now it is time that you start caring about yourself. If not for yourself, then for me? I’m dying, Izuku. Can I make one final request of you?”
Izuku hiccupped. Hitoshi let his father walk up to him and wrap an arm around him as tears fell from Hitoshi’s eyes too.
“Y- yes…”
Mary Lou smiled.
“Live. Live, Izuku. Live and do amazing things. See the world. Not just for the bad, but for the good, too. Spread your wings and fly. Use your strings to save people. And, when you are ready…,” Mary Lou placed her hand over Izuku’s heart,
“…use your strings to save yourself, Izuku.”
_______________________________
Mary Lou sat on the couch with Izuku beside her, leaning against her arm.
-----
‘Thank you for bringing him home, Mr. Aizawa.’
The man bowed. ‘It was no problem.’
‘About where he will go after this, I would like to personally speak with any and all candidates.’
‘Of course. I will contact you as soon as we find a few,’ he said. ‘Though I am sure that Hitoshi will be texting often.’
‘Of course. Thank you again.’
-----
Mary Lou ran her fingers through Izuku’s curly hair, a movie playing in the background.
She looked down at Izuku who had begun to doze off.
She might not have much time left but she would make sure that her last days she did have, she would spend them doing what she could for Izuku. She would not leave this world regretting what she had left behind.
Chapter 16: Presently Loud Radio
Summary:
Present Mic takes advantage of Izuku's freedom from house arrest and takes him and Mary Lou to the radio station.
Chapter Text
A little green-haired boy skipped down the street. His small hand was held by a brunette woman, listening contently as the boy rattled on about heroes and what they learned in preschool that day. He lifted his arm, making a flying sound as he held up his favorite All Might figurine. The little boy ran ahead of the woman. Birds were singing, the sun was shining. The boy stopped. He turned around.
‘Mommy!’ The greenette’s eyebrows furrowed when the brunette woman was not there. ‘Mommy?’ He retraced his steps, holding the toy close to his chest. ‘Mommy…?’
No one was on the streets.
The little boy looked up when something cold and wet hit his hand. Clouds covered the sun and rain began to drizzle. He walked a bit faster, calling out for the woman to no avail.
Seconds to minutes. Minutes to hours. The rain picked up, heavily beating down on the small child as he kept walking. He kept calling out for the woman, even though his yells were muffled by the storm. The little boy tripped, falling into a puddle. He dropped his toy.
The little boy sniffled. He reached out for the figurine but it was swept away with the waters.
Cold. Wet. Alone.
He was all alone.
‘Mommy?’
_______________________________
Izuku blinked open his eyes. He rubbed at them with his hands. They came back wet. Wet? Was he crying? He found that he couldn’t stop. He curled into a ball on his bed, furiously rubbing at his eyes as salty tears continued to fall from them. Dang it, stop! He couldn’t. Izuku rested his head on his knees and silently waited it out. When the tears stopped falling and his body stopped shaking, Izuku uncurled himself from his ball. He snuck into the bathroom and took a few minutes to make it look like he had not been crying before leaving and entering the living room. He could smell the aroma of bacon floating in the air and hear the sizzle of the grease.
Izuku walked into the kitchen silently.
He froze, foot held in midair. Mary Lou was humming to herself and… Present Mic was leaning against the counter watching the bacon as it cooked.
Izuku swiveled on his foot and quickly made his way to the front door. It was unlocked. He locked it with a small *click* which alerted the adults of his presence.
“Good morning, Izu.”
“Morning, little listener!”
Izuku nodded at them before joining the two in the kitchen. He glanced at Present Mic. It had been a week since Izuku got back ‘home.’ The man smiled down at him. “I’ve got the day off today. Hope ya don’t mind that I stopped by?” Izuku shrugged. Mary Lou smiled. She stuck a piece of bacon with a fork and passed it to Izuku. “How is it?” He took the bacon and blew on it softly before taking a bite. Izuku took a second to decide how to respond to this. He could just nod or give a thumbs up but… he glanced at the yellow-haired man behind Mary Lou.
-----
‘We won’t tell you not to speak,’ Eraser said. ‘Or beat you, or use your quirk. Sometimes, you need to say what is on your mind.’
-----
Izuku swallowed and opened his mouth. “I- i- it’s g- good.”
Mary Lou smiled. She looked up at Present Mic who smiled back at her. “That’s great! Can you two go set the table then? I’ve got cinnamon rolls in the oven.”
Present Mic gave a thumbs up. “Sure thing!” Izuku opted for simply nodding his time. He waited for Present Mic to hand him the plates from the cabinet before following the man over to the table.
Izuku placed Mary Lou’s plate next to Present Mic’s and Izuku’s on the other side of the table. Present Mic placed a butter knife and fork on each plate. “Hey, Izuku,” he whispered. Izuku turned to him and tilted his head. “Pass me a napkin.” Raising an eyebrow at the suspiciousness of this, Izuku complied. Present Mic waved him over. Izuku reluctantly came over.
“Watch this.” Izuku watched as the man folded the napkin in strange ways. Soon it seemed to take the form of a bunny. The yellow-haired man grinned and held it up for Izuku to see. Izuku took it gently. It was so cool! How did he do that? “It’s called origami,” the man stated. “Go put that on your plate and I’ll teach you how to do it.” Izuku was all too eager to do so, though he didn’t let it show. Mic taught Izuku how to do it too. His wasn’t as good as the hero’s but it still held some semblance of a bunny.
“Great job!” Present Mic raised a hand. Izuku flinched, body going tense. “It’s called a high five, listener.” Izuku looked down at his own palm. He nodded sternly to himself before raising his hand and lightly tapping it against Mic’s. The hero grinned. “A little stiff,” ha, “but all good!”
“What are you boys doing?” They both looked over to see Mary Lou making her way to them with a pan of bacon and a tray of cinnamon rolls. Mic grinned. “Nothing!” He took the two bunnies, placing Izuku’s on Mary Lou’s plate and his own on his own plate.
When they all sat down, Mary Lou examined the bunny. Izuku blushed slightly at his poor attempt at origami. “Cute!” she exclaimed. Izuku blushed harder.
The three of them ate. It was… nice. Izuku listened as the two adults conversed.
His father was never around when he was a kid. (Ahem, still is a kid.) Inko had said that he left when he found out that she was pregnant with him. And, well, aside from maybe four years before his quirk presented itself, Inko could not really be what Izuku considered a ‘mother’ figure at all. He wondered if, maybe, just maybe, this is what it felt like to have a ‘family.’
Izuku smiled softly, taking another bite of his cinnamon roll.
Sweet… A few of the blacks and whites of his world faded into pale imitations of color.
Present Mic ended up staying the whole day, even when Cementoss came over for their Modern Literature lesson. Mary Lou got off work early.
“Do you guys want to come to see the studio?”
Izuku and Mary Lou looked up from either reading or doing bills. Take a guess who was doing what. “Like, your radio station?” Mary Lou asked. Present Mic nodded. He was putting on his boots by the front door. Izuku’s eyes widened. THE studio?! He listened to the hero’s talk show, Presently Loud Radio, every day! It would be a dream to go!
“I don’t see why not,” the man continued. “After all, Izuku isn’t on house arrest anymore,” to allow Izuku and Mary Lou to spend more time together before… “so why don’t you two come to join me at the station?” He turned to Izuku. “I’ll even show you how it works.”
Izuku couldn’t help turning his head to face Mary Lou expectantly. PleasepleasepleasepleasePLEASE!
“I don’t see why not!”
YES!
She smiled. “Why don’t you go get a notebook and a pencil ‘cause I know that you are going to want one.” Izuku did not have to be told twice. He ran to his room and grabbed a fresh notebook. He pulled his hoodie over his head and stuffed in a pencil. Izuku’s eyes drifted to the All Might figure on his desk.
-----
the figurine but it was swept away with the waters.
-----
Izuku glanced over to his mattress where his escape-plan notebook lay underneath.
-----
‘About where he will go after this, I would like to personally speak with any and all candidates.’
-----
Izuku nodded to himself and left the room, notebook in hand, closing the door behind him.
He met the two adults by the door after going around and checking to make sure every window was locked.
“Ya ready to go, little listener?” Izuku nodded sharply and off they went, Izuku checking the bakery door to make sure it wouldn’t budge. Mic’s car was so nice! Izuku sat in the backseat all the way out of the red light district. When he looked out the window, he saw a tall, buff man on the streets.
Oh. I beat him up like, last year. Guess he got out.
He turned and looked out the window.
That lady gave me a bag of chips. It had been a particularly rough winter and Izuku was forced to sit on the edge of a street begging.
Good times. Good times.
They drove out of the red lights and deeper into the more populated, much better-off city. They pulled in front of a highrise with a large black and yellow sign that read “Presently Loud Radio” with flashing lights. Izuku bounced in his seat. “We’re here!” Izuku opened the door and stepped out. He froze.
More populated. MUCH more populated. People were everywhere, even in the evening. Everyone milling around was a potential threat. Every single pers-
“Breathe,” Mary Lou’s voice came next to his ear. Izuku flinched, eyes flickering over to her but body refusing to move. Present Mic, who had gotten into his hero clothes while at Mary Lou’s apartment, greeted and waved at the passerby’s who were used to seeing him around this time.
He signed a few autographs here and there.
It took Izuku a second to realize that he was creating a small crowd away from the door so that Izuku and Mary Lou could go in without any trouble. Mary Lou took Izuku’s hand gently, Izuku not pulling back but instead gripping hers a lot harder than necessary. She led him in. Present Mic followed soon after.
“You know,” Izuku jumped when the purple-haired woman at the front desk spoke, “you getting out of a car with a woman and child will definitely be in the news.” Present Mic walked by Izuku and Mary Lou waving his hand up and down.
“Who cares, who cares!?” His voice was louder here. Mic waved the both of them over, Izuku robotically following behind Mary Lou.
“Sherri, this is Mary Lou and Izuku!” he announced. The woman looked over the counter, here teal eyes squinting happily. “Oh ho ho! So you are the famed two! Mic talks about you too a-”
“UNIMPORTANT!” Mic cut in. “I am taking them up in the studio. Can you please get them a couple of visitors passes?” The lady, Sherri, chuckled. “Lighten up, man! Fine fine, I’ll get their ID’s.”
They entered an elevator.
-----
‘No! Mom please no! I- I- I won’t do it again! Please not the closet!’
‘Oh, sweetie, you know this is for your own good. Next time you might think twice before disobeying me.’
‘Please! NOOOO!’
The closet door shut and all light was cut off at the sound of a solid *click*.
-----
“Izu- -ku? -zuku?”
He couldn’t breathe. Not again! Not again! Not again! He slammed himself against the far wall of the elevator, chest heaving. Nononononononononononono!
“Li- er. Litt- -istener. Ca- -down.”
The walls were closing in, he could feel the room getting smaller and the air getting thicker.
Can’t. Breathe!
*DING*
The elevator doors opened slowly, too slowly. Izuku threw himself out, shoulder hitting the still opening door causing him to stumble and fall to his knees, catching himself by planting his hands against the wall before his face could collide with it. He heaved, heart pounding painfully against his ribcage. Something, someone, touched his shoulder. Izuku flinched violently, grabbing the thing, someone's wrist, with an iron grip and pulling hard, forcing whatever, whoever, it was onto its side. Izuku stared down at the fallen thing, person, with wide eyes.
The thing, person, groaned and got up. It, he, moved to a sitting position in front of Izuku.
“Bre- -the -th me. Deep -eath. One. -wo. Thr- -e.” The voice was soothing and calm. Izuku focused on the voice. “One.” In. “Two.” Out. “Three.” In. “One.” Out. “Two.” In. “Three.” Out.
Slowly but surely, his vision cleared and the fog in his mind dissipated. Before him sat Present Mic with his sunglasses off. “Hey, little listener,” he cooed. Izuku eyes trailed down to where Mic’s right hand was twitching slightly and where a bruise was forming around the man’s wrist. Mic noticed. He lifted his hand and moved it around. “Don’t worry about this, listener! I’m a hero, remember? I’ve had worse!” Izuku was sure that that was supposed to make him feel better but it didn’t. The man stood up. “Claustrophobic?” Izuku, who was still shaking in his skin on the floor, nodded slowly.
-----
‘LET ME OUT! PLEASE! MOMMY!’
-----
His eyes fell upon Mary Lou. For a split second, he could have sworn that she had green hair instead of brown and that her eyes were green instead of yellow. He shivered. Mary Lou reached down to him but Izuku could not bring himself to take her hand. He slowly pulled himself to his feet. He missed the look of hurt in Mary Lou’s eyes as she retracted her arm.
“Don’t worry,” Mic said, “we will take the stairs on the way down.” Izuku nodded. He followed Mic with his head low.
Suddenly, the man stopped and Izuku almost ALMOST crashed into him. “Give me a second.”
The two watched as he disappeared down a diverging hallway. Mary Lou came around and crouched in front of him. “Izuku, boy, why didn’t you tell me that you were claustrophobic?” Izuku looked away.
“I- I- Inko,” he shuddered, the first time he had actually said her name aloud in forever, “w- w- would lock m- me in t- t- the-” He squeezed his eyes shut. “I- I didn’t w- want y- you t- to know…”
-----
‘Please… please…’
…
…
…
‘Mommy?’
-----
“Did you think that I would do the same?” Izuku flinched at the question. That was all the answer she needed. Mary Lou took his hands. “Izuku, look at me.” He reluctantly peeled his eyes open. “I would never do that to you. That is honestly sickening that she would do that. I am NOT her. Okay?” Izuku nodded. She smiled and stood up. Just then, Present Mic came back with something in his hand. He bent down and held out his hand. A Truffle Bar. He grinned. “For my favorite little listener.
“T- thanks…” Izuku accepted it.
They continued down the hallway. Izuku opened the bar and took a bite.
Sweet…
Present Mic led them into a room. There were a desk and a couple of chairs and a microphone nailed in. In the corner was a purple couch and a small kitchenette. In the other corner was a couple of desks. A man with a green, spiky mohawk sat at it doing paperwork. To the left of the main desk was a wall with a glass screen that held a sound room with another standing, expensive-looking mic and more expensive equipment that Izuku had no clue what it did. There was an actually plain-looking man in there talking into a mic.
“This,” Present Mic gestured to the surroundings, “is where the magic happens!”
The tenseness did not leave Izuku’s body and he was still shaken up but he did get significantly more excited. Present Mic waved. “Yo! Daichi!” The mohawked man looked up. “EY!” He stood up and came jogging over. There was a *smack* when Present Mic and the man, Daichi, smacked their hands together. Izuku’s eyes widened. Up-close, Izuku recognized him.
This was Screamo, a sidekick at Present Mic’s hero agency, that also doubled as the radio station, and he often appeared on Presently Loud Radio.
Izuku immediately flipped open his notebook to the first page and began taking notes of the man.
“This them?” Scr- Daichi asked. Present Mic nodded. “Sure is! This is Mary Lou and Izuku! They’ll be on the air tonight!” Izuku’s head snapped up. Really?! Mic looked down at him. “Yup!”
Daichi put a hand on his hip. “Nice! Well, hey, I’m Daichi but you might recognize me more as Screamo. Welcome to the pad!” Izuku bounced. He had so many questions. Does his quirk only work with that specific guitar? How loud can he get? How far can the sound reach? What happens if a string breaks? Does turning it in different ways change anything?
Present Mic laughed loudly as he peered over into Izuku’s notebook. “I’m sure you can ask him all that later but let’s start the show!”
_______________________________
!PRESENTLY LOUD RADIO!
Mic: HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEY!!!!!! IT’S YOUR FAVORITE RESIDENT LOUD GUY, PRESENT MIC HERE! CAN I GET A HEY FROM ALL OF YOU!?
…
Mic: GREAT! Welp can you believe the week is already over? And what A week it was! Did you all see that villain take down?! He was all like “Roar! I’mma eat ya!” and I was all like “ YEEEEEEAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!!!!!” and he went flying! I couldn’t swallow without pain for a whole day after that! Safe to say that my vocal chords were not pleased with me after that. Mhmm, mhmm. WELL! It would seem that we have some callers! Let’s hear what you guys got to say!
…
Mic: Hey-Hey-HEY! Welcome to Presently Loud Radio, listener! You’re on the air!
Caller 1: Heck yeah! I was there when you took that villain down! Super manly, dude!
Mic: Thank you thank you! What’s your name, listener?
Caller 1: A- ah! I’m Kirishima! Eijiro Kirishima! I listen to your talk show often. You aren’t my favorite hero but you are really high up there, man. So manly!
Mic: Ha ha ha! I’m glad! Who is your favorite hero then?
Caller 1: CRIMSON RIOT! He’s so manly!!!
Mic: Do you aspire to be a hero, listener?
Caller 1: Y- yeah… I don’t know…
Mic: What’s wrong, listener?
Caller 1: I just don’t think that I can do it.
Mic: YOU CAN THOUGH! Don’t give up before you even give it a shot! We are all cheering for you!
Caller 1: Y- YEAH! THANK YOU!
Mic: Ha ha ha! What a cool kid. That goes the same for all of you, listeners! Whatever you want to do, hero, police, doctor, baker, pet shop keeper, vet, ANYTHING, you go for it! Nobody has the right to trash your dreams. Take hold of your future yourself! Ope! We have another caller!
…
Mic: Hey-Hey-HEY! Welcome to Presently Loud Radio, listener! You’re on the air!
Caller 2: H- hey…
Mic: What’s your name, listener?!
Caller 2: H- Hisaha. Kiki Hisaha.
Mic: Well welcome Kiki Hisaha! What’s on your mind!?
Caller 2: *deep inhale* Can a quirkless person be a hero?
Mic: Were you not just listening!? With enough strength and courage and guts anyone can be anything! Sure you might need a lot of support gear but you can do anything that you set your mind to! Go for it!
Caller 2: T- thank you!
Mic: Looks like we had a couple young ones today ha ha ha! Always good for us les-that-youthful people out there! Well, we have a special guest today, actuall 2 special guests! We will bring them on after this song!
_______________________________
Izuku bounced as the song played.
Present Mic turned to him and Mary Lou. “I will be asking you two questions. Answer them the best that you can, k? It’s fine if you don’t speak, Izuku, but try and write something for us to relay to the listeners, alright?” Izuku bit his lip and nodded. Mary Lou smiled. “This is so exciting! Are you ready, boy?”
The song was slowing down. Mic gave them a thumbs up and the “ON AIR” light on the far wall came on.
_______________________________
!PRESENTLY LOUD RADIO!
Mic: HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEY!!!!!!!! WE’RE BACK, LISTENERS! Would you all join me in welcoming me in introducing our special guests today, Mary Lou Takakawa and Izuku! Can we get a HEY?!
…
Mary Lou: Hey?
Mic: THAT’S THE SPIRIT! Oh, and what’s this?!
…
Mic: Izuku wrote “HEY!” on his paper! He doesn’t speak much. But that’s fine! So, Ms. Takakawa, I understand that you own a bakery?
Mary Lou: Ah, yes! Soft Blossom Bakery!
Mic: If I were to go there and ask for a cake that looked like me, like life-sized, could you do that?
Mary Lou: EH!? I- I mean, it would take a bit but I- I think so!
Mic: Hmmmmmmmm? Izuku seems to think so with a whole encouraging sentence. (Clears throat) “You could totally do it cause you are amazing!” Ha ha ha! Izuku has a lot of confidence in you! Well, Izuku, I hear you like heroes? … Yeah! Me too! So what do you think of me then?
…
Mic: HA HA HA! GET THIS! “I think Present Mic is really cool and really loud. You sort of look like a cockatoo with your hair though and have a strange taste in friends.” Straight to the heart! Watch out for this one, listeners! He doesn’t pull punches! And he is super smart with all of his hero analysis’. You looking to be a hero, Izuku?
…
Mic: “Maybe”? Well, I guess we will have to see! Whatever you do you’ll be amazing at it! Ms. Takakawa, what made you go into baking?
Mary Lou: I guess that it was just something that I always enjoyed. I never really felt as excited about anything else so I made it my career.
Mic: And it paid off! If you are ever near Musutafu, Japan you should totally stop by the Soft Blossom Bakery! I, personally, enjoy it very much! Oh, and it would seem that our time is up! Screamo’s Blaring Strings will start after this song. Can we get one last HEY!?
Mary Lou: H- Hey!
Izuku: … Hey…
Mic: HE SPOKE! YEAH!!! Well, until tomorrow, listeners! HEAR YA SOON!
_______________________________
The song played and the three left their spot as Daichi walked up with his blue, fiery electric guitar. “Great job, you two. Naturals!”
The man in the sound booth gave a thumbs up and Daichi started similar to Present Mic. Loudly. With a large strum of no particular key into the microphone. The building shook.
Mic tilted his glasses down and sighed something that Izuku couldn’t understand because he didn’t know sign language.
-No quirk use, Daichi.-
The man at the mic had the nerve to look apologetic.
Present Mic led them out of the room. “Well,” he said once the door closed, “what did you think?!” Mary Lou beamed. “It was a lot of fun!” Izuku nodded. “How about we go eat?” Mic suggested. “I have a diner I always stop by after the show and paperwork but I can skip paperwork for today.”
“Sounds good to me,” Mary Lou chirped. “Izuku.”
He gave another nod. “M- me t- too.”
Present Mic let out a happy laugh as he opened the door to the stairwell. “Let’s go!”
_______________________________
Katsuki dropped his chopsticks and his mom and dad froze.
The family occasionally had Presently Loud Radio playing during dinner. Tonight was one of those nights.
‘-our special guests today, Mary Lou Takakawa and Izuku!’
Coincidence. Coincidence, right? But they avoided his last name. Still a stretch. The family kept eating, much quieter now. Katsuki strained his ears. Apparently this Izuku did not like to speak. Aside from his strange mumbling, Deku didn’t like speaking much either, right?
‘he is super smart with all of his hero analysis’.’
D- Deku had thousands of journals filled with creepily accurate hero data. Katsuki glanced up at his parents who were looking at each other out of the corners of their eyes.
‘Can we get one last HEY!?’
‘H- Hey!’ came from the woman there. Then...
‘Hey…’
THAT was not a coincidence. Sure, he hasn’t seen nor heard the greenette in years but one does not forget that voice. His parents seemed to think the same thing.
Mom put down her chopsticks.
“I think now is as good a time as any, then, to bring this up.”
Katsuki glared up at her. “Stop beating ‘round the bush, hag!”
She threw a chopstick at him to which he tilted his head and it went soaring past his face.
“Katsuki,” he turned his attention to his dad, “the current home that Izuku is staying in is not permanent. The authorities do not want to put him in an orphanage or foster system.”
He lifted an eyebrow. “So? What does that have to do with us?” Mom cleared her throat.
“There are other candidates that they are looking at as well, but the authorities, taking into consideration our past with Izuku, have reached out to us as a potential home for him.”
Notes:
Kiki (Caller 2) is a direct reference to my other fic Quirkless Rejects btw
Chapter 17: Let's Meet Our Candidates!
Summary:
Mary Lou meets with a few of the candidates to adopt Izuku.
Notes:
Input?
Chapter Text
Mary Lou sat in her bakery watching as the store operations went on. She wasn’t working today. No, she had something far more important to do: meet potential adopting candidates. She had her hair pulled into a messy bun to seem not threatening but still put together. With a blue sweater and a pair of black jeans, she was ready to meet, and interrogate, whoever was to come through that door. Well, at least those who were here to talk with her. Most were customers.
*Ring Ring*
Soft Blossom Bakery’s door opened. In came the first applicant. Or two. It was a man and his wife. Oh. Three. Their… son too, apparently. Mary Lou looked down at the papers. The pictures lined up.
Masaru and Mitsuki Bakugou. They have connections with the Midoriya family as family friends though they had no clue what was happening to Izuku before he ran away over four years ago.
Mary Lou stood up and waved. “Mr. and Mrs. Bakugou!” The three turned and looked at her. Their son, Katsuki Bakugou, obviously took after his mother with both of them having incredible spiky blond hair. The father seemed to sort of meld into the background. Katsuki Bakugou had apparently attended school with Izuku from preschool up until he ran away.
“Ms. Takakawa,” Mr. Bakugou greeted, holding out his hand. “I am Masaru Bakugou. It is a pleasure to meet you.” His grip was firm. “Same for me.”
“Hello, Ms. Takakawa,” Mrs. Bakugou extended her hand. “I am Mitsuki Bakugou,” she introduced herself. Her grip was far tighter than her husband's. “This is our bra- son, Katsuki.” Mary Lou smiled down at him. He glared up at her. Oooh, scary.
“Hey.”
Mary Lou grinned. “Nice to meet you all. Would you care to take a seat?” Mary Lou got straight to business. “I understand that you have known Izuku since he was a babe?”
Mrs. Bakugou nodded. “Yes. I was friends with Inko since our high school days.”
“So I’ve heard,” Mary Lou did not mean for it to come out like that. “Were you aware of how Izuku was being treated at home?” Mrs. Bakugou shook her head. “Regretfully not.” She held fierce anger in her eyes. “Have you been informed about his current condition?” Mary Lou asked.
“Eh?” she glanced down at their son. “Is he sick or something?”
Mr. Bakugou shook his head. “She means the trauma, Katsuki.” The blonde boy huffed. “Yeah, we’ve heard. Sucky hand life dealt to him.” Mary Lou raised an eyebrow at his brash language but otherwise said nothing.
“How much about Izuku do you know?” Mary Lou asked.
Mrs. Bakugou took a deep breath. “We know of his quirk as we had been interrogated for potentially aiding Inko in abusing him. On that matter, we know of the abuse that he had been put through because of it and at the hands of Inko, though we are not sure of everything that has been done. We also know that up until a few months ago he has been living on the streets homeless.”
Mary Lou nodded. “Yes. Along the terms of abuse, and I am only telling you this much because you have known him the longest, Ms. Midoriya’s abuse ranged from quirk abuse, blunt force trauma, isolation, starvation, and locking him in small dark places for extended periods of time. On the streets, Izuku was constantly fighting for his life and has even mentioned that on a few occurrences he has been a victim of rape.” That was apparently something they did not know if their expressions were anything to go by. “Izuku has a distinct fear of any living thing, does not speak much, if ever, and suffers from a severe case of PTSD and claustrophobia. If I may ask, how do you plan on taking care of a child with such an array of trauma-induced symptoms and fears?”
Mr. Bakugou spoke up this time. “Honestly, we aren’t sure, but we feel that our being familiar faces would be good for him other than setting him with a family of strangers that he does not know.”
Mary Lou hummed. “That is true but have you taken into consideration that he might correspond you with bad memories of his life?”
The Bakugou’s looked taken back.
“What’s the big deal?” growled the son. “We know him better than any of these other extras so why can’t we just take him?” Mary Lou did not glare at the child, no, but the look in her eyes was enough to make him shut up. “Ah, yes,” she started, “you went to school with Izuku, did you not?”
“Yeah?” he replied.
“There are records of bullying because of his apparent quirklessness.” She leaned down a bit. “You wouldn’t happen to know anything about that, would you?”
“Are you accusing-” “Mrs. Bakugou, this is a serious matter,” Mary Lou cut her off. She turned back to the blonde boy. “Katsuki Bakugou, I want nothing but the truth because this could decide what happens to the boy that I have come to love as a son. Did you or did you not know or participate in bullying Izuku?”
The boy’s eye twitched. “If you love him sooooo much then why don’t you take him?”
Mary Lou sighed. “Because I will not be alive much longer.” Bakugou had obviously not been expecting that answer. “Now, answer the question. TRUTHFULLY.”
She hated to put the boy in this position but if he had been part of bullying Izuku then she could not let the family take him. It could trigger too much and Izuku would most likely run away again. If Mary Lou wanted to do one thing before she dies, it is finding Izuku a home that he will feel safe in and will not run away from.
“I did,” the answer came.
“KATSUKI!”
“SHUT IT HAG!” the boy bit back. “Yeah, I ‘bullied’ him. Not ‘cause I wanted to! It hurt, okay?! When I heard that he was quirkless it hurt and I didn’t know what else to do so I hit him instead hecking sorry! Suck! I didn’t want to hurt him! I didn’t know what was happening at home! I could have helped or at least been there for him but I couldn’t get over him being quirkless!”
He was panting, fists curled tightly, rage in his eyes. He had been holding this in for a while.
“DANG IT! Why did I have to be such a douche!? What hero does that?! He NEEDED me! He needed someone and I turned my back on him when he needed me the most! I just- I just- I just was so stupid! I just want to say I’m sorry or go back in time and fix things but I CAN’T!”
It was dead silent in the bakery. The other customers, bless their hearts, were doing such a great job at not turning their heads to stare. Most of them had come to know, and care for, Izuku over the years that he would stop in occasionally and over the past months that he had been under Mary Lou’s care. Mary Lou took a deep breath.
“Alright…” she whispered before steeling her voice. “That is enough for today. I will contact you all if I wish to further this.”
Mrs. Bakugou sighed. “I understand. If you do not choose us, will you please at least call us when you choose a candidate?”
Mary Lou nodded. “Of course. Thank you for your time.” They all shook hands, aside from Bakugou who held his head low. “Please…” he choked out, “please tell De- Izuku… I’m sorry…”
Mary Lou rounded the table and crouched in front of the boy.
“Boy, you made a mistake. We all do. That’s what makes us human. But your time isn’t up, and neither is Izuku’s so… whether your family adopts Izuku or not, the next time you see Izuku, you can tell him ‘I’m sorry’ yourself.” He didn’t look up. “You admitted you were wrong. That is the first step to doing better.”
Mary Lou lightly tapped her fist to his chest.
“You are going to be an amazing hero someday, Katsuki Bakugou.”
They left shortly after, Mr. Bakugou looking over his shoulder and mouthing ‘Thank you.’ Mary Lou watched them leave. She sat back in her chair with a sigh. The brunette closed their file. She took a red marker and made a tiny “x” at the top right corner of it before setting it to the side. She looked up at the sound of approaching footsteps.
“Hello, Marco.”
The man nodded his greetings. “You better not let that family get the kid.” She looked around the room. Everyone had stayed and was staring at her. She had a feeling that they were going to stay to hear how the other conversations went as well. It warmed her heart to know that after she left there would always be people here for him. She hoped the family would bring Izuku back. These people may be thugs of the red lights but they were dependable and she knew that they would care for Izuku in her stead.
“Don’t worry, Marco. He may have been apologetic and by no means do I ever think that he will bully another person, but I don’t think that Izuku would respond well to suddenly living with the boy.” The man grunted. He pointed over his shoulder. “Hope ya don’t mind but we don’t plan on leavin’ if ya have more comin’.” Mary Lou smirked. “You do know loitering is frowned upon, right?” He roared out a laugh. “This is the red lights, sweetheart! Ya think we care?” She laughed and a collection of chuckles spread around the room.
Mary Lou smiled. She looked around the room. “You all can stay,” she said, letting her red lights accent breakthrough. “Thanks for bein’ there for Izu. I know I can count on yer to watch over ‘im if he ever comes back for a visit.”
“Of course!”
“I ain’t lettin’ nothin’ happen to the kid!”
“We’ve got it covered, Mare!”
They all knew, over the years, that Mary Lou wasn’t going to be around much longer. It was reassuring to know that she had all of them as her red light’s ‘family.’
*Ring Ring* The tiny bell signaling the door opened jingled and in came the next candidate. Mary Lou winked at Marco who grunted. She did not miss the glare that was sent in the poor lady's direction from the bulking man.
The conversation with this woman went much further than the one with the Bakugou’s seeing as Mary Lou stopped their conversation after Bakugou admitted to bullying Izuku.
The next was another mother and father.
The last was a mother, a father, and another son.
“Good evening, Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima,” she shook their hands. “And who is this?” she inquired about the raven-haired boy. “I’m Eijiro Kirishima, ma’am! I was the one on the talk show two days ago!” Mary Lou’s eyes widened. “I remember you!” He blushed a bit.
The four sat down. Mary Lou recapped Izuku’s experience and trauma, watching as the family's faces fell.
She could have sworn that she heard the little boy whisper: “So unmanly, dude.”
“How do you plan on taking care of a child with such an array of trauma and fear of humans?”
Mr. Kirishima cleared his throat. “By proving it to the kid that we aren’t like his biological mother.”
That… That’s new.
Mrs. Kirishima nodded. “We believe in actions over words, Ms. Takakawa. We won’t force Izuku to stay with us or anything but I assure you that we will do everything within our capabilities to make sure he feels welcome and to make sure that he knows that we do not wish him any harm.”
Mary Lou smiled as she wrote this all down. She looked up again. “Mind if I ask how you heard about this and why you considered taking in Izuku?”
Mr. Kirishima scratched the back of his head. “We’ve been looking into adopting for a bit now, actually! We’ve tried to give Ei here a brother or sister but it hasn’t worked so we started looking around. Apparently one of the authorities on the kid’s case saw our adoption applications on one of the sites we were looking at and reached out to us.”
Mrs. Kirishima nodded. “Yup! It was a surprise for sure. We were shocked when they asked us all sorts of questions about safety measures taken in our house and abuse but hearing the kid's story it makes much more sense now.”
“And after hearing it you still wouldn’t mind taking Izuku in?” Mary Lou asked.
“Why would it?” Kirishima piped up. He blushed a bit. “I- I mean, sure, it’ll be a bit odd trying to interact with him at first and all but i- isn’t that all in the past? It’s not like we plan on doing any of that jacked up stuff to him s- so why should that change how we feel about adopting him?”
This family… This family is different.
The father raised his hand and patted his son’s back. “Well put, Ei!”
Mary Lou wrote everything down. She smiled and looked up. “I think that is all of the time we have today. If we decide on you, we will be contacting you via email or phone.” The Kirishima’s stood up with Mary Lou. “Thank you for your time.” They all shook hands.
“Thank you, Ms. Takakawa.”
"Thank you."
“Thank you, ma’am.”
Mary Lou watched them leave. She turned to Marco who had stayed through every single interview as well as one other who stayed. The others eventually had to leave but wanted a check-up on how it went later on. Marco seemed to have nothing bad to say about it. He was a very straight-forward man, as were the Kirishima’s.
She still had a few more candidates that she would meet with tomorrow and then talk with Mr. Aizawa about the ones that she liked but the Kirishima’s would be a family that she would not forget.
Mary Lou closed their file, uncapped a black marker, and put a small “o” in the top right corner.
After the interviews, Marco left, as well as the others who had hung around. Mary Lou helped her employee’s close shop. Mary Lou stayed back for a bit though. She pulled out the shortcake, the sugary strawberries, and the cool whip. Mary Lou expertly prepared Izuku the ‘usual.’ She pulled out the tiny fork that Izuku always used. It had a green handle with gold flecks. She slid it under the cake before pouring a glass of cold milk. Mary Lou carried it upstairs, balancing milk on the plate as she raised her hand.
*Knock … Knock Knock … Knock*
She didn’t wait to open the door. Now it was just a formality to let Izuku know that it was her. She set the strawberry shortcake on the table with the milk to the side before closing and locking the door with a *click*. Izuku knew what she was doing today. Mary Lou knew that Izuku was not too fond of what she was doing today. She made her way down the hallway. Mary Lou passed the closet that had a curtain hung over it after the elevator incident. She stopped at Izuku’s door.
“*Knock Knock Knock*” she whispered as she knocked on the door gently. “Izu? I’m home.” No response. She cracked the door open, the sound of Presently Loud Radio filtering through as Izuku listened to it quietly on his radio. The greenette was leaning against his headboard, using his legs as a board for his notebook that he was scribbling in as he was fiddling with a rather large blade in his other hand.
The blade was something that they absolutely could not separate the boy from. No one knows why but he had a weird sort of protectiveness over it.
“Izuku?” The boy jumped slightly and looked up. She waved and smiled. “The usual?”
Izuku closed his notebook and placed it and the pencil to the side. He climbed off of the bed and lifted the mattress, sliding the knife underneath. Mary Lou caught a glimpse of a notebook under there too.
-----
‘I have it all planned out, you can see it in a notebook I have under my mattress. So, I’ll say it again, I don’t have any reason to live in a world where I know there is nothing for me.’
-----
Mary Lou got out of the way as Izuku left his room. She closed his door before following him into the dining room. “Extra cool whip,” she said with a wink. Izuku’s face may not have changed, but she saw the way his eyes lit up when they landed on the strawberry shortcake and milk at the table. Mary Lou giggled as he let his composure down enough to speed walk over to the treat. Mary Lou hummed to herself as she went to get the vacuum from the closet. Suddenly her vision tilted and her chest began to hurt. She placed a hand against the wall to stabilize herself. Mary Lou covered her mouth with her other hand the muffle a cough.
She heard Izuku’s fork hit his plate. He had heard her. Dang it. Mary Lou stood tall. She went straight to the bathroom and found the pill bottle that she hadn’t needed since the hospital. Mary Lou took a few dry and waited for the sadly familiar pain to subside.
She looked at herself in the mirror. She would not make the same mistake and let Izuku walk in on her the next time she collapsed.
Before leaving the bathroom, Mary Lou sent Mr. Aizawa a message. She went back on her way to cleaning the apartment, giving Izuku, who was following her with his eyes, the most reassuring smile she could.
_______________________________
*DING DING*
Shouta slid his yellow goggles over the rest of his head when his phone made him aware of a notification. He sighed and fiddled with his capture scarf as he opened it.
It was from Mary Lou.
Takakawa:
The pain is back. We might need to speed up the candidate selection.
*BAM* Shouta slammed his free fist against the wall.
“Dad?” Hitoshi called from somewhere in the house. He took a deep breath to regain his composure. “Sorry!” he called back.
Aizawa:
I will stop by in two days to go over them with you after you have talked with all of them.
He pocketed his phone and left his room. He went into the kitchen to see Hitoshi crouching by Marshmallow with his phone as the fat cat was eating. “What was that about?” Hitoshi asked, not even turning to know that Shouta was there. It was sad that a kid his age was trained enough to be able to hear Shouta’s almost soundless walk. “Annoying hero work stuff,” he half-lied. Technically Golden Whip was his case. Even if Izuku wasn’t vigilanting anymore, that was the excuse Shouta would hold fast to if it meant being able to hang around.
“What are you doing?” he asked his son.
“Taking a picture for Zuku.” ‘Zuku’ was a new thing that Hitoshi had tried out with the greenette and did not get anything back saying not to call him that so it stuck. “I’m running out of pictures to show him.” Shouta hummed. “Will you be okay tonight?”
“I always am.”
Shouta hated that he barely got time with Hitoshi because of his two jobs but he knew that Hitoshi understood.
-----
‘It’s okay, Dad. Just make sure that you come home.’
-----
He smirked. Shouta walked over and ruffled Hitoshi’s surprisingly soft hair. “Well then, I’m off.”
“Be careful.”
“I will be. Call me if you need anything.”
“‘K.”
_______________________________
*DING DING*
Izuku glanced over to where the sound came from. Mary Lou stopped the vacuum. He was surprised that she actually heard her phone go off over the vacuum. Then again, so did he. The brunette walked over to him and slid the phone across the table. “It’s from Shinsou.”
Izuku picked up the phone as she walked back and started the vacuum again. He was greeted with the chubby, food-stuffed face of Marshmallow.
His quiet laugh was drowned out by the vacuum.
Chapter Text
Izuku bounced his knee nervously as he sat at his usual table with Mary Lou. He didn’t like this. Not one bit. He didn’t want to be here. He could see Eraserhead at a table further off playing civilian with Shinsou. Present Mic was at a different one too. Izuku recognized Marco there as well. He had given Izuku a few… words… of encouragement.
-----
‘Don’t take no junk from anyone, kid. You don’t like ‘em, you don’t gotta go with them, k?’
-----
His heart pounded against his chest painfully.
They weren’t even here yet! Why was he getting so riled up? It’s not li- *Ring Ring* He jumped as the sound of the bakery’s bell. Izuku glanced up. His heart stopped. They were here.
The main candidate for where Izuku would go: The Kirishima’s.
Mary Lou gently squeezed his hand under the table as she waved with the other. “Over here!” The two adults and their kid came over.
“Good afternoon, Ms. Takakawa,” the man, Mr. Kirishima, greeted.
“Good afternoon, ma’am.” That was the kid from the talk show. He saw it on the file last night and the voice matched up. The woman smiled. “You must be Izuku.” She held out her hand. Izuku flinched. He stared at the hand. He knew it wasn’t forming but he could almost visualize the string reaching out to her. She slowly retracted her hand. The three sat down.
“Yes, this is Izuku,” she gestured to Izuku. “He’s a bit timid.” The woman waved it off. “That’s alright.”
Izuku scanned over each and every inch of the people in front of him. He stopped when he made eye-contact with their black-haired son’s red eyes. The kid grinned. He had sharp teeth. Izuku just stared.
He gave a thumbs up.
Izuku kept staring.
“So Izuku,” his eyes instantly changed targets to the Tall man with short black hair, “this is our son, Eijiro Kirishima.” The boy grinned again. “Hi!” Izuku took a sharp inhale and let it out, body shaking. Breathe. One-Two-Three. “U- um…” The man chuckled. “How about you two go and talk amongst yourselves? Don’t want the adults buggin’ ya.” Izuku glanced over at Mary Lou. She gave his hand another reassuring squeeze.
“A- alright!” Kirishima piped. “There’s a free table over there!” Izuku stood slowly. His legs felt like jelly. Breathe. One-Two-Tw- No. One-Three- NO. BREATHE! He followed the taller boy to an empty table. Izuku glanced over at Shinsou. The boy held up his phone.
‘Marshmallow,’ he mouthed. Izuku almost chuckled but his attention was drawn by the scratching of a chair against the floor as Kirishima sat down. OneTwoThreeOneTwoThreeOneTwoThree.
Izuku sat down across from the boy.
Silence. Then…
“Sorry,” Izuku jumped when the boy suddenly spoke, “I’m not really good at this.” Izuku glanced up. The boy scratched the back of his head. “B- But I remember you from the talk show! That was you right?” Present Mic was sitting at the table behind Kirishima. He leaned over into Izuku’s line of sight and gave him a thumbs up. Right. They are here. Eraserhead is a hero. Mic is a hero. Marco is a red light thug. These people can’t hurt me with them here. They can’t. They can’t. They can’t. Izuku gripped his pants and nodded.
“That’s so cool! You got to meet Present Mic in person!” Oh if only he knew. “What is he like?” The boy quickly switched to yes or no questions though.
“Is he really that loud in person?” Nod.
“Did you meet Screamo?” Nod.
“Did you go in the sound booth?” Shake.
“Did you meet any other heroes?” Sh- Maybe? The lady at the front desk perhaps. Shrug.
“So cool…” Izuku didn’t even realize that the rapid-fire questioning didn’t give him time to be tense. “Sorry for asking so much. I don’t have many people to talk to nowadays so I guess I just wanted to make a good impression.”
Izuku tilted his head. Nowadays? He gestured for Kirishima to elaborate. The boy chuckled.
“Don’t get me wrong! I have friends and all! It’s just… I’m that one who if three people were walking on the sidewalk and it’s only two people wide, I would be in the back, ya know?” No. If you were walking with someone on the streets here then its a gang and you are usually out to beat someone up or steal or start a fight. But Izuku didn’t say that. “They just keep me around cause they pity me…” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. That’s no good of them.
Izuku tapped the table. Kirishima looked up.
Izuku placed his hand under his own chin and lifted his head up.
“Huh?” Izuku deadpanned then repeated it. Kirishima looked skeptical but he copied Izuku.
Izuku then took his hands and placed them on his own hips. Kirishima slowly followed the movement but lowered his head on the way. Izuku shook his head and re-tilted his head up. Kirishima chuckled and put his head back up. Izuku put his hands on his hips. Kirishima put his hands on his hips. Izuku stuck out his chest. Kirishima stuck his chest out. Izuku looked Kirishima up and down. He took his pen from his pocket and scribbled on a napkin before sliding it over to Kirishima. The boy took it and read it.
‘POWER POSE’
A beat. Then- “BWHAHAHA!” Izuku jumped back, almost falling out of his seat. Kirishima covered his mouth. “S- sorry, man! T- thanks though! I needed that!” Izuku relaxed some. Present Mic leaned over again and grinned wryly. Izuku would ignore that for now. “You’re a funny, dude, Izuku,” Kirishima chirped, “but you’re pretty chill!” Izuku didn’t comment. He just looked down.
“Hey, you two.” Izuku really did fall out of his seat this time when Mr. Kirishima walked up. Every single ouch of fear came back and his heart rate sped up so fast that Izuku got lightheaded for a second. He stared up at the man from the ground. He scratched the back of his head, like father like son. “Sorry, sorry.” Mrs. Kirishima crouched down by Izuku. “I know that we didn’t get to talk much but it was really nice to meet you, Izuku.” One-Two-Three. Breathe. One-Two-Three. Breathe. He glanced up at Mary Lou. She gave a big grin.
She trusted this couple.
Izuku watched as she turned her head to the side and coughed slightly. Ah, right. Mary Lou is… she wants the best for me and is using her last moments on this. The least I can do is trust her judgment. Izuku looked back at Mrs. Kirishima. He gave a shaky nod. She did not stand until Izuku did though. Izuku slowly pulled himself to his feet. Kirishima rounded the table. He held up the napkin. “Mind if I keep this, man?” Izuku shook his head. Kirishima grinned that toothy grin of his. “Thanks!”
The Kirishima’s left soon after. Mary Lou turned to him. “Izuk- IZUKU!”
He fell to his knees, heart threatening to break from his body. Eraserhead, Shinsou, Present Mic, and even Marco rushed over.
No. Izuku did not see his friends and family. His mind distorted them into figures of shadows slowly approaching, growling, laughing, taunting him. Izuku scrambled back, hitting the wall.
Trapped. The demons stopped. Waiting for him to give in.
THREAT!
Izuku’s mouth gaped open and he let out a scream full of all of the terror he had been holding back the whole day.
“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
He clutched his head with his hands.
“Stop! Don’t- I- Please- STAY AWAY!” The demons seemed to falter. Izuku harshly threw his head against his knees and squeezed his eyes shut.
Can’t- Breathe- One-Three-Eight-One-NO! Breathe! Breathe! BREATHE!
He couldn’t get air in his lungs no matter how hard he tried. All he could hear was the roar of his own blood and the laughter of the demons surrounding him.
Izuku jolted when something landed on his shoulder. Then on his other.
“-three. One- -wo. Three. One. Two. Three.” Izuku held onto that voice like a lifeline. He reached up and grabbed the wrist of whoever was talking. Soon his vision cleared and he came face to face with none other than Mr. Kirishima.
Izuku stared at the man who did not stop repeating the count and Izuku did not stop listening.
“One. Two. Three.” Izuku breathed in and out in count. Mr. Kirishima eventually stopped. Izuku turned his head slowly to look around the room. The demons disappeared into familiar faces. Kirishima was hovering nearby. The other hand on his shoulder belonged to Mrs. Kirishima.
Her face was the last thing he saw before his eyes rolled back and Izuku passed out cold.
_______________________________
Eijiro smiled down at the napkin. He folded it and put it in his pocket.
“Oh!” Mom suddenly gasped. “I forgot my purse!” His father stopped. “Ah, we aren’t that far. Let’s go back.” And they did. Eijiro grinned happily. Sure, Izuku was a bit strange but after hearing about everything that he went through, Eijiro couldn’t really blame him. He was still really co-
“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
All three of them stopped in their steps. They were just outside the bakery. Dad instantly bolted in after the moment’s hesitation passed, Eijiro and his mother following right behind the man. Upon entering the bakery, Eijiro saw Izuku on the ground hyperventilating. He’s having a panic attack. Eijiro has had multiple of those, it comes with the depression, so he instantly recognized it.
Luckily, his father is a therapist and was quick to respond. “Give him space! I’m a registered therapist and counselor.” No one objected. Eijiro watched as his father and mother worked together to calm the greenette down.
It took much longer than it usually took them to calm down Eijiro when he had one.
-----
‘- quirk abuse, blunt force trauma, isolation, starvation, and locking him in small dark places for extended periods of time.’
‘- victim of rape.’
----
Eijiro watched as the boy slowly but surely began to respond to his father’s words. Izuku reached up and grabbed onto his father’s wrist. Dad winced as if it hurt but did not stop. Izuku stared down at his own grip on Eijiro’s father.
-----
‘- severe fear of all living things.’
-----
When his parents had finally calmed Izuku down, the boy ended up passing out. Eijiro shuddered. The way his green eyes had rolled back like that and his whole body just went limp… What the heck man?
Dad gently picked up the boy and deposited him in Ms. Takakawa’s arms.
“You asked how we planned to handle a trauma-struck child?” Eijiro looked up at his father.
“As if he were our own child.”
Eijiro smiled. Dad is so cool!
“He might have a slight fever caused by stress.” Mom retrieved her purse and fished out a bag of tea that she carried an extra of simply because she preferred that one. “This is a Chamomile Herb Tea. It helps with stress and to calm someone’s nerves.” She placed it in the yellow-haired man’s palm.
Mary Lou nodded. “Thank you so much for calming him down. I’m sorry. This one was worse than usual.”
Dad shook his head. “It is no worry at all. If I can help, I will.” He looked down at Izuku. “I don’t know where your position on us as a home for Izuku but he is going to need one that can handle this sort of thing. We only want the best for him, same as you, so I hope that you will consider that when you are choosing his home.”
Eijiro followed his parents out but stopped. “U- um!” Ms. Takakawa and the others turned to him, the tall, beefy-looking man had already left. Eijiro ran up and took the napkin out of his pocket. “F- for him! When he wakes up!” Ms. Takakawa smiled. The black-haired man took it. “Thank you.” Eijiro nodded and left with his parents.
“Poor kid…” his mother sighed when they got in the car. “I really hope he finds a nice home.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “He will. He will have us, right? And Dad can handle that and we won’t hurt him. Right?” That’s what that was right? Confirming is they got to take Izuku home or not? Or was that just another check it? Adoption has a lot of steps…
“We will see, Ei,” he Dad said. He turned around in the front seat to look at Eijiro. “If we adopted Izuku, do you think that you could be a good brother to him?”
Eijiro stared at his father, stunned. He looked at his hands, curling and uncurling them. Would I? Can I be there for him, too?
-----
‘Kirishima’s such a coward!’
‘Yeah. And he wants to be a hero?’
‘Nah, not happening.’
-----
Eijiro tightened his fist. “Yes,” he boldly stated. “Maybe not the best but I will- er- would try my best!” He closed his eyes as Dad reached back and ruffled his hair.
“Good to know, kiddo.”
_______________________________
Mary Lou sat on the couch with Izuku’s head on her lap as she gently combed through his hair. Mr. Kirishima was correct. Izuku had a fever. She gently laid her head on Yamada’s shoulder who was sitting beside her. She could hear the whistle of the te kettle from the kitchen as Mr. Aizawa prepared the tea Mrs. Kirishima had given them. Shinsou was asleep in the loveseat. It was only midevening but everyone was tired out from the events of today. Mary Lou stifled a few coughs.
“You should go lay down,” Yamada whispered. She shook her head. “I’m fine…”
Mary Lou looked down at Izuku. I’m not going to be here forever. I need to find him a safe home. She thought back to how easily the Kirishiima’s calmed Izuku.
-----
‘You asked how we planned to handle a trauma-struck child? As if he were our own child.’
‘We only want the best for him.’
‘- he is going to need one that can handle this sort of thing.’
‘I hope that you will consider that when you are choosing his home.’
-----
‘For him!’
-----
Mary Lou unfolded the napkin that she had gotten from Mr. Aizawa.
In Izuku’s handwriting, it said: ‘POWER POSE.’ She giggled at it. Mary Lou felt herself drifting into dreamland.
Her last coherent thought was:
‘The Kirishima’s are perfect…’
Chapter 19: You Aren't Alone Anymore
Summary:
Aizawa and Izuku discuss the future.
Notes:
I'm glad many of you seem to be responding well to the Kirishima's possibly taking in Izuku!
Chapter Text
Izuku sat at the kitchen table staring down at a cup of tea. Mary Lou said that it is supposed to be a stress-relieving tea. After last week they ended up buying a box of it. Izuku had to admit, it did help. So why was he drinking it today? Eraser said that he and Shinsou were coming over to discuss something VERY important. Izuku couldn’t help but think of the worst. Was his time here already up? Were they going to throw him in jail? Send him back to Inko? Send him to a black market organ ring never to be heard from again?! Izuku shook his head and took another sip of the tea.
*Knock Knock Knock*
Izuku jumped. He looked at the door. Izuku slipped out of his chair and let in Eraser and Shinsou.
“Yo.” Shinsou walked right in.
“Hey, kid,” Eraser followed suit.
Izuku locked the door behind them and joined the two who were already getting seated at the table. Right to business then. Izuku gave them a wide girth as he rounded to his side of the table and sat down, once again cradling his cup in his hands. He waited.
“Kid,” Izuku looked up, “you are going to be thirteen soon.” Izuku took a long, hard blink at the man. “That means a year until high school for most kids. There is a chance that your new home won’t be able to homeschool you and/or won’t want heroes in and out of their house every single day to teach you. That means that you will probably be attending a public school of some sort.” Izuku shivered. “Do you know what you want to do when you grow older?” Izuku glanced up at the man and bit his lip.
-----
‘We won’t tell you not to speak.‘Or beat you, or use your quirk. Sometimes, you need to say what is on your mind.’
-----
Izuku took another sip of the tea, using the cup to hide the lower half of his face.
“I- I didn’t t- th- think that I- I would l- last that l- long…”
There was a beat. At first, Izuku thought that the man wouldn’t reply.
“But you did.”
Izuku looked down at his tea. I did, didn’t I? I survived. I’m alive.
“Kid you look like that is the first time you’ve been told that you are living and breathing right now.” Izuku averted his eyes. “My next question is, do you want to be a hero?” Izuku looked back up at the man.
“W- wh- what?”
Eraser nodded. “Do you want to be a hero?” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. Honestly, he doesn’t know. Sure, he would like to do that. He could probably bring back Golden Whip. But… can he? He would technically be quirkless since he obviously wouldn’t be using his quirk. He was a vigilante without it so it isn’t impossible… “I- Is- Maybe?” Eraser nodded. “I, for one, think that you would be a great hero.” Izuku’s eyes widened. He just got a COMPLIMENT from Eraserhead. “Hitoshi has been training to go to UA. If you want, you could join us during our weekly training.”
“B- b- but I w- won’t be h- here much l- longer,” Izuku refuted.
“So? We can make it arranged.”
That’s when it clicked. This wasn’t just ‘hero training.’ This was a promise to stay in touch even when Izuku goes off to a new family. This was a promise that Izuku did not have to give up his friendship with Shinsou. This was a reassurance under the guise of ‘hero training.’ Outwardly, they were saying that they would train to be heroes. Inwardly, they were saying that they would train to be heroes together. Izuku would not have to say goodbye. Izuku squeezed the cup in his hands.
“Do you want to join us?” Shinsou asked. Izuku looked up with a new sense of determination. And, without stuttering or faltering, he gave a sharp nod and said:
“Yes, please.”
Eraser smirked at him. His smirk soon fell though. “Kid, I know how you feel about your quirk.” Izuku’s face darkened. The cup creaked under his grip. “However, I think that it can be used for good. No- I think that you can use it for good.” *Crack* “I want you to think about how you used it to heal Miss Takakawa.” *Crack* “Her quirk is the only reason that she is dying but if it was just a normal illness, Izuku you could have saved her life.” *CRACK* “I think that with the proper training, you could save lives with your quirk.”
*SHATTER*
The glass mug in his hands was crushed under Izuku’s tight grip, the little bit of leftover tea splattering and the glass making tiny twinkling sounds as it danced across the table and fell onto the floor. Sharps cut deep into Izuku’s palms but he made no indication that he felt them. Not even as blood began to drip from them. Eraser did not back down.
“Not only that, but I feel that your quirk could be the best asset on a battlefield. If you were to find someone you trusted enough to use your quirk, the fact that you could literally fly across the battlefield and use your momentum to attack would be an amazing asset. That paired with your combat skills, you and your partner could become untouchable.” Izuku unfolded his hands, bits and pieces of ceramic covered in blood falling to the table. Eraserhead looked him dead in the eyes.
“Izuku, I want you to decide right here and now if you are going to let your quirk hold you back or if you are going to accept who you are and use it to propel yourself forward.
You can’t hide forever.”
Izuku hung his head. He took a deep breath. Are you kidding? Like I’m going to buy that. If I can find someone I ‘trust?’ HA! Who would I ever trust enough to- Izuku stopped. His eyes trailed up to Shinsou. He knows, right? He hasn’t used it. Never once. He could have. Especially with his quirk, Shinsou could have done whatever he wanted with me by now but he didn’t. What are you thinking, Izuku!? He’s just luring you in!
-----
‘Me, Mr. Aizawa, Shinsou, Yamada, Midnight, and Cementoss. All of us! We all want to see you every day!’
‘And I’m just supposed to believe that?!’
‘YES!’
-----
‘Not everyone wants to use you for your quirk, Izuku!’
-----
‘We want you for YOU.’
-----
Izuku closed his eyes. He took another long breath. His hands began to sting from the cuts reminding him of where he was. Of who was waiting for an answer. Of what question he had to answer.
-----
‘You can’t hide forever.’
-----
Izuku chuckled. Audibly chuckled. PHYSICALLY chuckled. His shoulders shook. His eyes squinted. Izuku ran his bloody hands through his hair.
“What am I doing?” He choked out between laughs. “I’m such an idiot, honestly! An idiot! Stupid, thick-headed, weak, incapable!”
“You’re no-” Eraser cut his son off so Izuku continued.
Izuku let go and stared at the table with wide eyes. His grin fell.
“I’M SO SICK OF IT!” he screamed. “I’m sick of looking over my shoulder at every second, jumping at every noise, flinching at the slightest movement. I’m sick of the shadows that lurk in every corner and the nightmares that NEVER FREAKING GO AWAY! I’m sick of lying to everyone I meet. Sick of acting like everything is okay when I know that it’s NOT. DANG IT! Why the hell am I like this?! I’m sick of being this weak, useless nobody that the world decided it would be funny to give a jacked up quirk. I’m sick of being used! I’M SICK OF BEING SOME FREAKING DOLL!”
Izuku panted.
“I’m so tired…” he finally whispered out. “I don’t want to do this anymore.” Izuku didn’t care about the blood on his hands as he cupped them over his face. “I don’t want to be like this anymore. I hate that every three-story building looks like a good way out to just end it all or that I have a knife under my mattress that I have there less for a defense measure and more for it to be waiting for when everyone betrays me so I can end it before they do.” He looked up at the man in front of him, tears streaming.
“What do I do, Eraser? I want to be a hero but how can I save others if I can’t even save myself?”
The man stood up and rounded the table. Izuku followed him with his head and eyes. The hero crouched in front of Izuku and took the greenette by his shoulders.
“Who the hell said that you have to save yourself?”
What?
“You’re human, kid, and you’ve been through a whole bunch of junk that no kid, or person in general, should have to go through. No one expects you to pull yourself together or to handle it alone.” Letting go of Izuku’s right shoulder but keeping a hand on his left, Eraser placed his hand on his own chest. “We are here, Izuku. You aren’t alone anymore so don’t be afraid to come and ask us for help. Let us help you.” Hitoshi got up and stood behind his father.
“I,” the kid started, “promise that I will never use your quirk without your consent. Maybe not to the same extent but I know what it means to be hurt because of your quirk. So… you can lean on me, too!”
His purple eyes held a strong determination as he held out his hand.
Izuku watched the sting form from his chest to the other boy’s hand. Shinsou did not take it. He did not even look at it. Shinsou smirked.
“Be my partner, Izuku. Let’s work together to get through this as a team.”
-----
‘Let’s be heroes together, Izu!’ a blonde-haired boy chirped loudly.
-----
“Let’s be heroes together, ‘Zuku.”
Izuku felt more tears gather in his eyes and spill over like a waterfall. He fell forward, resting his head on Eraser’s shoulder as pained wail escaped his lips. Izuku’s body shook as he cried. He felt the man let go of his shoulder and take Izuku into his arms, gently guiding the boy off of the chair and onto the floor with him. Shinsou at some point joined them on the floor and joined the group hug.
“You aren’t alone anymore, Izuku,” Eraser whispered as he pats his back. “Never again…”
At some point, the shaking stopped and the tears dried up and the loud cries turned into little hiccups. Izuku felt so tired, physically, mentally, and emotionally. And yet… he had never felt so relieved in his life. It was as though a boulder had been lifted from his shoulders.
Izuku took a few deep breaths to recollect himself before sitting up. Eraser and Shinsou released the hug but Shinsou did not remove his hand from Izuku’s shoulder. Izuku took his own hand and placed it over Shinsou’s. He looked at the violet-eyed boy with his own emerald eyes.
“Let’s become heroes. Together.”
_______________________________
The three made plans to move Midnight’s class to Saturdays instead of Wednesdays so Izuku could join Shinsou and Aizawa for quirk training. They would have to get it finalized with Mary Lou, Midnight, and with the family that is yet to be decided but the wheels were already in motion.
_______________________________
Shouta blinked when he felt a weight hit his left shoulder.
He turned his eyes away from the movie to look down. They had started one after having Izuku clean up the blood and gave his hands first aid. Hitoshi also looked over from Shouta’s left when he noticed Shouta’s distraction. Shouta smiled softly. Izuku had fallen asleep and had fallen over onto him. He glanced over at Hitoshi who glanced up at him.
They did not comment, only turned to their movie. When it ended, Shouta gently laid Izuku down on the couch and pulled a blanket over the boy.
Sure, he had sure filled out and he was not just skin and bones anymore, but Shout could see it as he lay there. The boy was so small, looking more like a ten-year-old than a twelve-year-old, growth stunted by previous malnutrition. Some meat on the bones did not mean enough meat on the bones. Shouta took in the boy’s exposed arms. Scars littered them. Too many. The scar on the greenettes left cheek stood out as well as the one on his neck. The bags under Izuku’s eyes rivaled Shouta’s own. Too much as this kid been through.
And yet, as the boy lay there, he also could be taken as a normal child, with a normal past and a normal future. He looked so defenseless and small.
Shouta sighed and walked into the kitchen where Hitoshi was washing their popcorn bowl. Hitoshi heard him come in.
“I hate it…” he growled quietly. Shouta leaned against the counter next to his son.
“Hate what?” he asked. Hitoshi didn’t look up.
“I hate this situation. It’s so stupid that he had to go through all of that.” Shouta lifted a hand and ruffled his son’s hair. Hitoshi has a bad outlook on the world and this whole situation obviously did nothing to help that. “I do too,” Shouta replied. “The world isn’t perfect, Hitoshi. You know this.” Yes, Hitoshi did know this all too well. “That’s why,” he continued, “we need to look out for those that it tosses aside.”
…
“Why couldn’t we adopt, ‘Zuku?” Shouta hung his head and stuffed his hands in his pocket.
“I don’t think I can raise two children, especially since I am gone most of the time. Izuku needs a home where he can be raised normally from now on. Sure, we will be training him to be a hero, but outside of that, above anything else, he needs a sense of stability. One thing,” Shouta said, looking up at the ceiling.
“Just one thing to have to himself and that he does not need to let go of or change. I think that the Kirishima’s can give him that.”
“So that is who you’ve chosen?” Hitoshi shut off the water and dried his hands.
“It isn’t finalized yet,” Shouta replied, “and we still want to have Izuku and the family meet again and do a house check, but all in all, we think that is the house we will be sending him to.”
Shouta leaned over and peered into the living room were Izuku was sprawled out on the couch.
-----
‘I’D RATHER DIE THAN GO THROUGH THAT AGAIN!’ Golden Whip screamed before falling off of the building.
-----
‘I hate that every three-story building looks like a good way out to just end it all or that I have a knife under my mattress that I have there less for a defense measure and more for it to be waiting for when everyone betrays me so I can end it before they do.’
-----
Shouta groaned as he dragged his hands down his face.
“I really hope we are doing the right thing.”
Chapter Text
Eijiro swallowed a sigh as he walked behind his friends on their way home after school. They were talking about heroes. He wanted to join in too but…
-----
‘Oh! I know that hero!’
Yamamoto looked over his shoulder. ‘Oh, that’s cool.’ He turned back to Ito and kept talking.
-----
He looked up at the blue sky. Today… had been a day. It wasn’t particularly a bad day. It was probably just the depression. He got a decent grade on his test, sat with his friends at lunch and let them eat his food, watched them play their video games, watched all of his friends play a game of tag that he was supposedly in but everyone forgot. Eijiro doodled in his sketchbook and thought that it was pretty cool. He looked down at the closed book in his hands. He wanted to show Ito and Yamamoto but they were busy. He didn’t want to be a bother… They were mostly just Crimson Riot anyways. His house was the closest. He stopped outside the gate and waved.
“Bye guys.” They kept walking, not even noticing that Eijiro had stopped. He lowered his hand slowly. “See you tomorrow…”
Eijiro hung his head and took a deep breath. He plastered a smile on his face, one that hopefully reached his eyes, and looked up.
-----
‘POWER POSE’
-----
He nodded. “That’s fine!” He typed in the passcode hearing the gate latch open. Eijiro pushed it open, letting it swing close and lock on its own as he walked down the brick pathway to his house. He opened his door.
“I’m hom-” *BANG* Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “Mom?” He looked up. The entryway opens up to the living room. Mom and Dad were sitting on the brown couch at the right with papers in their hands. In a chair brought in from the kitchen was a man with long, scraggly black hair. In the recliner closest to him on the right was the woman he recognized as Mary Lou and the one farthest was the boy they might be adopting, Izuku with a purple-haired boy leaning against the recliner. Izuku was frozen over the small table to the left of the recliner and a cup was on the floor next to it, the boy frozen as if he had been holding something over the table.
Oh.
“Welcome home, Ei,” his father waved. Eijiro turned to him. “Er… yeah!” Mom stood up and slowly crossed to where Izuku was bending down to drop the cup he had dropped. “It’s alright dear, let me get that.” Izuku’s hand hovered over the cup but he snapped it back when Mom reached down. She smiled at him and took it to the kitchen.
“So what’s happening?” he asked, crossing the living room and sitting next to his father on the couch, dropping his bag by his feet. He waved at Izuku who was sitting down again. The purple-haired boy handed the greenette a phone and whatever was on it seemed to release some of the tension in the scared boy’s shoulders.
“We are going over the adoption papers and some of the terms and conditions of taking in Izuku concerning his… mental health,” his father replied. Eijiro smiled brightly. “So we are adopting him?!” The boy in question flinched slightly.
Dad nodded and grinned. “Yup.” Eijirio turned to look at the greenette. His smile faltered when he saw the distraught look in the boy’s eyes, despite the fact that his face apparently never changed. He grinned harder.
“Glad to have ya!”
Izuku glanced over at him. He gave Eijiro a small nod, which Eijiro counted as a win, before turning back to the phone in his lap.
Mary Lou smiled. “Hello, Kirishima.” He smiled back. “Hello, Ms. Takakawa.”
The black-haired man nodded. “We haven’t met, but I am Aizawa Shouta, also known as Pro Hero Eraserhead.” Eijiro scratched the back of his head. “S- sorry but I don’t think that I’ve heard of you.” He shrugged. “I’m an underground hero so I’ll take that as a compliment. Now,” his attention was redirected to Eijiro’s parents as Mom reentered the room and sat next to Eijrio,
“I will restate everything now that your son is here. Izuku is on anxiety medicine and also frequently drinks the tea that Mrs. Kirishima recommended. We understand that you do not have a guest room so Izuku will be rooming with Kirishima, that being said,” he turned to Eijiro, “I understand that it is your safe place, but we would very much appreciate it if you would knock anytime you enter the room.”
Eijiro nodded. “Sure thing!”
He nodded. “Thank you.” He turned back. “Izuku will go most likely go around the house and check all of the locks every night. He does have a knife which we have gotten approved by you that he can’t fall asleep well without but he typically keeps it under his bed mattress. Izuku does not speak unless he is comfortable with a person so, and I mean no offense by this, do not expect him to reply verbally to you any time soon.”
“None taken,” Dad responded. He was writing all of this down.
“On the note of panic attacks, Izuku has them more often then you would think and they do not appear like the one at the bakery. I am sure you, being a licensed therapist, are well-versed in them but I will still recap his signs. Izuku is very subtle with them after dealing with panic attacks alone his whole life. He will typically freeze up and his breathing will slow but his chest will rise at a smaller degree and a faster rate. He will grip anything nearby that looks like it would be normal to grab in that situation.”
Dad nodded, writing that down too.
“Also, unless absolutely necessary,” the man’s tone dropped a couple of octaves.
“Do. Not. Touch. Him.”
Eijiro gulped. Scary…
“He is well-versed in hand-to-hand combat and will act on reflex. And one last thing.” He held up a piece of paper and pointed to the section describing Izuku’s quirk. Eijiro remembered hearing about it and the abuse Izuku suffered for it.
“If you ever do anything that triggers the string to form, please, for the love of all that is good in this world, please do not grab it or make any motion that might indicate that you are about to.”
Eijiro gave a sharp nod. “Yes, sir!” Out of the corner of his eye, he could see Izuku looking over at him with cold, calculating eyes. The hairs on the back of Eijiro’s neck lifted and a shiver went down his spine.
-----
‘He is well-versed in hand-to-hand combat and will act on reflex.’
-----
“Moving on to a new topic,” Mr. Aizawa continued, “in regards to school, we will let you decide what you have him do, public, private, or homeschooling. However, we have one rule. If he is to attend a public school, he must be put in a class with Kirishima. If the school refuses then rest assured, we have a means of making that happen.”
Mom nodded, brushing her wavey, auburn hair back behind her ear. “Of course.”
“Also, starting next week, Izuku will be training with me and Shinsou,” he gestured to the purple-haired boy by Izuku, “on Wednesdays. While that does not affect you now as he does not live with you at the current moment, we plan to continue this even when he does come to stay with you. This is to help him keep a sense of stability, prepare him for a future career, and to hopefully get him more comfortable with his quirk and lessen the constant stress of having it. So, after his education of whatever way you chose, we will pick him up directly from the school.”
Mom nodded. This was so much to process!!! Eijiro felt like his brain was in a whirlwind.
“Lastly,” the man took a deep breath, “only once has Izuku ever been taken to a hospital so his medical records are not complete and there are some vaccines he may need.”
Eijiro remembered all of the scars he had seen. He had a feeling there were more that he couldn’t see.
“I- if he never two to a hospital and he has been on the streets up until, like, a few months ago, what did he do…” he trailed off at the dark mood that fell over the room. “Oh…”
Ms. Takakawa smiled softly. “It’s alright, boy. I guess that’s another thing then,” she chuckled sadly. “Izuku won’t tell you if he gets hurt so…”
“We will take care of him, Ms. Takakawa,” Mom promised. Eijiro loved his mother. She’s so sweet. He loves his family. He had asked his friends at school what they thought about adoption and they said that it was stupid. Why should their families have to give up stuff for some random kid? Eijiro didn’t understand them though. It wasn’t like the one being adopted asked to not have parents or asked for a sucky life. What’s wrong with offering them a home and a family? They have a right to be happy too, right?
Eijiro turned his attention back to the conversation.
“When is Izuku going to move in with us?” he asked out of curiosity. No one spoke for a long time. Izuku and Shinsou had gone completely still. Ms. Takakawa took a deep breath. She gave a smile but Eijiro could tell it was fake. It was as fake as the one he was planning on walking in with before a real one spread on his face when it was confirmed that they would be adopting Izuku.
She said one, single word,
“Soon.”
and yet, Eijirio felt like that word held the weight of the world in it. There was a sharp intake of air from Izuku. His mother stood up. “Ei, sweetie, come with me for a second.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows in confusion as he followed his mother to his parent’s bedroom. She closed the door.
“Did I say something wrong?”
She sat on the bed and patted next to her. “No,” she replied as Eijiro climbed on the bed, “not for someone who didn’t know.” Eijiro narrowed his eyes. “Know what…?”
Mom looked at him. “Ei, did you ever consider why Izuku had to find a new family when he was seemingly perfectly comfortable with Ms. Takakawa?” He shook his head but the question made sense. If Izuku was so afraid of humans but fine with her then why is he leaving her?
“Ms. Takakawa,” Mom paused. “Ms. Takakawa isn’t going to be with us much longer.
“D- do you mean…”
Mom nodded solemnly. “Ms. Takakawa is dying.” Eijiro felt the color drain from his face. Mom turned to him and placed a hand over his. “Ei, sweetie, Izuku… well, he doesn’t like adults very much. He may be a bit older than you but we need you to be the big brother in this situation. Do you think that you can help us take care of him?”
Without a moment’s hesitation, because really, what need was there for hesitation, Eijiro nodded sharply and gave a resounding: “Yes!”
Mom ruffled his hair. “Thanks, kiddo. I’m so proud of you for being so brave.” He grinned up at her with his sharp teeth and received a shark-tooth smile in return. He had gotten his pointed teeth from his mother.
The two went back into the living room.
Mr. Aizawa nodded to them. Dad spoke up first. “We were just discussing moving Izuku in next month during Spring Break and possibly having him over a couple more times before the whole transition.”
“Sounds good to me,” Mom chirped.
The four visitors left soon after. Eijiro watched them walk away down the brick path. He threw open the door, stopped on the front porch, and called out. “Izuku!” The greenette jumped and spun around, everyone else doing the same at a slower pace. Eijiro Kirishima is not that bold of a person. He is the tag-along friend, the pity party’s reason to feel pity, and as shy as a flower when the sun is down. Still, that did not matter at this moment. Eijiro tilted his head up, put his hands on his hips, and puffed out his chest. He grinned the biggest, goofiest, sharpest grin that a twelve-year-old boy could manage and shouted:
“POWER POSE!”
There was a beat. It was small but a smile gradually formed on Izuku’s face. Eijiro let the pose down and gave him a big thumbs up.
Mr. Aizawa smirked. Ms. Takakawa mouthed ‘Thank you,’ before they all turned and left.
Eijiro looked up at his father when his father’s hand fell upon his shoulder.
His father smiled down at him and Eijiro returned the offer.
_______________________________
Izuku sat on his bed, music softly playing from his radio as he wrote in his notebook. Izuku was still planning his escape. While he did want to be and he didn’t exactly plan on escaping, if there should be the need at the Kirishima’s then have no doubt that he would be ready. It would take at least a week of actually living with them to know the routine and finish the plan completely but there was no harm in getting a head start.
*cough cough cough*
Izuku could hear the muffled coughs of Mary Lou through the door.
-----
‘When is Izuku going to move in with us?’
‘Soon.’
‘-moving Izuku in next month-’
-----
Izuku felt tears well up in his eyes. He did not let them fall. Now would be a great time to start building up that wall again. Sure, he did not have one, or at least not a tall one, with Shinsou and Eraser, but he would with the Kirishima’s. They were nice to take him in, but Izuku would not trust them. Starting with tears.
Tears are a weakness. A weakness.
-----
‘Soon.’
-----
The paper underneath dampened with every drop that fell from Izuku’s eyes.
A weakness...
Chapter 21: First Training Session
Summary:
Izuku joins Aizawa and Shinsou for training.
Notes:
Everyone feeling good?
Chapter Text
Shouta swallowed a sigh. He glanced up in the rearview mirror of his car as he drove to UA. Hitoshi, bless his heart, was doing his best to try and calm Izuku’s nerves as they were about to start their first training lesson together. Izuku looked like a ghost and Shouta knew that he was probably midway between a panic attack and convincing himself not to have said panic attack. Shouta could be a good adult and stop the car to calm and reassure the kid but he knew that this was just going to have to be something that Izuku was going to have to get through himself if he truly wanted to do this. He pulled up to the employee parking and scanned his ID before driving in.
As they walked to the PE Grounds that Shouta had reserved for today, he was almost certain that Izuku was, in fact, not breathing, but the tell-tale signs of a rising chest convinced him otherwise.
Shouta stopped and turned to them on the empty dirt field. They were all in UA’s gym uniform, courtesy of the school.
“Alright,” Izuku jumped, “we are going to start as usual how I and Hitoshi do it on a regular basis, just dome hand-to-hand combat, okay?”
Just to loosen him up a bit. “Izuku, you and Hitoshi spar for a bit. I want to see where you are at.”
If by any means Shouta had thought that Golden Whip was in the past, he was dead wrong. Hitoshi and Izuku went a bit further apart before turning to each other. Shouta noticed the visible change in the greenettes stance. He loosened up, legs shoulder-length apart, eyes dead set on Hitoshi. He could see Hitoshi pale slightly but he knew his son would not back down. Shouta raised his arm and brought it down with a “START!”
Immediately, Hitoshi ran forward. In their sparring sessions, Shouta made sure that the purple-haired boy did not use his quirk. With a small pull-back, Hitoshi punched his fist forward.
It all happened in a few seconds.
Izuku stepped to the side, planted his right foot forward, and grabbed Hitoshi’s outstretched arm. The smaller boy pivoted, making a 180, Bent over, and hauled Hitoshi over his shoulder, judo flipping him onto his back. Hitoshi met the ground with a *THUD*, letting out a strangled gasp upon impact as the air was knocked out of him. Hitoshi grunted as he tried to roll over to get back on his feet but it was apparently the wrong move, or he just wasn’t fast enough.
As soon as Hitoshi was pushing himself up, Izuku practically jumped on the boy, forcing him down on the ground again, Izuku straddling him. He grabbed Hitoshi’s arms, forcing them behind the taller boys back and holding them in place with one hand, using his left to force Hitoshi’s head on the ground.
Shouta raised his hand. “That’s enough.” Nothing happened. Shouta furrowed his eyebrows.
Suck! Shouta ran forward as Izuku lifted his son’s head. “Izuku don’t!” The boy froze. Shouta froze. Hitoshi had his eyes squeezed tightly shut. Shouta took a deep breath.
“Not a villain, kid.” Izuku glanced at him out of the corner of his eye. Shouta nodded, hands in front of himself. “Not a criminal. Just Hitoshi.” He let out a breath that he did not know he was holding when Izuku gently lowered Hitoshi’s head to the ground and stood up. Hitoshi was positively shaken up. Izuku looked down.
“S- s- sorry… I f- forgot.”
Shouta walked up behind his son and gave Hitoshi a reassuring squeeze on the shoulder. “It’s fine just try to remember next time that this is training. We aren’t putting our opponents out of commission.” Izuku nodded. He looked at Hitoshi.
“Sorry, Sh- Shinsou.”
Hitoshi gave the best smile that he could. “It’s fine.”
There were a couple more occurrences of that happening but soon Izuku’s mind seemed to clear up enough to not try and put Shouta’s son unconscious.
After around an hour of sparring, Hitoshi looked worse for wear. Izuku seemed fine aside from a small bruise forming on his cheek. That was both his and Shouta’s fault. Izuku’s for almost suffocating Hitoshi in a headlock and Shouta’s for distracting the boy and allowing Hitoshi a chance to get free and land a well-aimed shot at Izuku’s face.
Hitoshi groaned as he rolled on the floor, trying to push himself up. Izuku looked almost sorry for putting him in that state. The greenette did something neither of them had expected.
He walked over and extended a hand to Hitoshi.
Hitoshi hesitated. He reached up. Shouta could not see it, but he knew the exact moment that the string of Izuku’s quirk had likely formed. Hitoshi, who had never seen it before, moved his eyes up in a straight line, seemingly looking at nothing. Izuku’s eyes widened and he went perfectly still. It was a miracle in itself that he did not immediately retract his arm. Shouta considered erasing Izuku’s quirk but he felt that he should see what Hitoshi does. Hitoshi gently took Izuku’s hand, the greenette flinching slightly. They made eye contact. Izuku took a deep breath and pulled Hitoshi up.
Shouta took a second to himself to slow his heartbeat because THAT could have ended so much worse.
“Thanks,” Hitoshi said, dusting off his uniform. Izuku nodded, eyeing Hitoshi carefully. Shouta looked up at the sky. Now comes the hard part:
Training with Izuku’s quirk.
Shouta walked up to them. “Alright. Great job you two.” He turned to Izuku. “We are going to start with your quirk, alright?” If he had expected a response, the way the boy’s chest stopped rising for a good ten seconds was as good as any response he would get. Finally, Izuku nodded slowly. Shouta nodded. He stood up straight and addressed both children.
“Nothing too much today. Today is just getting a feel of how it works. Both of you will be sitting, facing each other.”
He sat down and gestured for the boys to do the same, to which they did. They sat cross-legged facing each other.
Shouta really didn’t know how the quirk worked so he was going off-book today. He gulped.
“Hitoshi, in the same way you did when taking Izuku’s hand just now, reach your arm forward.” The purple-haired boy did. Izuku froze. Okay… “Do you see the string?” Hitoshi nodded, not taking his eyes off Izuku after a split second of looking down at it. Shouta turned to Izuku. “He is going to take hold of it now, alright.” Izuku nodded, an action that seemed more like a robotic one than a human one. Shouta nodded at Hitoshi. His son glanced at Shouta for a split second. Shouta watched as Hitoshi’s hand wrapped around what seemed like thin air but the way that Izuku’s hands grabbed at the dirt on the ground told him that it was most certainly not nothing.
“Where is the string coming from?” he asked.
“T- the chest,” Hitoshi responded. He remembered back to when it came from different points when Shouta was trying to save the former vigilante from his attempt of suicide. He also remembered the notebook that Izuku had kept made a few days ago on his own quirk for this occasion.
“Alright, let go.” Hitoshi’s hand opened.
“Now, I want you to reach out as if you were going to grab his wrist.”
Hitoshi did. Shouta was beginning to get nervous at to zero movements of the green-haired boy across from Hitoshi. “Did a string form?”
“Yes.”
“From where?”
“R- right wrist.”
Shouta nodded. “Take it.” He watched Hitoshi do so. “Okay, Hitoshi,” he said as leveled as possible, “I want you to gently, and I mean GENTLY, pull.”
His son looked contemplative. “A- are you sure?” Shouta glanced at Izuku who had yet to move. He took a deep breath. “Yes.” Hitoshi looked up at Izuku and back at his father before his arm moved back ever so slightly.
Shouta’s eyes were drawn to Izuku’s right arm when he saw it lift a bit. He swallowed. Hitoshi froze, not wanting to pull anymore.
Just as simple as that. The smallest of pulls and Izuku’s body moved unwillingly. Shouta recalled all of the reports of blunt force trauma and all of the dents and holes in the walls and doorframes within the Midoriya apartment.
Hitoshi let go and Izuku’s arm fell as if… a string was cut, landing with a soft *thump*.
Hitoshi paled.
Shouta felt sick.
This quirk… it’s just not right… Nessacary for training now, maybe, but at the core of it, a quirk that forces you to basically submit to the will of others, to be used like that? It’s just not right...
-----
‘So what’s the name of Golden Whip’s quirk then?’
Detective Tsukauchi looked up at him. His jaw visibly tightened as he spoke that word:
‘Puppet.’
-----
‘Puppet?’ Honestly, what a cruel joke.
Hitoshi turned to him, face pale. He lifted a shaking finger and pointed at Izuku.
“D- dad… I don’t think that he’s breathing.”
Shouta whipped his head around so hard he almost got whiplash. No, there was no rise or fall of Izuku’s chest. The boy sat there, perfectly still, arms dangling to the side, head tilted to the left ever so slightly, eyes wide and staring off into nothing.
Shouta lurched forward. “Hey, kid.” He leveled his voice for Hitoshi's sake. Izuku made no action to indicate that he had even heard Shouta. Shouta reached forward, ignoring the string that formed from the boy’s shoulder, and instead grabbed the actual shoulder.
Upon touching him, Izuku’s form seemed to crumple. He fell over on his side, going as limp as a noodle. As limp as…
-----
‘Shouta looked at Golden Whip, gently lifting the kid’s face to look him in the eyes. Golden Whip didn’t even flinch. His eyes were scarily empty. It almost reminded Shouta of…’
-----
a doll with its strings cut.
Shouta almost threw up at the sheer disgust he felt in this situation.
“D- dad?” He looked back at Hitoshi. Hitoshi, oh boy… he looked so scared. So terrified. His eyes were wide, tears pooling at the corners. Shouta gave him the best smile he could. “Everything is fine, Hitoshi,” he assured his son. “You did nothing wrong. In fact, you did everything right.” Shouta picked up Izuku bridal-style, swallowing a sigh of relief when he felt the gentle rise and fall of the boy’s chest. He leaned the greenettes head against his own chest so it wouldn’t just dangle like… that. Shouta softly closed the boys glassy eyes.
“The fact Izuku has enough trust in you to allow you to even do this,” he continued to his son as he stood, “is amazing.” Shouta smiled down at his son.
“Hitoshi, this is a job that only you can do. You are the only person that Izuku trusts enough to allow you to use his quirk. Do you understand how amazing that is?” Hitoshi blushed a bit. It was nice to see the color return to his already pale skin. Shouta smirked.
“I am very proud of you, Hitoshi, for doing this.”
The boy looked away. “T- thanks…”
They slowly made their way back to the car. Hitoshi sat in the back with Izuku, letting Izuku use his lap as a pillow. Shouta didn’t know if that was the best idea in case Izuku woke up on the ride back but he let it be. It’s only a two-hour drive from the UA campus to the red light district since UA is on the other side of the city and a bit further from it than other buildings. Still, Shouta pulled out his phone and sent Mary Lou a message before leaving.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Mary Lou looked up from hanging her head over the sink in the bathroom. She washed her hands free of blood before taking up her phone that was to the right of the sink. It was a text notification from Mr. Aizawa. He had taken Izuku with them to train. To be honest, Mary Lou was a bit skeptical of the training plan but she was proud that Izuku was willing to at least try it out.
Mr. Aizawa:
Can you prepare the ‘usual?’ I’ll pay.
Mary Lou:
No need to pay. How long until you get here?
Mr. Aizawa:
A couple hours. Thank you.
Mary Lou:
No problem!
Her texts felt more alive than she did. She had two hours. She would use the first one working in the bakery, the next forty-five minutes taking a nap, and then make the ‘usual’ before they arrived. Mary Lou stared at herself in the mirror. She let out a weary sigh.
I’m so tired…
Chapter 22: Moving In
Summary:
Izuku moves all of his stuff to the Kirishima household.
Notes:
Everyone have a good day?
Chapter Text
Eijiro stared at the poster he pulled off of the wall. It was of Crimson Riot, of course. Eijiro had decided on taking the left side of the room. He had taken an extra day off of Spring Break to move his stuff so that they could make room for Izuku’s belongings. He nodded and moved to his side, rehanging the poster on the left wall. It would be a bit cramped, sure, but they would figure it out. Tomorrow, Izuku and the others would be coming over with his stuff. Eijiro was determined to make his new brothers move as easy as possible. He wouldn’t be moving in, though, until the next day to give him a bit more time with Ms. Takakawa.
Eijiro stretched and looked at his handy work. His bed had stayed put. His desk was moved to the wall across from it and his dresser was put in between the two along the left wall. His brown bedside drawers stayed beside his bed. Eijiro sat on his red comforter, leaning over awkwardly to lay his head on his black pillows. Izuku’s side of the room looked so bare. Sure, it would be filled come tomorrow, but, he didn’t know, it felt like it could use something. Eijiro sat up and looked at his desk. He got up and sat down in his red chair. Eijiro picked up his sketchbook that sat leaning against the side of the desk.
Nobody really cared if Eijiro drew anything aside from his parents but they don’t count because they are his parents so Eijiro didn’t know if Izuku would even want this but Eijiro went ahead anyway. He pulled out his best art set that he got for Christmas last year. He closed his eyes. Eijiro could visualize it. All he had to do was put it on paper to bring it to life. He opened his red eyes.
Eijiro got to work.
_______________________________
Izuku walked over to his desk that had yet to be disassembled. He ran his fingers along the row of notebooks. He took as many as he could in his arms before walking over and depositing them in the large brown box in the middle of his room. He went back and got the rest before moving on to his textbooks. Izuku glanced over at his now white bed. All of his bedding had already been packed up. He got on his knees by it and lifted the mattress. Izuku pulled out the large knife and lay it beside himself before reaching in again and taking out the escape notebook. He flipped through the pages. Two days ago, after his third training session with Eraser and Shinsou, he had gone to the Kirishima household again and they gave him a tour of the house. Izuku flipped to the page where he had drawn the layout of the house from memory. He sighed and closed the notebook. Izuku ended up stuffing it at the bottom of all of his books.
He took the knife and placed it underneath his stuffed hero dolls that were in a different box along with his radio and All Might figurine.
Izuku taped the boxes close.
He stood up and looked around the room. Aside from the desk, it looked just as it had before Izuku began to live with Mary Lou. Mic and Cementoss were coming over later to disassemble the bed and desk.
Somehow, this was even worse than when Shinsou had first taken hold of his string a few weeks ago.
Izuku leaned against his closed door, wrapping his arms around his legs as he drew them to his chest and lay his head on them. His shoulders shook as Izuku suppressed the tears that threatened to fall.
_______________________________
*Ring Ring*
Hizashi walked through the front door of Soft Blossom Bakery. While he was in his civilian garb, Ishiyama couldn’t really change his physical appearance all that much so he was still noticeably Cementoss which was quite funny, really, when they walked in. You see, most places the people would be asking for autographs and the like but this is the red lights district, aka, the part of the city full of criminals and thugs so when they walked in, he could see the customers get visibly nervous. He wondered how many of them would be behind bars if the police and heroes actually patrolled this area as much as they were supposed to. Then again, he is a hero too so he has no room to talk.
He walked up to the counter. “Is Mary Lou in?” The girl behind the counter nodded, recognizing him. “I’ll be right back.” She disappeared into the kitchen.
“‘Ey you!”
Hizashi and Ishiyama turned around to see a tall, lanky man standing a bit too close for comfort. He had piercing red eyes and lime green hair spiked up.
“Can I held you?” Hizashi asked.
“Yeah,” he said gruffly. “Whatcha want with Mare, ey?” He leaned in closer. “She ain’t done nothin’ wrong.”
Ah, protective people. It would have been comforting to Hizashi if they weren’t all thugs and if Mary Lou wasn’t his girlfriend. “I know. We are here to help her.”
“Eyyyyyy?! She don’ need help from heroes!”
Before Hizashi could reply, a buff man came up behind the green-haired man and placed a heavy hand on his shoulder. The angry man paled and looked up.
“M- Marco! Th- these guys were-”
“Let it go,” Marco, who Hizashi had seen in here on multiple occasions, commanded. He squeezed the man’s shoulder. “Y- YES!” The lanky man was quick to throw himself out of the bakery. Marco nodded at Hizashi and Ishiyama. “Sorry ‘bout that guy. He’s new ‘ere so he don’t know that you guys mean no harm.” Hizashi grinned. “It’s no problem, Marco. Thanks for your assistance.”
The man nodded. “Ey, you two are here to help the boy move, right?” Hizashi nodded. “Yeah, that’s right.” Marco grunted. “I don’t know where he’s goin’ but I can count on seein’ ‘im ‘round here every so often, right?” Hizashi did not like that underlying threat in the man’s tone. “That is up to the family who is taking him,” he replied, “but I can mention it to them in passing.” Marco was obviously not satisfied with that answer but knew better than to challenge two Pro Heroes, especially in Mary Lou’s bakery. They all turned their attention to Mary Lou as the brunette walked out of the kitchen.
Hizashi had to fight to keep the smile on his face. Mary Lou looked so pale and had bags under her eyes. Her freckles popped from her face and she looked as if she hadn’t been eating properly.
“Good afternoon, you two.” She nodded to Marco. “Good afternoon, Marco.” He grunted and turned back to Hizashi and Ishiyama. “I better see ‘im here. If you gonna force him to move then the boy deserves to be able to come back ‘ere.” Marco turned and stormed off without another word. Mary Lou giggled. “Sorry about him, guys. He means well.” “It is reassuring to know that you have such loyal customers, Ms. Takakawa,” Ishiyama responded.
“Are you two here to help Izu?” she asked. Hizashi nodded. “Yes, ma’am!” he chirped. She smiled. “I’ll let you in.” Hizashi and Ishiyama followed her up where she gave the secret knock and opened the door. “I’ll be downstairs if you need me,” she said, turning to leave. Hizashi pressed a soft kiss to her lips before she left.
“I will be up here if you need me,” he parroted. They closed the door behind them, making sure to lock it behind them.
“Izuku!” he called. There was a soft *thud* from down the hallway. As Hizashi and Ishiyama went down the hallway, Izuku’s door opened and the boy stepped out, rubbing the back of his head. “Hey, little listener!” Izuku opened his mouth to speak but his eyes landed on Ishiyama and he stopped. He nodded instead. “Ready to get to work?” Izuku didn’t respond. He opened his door and let them in.
The two older men did most of the work but Hizashi could see Izuku watching them from the doorway. His heart longed to reach out to the kid. If he didn’t juggle three jobs, Hizashi would have been the first to raise his hand when they asked about adopting the boy. He would make sure to squeeze seeing Izuku into his schedule when the boy moved.
When they finally finished, Izuku had not moved. He did not look at Hizashi nor Ishiyama. Hizashi crouched in front of the boy.
“Hey, listener,” he said softly. “Would it help if I came tomorrow, too?” Izuku glanced up at him.
Is it bad that when he saw the emptiness in those emerald eyes he thought ‘like mother, like son?’ The comparison between Mary Lou and Izuku was almost uncanny. It was as if the residents of this apartment were in a void that drained the life from them with a happy bakery as the disguise over their pain.
He gave Izuku a soft smile. “I’ll be there tomorrow, alright?” Izuku nodded so slightly that Hizashi had almost thought that he had imagined it.
_______________________________
Izuku felt so numb. There were no colors in his sight, no cold or heat in his vicinity, no sound reaching his ears. They pulled up in front of the Kirishima household. When he stepped out of the car, his hair was blown by the wind but he couldn’t feel it. He turned when Shonsou tapped his shoulder. His friend held a small box in his hands. Izuku barely registered taking it from him and trailing behind Mary Lou, Eraser, and Mic up the brick pathway. Mr. Kirishima met them at the door. They were speaking, talking, interacting. Izuku watched it as if he was outside of his body. Kirishima peaked out from behind his father and waved. Izuku blinked. The smile on the boy’s face faltered. Shinsou leaned in closer.
“Hey, we are supposed to follow him.”
Izuku blinked again, noticing that Kirishima had disappeared. He nodded, ignoring the look of worry on Shinsou’s face, and stepping forward. When they got to Kirishima’s room, the boy was waiting for them. Kirishima gestured to the half-bare room and to the empty side.
“You- -ut your st- -over there.” Izuku hardly registered the words, body moving on autopilot. He set his box down and stood up, facing the right wall. He stopped.
There was a drawing on the wall.
It was pretty good. A detailed drawing of the hero Izuku recognized as Crimson Riot punching forward, the words ‘!POWER!’ pressing around the fist in green, blue, and yellow. The hero was colored in and the background was red white a white light spreading from the hero.
“I know this isn’t easy for ya,” Izuku tore his eyes from the drawing to Kirishima who had at some point walked up to stand beside him, “but we are in this together now.” Kirishima turned to him and smiled blindingly. Kirishima did THE pose. “We can get through this, Izuku!”
Maybe Kirishima didn’t know the full extent of everything. Maybe he was just putting on a brave front. But the way that he yelled ‘we’ and ‘together’ so boldly, he truly believed it.
It made Izuku want to believe it too and the smallest bit of color began to filter back in.
They retrieved the rest of the boxes, which wasn’t much. The bulk of it was the bed, dresser, and desk. While the men put together Izuku’s furniture, the kids went outside to the fenced-in backyard. They had a swing set with two swings on it. Shinsou insisted on Izuku taking a seat on the terms of: ‘You will be living with him, get to know him.’ So Shinsou sat under the awning while Izuku awkwardly sat on the swings with Kirishima. Kirishima kicked off his flip flops and ruffled his feet through the grass. “So…” the boy began, “Mom and Dad are talking about you going to public school.” Izuku’s eyes widened. At just the mention of it, his heart rate spiked.
“I know this is selfish of me,” Kirishima continued, “but I am so glad that you are!” Izuku glanced at him. “I- I’ve come to realize that my ‘friends’ aren’t what one would really call ‘friends.’ I don’t really have anyone to ‘hang’ with. But!” Izuku jumped at his sudden outburst. “I- if you start coming to school with me then I won’t be alone. A- and you won’t be alone either.” He turned and smiled at Izuku.
-----
Izuku sat in the closet waiting. Waiting until mom came back to let him out. Waiting… alone in the darkness.
-----
Izuku sat at recess watching all of the other children play together as he sat there in the sandpit alone.
-----
Izuku pulled his abused body against the brick wall of the alley after a man decided to take advantage of him. He cried in that alley alone that night.
-----
Izuku turned to fully look at Kirishima. Alone? Yeah, that’s something that Izuku has become far too acquainted with. Maybe their versions of being alone are on two different spectrums but the feeling is still the same. That hole in your chest that never quite feels filled. That lost feeling that lets you spiral down the worst paths of thought. The pain. The loneliness. Izuku looked up at the sky. Fear has always been a constant in Izuku’s life. His fear of humans surpasses all reasonable bounds. But if there is someone struggling with him, maybe it wouldn’t feel so lonely.
He turned back to Kirishima and nodded.
The boy smiled even wider with that toothy grin of his.
By no means did Izuku trust this boy. But that smile was like the sun and it casts its rays down on even the darkest shadows of Izuku’s mind. It reminded him of the smile of an old childhood friend before Izuku was announced ‘quirkless’ He distantly wonders how Kacchan is doing but the memory of the boy is soon forgotten as Izuku swings back and forth in a comfortable half-silence with Kirishima humming to his left. He glanced back over at Kirishima who swung happily.
The rest of the colors seemed to spread out from the boy, washing away all of the blacks and whites.
Maybe this won't be so bad.
Shinsou and Kirishima helped Izuku unpack after the adults had set up the furniture. It was practically the same layout as Kirishima’s side of the room besides Izuku’s desk had an upper level for more books.
“Woah.” Izuku turned from making the bed to see Kirishima holding up the knife that he had forgotten he packed. Izuku froze. Kirishima looked at him. “So cool!” Huh? Shinsou looked surprised too. “So you know how to actually use this?” Izuku averted his eyes. To kill or cook? That was the question. Izuku just nodded. “That’s so manly, man! You have to teach me sometime!” Izuku blushed a bit and looked away. Shinsou ended up retrieving the knife for him.
“Under the mattress?” Izuku nodded. He handed Shinsou a notebook, too. Shinsou eyed it. Izuku knew that he knew what it was. Nevertheless, Shinsou put it under without saying anything. Soon, the room was complete. It was so miss-matched. The color scheme of red and black on Kirishima’s side and then the array of blues, reds, yellows, and greens on Izuku’s. A weird combination for sure. By the time they were done, the sun was starting to set and it was time for them to go. Before they left, Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima came into the room where the three boys were laying about. Well, Izuku was sitting on his bed but you know.
Mrs. Kirishima held up a camera. “Mind if I get a picture of you two in your new room together?” Izuku tensed up at her sudden arrival. Shinsou sat up and looked at him. “You can say no, ‘Zuku.” Izuku looked over to where Kirishima was sitting up. He furrowed his eyebrows and bit his lip. It wasn’t like there was an issue with it. Could Izuku just be called camera-shy? Either way, Izuku turned to Mrs. Kirishima and gave a small nod. Shinsou left the room so that it would only be Izuku and Kirishima. Kirishima leaned against his bed criss-cross and Izuku stayed on his, legs dangling off of the sides.
Mrs. Kirishima raised the camera. “Say cheese!”
Kirishima smiled brightly and Izuku, well his face didn’t really change.
*SNAP*
They all left soon after.
In the car, the ease left his shoulders and sadness retook his demeanor. Sure, Mary Lou would stop in every once in awhile before she… But tomorrow was still going to be the last full day that Izuku would be staying with her. The Kirishima’s promised that if they found the time they would bring them all to Soft Blossom Bakery every now and then but it still wouldn’t be the same. Eraser dropped Izuku, Mary Lou, and Mic, who was staying with them for the night, off in front of the store.
Shinsou poked his head out of the window.
“Call or text me if you need me.” Izuku nodded. “O- o- okay…”
It was strange. Izuku would sleep on the couch tonight and he hadn’t done that in so long. Well, aside from the times he passed out from a panic attack and the first two training sessions where he also passed out. The last time he didn’t. But really, it hadn’t been until his house arrest, and even before then when he would pop in as Golden Whip, did Izuku sleep on the couch. It was as though it was ending where it started.
Mary Lou leaned over and pressed a gentle kiss to Izuku’s forehead. He flinched but did not draw back.
Mary Lou… Mary Lou is not a threat.
“Let’s have an amazing day tomorrow.” Izuku nodded. Present Mic took the guest room which had formerly been Izuku’s and Mary Lou went to her own.
Izuku tried to sleep.
He didn’t.
_______________________________
*RING RING RING*
…
*RING RING RING*
…
*RING RI-* “Hello?” Mitsuki Bakugou answered her phone.
‘Hello, this is Ms. Takakawa.’ Mitsuki recognized the name. “Oh! Hello! Are you calling about Izuku?”
‘Yes. As promised, I told you that I would call you when we found a home for him.’ Mitsuki’s smile fell.
“It’s not us, is it?”
…
‘I’m afraid not.’
Mitsuki sighed. It was understandable but she still couldn’t help but feel hurt. Before Izuku had run away, Mitsuki thought of him as a son. Even after he did, she worried about him night and day.
“Can I ask who is getting him?”
‘That is confidential. For his safety.’
Mitsuki hummed. “Alright. He… He is safe, right?”
‘Yes. We found Izuku the best home that we could for him.’
Mitsuki nodded. “Thank you… Have a nice day, Ms. Takakawa.”
“You as well, Mrs. Bakugou.”
The call ended.
Mitsuki hung her head. Suddenly she wasn’t all that eager to finish making curry for tonight’s dinner. She would have to tell Katsuki and Masaru. They had a talk with Katsuki after their meeting with Ms. Takakawa and had him enrolled in anger management classes but he would still take this pretty hard. Mitsuki looked up at the ceiling.
“Inko, why the hell did you let this happen?”
_______________________________
*BAM*
Katsuki punched his punching bag with all of the pent up anger he felt.
*BAM* *BAM* *BAM*
He growled.
-----
‘We won’t be getting Izuku. He has been placed with another family.’
-----
*BAM*
-----
‘No, we don’t know who they are. They won’t tell us.’
-----
*BAM*
-----
‘This is for the best.’
-----
*!BOOM!*
Katsuki stopped, panting harshly. He took a deep breath. “DANG IT!!!!!!!” His scream tore through the house but he didn’t care who heard him.
Why the hell was I so stupid!?
-----
‘- the next time you seem Izuku, you can tell him ‘I’m sorry’ yourself.’
-----
Tears fell as Katsuki dropped to his knees.
“Dang it…”
Now I’ll never get the chance…
Chapter 23: Our Last Day
Summary:
Izuku spends his last day with Mary Lou, Yamada tagging along.
Notes:
How is everyone today?
Chapter Text
Izuku woke to the sound of harsh coughing somewhere in the apartment. He shot up. He could hear the sizzle of grease in the background. Izuku ran into the kitchen but it was only Present Mic. The man turned around to face Izuku.
“Hey, listener,” he whispered. “Mary Lou will be up in a bit, don’t worry.” Izuku glanced to the left to where the hallway would be if it weren’t for the wall. Mic gave a grin. “How about you go make the napkins? It might cheer her up.” Izuku looked at him and nodded. Izuku tried to ignore the sinking feeling in his stomach as he folded the napkins into good but still not all that good origami bunny. A few minutes later, the coughing stopped just as Izuku was oh so carefully placing the last bunny on the plate of Mary Lou. Mary Lou exited the hallway and entered the dining area.
“Good morning, Mary,” Present Mic said as he crossed the room with the skillet, placing a kiss on her cheek before moving on to the table. Izuku thought that it was pretty cool of the hero not to abandon Mary Lou when he found out she was ill.
“Good Morning, Yamada.” Her voice sounded strained from all of the coughing. “Good morning, Izu.”
“‘M- morning…”
Present Mic dished out cheesy eggs and bacon onto each plate. *POP* Izuku jumped and swung his head to the kitchen where the toaster sat, freshly toasted bread peeking out of the top.
Present Mic was surprisingly a good cook. The three ate around the table in comfortable silence before Mary Lou suddenly stood as they were finishing. “Alright!” Izuku jumped slightly. “Are we ready?”
Izuku tilted his head. She smiled at him. “We have a fun day planned today.” She turned to Present Mic. “Yamada, would you please get the bags?” The man nodded and stood, taking up the empty plates and depositing them in the sink before disappearing somewhere in the apartment.
“W- where a- are we g- g- going?” Izuku asked as he helped Mary Lou wash the dishes. “It’s a secreeeetttttt!” She pressed a finger against her mouth. Izuku quirked up an eyebrow but didn’t question further. While Present Mic was gone, Izuku got dressed in a pair of clothes had set out for today: a red shirt with sleeves that went down to his elbows and green shorts.
Mic returned with two large black bags. Izuku narrowed his eyes. They looked suspiciously like the bags one would carry around to conceal guns or drugs. “Sorry, listener,” he said, “but I can’t let you check these. It’ll ruin the surprise!” Izuku hesitated. Why? Mic wouldn’t be doing anything bad, would he? He would. He’s a good guy. Bad guy. Mic’s… Well, if Izuku had to think of anyone as a father figure it’d… it’d be Present Mic.
“I- I trust M- Mic,” he whispered.
Present Mic stared at him with wide eyes. The bags dropped to the floor. Mary Lou peeked over from out of the kitchen. Izuku looked down. Did I say something wrong? There was a soft *thud* as Present Mic fell to his knees in front of Izuku. Izuku snapped his head up. Tears were at the edges of the man’s eyes and a smile on his face. Mic held out his hands. Izuku, a bit skeptical, gently placed his own in the large palms. Present Mic squeezed softly.
“I’m so glad you feel that way, Izuku,” he breathed out.
Izuku felt his face heat up and his cheeks go flush. He looked away to the side. “Also!” Present Mic suddenly piped, Izuku flinching away from the loud voice. “Mic?” Izuku looked up at the man’s questioning tone. “You know you can call me by my name, right?” Izuku blushed harder. “I- I mean it’s okay if you don’t but ya know you can’t call me that in public if I am in civilian clothes and all.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows.
That made sense but… Yam- Yamad- His eyes widened.
“Yami,” Izuku blurted out.
Present Mic actually cried this time. Izuku froze when he was drawn into a sudden hug but somehow… it wasn't scary. It was like the hug one would get from a father. It was nice.
Prese- Yama- Yami let him go and held Izuku by his shoulders. He looked past the greenette.
“Mary! Did you hear that?! I’M YAMI!!!”
A giggle came from behind Izuku causing the greenette to whip his head around. Mary Lou smiled. “Come on, you two!” Pres- Yami stood up and offered a hand to Izuku. The boy took it and let the older man pull him to his feet. Yami slung the bags over his shoulders and opened the front door for the two.
They ended up taking a taxi which, by the way, Izuku almost didn’t get in. It took a lot of convincing. Izuku’s fists were white from how hard he was gripping his shorts. Mary Lou and Yami were torn between comforting him and giving him space.
“Here we are!” Izuku jumped when the taxi driver spoke up. “Thank you,” Yami paid the man and got out. Izuku threw himself from the yellow car. “Woah there!” Yami caught him by his shoulders. Izuku turned his head slowly to keep an eye on the taxi driver who smiled shakily under the boy's cold stare. Mary Lou stepped out after them. Izuku did not move until the taxi was out of sight. Yami pats his shoulder. “Let’s go!” Izuku, once his mind cleared, could now smell salt in the air and hear water in the distance. He stayed in between the adults as they walked. They stopped at a ledge that looked down over a sandy beach and ocean. There were a few other people walking on the beach as Mary Lou and Yami lead the way down to the beach.
Izuku stared in awe as the sun shined over the water.
He turned to see Yami unzipping the bag and pulling out a light blue sheet. “Help us lay it out, Izuku!” Izuku did. They held the corners down with stones. Yami pulled a red and white beach umbrella from the other bag and set it up to cast a shade over most of the sheet. “Wait here,” Yami said, running off. Izuku sat next to Mary Lou.
Yami returned with three ice cream cones.
“Strawberry for Izu, Butterscotch for Mary, and Lemon for me!” He handed them each their cones before settling down next to Mary Lou.
“T- thanks…”
Izuku ate his ice cream as the adults talked, joining in the conversation whenever he felt necessary.
Sweet…
“Take off your shoes, Izu,” Mary Lou said as he finished his cone. “It feels nice!” He looked down to see her feet in the sand. Izuku nodded and started to unlace his shoes.
“You know,” Yami spoke up, “you could really use a new pair of shoes.” Izuku tilted his head. Sure, they were torn up and the bottom was falling off from the back and the strings were frayed to thin strings and he could feel the air through a hole in the toe of his right one and they were more brown than red now but they weren’t all that bad. Izuku shrugged and took off the right one, watching the bottom dangle from the shoe.
“Definitely need new shoes.”
Izuku placed his shoes and socks to the side and copied Mary Lou by sticking his feet in the sand. “Feels good…” he murmured.
Izuku closed his eyes, letting the breeze blow his hair. He listened to the lapping of the waves on the shore and the laughter of children. The sun felt good on his pale skin. It was relaxing.
_______________________________
Mary Lou watched as Izuku’s head bobbed to the side as he slowly began to doze off. It was nice to see him so relaxed even with the other people around.
Yamada wrapped his arm around her and she leaned into the man’s chest.
-----
‘You’re dying?’ Yamada asked.
Mary Lou looked away. ‘Yeah… I’m sorry for not telling you, Yamada.’
…
…
…
‘Well then, I guess we will just have to make the most of the time we have together!’ he chirped.
‘Y- you’re not going to break up with me?’ she asked astounded.
‘Why would I?’
‘C- cause we won-’
‘Mary lou,’ he cut her off, ‘that does not change how I feel about you.’
-----
Mary Lou covered her mouth as a cough shook her body. Yamada held her closer. Mary Lou swallowed a sigh as the shaking stopped. Yamada placed his chin on her head. She listened contently as he began to hum a small tune.
Soon, Mary Lou drifted off too.
_______________________________
After spending a couple of hours on the beach, Izuku having woken up and spent some time walking around on the sand and in the water before he almost had a panic attack when a couple of children ran up to him yelling and the parents followed, the three beach-goers packed up to continue today’s adventures.
Izuku stayed as close as he possibly could to Mary Lou without touching her as they walked down the sidewalk into the city. People were milling around and Izuku did NOT like it. Yami pulled them into a shoe store and gestured widely. “Go find a pair for you, Izuku. My treat!” Izuku looked up at him stunned. “B- b- but,” he glanced at one of the prices and paled. Yami shook his head. He leaned down by the boy and lowered his voice as not to be heard. “Izuku, I have three jobs and each of them pays significantly well. Don’t worry about the price.” Izuku wanted to argue but let it go when the door opened and a breeze blew in that made his toes freeze. He looked down and wiggle them, seeing them through the shoes. Yeah… he needs new shoes.
Izuku prowled through the store, avoiding and rows with people in them and coming back when the people were gone.
What should one look for when looking for a pair of shoes? How comfortable are they? Running or walking? If you will be fighting in them or not? Durability? Maybe-
Izuku stopped in the last row. He went up to the boxes and took the shoe on the outside that was out for display. A pair of red hightops.
Style.
“Did you find one you like?” Izuku turned to Mary Lou behind him. He pointed at the shoe. The brunette grinned. “Those, huh?” Izuku nodded. They were just so… COOL!
-----
‘Manly!’
------
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. Kirishima?
Yami paid for the shoes after finding his size and the three sat in the store to put them on. Izuku flinched in pain when he tried though. Yami stepped forward. “I’m going to touch you, alright?” Izuku tilted his head. Yami gently picked up Izuku’s foot, took off the sock, and examined the foot. Izuku winced when Yami gave it a small squeeze.
“Izuku.” The greenette gulped when he met the man’s eyes. “How long has it been since you’ve had a new pair of shoes?” Huh? Why? “F- four years.”
Yami sighed. “So for four years, or three depending on when you grew out of your old shoes, you have been cramming your feet into your old shoes?” Izuku nodded. He distantly remembers around a year into living on the streets that his feet began to hurt because of the small shoes but he got used to it so he didn’t really think about it all that often.
“Alright,” the man said, standing, “you can’t put on these shoes right now.” Izuku frowned.
“W- why not?”
“Because you’ve damaged your feet by forcing them into that tight of a space for so long.” Yami held up Izuku’s old shoe against his foot. Izuku’s feet were at least an inch longer than his shoes. That makes sense. “We will bandage them when we get back but for the rest of today, let’s keep shoes off, okay?” Izuku frowned. He really wanted to try on the new shoes but he knew it wouldn’t do him any good. So for the rest of the day, Izuku walked around on bare feet. Until his feet began to throb being unpadded and wounded. He powered through it until Yami stopped.
“Izuku, do you want me to carry you?”
Izuku looked up at the man. “I- I’m f- fine.”
Mary Lou bent down. “If it hurts then you need to tell us, boy.” The greenette turned away. “We won’t force you but you’ll only continue to hurt them more if you keep walking like this.” Izuku glanced at her. Then at Yami.
“I- I’m t- twelve… I c- c- can w- walk.”
Yami tilted his head. “And I’m a hero. I can carry a twelve-year-old.” Izuku deadpanned at the hero. He looked down at his feet. They really hurt… Izuku looked up again. “Okay…” When Yami picked him up, Izuku was so tense that the man almost couldn’t get him into a comfortable position. “There we go!” The yellow-haired man piped as he held Izuku with one arm under the boy’s rear. Izuku gripped at the man’s shirt, hands going white with how tight they were. He shook so badly that Yami struggled to keep him in a firm setting.
“Izuku,” the man whispered, “I won’t hurt you.” Izuku’s green eyes twitched as he turned them to the man. Yami looked Izuku deadset in the eyes.
“I promise. You said that you trusted me, right? Let me prove to you that I’ve earned that trust.”
Izuku scanned the man’s face for any sign of a lie. He couldn’t find any. There was no threat. His grip loosened a bit and the shaking slowed, but not completely stopped. I’m fine. He’s safe. He is safe. He is not a threat. He is fine. I am fine. Yami offered a small smile and the three continued on their merry(ish) way!
They ate lunch, went to the park, stopped by the studio, and ate dinner as well before calling a taxi to head back to Soft Blossom Bakery.
Yami set Izuku down on the couch when they finally got back. It had been a good day. Izuku almost didn’t want it to end. So… when Mary Lou announced that it was time for bed, Izuku reached out and grabbed the end of her shirt. Mary Lou turned to him.
“Izuku…?” He didn’t meet her eyes. Don’t go. Not yet. Please. Stay. Don’t leave me! Mary Lou kneeled by the boy. “Do you want to sleep in my bed with me tonight, Izu?” Izuku hesitated before giving a small nod.
Anything. Anything to stay with her just a second longer.
Mary Lou smiled. She picked him up and brought the greenette to her room where she tucked him in. “Knock knock,” Yami appeared in the doorway. “Mind if I crash the party?” Mary Lou looked at Izuku. “Is that alright with you.” Izuku nodded again.
The three of them squeezed onto the bed with Izuku in the middle.
“Ah, how about I tell you a story,” Mary Lou suggested. Izuku looked up at her expectantly. The brunette smiled and began.
“Once upon a time…” As the story continued late into the night, Izuku eventually drifted off into a sound sleep.
_______________________________
“The end.”
Mary Lou looked down at the sleeping form of Izuku. Then slightly up at the snoring form of Yamada. She smiled softly and turned off the bedside lamp. Mary Lou pulled the covers over all three of them and snuggled in. No pain ailed her that night as she fell asleep.
_______________________________
If one were to see them curled in that bed together, Hizashi and Mary Lou’s arms wrapping around the small child between them…
One could not be able to tell that they weren’t a family.
Mother. Father. And…
Son.
Chapter 24: Izuku's First Day At The Kirishima's
Summary:
Izuku officially moves in with the Kirishima's.
Notes:
How are y'all?
Chapter Text
Mary Lou was reeeeeaaaaally trying to hold it together as Yamada drove her and Izuku out of the red lights and to the Kirishima’s house. She opted to sit in the back with Izuku who refused to let go of her arm. It was strange how at first Izuku would have a panic attack when anyone even tried to touch him but now he was clinging to her like the sap on a tree. The brunette truly hoped he wouldn’t revert back to that after this whole ordeal.
Mary Lou looked down at Izuku who was on the phone that Yamada had bought him. Yamada promised, probably more to himself than any other, to make good on the trust that Izuku had granted him. He bought Izuku the phone and paid for the plan so that the boy could stay in touch with him, Shinsou, and Mr. Aizawa.
And her for as long as she was here.
Izuku was texting Shinsou about possibly putting Marshmallow on a diet and about how bad that would turn out.
“Izu.” He tilted his head up from where he was leaning on her arm. “Can I see your phone for a second?” He furrowed his eyebrows a bit but nonetheless handed her the phone. Mary Lou took it and opened the camera app. She held the phone out in front of them. “Smile!” Mary Lou did.
Izuku… tried.
It was more of a smirk because he didn’t seem to have the facial muscles for smiling anymore. There were a few times he fully smiled but it broke her heart every time she thought of why he didn’t anymore.
Maybe someday, someday when she was in heaven, she would look down and see a true, real smile on his face.
Mary Lou snapped the picture. The was leaning her head on his, a few of the green curls covering a bit of her face. Her yellow eyes winking on the right and Izuku’s emerald ones staring straight forward. She smiled brightly and Izuku had his half-smile, half-deadpan. He leaned his head against her arm a bit.
It’s a nice picture. Mary Lou messed around with the device a bit and set it as Izuku’s background before handing it back to the boy. Izuku took the phone. For the rest of the trip, Mary Lou noticed, he stared at that picture.
Their car entered the housing addition that the Kirishima’s lived in. It’s a much nicer place. Thirty minutes out of the red light district. Izuku will be safer here. This is for the best. The best…
She tries to convince herself. It doesn’t hurt any less. Izuku seemed to think the same. Yamada seemed to think the same.
None of them wanted this.
They parked at the curb. No one started the movement to get out of the car. Eventually, Yamada turned in his seat and looked back at Mary Lou and Izuku. “Hey, little listener,” he whispered in a voice that one could tell he was trying to hold it together. It was so quiet compared to the normal loud, boisterous self the hero usually was. “Are you ready?” Izuku did not look up. He did not speak. Not even to Mary Lou. Mary Lou met Yamada’s green eyes. He gave a weak smile. Yamada climbed out of the car. He went around to their door and opened it. Mary Lou got out first. Izuku followed after. He wasn’t wearing shoes, only bandages around his feet. They decided that it would be best that he doesn’t wear anything on his feet until school starts for him.
Yamada turned and pressed the button at the side of the gate.
*~DING-ding-Ding-DING~* The gate-bell rang. Soon, the door of the house further down the brick path opened. Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima came down to greet them. Their faces, while smiling, held a sense of solemness to it. They understood the seriousness of this and the pain that each of the three on the other side felt. “Good morning, Ms. Takakawa, Mr. Yamada, Izuku,” Mr. Kirishima gave a small bow. They bowed too.
“Good morning, Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima,” Yamada spoke letting Mary Lou, gratefully, stay silent. She didn’t trust her voice not to crack.
Mrs. Kirishima opened the gate. “Please, come in?” It was more of a question. She didn’t want to push the tenseness. “Thank you.” The five people entered the house and gathered in the living room where Kirishima was already waiting.
“Hey, man!” The boy waved at Izuku. Izuku did not look up. Did not say anything. He didn’t do anything that made it seem like he had even heard the other boy. The three of them sat on the couch with Izuku in between.
Mrs. Kirishima spoke first. “We just want to thank you for trusting us enough,” Mary Lou felt Izuku flinch next to her, “to take care of Izuku. We promise that we will take the best care possible of you.” It was directed at Izuku. Mary Lou nodded. “I know. Thank you for being willing to accept Izuku into your family.” Izuku gripped her arm painfully hard.
“Is there anything more we can do for you?” Mr. Kirishima asked. “Anything to make this transition even a bit easier?”
Mary Lou shook her head. “Thank you but I think everything that has been done is already done. The only thing is that until school starts, Izuku cannot wear shoes because he damaged his feet.” Mr. Kirishima nodded. “I understand.” Yamada stood up and bowed. “Thank you for taking him.” Mary Lou nodded, not really able to get up with Izuku holding onto her so tightly. She turned to the boy.
“We have to go now, Izuku,” she said softly. He didn’t let go. She felt tears pooling in her eyelids but she refused to let them fall. It would only make it harder on Izuku. “Izu,” she whispered, “it’s okay. I promise that everything will be okay.” He glanced up at her. Mary Lou offered the best smile that she could muster. “Trust me?” Izuku finally looked up fully. His eyes were glossy. Mary Lou pulled him into a small hug.
“I love you, Izuku.”
…
“I- I love you, t- too…”
Izuku let her go and Mary Lou stood up next to Yamada. They both bowed. “We will be going now.” Yamada turned to Izuku. “Call or text me if you ever need me. Anytime, day or night.” Izuku nodded.
Mary Lou left with Yamada.
“W- wait!” They turned. Kirishima was standing at the doorway of the house. The boy took a deep breath. “I- I promise to take care of him s- so… don’t worry too much, k?!” Her chest squeezed and it was not a pain caused by her quirk. Mary Lou felt a tear fall from her eye. She couldn’t speak so she waved in its stead.
Once inside the car though… Mary Lou broke down.
_______________________________
Izuku watched the two leave.
Don’t go…. DON’T GO!!! DON’T LEAVE ME! PLEASE!!!!!!
“Izuku?” He jumped. Mrs. Kirishima was crouching in front of him. Breathe Izuku. Breathe. “Have you eaten breakfast yet?” Breathe. Izuku nodded. No, he hadn’t. He couldn’t stomach the breakfast that Yamada made this morning and he definitely couldn’t stomach anything now. So he lied. She smiled. Fake. Threat. BREATHE. He hadn’t noticed her standing and going to the kitchen but he did notice that the couch dipped to the left. Izuku jumped so hard that he flew back and hit the right armrest painfully.
It was Kirishima. Threat!
He grinned and waved. Breathe!!! Kirishima’s face fell and he turned, yelling something to who Izuku assumed was his parents. He couldn’t hear it. His heart pounded against his ribcage, vision blurring with the lack of air. Can’t- Brea- Someo- Help- Need- AIR!
“-ku. Breat- with- -me.” A voice cut through the fog. Help! “Breath in-” Please! “-breathe out.” MARY!!! “In. Out.” A blanket was thrown around his shoulders as the voice continued to guide Izuku. “In… Out…” The counting got slower. Izuku grabbed the blanket tightly, trying his hardest to obey the commands. “In… And out…” Slowly but surely, his vision began to clear up. A tall man with short black hair was in front of him. He had a hand on his own chest, chest rising and falling with the counts. Izuku shakily pressed his hand against his own chest. He held onto every word the man was saying, feeling the rise and fall of his chest as he let the man lead him.
“There you go,” the black-haired man that Izuku recognized as Mr. Kirishima said softly. Izuku felt so lightheaded. He blinked slowly. Mr. Kirishima looked away, Izuku followed his gaze to see his wife coming over with a cup of what looked like orange juice. She handed it to the man and he turned back to Izuku. Mr. Kirishima held out the cup to Izuku, holding it by the very bottom so Izuku could take it without physically touching the man.
“This will help.” Izuku hesitantly took the cup. It was a miracle that he did not spill it with how much he was shaking. Izuku took small sips. Mr. Kirishima did not leave until Izuku finished the cup, the man’s presence a steady rock of reality. Izuku looked a bit past the man to see red eyes peeking from behind him. Kirishima noticed that Izuku noticed him and gave a weary wave.
At some point, Mrs. Kirishima reentered the room. “How about a game?” Everyone looked at the auburn-haired woman. She held a box. “Triopoly!” She announced. “It’s like Monopoly but you can form teams and team up against other players.”
So, they set it up on the ground. Izuku slid slowly down from the couch, keeping his back pressed against the sofa. Kirishima turned to him. “What do you want to be, Izuku?” The boy gestured to the tiny metal figures that would be their game pieces. He scanned over them. Car, dog, helicopter, cat, money bag, boa- Izuku bent over his knees that were being held to his chest by his arm and picked up one.
“Alright,” Mr. Kirishima nodded, “Izuku’s the cat.”
“I call the boat!” Kirishima announced, taking up his chosen character.
“As always,” Mrs. Kirishima said as she picked hers, “I am the money bag.”
Mr. Kirishima took his. “And I’m the dog.”
-----
“I’ll buy that.”
“Darn it! You gotta trade me!
-----
“Come on, Izuku… Please!!!”
…
“The silent treatment! HA!”
-----
“Izuku’s ruthless!”
“That was my last hotel…”
“We can still win this!”
-----
“Wait! Wait! WAIT. Think carefully about this. Do reeeeeaaaaaally want to do this?”
…
“Noooooooooo!”
…
“Sorry, Dad… Izuku’s just too good…”
-----
Izuku watched as Mrs. Kirishima and Kirishima put away the game. Mr. Kirishima sighed, running a hand through his hair. “Are you sure that was your first time playing?” Izuku nodded. He had never even heard of the game. Nor the “Monopoly” game that it was based on. But he knew a lot about transactions and deals. He’s observed enough drug deals to know how this goes. So the Kirishima’s haven’t dealt with black market dealings and Izuku had a bit of an advantage. Potato-pototo.
Mrs. Kirishima looked at her phone. “Ah!” Izuku jumped at the sudden gasp. “It’s already 3! Gosh, I forget how long those games last. Anyone up for lunch? It’s grilled cheese!”
-----
Mary Lou placed the plate in front of him.
‘You know, it’s better if you dip the grilled cheese in the soup,’ she said with a wink.
-----
Suddenly, Izuku lost his appetite once again.
“I’m down,” Kirishima chirped. Mr. Kirishima nodded. Izuku sat at the kitchen table only to be polite. He was being welcomed into their home so he shouldn’t be rude.
Their home. This place… this place was not his home. Izuku’s home was… He squeezed his eyes shut as Soft Blossom Bakery flashed in his head. Stop it, Izuku! You aren’t there anymore, remember? You are here. They left you here.
He knew it wasn’t that they wanted to leave him here but he needed something to cling to so he could stop clinging to… home.
“Izuku, dear?” Izuku snapped his eyes open. The others around the table were looking at him. “Are you alright, dear?” Mrs. Kirishima asked.
Izuku took a deep breath. He nodded. No. He was fine. He’s not fine. Everything would be alright. No, it won’t be.
Mrs. Kirishima hummed and began to eat.
“Thanks for the food!” Kirishima piped. Izuku stared down at the hot grilled cheese before him. His stomach churned with the thought of eating it, or at all for that matter. Kirishima took a hardy bite, the indent showing off his sharp teeth. Mr. Kirishima and Mrs. Kirishima are eating too. He stood out. “So, what do you boys want to do tomorrow?” Mr. Kirishima asked. “You still have a whole week of Spring Break left.” And the conversation continued. They tried to include Izuku, which was sweet, really, but they couldn’t read him like Mary Lou or Yami or Eraser and Shinsou.
When everyone had finished and Mrs. Kirishima was taking up their plates, she did not comment on the fact that Izuku had only managed a couple of bites. She cut off the bit parts and wrapped it in plastic wrap. “Just in case you get hungry later on,” she winked at him. He doubted it but it was nice of her.
It wasn’t long until night fell.
Izuku did, in fact, check every single lock in the house, the Kirishima’s letting him, thankfully.
Izuku sat on his bed. Mrs. Kirishima stood in the doorway as Izuku’s lamp illuminated the room.
“If you two need me, I’ll be in my room, alright?”
Izuku nodded.
“Love you two,” she said, giving a smile. Fake… Kirishima smiled brightly. “Love ya, mom!” She left, blowing a kiss into the room and closing the door.
Kirishima turned to him. “Hey,” he whispered, “you tired?” Izuku looked at the boy and shook his head. Even if he was, Izuku would not be sleeping tonight. Kirishima grinned that toothy grin of his. “Me neither!” he whispered-yelled. “I- I know it’s hard and all… but I am so glad you are here, Izuku! Heyheyhey, wanna play a game?” Izuku tilted his head. Kirishima grinned. He leaned over to his nightstand and pulled open the top drawer. Kirishima pulled out a game console. “Can you catch?” Izuku nodded. Kirishima tossed over one of the controllers. Izuku caught it. Kirishima set up a small screen on his bed which made Izuku thank the world for his good eyesight. Which, for the record, would be the only time he ever thanked the world for anything.
They started a game primarily built around building things. Izuku took the distraction with much satisfaction. They played for almost an hour before Kirishima began to nod off. Izuku was slightly disappointed in having to stop but he understood the other's need for sleep. So that left Izuku to sit in the dark with only his alarm clock and Kirishima’s creating a minimal light on their respective owners.
No way in hell was he sleeping tonight.
_______________________________
Eijiro woke up in the middle of the night needing to use the bathroom. He checked his alarm clock. 3:07 am. Eijiro would, on a normal basis, just throw off the covers and go to use the bathroom down the hall but he was lucky that he remembered, even in his half-awake state, that there was another resident in the room who would probably jump at the slightest sound. Eijiro sat up slowly. He turned to look over at Izuku and froze.
In the dim light of the other boy’s alarm clock, Eijiro could make out Izuku’s sitting for. Awake. Not only awake, though. His body was facing his desk a, from what Eijiro could see, and he was sitting straight up, legs criss-cross, and Izuku had very much heard Eijiro sit up because, despite his body not facing him, Eijiro could see the green eyes trained on him. The red glow of the alarm clock did nothing to ease the nerves that Eijiro felt rile up in him.
“I-” Izuku’s right eye twitched “- am going to go use the bathroom,” Eijiro whispered, his voice like a siren in the darkness. Izuku made no indication that he had heard Eijiro but the bathroom was becoming a necessity and fast. Eijiro stepped out of bed and made his way to the door. His neck hairs stood on end. Izuku’s eyes were following him like a moth to a flame. Eijiro left the door cracked a bit.
Upon entering the bathroom and closing the door, he let out a breath he had not known that he was holding. He was quick to do his business and return to the room. He hesitated outside.
-----
‘- we would very much appreciate it if you would knock anytime you enter the room.’
-----
Eijiro lightly knocked lightly, the door pushing open a bit. “It’s me,” he announced before entering. There Izuku was, still in that same position, eyes still fixed on Eijiro. Eijiro closed the door behind him and got back in bed. “Good night, Izuku.” He rolled over so that he wouldn’t be facing the boy. That didn’t make the tenseness leave his shoulders. He could practically feel Izuku’s gaze on him.
Scary… Eijiro shivered.
Eijiro wasn’t a paranoid person though so he eventually forgot that the boy was there and the tenseness left as Eijiro fell into a peaceful sleep.
Chapter 25: Starting A New Life
Summary:
Izuku's first three day's at the Kirishima's.
Notes:
Hey, y'all! How are ya feeling?
Chapter Text
*knock knock knock*
Eijiro groaned. He rolled over in bed and unwillingly poked his head out from under the covers. He peeled his eyes open. He was greeted with the sight of his new roommate in the same exact position as last night but instead, his face was facing the door.
Eijiro didn’t dwell on it because: Surely he slept some at least, right?
Instead, Eijrio followed his gaze to see Mom at the door.
“Morning, sleepyheads!” she sing-song’d.
Eijiro narrowed his eyes and threw the blankets back over his head. “Uh-Uh-Uh!” He heard her footsteps and she pulled the covers off of him. “Moooooooooom!” She smiled. “Wakey-wakey or you get no eggs and no bakey!” Eijiro sighed and sat up as she left. He looked over at Izuku who had gotten up already and was making his bed. Eijiro slid out of bed. He doesn’t usually make his bed but he felt kind of awkward not doing it if Izuku was so he did.
“Did ya sleep well?” Eijiro asked. Izuku poked his head out from behind his dresser door as he was currently choosing clothes for the day.
Izuku stared at Eijiro for a second before nodding and going back to his clothing.
Eijiro wanted to believe the boy but he wasn’t sure if the boy had even slept. But Izuku wouldn’t lie to him, would he? Eijiro opened his own dresser. People always said that he was too trusting which is kind of ironic considering his new roommate is the most untrusting person on this earth. “Ah-” *SLAM* Eijiro winced as Izuku was midway through closing his dresser door when Eijiro spoke up and it probably triggered that. “Y- you can take the bathroom first,” Eijiro offered. “I will dress in here.” Izuku looked at him and nodded. The boy left the room with his clothes.
It was strange, being the only one talking and talking to basically a wall since the other boy’s expression never changed but Eijiro was sure that he’d get used to it.
He got dressed in shorts and a t-shirt before leaving. He could smell the literal bacon and eggs as he entered the kitchen. He sat in his usual seat. “Good Mornin - YAAAAWWNNNN - g.”
Dad chuckled. “Good morning, Ei. Did you sleep well?” Ei nodded. “Yeah.” Izuku, who was coming in, stopped at the entrance into the dining room. Eijiro watched as green eyes traveled over the room, lingering on each specific person. Checking for safety, perhaps? Eijiro grinned and patted the empty seat next to him. “Come on, man!” It took a second but eventually, Izuku did sit by him. Eijiro did not notice how when the boy pulled out the chair, he discretely scooted it over a bit further from him.
“Good morning, Izuku,” Mom hummed as she came over and gave them each a serving of bacon and eggs, leaving the extras in the middle for whoever wanted seconds.
Izuku nodded at her, apparently his way of ‘greeting’ others.
As they ate, Eijiro couldn’t help but notice that Izuku had hardly touched his plate. Eijiro would take a bite of bacon and glance over at Izuku’s plate to see all of the bacon still intact. He would be halfway through his eggs. Izuku had finally taken a bite of bacon. Eijiro went for his last piece of bacon, Izuku had only eaten one piece and a couple of bites of eggs. Eijiro finished his plate. Izuku had not eaten any more than that.
He also didn’t eat much yesterday. A bit worrying but Eijiro was sure it would be fine. He's just a bit shy, right?
When Eijiro was asked yesterday what he wanted to do today he opted for staying home for Izuku’s sake. His parents told him that they would be going out tomorrow and another couple of times during their last week of Spring Break so Izuku could get somewhat used to being in public. Eijiro took Izuku outside. “So, tomorrow we are getting you signed up for school,” he mused as he dug through the box of balls. No soccer balls, Izuku still couldn’t wear shoes. “Have you thought of the extracurricular classes you want to take?” He sat up, pulling out a baseball and two baseball mitts. Izuku raised an eyebrow.
“Do you know what that means?”
The greenette shook his head, accepting the mitt that Eijiro tossed to him. They went out into the grass.
“They are basically classes you get to choose outside of the four you have to take, aka math, reading, English, Japanese history, science, and PE.” Eijiro threw the ball and Izuku caught it. Eijiro lifted his mitt and pointed at it. “You catch it in this.” Izuku looked at the glove. “And throw it with your empty hand.” Izuku took the ball and threw it with more force than Eijiro knew the boy could put out. He barely caught it. “Woah… that was so manly!” He took the ball and threw it back. Eijiro went back to the conversation at hand. “Like me, I take art and psychology.” He caught the ball. “You are supposed to pick them based on what you want to do for the future. I chose mine because I like art and my dad is a therapist. They don’t really have any for wanting to be a hero.” He threw it. “Oh! That man, erm… Aizawa…? He said you are training with him to be a hero! Do you want to be a hero?”
Izuku hesitated before throwing the ball with a little less force than normal. He nodded slowly.
“Cool! Being a hero is so manly! I want to be a hero too but… I dunno…” Eijiro looked at the ball in his hand. “My friends all think that I’m too weak or not confident enough or something. Next year will be my last year in middle school and I’ll have to choose my top three schools and I want to put UA but I’m thinking that I won’t.” He looked up to throw the ball and jumped back when he came face to face with Izuku who was supposedly many more feet away.
When did he get there? I didn’t even hear him!
Izuku took a step back and did the thing that started their first ‘connection’ in the first place. He tilted his head back, puffed out his chest, and put his hands on his hips. Eijiro grinned. “I know, I know,” he said as he copied the POWER POSE. “‘Have more confidence’ huh?” Izuku nodded. He stepped forward. Eijiro was even more surprised when the boy reached out and physically took the ball from his hand. Izuku went back to his throwing spot further away and turned to Eijiro. Izuku pointed at him and grew back his arm. EHHH!?!?!? “W- w- w- w- wait!” Izuku threw the ball.
*!BAM!*
The sound was deafening, Eijiro barely had enough time to get his glove up. His arm and hand stung with the force. He opened his eyes that he had squeezed shut. Eijiro peaked at Izuku over his glove. Izuku was tapping on his phone. Eijiro took off the mitt, curling and uncurling his sore fingers. Izuku walked up to him and held up his phone.
“‘You… didn’t… flinch,’” Eijiro read aloud. He looked up. Izuku took the phone back and typed something before turning it back.
“‘You have a good reaction time and even though you closed your eyes, you did not shy away.’”
He typed something else.
“‘You are…’” Eijiro trailed off. ...STRONG. He hung his head. Here Izuku is the one who has been traumatized from possibly the worst life Eijiro has heard of and yet he was comforting him. Eijiro looked up, tears at the corner of his eyes.
“You know, Izuku,” he grinned widely, “you are too.”
He doesn’t know what that emotion that flashed in Izuku’s green eyes was, it left almost as soon as it showed up, but Eijiro feels like he said something right.
Eijiro was slightly relieved come lunch. Izuku ate the rest of his grilled cheese from yesterday which eased a bit of worry as he ate his own lunch. The two boys and Eijiro’s mom watched What’s Your Next Line? on TV, his Dad was at work.
That night, Eijiro sat on his bed with his lamp on, using his legs as a board for his sketchbook.
There was a small sound from the bed on the other side of the room. He looked over. Izuku was leaning against the wall, having moved one of his pillows to use as a cushion, and was sitting criss-cross with a plushie that looked like the man that came over who called himself the hero Eraserhead. A small smile graced the boy's lips. Eijiro wondered what he was looking at. He wondered what, or who, made the blank boy have that sort of emotion.
Eijiro wondered…
if he could ever make Izuku smile that way, too.
They went to sleep that night. Or so he thought. Eijiro wanted to check something so he stayed up and acted as if he was asleep. He turned in his ‘sleep’ and peeked out from under the covers. It was only just past midnight but he had to check. Yup, Izuku was sitting up straight, like last night. This time, though, fiddling with something.
It took the perfect glare of light from the alarm clock for Eijiro to realize that it was a rather large knife.
His heart stopped for a moment. He turned away, knowing full well that Izuku had heard him turn and was now probably looking in his direction. Eijiro tried to calm his beating heart because THAT is not something you want to see at night in a red glow. He closed his eyes and willed himself to fall asleep.
He did. Eventually.
_______________________________
Izuku watched as the sun filtered through the window that rests in the middle of Kirishima’s room on the wall opposite of the door. He leaned over and pulled up the mattress to slip the knife under before sitting back up and continuing to stare at his armour. He spent the nights hyper-aware of every sound in the house. Every creek as the house settled, every snore from the other resident in the room. EVERYTHING. He waited in tense silence until the tell-tale knock came from the door to which he would jump and watch in anticipation of villain or criminal or Inko to come through the door only to see the auburn-haired Mrs. Kirishima open the door.
“Gooooood morning, sleepyheads!” Kirishima groaned in discontent of being woken up. Mrs. Kirishima looked at Izuku and winked. She walked over to Kirishima and promptly rid the boy of his warm coverings. “Moooooooom!!!” Izuku had a feeling that this was a morning routine for the two, and soon, one that would be his as well. If the greenette was being honest, he found it quite amusing.
“Up a’datem!” Kirishima sat up with a messy head of black hair. Izuku decided that it was about time for his to get out of bed so he did, stretching his numb legs and popping his back and joints of his already offset body reacted to moving after such a long period of time.
“Izuku,” he turned his head to look at the woman, “I’ve got some ointment for you to put on your joints and shoulders for that.”
Was it really that loud? Probably.
“I recommend putting it on before you sleep. Now,” she turned to the other boy in the room, “get up! We have a big day!” With that, she left. Izuku swallowed a sigh. He was exhausted. Little to no food and zero hours of sleep in two days would do that to a person. He definitely did NOT want to go sign up for classes for school but nonetheless, Izuku got ready for the day, taking the bathroom first as per yesterday. When he entered the dining room, he made sure that everything was safe before sitting by Kirishima.
“You’ll get to see our school today,” the boy piped as he took a bite of toast. Izuku looked down at his uneaten pieces. Food just… he just couldn’t… “I heard Mr. Aizawa talked with the Principle beforehand,” Mr. Kirishima spoke up, “so there should be no issue with getting you in Ei’s class.” Ei. That is what Kirishima’s parents called their son.
Mr. Kirishima apologized for not being able to accompany them to the school but they all understood.
Izuku had just finished rebandaging his feet, which were looking, and feeling, a whole lot better, when Kirishima knocked on the door to his room and poked his head in. “Are you ready to go?” No. Izuku nodded. He slipped on a pair of soft and fuzzy green slippers that he was using until he could put on shoes again.
The greenette tried to trail a bit behind Mrs. Kirishima and Kirishima as they walked to the school but… Kirishima matched his pace perfectly each time Izuku tried to slow down or speed up. He resigned himself to his fate of listening to the boy ramble as Izuku tried to still his nerves.
It wasn’t working.
Mrs. Kirishima led them into the front office. “Good morning,” she greeted the guidance counselor. “Good morning, Mrs. Kirishima, Kirishima,” the lady with black eyes greeted. Like, only black eyes. There were no pupils. She turned to Izuku. “And you must be… your records say Midor-'' His stomach dropped.
“Izuku,” Mrs. Kirishima cut her off before the woman could get in another syllable.
“Izuku Kirishima.” Izuku blinked long and hard at the auburn-haired woman as she paired her last name with his first name. The counselor nodded. “Right. I heard something about adoption.” Izuku dug his fingers into his left arm. Midoriya. He hadn’t heard that name in so long. Bile rose in his throat. He wanted to throw up. “Hey man,” Kirishima whispered, “you good?” Izuku glanced over at him but could not move his body.”
“My name is Mrs. Ashido.” She stood up to address Mrs. Kirishima. “Wou-”
“E- excuse me.” The adults turned to Kirishima. “I am going to show Izuku to the bathroom.”
Mrs. Ashido nodded. “Alright. Please be back soon so we can get him into his classes.”
Kirishima made sure to get into Izuku’s line of sight and jerked his head in the direction of the door. “Come on, man.” Izuku did not need to use the bathroom meaning nor had he made any indication that he did need to so that meant… Kirishima was giving him a free out.
“Sorry ‘bout that, man,” Kirishima apologized as they walked down the hall. Izuku pried his nails from his arm, tiny indents left on the pale skin, right next to a particularly large scar.
Kirishima stopped outside of the bathroom. “I- I’m not as good as my dad at this so… um.. If you need to ‘use the bathroom’ and don’t want anyone to see, I- I’ll stay out here.” Izuku had never been more grateful in his life. He looked down for a second before going past the boy and into the bathroom.
Izuku bypassed the urinals and fell to his knees in a stall and threw up his meager breakfast in the toilet.
Midoriya… Izuku Midoriya.
He coughed and hacked like he was trying to expel the name from the inside out.
I- Izuku M- Midoriya.
He dry heaved over the toilet, tears streaming down his face. His chest heaved painfully. He raised a fist- Midoriya.
*!BANG!*
- and slammed it against the side of the stall. The sound echoed in the empty bathroom and the stall shook with the force of it.
Izuku panted heavily.
He took a deep breath and stood up, shakily. He flushed the toilet and left. Izuku took the time to wash his face and clean his mouth out before breathing again and leaving the bathroom.
_______________________________
Eijiro checked the time.
Izuku had gone into the bathroom seven minutes ago. He wondered if he should go and check on him but he promised the boy that he wouldn’t.
“Ei.” He snapped his head up to see Mom walking up to him. “Where is Izuku?” Eijiro pointed to the men’s bathroom door. “He’s in there.” She nodded.
“Is he…”
“I think so…”
They didn’t need to say anything more. Mom sighed, running a hand through her spiky hair. “Dang it, she should have known better than to say that name.” Eijiro winced. Mom hardly used profane language so she must have been pretty angry. Not that Eijrio couldn’t understand. He understood that it was custom to use last names and that she had to differentiate between him and Izuku but Eijiro was sure Mom or Dad had told the school that it was specifically ‘Izuku.’
Time passed and Eijiro checked his phone.
“Eleven minutes,” he said aloud. Mom hummed. “Maybe you sho-”
*!BANG!*
They both jumped at the loud sound that erupted from the bathroom. Eijiro bit his tongue and looked up at his mother. She closed her eyes for a second before opening them again.
“Let’s give him a minute.” Eijiro couldn’t agree more. He was worried but also terrified.
A minute later, the bathroom door opened and out came Izuku.
He looked tired and his eyes were slightly red from crying, lack of sleep, or more likely both.
“Are you okay, dear?” Mom asked the greenette. Eijiro saw the boy visibly take a deep breath, his chest rising and staying still a moment before falling. Izuku nodded sharply.
Eijiro was torn between giving Izuku room and wanting to be there for him so he just lingered by the side of Izuku as they made their way back to the counselor's office.
Mom lingered outside of the door. She turned to Izuku and knelt down. “I hope you don’t mind that I put our last name on you.” Eijiro’s eyes widened. Oh yeah…
-----
‘Izuku. Izuku Kirishima.’
-----
Mom did do that. He glanced over at Izuku. The boy in question seemed to look Mom up and down. He looked over at Eijiro as well then back at Mom. Izuku had a bit of a blush on his cheeks and gave a small thumbs up. Eijiro beamed at him. Izuku purposefully avoided eye contact.
Mom grinned and walked in.
_______________________________
Izuku slouched on the brown couch in the Kirishima’s living room. He pressed his hands to his face and leaned his elbows against his knees. His body would not stop shaking and his heart would not slow down. He was going to go into cardiac arrest at this rate.
In the end, Izuku had been placed in Kirishima’s classes for the core classes but because they have different electives they would not be in the same PE class. Izuku decided that if he was going to choose anything, it would be what he was good at. So, he chose Mixed Martial Arts. For his second elective, Izuku chose Foods. He chose it wanting to impress Yami the next time he saw the man.
He felt a dip in the couch. Izuku looked over and saw Kirishima to the left, leaning against the armrest with his feet on the couch, drawing something. Izuku closed his eyes and sat up, only to fall back into the plush cushions. Izuku felt his eyes drooping but forced them to stay open.
There was a brief sound of ripping paper before a paper airplane flew into his line of sight. Izuku reeled back in shock and turned to the source: Kirishima who was still drawing. Izuku looked down at the airplane that had landed in his lap. He noticed something on the edge of the wing covered up by the fold. Izuku took the plane and unfolded it.
It was a pretty detailed Shiba Inu dog sitting down and facing him. It looked as though it was smiling.
Cute…
Another airplane flow over to him. Izuku raised an eyebrow as he glanced over to Kirishima who did not look up. Izuku almost, ALMOST, smiled. He took the next one. The Shiba on this one was like the first one but it was watching a ball roll by its feet.
This continued for some time. At some point, Izuku got on the floor and began to line up the pictures in order as the story continued.
_______________________________
Yuma Kirishima came out of the kitchen and into the living room after mopping fully expecting to flop down in a recliner to rest but stopped upon witnessing the sight in front of her.
Half of the living room floor was covered in paper, drawings of… a dog?
Izuku was at the bottom of the row, lining up another. Yuma looked over to the couch to see her son, Eijiro, aiming a paper airplane at Izuku. He had a regular notebook on his lap that looked like it had only been filled halfway. That’s when Yuma realized that he had been drawing the pictures and throwing them to Izuku as planes. Izuku had been lining them up in order as if they made a story. It did not take long for the auburn-haired woman to realize that it did, in fact, make a story.
A Shiba Inu was sitting happily when a ball rolled past. The dog followed the ball. The ball fell down the hole and the dog followed. The Shiba found itself in darkness. When it climbed out of the hole, it was in a garden. The Shiba began to chase a butterfly until it stopped and noticed that it was in a jungle. The dog swung from the vines until one snapped and it fell into a dessert. It traveled for a long time before finding a stream. The Shiba dived in. When it came out, it climbed out into a snowy biome.
That was all so far.
Yuma made eye contact with Ei as he prepared another plane. He smiled and waved, not making any noise. Right, Izuku did not know she was in the room. Yuma smiled back at her son and silently left the room, not before taking a picture of the scene before her, though. This was one for the picture book!
As Yuma lay down in her bed, she could not help but feel so proud of Eijiro for using his artistic talent to do this. And for being so willing to reach out.
Yuma knew that Eijiro was having a hard time at school. Every time he talked about his ‘friends’ it always seemed as though he was more of a spectator to the fun times they shared. It was around ten years old that he began to show signs of depression and had his first panic attack in fear of never having friends which clues Yuma in that these weren’t ‘friends’ but people that just didn’t mind if he tagged along. When Yuma and Asa brought up to their son the idea of adopting a year back, he was immediately on board with it. They did not think about how long it would take for the process of adoption and finding a child was surprisingly hard. Until they were reached out to by a hero. Honestly, Yuma didn’t know what to think when they were first informed about Izuku. The report said that it was a child of Izuku’s age with cases of severe trauma. They had been looking at children and orphanages for a while but this was the first time that they had been specifically reached out to so they took the chance. Upon hearing about the traumatic experiences of the child in question, Yuma was quite worried that they could not handle it, even with Asa’s profession as a therapist. However, that all changed when they first met Izuku.
He was so jumpy but the laugh that Eijiro let out from the table at the bakery was the first real one she had heard in so long. She knew that this was perfect for her son. Now that Izuku was here, she was so glad that they had not backed out when they had first heard of him.
She truly hoped he would be comfortable here.
_______________________________
He’s awake again… Eijiro thought as he woke up needing to use the bathroom. Izuku was sitting on his bed in the middle of the night, wide awake, staring down at a Present Mic plushie. Eijiro felt Izuku’s eyes on him as he left the room.
Why wasn’t he asleep? It’s the third night. He’s gotta be tired, right?
As Eijiro reentered the room and climbed back into bed, he knew that Izuku was watching him, even if the boy didn’t move.
-----
‘- quirk abuse, blunt force trauma, isolation, starvation, and locking him in small dark places for extended periods of time.’
-----
‘On the streets, Izuku was constantly fighting for his life and has even mentioned that on a few occurrences he has been a victim of rape.’
-----
‘- suffers from a severe case of PTSD and claustrophobia.’
-----
It clicked. Eijiro took one last look at Izuku before settling in.
Izuku… was scared.
In the span of a few months, he had found a place he thought was safe but watched the one person he trusted as she slowly died and had been forced to move in with a family he had met only a few times that he had no reason to trust and could only base what they were like off of papers, a few conversations, and his past which proved to show that his brain had probably been altered to see anyone as an immediate threat to his safety. Now he had to live his life with this family that he could not help but think of them as potential abusers. Izuku could not sleep as that overwhelming sense of fear hug over his head and trapped him in a fog of terror.
Not in the same way, but Eijiro has experienced that fear in the sense of being left behind by his friends as they seemed to draw further and further away from each other.
As Izuku saw it, he was all alone.
After finally given a taste of freedom from his pain and suffering, it was suddenly stripped from him and he could do nothing to stop it.
Eijiro looked out from under the covers as Izuku’s head bobbed but snapped up as he forced his body to stay awake. Izuku is scared. Eijiro felt his own eyes droop.
The last thing that he thought before he fell asleep was:
Izuku is afraid… that we will hurt him...
Chapter 26: Please Let Us Help You
Summary:
Izuku is too tired to train and has a heart-to-heart with Mrs. Kirishima.
Notes:
How is everyone feeling?
Chapter Text
“Come on, Izuku! You’re slacking!”
Shouta tapped his foot annoyed as Izuku pulled himself to a sitting position on the ground after Hitoshi flattened him. Again. Today is the first time Hitoshi had won a fight against Izuku and it is because the kid keeps zoning out and making stupid mistakes. Hitoshi crouched by Izuku, obviously unhappy with the easy wins. He would be happy about his first wins against Izuku if it wasn’t so obvious that Izuku was not in his best form.
“‘Zuku,” Hitoshi’s voice was quiet, “are you okay? You don’t look well.” It took Izuku a whole thirty seconds to respond and all he did was look up and blink. Shouta decided that it was time he stepped in. He crouched beside his son and looked Izuku in the eyes. The boy looked deathly pale with flushed cheeks that stood out against his skin. He looked thinner than before and had deep rings beneath his eyes that rivaled both Shouta’s and Hitoshi’s together. “Kid, have you been sleeping?” Izuku hesitated but nodded. Shouta didn’t believe him.
“Izuku.” he dropped his voice to sound stern. Izuku had the decency to look apologetic.
“No…”
Shouta narrowed his eyes. “At all?”
“N- no…”
“Not once since arriving at the Kirishima’s?”
…
…
…
Shouta almost thought that the boy wasn’t going to reply but he heard the whisper.
“No…”
Shouta hung his head. If he was good at math, and he was, that made 24- 68- 72- and the 16 hours of today so 88 hours. 88 hours this kid has been awake. Shouta moved on. “Have you been eating?” Izuku nodded. “A lot?” Izuku made a seesaw motion with his hand. “More than a bite or two per meal?” Izuku didn’t respond. Shouta knew the answer and it was not one he liked.
Results of his questioning: Izuku has reverted back to his lifestyle on the streets and was not faring well after his body had adjusted to eating and sleeping normally.
Shouta didn’t like to think about how when the kid started off on the streets he probably was already used to it so he didn’t struggle as much.
Shouta sighed and stood up. “Let’s cut training early today.” Izuku’s head snapped up.
“B- b- but I c- can keep goin’!” In the few times the boy did udder whole sentences one could hear his thick red lights accent. He would sound like a thug if he did not have that stutter. Shouta shook his head. “No, you can’t.”
“Why aren’t you sleeping, ‘Zuku?” Hitoshi asked. Izuku looked over at the purple-haired boy.
“I- It’s- Can’t- I-” Izuku was trying really hard to explain this but he didn’t need to. It was a feeling that had been ingrained into him. A feeling of fear and untrust. To put it simply, he did not trust the Kirishima’s. He was waiting for them to do something to prove his own misgivings and probably make use of that notebook for escape. Shouta held up a hand. “It’s alright, Izuku,” he said softly. “We understand that this is a new situation for you. We aren’t mad at you, just worried about your health.” Izuku hung his head. “I- I’m sorry…”
Shouta almost said that he could sleep here but if he did and the kid agreed then it would only extend the time that he did not sleep at the Kirishima’s and whether it be he passes out or actually falls asleep, Izuku needed to be shown that they will not hurt them if he sleeps at their house.
Right now, however, there was a more prominent issue to discuss.
“Izuku, can I feel your forehead?” Shouta asked.
The kid had zoned off in their short period of silence. “Izuku.” He jumped and whipped his head to face Shouta but his eyes were more trained past Shouta then on him as if he wasn’t really seeing the man. His green eyes were glassy and bloodshot. “Can I feel your forehead?” he asked again. Izuku visibly tensed but nonetheless nodded. Shouta reached forward with his open hand slowly. Izuku flinched back, probably on reflex, and his eyes were squeezed tightly shut. “I’m not going to hurt you,” Shouta promised. “I am just checking your temperature.” The fact that Izuku hadn’t asked why beforehand almost made Shouta smile that he had gained at least that much trust from the boy.
-----
‘Sho! Sho! Izuku said he trusted me! He called me ‘Yami!’’
-----
Shouta placed his hand upon the boy's forehead. It was burning up and Izuku probably didn’t even realize how he relaxed at the cool contrast of Shouta’s hand. Shouta almost felt bad when he removed his hand.
“As I thought, you are running a fever.” Shouta stood up. “Let’s go to Recovery Girl and get you some medicine.” Izuku paled even more, if that was possible. “What? Would you rather a hero or going to a random hospital?” Izuku shook his head and scrambled to his feet. He stumbled a bit. Hitoshi lurched forward and stabilized the boy.
Shouta reflected on the fact that Izuku didn’t even flinch when Hitoshi touched him. He hoped it was because he trusted Hitoshi and not because he was just that out of it.
As they made their way down the hallway, Izuku was a whole mess. Every time a teacher or student passed his grip on Shouta’s arm would get that much tighter. He was sure that he would find a bruise on it later. They stopped outside of Recovery Girl’s office. *knock knock* “Recovery Girl, it’s Aizawa.”
…
“Come on in!”
Shouta slid the door open. The older woman was sitting on her swivel chair by the desk. “What is it, Aizawa?” He winced slightly as the grip on his arm got unbearably tight. “This is the kid I told you about,” he gestured to Izuku. “He is running a fever but because… *cough* you know, we cannot bring him to the hospital for a check-up or anything. Could we have some medicine?” Recovery Girl knew about Izuku’s PTSD and fear of humans. She nodded. Recovery Girl dropped down from her chair. Izuku lurched back, dragging Shouta a bit with him. She didn’t seem to mind. A few minutes of digging through the cabinets later, Recovery Girl deposited a pill bottle in his hand. “Once every six hours.” She turned to Izuku and held out her hand. He flinched back.
“Have some gummies, sonny.”
Izuku looked up at Shouta. “They are good,” he said. Izuku narrowed his eyes. “And safe.” Izuku hesitantly held out his hand. Recovery Girl dropped the gummy bears in and smiled at him. The grip on Shouta’s arm relaxed ever so slightly.
“Oh,” Shouta thought out loud, “Izuku, what I am about to say is in regards to your quirk and training.” He bit his lip but nodded. Shouta turned back to Recovery Girl who was currently dealing out gummy bears to Hitoshi. “Since you have a healing quirk that revolves around energy, do you think that it would be possible that you help train Izuku in the aspects of healing?”
Izuku whipped his head up to Shouta. Shouta smirked. “Remember what I said at the bakery, kid? If you could use your quirk efficiently as you did with Mary Lou, you could be one hell of a hero.”
Izuku blushed slightly and looked away.
Recovery Girl hummed. “I could try but only if Izuku lets me.” Izuku did not look up. Shouta knelt by him. “Izuku, you don’t have to do this however I feel like this could be a big improvement for you in your training. Do you think that you would like to give it a try? We can always stop if you don’t like it.” Izuku was shaking. The internal warfare of fear of his quirk and the want to save people battling it out in his mind.
Almost as if it was a habit, the boy glanced over to Hitoshi for confirmation. Hitoshi lifted up a gummy and squeezed it a bit. Izuku deadpanned and turned back to Shouta. Shouta watched as green eyes scanned him before turning to Recovery Girl and scanning her. He finally nodded very decisively.
Shouta distantly wonders if it was just Izuku’s faith in Shouta that the kid so openly accepted this or if there really was a growth in the boy. Maybe he was finally coming out of his shell?
Oh, how Shouta really hopes that is true.
“So how about this, for an hour after our training we will come here and work with Recovery Girl if she is not busy?” Izuku nodded. Recovery Girl nodded as well. “Sounds good to me.” She turned to Izuku. “I’ll be seein’ ya a lot then, sonny.” Izuku nodded slightly.
Shouta thanked the woman before they left. He stopped outside of the car. “Izuku.” The boy froze mid-walk. “I am very proud of you for being so open to this.” He looked down at the boy. “You are very brave.”
Izuku… Izuku smiled at him.
Shouta almost got lost as he finally got the traumatized boy to physically smile at him when Hitpshi gently kicked his leg. Shouta glared down at his son who smirked at Shouta having noticed the older man’s shock.
“I- I- If Sho t- trusts h- her then s- she is a g- g- good person… right?”
His heart squeezed at the use of the nickname Hizashi gave him. Shouta raised an eyebrow. “Do you trust me, Izuku?” The greenette tilted his head. “Y- yes?”
It was as though he was saying; ‘Duh. Isn’t that obvious?’ Shouta reached his hand forward, ignoring the string that formed…
from the kid's neck. That’s terrifying and needs to be addressed.
… and rested it gently on Izuku’s head. Izuku’s emerald eyes widened as Shouta pat him gently the way he would with Hitoshi. “Good to know.” Shouta ignored the cocky grin his son gave him as the three got into the car and drove away.
Shouta hid his blush in his capture weapon.
_______________________________
Yuma opened the front door as the gate opened when Izuku put in the passcode they had told him. Mr. Aizawa and Shinsou were with the boy walking up the brick pathway. She waved and smiled.
“Did you boys have fun?” she asked when they stopped in front of her. Mr. Aizawa hummed. “We had to stop early.”
“What for?” she questioned.
She was shocked when the man physically ruffled Izuku’s hair. Did Izuku trust him that much?
“Izuku hadn’t told anyone but he is sick and has not slept any of the days at your house.”
-----
‘Mom?’
‘What is it, Ei?’
‘I- I’m a bit worried about Izuku. I wake up to use the bathroom every night and every night Izuku has been up. I don’t think he is sleeping…’
-----
She smiled softly. “Oh…” What am I supposed to respond to that? Izuku averted her gaze. She smiled and crouched in front of him. “What’s that face for?” she asked. “Don’t feel bad, Izuku. You haven’t done anything wrong. It is perfectly understandable that it would be hard to sleep here. None of us are judging you. I’m not mad.”
Izuku looked up slightly. She could see the glassy eyes and flushed cheeks at this range.
This boy… he’s been pushing himself so far… Is he that scared of us?
The sheer amount of fear bottled up in this small child, just a few months older than even her own son, broke Yuma’s heart.
Mr. Aizawa gave her a pill bottle and instructions of one tablet every six hours. Izuku’s gaze lingered at the two figures leaving before he ducked into the house with Yuma. Eijiro was with Asa at work just to hang out while Izuku was supposed to be away training. They didn’t think that Izuku would be early.
“Would you like something to eat with your medicine?” she asked. Izuku froze. “It’s okay if you don’t.” His face fell a bit.
Was he not planning on taking his medicine at all? Just to sit there and suffer… alone? She watched as he curled up in the corner of the couch. Yuma walked over and sat on the other side, pulling her knees on in a mermaid fashion. She took a deep breath.
“I,” she started, “don’t know how to make you feel safe here…” she admitted. Izuku lifted his tired eyes from his knees. “I am only human, dear. I haven’t been through what you have been through. I don’t feel what you are feeling. I’m not a therapist like my husband.” She closed her eyes to gather her thoughts a bit before focusing on Izuku.
“I know about the notebook you have holding your plans for escape should you need it. I am glad that you haven’t needed it yet but…
_______________________________
“- if you do, just know that I won’t stop you.”
Mrs. Kirishima’s words gained his full attention.
“I will have to report your disappearance but I will not stop you from running away because if you feel unsafe enough to need to make use of that journal then it is probably us that have done something wrong and made you feel unsafe.”
Wait. No. That’s not- You haven’t done anything wrong!
“I don’t want you to feel trapped here, Izuku, but, dear, you won’t last long if you keep up with this. Not eating, not sleeping. It hurts us to see you like this, dear. It hurts us to see the people that we love-”
Love?
“- hurting. It hurts us to see you hurting, Izuku. So…” Mrs. Kirishima took a deep breath. “So whether you make use of your journal and make your escape, whether you le-ave us a- and never re- turn or not,” her voice cracked as if she was fighting back tears, “f- for as lo- ng as you are here… Please…” she sounded so heartbroken “... Please let us help you?”
A question. A choice. Izuku had a choice.
The sound of the front door being opened snapped the two out of their ‘conversation.’ Mrs. Kirishima stood up. “I oughta get started on di-” She stopped and turned to him with wide eyes.
Izuku didn’t even register reaching out and grabbing her shirt.
Izuku opened his mouth.
“I-” “WE’RE HOME!”
He snapped his hand back, reeling back onto the couch in shock. Mrs. Kirishima smiled at him. She looked… relieved? “Welcome back,” she called as she entered the kitchen.
Izuku watched her leave. Idiot! Why did you reach out?! She’s a threat! Is she though? Could she say all of those words and still be- LIES! Are they? They sounded real. Actin- NO! Wait. Yes? You almost spoke. She’s luring you in-
“Dad! He’s hyperventilating!
- No she is- IDIOT! Yes she freaking is! Don’t trust her! She hasn’t given you any reason to. She has though… What? Those few nice words? Do. NOT. Trust. But- She’s a THREAT. Is she? YES!!! She’s bad. No she isn’t! She only means you harm. No she doesn’t! She is going to use you if you get close to her. No she wo- Yes. She wi-
“Alright, I need you to take a deep breath now.”
That guy too. But he’s trying to help. He is tricking you.
“Breathe in…”
He’s helping!
“Breathe out…”
No he isn’t!
“Breathe in…”
He is! And Kirish-
“Breathe out…”
Kirishima doesn’t even like you! He is just acting that way ‘cause his parents told him to.
“Breathe-”
“SHUT UP!!!” Izuku pressed his hands over his ears. “Y- you don’t know anything! They care!” No they do- “THEY DO!” You’re being deceived! “You’re the deceiving one! You’re my own hecking voice!” I’m only stating the tru- “GET OUT OF MY HEAD!”
“Ge- -he head- ones!”
You’re being naive! “I- You- NO! NononononononononononononononoNO!!!! SHUT UP!!!” Something was slipped over his ears and the sounds of the ocean filtered in.
-----
Izuku closed his eyes, letting the breeze blow his hair. He listened to the lapping of the waves on the shore and the laughter of children. The sun felt good on his pale skin. It was relaxing.
-----
Don’t let them hurt you. They will only hurt you if you get close. “No…” Tears filled his eyes. They aren’t safe, Izuku. You aren’t safe. Don’t fall into their trap. “But…”
-----
‘Izuku!’
The greenette turned his eyes from the ocean to the brunette woman in the sand.
‘Come on!’
-----
“I just…” THREAT.
Izuku blinked a couple of times, feeling wetness run down his cheeks. Was he crying? He stared in horror at the man in front of him. Threat. Kirishima was hovering at the edge of the kitchen, Mrs. Kirishima behind him, hands on her son’s shoulders. The sound of the ocean sung softly into his ears.
Mr. Kirishima’s mouth moved but Izuku didn’t hear anything. He reached up and shakily slid the… headphones off of his ears. When did he put those on? Better yet, where did they come from?
“How are ya feeling, bud?”
He blinked. His throat felt raw. Had he been screaming? Izuku reached up and felt his face. He looked at his fingers that were now slightly damp. He had been crying. He looked up and tilted his head.
He felt… tired.
There was a bit of a tenseness lingering in the air after his panic attack but the day carried on. Izuku took his medicine and was sitting on the couch as Kirishima described a comic to him. He could tell that the boy was being very cautious which was understandable.
“Dinner’s ready!” Mrs. Kirishima called.
“Wanna finish after dinner?” Kirishima asked. Izuku nodded and followed the boy to the dining room table.
Tired…
His vision tilted. “I- ku?”
I’m so tired…
“IZUKU!!!”
The last thing he saw was the table coming closer at a rapid pace before he blacked out, a sharp pain bursting from his head.
Chapter 27: A Night's Conversation
Summary:
What happened and a talk between Izuku and... who?
Notes:
Is everyone doing alright?
Chapter Text
“Dinner’s ready!”
Eijiro looked up from the comic he was reading to Izuku as he lay across the couch and Izuku sat at the corner. He’ll admit, he was a bit shaken up after Izuku’s sudden outburst. And very worried. It was as if the boy was having a conversation with himself. Eijiro could sort of understand though because he talks to himself too sometimes.
“Wanna finish after dinner?” Eijiro asked the greenette. Izuku nodded. It was blatant that the boy was both shaken up by today and incredibly exhausted.
Duh! He hasn’t slept in, like, four days now! Kind of manly though to be able to stay awake that long though…
Eijiro folded the corner of the page they were on before placing the book to the side of the couch and standing. Izuku followed him into the dining room.
“Izuku?” He turned back to the boy at his father's worried tone. Izuku had stopped. He was swaying slightly. “Hey, man, you good?” Izuku blinked slowly.
Eijiro will never, NOT EVER, forget the way Izuku’s green eyes rolled back into his head and the way his body fell forward like a ragdoll. Nor will he forget the way his mother screamed “IZUKU!!!” He will not forget the sound that was made when Izuku’s head hit the corner of the table and the sound made as his body hit the floor.
Both of Eijiro’s parents were by the boy's side in an instant. Eijiro was frozen.
What could he do? No… What could he have done to prevent this?
Dad rolled Izuku onto his back.
He could have tried harder to connect with the boy.
Izuku had a gash on his right forehead that was bleeding.
He could have tried to make him feel more comfortable.
Izuku was panting heavily, cheeks flushed against deathly pale skin.
He could have done… SOMETHING!
Dark rings encased Izuku’s eyes.
Why didn’t I…?
“We can’t bring him to a hospital,” Mom’s voice cut through the shock. “He’ll freak out and it’ll only make things worse.” Dad looked contemplative as he held a bundle of now blood-soaked napkins to Izuku’s head.
They transferred Izuku to the couch. “Eijiro, can you get us a bowl of cold water and two towels?”
“A- ah! Yes, sir!” He stumbled into the kitchen, finding the biggest bowl he could and placing it under the running water of the sink before pulling out two towels from the drawers next to said sink. He rushed those in first before going back for the now full bowl of water, carefully bringing it in and setting it to Dad who was by the couch using one of the towels to dry up the blood that was still seeping from Izuku’s head. Mom came running in from the hallway with a first aid kit.
They patched up Izuku as best as possible. Mom dipped the other towel in the cold water, wringing it out before placing it on Izuku’s forehead but careful to avoid wetting the bandages.
The adrenaline began to die down. Eijiro’s legs felt weak as he helped his mother clean up the blood in the dining room.
The three of them gathered around the dining room table.
…
…
…
“Dang…” Eijiro winced as his father cursed. “Sorry, Ei,” he apologized. “I just… I’ve never seen it so bad.”
Eijiro lifted an eyebrow.
“The trauma, I mean,” Dad elaborated. “I’ve worked with so many patients that I thought I’d seen it all but clearly not. I’ve never seen someone so terrified to the point of not sleeping or eating until the collapse. Then again, Izuku’s case is surely… unusual…” Eijiro gulped and looked back down at the table.
“I...” Mom started, “I think it will get better from here on out though.” Dad looked at her. “What makes you so sure?”
“I had a small talk with Izuku today and I think, even if just a bit, I broke some ice with him.”
Eijiro bit his lip. “B- bu- but what if…” he hesitated. “What it doesn’t?”
“Ei?”
“Wh- what if he keeps doing this? What if Izuku never eats or sleeps? H- he’ll die at this rate! I- I don’t know what to do!”
“Eijir-”
“I want to help! I- I want him to feel safe here but I can’t do anything. I’m so useless! He’s hurting and I can’t do anything!!!” Eijiro flinched when a heavy hand landed on his shoulder. He turned and looked at Dad who at some point had gotten up and crouched in front of Eijiro.
“Eijiro, stop. None of this is your fault,” he said sternly, leaving no room for argument. “You are doing everything right. Have you not noticed? Izuku is obviously more comfortable around you. He’s about a thousand times more responsive when you do or say something than when either I or your mother says or does something. You are probably the best thing that Izuku has in this house so don’t you think for a moment that any of this is your fault.”
“Bu-”
“Did you,” Dad cut him off, “use his quirk against him?”
Eijiro’s eyes widened. “No!”
“Did you abuse him for years? Beat him? Put him on the streets? Give him those scars?”
Eijiro shook his head.
“Were you any of the people who raped him or almost killed him?”
Eijiro shook his head again.
“Then you did nothing wrong.” Dad pressed a finger to Eijiro’s chest. “What you did do though was show him kindness and worked your hardest to present yourself as non-threatening to him and you know what, Ei?”
“W- what?”
Dad grinned. “It worked. Even if just a bit, Izuku has opened up to you more than you’ve realized.” He took a deep breath. “We can’t help that Izuku had a bad past but what we can do is make sure that he has a much better future. As Yuma said, she talked with him and things should get easier from here on out. He will still not be as open but at the very least, when he wakes up and realizes that we have, in fact, not harmed him as he slept, he will know that it is safe enough to at least sleep here. Healing starts small. Trust me, Eijiro. Under our watch, Izuku will not die.”
Tears welled in Eijiro’s red eyes. Dad brought him into a hug.
“I- I’m so scared…” he whispered as he clung to his father’s shirt.
“I know, Ei. I know.” A beat of silence, and then, “I am too…”
Eijiro cried harder.
_______________________________
Yuma yawned.
She looked out the window. It was deep into the night already. Izuku had yet to wake up. Yuma had volunteered to be the one to stay up and change the rag on his head when night fell.
She stood from the far recliner, setting down the book that she had been reading in the glow of the lamp. The auburn-haired woman quietly made way over to the sleeping boy on the couch. She knelt by him.
Izuku was breathing heavily but not as heavily as before. His face was tight and flush. Yuma took the cloth from his head that had gone almost dry. She gently placed the back of her hand against his head. It was still slightly warm. The fever had yet to break. She rewets the towel, wringing it out before placing it over the boy’s head again. Yuma glanced over at her book. She thought a bit before retrieving it. Yuma sat on the couch, gently lifting the pillow and Izuku’s head to rest them both on her lap. It was a bit harder to read as the light from the lamp was facing the books cover and not the pages but Yuma opened her mouth and read aloud to the sleeping boy. She didn’t know if he could hear her, she doubted he could, but she read to him anyways.
“... and the lush green trees scoured the mountainside. A crystal stream with leaping fish ran deep through the forest. Birds whistled and badgers basked in the heat and glow of the sun that shone over them all. Colorful flowers of all kinds popped from the green grass that swayed in the gentle breeze. All was calm and quiet. All was at peace.”
She turned the page.
“The doe and deer frolicked in the meadows as the butterflies danced aroun-”
“M- Mary…?”
Yuma jumped. She turned around slowly to see Izuku sitting up, rubbing at his eyes. He was looking at her.
-----
‘M- Mary?’
-----
‘Mary Lou Takakawa.’
-----
Yuma’s eyes widened in realization that Izuku was hallucinating. She lay the book on the armrest and turned to the now fully sitting boy.
“Hey, dear. How are you feeling?”
Izuku blinked slowly.
“T- tired…” His words slurred and that coupled with his thick accent made it hard for Yuma to understand what he was saying. It was strange to hear the boy speak. She had to remember that he didn’t exactly realize that he was talking to her and instead he thought he was talking with Ms. Takakawa. Someone he trusted…
“Mmm h- head hurs…”
She smiled softly. “That’s alright, deary.” She waved him over. “Come here.” He blinked once. Twice. And came over into her open arms. He let her touch him.
This… this is how close of a bond Izuku had with Ms. Takakawa. I am so sorry for taking you from her…
Yuma gently wrapped her arms around the boy and guided his head to lean on her shoulder. He was silent for a bit before speaking again.
“I w- wanna go h- homeee…”
She swallowed a sigh as her heart broke a bit. “I know, dear… I know.”
“But…” She perked up a bit. “They’rrrreee n- nice.”
“Who are?”
“T- Th- Therrr Kirishima’ssss. He keeps tryna tell me they ain’t…” Yuma furrowed her eyebrows.
“Who is?”
Izuku was silent for a bit. She almost thought that he had fallen asleep.
“Ther man inside me head…”
Ah. She recalled his panic attack. He was yelling at someone.
It hit her that Izuku sounded and spoke very much like a kid when he speaks. She didn’t think about it until now because he doesn’t typically speak but the ‘blunt force trauma’ also applied to his head. There was a high chance that despite how smart he was, Izuku could quite possibly have some mental deficiencies caused by his head being repeatedly hit harshly. Being the wife of a therapist and psychologist major, Yuma had picked up things over the years. She couldn’t help but think that his lack of speaking might not only be attributed to his trauma but also to developmental delays in certain parts of his brain. The stutter that he apparently had might also be partially because of that. It was definitely something to be looked into. Though the boy was still incredibly intelligent for his age, he might be emotionally or mentally a few years back having grown up in the environment that he did.
The thought made her stomach roll. It was sickening to even think that the force had been so large to do that.
“We-” She paused. “They, the Kirishima’s love you very much, dear. Ei- er… Kirishima and Mr. Kirishima and… Mrs. Kirishima. They all love you very much.”
Izuku hummed a bit. “I k- know…”
She hesitated a bit before asking: “Do you want to run away, dear?”
…
…
…
“No.” Her eyes widened. “Y- you don’t?” Forgive her for sounding shocked. Izuku shook his head against her. “N- no…”
“Why not?”
“T- therr nice…” His slur was getting thicker by the second.
She bit her lip. She hated acting like Ms. Takakawa for this and taking advantage of his confusion but she needed to know.
“Why are you afraid of them?” she asked.
…
“I dunno… Can’t help iiiiit…”
She swallowed a sigh. Innate feeling. Something that had just been ingrained into him. He could not help it.
“Do you want to be afraid of them?”
“No…”
Her heart broke even further. There were just so many things wrong with this. No child should have to live with this amount of constant fear and pain and yet this boy in her arms that had starved and deprived himself of sleep to the point of collapse was in a constant state of terror and he didn’t want to be but he just ‘couldn’t help it.’
He couldn’t help it because that state of fear that his mind is trapped in has been what has probably kept him alive this long and that in itself is just so utterly wrong and Yuma hated that!
“That’s okay, dear,” she whispered. “In time you will see that they don’t mean you any harm.”
I hope.
"M- Mary Lou?" Yuma bit her lip. "Yes, dear?"
...
...
...
"I l- love you..."
Yuma’s breath hitched. She swallowed thickly. Yuma bent her neck and placed a soft kiss on the boy’s head. “I love you too, Izuku.”
He didn’t say anything and soon she could hear soft snores come from the child. She wondered if he had heard her.
Yuma closed her eyes. Tears fell from her eyes as she held a broken boy in her arms.
_______________________________
Eijiro woke up once again with the urge to use the bathroom. As he left his room, he heard someone speaking in the living room. Being the twelve-year-old boy that he is, he decided to investigate.
Mom was reading a book when Izuku suddenly sat up. “M- Mary Lou?” His heart stopped. Eijiro pressed his back against the wall and listened to the conversation that Izuku thought he was having with the lady from the bakery.
“I w- wanna go h- homeee…”
It hurt Eijiro to hear that.
“Why are you afraid of them?” Mom asked.
…
“I dunno… Can’t help iiiiit…” Izuku sounded so confused.
“Do you want to be afraid of them?”
“No…”
Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. He nodded to himself and went to the bathroom. After washing his hands he looked in the mirror.
-----
‘Do you want to be afraid of them?’
‘No.’
-----
With newfound determination, Eijiro made a silent vow to rid Izuku of his confusion and to prove to him that he did not have to be afraid of them. That was his solemn vow.
He made his way back to his room.
“M- Mary Lou…” Eijiro stopped.
“Yes, dear?”
There was a long silence before the boy heard Izuku’s voice again, so quietly he almost missed it. But he didn’t. He heard it loud and clear.
“I- I love you.” Eijiro hung his head, fists tight by his side.
“I love you too, dear.”
He went to his- No. He went to their room. Eijiro closed the door and turned on his lamp before sitting at his desk and pulling up his sketchbook.
He might not understand the fear that Izuku feels or the pain but one thing that Eijiro does know is that Izuku has never taken down that picture that Eijiro drew and hung on his wall. It still stood there with the hero posters around it. He knows that Izuku enjoyed the storyboard of dog drawings. He knows that Izuku has responded in a semi-happy fashion to every picture Eijiro has drawn while he has been here and everyone from the past that he has shown him that he drew way back when.
Eijiro pulled out his art kit.
If they could not communicate with words then Eijiro would make use of the thing that he has relied on since being diagnosed with depression. Art.
He would prove to Izuku that he could be trusted through his art rather than his words.
Eijiro got to work.
Chapter 28: Threat?
Summary:
Izuku's sick spell.
Chapter Text
*Ba-bump*
*Ba-bump*
*Ba-bump*
Izuku groaned.
He tried to sit up but his head pounded in protest.
“Shhhh… It’s alright, dear.” A gentle hand guided him back down and the gentle beating of what sounded like a heart resumed.
Where was he? He painfully peeled open his eyes and looked up. He was laying against an auburn-haired woman. For a second fear spread through his body but a deep fog covered his brain. He couldn’t keep his eyes open and he fell asleep.
*Ba-bump*
*Ba-bump*
*Ba-bump*
-----
Izuku woke into consciousness again, not to the sound of a beating heart but to the savory smell of food being made. His empty stomach growled in hunger.
Izuku sat up from his laying down position. His head still hurt like hell but not as bad as before.
Someone entered the room. This time, Izuku did react. He felt too dizzy to do much as the tall man approached but he pressed himself up against the back cushions of the couch he was on, gripping tightly at them. He didn’t know what sort of face he was making but the man paused before proceeding at a much slower and more cautious pace.
“Hey there, Izuku,” the man’s voice was calm. “Are you hungry?”
Izuku did not want to take foreign food but the pain in his stomach was getting too much to bare and his belly rumbled loudly in response against his protests.
Making sure to sit on the other side of the couch, the man sat down with a bowl of something warm.
Izuku eyed it carefully as he held it out. “It’s alright. It is just chicken broth since you haven’t eaten in a while.” Izuku’s mouth watered and he couldn’t help himself. He reached forward and took the bowl. His arms shook. He felt so weak…
Izuku shakily brought the spoon to his lips and sipped at the broth. It was so good! And warm! Izuku drank it as fast as he could without looking greedily or weird.
The greenette let out a small, satisfied sigh when he finished, placing the bowl on his lap. He felt insanely tired all over again. Izuk didn’t even realize that he had drifted off again or that the bowl was taken away and he was guided back down into a laying position.
-----
The next time he woke up, Izuku was much more aware of his surroundings.
He sat up and looked around the living room. Mrs. Kirishima was in the near recliner reading and Kirishima was in the far one, very intensely playing a game.
Izuku blinked a few times before he decided he should probably move or something. He really needed to use the bathroom.
Izuku slung his legs over the side and stood up.
Then he very unceremoniously fell as his legs gave out.
“Oh!” He groaned, holding his head as he struggled to get up. Izuku looked up at the sound of footsteps. Mrs. Kirishima crouched slightly and held out her hand. Both of their eyes widened as a string formed from his right wrist. Izuku froze. He waited. And waited. And waited. But nothing happened. She didn’t take the string or retract her hand. The woman smiled down at him.
-----
‘They, the Kirishima’s love you very much, dear. Ei- er… Kirishima and Mr. Kirishima and… Mrs. Kirishima. They all love you very much.’
-----
Izuku blushed.
That… wasn’t Mary Lou.
Threat.
And yet, that night she didn’t do anything to him.
Threat.
It hit him like a truck. She isn’t going to take the string. She isn’t going to even acknowledge its presence.
Threat.
Izuku hesitantly reached up. Thre- His hand connected with hers and she pulled him up and Izuku felt… no fear. He looked at their still connected hands for a second before looking up at her magenta eyes, meeting them with his own emerald eyes.
Threat…?
Izuku lowered his hand along with his head.
“How are you feeling, dear?” Izuku looked off to the side. He offered a little shrug. She hummed. “Do you mind if I feel your forehead?”
-----
‘Izuku, can I feel your forehead?’ Sho looked at him worriedly.
-----
He looked her up and down. Izuku bit his lip but nonetheless nodded. Mrs. Kirishima lifted her hand slowly. Izuku flinched back when it got close to his head. She stopped. Izuku opened one eye that he hadn’t known he had closed. She was waiting for confirmation. For him. Izuku relaxed his shoulders and opened the other eye. Mrs. Kirishima placed her hand on his forehead with much softness.
T- threat?
“Your fever broke,” she sighed happily and removed her hand, standing up straight. “How about you go wash up and we can have dinner?” Izuku nodded, quickly walking past her. He accidentally made eye-contact with Kirishima who beamed at him. Izuku blushed and ducked further into the house.
_______________________________
Eijiro watched the scene before him unfold, having paused his game when Izuku originally fell.
The greenette let Mom TOUCH him.
-----
‘I…’ Mom started, ‘I think it will get better from here on out though.’
Dad looked at her. ‘What makes you so sure?’
‘I had a small talk with Izuku today and I think, even if just a bit, I broke some ice with him.’
-----
‘I- I love you.’
…
‘I love you too, Izuku.’
-----
Mom did it. Eijiro turned to her and smiled. She smiled brightly at him. Mom broke the barrier!
He thought back to his sketchbook. It would take at least a month to complete. He would pour his heart into it and when it was ready, Eijiro planned to break that barrier himself.
Two days Izuku was fading in and out of consciousness so they only had the weekend before school starts. He would use this time to get Izuku to trust him enough to stick by him at school.
Dad came home soon after. Eijiro guessed that Mom had told him about what happened as she cooked dinner. Eijiro sat on the couch with his game.
“Heyheyhey, Izuku.”
The greenette, who was currently texting someone, looked up. The cut on his head had scarred. It extended from a bit under his hairline to just the middle of the right of his forehead.
Eijiro waved him over and showed him the screen. Ever so slightly, Izuku leaned over. Eijiro would accept the small victories.
“Guess who beat the final boss level, hmmm?” he proudly puffed out his chest. Izuku deadpanned at him. “Whaaat? It was really hard!” He took the device back and set up a new account. “You wanna give it a shot?” Izuku nodded. “The storyline is really long but it’s fun. It might take you a month or two so until then, you can keep that one.” Izuku stared at him.
The boy opened his mouth as if he wanted to say something but stopped midway, much to Eijiro’s displeasure. Izuku gave a small bow and took the game. Eijiro took a risk and leaned in a bit, pleased as the boy did not draw away, and began to guide the boy through the tutorial levels and the first few.
_______________________________
Asa came out of the bathroom, running a hand through his hair. He stopped upon entering the living room. Ei was on the couch with Izuku who had his game system. He was leaning just a bit into the greenette’s personal space and every once in a while he would lift his hand and point at something on the screen. Izuku didn’t even react. He didn’t seem to notice that his son was so close.
-----
‘Izuku responds well to others his age.’
-----
‘I got Izuku to let me help him up and feel his forehead today.’
-----
Asa narrowed his eyes.
-----
‘Dear, I think we need to check on Izuku’s mental state.’
‘What do you mean?’
‘When he was speaking, I realized that he may have developmental issues from the, er, ‘blunt force trauma.’’
-----
Asa pulled out his phone and took a picture of the two boys, of his two boys, for the sake of Yuma. She always did like scrapbooking. He sent it to his wife as he walked into the kitchen. Yuma paused from stirring the chili to check her phone. She turned to him suddenly and quickly spun to peek around the corner of the kitchen into the living room.
Asa gladly accepted the hug that was thrown at him.
_______________________________
Izuku sat at the table with everyone as they chatted and ate chili.
It had been almost a full week since he had been here, even if two days of it he was more asleep then awake. He had put them through so much trouble. He really should apologize but… But what? Why are you so scared? They won’t hurt you for it. Yes they will. She didn’t hurt me for that night. You don’t remember that night well. Ehhhhhh?! Izuku looked around at the family.
I don’t have to be afraid of them… I’m not. I am. But not- Well… Izuku took a deep breath. No harm in trying. There is-
“I- I’m sorry…”
The commotion over the crackers came to a screeching halt. Izuku didn’t look up.
“Y- you a- all have t- t- to put up with m- me and my st- stupid h- head. I- I put you through a lot of t- tr- trouble…”
“Izuku, dear, please look up at me.” Izuku glanced up from his bowl to look at Mrs. Kirishima. “Don’t apologize. We want to take care of you and we do because we care. It is no trouble at all.”
“Mhmm,” Mr. Kirishima nodded. “You’re family, Izuku.”
“Yeah, bro!” Kirishima punched the air. “You’re one of us now!”
Izuku felt tears well in his eyes so he quickly ducked his head. His heart felt so light.
Why are they so nice?
-----
‘Not everyone is like your mother, Izu. There are people out there that are nice, caring people. Believe it or not, not everybody is out to get you.’
-----
A lump formed in his throat.
“T- thank you…”
Izuku ate all of his dinner that night.
The greenette crawled into bed and got under the covers. Kirishima was under his already.
*knock knock knock*
The door opened to reveal both Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima. “Good night, you two,” the woman called. “Night, mom! Night, dad!” Izuku waved. He had used his talking limit for the day he decided. The two adults left, closing the door behind them.
Izuku laid down.
“I- is it okay,” Kirishima whispered, “that I call you my brother a- at school?” Izuku’s eyes widened. He turned over and looked at Kirishima. The raven-haired boy looked over at him expectantly. He probably hadn’t expected Izuku to verbally respond so when Izuku whispered, with the quietest voice known to mankind: “Y- yeah…”, Kirishima did not know how to respond. He nodded and looked back up at the ceiling.
“Thanks, man…”
Kirishima turned off the lamp and they sat there for a bit in the darkness. Izuku listened to the creaking of the house and the sounds of the wind.
He couldn’t sleep. Why? It’s sa- It’s not as dangerous… Why can’t he sle-
“You can sleep, you know?” Izuku jumped. He had assumed Kirishima was asleep. He should have noticed that the boy wasn’t snoring.
“I won’t… We won’t hurt you,” he sounded sad. “Or let anything else hurt you while you sleep.”
There was a beat.
“I- I’ll protect you if something happens.” Izuku’s eyes widened.
And for some unknown reason, Izuku believed the boy. He relaxed and closed his eyes.
“I promise…”
For the first time since arriving in the Kirishima household, Izuku willingly fell asleep.
Notes:
Who do y'all think should get One For All? I am thinking Shin or Izu or Kiri but I'm not sure and I'm confused so in the comments can y'all put in your votes along with honest reasons on why?
Chapter 29: Visiting
Summary:
Izuku visits his bakery.
Chapter Text
Izuku did NOT like this.
But… he understood the reasoning behind it. He hadn’t had a haircut since before he even ran away. Maybe, let’s say, six years? His green, curly locks had grown almost over his eyes and to his shoulder blades at some point. He supposed that it hid his new scar but he was getting a haircut today, says the Kirishima’s, and it would probably show.
Which is fine. Izuku has much more visible ones anyway. The one on his left cheek, his neck, and if anyone saw him out of uniform, all over his body.
That is probably what scared Izuku most about PE and mixed martial arts club but he would deal with it.
“We are here!” Izuku jumped, being shaken out of his musings. Mr. Kirishima turned around in his seat. “Izuku, there will be someone cutting your hair.” Izuku gulped. “We have gone to this person for years. I can personally vouch for him. He will not hurt you.” Izuku looked out of the window at the hair salon they had stopped in front of.
Izuku, for the life of him, could not stop shaking as he stepped out of the car in his slippers. Today was the last day of Spring Break so he’d be in real shoes tomorrow.
“Hey, man.” Izuku turned to see Kirishima beside him. “Don’t worry ‘bout it! You’re gonna look like a whole stud after this!” The raven-haired boy gave Izuku a big thumbs up and toothy grin.
Izuku blushed and turned away causing Kirishima to laugh. “Come on, Izuku!”
_______________________________
*Ring Ring*
Christoph heard the bell to his salon jingle but he was currently dying a customer's hair bright pink. “Please give me a moment!” he called.
“Take your time, Chris.”
Christoph lifted his head at the familiar voice of Asa Kirishima. “Hey, Asa!” The black-haired man waved. “I’ll get to you in a moment!”
It took about another thirty minutes of waiting for the dye to set, washing the hair, and drying before styling it which took another fifteen minutes. After his customer left, Christoph peeled off the dying gloves and washed his hands for safe measure before going to the front counter.
“I’m ready for ya, Asa.”
The man in question stood, gesturing to a boy Christoph had never seen before.
-----
Christoph picked up his ringing phone.
‘Hello?’
‘Hello, Christoph.’
‘Ah, hello Asa! What can I do for you?’
‘We are bringing our new son that we adopted over tomorrow.’
‘Alright. What time? I am sure I can fit you in.’
‘Noon. But before we come, there is something you need to know…
-----
… he absolutely does not trust you.
Christoph remembered the conversation. Apparently the Kirishima’s had adopted a child that had issues with physical contact and Asa had asked him to be extremely careful when working on the kid.
The kid in question had an unruly mop of curly green hair that was obviously tangled.
“This is Izuku,” Asa gestured to the boy. “He is needing a haircut.”
Christoph nodded. “What are you looking for?”
“A trim, get the hair out of his eyes and maybe mid-neck. Nothing too fancy.”
Christoph hummed. “Alright.” He turned to the boy. “Would you please come with me then?”
The boy, Izuku, did not move an inch. Cold, calculating eyes scanned Christoph up and down. He felt a shiver go down his spine. Those were not the eyes of a child.
Eijiro leaned over and whispered something into Izuku’s ear causing the boy to jump slightly. Izuku looked at Eijiro and deadpanned. Eijiro just gave his signature shark grin and a thumbs up. Izuku seemed to roll his eyes but nonetheless stepped forward and let Christoph lead him into the back.
He didn’t know how to do this without touching the boy so he just opted on giving discrete warnings before acting. “Alright, I am going to put a cape around you, okay?” The shaggy head gave a nod. Christoph reached around to put it on. He immediately noticed how tense the boy got. Christoph looked up to see Eijiro to the side of the counter purposefully in Izuku’s line of sight. The boy didn’t really do anything, he just made sure that Izuku could see him.
Okay, so that is how this will be. I’ll just work around him so he can see Eijiro.
Christoph got to work. Around ten minutes in, though, he was beginning to get worried about the lack of movement from the boy under his scissors. Christoph noticed that Eijiro had paled some. The raven-haired boy called over his father. Asa came to crouch beside his son but facing Izuku. Asa waved for Christoph to keep going so he did but he watched as from the distance, the therapist was over-exaggeratedly breathing, making in and out motions with his hands and mouthing the words.
Wait. Christoph hesitated. Is- Is the kid not brea-
-----
‘He is terrified of human contact but this is something that we are working with him on so please do not stop. I will probably end up guiding him through a panic attack but just keep going. He needs to get through this if he is going to start school the next day.’
-----
Panic attack. Okay. I can work around this. Just a minor stumble and I am a professional.
And so, Christoph continued. At some point, the boy had begun to breathe in a semi-normal manner and twenty minutes of cutting, trimming, and attempting to make the mess that was this kid’s head look presentable and Christoph was done.
“Alrighty! I’m finished.” He unclipped the cape and took it off.
…
“Erm… You can stand up now.”
The greenette jumped and stood slowly and cautiously. Christoph pointed to the mirror. “Take a look at yourself now!”
Izuku turned to the mirror. His now, very much more-visible forest green eyes widened ever so slightly and Christoph figured that was the most reaction that he would get out of the kid.
His green mop had been trimmed down significantly. It hit the base of his neck at a point with curls flowing all the way up to cover about half of his ears. The curls stopped around mid-top forehead, covering up most of the scar on his right but not all of it. A few curls cupped his face, the points stopping at the crease in the eyes. It showed off his rounded, child-like features to make him look younger despite the scars and it made the freckles on his pale face pop.
All in all, a big change from the street-rat look that the kid had before.
“You look so manly!” Eijiro shouted his favorite word/compliment from the waiting area.
Manly… is not the way Christoph would describe the child before him, even with the scars. But Izuku seemed to like it as the blush popped from his cheeks.
Manly it is then.
Asa pat Christoph on the shoulder before leaving. “Thanks, man. I don’t think I would have trust anyone else for the job.”
_______________________________
Izuku’s head felt so light!
He pats and fluffed his hair. That man had put some dry condition in it or something to make it extra fluffy. It felt so soft.
“You look happy.” Izuku looked at Kirishima. Did he? Izuku was sure that he hadn’t been smiling.
Don’t smile. Smiling is an emotion. Emotion is a weakness. Don’t smile.
Kirishima shrugged. “I could just tell,” he answered Izuku’s unspoken question. Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. Sho and Yami and Mary and Shinsou do that too. They say that they just “know.” What is that supposed to mean? Izuku found that he doesn’t dislike it though.
So he nodded because he was, in fact, happy with his new hair.
It took a bit to realize where they were going for the “surprise” but as soon as Izuku began to recognize the worn buildings, sounds of guns, and smell of bitter liquor in the air, he had a feeling that he knew. Excitement bubbled in his chest. His knee bounced the further that the vehicle went into the red light district.
Soon, but not nearly soon enough for Izuku’s taste, they stopped in front of a building with a sign:
SOFT BLOSSOM BAKERY.
“We are here!”
Izuku all but threw himself out of the car, barely remembering to close the door. He ignored the calls of the Kirishima’s behind him as he swung open the front door of the bakery, panting heavily. The few customers stopped and stared. A familiar, bulky man stood up.
“EY! KID!” Marco. The door rang behind him. “You’re a fast one,” Mr. Kirishima huffed.
Marco came over in all his 6’8 glory. Kirishima visibly shook beside Izuku as the man lifted his hand and placed it on Mr. Kirishima’s shoulder, giving a few rough pats to which the much smaller man winced under. “So yer the familae watchin’ over the kid!” he roared. “Good ta see he’s in good hands!”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows at the family's shocked faces. Why were they so scared? It’s only Marco.
*BAM* All heads turned to a lanky man with a bald head and a tattooed dragon on the side of it. The table was slightly shifted, the man in question having obviously kicked it to get their attention. “Welcome back, kid.” Goro. Izuku nodded and turned back to Marco expectantly. He huffed and pointed over his shoulder.
“Mare’s in the back. Want me to call ‘er fer ya?” Izuku nodded harshly.
Marco turned and walked up to the counter. Kirishima leaned over. “Are they… friends of yours?” Izuku was about to nod when-
“MARY LOU! YA BOYS ‘ERE!!!”
Everyone jumped. There was silence, a commotion from the bakery’s kitchen, and a young woman running out. Izuku’s green eyes met yellow.
“Izu,” the brunette whispered.
Izuku trembled. “M- Mary…”
If one would ask, no one in the bakery would be able to say who moved first but Izuku and Mary Lou crashed into each other, the taller on her knees, both wrapping each other in a tight embrace.
_______________________________
Asa. Is. TERRIFIED.
Who is this giant man and how does he know Izuku and the bald guy and why is everyone here that seems to know his boy a thug and oh, right, Izuku lived in the red light district.
Asa may be prejudiced but he hated the thought of sitting down with the bulky man who had probably bruised his shoulder so that they could give Ms. Takakawa and Izuku some alone time together. Still, he did.
“The name’s Marco,” said the enlarged thug. Asa made sure that Ei sat between him and Yuma.
“My name is Asa Kirishima,” he introduced himself. “This is my wife, Yuma, and my son, Eijiro.” He gestured to his family. Marco leaned back in his chair a bit, right arm resting on the back.
“So how’s he been doin’?” the man asked.
Asa looked over to where Izuku and Ms. Takakawa were sitting.
“He has been good.” Ms. Takakawa reached up and ran her hand along the new scar. “As well as he can be,” Asa corrected himself. He looked back at the man.
“‘m so glad you guy got ‘im,” Marco grinned. “If a lesser familae took ‘im I would’ve beat ‘em to a bloody pulp!” Marco laughed boldly making Asa’s skin crawl.
A lady left the kitchen and brought something over to Izuku and Ms. Takakawa. “The usual,” he heard her say. Yuma probably thought the same thing. “‘Usual?’” Marco hummed. “Yer. Before the kid had even been livin’ with Mare he’d come in maybe two, say, three times a month fer it.”
“W- what is it?” Ei asked.
“Strawberry shortcake with extra strawberries and whip cream and some milk. Yer wouldn’ think it but the kid’s a fanatic ‘bout sweet stuffs.”
Asa blinked. He… He hadn't known that, actually. Since he had started eating properly again. Izuku never really said anything after the first meal when he spoke to them so he never told them if he liked the meal or not and his expressions never changed much so they couldn’t go off that. Asa… didn’t know much about Izuku aside from his childhood. No likes, dislikes, hobbies. Nothing. Sure, Izuku had only been with them a week, but these people, these thugs, gang members, and druggies knew more about the boy than even they did and Asa, well, Asa didn’t know what to think about that. He called Izuku ‘family’ and very much thought of him as a son but what sort of father doesn’t even know if his son prefers sweets or not?
He watched as Izuku used a tiny fork, handled with the care of a mother carrying her baby, to take a bite of his treat. The greenette smiled.
I… want to know more about Izuku.
_______________________________
“So you are starting school tomorrow?” Mary Lou asked.
She took in the boy in front of her. She almost hadn’t recognized him with his shorter hair. Aside from the new scar on his right temple, Izuku looked well. Based on their conversation, Izuku has come to enjoy the Kirishima household. Or, at least, not find it threatening to live in.
He looked like he didn’t need her.
And maybe that was a good thing. The doctor gave her a month to live. Izuku’s quirk had healed her more than previously thought but that was as much time as she could buy without her own quirk getting in the way. So it’s better that Izuku was with the Kirishima’s. Mary Lou wanted him to be comfortable. She had vowed to get him in a safe, happy home before she died and she did that.
“Y- yeah…”
Mary Lou reached over and ruffled his hair. Izuku tried to look angry with his limited range of emotions but couldn’t fight the small grin that found its way onto his face.
Mary Lou had seen her boy smile. What more could she ask for out of this life? She could go in peace knowing that Izuku was safe.
_______________________________
Izuku didn’t want to leave.
He didn’t want to say goodbye.
Not again.
But they had to. He didn’t even know how long they had been there but it was noon when they arrived and now the sun was sinking. Mary Lou came out of the kitchen and knelt by Izuku. “Hold out your hand.” Izuku complied willingly. He trusted Mary Lou full-heartedly. She placed in his hand his favorite fork. Izuku’s eyes widened.
“Now next time you come in, you have to bring that, okay?” Izuku nodded vigorously. She smiled and planted a kiss on his head.
“See you soon, Izuku. Love you.”
Izuku couldn’t help but smile as he curled his fingers around the fork. “I l- love you t- too.”
Izuku followed the Kirishima’s out of the bakery. He felt content seeing Mary Lou again. It was ni- *BANG* *ziiiip*
Izuku didn’t even flinch as the bullet went by, nicking his left ear. Kirishima on the other hand screamed and his parents froze. Izuku didn’t even remember going into Golden Whip. He just did. “Izuku, Ei! Get down!” Mr. Kirishima tried to push him down but Izuku was too fast. He assessed the situation in 1.5 seconds. To his left was a man in a tank top carrying a large purse and wielding a gun coming straight at them.
“Out of the way or I’ll kill ya!”
There was a woman chasing him but falling behind. “Help! I’ve been mugged!”
Izuku acted on instinct. He bolted forward.
“Izuku!!!”
The man growled. “I said… out of the way!!!” *BANG* *BANG*
Izuku ducked to the side and rolled, both bullets missing and him rolling straight into the man’s path. Izuku came out of the roll running but kept low. He ducked beneath the man’s arm and landed a punch straight to the gut. The purse-thief stumbled backward, not having expected such a forceful blow from a child, and dropped the bag. Izuku swung his foot around, kicking the bag out of reach.
The thief stood straight and growled, pointing the gun at Izuku. “Why you-!” *BANG* It zipped past Izuku. The man’s shot was poor but it still nicked the greenette’s cheek at this range, adding a cut just above the large one on Izuku’s cheek. He hadn’t even felt it. Izuku took the man’s out-stretched arm, pivoted, and used his signature move, the judo flip over the shoulder. It was hard with the size and weight difference but the pained gasp that the man let out was worth it. He didn’t let the thief recover. Izuku kicked off the slippers and smashed his heal into the man's hand. The man grunted and let go of the gun. Izuku was quick to bend down and take it. Just as the thief sat up to try and attack again, Izuku placed the barrel of the gun to the back of the thief’s head.
“Don’t move.”
Everything came to a stand-still. Those who were on the streets had stopped to watch. The woman was now clutching her purse. The Kirishima’s… stared in horror.
_______________________________
Eijiro couldn’t breathe.
There was Izuku. The same boy who he played catch with, drew pictures to, played video games with. The same boy he LIVED and SLEPT with.
There was Izuku, with a pistol to another person’s head.
Eijiro. Could. Not. Breathe.
Notes:
Christoph is also a reference to my other fanfic: Quirkless Rejects
Chapter 30: Izuku Kirishima
Summary:
After the attack the Kirishima find out some things
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Yuma did not know what on God’s green earth to do. Apparently, neither did Asa.
Izuku did. He looked up at them and those eyes - those EYES - were not the eyes of the little boy she knew. They did not belong to a twelve-year-old child.
“Phone.”
That VOICE was not the voice of a twelve-year-old child. It was cold, calculated. Like he had done this before. Often. Asa fumbled a bit with his pocket before drawing out his phone. He slowly crept forward and held out his phone at a distance. Izuku leaned forward.
Eijiro flinched as the man’s head was pushed forward with the gun as Izuku still did not remove it from the back of the criminal's head. He, with much ease and practice, hacked into Asa’s phone and called the police.
“Yo. Long time, no call.”
…
“Ha ha I know, I know. I’m not vigilanting this time though.”
THIS TIME?!
“Ey ey ey! Detective! Calm ya-self! I ‘aven’t even told ya wwhhaut happened.”
…
“Yer. Simple bag thief. I only attacked ‘cause he attacked me familae.”
…
“Soft Blossom Bakery.”
…
Izuku looked up at them. “Ya mind if we wait?” He was talking without stuttering and looked completely calm and cool and everything in this situation screamed NOT RIGHT at Yuma because Izuku should not be pointing a gun at someone’s head, he should not be saying that he is vigilanting again, he should not be talking so casually when he usually does not speak at all, and where is the stutter when he does, and why is this so WRONG?!
They ended up waiting. It was about thirty minutes of tense silence. Marco was watching over the situation but he didn’t try to take the gun away or to diffuse the situation. Those that had stopped went on their merry way and nobody else on the streets stopped at the sight of a boy holding a gun to someone’s head. These people are used to it.
Police sirens faded in from a distance until the police vehicle pulled up. Two police rushed out and a man with a plain face and tan trench coat came out.
Izuku finally, FINALLY, put down the gun, handing it to the trench-coated man. Izuku stood while the police put the thief in handcuffs and took him to the police car.
Asa finally got the nerve to speak up as the trench-coated man was about to speak.
“Alrighty, I’ve got to know what is going on.”
Izuku and the man turned to him.
“I just watched my son take down a man twice his size and almost shoot him and speak, which he does not do, and forgive me if I am wrong, but I am pretty sure Izuku said something about vigilanting.” Asa gestured between the two people. “You two obviously seem to know each other so mind telling me what’s happening here?”
The older man glanced down at Izuku. “Do they not know…?”
“NoPe!” Izuku popped the ‘p’. It was so weird to hear him like this.
The man sighed and extended his hand to Asa. “Hello, I am Detective Tsukauchi. I’ve been in charge of the Golden Whip case for a while.”
Asa raised an eyebrow. “What does Golden Whip have to do with any of this?” Asa was pissed.
The man chuckled. “Here’s the thing, your new charge, is, how do I put this…?”
Asa narrowed his eyes. “You are not about to tell me that Izuku is Golden Whip.”
Izuku looked away.
Detective Tsukauchi sighed. “He was Golden Whip until we took him off the streets.”
“And you never thought to tell us?!” Eijiro and Yuma flinched back. Detective Tsukauchi shook his head, not backing down. “In order to give Izuku a chance at a more normal life, we decided that he would give up that life and that we would keep it hidden. It is also for your safety as there are quite a few gangs and criminals in the red light district that hold a grudge against him.”
“H- He…” Ei spoke up. “I saw Golden Whips l- last post… He had a tattoo?”
Everyone turned to Izuku. Izuku bit his lip and rolled up his right sleeve to reveal the golden mask and whip tattoo.
“I- I am sorry for h- hiding it from you…” Izuku was sort of fading from his confidence from earlier. Asa sighed loudly. “We… will talk about this later.”
_______________________________
The car ride home was tense.
Eijiro glanced over at Izuku who was staring at his lap, probably just now realizing what took place. Eijiro didn’t know how to help him. He was still processing it as well.
In the house, the family gathered in the living room. Silence hung thickly in the air.
“Izuku.” The boy on the opposite side of the couch flinched at Dad’s rough voice. “Why did you not tell u-”
“I’M SORRY!” Everyone jumped in shock from the sudden outburst from the greenette. “I- I- I didn’ m- mean to! I- He- It- He was going ta hurt you a- and I- I couldn’t let ‘im! N- He can’t hurt you! I had ta stop ‘im!”
“Izuk-”
“I- I’m sorry, I k- know I’m dangerous! I- I know!”
Eijiro stopped. Dangerous?
“I- Yo- I understand i- i- if you kick me o- out ‘c- cause I’m a threat! I- He- I c- could hurt you - and I can’t- ca’t- c- With- help- I’m- dang- no-”
His breathing was too ragged. Eijiro turned to Dad who was already crouching by Izuku trying to calm the boy down.
“Izuku you need to calm down-”
“DON’T TOUCH ME!!!” Izuku scrambled back further on the couch. “I- I don’t want t- to hurt you! I can’t- I don’- You can’t- We- Don’t hurt-”
Eijiro whipped his head to Dad. His heart dropped because it was evident that he did not know what to do either. Dad started his usual attempts to get a patient to breathe normally. Mom was just coming in with the headphones.
Eijiro couldn’t do anything but watch as Izuku began a mantra in his own downward spiral.
“ImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorryImsorry…”
At some point, the boy stopped rambling and the room fell silent. Eijiro was shaking almost as much as Izuku still was.
Why was this happening?
“Izuku,” Dad whispered, reaching up and sliding the headphones from the boy’s face. Izuku didn’t look up. He made no acknowledgment of the man.
A bubble of laughter split from the boy’s lips.
“I- It’s all over… W- why…? W- why do- does it a- always end l- like this…?”
Dad sighed. “Nothing is ending Izuku. We aren’t getting rid of you. And we know that you won’t hurt us.”
Izuku shook his head. “D- don’t lie t- to me. I know. I k- know how i- it goes. I know.”
Dad turned and sat, leaning his back on the couch. “Well, maybe back then it did. You want to know what happens in this family though?” Mom sat on the couch, facing Izuku with her legs on the couch. Eijiro got the memo. Act casual. So he did the same as Mom. Izuku didn’t respond so Dad continued.
“We Kirishima’s take care of each other. Also, we don’t lie to each other. When one of us falls, we help them up. When one of us is crying, we comfort them. When one of us is lonely, we provide the company. Kirishima is a family name. It is our family name. That makes us a family. You know, your mo- Inko, he avoided the last name, “may be blood-related to you but that does not make her ‘family’. A family is a group of people who love each other and care for each other. Who don’t abandon each other for anything. You lived in the red light district, right? Gang bonds are strong. Like that.”
There was a pause.
“Izuku, remember when I called you family?” The greenette flinched. “I meant it. I still mean it. You are not just Izuku.” Dad turned to face Izuku finally.
“You are Izuku Kirishima.”
That's right... Izuku is my brother.
Izuku finally lifted his eyes, face still wet with previous tears.
Mom nodded. “Izuku Kirishima won’t hurt us. We know this. He will not be abandoned or kicked out. This is his home. Kirishima’s love each other. In turn, we love you, too, Izuku. As a son and a brother.”
Tears had begun to fall from Izuku’s green eyes. Eijiro didn’t know what to do but he did his best. He gave the largest grin he could. “That’s right, man!” he piped. “A- and what you did was so manly!” Izuku stared at him. “You were like ‘pow’ and ‘bam’ and ‘woah!’ It was a bit scary but you were so manly, man!”
Izuku didn’t even notice that Mom had pulled him into a hug so Eijiro joined in. Dad stood and sat beside Eijiro, leaning over and enveloping the three in his arms.
Eijiro couldn’t help but cry alongside his brother. It was so emotional, man! He doesn’t know when, but Eijiro felt his eyes droop and his mind shut off. He fell asleep.
_______________________________
Yuma slowly unraveled herself from the boys. Asa and her left Izuku and Ei on the couch as they had fallen asleep.
She followed him into their bedroom.
“Okay,” Asa started, sitting on the edge of the bed, “we need to discuss this.”
She nodded. “A vigilante… What happened to him always protecting himself? It doesn’t make sense.”
“I think it does.” She turned to her husband. “Think about it. Izuku was in a constant place of fear out there but just surviving wasn’t enough. He would go into a state of insanity if he was constantly in that state so he created a persona to pull himself out of it and to still help people. You mentioned Izuku may have a mental deficiency caused by head trauma but I don’t think it is that. Yes, he has one, his child-like, primal perception of things is a direct indicator of that. It’s not blunt force trauma, though. He was never raised to think or process anything other than fear and survival so he is mentally and emotionally behind on that on several levels. In other words, Izuku is immature emotionally because he has purposefully, no, more so forcibly, put a halt to that process. I think this is probably what caused him to become Golden Whip.”
“What do you mean?” Yuma asked. She sat by her husband.
“I mean that he is still human and probably subconsciously longed for that sort of human connection so he became a vigilante where no one knew who he was and he could hold a conversation of some sort. It’s not that Izuku hates people but instead, he has been reaching out for connection for so long but it’s been covered by so much fear and trauma that he can’t differentiate from it anymore.”
“So… what you mean is… the brash, loud, smiling, and cocky vigilante is the side of Izuku that he keeps hidden out of fear?"
“Yes.”
“And that he does have a mental deficiency, or an emotional one, because-”
“- He was never allowed to grow beyond his primal instincts of survival.”
Yuma looked at her hands. “That is just so… so…”
“Wrong?” her husband supplied. Yuma hummed and nodded. Asa wrapped an arm around her and drew the auburn-haired woman to his chest. “I know but he’s growing past that.” She glanced up at him. “How do you know?”
“The tears. Izuku cries so much because he isn’t used to these emotions that he is now permitted to have.”
“I hate that word ‘permitted,’” Yuma growled.
“But that is truly how it was,” Asa said softly. “He has realized that these aren’t things he has to suppress and hide but rather something normal. He’s learning. It will just some more time.”
Yuma frowned. “What if Ei was right, dear? What if Izuku never gets better?”
Asa took her by the shoulders and looked into her eyes.
“If everyone gives up on him then he never will. The whole world seems to have it’s back turned against him. But we don’t. Don’t give up on him. He needs someone that hasn’t given up on him yet. Promise me you won’t give up.”
Yuma searched her husband’s eyes. She took a deep breath and nodded. “You’re right. I won’t give up on him. He still has us, if nothing else.”
_______________________________
A little green-haired boy skipped along the street with a little raven-haired boy.
Two adults walked hand-in-hand behind them, fondly watching their sons.
The greenette turned to his brother and smiled.
*BANG*
Green eyes widened as the black-haired boy fell forward, blood spitting from the back of his
head.
He stopped and fell to his knees. He screamed out as he shook his brother but no sound would come from his mouth.
*BANG* *BANG*
The greenette whipped around to his parents only to see them mid-way through their falls, each bleeding from their heads.
He called out to them but nothing came out.
The green-haired boy scrambled to his feet to rush to them but stopped when he looked up and saw a large man stalking forward.
The man stopped.
And raised a gun.
Aimed for the boy’s head.
He grinned maniacally.
*BANG*
-----
Izuku lurched forward, throwing himself off the couch and into a roll almost habitually. He spun into a crouch and froze, taking in everything around him.
“-ku! It’s fine! It’s just a dream!”
Izuku whipped his head to the voice. Kirishima stood a bit further away with hands out. Izuku panted heavily. He closed his eyes and took a few deep breaths before standing again and opening them.
Kirishima scratched the back of his head. “Man, you got a pair of lungs. You were screaming like a madman.” Izuku subconsciously put his hand to his throat.
Was I?
Mr. Kirishima came in with a cup of water. He held it out for Izuku. Izuku reached out. He hesitated a bit before taking it. Izuku flinched when he accidentally touched the man, almost dropping the cup. Mr. Kirishima didn’t react. “Drink up. You’ve spoken and yelled a lot today on a voice not used to it.” Izuku nodded and gratefully drank.
Mrs. Kirishima popped out of the kitchen. “Dinner’s ready!”
Izuku sat around the table with the family as they ate.
-----
‘Izuku, remember when I called you family?’
‘I meant it. I still mean it. You are not just Izuku.’
‘You are Izuku Kirishima.’
-----
Izuku sat around the table with HIS family.
After dinner, while he was sitting on the floor of Kirishi- HIS and Kirishima’s room packing Izuku’s bag for school tomorrow, a knock came at the door.
*Knock Kno-* *SNAP* *-ck*
“Bro!” Izuku blushed. He accidentally broke a pencil that he was holding when the knock came and he jumped having not expected it. Izuku opened his hand as the door opened, the two halves falling onto the floor.
“Hey boys,” Mrs. Kirishima walked in with a plate. She crouched set it down. “Made you some white chocolate-macadamia nut cookies.”
“Thanks, mom!” Kirishima piped.
“T- thanks…” Izuku didn’t really know what to call the woman.
Both of the other people in the room turned and stared at him when he spoke. She smiled. “It’s no problem boys.” She stood. “Lights out by ten!”
“Yes, ma’am!”
Kirishima bit greedily into a cookie. “So good!” Izuku took one himself and bit into it. They were still warm and-
Sweet…
Chapter 31: First Day Of School
Summary:
Eijiro goes back to school. Izuku has his first day of proper school in five years.
Notes:
Well? How is everyone feeling?
Chapter Text
*-eep beep beep beep beep*
Izuku shot up. Kirishima groaned and pulled himself to a sitting position. Izuku stared at the clock the boy slammed his tired fist on. “Just theeeee alarm clock…” Kirishima grumbled. “Tells us when to get uuuuuppppp…” Izuku took a few seconds to still his racing heart.
Izuku was dreading this day. The first day of school.
Kirishima swung off of his bed and groggily moped around the room until he finally opened his dresser and pulled out his school uniform. It wasn’t much. The school’s boy uniform consisted of black slacks with a belt and a white, short-sleeved button-up that was tucked into the pants. Still, it was fancier than anything he had worn. His Golden Whip costume did not count. They had decided on adding a black arm sleeve to Izuku’s on his right arm that would go under the sleeve. They were accepted as support for those who had injuries and Izuku, under the guise of all of his scars, could get away with it. They were mostly using it to cover his tattoo when he changed for PE or mixed martial arts.
Izuku was shaking so much that he could hardly buckle his belt.
Mrs. Kirishima was making their lunches as the boys ate cereal. Well…
“Dude…” Kirishima spoke softly, “you gotta eat.” Mrs. Kirishima glanced over. Mr. Kirishima looked up from his newspaper.
Was Izuku relapsing? Definitely not. Right?
He just… wasn’t breathing again.
Because he was going to school. A school full of hundreds of kids and adults and people who could find out and people who could hurt him, use him, torture him, send him back to that hell hole he could home almost five years ago and now he had to go there and fit in when all eyes would definitely be on him and there were just so many things that could go wrong! He didn’t know the layout of the building so he had no escape plan aside from the outside. He knew that he could survive a jump from the second story but what if his class was on the third? He might die but wouldn’t that be better? He couldn’t fight anyone unless in his fighting class so what should he do to prote-
“Izuku.”
Izuku jumped so hard he fell from his seat and the chair fell to the floor with a *BANG*.
Izuku opened his eyes slowly, having expected pain in his rear but felt nothing. He looked up. Kirishima had turned in his own seat and caught Izuku by the arms. Kirishima stood to also help Izuku stand before letting him go.
“See!” Kirishima pushed a thumb into his own chest. “No need to panic, man! I’ve got your back!”
Behind him, Mr. Kirishima, who had originally called out to him, stood. He held out something.
Izuku paled when he saw a thin pair of handcuffs. Mr. Kirishima held up a hand. “Wait, before you get the wrong idea, these are quirk-suppressing cuffs. With these on, no one should be able to reach out and see the strings.”
A bit of the tension released from Izuku’s shoulders but he hesitated.
“A- are these… a- a- allowed?” he asked.
Mr. Kirishima nodded. “I’ve spoken with the school about them.” Izuku took them.
“T- thank you…”
He clipped them around his wrist. They didn’t really stand out all that much but they were enough for someone to notice. What really stood out was the empty feeling in his chest when they were on. That dull feeling was still there but just much less significantly. Izuku subconsciously raised a hand and felt his chest. He whipped his head around to Kirishima.
The boy gave a thumbs up.
Izuku sat by the front door. Today he was finally putting on the shoes Yami gave him. Izuku didn’t feel any pain when he slipped on the red hightops.
“Dude, those look so manly!” Kirishima exclaimed. His own was a pair of black and white tennis shoes.
Izuku snapped a picture of them on his feet.
-----
Izuku:
<insert picture of shoes>
…
…
…
Yami:
Hey listener! Looking great! Have fun on your first day!
-----
He stood up and wriggled his toes a bit. It felt weird to be wearing shoes again but also that much better.
*Ding Ding*
Izuku checked his phone again.
-----
<ONE NEW MESSAGE FROM Shinsou =^-^= >
<TWO NEW MESSAGES FROM Sho >
<FIVE NEW MESSAGES FROM Mary Lou <3 >
-----
Izuku smiled down at his phone, not noticing the awed look on Kirishima’s own face at the uncommon show of expression on the greenette’s face.
_______________________________
Eijiro is worried. Top of the morning and Izuku already had a minor panic attack. Eijiro hoped that he would be enough to keep the boy functioning in school. But what about their electives? And PE? He glanced over at Izuku who was walking beside him on the sidewalk, hands tight around the straps of his yellow backpack.
They came upon the school where there were a lot of kids milling around and going in. Izuku’s hands were turning white around the straps. Eijiro silently prayed that everything would turn out okay. He recognized two further off.
“Ito!” he yelled, mentally wincing when Izuku jumped. “Yamamoto!” Eijiro waved as the two stopped and turned. They waved and kept walking. Eijiro swallowed a sigh. His friends never waited for him.
Izuku’s eyes were moving so fast as they walked down the corridors that Eijiro wondered if the boy could actually see anything. They climbed up the stairs to the second floor and found their homeroom: Room 204, Mrs. Saito’s.
“Let’s wait outside for the teacher,” he said. Izuku seemed far too pleased than he should be at the recommendation.
A few students glanced at the two curiously as they entered the room themselves. Eventually, a blonde woman with a short bob and red-rimmed glassed came up.
“Ah, Kirishima,” she greeted.
Eijiro bowed. “Good morning, Mrs. Saito.”
She looked at Izuku. “Is this Kiri- er…”
Eijiro laughed. “Just call him Izuku, ma’am, so we don’t have the confusion.” Mrs. Saito nodded. She held out her hand. “Welcome to my class, Izuku.” Izuku stared at the hand. Mrs. Saito’s eye twitched when he didn’t take it.
“U- um, Izuku is…” Mrs. Saito retracted her hand. “Don’t worry, Kirishima. I have been… informed… of his tendencies.” Eijiro did NOT like how she worded that. “Shall we get him introduced to the class?”
Without waiting for an answer, the woman walked into the classroom. Eijiro turned to Izuku who had not looked up from the point where her hand once was. “It’ll be fine, Izuku,” he whispered. Green eyes flickered to him. At least he was somewhat responsive. Eijiro led the way into the room where Mrs. Saito had written “IZUKU KIRISHIMA” in big, white letters on the chalkboard.
“Class,” she said as Eijiro stopped in the front of the room, Izuku stopping beside him, “you have a new friend joining you today.” The blonde gestured to Izuku. “This is Kirishima’s brother, Izuku Kirishima,” she announced. “You may all call him Izuku to prevent confusion between the two. Izuku, would you like to introduce yourself?” Everyone looked at him expectantly.
…
…
…
“Er…” Eijiro spoke up. “Izuku is selectively mute.” That’s what his parents called it. Mrs. Saito deadpanned. “Alright then maybe you would like to introduce your brother for us?”
Eijiro bit his lip. He wasn’t exactly fond of public speaking but… his red eyes glanced at Izuku who he noticed was staring somewhere far into space at the back wall of the classroom.
He was completely out of it.
“T- this is my brother, Izuku,” he repeated. “W- we adopted him just over a w- week ago. He doesn’t, uh, speak. Much. And yeah…” Eijiro trailed off.
Mrs. Saito nodded. “Does anyone have any questions?” Immediately hands shot up.
Oh please let this be over already.
“Why does he have so many scars?” a kid asked. All of the ones on the greenettes left arm were visible as well as the one on his right forehead, the two on his left cheek, and the one on his neck. Izuku visibly stiffened. Kirishima forced a wobbly smile onto his face.
“P- perhaps not that q- question…”
“How old is he?”
“Where did he live before?”
“What is his quirk?”
“So does that mean he technically can speak?”
“What are those handcuffs for?”
“He looks really pale. Is he okay?”
Eijiro couldn’t get a word in. He could feel himself spiraling but he held strong for Izuku’s sake.
“Alright, quiet!” Mrs. Saito yelled above the commotion. The class went silent. “One at a time.”
“Erm…” Eijiro glanced at Izuku. Calm down. Just a few questions. Don’t give any information Izuku wouldn’t want to get out.
“Izuku lived with another person, sort of like a foster home-ish, not really, but ish, but, erm, yeah… He is twelve. Y- yes he CAN speak he just reeeaaallyyy prefers not to. Yeah…”
“His quirk!” someone shouted. “What is his quirk!?”
Eijiro swallowed thickly. "H- he, um, he is, er…"
*CLAP CLAP* Eijiro let out a sigh of relief. “That’s enough,” Mrs. Saito stepped in. “Let’s get back to class. Izuku, you will sit by Kirishima in the second to last row.”
“Thank you,” Eijiro whispered. He began to walk to his desk.
“Izuku, would you please follow Kirishima to your desk.” Eijiro whipped around. Oh no… Izuku was not moving. His chest was not moving. His eyes were foggy. Eijiro took a deep breath.
“IZUKU,” he half-yelled. The boy flinched. A soft round of laughs echoed in the room but at least Izuku was looking at him. Eijiro blushed. He waved the boy over. “Come on. I’ll show you to your seat.” Izuku’s moves were almost robotic but he, THANKFULLY, followed Eijiro. Izuku sat by the window in the second to last row. Eijiro sat in the table over.
Homeroom only lasts about thirty minutes before each student goes to their own classes.
Mrs. Saito sat down to her own muses.
It was like bee’s drawn to honey. All of the kids in their homeroom rushed over to interrogate the new kid.
“Hey what’s with the scars, dude?”
“And the handcuffs?”
“What’s your quirk?”
“Izuku, was it?”
“Hey-hey-hey you gotta say something!”
Eijiro panicked. He tried to get them away from Izuku but he was slowly pushed out of the crowd. “Guys- He’s- Hey- Wait- Give him-” Every attempt was fruitless. Ito leaned his arm on Eijiro’s shoulder. “So your parents actually went through with it?” Eijiro turned his eyes up to his friend. “It’s a shame your new bro’s so lame.” Eijiro’s eye twitched. “W- what…?” Yamamoto leaned on Eijiro’s other shoulder. “Yeah. At first, I thought he’d be all cool with all those scars but he doesn’t even talk? What’s he trying to pull? The cool and silent guy role?”
Eijiro narrowed his eyes. Are they stupid? Do they seriously think someone would get that many scars just to play the cool kid?
Eijiro is usually a pushover. He’ll admit that. But in that moment, he caught a glimpse of Izuku through the crowd.
-----
‘He will typically freeze up and his breathing will slow but his chest will rise at a smaller degree and a faster rate. He will grip anything nearby that looks like it would be normal to grab in that situation.’ Mr. Aizawa described Izuku’s panic attacks.
-----
There was a crack in the table where Izuku was gripping the edge of it so hard that it was actually breaking. Green eyes wide and staring at the wood, face pale, jaw locked, and chest barely rising a millimeter.
Ito pats his head. “Sorry, man. Sucks that you gotta deal with that.”
Eijiro snapped. He shrugged off his friends from his shoulders, took a deep breath and stepped forward.
“EVERYONE SHUT UP!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
The room went silent. Heads slowly turned to him. Yamamoto and Ito had stepped back, shocked with hands up. Eijiro panted. He stormed through the crowd. Kids split like the Red Sea. Eijiro did the one thing he knew Izuku would respond to as Izuku’s eyes, not his body which was like a statue, were facing him. Eijiro stood in front of the greenette’s desk, turned and did it. He POWER POSED.
“Can you not see that he is obviously uncomfortable?! Stop pestering him. It’s rude!”
…
…
…
“Whooooooo!” A whistle came from the back. From Ito. “Wow. So the coward finally got a spine.” Eijiro’s eyebrows furrowed. Ito and Yamamoto called him that a lot but only when they were joking. They’ve never called him out like this before. Ito leaned on one leg, hand on his hip, face bored.
“They were only curious, Kirishima. He could have told them to stop.”
Eijiro bit his lip. He could feel himself starting to shake. “N- no. He’s mute.”
Yamamoto rolled his eyes. “Yeah, yeah. ‘Selectively mute’ or something. He can speak. Watch.”
“Hey-” Yamamoto pushed past Eijiro.
*SLAM*
He slammed his hands onto Izuku’s desk. The greenette flinched back.
“Hey,” Yamamoto spoke coldly, “you know it’s rude to not respond when someone is speaking to you, right?” No response.
“Y- Yamamoto, leave him a- alone,” Eijiro tried to sound confident but he stuttered a bit. Ito walked up behind him. “Why? What are you going to do about it, Co- wa- rd?” Eijiro dropped his head, fists shaking by his side. What can I do? I’m too weak…
*BANG*
Everyone turned to the classroom door. Eijiro could have cried in relief. In all of her pink glory, Mina Ashido, the student body president top candidate for next year, stormed into the class. Everyone in the school respected her immensely.
“What the heck is everyone doing?” She growled. “I couldn’t help but hear the commotion and what do I find when I come in?” She pointed an accusing finger at Yamamoto and Ito. “Stop bullying the new kid. What are you, three?” Ito and Yamamoto blushed as the class laughed. Eijiro looked up at her slowly. Ashido grinned. “You two,” she pointed between Eijiro and Izuku, “sit with me at lunch, k?”
Ashido turned around, pausing at the door. “You are all students of Hills Alliance Middle School. Act like it.” She waved. “Ta ta!” Ashido left.
Ito and Yamamoto turned back to them. “S- sorry, man…” Ito apologized. They looked deflated. Who wouldn’t be after getting a talking-to by Ashido? A chorus of apologies sounded from around the room.
*RIIIIII-* *thump* *-IIIIIING*
Eijiro looked over to where Izuku had jumped and probably hit his knee on something when the bell rang.
He shakily turned to Izuku. “Hey, man, lets head to class.” The class had already dispersed. Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. He bent down next to Izuku’s face when he thought he heard something.
“...imsorryimsorryimsorryimsorryimsorryimsorry…”
It was very quiet. Eijiro chuckled. He gently lay his hand on the smaller boy’s shoulder. Izuku flinched back so harshly he almost fell again. Eijiro didn’t remove his hand.
“Don’t apologize when you haven’t done anything wrong. You aren’t used to this many people. They just don’t understand. I promise it’ll get easier.” Izuku looked so shaken up.
_______________________________
Chi Ito leaned against the wall of his homeroom outside the door.
“Come on, man. Let’s get to our next class.”
Chi left when he knew that Kirishima and the new kid were coming.
-----
‘EVERYONE SHUT UP!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!’
-----
Chi clicked his tongue.
“Who does that coward think he is talking back to us like that?”
Yamamoto met him in their next class.
“So Kirishima’s gotten a bit of a spine now, ey?”
Chi slouched into his seat. “Yeah… And that dang Ashido just had to stick her nose in our business like that…”
Yamamoto pulled out the seat in front of Chi’s desk and sat backward on it, straddling the chair and leaning his arms on Chi’s desk.
“Guess we gotta knock him down a peg, ey?”
Chi scowled at his friend but his face soon split into a smile.
“Yeah. And his new ‘brother’ while we are at it, too.”
_______________________________
Eijiro and Izuku did, in fact, eat with Ashido.
“Heya!” she greeted as the two boys sat down.
“H- hey, Ashido,” Eijiro greeted.
Izuku nodded.
“I hope ya don’t mind that I barged in back there,” she apologized.
“Not at all,” Eijiro assured her. “You really saved our hides back there! T- thank you!”
She grinned that cute grin of hers.
Wait- cute? Get out of your head, Ei!
“No prob! I don’t know why you are friends with those two. They are such jerks,” she growled. Eijiro rubbed the back of his head. “Haha… yeah…”
“Sorry,” she said. “I don’t mean to bash your friends like that but seriously. They treat you like a doormat.”
Eijiro looked down. “I know…”
Silence held for a bit.
“How about this!” Ashido piped suddenly. “Why don’t you two hang with me and the girls for now on?” Eijiro looked up at the pink girl and her friends in awe. “R- really?” Hino, the plump, teal-haired girl that often was seen with Ashido, nodded. “For sure! We would love to have you two!” The other girls nodded their agreements.
Eijiro smiled brightly. “T- thanks!”
Eijiro ate happily but his happiness turned to worry when he glanced over and noticed that Izuku had not even touched his food.
Please don’t relapse, please don’t relapse, please don’t relapse!
_______________________________
Izuku made it through his core classes with ease. There wasn’t much time for anyone to really pester him during them.
Aside from the initial homeroom, Izuku was beginning to think that maybe school wouldn’t be so bad. Then came electives. That meant he and Kirishima had to split up. Their schedules were something like this:
Izuku:
- Homeroom
- Reading
- Science
- English
- Japanese History
- Math
- Mixed Martial Arts
- PE
- Foods
Kirishima:
- Homeroom
- Reading
- Science
- English
- Japanese History
- Math
- PE
- Art
- Psychology
Izuku and Kirishima walked side by side in the halls. Izuku found that he often found himself tugging at his black sleeve and trying to cover up his scars. They drew so much attention… He knew they weren’t normal if the lack of scars on anyone else was anything to say. Kirishima had a small knick over his right eye but that was about it. Nothing as, how does one say it, showy? The raven-haired boy stopped. He pointed down the hallway. “Mixed martial arts should be down that hallway.” Izuku nodded.
“Are you going to be okay, man?” Izuku looked over at his friend. Was he going to be okay? Probably. Not. He’d be fine. No, he wouldn’t. Izuku nodded. Kirishima smiled that sharp-toothed grin of his. He POWER POSED. “Come on, you too.” Izuku deadpanned. Kirishima did not waver. Izuku swallowed a sigh and POWER POSED right along with him. The boy gave a thumbs up. “Have fun, Izuku!” He ran off. Izuku turned back down the hallway Kirishima had pointed at.
I can do this. He walked down the hallway. I can do this. I can do this. He found the door to the class. I can do this. He opened it to reveal a class in white Karategi. I can’t do this!
A tall adult male with long brown hair pulled into a ponytail came up to him. “Ah!” he exclaimed. “You must be Kirishima!” Izuku felt weird being called that but he supposed it was only natural. His last name was Kirishima now after all. Izuku gave a small nod. “I am your teacher. You can call me Bando-sensei.” He turned and pointed to a boy with slick white hair that Izuku recognized as… Who was it again? “Yamamoto!” Ah, right. From homeroom.
-----
‘Co- wa- rd?’
-----
“Go show Kirishima to the boy’s locker room and show him his locker!” Bando-sensei turned back to Izuku. “I understand that you don’t speak which will be fine but you will be required to greet your opponent before a fight verbally. Alright?” Izuku swallowed. He nodded stiffly. “Great. Now go follow Yamamoto to the locker room and get dressed. Your karategi is already in your locker. From now on, go straight there after class and get dressed before coming here.” Izuku nodded and followed Yamamoto out.
As soon as the door closed, the white-haired boy began speaking.
“So, no hard feelings from earlier, right?”
Izuku scanned the boy up and down. Yes, there were very much hard feelings. Izuku knew better than to pick a fight, though so he nodded. Yamamoto grinned with a face Izuku did not find genuine at all.
“Here is the boy’s locker room,” Yamamoto led him in. “Your locker is that one.” He pointed in the far left corner. Izuku could just make out the white karategi in the red locker. Izuku nodded. “Well! Go get dressed!” Yamamoto lifted his arm to slap Izuku on the back.
Wrong. Move.
As soon as the boy’s hand grazed Izuku’s shirt, it happened. Izuku twisted around it, reaching out and grabbing the taller boy by the throat. *BANG*
Yamamoto opened one of his closed eyes painfully from where he was being held against the row of red lockers. Grey eyes met green.
“C- ca’t b- br- breathe!”
Izuku’s eyes widened in the realization of what he was doing. He snapped his hand back and stumbled backward. Yamamoto slouched against the lockers coughing harshly and rubbing his throat.
“D- dang! *cough* I was only *cough cough cough* patting your back, man!” Izuku stood there a few seconds to catch his breath and slow his racing heart.
Yamamoto rolled his eyes. He straightened up. “Geeze. Just get dressed. I’ll be in the room.” Izuku nodded shakily. He went to his locker and opened it.
_______________________________
Shiro Yamamoto rubbed his neck as he left the locker room. He turned to close the door behind him but froze.
That new kid was getting dressed. He peeled off his white shirt and that is when Shiro saw it: the enormous scar that spanned from the top of the greenette’s right chest to just above the left hip, along with a plethora of many other scars.
Shiro closed the door and walked down the hallway feeling sick.
-----
‘This is Kirishima’s brother, Izuku Kirishima,’ Mrs. Saito stated.
Shiro raised an eyebrow. Woah, dude. Nice scars.
-----
Shiro stopped in the hallway and gulped.
Nice scars my butt! What the hell was that?! Is he some sort of freak show or something?!
_______________________________
Izuku reentered the classroom, well, more like a dojo. A couple of kids were sparring. When one kid ended on her back and pinned, Bando-sensei stopped the fight.
“Alright! Line up!” Izuku did as he suspected he was supposed to do and popped onto the end of the line.
Bando-sensei cleared his throat and gestured to Izuku making every kid in line bend over and stare. Izuku swallowed.
“This is your new classmate, Izuku Kirishima. Yamamoto, I want you to spar with him just to get a sense of where he is at.”
“Er, Bando-sensei,” the snowy kid called out from somewhere in the line, “are you sure that is okay? I’m the top of this class.”
“Yamamoto!” The class stiffened at Bando-sensei’s sharp tone. “Do not get ahead of yourself. Get on the mat. Kirishima, you too.”
_______________________________
Shiro glared at Kiri- no, he was not calling him by that. He glared at Izuku, the scene in the locker room replaying in his mind. He had an easy give at that. I was unprepared. I am the top of this class. I won’t give him any openings.
They stood apart from each other.
“Greet your opponents!” Bando-sensei yelled.
Shiro bowed. “Let us have a good battle.” Izuku bowed too but did not speak.
“Kirishima! Greet your opponent!”
Shiro grinned. Perfect. Bando-sensei will get mad when he realizes he doesn’t speak.
“Kirishi-”
“Let us-” Shiro’s eyes widened “- ‘ave a good fight.”
Silence fell of the room. The tension in the air was so thick it could be cut with a knife. That voice was so thick. Izuku had a strange accent.
-----
‘So where did you come from?’
-----
And a stone-cold voice that sounded way to mature for someone their age. Shiro met Izuku’s. He felt sick as he stared into a void of sheer darkness.
Bando-sensei coughed quietly. Even he was throw off by the sheer amount of intimidation the boy brought with those simple words that they heard every day.
“Alright!” Shiro snapped out of his daze and got into a fighting stance. Izuku didn’t even change his standing position. He has so many openings! Is he crazy!? Bando-sensei lifted his arm. “Ready?” He brought it down. “FIGHT!”
Shiro bolted forward, keeping low, planning on grabbing the boy, flipping him, and pinning him down, a swift and easy win. It would most certainly NOT be a swift and easy win.
Izuku ran forward and DROPPED.
Eh?!
Izuku skidded beneath Shiro as if he were a baseball player taking a base. Shiro’s legs were kicked from under him and the white-haired boy fell over the boy. He collided with the ground. Quick to get to his feet, Shiro stood up.
His grey eyes widened as a punch came straight to his gut. The boy barely dodged to the right in time. He jumped back to recollect himself but the greenette was relentless. His opponent made another run at Shiro.
Shiro planned to use the boy’s momentum against him by throwing a well-timed punch but when he did, Izuku grabbed his arm and yanked Shiro forward. Shiro felt the air forced from him as the smaller boy kneed him in the stomach. HARD. Shiro fell over but refused to stop going. He rolled over to get up.
As soon as he stood, there was a small, scarred hand on his throat. Shiro’s eyes widened as his body fell and his back and head hit the mats.
“STOP!”
Shiro lay there panting, the greenette crouched beside him, left fist on the mat, right hand tight over Shiro’s neck.
“Kirishima, let go of Yamamoto,” Bando-sensei commanded. For a second, Shiro thought that the boy wouldn’t but he did. Eventually. Izuku stood up and rolled his shoulders which popped loudly.
Shiro sat up and felt his neck. He glanced up at Izuku.
Shiro’s heart stopped.
His grey eyes met with Izuku’s. From his standing position, Izuku was glaring down at him. Shiro stared into the darkness of those forest eyes. So void of anything.
He had taken him down that quickly without feeling a single thing.
Bile rose in Shiro’s throat. He promptly turned to the side and threw up his lunch.
_______________________________
“Kirishima, let go of Yamamoto,”
Izuku hesitated but let go of the boy he had pinned by the neck down.
He stood. Yamamoto sat up, holding his neck. Izuku glanced down at Yamamoto. Yamamoto looked up at him and their eyes met.
THREAT.
Yamamoto visibly paled and threw up.
Izuku was declared the winner. Yamamoto was taken to the nurse’s office and class went on with practicing training techniques on flipping an opponent.
When Yamamoto came back, their eyes met but the other boy was quick to break contact and look elsewhere.
Izuku couldn’t help but think when he did that: No, Yamamoto… is too weak to be a threat.
He looked around. Yamamoto is the top of this class? Weak.
After class, Izuku followed the boys to their locker room. He did not expect that they would all be changing together. Izuku held his breath. I’m supposed to…
His heart rate skyrocketed. Izuku felt sick. Izuku got dressed as quickly as possible into his gym clothes as he had PE next, he would just bring his close to the gym locker rooms, but…
“Dude.” He froze. “What the hell happened to you?” Izuku didn’t turn from his spot facing the corner as he was midway through pulling on his shirt. He gulped.
Scaling his back, he knew was a large marred patch of skin where a criminal who had a fire quirk had burned him, the scarred skin reaching before his pant line and covered most of his bottom back. Along with the other scars littered there, it wasn’t a pretty sight.
Izuku quickly got dressed the rest of the way, silence filling the locker room. Izuku was the first to leave.
_______________________________
Eijiro was leaving the gym when Izuku passed him, head low.
“Izu- ku…?” The boy hadn’t even noticed him. Eijiro’s eyes widened when he realized that Izuku probably had to physically fight someone and change in front of other people.
Suck!
“S- sorry, Ito, go on without me.” Eijiro followed Izuku into the bathroom but the boy wasn’t there. There was a closed stall, however, with familiar red hightops in them.
Eijiro sighed. He leaned against the stall, to the side of the door.
“Did you know,” he started, knowing that Izuku would recognize his voice, “that cats are allergic to milk?” Just casual talk. EIjiro didn’t know what else to do.
…
“R- really…?”
Eijiro smiled softly. “Well, sort of. Not really allergic. But it’s not actually good for them.”
…
…
…
“‘Out of suffering have emerged the strongest souls; the most massive characters are seared with scars.’ Says Khalil Gibran.” Ejiro heard Izuku’s breath hitch. “We studied him recently in English. You weren’t here for that. The bell for the next class rang. Eijiro ignored it.
“Not all scars are bad, you know? They mean you survived.” Eijiro looked up at the sky. “If you hadn’t have survived, then maybe you would have never known us.
I am so happy you survived, Iuzku…” He heard a choked sob. Eijiro slid down and sat. He reached under the stall.
A small hand, skin rough and hard from years of pain and scarring, took his from the other side. The grip was tight, almost painfully so.
Still, it hurt much less than each broken cry Eijiro heard from the occupant of the stall.
_______________________________
Izuku entered the gym late. He was chewed out for being late but was soon assigned to a spot on the gymnasium floor where he would sit every day before class started. Every student had a designated spot.
“Alright class!” the gym teacher yelled. “We will be starting our badminton unit. Find yourself a partner.” Izuku bit his lip. He didn’t know what to do.
“Kir- er- IZUKU!” He jumped and turned around. A pink-skinned girl came bounding over to him. Mina Ashido, his brain helpfully supplied. “Wanna be partners?” Seeing as he knew no one else, the girl seemed like the best bet so he nodded.
Ashido was nice.
There was a similar reaction happened in the gym locker rooms after class too.
-----
‘I am so happy you survived, Iuzku…’
-----
Izuku went to his Foods class with his head held a bit higher.
He spent the class learning the basic rules and shadowing kids as they cooked. He would start cooking probably next week if he learned everything and passed the food handling test. Izuku could do that.
Soon, school ended.
*RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIING*
Izuku met Kirishima outside of the school gates but hesitated. Ito and Yamamoto were with him. They were talking. Well, Ito and Yamamoto were. Kirishima was seemingly ignored, no matter how many times he tried to jump into whatever conversation the other two boys were having.
Kirishima noticed him and waved him over. The four walked down the sidewalk together. They soon came to Kirishim- Izuku’s and Kirishima’s house.
All stopped. Yamamoto still didn’t make eye contact with Izuku. Ito grinned. “See you at school, newbie.” Izuku very much disliked the way he said that and more so disliked how he completely ignored Kirishima’s presence.
Kirishima led the way through the gate, up the brick path, and into the house. “We’re home!” he announced. “Welcome home!” came the reply from Mrs. Kirishima somewhere in the house. As Izuku and Kirishima situated themselves on the couch, the woman came out of the hallway.
“So? How was the first day?”
Kirishima shrugged. “Its school.”
Izuku shrugged too, not knowing what else to do.
His stomach rolled.
Mrs. Kirishima narrowed her eyes. “Izuku, dear, did you eat your lunch?” Izuku lowered his eyes. She smiled softly. “Alright…” Izuku felt bad. He just… he couldn’t get himself to do it. “I’ll make some peanut butter and apple slices, okay?” she offered as she took their lunchboxes. “You two finish your homework alright?”
“Yes, Mom!”
Izuku pulled out his math homework.
_______________________________
Eijiro chewed on the tip of his pencil.
“Izuku can you-” He stopped when he looked up and saw Izuku leaned against the side of the couch, right half of his body sinking into the couch cushions, eyes closed. His chest rose and fell softly.
“I’m so happy,” Eijiro turned to face his mother who came in, “that he feels comfortable enough to just fall asleep like that.” Eijiro nodded. She handed him a plate of peanut butter and apples. “Thanks, Mom.”
She nodded. Mom gently slid her arms under Izuku and lifted him up.
“He must be exhausted,” she murmured. “He didn’t even flinch.”
Eijiro remembered homeroom and the bathroom.
“I am going to take him to his bed.”
“Alright.”
Eijiro watched her leave. He’d ask Izuku about question 15 later.
_______________________________
Yuma took off Izuku’s belt and shoes and unbuttoned the top buttons of his shirt to give him easier breathing while he slept. She placed the handcuffs on his bedside table. The woman pulled the covers over him.
Yuma hesitated before leaning down and laying a small kiss on the boy’s forehead.
“Great job, Izuku. I am very proud of you,” she whispered before turning off the light and closing the door behind her.
Chapter Text
Eijiro yawned, stretching his arms over his head as he and Izuku went to meet up with Ito and Yamamoto.
He glanced over at the green-haired boy. Yesterday he fell asleep after school too. It was like he needed a recharge after so much social interaction. He wondered if Izuku would fall asleep today too.
Izuku didn’t eat his lunch again today, either.
Eijiro looked forward again at the commotion that was fading in from the school gates. There was a large group of students gathering.
“I wonder what’s going on,” he mused. Izuku shrugged. They met up with Ito and Yamamoto.
“What’s going on?” Eijiro asked.
Ito pointed over his shoulder. “Some fancy car is sitting in front of our school.” Yamamoto shrugged. “The car’s cool but the man driving it looks like a hobo."
Eijiro looked over at Izuku. “Wanna go check it out?” Izuku shrugged again. Eijiro skirted the crowd to get a good view. When they found one, they were greeted with a sleek black car without a roof. The wheels had purple rims. Izuku full-on deadpanned when Eijiro and he met eye to eye with Mr. Aizawa and that purple-haired boy.
Mr. Aizawa waved them over. “Sorry about this. Midnight insisted that we bring her car.” That was the greeting. Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “T- the hero?” He ignored how Ito came and rested his arm on Eijiro’s shoulder. Izuku nodded.
It clicked.
Eijiro snapped his fingers. “Ah! It’s Wednesday! You have training today, right Izuku?” The greenette nodded.
Yamamoto tilted his head. “Training?”
Eijiro nodded and looked at him. “Izuku is training to be a hero.” Yamamoto stared at Izuku for a long second.
…
“Great.”
Eijiro felt like something had happened between the two of them be he didn’t press it.
Mr. Aizawa pointed over his shoulder. “Get in, kid.” Izuku nodded. The purple-haired boy slid over in the car. “Hey, ‘Zuku.” Izuku slid in beside him and nodded. 'Zuku? Is that a nickname for Izuku? Are they that close?
“See you at home, Izuku,” Eijiro waved. Izuku waved back. Then he turned specifically to Yamamoto and waved. Eijiro did not comment on the way the white-haired boy tensed.
Mr. Aizawa drove off.
“Wow,” Ito commented. “You’re new ‘brother’ is definitely going to get a reputation for this.” Eijiro chuckled wearily. “R- really?” They all began to walk home. Ito and Yamamoto began talking about whatever subject came first. Eijiro, walking behind them once again, came to realize that he missed Izuku walking home with them already because then he didn’t have to walk practically alone. Eijiro stopped by his house.
“S- see you guys!”
Ito and Yamamoto stopped. The stared at him for a moment before Ito stalked up to him and bent down to meet him eye-to-eye, getting way too far into Eijiro’s personal space.
“Say, why don’t you sit with us at lunch anymore?”
Eijiro gulped. “I- I mean, Ashido invited us to j- join her…”
“OH? That’s nice of her,” Yamamoto placed a heavy hand on Eijiro’s shoulder. “Don’t go getting ahead of yourself now, though.” Eijiro looked up at his friend. “W- what do you mean?” Yamamoto grinned. “I think that you know exactly what I mean. Stop acting like a big shot, Kiri. We all know how weak you are.”
Ito stood up straight. He combed his hand through his grey locks and spoke with a wistful tone.
“Such a shame that someone as weak as you has that quirk. It is such a waste. It’d be much better for someone with the ‘manly spirit’ to use it.” Eijiro hung his head. The way he worded that. They were mocking him. He knew they were.
So why does it hurt so much?
“All we are saying,” Ito hummed, “is that you need to remember your place. Alight, Kirishima?” Eijiro bit his lip.
Yamamoto squeezed his shoulder painfully tight. “ALRIGHT, Kirishima?”
Eijiro nodded slowly, not looking up.
Yamamoto pats his shoulder. “See you tomorrow, Kiri.” The two of them left.
Ah. That’s why.
Eijiro entered his house and fell to the floor as soon as the door closed, letting the panic attack he was suppressing since the start of that conversation break out. He curled up in a ball by the front door and cried. He didn’t hear her but Mom at some point had picked him up and sat with him on the couch with Eijiro in her lap. Eijiro cried harder.
Because it’s true…
_______________________________
Shinsou pulled the string from Izuku’s back making Izuku go flying backward. Izuku twisted in the air as Shinsou ducked under his flying body but alas, Izuku was not fast enough to hit the dummy behind the boy and instead crashed into it and they both went tumbling down.
“Stop.”
Izuku groaned as he pulled himself to his feet. Sho came over to him.
“You hesitated.” Izuku didn’t meet the older man’s eyes. Sho sighed. “You do this every time, kid.” Izuku knew what he meant. He couldn’t help it! Every time he felt the string form Izuku felt like he was immediately thrown back into… THAT apartment with THAT woman.
Sho waved his son over. “Hitoshi, take the string.” Shinsou doesn’t hesitate anymore, he knows that Izuku will let him. Izuku can feel the grip on him in his chest.
“Izuku, what do you feel when he takes it?”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. How does he describe this? His hands moved in frantic ways.
“L- like, er, a d- dull throb o- or something w- where ever i- i- it forms from? Or li-”
“That’s not what I meant,” Sho cut him off. “How do you feel emotionally? Mentally?”
Izuku felt a small tug on the string. He swallowed. “Izuku.”
“P- pain,” he choked out. He could feel Shinsou’s grip on it waver.
“And?”
“F- fear. Scared. H- hurt. Threat.” Izuku’s hands subconsciously lifted to cover his ears and he lowered his head. “T- there. Not again. N- not again, not again, not again.” He could feel the string disappear. Izuku dropped to the ground heaving. “Not again… Not again… Not again…”
Sho knelt beside him. “Calm down,” he cooed as he rubbed soft circles on Izuku’s back. “You aren’t ever going back there. Breathe.” Izuku squeezed his eyes shut. He took deep, calculated breaths. One, two, three. One, two, three. One, two, three.
Izuku took one last deep breath before sitting up. Sho, gratefully, did not take away his hand on his back.
“S- sorry…”
Sho shook his head. “Don’t worry about it, kid. I’m actually more surprised that you are improving as much as you are considering we have only had about four sessions.” Izuku blushed a bit.
“‘Zuku,” Shinsou crouched in front of him. “Do you want to keep going? We can stop for today.” Izuku shook his head. He pushed himself up by his knees with newfound determination.
“No. L- let’s keep g- going.”
Half an hour later, Sho stopped them again. “Izuku, Recovery Girl is open now,” he held up his phone to show he was messaging her. “How about you go up to her.” Izuku got up off the ground. He stared at Sho’s phone. Izuku… didn’t trust Recovery Girl but… he trusted Sho. Izuku slowly nodded.
Izuku had a key into the building, courtesy of the Principal. Izuku stood in front of the old lady’s office. Deep breath. Deep breath. DEEP BREATH. The door opened. Izuku jumped back in shock as a somewhat taller boy with blonde hair and a plain face stood in front of him.
THREAT. “Oh! My bad!” The boy exclaimed. “Sorry ‘bout that!” Izuku bit his tongue, instantly scanning the boy up and down.
“Mirio,” an old lady came from behind the boy, “shouldn’t you be getting to class?”
The blonde jumped. “Oh! Right! Thanks for the fix-up Recovery Girl!” The blonde’s blue eyes lingered on Izuku for a moment more before he waved. “See you around!” He took off running down the hallway.
“Don’t run in the hallways, young man!”
The boy, Mirio, stumbled a bit, arms pinwheeling before he caught himself and turned back with a wink and began to sort of speed-walk away.
Reocervy Girl shook her head. “Such a lively one that boy is.” She turned to Izuku. “Well, come in, sonny.” Izuku hesitated. She raised an eyebrow. Recovery Girl held out a bottle. “Gummies,” she said. “Before you start. To keep up energy.” Izuku forced himself to enter the nurse’s office. She held out her hand with a few bear-shaped gummies. Izuku accepted them.
“Alrighty then,” Recovery Girl started, putting away the bottle. Izuku popped on in his mouth.
Sweet…
She handed him a pad and pencil. “Sit down, boy.”
-----
‘Hey, boy! The ‘usual?’’
-----
Izuku sat down on one of the cots.
“So,” the elderly woman sat on her swivel chair, “we are here to discuss healing with your quirk. Aizawa mentioned how you did something similar before. Would you mind telling me what that is?” Izuku thought for a bit before writing on the pad that he realized she had given him knowing that Izuku would not speak. He flipped it around.
‘It was sort of subconscious. She took my string and I somehow transferred my “life energy” over to her. That is what Sho said.’
Recovery Girl narrowed her eyes. “Sho…?” she whispered. Her eyes widened. “Oh.” She nodded. “Okay, that’s a start but I doubt anyone of your comrades on the battlefield are going to willingly drain your life force so we need to find a way that you can do it without incapacitating yourself and of your own free will. There may be instances where your comrade is unconscious and cannot take the string.” Izuku nodded. That makes sense. “Tell me, sonny, have you ever tried to summon your strings yourself?”
Izuku’s eyes widened. Heck no I haven’t! He shook his head frantically. Recovery Girl tilted her head. “Why not?” The pencil hovered over the paper. Cause- well- It’s- WHY? Recovery Girl hummed. “You don’t know why, do you? You have a predetermined bias about your quirk. You personally don’t want it and associate it with too many bad memories to want to actually even have it. Don’t you?”
Izuku stared at the woman in shock.
“At some point, sonny, you need to realize that you have this quirk whether you want it or not.” She was stern but not unkind. “You know, Shinsou had a deep prejudice against him for most of his life because of his quirk, as you can imagine. He struggled with it a lot and still does some. But at some point, someone came in and showed him that it is not what his quirk is that matters but who he is and what he does with it. I think, and forgive me if I get ahead of myself, but I think that you have found people who see you for you and not for your quirk.”
Izuku’s eyes widened.
“I think that, like Shinsou, you have found people you can trust. Am I right?”
Izuku lowered his eyes. He nodded slowly.
“Someone long, long ago said that it isn’t a quirk that makes a person but the heart inside of that person that controls the quirk.” Izuku could visibly see the wisdom pouring out of the elderly woman. “Izuku, this prejudice you have has been formed by others and accepted by you.”
She looked him in the eyes.
“You quirk is amazing, Izuku.”
Izuku felt tears well in his eyes.
“Your heart is amazing. Through everything, you’ve worked to overcome your boundaries and even help people as a vigilante. I truly believe that if you can learn to accept your quirk as a part of you and not as something you could do without, you could turn your biggest weakness into your strongest weapon, sonny.”
Izuku’s shoulders shook as tears fell from his eyes.
They ended it at that as the door slid open to reveal Sho and Shinsou.
Izuku looked up at them through teary eyes.
Recovery Girl took his paper and pencil. “This is your homework. By next week, I want you to have written five things you are grateful for because of your quirk.” She wrote that down and gave it back to him. “Now off you go, sonny.”
Izuku nodded and stood up. He didn’t meet Sho’s and Shinsou’s eyes.
“Hitoshi, why don’t you go down to the car with Izuku, okay?”
“Yes, sir. Come on, ‘Zuku.” Izuku glanced back at Recovery Girl. She smiled. Izuku turned away and followed Shinsou out.
_______________________________
Shouta stared after them.
“So? How’d it go?” he asked.
Recovery Girl sighed. “Too much has been forced onto that boy, that’s what I think. Too much pain and rejection and denial. He’s like an animal that’s been whipped into submission.”
Shouta doesn’t like how accurate that sounds.
“Do you think you can help?” he asked.
“I’ll do what I can.”
Shouta nodded. “Thank you for doing this, Chiyo.”
She grinned. “It’s no problem, Shouta.”
_______________________________
Yuma heard the gate bell go off. Mr. Aizawa was at the gate.
Yuma went out to greet them. “Good afternoon, Mr. Aizawa.” The man bowed. “Good afternoon, Mrs. Kirishima.” She looked past him to where a purple-haired boy was currently shaking Izuku awake.
Her eyes widened as Izuku woke up swinging but the boy ducked and… stuck his tongue out at him. Izuku rolled his eyes and got out of the car.
“Welcome home, Izuku!” Izuku nodded and walked through the gate. “Would you two like to come in?” Shouta shook his head. “Hitoshi has school tomorrow. Thank you for the offer.” She nodded. “Have a good day.”
Yuma followed Izuku in. “Ah,” she started. “Ei’s in your guy’s room. He’s had a rough day.” Izuku studied her for a second before nodding sharply and walking away.
_______________________________
Eijiro looked up from his homework when the door opened. Izuku, looking positively worn out, came in and face-planted into his bed. Izuku turned his face to look at him. Izuku half-groaned but pushed himself off of the bed. He crouched by Eijiro’s desk and placed his head on it.
“How was training?”
As if it was an answer, Izuku rolled his shoulder and Eijiro was greeted with a loud *POP*.
“Ouch…” He was sort of surprised by Izuku’s open display of being close to him.
“Kiri…” Eijiro jumped. He looked over at Izuku. Was that… a nickname? “Kiri… wants t- to be… a h- hero?”
Eijiro froze at the question, the conversation with Yamamoto and Ito fresh in his mind. He looked down. “Y- yeah…”
Izuku nodded, well, the best he could with his head like that. The boy slowly stood. Eijiro winced. *pop* *Pop* *POP* Izuku flinched at that one.
“That sounds like arthritis reincarnates.” Izuku deadpanned at him. Eijiro has come to realize that because of Izuku’s almost nonexistent expressions when he looked like that, he found something funny.
Izuku went over to his own desk and crouched by the row of notebooks. He placed one on his chair and a pen before wheeling it across the room and sitting by Eijiro.
Izuku flipped to the first page. He began writing stuff down. It took Eijiro a second to realize it was his own information.
What the heck is he doing?
Izuku looked up at him. “Q- quirk?”
-----
‘Such a shame that someone as weak as you has that quirk. It is such a waste. It’d be much better for someone with the ‘manly spirit’ to use it.’
-----
Eijiro looked down. “Why…?” He asked. “Why do you care?”
Izuku titled his head.
“I’m nothing special,” Eijiro admitted. “So why do you care?”
Izuku stood sharply and went back to his own desk. He came back a moment later and dropped a stack of notebooks on Eijiro’s desk with a *BANG* Eijiro stared at them. Izuku tapped on the top one. Eijiro looked at him. Izuku simply nodded. Izuku was still getting used to actually holding a conversation it would seem.
Eijiro had always been curious about the slew of notebooks Izuku had but he was too nervous to ask. Opening the first one, Eijiro was astounded by a very detailed description of a hero, sickened by the fact Izuku had listed many weaknesses and ways that he could possibly take them down for each, and then silently disturbed by the crude drawings. They weren’t bad, just not really good.
He was more disturbed by the fact that Izuku had plausible ways to kill each and every hero in the notebook.
“I…” Eijiro looked up from the third one and looked at Izuku.
“I… m- make entrees f- f- for every g- great h- hero.”
Suddenly, it dawned on him. Izuku lifted the notebook he had been writing in and pointed to the top that read:
‘Name: Eijiro Kirishima
Hero Name: ___’
Eijiro looked up at Izuku. Izuku slid the notebook over to him.
“N- name?”
If Eijiro cried as shakily filled in the section with his quirk and his dream hero title, Izuku didn’t mention it. He slid it back to Izuku and looked away.
“R- Red R- Riot.” Izuku said.
He was trying so hard to hold an actual conversation. It made Eijiro happy a bit…
“Hardening.”
Eijiro nodded. He looked back at Izuku, just a bit.
Izuku smiled at him.
_______________________________
Yuma leaned against the boys’ door as she heard them converse. Like, actually talk back and forth. She walked into the kitchen to prepare dinner.
Yuma remembered seeing Ei by the door crying after school, having another one of his panic attacks. Now she could hear him laughing about something in his room.
“Thank you, Izuku…” she whispered. “Thank you so much…”
_______________________________
Eijiro crawled into bed after dinner. He looked over to where Izuku was getting into his bed. The poor boy looked dead on his feet.
Eijiro hummed. “What about you? What’s your hero name?”
Izuku blinked from his position on his pillow.
He reached his talking quota today, Eijiro mused.
“Are you going to use Golden Whip?” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. The greenette turned and looked at the ceiling as if he was contemplating it. Eijiro chuckled. “How about we find one for you tomorrow?” Izuku glanced over at him and nodded. Eijiro turned off his lamp, the room going dark. He hesitated for a second before:
“Hey, Izuku…” He heard the boy shuffle in bed. “Um… thanks for today…”
There was no reply, but Eijiro knew the boy had heard him. That was enough. Izuku had gone beyond his normal boundaries today for Eijiro and Eijiro, whether he knew it or not, found more confidence in himself than he had ever had before.
_______________________________
“Threat…”
Shouta looked up from his computer screen as Hitoshi came into the living room drying his hair with a towel.
“Hmm?”
Hitoshi looked up. “When you asked Izuku how he felt when the string was grabbed he said ‘Threat.’ Does that mean he sees me as a threat?”
Shouta hummed and shook his head. “You know, I was thinking about that too. It seemed like an odd word to think, even considering the situation. But no, I don’t think so.”
Hitoshi nodded and walked over to the couch to read. “So then what did he mean by it?”
“I think,” Shouta said, continuing to type, “that is what Izuku perceives people or certain actions through.”
“What…?”
Shouta sighed and closed his laptop. He turned to Hitoshi.
“It’s like this.” Shouta held out one hand. “This is ‘Threat.’” Shouta held out the other. “This is, I think, ‘Safe.’ In Izuku’s mind, I’ve come to realize, that when he is around a new person, he puts them basically on a scale of how threatening they are to his safety. That can be altered by what they do. I think, in regards to training, he does not see you as a threat but the action of his quirk being used makes him flashback to the times he was under his mother’s control. I would say that if ‘Threat’ had a highest level, it would be Inko Midoriya, the lowest being Mary Lou. That is probably why he said that.”
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. “He categorizes people based on level of threat?”
Shouta nodded.
“That… is a terrible way to live,” Hitoshi sighed.
Shouta swallowed.
“That,” he said slowly, making sure to maintain eye contact with his son, “is the only way Izuku knows how to survive.”
Purple eyes widened and Hitoshi’s face fell.
Chapter 33: April 27th
Summary:
The worst day of Izuku's life.
Notes:
How is... everyone... feeling?
OH! Shout Out to CleotheDreamer! Cleo always gives such lengthy and detailed analysis of my chapters and I honestly love them so thank you Cleo!
You can check out Cleo's account here:
https://archiveofourown.to/users/CleotheDreamer/pseuds/CleotheDreamer
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
April 27th, 2:34 AM
“AHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Eijiro shot straight up in the middle of the night to a blood-curling scream. He immediately threw off his blankets and shot to the door where he could already see his parents coming down the hallway. It was almost a procedure.
It had been a month since Izuku came to live with them and about two or three times a week, the boy in question would have night terrors. This was one of the sadly most common ones. Eijiro would wake up to a scream and see Izuku practically having a spasm in his bed as he fought off whatever he assumed was attacking him. Mom and Dad would be quick to come over and attempt to calm him down.
Other occurrences were Eijiro waking up in the middle of the night needing to use the bathroom and finding Izuku sitting straight up like he had done when he first moved in or Izuku curled into a ball silently whimpering and crying.
Eijiro watched with a pained heart as Izuku shot up swinging his arm. Dad had, after the first incident, since learned to duck. Izuku practically threw himself across the bed and off of it, cowering into the corner of the room, eyes blown wide. It must have been a particularly bad nightmare.
Dad slowly approached the shaking boy, boy low and submissive with his hands up.
“It’s okay,” he cooed. “It’s just me. No one is going to hurt you.”
Eijiro always felt so useless at these moments. He always wanted to help but he never knew how and he couldn’t very well leave Izuku like that. Especially not when he was spasming like he was. He could hurt himself if it got bad enough.
So Eijiro watched. Dad somehow got close enough to draw Izuku into his arms. Izuku was shaking so harshly that Eijiro could see Dad’s arms vibrating with the force of the SCREAMS Izuku was letting out.
His heart broke with every single one.
“Ei…” Eijiro turned to see his mom waving him out of the room. He followed her into the kitchen where she began making tea to help calm Izuku’s nerves. “I think,” she began slowly, “that they are getting worse…”
Eijiro hung his head. “B- but Izuku seems so normal during the day. He’s even talking more when he isn’t at school!” he whisper-yelled.
Mom let out a small sigh. “I know but I don’t know what is causing his nightmares to be this bad recently.” Eijiro bit his lip.
They were all tired. Izuku had woken up screaming every night this week and it was Thursday.
“I think it’s stress, honestly,” Mom spoke up. “Has anything been happening at school lately?” Eijiro shook his head. “Not that I know of.”
She stirred the cup of warm tea. “He can’t process it…”
Eijiro lifted an eyebrow. “Process what?”
“Safety.”
Eijiro swallowed thickly at the solemness of that word. Of what it meant. Or more of, what it implied about Izuku’s mind.
“He’s trying,” Mom sighed, “but fear comes so naturally to him it’s almost like it’s his second home.”
Eijiro looked back toward the hallway. “Safety…?”
“It’ll be fine,” Mom said, ruffling Eijiro’s hair. “He has only been here a month. I am sure that even if he never stops having nightmares the number of them will surely decrease. Izuku just needs time to get used to it more than others.”
“What does that mean?” Eijiro didn’t like the way Mom worded that.
Mom looked down at him. “It’s nothing, dear. It just means that Izuku needs a little bit of extra help.”
Eijiro followed her back to his room. Dad was sitting in the corner with Izuku curled up beside him, face buried in Dad’s pajama shirt, gripping it tightly. His shoulders heaved up and down but it seemed as though he couldn’t cry nor scream anymore. Mom leaned down and handed Dad the cup before stepping away.
“Here, Izuku…” Dad gently pushed the cup against Izuku’s hand. Izuku slowly looked up.
He looked so exhausted.
Eijiro took the moment of Izuku becoming aware of their presence to come over and sit by Izuku and Dad, not touching, and basically pressing himself against Izuku’s dresser, but enough to let his brother know that he is there.
Izuku, after having finished most of the tea, began to slowly drift off, too tired to keep his eyes open. Mom took the cup.
“Alrighty then,” Dad said softly as he moved, startling Izuku. He stood up and held out his hand. Eijiro could almost see the string form where Izuku’s eyes widened on this air. He had seen it a could of times himself but as per request from anyone who ever spoke a word, Eijiro did not take it, just like Dad didn’t. Izuku slowly reached up.
Dang, his hand is shaking so much!
Dad helped Izuku to his feet. “Do you want to sleep on the couch tonight?” Izuku nodded.
Eijiro didn’t know why but Izuku always ended up preferring the couch after a really bad nightmare.
About thirty minutes later, Izuku was settled in on the couch and fast asleep with the sound of ocean music from Dad’s phone playing next to the couch. It seemed to calm the boy down.
“He,” Dad started, “is not going to school tomorrow.”
Mom looked at him in shock. “Was it that bad?”
“You two were in the kitchen but,” Dad looked sick, “Izuku had said some pretty disturbing things in between his screaming.”
“As in?”
Dad glanced down at Eijiro before looking back at his wife. “We… will talk about them later.”
Eijiro decided he should step in as the bg, but still younger, brother. “I’ll make sure to get the homework he missed then!” Dad smiled down at him. “Thanks, bud. And thank you for being such a trooper through all of his.” Eijiro smiled at him.
“Of course! Izuku has helped me so much…” Eijrio admitted. “I- I want to help him too…”
Mom ruffled his hair again. “That is very admirable of you, Eijiro. I am sure he is very grateful. Now, off along to bed.”
Eijiro was just about to get in bed before deciding he needed to use the bathroom. Halfway down the hall, he heard his parents speaking. He didn’t mean to eavesdrop but Eijiro caught a few words.
Blood…
Pain…
and…
Eijirio paled. He walked back from the restroom but paused, peering into the living room at Izuku who was sleeping.
Burnt flesh.
_______________________________
April 27th, 7:43 AM
Izuku sat up slowly to the sound of people milling around.
He blinked blearily. “Ah! Izuku!” He slowly turned his heavy eyes to Mrs. Kirishima who was coming out of the kitchen. “Good morning, dear. How are you feeling?” She came and sat beside him.
Izuku blinked a couple of times before remembering last night. Izuku could almost smell the burning and he could feel the phantom pain in his back. He jumped when a hand gently rested on his shoulder. Izuku turned his eyes to the woman beside him. She gave a small, sad smile. “Rest, dear,” she said softly. “You’ve had a long night.”
“B- b- but s- sc- school?” His throat felt raw.
“I’ll get the work for you!” Izuku whipped his head to the front door to see Kirishima at it. “Go to sleep man! You look like the walking dead!” Izuku deadpanned. Eiji- Kirishima waved at him and left. Slowly, Mrs. Kirishima stood and pushed Izuku back down onto the couch.
“Sleep,” she said. “I’ll have lunch for you when you wake up.” Izuku wanted to protest, to say that he could make it to school, but his eyes felt too heavy to stay open much longer.
_______________________________
Asa fixed his tie before leaving his room to go to work.
He kissed his wife on the lips, wishing her a good day. Asa walked through the living room but stopped to take in the sleeping form of Izuku.
He could just see it just barely where the blankets had slid off and the boy’s shirt had risen.
Charred skin that poorly healed, disappearing beneath shirt and pants. It was rough and course. He had felt it on accident while holding the boy. Obviously having had no medical attention when he had gotten it.
-----
‘It hurts! Please! Stop!’
…
‘I don- HELP!’
…
‘IT BURNS!!!’
-----
Asa swallowed the bile that rose in his throat. He swiftly walked over and pulled the blanket back over Izuku.
-----
‘ItbutnsitburnsitburnsitburnsitburnsITBURN!!!!!'
-----
Asa left the house for work, the screams of last night wracking through his skull.
He felt sick.
_______________________________
April 27th, 1:03 PM
Yuma checked the time when she heard Izuku sit up again.
One in the evening. He’s got to be hungry.
Izuku padded into the kitchen rubbing his eyes.
-----
‘He was asking for help, Yuma.’
‘Help?’
‘He actually thought he was being burned alive.’
…
‘Again…’
-----
“Good morning, sleepyhead!” she greeted. “Or, afternoon. Are you hungry?”
Izuku yawned.
“Y- yeah.”
Yuma smiled. “How about you go sit at the table and I bring you something, hmm?” Izuku blinked at her a couple of times before nodding and doing as told.
Izuku always did that. Whenever he was told or asked to do something, he would pause for a second. She wondered why but had a feeling that he was checking for motifs on why that person wanted him to do whatever was asked of him.
Yuma went to the fridge to pull out the sub she made earlier when she heard the tell-tale sound of cracking bones. “Izuku,” she said, turning around, “have you been using that cream I gave you?” The boy slid into his chair. He nodded at her.
“Has it been working?”
He nodded again.
Sure doesn’t sound like it…
Izuku looked perfectly ‘fine’ as he ate. He always looked as though nothing was wrong when he woke up.
It wasn’t long until Ei came home.
April 27th, 4:15 PM
*KNOCK KNOCK*
There was a muffled: “Why do you knock at your own house?”
Why? Because the green-haired boy next to me on the couch flinched as soon as the knock came and has his eyes trained to attack anyone who comes in if they are deemed ‘unsafe.’
Ei opened the door. “I’m home!” He walked into the living room after kicking off his shoes. A pink-skinned girl, a teal-haired girl, and a brunette with a long braid followed him in.
“Er… these are our friends,” Ei gestured to them.
“Heya, Mrs. Kirishima!” Yuma recognized Mina Ashido. “Hello, Ashido.” The pinkette bent over and waved. “Heya, Izuku!” To Yuma’s surprise, Izuku actually waved back.
“Hello, Mrs. Kirishima,” the plump, teal-haired one bowed. “My name is Hino. I am sorry for the intrusion but we were worried about Izuku and wanted to come to check up on him.”
The braided brunette bowed. “I am Furuya, ma’am.”
Yuma smile and stood up. “It’s no problem at all! Any friends of my sons are welcome here! You are welcomed to stay! I’ll go make you some snacks.”
There was a chorus of “Thank you”’s.
It wasn’t long until lemon cookies came out of the oven. She could hear a roar of laughter from the living room as she dusted them down with powdered sugar. Yuma peeked over to see what was going on.
“Izuku! You look like a girl!”
Whoever had managed to get Izuku to tie his hair back in a small ponytail was amazing. Izuku, who seemed to be playing along, tilted his head back and forth, and even if his face never changed, the girls and Ei laughed. It’s like they… like they knew Izuku was mentally was making a face or playing along. They didn’t care that he wasn’t speaking or that he didn’t have emotions that visibly displayed. Aside from being so monotone, Izuku looked like a regular middle schooler.
Eijiro, too.
He seemed happier with these friends. Ever since Izuku came, Eijiro has had fewer panic attacks surrounding being left behind or having no friends. He smiled more. He drew more because he had friends to show. He laughed more.
It was honestly such a blessing.
Yuma took a picture.
She came out with the plate of cookies. “I think he looks just darling!” That earned another round of laughs. Yuma smiled. “How does lemon cookies sound?”
“Great!” Izuku perked up too. Yuma smiled and set them down. “Thanks, mom!”
“Thank you, Mrs. Kirishima!”
She smiled and walked over to the couch. The kids were helping Izuku with the material they learned today when she got the call.
April 27th, 5:54 PM
*Riiiiiiing* *Riiiiiiing *Riiii-* “Hello? Yuma Kirishima speaking.”
‘Mrs. Kirishima, it’s Aizawa.’
He sounded in a rush. “Oh, hello, Sir. What can I do for you?”
‘Bring Izuku to the hospital. Quickly.’
Her heart stopped. Oh please no… Not today… “I- is something wro-”
‘It’s Mary Lou, she’s- she doesn’t have much time. Please hurry.’
The call cut off.
Yuma set down the phone. With the best smile she could force on her face, she stood up. “I’m sorry everyone but I need to take the boys somewhere. Do you think we could cut this short?”
There was some worry but no one questioned it. As the girls were leaving, Yuma crouched beside Eijiro.
“Ei,” she whispered, “I need you to go pack one of Izuku’s hero plushes and a soft blanket and the headphones we use for his panic attacks.” He looked at her worriedly. “I- is everything ok-” She shook her head slowly effectively cutting him off. Eijiro nodded. “Alright.”
_______________________________
Eijiro scrambled to get everything. Something was wrong. He didn’t know what but he did know that it had to do something with Izuku which was not going to help how terrible the boys day had already started. In a bag, he packed the boys fluffy All Might blanket, a Present Mic plush, an Eraserhead plush, and the headphones as Mom had ordered.
He was leaving his room when he was stopped still by an:
“IZUKU!!!”
Eijiro rushed into the living room to find Izuku on the floor on all fours heaving. Eijiro didn’t wait for commands. He rushed over and pulled the blanket over the boy. Mom looked at him gratefully. After a minute of trying and failing to get Izuku to respond, Mom did what she deemed the best choice despite the circumstances. She picked Izuku up and swaddled him in the blanket.
“We have to go.” Eijiro couldn’t help the way his body was shaking.
Mom set Izuku down in the back seat. Eijiro had to question if he was breathing or not. Suddenly, the boy jolted. He looked up at Mom shakily.
“J- j- j- j- joke?”
Mom’s face fell. She smiled wobbly and smoothed back Izuku’s green hair. Mom placed a small kiss on his forehead. She closed the door and got in the driver’s seat. As they drove, Izuku never left that position.
What’s going on? Where are we going? What’s wrong?
Eijiro didn’t have to wait long to have his questions answered as they pulled up to the hospital.
Izuku was gone in a second, flying out of the car, the door swinging open.
“Izuku, wait! Eijiro get the stuff!”
Eijiro frantically gathered everything and followed his mother and brother in.
“Kid, calm down.”
Eijiro walked into the waiting room to see Mr. Aizawa and Shinsou. Izuku was clinging to the taller man with desperation in his eyes.
“W- w- where!? Sh- She- Where! N- n- need to s- see h- her!”
A tall man with long yellow har came rushing in, immediately coming over to Izuku and crouching beside him. Izuku changed targets.
“W- where!” his voice was rising. “Y- Y- Yami w- whe- sh- she- W- where M- M- Mary Lou?!”
A nurse came out. “Those for Ms. Mary Lou Takakawa.” All heads turned.
-----
‘Ms. Takakawa isn’t going to be with us much longer.’
‘Ms. Takakawa is dying.’
-----
It clicked.
And it hit him like a rock.
Eijiro followed behind the group as they walked the hospital corridors. Izuku had already taken to the Present Mic plushie. They stopped outside a room and entered to find a wall with a large window. On the other side was a woman. A brown-haired woman, thin and sickly pale, attached to so many machines Eijiro got dizzy.
Izuku practically threw himself at the glass, dropping everything. No-one stopped him. The woman Eijiro now BARELY recognized as Ms. Tawakawa looked over, the breathing mask on her face preventing her from turning her head too much.
“M- Mary Lou!” Izuku pounded on the glass. She smiled. “P- p- please d- don- d- d- don’t go!” Eijiro had to look away. He noticed that nobody else had the heart to look up either.
“Iz- ku…” the voice came through a speaker, raspy and weak. “Sm- le -boy.”
Izuku shook his head furiously, tears flying. “S- stop! D- d- don’t sa- say- No!”
At this point, the yellow-haired man walked up behind Izuku. He placed a gentle hand on the boy’s shoulder. He didn’t do anything else. Just to show that he was there.
“Y- u will -e a gr- at he- ro, boy.”
“M- M- Mary! Please!”
Eijiro was crying. He could see his mother was too. She drew him into a hug. Everyone was crying. Izuku was pounding on the glass screaming.
“Pl- se take c- re of -im.”
“Shu- No! Do’t say-
“Iz- ku,” Mary Lou was crying too, “I lo- ve you.”
*BEEEEEEEP------------------*
“MARY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
April 27th… 6:44 PM - Mary Lou Takakawa was officially announced: Deceased.
The wails of Izuku could be heard throughout the entire hospital. Doctors tried to resuscitate her but to no avail. The adults had to pull Izuku from the room as he cried and clawed at them trying desperately to get to a person who was no longer with them.
The yellow-haired man had Izuku in his arms who was kicking and screaming.
“I need- Sh- she- Do’t- can’t- Stop- DON’T TAKE HER FROM ME!”
Eijiro felt tears fall harder from his own red eyes at Izuku’s first coherent sentence since entering this building.
In the waiting room, a few people stared as they entered the room.
No one made eye contact though.
The yellow-haired man sat Izuku in a chair. No words were said, he just drew Izuku into a tight embrace.
And Izuku cried.
He pounded against the man’s back, screaming into whatever void he was constantly trapped in. The void he was falling deeper into. Mr. Aizawa sat beside him and Shinsou on the other side, forming a ball. Two other people ended up coming in, not having to ask as they joined the group hug. A tall woman with long purple hair and a blocky man who was obviously Cementoss.
Eijiro cried against his mother and at some point, Dad arrived and joined them.
They were loud but the hospital employees did not have the heart to ask them to quiet down or to leave.
The group hug dispersed some as Izuku’s wails died down but the greenette stayed in the yellow-haired man’s embrace. Their position did not change.
Eijiro learned that the woman was Pro Hero: Midnight.
He knew that Cememtoss was Cementoss.
He learned that the yellow-haired man was Pro Hero: Present Mic.
And that, even compared to his adoptive father,
… that man is the closest thing Izuku has to a dad.
Izuku sat in Present Mic’s lap bridal style curled up in the blanket and staring blankly into space with the headphones on, probably with ocean music playing as he clutched the Present Mic and Eraserhead plushes until his fists were white. Shinsou sat beside them holding up his phone and flipping through pictures of cats despite the awkward position as he held it in front of Izuku who was not responding to a single one.
Mom and Dad were talking with Mr. Aizawa and the other two heroes.
“No, he can’t stay with us tonight,” Mr. Aizawa said. “He needs to stay with you. You are his family now and if anyone needs to help him through this, it will be you.”
Dad nodded. “I understand.”
Eijiro sat beside Izuku on the other side, draping Izuku’s legs over his own and leaning against the man. Just to be close. Just to let Izuku know that he wasn’t alone.
Dad had driven separately so Eijiro sat in the back with Izuku as Mom drove. They all met at home.
Izuku had yet to say a single word, understandably.
April 27th, 8:56 PM
Eijiro sat beside Dad as the man was sandwiched between him and Izuku, Izuku leaning against the man, awake, but not really looking anywhere. Mom was in the kitchen preparing something.
Izuku, strangely, sat closer to Eijiro than normal at dinner. Not that he minded. Izuku didn’t eat. He stared blankly at the food. Mom and Dad tried to get him to speak. He didn’t.
Dad, Eijiro, and Izuku all at in the living room doing something that at least had Izuku’s mind occupied. They played cards that Izuku somewhat contributed to. At least he was doing something.
Dad looked up, Eijiro following his line of sight to see Mom peeking out of the kitchen. Izuku was coaxed back onto the couch.
Eijiro sat beside him as Mom and Dad conversed.
“Izuku?” Izuku looked up slightly at the sound of Mom’s voice. She came out, Dad following, with a plate in her hands. Izuku’s eyes widened slightly.
“The usual?”
-----
‘‘Usual?’’
‘Yer. Before the kid had even been livin’ with Mare he’d come in maybe two, say, three times a month fer it.’
‘W- what is it?’
…
‘Strawberry shortcake with extra strawberries and whip cream and some milk. Yer wouldn’ think it but the kid’s a fanatic ‘bout sweet stuffs.’
-----
It seemed impossible, but tears once-again filled Izuku’s eyes.
He took the plate with shaking hands. Mom and Dad sat on either side of the boys.
On the plate was a small silver fork that had a green handle with gold flecks.
-----
‘Now next time you come in, you have to bring that, okay?’
-----
“You know, Izuku,” Dad hummed as Izuku stared down at the treat, “Ms. Ta- Mary Lou… loved you very much.” Izuku hung his head. “Right now, you might feel alone but… she wa- isn’t the only person who loves you.” He gently lay a hand on Izuku’s shoulder. “We love you too, Izuku. We won’t let you suffer through this alone. Because-
_______________________________
“- as much as you might have had to suffer alone on the streets, you aren’t on the streets anymore.” Izuku bit his lip as he listened to Mr. Kirishima speak.
“You don’t have to bottle it up anymore.” His heart twisted. Bottling it up? That was something Izuku was good at.
Emotions are…
“Emotions are…”
… a weakness.
“... what makes you human.”
Izuku’s breath hitched.
“Did you know, Izuku, that you have a beautiful smile?” Mrs. Kirishima asked softly. Izuku’s shoulders shook. “Did you know that your laugh, your genuine laugh, makes other people smile?” His vision began to get watery. “Did you know that we love it when you are happy?”
Izuku choked on a sob.
“Did you know… that it is okay to smile?”
Izuku didn’t understand. Okay to smile? What does that mean? Don’t let people know. Don’t let people see. Hide. Cover-up. Danger. Threat.
He stabbed the fork into the shortcake and took a bite to muffle his cries.
“Tears too,” Mr. Kirishima continued, “are okay. Happy ones… Sad ones. It’s okay, Izuku, to feel these things.” Kirishima bumped his shoulder gently and smiled. “It’s okay,” the man kept going, “to show these things.”
Izuku took another bite as more tears fell.
“People weren’t meant to survive in this world alone but to thrive in it together. Joy, pain, heartbreak, and laughter, and smiled, and tears, and all of it! They are meant to be shared.” Izuku was guided into a hug. He let the fork drop with a *clank* and he grasped Mr. Kirishima’s shirt.
“Please don’t hide it, Izuku…” he whispered. “Don’t suffer alone.” Mr. Kirihisma rested his chin on Izuku’s head.
“We will suffer with you.”
Izuku, for the third time that day, broke into a fit of tears.
Kirishima and Mrs. Kirishima leaned over and joined the hug and even though Izuku was crying and his heart hurt and his lungs felt like they couldn’t get enough air and his blood roared in his eyes and he couldn’t see straight…
Izuku knew he wasn’t alone.
_______________________________
April 27th, 10:04 PM
Yuma put away the rest of the strawberry shortcake for later.
Asa came in and wrapped his arms around her waist, placing a gentle kiss on the base of her neck.
“I think,” he said quietly, “that despite Ms. Takakawa’s death, Izuku needed that conversation.” Yuma nodded, leaning into her husband’s touch. “Me too. He needed to be told that he could…”
She faded off.
“Be human?” Asa asked. Yuma bit her tongue and nodded. “Yeah…” Yuma turned around and kissed him. “How are the boys?” Asa tilted his head in the direction of the living room. Yuma quietly padded through the kitchen to see.
Eijiro, despite being a few months younger, was bigger and definitely played big brother well. He was laying on his side with Izuku curled up next to him on the couch, facing Eijiro with his head tucked against the bigger boy’s chest. Ei’s arms draped across Izuku, left one underneath the smaller boy. Izuku looked as though he had been clinging to Ei’s shirt but his grip had loosened since falling asleep.
It was funny, really, to think that Izuku was actually such a clingy person. Or maybe not.
Maybe he was just touch-starved…
“Ei really fits the big brother position,” Asa mused behind her. Yuma nodded. She walked over and pulled out Izuku’s blanket from his bag, draping it over the two boys. A moment later, Asa came in with the guest pillows and gently lifted each boy’s head to slide one underneath each.
Yuma snapped a picture. For the album, of course.
_______________________________
At 12:01 in the morning, on April 28th, the worst day of Izuku’s life came to a close.
Notes:
I cried writing this. Just so you know.
Chapter 34: Did You Know?
Summary:
Eijiro confronts his parents.
Notes:
How is everyone?
I might have to start posting chapters every two or three days because my schedule is filling up so I apologize in advance. I hope that you will all still read my story!
Chapter Text
Eijiro woke to a small vibrating body neck to him and the sound of quiet whimpers. He looked down, taking a second to process that he and Izuku had fallen asleep together, and another to realize that Izuku was crying in his sleep.
Eijiro internally panicked. What was he supposed to do!? He couldn’t wake the boy, for safety purposes, or call out to his parents, also for safety purposes.
Eijiro bit his lip. He slowly rose his hand that was not underneath the greenette’s body, also that had fallen asleep -ouch-, and did what Mom does when he’s crying or hurt. Eijiro pet Izuku’s head. “Shhh… It’s okay. It’s alright.” This is weird. Eijiro had no idea what the heck he was doing so he just kept trying to calm down the crying boy in his arms that he didn’t even know if he could hear him or not.
Gradually, the tears did stop streaming and Izuku’s face relaxed slightly. The shaking didn’t stop but he wasn’t shaking as much which Eijiro guessed was a good thing.
The next time Eijiro woke up, it was to the sound of Mom in the kitchen. Eijiro looked down. Izuku was still sleeping. It was around the time when Eijiro could hear a very quiet beeping from his room that Izuku began to stir. His alarm clock was going off. Like clockwork, Izuku’s eyes opened. It occurred to Eijiro that Izuku might freak out about waking up like this when Izuku immediately went stiff in his arms.
Eijiro looked down. “Ah,” Izuku flinched, “you’re awake.” He smiled when Izuku glanced up at him. “Sorry, I didn’t want to wake ya. Want to get up?” Izuku nodded. With as much caution as he could give, Eijiro slowly unraveled himself.
The change was obvious.
Izuku ate less, looked up less, spoke less, or, well, not at all anymore. And that was fine. They would give him time to process it.
Time and all of the care and love they could offer.
_______________________________
The funeral was a week later.
Izuku stood in front of the grave covered in pink roses as the guests dispersed. Yami stood to his left, Shinsou and Kiri to his right.
Izuku looked up, trying to stop the tears he could feel welling up in his eyes again.
“Y- Yami…” The man looked down at him. “Hmm?”
-----
‘Please don’t hide it, Izuku… Don’t suffer alone.’
-----
“I- It hurts,” Izuku choked out. Yami rested a hand on Izuku’s shoulder. “I know.”
“W- why?”
“Why what?”
The tears wouldn’t stop.
“W- w- why d- does it ‘urt ‘o m- much?”
Izuku could hear the sharp intake of breath the man took in.
“Because you are human, Izuku.”
The clouds parted and a soft, yellow glow shone down on the residents of the cemetery.
“You feel things, believe it or not,” Yami spoke softly.
Izuku hung his head. “W- what a- a- am I f- feelin’ r- right now? W- what t’is t- this f- feeling…?”
“What do you think it is?”
Izuku squeezed his eyes shut. “I- It- don’- Pain…” he forced out. “S- sad. H- hurt b- b- but no’ physical. Ju- I- I- Can’- I don’ know wh- what i- it t’is…”
“That’s what we call ‘Grief’, Izuku.”
Izuku looked up at the man through teary eyes. “D- do y- you feel i- it too?”
The grip on his shoulder got slightly tighter.
“Yeah…” Yami whispered. “I feel it too.”
The houses and roads passed in a blur on the way home. Izuku didn’t know what to do with this feeling in his chest. It was like a hole had opened up and was gradually getting wider and wider.
Mr. Kirishima joined him on the couch. “How are you feeling, bud?”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. The man waited.
-----
‘We will suffer with you.’
-----
“I-” Izuku bit his lip. “Empty.”
Mr. Kirishima leaned back into the cushions. “Care to elaborate?”
Izuku didn’t know how to put it into words. His hands moved sort of up and down as if he were trying to physically express it. “L- like- I- It’s like-” He lowered his hands and stared at the ground. “N- not here,” he decided on.
“Not… here?”
Izuku nodded, subconsciously curling himself into a ball. “B- back on s- streets. N- no one else. J- just me. A- alone. C- c- cold and e- empty.”
…
“You-”
“Not alive…” Izuku whispered. He buried his face in his arms.
… “Izuku, dear?” Izuku felt the couch did next to him. Mrs. Kirishima. “You… you do know that you are alive… right?” She sounded hesitant about the question. Izuku grit his teeth. His fists curled so tightly that they drew blood. He squeezed his eyes as tight as he could.
“Don’...”
“Don’t?”
Izuku ducked his head further.
“Don’t w- want to b- be ‘live…” He could feel his lungs shrinking and the room closing in on him. His chest tightened uncomfortably. “‘urts to l- live… T- too much. I- I- I can’ un’erstan’ i- it. All pain. P- pain-” He couldn’t breathe. He couldn’t hear anything. His lungs screamed for air but he couldn’t give them any. “P- p- pain a- and a- a- and I don’ un’erstan’ w- why.”
He could feel someone pull him into a hug but he didn’t register it.
“W- why w- won’t it s- s- stop? Why is- Why am I- I always u- un’er attack?”
His chest heaved, heart pounding painfully against his ribcage and blood roaring in his ears.
“W- why a- am I a- a- alive?”
_______________________________
Yuma couldn’t help the tears from falling.
Izuku finally opened up about his feelings but now that he did, Yuma wasn’t sure that she wanted to have heard it. She clutched the boy against her as he rambled, trying oh so hard to explain with the vocabulary he had just what he was feeling.
“W- why a- am I a- a- alive?”
She buried her face in his green locks at his honest question.
Eijiro, who was sitting in the far recliner, stared with wide eyes. Asa swallowed thickly.
“D- don’ want… to d- deal…” Izuku was hyperventilating, they all knew this, but they also knew that he had to say this. “Don’ want t- t- to deal w- with this a- any- anymore… Can’ ‘andle i- it.” His body shook violently against his. “Can’ d- do it anymo- re.”
Izuku looked up as though he had a sudden realization.
“Don’t wanna play ‘alive’ anymore.”
Yuma choked on a sob. He didn’t even realize that she was hugging him. He looked so exhausted. His shoulder’s relaxed.
“Ha…”
He let out the sickest, most heartwrenching laugh she had ever heard.
“Ha. Ha! HA!” Izuku was just staring at the ceiling laughing and crying and he didn’t even know why and Yuma could do nothing as everything the boy had been bottling up finally came pouring out in the worst possible way.
“HAHAHAHAHAHA!” Yuma watched as Izuku doubled over her arm that she was holding him by, only her own strength keeping him on the couch. The laughs became choppy as Izuku forced air out of his lungs that wasn’t there in the first place. She could see that he as gripping his arms so tightly that he was drawing blood.
“A- Asa!?”
Asa was already running. Eijiro was crying.
“HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!!!”
Asa came in with their specialized first aid kit. Yuma choked as she realized what Asa was about to do. She had hoped they would never have to use it.
The needle sunk into Izuku’s arm. Slowly, the laughing died out.
“HAHAHAHaHaHahahaha…”
Izuku’s eyes turned glossy. He hiccuped a few times before his eyes rolled back and he passed out.
They just sedated their son.
Yuma let out a breath. She heard the hiccups from Eijiro who was crying in his chair. Yuma looked over at him, then at Asa.
“Asa…” she whispered. He looked down. “Please go put Izuku in bed. We need to talk as a family.” She stood up.
“I- Izuku,” Eijiro choked out, “i- is ap- art of it too.”
Yuma bit her lip. “He is, dear, but we need to have a little chat about him.”
_______________________________
Eijiro watched as Mom and Dad sat on the couch. Dad pat beside him. Eijiro stood and sat between his parents.
Dad took a deep breath.
“I think we need to consider if Izuku should stay here or not.”
Eijiro’s eyes widened. “W- what do you mean?”
“Ei,” Dad said softly, “I mean that we may not be able to help him and we need to consider the consequences of keeping him.”
Eijiro tilted his head. “What consequences?”
Mom spoke up. “What it will do to us, Ei,” she said softly. “He’s… not stable. Eijiro, Izuku…” she hesitated.
“Izuku what?” Eijiro didn’t mean for it to come out as accusingly as it did but it did.
She furrowed her eyebrows. “Izuku might not be healthy for you, dear.”
Eijiro’s heart dropped. “Wh- what…?”
Dad nodded. “You are only twelve. We have asked a lot of you to act as a big brother to Izuku but in reality, it might have been too big of a task for even us to handle. You are too young to have to deal wi-”
“'Act?'”
Eijiro hung his head as the word came out. “What do you mean ‘act?’”
“Ei?”
Eijiro stood sharply and spun around to glare at his parents.
“Maybe it was all just an ‘act’ to you,” Eijiro placed a hand on his chest, “but to me, I wasn’t acting! I- Izuku is my brother!”
“Eijiro, de-”
“DON’T!” He narrowed his eyes. “‘Too big of a task?’ Have to ‘deal’ with?” His shoulders shook. “I may not understand all of this fancy adult talk but it would seem to me that you haven’t really looked at Izuku at all! You see his trauma but not the boy he is underneath it!”
“Eijiro, that’s enough-”
“NO, IT ISN’T!” He huffed. “Have you seen him smile? I have! In our room sometimes he smiles. He LAUGHS! He- He cares too! Even on the worst of days, he knows when I am sad or hurt and he tries to help despite not being able to form a sentence or act as normal. Izuku...”
“Okay, Eiji-”
Eijiro took a deep breath.
“IZUKU IS NOT JUST A VICTIM!”
Dad stood up slowly. “Eijiro calm down. We aren’-” “Don’t touch me!” Eijiro slapped away the hand Dad was extending.
Dad’s stern face showed up. Eijiro gulped.
“Eijiro Kirishima, don’t talk about things you don’t know. We haven’t even finished our conversation and you are assuming things.”
Eijiro hung his head. “Am I? Cause what it sounds like to me is that you are planning on throwing him out.”
“We are simply trying to decide what is best for our family.”
Eijiro felt his eyes water. “You said he was family.”
“Dear, he is. It’s just-”
“Did you know…” Eijiro cut her off “... that I don’t hang out with Yamamoto and Ito anymore? Know why? Izuku stood up to them for me because I couldn’t.”
“What do you mean, dear?” Mom asked. Eijiro bit his lip.
“I mean,” he started slowly, “that they have been bullying me for years and Izuku, despite his discomfort, spoke to them. Two weeks ago. He told them off in front of the whole school during lunch with only a few words. A- and Yamamoto tried to punch him but Izuku easily put him in a headlock. Izuku had a panic attack in the bathroom right after. Even though he was tormenting himself by even speaking, he did. He defended me.”
“That was very sweet of hi-”
“Did you know that…” Eijiro took a wavery breath “... that Izuku gave me a nickname? He calls me ‘Kiri’ now. Only in our room, but he does. Did you know that he has an entree for me in his hero notebooks? Did you know that he has been helping me train my quirks endurance after school?”
Eijiro hung his head.
“Did you know that he believes in me when no-one else does?”
Mom furrowed her eyebrows. “Eijiro we do beli-”
“No you don’t,” Eijiro turned his head away. “I know you don’t believe that I can be a hero.” Eijiro looked up to them with a sad smile. “Izuku does. Oh! And Ashido! Did you know he actually spoke to her a couple of times?” This seemed to shock his parents even more. “Yeah! He says good morning to her and goodbye! He truly does! Did you know that? Do you even know how much he has improved?” Eijiro looked between his parents. “He only snapped because you kept pressuring him to!”
“It something he needed to get out,” Dad said sternly.
“M- maybe so but maybe not right then.” Eijiro looked at Mom. “I understand what you mean by he needs a little more help now but that also means he has a slower pace of processing certain things, right? I’m taking psychology so I know at least that much! But right after the funeral, you pressed him to state his feelings but he didn’t even know what they were.”
Hurt flashed in Dad’s eyes but Eijiro pressed on.
“Izuku feels pressure. A lot of pressure. He wanted to answer you so he forced out the first thing he could think of and when it made sense he took it because that is all he knows how to do!”
Eijiro knew it was a low blow but he turned to Mom and said:
“Izuku did not feel ‘safe’ at that moment.”
Her eyes widened. Eijiro ignored the guilt he felt. He looked at the ground.
“He…” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows.
“Did. You. Know…” he leveled his voice, raising his eyes to meet his fathers.
“Did you know that Izuku trusted you?”
He chose the word ‘trusted’ on purpose. As a final blow, Eijiro left them with:
“Did you know that I trusted you?”
…
…
…
“Eijiro…”
He ignored his father and turned around. “Please excuse me as I go to mine and Izuku’s room so that I can be there when MY BROTHER wakes up.”
It was not a question. Eijiro did not wait. Nor did his parents stop him as he stormed off to Izuku’s and his’ room, closing the door with more force than necessary.
Eijiro felt a few tears fall as he leaned against the door.
Mom and Dad looked so hurt…
He looked up to where Izuku was sleeping. Eijiro took a deep breath. He rolled his desk chair over by Izuku’s bed and sat down with his sketchbook. He had been working on it for the past month. It was almost done. Originally a birthday gift for Izuku but he decided that if he finished it now, he would give it to Izuku when he woke up.
So, in the lamplight, he drew.
Ignoring the muffled cries he could hear from his mother in the living room.
Chapter 35: What Was Missing Can Be Found
Summary:
Izuku finds his family.
Notes:
Okay so I know I said I'd be posting slower but I had the idea for this chapter and I just HAD to write it down. Sorry!
How are y'all tho?
Chapter Text
Green eyes opened slowly, blinking a few times before actually focusing. Even then, they weren’t really focused.
Izuku pushed himself into a sitting position but immediately regretted it. He held his head as his skull pounded painfully. His vision was slightly blurry and his eyes felt so heavy.
“-ku. C- -ou hea- -e? Iz-”
He blinked. Then again. This time a hand was in front of his face… waving?
“Izu-. He- o?”
The greenette slowly turned his head. He saw the sort of outline of a black-haired boy who looked somewhat… concerned?
Ah. Right. He was waving.
Izuku raised his own arm. It felt heavy. He waved back. Why did that make the boy even more worried? Izuku lowered his hand and looked up.
My head hurts… Where am I…? I’m tired… I want to sleep…
“-ay do- n. Go ba- to sl- p.”
What is he saying? I’m too tired for this…
Izuku opted for laying back down. It eased the pain in his head a little. As soon as his head hit the pillow, Izuku was out cold.
_______________________________
Wow. Izuku was really out of it.
Eijiro was drawing when he sat up an hour after being sedated. It scared Eijiro at first but that fear was quickly replaced by concern when Izuku groaned and placed a hand to his head. His eyes looked foggy and it took him a whole minute to realize that Eijiro was waving a hand in front of him.
Then he waved back. Very sloppily.
“Lay down, man. Go back to sleep.” Eijiro gently guided his brother back down. Izuku blinked once, twice, and didn’t open his eyes again, falling soundly asleep. At least being sedated he actually slept. He was pulling the blankets back over Izuku when a soft rapping came at the door.
*knock knock knock*
“Eijiro, dear?” He whipped his head around to the door, holding his tongue. “Do you want to talk?”
No, I don’t, thank you very much.
Yes, I do!
He was torn between protecting Izuku and wanting to run and cry in his mother’s arms.
“Alight…” Mom sound so hurt. It made his heart twist. “I’ll leave dinner by the door then…”
He didn’t hear her again. Eijiro opened the door and peaked out. There was a plate of pizza. He felt tears well in his eyes again. Eijiro took it and closed the door again.
_______________________________
Izuku sat up again later that night. He winced at the light from the lamp. Izuku checked the time.
1:34 AM.
Izuku then noticed the sleeping form of Kiri, torso draped over Izuku’s bed and sitting in his desk chair. He looked as if had been crying. He looked like Izuku felt. The greenette got out of bed, wobbling a bit on unsteady legs. Izuku tried to pick up Kiri but his arms didn’t seem to be responding so he pushed the raven-haired boy into a sitting position and wrapped a blanket around him instead. Izuku looked around the room. It was eerily quiet.
His eyes fell on his mattress. Izuku didn’t know what he was really thinking when he lifted it and rested his eyes on his blade that he almost forgot he had there.
He wasn’t really planning on doing anything with it but he found comfort in holding it.
Izuku twirled it in his hand a bit. He left the room. It was quiet in the house. Izuku padded down the hallway. There was a light from the living room. Izuku didn’t really take much note of it. The lamp was left on, that was it.
_______________________________
Asa looked up from his book when he heard someone enter the room.
“Izuku?”
The boy didn’t seem to realize that Asa was there or had even called out to him so instead, he watched as the obviously dazed boy settled into the far armchair.
That’s when Asa realized, with much terror, that Izuku had a rather large knife in his hand.
But… wasn’t really doing anything with it besides studying it.
Asa’s stomach churned. He gently shook his wife awake. She sat up from leaning on his shoulder.
“Asa- mph!” Asa covered her mouth and pointed to Izuku. Her eyes widened upon seeing Izuku. Asa felt the shiver go up her spine. It went up his too.
Right when Izuku looked up and made eye contact with Asa.
No one moved. Neither Asa nor Yuma dared to breathe. Until Izuku hung his head and a sob escaped his lips. It hit Asa that he was deciding if it was worth it.
-----
‘Don’t wanna play ‘alive’ anymore.’
-----
Is he seriously contemplating it!?
Izuku kept looking between the knife and Asa and Yuma. Asa and Yuma were the deciding factors. Asa stood up, startling the child. Izuku jumped holding the knife suspiciously closer than Asa would like in this situation.
-----
‘Izuku did not feel ‘safe’ at that moment.’
-----
Asa approached cautiously. Izuku followed his every step until Asa came to a crouch beside the recliner. He placed a gentle hand over Izuku’s.
Asa shook his head.
“It’s not worth it.”
Izuku understood. He knew he did. Tears spilled from green eyes. Asa guided Izuku into his shoulder, taking all of the silent cries. Yuma came over and used the moment to take the knife from Izuku’s weakened grip.
Asa decided right then and there that he wanted to be selfish. That he didn’t care if maybe they weren’t the best option for Izuku’s healing. Izuku is his son and he would not give him up.
Asa blinked when he felt something wet on his hand.
“Asa,” Yuma whispered. She gestured downward. Asa slowly pulled away from the hug and let go of Izuku’s hands only to see blood on his own. His eyes widened. Asa turned over Izuku’s right hand to see a fairly large-sized cut. His heart dropped because even if it was only his hand...
… that was how close it was.
Izuku stared blankly at it as blood continued to flow. It was scary how uncaring he was about himself. Yuma came in, having left to get a first aid kit.
Asa was drying blood when he saw Yuma wave someone over. Eijiro.
Except… Eijiro did not come over. He just stayed at the edge of the living room watching. He was making sure, Asa realized, that they wouldn’t do anything to Izuku.
Izuku winced when Asa dabbed peroxide on his wound before wrapping it up.
Asa looked Izuku in the eyes.
“I’m sorry,” he apologized. Izuku’s eyes widened. “I did not mean to make you uncomfortable today. Please…” he swallowed. “Please don’t hurt yourself like this.” Izuku lowered his eyes. Eijiro finally decided to come over. He didn’t wait nor ask. He threw himself around Izuku. Izuku visibly tensed. However, Izuku soon lifted his own arms and hugged back, surprisingly.
-----
‘Do you even know how much he has improved?’
-----
Izuku cried. Eijiro cried. Yuma cried. Asa cried.
Were the Kirishima’s a perfect family? No. Maybe from the outside but there was always something missing. They all felt it. They just didn’t realize it until now. What was missing was not some random orphan they could have gotten from some random orphanage.
What was missing was Izuku.
And what Izuku was missing… was them.
It was decided that none of them were ready to go back to bed.
Izuku helped Ei lay out a sheet on the floor while Asa set up a movie and Yuma made popcorn and hot chocolate. They went around gathering all of the pillows and blankets that they could find. Izuku curled into a little dip he made in the mound with Ei, holding onto the Present Mic plushie from his bed. Yuma giggled when she saw the fluffy mountain.
Around the middle of the movie, Asa glanced over. Izuku was looking at the three of them. He pointed at each one, mouthing something, then at himself. Asa took a second to realize that it was in this succession.
Asa: ‘Father(?)’
Yuma: ‘Mother(?)’
Eijiro: ‘Brother(?)’
Izuku: … (?)
Rinse and Repeat.
He was trying to find where he stood with them.
-----
‘-he has a slower pace of processing certain things, right?’
-----
Asa waited until probably the third time he did it, possibly more considering Asa caught him mid-act. Izuku lowered his hand with furrowed eyebrows. He turned back to the screen, resting his head on his knees.
He didn’t figure it out.
Asa met Ei’s eyes. Then Yuma’s. They noticed it too.
Now he was at a crossroads. Eijiro was still wary of their interactions with Izuku. Still, Asa wanted Izuku to know this before the boy fell asleep and his green eyes were already drooping.
He stood up and walked around the incredibly large mound of blankets and pillows. He sat down beside Izuku. Izuku tensed significantly. Asa took a deep breath. He could feel Ei’s eyes on him. Asa took Izuku’s hand. The greenette looked up at him.
Asa gently formed Izuku’s fingers to point.
He guided Izuku’s hand to point at Yuma. “Mom,” he said slowly.
He pointed at himself. “Dad.”
Izuku’s eyes widened as he began to understand what Asa was doing.
Asa moved the boy’s hand and pointed it at Ei. “Brother.”
Asa let go of Izuku’s arm. Then he lifted his own and pointed as Yuma. “Wife.”
At Ei. “Son.”
Asa smiled as he pointed at Izuku. “Son.”
Tears filled Izuku’s eyes.
Eijiro raised his own finger. “Mom. Dad.” At Izuku. “Brother.”
Yuma raised hers. “Husband. Son.” At Izuku. “Son.”
Izuku choked on a sob. Asa drew Izuku into a hug. Izuku did not look up but he did lift his arm.
“M- mom,” he stuttered as he pointed at Yuma.
“D- d- dad,” he pointed at Asa.
“B- brother,” he pointed at Eijiro.
Everyone smiled. Asa made sure to meet Izuku’s eyes when he said: “Family.”
Izuku, the boy with a shattered soul, broken heart, trust issues, a tortured mind. Izuku, who wakes up to nightmares every other night, who barely eats enough to meet basic needs, who doesn’t speak past a few words and even when he does it comes out broken. Izuku, who can’t process emotions and who reacts just a bit slower in pace than everyone else when it comes to anything that does not revolve around him just getting to the next day.
Despite all of the tears and pain, that Izuku Kirishima looked up at Asa...
… and smiled.
Chapter 36: Taking Hold Of One's Own Strings
Summary:
Izuku trains his quirk.
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
May 8th, 2020
‘Hello, I am Izuku… Kirishima?
Mr. Ki- Dad(?) said that I should try keeping a journal. Something about because I like writing hero notebooks so much I express myself better on paper? I’m not shur- sure. He told me to write about how I feel each day I write.
This is my first entre- entry- entree- entry.
I’m not sure about this though. Is he going to read this? What am I allowed to write? This is strange. What do I feel? Yami said grief when Ma- He said grief. But then yesterday Mr.- Dad(?) and Kiri and… Mom(?) called me brother and son and “family.”
I don’t know what that means very much. Doesn’t that mean we share jeans- genes? But we don’t. I don’t think so at least.
But he called me family so… I can believe that. Right?
I want to. Is that a feeling? A feeling of “want?” Oh, I shouldn’t feel that. I can’t want things. It’s ungrateful. She don’t like it. But they won’t do anything to me… right? Not like her. Cause we are “family.”
Family isn’t definite…
I won’t feel that then.
Well, I guess I wrote more than I thought. Maybe this wasn’t too bad then. I guess I could continue this whole writing my feelings thing then. It’s easyer- easier to write then. She don’t like me to speak. I’m not allowed to.
Sho says otherwise though. And Mar- and the others. And my “family.” They want me to speak. I want to speak but I can’t want so I won’t. I’ll try my best to for them though because they want me to and I want them to be happy.
Oh, Dad(?) is calling me for dinner. I’ll write later. Maybe.
Bye!
-----
Izuku closed his notebook and pushed off his desk, chair rolling back. He spun in it a time or two before jumping off and leaving the room.
_______________________________
Izuku seemed brighter these past couple of days, Eijiro thinks. He hasn’t woken up screaming. He has found the greenette crying in his sleep again but aside from that, he seemed better. He still sleeps after school. Being surrounded by so many people drains him. He still goes around locking the windows and doors at night which Eijiro thinks will never change but, and Eijiro doesn’t know why he thinks this, Izuku seems brighter.
“Do you two want to come over to my house tomorrow?”
Eijiro looked up from his lunch at Ashido’s question. “What for?” he asked.
Izuku tilted his head.
She shrugged. “Just to hang.”
Izuku’s eyes widened. Eijiro was quick to place a hand on the greenette’s shoulder. “No, no that kind of hang.” Ashido laughed heartily. “Sorry, sorry! I didn’t mean it that way!” Izuku visibly relaxed. “I just meant to, ya know, chill together, or something. Hang out, ya know?”
“You always seem to think the worst, Izuku,” Hino stated. Izuku blushed slightly and looked down. Ashido waved her off. “It’s fine! So do ya wanna?”
Eijiro nodded. “I’m down, man! What about you, Izuku?”
Izuku glanced at him. “S- sure…”
Eijiro felt like a proud parent. Izuku had been able to speak a few words here and there around their friends at school lately and now he was willing to go to the pinkette’s house? Such an improvement! Ashido seemed to accept it. “Alright! Tomorrow after school then!”
_______________________________
“See you at home, man!”
Izuku waved as his brother left down the sidewalk but he waited outside of Sho’s car as Yamamoto and Ito walked by, making sure that they knew of his presence. Neither of them made eye contact.
Well, Yamamoto accidentally did. *Cra- ck* Izuku cracked his knuckles threateningly, efficiently reminding the taller boy of how he handed him his butt on Monday. Again. Yamamoto looked away quickly and urged Ito to walk faster.
“Do you have something against them, ‘Zuku?” He slid in the car beside his purple-haired friend. He shrugged. “A b- bit.” No one commented on it. “Recovery Girl wants you the whole time, kid,” Sho said from the driver’s seat as they drove. “W- wh- why?” He shrugged. “I don’t know. Just go up to her office.” Izuku nodded.
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. He wanted to ask but he shouldn’t.
“What is it, ‘Zuku?” Shinsou asked. “You look worried.” Izuku glanced at him. He took a deep breath.
“‘F- familea,’” Izuku stated.
“Huh?”
“T- they said t- that I am f- familea.”
“Oh?” Sho spoke up.
“B- b- but we don’ sh- share blood?”
_______________________________
Shouta was about to speak up but Hitoshi beat him to it.
“Me and Dad don’t share blood ‘Zuku,” he said. “We are still family. I don’t think that family means blood bonds more than emotional bonds or a sort of connection with them.”
Shouta’s heart felt warm. He was so proud of Hitoshi. “Hitoshi is right,” Shouta said. “It doesn’t matter if you necessarily share genes. Family bonds go deeper.”
“D- deeper?”
He nodded. How do I explain this to someone who doesn’t understand human connections on a normal standard? Shouta internally grinned.
“I would probably cry if Hitoshi were to die.” He could see Hitoshi’s eyes widen in the mirror. “I love him a lot. I think of him as my son. Would you cry if any of the Kirishima’s died?” Izuku lowered his head. He seemed to be contemplating it.
“P- probablea.”
“Do you love them?”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows.
“P- p- probablea…”
Probably, huh? That’s pretty amazing. I should have been recording this conversation for them cause that is a pretty large feat of them to be able to get that sort of answer to that sort of question.
“B- bu’ I would c- cry if you d- died too.” Shouta’s eyes widened. Hitoshi’s head snapped back to Izuku in shock. He swallowed thickly.
“I would cry if you did too,” he agreed.
“S- so are w- we familea?”
He took a deep breath. “What do you think, Izuku?” Izuku looked at him.
Every once in a while, Izuku’s gaze turned back to that cold, calculating stare that made Shouta shiver. He could feel it now on the back of his head.
Izuku nodded. “Yer.”
He let out a silent breath he hadn’t known he was holding.
“B- but-” Izuku continued, “a- are you a- also ‘Dad’ t- too then?”
Ah. That would be a problem. Shouta had come to think of Izuku as a son, definitely, but he could not say that too the kid. Izuku has come to see the Kirishima’s as ‘family’ and at this stage in whatever the heck was Izuku’s mind, he could not risk that sort of connection split. Izuku needs to only associate Mr. Kirishima with the title ‘Father’ or ‘Dad.’
“Think of me more as...” he started slowly, “an uncle, or something.”
“U- uncle?”
He nodded. “Typically that would mean I would be the brother of either your mom or dad by blood but I think we have established that blood doesn’t mean ‘family.’” Izuku nodded then pointed at Hitoshi. “T- then?”
Hitoshi nodded. “Cousin.”
Izuku’s eyes brightened significantly. He nodded sharply. It was kind of adorable watching Izuku react to finally having a family but Shouta would not admit that out loud.
“Say, ‘Zuku,” Hitoshi spoke up, “I have a nickname for you but you never say my name. Do you have one for me?”
Oh? Is that a hint of jealousy I hear?
Izuku tilted his head. “N-- not reallea?” It took Shouta a moment to realize what Izuku had said. The normal accent was hard enough to understand but with his speech imparity it was about a thousand times harder. That and any ‘y’ that sounded like ‘e’ it was always ‘ay.’
When we get back we need to consider speech therapy for him.
Hitoshi deadpanned.
“D- do you wan’ one?”
He supposes that at least Izuku didn’t say ‘ya’ instead of ‘you’ anymore. He does sometimes but not as much.
Hitoshi blushed a bit and looked away from the green-haired boy. “I- if you gave me one I wouldn’t dislike it.” Shouta smirked. “Yes, Izuku,” he elaborated. “Yes, he would.”
Izuku nodded. He was silent for a bit, probably thinking about it.
“We are here,” Shouta said, pulling into UA and parking. “Don’t forget to go to Recovery Girl, kid.” Hitoshi pouted as they walked towards the training field while Izuku went towards the main building. “Are you sad that you didn’t get a nickname?” he joked. Hitoshi blushed. Shouta couldn’t blame him. It was really cute getting a nickname from the greenette. When Izuku had first called him ‘Sho’ it took everything in Shouta to not lose his apathetic face.
“N- no!”
Shouta was about to say something when a quiet voice came from behind them.
“‘T- Toshi.”
They both stopped and turned to see Izuku facing them from a few feet away. He hadn’t even heard Izuku catch up to them. But that wasn’t what stopped him. Izuku could have very well used a form of ‘Shinsou’ but he chose to use Hitoshi’s given name instead. Hitoshi blushed furiously. He nodded and turned back around. Shouta gave Izuku a thumbs up.
“Get up there, kid.”
They went their separate ways.
“‘Toshi,’ he said.”
Hitoshi slapped his shoulder weakly. “Sh- shut up!”
Shouta laughed.
_______________________________
“Do you see anything, sonny?”
Izuku was trying, he really was but nothing was happening. Today they were finally working on him actually activating his strings himself. They didn’t even know if it was possible but today the hoped to find out.
Izuku frowned and picked up his notebook and pen.
‘I don’t know how to reach out to myself,’ he wrote.
Recovery Girl hummed. “Then don’t.” He deadpanned. “Don’t give me that look, boy!” Izuku stuck his tongue out at her.
He didn’t know why, but he felt more comfortable around her. She was really easy to get along with and not that hard to read. She was fun.
“Looky here,” she said. “You aren’t trying to reach out to yourself. That is how it is activated by others. These strings, I am assuming, are made of your own life energy, if how you transferred it is anyway to tell. They are a part of you. What you need to be doing is not reaching out to you but to be trying to activate the life force in you. You need to feel it active in you. Feel the shape of your strings and how they connect to you as a whole.”
Feel my life force? What the heck does that mean?!
“Hey, boy-”
-----
‘Heya, boy!’
-----
“-put these on.”
Izuku looked up. Recovery Girl held out a pair of headphones that looked similar to the ones that Mr…. Dad gave him for his panic attacks.
He took them.
“Ever heard of meditation?” He nodded. “Good. Those are high-quality noise-canceling headphones. I want you to sit down, put those on, and take your time in silence to really focus on this, alright?”
Izuku narrowed his eyes. That means he wouldn’t be able to hear anything. Anyone could sneak up on him, trap him, use, him, kill him, do whatever they want and he wouldn’t be able to stop them because he wouldn’t even know it was happening before it was too late.
*tap tap tap*
Izuku was shaken from his musings when the old lady tapped her cane on the ground.
“Sonny, you are at UA, the safest place in Japan. We are swelling with heroes. Nothing will happen.” Izuku averted his eyes.
“And just to be safe,” the door slid open, “he will be here to watch over you.”
Izuku’s eyes widened.
“Y- Yami.” He couldn’t help the name slipping from his lips even in front of the older woman.
The man, in full hero gear, grinned. “HEY!!!!!” Izuku threw himself off of the cot. Yami knelt down and embraced him in a tight hug.
“How are ya, little listener?” Izuku looked at him and gave a thumbs up.
Then it hit: What was Yami to him?
“That’s good to hear! Me too!” I'll ask later. He pats Izuku’s shoulder. “I’ve been informed of what you are trying. I think that’s really cool!” Izuku blushed slightly. “I’m right here so don’t you worry one bit, okay?” Izuku nodded.
Not that he didn’t trust Recovery Girl, well, he didn’t but that was another matter, he just trusted Yami more.
Izuku looked at the headphones in his hands. Izuku steeled himself. He boldly walked back over to the cot and sat down in a criss-cross sitting. Izuku took a deep breath and slid them over his ears. Almost instantly, the white-noise of the world cut off. Izuku felt his blood pressure spike so fast he got dizzy.
Vulnerable. Too vulnerable.
The world washed in red, everything his eyes fell upon labeled threat. Threat. THREAT! He couldn’t breathe. His body shook. His green eyes flew to and fro.
Yami closed the door and leaned against it facing Izuku. He lowered his sunglasses and met Izuku’s eyes from across the room.
‘I’m here.’
Izuku read the man’s lips. Izuku nodded shakily. Right. Yami is here. Everything is okay. No, it isn’t. He will protect me. Hurt you. I’m safe. Not safe. Vulnerable.
Izuku took a shaky breath and closed his eyes.
-----
‘- activate the life force in you. You need to feel it active in you. Feel the shape of your strings and how they connect to you as a whole.’
-----
Feel it in yourself.
-----
‘Izuku, what do you feel when he takes it?’
-----
Dull. The small throb in the chest, arm… the neck on the occasions that was… used. Feel? Lifeforce.
-----
Mary Lou took the string. Izuku could feel himself getting light-headed as if something was draining from him.
-----
That feeling.
That warmth. Becoming cold.
He could feel it running through his body. Vibrating and shaking his bones. Izuku could see them. The strings intertwining with his veins. Each connected to a joint, weaving in his system connecting each one to another. He could see the screws they attached to each joint.
He could see them. All of them. Feel them.
_______________________________
HIzashi did not really know how he felt about this.
When he first heard of what they were trying to accomplish, Hizashi’s stomach churned. Izuku has spent his whole life running away from his quirk. They were asking him to face it head-on. Mentally, though, he knew this would be good. Izuku was a much more active learner. Just words would not have him believing that he could take hold of his own life.
Taking hold of the literal strings of his life, that would give him confidence. Not only with himself but around other people. It was necessary but also a terrifying thought because what if it didn’t work?
If Izuku really couldn’t take his strings, Izuku’s progress in trust could be thrown back so far he might not even trust Hizashi himself.
Even if it isn’t true, Izuku would take it as he truly couldn’t take hold of his own life and that he truly was just a puppet on a string to be used.
This was a fifty-fifty, no, based on the previous usage of said quirk, a sixty-forty chance of major psychological trauma infliction.
Not in their favor.
So he would be here. He personally volunteered to be here. He had to. Because if this went wrong, and there were so many ways this could go wrong, Izuku would need the first thing that he saw when he opened his eyes was to be something that he considered ‘Safe.’
Five minutes passed. Ten. Fifteen… Hizashi got a bad feeling in his gut.
Stop! It’s not working! No… Please… Don’t hurt yourself, Izuku…
Then something happened.
Both Hizashi’s and Recovery Girl’s eyes widened.
Izuku began to glow. Hizashi could physically see the strings and he wasn’t even reaching out. They were outlined on Izuku’s skin, traveling throughout his body.
On Izuku’s joints, Hizashi witnessed as lines marked out where a doll would have two parts put together, elbow to connect arms, screw forming in the middle. Neck connected to the torse, and under the boy’s pants, probably legs to the torso. He could see the individual joints on each finger with screws in between each. The strings, more like veins, massed at each joint before moving on further into the body to the next joints.
In horror, Hizashi witnessed as Izuku’s glowing skin began to clear to look like porcelain and his scars, oh please no… they looked like cracks on a glass doll.
Recovery Girl on her stool had a hand over her mouth.
Izuku’s head fell to the side like a doll’s head waiting to be moved and positioned.
Hizashi wanted to throw up. Shouta… needed to see this, he realized. Hizashi, with shaking hands, took a picture.
Shouta needed to see how… inhumane this was.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Shouta huffed. Hitoshi, laying flat on his back panting, glanced up at him. Shouta sighed. “Take a breather.”
He sat down and drew his phone from his pocket. Hizashi? Isn’t he supposed to overseeing Izuku? Shouta opened the message. It was a picture.
The raven-haired man paled.
“Dad?”
Shouta ignored his son and immediately dialed Hizashi who immediately picked up.
“Hizashi,” he said sternly. “Stop him. Stop him now!”
A strangled sound came from the other side.
“I can’t Shouta…”
Shouta’s eye twitched. “Why the hell can’t you?”
“Because it’s working… If I stop him, it’ll be basically telling him that he isn’t allowed to have hold of his life.”
Shouta hung his head. Hizashi was right but…
“Dang it!” he growled. “This was such a bad idea!”
“Shouta…”
Shouta took a deep breath. “What?”
“H- he’s twitching.”
“... What?”
“Shouta,” Hizashi sounded so pained, “he- this is so… he looks like…”
“Don’t say it, Hizashi.”
“Shouta, you don’t understand. He doesn’t even know what he is doing…”
“Send a video.”
It took a minute to come in but Shouta immediately regretted it.
Izuku had all of the ceramic joins of a puppet with strings glowing from his body, cracks marking out his scars, and he… was twitching. His eyes were wide open but so, so blank. His head kept twitching to the side, fingers and legs twitching in time with it.
Shouta heard Hitoshi gasp behind him, leaning over his shoulder and watching the video.
“D- Da-” *!!!CRASH!!!*
“IZUKU!!!”
Both heads snapped up to the fourth floor of the UA building where Recovery Girl’s office was located. The window was shattered and-
Oh. My- “KID!”
Izuku had been seemingly flung out of the window with such force to shatter the bulletproof windows and still be multiple feet away from it and he was falling.
Hizashi appeared at the edge. “Shouta!” he screamed but Shouta was already making a mad dash for the boy falling like a streak of lightning.
Halfway to the ground, Izuku suddenly jolted mid-air. His arms shot up. Shouta could visibly see the stings shoot from the greenette’s hands upward. Hizashi noticed it too and reached out but… they didn’t reach. They were too short. Izuku twisted, almost mechanically and shot them out from his back and hands again. They wrapped around the frames of a second-floor classroom window. Izuku’s body bounced with the sudden stop of acceleration toward the ground and swung. Izuku planted his feet against the window of the first-floor classroom below the one his strings were connected to, grasping the strings with his hands to keep him up straight.
Shouta froze, Hizashi looked down in horror from the fourth floor, recovery Girl by his side, Hitoshi stood frozen.
Shouta was only a few feet away from Izuku. Izuku stared blankly into the empty classroom, only a few feet off of the ground so he could safely fall but Shuouta realized that Izuku was not completely lucid. He had no clue what he was doing. That also means that he didn’t know how to let go. Shouta took in a wavery breath.
“Izuku,” he said calmly. The greenette’s head lulled backward. Shouta almost threw up at how wrong that was, at how wrong those green eyes stared at him from that position. Blank. “Can you get down.” No response. No attempt to even open his mouth. Blank. Shouta swallowed thickly. “I am going to help you, okay? I am going to use my quirk and catch you. Okay?”
Nothing. No reaction.
Shouta crossed the distance between the two, green eyes following him like a painting in a haunted mansion.
Wrong. THIS IS SO WRONG!!!
Shouta held out his arms and looked up. He gagged. Izuku’s head had rolled back to hang upside down and green, lifeless eyes stared at him.
Even in his blank-slate state of mind, Izuku was still Izuku and that means he would be tracking Shouta’s every movement. Even if he looked like… that.
“I am going to use my quirk now.” Shouta didn’t wait for the response that he knew wasn’t going to come. He activated his quirk. The strings disappeared and Izuku felt the foot down into Shouta’s arms.
The joint-like marking’s on the boy’s skin disappeared, the screws at every joint vanished, and the cracks faded back into scars.
Izuku took a shuddering breath, body shaking. Shouta sat down and cradled the boy in his arms. It was only then did he realize how wet his eyes were.
-----
‘I would probably cry if Hitoshi were to die.’
-----
“Idiot…” he choked out. “Don’t you know that I would cry if you died too?”
Shouta dropped his head against the boy’s chest as his body shook.
He had seen many people die in his line of work but this… this was different! Izuku meant something to him! He listened to the rapid beating of Izuku’s heart. Shouta flinched when he felt a hand on his head. He looked up to see that Izuku had lifted his own hand to pat his head.
Hitoshi had just reached them and fell to his knees, also crying. Hizashi rounded the corner and sprinted over, Recovery Girl coming at a much slower pace.
They were all in tears.
However, they all stopped when a small giggle came from Izuku’s lips.
“Hee hee... “ The boy was smiling.
Hizashi glared at the child. “Why are you laughing!?”
Izuku looked at him.
“I d- did it!”
Shouta furrowed his eyebrows. “Did what?”
Izuku stared at the sky. “I took my own strings!”
His voice was clear. No stutter. He was so… happy. Despite almost dying. Did he even know what he did?
Shouta felt tears swell in his eyes again. And pulled Izuku into a tighter hug.
“Stupid problem child! Do you know how worried we were?!”
_______________________________
Hitoshi watched as Dad stood and set Izuku down on his feet.
Hitoshi met eyes with Izuku.
“‘Zuku…”
“Toshi?”
Hitoshi threw himself at the boy crying. “IDIOT!” He hugged Izuku tightly. Izuku hugged him back gently.
“S- sorry. I- I’ll be m- more careful n- nex’ time…”
Yamada crossed his arms. “And not on the fourth floor.”
Izuku giggled again.
“I think that is enough training for today,” Dad suggested.
Everyone was perfectly fine with that.
They were all ready to go but Izuku hadn’t moved from his spot after Hitoshi let go.
“Kid?” Dad turned back.
Izuku blinked a couple of times. “Sho…” Dad let out a small chuckle and walked back over to Izuku. He went behind him and pressed his hands on the boys back.
“It’s okay.” Hitoshi raised an eyebrow. What? His eyes widened when Izuku’s eyes rolled back and he fell backward. Dad swiftly caught him and transferred him into a bridal style carrying position.
Izuku was out.
In the car, Hitoshi lay Izuku’s head on his lap.
The car ride was silent until Dad spoke up.
“Hitoshi,” he said quietly, “you know it is okay to cry, too, right?” Hitoshi hung his head. He took a deep breath.
“I- I was so scared!” he choked out. “I- I couldn’t do anything! H- He almost d- died!”
Dad pulled over and got out, sliding into the back seat and pulling Hitoshi into a hug. “I know…” Dad was crying too, Hitoshi realized.
He clung to Dad’s shirt.
“I- is he really going to keep doing this?”
…
“Dad?”
“... We can’t take this from his, Hitoshi… We can’t stop his progression.”
“B- but-” Dad pulled back and looked at him.
“Izuku almost killed himself a few days ago.”
Hitoshi’s heart stopped for a second. “Wh- What?” he breathed out.
Dad looked so tired. “Mr. Kirishima called me the day after to tell me. He thought that I should know with how close we are to Izuku.”
Hitoshi looked down at Izuku.
“Hitoshi,” Dad whispered, “do you know why we can’t take this away from him?”
Hitoshi swallowed. “Yeah…”
“We are going to have to take extra precautions and by no means are we stopping his training with you and his quirk, but right now, in regards to the small shell of mental stability that he has finally begun to form, we cannot stop this.”
Hitoshi lowered his gaze. “Yeah…”
“It’ll be a long road from here on out,” Dad continued. “Do you want to continue?”
-----
‘Cousin.’ Izuku’s eyes brightened significantly.
-----
“Of course,” Hitoshi met his father’s gaze. “I can’t leave my family hanging."
_______________________________
Eijiro sat on the far recliner. He looked up to where Izuku was laying on the couch.
He didn’t like this.
Izuku had a portable breathing machine and mask over his mouth and nose, courtesy of the UA nurse.
-----
Mr. Aizawa gently laid Izuku on the couch and began to set up the machine.
‘What is that for?’ Eijiro asked.
‘To help him breathe,’ Shinsou said at his side. Eijiro gawked. ‘What?!’
Shinsou looked at him.
‘The last time Izuku did this he was out for three days with a bad fever and couldn’t breathe without a machine.’
Eijiro paled. ‘W- what did he do?’
Shinsou didn’t answer.
-----
Izuku looked so pale and his chest barely rose.
Mom came in. “I called the school to inform them of the situation. He will have an excused absence for the next two days.” Eijiro nodded.
-----
‘I think you should know,’ Mr. Aizawa said, ‘that Izuku is really happy that you called him your family.’
-----
“Mom…” Eijiro whispered. She turned to him. “What is it, dear?” He bit his lip. “I am sorry for yelling at you earlier.” Mom smiled softly. She came over and gave him a hug.
“It’s alright, Ei. I think you helped us realize a few things.”
She looked him in the eyes. “I think we can all start healing now.”
Eijiro looked over at Izuku then back at his mother.
“Yeah!”
Chapter 37: Happy Birthday, Izuku!
Summary:
Izuku celebrates his 'first' birthday.
Notes:
How is everyone feeling?
Chapter Text
“We’re h- home.”
Yuma smiled. That wasn’t Eijiro’s voice. That was Izuku’s. Over the past few months that Izuku had come to live with them, the greenette had opened up quite a bit.
A month ago, Izuku started to attend speech therapy and this… this was a testimony to both his improvement and his increased comfort level with them.
“Welcome home, boys,” she chirped, walking into the living room. Izuku looked up from where he had just locked the front door.
Locking doors and windows were still somethings he had yet to grow out of.
Izuku nodded to her as he went to go check the windows in the kitchen. He was so nonchalant about it. Yuma would think that he didn’t even think about doing it if he didn’t check each lock at least twice.
“How was school?”
Eijiro flopped down on the couch. “Loooong.” She giggled. “Sounds like it. I’ll get some snacks prepared. How does that sound?” Ei turned his head to her. “Thanks, mom.”
As she was entering the kitchen, Izuku was exiting the garage after checking the locks in there. The door to the garage was at the end of the kitchen. “All locked up?” she asked casually. He nodded. “Y- yer.”
“Say, Izuku, could you get me the apples out, please?” It was almost strange how normal and unusual their interactions were. And yet the silence wasn’t uncomfortable. Izuku slid the apples over the counter to her. “Thank you very much, kind sir,” she joked. Izuku deadpanned. She felt like she had won that reaction. Izuku slid against the lower cabinets to sit on the floor next to her, leaning against them.
“So,” she started, “school will be out in a couple of weeks. How have you liked it so far?” Yuma looked down because as much as Izuku had improved with speaking, most of what he ‘said’ came from body language.
Izuku rested his head on his knees. She smiled softly.
“P- people,” he whispered. “S- so many peop- le.” She nodded and continued to cut up the apples. “Yeah? But you have friends right?”
He lifted his head to rest his chin on his crossed arms. “Frien’s?”
Yuma nodded. “Like Ashido, Hino, and Furuya? They are your friends, right?”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “Yer.” he said decisively. “A- an’ Mori then?” Yuma looked down at him. “Who is Mori?” He shrugged. “‘e’s in my Foods class. We ta- ‘e talks to me.” Yuma swallowed a chuckle. Izuku knew full well that he didn’t talk back to whoever this Mori boy is.
“So you have friends then,” Yuma repeated. “So not everyone is bad there, right?” Izuku looked up at her. He huffed and stood up.
“Yer,” he said as he left the kitchen.
Yuma smiled. I win.
Yuma hummed as she put together a puzzle at the table. She glanced up at her calendar. Two more weeks and then school is out and then… Her eyes widened. She turned her head to look at Izuku who was currently sitting on the living room floor with Ei as they ooo’d and awww’d over a hero video.
A week after school let out was July 15th, Izuku’s thirteenth birthday.
Should we celebrate it? We usually throw a party for Eijiro but how would Izuku react? Izuku still wakes up to nightmares, jumps at sudden, loud noises, and by all means, still has a phobia of humans whether he can put up with them for school hours or not so surprise parties are out of the question. Actually, despite him being afraid of people, Izuku is close to a certain few. I could try to get them all over but most of them are Pro Heroes and have tight schedules.
“Mom?” Yuma snapped out of her musings at Ei’s worried tone. Dang it.
Another thing she had come to realize, do not stare at Izuku. He thinks you are analyzing him and that is, as Mr. Aizawa explained a couple of months ago, a threat to the boy. Right now, Izuku was staring right back at her, face calculatedly still, green eyes half-lidded, and body tense. Eijiro looked frantically between the two of them.
Yuma took a deep breath and smiled.
“How would you like to celebrate your birthday, Izuku?” she asked boldly. Straightforward was always the path to take with him.
Izuku did not reply for a long time. He blinked slowly a few times. Something he had begun to work on in speech therapy is processing a sentence from another person out of what was meant to hurt him and forming responses. This led to slower responses as Izuku almost physically had to not think about if what was being asked of him was a threat to his wellbeing or not. Finally, Izuku did, in fact, reply.
“C- celebrate?”
Oh? She nodded. “Yeah! Celebrate! Like, you know, have friends over, cake, decoration…” Oh. She trailed off because it became plainly obvious that Izuku, in fact, did not know. “Izuku, what did you do for your birthday before?” She was almost scared to ask.
Izuku looked up. “K- katsudon.” He stated. “Smile I- Izuku,” he stated. Yuma furrowed her eyebrows. “I- it’s your b- birthday, Izuku.” Izuku was staring off into space. “A- are you un- un- unhappy I- Izuku?”
“Hey man…” Eijiro gently reached out but Izuku wasn’t listening.
“No? W- well we c- can’t h- h- have t- th- that.” The stuttering got worse. “I- I’ll g- give y- y- you a r- reason to b- be h- happy!” Tears began to stream from his eyes.
Yuma crouched beside him. She gently touched his shoulder. Izuku jumped back.
“No!” he screamed. “I- I’m sorry!” Izuku pressed his hands over his ears. “I- I’m happy! I’M HAPPY! P-P-P-P-PLEASE!”
Yuma gently pulled the crying boy into a hug. “Shhh… We aren’t going to hurt you.” She pet his hair. Eijiro rolled over on his back and placed his head into Izuku’s line of sight.
“Hey man! You know we aren’t about that!” Ei smiled. “Birthdays,” he tilted his head, “normal birthdays are fun!” Izuku closed his eyes and shook his head. Eijiro did not waver.
“Yup! You know what real birthday parties are like?”
Izuku, bless his heart, shook his head. Aka, he was still listening but also still trapped in the past and Eijiro, bless HIS heart, was trying his best to bring Izuku back to the present.
“You wanna know?” Izuku nodded ever so slightly.
“They are full of laughter,” Eijiro grinned. “You have a cake and everyone sings to you before you blow out the candle on the cake and then eat it. You have your closest friends and family over and play games and you get presents too!” Yuma blinked as Izuku slowly stopped shaking in her arms. She smiled. “You can play games and eat your favorite food,” Katsudon. Izuku said that before his memories oh so rudely barged in. Does he like it?
“Do you know what the blowing of the candles means, Izuku?” Yuma took in a sharp breath. She knew what he was doing. “They mean that you are blowing out the past year. That year is in the past. It means you aren’t there anymore.” Izuku stiffened. Eijiro smiled.
“It means that you survived that year and now you are one year stronger.” She could feel Izuku’s breath hitch.
Eijiro sat up. “That’s what mom says.” Yuma smiled at Eijiro. He gave her a thumbs up. Yuma leaned down to look at the greenette. “Do you… want to? Do you want to celebrate your birthday with us? Have a real birthday with us?”
Izuku hung his head again. She could physically see and feel how deep of breaths he was taking.
That was fine. It was almost a silent agreement between her, Asa, and Ei to be patient with Izuku. After Eijiro’s… blow up, they have come to realize that even though they had been saying that Izuku was a bit slow mentally, they weren’t really acting on it. So they decided to be patient. It seemed to relax Izuku a lot more too. He did not feel pressured anymore and had begun to show improvement in regards to talking and even showing emotions to some degree.
Izuku lifted his head. “S- sure…”
_______________________________
Izuku fiddled with his black arm-sleeves. Kiri came up behind him.
“You ready?”
Izuku turned to him. “Yer.”
Their homeroom class left the classroom and single-filed all the way down the stairs and out of the school to line up in next to their neighboring class as all of the classes had gotten lined up in the field behind the school.
The principle walked onto the makeshift stage in front of them. He cleared his throat and spoke into the microphone.
“Greetings, students! I am sure all of you would like for your summer break to start as soon as possible so I will keep this short and sweet. Congratulations on making it to the end of the school year! To all of the first-years, you made it through your first year of middle school. You’ve got two years ahead of you but in this short year you have definitely grown and I know that your teachers are so excited to see how you will grow even more through these next two years. To our second-years, you only have one year left. When you come back after summer break you will be third-years. Face your final year in middle school bravely. Let us help you as you strive to find your path after middle school. And to our third-years. You did it! You made it through your middle school years. We are all so very proud to have seen you grow from your first year here and cannot wait to see what you will accomplish in the future. We are with you all the way. Do not forget where you have come from.”
He bowed deeply. “Thank you for another great year!”
Izuku was glad for the training that Kiri had given him beforehand because, at that moment, all of the students bowed as well and echoed: “THANK YOU FOR ANOTHER GREAT YEAR!”
Tears were shed as the third-years got soppy over finishing their last year of middle school.
Izuku didn’t understand it, but he felt that sort of unity school vibe from it.
Ashido, Hino, and Furuya bounded over to them. Ashido swung her arms around Izuku and Kiri. Izuku was more or less used to it by now. “We did it guys!” she exclaimed. “One more year to go!”
Mori waved goodbye to his group of friends and came over. Izuku flinched when he stuck out his fist. “See you next year, Izuku.” Izuku had seen him do this multiple times. Izuku steeled himself and held out his own fist half-heartedly tapping it against Mori’s. “Y- yer…”
“You have my number, right?” Izuku nodded. The glasses-wearing ginger grinned. “Hit me up some time! See ya!” He ran off. Izuku turned to Furuya. “‘H- hit me u- up?’” A beat. Everyone laughed. Furuya wiped a tear from her eye. “It means text or call him some time, Izuku.” Izuku hummed and nodded. “O- oh. Alright.”
Kiri pats his shoulder. “Ah, we are celebrating Izuku’s birthday in a week. You guys should come!”
“Oh?” Hino tilted her head. “How old are you turning, Izuku?”
“T- thirteen.”
Furuya.nodded. “I’ll ask my parents but it should be fine.”
“Me too.” “I’ll be there!”
Izuku and Kiri bid the girls farewell and made their way back home.
-----
July 8th, 2020
‘Hello.
Well, I think that I am feeling pretty good today. It’s a light feeling and not bad so that is why I think that. I am out of school now. My last day was today until summer break ends. I’m sort of relieved. It was really stressful. Not too many people actually asked about my quirk or the cuffs though so that was good. I don’t know what I would do if someone found out.
I guess I might be a bit sad too. I feel a bit darker when I think that I won’t be able to see me ‘friends’, as Mom calls them, as often anymore.
That’s a new feeling. I sort of want to see them even though I know I shouldn’t want things. They might come over for my birthday… celebration? Yeah. I’m not sure how I feel about that.
They say that it won’t be the same as when I was back… there. I want to believe them. I should but I don’t know. I will wait and see.
But what if they do turn against me? What if this was all just a ruse? I really hope not.
I… I like this family. I don’t want to have to use my runaway plans. It is still under my mattress just in case. I hope I don’t have to use them.
I’ll write more tomorrow maybe. I don’t know. I am almost out of pages in this notebook. We will see.
Bye!
_______________________________
Eijiro sat up in his bed, rubbing his eyes.
He checked the time to see that it was four in the morning. Too early to be awake. He looked over and ah. Izuku was up too. The greenette was sitting in the middle of his bed, arms wrapped around his legs that were curled into his chest and his head resting on his arms. He rocked himself back and forth.
-----
‘No! I- I’m sorry!’
‘I- I’m happy! I’M HAPPY! P-P-P-P-PLEASE!’
-----
‘I- I’ll g- give y- y- you a r- reason to b- be h- happy!’
-----
Eijiro’s stomach churned. Today was Izuku’s birthday and after that display, he couldn’t blame Izuku for being up still.
Eijiro got out of bed, making sure that Izuku heard him. The boy in the other bed in the room flinched and stopped rocking. Eijiro slowly crossed the room and sat on Izuku’s bed.
He flopped back onto it and sighed loudly. “So,” he spoke in a half-whisper, “how does it feel?” Izuku looked up. “Maaaan. You are officially older than me! A whole teenager!” He could see Izuku looking at him out of the corner of his eye. “Should I call you big brother Izuku now? That sounds so formaaaaal.” He smirked when he heard a small huff from Izuku. Eijiro sat up and looked over at Izuku. “You look tired.” Izuku averted his eyes that had deep purple eye bags under them. Eijiro stood up and pulled the sheets back. “Come here.” Izuku deadpanned at him. “Don’t give me that look!” Izuku rolled his eyes but complied. Eijiro got in next to him and pulled the over him.
“I promised I would protect you, Izuku,” he said. “So if you are ever feeling unsafe… come get me. Okay?” Izuku looked away. Eijiro leaned over to make eye contact. “Okay?” Izuku glanced up at him.
“O- okay…”
Eijiro smiled and laid down. Izuku slowly laid next to him. “Sleep, big brother Izuku.”
“Sh -shut up.”
Eijiro chuckled. “Only if you sleep.”
It wasn’t long after did Eijiro hear the soft breathing of Izuku. He smiled. Eijiro pulled Izuku closer and gently hugged him before falling asleep himself.
_______________________________
Izuku woke up in Kiri’s arms.
He had come to expect this almost. Whenever Izuku was awake at night, unable to sleep, Kiri, if he woke up, would come over and sleep with Izuku and remind Izuku of his promise.
Izuku untangled himself from his brother’s arms and sat up. Kiri groaned and sat up too.
“Good morninfffff…” Izuku raised an eyebrow. It was safe to say that Kiri was not a morning person.
“Mornin’” Izuku greeted him and got out of bed.
They both got dressed in their respective places and entered the dining room.
“Good morning, Izuku, Ei!” Mom greeted them. Izuku waved. “Morning, Mom!” Eijiro greeted back. They sat at the table next to Dad.
Mom came over and set a plate of pancakes on the table. “Happy Birthday, Izuku,” she said softly.
Happy…
Izuku looked down at his plate. His mouth felt dry. For the life of him, Izuku could not find an honest response to that.
After they ate, there came a knock at the front door. Mom stood up. “I’ll get it.” That did not stop Izuku from watching her from a distance to see who was at the door. His eyes widened as Nemuri(Midnight) and Ken(Cementoss) came in boldly.
“We have arrived!” the woman exclaimed. Ken waved over at Izuku.
Sho and Shin arrived soon after with Yami in tow.
Ashido, Hino, and Furuya all ended up coming too and… Izuku had texted Mori the day before just to see if he would come. He did.
The house was packed but no one seemed to mind. They played games and: Oh my goodness! KATSUDON! Izuku munched happily on his meal. He didn’t even realize that he was smiling as he ate.
As they were talking, the lights shut off. Izuku jumped. Yami, who was sitting next to him on the couch, placed a reassuring hand on his shoulder.
“Happy birthday to you.”
Izuku looked up to where Mom was walking in with a cake lit with candles.
“Happy birthday to you.”
The others began to sing too.
-----
‘Happy birthday to you,’ Inko smiled slyly at Izuku.
Fake.
-----
“Happy birthday, I-
-----
‘zu’
----
- ku”
Izuku tensed. Mom held the cake in front of him.
-----
‘Happy birthday-’
-----
“- to you.”
She smiled softly. Izuku swallowed thickly. Yami whispered. “Now is the time you blow out the candles.” Blow out. Blow out. Breathe in. Breathe out. SImple. Except he couldn’t. He could not breathe in. He could not breathe at all. Izuku’s eyes flitted to Eijiro. The boy smiled.
-----
‘Do you know what the blowing of the candles means, Izuku?’
‘It means you aren’t there anymore.’
‘- that you survived that year’
‘- you are one year stronger.’
-----
Right. I’m not there anymore. I am here. Home. With my family. And I am…
Izuku took a deep breath and blew out the candle.
… happy.
-----
July 15th, 2020
‘Hello.
Today I turned thirteen. I um… I celebrated my birthday.
Yami came over. So did ‘Toshi, Sho, Nemuri, Ken, Ashido, Hino, Furuya, and even Mori!
We ate cake. It was angel food with strawberry frosting and we had Katsudon too! It was really good.
No one tried to… No one tried to use me today. A few instances someone reached out and I think Ashido knows my quirk now but even she didn’t take the string. No one took it. No one tried to.
I got more notebooks! Also an iPod for music. I got other stuff too and it was really nice… the cards were kind of cheesy but not in a bad way.
I think that today was a good day. I think that this is how birthdays are supposed to be celebrated. That is what Mom said. Not how I used to… handle them.
Today was a good day. Oh, and I found out what that warm and fuzzy and light feeling is today!
Happiness.
Today I am happy.
I’ll write again starting a new journal tomorrow so until then,
Bye!
Chapter 38: Once Upon A Normal Day
Summary:
What was supposed to be a normal day gone wrong?
Notes:
Small time skip!
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Eijiro hummed as he and Izuku walked down the street and Izuku… hummed with him.
It was nice. Almost eight months Izuku has been living with them and look how far they have gotten. Izuku probably didn’t even notice that he was humming right alongside Eijiro.
Also! As of last month, Izuku began to start conversations on his own! Eijiro was so proud of his brother.
Panic attacks were still very much a thing but they only around three times a month now. Izuku only wakes up screaming once a month now. Physical touch was still something he was not that big on but he was still as clingy as ever mid-attack and hardly flinched when Ashido ran up and slung her arms around them or when Mori offered a fist bump.
It took Eijiro a while to figure it out but it was during one of the times when Izuku was unconscious from training, which they moved to Friday’s for that very reason, did he realize, or they told him, that…
-----
‘Izuku doesn’t like being touched, does he?’
Eijiro looked up at Mori’s question. The boy had recently jumped into their friend group.
He shrugged. ‘Not particularly, I guess.’
The boy hummed. ‘I noticed.’
Furuya stared at him. ‘Then why do you keep giving him fist bumps?’
Ashido piped in for the ginger boy. ‘Obviously to get him used to us!’
‘Ey?’
Mori nodded. ‘I don’t think he exactly dislikes it. Just not from people he doesn’t know.’
-----
Eijiro could greatly see the logic in that and the longer he knew Izuku the more he found that to be true.
“EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Eijiro and Izuku jumped. “Wha-!” Izuku grabbed his arm and practically threw him against the wall of the store nearby. “Omph!” Eijiro peeled his eyes open to see Izuku pinning him against it. “Izuku?” He followed the boy’s eyes to see a monster seemingly made out of slime or something running further down the street.
Izuku pushed off of the wall with a huff to free Eijiro. “Thanks, man!” Eijiro chuckled. “Really wasn’t expecting that!” Izuku raised an eyebrow but didn’t comment. Eijiro swallowed because no matter how much of an improvement Izuku has made, Izuku was 100% expecting that.
Eijiro couldn’t help but look at the nick on Izuku’s left ear. He shuddered just thinking about it. How quickly Izuku reacted. The gun… the gun his brother so casually put to another man’s head.
Izuku always expected something bad to happen and thus was always ready for it to happen.
“Izuku! Kirishima!” They both looked up to see Mori and the others waiting for them at the street corner. He was going to call out to them but… Eijiro raised a hand and pointed to the store next to them. “One sec! Bathroom break!” He all but dragged Izuku through the convenience store and into the bathroom.
“Hey, man, you good?”
Izuku leaned against the door of the bathroom breathing deeply. Eijrio frowned. Yes, panic attacks happened less but that didn’t mean that they didn’t happen altogether. It just took the right trigger.
Eijiro gently took Izuku’s hand and placed it on his own chest. “Breathe with me, Izuku. In. Out. In. Out.” Izuku complied the best that he could but Eijiro could see the way his brother’s shoulders shook. “Can you feel that?” he asked. “That’s my heart. Can you feel it beating?” Izuku stared at him for a few seconds before nodding stiffly. The raven-haired boy smiled. “Good. Just focus on that. In. And out. In… And out…” Eijiro will admit that he has definitely gotten better at handling panic attacks.
Izuku’s shoulders began to relax and his breathing evened out. Eijiro squeezed the boy’s hand that was still on his chest. “Are you alright?” Izuku nodded.
“S- sorry ‘bout t- that.”Eijiro let go of Izuku’s hand. “It’s no problem! Come on, the others are gonna start to worry!”
They left the store and met their group of friends on the corner of the street.
“All good?” Hino asked. Eijiro doesn’t know how much they know about Izuku but the way they looked concerningly over at Izuku made Eijiro smile. They didn’t have to know. They knew enough to know that Izuku had triggers and panic attacks over certain things and they didn’t run away from it. They took it in full stride. Stutters, accent, jumpiness, and all. And in turn,
“Y- yer.”
, Izuku had become comfortable enough around them to speak and to accept their bits of contact and care.
They went to an arcade that they all have been slowly working Izuku up to its loudness without him knowing it as they chose slightly louder and more crowded places every time.
Even then he spent most of the time in the back but he did smile. Once.
Eijiro pulled Izuku over to a crowd that was forming around a dancing game where you have to step on the correct arrows on appearing on the screen.
“She’s great!”
“No way!”
“Th- That’s the highest score!!!”
Come to find, Ashido was killing it! Izuku leaned over Eijiro’s shoulder, staring in awe. Eijiro grinned. “Woohoo! Go Ashido!” She did end up making a mistake three minutes later but by then most of the arcade had gathered. She got a million pats on the back. Ashido somehow made her way out of the crowd and to their group of friends.
“Dance class really pays off,” she chirped.
“You did great.”
“I wish I was that good.”
“I’m so clumsy.”
“G- grate job A- Ashi’o.” She turned to Izuku and smiled just the same. Izuku smiled back.
Soon they left the arcade to go get food. Well ‘food.’ They got ice cream.
They chatted and laughed and soon the sun was just starting to go down and the group split.
“See you guys!” Ashido waved and bounced off with Hino and Furuya.
Mori held out a bag of cookies. “For your parents,” he said. “I made them last night.”
Izuku took them gently.
Side note, Izuku, despite his rough edges, has a really light touch.
“Th- thank you.”
“Thanks, man!” Eijiro grinned. “See you at school!”
With that, Mori also bounded away.
“Come to think of it, we are filling out forms for what high schools we want to go to tomorrow, right?”
Izuku looked up at him. “I t- thin’ so.” Eijiro began walking with his hands behind his head. “I wonder if Mori is going to become a chef.”
“‘e l- likes cookin’.”
“Right?!” Eijiro exclaimed. “And he is super good at it! You are in Food’s with him again this year, right?” It was nice to actually be able to hold a conversation with his brother.
“I- I’ll ask ‘im tomo-”
*!BOOM!*
Izuku and Eijiro jumped. They swirled looked up to see not a block down a giant plume of smoke rising high above the highrises. “What’s going on?” There was a massive crowd gathering. Izuku hesitated but ended up following Eijiro over. “Don’t worry, there are bound to be a lot of heroes,” he reassured his brother.
They got to the edge of the crowd and tried to peer over all of the people.
“Isn’t that the villain All Might was chasing?”
“Did he lose?”
“Where is All Might now?”
Eijiro tilted his head. All Might is back in Japan? I thought he was overseas. Eijiro got a glimpse of the ‘fight’ which wasn’t much of a fight really. He paled. “I- Isn’t that the slime dude from earlier?” He grabbed Izuku’s arm and swiftly weaved in between people. They got to the mid-front. Eijiro got a much better view.
He paled. The slime villain was holding someone captive! They didn’t look much older than him and seemed to be emitting explosions from their slime-covered palms. They were- oh my goodness they are suffocating!
Izuku had gone deathly still next to him. He wondered if Izuku wanted to help but knew that he couldn’t cause honestly, what could he do in this situation?
-----
‘Coward. You’re too weak to be a hero!’
-----
Eijiro hung his head. What could I do in this situation?
“AHHHHH!” His head snapped up. Near the edge of the civilians gathering, the slime villain had lashed out. It’s going to hit them! None of the heroes have the right quirks!
He looked down at his arms. *BOOM* The slime collided with a nearby building and a large chunk of the wall began to fall. Eijiro didn’t need a reason to move.
He just did.
Eijiro made a mad dash. “Kid! Get back! It’s dangerous!”
-----
‘There is something worse and scarier than death!’
-----
Eijiro pushed the civilians out of the way and hardened his arms.
-----
‘The expressions of those who died! And the torment of knowing you could have saved them!’
-----
Eijiro gritted his teeth and raised his arms above his body.
-----
‘A manly heart is a heart that lives without regret!’
-----
With the words of his favorite hero and his inspiration ringing in his ears, Eijiro hardened his entire body and took it LIKE A MAN!
*!CRASH!*
Dust and dirt flew and he could feel his legs give but he didn’t let it break him. He fell to one knee and held it. He held it over the one he didn’t get out of the way. Eijiro peeled open one eye and glanced down at the little girl beneath him. And he smiled.
Izuku’s scarred hand came into view and pulled the girl out from under the wall of cement he was holding up.
Death Arms ran over and pulled the cement slab off of Eijiro. He released his quirk, panting. Instantly arms swung around his neck. Eijiro’e red eyes widened in surprise. He pats Izuku’s arm.
“Hey, man, I’m alright.”
“I- I- I- Idiot!”
Eijiro chuckled. He looked down at his arms that were bleeding slightly. “Sorry for worrying you.”
All Might soon stepped in and took care of the villain.
Eijiro sat on a box with Izuku standing behind him letting the paramedics bandage his arms.
“That was incredibly dangerous, kid,” one of the heroes scolded him. “Why did you run in there like that?”
Eijiro looked down at his bandaged arms. He smiled softly and looked up.
-----
‘Coward.’
-----
“I don’t know.” He could feel a pair of eyes on him but he didn’t know whose. ‘I just thought that maybe, just maybe, I could help. So I did.”
The hero huffed. “That’s great and all, kid, but let the heroes do their job next time.”
“Yes, sir!”
He wasn’t angry. He understood how reckless he was being. But Eijiro was still proud of himself for stepping in. He wondered if Crimson Riot would be too.
“Your parents will be here soon.”
Eijiro sat on that box and Izuku pulled up one next to him.
“All of that training pulled off Izuku!” Eijiro grinned. Izuku nodded. Then smirked. “Oh no…”
Izuku puffed out his chest. Eijiro rolled his eyes and did the same and together they POWER POSED. They both broke it laughing, Izuku chuckling quietly.
“Deku…” Izuku froze. Eijiro looked up to the blonde boy that was the victim of the attack and now standing behind the greenette. “Oh, hey, man!” Eijiro stood up. He doesn’t know why, but Izuku reacted to that name and he knows that means ‘useless’ and he got a bad vibe from this kid. The blonde looked up at him. “Hey.” He looked down at Izuku again.
“Look, De-” Izuku stood sharply and swirled around to face the boy.
Eijiro had to physically take a step back because never once in his life has he seen so much hatred in Izuku’s eyes. Not even when he held a man at gunpoint.
The blonde met Izuku’s eyes head-on. “So that is you,” the blonde huffed. Eijiro stepped in beside Izuku. “Hey, man, I don’t know what’s going on bu-”
“Stay out of this,” the blonde growled.
Izuku stepped in front of Eijiro protectively. “Izuku?” If Eijiro was better at reading people he would have seen the hurt that flashed in the blonde boy’s eyes.
Mom and Dad arrived and rushed up to them. Izuku didn’t spare them so much of a glance.
Dad was quick to assess the situation and step in, placing a hand on Izuku’s shoulders and addressing the blonde boy.
“What do you have to do with my son?” he asked.
The blonde boy raised an eyebrow. “So this is the family that took you?” Izuku narrowed his eyes. Eijiro grit his teeth. He was ignoring Dad completely.
“You know we tried to get you ourselves,” he continued. Izuku barred his teeth angrily. Dad stepped forward.
“I am sorry, boy, but if you don’t tell me why you are talking to my son then I will have to end this conversation now as you are obviously making him uncomfortable.”
The blonde rolled his eyes. “I’ve known him much longer than you have.”
“Oh?”
The blonde took that as a sufficient answer and turned back to Izuku. “Look, De-”
*BAM*
“IZUKU!”
It happened in a second, none of them even noticed the greenette raising his fist. The blonde groaned as he sat up, cradling his cheek. “What the hell?!”
Izuku glared down at the boy.
“Don’t. Call. Me. THAT.”
Mom came up behind him and placed a hand on his shoulder. “Izuku, you can’t just go around punching people, dear!” The blonde got up and met Izuku eye to eye. Dad stepped forward. “Okay, break i-”
“Shut up, Old Man!” the blonde growled. He leveled Izuku with a stare before letting out a sigh.
“Look, D- Midori-”
Dad and Mom had to physically hold Izuku back. “Izuku, calm down,” Dad was trying to soothe his son who was mid-panic attack but too focused on the boy in front of him to realize that he wasn’t breathing properly. Eijiro decided now was the time to make use of his promise of protection. He moved between Izuku and the blonde.
“Okay, who are you because I doubt that you really knew Izuku all that well if you didn’t know how much he hates that name.”
Dad had pulled Izuku and was now running through a series of breathing exercises that Izuku was not listening too in exchange for glaring at the blonde even if he couldn’t see him. Eijiro could feel the malice though thank you very much as Iuzku was now staring at his back.
The blonde clicked his tongue. “Well SOR-RY," he spat sarcastically, "but I haven’t seen him in, what, five years now?” Mom came up behind Eijiro. “So what do you have to do with Izuku now?” The blonde sighed and looked away. “Geeze, I just wanted to apologize.” He could hear Izuku’s breath hitch behind him. The blonde pushed past Eijiro to look at Izuku.
“Yeah, that’s right,” he growled. “Four years. Four years! Why didn’t you tell anyone!?” Izuku flinched back. “I- DANG IT- I hurt you too!” Dad’s, Mom’s, and Eijiro’s heads snapped up in shock. “Suck! We could have helped you!” Izuku chuckled. It was so dry and shook everyone to their cores. He stood up and pushed Dad off. Izuku met the blonde with so much rage even the angry boy had to take a step back.
“H- Help? You?” Izuku laughed. “No the ‘eck you wouldn’! If you wanted ta help ya would’ve back when ya though’ I was quirkless. But ya didn’, ey?” His accent dropped thick and the stutter was nowhere to be found. Izuku tilted his head and grinned widely, eye twitching. “But cha didn’! Nah you just decided all on yer lonesome that, ‘Ey! Imma beat the weak kid! DAILY!’” Eijiro felt rage well in his own chest.
This boy… was one of Izuku’s tormentors.
“Now ya wanna make i’ all betta? Ya think Imma just accept yer apology?” Izuku took a step forward and spat at the boy’s feet.
“Screw you, Kacchan.”
The blonde’s eyes widened. Izuku spun on his heel and stormed off. Eijiro looked frantically between the two before deciding on sending a glare at the boy and rushing off after Izuku.
_______________________________
Asa looked down at the blonde boy before him.
“Look, I don’t know what all happened between you and my son but,” he couldn’t help but feel angry, “don’t come near him again or I will place a restraining order on you.”
He walked away with his wife and after Ei and Izuku except… they couldn’t find them. Not until Ei popped out of an alley. “Mom! Dad!” He looked terrified. They ran over to him. “Where is Izuku?” Eijiro pointed into the alley. “H- he- he’s not breathing!”
Suck! Asa bolted into the alley where he could just make out the shaking form of Izuku curled up in a ball on his side. Izuku was twitching harshly and not even trying to breathe.
Dang it! Please don’t relapse!
He knelt beside his son. “Hey, Izuku,” he said softly. Green eyes flew to him, twitching slightly.
Not after we got so far!
Asa sat against the wall of the alley and gently lifted Izuku to sit on his lap. “Shh…” He guided the boy to lean his head against his chest.
“I do- can- Mido- Wo- Not-” Asa shook his head. “Don’t worry about it. Don’t speak. It’s alright.” Izuku shook his head. “Not- Not- Not okay. H- He- Don’t-”
Asa placed his head onto of Izuku’s curls and rubbed soothing circles on the boys back.
Asa looked up. He saw the blonde boy storm past the alley. For a split second, they met eyes. The boy’s red ones widened. He turned away and kept walking.
The last thing they needed was for one of Izuku’s past tormentors to show up and now look where they were. Izuku fumbled over his words and clung to Asa’s shirt, forehead pressed against the older man’s chest. Eijiro sat beside him and Yuma on the other side. Asa began the breathing exercises as soon as he knew that Izuku was listening. Izuku’s voice died out his breathing got down to a semi-normal rate. Asa looked down at the boy in his arms.
“Do you want to go home?”
Izuku looked up at Asa and blinked slowly.
Daily talking quota: met.
Aka, Izuku was not about to be speaking any more today.
Asa nodded and stood but opted for carrying Izuku to the car. Izuku didn’t seem to mind. Eijiro sat in the back with Izuku. The greenette stared blankly out of the window until Eijiro pulled him over and let Izuku rest on his shoulder.
Asa looked in the rearview mirror. Eijiro met his eyes.
“He isn’t going to relapse, is he, dad?” Eijiro whispered.
Asa took a deep breath and looked back at the road. “No. Izuku is strong. We need to approach this carefully but I think that he will pull through this. He won’t let this hold him back.”
I hope…
_______________________________
Yuma opened her eyes to the sound of a quiet whimpering. She had fallen asleep on the couch with Izuku in her lap. She didn’t want him to wake up alone. Neither did Eijiro apparently as he was sleeping by her feet. Yuma looked down.
Izuku was crying in his sleep.
Asa came in with a pillow and a couple of blankets and Izuku’s Present Mic plush. Yuma smiled up at her husband as he draped one over Eijiro and then settled down beside his son after tucking the plushie under Izuku’s arm. Yuma ran her hand through Izuku’s green curls.
Izuku might be shaken up but no, he wouldn’t be st back by this. He had a family that would pull him through. He wasn’t alone.
_______________________________
*BAM*
Katsuki slammed his fist against the wall.
-----
‘Screw you, Kacchan.’
-----
He stormed past an alleyway. He didn’t mean to look in but when he did he got a slap in the face of what his past did to Izuku’s future as he witnessed the family that was currently trying to get Izuku to calm down.
He met eyes with the father and stormed away.
-----
Katsuki fell to his knees wiping at his wet eyes angrily. “Dang it!”
-----
‘This is for the best.’
-----
His mother’s words rang dully in his head.
Katsuki looked up at the ceiling.
“What have I done to you, Izuku…?”
_______________________________
Yagi Toshinoro sat in his bed, pain preventing him from sleeping.
Well, that and…
-----
‘That was incredibly dangerous, kid. Why did you run in there like that?’
‘I don’t know,’ the raven-haired boy replied. ‘I just thought that maybe, just maybe, I could help. So I did.’
Yagi’s, as All Might, eyes widened. That kid.
‘All Might! Can you please give us a report!’
-----
He said it as if it was the simplest thing in the world. I could help so I did help. No more thought needed.
Yagi curled his hand into a fist.
“I need to find that kid again.”
Chapter 39: I Accept
Summary:
Izuku faces past trauma at school and Eijiro meets a hero.
Notes:
How. Is. EVERYONE?!
lol.
Chapter Text
Izuku was NOT having it.
He could see the worried glances Kiri was shooting at him all the way to school. Izuku kept walking. He couldn’t help the way his body tensed up as soon as their school came into sight. Every single kid that was walking registered as THREAT. DANGER. FEAR. His fingers tapped on his yellow bag strings rapidly.
“IZUKU! KIRISHIMA!”
Izuku jumped and swiveled his head to where he could see Ashido running toward them arms stretched wide. Sheer instinct had him sliding his right leg back and dropping his stance, arms hovering by his sides.
Kiri swung around and made a motion with his hand across his neck. Telling her to stop?
Ashido took in Izuku’s stance. They met eyes and she froze. Ashido dropped one arm and slowed her pace, waving and walking up to them casually. Izuku pulled himself into a normal stand, hands going back to rest on his backpack straps.
“Heya, guys!” Kiri waved. “H- hey, Ashido!” Izuku held his tongue. Ashido didn’t falter. Furuya and Hino came soon after and they all waited a few more moments for Mori to arrive before going into the school together.
Can’t do this. Can’t do this. Can’t do this.
Green eyes flitted to every single movement making Izuku dizzy. Every laugh in the halls felt like past chides.
-----
‘Quirkless!’
‘Useless!’
‘Freak!’
-----
Can’t do this. Can’t do this. Can’t do this!
His friends seemed to form a protective barrier around him.
Izuku’s legs felt weak. His fingers hurt from how hard they were gripping his back. His eyes stung from refusal to blink. His blood roared in his ears and his ribcage screamed as his heart beat against it painfully.
The group stopped outside of his and Kiri’s classroom.
“See you guys at lunch,” Hino waved.
“See ya!” “See you in Foods.” “Bye.”
Kiri waved. “See you later.”
_______________________________
Mina looked over her shoulder as she bounded away from Kirishima and Izuku. The raven-haired boy was seemingly trying to coax the greenette into class.
“I wonder what happened,” Mori commented.
Furuya nodded. “He was perfectly fine yesterday it seemed.”
“But you saw the news, right?” Hino asked.
Mina furrowed her eyebrows. “Yeah, but it was Kirishima that ran forward, right?”
Mori shrugged. “We don’t have all of the details, I think.”
Mina turned to her friends. “Okay, serious question. Should we ask?”
Furuya shook her head. “I don’t think so. I know a lot of orphans have bad past lives before being adopted and I am pretty sure Izuku has one too if his actions are anything to say.”
“And his scars,” Hino added in.
“I know but… Er!” Mina pressed her hands to her head and threw them out widely. “I’m just so worried!”
“How about this,” Mori popped in. “Let’s ask Kirishima if we can ask and what he says goes, okay?”
“But how do we catch him alone?” Hino asked. Mina grinned. “Izuku has training after school today, right? It’s Friday! So we can catch Kirishima after he leaves!”
They all nodded. “So it’s a plan?”
“It’s a plan.”
_______________________________
Don’t move. Don’t cough. Don’t breathe.
Izuku listed the self-set instructions on how to get through a school day or a bad night on the streets without getting noticed.
Eyes down. Ears up. Hand’s on the desk.
-----
‘What do you think you’re doing, ey Deku?’
‘Look at him! He’s shaking in his boots!’
*BOOM* A large charred mark left on his desk.
‘Bwhahaha! What a wimp!’
‘What a Deku.’
-----
Don’t move. DOn’T BreAthE.
-----
‘Izuku? What is this? The school says I have to pay for you damaging a desk today?’
‘You know what happens to bad boys, don’t you?’
*BAM* *THUD* *SCREAM* *LAUGH*
‘Oh, sweetie,’ the green-haired woman pet her dazed son’s head as he lay on the floor next to the newest hole in the wall, product his body colliding with it.
‘You know this is just discipline right? All parents discipline their children.’
She dragged the boy by his quirk down the hall.
-----
Don’t- Don’t- DON’T BREATHE!
-----
‘Sorry, sweetie, but we don’t have money to feed you today.’
The woman opened the closet. The boy tried to struggle but his head hurt at every movement.
‘See, I can’t afford to feed you and pay for the desk so,’ she all but threw the boy into the closet and closed the door, ‘no dinner tonight. You understand, right?’
The boy pounded on the closet door when he heard the *click* of the lock and his fist fell along with his heart in the darkness of the small space.
‘Love you, Izuku.’
The boy banged harder and cried and screamed until the pain in his back and head forced him to stop. Until the pain in his stomach forced him to stop.
He hasn’t eaten for three days…
-----
Don’t “Breathe…” Izuku jolted in his seat. His eyes flitted to Kiri who sat at his own table during Japanese History. Kiri wasn’t looking at him but he was whispering ever so quietly under his breath and Izuku could hear it.
“Breathe Izuku.”
Izuku looked down at his paper.
“In?”
Izuku bit his lip. “Out,” he whispered back.
He glanced over at Kiri and met his red eyes. Somehow, those eyes, despite being the same color, were so much different than Kacchan’s.
“In?”
“Out.”
Kiri nodded. Izuku took a deep breath and went back to his paper. In. Out. In. Out. In. Out.
At lunch, Izuku didn’t dare pull out his lunch.
-----
‘What is this? You brought lunch for me, Deku?’
‘Ha! What a loser! Not even going to stand up for his own lunch.’
‘Pathetic.’
-----
Ashido offered her some of her food. Izuku stared at her box for a good second before biting his lip and shaking his head.
Don’t trust. Don’t trust. Fake. Fake. Fake. Threat.
_______________________________
Yuta Bando, proud and bold teacher of Hills Alliance Middle School’s mixed martial arts class.
When he first met Izuku Kirishima, he did not know what to think. He could definitely see all of the signs that he had been warned of in the PTSD briefing on the kid but his fighting was astounding! He took down Yamamoto on his first day!
Still, he was just a bit too aggressive. It was as though he wasn’t really all there while he was fighting and had to be reminded of it.
Over the few months Kirishima had been in his class, even with the summer break interval, Yuta had to eventually take precautions.
He specifically remembered a day when the boy was obviously shaken up from something. That was the last time Yuta had asked him to fight when he was that shaken up.
And he apologized to the kid and family of said kid who had his arm and nose broken by the smaller green-haired boy.
Today was one of those days.
Kirishima came in looking pale as death and not making any eye contact. He gripped the bottom of his karategi so hard Yuta thought it would rip.
Okay… “Line up, class!”
“Yes, Bando-sensei!” Kirishima didn’t even reply which he had finally started doing te start of this year. “Change of plans. I know I said that we would be sparring today but we are changing the schedule a bit in lue of the tournament coming up. Speaking of which, I will be handing out permission slips for the tournament before class lets out. Today we will be working on sharpening our techniques individually and then spending the next two weeks before the tournament sparring each other. Okay?”
“Yes, Bando-sensei!”
“Now go find a place on the mats spread out to practice! I will be coming around to each one of you individually to discuss what you are working on.”
And he did. Everyone was doing well. Er… aside from a few but they were basically here for the quick good grades which they most definitely were not getting.
Yuta steeled himself as he turned to Kirishima in the back corner of the class who was currently dropping into a low stance. It was a mix of multiple styles but he recognized it more of a street fighter type of stance. It was probably where the greenette got his cheep tricks from. The boy pivoted on his left foot, bringing his right leg up with more flexibility than Yuta had in his whole body and brought it down with a *thump* that would probably hurt an actual person a lot more than a mat.
“Kirishima,” he called out from a safe distance and rightly so because even before getting up, the boy swung his foot around as if to knock the footing out from whoever might be behind him. No one was. Kirishima looked up to see Yuta coming forward.
“What are you working on?” he asked, not really expecting much of a response. The boy stood and looked to the side. Yuta watched as the boy more tried to describe it with his hands than voice before giving up and looking back up at his teacher.
“S- straigh’ knockouts.”
Yuta swallowed thickly. “As in, a single blow and they are out?” The boy nodded. “Mind if I ask why you are looking for something so decisive?” He shrugged. “S- safer.” Dang, okay then. Whatever get’s him out of harm’s way the quickest then. It wasn’t a bad thing, necessarily. They were trying to win the tournament after all but hearing it come out of a kid’s mouth who was coved in so many scars and who’s voice was so honestly terrifying despite the stutter, it just felt so off.
“Do you need any help on anything?” he asked instead. The boy tapped his chin for a second before looking up at Yuta. “Reaction t- time?” Yuta tilted his head. “Mine or yours?” The boy pointed at him. “Mine is pretty good.” Kirishima nodded and took a few steps back. “Dodge.” Yuta’s eyes widened. OH. Dang it this is really going to suck. He nodded and got into position.
The green eyes of the boy in front of him dulled making Yuta shiver. He suddenly shot forward. Yuta spun to the left only to find that Kirishima was already there. He had a split second to move his side out of range of the punch and even then the boy had grabbed his arm and swung the older man around. Yuta stumbled a bit, looking up to see a flash of green from his right. He ducked as quickly as possible, looking up to see the fist go over his head. Yuta rolled out of the way as the boy spun and a foot came around to nail his side.
He FELT it snag his karategi!
Yuta jumped to his feet. The boy’s movements were so unusual it was hard to keep up. Yuta could tell that the class was beginning to notice and watch. What he also noticed was Kirishima was using this to blow off steam.
As a teacher, Yuta was meant to help kids, that meant more than just with his chosen class. If he noticed a kid was mentally off that day, he would help the best he could. That stood the same for those who couldn’t talk it out so if Kirishima needed this to get over whatever he was going through at the moment, then Yuta would gladly let his head almost get smashed in for the next minute or so while the boy in front of him worked it out.
And they did. They did until Yuta felt a foot under his ankle and he landed flat on his back.
He huffed, panting slightly. He sat up to see that the whole class was staring. Kirishima was looking up at the ceiling but with his eyes closed, taking slow and deep breaths.
“Did that help?” Yuta asked.
The boy opened his eyes and looked down at his teacher. “Y- yer.” Yuta grinned and stood up.
Yamamoto scowled from the other side off the mats. “I thought that you said we weren’t sparring today, Bando-sensei?” Yuta turned to his student. “Did you see me fight back? I was simply helping him with what he needed help on.”
Yamamoto raised an eyebrow. “Which was what?” Yuta sighed. Since day one Kirishima and the white-haired boy had started off on the wrong foot which was understandable as Kirishima floored him and basically stripped him of the strongest kid in the class title. He was about to reply when Kirishima spoke first.
“Straigh’ knockouts.”
Yuta had to stop himself from laughing at the way half of the class paled. Did Kirishima just threaten Yamamoto? Probably. Did Yamamoto provoke it? Definitely.
Yuta clapped his hands. “Alright, back to work!”
“Yes, Bando-sensei!”
_______________________________
“Kirishima, come here,” Mr. Aizawa called Eijiro over. He furrowed his eyebrows. Usually, the man would just take off with Izuku right away. Nevertheless, Eijiro walked over to the man in the car. He jerked his head back to where Izuku had just gotten in the car.
“What happened?”
Eijiro chuckled. “Oh. W- well yesterday we sort of ran into someone that supposedly knew Izuku from before he was on the streets or something.”
The man furrowed his eyebrows. “Who?”
Eijrio shrugged. “I didn’t get his name.”
“What did he look like?”
Eijiro tilted his head. “Spikey blonde hair, red eyes, bad temper…” He trailed off by the angry glare from the older man. Eijiro looked down.
Mr. Aizawa sighed. “Thanks for telling me, kid. See you later.” Eijiro nodded and let them drive off. He watched after the car.
“Kirishima!” He turned to see Ashido and the others had waited for him. He grinned and hopped over to them.
The question was popped when they reached his house.
“Say, Kirishima,” Furuya started slowly, “about Izuku… Would it be okay if we knew what happened to make him like… erm… that?”
Eijiro could feel his heart drop. Ah. They got curious. Mori gently slapped the girl on her shoulder. “Not like ‘that.’ Just so jumpy and all. Like what happened before he came to live with you?” Eijiro hung his head. “A- hahaha yeah… Um… I don’t think it’s my place to say…”
They all looked a bit saddened. He tried to smile. “I mean, you could p- probably ask him but…”
Hino tilted her head. “But what?”
Eijiro shrugged. “I want to say that he trusts you enough but I honestly don’t know. He might be okay with it or he might-” Eijiro bit his tongue.
Might try to run away or… off himself again.
After the incident at night with the knife, Izuku had tried once more. Eijiro didn’t like to think about it. He shook his head. “J- just, you’ll have to ask him yourself. I can’t say.”
They all seemed to accept that answer. Ashido nodded. “Alright! Can we come over tomorrow then?” Eijiro stared at her. “A- are you sure? I mean, it really isn’t an easy story to digest. And he might not even tell you.” She nodded sharply. “I’m sure!” Eijiro sighed but nodded. “I guess.” They all smiled.
Eijiro waved them goodbye and was about to open the gate when he heard another voice.
“Young man!”
He whipped around and almost had a heart attack as none other than All Might himself stood before him. “A- A- A- ALL MIGHT!”
The man grinned. “It is I!”
Eijiro looked around frantically. “Why are you here!? I mean not that I mind but is there a villain attack or something?!” The man laughed loudly. “HA HA HA! No, boy, there is not! I am here to see you!” Eijiro gawked.
“I- is this because I stepped in yesterday? I’m sorry, I don’t know what came over me. I-”
“Boy, stop.”
Eijiro clamped his mouth shut so fast he almost bit his tongue.
“The reason I am here is, in fact, the fight,” All Might continued, “but not for the reason you are thinking. Your actions, young man, inspired me to move.”
“M- me?”
The man nodded. “YES!” Eijiro winced at his booming voice. “Young man, all great heroes have stories from their school days. Do you know what they all say?” Eijiro shook his head. “That their bodies moved before their minds!” Eijiro’s eyes widened. All Might grinned. “I heard you after the fight, young man. And just now you said it again. You did not know what got over you.”
-----
‘Coward.’
-----
Eijiro felt his chest tighten. All Might closed his eyes. And then. *POOF* Eijiro’s eyes widened as white smog puffed out and in its place was a skeleton looking man with unruly blonde hair, sunken eyes, and- oh my goodness- coughing up blood!
“A- A- ALL MIGHT!?”
The man held up his hand and wiped his chin with the other. “Calm down, my boy, it is still I.” Eijiro looked from left to right frantically before back to the man. “Are you okay?!” All Might nodded. “I assure you, I am. However, this is truly what I have come to talk with you about.”
Eijro furrowed his eyebrows and the man continued.
“There have been many speculations about my quirk that I have always laughed off. My quirk is called ‘One For All.’”
Eijiro’s eyes sparkled. “That sounds so manly!”
All Might chuckled. “I suppose. This quirk is like none other, young man! This quirk has been passed to me as a sacred torch.” Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “Ey?” All Might nodded. “That is right. One For All is a stockpiling quirk. It takes the strength from one user and passes it onto the next growing stronger every time it passes to the next wielder.”
All Might held out his arms dramatically. “Carrying the hopes and dreams to from each generation,” he brought his hands together with a *CLAP*, “that is the strength of my quirk.”
Eijiro couldn’t help but smile.
“That sounds so cool! B- but why are you telling this to me, All Might, sir?” All Might met his eyes. EIjiro could feel the intimidation radiating from the man, even in this hollow form. Intimidation he has only felt from Izuku when Izuku is angry.
“I want YOU, young man, to be the next wielder of One For All.”
May we all take a second and applaud the raven-haired boy named Eijiro Kirishima for not fainting?
Thank you.
Eijiro gawked at the man. “M- ME?!”
-----
‘So weak. He’ll never amount to anything. I bet he’ll just get a desk job and grovel at his boss’s shoes.’
-----
“YES!” All Might grinned. “I saw in you something that I have not seen in someone in a long, long time, young man. The ability to move under intense situations without fear and still smile.”
-----
‘Looser.’
-----
All Might pointed at him. “You have the HEART of a HERO!”
Eijiro could feel tears well up in his eyes.
“Now, this is an incredibly burdensome quirk to take on. It is completely up to you whether you want to take it or not.”
Eijiro looked down at his hands.
-----
‘Coward!’
‘Looser!’
‘Where do you get off trying to act all strong-’
‘Hey.’
-----
Eijiro’s eyes widened.
-----
Izuku stood up from their lunch table. Eijiro watched in shock as a terrifying grin split Izuku’s face and he placed a heavy hand on Yamamoto’s shoulder.
‘Where do you get off acting like a bigshot when I handed your butt to you on the first day of me attending this school?’
Everyone paled.
Izuku turned to the now staring lunchroom. He gestured to Yamamoto and Ito.
‘Jerks. Bullies. Know-it-alls who can’t tell that two plus two is four.’ There were a few snickers. Izuku glared back at them. ‘Scum of the earth.’
He gestured to Eijiro. ‘Kind, caring, smarter than a fifth-grader.’ He grinned back down at Eijiro. ‘Manly.’
Izuku turned back to Yamamoto and Ito. ‘Don’t go getting on a high horse acting like a leader when you can’t do anything but bring your comrades down. You are worse than villains if you truly think that you are better than anyone here. You are just plain idiots.’
-----
Eijiro looked up at the man in front of him. All Might. All Might was in front of him. Waiting for an answer.
-----
Not long after did Izuku have a panic attack in the bathroom and Yamamoto and Ito never spoke to Eijiro again.
-----
‘- quirk abuse, blunt force trauma, isolation, starvation, and locking him in small dark places for extended periods of time.’
‘On the streets, Izuku was constantly fighting for his life and has even mentioned that on a few occurrences he has been a victim of rape.’
‘Izuku has a distinct fear of any living thing, does not speak much, if ever, and suffers from a severe case of PTSD and claustrophobia.’
-----
‘How do you plan on taking care of a child with such an array of trauma and fear of humans?’
-----
Eijiro steeled himself.
“I…” he said slowly, “... have someone I want to protect.” All Might lifted an eyebrow.
“If accepting your quirk means that I can become strong enough to protect him then…”
-----
‘A manly heart is a heart that lives without regret!’
-----
Eijiro met the man’s eyes head-on.
“I ACCEPT!”
Chapter 40: True Friends
Summary:
Izuku realizes just who his real friends are.
Notes:
Sorry for such a late chapter. How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Izuku had not spoken since leaving the middle school and Shouta was worried. He had met the Bakugou’s in person a couple of times when the Izuku Midoriya Runaway case was still fresh but not enough to remember them much. Then he heard about them from Ms. Takakawa as they were potential candidates for adopting Izuku. Then he heard from Ms. Takakawa that the Bakugou boy had actually been bullying Izuku for four years before he ran away.
Now he hears that Izuku has run into him again and the effects were obvious.
Shouta parked the car in the faculty parking lot.
“Izuku, come here,” he waved the boy over as he closed the door. Izuku did but he didn’t meet Shouta in the eyes. Shouta saw Hitoshi behind Izuku hovering worriedly. For the first time in a long while, Shouta asked before touching the boy. It was strange because Izuku had gotten used to them enough that he could ruffle his hair or hug him without asking normally but today was not one of those days.
“Do you want a hug?” he asked carefully.
Izuku shook his head. Shouta raised an eyebrow.
“Do you NEED a hug?”
Izuku flinched slightly.
The greenette is a very touchy person when you get to know him. After he comes out of his shell and Izuku actually begins to trust you, there is a stark contrast in his fear-of-humans distancing and his need-for-connection longing. However, things are different now. Izuku has gotten used to being able to accept hugs and pats and even his quirk being used by not only Hitoshi but Shouta himself! Izuku has finally begun to accept himself. All of himself. Even his quirk as he trains more and more with Recovery Girl.
And that is what is going to cause the issue here. Izuku isn’t 100% with it yet so for something from his past that is a direct reminder of why he hated his quirk so much in the first place to arise, it was really a teetering edge they were on.
“Do you?” he asked.
Izuku nodded shakily. Shouta held out his arms. He wouldn’t force himself on Izuku. He let the boy step forward and practically fall into him. Shouta held him for a long while as Izuku tried, and failed, to stifle his cries. When he had finally calmed down, Shouta, not letting go, asked about it. “I heard you met someone from long ago recently,” he said casually. Izuku pressed his face further into Shouta’s shoulder.
“When?”
…
“Y- yestaday.”
“Hmm…? Yesterday, huh?”
The greenette nodded. Shouta could almost feel what the boy was remembering.
“S- school,” he whispered. “Couldn’ breathe. Everyone- they- I couldn’-” He cut off when Shouta softly pat the top of his head. “Shh… don’t worry about it. I know. I know…” He met eyes with Hitoshi and gave the best smile he could.
They’ve come so far and yet they have oh so much further to go.
After Izuku had calmed down, training resumed as usual. The boy welcomed the distraction with open arms. They had brought in a few extra training dummies today and Hitoshi’s and Izuku’s combined control over Puppet was greatly improving. For the last thirty minutes, they split to each train on their own things.
That is when a sickening thought crossed Shouta’s mind.
He had been keeping an extra eye on Izuku as the boy trained with Puppet on his own. He had been starting to be able to almost, how does one say it, pull himself? Yes. Izuku would form the strings on his own, albeit it took a bit of time, and was training with them much like a whip which Shouta recognized as his Golden Whip persona but he had begun to use them to be able to amplify his own movements. Pulling at the one on his back to go flying backward to which they found out was how he threw himself out of the window when they first tried him forming the strings on his own. But also, pulling himself from side to side.
It was actually really creepy if Shouta had to admit. Izuku would just be standing there and then suddenly, even if he couldn’t see the string, Shouta would see the boy go soaring in the other direction and he could see which joint he was pulling because the rest of his body would sort of just… hang.
He was getting better for sure and doesn’t pass out anymore. Well. Sometimes he does. But it was still incredibly dangerous because as Shouta has come to know, the control was almost impossible. The slightest tug could send him feet away from his original standing position.
Shouta watched the doll-like skin and bolts outline on Izuku’s body. He would never get used to that. He narrowed his eyes at the thought in question:
Could someone pulling on the strings trump Izuku’s own control of it if he was in his puppet form?
It was not something Shouta was willing to ask at the moment. He would wait until Izuku’s mental state was a little more stable before he asked that because of what either answer could imply. If ‘no’, Izuku could rest assured that even if a villain tried to use it, he could take hold of his own strings back and get out of that situation. If ‘yes’… then Izuku’s found confidence in himself as a person rather than a doll would be instantly stripped away knowing that no matter how hard he struggled to control himself, a villain would still be more in control of him and they would be back at stage one.
Izuku’s mental state was too fragile to damage at the moment, especially with the recent events of meeting a past tormentor.
It was something that they needed to approach before they applied to UA though. He didn’t know when Izuku would be ready to find out the answer but they sure as hell could not wait to find the answer if it was answered by a villain themselves and it happened to be ‘yes.’
Shouta sighed. He looked up at the sky.
What a mess of a quirk you delt him, he thought sarcastically.
_______________________________
“Um, All Might, sir?”
Eijiro twiddled his thumbs as the two exchanged phone numbers.
“What is it, Young Kirishima?” the man asked.
Eijiro bit his lip. “Well, you see, I know you said I can’t tell anyone but… There is this person, er, my brother. He is, um, how do I put it… traumatized? And I kinda can’t keep something this big from him, you know?”
All Might sighed. “I can understand your concern but this is absolutely something that I cannot relax on. If you can’t one hundred percent lie then give them the half-truth.”
Eijiro accepted his phone back. “Yagi Toshinori?” All Might nodded. “That is my real name. Tell them that you are being trained by a UA scout. If they ask I will come in this form and have a backstory in mind. Alright?”
Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. He didn’t like lying to Izuku or his parents but he understood why such a big secret could not be let out. “A- alright.”
All Might grinned. “I will be in touch with you soon so until then-” he buffed up which honestly freaked Eijiro out more than Mr. Aizawa’s grin “-SEE YOU SOON!!!”
He FLEW away. Practically. Eijiro shielded himself from the shockwave of the jump. He watched the hero leave. Eijiro could feel the excitement bubble in him.
He, the cowardly, unmanly, unbrave Eijiro Kirishima that everyone thought would never become a hero, he was going to inherit the number one hero’s quirk! Eijiro was elated! Now to tell his parents and Izuku about his ‘scouting.’ He thinks that he will wait until Sunday. Eijiro is betting on Izuku being in better spirits if he agrees to tell his story to the gang. Also that they don’t completely deny Izuku after it.
Eijiro bounded into his house happily.
“I’m home!”
Mom came out of the kitchen. “You seem happy.”
He nodded. “It was a good day,” he chirped. “Well, for me, at least.” Mom smiled. “That’s good to hear.” He nodded but frowned. “I just, um, don’t count on Izuku talking much today.” Mom got a worried look in her eyes. “That bad, huh?” Eijiro nodded. “He didn’t talk to anyone, had quite a few panic attacks, and didn’t eat lunch.” Mom ran a hand through her hair. “Stage one, hmm?” Eijiro nodded. “Yeah.” She smiled. “Well then maybe you can rub off on him tonight, huh?” EIjiro grinned. “Yes, ma’am, I can!”
_______________________________
Yuma watched as Ei bounced off to his room. “I wonder what has him in such a good mood? Usually, Izuku’s mood affects him quite a bit.”
She figured that it would come out sooner or later. Eijiro wasn’t really the best at hiding things.
_______________________________
As happy as Eijiro was, he began to worry a bit again when Izuku came home.
Eijiro sat with Izuku on the couch as they went over their math homework and Izuku was preparing a bandage pad for a scuff on his cheek. Izuku didn’t look any less emotive or more emotive than usual so Eijiro had to wonder if training took his mind off of things.
He was wrong.
“Izuku, dear, why aren’t you in bed yet?” Eijiropoked his head out of the bedroom and entered the dining room. Izuku was on the couch reading a book. Mom was to the left of the couch standing. Izuku glanced up at her. He shrugged. She sighed. “I guess it’s alright since you do not have school tomorrow but you do realize you have friends coming over tomorrow, right?” Izuku nodded. She smiled softly.
“Is there something wrong, dear?” Izuku shook his head. “Well, alright, I am going to go to bed. Hollar if you need me, okay?” He nodded.
Eijiro felt something off. Maybe it was because Izuku had not said a single word since coming home but he couldn’t shake the feeling that something was wrong.
He caught Izuku’s eye and waved him over. “Come on, man!” Izuku hesitated but gave in, closing his book and following Eijiro down the hall to their room. Well, at least, Eijiro thought he did. With his hand on the handle, Eijiro looked down the hall to see that Izuku had stopped. “What’s up?” Izuku was avoiding eye contact. “Izuku?” To his defense, Izuku did try to move forward but his foot hovered in the air uncertainly. Something was holding him back but for the life of him, Eijiro had no clue what was wrong.
Dad came up behind Izuku. “Are you two going to bed.” Izuku jumped and spun around. Eijiro nodded. “I- I think…?” Dad looked down at Izuku. “Is everything alright?” Eijiro could just make out the tiny tremors going throughout Izuku’s body as he was obviously trying to suppress a panic attack. But what is causing the attack?
Dad went around Izuku.
Eijiro met eyes with his father. His eyes widened as Dad mouthed: ‘I am just checking.’
Checking what?
Dad glanced behind him. He lifted his arm and just grazed the handle to the hallway closet. Izuku DROPPED.
Dad sighed. “Thought so…” He knelt down beside Izuku who was having probably the worst panic attack of the day.
“I- I- I’m sorry! I won’t d- do it a- again! P- Please don’ p- p- put me in th- there again!”
-----
‘- suffers from a severe case of PTSD and claustrophobia.’
-----
Eijiro finally understood. Izuku couldn’t bring himself to walk past the closet.
He knelt down beside his father who was currently trying to Izuku to calm down but nothing seemed to be working as the closet was still in full view and Dad could not get close enough to move Izuku away from it.
A light bulb went off in his head. Eijiro knew it was risky but he did it anyway. He opened the closet door. He winced when he saw Izuku freeze from the corner of his eye, mouth gaping in a silent scream.
“Ei,” Dad said leveled. “What are you doing?” Eijiro flinched at his Dad’s cautiously reserved tone. Eijiro ignored it and pulled out an extra bedsheet. He slid it over the door and closed the closet, letting the bedsheet hang over and hide it.
He turned to Izuku and grinned, gesturing to the now covered door. “See? No more closet!” Izuku’s eyes flitted between the raven-haired boy and the bedsheet. Eijiro saw Dad smirk and give a thumbs up.
Using the momentary pause, Dad gently reached forward and brought the boy into a light hug. “It’s okay,” he whispered. Eijiro sat beside them. “We aren’t ever going to lock you in there,” Dad reassured his brother. Izuku hung his head, squeezing his eyes shut, remembering things that he did not want to remember.
Eijiro wished he could take those bad memories away forever.
-----
‘I…” he said slowly, “... have someone I want to protect.” All Might lifted an eyebrow.
“If accepting your quirk means that I can become strong enough to protect him then… I ACCEPT!”
-----
Eijiro guided Izuku through the hallway. Even after hiding the closet, Izuku was still on edge so Eijiro held his brother’s hand as Izuku squeezed his eyes shut until they entered their room.
“Er, um, don’t open them yet.” Eijiro silently went back to the closet and pulled out the last two sheets before rehiding it and entering their room again. Taking a minute, Eijiro opened each of the boy’s dressers and hid them in a similar fashion
“Alright,” he said with a huff. “You can open your eyes now. Eijiro smiled the best he could when more tears filled Izuku’s emerald eyes when he noticed what Eijiro had done.
Eijiro slowly moved forward and took the boy into his arms. “Don’t worry,” he said softly. “I won’t let that ever happen again.”
-----
‘-someone I want to protect.’
-----
Eijiro steeled himself.
I will become a hero.
He pulled the fluffy comforters off of each of their beds and made a pile on the floor.
A hero that can protect.
He flopped into them and watched as Izuku slowly sat into them the same.
A hero that can save.
Eijiro smiled at his brother. Izuku looked like he wanted to smile back but Eijiro could almost see the memories that held his painfully stoic face in place.
A hero that can wipe away all fear and pain.
Eijiro pulled Izuku into a hug, heart squeezing painfully as Izuku cried silently against his brother’s chest, clinging to Eijiro, willing himself to believe Eijiro’s words even when he couldn’t find the truth in them that Eijiro promised. Eijiro hugged his brother tighter.
I will become Izuku’s hero.
_______________________________
“Alright, guys,” Mina said before ringing the bell outside the gate of the Kirishima household, “remember, if Izuku doesn’t tell us then we don’t press it. Okay?”
Everyone nodded. Mina took a deep breath and rung the bell.
*~DING-ding-Ding-DING~*
They heard the gate unlock and walked in. Mina had to physically hold herself back from immediately pouncing on the two boys in the living room. “HEY!” she greeted them loudly, noticing the way Izuku flinched slightly. Kirishima waved. “Hey, guys!” Hino, Furuya, and Mori greeted them as well. The six settled into random chatter. Mrs. Kirishima brought them out cookies at some point.
Mina glanced at Izuku as he munched on one. It was funny that something as simple as a cookie could bring more light to his eyes than anything they had tried. She looked over at Kirishima who met her eyes. His red eyes held a certain protectiveness over the boy next to him.
Two things were on the line with this conversation, she realized. One, Izuku’s trust and the boundaries that he has lowered around them. Two, Kirishima’s overall friendship.
Mina glanced over at Mori. The boy swallowed but decided he should be the one who started this.
“Say, Izuku,” he said casually. Izuku looked up from his hand of cards. “I know…” Mori hesitated “... that you have seen some things…” Izuku tensed. “At school yesterday you were a bit quiet. And jumpy. Sort of how you were when you first started school here.” Mina bit the inside of her cheek as she saw Izuku’s eyes darken. Mori faltered a bit but pressed on. “I know that this is maybe a bit strange to ask and invasive and we all completely understand if you don’t want to tell us but…”
“We want to know,” Mina finished for the struggling boy. Izuku glanced at her. Mina has never felt more scared than she did now as the eyes of her friend narrowed in on her. Hino placed a hand on Mina’s arm. “We won’t pretend to understand what you’ve gone through but if we know then maybe we could act more accordingly or something.” Poor choice of words. Hino’s grip tightened. The silence hung so thickly in the air that one could cut it with a knife.
Kirishima leaned over and whispered something to Izuku who glanced over at his brother. Mina mentally applauded the boy for not flinching as Izuku glared over at Kirishima almost barring his teeth.
He looked like a caged animal as they all sat around him. Mina felt bad for asking.
“They don’t mean bad, Izuku,” Kirishima said softly. “These are your friends, not that kid from the attack.” Izuku took in a deep breath. “F- fine,” he said softly, lowering his gaze. “B- but you t- tell ‘em…” Kirishima’s eyes widened. “I don’t know all of the details though.” Izuku looked down at the floor. “Y- you know ‘nou- gh.” Kirishima frowned. “Are you sure about this? I will have to explain your quirk to them.” His words might as well have been a whip with how harshly Izuku flinched. He nodded slowly. Kirishima swallowed. “Okay…”
He turned to the group.
“I guess I should start with that then.”
It felt like ice had been poured down her back as Mina listened to a brief recap of Izuku’s life. His quirk, the abuse from his biological mother, from his peers at school, the starvation, and-
“As you have probably seen, there are sheets on the doors of closets in the house,” Kirishima said. “As a form of punishment, Izuku’s caretaker,” because he didn’t dare say mother, “would lock him in closets for extended periods of time without food or water.”
Izuku stood sharply, head low. “G- gettin’ a- air,” he choked out before swiftly turning around and beelining out the back door into the backyard. Kirishima looked like he wanted to go after Izuku but Mrs. Kirishima left the kitchen and motioned for him to continue as she followed Izuku out.
Kirishima took a deep breath.
“Izuku escaped and lived on the streets for four years in the red lights district, up until a few months before we took him in.”
“Isn’t that, like, the worst part of Musutafu?” Furuya asked. Kirishima nodded. “Yeah. During his time on the streets, Izuku had run in’s with death on more than one occasion and had been raped more than once, says his files.” Mina swallowed thickly. “He… My parents say that the combined trauma on his psyche has left Izuku mentally and emotionally behind, as I am sure you have seen. And possibly the blunt force trauma to his head over the years.” Mina winced at the thought.
“That,” Mori said slowly, “makes sense.” He did not need to elaborate on that.
“Izuku is terrified of humans but he has gotten much better since when we first met him.”
“So,” Hino spoke up, “what happened to make him so jumpy yesterday, then?”
Eijiro scratched the back of his head uncertainly. “We accidentally ran into one of the kids from when Izuku was in school before he ran away and let’s just say that it was not a happy reunion.” Mina looked out the window to the backyard.
“I just ask that after you now know this,” he asked, no, pleaded, “that you won’t change how you act around him? Izuku… I think that he trusts you guys and likes how you treat him normally so-”
She stood up.
“Ashido?” Mina looked down at Kirishima. “What are you waiting for?” Everyone tilted their heads.
“It is extremely uncool to be hanging out with all of your friends-
_______________________________
“- but leave one out.”
Eijiro’s eyes widened. He couldn’t count how many times his friends had ‘forgotten’ that he was there and left him out of everything. Ashido wasn’t like that though. From the very start, she always included Eijiro and Izuku despite the way the boy didn’t speak. Hino and Mori stood up too. Eijiro smiled wildly and stood with Furuya.
He led the way out back and looked around. Izuku was cowering beside the box of sports balls with Mom sitting next to him holding him closely. She looked up at them. Ashido crouched before Izuku.
“Hey.” Izuku flinched, ducking his head further into his arms. “We are playing ball, wanna join?” Izuku peaked out from under his arms. She grinned. “I mean, it’d be really boring without you, ya know? So come on!” Ashido stood up and extended her arm.
The string formed. Eijiro knew it did. He knew Ashido saw it. Izuku narrowed his eyes skeptically but you know what Eijiro also knew? He knew that Ashido wouldn’t take it. She was perfectly content waiting. Izuku glanced over at Eijiro who smiled and POWER POSED. Ashido smiled. “I’m not taking it, Izuku.” The greenette flinched. “Not unless you want me to.” Izuku deadpanned. The pinkette smirked knowing that she had won that reaction. Her face softened. “I know why you are so wary of us knowing but I don’t understand, honestly. Have we done anything to make you think that we will turn against you just for having a bad past?” Izuku’s eyes widened. He shook his head rapidly. Ashido grinned. “Good to know! And for the fact, I doubt any of us plan on changing that now. Just so you know.” Izuku looked over at everyone else. Hino waved. Furuya nodded. Mori gave a big ol’ thumbs up. “Now, is my hand just going to hang out here forever,” Ashido swung it around dramatically, “or are you going to get up at some point in your life, lazybones.” Izuku blushed and whipped his head back to her. Ashido let out a hearty laugh. “Kidding! Kidding! Come on, ‘Zuku!”
Izuku sighed silently but ultimately did reach up. His arm involuntarily flinched back when their hands made contact. Izuku bit his lip. He seemed to steel himself before taking her hand.
Ashido grinned and pulled him up, Mom standing as well.
“‘Z- Zuku?” was the first word Izuku asked.
Ashido laughed. “Yeah!”
“Doesn’t Shinsou call you that?” Eijiro asked. Izuku nodded. “Darn it!” Ashido exclaimed. “I wanted to be the first! Can I still call you that, Izuku?” The greenette nodded slowly. She cheered.
“YAY! Then you have to call me Mina!” She swung around and pointed at all of them. “That goes for all of you, ‘k?”
_______________________________
Izuku honestly couldn’t tell you why he thought his friends would turn on him. He caught the ball and pivoted to the side, throwing it to Mori. *BAM* The boy whistled and shook his arm. “Dang!” “Over here, Mori!”
“Coming to you, Mina!”
Izuku watched as the baseball was thrown from person to person at a random order.
“‘Zuku! Head’s up!” Izuku looked up to see Ashi- No. Mina. Mina reeled her arm back and threw it to him. Izuku caught it in his glove.
He blinked slowly.
What was different? The pale shine of the sun, the nip of incoming winter? He turned his glove around slowly and looked at the ball in his glove. “Izuku?” His vision blurred slightly as tears filled his eyes. “‘Zuku?!” They all rushed over. “Did I throw it too har-”
“Ha ha ha!”
Everyone stopped as Izuku laughed. A real laugh.
“S- sorrae! I j- just ‘m so ‘appy!”
Izuku felt so giddy. So- so HAPPY! It was as if a weight had been lifted from his shoulders. Tears spilled from his eyes as he laughed. Eijiro slung his arms around Izuku and he didn’t so much as flinch. He heard Eijiro sniffling.
“I- I’m so relieved!” the raven-haired boy choked out. Izuku hugged him tightly. It wasn’t long until everyone joined the group hug.
_______________________________
Hizashi rode the elevator up to the recording studio humming to himself.
*Ding Ding*
He pulled out his phone from his pocket. Mrs. Kirishima had texted him. Hizashi opened the text and the attachment. His breath caught in his throat.
It was a picture of Izuku and his friends from school. They were out in the backyard sitting down. A pink-skinned girl, Ashido he thinks, had her arm slung around his neck, pressing the baseball mitt in her hand against his chest. Kirishima sat leaning against Izuku’s back, head turned to him and laughing. The other boy, Mori sat in front of Izuku with Hino on her stomach to the left facing them and Furuya sitting to the right.
Hizashi’s heart clenched tightly but not in a bad way.
Izuku was smiling! His eyes crinkled at the edges and he looked like he was laughing and he just looked so… happy. Like a normal teenage boy who wasn’t constantly plagued by his past that constantly loomed over him.
Hizashi felt a tear drip down his face.
“Good for you, little listener.”
Chapter 41: Reasons For Living
Summary:
Izuku is relapsing and the Kirishima's are trying to find out how to stop it before it is too late.
Notes:
Hey everyone. How are y'all? Everyone staying safe?
Chapter Text
Yagi smiled. And he smiled. And he smiled.
But under that smile… he. Is. TERRIFIED.
Who the heck is the kid sitting next to Young Kirishima staring at me like that?!
He was invited over by his successor's parents to discuss his plans with Young Kirishima. The boy’s parents are kind and charming but there is this other kid on the couch that looks nothing like any of them, is covered head to toe in scars, and has a glare that would put the worst of villains in their places.
-----
‘Well, you see, I know you said I can’t tell anyone but… There is this person, er, my brother. He is, um, how do I put it… traumatized? And I kinda can’t keep something this big from him, you know?’
-----
So this is Young Kirishima’s brother. He looks nothing like the rest of the family so he is probably adopted. And ‘traumatized?’ The scars speak for themselves I guess. I’m treading on uncharted territory. Guarded territory.
“So,” Mr. Kirishima spoke up after looking over the papers of proof that showed Yagi as the secretary of All Might, “what is All Might’s secretary doing over here? Isn’t All Might located in America?” Yagi nodded. “He is but coming the next school year All Might will be teaching at UA High School.” Mr. Kirishima hummed. “How do you plan on training my son?” Yagi grinned. “There is a nearby beach that has become a landfill and illegal dumping ground. I plan to clear it as community service and bodybuilding.”
The conversation went about as smoothly as possible and they agreed to the training program in the end. Still, Yagi felt like the boy next to Young Kirishima might pose a problem some time down the line. He would have to keep an eye on the situation.
“M- Mr. Toshinori, sir!”
Yagi turned around as he was leaving the house. “What is it, Young Kirishima?” The boy messed with the end of his shirt, occasionally glancing over at the greenette on the couch. “Erm… I’ll see you tomorrow, sir. Thank you again!” He bowed deeply. Yagi smirked. He lifted his hand to ruffle the boy’s hair.
*ziiiip!*
Yagi’s arm froze as a pencil intercepted the distance and planted itself in the wall. It did not cut his hand, no, but it was close enough to where he felt the wood against his palm. Yagi’s eyes slowly moved to land on the boy on the couch with an outstretched arm. Young Kirishima laughed halfheartedly.
“S- sorry! Izuku is really protective.”
Yagi shook his head and lowered his hand. “That is quite alright, my boy. I will see you tomorrow.”
Yagi left the house soon after. He settled into his car.
Izuku, huh? That boy will most definitely cause some issues if I am not careful.
Yagi blinked. He looked down at his hand and saw the thinnest of cuts. He swallowed. He had misjudged. It was close enough to cut and it did.
Big problem.
_______________________________
Kiri sat next to Izuku on the couch and handed Izuku the pencil he had retrieved from the wall. “He wasn’t going to hurt me you know?” Izuku shook his head.
“‘e felt f- fake.”
Kiri’s red eyes widened ever so slightly. Interesting. “F- fake? You don’t say?” Izuku held his tongue. Kiri was acting strange. “I don’t think he is,” Kiri claimed. “You saw the papers right?” Izuku nodded. He saw them alright but he also saw the man’s ID and it had no occupation on it.
“E- either way,” Kiri continued, “I guess that I won’t be walking home with you after school anymore.” Izuku looked down. He did truly want to support his brother but it hurt. Why does it hurt? Kiri is happy. I should be happy too. Why am I not happy? Izuku jumped slightly when Kiri placed a hand on his shoulder. “Hey man, we are still brothers. We will still see each other at school and at home. I promise I am not leaving you.” Izuku swallowed a sigh.
“I- I know. J- just w- w-w worraed…”
Izuku is so confused. Just yesterday he was so happy. All of his friends were over. They were laughing and smiling and Izuku was laughing and smiling right along with them and by all means was he glad to have friends and all but that hole never left. It made itself a home in his chest. The weight on his shoulders returned and his ever-present tenseness lingered.
“PTSD,” Dad told him. Later that night, Izuku asked him about it.
-----
‘That is called PTSD, kid. Post Traumatic Stress Disorder is when one who has experienced a traumatic event in their life and they have a difficult time recovering from it, often resulting in nightmares and constant anxiety. Considering what you have gone through, I would be more worried if you did not have some form of PTSD.’
-----
“Izuku,” Dad said softly, “that will never go away.”
Izuku lowered his eyes.
“Fear has become a big part of your life and those memories won’t simply disappear.”
Izuku bit his lip. “E- ever?”
Dad shook his head. “They might become less prominent but you will always remember them.” Izuku didn’t even remember curling up into a ball as he buried his face in his arms.
“I w- want them t- t- to go away,” he choked out. “I- it hur’s… I want t- to e ‘appy b- but everathang i- is just s- so…” Dad pulled him into a hug. “I know, kiddo. I know… I won’t pretend that it won’t continue to hurt. I am sorry that you have to deal with all of this and that you had to go through all of that. But you can still be happy, you know?” Izuku looked up at the man he had come to know as his father. “H- how?”
“Nightmares, fear, stress, distrust, claustrophobia. Those will always be things you will deal with but you don’t have to let them control you. Do you know what I have noticed about you, Izuku?” The greenette shook his head. “I’ve noticed that you always look for the worst in things,” Dad said definitely. “You pick things apart in your mind to find out what can be used against you for the worst. Right?” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “A- am I n- not ‘posed ta?” Dad chuckled dryly. “Not typically but for you, it was necessary to protect yourself. Guess what.”
“Wh- what?”
Dad smiled down at him.
“It’s not necessary anymore.”
Izuku blinked slowly. Not… necessary? What is that supposed to mean? Of course, I have to make sure it is safe! I can’t just let down my guard. The second I do then it’s all over. Does he not realize that? Is he just lucky?
Dad hummed. “Izuku, what have you to fear here?” Izuku pondered this for a moment. “Have we not already shown you that we won’t abandon you?” His green eyes widened slightly. “Have we hurt you in any way? Beaten you or chastised you?” No! Izuku shook his head rapidly.
“Izuku, do you trust us?”
Izuku froze. I trust them. Right? “Izuku. You are doing it again.” He snapped his head up. Dad smiled sadly. Izuku furrowed his eyebrows.
“I… I trust y- you,” Izuku lowered his eyes. “B- but I- it- I’m…”
Dad ruffled his hair. “Scared?” Izuku looked down and nodded slowly. “That’s okay,” the black-haired man said. “A year of living normally won’t magically make the years of pain go away.” Dad hugged him tighter. “I’m glad that you trust us Izuku. So,” he said, “if you trust us, then why is it necessary for you to find what is bad?” Izuku blinked a few times. “Next time you see Mr. Toshinori, why don’t you try to find something good about him instead?”
Izuku narrowed his eyes. “B-- but not a- all people a- are gonna be g- good.”
“Did I say that they were?”
Izuku looked up. Dad shook his head. “There are always going to be flaws in a person. No one is perfect. The thing is, you are always trying to find what directly relates to your safety. Your way of thinking is a barrier of protection. We have flaws too but you have found safety in us, haven’t you?” Izuku’s eyes widened. They are… safe. Am... I safe? “Sure, you are going to meet villains and really bad people out there as you already have but more often than not you will meet people who are flawed but not bad.”
“‘F- flawed… but no’ b- bad,’” Izuku repeated.
The older man nodded. “B- but y- you said tha- t the nightm- mares won’t s- staph.” Dad nodded again. “They won’t. That is something that will always be there. I’m not saying that you have to magically believe everyone is good and wonderful. Behind closed doors they could be completely different. For the first eight years of your life, everyone thought that SHE was good. But behind closed doors…” Izuku grit his teeth. “S- she was b- bad.” Dad nodded.
“Izuku, fear will never go away but you can decide how you let it affect you and how you let your interactions with others play out.”
Izuku nodded. “Dad…?”
“Yes, Izuku?”
_______________________________
Eijiro looked up from his sketchbook, having just finished the last page when Izuku walked into the room.
He looked sad. “Hey, man. What’s up?” Izuku sat on his bed, legs dangling off and head down. Eijiro closed the book and walked over to his brother, sitting beside him. “Izuku?” Izuku looked up at the ceiling.
“Kiri…” he whispered.
“Hmm?”
“I- I’m sorry.” Eijiro tilted his head. “What for…?” Izuku looked at him out of the corner of his eye before dropping his head. “F- for throwin’ a p- penceil at y- your t- teacha.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “Izuku, I’m not mad at you.” Izuku didn’t look up at him. “I’ll admit, I was a bit irked at you at first but I understand. I didn’t expect Al- erm, Mr. Toshinori to do that either.” Izuku didn’t say anything. Eijiro turned and picked up the sketchbook he had brought over.
“I’ve been working on this for a while,” he stated. Izuku glanced over. “It took me a lot longer than I thought but I finished it.” he held it out. “It’s for you.” Izuku’s eyes widened. Eijiro nodded. He could tell Izuku was trying really hard to keep it together. His hands shook as he took the sketchbook. “Well? Open it!” Izuku looked down at the book and cautiously flipped open the cover to where he came face to face with an amazing sketch of Present Mic. Eijiro smiled as Izuku deadpanned when he noticed the background was literally just the word “YEAH!!!” extended throughout. The hero’s mouth was gaping like he was yelling it and he had vibration marks around the outline of his body. Izuku flipped the page to reveal Eraserhead. Eijiro blushed as the next page was Midnight and he honestly had a hard time, morally, drawing such a revealing heroine. Izuku kept flipping. Every page held a detailed picture of the top hundred heroes in the country.
Tears had begun to fall around the fiftieth page.
The last two were blank.
“I was hoping,” Eijiro said slowly, “that you could help me fill those in someday when we become heroes ourselves.”
A sob escaped Izuku’s lips. He closed the book and placed his face in his hands. Eijiro leaned over and pulled Izuku into a side-hug.
“W- y?” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “What?”
“W- why?” Izuku choked out. “E- everybodae j- just won’ l- l- let me…”
“Let you what?”
“Y- you, Mom, D- Dad, Hino, M- M- Mina, M- Mori, a- a- and Fu- Furuya. A- all o- of you keep g- given’ m- me reason’s n- not too!”
Eijiro didn’t like where this was going. “Izuku… what are we giving you reasons not to do?”
_______________________________
“He really asked you that?”
Asa nodded slowly. “At first I was glad that he actually came to me to ask about it instead of bottling it up but now- What was I supposed to answer to that, Yuma!?” His wife shook her head. “I don’t know, dear…”
“He was so happy yesterday,” Asa said weakly, “so what happened? He has been doing so well recently. Why is he relapsing now? How do we stop it? I don’t know what to do! I- I’m a freaking therapist! I’m supposed to help people like Izuku!” Yuma pulled his head against her chest.
“Shhh… Asa, dear, calm yourself. You aren’t thinking straight.” Asa shook his head. “I- I can’t help him, Yuma…”
“He never asked for you to.”
Asa choked as Yuma continued. “No one asked you to be Izuku’s therapist. They asked you to be his father. I-” she hesitated. He knew that Yuma was having a hard time with this as well. “I don’t know how to stop him from relapsing either, dear. I don’t have answers for you. I’m sorry…” Asa shook his head and sat back up. “No, it isn’t your fault. I just wish I knew what had him pulled out of his dark mind in the first place.” They settled into a solemn silence in their bedroom.
“Golden Whip.” Asa looked up at his wife. “What?” She chewed on her nail. “You said a while ago that Golden Whip was Izuku trying to reach out, right?” Asa thought for a moment. That conversation happened many months ago. “Yes…?” She nodded. “For the entirety of his time here, Izuku has been the one being protected. On the streets, he was always finding ways to protect someone else as though he needed a reason to live. Even with Ms. Takakawa. She was ill so he felt protective over her as well.”
Asa nodded slowly. “I get what you are saying but I don’t understand what that has to do with anything.”
Yuma looked up at him. “I mean that Izuku doesn’t have a reason to live.” Asa’s heart dropped. “W- What do you mean? Aren’t we-”
“Family isn’t a reason for him, Asa,” she cut in. “Izuku may have accepted us as family but ‘family’ and ‘living’ are two different spectrums for him.” Asa shook his head. “Family is a part of life.”
“For you.”
Asa narrowed his eyes. “What is that supposed to mean?”
Yuma took a deep breath. “What? Eight months? That’s how long Izuku has lived with us but the other thirteen years of his life Izuku has been running away from family. You see it as family is just a part of life.”
“And Izuku thinks of family as what?”
Yuma bit her lip. “Probably just an accessory.” Asa lifted his eyebrow. “An ‘accessory?’” His wife nodded. “We,” she looked up at him, “are just another thing that the world will take away if he gets too close.”
-----
‘I… I trust y- you,” Izuku lowered his eyes. “B- but I- it- I’m…’
“Scared?”
-----
Scared of what? I should have asked him that.
“One one hand,” Yuma continued, “it is great that he feels that way about us but on the other hand it is very dangerous.” Asa took in a shaky breath.
-----
‘I- I’m sorry, I k- know I’m dangerous! I- I know!’
-----
“You don’t think…” he started slowly, “that Izuku is scared of himself, do you?”
The look in his wife’s eyes told him exactly what her answer is. “Dang it… He- What on earth is making him think that he would hurt us?” Yuma shook her head. “It’s just a guess but…”
“What is it?”
“Probably,” she began hesitantly, “that everything that he has gotten close to has ended poorly.”
Asa blinked slowly. “Of. Course. OF COURSE!” Why didn’t I see it before. We are the only good thing in his life that he has been able to keep constantly! He doesn’t want his own bad luck to affect us as well!
“Ah…” he sighed. “What the heck are we doing, Yuma?” She shook her head. “I don’t know, Asa.” “We need to show him that he isn’t dangerous.”
“How do we do that?” she asked.
“Ever heard of a therapy animal?” His wife’s eyes widened. “Dear, I don’t think that Izuku is really a dog person.” Asa shook his head. “There are other types. Heck, one of my patients has a ferret as a therapy animal!” Yuma giggled. “The point is,” he continued, “to give Izuku something to take care of so that he can see for himself that he is not dangerous.”
“But wouldn’t that backfire?”
“How so?”
“Because therapy animals are supposed to help their owners.”
Asa nodded. “Exactly. Izuku would have something to take care of but it would also help him cope with his anxiety. As Golden Whip he was a lot more confident because he needed to be for the person he was protecting.”
“This is an animal, Asa,” Yuma deadpanned. “Yes,” he agreed, “and Izuku is not Golden Whip anymore. He is a wounded child who has gotten used to normal life so he needs a normal thing to take care of, not a human.”
“Okay…” Yuma nodded. “Say we get him a service animal, what about Eijiro? We can’t forget that he is also our son.” Asa nodded. “I’ve thought about getting one for him as well.” “What for?” He gestured sideways, “Depression. He’s, I feel, too reliant on Izuku strangely enough. He fell back on Izuku after his depression got bad enough. Maybe not a service animal certified but definitely something of the sorts to give him a companion as well. That way he won't feel left out.”
Yuma nodded. “Okay but here is the next dilemma. Izuku is a cat person. Eijiro is a dog person.” Asa laughed. “Service animals can be trained to be okay with those sorts of issues. If we get two not at each other’s throats it will be fine.”
Yuma sighed. “But… I don’t know, dear…”
Asa sighed. “It’s stressful, I know, but I don’t know what else we can do for them. We should at least ask them.” Yuma nodded.
“Anything…” she whispered. “Anything to rid him of those thoughts.”
Asa lowered his head.
-----
‘Dad…?’
‘Yes, Izuku?’
…
…
…
‘If I go away then will the nightmare’s go away too?’
_______________________________
‘Y- you, Mom, D- Dad, Hino, M- M- Mina, M- Mori, a- a- and Fu- Furuya. A- all o- of you keep g- given’ m- me reason’s n- not too!”
“Izuku… what are we giving you reasons not to do?
‘R- reasons n- not t- to e- en- end it.’
…
…
…
‘End what…?’
-----
Eijiro did not sleep. That night he stayed up to keep an eye over his brother.
-----
‘End what…?’
…
…
…
‘Life.’
-----
Eijiro would NOT lose Izuku. Not if he could help it. Not to anything or anyone. Not even to Izuku. Eijiro promised that he would save Izuku, even from himself.
Chapter 42: Happy Place
Summary:
Izuku relapses hard and the Kirishima's are struggling with the pieces of Izuku's heart.
Notes:
Can I just say that quarantine sucks? It has given me a lot of time to write though. I take a few hours out of my day, say four or five, to write the day's chapter so I'm not sure how I feel about it anymore.
How are y'all surviving the virus?
Chapter Text
November 27th, 2020
‘Hello.
I don’t know what to write. I’m so confused…
School is fine. I have a mixed martial arts tournament next week and I guess I am excited. I have friends and they don’t mind my past or my quirk and it’s really great! But… I just… It’s harder now? We got these slips to fill out what high school we want to go to after middle school and we are supposed to turn them in soon.
I don’t want to fill mine out.
What’s the point? I don’t think I’ll be alive that much longer anyways. Well, I might but I shouldn’t be. I am so happy and yet so scared and so paranoid, is what Bando-sensei called it, all of the time and the nightmares don’t stop and my head hurts all of the time because everything is just so hard. Why aren’t they attacking? Why do they care? I’m a burden, I know I am. But they hang around. They would all be better without me. They would get more sleep and worry less. I don’t know why they worry about me…
Mom took the knife from me months ago after the first time I tried. They don’t want me dead but they would be better without me.
I… I don’t think I want to die. I sort of like my life now. I have friends that don’t beat me up. Parent that don’t torture me. A brother… He gave me this notebook a week ago and it is so amazing but now I am even more confused because they keep giving me reasons to not want to die but they are just putting more pressure on themselves to try and keep me alive when I know if I weren’t here they could enjoy their lives so much more! I have my escape notebook still but if I escape then I will go back to living on the streets and I don’t want to go back on the streets. I want to stay here but I can’t! I don’t want to keep hurting them!
I’m being selfish.
I don’t know what I am supposed to do now.
Kiri’s back from training now so-
-----
“Hey, man!” Kiri opened the door to their room.
-----
- goodbye for now I guess. I might be back.
Or not.
We’ll see.
-----
Izuku closed his notebook and smiled up at his brother who was pulling out his pajamas for a shower.
“H- how was t- tr- training?” he asked. Kiri looked over at him. “I understand your bones popping now.” Izuku snickered. “Fun?” Kiri shook his head. “Not at all. They are all like ‘pop’ and ‘crack’ and ugh… But training is fun.”
Izuku nodded. “Tha’s good.” Kiri left to take a shower. He came back drying his hair, flopping on his bed only to hear:
“Boys! Dinner is ready!”
“Ugh…” Izuku gently pats his shoulder reassuringly. “Food w- will keep y- y- your energy u- up.” Kiri sighed and got up. “Fine…”
_______________________________
Eijiro was following Izuku out of their room when he stopped and glanced over at Izuku’s desk. Next to it was a crumpled ball of paper. He furrowed his eyebrows and bent down, ignoring the way his legs screamed at the movement. Eijiro picked it up and unrolled it.
He took in a sharp breath.
The high school application sheet. Blank. Eijiro swallowed. He straightened out the sheet as much as he could on the edge of the desk.
“Ei!”
“Coming!”
Eijiro lay it flat on Izuku’s desk where he knew he would see it and left, not before glaring at the sheet. I will not let him give up. Eijiro turned off the bedroom lights and left.
He sat beside Izuku at dinner. He couldn’t help but notice the slight bruise-like marks under Izuku’s eyes. He hasn’t been sleeping well. I haven’t seen any nightmares though. Is he just not sleeping? Why?! “A- are you okay, K- Kiri?” Eijiro chuckled realizing he was probably staring. “Yeah! Just a bit tired!” Izuku didn’t look convinced but did not comment. Eijiro swallowed thickly and took another bite of his food.
He wanted to be there for Izuku and to encourage him but now he was training after school every day with All Might but if he wanted to protect Izuku in the future then he needed to do this.
“Izuku, Ei?” He looked up. “Hmm?” Mom smiled softly. “We’ve been thinking recently about something.” Izuku tilted his head. “Wh- what is i- it?” Dad cleared his throat. “Have you heard of a service animal before, Izuku.” Eijiro’s eyes widened. Wait… Izuku shook his head. “Well,” Dad continued, “they are pets trained to help their owners with certain issues such as blindness, mental imparities, and the like. Also things like PTSD.” Eijiro bit his lip. If Izuku gets a service animal then he won’t need me anymore… He could see Izuku tense up. “We were thinking about getting you each one.” Eijiro stopped.
“Me?” he asked dumbfoundedly. Dad nodded. “Why?”
“Anxiety,” Dad stated. Eijiro lowered his eyes. “I- I haven’t had a panic attack in a while…”
“You had one two days ago because you were worried that you weren’t strong enough for training.” Eijiro turned his head away.
“You don’t have to get one, Eijiro,” Mom said softly, “but for sure we think that you should, Izuku.” Eijiro glanced over at Izuku who was staring at his hands. I don’t want Izuku to get one. I promised to take care of him. He doesn’t need an animal to take care of him when I am here!
“I- I dunno…” Izuku whispered.
“You know,” Dad said thoughtfully, “there cat’s in the service animal industry.” Izuku looked up with something akin to wonder in his eyes. Low blow! Izuku loves cats! “B- but Ei- um… Kiri-” Eijiro whipped his head around. “- doesn’ l- like c- cats.” He grinned and poked Izuku slyly. “Did you just say my first name?” Izuku glanced over at him, a slight blush on his cheeks but his eyes held a different story.
Is Izuku scared of saying my name? Why?
“Then we get Ei a dog and you a cat.” Eijiro turned back to his parents. “I would like to at least see you giving it some thought.”
Eijiro led the way back into their room. He glanced over his shoulder when Izuku stopped and saw the paper on his desk.
“I’m… g- going t- to the b- bathroom.” Izuku turned and left the room. Eijiro sat on his bed. Dang it! He slammed his fist on the bed. Eijiro stopped. He stared at his hand in shock.
“When… did I become so aggressive?”
_______________________________
Izuku pressed himself against the door of the bathroom, locking it and sliding down. He curled his knees to his chest and hid his face in his arms.
They are trying so hard! WHY!? What am I supposed to do? What am I supposed to say? I want to thank them but it’ll make things worse.
Izuku squeezed his eyes tightly together.
Somebody… help… please…
_______________________________
“Mom,” Yuma turned to her son. “Ei? Why aren’t you in bed?” Eijiro looked pale. “Dear, what’s wrong?” She crouched by her son. “I- Izuku is in the bathroom.” She nodded slowly. “He’s been in there for t- thirty minutes.”
Yuma’s heart dropped.
“I- I haven’t heard the water s- so it’s not a s- shower.” Ei met her eyes. “I- I’m scared, mom.” Yuma forced a smile on her face. “Eijiro, dear, everything is fine,” she rubbed his arm. “I am going to go get your father, okay? Do you think you can go to your room for a bit?” Eijiro looked down and nodded. As soon as he was out of sight, Yuma bolted in the opposite direction to her room. She all but threw open the door.
“Asa,” she panted. Her husband sat up in bed. “What’s wrong, Yuma?” She looked at her husband with wide eyes. “Izuku is in the bathroom but he hasn’t done anything for half an hour.” Asa swallowed. He threw the covers off and swiftly made his way to the other side of the house. He took a deep breath before knocking on the door.
“Izuku? Are you in there, bud?” There was no reply. Asa knocked harder. “Izuku, are you okay? I need you to answer me.” Nothing.
*BANG BANG BANG* Asa pounded on the door. “Izuku!”
Yuma looked over her shoulder. She could see Eijiro’s door cracked open slightly down the hallway. She walked away and pushed it open to see Ei standing by the door, eyes down but wide, and hands gripping the bottom of his shirt.
“M- mom-” *BANG* “Izuku please open the door!” “Mom…” Yuma pulled her son into a hug, trying to hold back tears herself.
“It’s okay, dear.” *BANG BANG* “It’s okay. It’s okay. It’s okay.”
Eijiro shook his head. “M- mom, he’s-” There was the sound of a door opening down the hallway.
…
…
…
“Izuku…” Asa’s voice filtered from the hallway. Please… PLEASE! The was a choked sob, all too familiar. Yuma let out a breath of relief she didn’t know that she was holding. Eijiro looked up at her. “Let them be,” she whispered. She picked up Ei and carried him to his bed where she sat down, still not letting go of him.
_______________________________
The door opened slowly. Izuku stood there with tear tracks down his cheeks. “Izuku…” The boy slowly lifted his head to look up at him. Asa knelt down and held out his arms. Izuku choked on a sob. He took a step forward before collapsing into Asa’s arms.
Asa leaned against the wall of the hallway with Izuku in his arms. He ran his fingers through his son’s hair as the boy shook violently in his arms. His heart broke with every pained cry that escaped the boy’s chest.
“I- I- I- I can’ d- do- can’ d- do it!” Izuku screamed as he gripped Asa’s shirt. “T- t- too m- many thin’s!” Asa swallowed. “What can’t you do Izuku?” The boy shook his head, chest heaving. “I- I’m t- tryin’ b- b- but I can’t!” Asa held him tighter. “Trying to do what?”
Izuku was hyperventilating but he didn’t let go. He held to Asa as a lifeline. Asa didn’t know how true that was until:
“T- trying t- to e- e- end!”
His heart dropped. “B- b- but I c- can’t! I- I don’t w- w- want t- to end!” Asa felt tears swell in his own eyes. “Izu-”
“Y- you all a- a- are so- I L-LOVE Y- YA B- BUT I AM H- HURTIN’ YA F- FAMILAE!!!”
Asa’s eyes widened.
He heard footsteps down the hallway and Eijiro came crashing in, falling to the floor and almost tackling Izuku in a hug. “IDIOT!” he screamed. “You aren’t hurting us!” Yuma came a bit behind but knelt down all the same and joined the group hug as Eijiro continued. “W- we love you too, Izuku!
_______________________________
“D- don’t just assume things!” Izuku choked on another sob as his brother screamed at him. “You don’t want to hurt us?” Kiri took a deep breath.
“THEN DON’T DIE!!!”
Izuku cried harder. He couldn’t feel his fingers by how hard he was gripping Dad’s shirt.
“Y- you are our family, man! We are doing these things cause we love you! Not because we have to!” Izuku felt his vision blurring. His lungs screamed for air.
“I don’- I- I don’t-” his heart burned from how fast it was beating.
“You don’t what?!” Izuku closed his eyes tightly.
“I DON’ KNOW HOW TA BELIEVE YOU!!!”
Aside from Izuku’s panting and broken sobs, the hallway went silent. Izuku felt so tired. So worn out. He was so done. The sobs dwindled to ragged breathing.
“Izuku, dear?” He peeled open his glassy eyes at Mom’s voice. “That was the first time you said that you loved us.” Izuku swallowed. His throat hurt. He trained his eyes on the button of Dad’s shirt.
“We love you too, Izuku.”
He smiled. Just a bit.
“B- but I- I’m s- so-”
“So what? Broken?” Izuku bit his lip. “That’s okay.” His breath hitched.
“We will find the pieces,” he could hear the honesty in her voice, “and put you back together.” He chuckled dryly. I- I don’ t- think I c- can b- be p- put back to- together.” Dad shook his head. “Not if you try it alone.”
“You aren’t alone,” Eijiro agreed. “We will help you, man.”
“H- how?”
“Well,” Dad spoke up, “we will just have to see. I think this is a bit of uncharted territory for all of us so let’s find a way together, okay? We will make a happy place for Izuku Kirishima in this world. I promise.”
Izuku finally sat up and met his father’s eyes.
“A… ‘appy p- place?”
The raven-haired man nodded. “What do you say? Will you let us help you make your happy place?” Izuku looked around at Kiri and Mom. They both smiled at him. Izuku smiled softly and lowered his head. “Okay…” he whispered.
_______________________________
Asa picked up Izuku who was not yet asleep but still looking pretty exhausted. He didn’t struggle or ask to be put down so he would count that as a win. Yuma and Eijiro stood up beside him. Asa glanced into the bathroom and narrowed his eyes.
On the sink was one of their razors but the plastic was snapped and he could just make out from the distance where it looked like Izuku had tried to take out the razor but it got lodged. He realized that is probably the moment when Izuku gave up and decided to open the door. Asa looked down at Izuku’s hands. He could see tiny cut marks, none deep enough to bleed but he also saw the large scar on Izuku’s right hand from Izuku’s first attempt. Asa swallowed a sigh. He did not feel comfortable with leaving the boy alone tonight nor with just leaving Eijiro with him.
“Izuku?”
“Hmm…?” the boy in question hummed, maxing out his talking quota.
“Do you want to sleep in our room tonight?”
The boy looked up at him and blinked slowly. Even in Izuku’s tired state, Asa knew that Izuku was habitually analyzing him and what he had said.
-----
‘I’ve noticed that you always look for the worst in things. You pick things apart in your mind to find out what can be used against you for the worst. Right?’
-----
He would let him. He knew that the boy would find nothing but honest care and love for him in his eyes. Izuku nodded slowly. Asa looked down at Eijiro. “You too?” Eijiro nodded. No one was really in a talking mood which was fine. “Okay.” He made sure that everyone got a drink of water before heading back to their room. Asa set Izuku down in the middle of the bed. Eijiro climbed in next to him. Yuma got in next to Eijiro and Asa next to Izuku.
He was surprised that the boy hadn’t fallen asleep yet and still not surprised at all.
Asa leaned over and turned off the lamp.
“Goodnight Yuma, Ei, Izuku.”
“Goodnight Mom, Dad, Izuku.”
“Goodnight Asa, Izuku, Ei.”
…
“Goodnight... M- Mom, Dad… E- Eijiro.”
Asa smiled.
“T- thank you…”
He wrapped his arms around Izuku. “Thank you, Izuku, for staying.” He felt the boy lean his head against his chest and soon the dark room was filled with quiet, and loud, snores.
The Kirishima household was at peace.
Chapter 43: Jealousy
Summary:
They get pets!
Notes:
How is everyone?
OH! More fanart by LyricsofVixra! Check her out here: https://archiveofourown.to/users/LyricsofVixra/pseuds/LyricsofVixra
Fanart here: https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/613603638962798592/show-chapter-archive
Chapter Text
“We are here!”
…
…
…
“He’s asleep, dad,” Eijiro commented. Toshi, who joined the family on their excursion to find service animals, turned to the sleeping, green-haired boy and shook his shoulder.
He jumped back, almost smashing against Eijiro as Izuku woke with a start, swinging his right fist at whoever was closest. Toshi, bless his heart, didn’t so much as flinch, used to the action by now. “Calm down, ‘Zuku.” Izuku looked around the car rapidly. Dad and Mom were getting out of the car. Eijiro was pressed up against the left-back door with Toshi against him. He closed his eyes and took a deep breath before opening them again.
“S- sorrae…” Toshi shook his head and sat normally. “Don’t worry about it.” Izuku looked up when his door opened, courtesy of his father. “Are you ready?” Izuku looked past the man at the white building. “Yer.”
The family, with Toshi, entered the building. Dad went up to the front counter.
“Hello, we have an appointment for Izuku Kirishima and Eijiro Kirishima,” he stated. The woman at the front desk. She nodded. “A service cat and a service dog, right?” He nodded. “Yes, ma’am.” She nodded again. “Alrighty, I have informed our assistant. He will be out in a moment for one of you.”
Izuku sat down with Eijiro and Toshi.
“I wonder what breeds they will have,” Toshi commented. “I- I dunno.” “Maybe I should get Marshmallow certified.”
“Pffft…!” Izuku slapped him gently. “H- he wouldn’ get o- outta yer h- house.” The purple-haired boy shrugged. “Probably.” Eijiro rolled his eyes. “Someday I want to meet Marshmallow in person.” Izuku turned to him. “‘e’s big.” Izuku gestured a large circle. “I c- could ‘ardly p- pick ‘im up.” Eijiro gawked. “No way! I can’t even beat you in arm wrestling!” Izuku nodded. “Big.” Eijiro frowned. “Nu-uh! Let me see the picture again.” Izuku smirked when Toshi leaned across him with his phone to show Eijiro and Eijiro gasped like it was the first time he had seen it. “He needs a diet, man.” Toshi shrugged and took his phone back. “We’ve tried. Trust me.”
“Did it work?”
…
“N- no.”
“Wow.”
“Kirishima?” a woman in a black apron exited a grey door.
The three boys looked up. “Which one?” The pink-haired woman blushed. “My bad. Eijiro Kirishima?” Eijiro stood up with Mom. “Alright! I’ll see you guys soon!” Izuku waved to his brother as the boy left.
Izuku leaned his head against the wall behind the chair. Toshi gently bumped his shoulder. “You okay?” Izuku nodded slowly.
After his suicide attempt last week, which Toshi had heard about from Sho, he could tell the others were trying to be more… protective of him? Making sure he wouldn’t try it again which is fine. He promised he wouldn’t and let his family help him. Izuku really doesn’t know if he can be helped but he would trust them. It was the least he could do.
He feels that Mina and the others heard about it because they were being more friendly or bouncy than usual but he didn’t mind. Izuku felt normal around them. Like he is just a normal thirteen-year-old boy without all of the overwhelming fear that seems to be constantly pressing at the back of his head.
“Kirishima?”
It was a different person this time. Same black apron but male. He looked suspiciously like the other woman though. Pink hair and the same face almost. Twins maybe?
Toshi stood up with him and Dad. “That would be him,” Dad pats him on the back. The man nodded. “Come with me.” They follow him to the back where there are spacious glass boxes with cat towers in them and bowls of food and toys and then each box has a cat in it.
The cat’s looked happy with their little areas. Izuku felt bad for taking one but he would be lying if he said he wasn’t at least somewhat happy at all of the cats in the room. Toshi sure was if the way he smiled and his eyes lit up was anything to say.
He had a smile like Sho. Some said it was creepy but Izuku thought it was fine.
“I am Tarouto,” the man introduced himself. “I have read the forms so I will be taking you to the cats in the back. The one’s upfront are for blind help so the person does not have to walk too far.” That’s pretty considerate. “I will be taking you to the ones that are trained in handling trauma victims, panic attacks, PTSD and the like.” Izuku didn’t particularly care for being called a ‘trauma victim’ but he supposes that it was only true so he nodded and followed the man.
He checked over his shoulder to make sure Dad and Toshi were still there and following, which they were. They would smile and wave every time he looked back.
Izuku tried to smile back once or twice but failed to remember how.
Tarouto stopped and turned to them. “Here we are! Take a look down these cages,” he pointed to a few. “We don’t have many cats as service animals so the selection isn’t the largest but if you see any you would like to know more about or hold then I am here!” Izuku nodded and stepped forward. He looked into one of the glass boxes. A gray, short-haired cat was climbing down the cat tree. It came over to the edge and sat, staring up at him. Toshi came and crouched by the glass box. “You can name it yourself, the paper says.” Izuku almost replied but stopped upon remembering the attendant behind them. Izuku tapped lightly on the glass. The cat meowed almost like it was smiling at him. Izuku didn’t mean to smile but he did. He went to the next cage. And the next.
“Izuku,” he turned to Dad. “What do you think of this one?” He pointed at a cage. Izuku came over and looked in. “Oh,” Tarouto came over, “that is a Himalayan. She’s about two and a half years old.” Izuku tilted his head. The cat in question was about normal size with long tan fur and a patch of brown on its face spreading from the nose. She had deep blue eyes.
She looks so majestic!
Izuku tapped on the glass. The cat came over and rubbed her head against it where his hand was. His heart twisted. She is so cute! “Do you want to hold her?” Tartouro asked. Izuku flinched, having forgotten the man’s presence. Dad turned to the man. “I think he would.” Izuku swallowed and nodded.
Tarouto took her out and handed her to Izuku. Izuku bit his lip. “Here.” Dad took the cat from the man and gave it to Izuku. He felt sort of bad for not taking it directly from the man but he couldn’t bring himself to. He held her gently, right arm under her bottom feet and left around her chest. She looked up at him with her big blue eyes and Izuku’s heart melted.
“She is trained to handle PTSD and panic attacks,” Tarouto explained. “Now, she is a very quiet cat so if you are easily startled it might be hard to get used to her.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. He could not deny that he was a jumpy person. “Would you like to spend a bit more time with her?” Izuku nodded. “Follow me, we have a small room outside of the Hall,” as they called this, “for that.” Izuku followed the man with the cat still in his arms. The room was light blue with a few chairs and pillows on the ground for sitting. There were cat toys around the room as well. “You have about half an hour left in your appointment.”
They had timed appointments so that those with specific triggers around others would not bump into each other in the Hall.
_______________________________
Asa watched Izuku and Shinsou. They sat on pillows on the ground with the cat. She swirled around Izuku, rubbing against his knee and back. Izuku doesn’t speak or smile around people he isn’t comfortable around but the way his eyes lit up when he saw the cat… Asa knew they had made the right decision.
-----
‘I got the job,’ Yuma smiled.
‘When do you start?’
‘Tomorrow.’
-----
They simply could not just afford two animals and the service animal certifications so Yuma said that she would get a job during the school day. The boys didn’t know and the budget would be a bit tight but that was fine. Why? Because Asa opened the picture Yuma had sent him of Eijiro and his new dog and that smile could light up a room and that was enough for a parent.
Ei had chosen a brown Shikoku with patches of white on its chest, neck, and tail. It almost looked like a tame wolf or fox mix. It was what Ei would call ‘manly’ and a contrast to the regal-looking cat that Izuku was watching as Shinsou dangled a feather toy over it and was trained to deal with depression, panic attacks, and was a loyal companion who Asa knew would help Eijiro and his extroverted tendencies and need to be around something. The service animal shelter said that their animals were trained to not attack or fight with other animals so he hoped that whatever cat Izuku picked and Ei’s dog would be able to get along.
“Your appointment is up in ten minutes,” informed Tarouto, who was standing beside him. Asa nodded. “Thank you.” Asa walked over to the two boys.
“Hey,” he greeted, crouching beside Izuku. The greenette looked up at him. Shinsou looked up at him. The cat looked up at him. She was currently sitting in Izuku’s lap with his hand frozen mid-air as Asa had walked up while he was mid-pet. “We have to go soon. Do you want to look at any of the other cats?” Izuku looked down at the tan cat in his lap. She looked up at him as if she knew what Asa had asked. Izuku smoothed her fur. He opened his mouth but Asa saw his emerald eyes flicker over to the attendant before he closed it and shook his head. “So is she the one?” Izuku nodded. Asa stood up and turned to the pink-haired man. “We will be taking her home, it would seem.”
_______________________________
Eijiro exited the Dog Hall with Akio, his new dog. Izuku and the others were gone.
“Let’s get him certified to you and officially named,” Yotoura, the attendant lady with them, said. She led them to an office where they proceeded to get the certificate stating that this service animal was Eijiro’s and officially naming him. Eijiro held the laminated certificate. He couldn’t help but turn and show it to Akio. “See! You can come home with us now!” “BARK!” He grinned. “Now, we need to get him his vest,” Yotoura stated. “Do you have a specific color?” Eijiro turned to her. “Red! The manliest color!” “Bark! Bark!” He looked down at Akio. “You think so too?”
They got Akio fitted into a red vest with a sort of handle attached to the top and a black patch with white words that said: “SERVICE DOG” and underneath it read in smaller letters “Working Dog Do Not Touch.”
“There you go, Kirishima,” Yotoura chirped. “Akio is officially yours!” Eijiro bowed deeply. “Thank you, ma’am!”
They went out to the front lobby where. “How about you pick Akio out a couple of toys and a bed and a collar and leash, hmm?” Eijiro nodded up at Mom before going over to the shelves of dog items. He picked out Akio a black collar and leash and a fluffy brown dog bed. “How’s this, boy?” Eijiro held a blue, hand-sized plastic ball above Akio. “BARK!”
“Great!”
The door opposite of the Dog Hall door opened. A pink-haired man looking oddly like Yotoura walked out with Dad, Shinsou, and Izuku. Izuku glanced over at him. Eijiro waved. Izuku nodded, his hands full with a… cat.
Now, Eijiro was very much not a cat person. Dogs were just so much manlier! He also wasn’t a fan of Izuku getting a service animal when Eijiro was supposed to be the one to watch over him. But Izuku looked down at the fluffy tan and brown cat in his arms and a slight blush dusted his cheeks, eyes crinkling at the edges as if he were smiling when he wasn’t. Eijiro subconsciously curled his fists.
He doesn’t need a cat. I’ll protect him.
Eijiro blinked and looked down when Akio nudged his hand and tilted his head. Eijiro smiled softly and rubbed the dog's head. “It’s fine, boy.”
_______________________________
“Hime,” Tarouto said, “is officially yours.” Toshi leaned over. “‘Princess’, ey?” Izuku nodded. “A very befitting name,” Dad hummed. “I heard Ei named his dog Akio.” Izuku deadpanned. Toshi choked. “No way did he actually name it ‘Manly!’” Dad nodded. “Very much an Eijiro thing to do.” Izuku couldn’t agree more.
He looked back at the door. He remembered seeing the brown and white dog as he passed. He liked the way its tail curled the way it did.
Izuku has nothing against dogs, he just so happens to prefer cats more. Eijiro looked good with a dog beside him the same way Toshi looked good with a cat beside him. Or, in Marshmallow’s case, on top of him. He hoped that Akio would be a good companion for Eijiro.
“Here we are,” Tarouto came back with a couple of pink vests. “Let’s test out these sizes and I will show you how to put them on.” They ended up with the bigger of the two sizes to fit Hime’s fur in.
“Let’s go get her a collar, bed, and leash,” Dad said. She had to have a leash officially as she would be coming out with him in public.
Izuku left with her in his arms. He looked down the small row of cat collars. “Hey, man!” Izuku turned to face Eijiro. He nodded. “Is that your cat?” the boy asked. Izuku nodded again. “Cool,” it felt off but Izuku didn’t comment. He looked down at Akio. “Y- yer d- dog?” Eijiro nodded. “Yup! His name is Akio!” IZuku smirked. “T- this is ‘ime.” Eijiro blinked. “‘Hime,’” Toshi said from beside Izuku. Eijiro chuckled. “Ah! That makes more sense.” Izuku blushed slightly. He didn’t think his accent would affect it that much.
His speech therapist said that he had a way of ‘dropping letters’ or sounds which Izuku didn’t get but okay.
“Oh!” Eijiro reached over and pulled off a collar. It was pink, sparkly, and had a pink bell on it. “It matches the vest and has a bell,” he stated. “That way you will know where she is.” Izuku took it. “I- I ‘adn’t thou- ght of that.” Eijiro grinned. Izuku held it in front of Hime. She batted at it. Izuku nodded. He ended up getting her a pink leash to go with it.
Izuku crouched on the floor while he watched Hime sniff at the beds he had pulled. “Are you three ready to go?” He looked up at his parents who individually held bags of either cat or dog food respectively. Izuku glanced back down where Hime had settled in a soft grey cat bed. He looked up and nodded.
“Are you not getting her a toy?” Dad asked. Izuku blinked. “Oh.” Mom snickered. “Go get her a toy or two, Izuku.” He nodded and stood up, picking up Hime on the way. He got her a blue plastic stick with a purple feather on the end that he could use to play with her and then a fake mouse for her to bat around.
They dropped off Toshi and headed home.
Izuku sat on his bead. *Jingle Jingle* He held the bell-collar up to Hime who sat in front of him. There was a heart-shaped tag on it with Dad’s number and Hime’s name. “BARK!” Izuku jumped. Eijiro laughed as he rolled on the floor, Akio licking his face. Izuku went back to Hime who seemed perfectly fine with the dog in the room. Guess the training paid off. He put the collar on her.
“Boys! Dinner is ready!”
Izuku and Eijiro each fed their respective pets. Akio had metal bowls while Hime had pink plastic bowls. Akio’s collar tapped against the bowl loudly as he ate. Izuku ate at the table with the family.
“Do we have them certified by the school?” Eijiro asked. “Yup!” Mom piped. “S- so we c- can bring th-” Izuku felt something against his leg. He jumped so badly he fell from the seat and landed on his rear, the chair falling with a *CRASH*.
“Izuku?!”
The boy’s heart drummed against his ribcage. He looked down. Under the table was Akio who had settled down by Eijiro’s feet. How did I not hear him coming!? Eijiro turned to him worriedly and extended a hand. He looked guilty. Why? He didn’t do anything wrong. Izuku flinched when something rubbed against his arm. He looked to his right to see Hime rubbing against him, purring loudly. She climbed onto his lap and rubbed against his chest. She didn’t have her vest on at home. Izuku took a couple of deep breaths, feeling the vibrations of her purrs against him. He looked back up at his family who was looking at him worriedly.
“S- sorrae…” Dad shook his head. “Don’t worry about it. This is something we will all get used to.” Izuku nodded and picked up Hime, setting her on the floor. He pets her head a couple of times before sitting down.
“H- hey, man,” Eijiro hesitated. “Sorry about-” “It’s f- fine,” Izuku cut in. “I sh- should ‘ave been m- more a- aware.”
_______________________________
Yuma froze, fork halfway to her mouth. She glanced over and met eyes with Asa.
Another incident like that didn’t happen during dinner. She peaked into the boys' room. Izuku was writing at his desk with Hime sitting on the corner of it. Ei was playing on his gaming system, Akio on the floor by his bed chewing on a toy ball.
“Night, boys,” she called. They both looked up at her.
“Night, Mom.”
“G- goodn- night.”
She smiled. “Lights off by ten.”
“Yes, ma’am!”
Yuma closed the door and made her way back to her and Asa’s room.
She sat on their bed and waited. Asa came out of the bathroom drying his hair. “Hey,” he greeted. “Hey…” Asa sat by her.
“Dang it,” he more or less stated. Yuma sighed, staring down at the floor.
-----
‘I sh- should ‘ave been m- more a- aware.’
-----
“We were supposed to make this place a safer place.” Yuma hummed in agreeance. “I didn’t think that it would make him more cautious.” Yuma swallowed.
“At least we know that Hime knows what she is doing,” she commented. Asa nodded.
“Still, I can’t help but think this is going to be a rough night.”
Yuma’s eyes widened. “You don’t think-”
“We will have to wait and see.”
“I’ll stay up tonight just in case.”
Asa nodded. “Me too.”
_______________________________
Eijiro put down his game and looked over at Izuku who was laying on his bed, petting Hime who had curled up beside him.
Akio scared Izuku today… Eijiro looked over the bed. Akio looked up at him. “BARK!” Eijiro smiled. He looked up and his smile fell. Izuku’s hand was frozen in the air for a split second before going back to petting Hime. He was noticeably tenser.
Eijiro bit his lip. The cat was helping him deal with Akio. I should be protecting him!
Akio whined, pawing at the bed gently. Eijiro chuckled. “I am going to take Akio out to use the bathroom.” He led Akio out to the backyard and waited for him to do his business. Eijiro sat on the cement patio.
It’ll be fine. I’m sure it will.
“Are you ready, boy?” “BARK!” Eijiro smiled and pet his dog. “Good boy.” He led Akio back inside and locked the door. Eijiro sighed as he entered the room and Izuku left to relock the back door.
“Izuku?” He peeked around the hallway entree way. Mom was on the couch. “Are you going to be okay sleeping tonight?” Eijiro couldn’t see his brother’s face but Izuku hesitated a moment before nodding. “Alright, dear. I will be here if you need me.”
“T- thank ya.”
Eijiro quickly left before Izuku noticed him spying. Izuku came back into the room and got back on his bed and under the covers.
“N- night, Eijiro.”
Eijiro smiled the best he could. “Good night, Izuku.” He turned off the lamp but did not go to sleep. He looked up at the ceiling.
He calls me Eijiro now. Eijiro curled his fist around his blanket. I will make good on my promise. I will prove that I have gained that trust!
…
…
…
*-eep beep beep beep beep*
Eijiro sat up and hit his alarm clock. “Morninnnn…”
“BARK!” Eijiro jumped slightly, having forgotten that he had gotten a dog. He yawned again and swung his legs off of the bed. Eijiro squinted slightly before his eyes widened.
Izuku was always the jumpiest in the morning, courtesy of street-life.
He swallowed because Izuku was on his bed, plastered against the wall, eyes blown wide looking down at Akio, and hands gripping the bedsheets.
“BARK!” Izuku’s eye twitched. Eijiro lowered himself off of the bed and gently pet Akio’s head. “Shhh…” The dog seemed to understand.
“Don’t worry, man. It’s only Akio.” Izuku swallowed thickly, not moving from his position on the wall. Eijiro was about to go comfort him when Hime came and sat in Izuku’s lap.
“Me-ow!”
Izuku blinked and looked down. She pawed at his chest. Izuku… lost tenseness in his form and pets her. Eijiro bit his tongue. She’s calming him down. I didn’t even get the chance. Eijiro stood up and opened his dresser. As Izuku left the room to get dressed in the bathroom, Eijiro watched as Hime followed him out. He narrowed his eyes at her tail that disappeared.
That cat… will not take my place.
Chapter 44: The Tournament
Summary:
Izuku has his fighting tournament and meets a new... friend?
Notes:
How is everyone doing?
Totally did not post this at 4:30 in the morning. Nah...
Chapter Text
“Good luck, Izuku!”
“You are going to do great!”
“Beat them down!”
Izuku blushed as he turned around while he was boarding the bus to the tournament and saw all of his friends waving to him from the school gate. He waved at them. “T- thank ya.”
“Kirishima!” Izuku jumped and turned to Bando-sensei. “You’re holding up the line. Get you and your cat on the bus!” Izuku bowed slightly. “Yes, B- Bando-sen- sei.” Hime had wrapped herself around the back of his neck and on his shoulders. Izuku waved once more at everyone before boarding the bus and finding a seat. The classes mixed together and Izuku, regretfully, took the seat next to Yamamoto. The snowy-haired boy glanced over at him but did not comment. Hime jumped onto his lap and settled down.
_______________________________
Why the hell is he sitting next to me?! Shiro avoided eye contact at all costs but he did take notice of the cat in freaks lap.
Shiro met eyes with it. He averted his eyes.
Even his freaking cat creeps the heck out of me! Sit somewhere else. Is this a threat or something?
A few people commented on the cat as they filed on. Izuku didn’t say much but he did spare a few words to a specific few. Shiro leaned his head against the window and pretended to be asleep for part of the two-hour drive to Saint Heads Middle School. When he felt his neck cramping, Shiro ‘woke up.’ He sighed. He couldn’t keep this up. He glanced over at the greenette to his left. His eyes were closed but Shiro doubted that he was actually asleep.
“So?” he started. Emerald eyes opened to half-lidded slits. “What’s with the cat?” Shiro swallowed thickly as the freak moved his eyes to land on him out of the corner of his own eyes. Shiro did not expect him to reply.
“What do ya think?”
Shiro bit his tongue. Scary… He couldn’t help but take in the visible scars on the boy’s body. The three on his face, the one on his neck, the ones below the elbow on his left arm, and the one that looked like someone had cut a small piece out of his ear. He looked at the cat’s pink vest that read “SERVICE CAT” on it. Shiro met eye back with the green-haired boy and was leveled with a cold gaze. Shiro turned his head back to the window. “Tsk. Nevermind. I don’t really care.”
On second thought, I don’t want to know.
He didn’t talk the rest of the trip.
_______________________________
Izuku pat his shoulder. “‘Ime.” Hime jumped up onto his shoulder.
“Ime?” He looked up at the student passing while they got off. “That’s a strange name.” Izuku shook his head. “‘Ime. N- not I- Ime.” The girl giggled. “Alright!” She walked by. Izuku stood to exit his row but caught her whispering to the girl ahead of her: “He’s so cute with that accent!” Izuku raised an eyebrow. Cute? He glanced over at Hime. Hime’s cute. He nodded, thinking he understood perfectly.
He did not.
Saint Heads Middle School, a large private school where most of the students are the children of richer families, businessmen, and heroes.
Izuku followed his school’s group down the hallways. Despite class being in session, all of the floors looked polished and the whole school had the “fancy” vibe to it.
“Tsk,” he glanced over at Yamamoto. “Rich kid school.” Izuku lifted an eyebrow at the boy. Grey eyes flitted to him. Yamamoto rolled his eyes and looked away. They kept walking. The gym, where the District Martial Arts Tournament was being held, was massive! There were other schools already there and warming up while others were in another large side room where teams would set down their luggage and meet up. Bando-sensei checked them in and they went to their area in the other room, setting down their belongings.
*CLAP CLAP*
The group turned to Bando-sensei. “Alright! Hills Alliance Middle School, go get in your karategi and meet back here!” “Yes, sensei!” Bando-sensei stopped him on the way to the locker rooms. “Kirishima, I am going to have to take care of your cat while you are in the gym or locker rooms.” Izuku glanced up at Hime who was on his shoulder. “You can have her back when you are in this area.” Izuku nodded. “‘Ime,” he called, gently lifting her off of his shoulder and handing her to Bando-sensei. “Hime?” the man asked. Izuku nodded. He understood! Bando-sensei nodded. “Alright. I will take good care of her. Now go get dressed.” The greenette bowed.
“T- thank you, s- sensei.”
All of the schools in their respective karategi met in the gym lined up. It was crowded. Izuku didn’t like it. He had gotten used to crowded areas, sure, but not so pressed together like this. Izuku spent most of the opening ceremony concentrating on not having a panic attack.
“Welcome,” the head of the committee greeted the crowd, “to the District Martial Arts Tournament. We are so pleased to have all of you here today. We have 23 schools here today. The tournament shall run as such with two brackets per category.” Izuku was in the mixed martial arts category. There were others as well. “We will have up to eight fights happening at a time, two for each category for max efficiency. For each category, the two finalists will meet to fight for their specific titles. The second and third places will be chosen in a similar fashion, a duel between those who lost against the finalists. Please, show respect to fellow schools and all of you have fun while you are here! We have concessions near the right lobby. Thank you. Let us all have a good fight and may the best school win!”
The entire student body gathered bowed. “LET US HAVE A GOOD FIGHT!”
Izuku was back in their group’s waiting area. They had two other schools directly surrounding them and it was a bit cramped. He checked the brackets. He was up in three fights for his side of the Mixed Martial Arts bracket. He minus well go warm up and study his future opponents.
Izuku was soon found in the stands on the second level overlooking the fights going on. Currently, the first two from his bracket were fighting and the first from the other bracket were as well. He looked over as another kid came to stand by him.
Yamamoto.
Izuku does not know where he stands with the boy. He was obviously not on good terms with him but they had a sort of different connection as the top two in the class. Yamamoto could hold somewhat of a fight with him and his standoffish attitude paired with Izuku apparently being too intimidating for others had the two drifting towards each other as the lone wolves of their class. Yamamoto leaned on the railing with folded arms. He pointed to the other brackets fight. “See him?” Izuku followed his finger to the bottom where a boy was fighting with another. He had half white and half red hair. Izuku nodded. “That’s supposedly Endeavors child.” Izuku hummed. “The number two hero’s?”
Izuku never found himself stuttering around Yamamoto. He felt more confident or something around him, he guessed. He always found him slipping into Golden Whip just a bit around the other boy. Yamamoto nodded. “Yeah. Look.” Izuku followed his gaze to the other side of the second story where the obvious form of Endeavor could be seen in a suit, watching his son. He looked angry. Izuku got a bad vibe from him. “Figures his kid would attend a fancy school like this.” Izuku hummed.
“I wonder whose kid is Present Mic’s.” Izuku blinked and turned to Yamamoto. He nodded to the right of them where Izuku could see Yami and Nemuri could be seen on their same level in their civilian garb, obviously not having seen them. Izuku quickly looked back down at the fight. “Dunno,” he shrugged.
Endeavor’s kid won. If they both made it to the finals Izuku would fight him. “I am going to warm up.” He pushed off the rail. Yamamoto hummed. “You better not lose before I can fight you.” Izuku paused and looked over his shoulder.
“I won’t.”
_______________________________
“Pssst! Hizashi!” Hizashi looked over to his left where Nemuri stood next to him. She slightly tilted her head. Hizashi leaned over a bit to look at what she was directing him to. He saw a white-haired boy with grey eyes leaning on the railing in a white karategi and Hizashi could just make out the shorter form of Izuku next to him.
Hizashi almost, ALMOST, called out to him. But then Izuku opened his mouth. The yellow-haired man couldn’t hear what he was saying but that didn’t matter. Izuku was speaking. Having a conversation. And the boy was replying. They had the same apathetic demeanors. He wondered if Izuku felt more comfortable with the mystery boy because they were on similar wavelengths. He had requested to take today off so that he could see Izuku here today and surprise him. He would make himself known at the end. Hizashi turned his attention back to the fights, watching the Judo category.
No need to disturb the boy’s peace.
_______________________________
Izuku stretched in the corner of his group’s area. His opponent was from another school. He glanced over to where Hime was sitting beside their team’s assistant as Bando-sensei was watching the fights.
He looked at his light reflection in the window. He took a deep breath and swiftly turned on his heel, entering the gymnasium. He rounded the edges and made his way over to the Mixed Martial Arts category and to the waiting area where his bracket opponent was already waiting, watching the on-going fight. The kid in question was bald and wore a purple sash on his karategi to represent his school. Izuku’s karategi had a black one for Hills Alliance Middle School. He was taller than Izuku but so was most everybody, aside from a few first or second years, due to his apparent ‘stunted growth’ from lack of food throughout his previous years of life. Recovery Girl said that he would start reaching normal height for his age as he ate more.
Izuku stood off a few feet from his opponent and watched. Whoever won this one would be his next opponent if he won the next two rounds.
“It’s a shame,” he heard his opponent comment. Izuku glanced over at him. The boy smirked. “Sorry,” he said. “I guess I just feel bad because they put a first-year against me.” Izuku narrowed his eyes. “They really should put us by age groups.” Is he… underestimating me?
-----
‘Don’t…
He raised his whip.
‘-UNDERESTIMATE ME!!!’
-----
“Oh well. Easy win for me then.” The boy smirked and glanced over at Izuku. His face froze when they met eyes. Izuku very well knew what type of look was on his own face and took pride at the way the other boy paled.
“That's a match!” the proctor called. Izuku stepped forward to replace the fighters on the mat. He passed his opponent.
“Some confidence ya got in ya, ey?”
He grinned maniacally when the boy took a step back. Izuku crossed over to his side of the mat and stood. The bald kid had to be reminded to get on the mat having been shocked into a frozen position where Izuku had left him.
Izuku could feel Golden Whip burning inside of him. His tattoo pulsed with the phantom pain of getting it.
-----
He slid the mask over his eyes and tightened his shoelaces, looking down at his reflection in the puddle in his alley. He grinned.
-----
“Greet your opponents!”
Izuku and the boy bowed. “~Let us have a good fight~,” he cooed in a sing-song voice, slipping into the persona.
-----
Golden Whip jumped down between a band of thugs. He raised his whip.
-----
“Ready…” Izuku drew his foot back. “FIGHT!”
The fight was over in a second. Almost as fast as Endeavor’s kid took care of his opponents but Izuku was more ruthless. This boy had underestimated him and whether he knew it or not he had underestimated Golden Whip, the red lights vigilante who had evaded hero capture for years and taken down more thugs and criminals than this kid had seen in his life. A battle-hardened warrior. All it took was a few last-second dodges to offset the boy before Izuku planted his foot into the boy’s back and pushed down with enough force that the kid audibly and forcibly released the air from his body. This was still a school tournament though, and Izuku had gotten used to not completely immobilizing his opponents and knocking them unconscious so he took the boy’s arms and held them behind his neck, using them to force his opponents head down without breaking it until the time was called.
“That’s a match! Kirishima wins!”
-----
Golden Whip stared down at the frightened man cowering on the ground, raising his whip for the final blow.
-----
Izuku stood up and let the kid get up. He climbed to his feet coughing and turned to the proctor. “He fights dirty! Is that allowed!?”
The black and white clad man nodded. “It’s mixed martial arts. If you are looking for a specific fighting style then go join karate or judo.” The boy glared at Izuku. Izuku shrugged and walked off. He passed the kid on the way, lightly placing his hand on the taller boys shoulder and whispering:
“By the way, I’m a third year.” The boy stiffened. “Too bad they pit ya agains’ me, ey?” He then said louder:
“Good fight, man!” mimicking Eijiro.
-----
*!CRACK!*
_______________________________
Enji Todoroki watched the green-haired boy leave the mat after taking down his opponent faster than his Shoto. He growled. “Who is that kid?” he asked his assistant who stood beside him recording Shoto’s fights so they could revise later. She hurriedly went through the bracket list.
“U- um, Izuku Kirishima, Endeavor, sir!”
He narrowed his eyes. I don’t recognize that name. Not a hero’s kid then. He folded his arms against his chest. My Shoto can defeat some no-name, snot-nosed brat.
_______________________________
“Kirishima,” Izuku swallowed his water and closed the cap on his bottle before looking up at his teacher. “Y- yes, B- Bando-sensei?” The man raised an eyebrow. “Did you provoke that boy purposefully?” Izuku picked up Hime who was with him while he was back in the group’s area. He pets her a few times. “N- not before ‘e d- did,” he decided on replying. Bando-sensei tilted his head. “What do you mean?” Izuku shrugged. “‘e under-est-mated m- me. I- I didn’ l- like that s- so I j- jus’, I dunno, t- told ‘im o- off, I guess.” Bando-sensei sighed. “I understand that you feel very… strongly… about fighting,” Well that’s one way to put that, Izuku thought dryly, “but let’s try not angering the other schools from here on out, alright?”
Izuku nodded. “Y- yes, sensei.”
Izuku fought a couple of more rounds, and won, before a break was called and all teams went to the lobby area where their groups met. Izuku leaned against the wall with Hime in his arms while Yamamoto sat on the sill of the window to his right.
“We are fighting next,” the boy commented. Izuku hummed. “I won’t lose.” Izuku looked at HIme. She looked up, her blue eyes like an ocean. “Meow!” He smiled softly before looking up determinedly. “Neither will I.”
_______________________________
Yuta Bando looked over at Kirishima and Yamamoto.
They had a strange relationship, he decided. Kirishima seemed more confident around Yamamoto. They were great rivals for each other, each pulling out the best in each other. Yamamoto seemed more eager to reclaim his strongest-in-class title and Izuku seemed perfectly content in keeping it from him. Despite their clash when Kirishima started in the last quarter of their second year, they got along surprisingly well. Yuta barely hears any waver in Kirishima’s voice when they talk and he was passing by. Most of it was them asserting their dominance over each other and thus Kirishima refused to show weakness.
Another thing he had noticed was that the more they ‘hung out’ the less cocky Yamamoto was towards the others in his class. He had found someone to match him in pride when it came to fighting and his personality had begun to round out the longer he and the greenette butted heads.
Both were good companions for each other whether they knew it or not.
Yuta checked the time. It’s about time. *CLAP CLAP* “Hills Alliance Middle School!” He called together his team. They all looked up at him. “We are entering the second half. It will go much faster now that there are fewer people in the competition. To those of you who lost and are out, you did great and I am proud of all of you. You can go home with your heads held high knowing you gave it your all!” He noticed the three slackers who had got out pitifully their first fight out of the corner of his eye not listening.
Not you. You all are failing my class. I hope you know that.
“Those in these last few rounds, great job so far. Keep going. Aside from Mr. Hidoes Judo class, our school has never made it to finals in this tournament, even then it was only once and their competitor did not go to Nationals. I’d like to see us up there so let’s give it our best shot, alright!”
“Yes, sensei!”
“Now get ready for the next matches and those who are no longer competing go up to the second story and cheer on your teammates from the stands!”
He looked over at Kirishima who was currently handing off Hime to the team’s assistant. Then he looked at Yamamoto. He had a feeling this year was going to be the year they would go to Nationals. If not… he looked over at the second year slackers. They probably wouldn’t get another chance to go to Nationals in a long time.
_______________________________
Shiro smirked at Izuku from across the mat as their match was about to start.
“Rematch. I don’t plan on losing.” Izuku rolled his shoulders back and cracked his neck. “Not like ya’ve won before.” Shiro’s eye twitched. “Yeah, well, that ends today.” Izuku met his eyes head-on. “We’ll see.”
The proctor stepped up. “Greet your opponent!”
“Let us have a good fight,” Shiro bowed.
“Let us have a good fight,” Izuku bowed.
They both stood up straight. Shiro shivered. Why? Every time Izuku leans back up from the bow, his eyes are significantly duller. It gave Shiro the creeps. Dang Freak.
“Ready…” I’m not backing down now. “FIGHT!”
Shiro ran forward, Izuku following suit. He aimed for the stomach but Izuku swirled out of the way. Shiro planted his foot and turned hard, barely moving his head out of the way of a punch to his face.
This is my third year!
He grabbed Izuku’s outstretched arm, planning to use the boy's famous judo flip but when he pivoted, Izuku jumped as he pulled him over his shoulder and completed a flip, landing on his feet and falling into a roll.
I need to make it to Nationals!
Izuku twisted and swung his foot around to latch under Shiro’s feet. Shiro jumped to dodge but did not expect Izuku to come up and smash his head under Shiro’s chin as the white-haired boy came back down. Shiro bit his tongue so hard it drew blood.
It’s my last chance!
He stumbled backward having lost his footing form coming down at an odd angle. Izuku took his shot, grabbing the edges of Shiro’s karategi and pulling him forward, kneeing him in the stomach. Shiro almost doubled over but planted his foot and used Izuku’s trick against him, banging his head against the smaller boy’s chin.
I am not going to lose this fight!
Izuku stumbled back. Shiro landed a blow to Izuku’s cheek. The boy took the momentum and spun with it, getting behind Shiro. By the time Shiro felt the hand on his neck, he knew it was too late.
-----
As soon as he stood, there was a small, scarred hand on his throat. Shiro’s eyes widened as his body fell and his back and head hit the mats.
‘STOP!’
-----
Shiro hit the mats face-first, arms soon pinned to his back by Izuku’s knee. The countdown went by, not without him struggling but it was to no avail.
It’s my...
“That’s a match! Kirishima wins!”
… last chance.
Shiro sighed when the weight was off of his back. He got into a crouch position when he saw the scarred hand of his opponent come into view. He looked up and saw Izuku holding out his arm. He smirked. How much did he train? What did he go through to get those scars? He lifted his hand. I had lost from the start…
Shiro’s eyes widened as a green, glowing string formed from the greenette’s wrist. “Wha-”
“Don’ worry ‘bout it.”
Shiro smirked. “Fine. Whatever.” He took the boy’s hand and allowed himself to get pulled up. “Good fight.”
Izuku nodded. “Good fight.” Shiro pressed his tight fist against the other boy’s chest. He lowered his head.
“You… you better win. You better go to nationals, Freak.”
His eyes widened when Izuku took his fist and backed up before pressing his own fist against it. “It’s called a fist bump,” the boy smirked. “An’ I don’ plan on losin’ any time soon.”
By no means did Shiro like Izuku Kirishima. He told them off in front of the entire school and took their doorstep of the original Kirishima and turned him into someone with a backbone. But he had to admit, he did not hate him. They traded blows more than words and Shiro will admit, he found a sense of camaraderie with the boy. He knew that Izuku would take them to Nationals.
That didn’t mean that it did not hurt. Shiro sat in the second story stands and pressed his hands against his wet eyes.
“Dang it…” he whispered.
Sorry, Mom. I never took us to Nationals.
_______________________________
Izuku rubbed his cheek. It was sore. Yamamoto had gotten a pretty nice shot there.
Izuku went on to win his next match and was now waiting for the final round to start. He was standing in the stands watching the fight between the semi-finalists in the other bracket. Endeavor’s kid was winning.
“Kirishima!” Izuku jumped and turned around. His eyes widened when he noticed that all of his class was behind him as well as Bando-sensei’s other class and the Judo and Karate team. A girl stepped forward. “It’s all on you, Kirishima,” she smiled. “We are counting on you to bring Hills Alliance Middle School to Nationals.” Izuku felt something inside of him swell. They are… They are counting on me! He looked around at all of the smiling faces.
“Go get them!”
“Show them what Hills Alliance is made of!”
“You’re gonna do great!”
Izuku blushed slightly and lowered his head. He swallowed. He has never spoken to this many people before and some of them he didn’t even know but… Izuku steeled himself and lifted his head high, a burning fire in his eyes.
“I- I’ll do my best!”
They all grinned wider. The group split for him to get to the stairs down. Izuku took a deep breath and walked through. He didn’t even flinch as they all pat him on the back as he walked through.
I am going to win this!
_______________________________
“I- I’ll do my best!”
Hizashi’s heart almost exploded as he watched the scene from a few seats down. Tears swelled in his eyes and he quickly put on his sunglasses despite being inside.
“He’s really grown, hasn’t he,” Nemuri commented. Hizashi, for once, could not speak. He didn’t trust his voice not to break.
I’m so proud of you. You are going to do great, Izuku!
_______________________________
The was a short, fifteen-minute break before finals. Even then, they would take finals one-by-one between categories. Judo finals first, then Karate, then Mixed Martial Arts last. Izuku took this time to use the bathroom, stretch, and calm himself by petting Hime. After the teams got together to inspire him, they left Izuku to his own devices to prepare for the match.
Izuku leaned his back and head against the wall as he, now, sat on the sill of the window. He closed his eyes, fixing his mind on the vibrations and soft purring from Hime on his lap.
He didn’t even realize that he had dozed off until he felt a light touch on his shoulder and shot up, bringing his right arm around swinging. It was caught by Bando-sensei. Izuku felt his heart beating rapidly.
“Calm down, Kirishima,” his teacher spoke in a soft but firm voice. Hime pressed her front paws against his chest and rubbed her head under Izuku’s chin which was still slightly sore from his fight with Yamamoto. Izuku closed his eyes and took a deep breath before opening them again. Bando-sensei let go of his fist. “Are you okay?” Izuku nodded. “S- sorrae.” The older man shook his head. “Don’t worry about it. Finals are starting.” Izuku nodded and got off of the window sill. He looked back at the window.
I dozed… He furrowed his eyebrows. It definitely was not the safest place to sleep. There were so many things that could have gone wrong. Was he really that tired? Comfortable?
“Are you coming, Kirishima?” Izuku snapped out of his musings and turned back to his teacher. “Yer.”
The finalists for each category lined up in the middle of the gym where a large purple mat, the color of the Saint Heads Middle School, had been set out for the finals. They were each introduced. Izuku felt his heart rate spike. All eyes were on the six of them and that left him very exposed. He trained his eyes on the ground.
Breathe, Izuku. Breathe.
-----
‘Izuku!’ He lifted his head to where Eijiro was waving from the school gate with his friends. His brother puffed out his chest, placed his hands on his hips, and held his head high. He POWER POSED.
-----
‘It’s all on you, Kirishima,’ she smiled. ‘We are counting on you to bring Hills Alliance Middle School to Nationals.’
-----
Izuku lifted his head. He trailed his eyes along the people on the second story stands. His eyes landed on Yami and Nemuri and they noticed. Yami gave a thumbs up. Nemuri winked.
Izuku gave a small nod.
The six kids, him included, bowed. “LET US HAVE A GOOD FIGHT!”
Izuku stood beside the Endeavor boy as the Judo match took place. He noticed the rather large scar around the boy’s left eye. He took in his blank expression but tense shoulders.
He reminded Izuku a lot of himself.
Heterochromatic eyes glanced at Izuku and met with green ones.
Izuku found himself subconsciously pulling down on his sleeve and averting his eyes.
“Are you,” Izuku jumped, “the same?” His voice was so monotone. Izuku trained his eyes on the floor and did not reply. He remembered the angry glare of Endeavor. Oh. That’s what he means. It was like a punch in the gut. Someone else had to deal with… that. No, they still are. “Never mind,” the boy said. “It does not change the outcome.” Izuku could not agree more.
The Judo match ended and the Karate match started. Izuku closed his eyes. Breathe… You are… He opened his eyes. There was a sharp inhale from the boy next to him who he was sure had been watching. You are Golden Whip.
“Yer,” he stated. “B- but I’m not lettin’ that ‘old me back.”
The Endeavor boy looked over at him. Izuku glanced over. Within those cold eyes, Izuku saw something akin to awe in them.
“That’s a match! Winner is…” Izuku turned his eyes back to the mats as the crowd roared for the winner and cheered on the one who had lost to lift their spirit. “Last but definitely not least, we have Izuku Kirishima from Mixed Martial Arts Bracket A and Shoto Todoroki from Mixed Martial Arts Bracket B! Would the finalists please take their places on the mat!”
Izuku and… Todoroki stepped forward at the same time, splitting ways to go to their respective sides. Izuku closed his eyes and took another deep breath.
"Greet your opponents!"
They both bowed. "Let us have a good fight."
I am…
“Ready…” he let it out. “FIGHT!”
… Golden Whip.
Izuku’s eyes shot open and he tilted his head out of the way of a punch. Izuku twisted and aimed a kick at the boy’s side. Todoroki ducked and swung his leg around to trip Izuku. Izuku bounced back, flipping. He planted his hands on the ground and swung his legs up, feeling them connect with the other boy’s chin before he completed the flip and landed on his feet. Todoroki did not hesitate. Izuku could feel the same energy radiating from the other boy as they met again in the middle, Izuku thrusting his fist forward and the boy dodging, landing a punch to Izuku’s gut.
They both had something to prove. Todoroki was proving to his father his strength. Izuku was proving to himself… his growth.
Izuku grabbed the arm before it could retract from his stomach, ignoring the pain in his gut and swinging Todoroki around. He let go with a hard pull, watching the boy sprawl forward as Izuku planted his foot in the boy’s back. Todoroki flipped on his back and jumped into a crouch.
Izuku, standing, stared at the bi-colored boy. Todoroki, crouching, stared back.
No signal, they just went for it. Izuku ran forward, Todoroki threw his fist up. Izuku barely tilted his head in time for the uppercut, feeling the fist just graze his face before he took the arm and pulled the boy up harshly, bringing his left fist around and nailing Todoroki in the jaw with a sickening *CRACK*. Todoroki did not stop though. Neither did Izuku. Too much was on the line. They both jumped back. Todoroki made the first move. Izuku dodged the fist but the boy got behind him, twisting and nailing Izuku in the side with a kick. Izuku grunted and fell into a roll. He went on the defensive, ducking and dodging each attack, landing a hit here or there, Todoroki landing one or two of his own.
They stood there panting, several feet apart.
Izuku felt adrenaline running through him. A fight. A real fight! He could almost taste the cigarette smoke and hear the police sirens.
A crazed feeling rushed through him. He could see Todoroki falter by the maniac look in his eyes but Izuku didn’t care. His mind’s eye flashed back to the back street alleys of the red lights. He dropped his body low, right leg sliding back, arms out.
Come at me…
Todoroki did just that. He ran forward. Izuku ducked under the boy’s arm, grabbing the back of his karategi and dragging him around backward, releasing him near the edge. Izuku let him joints loosen and nerves release tension as he swayed in an almost graceful manner. Todoroki caught himself and turned, running back. Izuku slid to the side and tripped the boy, spinning and grabbing his flailing arm, pulling the boy into another spin and release. If he couldn’t spin him with a whip then he would dizzy him himself! Todoroki looked to be a bit queasy. And angry. He ran forward, managing to get behind Izuku. Izuku duck under a punch and rolled forward to his feet, spinning to a stand just as Todoroki had planned to meet his own fist to Izuku’s face with a timed punch. Unfortunate decision.
Come at me…
He took Todoroki’s outstretched arm and pivoted.
For I am…
Izuku hauled the boy over his shoulder with the same force he did on the bag-thief many months ago. The boy hit the mat with a resounding *!BAM!*
… GOLDEN WHIP!!!
…
…
…
“T- Todoroki is unable to continue!” the proctor announced. “Kirishima wins!”
Izuku panted as he stared at the unconscious boy on the ground. The crowd roared, shouting his name. Izuku couldn’t hear them. Much less could he breathe. Or see straight.
“A short ten-minute break while we set up the medals and trophies!”
Izuku was already halfway to the bathroom.
_______________________________
"WE ARE GOING TO NATIONALS!" "HE DID IT!" "WOOHOO!"
Yuta cursed under his breath.
“Class wait!” he called out before his students could go rush Kirishima. “Stay up here. Don’t ask. I need to talk with him first.”
Yuta had seen THAT. That crazed look on the greenette’s face in the middle of the fight. Then the dawning of whatever had happened. The boy looked so pale and terrified. “Sorry,” he said as he took the cat from his assistant and rushed down the stairs.
He ran through the building to the bathrooms only to stop when he saw Kirishima and a yellow-haired man that he had to do a double-take on because that was Pro Hero Present Mic. They were on the ground, Kirishima pressing his hands against his head, Present Mic holding him close.
“Th- th- there!” the boy choked out. “I- I was b- b- back there a- a- and I-”
“Shhh…” Present Mic cooed. “I know, Izuku. I know.”
Do they know each other? There? Yuta knew that the boy had a bad past, not what it was but he knew it was enough to land him with all of those scars. He never thought that this might trigger memories. Why did Kirishima take his class then?
Yuta crouched down. Present Mic saw him and glanced over. Yuta let go of Hime who quickly went to comfort her owner. Kirishima jumped when she first rubbed up against him but soon picked her up to pet her, despite all of the tears. Present Mic gave him a grateful smile. Yuta waited for a bit before Kirishima finally calmed down and looked up, just noticing his presence. He waved. “Hey.” He blinked a few times. “H- hey…” Present Mic stood up and held out his hand. Kirishima took it. “S- sorrae…” Yuta shook his head. “Don’t worry about it, Kirishima. I understand.” The boy nodded. Yuta turned to the hero. “Thank you, Present Mic.” The man nodded. “I’ve known Izuku for some time. I had a feeling when he left the gym in such a rush.” They shook hands.
Present Mic pat Kirishima’s back. “Awards will be starting soon, kiddo. You aren’t there anymore but you’ve taken what you learned there and earned your place. Go stand up there proudly.” Kirishima nodded sharply. “T- thank ya.” He made for the door.
“Kirishima.” He turned back. Yuta gestured slightly to the cat. A light blush dusted the boy’s cheeks before he handed Hime to Yuta and left.
Yuta stood there in the boy’s bathroom with Present Mic awkwardly.
“It’s good to know,” the man suddenly said, “that Izuku has such great teachers like you.”
Yuta tensed slightly from the sudden praise from the Voice Hero. He cleared his throat.
“I don’t know what happened to him,” he started cautiously, “but I, too, am glad that he has a good support system outside of school.”
The hero nodded before sliding his sunglasses on. “Shall we go? Don’t want to miss the ceremony now do we?”
Yuta grinned and pet the cat. “No. No, we don’t.”
_______________________________
Shoto was terrified. Endeavor was obviously pissed if his face in the stands said anything. He had stopped calling him ‘Dad’ when Mom was taken away. Shoto had woken up five minutes before the awards ceremony. He bowed when he received his silver second-place medal. Kirishima got a trophy and gold medal next to him and their third-place winner got a bronze medal as well.
He did not want to go home tonight.
Shoto packed up his stuff with his team. They all said that he did great but he could already feel the pain that would come from ‘training’ tonight telling him otherwise. He pulled his duffle bag over his shoulder and looked over where he saw Kirishima walking, probably to where his group was. He didn’t know why but he followed the boy. “Kirishima,” he called out. The boy flinched and turned around. “Y- yer?”
Shoto tilted his head. “Follow me.” He didn’t wait. He knew this school inside and out. Shoto led the boy into an empty corridor. School had let out a couple of hours ago so no one would come.
“You…”
-----
‘Are you the same?’
-----
“You knew what I meant. When I asked that, you knew.”
The boy’s face darkened. Shoto watched as the boy tugged at his sleeve with a scarred hand. A nervous tick. Still, he nodded. Shoto swallowed.
-----
‘Yer,’ he stated. ‘B- but I’m not lettin’ that ‘old me back.’
-----
“How?”
The boy tilted his head. Shoto was desperate. He just wanted out.
“How did you get out!?” His raised voice felt so foreign but he HAD to know. “How is it not holding you back? How are you so strong? How did you get out!?”
He searched the boy’s eyes for something. ANYTHING.
“I- I’m no’ strong…” the boy whispered. “I- I- I’m still strugglin’ with it.” He had a weird accent and a stutter that made him hard to understand. “H- how I got o- out?” He looked up at Shoto.
“I- I didn’ do i- it alone.”
Shoto took in a sharp breath. Alone.
“I- I had ‘elp. I- it t- took many y- years to ‘get o- out’ a- and even th- then I w- was on t- the streets f- for the l- longest time…”
Shoto shook his head. This wasn’t helping. “Then how are you here?”
The boy looked down at his hands. “P- people f- found meh. T- they took me i- in. B- but it’s still t- there.”
“What do you mean?”
The boy looked up to him. Shoto felt the despair in his emerald eyes. It was the same despair he felt daily. “I- I still f- feel like I’m th- there. T- they say I a- am ‘ealing b- but I don’ feel l- like it.”
Shoto bit his lip. “How did you find those people?”
The boy chuckled dryly. “I- I didn’. They f- found meh.” He tilted his head. “Y- you a- are strugglin’ w- with it too.” Shoto narrowed his eyes. “With what?”
“Trust.”
He swallowed thickly. Yeah. How was he supposed to trust anyone when heroes are supposed to be avengers of justice and the number two hero is his father who is more like hell’s angel?
“I-” the boy paused. “Y- you can’ d- do it a- alone if y- ya want out… T- that’s what I f- found out.” Shoto glared at the ground. “Who am I supposed to tell when it’s Endeavor?”
“I- I can ‘elp y- you find p- people t- t- to get ya out.” Shoto shouldn’t believe Kirishima but… he just wanted out. He would take anything at this point.
“Kirishima?!”
The boy jumped. He quickly drew out his phone. “N- number?” Shoto blinked a couple of times before he realized what the greenette was asking. He nodded numbly. They exchanged phone numbers. “‘Izuku?’” he read aloud. The greenette nodded. “I- I go b- by th-” “KIRISHIMA!” He jumped. “T- text m- me if ya n- need ‘elp. O- or want o- out.” He waved and ran off.
Shoto stared after him dumbfounded.
“Shoto.” He froze. Shoto steeled his face back to monotone as he turned around to face Endeavor. “In the car. Now.”
_______________________________
By the time he got home, it was dark outside. He unlocked the gate and half-walked, half-stumbled up to the front door on dead feet. Izuku knocked gently. The door opened to reveal Mom and Dad. “Welcome home!” He hummed and stumbled in yawning. Eijiro came out of their room running. “Izuku!!!” Izuku blinked slowly as he was encased in a hug. Hime jumped off of his shoulder to get out of the line of fire. “BARK! BARK!” Akio jumped around happily. Eijiro let go. “I got the text! You are going to Nationals!” Izuku nodded and yawned again.
Mom giggled slightly. “Don’t fall asleep yet, sleepyhead,” she said, ruffling his hair. “Go clean up and get a shower before dinner.” Izuku hummed and did as told. At dinner, he tried to recap the best he could but he was practically falling asleep in his chair.
Izuku set up his trophy at the edge of his desk under the high desk. He was wrapping the gold medal around it when he got a text.
*Ding Ding*
Izuku pulled out his phone and checked it.
Todoroki:
I want out.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Shoto blinked. He hadn’t really expected a reply. He just sent the message on a tired brain after the tournament and Endeavor’s training that was much worse than usual because he had lost. He groaned as he lifted his newly bandaged arms to grab his phone.
Shoto opened the message.
Izuku:
Give me a week.
I will find the people.
Shoto blinked. Tears filled his eyes. No way… Will I actually get out?
Todoroki:
Okay.
Chapter 45: Growing and Reaching Out
Summary:
Izuku is growing and Todoroki is needing help.
Notes:
How are y'all feeling?
Chapter Text
Something was a bit different, Izuku thinks, walking through the school.
“Hey, man!”
“It’s Izuku!”
“Great job at District!”
He tightened his grip on his backpack straps as he walked down the hallway the next day. Hime walked beside him, her vest on and leash in his grip as well. “W- why i- i- is everaeone c- calling out to m- me like t-this?” he asked his friends as they walked to class. “The last time any sports team or any team in general from our school went to a national competition was twenty years ago,” Furuya informed him. “You’re a celebrity, ‘Zuku!” Mina piped. Izuku lowered his head. He didn’t like all of the eyes on him. The compliments were nice and all but also too much… He felt tense.
“Hey, man,” Eijiro tapped his shoulder lightly with his fist. “Don’t worry about them. It will all die down soon enough.”
“Unless he places at Nationals,” Hino commented.
“Or wins,” Mori chipped in.
Izuku sighed. “BUT!” Mina piped loudly. Izuku flinched slightly. “Nationals are a month away so let’s not think about that now and just enjoy life!” His friends all hummed in agreeance.
“R- Right.”
Mrs. Saito called homeroom to order. The class president stood up. “Stand.” The class stood. “Bow.” They bowed and all sat. Mrs. Saito nodded. “Thank you, president. Now, before anything else, Izuku Kirishima, will you please stand up?” Izuku paled, eyes wide. He glanced over at Eijiro who gave him a thumbs-up under the table. Izuku’s legs felt like jelly as his chair pushed back and he stood up. “Let us all congratulate Izuku on his victory at the District Fighting Tournament and making it to Nationals!” The class clapped. Izuku had to force his arms to stay by his side instead of slamming them against his ears. His thrumming heart overtook their applause and Izuku found himself sitting before the clapping completely stopped. Eijiro grinned at him. Izuku swallowed thickly. He jumped slightly when Hime jumped into his lap and settled there, a comforting rock. Izuku took a few deep breaths before Mrs. Saito let the class to their own muses which meant they all came to him to congratulate him and Izuku soon found himself overwhelmed.
_______________________________
Eijiro waved off the last of the students trying to get to Izuku who was staring down at Hime, not willing to look up at anyone. Eijiro narrowed his eyes slightly but shook it off when he felt Akio nudge his hand. He sighed and pat the dog’s head before turning to Izuku. He knelt by the desk and splayed his arms across lazily, glancing up at his brother.
“Maaaaan… What a rush.” Izuku didn’t respond. That was fine. When he was particularly shaken up he never spoke. Eijiro would carry the conversation than to loosen him up.
“Don’t worry, they won’t do that in every class,” he said. Eijiro glanced up when he saw Yamamoto hovering nearby, leaning on the wall. He didn’t comment but Eijiro could feel himself tense out of habit. Is this what Izuku feels like? “Getting popular,” the boy suddenly said. Izuku shrugged. Eijiro’s eyes flew to the greenette who just responded to that. Why? Are they close? They are in the same class but still… after Izuku told them off, I thought they were on bad terms. Eijiro held back a glare at Yamamoto. He doesn’t like the boy, safe to say.
“Good luck with the rest of your day,” Yamamoto smirked. See? He is mocking Izu- Izuku deadpanned. He found that funny?! The bell rang. Yamamoto pushed off the wall and walked off, pausing to look over his shoulder.
“Rematch today,” he stated. Izuku looked up at the boy. “Sure.” EHHH?! They're speaking?!
“Yamamoto!” The boy half-waved at the call of Ito and walked off.
Eijiro turned to Izuku. “Are you two friends?” he asked. Izuku furrowed his eyebrows as he looked back down at Hime. Look at me, dang it. “I- I dunno…” Eijiro tilted his head and sighed and stood up. “I wouldn’t be if I were you. You know they are bad news.” Izuku didn’t comment. He stood as well and the two went to their next class.
_______________________________
Chi glared over at Yamamoto.
“So you friends with the freak now or something?”
Yamamoto shrugged nonchalantly, hands stuffed in his pockets. “Not really.” Chi scoffed.
“You tryna suck up to him after you lost to him at District, huh?”
Yamamoto stopped. Chi looked back at him. “What?”
Yamamoto glared at him. “Are you trying to push my buttons?” Chi raised an eyebrow. “Chill man, I was just making talk. What’s got your panties in a twist?” Yamamoto’s jaw tightened. “What’s it to you if I’m chill with the freak or not?”
Chi narrowed his eyes. “Are you serious? With him? Ha! Don’t make me laugh!” Chi lightly slapped his friend’s shoulder. “Don’t waste your time with a creep like him and his dog.”
“Dog?” Yamamoto asked. Surely he was mistaking the menace in the white-haired boy’s tone.
Chi shrugged. “I don’t mean his cat. I mean Kirishima. The coward follows him around like some lost puppy or something. Whatever. Come on before we are late to class.”
Chi walked away. Yamamoto hesitated before following.
_______________________________
Shiro followed Ito a bit behind.
Why did I get so defensive? It’s not like I’m friends with the freak.
Even as he thought that a stone settled in his stomach. Shiro shook it off and caught up with Ito. His friend.
_______________________________
Izuku sighed as once again he was shouted out to in the hallway. He could feel eyes on him as he entered the lunchroom with Eijiro.
“That’s him,” he heard someone whisper.
“He’s kind of cute,” another.
“Of course he’d win with all of those scars.” Someone else.
Izuku almost collapsed into his usual seat beside Mori. Hime settled next to him, Eijiro slid in next to her, and Akio at the end, too big to be on the seat.
“Okay, okay, okay,” Mina started. “So we already met Akio but who is your pretty kitty?!” Izuku pet Hime next to him. “‘Ime.” Mina grinned “‘Princess!’” Mori leaned over to get a view. “She sure looks like royalty with that fur.” Izuku hummed and took a bite of his lunch.
Lunch ended too soon. Izuku wanted to hang out with his friends longer but alas the bell rang.
He waved to Eijiro as they split ways for their respective electives. Izuku entered the locker room. No one was there… Izuku narrowed his eyes suspiciously. He proceeded to get dressed in his karategi before heading to the Mixed Martial Arts dojo. Izuku’s hand hovered on the handle. Hime weaved around his legs. Izuku smiled softly down at his cat. He looked up and nodded before opening the door.
“CONGRATULATIONS, KIRISHIMA!!!”
Izuku fell back on his rear as he was met with his entire class and more. The other class hour and the judo and karate team! They were all dressed in karategi. The dojo had streamers and a row of food along the back wall.
Izuku’s heart rammed against his ribcage. His vision blurred slightly. His blood pressure rose so fast he got dizzy. Hime jumped onto his lap, rubbing her head against his chin comfortingly. Izuku blinked a few times when he noticed a hand in his line of vision. Yamamoto stood there, knees slightly bent with his hand extended.
-----
A green string formed from his wrist when he reached down to Yamamoto after their tournament fight. He did not have his handcuffs here. He knew the boy saw it. Izuku took a deep breath.
‘Wha-’
‘Don’ worry ‘bout it.’
And the boy didn’t. He took Izuku’s hand.
A sense of partnership he felt between him and the other lone wolf in the class.
-----
The string didn’t form. Izuku had his handcuffs. He shook his head and hesitantly accepted the hand, letting Yamamoto pull him up. “Wh- what?” he asked, gesturing to the crowd. Bando-sensei stepped forward. “I usually don’t allow food in here but I felt it was befitting to properly congratulate you on your victory yesterday.
Izuku looked around at all of the people.
-----
‘We are counting on you to bring Hills Alliance Middle School to Nationals.’
‘Go get them!’
‘Show them what Hills Alliance is made of!’
‘You’re gonna do great!’
-----
The usual blurry faces of his classmates that he usually did not pay attention to cleared. Izuku took a deep breath and…
smiled.
It was small, barely there, but everyone saw it. “T- thank you a- all.” He bowed.
Maybe, Izuku thinks, this isn’t so bad.
Izuku bit into an obviously store-bought cookie as he sat in the corner of the dojo.
Sweet…
Yamamoto leaned on the wall a few feet off. A couple of people had come over and given their personal congrats. A couple stayed. There were two girls sitting ‘with’ him. They were having their own conversation but it was nice that they stuck around. They asked his input on a few topics which Izuku gave a one or two word answer to each. He allowed the girls to pet Hime after they had asked. Hime was eating it up. It was nice…
Izuku and Eijiro met with their friends outside of the school gates after school, as usual. He waved goodbye to everyone, even Eijiro as he made his way to the beach where he would meet up with his trainer. Izuku rolled his shoulders a few times, sighing a bit as the tension released when they popped.
“Hey.”
He jumped and spun around where he saw Yamamoto standing by the school gate. “We walk in the same direction. Come on.” He wasn’t much for words. The boy reminded Izuku of Kacchan but a more mellow, down-to-earth version. Izuku deadpanned at Yamamoto. The boy rolled his eyes. “You don’t have to if you don’t wanna. I don’t really care.” He walked off. He wasn’t really bullying Eijiro anymore and Izuku didn’t dislike the companionship he had with the taller boy so Izuku shrugged to himself and caught up with him. The two, plus Hime who was now on Izuku’s shoulders, walked in silence.
“Ito?” Izuku asked.
Yamamoto shrugged. “He went on ahead.”
Izuku hummed.
It was quiet again but not uncomfortable.
_______________________________
Shiro stopped outside of the Kirishima house. “See ya,” he raised an uncommitted wave. Izuku nodded and went closed the gate. Shiro watched the greenette walk down the brick path and disappear into the house. He turned and kept walking.
-----
‘Nah, dude. If you are inviting that freak along then don’t expect me to walk with you.’
-----
Shiro grimaced.
What am I doing?
Still, he couldn’t help but feel like maybe Ito was being too harsh. Shiro kicked a pebble down the sidewalk. He met Ito back in fifth grade and they were friends ever since. Ito was always the brasher one. They met Kirishima in sixth grade. At first, it was nice but Shiro noticed the changes in Ito. He’ll be the first to admit that he chose the wrong path when Ito first called their raven-haired friend a ‘Coward’ and he joined in. He just wanted to keep up with Ito and the popular kids. He wished he hadn’t.
If Shiro was telling the truth, it hurt when Kirishima stopped hanging out with them and when his new brother stood up to them but he was also glad. Kirishima wouldn’t have to put up with Ito anymore. Or him…
Now he was ‘buddies’ or something with Izuku and Shiro didn’t know what to do. He had a feeling that it would at some point turn into a battle and he would have to choose between Ito and Izuku. He had already ended up choosing Ito over Kirishima but… Shiro wasn’t so sure if he would still choose Ito over Izuku. He shook his head. No. He probably would. He and Ito had known each other for years! Izuku and he weren’t even friends. They would probably never talk after middle school.
Shiro pulled out his phone and opened it to the newest contact he had put in. Izuku’s. As they were walking just now. He rolled his eyes and closed his phone, stuffing it back in his pocket.
Whatever…
_______________________________
“Young Kirishima,” Eijiro stopped pushing the old washing machine panting. He looked up at the deflated form of All Might. “Yes, sir?”
“Is something on your mind today?” the older man asked. “You seem distracted.” Eijiro’s eyes widened. “N- no, sir!” He shook his head. “I’m perfectly fine!” “BARK!” Akio yipped from All Might’s side. “You know that you can talk to me if there is something on your mind, right?” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows and looked back at the washing machine. He sighed, leaning his head against it.
“The truth is… I just feel like I’m standing still.”
All Might tilt his head, coming over. “What do you mean, my boy?” Eijiro shrugged. “Remember that person I said that I want to protect?” The man nodded. “I just, ugh, I still can’t! I’m afraid that I’ll be too late or something! Or…” that someone else will take my place as his protector… He left that unspoken. A heavy hand came on his shoulder. Eijiro glanced up at All Might.
“Young man, nothing happens in an instant. It will take time to get stronger. For now,” he grinned, “just do what you can.”
Eijiro nodded. He stood up straighter ad began pushing the washing machine across the beach. He grits his sharp teeth.
The thing is, All Might… Izuku flashed in his mind. Eijiro growled. I don’t have time!
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Shouta sighed as he glanced over at his phone on the coffee table while he was sprawled out in the teacher’s lounge at UA waiting for Hitoshi.
He pitifully reached over, flailing his arm weakly when it didn’t reach.
“Wow.” Shouta tilted his head back to see Hizashi leaning over him. “That’s kind of sad, Sho.” Shouta blinked. “Long night?” Shouta nodded. “I’ve been tracking one of the black markets main sellers but and thought I caught a lead last night. It was an ambush.” He sighed. Hizashi chuckled and sat down. “Sounds rough.” He picked up Shouta’s phone and handed it to him.
“Thanks…” Shouta opened the message.
Izuku:
Help.
- Shouta shot up. “Woah! What’s wrong, man!?” Shouta turned his phone for Hizashi to see. The man’s eyes widened. “Is he okay!?”
“Give me a sec,” Shouta took his phone back and replied. -
Shouta:
What’s wrong kid? Are you okay?
Izuku:
Yes.
Someone else isn’t.
- Shouta furrowed his eyebrows. What? -
Shouta:
What do you mean?
What is happening? Who is hurt?
Izuku:
Shoto Todoroki.
- Todoroki? Like… Endeavor? -
Shouta:
Endeavor’s kid?
Izuku:
Yes.
Shouta:
Okay, what is wrong?
…
…
…
Izuku:
I met him at the tournament yesterday. He confronted me about past issues. Todoroki is like me.
- Shouta narrowed his eyes. “What’s wrong, Sho?” Shouta slid closer so that Hizashi could see the screen. -
Shouta:
What do you mean ‘like you?’
Izuku:
He is being beaten at home.
- Shouta’s eyes widened. Izuku never talked about his past so bluntly. He always beat around the bush, not wanting to remember. For him to have said that so boldly, he wasn’t messing around. -
Shouta:
What proof do you have? There are no records on this.
Izuku:
I will get proof by Friday training.
Shouta:
Don’t do anything that will get you in trouble kid.
Izuku:
I won’t.
Please talk to Principle Nedzu about this though.
- Shouta’s gaze darkened. This was serious. Izuku never makes requests either. He never asks for anything. He had just made his first request since Shouta had known the boy and it was to talk to the principle of UA High School about the number two hero’s potential child abuse. What is going on…? -
Shouta:
I will bring it up.
Izuku:
Thank you.
Shouta put down his phone and turned to Hizashi. The hero looked at him. “It’s not possible. Right?” Shouta sighed. “I don’t want it to be but then again, none of us wanted Izuku to have had that past either.” Hizashi hummed. “I- I mean sure, he isn’t exactly known for his social skills or save count, more on how many villains he takes down, but he wouldn’t go so far as to beat his own child.” Shouta shook his head. “I sure hope not. I will talk to Nedzu about this and wait to see what evidence the kid brings on Friday.”
…
“Sho?”
“Hmm?”
“What if Izuku has evidence?”
Shouta glanced over at his friend. “What do you mean?”
“I mean that if Endeavor is truly doing this and has been for a while then he has ways to cover it up.”
Shouta closed his eyes. “We will just have to see, ‘Zashi.”
The door to the teacher’s lounge opened.
“Don’t tell anyone about this yet,” he whispered as he stood.
“Hey, Dad.” Shouta walked over to Hitoshi. “Hey, kid.”
Something in him twisted. He reached up and ruffled his son’s hair. “Dad?” Shouta swallowed thickly.
I am so glad Hitoshi isn’t in that orphanage anymore.
_______________________________
Shoto all but faceplanted on the floor of his room.
Hurts… Everything hurts…
He didn’t have the strength to move. Shoto sighed and pulled himself up the best he could, making his way over to the first aid kit. He leaned against his bed, tending to his wounds. He felt so numb inside despite the way his skin boiled with unhealed burns. He reached up and pulled his phone off of his bedside table.
< ONE NEW MESSAGE FROM Izuku >
He blinked. Oh yeah. A bit of hope rekindled as he opened the message.
Izuku:
I need proof.
- Proof? -
Todoroki:
What kind of proof?
…
…
…
Izuku:
Physical.
Documents.
Pictures.
Testimony.
The messages came rapid-fire. This was happening. This was really happening!
Todoroki:
I can try to talk to my siblings but Endeavor doesn’t let me much. I can take pictures of my wounds after training.
Izuku:
Document?
Shoto thought for a second. It was risky but he knew that Endeavor had the documents from when Mom was sent to the mental ward and the ones from their illegal quirk marriage somewhere in his office. The question is, how much is Shoto willing to risk to actually search the office without being caught?
The answer:
Todoroki:
I can get pictures of illegal documents.
Izuku:
Okay.
- … A lot. -
Chapter 46: Wait For It...
Summary:
Izuku gets the information he needs and delivers on his promise.
Notes:
Sorry this one is so late. I had a massive block on how to end this chapter.
Anyway, how is everyone?
Chapter Text
Shoto’s bones groaned in protest when he stood up.
Only three days since the tournament and Endeavor had personally taken it upon himself to make like that much more painful to live through more rigorous training and longer nights. Today, though, he planned to get the documents Izuku needed for his ‘proof.’ Shoto was quick to get in his school uniform and out the door, swiping a banana as he left. He always left as early as possible so he could avoid ‘reflex training’ from his legal guardian. Shoto found himself at the nearby park where he would spend the extra half-hour of freedom on the bench eating his banana and feeling the cool breeze of the newly-come winter as it blew through his red and white locks.
Peace never lasts long for Shoto, though, and he soon found himself at school surrounded by fake friends who only hung out with him because of relationship to Endeavor. Shoto basically just ignored them. Endeavor doesn’t want his precious toy wasting time on things like friends and he would have to deal with the consequences of having them if he had any.
After regular school was cram school that ran until seven at night. Usually, upon arriving at his lodging, or as some would call it ‘home’, though the Japanese-style house wasn’t what one would call ‘homely’ or ‘lived in’, Endeavor would immediately take him to their training room and an on-earth simulation of hell would begin. However, Endeavor was called on business late last night and would not be home until tomorrow morning at the latest, in an hour at the earliest. Shoto dumped his belongings in his room and made straight for Endeavors at-home office.
He narrowed his eyes as he placed his right hand on the locked door. He let ice flow into it until it molded into the shape of the key form inside to which he turned with a *click*. Shoto pulled his hand off of the door and broke the ice from his hand and placed it in his left to evaporate it. Shoto pushed open the door. In the room, it was surprisingly modern-looking. In the middle was a large, mahogany desk with various papers, pens and pencils, and a lamp. To the left of the room was a few cabinets where he could see one with a glass covering holding some expensive-looking sake. The shelves surrounding had an array of books. To the right of the room was more books but also file cabinets. Behind the desk was a large window with a red curtain draped over it to prevent view in or out from any direction.
Shoto made for the desk. He rounded it and began shuffling through the papers on top as best he could without making it look as though they had been moved. He doubted that Endeavor would leave anything that revealing just laying around but he figured he should check. They were mostly just paperwork from his recent villain-takedowns. Also… collateral damage reports. Strange. Shoto knew that Endeavor wasn’t exactly mindful of the environment when fighting a villain but he never saw any legal setbacks. He scowled.
Just another thing he keeps hidden under popularity and lawyers…
Shoto whipped out his phone and snapped a picture before moving on.
He didn’t have much time so he went straight for the file cabinets which he found locked, of course. Shoto used the same method as earlier but with some struggle as the locks were smaller and the ice was keener to break. It took a good ten minutes to open them. His safety bumper of time was dwindling faster than he would have liked.
Shoto started from the bottom up. There wasn’t much he could really use aside from a few more reports and complaints from civilians. Shoto was getting frantic as time continued to tick away. He almost thought he heard the front door open a few times before he realized it was either Natsuo or Fuyumi. Shoto was ready to give up if only to save himself from the pain of being caught when he found something useful: Documents of the illegal quirk marriage to Mom. Shoto grinned to himself and snapped a picture before filing it back in and continuing.
Shoto felt sick when he finally found all of the contracts Endeavor had signed to keep his abuse under the table.
How many people knew that Shoto was being beaten under the guise of training on a daily basis but was willing to keep their mouths shut for a few extra bucks? He snapped a few pictures.
Shoto froze. THAT was the front door lock. SUCK! He all but slammed the cabinets closed and rushed to the office door, pulling it closed. He looked over his shoulder as he tried to create another ice key to lock it. He could hear footsteps approaching.
Come on! LOCK! *Click* Shoto pulled the key and bolted into the bathroom adjacent to the office door. Shoto stood behind the bathroom door and held his breath as heavy footsteps got closer. He could smell the smoke wafting down the hallway. Endeavor was less than seven feet away from him, only the bathroom door preventing the man from seeing him. The office door rattled a bit before he heard it unlock and the door swing open. No footsteps followed though.
Please don’t notice. Please don’t notice. Please don’t notice!
Shoto swallowed a sigh of relief when he heard Endeavor enter the office and close the door. Shoto crept out of the bathroom and all the way to the other side of the large house where his room was. He silently closed his door before promptly collapsing on the floor breathing harshly. That was too close…
He whipped out his phone and sent all of the pictures to Izuku as well as the testimony videos his siblings had sent him after he confronted them about this last night.
*Ding Ding* That was fast!
Izuku:
Got it.
Delete everything now.
Todoroki:
Okay.
Izuku:
I will contact you again when I get the information to my associates. It should be by tomorrow.
Todoroki:
Thank you.
Goodnight.
…
…
…
Izuku:
Goodnight.
Shoto frowned as he was deleting the messages. Izuku used strange words as if he was handling a business transaction or something. He had to wonder what sort of life Izuku had before he was apparently ‘rescued.’ How similar were their situations? He had noticed the nervous tick that he himself used to have when he first began to receive bruises and burns from training. Always pulling at his sleeves. The scars oh his face are what made Shoto really think about it. He asked the question on impulse.
-----
‘Are you the same?’
-----
Izuku could have interpreted that so many different ways but he had interpreted it that way which shocked Shoto.
-----
‘Yer. B- but I’m not lettin’ that ‘old me back.’
-----
Shoto deleted the photo’s from his camera and connected his phone to the charger.
His door swung open with a *BANG* to reveal Endeavor. Shoto took a deep breath and let his facial features smooth over to a cool monotone. He slowly turned around to face the man claiming to be his father.
It’s time I start taking my life into my own hands.
_______________________________
Eijiro blinked his eyes open.
Light…?
He looked around the room where he saw that Izuku was sitting at his own desk and had more or less taped a flashlight to the top shelf of the desk to dangle and shine a light over the notebook that Izuku was furiously scribbling in. Eijiro rubbed his eyes and looked over at his alarm.
It showed 1:43 AM.
What on earth is he doing? Eijiro sat up in bed. Izuku’s pencil didn’t so much as falter he was that concentrated. Eijiro cleared his throat. *SNAP* Izuku jumped and broke his pencil. Eijiro swallowed thickly as his brother’s head turned slowly to face him, the light shining on it from an awkward and creepy angle. There were small bags under Izuku’s green eyes. They were dry like he hadn’t blinked in hours.
“What are you doing up?” Eijiro asked.
Izuku blinked a few times. “Workin’.”
“Can you work on that tomorrow?” Izuku shook his head. Eijiro sighed. “Are you having trouble sleeping?” Izuku hesitated and that was all Eijiro needed to know. “Are you almost done?” Izuku turned back to his phone that he had been looking at while writing and tapped a few things. He looked up and nodded. Eijiro smiled softly. “When you finish come join me, okay? I’ll be up.” Izuku looked down. “I- It’s fine…” Eijiro tilted his head. “Izuku, it’s also fine with me.” The boy glanced up. “If you are having trouble sleeping,” Eijiro continued, “I am more than happy to share my bed for your peace of mind.” Izuku nodded slightly. “T- thank ya. I- I’m almos’ done.”
Eijiro watched as Izuku went back to whatever he was doing. Time ticked slowly by. He was having trouble staying awake when Izuku finally closed the notebook and set down the pencil.
2:03 AM.
He turned plugged in his phone. Izuku glanced over at Eijiro, probably thinking he was asleep. Eijiro sat up and pulled the covers back. “Come on, bro.” Izuku’s eyes lit up a bit. He went over and turned off the flashlight before crawling into bed next to Eijiro. Eijiro pulled the covers over them.
“Don’t worry about anything,” Eijiro whispered. “I’ll protect you so just sleep, okay?” Izuku hummed. Eijiro glared at Hime as she jumped on the bed and curled up beside Izuku. It wasn’t long until he heard the slower breathing of his brother that indicated he had fallen asleep. Eijiro bit his lip. He sat up as motionless as possible. He could barely make out Hime’s form in the dim glow from his alarm. Eijiro scowled and gently nudged her off of the bed. She jumped down and looked back up at him. Eijiro glared at her. The cat walked over to the cat bed that Izuku had chosen for her but she rarely used it since she usually slept with Izuku and lay down. Eijiro lay back down as well and closed his eyes.
I’m protecting Izuku. He fell asleep because I am here, not you.
He nodded sternly to himself. I am… Eijiro fell asleep soon after.
_______________________________
Shouta could tell the kid was tense. His face held a solemn expression.
Shouta led Hitoshi and Izuku to the practice grounds and turned. “Okay,” he sighed. “Izuku, I know you have something you want to talk about,” the greenette nodded sharply, “but we will have to hold that off until after training, alright?” He noticed the way the boy’s jaw tightened but didn’t comment. “So go put down your notebook and let’s begin.”
They did just that.
Shouta was quite impressed at the speed both Izuku and Hitoshi were improving. He pressed a button making a wooden fake-villain pop up behind Hitoshi to which Hitoshi turned from his training dummy, reached out, and pulled Izuku forward, spinning around his dummy to both get behind it for an attack and dodge as Izuku flipped in the air and planted his foot into the face of the wooden villain. Shouta flinched when he heard it splinter and *SNAP*, the head ripping off. Izuku landed and turned to whatever fake thing was on the field.
This went on for a bit.
In the meantime, Shouta took great pleasure in taking care of Izuku’s new service cat her owner was training.
“Okay, stop.” Both boys stopped and looked at him. Shouta nodded. “I think we need to start training a bit something new.” Izuku and Hitoshi walked up to him. “Hitoshi, you have only been grabbing Izuku’s back, or spine, I guess.” The purple-haired boy nodded. “Yes, it provides the easiest flip for him.” Shouta nodded. He turned to Izuku. “We are trying something new akin to dodging with your quirk the next few weeks, alright?” Izuku nodded. Shouta hummed. “Okay, starting with the basics, Hitoshi, I need you to get used to purposefully grabbing either Izuku’s wrist or ankle on command.” Hitoshi furrowed his eyebrows. “Okay…?” “It will be a bit odd, especially in a fight, but I feel that if you can get it down then it will be very useful.”He turned back to Izuku.
“I don’t think it will be too hard,” he started hesitantly. Shouta always felt as though he was walking on eggshells when he talked about the boy’s quirk. Too many possible triggers. Even saying that was what Shouta would consider ‘risky,’ saying that it wouldn’t be hard to manipulate. “Since your quirk takes the thought of ‘taking hold of,’” not possessing, “if Hitoshi proceeds as usual it will be almost normal. He just needs to get used to calling on the specific… joints. Alright?” Izuku glanced over at Hitoshi. The boy stuck his tongue out. Izuku rolled his eyes and nodded.
Shouta’s heart swelled though he didn’t show it on his face. Izuku could have responded to that badly but he didn’t and even rolled his eyes and he was being so emotive! Well, as emotive as he could be. His eyes did most of the work.
Shouta nodded. “Okay, Hitoshi, I am going to call out a part and you will grab. Okay?” Hitoshi nodded.
“Left wrist.” Hitoshi hesitated a bit but sure enough, Shouta saw Izuku’s left arm lift slightly.
“Right ankle.” Again.
And that was how it went. It wasn’t all that hard but they would start slow.
Shouta glanced over at the notebook laying to the side of the field. He wondered what was in it but would never dream of opening it without Izuku’s permission. Still, he had a pretty good inkling about what it held and knew that it needed to be addressed before he sent Izuku off to Recovery Girl. He sighed. “Alright. Hitoshi, me and Izuku need to discuss something so could you please train on your own for a second?” Hitoshi looked between the two of them. “Sure, I guess.” He walked off. Shouta turned to Izuku. “Alright, kid, go get your notebook.” Izuku all but threw himself to the other side of the field and retrieved his notebook. He ran back over and stood in front of Shouta. The raven-haired man crossed his arms. “Before you start realize that this is a pretty serious accusation you are making.” Izuku’s face hardened sending shivers up Shouta’s spine. “I know.” Shouta bit his tongue at the cold voice. Izuku wasn’t messing around and he didn’t blame him. Not when the accusation was child abuse and that was most of what put him in the physical and mental state he was in. Shouta nodded and sat down, Izuku following suit. “Let’s see what you got.”
Izuku opened the first page and, surprisingly, began to read aloud.
“Accordin’ to Shoto Todoroki, he has been abused from the age o’ four when ‘is quirk first arrived.” There was no stutter. “Under the guise of trainin’, Enji Todoroki, Pro ‘ero Endeavor,” it was as though he were conducting a business meeting, “‘as been beatin’ his son, giving ‘im burns ranging to the third degree, an’ has forced him ta quirk ovause causin’ muscle damage and, on ‘is left side, numbness as most o’ his nerves ‘ave been burned off.” Shouta swallowed. Izuku pulled out his phone. He messed with it a bit before handing it to Shouta who took it. His jaw tightened when he came to realize that he was looking at. Burns hot enough to boil skin. He could see the bubbles. Shouta almost gagged. He saw surrounding skin that looked as though it had been previously burned and poorly healed. Shouta kept swiping. Bruises in ugly purples and yellows. There were a few cuts and scars but most of the damage was burns. He glanced up at Izuku and froze. So much anger was held in those eyes.
-----
*Riiiiing* *Riiiiing* *Riii-*
‘Hello?’
‘Mr. Aizawa, it’s Asa Kirishima.’
‘Oh? Is everything alright?’
‘... Sir, it was not on Izuku’s papers so I am not sure that you know but are you aware of Izuku’s fear of fire?’
‘No. What makes you think that he is?’
‘Last night he woke up from a nightmare screaming about being burned alive… I saw burn scars covering a large portion of his lower back.’
-----
Shouta took a deep breath. “You said that he can’t feel his entire lift side?” Izuku nodded. “Dang,” Shouta couldn’t help the word from slipping out. “Is that all?” Izuku shook his head and looked back at his notebook. “Quirk marriages, illegal since a decade prior to Endeavors marriage with his wife, Rei Todoroki.” Izuku leaned forward and swiped left a few times on the phone. Shouta looked down and saw a picture of a document. “You don’t mean…” Izuku went back to reading. “Enji Todoroki paid off his wife’s family to more or less sell their daughter to him for the sheer purpose of having a child with a strong quirk. The mental trauma inflicted on Rei Todoroki caused her to go mad, far enough to pour boiling water on her son’s face because he, and I quote, ‘Looks too much like his father.’” Izuku swiped to the next photo. Shouta choked when he saw a picture of Shoto Todoroki. The upper-left side of his face, over the eye, was a large burn scar. “Rei Todoroki was admitted into a mental ward the day after the incident.” He swiped again to reveal the medical papers.
Izuku took a deep breath. It shook slightly. Shouta could tell he was losing what little composure he had. They needed to wrap this up quickly so Shouta could get all of the information before Izuku had another panic attack. He could almost see the memories of his own years of abuse flashing through the boy’s mind.
“Is there anything else?” Izuku nodded, flipping the page. “M- multiple people,” the first stutter, “know about the abuse but have been paid off to not tell.” He leaned over and swiped on the phone. Shouta looked over the multiple pages of contracts promising to keep silent for various amounts of money. “I also have videos from Shoto Todoroki’s brother and sister, Fuyumi and Natsuo, giving a testimony.” Shouta nodded. “There was another brother if I remember correctly.” Izuku’s face darkened even more. He flipped to the next page.
“Touya Todoroki, the first victim of child abuse. He was quickly forgotten when Shoto Todoroki received his own quirk as it was thought to be better.” Izuku leaned over and turned the phone to the last page. Shouta’s eyes widened when he read the words.
DEATH CERTIFICATE: TOUYA TODOROKI
“What is this?”
“Read the cause of death.”
Shouta scanned down. He thought his heart stopped for a moment.
CAUSE OF DEATH: SUICIDE
Shouta looked up in shock and his eye met with dull green. “Touya Todoroki,” Izuku spoke in a cold, leveled voice, “killed himself eight years ago having been mentally unstable from years of abuse and torture at the hands of number two Pro Hero Endeavor.” Shouta felt sick. Izuku closed his notebook. He took a deep breath. Shouta put down the phone and opened his arms. “Come here.”
The tears he knew Izuku had been holding back finally presented themselves. The greenette slowly leaned in. Shouta filled the gap, taking Izuku into his arms and letting the boy cry with his own face hidden in the older man’s chest. Shouta met eyes with Hitoshi across the field. He shook his head slowly. Hime climbed in between the two of them and settled into Izuku’s lap. Izuku chuckled slightly, laugh getting caught between sobs. Shouta gave him a few minutes after the tears stopped to recollect himself.
“I- I don’ kn- know what t- to do,” Izuku choked out.
“Well,” Shouta leaned back and looked at the boy in the eyes, “first, send me all of those pictures.” Izuku nodded slowly. “I will also need that notebook.” Izuku handed Shouta the book. “I have already talked with Principle Nedzu about the possibility of this as you requested. I will bring these up to him. As many connections as Endeavor may have, Nedzu has more and more authority. Don’t worry, kid.” He ruffled the boy’s hair. “I won’t let this go. I will do everything in my power to help get Todoroki out of harm’s way.” Izuku nodded. “For now, I need you to keep updating me on him and keep reassuring him that help is coming. Alright? Can you do that for me?” Izuku nodded. “Y- yer.”
“Good now get up to Recovery Girl’s office before she hands me my butt.” Izuku deadpanned but stood to leave. “U- um… thank y- ya.” Shouta smirked. “No problem, kid. Never be afraid to ask me if you ever need something.” Izuku nodded. “Or want.” He grinned internally when the boy glanced up at him. He nodded hesitantly and ran off.
Shouta’s eyes darkened as he watched the boy retreat.
-----
‘Touya Todoroki killed himself eight years ago having been mentally unstable from years of abuse and torture…’
-----
Shouta crouched down, placing his face in his hands.
I’m so glad we got to Izuku before really did kill himself too.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Shoto blinked his eyes open. He sat up in bed, feeling his bandages shift after the most recent ‘training.’ He sighed and picked up his phone. Shoto blinked in surprise. “Izuku?” He had not been contacted by the boy in two weeks after he sent the documents and pictures aside from the every once in a while ‘How are you?’ and ‘Hang in there.’ Shoto was hanging on by those few encouraging messages by the thread was wearing thin and he did not know how much more he could take. Shoto opened the message.
Izuku:
Heads up.
Todoroki:
Heads up?
Izuku:
My associate is coming over.
- Shoto blinked. -
Todoroki:
Now?
Izuku:
Yes.
- Shoto’s heart lept. -
Todoroki:
Who is it?
The three dots signaling that Izuku was replying popped up when there was a knock on the front door. Shoto’s head snapped up. He cracked open his bedroom door.
Endeavor’s footsteps echoed through the house and he heard the front door open.
…
“Nedzu?” Endeavor’s voice filtered through. Nedzu…?
*Ding Ding*
Shoto went back to his phone and opened the message. His eyes widened.
Izuku:
Nedzu, President of UA High School.
- No. Freaking. Way. -
Chapter 47: Freedom and Fear
Summary:
Endeavor gets what is coming to him and Eijiro makes a mistake.
Notes:
5. It is 5 in the morning and I am writing/posting this. If this comes out bad, I apologize in advance for my brain is not at full functioning power.
ANYWAY! How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Holy cowl!
Shoto’s fingers pounded on his phone screen.
Todoroki:
THE Nedzu?
Izuku:
Yes.
No way! Shoto put his phone in his pocket and crept down the hallway, a risking move but he wanted to see this. He peeked around the corner to get a view. Sure enough, there was the little mouse-bear-dog on the shoulder of a tall man with long black hair and a weird white scarf. There were a few police in the back too!
“What is the meaning of this, Nedzu?” Endeavor’s voice was oddly restrained, not like his usual angry tone. He respected this creature. The principal smiled and held up a piece of paper. “We have reason to believe that unlawful acts are taking place in this household and have gotten a search warrant.” Endeavor stiffened. “I am sure there is nothing unlawful happening.” The mouse-bear-dog smiled sending shivers down Shoto’s spine.
“I don’t care, Enji.” Shoto gawked at the use of Endeavor’s first name. “I have a search warrant signed by me personally and I am sure you know what sort of leverage my name carries so I do believe that it would be in your best interest to move aside.” Endeavor hesitated. “Now, preferably.” Shoto had to stifle a chuckle. Endeavor scowled. “Fine.” He stepped back. Shoto took this time to run back to his room.
He closed his door quickly. “Okay, okay, okay, think. They are here because Izuku sent them after abuse of me so the greatest way to make this a sure-fire way to get him caught is…” Shoto nodded to himself. He ran over to the first aid kit under his bed. Shoto pulled it out and opened it. Shoto sat on the ground next to it and pulled off his shirt to reveal already applied bandages. He bit his lip and peeled them off painfully. Shoto threw them into the trashcan in his room specifically for that. He looked in his mirror. Shoto narrowed his eyes. He had a large burn from tonight’s training over his right shoulder blade. It was still red and bubbly and looked disgustingly painful. He also had a nice sized purplish-yellow bruise forming on his left side, barely visible from the back but visible enough. Shoto nodded and purposefully positioned his back to be facing the door.
He didn’t particularly enjoy being exposed like this but it was better than being beaten.
Shoto prepared a new roll of bandages out in his hands to make it look as though he was just applying them and waited.
He swallowed. Shoto could smell smoke from the hallways. Endeavor was getting angry. He waited thirty minutes before almost giving up hope that they would check this side of the house but he soon heard the footsteps of multiple people coming down the hallway. This is it!
*Knock Knock*
“Shoto Todoroki,” an unfamiliar voice came through, “this is Detective Tsukauchi. We are doing a search of your house. May we enter?” Shoto’s heart lept. “Yes.” The door opened. Shoto looked over his shoulder. He could see the look of horror on the faces of everyone, even Endeavor, when their eyes came to rest on his back. He knew that the horror from Endeavor was more anger.
The people filed in. The black-haired man with Nedzu on his shoulder came and crouched by him. “We are from Izuku,” he whispered quietly. Shoto bit his lip and nodded. Louder, the man continued. “What happened to your shoulder and side? Do you need help?” Shoto’s eyes flitted to Endeavor behind them. His heart dropped at the glare. Suddenly, all of that confidence dropped.
What do I say? Even if they have the documents, that hasn’t stopped Endeavor fro hiding it before. There is nothing I can do-
“Endeavor,” the tired man turned to the man behind him, “please leave the room.” Shoto’s eyes widened. Endeavor growled. “Why should I? He is my son and this is my house. I don’t have-” The man suddenly stood and glared up at the man, hair raising. Despite the height difference, the raven-haired man gave off such an intimidating aura that even Endeavor stepped back.
“You…” he started slowly, “better be careful how you use the word ‘my.’ I will tell you once again. GET. OUT.”
“Tch- Fine.” He sent one last glare past the man to Shoto. A warning. He left, slamming the door behind him. The raven-haired man crouched back by Shoto. “I am Pro Hero Eraserhead. We have been informed of your situation by Izuku Kirishima and have found the documents as presented by him through you in Endeavor’s office but we need a direct statement from you. Can you do that?” Shoto lowered his eyes. I can but if Endeavor finds out… “If you do,” Nedzu cut in, “we have the authority to take you and your siblings out of this house tonight to prevent Endeavor from lashing out at you in anger.” Shoto looked up in awe. “Really?” The plain-looking man in the tan trench coat came over and sat down. “Yes. I am Detective Tsukauchi. My quirk detects lies. If you are telling the truth I will know.”
Shoto swallowed. Hope sparked in him greater than ever. “Okay.”
“Now,” the Detective started, “as Endeavor been abusing you?”
Shoto nodded. “Yes.” Truth.
“Since when?”
“Since I was four.” Truth.
“What about your other siblings?”
Shoto thought for a moment. “Not Fuyumi or Natsuo. Touya he did until my quirk came.” Truth. The Detective raised an eyebrow. “Right. I do believe we heard about that.” Shoto lowered his eyes.
“Moving on. The marriage between Enji and Rei Todoroki, was that an illegal quirk marriage?”
Shoto nodded. “Yes.” Truth.
“Did give you that scar over your left eye?”
“Yes-” Truth “-but not on purpose!” Truth.
“Explain please?”
Shoto swallowed. “I mean… Her situation wasn’t the best having been forced into the marriage and then have kids and watch them be abused by her ‘husband’ and I don’t know, I guess she just couldn’t handle it anymore and just… snapped…” … Truth.
Detective Tsukauchi sighed and stood up.
“I think we have all that we need.” He turned to the other officers in the room. “Would you please let in Endeavor.” They nodded. “Kid,” Shoto turned back to Eraserhead. “Would you like help bandaging your wounds?” He watched the door open. “Yes, please.” It would irk Endeavor to see the other hero helping him.
And it worked.
Shoto met eyes with his legal guardian when the angry man stormed in. He paled and looked back at the ground as the other hero bandaged his burns and bruises. “Don’t worry,” Eraserhead whispered. Nedzu jumped onto the Detective’s shoulder.
“Enji Todoroki, you are being arrested for illegal quirk marriage, paying off contractors to keep quiet about illegal actions behind the government back, and child abuse.” Endeavor’s quirk roared to life. “LIES! I HAVEN’T DONE ANYTHI- THE HELL?!” Shoto blinked when the man’s flames went out. Shoto looked over his shoulder to see Eraserhead’s hair floating and eyes glowing red.
Quirk suppressant handcuffs were slapped on Endeavor’s wrists.
“I HAVE NOT DONE ANYTHING WRONG!” He turned his angry eyes to Shoto. “SHOTO, TELL THEM!!!” Shoto swallowed. “Tell. Them. Shoto.” Fear sparked, overlapping any hope he had left. Shoto opened his mouth.
“Tsk. Tsk. Tsk.” He snapped his eyes up to Nedzu on the Detective’s shoulder. “To think that you would so openly threaten your son in front of us like this. Enji, I am greatly disappointed in you. To think that you graduated from UA High.” Endeavor’s gaze darkened. “What do you mean by that?” he growled. The mouse-bear-dog narrowed his beady eyes but his grin did not falter.
“UA High School raises heroes to save and bring peace, not to be abusive fathers and criminals under the law.” Endeavor’s eyes widened. Nedzu turned to the officers. “Take him away to the police vehicle.”
“W- WAIT A MOMENT!” Endeavor roared. “YOU CAN’T DO THIS! I'M THE NUMBER TWO HERO!”
“Oh,” Nedzu turned to him. “I suppose that makes you exempt from the law?” His smile fell. “By the way, Enji, your trial will have the media present so don’t think that you can get away by covering this up.”
Endeavor narrowed his eyes.
“And one last thing,” the creature held out his paw. Detective Tsukauchi pulled a picture frame from under his arm. Endeavor froze. “Nedzu…” The creature took it and pulled out the paper. He held it out. Shoto’s eyes widened.
He read the words: UA HIGH SCHOOL HERO COURSE CERTIFICATE OF GRADUATION.
“Nedzu what do you plan on doing with that?” Endeavor hissed out.
Shoto read the name: Enji Todoroki - Endeavor on it.
Nedzu wrapped his paws around the middle on the top.
“We,” he said coldly, “don’t allow villains to graduate from our school.”
“NEDZU DON-”
*Riiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiip*
_______________________________
Enji Todoroki stared in horror as his UA graduation certificate was torn in half in front of his eyes.
He could only numbly allow himself to be taken to the police car outside. He passed Natsuo and Fuyumi’s rooms. He glanced into his daughter’s room and his heart dropped when he saw her packing her belongings. Natsuo as well. He was pushed to keep going.
Everything… Everything he had so carefully built fell apart in the span of one night drowned out by the sound of police sirens.
_______________________________
Shoto sat in the back of the car.
“Um, Eraserhead, sir?” Fuyumi spoke up. He was driving them currently. “Where are we going?” The man swallowed “Well, you and Natsuo,” avoiding the last name, “are too old to go to an adoption center but considering the circumstances, we would like to keep the three of you together. We are going to send you to an apartment complex ran by the Hero Federation for these sorts of situations. Unless you have other ideas such as wanting to live on your own, you will be living there for a year with financial support from the federation. In that time, if you are in any sort of education then you will continue but you will need to find jobs to support yourselves after you move out when the year is over. If at that time you and Natsuo plan to move out on your own, Shoto will go to an adoption center as he is still underaged. However, for the rest of your lives, you will each be provided with two thousand dollars yearly as compensation for allowing your situation with Endeavor to happen. Shoto, until you are at the adult age yours will be going into a savings fund.”
They arrived at the complex soon after and the four of them got out. Shoto carried his nightly belongings. The rest of their things would be delivered by the end of the week. He felt almost… peaceful as they entered the building.
“I will be coming to check in on you tomorrow, alright?” They all nodded. Fuyumi bowed, Shoto and Natsuo copying. “Thank you for getting us out.” The man smirked. “No problem.”
The door closed. Shoto turned to the apartment. His legs suddenly gave out.
“SHOTO?!”
His knees hit the floor with a *thud*. Shoto pressed his head against the cold wood. For the first time in years, Shoto Todoroki cried. He cried tears of joy.
“W- we’re free!” he choked out. “WE ARE FREE!!!”
_______________________________
“You seem pleased today.”
Izuku looked over at his brother as they walked to school. “W- what do ya m- mean?” Eijiro shrugged. “You just do. Did something good happen?” Izuku looked down at Hime trotting beside him.
-----
Todoroki:
Thank you.
Thank you so much.
-----
Izuku smiled softly and looked forward. “S- sort of.”
“Wha-” “‘ZUKUUUUUUUUUUUU!!!! KIRI!!!!!!!” They both jumped. Mina came bolting towards them from further down the sidewalk. Furuya and Hino could be seen struggling to keep up from further off. Izuku took the girl swinging her arms around there necks with full force, him and Eijiro barely keeping up straight and the three of them from falling. She jumped back and smiled.
“Good morning!” she piped.
Izuku nodded. “‘Mornin’.”
Eijiro smirked. “Good morning, Mina!”
Furuya and Hino finally caught up panting. “Morn- *pant* -ing.”
Izuku grinned just a bit. “M- mornin’ Furuya. ‘Ino.”
Mori came bounding up. “Sup, guys!” Izuku received his morning fist-bump from the ginger.
Izuku jumped at a light pat on his shoulder. He watched as Yamamoto and Ito walked by. Yamamoto glanced back and nodded. Izuku nodded back.
“Oh? Are you friends with them?” Hino asked. Izuku shrugged. “Y- Yamamoto m- maybe. I dunno r- really.”
“Hmm. Okay.”
“We are going to be late for class, guys!” Mina bounded through the school gates. Izuku followed but stopped and turned to Eijiro who had stopped. “Wh- what’s wrong?” The raven-haired teen shrugged and walked in. “So you are friends with him?” Izuku shrugged. “M- more or less.” Eijiro didn’t reply but Akio got riled up about something. Is Eijiro mad about something?
“So what did you guys put on your high school choices?” Furuya popped the question at lunch. Hino shrugged. “I don’t have many aspirations so I just put the closest one. What about you, Furuya?” She smiled. “I want to be a doctor so I put in for the one by the hospital.” Mori hummed. “I’m trying to become a chef so I went for the one by Sweet Waters Culinary School.” Mina gawked “That’s one of the most expensive culinary colleges around!” Mori nodded. “I know… I am getting a job when I get into high school to pay for it. What about you guys?”
Mina smirked. “UA High!”
“And you call me insane,” Mori joked. “That school has such a low acceptance rate unless you are going for gen ed. but I doubt you are going for that.” Mina shook her head. “Nope! I am going to be a hero!”
Eijiro nodded. “I put that as my first choice too.”
Izuku nodded. “M- me too.”
Hino giggled. “How cool would it be if three Hills Alliance students made it into the hero course? Good luck, you three!”
Izuku nodded sternly.
_______________________________
Eijiro left the gym after PE, heading to his next class, Art. He grinned down at Akio and pat his dog’s head. “I think our gym teacher is starting to like you, Akio!” The dog nuzzled his hand and the two continued down the hall. He paused at the intersection because Izuku usually would come from the right to go to PE himself after Mixed Martial Arts. Izuku seemed to be a bit behind.
“Say, Izuku,” Eijiro turned his head. He frowned. Yamamoto was walking with Izuku coming towards Eijiro. “After school today, you doing anything.” Izuku shrugged. “Wanna hang out after school? There’s a cool arcade nearby.” Izuku blinked.
Eijiro rolled his eyes. Of course, Izuku would reply no. He isn’t that trusting. I am sure he knows full well just how bad of a person Yamamot-
“Sure.”
Eijiro bit his tongue. Excuse me, what?
Yamamoto nodded. “Meet me by the school gates. We can stop by my house and get money.” Izuku nodded. The two split ways and Izuku made his way over to Eijiro who plastered a grin on his face. “How was class?” he forced out. Izuku shrugged. “Normal. Y- you?” Eijiro stuck out his tongue. “We did a surprise mile run today.” Izuku deadpanned. Eijiro nodded. “Yeah, I thought so too. Don’t worry, you’ve got great stamina.” Izuku sighed. “Still…” Eijiro laughed and pat his brother’s shoulder. “Have fun! See you after school!”
The two split ways.
Eijiro rounded the corned to the Art hallway and stopped.
-----
‘Wanna hang out after school? There’s a cool arcade nearby.’
‘Sure.’
-----
Eijiro glared at the floor.
If he does anything to Izuku oooooh! He’s gonna have it in for him!
*!RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIING!*
“Dang! I’m late!”
_______________________________
Izuku waved goodbye to his friends after school. Eijiro turned to him. “Call me if you need anything, k, man?” Izuku nodded and waved. “See y- you at ‘ome.” Eijiro hesitated. “Yeah. See you later!”
Izuku watched his brother bounce off. He looked up at Hime on his shoulder who met his eyes. “W- what is ‘e s- s- so worried ‘bout?” “Meow!” Izuku hummed and turned around, walking up to meet Yamamoto who was leaning next to the school gate. “Ready?” Izuku nodded.
In all honesty, Izuku doesn’t know why he agreed to hang out with the white-haired boy. He texted Mom to ask if it was okay and she seemed fine with it. It felt weird walking past his house. Yamamoto’s was further down. Izuku could feel the tenseness ease it’s way into his nerves. Hanging out with friends seems like the natural thing to do but… Izuku swallowed, he couldn’t help but fear for the worst.
Izuku’s finger tapped rapidly against his backpack strap as he waited for Yamamoto to come out of his house. His eyes flew from side to side. This is a peaceful neighborhood, he reminded himself. This is not the red lights. “Geeze!” Izuku jumped and spun around as Yamamoto came down the path and out of his house’s gate. “Why so jumpy? Come on.” Izuku took a deep breath. Calm down. Everything will be fine. He followed Yamamoto. This is training. Right! Training! I can’t go out and be a hero if I can’t handle hanging out with a single friend. Right. Friend. This is a friend. Everything is FINE!
_______________________________
What… the heck am I doing?
Shiro glanced over at Izuku who was playing Zombie Shooters with him at the arcade. The greenette wasn’t doing all that hot. Who would have thought that someone so skilled at fighting would be so bad at this? Or… at arcade games in general.
He couldn’t find anything wrong with it still.
Something about this… friendship, if one would call it that, with the scarred boy was different than the one he holds with Ito. Even now, at the arcade. When he goes with Ito, the boy is usually dragging him along, always one-upping him, and when Shiro loses a game he makes a big laughing stock out of him and everyone in the near vicinity usually looks over, if only to glare at Ito for being so loud.
With the freak though its almost actually fun. They go around and play the games, not really racking up tickets because, no offense, Izuku sort of sucks but that doesn’t matter. What matters is that they are enjoying themselves. Neither is putting each other down or mocking the other. It would almost be a really sweet event if they weren’t currently blasting the heads off of zombies.
Shiro frowned at the screen blinked “GAME OVER” at them. He put down the plastic gun and turned to Izuku who was doing the same.
“Not bad, for a rookie,” he smirked. Izuku deadpanned. Shiro shrugged. “Shall we go cash in our tickets for a prize?” Izuku nodded. Shiro led the freak through the arcade. There was something strange yet refreshing about the way the greenette hardly spoke. Ito was constantly blabbering like some school girl and loudly too. Izuku was more reserved, like Shiro, and Shiro liked that. He wasn’t constantly pushed to hold a conversation that he wasn’t interested in.
That being said, he couldn’t tell really if Izuku was having a good time or not himself. At one point he would seem to be really immersed in a game and then at the other his eyes would be flying to and fro and his shoulders would be so tense one would think he was a caged animal. Like now. As they were walking to the back, Izuku was watching every single person in his sight. At one point his gaze landed upon the white-haired boys back and Shiro was reminded of their first spar in class. A shiver went up his spine. Calm the heck down dude.
As aforementioned, Izuku is not good at arcade games so they really didn’t have that many tickets. At all. They ended up getting four suckers, two for each.
Shiro glanced over at the freak who seemed rather pleased with the treat. “Thanks for hanging with me today,” Shiro offhandedly commented. Izuku looked over and took the pop out of his mouth. “Thanks fer invitin’ me.” Shiro shrugged and unwrapped his first on. “No prob.” They walked back most of the way in silence aside from a few sarcastic remarks passed between the two based on observations seen on their little walk. The sun was just setting by the time they got back.
Yamamoto stopped outside his gate. “See ya at school.” Izuku nodded. “See ya.” Shiro watched the boy for a few moments as he walked away to his own home before entering.
“I’m home.” He closed the door behind him. No one responded, of course. Mom worked two jobs to pay the bills and Dad was six feet under so it wasn’t really like he had expected a response. Saying that was more of a habitual formality to the empty house. Shiro threw himself on his bed and sighed. He fiddled with the other sucker in his hand.
“Honestly, why am I hanging out with the freak? It’s not like we are friends or anything. Right?”
Shiro, himself, actually did not know the answer to that question.
_______________________________
*Knock Knock*
*Click*
“I’m home.”
Yuma peeked out from the kitchen. “Welcome back, Izuku!” He nodded at her and sat on the couch after taking off his shoes. “Did you have fun?” The boy shrugged. “I- I guess…?” It was more of a question. “That’s good.” Yuma was so happy when she got the text from Izuku asking her if he could hang out with a friend at the arcade after school. She was on break at the daycare she had recently started working at and had to stop herself from squealing like one of the children she looked after.
“Eijiro is in the room. You should have seen him when he came home today from training. He was all like ‘Moooom, I hurts everywhere!’” Yuma counted the small chuckle she heard from the living room as a win. “I- I guess I’ll g- go check o- on ‘im.” Yuma smiled. “Alright, well there are leftovers in the fridge for dinner.” Izuku nodded at her. Yuma’s smile faltered slightly. Part of it was that she knew that Izuku wasn’t going to eat tonight. Not after he went out and since she gave him the option he would probably take the road of not eating. The other part was…
-----
‘Moooom, I hurts everywhere!’
Yuma giggled as she brought an icepack over to her tried son laying on the couch. ‘Well, that typically comes with working so hard.’ ‘BARK!’
Yuma went back to the near armchair.
‘Is Izuku back yet?’
Yuma looked up from her book. ‘Not yet. I am so pleased that he is finally coming out of his shell enough to go hang out with a friend like this.’
‘Yeah…’
Yuma blinked. ‘What’s wrong, dear?’
Eijiro looked down. ‘I just don’t like who he is hanging out with.’ Yuma smiled softly. ‘I know you have some reservations against Yamamoto but you can’t choose Izuku’s friends for him.’
‘I know…’
-----
Ei has been acting strangely recently when it came to Izuku. Yuma truly hoped nothing would happen. She doubts anything will. Eijiro is too sweet of a boy to do anything.
_______________________________
Eijiro looked up from his sketchbook at the knock on the door. It opened and Izuku came in.
“Welcome back.”
Izuku nodded at him. Eijiro blinked when something was laid on his desk. “What’s this?” Izuku sat on his bed. “A sucker,” he replied. “I- I got an e- extra.” Eijiro took it. “Thanks, man!” He unwrapped it and popped it in his mouth.
“‘ow w- was trainin’?” Eijiro rolled out his chair and pat the icepack on his leg. “Painful.” Izuku grimaced. “But I still enjoy it!” Eijiro piped. “I feel like I’m actually doing something, you know?” Izuku nodded. “Yeah.”
“How was the arcade?”
Izuku looked up at the ceiling. “S- stressful but f- fun.” Eijiro’s grin faltered. Truth be told, he had hoped that Izuku would not have had a good time so he would stop hanging out with Yamamoto.
-----
‘- you can’t choose Izuku’s friends for him.’
-----
“Did you eat dinner?” Eijiro didn’t even have to ask. Izuku shook his head, stroking Hime who sat next to him. Eijiro sighed. “What’s up, man? Something unnerving you?” Izuku looked up. “W- what makes ya t- tink that?” he asked. EIjiro shrugged. “You usually don’t eat when you are worried or stressed.” Izuku blushed slightly as though he had been found out. He looked down. “N- nothin’ r- really. It was a- actually a really g- good day…” Eijiro hummed. “That’s right! You were all smiley this morning too, huh?” Izuku shrugged.
“Well, sorry to break the news to you, man, but you’ve got homework to do.”
Izuku sighed and dropped his chin to his chest exaggeratedly. Eijiro laughed. “Cheer up! Me and my magnificent intelligence shall help you!” He placed a hand on his chest. Izuku looked up.”Y- you need ‘elp, d- don’t cha?” Eijiro dramatically rolled back in his chair. “I’m wounded that you would think so!” Izuku raised an eyebrow. EIjiro chuckled and scratched the back of his head. “Actually… sort of…?” Izuku smiled his little half-smile and pat his bed. “C- come ‘ere.” Eijiro grinned and pulled out his math folder. “I owe ya, man!”
For most of the rest of their waking hours, the two worked on homework and chatted. Everything was going so well…
Until night fell.
Eijiro was sleeping soundly when he heard a soft crying break through his dream-like state. Eijiro sat up and turned on the lamp. He looked over to see Izuku struggling in the sheets, tears streaming down his face and soft whimpers escaping his mouth. Eijiro frowned. Hime was nudging Izuku’s hand slightly.
Eijiro got out of bed and walked over. “Shoo,” he waved Hime off the bed. She hissed at him slightly. Eijiro rolled his eyes.
“Izuku,” he whispered, turning his attention back to his brother. The sleeping figure curled in on himself. He gently tapped Izuku’s shoulder. The greenette shot up. Eijiro waved slightly. Izuku’s eyes widened when he saw his hand raised. The boy jumped off the bed and into the corner of the room, where he typically ran when he was startled from a nightmare or was having a panic attack.
Eijiro frowned when Hime went over to comfort his brother again. He approached slowly, like Dad. “It’s just me, calm down.” Izuku shook his head. “N- n- not- can’-” “I know,” Eijiro spoke softly. He held out his arms. “Come here, man. It’s okay.” Izuku shook his head, squeezing his eyes shut. Eijiro bit his lip. Izuku crouched down in the corner and that dang cat went over to him. Izuku reached out shakily and pet her.
Tch.
“Hey, man,” he whispered, crouching as well. “It’s okay.” He held out his hand. Eijiro saw the string form from the greenettes chest. Izuku didn’t respond, fully concentrating on trying to breathe and… the cat. Eijiro narrowed his eyes.
He doesn’t need you.
Eijiro didn’t even realize his hand had curled around the string.
You are his protector.
Izuku’s eye widened in horror and his head slowly lifted to face Eijiro.
I am his protector! *PULL*
Eijiro didn’t mean to pull, it was more on instinct, but Izuku all but flew towards him. Eijiro’s eyes widened in surprise and he caught his brother only to be pushed away. Izuku pinned himself against his fresser, staring down at Eijiro in shock. Eijiro met eyes with the boy. Fear, pain, and… betrayal swam in those green orbs.
By the time Eijiro realized his mistake, it was too late.
Izuku threw open their bedroom door with a *BANG* the echoed through the dark house. Eijiro could only stare at the dark hallway in shock. Somewhere he heard another door, the front door he realized, open and then an “IZUKU?!” Eijiro pulled himself to his feet and ran into the living room where he could see the front door swinging back from where it had it the wall. Dad was already halfway down their path but Izuku had already lept the gate and ran.
“-jiro. Eijiro!”
Eijiro snapped out of his daze. Mom was holding his shoulders, crouched in front of him. “M- mom, I-”
“Eijiro, what happened, dear?” she asked, noticing his distress.
Eijiro felt tears well in his eyes. He looked down at his hands. Akio nudged his leg, whining.
“M- mom, I- I didn’t m- mean to. I- I just w- want to h- help and I-”
“Eijiro.” His head snapped up. He met his mother’s eyes. “What,” she asked, “did you do?”
Chapter Text
WHY?!
Izuku hopped the fence and bolted.
I trusted him!
He didn’t know where he was going. He didn’t care.
I TRUSTED HIM!!!
He couldn’t see straight. His blood roared in his ears, his heart pounded angrily at his ribcage his lungs screamed for air.
What went wrong?!
Izuku tripped, arms pinwheeling, but he caught himself and kept going.
“Izuku, wait!” He looked over his shoulder. Someone was following him. Chasing him. Izuku’s minds-eye contorted the figure in the dark. Ominously tall and lanky, red eyes that glowed in the night, jagged teeth like a lions fangs. Izuku blinked away tears and ran faster. He took a sharp right turn at the next block.
Can’t- BReaThe! Keep RUNNING! Get- Away!
The greenette zigzagged in the housing addition until he made his way to the main street. He stopped, almost getting hit by a car. Izuku looked behind him. He had lost the demon somewhere but he couldn’t afford to stop now. He waited for a break.
“Wait!”
The boy whipped his head around. NO! Without thinking, Izuku bolted. “IZUKU!!!” A car clipped his foot, Izuku went sprawling. He bit his tongue to keep from crying out in pain.
*!HOOOONK!*
Izuku scrambled to his feet and threw himself to the other side, just barely dodging the next car. He tried to stand, wincing and falling back down. He looked down at his right ankle. It was crooked and bleeding. “Izuku, please!” His head snapped up. Izuku reached forward. He grabbed a couple of sticks. Izuku ripped off a piece of his pajama bottoms. He used it to tie the twigs around his leg and ankle as a makeshift brace. The demon had just started to cross the street. Izuku pushed himself up. He ripped off a piece of his arm sleeve and stuck it in his mouth, biting down on it to keep himself from crying out as he ran along the side of the street, significantly slower.
_______________________________
Asa watched in horror as Izuku ran out into the street. The boy’s foot got hit and he almost got hit again by the car coming in the opposite direction. He had to wait for another break but from across the street, he could see Izuku struggling to stand.
He’s hurt!
His break came. “Izuku, please!” He ran across. Izuku made some sort of brace for his ankle and got up but Asa could see the pain on his son’s face.
What happened? A nightmare has never been this bad before!
He crossed and continued after the greenette. Izuku had slowed down since getting hit. Asa caught up and grabbed Izuku’s arm. Asa’s eyes widened when he was thrown over the boy’s shoulder. He hit the ground painfully, air forcefully leaving his body. He peeled open his eyes. Izuku was looking down at him. Even in the dark of night, Asa could see the fear in the emerald eyes.
“Izuku,” he coughed out, rolling over to get up. The boy shook his head. He took a step back. “AH-!” the boy choked on a yelp of pain and fell on his rear. Asa held out his hands, keeping low. The string formed from Izuku’s chest. “NOOOO!!!” Izuku scrambled backward.
“Asa! Izuku!” Both of their heads snapped up, Izuku’s head turning over his shoulder. Yuma was running up to them with Eijiro behind them. Izuku pushed himself to his feet. Asa grabbed the boy’s wrist.
“Izuku, you’re hurt!” The boy shook his head. “No! Please!” He reached out for something unseen. “Izuku, plea-” Asa’s voice died out when Izuku began to glow. Everyone froze. Green tendrils ran throughout the boy’s body, doll-like joints and bolts formed over his normal joints, scars turning to cracks. “Izuku?”
“Let… GO!” Asa’s whole body jerked forward as Izuku’s body went flying forward suddenly. Asa lost his grip. The boy crashed into a tree several feet away and fell to the ground. Asa stood and went to go to him but Yuma grabbed his arm. “Wait.” He looked back at her. “Why?” She nodded slightly to Eijiro. Eijiro had tear tracks running down his cheeks. “Ei?” he asked hesitantly.
“I- I didn’t m- mean to!” the boy cried. Asa tilted his head. “What did you do, Ei?” Yuma placed her hand on her husband’s shoulder. “Eijiro grabbed the string.”
…
…
…
“What…?”
The raven-haired boy flinched. Asa was about to say something else when he heard a broken cry of pain. All heads snapped up to Izuku who was trying to get to his feet but couldn’t. The boy was on all fours, heaving and panting. The glow had since died out but it was starting to come back. “Izuku,” he said carefully, “you are hurt. Please stop.” Izuku’s eyes flickered to them, wide and scared. He planted his foot on the ground. Asa’s heart dropped. Bits of what seemed like glowing porcelain broke off from where Izuku’s ankle was bleeding but was now covered in cracks that were spreading the more pressure he put on it. From the illuminating light, Asa could see a dark, almost hollow hole in the boy’s ankle from where the pieces fell off.
It hit him like a rock that this was Izuku’s quirk and what he was doing was greatly damaging his body.
Izuku pushed himself up. “Izuku, no!” The greenette tried to step forward but cried out. More bits of porcelain broke off and the cracks spread up the boy’s pale skin. “Suck!” He couldn’t wait for him to calm down. Not before Izuku permanently hurt himself. Asa ran forward and caught the falling boy. Izuku pushed him off. “NO!” He tried to stand again but immediately collapsed to his feet. “Izuku, please calm down,” Asa spoke softly. Izuku shook his head.
“D- Don’- Can’- No- WHY?!”
Asa blinked. “Why wha-”
“I TRUSTED YOU!!!” Asa was taken back by the screech that tore through the boy’s throat. His heart dropped when he processed what the boy had just said. “I- I- I thought- I thought it was SAFE!”
“Izuku…”
“WHAT WEN’ WRONG!!!??? Why did this ‘appen?! I- I- I-” Yuma and Eijiro came up slowly. Izuku’s head snapped up. He met eyes with Eijiro. “NOOO!!!” Izuku scrambled back, getting dangerously close to the road. Asa snapped his head to Yuma. “Stay back,” he ordered. Yuma nodded and pushed herself and Eijiro back. Eijiro was openly crying again.
“I- I’m sorry! I didn’t mean to!”
Izuku pressed his hands against the side of his head, pulling at his hair. “I- You- I- BROTHER!” he choked out. “Y- YOU W- WERE MY B- BROTHER!!!” Asa bit his lip. He needed to stop this but he couldn’t risk the boy getting any closer to the road. “Y- YOU WERE M- MY FAMILAE!!!” The boy suddenly snapped his head up and met eyes with Asa. “Why does this keep ‘appening!!!??? Why does everything good keep breaking!!!!!????? WHAT AM I DOIN’ WRONG?!” Tears welled in Asa’s eyes but he blinked them away.
“You aren’t doi-”
“SHUT UP!” The boy roared. Asa leaned back by the anger that suddenly took over the greenettes demeanor. “Y- you LIED to me!” Asa’s face fell. “I BELIEVED ya when you said it would get better! I BELIEVED YOU! You said we would find a ‘’appy place!’ WHAT ‘APPENED TO THE HAPPY PLACE!!!???”
Asa opened his mouth but couldn’t find the words.
“W- what was it a- all for?” Asa tilted his head at the question. “Y- you actaed l- like ya c- cared,” Izuku continued. “Y- you s- said tha’ w- we were ‘familae.’ I t- trusted y- you…” Izuku hung his head.
“W- why d- did you betray m- me?”
It was so quiet that Asa almost didn’t hear it. But he did. No longer could he hold back the tears.
“Izuku…”
“Don’-” the boy cut in. “Don’t s- say anything i- if all you a- are gonna say i- is lies.”
Asa took a deep breath to steel himself. “Fine,” he started slowly. “I won’t lie then.” Izuku ducked his head, waiting for the worst.
“I am sorry,” Asa sat down fully. “I am sorry that you felt unsafe. I did not know that this would happen. I did not think that any of us had done anything wrong and I don’t know what happened to make you run out like this. That being said, I think that if you are going to get angry at someone than you should at least let them know why you are angry.” Izuku glanced up. “You want the truth?” Asa asked, not expecting a reply. “Whatever happened does not mean we betrayed you. Mistakes happen. It is part of life. Still, we,” he gestured to his family behind him, “all love you.”
“I- I don’ believe y- you…”
“And that is okay,” Asa nodded. “‘Cause whether you believe us or not, it is true. You could run away and we would still try to find you. You could die and we would mourn over your death. We meant it when we called you ‘family’ and we still do. Nothing has changed.” Izuku looked up at him. Below all of the anger and terror, Asa could see the longing. He WANTED to believe but he couldn’t.
Asa turned over his shoulder and waved Eijiro closer. Eijiro hesitated but stepped forward. Izuku flinched back, preparing to run. Asa turned back to him. “Please, at least hear him out.” Izuku’s eyes tracked Eijiro all the way over. When the raven-haired boy sat, Izuku bared his teeth, showing his canines. Eijiro looked down.
“I-” he swallowed. “I am s- so sorry… I- I just wanted to help.” Izuku’s gaze darkened. “I- I promised that I would p- protect you a- and I got angry because I couldn’t a- and Hime seemed l- like she was doing more… I- I saw you were hanging out with Y- Yamamoto more a- and I got jealous.” Eijiro started to cry again but kept going. Asa looked back over at Izuku. The greenette’s eye was twitching and his face was contorted like he couldn’t believe what he was hearing. “I want… I wanted to be the one t- to be there for you.” Eijiro swallowed.
“I- I wanted to be your hero, Izuku.”
Eijiro looked up. Izuku stared back blankly, eye still twitching but now his head was twitching as well, along with his fingers. Eijiro lowered his head quickly. “I messed up… I know I did. I- I don’t expect you t- to forgive me but… I s- still want to make it up to you. N- not as a protector b- but as your brother.”
Asa was starting to get worried about how rapidly Izuku was twitching now.
“Izuku? Are you alright?” Izuku’s eyes flickered to him. Izuku dropped his head, breathing slowly, deeply. Asa almost thought he fell asleep. He raised his hand to gently shake the boy but it was slapped away suddenly.
From under the greenettes hair, Asa could just see Izuku glaring daggers at him.
“Don’. Touch. Me.”
A shiver went down all of their spines. “Okay…” he started slowly. Yuma finally came over.
“I- it’s pretty late… should we go in?” she asked. Asa looked over at Izuku. “Would you like to come home?”
“Ha?”
Asa blinked.
“‘’ome,’” the boy repeated. He grunted and stood up, favoring his left leg. “Don’t make me laugh,” Izuku growled. “I’ve neva known the definition of tha’ word in my life.” Asa’s heart broke. Everyone lowered their heads. Asa took a deep breath and stood up. “Would you please come home with us?” He did not change the word. Not after he told Izuku that he was still family. He would keep calling it home until Izuku recognized it as such again. Eijiro stood up too. Izuku glared up at Asa but didn’t reply.
“At any rate,” Asa started slowly, “we need to get you to a hospital.” He gestured to the boy’s right ankle which was bleeding profusely. Much to Asa’s horror, where the porcelain had broken off, so had the skin when the light died down, jagged cuts and gashed surrounded the ankle. Izuku shook his head. “I’ll bandage it when we get back.” Asa almost sighed in relief. He was at least coming back. “I ‘ave someone who’ll take care of it tommora.” Asa swallowed. “Do you need help walking?” he asked hesitantly. Izuku scowled at him.
“No. I don’.”
The boy limped forward, obviously in pain. Eijiro stared after him sadly. Asa placed a hand on his son’s shoulder. “We will talk when we get back.” EIjiro nodded numbly. “I’m sorry…” Asa took a deep breath. “I know, Ei.”
The three followed Izuku as, much to their displeasure, he forced himself to walk all the way back, drops of blood trailing behind him.
_______________________________
Eijiro’s mouth felt so dry.
They entered the house, a tense air hung around the family.
I did this… he thought. I’m the reason everything is so broken.
Dad turned to Izuku. “Do you want to sleep on the couch tonight?” Eijiro’s heart plummeted. Of course, Izuku wouldn’t want to sleep in the same room with him. “If you don’t mind, actuallae,” Izuku looked up at the man, “may I call someone?” Eijiro’s head snapped up. “What for?” Dad asked. Izuku tilted his head. “To stay fer the nigh’.” The mood dropped even further if that was possible. “Jus’ fer the night. Fergive me if I don’ feel comfortable sleepin’ ‘ere tonight.” He wasn’t even stuttering. It was only a testimony to just how pissed Izuku was.
How pissed I made him…
“You have school tomorrow,” Dad said hesitantly. “I’ll be there. It’s not like I’ll be stayin’ there ferever.”
“Then you’ll be coming back!?” Eijiro asked hopefully. His hope crashed and burned when Izuku glared at him. “Legally, I have to, so yer.” Eijiro looked down at the floor. “An’ I’ll make it to school so can I call or not?” He looked back at Dad. “I technicallae need permission from me legal guardians.” Everyone but the greenette flinched.
Not even Mom or Dad but ‘legal guardians.’
Mom nodded. “S- sure, dear…”
While Izuku was calling and bandaging his ankle, the three of them went back to Eijiro’s room.
Hime had gone to go be with Izuku. She did nothing wrong. I’m so stupid!
Dad sat on the edge of Izuku’s bed. Eijiro and Mom sat on his. It was quiet for a bit.
“I think that it is safe to say,” Dad began, “that I am very disappointed in you, Eijiro.” Eijiro flinched. “I know…” “That being said,” the man continued, “I am just as disappointed in myself for not realizing the inner turmoil you were going through as well.” Eijiro looked up at his father. “W- what do you mean? You didn’t do anything wrong!” Dad shook his head. “As your father, I should have known that something was off. I noticed the signs that something was off. I should have brought it up but I didn’t and for that I am sorry.
Eijiro hung his head. “I was so stupid! Why did I do it?!” He gripped his pajama pants. “I- I just wanted to help!” Mom rested a hand on his shoulder. “There is nothing wrong with that, dear, but you need to realize when that turns into possessiveness.”
Eijiro’s eyes widened. “Possessive…” He wanted to throw up. “I’m no better than his biological mother…”
Mom took his shoulders and turned him to her. “Eijiro, look at me.” He glanced up at his mother. “You are NOT Ms. Midoriya. Your intentions were good. Hers were purely to control Izuku. Don’t ever call yourself that again. You just need to learn to reign it in some and let Izuku have a life.” Eijiro nodded numbly but he couldn’t formulate a response.
Mom let go of him.
“Things are going to be bumpy for a while,” Dad started again. “And we may never fully regain his trust again, but do not let that deter you. We are still his family and he is still our son and brother. Eijiro, what did we say when we were interviewing to see if we would adopt Izuku or not? We believe in what?” Eijiro thought for a bit.
“‘We believe… in actions over words?’”
Dad nodded. “And that still holds true now.”
*Knock Knock Knock* Dad sighed. “That must be who Izuku called. Let’s go.”
_______________________________
The front door opened.
Hizashi Yamada came face to face with the tired and sad faces of Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima. He smiled the best he could. “Good, um, morning?” It was still dark out. They nodded. “Good morning, Mr. Yamada.” They let him in. “Izuku is getting his things.” Hizashi nodded. “Mind if I ask what happened?” The couple glanced at each other. Mr. Kirishima sighed. “Eijiro accidentally grabbed the string,” Hizashi’s eyes widened, “and Izuku ran. He ended up getting hit by a car-”
“WHAT?!”
“- but only his ankle which is badly damaged. Long story short, would it be okay if he stayed with you for a night or two?” Hizashi studied the faces of the two. He smiled softly. “Sure. I’ll make sure he gets back to you in one piece.” Mrs. Kirishima started crying. “I- I’m sorry! I don’t know what went wrong!” HIzashi shook his head. “Ma’am, don’t cry. I truly believe that you have all been the best Izuku could have asked for. He has grown so much and I don’t think any other family could have brought that out of him.” She wiped her tears. “B- but now we are back to stage one and-”
“I know,” he cut in. “I am sorry but please don’t blame yourselves. Izuku is just that sort of kid, you know? He can’t help his trust issues.”
Mr. Kirishima nodded solemnly. “We know… We are trying our best.”
“That is all we ask,” Hizashi smiled. “That is all he needs. Not a perfect family but one that is willing to put in that sort of effort for him.” Hizashi turned to them and bowed.
“Wha-”
“Thank you for taking care of Izuku.”
Mrs. Kirishima giggled. “Mr. Yamada, please stand up,” and he did. “You don’t need to thank us. Izuku is our son and we love him as one. It is only natural for us to want to care for him.” Hizashi smiled. “I am glad to hear that.”
Izuku came limping in with his backpack and a small duffle bag. Hime sat on his shoulder. Hizashi looked down at the boy’s ankle. It was bandaged but blood was already beginning to seep through it. They would have to get Recovery Girl to look at it.
Hizashi waved. “Hey, little listener!” Izuku didn’t respond. Hizashi didn’t let that deter him. “Are you ready?” The greenette nodded. He looked tired and the blood lass was not helping. “Alright,” Hizashi said softer. He knelt down. “Here, let me take the bags for you.” Izuku hesitated but handed them over. Hizashi stood back up to the parents. “I promise to bring him back.” They both nodded. “Goodnight, Mr. Yamada. Goodnight, Izuku.”
Hizashi led Izuku down the path, walking slowly so the boy could keep up. He wanted to ask if he needed to be carried but felt like it wasn’t the time.
“IZUKU!”
Both of them swirled around. The Kirishima boy stood at the doorway. He bowed. “I- I really am sorry! I’ll be better when you get back so…” he stood up straight, tears in his red eyes, “PLEASE COME BACK SOON!”
Izuku blinked a few times. He lifted one hand and placed it under his chin, tilting it up slightly. That was all he did but Kirishima brightened significantly and puffed out his own chest, tears freely falling now. “See you at school!” Izuku turned away and kept walking.
The car ride was quiet aside from the background music from the radio.
“Okay,” Hizashi got out. “I am carrying you up the stairs whether you like it or not. You can’t walk up on that ankle.” Izuku hesitated. Hizashi crouched by him. “Don’t worry. I won’t hurt you.” Izuku nodded slightly. Hizashi slung the bags on his shoulders and bent down again. He felt Izuku tense and held him gently for a few good seconds before picking the boy up. Hizashi lived on the top floor of a six-story apartment building and there was no way he was going to put the claustrophobic boy in an elevator.
He could hear Hime purring against Izuku as she perched much like a bird on the boy’s shoulder.
Hizashi’s apartment was pretty expansive, he did have three jobs after all.
He set Izuku down on the black leather couch and his bags to the side. “I am going to go get you an ice pack for your ankle okay? We can have Recovery Girl fix it up tomorrow.” Izuku nodded. When he came back with the ice pack, the boy hadn’t moved or fixed his eyes off of the ground. Hizashi crouched in front of the boy.
“Hey, Izu,” he used the nickname Mary Lou gave the boy and like that, the waterworks fell. A sob escaped the boy’s lips and he doubled over. Hizashi put the ice pack to the side and took the greenette into a gentle hug.
“I- I- I- don’- I don’- can’t-”
“Shhh… I know, Izu. I know.” He rubbed the boy’s back. The boy flinched. Hizashi leaned back up. “Did you hurt your back?” Izuku sniffled and nodded. “Alright, give me a moment.” He spent a good portion of the night patching Izuku back up. By the time he was done, the sun was already starting to rise.
I’ll call in today…
“Izuku?” The boy looked dead on his feet. “Do you want to sleep in my bed with me?” The boy looked up, eyes glossy. He nodded numbly. Hizashi smiled and picked him up. “Let’s get you in bed. You won’t be going to school today.”
“B- but I t- told them-”
“They will understand.” Hizashi got under the covers with the greenette. Izuku looked up at him with tired eyes. The man gently ran a hand through Izuku’s hair.
“Go to sleep, Izu. I’ll still be here when you wake up.” Izuku nodded but hesitated.
“Y- Yami?”
“Hmm?”
“I- I don’ know w- what t- t- to do… T- they w- were so nice a- and I-”
“They still are,” Hizashi assured him. “But no family is perfect. However, there are perfect families for certain people. Do you like the Kirishima’s?”
Izuku frowned. “I- I don’ know a- a- anymore…”
Hizashi smiled sadly. “That’s okay. Give it time. It will take a bit to get over this but they truly didn’t mean any harm.” Izuku nodded slowly.
“Now let’s go to bed. It has been a long day. You will feel better in the morning.”
“O- okay…”
Hizashi turned off the lamp and remembered to turn off his alarm as well.
…
…
…
“Y- Yami?”
Hizashi opened his eyes. “Hmm?”
…
“I- I loved t- them…”
Hizashi could almost feel the broken heart of the boy next to him. He took Izuku into his arms, staying conscious of the ankle and back.
“I know, Izu. I’m sure that after all of this, you’ll find that you still do. Just give it time…”
Soon enough, he heard the quiet snores of the greenette. Hizashi closed his eyes.
Mary Lou, if you are up there, we could really use some guidance right about now…
-----
‘I- I loved t- them…’
Chapter 49: I Don't Belong Here
Summary:
Izuku comes to a conclusion.
Notes:
Hey everyone! Sorry for the late update! Writer's block hit me hard. I hope you don't hate me for how this chapter goes.
Aside from the chapter though (Ha ha...) how is everyone?
- This chapter has major suicide themes to it so if that triggers anything then you have been warned. -
Chapter Text
*beep beep beep beep bee-* *SLAM*
Eijiro groaned. He pulled his arm off of his alarm clock. Eijiro sat up slowly. He opened his eyes. Almost subconsciously, he looked over to the right side of the room expecting to see Izuku already making his bed. But he wasn’t there. Eijiro closed his eyes, remembering the events of the night. He took a shuddering breath.
I need to do better… Do better.
He got out of bed and got dressed. Akio wagged his tail playfully. Eijiro sighed and left his room. “I’m taking Akio out to use the bathroom,” he informed his mother as he passed through the dining room. “Okay, dear.” She sounded tired. They all were. It had been a long night and a very heartbreaking one. Eijiro stared blankly at the grass while his dog trotted happily around the backyard.
They were all painfully aware of the absence of Izuku at the table. Eijiro didn’t feel like eating but he did so as not to make his parents worry more.
He wondered absentmindedly if this is how Izuku felt when he didn’t eat. If this empty feeling was the same. Or was it the fear. The trauma Eijiro so wonderfully reminded his brother of right after he had woken from a nightmare.
“Have a good day, dear,” Mom kissed him on the forehead. Eijiro nodded. “You too…” He left the house with Akio. Eijiro felt so numb as he walked to school. So many things were running through his head.
So many regrets…
“KIRI!!!”
Eijiro looked up from his fixed position on the sidewalk. Mina ran up and swung her arm around him. “MORNING!”
“Morning, Mina.” He tried to sound happy but obviously failed. The others caught up. “Is Izuku not coming today?” Furuya questioned. Eijiro took a deep breath. Izuku said he would be here but Eijiro honestly doubted it. He minus well get this over with.
“About Izuku…”
“Is everything alright, Kiri?” Mori asked. Eijiro shook his head. “L- last night some things happened a- and Izuku, well, he will be staying at another place for the next few days but he will be back just… when he comes back, I- Izuku might not be the same, um, mentally.” He avoided the worried stares. “Sort of like how he was when he first came to live with us but possibly worse… Sorry…”
…
…
…
“Okay!” Mina spun around and turned to the others. “Goal of today: we all make get well cards for ‘Zuku!”
Eijiro looked up. “He isn’t hurt.” Well, he is, but that isn’t the point. Mina winked at him. “Wounds can be invisible, too, Kiri.” She turned back to their friends. “Cards of encouragement then! Alright?” They all nodded. “Alright!”
Eijiro trailed behind the group a bit as they entered the school. He really did not feel up to today.
_______________________________
Shiro stood from where he had oh so discreetly bent down to ‘tie his shoe while the group of Kirishima and the freak’s friends were talking.
-----
‘- when he comes back, I- Izuku might not be the same, um, mentally.’
-----
Shiro watched the group enter the school. Shiro pulled out his phone. He hesitated a bit but eventually sent Izuku. He was pocketing his phone when someone slapped his back harshly. Shiro lifted his head sharply.
“Hey, dude!”
“Ito,” he greeted his… friend. The boy smirked. “What? Not happy to see me? We haven’t hung in a while since you started getting all chummy with Freak-Face and his puppy.” Shiro scowled. “Don’t…”
Ito raised an eyebrow. “Don’t what?” He got in Shiro’s face. “Don’t tell me you are going to defend them.” It wasn’t a question so much as an order. Shiro sighed and pushed past the other boy. “Never mind, just come on. We are going to be late.”
He could feel the ugly smile on Ito’s face. The boy caught up with him. No, he purposefully walked a few steps faster, asserting himself by walking in front.
Shiro stuffed his hands in his pocket and kept walking with a slouch.
_______________________________
Izuku blinked his heavy eyelids open. He tilted his head up. Yami was still in the bed but sitting up and leaning against the backboard doing something on his laptop. Izuku tried to push himself up but gasped as pain shot through his back. He flopped back down.
“Oh!” Yami closed his laptop and set it to the side. “Careful, Izu! Your back isn’t healed!” He got out of bed and came around to the other side. “Here, let me help you.” Izuku let the older man guide him into a sitting position.
Why am I…?
All at once, the memories of the night flooded in. On sheer reflex, Izuku flinched back and slapped away Yami’s arm. Hurt flashed in the hero’s eyes but it was quickly gone. Yami ran a hand through his hair. “Are you hungry?” Izuku dropped his gaze to the bedsheets.
He was sure that he was but he didn’t really feel like eating. He willed himself to answer verbally but in the end, all he could manage was to shake his head.
Yami frowned sadly. “I am still going to make something just in case. Do you want help getting around?” Izuku shook his head again. “... Okay. I will be in the kitchen if you need me.” Izuku looked up as the man left.
Don’t go!
He couldn’t say it. His throat constricted at the thought. Izuku dropped his head again. His fists curled around the purple bedsheets. Tears pricked at the corners of his eyes. The room felt cold. Izuku felt cold. Numb. Empty.
Why…? What did I do to cause this? What happened to ‘family?’ Where did it all go wrong? Why did it fall apart? Why did they betray me? Was it something I did? What did I do?!
“Izuku!”
His head snapped up. Izuku came eye to eye with Yami who was crouching at the edge of the bed, holding Izuku’s shoulders. The man’s green eyes were filled with worry. “Breathe with me, Izuku.” Breathe? Breathe… Why is it so hard to breathe?! “In and out. Okay?” Yami started a series of breathing exercises. Hard. Air. Need. AIR. Can’t. BrEaThE!
He squeezed his eyes shut. Yami brought him into a hug. Izuku rested his head against the man’s shoulder.
“In. Out. In… Out…” Izuku felt his body shake with the effort. He felt Hime rubbing against his back. “In…” Deep breath. “Out…” Exhale. Izuku sucked in what felt like what was the first oxygen he had that morning. He opened his tight eyes.
“Y- Yami…?” he whispered.
“What is it, Izu?” Yami did not let go of the hug, gratefully. Izuku raised his arms and pitifully grabbed at the man’s shirt.
“I- I can t- trust ya… right?”
Izuku winced as Yami hugged him tighter. “Ye- s.” The older man’s voice was strained. Was he crying?
“I- I don’ k- know w- what to d- d- do…” Izuku admitted. “I can’- can’ go b- back. T- they’ll h- hurt m- me, Yami. T- they s- said I w- was ‘familae.’ I- if I c- can’ turn t- to familae t- then who d- do I turn t- to?”
“Izu…”
“I d- don’ wanna b- be alone a- again!” Izuku wailed.
Yami leaned back and looked at Izuku in the eyes. Izuku could barely see the yellow-haired man through the tears.
“Izuku, you are not alone,” he said firmly. “I am here. Sho and Hitoshi, too. And the Kirishima’s haven’t abandoned you. Kirishima didn’t mean to hurt you Izuku.” Izuku shook his head, placing his hands against it and squeezing his eyes shut again. “I- He- It ‘urts! I- I wanna b- believe y- you b- but I can’! I- Everythang ‘urts!”
Yami took Izuku’s hands. “Don’t think up there, Izuku.” He placed them against Izuku’s chest. “Think here.” Izuku shook his head. “I can’!”
“Why not?”
“C- cause everae t- time I l- let m- myself i- it falls ap- part!” Izuku all but screamed.
…
“Izuku. Look at me.” Izuku shook his head. “Please.” Izuku unwillingly opened his eyes and looked up at Yami.
“You can’t say that when you have never thought with your heart in the first place.”
Izuku’s eyes widened. Yami continued.
“When your string snaps, it hurts, right?” Izuku nodded slowly. “Well,” Yami placed his pointer finger on Izuku’s forehead. “Somewhere up here there is a string shrouded in darkness that you can’t find the end to pull it out.” Yami took his finger off and then placed it right over Izuku’s heart, on his chest. “In here, there is the other end of the same string but it is currently locked in a vault that no one has the key for besides you.” He trailed his finger up slowly. “Around right here,” he took the finger away and dropped his hand, “the string snapped.”
Izuku’s heart stopped.
“I think,” Yami continued, tapping at Izuku’s head, “that you have the key for the other end up here but because up here is so dark, you can’t find it.”
Tears welled in Izuku’s eyes.
“But your strings grow back.” Yami placed his full hand in the middle of Izuku’s chest. “That disconnect can be reconnected.” Yami smiled gently. “And what is lost can be found.”
Tears fell silently from Izuku’s eyes.
“You just need to turn on the light.”
Izuku looked down at his own hands.
Yami let his hands rest on Izuku’s legs.
“That lightswitch feels really heavy, doesn’t it, Izu?”
Izuku nodded slowly.
“You aren’t meant to flip it alone,” Yami said softly. “I will help you.” Izuku glanced up. “So will Shouta and Hitoshi. Midnight and Cementoss? And Recovery Girl? They will too. Your school friends. Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima.” He leaned down to look Izuku in the eyes. “Kirishima, too. We are all waiting for you. We are waiting but we can’t turn on the lights without you either. You have to let us carry some of that weight. Let us pull you out, Izuku.”
“Bu- I- How? ‘ow d- do I?”
Yami tilted his head. “Let’s find out.
_______________________________
Shouta swallowed thickly as he rode in the elevator up to ‘Zashi’s apartment with Hitoshi. They had both gotten the general overview of what had happened and honestly screw the world that kept doing this to the kid.
*Ding*
The two stepped out and made their way to ‘Zashi’s apartment. Shouta took a deep breath before knocking on the door. *Knock Knock Knock* It took a moment but the door opened to reveal the tall, yellow-haired man.
“Yo!”
Shouta nodded. “Hey.” ‘Zashi moved out of the way. “Come on in, Sho, Hitoshi!” He was loudly declaring who was at the door on purpose. All three of them knew this. Shouta led Hitoshi in. They took off their shoes and made their way to the living room fully prepared but also not at all prepared to greet the greenette on the couch.
Hitoshi took in a sharp breath.
Izuku sat on the couch in a ball on the right corner, very much like how he used to sit when he lived with Mary Lou. One leg was out, bandaged heavily. He rested his head on his propped up leg but was clearly aware of everything around him. Izuku’s body was tense and eyes pointed up at Hitoshi and Shouta with an eagle’s glare. Hime sat on the armrest that Izuku was leaning against protectively.
Shouta took a deep breath and lifted his hand. “Hey, kid.” He lowered it and made his way slowly to the loveseat to the left of the couch. Green, cold eyes followed him all of the way. Hitoshi pulled over the other chair to sit beside Shouta.
“I’ll get some sandwiches prepared!” ‘Zashi announced, disappearing into the kitchen. Shouta nodded. He looked over at Izuku.
“So,” let’s start things off away from the elephant in the room, “Todoroki and his siblings have been transferred to a UA supported apartment and safely away from Endeavor.” A small reminder that things had worked out for them when they were in the same position that Izuku had once been in. It did elicit a small reaction. Izuku’s eyebrow quirked up slightly at the news. “Endeavor’s trial will be held in a few day’s and I highly doubt that even with his best lawyers he will be able to get out of this. Most certainly his hero license will be removed and jail time will most likely be given to him though he might be able to scrape a few years off of it.” Izuku looked down at the couch, still not replying.
“In other news,” Hitoshi surprisingly piped up, “we have unsuccessfully attempted yet another diet for Marshmallow.” There was something akin to a huff from the silent boy on the couch. “After about three straight nights of Marshmallow meowing, we gave in. Want to see?” Ah. Interaction. That was what he was pining for. Izuku narrowed his eyes as if the couch had just insulted him. He obviously wanted to see but did not want to get close. Hitoshi pulled out his phone and opened it to a picture of Marshmallow pitifully pawing at the cabinets that held his food.
Even the slow movement of leaning down had Izuku flinching and eyes sharply turning to the purple-haired boy. Hitoshi placed his phone on the ground and slid it over with little velocity so it would stop just before the couch.
Izuku’s eyes flickered down to it.
…
A sharp intake of air followed.
It reminded Shouta of the second time Hitoshi and Izuku met, when Izuku was scared stiff by the door and Hitoshi took the initiative once again.
Izuku always seemed to do better with those his age. Shouta came to realize it was partially due to the fact that it was usually adults that ended up harming him be it on the streets or Inko Midoriya. However, last night it was a kid that sparked this sudden relapse. The boy Izuku had come to see as a brother, at that. Shouta was concerned about how this would determine their relationship with him and his progress. He also questioned training going forward seeing as it was his quirk being taken that had been the triggering factor.
Good, Izuku has lost some tenseness now.
Shouta didn’t want to address this but he had to.
“Izuku, in all seriousness, we know what happened last night.” And just like that, the tenseness returned and Izuku’s stone eyes were on Shouta. “How are you feeling?” Izuku blinked slowly. When his eyes opened again they were half-lidded and the deadpan stare he gave Shouta was practically screaming: ‘Really? How do you think I’m feeling?’
The invisible sarcasm was almost palpable.
“I want to hear you say it, kid.” Izuku narrowed his eyes.
“I- I f- feel angrae.”
Shouta lifted an eyebrow. “Angry?”
Izuku nodded. “Y- Yami say’s t- ta connect. T- the world s- says ta break. I- I want it t- ta stop.” Izuku lifted his head finally and stared at his hands. “T- the more I sit ‘ere a- an’ th- think ‘bout i- it, the m- more I w- want to change i- it.”
Shouta swallowed. Something felt off. Something about the tone of voice or maybe the look in the boy’s eyes. “What do you mean by change?”
Izuku more or less grit his teeth together. Shouta could almost feel the anger radiating off of him in waves. “I- I jus’ wanna- I dunno, c- change it! O- or…”
“Or…?” Shouta pressed gently. Izuku glanced over at him before lowering his eyes.
“I f- feel l- like lashin’ o- out or somethin’. L- like I just want t- ta hit somethin’ o- or- I- Like-” He paused.
“L- like I sh- should p- pay it b- back.”
Shouta took in a deep breath. ‘Zashi leaned his head out of the kitchen, eyes wide. “Pay what back, kid?” He braced himself.
Izuku glared at his hands. “T- the world. J- just g- give back all of t- the junk i- it’s given me…” Shouta’s face fell. “I- if only t- ta make it s- stop.”
He met eyes with ‘Zashi who had the same look of despair on his face.
Oftentimes, Shouta would wonder how or why villains did what they did. What pushed them so far? What made them villains? He looked back at Izuku and the thought hit him like a ton of bricks.
This… This is how villains are made.
Shouta stood up. Izuku jumped as if he was shocked out of a sort of trance. And maybe he was. Shouta crossed the room and crouched in front of Izuku.
“Isn’t that why you are becoming a hero, Izuku?”
Izuku blinked a few times. “R- right…”
Why are you questioning that?! No, keep your head. Keep his on that thought. “Right, you can make the world a better place when you become a hero, Izuku.” The greenette nodded.
Shouta stood up as ‘Zashi came in. Crisis averted. “Time for lunch!” Izuku blinked and lowered his eyes, falling silent once more.
But for how long…?
_______________________________
Izuku at the dining room table late at night. Sho had told him that he didn’t need to train today and that he should take these next few days to clear his mind.
Recovery Girl had stopped by to heal his ankle after school hours though. There was now a large, jagged scar that covered the outside of his right ankle and spread out in different directions like lighting bolts from when his skin cracked while he was using his quirk.
Izuku rolled his ankle a bit. It cracked more than usual. He sighed. Everything felt so off.
Izuku opened the journal Dad had given him to log his thoughts in. Izuku doesn’t know why he brought it but he did. Sho said to clear his thoughts. Izuku found it was easier to do that while writing.
He flipped it to the next empty page and picked up his pencil.
-----
December 20th, 2020
There are a lot of mixed u things in my head right now I think. I can’t fully wrap my head around what Yami was saying with the light switch.
I don’t want to be alone but I don’t want to be hurt.
This morning, I woke up and Yami was there, not Eijiro. I didn’t dislike it but I didn’t like it either. Did I just get used to it? Is this what Yami means by letting yourself connect or something? Is it bad to have missed seeing Eijiro when I woke up?
It is now.
Eijiro betrayed me. I shouldn’t look forward to seeing him, not if he is just going to betray me again. Oh, but, everyone keeps saying that he didn’t. What is that supposed to mean? He did, right? It was a mistake they said. So was discovering my quirk in the first place. SHE accidently discovered it and it was like a switch that was flipped in her head. Oh. Is that what flipping the switch means? Isn’t that bad then? But no, this is in a different context.
Toshi hasn’t betrayed me yet but he might. I mean, if Eijiro would, who is to say that he won’t.
No no. Dad said that I always tend to think for the worse. I am probably doing that now but I don’t have the luxury of not. Dad was probably just defending his son.
Ah. Right. His son. Do I still count as that? Did I ever? Was the whole ‘family’ thing a ploy to get me to lower my guard? Probably. I should probably stop calling him Dad too.
I don’t want to.
I liked my ‘family’ for as short lived as it was. I still have to go back legally but I have that escape notebook ready.
Do I really have to say goodbye?
What about Mina and Mori and Furuya and Hino? What about Shiro? Toshi? Toshi is counting on me. He said that we will be heroes together. I can’t just abandon him but it is obvious that I can’t stay.
Why can’t I stay?
It was a mistake. That is what they keep saying. What if they are telling the truth? I can’t afford to let myself believe that. Then again, that is probably another reason I have this ‘disconnect’ like Yami says. Because I won’t allow myself-
Oh. That makes sense. I won’t allow myself to be happy…
Sometimes rambling does this. I should stop letting myself fall down this rabbit hole because what comes after is realizing that and if I realize to let me be happy then I will get hurt again. I shouldn’t be happy. No. The world doesn’t want me to be.
I don’t get that.
Why can’t I be? What is wrong with being happy? The world doesn’t like my existence. I’ve known this for a long time already so why does it hurt more now than before? Is it because I thought I found a place? A family?
I shouldn’t think that way. If I think that way then I will want to go back and if I go back then I will be hurt again.
Why do I want to go back then if I know this? Why does this hurt so much?
Oh. I’m stupid. Obviously because I am not supposed to go back even though I want to. The world has already outlawed me. It doesn’t want me to have a place.
So it all boils down to I don’t have a place in this world, huh?
I knew this already. I knew it. It is just time for me to finally act on it. If the world doesn’t want me, then I will just give it what it wants. It hurts but that doesn’t matter. What I feel is insignificant in a world that isn’t for me or doesn’t want me. I don’t belong. I’m not allowed to have these feelings of longing but I do. If these are going to keep me from doing what the world wants and the world will keep doing anything it can to hurt me then I shouldn’t have them.
I shouldn’t be here.
Then why am I still writing? Am I trying to find another hole to go down or something that will tell me that I should be here?
There is no other hole. It is time for me to leave.
That’s it then?
Ah, I should stop writing then. Okay. Well, this is goodbye then I guess. I should thank Da- Mr. Kirishima for this notebook. It has really given me space to sort out my thoughts. I guess I won’t be able to after tonight though so I’ll just write it here. I’ll slip a piece of paper in. Is that what they call a suicide note. Wow. I am actually writing one of tho-
Sorry, my hand slipped.
Ah, why is it shaking so much? I made the decision already. The world made it easy enough for me to. Why can’t I stop shaking then? Why am I still writing? I need to stop. If I stop then it will end. Do I want it to end?
It doesn’t matter what I want, remember?
Oh. So it is the end. It’s the end… Putting down my pencil. Now. Cause it is the end so I need to put it down. Like now.
But wait! I need to write the note so I can’t put it down now.
No, I should. They don’t need a note. Traitors don’t need notes. But it was an accident. Stop wishing that it was an accident. They don't want me. The world doesn’t want me. I’m not supposed to be here so I’ll go and to go I will put down my pencil now.
Oh, I have to give my outro. My goodbye. Didn’t I do that earlier? Well I wrote after that so I need my pencil to write the outro. Ah, I think I’ll leave a note after the outro. Guess I need my pencil for that too. How do my outro’s go again. See you later? But it isn’t a see you later. This is goodbye. Goodbye. Yeah… Okay. Here goes nothing.
I won’t be writing again so…
Thank you for being such a good notebook.
Goodbye.
(P.S. Here is the end, my note to everyone then.
Thank you for the good times. Even though you betrayed me at the end, the time leading up to it was fun so thank you for pretending to care up until now. Thank you all for being my ‘family.’ So, for real this time,
Goodbye.
Sincerely,
Izuku.)
-----
Izuku put down his pencil.
_______________________________
Hizashi grinned as he pulled the pastries out of the oven.
‘Oh! Thank you, sweetheart!’ He smiled and turned to his brown-haired wife.
Mary Lou smiled back.
Hizashi happily ran Soft Blossom Bakery with her and their son. Speaking of which, ‘Izu!’ The greenette’s head popped into the kitchen. ‘Yeah, Dad?’
Hizashi opened his mouth to speak when Izuku suddenly stumbled. ‘Hey, kiddo, are you okay?’ He set the pastries down.
Izuku looked up. ‘Dad…’
Hizashi grabbed his son’s shoulders. ‘Izuku, what is wrong?’ The boy looked up at him.
‘Dad, wake up.’
HIzashi tilted his head. ‘What?’
Izuku grabbed the man’s arms. ‘Please! Wake up! HURRY!’ The boy’s eyes suddenly rolled back in his head.
‘IZU-
-----
-KU!”
Hizashi sat up in bed, panting harshly. He looked around the room wildly. Izuku was sleeping on the couch tonight so he was alone.
That dream… Something felt off about it.
-----
‘HURRY!’
-----
Hizashi shook his head. “I need water.”
He quietly made his way through the house. The yellow-haired man shivered when he walked through the living room.
Did I leave the balcony door open? I’ll close it on my way back.
He got himself a glass of water from the sink. Hizashi sighed, walking back into the living room with his cup. He looked up. He stopped.
The balcony door was open.
Someone was on the balcony.
On the wrong side of the fencing.
The cup slipped from his hand. *CRASH* Hands slipped from the railing.
“!!!IZUKU!!!”
Chapter 50: Our Last Chance
Summary:
We get to the core of it.
Notes:
I'm really not trying to make this so depressing. I don't know why I always do this when I write. I'm sorry. I'm trying to make things better. Just give me time. Sorry. Thank you for your patience.
Sigh... anyone else feeling depressed?
Chapter Text
Hizashi ran for the balcony. “!!!IZUKU!!!”
The boy’s body fell forward. “NO!” He reached forward. Not once had he ever been so grateful for Izuku’s quirk in his life then now when the string formed from his back. Hizashi grabbed it and planted his feet.
The world stopped.
At a forty-five degree angle, Izuku leaned over the edge completely straight, stopped mid-fall, feet just on the edge. A glowing green string ran from his spine into the middle of the living room of an apartment on the sixth floor of the complex where a man with long, yellow hair stood holding the other end of it.
Hizashi took a deep breath but his heart still pounded rapidly. He pulled slightly, the greenette’s body reacting and coming to a standing position against the railing but not moving further as it stopped him. Hizashi walked forward, taking more string by the length so Izuku’s position wouldn’t change until he came up behind the boy and wrapped his arms around him.
Hizashi hauled Izuku over the rail before he collapsed on the floor of the balcony. He looked down at the boy draped across his legs.
Izuku stared up blankly at the night’s sky.
Hizashi swallowed, tears welling in his eyes. He lifted the boy up by his shoulders and took him into a hug, unable to hold himself back.
“Why would you do that!?” he yelled. “I- What happened!? I was so worried!”
…
“Why…?” Hizashi jolted. “Why,” the boy continued, “can’ I even die correctlae?” Hizashi’s heart skipped a beat. “What’s wrong? I thought it wan’ed me gone. Is it jus’ toyin’ with me? Makes sense. Imma doll afta all.”
“No…”
“I don’t understand. I put down the pencil. I should be gone by ‘ow. I said goodbye. I shouldn’ be ‘ere. It wants me gone. Why ain’t I gone?”
“Don’t say that…”
“What do I do ‘ow? Jus’ keep livin’?”
“Yes!” Hizashi didn’t even know if the boy was listening. He sounded as though he was just rambling to himself.
“It ‘urts. Is that wha’ it wants?”
Hizashi grabbed Izuku by his shoulders and tried to look him in the eyes. “Nobody wants that!” Only… Izuku wasn’t looking at him. The greenette’s head fell to the side, dull, lifeless eyes looking through Hizashi as if the man wasn’t even there.
“What did I do wrong?” he asked to no one in particular. Hizashi still replied. “You did nothing wrong, I promise! Please! Listen to me!”
A sigh. A long, tired sigh.
Hizashi leaned forward, head resting against Izuku’s chest, tears streaming. “Come on, Izu… please… just tell me you can hear me…?” It was silent.
Hizashi choked on a sob. “Mary Lou, I’m so sorry! I don’t know what to do!” Hizashi jolted when a weight lightly fell on his head. Then again. And again. He looked up and met his eyes with blank ones.
“There, there.” Izuku was… patting him. “Don’ cry.” His voice was so empty. Hizashi leaned up. “I- Izuku?” The boy was still looking down where Hizashi was. His head slowly raised with his arm. A small hand came up, gently wiped at the tears continuously falling from the older man’s eyes. “There, there.” Izuku was trying to comfort him.
Subconsciously.
Hizashi grabbed the hand nearing his face. “Izuku! You can hear me right!?” The boy blinked slowly. Hizashi grit his teeth.
“I’m,” Hizashi started slowly, “hurting.” Izuku blinked. Hizashi nodded, placing a hand on his chest. “I am hurting. I am sad right here.” The boy looked down at his chest. He lifted a hand and put it over Hizashi’s that rests on it. Hizashi nodded. “Right there.” Izuku looked up.
“Don’ be sad. It’s okay.”
Internally, Hizashi cringed. Why? Izuku his trying to comfort me even in that stat-
Ah. Izuku, you are too kind. Even when you have been pushed so far as to resort to suicide, even when you’ve found yourself in an unreachable void, you still care about others.
Hizashi smiled softly. “See? You make me happy!” Izuku tilted his head.
That’s it, isn’t it? You just want to be there for someone. All of your life you’ve been treated as someone that can’t do anything, that can’t be anything when all you wanted was to help.
Hizashi took Izuku’s hand on his hand and replaced it so Izuku could feel his heart beating. “See? I’m alive! I’m happy and alive! You make me happy!” The boy’s eyes widened ever so slightly.
Even on the streets, you became a vigilante. You couldn’t stand to see someone else in pain. You couldn’t stand to see those you cared about in pain either, could you, Izuku? Because that hurt you. More than the physical pain, you felt it all.
Hizashi nodded. “Yes, yes!” He stood up and scooped the boy into his arms. “Being with you, you being here and alive too! It makes me happy!” The boy took a shaky breath.
Ms. Midoriya, you cared for her before your quirk manifested, didn’t you? That’s why it hurt. It hurt not only because she hurt you but because when she got angry when you didn’t obey, to you she was hurting and you didn’t want that.
Hizashi turned around and walked back inside the apartment. “I love having you here with me, Izu. It makes me smile!”
It was the same with Kirishima, wasn’t it? Except, this time, it was the accumulation over time because no matter how much you care, you still felt pain and rejection as well. It just finally got to you when Kirishima accidentally messed up because you truly trusted him and cared for him.
He closed the balcony door, making sure to lock it. He went over and sat on the couch, Izuku in his lap. “Sitting here together with you makes me happy, too, Izu!” The boy’s breath hitched.
But you are human. You feel anger. You’ve bottled it up for too long. You didn’t snap at anyone because it would make them sad or feel hurt and you didn’t want others to feel hurt.
Hizashi smiled softly. “You make me happy, Izuku. You make the hurt go away.” Tears welled at the corner of Izuku’s eyes. Hizashi nodded. “So don’t go, okay? Don’t kill yourself. I would be very sad if you do. Can you do that for me?” A strangled cry escaped from the boy’s lips. Hizashi brought him into a gentle hug, resting his head on the green curls. He looked out at the sky through the glass window of the balcony door.
You are too kind, Izuku… The world truly does not deserve someone as pure as you in it.
_______________________________
*Riiiiiiing*
Asa groaned, sitting up in bed.
*Riiiiiiing*
Yuma groaned next to him. “Whaaaa…?”
*Riiiii-*
“Hello?” he answered his phone.
‘Sorry for the late call, it is Mr. Yamada.’ Asa blinked a few times.
“Oh! Mr. Yamada! Is everything alright? Did something happen?”
…
‘Yes. I am sorry to bother you at such a late hour, Mr. Kirishima, and I understand if you can’t make it tonight, but when you get the chance, could you stop by?’
Asa sat up in bed. “I can make it tonight,” he said sharply. “We all can. It is a weekend.”
‘Oh, thank you then! I will send over my address then.’
“We will be there right away. Thank you.” Asa hung up.
“Dear?”
Asa turned to his wife. “Something happened with Izuku, we need to go.”
*Ding Ding* The address came in.
It didn’t take long to get everyone in the car and to take off. No really slept too well. Not since the incident. The family soon arrived at the front door. Of the hero’s apartment. Asa took a deep breath.
“Dear,” Yuma cut in before he could say anything. “Don’t worry. We know.” Ei nodded beside her. “We all know…” He nodded. “I just hope everything is alright…” She smiled softly. “It will be.” Asa nodded and then raised his hand.
*Knock Knock Knock*
…
…
…
“Are they com-” *Click*
The door opened slowly. The lights were still oddly off in the apartment. Mr. Yamada stood before them holding Izuku in one arm, Izuku curled against his chest. The greenette looked so small. He didn’t spare a single look in their direction. Mr. Yamada smiled softly. “Thank you for coming. Please come in,” he stepped out of the way. Asa bowed. “Thank you for calling.” They all entered. The door was locked behind them. Mr. Yamada led them into the living room where he sat on the couch. The family sat around him.
“Is everything alright, Mr. Yamada?” Yuma asked.
His smile faltered but he quickly brought it up again. “For the most part.” Asa raised an eyebrow. “What do you mean?” The yellow-haired man looked down at Izuku sadly who continued to stare off into space.
“About an hour and a half ago, Izuku tried to commit suicide.”
The already tense mood dropped immensely.
“I found him on the balcony. By the time I called out to him he was already mid-fall.” Asa’s throat felt clogged. He couldn’t respond. How could he? Mr. Yamada picked up something next to him which Asa recognized as the journal he had given Izuku to write his thoughts in.
“Have you ever read this?” he asked.
Asa shook his head. “N- no. I wanted Izuku to have his privacy.” Mr. Yamada’s eyes crinkled at the edges as he held up his smile. “I think you should.” Asa furrowed his eyebrows and took it. Eijiro and Yuma came close. He pulled out his phone flashlight to see the pages.
-----
‘Hello, I am Izuku… Kirishima?’
-----
‘But he called me family so… I can believe that. Right?
want to. Is that a feeling? A feeling of “want?” Oh, I shouldn’t feel that. I can’t want things. It’s ungrateful. She don’t like it. But they won’t do anything to me… right? Not like her. Cause we are “family.”
Family isn’t definite…
I won’t feel that then.’
-----
‘I… I like this family. I don’t want to have to use my runaway plans. It is still under my mattress just in case. I hope I don’t have to use them.’
-----
‘I’m apologizing to myself now just in case because I am starting to get comfortable here and if something bad happens then I’ll have to go away so, sorry.’
-----
‘I’m a bit confused.’
‘Can they see me?’
‘This ‘family’ thing is nice.
‘Is this real?’
‘What are they waiting for?’
‘Eijiro seemed mad today. I hope he is okay.’
‘Mom looked like she was crying before I got home.’
‘Am I doing this right?’
‘Who do they see me as in this ‘family?’ I am still supposed to be here, right?’
‘What’s wrong?’
-----
‘I’m scared.’ ‘It hurts.’ ‘They are going to abandon me.’ ‘Can’t get comfortable.’ ‘Stop smiling.’
-----
‘So it all boils down to I don’t have a place in this world, huh?’
‘Well, this is goodbye then I guess.’
‘Thank you for the good times. Even though you betrayed me at the end, the time leading up to it was fun so thank you for pretending to care up until now. Thank you all for being my ‘family.’ So, for real this time,’
…
…
…
‘Goodbye.’
-----
Asa didn’t even realize he was crying. Nor that Eijiro and Yuma were as well. He closed the notebook softly and looked up at the man who held their son so protectively in his arms.
“I don’t think,” Mr. Yamada started, “that Izuku has an identity.”
Asa swallowed thickly.
“Not one that he knows,” the hero continued. “Izuku does not seem himself in any of us.”
“W- what do you mean?” Yuma asked.
“I mean that Izuku doesn’t feel like he is helping us by being alive.” He sighed. “Sadly, the suicide rates in Japan are increasingly high. Leading back to the pre-quirk ages, if one was to come back from a war that was lost, it was not honorable. It was viewed as though they failed. Honorable Suicide became a thing. Soldiers would kill themselves on the battlefield thinking that if they came back they had failed. Over time, in the transition to quirks, as quirks became our identities, Honorable Suicide evolved for the worse. Instead of, I failed on the battlefield, those who seemed to drag others down in this evolved world were led to believe that it was dishonorable for them to be alive or that they caused more harm to others than not by simply living.”
Asa could see where this was going.
“In terms of quirks, our society has labeled them as our identities. If you have a strong quirk then you are a strong person. If you have a weak quirk, you are a weak person. If you have a quirk that allows others to take advantage of you…” Asa swallowed thickly, “then you are a burden to society as someone whose identity lies in another,” Mr. Yamada stated solemnly. “Of course, that is not how we view Izuku by any means but the world is harsh and has taken it’s toll on his mind and emotional capacity. That being said, on the streets, Izuku formed a name for himself as someone who made a difference by helping others.”
“Golden Whip,” Asa stated. The yellow-haired man nodded.
“Golden Whip. Izuku found an identity in being needed. Then he met Mary Lou. Mary Lou fell ill and he was able to heal her for a bit. His quirk could have helped her multiple times but he was not allowed to use it in that way for his own safety, his sense of being needed cut short. Then he met you.”
Mr. Yamada turned to Eijiro. “You wanted to help.”
Eijiro flinched. “Y- yes…” The man nodded. “Believe it or not, Izuku wanted to help you as well.” Eijiro’s eyes widened. “But,” he continued, “it soon became apparent that you and your family were a well-rounded family and he stood out like a sore thumb, in his mind at least. You had accepted him into your family but he wasn’t needed.”
“Family…” Yuma murmured, “is an accessory…”
Asa took in a sharp breath as he remembered that conversation with his wife. Mr. Yamada nodded. “Yes but flip it the other way around.” She tilted her head. Mr. Yamada took a deep breath.
“Izuku is the accessory to the family.”
Asa’s heart dropped.
“You see,” the hero continued, “Izuku is a very emotional person. He reacts to the emotions of others. On the streets, as Golden Whip, he thrived off of helping others. At the moment, Izuku can’t find his place or his identity because he doesn’t feel needed.”
“H- he,” Eijiro suddenly spoke up, “feels l- like a burden? T- to us?”
Mr. Yamada nodded slowly. “Before you say ‘That’s not true,’ I know that already however what I know, what you know, and what Izuku knows are two different things. Also, Izuku is human. He has emotions however the one he hasn’t shown up until now seemingly was anger.”
Asa stiffened, remembering the past night. How angry Izuku looked. He never had seen that out of the boy before.
“Because of Izuku’s need to make others happy or to make himself useful, he bottled that up for a long time. Mr. Kirishima, do you know how villains are made?”
Asa’s eyes darkened.
“Because one too many things happen that the world tells them ‘not to react to’ and they just SNAP,” Mr. Yamada sounded almost cheerful. “Bless all of our hearts that Izuku hasn’t snapped yet but he is pretty darn well close to it.” Asa gulped. Mr. Yamada narrowed his eyes. “The world is a cruel place and sometimes it goes too far.” He took a deep breath and met Asa head-on.
“I present to you Izuku. He has not heard a single word of this entire conversation.”
Asa gawked. “What? What do you mean? He is right there. There is no way he has-”
“Dissociation.”
Asa stopped. Mr. Yamada waved a hand in front of Izuku’s face. The boy didn’t react but his eyes were open. Mr. Yamada looked up.
“According to health specialists, it is the lack of connection to memories, thoughts, or cognitive brain function. Mr. Kirishima, to you, as a therapist, what is dissociation?”
Asa narrowed his eyes. “For most…” he started slowly, “it is a defense mechanism to protect themselves.” Mr. Yamada nodded. “Once again, I present to you Izuku, who does not know what is happening and no longer wishes to know. He. Has. SNAPPED.”
Eijiro was officially crying. “I- I’m s- s- sorry! I d- didn’t mean t- to!” Yuma was trying to comfort him but she was crying as well and Asa himself was trying not to.
Mr. Yamada took a deep breath and looked up. “Sorry to have made you cry but I needed to for this.” Asa narrowed his eyes. “What do you mean?” Mr. Yamada stood up and walked over to them. He held out Izuku. Asa questioningly took Izuku.
Nothing happened for a long while but Izuku blinked and his eyes suddenly moved up to look at Eijiro. Their eyes met. Izuku reached out a hand. Eijiro hesitantly took it.
“Don’ cry…” Izuku whispered. “It’s okay…” Asa furrowed his eyebrows. Mr. Yamada sat beside them. “Izuku responds to others' pain. Mr. Kirishima, do you know what Empathic Quirks are?” Asa nodded. “They are quirks that typically let the user recognize a person’s feelings or emotions but they are highly dangerous because it can cause… an overload of emotions… in the user…”
“Causing them to get stressed or have occasional shutdowns,” Mr. Yamada finished. “Izuku, I didn’t think it at first, but with the nature of his quirk being based on life energy, it makes sense.” Asa took a few deep breaths. “Izuku has an Empathic Quirk,” he stated, “but has bottled it up without knowing it and now,”
“, he has broken down.” Mr. Yamada nodded. “That being said, Izuku will snap out of his dissociative state. Most people with Empathic Quirks dissociate to relieve themselves of the emotional stress. Izuku’s case is a bit odd but I think all of you should be aware of this, Izuku’s emotional capacity from trauma is limited but his sole reason for living is being useful and making others happy.”
He smiled.
“And that is the core of our issue.”
Mr. Yamada turned to Eijiro again. “Stop apologizing. While you grabbing the string triggered it, this was going to happen sooner or later, we just failed to see it until now.”
“So what do we do now?” Yuma asked.
“Nothing,” the hero said.
“Nothing?”
He nodded and smiled wider. “You guys have done something for Izuku that was greatly needed. His reliance on making others happy isn’t healthy. You being his family will gradually wear that into acceptance of his new place. Izuku is going to be a hero which will curve the edge on that too. However, when you get home, get rid of that escape notebook. Also,” He pointed at the journal, “that needs to go. That is the catalyst that speeds up his spiral.”
Ouch.
“I just thought that you guys should see this now before he snaps out of his dissociative state which will probably be for a few hours.”
Asa nodded. “Should we take him home then?” Mr. Yamada shook his head. “Izuku is not ready to, not after releasing his anger finally. I’ll have him back before Monday though.”
“U- um, but Chr- Christmas is Thursday.” Everyone turned to look at Eijiro.
Oh. My. Goodness! It is!
Mr. Yamada smiled. “What better timing to refill the joy and happiness that he lost?”
Asa, Yuma, and Eijiro soon found themselves in the car again with a whole hoard of new knowledge but also with a newfound sense of determination.
The Kirishima’s believe in actions over words, perfect for a boy who hardly speaks.
Christmas… was going to be awesome.
Let us prove to you that we need you, Izuku.
_______________________________
Hizashi locked the door. He entered the living room where Izuku was on the couch, staring into nothing. He sat down on the loveseat and leaned back.
Too much has happened. Who decided that Izuku should have this sort of life? Man, the world really sucks…
Hizashi glanced over at the boy and narrowed his eyes. He could almost see the mental void that Izuku was trapped in. The chains. The cage.
-----
‘Somewhere up here there is a string shrouded in darkness that you can’t find the end to pull it out.’ He placed his finger on Izuku’s chest. ‘In here, there is the other end of the same string but it is currently locked in a vault that no one has the key for besides you.’ He trailed his finger up slowly. ‘Around right here…’ he took the finger away and dropped his hand,
‘… the string snapped.’
-----
We have one last chance to fix what the world messed up.
Hizashi stood up. He picked up Izuku to take him to bed. Hizashi stared into the boy’s blank, unresponsive eyes. He sighed and closed them gently.
Welcome to the towing line between villain and hero. Between life… and death.
Chapter 51: The Distant Star
Summary:
Izuku has to go back to the Kirishima's.
Notes:
Thank you all for your encouragement, it was really sweet and meant a lot!
How are you all doing?
Chapter Text
I…
Izuku sat up, covers falling off of him. He looked down at his hands.
I’m alive…
He pressed his fists against his eyes. “Dang it.”
He shook his head. What happened? The last thing he remembered was letting go and then a crash of what sounded like glass.
“Izuku?”
The greenette looked up to the door where Yami was standing. “How are you feeling?” Izuku followed the man with his eyes as he came to sit beside Izuku. Izuku hung his head. He probably stopped me. Yami is probably disappointed in me. Not only am I too weak to live, I’m too stupid to die correctly too…
“Izu, can you please look up at me?” Unwillingly, Izuku glanced up, meeting the hero’s eyes. Yami smiled. “Glad to have you back.” Izuku lifted his head, furrowing his eyebrows. “You were out for quite a bit.” He ruffled Izuku’s hair. Yami’s smile faltered slightly. The boy’s eyes widened when he was pulled into a hug.
“You really scared me last night, kiddo… I was so scared that I had lost you.” Tears filled Izuku’s eyes.
“Sorrae…” Yami’s grip tightened. “Don’t apologize for that reason.” Izuku blinked. “You were apologizing for messing up, weren’t you?” The greenette stiffened. Yami leaned back and looked him in the eyes. “Don’t apologize for what the world has pushed you to just… please, if you ever feel like trying that again, call me?” Izuku bit his lip.
“W- why did y- you save me?” he asked hesitantly. Yami smiled. “Because I would be very sad if you died.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. Yami pat his shoulder and stood up.
“Believe it or not, there are people who are happier to have you alive than to have you dead.”
Izuku shook his head. No. That’s not right. I know it isn’t right. Yami crouched before him. “Izuku, I know it is hard to believe that but if you trust me then trust me when I tell you that last night, when you almost fell, I cried.” Izuku whipped his head up. “I would be very sad if you died. Not only me, but Sho and Hitoshi too.” Izuku averted his eyes. Not true, not true, not true! “Even the Kirishima’s, your family.” Don’t believe him. You made up your mind. You know it’s not true! “What about our words can you not believe, Izu?” Izuku looked up at the man.
“I- I just… I c- can’...”
“Izuku? Can you speak English?” Izuku tilted his head? “You can’t,” Yami stated. “You know Japanese though. This is just like learning a new language. Right now, it is second nature to you to be afraid and to not accept the kindness of others because it is foreign to you but it can always become familiar. You could always learn.”
No… I’ve tried! But every time I let my guard down it all falls apart!
“But you also need to learn that people make mistakes. I am not going to say that what Kirishima did was okay but I will say that he never meant to hurt you. Right now, Kirishima feels really bad about what he did because he knows how much it hurt you.” Izuku held his tongue. Yami didn’t see his eyes. When he took it his eyes… they were just like… “You always think back to her.” Izuku flinched. “I don’t blame you but what you need to realize now is that Kirishima is not Inko Midoriya.” Izuku’s heart stopped. “Neither is Mr. Kirishima, Mrs. Kirishima, me, Sho, or Hitoshi. No one in this world is Inko Midoriya besides Inko Midoriya and she is in jail currently for what she did to you.”
The walls were closing in. Izuku couldn’t meet Yami in the eyes.
“Do you want to see her?” Izuku’s head snapped up. “Would it help you to believe if you saw her actually behind bars?” The sounds of the world faded out, colors swirled in his head. See her? See… HER?! “No? Then stop projecting her onto us.” Yami placed a hand on his own chest. “We aren’t her, Izuku!” Izuku lowered his eyes. “I- I know that… I k- know that b- but…”
“But?”
But what? I can’t find anything similar between them. Why am I so afraid? Izuku looked Yami in the eyes.
-----
‘Izuku, you’ve been a bad boy today.’
‘Izuku, you know what happens to bad boys?’
‘Sorry, Izuku, but this is for the best.’
‘It’s just discipline because I LoVe YoU, IzuKu.’
-----
Yami smiled softly.
“I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to bring back bad memories.” Izuku looked away. Yami held out his hands. Izuku flinched when the string formed. “Izu,” Yami spoke softly, “with every fiber of my being, I wish I could take the pain away. I wish that I could show you just how much I love you and have you believe that. I wish I could make you forget everything that had happened but I can’t. I can’t stop what others do and I cannot take away the burden that has been placed on your heart. But please… let me try?”
Izuku looked up.
“And the Kirishima’s. Please, he didn’t mean it, Izuku. Not in the way you think he did. I am not asking you to instantly become happy or to get over this. All I am asking if for one last chance to prove to you that we do truly love and care for you and all we want is to make you happy.”
Izuku searched the man’s eyes for anything. A lie, a ploy, just something that would tell Izuku not to trust him. To remind Izuku why he needs to keep the walls up around him. But…
“Please…”
… the desperation in his voice left no room for doubt and Izuku…
“One more chance.”
… could not find anything to tell him no.
So he raised his hands and gently placed them in Yami’s open ones.
The first step to healing is to open up and allow yourself to heal and sometimes all it takes is a little bit of trust.
Izuku sat in the back seat as they drove back to the Kirishima’s. He couldn’t decide if he really wanted to go back or not.
“Meow.”
“Hmm?”
He looked down at Hime who was currently in his lap. She blinked up at him with her big, blue eyes. Izuku smiled softly, petting her head.
Ah. Izuku pulled out his phone. He hadn’t checked it in the past couple of days, not really wanting to be bothered by society.
Am I a part of society now? Wow.
He opened it. I wonder if anyone actually texted me…
< ONE NEW MESSAGE FROM Yamamoto >
< THREE NEW MESSAGES FROM ~!Mina!~ >
< TWO NEW MESSAGES FROM Mori >
< FOUR NEW MESSAGES FROM Toshi =^-^= >
< ONE NEW MESSAGE FROM Hino >
< ONE NEW MESSAGE FROM Furuya >
< FIVE NEW MESSAGES FROM [Eijiro] >
< TWO NEW MESSAGES FROM Todoroki >
Oh. Wow. That’s a lot.
He opened the first one. It was from Yamamoto.
Yamamoto:
Heard you were ill so you are off the hook for our rematch today.
Izuku couldn’t help the snicker that escaped his lips. Yamamoto had an odd way of caring he guessed. Well, maybe. Izuku still doesn’t know where he stands with the snowy boy.
Izuku:
Thank you. Look forward to it soon.
Just to humor it a bit. He guessed that if they had any sort of ‘friendship’ then those would be considered jokes.
Izuku went through all of his messages, a few who responded right away. Todoroki sent a picture of their new apartment. He was glad they got out. At least someone found freedom. He wondered if what Yami said was true. He doubted that he would find a way out himself…
Izuku sighed. He had purposefully left Eijiro’s for last. Izuku halfheartedly opened them.
[Eijiro]:
Hey, man, just saying sorry again. I woke up and you weren’t here this morning. Was kind of sad.
Izuku hummed. He will admit, it was odd waking up and not seeing Eijiro too.
[Eijiro]:
Our friends are worried. Sorry if you get a lot of messages.
Izuku raised an eyebrow. Yeah, I noticed.
[Eijiro]:
We have math and English homework.
Izuku blinked. Dang it.
[Eijiro]:
Mori dropped off cookies for you.
Oh? Yes!
[Eijiro]:
Can’t wait for you to get back, man. We are setting up Christmas when you do!
Izuku paused. Christmas? Oh yeah, that’s coming up soon, isn’t it? Last Christmas was…
-----
‘Merry Christmas, Izu!’ Mary Lou smiled at him.
-----
Oh…
“Izuku, we are here.”
Izuku closed his eyes and took a deep breath. He looked out of the car window. The house… it had become strikingly familiar. At the front door stood Mo- Mrs. Kiri- …
-----
‘One more chance.’
-----
Outside stood Mom. And Dad. And… Eijiro. Izuku pocketed his phone “Are you ready?” Izuku glanced over at Yami who was turned around in the front seat. He sighed and opened the door. The winter nip in the cold air buffeted against him. Izuku looked up to the sky.
“Breathe…” he whispered. “Breathe…”
Hime jumped out of the car and rubbed against his leg. Izuku looked down, over the fence and at Eijiro.
Last chance.
Izuku pulled his bag from the car and unlocked the gate. Yami followed him up the path. They stopped before the three outside the house.
“Good morning,” Yami bowed. They bowed as well. “Good morning,” piped Mom. She smiled down at Izuku. “Welcome home, Izuku.”
Izuku took a long, hard blink and met her in the eyes, very adamant about staying silent.
His chest tightened when her smile faltered.
“Would you like to come in?” They moved out of the way. Breathe. Calm down. BrEaThe!
“I’m sorry, but I have work,” Izuku whipped his head up to Yami. He’s leaving! Stay! Please!!!
Yami knelt down and placed his hands on Izuku’s shoulders.
“If you… ever feel like doing that again… call me?” Izuku bit his lip but he nodded slowly. Yami smiles and stood up. “I’ll be going now. It was fun having you around, Izuku!”
Izuku watched in despair as Yami walked away.
Don’t go… Don’t leave me with them!
_______________________________
“Izuku?” Mom called out. Eijiro watched his brother flinch. With almost robotic stiffness, Izuku turned around. His eyes said it all.
He was terrified.
“Are you coming?” They had all entered the house except for him. Eijiro swallowed. A sort of dullness entered Izuku’s eyes. More of an acceptance of fate. Izuku blinked slowly. He entered the house.
Eijiro found himself sitting on the far recliner as Izuku all but glued himself on the right side of the couch to work on the homework Eijiro had brought back for him from the day he missed. Hime seemed perfectly content on the armrest almost taking the stance of a guardian cat from Egypt or something.
I should say something…
“Um-” *SNAP* Eijiro flinched. Izuku drew his eyes from the pencil he accidentally broke to Eijiro. Eijiro ducked his head. “Sorry…”
It really was back to phase one. This reminded Eijiro of when Izuku first came to live with them.
“...cident.”
“Eh?” He looked up.
“A- accident, right?” Izuku was almost studying him. Confirmation from the source! Eijiro nodded rapidly. “YES!” Izuku flinched slightly. “I- I mean, yes. I didn’t- er, I make lots of those!” Izuku tilted his head. Eh? What am I saying? “I, um, yeah! Like in art I painted the orange in the fruit basket completely out of proportion and er… I fixed it though!” Izuku narrowed his eyes. Eijiro felt like he was in one of those detective movies being questioned under the lamp.
“I- I started all over from scratch and believe it or not, the second one turned out better so…"
Ah, I need to go somewhere with this, “... I guess it just goes to show that mistakes can be fixed, or something like that. Not all accidents are bad accidents. If I hadn’t messed up then I wouldn’t have tried again and done better the next time!”
Izuku’s shoulders seemed to relax a bit.
“Some things just take time and a bit of extra work.”
Izuku looked down. He didn’t say anything else after that.
_______________________________
Yuma peaked into the living room and frowned.
Eijiro would constantly glance up at Izuku who seemed very keen on keeping his eyes glued to his homework. It took Yuma a moment to realize that Izuku wasn’t really doing his homework but instead moving his hand to look like he was writing but had already finished the work. He simply didn’t want to converse or make himself known in the house which was kind of hard considering they were all being the wariest of him now more than ever.
They were planning on pulling out the Christmas decorations from the attic today but… she didn’t know how well that would fair. Still, they couldn’t leave things like this forever. The best way to get things back to normal was to act normal.
Yuma stood up straight and walked into the living room. “Boy!” she chirped. Izuku flinched, EIjiro looked up at her longingly. She smiled. “Time for the annual Christmas set up! We got to get everything down from the attic so get up off your rears and come on!” Eijiro was quick to get up. “Alright! You coming Izuku?” The greenette glanced over. Yuma smiled at him. She could physically see he take a deep breath before putting down his homework and standing up.
Thank goodness!
Setting up Christmas was going so smoothly!
“Alrighty then! The last thing is to put the star on the tree!” She pulled out their tree topper. Yuma paused. Usually, Ei would put it on for them but… Izuku plopped down on the couch to apparently watch.
Actually, Yuma was surprised he did so much today. He helped with the tree and putting on the lights despite his own misgivings towards the family. Eijiro picked up the star. He glanced over at Izuku. “This is your first Christmas with us, Izuku, so you don’t know this but the kids usually put the star on the tree. Do you want to put it up with me?”
_______________________________
Izuku stared at the expectant family.
The star…
-----
‘W- where d- d- does that g- go?’
-----
Tears welled in the corner of his eyes.
-----
‘Don’t give me that look, boy! I am going to help you, of course!’
-----
Izuku’s grip on the seems of the couch tightened.
-----
‘I am so proud of you, Izu!’
-----
He couldn’t breathe.
Mary…
“Izuku, dear?” Izuku blinked. Mrs. Ki- Mo- Mrs. Kirishima was crouching in front of him worriedly. When did she get there? Why is she so close? Why are the walls so close? He looked up. Eijiro- NO- Kiri- NO- The star- The tree- The lights.
-----
Izuku crouched beside Mary Lou next to the box of ornaments.
-----
Take me back… I want to go back… I want to see Ma- Ah. Mary isn’t alive anymore. I could have saved her. Why didn’t I save her?
*Drip*
Eh?
*Drip*
Izuku looked down at his hands. Wet? He felt his cheeks. What? He wasn’t crying. Izuku looked up.
Mrs. Kirishima was crying.
What’s wrong? What happened? Did I do something wrong? Is she okay?
The woman shook her head and wiped her eyes. “I’m sorry, dear, I didn’t mean to cry, it’s just, you looked so sad a- and-”
-----
‘- we do truly love and care for you and all we want is to make you happy.’
-----
Mr. Kirishima came over and crouched beside her, placing a gentle hand on his shoulder. He looked up at Izuku. “Sorry, Izuku, it’s just been a stressful couple of days.”
I want to help. Don’t cry. I’m sorry! I’ll be happy!
-----
‘After all I’ve done for you and you are still not happy? You ungrateful brat!’
-----
Izuku reached out but withdrew his hand.
No! Bad! She’s a threat!
“Christmas is supposed to be a happy time for families…” Eiji- Kirishima whispered from where he was by the tree. He looked up at Izuku. Izuku’s blood ran cold from the pain in the boy’s eyes. “What do we do, Izuku?” Mr. Kirishima looked over at his son. “Ei?” Kirishima fell to his knees.
“How do I fix it?” Tears spilled from his red eyes. “I- I didn’t mean for any of this to happen! I’m sorry! I messed everything up!”
Izuku stood sharply.
“NO!” he screamed. Everyone looked up in shock. “Wh- why do y- you blame yours- self?!” Izuku pressed his hand against his own chest. “I- it’s me! I know i- it is! Y- ou were a- all a ‘appy f- familae a- and now-” Izuku pulled at his own hair, “- I SHOULDN’T ‘AVE COME BACK!” he cried. “I- I shouldn’ ‘ave come i- in the first p- place!”
“Izu-” The greenette snapped his head up in anger.
“‘I’m sorrae!’ Is that w- what you want?! I’m sorrae f- for being born! I’m sorrae for makin’ ya cry! I’m sorrae for makin’ ya act like you were ‘appy when you ‘ad to put up with me! I’m sorrae for comin’ in a- and ruinin’ everything! I’m sorrae, okay!?”
He panted harshly.
Mr. Kirishima stood up. “Izuku, no…”
The greenette shook his head and flopped back on the couch, curling his legs against his chest and pressing his head to his knees.
“DANG IT!” Izuku’s head hurt from how hard he pulled at his hair. “What a- am I doin’ wrong?! I live and ya cry but apparently if I die you do too and no matter w- where I go e- everythin’ good jacks up! I thought e- everything was okay but i- it wasn’- I thought that f- finally I everything would b- be ‘good’ and ‘normal’ b- but it’s not!”
He whipped his head up, tears streaming from his eyes as they met with Mr. Kirishima’s who had stood up.
“I’m sorrae! I don’ know what you want me ta do ta make yer ‘appy! I’m broken! I can’ be fixed and you keep tryin’ but it is only ‘urting you more! Just let me go! Everythin’ would be better if I j- just died!!!”
Izuku couldn’t catch his breath before something collided with him, forcing his back against the couch by his shoulders. Izuku looked up in shock to find Kirishima holding him down by the shoulders.
“IDIOT!” the boy screamed. “No one thinks that! It was me, okay?! I’M sorry! I was the one who grabbed your string! I was the one who messed up! Stop blaming yourself for every little thing when none of it was your fault!” Tears were streaming from his eyes. “You didn’t ask for this, Izuku! You didn’t ask to be broken or to have the world hurt you like this so just shut up for one second and let us tell you-” He took a deep breath, choking on sobs,
“WE LOVE YOU!”
Izuku’s heart stopped.
“Y- you are s- so amazing, Izuku! Y- you’ve fought through so much and survived! Y- you’re funny and you are- you are caring! And kind! And you never think about yourself first because you have s- such a big heart and even with all of your jumpiness and stutter and nightmares and fears and paranoia and PTSD you’ve carved a hole in our hearts that can only be filled by you because you are our family! W- we can’t- we NEED you, Izuku!”
Kirishima let go, falling to his knees.
“We don’t let you die b- because you mean that much to us. Don’t you see, Izuku?” Desperation laced his voice.
“W- we can’t be happy without you…”
Silence. No one spoke. No one dared to breathe.
Izuku swallowed thickly.
“I- Im… sorrae,” he whispered, lowering his head. “I don’ u- understand those sorts of s- sentiments… I want to a- and I am sure t- that somewhere in m- me I know what i- it means to trust but r- right now… I can’t…” He looked at his open hands.
“Ya know, i- it’s funnae,” he whispered, “but y- you a- are the closet I’ve e- ever gotten to what I- I think it means t- ta love.” He heard Mrs.- Mom take a sharp breath. “T- this familae… I started ta r- reallae think th- that maybe, just maybe, I was p- part of it…”
There was a soft sound of ruffling clothes before a hand found itself on Izuku’s cheek. Izuku looked up slowly and met the eyes of who he had come to consider his mother.
They were warm auburn eyes. Soft and filled to the brim with all of the love Izuku never felt from his biological mother.
She smiled.
It was a sweet smile. It was real, not fake or deceptive.
Gently, she ran her thumb along his cheek, wiping away the tears that continuously fell as she rested her hand there.
A gentle touch. Not one meant to harm or hurt him.
“Izuku,” she spoke softly.
An almost angelic voice, full of kindness and compassion, not promising death at his every breath.
“, you are part of it, silly. Never once have you not been part of it. No matter where you are, what you say, have far lost you think you’ve gotten, and no matter how many pieces you are in, you are still Izuku Kirishima, our son and brother and nothing will ever change that. We love you too much to not have you as part of our family.”
Izuku dropped his gaze.
“Just give us one more chance,” she whispered. His green eyes widened. “If not to show you that we love you then give us the chance to keep you in our hearts. One more time, let us be those people you trust. Those that you love and who love you in return.” Izuku bit his lip.
“One more chance to have you in our family.”
-----
‘All I am asking if for one last chance-’
-----
Izuku was scared. His heart, mind, and soul were in pieces. His head was filled with memories that continued to remind him of everything that was wrong with the world and everything that was wrong with himself. He felt metaphorically glued to pain, unable to move away from it. Fear took the shape of a cage that held it’s captive with broken wings.
He looked up.
Pieces can be glued together. The broken and torn and be stitched and repaired. Bad memories can be replaced with good ones. Pain has an antidote. And… there is no lock without a key.
Not a physical one, but maybe, just maybe, the three people that stood before Izuku could finally be the ones to find that fit.
“Okay…” he whispered.
He did not know how much he believed them. He didn’t know if he could ever truly be fixed and put back together again but… let’s not focus on the hopeful destination but instead on the journey ahead.
The chairs were pulled next to the Christmas tree, Izuku and Eijiro each got on one. Together they lifted the star and placed it on-
One more chance to take the rope extended and to reach-
- the top.
Chapter 52: Get Well C-
Summary:
Izuku goes back to school and comes home.
Notes:
Sorry for the late post everyone. Writer's block hit me like a truck.
We've got fanart though so here is the link!
https://aminoapps.com/c/my-hero-academia/page/blog/golden-whip/xJYY_aXf2uGNKBawx66oxG6P8EKZ2kjRJThank you to BEANSPLEASE for the art. (I could not find their profile link, sorry)
How are you all doing?
Chapter Text
“Mina, calm down,” Furuya sighed. Mina pouted, bouncing on her toes.
“ARG!!! They should be here already!” she cried. Hino put her hand on her hip. “Not really. We got here much earlier than usual because someone can’t hold her horses.” Mina blushed but finally settled down onto flat feet. She looked down at the card in her hand. It wasn’t much and her handwriting was worse than a first years but she poured her heart and soul into it! Everyone had made a card for ‘Zuku.
“Hey.”
They all looked up. Shockingly, it was, “Yamamoto?” Furuya questioned. The snowy-haired boy shrugged. “You guys are close with the fr- with Izuku, right?” Mina stepped forward proudly and defensively. Sure, Yamamoto and Izuku seemed to be getting along somewhat well recently but this was the boy who had bullied Kiri and Mina wasn’t about to stand for it if he were to try again. “That’s right!” she replied in her sure-fire chipper tone, as always. Mina is the student body president and won those votes by being the goodwill, happy, fun-loving girl she is and her image does not falter.
Yamamoto nodded. He slung his bag around and rifled through it a bit before pulling something out and holding it out to her. “Could you give this to him for me?” Mina, no, everyone stared at the surprisingly cute card the boy held out.
It was light blue with white lace frills around the sides and the front read in a fancy font: IZUKU. Mina could only guess that the inside was just as pretty.
Mina looked up at him dumbfoundedly. “EH?!” He rolled his eyes. “J- just give it to him, k!” Yamamoto all but threw it at her before spinning around and storming off. “H- hey!” She had to scramble to catch it. Mina stared after the boy.
“Geeze. What an emotional constipated guy,” she huffed, receiving a round of laughs from her friends.
“Mina! Furuya! Hino!” The girls all turned their heads. Kiri and ‘Zuku were making their way to them. Mina grinned. “‘ZUKU! KIRI!!!” She sprinted up to them. Yes, Mina saw the way ‘Zuku flinched back and tensed up. She jumped, planted her feet in front of the boys, and held out her hands. “High five!” Kiri chuckled and lifted his own, bringing it down upon hers with a nice *SLAP*. Mina raised an eyebrow at Izuku. He stared down at her hands hesitantly. Mina smirked.
“‘Zuuuukuuuu! My hand is getting tired here!” The boy deadpanned but nevertheless, raised his arm and gently tapped his hand against hers.
“I’ll take it!” she chirped, standing straight.
Hino and Furuya caught up.
“Welcome back, Izuku,” Hino and Furuya greeted. Mina hid her disappointment when the boy didn’t respond verbally, only nodded.
“Hey, guys!” They all looked over to see Mori running up.
Mina nodded. “Now that everyone is here-”
“Ah!” Mori quickly whipped out his letter. Mina took it and added it to the stack to which she promptly extended to ‘Zuku. The boy blinked and looked up, obviously confused. “They are for you,” stated Furuya. “Get well cards or start feeling better or something.” Mina grinned. “Yup!” Izuku faltered a bit.
That was odd. His face fell for a second before ‘brightening up’, as much as it could. It looked fake as if he were trying to be happy for them. Izuku took the cards hesitantly. He bowed his thanks.
Today is a no-talking day then…
“Let’s go! We can’t be late!” Mina held up her cheerful demeanor. When someone was feeling down, you also feeling down won’t help them feel better.
Still, that doesn’t mean that it hurt any less when she looked at her friend and saw that he looked like he was ready to crumple on the ground at the drop of a pin.
_______________________________
Shiro sighed.
That was so embarrassing!
Something that he had noticed about the freak was that he likes sweets. At the congratulations party they had thrown for him in class, even though he didn’t get much, what he did get was all sugary foods. Also, at the arcade, he was very pleased with the sweet lollipop. It was just a guess but is Shiro had to bet on anything, Izuku probably liked cute-ish things.
Despite his fighting and scars, the freak was sort of childish in that way. So, despite his own misgivings, Shiro made the card a bit cuter than normal and it was totally embarrassing to have given it to the freaks little gang or something.
He glanced up as the greenette in question opened the door to the locker room. He was later than usual. Usually, Izuku would be the first one in and first one out, highly selfconscious of his body probably.
Shiro hung behind as the others left.
Why am I waiting? Why did I make that stupid card in the first place? Did he even read it yet? Will he even read it in the first place? It’s not like we are friends or anything so what do I care?
Shiro turned around and almost jumped out of his skin when the freak was standing nearby with a concerned look on his face.
Oh, I was zoning out.
Shiro rolled his eyes. “Come on, freak.”
_______________________________
Yuta Bando watched as Yamamoto and Kirishima filed in last of their classmates.
That’s odd. They are usually first.
“Alright! Line up!” The class got in line for their day to start as usual. “I know you are all excited for Christmas break but that does not give you time to slack off. We still have tomorrow and even throughout the break you all need to keep in shape.” He turned to Kirishima at the end of the line. “Especially you, Kirishima. Nationals start a week after Christmas break.” The kid bowed. He didn’t say anything like his students usually do.
He was having an off day. Yuta took the boy’s stature in. A very off day.
Yuta nodded and turned back to the class. “Today, we will be sparring with each other, except for you Kirishima. I need to speak with you about Nationals. Now, each of you find a new sparring partner that you haven’t sparred against in the past two times and find a space in the dojo to spar.”
“Yes, sensei!”
He clapped loudly. “Go!” Yuta watched all of the kids separate. He glanced over at Kirishima who was waiting patiently. “Come with me, Kirishima.” He waved and walked off leaving the boy to follow. Yuta sat on the benches at the front of the. The greenette sat next to him.
“In regards to Nationals,” he started, “as you know, you are going as our districts main representative as well as our secondary representative, the boy who you fought. Every district has a secondary and some have a third but those are really big districts.” Kirishima nodded. “I will be sending you home a form today to get signed and bring back. It will have your packing list since we will be there two nights and your permission to actually attend as well as the price.” The kid’s head snapped up. Yuta nodded. “Your parents will have to pay a bit for you to go since our school does not have many funds for this program as we don’t usually make it to Nationals.” Kirishima nodded slowly. He seemed tenser now. “You will get the brackets for the tournament the night before, also the night we arrive in Tokyo. Okay?” Kirishima nodded again.
Yuta hummed. “Well, that is all for now but I am not permitting you to go spar.” The boy tilted his head. “The last time you came in the way you did today you broke a kid’s arm and nose.” Kirishima blushed a bit. “So for now just watch your peers. Or take a nap or something because you look exhausted. And if you need to talk,” he smiled, “you can always talk to me. I may not look it but I’ve lived my share of years and have my share on insight too, ya know?”
That elicited a deadpan reaction from the boy.
Kirishima sighed and turned to watch his peers.
“I- I don’ t- think that I c- c- could s- sleep even i- if I wanted t- to.” Yuta hummed. He was stuttering a lot more today. “Kirishima, when was the last time you slept?” The boy shrugged.
“Y- yestaday m- mornin’...?”
“You don’t sound too sure of that.
“I- I’m not.”
Yuta sighed. “At least try to get some rest over the break. Maybe it will do you some good.” Yuta didn’t know if it was a subconscious effort, but the boy brought his feet up to rest on the edge of the bench and wrapped his arms around them. Yuta sighed. “Well, I’ve got to look like I am doing my job so we at least have to be talking so it looks as though we are doing something important.” Kirishima sharply inhaled, a brief effort to not laugh.
And class went on. Yuta made as much small talk as he could with the boy’s minimal talking quota today but soon class was over.
_______________________________
Eijiro sighed as he watched Izuku leave for home. He himself made his way to the beach. Upon reaching the beach, Eijiro saw the deflated form of All Might waiting for him. Eijiro hesitated. He bit his lip.
I have to do this…
He silently made his way over to the hero. All Might turned to him. “Ah! Young Kirishima!” Eijiro paused in front of the man with his head down. “Young Kirishima? What is wrong?” Eijiro took a deep breath.
“All Might… I can’t accept your quirk.”
A beat.
“What?” Eijiro winced. “What do you mean, my boy? What is wrong?” Eijiro felt tears well in his eyes. “T- that person I said I wanted to protect… I messed up All Might. I ruined everything. I don’t deserve to wield the quirk of the Symbol of peace when all I bring is pain.” All Might crouched before him. “Young Kirishima… did you… did you kill this person?” Eijiro snapped his head up. “NO!” All Might let out a relieved sigh.
“Ok,” the man sat on the sand. “Sit with me, boy.” Eijiro swallowed. He wanted to get over with this quickly. He knew All Might was disappointed in him. He reluctantly sat beside his soon-to-not-be-mentor.
“What did you do, young man?”
Eijiro sighed. “I- it’s kind of hard to explain. I just… He has some, erm, major trust issues and boundaries because of his past and I knew that but I got so protective that I messed up and stepped over those boundaries but in, like, the worst possible way and stuff happened and now everything is just falling to pieces all over again…”
All Might hummed. “I see.”
Eijiro lowered his head. He’s disappointed.
“Butting your head in where it is none of your business is essentially what makes a hero.” Eijiro looked up. “Eh?” All Might nodded. “It is just a matter of how far you take it. I don’t know exactly what you did but I know that nothing is unfixable. Next time, just tone it down a bit but as for now, something like that, well, I personally don’t think that makes you unqualified for my quirk.”
“EH?”
All Might glanced over at him and smirked. “What part of ‘I want to protect’ means ‘I’m not a hero’?” Eijiro blinked. “You made a mistake, my boy, but you have acknowledged it and feel bad. You won’t do it again, will you?” Eijiro rapidly shook his head. “O- Of course not!” All Might nodded. “Good to hear. Still, I can’t exactly force you to take my quirk so the option is up to you. If you still really want to protect that person, or people in general, then I am still willing to give you my quirk. That is… if you still want it.”
No way… Tears fell from his eyes. No way!
“OH! I’m sorry! Did I say something wrong!” Eijiro chuckled at All Might’s franticness “N- no! Thank you, All Might.” Eijiro wiped his eyes and nodded. “If you’ll have me,” He bowed with his nose just grazing the sand, “please continue to teach me, All Might!”
_______________________________
Izuku sighed as he finally finished his homework.
Was all of that really necessary?
He had just finished writing an essay and his hand was cramping terribly. Izuku was packing everything away in his bag when he saw them: the stack of cards.
-----
‘They are for you,” stated Furuya. “Get well cards or start feeling better or something.’
-----
Izuku pulled them out.
Get well card?
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows.
He stood up and walked into the kitchen where Mom was cooking dinner. He hesitated a bit.
-----
‘One more chance.’
-----
Izuku swallowed.
“M- Mom?” The woman jumped and looked over at him. “Oh! Sorry, dear, I didn’t hear you come in! What’s up?” Izuku looked down at the cards.
“W- what is a- a- a ‘Get w- well card?’”
He glanced back up at her. What? She looked stunned and almost… sad. Why? Did I ask something bad?
Mom smiled. “They are like cards of encouragement,” she replied. “If someone is sick or feeling down, people who care about them some times write them cards wishing them well.” Izuku blinked. People who care…
Izuku nodded.
“Ah,” Mom continued, “I got an email from your martial arts teacher. He said that you have a form for me?”
-----
‘Your parents will have to pay a bit for you to go since our school does not have many funds for this program as we don’t usually make it to Nationals.’
-----
Izuku shook his head. Mom frowned and turned fully towards him. “If this is about the money,” Izuku stiffened, “then it is fine, Izuku. Parents like to pay for their children to go out and have fun.”
Izuku narrowed his eyes. Now that has to be a lie.
Mom sighed and walked over, crouching before him. “NORMAL parent’s like to pay for their children to go out and have fun,” she changed repeated. “And they like to see their children achieve big things, like going to Nationals and if that means they have to pay then they will, okay?” Izuku nodded slowly.
“But,” she started sharply, “we don’t like lies.” Izuku froze. “Right now, you lied to me about not having a form, Izuku.”
He swallowed thickly. No…
-----
‘Did you lie to me, Izuku?’
‘You know what happens to liars, don’t you, Izuku?’
‘I’ll make sure you never do it again.’
-----
"So next time please don't..." her voice faded away in the back of Izuku's mind.
I’m sorry…
Something tapped him on the shoulder. Izuku’s legs gave out and he collapsed on the floor.
“Izuku?!”
“I- I’m sorrae…” he whispered. “I- I- I thought t- that y- ou would b- be angry at t- the cost ‘c- cause I w- w-w as bein’ ungratef- ful a- and I didn’ wanna m- make ya m- mad but I m- made ya mad. I m- made ya mad! I- I’ll do betta! I- I will!”
Izuku couldn’t peel his eyes from the floor. How do I stop her? What do I do? What do I say? I messed up. I have to get away.
-----
‘Are you running away from me?’
‘You can NEVER run away from me.’
‘You don’t have the right.’
‘I own you, Izuku.’
-----
“I’m s- sorrae. I- I won’ d- d- do it again.”
I can’t run. I can’t hide. It never works. I’m screwed.
“P- please, I won’. I- I won’. Please.”
Diffuse the situation. Make yourself less than her. You are less than her. Make her feel empowered. Diffuse, diffuse!
Izuku curled himself into a ball.
Smaller. Smaller. Diffuse.
“Please. I- I’m sorrae. I- I won’ do i- it again. I- I won’.”
She raised her hand.
Ah, it’s coming. I deserve this. I lied. I messed up. I made her mad. I made her angry. I deserve this. It’s fine. It’s FINE. I’m fine. Do the crime pay the time, right? RIGHT?! It’s fine. I deserve this. I’m fine. Just like normal right? It’s fine.
The hand landed on his shoulder… gently?
“Dear?”
-----
‘Are you running, SwEeTiE?’
-----
It’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfine-
“I’m not going to hurt you, Izuku.”
It’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfineIt’sfine-
“I’m not angry.”
Lies. Ah, everyone lies. I lied. Bad. Lied. I lied. She’s angry. She is going to hurt me. That’s FiNe.
“Look at me, please?”
-----
‘Look at me when I am speaking, sweetie.’
‘LoOk at Me.’
-----
I have to look. Don’t look. It’s worse. She’s getting angrier. I have to look.
Izuku lifted his head robotically.
She looks worried? Why? Ah, her doll lied. My bad. She thinks I’m rebelling. I won’t rebel. I can’t rebel.
“Who am I, dear?”
Who are you? Inko Midoriya, owner of Izuku Midoriya, right? Is this a trick? This is a trick. Anything I answer is wrong. Wrong! She’ll be angry. She IS angry.
The woman shook her head. WrOnG. “I am Yuma Kirishima, dear. Your mother.”
I am saying this out loud? Can she read minds. No. Wait. Don’t degrade her. She get’s angry. I’m not better. I was wrong.
“Shh… It’s okay, it’s okay.”
What is she saying? She’s being too nice. Trap. This is a trap. Diffuse. Diffuse. Right, she wants to trap me. Trap me. Trap me.
Izuku stood up sharply. Inko looked up in shock. Izuku forced the best smile he could and pointed to the hallway.
“I- I’ll do i- i- it myself,” he choked out. It is better than being beaten. Is it? Probably. Wait. What?
“What?” She’s confused. She loves putting me in the closet. I made her mad. Get away. Diffuse.
“I- I’ll d- d- do it myself,” he repeated.
-----
‘What’s with the stuttering? Are you an idiot or something? You sound weird.’
-----
Izuku spun on his heel and walked robotically towards the hallway.
“Izuku?”
Slowly, slowly. Inko hates fast movement. She will think you are running. I can never run.
His hand rested on the closest door. Something suddenly yanked him back. Izuku looked up and saw her face.
Scared? What is she scared of?
He smiled shakily. “I- I know. I- I’m doin’ i- it. I know. I- I know. I kn- know.”
She suddenly picked him up. The woman turned sharply and left the hallway. She sat him down on the couch. “Hey, dear, look at me.” I am, aren’t I? I am I am I am! I sware I am!
“No, no , no. Shh… calm down.”
Calm down? I’m calm. Can’t you see me calm? I’m CaLm.
She sat next to him and pulled Izuku into her arms. “Shh… it’s fine.” FiNe. “Calm down, Izuku.” I’m calm. I’m calm. I’m calm. She wants me to be calm so I will be calm because she wants me to be and anything she wants me to be I will be and she wants me to be calm so I’ll be ca-
*Knock Knock Knock*
*Click*
“Asa wai-”
“I’m home!”
No… He left. He’s back? He is… back. NO!
The woman ran to Hisashi frantically. “W- wait! Y- you need to go back outside, dear.”
Nonononononononononono! Diffuse! Diffuse!
Diff-
_______________________________
Asa knocked on the front door before opening it.
“Asa, wai-”
“I’m home!”
He smiled when Yuma came running up to him but it quickly fell when he saw her distraught face. “Yuma, what’s wron-” “W- wait! Y- you need to go back outside, dear.” Asa furrowed his eyebrows. “Why?” She looked over her shoulder and paled. “No…” Asa grabbed her shoulders. “Yuma. What. Is. Wrong?”
She looked down. “Nothing, dear… It’s too late anyway…” Yuma moved out of the way. “Yuma?” Tears fell from her eyes. “I messed up. Sorry…” She pointed to the couch. Izuku sat there, arms limp by his side, head up straight, eyes wide and unseeing. Asa took a deep breath. He pulled his wife into a hug. “It’s okay. Everything will be okay. Mr. Yamada told us about this, right? Don’t worry about it.” Yuma wiped her eyes. “B- b- but-” “No,” Asa cut in. “No buts. Everything is fine, alright?” She looked up at him and nodded slowly. Asa leaned down and kissed her gently.
He went over to Izuku and waved a hand in front of the boy’s face.
-----
‘Dissociation.’
-----
Asa sighed.
He’s out.
He pushed Izuku back to lean against the cushions before reaching up and shutting the boy’s eyes. When any of his patients dissociate, it is better to leave them in a spot close to where they cit off and inform them of the time and date later when they wake up.
Asa went into the kitchen. “What are those?” Yuma was picking up what looked like cards from the ground. She stood up. “Izuku’s friends made him Get Well Cards.” She smiled sadly. “He didn’t know what that was. I brought up a form that he lied to me about not having and told him that he shouldn’t lie and t- that parents d- don’t like it when th- their children lie and…”
Ah… so that’s it.
Asa smiled softly. “Yuma, that’s alright.” She looked up in shock. “B- but I-”
“Izuku needs to know what normal households are like. That means what normal discipline is like as well. We will talk with him about it when he wakes up but for now, don’t worry about it. This will be good for him to realize that we won’t hurt him.” Yuma nodded slowly. “Okay…”
Asa grinned. “Now, I smell something good.”
She giggled. “You’ll have to wait until Ei gets home!”
“Aww…”
Asa swallowed a sigh as he sat in the far recliner while Yuma finished dinner. Izuku had yet to move. He stood up and grabbed the book to the side. Asa went over and sat beside Izuku. He opened it and started to read aloud.
It was something he would do for his patients so that when they woke up they would slowly get accustomed back to being ‘awake’ and not immediately jump when he first spoke again.
Even when Eijiro came home from training. Even when they were eating dinner. Even when they had gone to bed.
Asa sat there and read into the night until…
Izuku jolted suddenly. Asa kept reading. It was a lighthearted romance novel that his wife read. Izuku’s eyes opened slowly. The greenette blinked a few times before sitting up. Izuku looked over at Asa. Asa closed the book. He looked up.
“Welcome back.”
Chapter 53: A Kirishima Christmas
Summary:
The first few days of Christmas Break and Christmas!
Notes:
This is LOOOONG!
Sorry, I just got so caught up writing and I didn't know where I wanted to end it and when I was copying and pasting it from the google doc it was like 30 pages long and just... sorry... Enjoy!How is everyone?
Chapter Text
“Izuku,” Mom started slowly as they sat on the couch the next morning, “I wasn’t going to hurt you.”
Izuku kept his eyes fixed on the couch.
“I think you have the wrong idea of what normal discipline is, dear. In this house, we don’t lock our children in closets, beat them, or starve them. I will never hurt you like that.” Izuku bit his lip. You think that until you are angry enough…
“What do you think of when someone says ‘You are grounded?’”
Izuku glanced up at her. He thought for a moment.
“G- grounded… th- that means th- that ya don’ get c- certain things c- cause ya ‘ave to earn th- them.” Mom nodded slowly. “What sorts of things?” she pressed.
Izuku looked down at his fingers and counted them off. “F- food. W- water. Light. P- people.”
“Light? People?”
Izuku looked up. “Yer?”
Mom shook her head. “What does that mean?” Izuku deadpanned. Is she serious? “L- like, erm… i- in the closet y- ya don’ get l- light o- or see p- people or e- eat or dr- drink? The closet i- is ‘grounded.’” Mom smiled sadly. “That isn’t normal ‘grounding’, Izuku. That is abuse and we don’t do that here.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows.
Mom hummed. “Well, normally, a grounding means something is taken away, so that was correct. Usually, though, it is just your phone or game system or something like that for a week or two but that only happens if you disobey or, let’s say, lie?”
Izuku swallowed.
“So,” she continued, “I am sorry for my words earlier without clearing that up. I promise you, Izuku, I will never, EVER, trap you in that closet or deny you food or water. Okay?” Izuku ducked his head. She straightened up again. “That being said, trust is built on truth. I know that you are still new to trusting people but the same laws can be said for everyone else, alright? So if you want us to trust you then you can’t lie to us, alright?”
Izuku looked up. That makes… sense… He nodded slowly. Mom smiled. “So, Izuku, do you have a form for me to sign?” Izuku smiled, just a bit. He nodded and leaned over to where his backpack leaned against the couch. Izuku pulled out the form and a pen and handed it to Mom. She took it. “Thank you. I am going to go get the money.” Izuku watched her go to the kitchen.
That’s it? She really isn’t going to beat me?
A warm feeling formed in Izuku’s chest. His eyes widened and he smiled a bit wider.
She isn’t going to beat me!
Izuku pulled out his phone.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Hitoshi groaned from his position of laying his head next to his bowl of cereal on the table. He was very much not a morning person.
“You gonna get that?” Hitoshi sat up and looked over at Dad who was currently walking in from the hallway drinking a jelly pouch. Hitoshi grabbed his phone off the table and opened it.
Zuku:
She didn’t beat me!
- Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. -
Toshi:
What…?
Zuku:
I got in trouble or something and Mom didn’t beat me!
Hitoshi sighed. “He is way too excited in the morning.” Dad leaned over his shoulder and read the messages. “Wow,” he hummed. Hitoshi nodded. “I don’t know if I should be happy about how happy he is about that or not.” Dad shrugged. “I think I am more shocked that he actually texted you that. Actually, no. Izuku has a weird way of starting text messages.”
Hitoshi looked up at his father.
“What do you mean?”
Dad sighed and stood straight. “I don’t think that he realizes that those aren’t normal ways to start conversations and are actually very offsetting. He once started a conversation with me by just saying ‘Help’ and considering his past I could only think of the worst.” Dad looked down at Hitoshi’s phone. “And as you see, the way he started this one isn’t much better.” Hitoshi hummed. “I noticed.”
Toshi:
That’s good.
Zuku:
Yeah!
Hitoshi chuckled. “Well, I guess he is in a good mood today.”
_______________________________
“You seem happy.”
Izuku looked up from his lunch. Hino nodded. “Did you read our cards?” Izuku shook his head. Furuya tilted her head. Eijiro chuckled warily. “Some things happened last night-”
“I- I’ll read ‘em t- tonight…”
Mori hummed. “So what is everyone’s plans for Christmas?” Eijiro shrugged. “Same as usual, I guess. Our family doesn’t have many traditions besides making cookies and setting them out.”
“My grandparents are coming over,” Mori stated. “Me and grandpa always make the meal together.
“M- meal?” Everyone looked over at Izuku. “You know, the traditional Christmas meal?” questioned Mori. “Fried chicken? Potato salad? Cream stew?” Izuku raised an eyebrow. “The Christmas cake?”
“Have you celebrated Christmas before, Zuku?” Mina chimed in. Izuku nodded. “L- last year w- was me f- first… I- in a long t- time.” Mina nodded. “What did you eat then?” Izuku thought. “Pancakes.”
Eijiro blinked. I’m telling Mom that.
“For dinner?” Furuya asked. Izuku shook his head. “Erm… I- I think w- we ‘ad ch- chicken… and s- some m- mashed potatoes?” Furuya looked at Eijiro. “What do you guys typically have?” Eijiro hummed. “The Christmas meal like Mori said.” Furuya nodded. “Me too but we are leaving to visit family.”
Eijiro glanced over at Izuku.
He looked better. Eijiro was really worried when he came home last night and Dad told him that Izuku was ‘dissociating’. Earlier that morning Mom and the greenette had a talk and when Eijiro came back in after taking Akio out, Izuku was smiling as he was typing on his phone so something good obviously had happened.
Eijiro distantly wondered if maybe Izuku would start sleeping in his own bed again.
_______________________________
Izuku rested his chin on his arms that were folded on top of his knees that were pressed against his chest as he sat in the right corner of the couch. The living room was beautifully illuminated by the Christmas tree in the corner of it. It was night and Izuku could not sleep. Hime was curled into a ball beside him, the gentle vibrations and soft purrs not helping his sleep state as they only made him more tired.
“Izuku, dear?”
He jumped and whipped his head to the right where Mom was standing at the edge of the living room. She smiled softly. “Do you mind if I come in?” He wanted to say no but… he was so bored and lonely… Izuku nodded.
He was still a bit wary from this morning, half-expecting her to take back what she said about not beating him or locking him in the closet.
Mom walked in and sat beside Hime on the couch. “Can’t sleep?” Izuku ducked his head and hid his eyes. She sighed. “You don’t have school tomorrow, dear, but don’t you remember what happened last time?” How could he not? The scar on his right forehead made itself known every time he looked in the mirror. Mom hummed. “Speaking of which,” Izuku flinched slightly when something touched his head, “you might need a hair cut soon.” Mom gently combed her fingers through his hair. She giggled a bit. “It’s just like when you first came here. Not sleeping or talking much. Now you need a hair cut. Kind of ironic, don’t you think?” Izuku hummed quietly. To be honest, he wasn’t much listening.
Mom kept running her fingers through his hair and it felt good. Izuku didn’t even realize that he was dozing as he just listened to her voice draw on in the night.
I’m so tired…
_______________________________
“We usually make Christmas cookies on Christmas Eve. You take foods right?”
…
…
…
Yuma smiled. She had gradually felt Izuku ease under her touch until he eventually fell asleep.
“Mew?” Yuma looked down. Hime looked up at her. Yuma pressed a finger to her own lips and stood up. She quietly got a blanket and came back. Yuma sat on the couch again. She reached over and gently lowered Izuku to lay across her legs before placing the blanket over him. Yuma continued to comb through her son’s hair.
In the light of the tree and the quiet of the night, Izuku looked so peaceful, as if nothing had ever happened to him. If it weren’t for the scars and the bags under his eyes, one would think that Izuku was just another carefree kid. Happy. Smiling. Free…
-----
‘Who am I, dear?’
The boy was rambling to himself mid-panic attack a mile a minute.
‘Who are you? Inko Midoriya, owner of Izuku Midoriya, right? Is this a trick? This is a trick. Anything I answer is wrong. Wrong! She’ll be angry. She is angry.’
-----
Yuma frowned.
This Christmas… she thought. This Christmas we will breakthrough with him, just like his Birthday.
_______________________________
Eijiro watched in amusement as Dad once again attempted to get Izuku to choose what they ate for breakfast.
Before the whole fiasco, the family had been trying to get Izuku more comfortable with his opinions on things. He didn’t seem to realize that his opinion did actually mater and that he had a choice in even these small things.
It took Dad threatening not to eat at all for Izuku to give in. It was ironic, really, for the boy who had the worst diet of them all to be afraid of someone else not eating.
Eijiro had to swallow a sigh when Izuku chose the sweetest box of cereal they had in stock specifically because Izuku existed and they all knew how much the boy was fond of sweet things.
Eijiro wasn’t too fond of sugary food. They weren’t very manly, if you asked him, but he would not be the one to tell Izuku no so he stomached the first meal of Christmas Break with the best smile he could as he felt like he was going to go into a sugar coma while the greenette next to him had that face that he only had when he ate sugar.
Eijiro took one look at the content face of Izuku and decided, I definitely don’t want to be the one who ruins that again.
Eijiro glanced over at Izuku as they road in the car. He could tell that the boy was still wary of him and he didn’t blame him but he missed being able to just hold a conversation with his brother. Izuku was staring out of the window with Hime in his lap.
Eijiro looked down at the cat.
I can’t believe I got so jealous of a cat… I’m so stupid.
Eijiro pulled out his phone. Maybe something he is familiar with?
*Ding Ding* He watched Izuku jumped a bit startled before picking up his own. Izuku glanced over at Eijiro before turning back to his phone.
Eijiro:
Hey, question.
Izuku:
Odd starter.
- Eijiro snorted. -
Eijiro:
Fair.
Izuku:
What is the question?
Eijiro:
So, I know that you do hero analysis notebooks but do you design costumes?
Or can you?
For UA, you know?
- Izuku blinked a few times. -
Izuku:
I’m not as good at art as you.
Eijiro:
Thanks? But you are smarter with these sorts of things.
Do you think you could help me design one when we get home?
- Eijiro looked up at Izuku when the messages stopped. Izuku was looking up at him with an unreadable expression. Eijiro averted his eyes. -
Izuku:
Maybe.
Why the sudden question?
- He is holding the conversation! Yes! -
Eijiro:
Well…
I’ve been considering dying my hair red and since we are going to get out haircuts I just thought, I dunno, maybe?
- Izuku choked from his side. -
Eijiro:
And, like, spiking it up or something?
Make me more manly, you know?
- Izuku deadpanned at the phone, obviously trying not to laugh. -
Izuku:
We’ll see.
You should probably talk to Mom and Dad about that though.
- Eijiro paled and whipped his head up to Izuku. Izuku looked up slowly and blinked before turning back to his phone. -
Izuku:
You haven’t asked them yet.
Eijiro:
No…
Izuku:
Great job.
- Izuku was a lot bolder over the phone. -
Eijiro:
Hey!
Izuku:
Fine.
I will make a hero costume with you tonight if you ask them right now and they say yes.
Eijiro:
Both?
Izuku:
Both.
Eijiro looked up at Izuku slowly to find the boy with his phone laid next to him upside down and looking out the window.
That’s cruel, man! Fine! I’m a man! I can do this!
“M- om.” His voice cracked.
He saw Izuku’s shoulders shake from the corner of his eye.
The auburn-haired woman turned around in her seat. “What is it, dear?”
“Can I, um, d- ye,” Stop cracking! “, my hair?” Mom blinked. “What?” Eijiro blushed harshly. Don’t back down! You WILL draw with Izuku tonight. You WILL look awesome with red hair.
“Can I dye my hair red?” he asked again.
Dad tilted his head as he drove. “Ei? You good, bud?”
Izuku was shaking, head down. Aw, shut up, man! I’m trying my best here! Eijiro nodded harshly. “Yeah! I- I just, you know, new year, new me…? Or um, yeah, and it just looks, I dunno, manlier, I guess.”
Izuku was dying in the seat over. At least someone is getting a laugh out of this, even if he isn’t actually laughing.
Dad hummed. “I mean, I guess. If you really want to.”
Mom nodded. “Are you sure this isn’t to impress some girl? You like that Ashido girl, don’t you?”
“MOM!”
“Pfft!”
Everyone, sans Dad, looked over at Izuku who tried, and failed, to hold that laugh in.
Eijiro groaned, burying his face in his hands. “No…” his voice muffled. “It’s not because of Mina…” Dad smirked. “Alright.” Eijiro looked up. “So I can?” The man shrugged. “Sure, why not? But are you sure you won’t regret this?”
Eijiro nodded sharply. “I’m sure.”
“Alright, we will talk to Christoph about it.”
Eijiro smiled. “Thanks, Dad!”
*Ding Ding*
Eijiro checked his phone.
Izuku:
Great job.
Eijiro:
Thanks!
As it would turn out, dying your hair takes a long time! Especially when you have to bleach it first because your hair is naturally black!
Eijiro sighed as he waited in the salon seat for the dye to set while Christoph worked on Izuku’s hair. He was starting to get nervous. What is it actually looks bad? The strange blonde bleach looked reeeeaaaally weird. He hoped the red would turn out okay. Christoph came over. “Okay, you ready to wash?” Eijiro nodded. He bent his head over the sink. The water was so cold!!! Eijiro frowned when he saw red coming out. Is that supposed to happen? Eijiro was sat down and his hair was blow-dried.
“Alright. And you said that you wanted this… spiked up?”
Eijiro was having second thought but it was too late to turn back now. He nodded. Christoph pulled out a can of hair gel. Eijiro squeezed his eyes shut when the man sprayed it to keep the hair stiff. Christoph stepped back.
“Alrighty then! Are you ready for the reveal?”
“Not really,” Eijiro half-joked. The man laughed. “It looks fine, Ei! Though maybe that is just me because I am the one who did it.” Eijiro looked up and sighed. “Alright…” Christoph took off the cape and Eijiro stood up. “Turn around and take a look!” Eijiro squeezed his eyes shut again and turned to face the mirror. He cracked one eye open but soon his eyes flew wide.
“WOAH!” Akio barked loudly from the waiting area at Eijiro’s sudden outburst. Eijiro ran up close to the mirror and turned his head all around to see. His hair was a bright, chili red color that matched his eyes well. It was spiked up a bit fanned out but ultimately came into jagged peaks at the center top. The small scar over his right eye and his sharp teeth added to the look.
“I look so cool!” he exclaimed.
“Manly?” Eijiro whipped his head to the right where Izuku was standing nearby. He spoke to me… Eijiro smiled widely. “YEAH!” he ran up to Mom and Dad, hugging them both. “Thank you so much!” They laughed and pat his back. “No problem, Ei.”
Eijiro turned to Christoph. “Thanks, Christoph!” The man smiled. “My pleasure! Now, to keep it in the longest, first don’t wash it for a few days and then after that, when you do, only with cold water.” Eijiro paled. “I- I have to take cold showers…?” The man laughed. “Yup! Or put a shower cap on while you take normal showers.” Eijiro nodded frantically. “If you want to keep gelling it and using a spray to keep it stiff up like that, I sell both of those products here.” Eijiro looked up at Mom and Dad.
Dad sighed. “We can do that but it will be part of your Christmas.” Eijiro bounced on his toes. “Yes!”
Christoph went and got the products. “It won’t stay in forever, you know. Depending on how often you wash it, the dye may stay in from anywhere from one to three months.”
Eijiro grinned. “Great!”
_______________________________
Izuku had to admit, he was a bit impressed that Eijiro went through with it. The new style sure was different but it didn’t look bad, per se. In today’s world of quirks, it wouldn’t even stand out. Heck, Mina has pink skin, pink hair, horns, and the whites of her eyes are black! Still, everyone who knows Eijiro will find it as a shock. It was brave of him to go through with it.
-----
‘- new year, new me…?’
-----
That was a new one. How much of that was true though?
Izuku looked down at his hands as they drove.
Can… can I do that too? New me?
“Okay,” Dad spoke up, “now, I know that we have been here a couple of times since that incident but, Izuku, if something illegal happens again or someone shoots at us, unless absolutely necessary, please don’t go chasing after the criminal or getting into a fight.” Izuku nodded in anticipation. As soon as Dad parked the car, Izuku was out.
He pushed open the door.
*Ring Ring*
The tiny bell of Soft Blossom Bakery’s door chimed. Izuku took in a deep breath of the sweet scent of pastries. It smelled so familiar.
It smelled like home.
“Ey! Boy!” Izuku looked up to see Marco at the table against the right wall with Gen, actually one of the former members of the Blue Bloods gang that disbanded after Izuku and Sho took their leaders down. Of course, Gen didn’t know that Izuku was Golden Whip. The man had pale blue hair from dye not entirely washed out after the years of dying it. Izuku scampered over to the to as the rest of his family filtered in.
“‘ow’s it been?” Marco asked, standing up to greet him.
Ha… Not well.
Izuku shrugged. Marco turned to the back. “Ey, Aina! Can we get a usual for Izuku over ‘ere?!” The lady poked her head out of the kitchen. “Sure thing!” Marco turned back to Izuku. “We made sure that bakerae knows what ta usual is fer when ya drop by. Take a seat! It’s on me!” Izuku looked over his shoulder at Dad, Mom, and Eijiro who were sitting nearby. Dad waved. “It’s fine.” Izuku nodded and pulled a chair over from another table and sat down. Aina came over and set the strawberry shortcake and milk down.
“Ey, Aina,” Gen waved her back. “What is it?” Gen pointed at her with his thumb. “This is Aina, she stared last month so you ‘aven’ met ‘er yet.” Izuku looked up. The purple-haired woman looked down. Something dawned on her face.
“Oh!” Izuku jumped. “Sorrae, sorrae. I’ve ‘eard a lot about cha! Everaeone kept tellin’ me I ‘ad to learn the ‘usual’ for ya!” She reached out her hand. “I’m Aina!” Izuku blinked.
Marco laughed loudly, patting the girls back. “Yer, ‘e don’t do ‘andshakes, Aina. Just wanted to get ya acquainted, ya know?” Aina put her hand down. “Yeah! Well, I gotta get back ta work. ‘ollar if ya need anythang!” Izuku watched her leave before pulling out his fork from home.
“Somethin’ Mare gave ya?” Izuku nodded and took a bite of his treat.
Sweet…
Today had been good so far. They had a good sugary breakfast, they visited Soft Blossom Bakery, and Eijiro was so happy about his new hairdo that his joy just kind of rubbed off on Izuku.
“So what’s up?” Gen asked. “‘aven’t see yer in a spell.”
Izuku looked around. Marco chuckled and passed him a pen and paper. Izuku took it and began writing.
“Nationals!?” Izuku jumped at Marco’s exclamation. Gen laughed. “That’s the red light burnin’ in yer veins takin’ ya there, boy!” Izuku nodded. He couldn’t deny that.
_______________________________
Asa sighed as he listened to the loud men talking with Izuku.
“Yer shoulda seen ‘im, boy,” the blue-haired man grinned. “When I was through with ‘im he was down for the count. I felt his arm snap!” He laughed loudly. Asa didn’t know how he felt about Izuku sitting in and listening to these men talk about their recent fights. On one end, he realized that this was where Izuku partially grew up. He was used to this and this sort of setting, with thugs and talking about fights, put him more at ease than it should for a normal boy. On the other hand, Asa was trying to distance the boy from that life to some degree while still allowing the boy to visit the bakery.
“Ey, Izuku,” the man Asa recognized as Marco spoke up, “if yer needin’ some trainin’ before Nationals, yer could always come back ‘ere and we could find ya a nice fight club fer ya to polish up yer skills.”
Asa stood up. Yup, that’s enough. That’s illegal and Izuku won’t be taking part in that. Asa came over to the group.
“Izuku, we’ve got to head back before sundown,” he stated. Izuku sighed quietly but stood up. Marco and the blue-haired man both stood as well. “Well, it’s ‘bout time we ‘ead to our next hauntings as well,” Marco said. “See ya ‘round, boy. Keep that in mind, k?” Izuku nodded.
He most certainly will not. He is thirteen years old!
Asa turned to Izuku when they got in the car. “I am just saying this now, no fight clubs, okay? Those are highly illegal and dangerous.” Izuku nodded slowly. Asa smirked. “I don’t mean to be rough with you, I just don’t want you getting hurt.” Izuku nodded again.
“Th- thank ya. F- fer takin’ me ‘ere.”
Asa smiled. Every time Izuku came back his accent that sort of mellowed out in-between visits came back full force when he was re-exposed to it but… he also always talked a bit more when he came back or after he came back. A testament to how at home the boy felt.
“It’s no problem. Let’s head back.”
_______________________________
Yuma peaked out of the kitchen.
“Izuku, can you go get Eijiro?”
The boy looked up from the couch. He nodded and went to go get the boy. Could Yuma have called for Eijiro herself? Yes. Did she purposefully make an opening for Izuku to interact with Eijiro? Also yes.
The two entered the kitchen again and Yuma immediately handed them aprons. Izuku looked up confused. Yuma smiled.
“Christmas cookies!”
…..
“2 cups flour,” Yuma instructed, leaning on the counter.
Izuku carefully measured the flour out and put it in the bowl.
…..
“Wait wait wait!” Yuma ran over as Eijiro tried to turn on the stand mixer to the highest level.
He looked up. “What?”
Yuma collapsed on top of it, covering his hand. “Eijiro, you are going to make a mess if you do that.”
…..
“Now we roll out the dough like so…”
Yuma gently placed her hands over Izuku’s on the rolling pin and pressed forward and back a few times before letting go. He looked up at her. Yuma smiled softly. “Think you can do it?”
Izuku nodded sharply and got to work.
…..
“Izuku, Izuku.”
The greenette looked over to where Eijiro was currently calling him from. He walked over. “What do you think?” Yuma looked over their shoulders as they picked out the cookie-cutter shapes. They ended up with candy canes, Santa heads, Christmas trees, and stars.
…..
“Now we slide them into the oven and…” Yuma stood up and closed the oven door, “Now we wait!”
She turned back to the boys. Izuku looked down at his flour-covered apron. Yuma giggled and looked over at Eijiro who was the same. “You two are a mess!” Izuku blushed. “Say cheese!” Both heads looked up.
*SNAP*
…..
Yuma settled into the far recliner.
She was reading when Izuku suddenly looked up from the couch. Yuma followed his gaze. Eijiro was standing with his sketchbook outside of the living room.
Oh?
“Do you, uh, here, or, um…” Eijiro gestured vaguely towards the hallway that led to their room. Izuku’s gaze darkened ever so slightly. Yuma wanted to step on but she had a feeling that this was something that they needed to get through themselves. Eijiro kept his gaze on the ground. Izuku sighed and stood up.
Eijiro’s head snapped up with the same sort of happy expression as when he saw his new hair.
Yuma met eyes with him. Eijiro blinked slowly and nodded ever so slightly. Memo received.
It’ll be fine. I’ll take care of the other batches of cookies then. We will decorate later.
_______________________________
Eijiro took a silent deep breath before he opened the door to his and Izuku’s room. He walked in and sat on his own bed. Izuku hesitated outside the door. Eijiro watched as viridian eyes took in the whole room. Checking every single thing. Eijiro dragged over his set of drawing pencils that he had laid on the bed, the sound effectively catching Izuku’s attention. The boy swallowed and entered the room. For the first time, Izuku left the door open. The message was clear.
‘I will not hesitate to run if you try anything.’
Akio jumped onto the bed, curling up next to Eijiro. Izuku sat on the edge of the bed, Hime sitting in his lap.
Eijiro opened his sketchbook. “Er… so these were a few ideas I had but I’m not really creative so…” Izuku looked up at the Crimson Riot poster on Eijiro’s wall and then back at the drawing.
“I s- see your i- in- inspiration.”
Eijiro blushed. “Yeah.”
Izuku leaned a bit closer and peered at the drawing closer. He nodded and stood up. Izuku went over to his own desk and ran his finger along his row of notebooks before grabbing one and coming back.
Eijiro marveled as Izuku got far enough on the bed to lean against the wall.
Thank you analysis mode!
Eijiro joined his brother leaning against the wall. Izuku flipped open the page to Eijiro’s page. It had greatly expanded into about three pages over time as Izuku helped Eijiro train his quirk endurance.
“Y- you are verae e- exposed,” Izuku commented. The sketch consisted of charcoal grey hammer pants, red boots, a deep crimson cape accessory that connected at the belt and flowed to the ankles, a black belt, an exposed chest, and black arm sleeves and gloves.
Eijiro nodded. “Because of my quirk. I don’t have too flashy of a quirk so I want it to show as much as possible.” Izuku hummed.
“A- alright b- but ya can’t move y- yer joints well w- when you ‘arden y- your whole b- body, right?” Eijiro nodded. Izuku held out his hands. Eijiro blinked. “Oh.” He passed Izuku the sketchbook. Izuku pulled out a pencil and circled a few things, adding notes to the side. He tapped his chin a bit with the end of the pencil thinking before circling the arms entirely and the hands separately. Izuku leaned over, placing the notebook in between the two of them and pointing out things.
He placed the end of the pencil on the hands. “N- no gloves. Y- your style w- will mostly comprise o- of punches. T- the gloves will be a h- hindrance and easily t- tear with the nature o- of yer quirk.” Eijiro nodded. “I hadn’t thought of that.” Izuku pointed at the arms. “I- I understand t- the style f- facta but if yer are reallae w- wanting to show off yer q- quirk t- then maybe n- not those.” Eijiro nodded. “But then it’ll look too plain.” Izuku shook his head and tapped at the elbows and shoulders. “U- unless necessary fer ya t- to harden yer e- entire body l- let’s avoid h- hardenin’ the j- joints. T- to supplement that an- and still l- look less bland…” He doodled a little grey spot over the elbows and shoulders.
“Armor pads. M- maybe silver o- or a matte grey? T- then a metal bar o- or plate across t- the chest and back connectin’ t- the two ta p- put it on?”
Eijiro grinned. “Oooooh! So cool!” He looked over at Izuku. The greenette was smiling, just a bit, as he looked down at the sketchbook. Eijiro nodded. “Okay, okay. Next!” Izuku nodded and pointed to the legs. “L- less baggy b- but not by much. M- metal knee caps, m- more armor. Then…” Izuku pointed to the red boots, “a- are these p- padded?” Eijiro shrugged. “They can be.” Izuku nodded. “E- even if ya won’ be f- fightin’ with yer f- feet and legs m- much, i- if ya do, yer gonna n- need somethin’ ta make yer kicks stronga.” Izuku outlines the toes and soles. “M- metal plating.” Eijiro hummed. Izuku finally pointed to his head. “Nothin’?” Eijiro chuckled. “Well, I didn’t really know what to do. I want to do something cause it looks so plain but I don’t know what.”
Izuku hummed and finally looked up at him. Eijiro sat stiffly as Izuku’s eyes scanned his face.
“Maybe…” he looked back down to the sketchbook and doodled a bit more, “Ch- charcoal grey matte metal ‘round y- yer face w- with, um, like, m- metal fannin’ out from the tops of y- yer jaw to c- cover yer cheeks?” Eijiro leaned over. “So like face armor? Looks rad!” Izuku nodded. “Oh!” Eijiro pulled out another pencil and sketched on the top of the band two spikes. “Like horns!” He smiled up at Izuku. Izuku looked up at him and smiled a bit.
Eijiro nodded and took the sketchbook, flipping to a new page. He started the new sketch. Izuku leaned over ever so slightly to watch. Eijiro could feel their arms just grazing each other’s and Izuku didn’t lean back and Eijiro didn’t make any attempt to either.
This… this sort of comfort. He missed this…
“Done!” Eijiro held it out in front of them.
The new sketch had Eijiro’s new hairstyle along with the new costume consisting of the shoulder armor, the chest bar, the elbow armor, the face armor, the knee pads, and the new metal soles and metal encased toe attachments to his boots. They had added a large, crimson ‘R’ on the middle of the belt that matched the belted cape. The capes edges seemed torn but in a cool way.
“It looks so manly!”
Izuku nodded. Eijiro smiled at Izuku. “Thanks, man!”
*Knock Knock*
Both boys looked towards the door that opened to reveal Mom. She smiled. “Are you two ready to decorate the cookies?” Izuku nodded and climbed off the bed, much to Hime’s distress. “Yup!” Eijiro followed them out.
Somehow, everything felt so light.
The cookies looked so terrible and yet none of them cared. They didn’t care how much frosting got on their faces or how many dishes were made. They laughed and smiled and everything just felt at peace. Even Izuku snickered a few times.
“Alright,” Mom set a few cookies on a plate and a cup of milk on the kitchen counter. Izuku pointed at them. She smiled. “For Santa, obviously!” Eijiro rolled his eyes. Santa obviously didn’t exist. It was just a tradition.
“Ei, are you going to be sleeping in the living room tonight?” Izuku blinked slowly at Mom’s question and looked at Eijiro.
“A- ah…” Eijiro chuckled, scratching the back of his head. “U- um so, usually on Christmas Eve I- the kid’s sleep in the living room.” He glanced over at Izuku. “I- Is that okay?” The boy bit his lip. “I- I mean it’s fine if I don’t!” Eijiro exclaimed. “I can sleep in my-”
“I- it’s fine…”
Eijiro stopped and put his arm down. “Are you sure?” The greenette nodded, not making eye contact. Eijiro smiled. “Alright. I am going to go get my blanket. Do you want me to get yours, too?” Izuku glanced up at him. He nodded slightly.
“Be right back!”
_______________________________
Izuku watched as Eijiro brought out his giant comforter. They set up their make-shift beds on the floor of the living room.
Mom and Dad came in to wish them good night and then… it was just the two of them and the light of the tree.
Izuku couldn’t sleep. He kept glancing over at Eijiro, making sure that the boy wouldn’t do anything.
“Psst.” Izuku blinked after about thirty straight minutes of staring at the oh so amusing ceiling. “Psssst.” He looked over. Eijiro was on his side and looking at him. “Hey,” the now red-head whispered, “I just thought about it but sometime soon we need to design your costume too.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. Eijiro nodded. “You are going to be a hero too, right?” Izuku nodded. “So we need to make your costume as well!”
Izuku sighed and looked back up at the ceiling. “What’s up, man?” Izuku shrugged. “Do you not want to?” Izuku shook his head. “I- it’s not th- that…” Eijiro sat up and turned to face Izuku. Izuku sighed again. He raised his hands above his head and studied them.
“I- I just…” Izuku bit his lip. “How c- can you be s- so carefree?” Izuku asked. Eijiro tilted his head. “What do you mean?” Izuku lowered his hands. “H- how a- are ya s- so sure that yer gonna m- make it? Th- that you a- are gonna be a ‘ero? How are y- ya so sure th- that everythang i- is gonna turn out f- fine?” Izuku sat up and looked at the other boy. “Y- you said ‘n- new year new m- me.’ H- how are you s- so sure that y- you are gonna make i- it to the next year?”
Eijiro stared at Izuku for a long time before speaking. “I don’t, honestly.” Izuku tilted his head. Eijiro chuckled quietly. “Tomorrow isn’t guaranteed. I’m not stupid enough to believe that. It’s just, like, why should I care about that?” Eijiro held out his right hand. “It’s like, you can live your life worried and scared every day preparing for the worst but for all you know you could be spending the next hundred years doing that because you don’t know when you are going to die.” Eijiro held out his left hand. “Or, you could spend every day looking ahead and enjoying it when you might die the next day but since you don’t know that, you spent your last day happy and at least you could die happily too, right?” Eijiro lowered his hands. “It’s all about perspective, man!”
Perspective…
“That’s what makes being a hero so great!” the boy exclaimed. “We help people and protect them so that they don’t die that day and so they can continue to live those happy days!
Izuku looked down at his hands. “Per… perspective?” Eijiro nodded. Izuku looked up. “C- can perspective ch- change?” Eijiro shrugged, rocking back and forth. “That’s up to you, man. No one can change your perspective by choice. Only you can do that.” Izuku snickered. “Y- you say s- some prettae smart th- thangs everae once i- in a while.” Eijiro gasped. “Hey!” There was no malice in it though. Silence washed over them.
Eijiro looked up at the ceiling. “I missed this, ya know?” Izuku tilted his head. “Just being able to talk and laugh like this with you. I missed having a brother. I really screwed things up, didn’t I?” Izuku blinked. Is that what he has been thinking about all this time? He lowered his head. Eijiro sighed. “New year, new me,” Eijiro commented. “Next year… no, starting even now, I don’t want to be the type of person that scares you away. Or the type of person that gets jealous over you. I want to protect you and all, I just want to take away all of those bad things that you went through and just throw them out of the window but… I can’t.” Eijiro looked down at his curled fists. He sighed and uncurled them. “I dunno, man, I want to help but I feel like I am just hurting you more.”
Izuku shook his head. “Y- you…” he swallowed. “You d- did scare me… I- I didn’ know wh- what to do… b- but… I’ve ‘ad time ta th- think. I don’ think y- ya did it on p- purpose. Y- Yami said th- that people m- make accidents. I…” Izuku hesitated. “I don’ wanna g- give up…” Tears formed in his eyes. “I don’ w- wanna give u- up th- this familae… I- I know th- that I sh- shouldn’ w- want o- or feel that w- way b- but I ca-”
“What do you mean?” Eijiro cut in. Izuku looked up and met his eyes with Eijiro’s. “What do you mean by you shouldn’t want or feel that way?”
Izuku looked down. “I- I can’t w- want. I- it’s bad. I- I should j- jus’ be gratef- ful. I- I shouldn’ w- want things I- I don’t de- serve o- or don’ ‘ave. Bad t- thangs ‘appen when y- ya want too much.”
Eijiro laughed. “Izukuuuuuu!” Izuku glanced up. The boy smiled. “There is a difference between wanting and being greedy, ya know? Wanting things isn’t wrong. Well, it is if you want to kill someone or something because that is definitely bad,” Izuku deadpanned, “but! It is fine to want things to better yourself or how you live, man. You can want to not be beaten or be homeless or be lonely. There is nothing wrong with wanting food and shelter and family and friends. Those are all normal things that most people have. You drew the short end of the stick earlier on but I guess you could say that your stick grew up.”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “‘G- grew up?”
Eijiro nodded. “Yeah! You don’t deserve this? Nah, man, after everything you’ve gone through, I think that it is pretty safe to say that you have deserved being happy.”
“I- I’ve…”
Eijiro grinned. “You deserve to be happy. You are allowed to want to be happy, too. It is just a matter of perspective.”
Izuku found that he quite liked that word: perspective.
“So… and this might be my own want breaking through here,” Eijiro continues, “if you don’t want to give this up, then why should you? No one is going to make you leave or force you to so why should you have to?”
Izuku shook his head. “B- but th- they might!”
“Yeah, and?” Eijiro shrugged. “Sure, anything can happen. Fate, chance, destiny, and all that other stuff, anything can happen but, like, it won’t.”
“'It won’t,'” Izuku deadpanned.
Eijiro nodded. “It won’t. I can’t say what the rest of the world is going to do but I can say that we aren’t kicking you out anytime soon so it won’t.”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. Eijiro chuckled. “You are making everything so complicated, Izuku! Just trust me on this, we aren’t going to stop you from leaving but we won’t kick you out. As much as you don’t want to give this up, we don’t want to give you up either.” Eijiro hummed. “Let’s put it this way, you lived on the streets, you know how equivalent exchange or whatever works.” Izuku nodded. “Then this is similar. A give and take relationship. We get the joy and happiness of having you around and you get the joy and happiness of staying around, or something like that.”
Izuku shook his head. “I- it’s not th- that simple!”
“Why isn’t it?”
“I-” Izuku paused. Why?
“It is that simple, man,” Eijiro sighed. “New year,” he pointed at Izuku, “new you. This year, let’s work on changing that perspective of yours, okay?” Izuku bit his lip. “B- but I… You… Why?” Eijiro shrugged. “Why not? Do you want to keep living in fear like this?” Izuku shook his head. “Then don’t. Let’s change that.”
Izuku sighed and lowered his head. Eijiro laughed. “Don’t sound so defeated, man! It’s not the end of your life! It’s the start of your new one!” Izuku glanced up. Eijiro held out his hand. The string formed. Eijiro smirked. “I will never take that string unless you let me.”
Izuku looked at his hands.
-----
‘One more chance.’
-----
‘I don’ w- wanna give u- up th- this familae…’
-----
‘New year, new me.’
‘New year, new you.’
-----
‘- new you.’
-----
“Then take it…”
Eijiro tilted his head. “Eh?”
Izuku looked him in the eyes. “Take it. I- I don’t w- want to l- live in fear a- anymore. O- on the battlefield, i- it will ‘ave to b- be used anyway b- but… if I ‘ave a- a choice then… i- if I want a- anyone ta t- take it th- then I wan’ i- it to be someone I tr- ust. I- I want… I do. I t- trust ya. So…”
Izuku steeled himself.
“Prove to me th- that this t- trust isn’t misplaced.”
Eijiro’s eyes widened. “A- a- are you sure?! I- I mean, I was just-”
“Take it, Ei.”
The boy’s red eyes filled with tears when Izuku used that name. He looked down at the glowing string in between them. Izuku felt the dull throb when his brother’s fingers wrapped around it. He glanced up at Izuku who nodded slightly. Tears fell from Eijiro’s eyes. He pulled gently. Izuku’s eyes widened as he fell forward, only to be encased in a tight hug.
Eijiro’s body shook. “I- I- I won’t ever h- hurt you a- again! I- I won’t abuse this! I- I missed you so m- much, man!” Tears finally fell from Izuku’s eyes. He wrapped his arms around Eijiro.
“I missed you too…”
_______________________________
Asa stared up at the ceiling next to Yuma as they waited, leaning against the wall that was connected to the living room and hiding them.
They had come earlier than usual to put out the gifts so that they could check on the boys when they heard their conversation.
Great job, Ei. I am so proud of you.
Soon, Asa heard the quiet sounds of snoring. He peaked around the wall. He nodded to Yuma. They tiptoed into the living room and quietly slid the presents under the base of the tree. He winced when one of the ornaments was knocked off and fell to the ground. Both adults froze but nothing happened. Neither child woke up.
Asa stood up. He looked over at his two sons.
It was an almost familiar sight Asa would see when Izuku was having a particularly hard night but it wasn’t one he had thought he’d see again after what had happened.
Izuku was curled against Ei’s chest with his head tucked in while Eijiro arms held the smaller boy tightly. They were both under Eijiro’s comforter, Izuku’s discarded on his sheet. Eijiro had his head on one pillow as it was higher up and Izuku had his head on another. This was a conscious position. They purposefully did this.
Both, just two boys longing for connection. While they might not look anything alike, one would think that they were two long lost brothers and maybe they were. Maybe not by blood but by heart.
Izuku Midoriya, a puzzle with a piece that didn’t fit.
The Kirishima’s, a puzzle missing a piece.
Izuku Kirishima, a piece that found it’s puzzle and puzzle that it completed.
Asa chuckled silently as Yuma took a picture with flash off for the album before the two of them walked over to the cookies on the counter. Asa took one and handed it to his wife. He took one for himself. He smiled and the two tapped the cookies together before dipping them in the milk and eating them.
They drank some of the milk and took a bite out of the last cookie to make it look as though it had been eaten before making their way back to their bedroom and falling asleep.
_______________________________
Izuku felt the warmth of another body near him.
He blinked his eyes open a couple of times before realizing that he was so close to Eijiro. The greenette’s blood pressure spiked.
-----
‘I- I missed you so m- much, man!’
‘I missed you too…’
-----
Izuku let the tension leave his shoulders.
It’s fine… Everything is just fine.
And it is. Izuku felt no fear, no pain, no reason to run. Everything felt still and calm and he found that he didn’t dislike it. So… Izuku closed his eyes and fell back asleep.
He woke again to Eijiro shaking him lightly. Izuku groaned and peeled open his eyes.
“Wake up,” the boy whispered. “It’s Christmas!” Izuku sighed but reluctantly sat up. He rubbed at his eyes. He felt oddly rested. More so than he had in a while. Eijiro jumped up. “Come on! We have to go wake up Mom and Dad!” Izuku looked up at his brother. Eijiro’s perfectly gelled hair was still stiff but leaning a bit and had a few straggling pieces.
“Wh- why? W- won’t that m- make ‘em m- mad?” he asked. Eijiro shook his head. “Nope! I do this every Christmas!” Izuku hesitantly got up. “Come on!” He followed Eijiro and they silently made their way down the hallway. Eijiro pressed his finger to his lips and opened the door.
Is this really okay? They are going to be angry…
-----
‘You are making everything so complicated, Izuku! Just trust me on this, we aren’t going to stop you from leaving but we won’t kick you out. As much as you don’t want to give this up, we don’t want to give you up either.’
-----
Izuku swallowed thickly. Eijiro gestured for Izuku to go around to Dad’s side as he went to Mom’s. The red-head positioned his hands over Mom.
‘Three…’ he mouthed. ‘Two…’ Izuku hesitantly positioned his own hands over Dad. ‘One.’
“WAKE UP!” Izuku jumped at the sudden shout from Ei as the red-head shook Mom awake. The woman groaned and sat up. “I’m up! I’m up!” Izuku looked down to see Dad looking up at him with an eyebrow raised. Izuku quickly put his hands down.
“Ah…!” the man sighed. “I’m not waking up…” He closed his eyes again.
“You’ve gotta shake him, Izuku!” Eijiro chirped from his position now sitting beside Mom. Izuku looked between his brother and his father frantically.
Dad began to snore loudly.
It sounds fake. Is it fake? Is this a prank? A trick? A Joke?
Eijiro gestured to the man wildly. Izuku frowned. He gently tapped the man on the shoulder, quickly retracting his arm. Dad snores louder.
Fake. Definitely fake.
Izuku narrowed his eyes. Okay then… He shook a bit harder.
“Um… W- wake up… please?” He didn’t mean it to come out like a question but it did.
Dad suddenly leaned up. Izuku jumped back multiple feet away. The black-haired man stretched his arms. “YAAAAAWN!”
That was fake… It clicked. Ah. They are joking with me. This is… Izuku almost laughed but decided against it. Dad looked around. “What day is it?”
“Christmas, obviously!” Eijiro piped, rounding the bed and pulling on Dad’s arm. “Out! Out, out, out!” The man chuckled. “Alright, alright. I’m coming!” The three made their way to the exit of the bedroom. Ei turned to him.
“Are you coming, Izu?”
Izu…
-----
‘The brunette smiled down at him. ‘Merry Christmas, Izu.’
-----
Izuku nodded and followed his family with a bit more spring in his step than usual. He felt so light.
“It’s snowing!” Ei exclaimed. He ran to the window in the living room. Izuku shivered on reflex, remembering all of his winters on the streets.
“Two winters now…” he mumbled to himself, not really noticing.
“Hmm?” Izuku jumped and turned to his brother. The greenette blushed and averted his eyes. “J- Just… feels n- nice to ‘ave b- been warm f- for two winters n- now.”
Mom giggled. “Well, you will be having a lot more warm winters from now on!”
-----
‘H- how are you s- so sure that y- you are gonna make i- it to the next year?’
-----
‘Perspective.’
-----
Izuku nodded.
“Oh!” Dad chirped from the kitchen. “Come look, boys.” Izuku followed Ei into the kitchen. Dad pointed at the plate that once held three cookies but now only one half-eaten one. “Santa ate our cookies and drank our milk!”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. It’s stupid. Everyone knows. I shouldn’t ask.
“And…” Mom gestured widely to the base of the tree, “he delivered presents!”
I’ve got to ask…
She sat down. “Gather around!” Everyone sat around the tree. Mom and Dad began to pass them out. Izuku checked the tag.
To: Izuku
From: Santa
Izuku sighed. Ei looked over at him. “What’s wrong, Izu?” Izuku blushed. “I- I just…” Dad looked up. “It’s alright.” Izuku nodded. He looked up with as much determination as he could muster and asked his family:
“Wh- who is S- Santa?”
…
…
…
One could hear a pen drop it was that quiet. Izuku blushed furiously.
I shouldn’t have asked!
Mom cleared her throat. “Santa, dear, is the man who comes and delivers presents to all of the good girls and boys on Christmas Eve and eats the cookies and milk.”
Izuku hummed. “S- scary quirk.”
“BWAHAHAHA!” Izuku jumped when Ei laughed loudly. “He’s not real, man!” Izuku blinked. “But M- Mom said…”
Eijiro wiped a tear from his eye. “It’s a myth from pre-quirk days that parents tell their kids to get them to be good kids.”
“S- so it’s a lie?”
Eijiro laughed again. “Sort of. Just for the Christmas season.”
Seems sketchy. Izuku nodded.
Dad chuckled. “Alright, alright, to commemorate Izuku’s first Christmas with us and as a Kirishima, Izuku you get to open the first present.”
Izuku bowed slightly. “Th- thank you…” He opened the medium-sized one out of the three. It took Izuku a moment to register what it was. Izuku turned around. “‘Ime.” Hime came over from the couch. Izuku picked her up.
After a few minutes, he set Hime down again now in a pink cat-dress with a pink tutu.
She’s so cute!
“Awww…” Mom cooed. Izuku picked his cat back up again and set her in his lap. She looked up at him. “Mew!”
“Ei’s turn!”
“Yes!” Eijiro opened his and smiled. “Akio! Come here, boy!” He put the fake lion’s mane around Akio’s face. Eijiro laughed. Mom pulled out her phone. “Get the two together. I want a picture.” Izuku placed Hime beside Akio and let the auburn-haired woman take one.
“Next!”
Izuku ended up getting his own game system so he would not have to borrow Ei’s anymore and… Izuku laid out the hoodie in front of him. It was green with a darker green base, strings, and the bases of the sleeves were a darker green as well. Izuku felt the inside.
So soft…
-----
‘I got you something…’
Izuku held out the bright yellow hoodie with the big white star on it.
-----
Izuku hugged it against his chest.
“Thank you…”
Eijiro got a new game and a new sketchbook as well. Mom got a new coffee maker and Dad got a new pair of slacks with a tie. He held it against his chest. “How do I look?” Ei snickered. Izuku deadpanned.
Eijiro bowed. “Thank you.” Izuku followed suit. “Th- thank you.” He kept his head down. “Th- thank you f- fer takin’ me b- back…” Dad chuckled. “What do you mean? We never gave you away in the first place.” Izuku looked up at him in awe.
Mom nodded and stood. “Now…”
-----
Mary Lou clapped her hands together. ‘Who wants pancakes!?’
-----
Izuku’s eyes widened.
“Izuku,” he looked at Eijiro, “do you want pancakes?”
-----
‘Wanting things isn’t wrong.’
-----
Izuku nodded hesitantly. Mom smiled. “I’ll get started on them!”
It’s okay…? I’m allowed to do that?
“Hey, Izu, you wanna read your cards while we wait?” Izuku blushed. I completely forgot. He nodded. He and his brother settled on the couch. Izuku pulled out the ‘Get Well Cards’, apparently.
He opened the first.
‘Dear ‘Zuku,
I heard that you are feeling down. I just wanted you to know that I am here for you. If you ever need any cookies or something I will gladly make you some. Just hit me up. I hope you feel better soon.
- Mori’
“Short and sweet,” Ei commented. Izuku nodded and opened the next.
‘ZUKUUUUUUUU!
If you aren’t feeling happy or if you are feeling sad or if you just want to talk then text meeeeeeeee! Or call. Or anything! Stop by my house unannounced for petes sake!
See you soon! I hope you feel better!
- MINA’
Izuku snickered. “I- I can ‘ear h- her voice th- through that.” Eijiro laughed.
‘Hey, Zuku,
I hope this card finds you in good spirits. Kiri told us that you weren’t feeling well. If you ever need to talk, I’m here. Get well soon.
- Furuya’
‘Dear Zuku,
Just wanted to let you know that I am here for you if you are ever feeling down. I might not know what to say but sometimes ranting helps so you can rant to me if you need to. I hope that you start feeling better soon.
- Hino.’
Izuku paused at the last one. It was light blue and had frills. “Cute…” Eijiro laughed. “Just wait till you see who wrote it!” Izuku opened the card.
‘Hey Freak-’
Izuku took a sharp inhale through the nose. Eijiro was cracking up.
‘Hey Freak,
overheard your friend gang or whatever talking and all so yeah, get well soon so we can have our rematch and like maybe go to the arcade again or something.
- Yamamoto’
Izuku closed the card and smiled.
“Touching,” he deadpanned, making Ei laugh louder.
“Pancakes are ready!”
Izuku set them to the side but his hand lingered. Those were really nice… Get Well Soon Cards, huh?
Izuku sat at the table. “How many do you want, Izu?” Mom asked, coming over with the stack. Izuku opened his mouth. “O-”
-----
‘There is plenty to go around, Izu,’ Mary Lou said softly.
‘We can’t eat these all on our own, kiddo,’ Midnight winked.
-----
“T- two, please…” he whispered.
Mom looked stunned for a moment that he actually asked for more.
Did I do something wrong?
Mom smiled brightly. “Alrighty, two it is!”
Soon, everyone was served. Izuku took a bite out of his pancakes. He closed his eyes, not really noticing his own smiling.
Sweet…
Christmas was fun. Izuku only had a few bad memories or thoughts that plagued him throughout the day. He got to have the ‘Traditional Christmas Meal’ and they played games and it was all very… nice.
Izuku made his bad back in his and Eijiro’s room. He decided to move back in. His eyes fell upon his new hoodie. Izuku folded it and opened his dresser. Izuku smiled softly at the yellow one folded in there. Izuku unfolded the green hoodie and slipped it on.
*Knock Knock*
Eijiro walked in. Izuku picked up his phone. “U- um… Ei?” The boy looked up from putting away his new sketchbook. “What’s up, man?”
Izuku averted his eyes. “C- can I g- get a picture o- of us…?”
Eijiro smiled. “Sure! Do you want Mom and Dad too?” Izuku looked up. “I- is that okay?” Eijiro nodded. “Totally! Let me go get them!” Izuku watched his brother leave.
He looked down at the background on his phone. It was still of him and Mary Lou.
“Hey…” he whispered. “I hope you don’t mind…”
“Izuku! Come on! We are taking it by the tree!” Izuku left his room, Hime following.
“Can I see it?” Mom held out her hand. Izuku hesitated but handed over his phone. She set it up on a timer on a chair. “Hurry, hurry.” They all huddled in front of the tree, Akio and Hime joining in as well. The *click* went off. Izuku grabbed his phone to look at it.
He smiled.
Dad and Mom stood in the back with Dad’s arm around Mom. Izuku stood in front of Dad holding Hime and Ei leaned a bit closer to Izuku as he stood in front of Mom throwing up the peace sign. Akio sat between Izuku and Eijiro.
“Can you send that to me?” Mom asked.
“Me too,” Dad nodded.
“Oh! Me too!” piped Ei.
Mom opened the door to their room as both Izuku and Eijiro got into bed, now in their pajamas. Dad was at the door too.
“Merry Christmas, boys.”
Izuku looked up. “M- Merry Christmas.”
“Merry Christmas!” Eijiro chirped.
…
…
…
Later that night, Izuku sat up and grabbed his phone off of his bedside table.
He made sure his current background was still saved in his phone as a picture before opening the picture he took with his family.
Izuku tapped the three dots at the top. His finger hesitated above his phone.
-----
‘Izu. Can I see your phone for a second?’
Mary Lou held the phone in front of them.
‘Smile!’
Mary Lou snapped the picture.
-----
Izuku bit his lip.
-----
‘Hey…” he whispered. “I hope you don’t mind…’
-----
He pressed the button.
A notification popped up that read:
‘SET AS NEW WALLPAPER’
Chapter 54: Izuku and Shoto - A Nationals Story
Summary:
Izuku goes to Nationals!
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
“KIRIIIII- WOAH!”
Mina came to a screeching halt in the middle of the sidewalk. Christmas Break had ended yesterday and today was their first day back at school.
“Heh heh heh…” Kiri and Zuku came walking up and stopped in front of the frozen form of Mina. “Morning, Mina,” the boy scratched the back of his head.
“You- I- Your-” Mina fumbled over her words. Furuya and Hino caught up, stopping beside the pinkette.
“Nice hair,” Furuya commented.
When they left for Christmas Break, Kirishima had pitch-black hair that was flat down. Now he had a startling red that was spiked up.
Mina cleared her throat and stood up straight.
“Thanks!” Kiri chirped.
Mina laughed heartily. “You shocked me for a second there! I almost didn’t recognize ya!” She wrapped her arms around Zuku and Kiri as normal. “Looking pretty manly if you ask me,” she shook the now redhead’s shoulder. For some odd reason or another, Kiri blushed furiously.
“T- t- th- thank you!” he squeaked.
“Pfft…” Zuku turned his head to the side and covered his mouth.
Mina chuckled and let the boys go. “You are starting to sound like Zuku, Kiri.” This time Zuku blushed and Kiri had to hold in a laugh.
Mina observed as Zuku cast a threatless glare at his brother and Kiri stuck his tongue out at the greenette.
They are back to normal. No… I think they are closer now if anything.
“Woah.” Everyone turned their heads as Mori came walking up, staring at Kiri’s new hair.
They all laughed.
_______________________________
*BAM*
Shiro groaned as he peeled open his eyes from his position on the dojo floor. He looked up and saw the freak who just handed his butt to him. Shiro sighed and took the hand offered to him.
“Great job, Kirishima,” Bando-sensei came walking over as the rest of the class sparred. “I think it is safe to say that you will be fine for Nationals. Take the rest of the class off. We can’t have you getting hurt before we leave tomorrow.”
Shiro raised his hand. “Bando-sensei, may I take off as well?”
“What for?”
Shiro shrugged. “Just to hang with him.”
Bando-sensei raised an eyebrow. “It’s great to see you coming out of your shell. Both of you.” Shiro and the freak looked over at each other. Both deadpanned and looked back up at their teacher.
“What…?”
Bando-sensei laughed. “Nothing. Sure, you can take off.”
Shiro followed Izuku over to the benches and sat a bit away from him. “Thanks for the out, freak.” The greenette shrugged, watching the class. “I ‘ope it makes ya feel better.” Shiro looked at him. “What are you getting at?” Izuku looked over at him and Shiro was sure that he saw the stoic-faced boy smirk for a split second. “Afta ya just lost ta me again.”
Why you… This whole week after Christmas Break it seemed as though the freak had been different. He actually started to make a couple of jokes or chides like that.
Shiro rolled his eyes. “Just you wait. I’ll get you before the end of this year.” Izuku shrugged and went back to observing, Shiro following suit.
“You just better not lose at Nationals and make me look bad,” Shiro said definitely. Izuku shrugged. “I don’ plan on it.”
“Good.”
_______________________________
“Izuku! You are going to be late!”
The greenette groaned. He could hear the alarm clock blaring at him. It was five in the morning. He sighed and sat up in bed. Ei was at the side of his bed frowning but he soon smiled. “Good morning, Izu!” The greenette blinked slowly. His eyes felt wet. Izuku reached up and touched his cheeks, looking down at his hands.
“Wet…?”
Ei’s smile faltered. “You good, man? You were crying when I woke you.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. Images flashed in his mind, memories and terrors. Izuku shuddered. He took a deep breath and nodded, wiping away the dampness. “I- I’m fine…” Izuku got out of bed, stretching and letting his joints pop and crack like usual.
“Alright. I’mma get dressed. You need to get packed.” Izuku nodded and watched his brother leave the room.
Izuku looked up at the ceiling. Nationals…
Izuku got his bag packed with a couple of sets of clothes, his karategi, and his toiletries after he brushed his teeth and hair. “‘Ime.” The cat in question jumped up on his desk so Izuku could put her vest on. She followed Izuku out as he entered the living room with his bag.
“Good morning, Izu.” The greenette jumped. He looked over at Mom who was currently making something that smelled heavenly in the kitchen. He tilted his head. “N- not cereal?” She giggled. “Not this morning. You need more than just sugar today.” Izuku hummed and sat down, leaving his bag at his side. Izuku yawned. “Tired?” He nodded, laying his head on the table, listening to Mom as she hummed.
“BA- *BANG* -RK!”
Izuku sat up, rubbing arm that he had hit against the table. “Sorry, man.” Izuku looked over at his brother who was taking Akio out. He yawned again. “It’s fine…” He leaned down and pet Hime as she brushed up against his legs. Mom came over and put a plate down in front of him and a plate in Ei’s spot before sitting down with her own. Bacon, eggs, and cinnamon rolls. “Thank ya.” Izuku blinked. “Th- this is s- sugar though?” Mom nodded. “Well, you need some energy.” Izuku nodded and took a bite.
Sweet…
“Dear,” Mom started as they stood by the front door, “it is okay if you don’t want to go. You will be staying two nights in Tokyo, you know this, right?” Izuku nodded slowly. He didn’t like the thought of any of this but Izuku didn’t want her money to go to waste or all of his classmate’s hopes and celebrations. “And you still want to go?”
“Yer.” No.
“Alright…” She opened the door. “Let’s go then.”
Izuku stayed close to Mom as they left the house. It was still dark out and he would die before either she or Ei got hurt because they wanted to walk him to the bus. Bando-sensei stood in front of the miniature bus as they approached the school. Since it was only him, Bando-sensei, and the manager they would not need a large bus. The man heard them approaching and waved.
“Morning!” he whisper-yelled. Mom and Ei waved, Izuku nodded though he doubts the man saw. “Are you ready to go?” he asked when they stopped before the man. Izuku swallowed and nodded. I’m not. I want to go home. Mom pressed a gentle kiss on his forehead. “You are going to do great, dear.” Izuku bit his tongue. Don’t go. Don’t make me go. Can’t go.
Ei grinned. “You got this, man!” Izuku nodded shakily. I don’t got this. I don’t want to do this.
“I will take good care of him, ma’am,” Bando-sensei bowed. Mom smiled softly. “I know you will.” She looked down at Izuku. “Call me if you need anything, okay?” Izuku nodded again. She smiled and wave. “Good luck.” Izuku numbly got onto the bus. He took the furthest seat from the front where he knew Bando-sensei would sit. Hime curled up on his lap. Izuku took to petting her, trying to calm his pounding heart. The bus roared to life.
Wait…
It began to drive off.
Please…
Izuku watched Ei and Mom get further and further away, waving.
I don’t…
“Kirishima.” Izuku jumped harshly, head spinning around to face Bando-sensei. “Are you okay?” Izuku nodded. No. I’m not. I can’t do this. “If you need anything, I’ll be up at the front. Try to get some sleep, it will be a long trip.” Izuku nodded again. Bando-sensei lingered a bit before leaving.
A long trip. Far away. Far, far away never to return. Too far. Go back. I can’t- *Ding Ding*
Izuku jumped again. He whipped out his phone.
< ONE NEW MESSAGE FROM Todoroki >
Todoroki? Izuku opened it.
Todoroki:
Hey.
Izuku:
Hey.
Todoroki:
Apparently, we will be rooming together.
Izuku:
We will?
Todoroki:
Yeah. Each district has a room for its students since the most is three students.
- Izuku swallowed. -
Izuku:
Do you need anything.
?
Todoroki:
No.
I just wanted to say that.
Strike a conversation or something.
I’m not too good at socializing.
- Izuku huffed. -
Izuku:
Me neither.
Todoroki:
I guess it just runs in the brand.
Izuku:
The brand?
Todoroki:
Yeah.
Izuku:
What is the brand?
Todoroki:
Abused Children Incorporated.
- Izuku choked. Hime looked up at him. “Mew?” Izuku shook his head. -
Izuku:
That is so bad.
Todoroki:
I also don’t have too much of a good humor.
Izuku:
I noticed.
…
…
…
Izuku:
Do we have a title?
Todoroki:
Title?
Izuku:
Yeah.
As part of Abused Child Incorporated.
Todoroki:
It was a joke…
Izuku:
I know.
Still.
Todoroki:
You are weird.
Izuku:
Well you are the same brand as me so…
Todoroki:
I regret that earlier text.
Izuku spent a good thirty minutes with his fellow “Escapee,” as they had deemed themselves. He doesn’t know why he kept going with the whole ‘brand’ thing. It was really terrible, honestly. But maybe it was just having someone to relate too. It was… nice. Joking about it made it feel as though it really was so far away.
Eventually, he relaxed enough and soon the exhaustion of insomnia and waking up early hit him and Izuku fell asleep, head leaning against the window, phone held loosely in his hands on his lap.
He woke up a few hours later and spent the majority of the time trying to stay calm and searching the hero forums until he fell asleep again.
He woke again to a light thumping noise as someone tapped his seat. Izuku sat up straight, his back and neck protesting loudly from the odd position. Izuku looked over and jumped back, slamming against the side of the bus.
“Woah! Woah! Woah! It’s just me!” Bando-sensei held up his hands. Izuku scanned the man up and down. “I didn’t know how to wake you. Sorry, I did not mean to startle you.” Bando-sensei pointed over his shoulder. “We are stopping for lunch.” Izuku glanced past the man to see the fast-food restaurant MTS Burger from the bus’s window. He took a deep breath and looked back up at his teacher. “Are you alright with going in?” the man asked. “It’ll be good to stretch your legs.” Izuku averted his eyes.
It’s no worse than school, right? Or a sit-in like the bakery, right? I’ve been in one of these before. It’ll be fine… right?
He nodded and stood up. Izuku followed Bando-sensei and the manager off the bus, Hime following as Izuku had her leash in his hand.
He had been in a MTS Burger before. Once. When he got enough money off of a criminal and decided that he should try to eat something more than what he pulled from the dumpster or the sugary sweets from the bakery or the convenience store calorie food.
The person at the cash register got held at gunpoint by a petty thief. The customers were not having it and the man left in handcuffs. The person at the cash register had a bullet in her arm and the man who had initiated the takedown of said robber had one in his side.
Izuku. Izuku had a bullet in his side.
The food wasn’t bad though.
Except, there was always the dilemma he faced with speaking to the people taking his order. Izuku pulled out the All Might wallet that Dad had given him. He checked how much money his parents had given him for this trip. It was a lot more than he had expected.
I’ll buy cheap. I don’t want to spend all of their money.
“Hello, how many I help you?”
Izuku froze like a deer in headlights.
“Sir?”
His throat felt dry and tongue like lead. Izuku jumped when a heavy hand came on his shoulder. It reminded him of someone. He looked up. Bando-sensei looked down and grinned. He held out a pen and paper.
Bando-sensei reminded Izuku a lot of Marco.
Izuku took it, grateful for the point of contact his teacher held until Izuku finished placing his order and they went to sit down.
Izuku ended up getting a Teriyaki Burger with fries and water.
“Th- thank you…” he whispered when they sat.
Bando-sensei grinned. “Don’t worry about it!”
Izuku took a bite of his burger. It was a lot better than the one from the red lights. He looked around. The restaurant was in better condition as well. It still shocked him, the contrast between the red lights and what people called ‘normal society.’ These were the same franchise stores and yet the quality was so different. Even the register person was nice.
‘Hello, how may I help you?’
Not.
‘Whatcha want, brat? I ain't got all day.’
That didn’t make Izuku any less wary as he kept his eye on the front door and the counter and on everyone else in the building.
It was strange having lunch with his teacher and the club’s manager but not in a bad way and soon they were back on the road for another two hours after using the bathrooms and letting Hime go as well. Izuku found himself on his phone for one hour before sleeping for the rest of the way.
_______________________________
Shoto hopped out of the van, stretching his arms and legs.
“Alright, Todoroki, we need to go check-in.” Shoto nodded. “Yes, sensei.” He grabbed his bag and followed his teacher inside the Inn. Ten minutes later, Shoto was shown to his room.
“I will be in the next room over as well as the other school’s teacher when they get here.” Shoto waved and entered his room. There were two beds, a stand with a large television on it, an AC unit, a closet, and a bathroom. Shoto placed his bag beside the armchair they had in the far corner.
He pulled out his phone and snapped a picture of the room and sent it to Izuku.
Shoto:
What bed do you want?
The boy did not reply for a while. It did not register as ‘read’ either so Shoto decided to wait. The Abused Child Incorporated was very much a joke when he first said it but that did not make it any less true. Choosing beds would be a team effort on who felt more comfortable near the door.
It was about an hour later when there was a knock on the door.
Shoto tensed up, not expecting it.
Not Endeavor, not Endeavor, not Endeavor.
Shoto shuffled off of the armchair and across the room where he looked through the peep-hole in the door to see a tall, slightly tanned man with long, deep brown hair pulled into a ponytail and beside him a shorter, much more pale greenette. He let out a breath he had not known he was holding. Shoto opened the door, noticing how Izuku flinched beside the man.
“Hello,” the man bowed slightly, Shoto doing the same. “I am Yuta Bando, Kirishima’s Mixed Martial Arts instructor. Are you Todoroki?” Shoto nodded. “Yes, sir.” The man smiled. “Alright. Well, I guess you and Kirishima will be rooming together so I will leave him with you. Today is a free day for all schools so if either of you wants to go somewhere shopping or to get food or otherwise, I and your teacher are in the room over.” Shoto nodded. Bando-sensei turned to Izuku. “If you need me, I am right there.” The boy nodded. They watched the man leave and enter his room. Shoto turned to Izuku.
“Want to come in?”
The boy glanced up at him and nodded slightly. Shoto moved out of the way and let Izuku in. He took note of how the boy immediately moved to lock the door after it was shut and then doing the same with the windows in the room.
Shoto gestured to the beds. “Which one do you want?” Izuku looked over his shoulder from the window. He shrugged but Shoto had grown accustomed to reading body language and noted how Izuku’s gaze lingered on the one closest to the door.
The signs were different from his abuse. Shoto had to wonder what was different. Usually, he would not lock the windows because it was an easier exit if things got bad enough at home. He also would typically be fonder of being further from the door so that it was farthest from when Endeavor would bust in.
Shoto didn’t mind though. He ended up with the furthest bed from the door which was personally just fine with him.
Shoto had only just started to figure out what it meant to ‘hang out’ with friends so a sleepover, if one could call this that, was really out of his forte and from the way that Izuku was curled up into a ball on his bed, Shoto figured that the greenette was too.
So… the TV drawled on endlessly into the background as the two sat there until there was a knock on the door that caused both Shoto and Izuku to jump.
The two looked at each other. Shoto snorted. “Same reaction.” Izuku nodded. “S- suits the b- brand.” Shoto rolled his heterochromatic eyes and got out of bed to check the door. He found both his teacher and Izuku’s outside the door.
“It’s our teacher,” he informed Izuku.
It was kind of nice to openly be able to act as cautious as he really was when in public he had to act like everything was normal. But now Shoto was with another person who had the same, or similar if the locks and bed said anything, tendencies and anxieties as him and did not need to hide it.
Though Shoto thinks that Izuku has gotten to a point where the boy simply could not hide them either by the way his own body reacts or possibly because he wants people to know just how much he doesn’t trust them which Shoto does not blame him for.
Shoto schooled his face to be monotone as usual and opened the door.
“Hey, you two,” his teacher greeted. “It’s about time for dinner, you guys want to eat?” Shoto blinked. “It is already dinner time?” His teacher nodded. “Yes.” Shoto blinked and looked over his shoulder. “Want to go to eat?” Izuku shrugged. Shoto looked back at his teacher. “We’ll be coming. Can you give us a minute to get ready?” “Sure thing. We will be out here.”
_______________________________
Yuta Bando watched the door close to Kirishima’s and Todoroki’s door close.
“Wow,” he commented, “what a pair.”
The Saint Heads teacher chuckled. “I thought the same thing. I can’t blame Todoroki for being too uptight though.”
Yuta hummed. “I heard the news about Endeavor.”
“Yeah. Pretty sickening.”
Yuta looked up at the ceiling. “I wonder if that is what happened to Kirishima.” His fellow teacher looked over at him. “What do you mean?” Yuta shrugged. “He was adopted a bit under a year ago and when he came to our school we were given a whole instruction pamphlet on not exactly him but on how to handle PTSD and trauma stricken students in the classroom and basically all of the signs pointed to him. None of us know what happened though.”
The other teacher sighed. “Dang… Really has you thinking about the other students as well, huh?” Yuta hummed in agreeance.
“But seriously,” he chuckled. “What a pair.”
The door opened.
_______________________________
Shoto followed his teacher and Izuku’s teacher down the streets of Tokyo, Japan as they looked for a semi-cheap but still a decent place to eat near the hotel. Izuku seemed to be doing worse for wear in the crowded environment which was strange to Shoto. He again wondered what was different in their treatment. He was perfectly fine in public. Izuku looked ready to jump at the sound of a pen except there was sound everywhere.
Maybe I should ask him…?
“Alright, you two,” Izuku’s teacher started as they stopped back outside their hotel room door, “the baths are on the first floor if you would like to use them but make sure to get to bed at a decent time, alright? The tournament is tomorrow.”
Shoto nodded. “Alright. Thank you.”
He closed the door behind him and Izuku. Shoto flopped on the bed and sighed. “It’s great, you know?” he commented as Izuku came back over from locking the door. “Being able to make conversation and take your time while eating.” Izuku glanced over his shoulder as he checked the locks on the window and looked over at Shoto. Shoto pushed himself to a sitting up position.
“Are they locked?” he asked more so to make conversation than anything. The greenette nodded and sat on his bed. Shoto hummed. “Do you want to go to the baths?” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “Have you… never been to one?” Izuku averted his eyes. Shoto was somehow not surprised. The only reason that Shoto had was that there was one in his house that was more than just the regular bathtub in a house bathroom. He bet that Izuku’s house didn’t have one. Endeavor was rich enough to have one.
“Do you want to try it?”
Izuku shrugged.
Shoto stood up and went into the bathroom, returning with two provided robes and towels. He handed a set to Izuku. “So, you just put the towel around your waist and the robe around you.” Izuku did as such.” Shoto chuckled quietly. He wasn’t quite used to laughing out loud. “You need to get undressed first.” Izuku’s head snapped up. Shoto waved him. “I’ll get dressed in the bathroom.” He knocked on the door before leaving. “Can I come out?” There was a shuffling sound. “Izuku?”
…
…
…
“Y- yer…”
Shoto opened the door. Izuku was sitting on the armchair waiting, tugging at his sleeves. A nervous tick. “Let’s go.”
He led the boy to the elevators and pressed the button. *Ding Ding* “First floor, right?” Shoto furrowed his eyebrows when he noticed that Izuku didn’t follow him in.
“Are you coming?” The greenette was shaking and looking down, grip on his sleeves tighter. The elevator doors began to shut.
“Wait-” They shut before Shoto could get out. Shoto sighed. “What was that about?”
The doors opened to let in another couple of people in.
Shoto blinked when the door and revealed a panting Izuku who had apparently run down the stairs from the sixth floor. The people exited, shooting glances at the boy. Shoto left last. “Are you… okay?” Izuku looked up, taking one last deep breath before standing straight and nodding. “Not a big fan of elevators?” The boy blushed slightly and shook his head. Shoto shrugged. “That’s fine. Let’s go.”
They entered the bathing area. Shoto himself hesitated.
“Now that I think about it, I’ve only done this at home so I haven’t really shown off my scars before. I hope there aren’t many people.” Izuku froze. Shoto looked over at him. “What?” Izuku shook his head. Shoto shrugged. He walked into the steamy room with a large bath. There were a couple of other students, probably from other schools, in. Shoto steeled himself before taking off his robe.
He knew what his body looked like.
His skin was uneven and rough, burn scars that healed but left their marks all over. A few scars here and there. He took a deep breath and looked over at Izuku who had yet to take off his, clutching it tightly to his body.
-----
‘I- I- I’m still strugglin’ with it.’
-----
“Hey,” the boy glanced up. Shoto slightly tilted his head toward the kids in the bath. “Bet they are scared to death knowing that they will be facing us.”
The boy furrowed his eyebrows.
“I mean, we look like we could chew them up and spit them out.”
The boy deadpanned. Shoto shrugged. “Anyways, don’t worry about your scars. If they want to say anything them let them. It’s not for them to know anyways. They aren’t part of Abused Child Incorporated so they will just have to deal with being left in the dark.” That received a little chuckle.
After all that Izuku had done for him, Shoto wanted to do something for him, too. If that meant making him a little bit more comfortable in his skin at the cost of Shoto showing off his own scars then that was fine.
Shoto made sure not to stare when Izuku finally shed his robe and stood only in his towel. The scars littering his body. Some looked like bullet wounds. Others looked like normal scars from knives or something but way to large to be safe. And then… that burn scar on his back. Shoto hummed.
He slid into the bath, Izuku following suit, obviously uncomfortable.
It felt good on the right half of his body. Shoto couldn’t feel anything on his left anymore from his toes to just under his jaw. An odd feeling to only feel half there at all times but he had gotten used to it by now.
“What district are they from?”
“I hope they aren’t in the tournament.”
“I don’t want to fight them.”
Shoto pretended to not hear the poorly covered whispers from the other kids. Instead he leaned over to the downtrodden Izuku who also heard them and whispered: “Told you so.”
“Pfft.” Izuku ducked his head under the water as not to laugh.
Shoto smirked and relaxed against the wall of the bath.
Call it childish and strange to think this of another kid his age, but Shoto couldn’t help but think of how many kids dreamed of meeting their hero and now he was here sitting next to his hero and rooming with him. No matter what anyone says, Izuku saved him and Shoto firmly believed that. Shoto watched as Izuku ran his fingers through the water.
I wonder if he is going to be an actual hero.
Shoto blinked.
Am I? He looked up to the ceiling. Now that I think about it, I don’t really know what I want to do. I wasn’t allowed to pursue anything aside from being a hero because of Endeavor. Do I really want to be a hero? Maybe I should be a villain just to spite him. Shoto snorted. No. If Izuku becomes a hero I don’t want to fight him. I’ll ask Izuku tonight what he wants to be.
Shoto jumped when a hand came into view waving. He looked over at Izuku.
“What is it?” The boy pointed over at the sign outside of the bath.
Shoto sighed. “Closing time… Welp,” he stood, grabbing his towel to keep it on, “let’s get back to our room.”
He and Izuku finished actually washing and left. Shoto swallowed a sigh when he realized that he would have to take the stairs.
Claustrophobia. Izuku has Claustrophobia. Not that that’s a bad thing. He is probably fit because of that. Maybe I should start taking the stairs in our apartment building to keep in shape whether I become a hero or not.
Shoto didn’t know how to bring it up though and by the time he got up the courage, the lights were off and the two were both soon asleep.
Until he wasn’t.
Shoto tossed and turned in bed. He couldn’t sleep. He knew it was safe. He knew that the door and windows were locked because Izuku had checked them again when they got back and before they went to bed. He knew Endeavor was in jail. He knew all of this and yet… his body refused to believe that.
Shoto sat up in bed. He looked over and noticed in the dim light of the moon streaming through the curtains of the hotel room that Izuku was up too, sitting in a ball in the middle of his bed, just as tense as Shoto was because as much as he wished the Abused Child Incorporated joke would be just that, a joke, it was still true and it came with all of the ‘perks’ of the membership to it including PTSD and insomnia.
“So,” he half-whispered, making Izuku jump, “can’t sleep either?” No reply. Shoto swallowed thickly.
“Do you mind if I ask what happened?” He saw Izuku look over at him out of the corner of his eye. Shoto kept his eyes on the ceiling with his head against the backboard of the bed. “Sorry if that was too straightforward. Not really all that well with tact or whatever. Part of the whole, not socializing thing.” Shoto heard the sharp exhale of air from the other boy.
…
…
…
“Wh- why do y- ya wanna know?” the greenette whispered.
Shoto shrugged. “I read online somewhere that it is good to talk about it. Or rant. I figured that it would be easier to talk to someone who had the same experience. Well, so did the website.” Izuku, he found out, has a very deadpan face when he finds something funny.
“Wh- what about y- you?” the boy asked. Shoto hummed. “How about this, I’ll tell you something about my experience if you tell me something about yours? Trade off?” Izuku turned on his bed to face Shoto so Shoto sat up straight and faced his roommate.
And that is how it went.
It’s funny how neither of them was shocked by the things they were told, both of them already have lost faith in the world. Most people would be stunned or sickened by the stories the two exchanged. They just accepted them, letting the other get it off their chest. Things were cleared up that Shoto had questioned about. Why Izuku didn’t like physical touch: he had been raped multiple times. Why he preferred the closer bed: he lived on the streets and liked to be closer to exits. Why Izuku had Claustrophobia: he was locked in closets. Why he stuttered: he was not allowed to speak without his biological mother’s permission when he was there. Why he hated his quirk: because that was the source of his entire experience.
Shoto’s reasons were out in the open too.
Why he preferred the far bed: it gave him more time to wake up before Endeavor ripped him from bed. Why he hated fire: Endeavor forced him to train because of it and drove Mom to insanity. Why he was so monotone: because he didn’t take anyone at face value because face value was a lie, see Endeavor and his fame and how he was at home.
And so, so many more.
What was the biggest shock was finding out that Izuku was the vigilant Golden Whip and even had the tattoo to prove it but it was just another part of the boy’s past, just like any other and Shoto wouldn’t chastise him for it. This was a safe area for both of them.
Tears were shed from both sides, two basically strangers who bonded over their painful pasts and who still struggled with the repercussions. It was emotionally exhausting and yet relieving at the same time. They didn’t have to listen to the gasps of horror or swallow the pity. They were just able to complain. And that was basically what it turned into the more the two came out of their shells.
“And he was all like, ‘You have to be a better version of me!’” Shoto mimicked Endeavor as the two sat on his bed with the lamp on. I thought to myself, “So like All Might?” Izuku giggled quietly. “Of course I didn’t say it out loud because you know what.”
Izuku raised an eyebrow and smirked. “T- trainin’?”
“Training my butt!” Shoto half-shouted into the night.
It felt so good to fully be able to express emotions like this. Shoto felt like he was on a high or something and he loved it! To think this is how normal people act every day!
“‘M- my’ this, “my’ th- that,” Izuku’s crossed his arms. “L- like who i- is she kiddin’!”
Shoto nodded with a sage-like expression on his face. “Right, right. Who do they think we are? Possessions? “ Izuku fake-gagged. “I- I’d rather n- not. Y- you aren’ Endeavor’s d- doll the s- same as I am n- not Inko’s.” Shoto nodded sharply. “Right!”
The two laughed quietly into the night as for the first time they laughed openly about their pain instead of feeling bad for themselves.
“S- so are you still g- gonna be a ‘ero?” Izuku asked as he pet Hime who sat on his lap. Shoto sighed. “I have no idea…” He glanced up at his friend…
Friend. His first real friend and his hero to boot. It felt nice.
“What about you?”
Izuku looked up. “Yer. I- I am trainin’ f- fer it. Actually trainin’,” he smirked. Shoto rolled his eyes. “I- I think that y- you would be a- a great ‘ero.” Shoto looked down at his hands. “E- even if ya don’ l- like it, y- your q- quirk, well, i- it isn’t Endeavor’s. S- sure ‘e might ‘ave a- abused ya because of i- it b- but just as we said, y- you are your o- own person, right?” Shoto looked up at the greenette in awe. “S- so whether y- you become a ‘ero o- or not, prove ta h- him that you don’ n- need ‘im. Th- that you can make i- it without ‘is ‘trainin’ b- because a- at the end of the day, despite y- your blood and d- despite your past, onlae y- you can choose who y- ya wanna be and o- once ya do, y- you can d- do anythang.”
Shoto felt tears well in his eyes as a warm feeling arose in his chest. Izuku’s eyes widened, arms flailing. “S- sorrae! I- I didn’t mean ta m- make y- ay cry-!” Shoto laughed, cutting the boy off.
“Th- they are happy tears, Izuku!”
The boy put his arms down, letting out a sigh of relief.
Shoto wiped the tears from his eyes and smiled.
Genuinely smiled.
“Thank you, Izuku.”
The two soon went to bed as they realized that the clock read 3:59 AM. Shoto listened to the quiet snores of Izuku.
Thank you, Izuku. You saved me once again without even knowing it.
_______________________________
Yuta looked over at the other teacher as they sat in their room.
They had both woken up to the sound of voices. The walls of the hotel were pretty thin and let’s just say that their charges weren’t exactly being the quietest. They were lucky that they had the room next door so no one else would be woken up.
The two teachers were about to go and tell the boys to be quiet when they actually heard and realized what the boys were walking about.
It started slowly and soon Yuta heard crying as his heart twisted right along with the other teacher’s as they listened to the horrors, neither stopping the boys because they both knew that the two needed this.
They could audibly hear the two breaking out of their shells as their cries turned to laughs and neither adult could bring themselves to put an end to the conversation.
Yuta pointedly avoided the stare from the Saint Head’s teacher when Kirishima admitted to being Golden Whip.
That clears up a LOT.
They heard the goodnights exchanged and soon the room fell silent.
Yuta swallowed a sigh.
Dang, I knew something had happened but wow. Both of them, really. He chuckled to himself.
What a pair.
_______________________________
Izuku exited the bathroom with his karategi on.
Todo-
-----
‘Call me Shoto. If I am going to call you by your name then you have to call me by mine.’
-----
Shoto already had his on. They both wore black sashes. While that was typically Izuku’s school color and Shoto’s was purple it was their district's designated color for the tournament since Izuku was the main representative for their district as he took first place at District Competition.
“Catch.”
Izuku turned around just in time to catch whatever was coming at him, Shoto taking full advantage of Izuku’s quick reflexes as they both knew that both of them had them.
Izuku looked down. In his hands was a protein bar. He looked up. “Th- they are f- feedin’ us a- at the hall.” Shoto raised an eyebrow. “Do you want to eat a big breakfast and throw up while fighting?” Izuku blinked. Good logic. Shoto walked over and pointed at the bar.
“That will give you all of the nutrients you will need before the first fight,” he said while passing to the sink. “I would always grab one of those as I would rush out of the house in the morning so I wouldn’t run into Endeavor.”
Izuku was surprised and yet not at all at how openly Shoto was talking about it this morning.
It felt nice to be trusted with that sort of confidence to have the other boy confide in him.
Last night was fun too. It was like a weight had been taken from his shoulders as he openly complained about his past. Like, actually complained. And there were no repercussions. No one to kick him or throw him against the wall for being ungrateful. He laughed and cried openly and it was great!
But he knew that it was a special case and outside of this room both he and Shoto would go back to ‘normal’ because the outside was not to be trusted.
“Thanks.” He sat on his bed and ate, watching Hime eat. She had a portable litter box in the bathroom that Izuku would clean out tomorrow morning before they left. Unfortunately, Hime would not be coming with Izuku to the tournament and would have to stay in the room. Izuku threw away the trash.
“‘Ime.” She came trotting over. Izuku crouched down and pet her.
“What is her name?” Izuku looked up at Shoto who had crouched beside Izuku. “‘Ime,” he repeated again. Shoto reached out his hand, letting Hime smell it before she rubbed her head against it and Shoto pet her. “‘Ime.” Izuku shook his head.
“N- no. ‘Ime.”
“I- Ime…?” Shoto sounded even more unsure.
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “‘I-M-E,” he pronounced each syllable.
Shoto looked up at him with narrowed eyes. “I… said that.” Izuku shook his head. “Y- you said ‘Ime. ‘er n- name is ‘Ime.”
Shoto’s eyes widened. “Say that sentence again.”
Izuku tilted his head. “‘er name i- is ‘Ime…?”
Shoto dropped his head with a sigh. “You don’t pronounce your aitches (H’s)…” he sighed to himself. He looked up again. “Do you mean ‘Hime?” Izuku nodded with a slight blush. “Are you aware that you have a reeeaaally thick accent?” Izuku blushed deeper and nodded, averted his eyes.
Does he not like it? Does he hate it? Does he hate me? But he has heard me talk this whole time so surely not. Right? But he might. I don’t know how to change it.
H. H. H!!!
“It’s fine,” Shoto reassured him, probably noticing his inner turmoil. “It’s not really bad unless you say a word that you drop a sound by itself.” He stood. “Like Hime.” Izuku blinked. He doesn’t hate me! Izuku stood. “Sorrae.” The boy shrugged.
*knock knock knock*
Both jumped, and just like that, the relaxed atmosphere the two had broke.
Izuku felt his whole body tense and watched as Shoto’s face schooled into the monotone one he usually had.
“Hey, you two. It’s time to go.” Shoto walked over to the door, checking the peephole even if he knew who it was, and opening the door after unlocking both the knob and the chain that Izuku had set up.
There was an odd spell of Shoto’s teacher questioning why Izuku refused to take the elevator before they all settled for the stairs. Izuku felt somewhat bad but he just couldn’t get his legs to move within two feet of the small mechanical box.
The Tokyo City Event Hall had a room designated for the tournament. It was a giant gymnasium layout, even larger than the one at Shoto’s school. Despite there being no more than three kids per district, the stands were filled with viewers. Some came to support their kids, others were pep squads from their school to cheer on a competitor that made it, others were locals who came just to check it out.
It was loud.
Izuku didn’t like it but he found comfort in his new friend being there and their shared dislike for this even if Shoto was more used to it than he was because of who his caretaker was up until recently. Aka, Endeavor.
Izuku and Shoto just so happened to be sitting next to the boys from the baths last night as they went over the brackets for the tournament. One of the boys paled when he saw his name listed next to Izuku’s.
-----
‘Bet they are scared to death knowing that they will be facing us.’
-----
Izuku would be lying if he said that he didn’t feel a bit smug about that.
When it came to his fight, Izuku had already slipped into Golden Whip as he eyed the kid across the mat, ignoring the crowd’s roars and hollers.
It took a bit longer than he had expected to pin the boy down and get the win but he had to remember that these were all National’s competitors just like him and even if he did have real-life experience under his belt, they, too, have been training a lot to get to this point.
Much like the District tournament, Izuku and Shoto both proceeded through the rounds with just a bit less ease than normal.
Izuku watched from the sidelines as Shoto fought for the chance to compete in the top three. Izuku had already made it and whoever won this round he would be competing against.
“Match! The winner and the one advancing to the semi-finals is Yashu!”
The greenette sighed. He walked up to greet his friend.
Shoto rolled his neck. “Well, fourth place isn’t bad.” Izuku nodded. “Y- you did great.” Shoto shrugged. “It feels better knowing that there will be no repercussions going home.” Izuku hummed. “Good luck in your match.” Izuku nodded sharply. “Thanks.”
There was a short break before the semi-finals.
Izuku sat against the wall as Bando-sensei went over how things would go from here on out. More than anything did Izuku wish he had Hime with him right now but Shoto was helping a lot. It was strange. The bi-colored boy wasn’t really doing anything, just sitting with him and eating a light meal with him even though he could eat more because he wasn’t fighting again today.
It was a bit past lunch.
Izuku sighed.
“What’s up?” Shoto asked. Izuku shook his head knowing the boy would understand that the nerves Izuku felt weren’t something one could just explain.
That was another nice thing. Izuku didn’t need to explain himself because Shoto understood. And Shoto wouldn’t say “It’ll be fine” because even he didn’t believe that so it was just niceties.
_______________________________
Yuta watched the minimal interaction between the two boys. No trace of the laughter from last night was anywhere near them.
The outside world wasn’t part of ‘their world.’
Whatever that interaction was, both understood because it was something only they could understand.
Part of Yuta thinks that it is good that they found each other but another part thinks the opposite. It can’t be healthy to be so mentally distant to the world in that way. He also hoped that the two wouldn’t become too reliant on each other because they finally found someone to relate to. While it is good to have someone who can relate, one needs to be able to be okay without that and be able to function on their own.
Yuta sighed.
He knew that he was just a teacher but he felt more like a worried parent or uncle.
He couldn’t help but think just what sort of thoughts went through one’s head to be part of ‘their world.’
_______________________________
It was a close fight.
Shoto watched in anticipation at every turn. He knew that Izuku’s fighting style was strange but seeing it from the outside was really something. Now that he knew it was different because it came from the streets, Shoto didn’t feel so bad about losing to the boy since he did not have training against that.
Even so, Izuku lost his match and ended up taking third place which wasn’t bad considering that made him the third-best fighter in the middle school age group for Mixed Martial Arts in the country.
The awards ceremony was short but also oh so lengthy because the speaker talked for most of it which made it feel a lot longer than it actually was.
“Congratulations!” Izuku’s teacher grinned down at the greenette who, bless his heart, tried to smile back but Shoto could tell Izuku was mid-break down from being on the podium.
Come to think of it, he ran off of the podium at Districts quite fast as well. “Let’s get you two washed up and into normal clothes at the hotel and then we will treat you to ice cream, how about that?”
Izuku took to pulling at the medal around his neck instead of his sleeves as they walked back to the hotel. “We will be down in the lobby when you guys are ready.” Shoto nodded and closed the door, quickly moving out of the way as Izuku threw himself at the door, fumbling with the lock and the chain before finally latching them. He made a b-line for the windows, locking and relocking them before finally collapsing on the floor.
Hime came over to comfort her owner, Izuku taking her into his arms.
Shoto sat beside the boy. He didn’t really know what to do. Shoto was used to dealing with panic attacks on his own. While his siblings had begun to help now that they were actually allowed to interact, the concept was still foreign to him.
He figured that the boy wouldn’t react well to being touched so instead Shoto just made small conversation that neither he nor Izuku listened to. More just to take the boy’s mind away from the eyes of the audience that were no longer there.
Izuku did calm down and Shoto did eventually run out of fruits to list.
Izuku let out a deep breath, loosening his grip on Hime who didn’t leave his lap but nuzzled against his cheek and chest, purring loudly. Izuku chuckled softly and pet her a few times.
“S- sorrae…” he whispered. Shoto shook his head. “Don’t worry about it.” The two sat in silence for a few minutes, letting the tenseness fade a bit before they finally stood up.
“If you don’t like being on spot like that then why did you come to Nationals?” Shoto asked. Izuku sighed. “I- I wanna do betta, ya kn- know? I- I want ta b- be able t- ta n- not ‘ave this ‘appen e- everae time…”
Shoto hummed. “Makes sense.” He looked over at the clock. “Our teachers are probably waiting for us.” Izuku jumped. “O- oh!” He ran over and grabbed Hime’s vest and leash, putting on her. “W- we should go.”
Ice cream was good. Izuku seemed to really think so. Most, not all, but most of the tension left the greenettes shoulders when he took his first bite of strawberry ice cream. Shoto got green tea flavor. It put him sort of at ease to see the other boy at ease. Almost like, if Izuku can find it to be at ease here then it must be safe enough to be at ease himself.
That night the two went through possible hobbies that Shoto might like to try to maybe find a career path.
It was strange, really. He wasn’t being forced into being a hero. He was allowed to choose. It was… nice.
“A- at any rate…” Izuku slid through the list they had made, “y- you could still u- use your trainin’ t- to become a ‘ero b- but not be one.”
Shoto tilted his head. “What do you mean?”
“W- well y- you could ‘ave that a- as more of a side j- job until you know wh- what you want ta do. O- or do two o- or three. Like Yam- Um… Pr- Present Mic. ‘e works a- as a teacher at UA a- and has a r- radio show.”
Shoto hummed. “I never thought of that. I think I’ll probably do that then. I’ll see if I find something during my high school years but still be a hero. And who knows, maybe I will end up enjoying being a hero enough to just do that.”
Izuku nodded. “T- text me i- if you w- want ta try any of th- these? M- maybae we can t- try together?”
Shoto smiled, the smile he could only show in this room.
“I’d like that.”
_______________________________
It’s funny how one could start a trip dreading it and then leave not wanting to leave.
Izuku held the stairwell door open for Shoto as they exited the next morning, meeting their respective teachers in the lobby.
Their buses awaited them outside.
“Thank you for paying for most of the expenses for this hotel,” Bando-sensei bowed. The Saint Head’s teacher chuckled and waved him off. “It’s all good. We have the perks of being a private school so we have the money.”
Izuku and Shoto stood a bit further off.
“I guess the next time we will meet is at the UA entrance exams?” Shoto asked. Izuku nodded. “Look forward to it.”
“M- me too.”
Shoto looked over to where the teachers were separating before turning back to Izuku.
“Until we meet again.”
Izuku nodded. “U- ntil we meeT again.”
Shoto blinked. “You tried really hard to pronounce that ‘t’, didn’t you?”
Izuku blushed. I- well-”
Shoto chuckled quietly. “It’s fine. See you around.” Izuku nodded and waved as his new friend left.
He boarded his minibus, sitting in his far seat.
_______________________________
And just like that, Nationals came and went, Izuku taking third place.
Chapter 55: Middle School Grads!
Summary:
The kids graduate middle school and prepare for the exams for high school.
Notes:
Thank you all for your comments and in-depth ideas about the Poll Questions. I had so much fun reading them and comparing ideas. I hope you all enjoy what I do with them.
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
“And now, third-years,” the principle addressed the gathering of students, “it has been a pleasure to have all of you in our school and what a crazy year it has been! Hill’s Alliance made it to Nationals this year for the first time in years and in Mixed Martial Arts no less! So, so much has happened in your three years here and we have been so honored to be a part of it and look forward to seeing you all grow and thrive after this. Thank you for being part of Hill’s Alliance Middle School.”
The whole school bowed. “THANK YOU FOR TAKING CARE OF US!”
_______________________________
“I- I- I don’t wanna!!!” Mina wined as she cried, arms wrapped around Zuku and Kiri.
Furuya pats her back. “You three have it easy. You will all be going to UA together.” Mina whipped her head around, finally letting go of the boys. “IF WE MAKE IT! The acceptance rate is less than 20% and with my grades I won’t even make it past the writing part!” Mori chuckled. “You’ll be fine, Mina. That kind of thinking will be your downfall.”
“I- Um…” Mina looked over her shoulder at Zuku who was looking down at his feet, making hand gestures that he made when he was trying to say something but was struggling with it. So they gave him time, pleased when he actually started a conversation or jumped into one. “Y- you could, I mean- Y- you could c- come over a- and studae…?” Mina’s eyes widened. “L- like, um, w- we all studae t- togetha?” Zuku glanced over to Kiri for confirmation if that was alright or not. Kiri grinned brightly. “Definitely!” he agreed. “My grades aren’t looking so hot either.” He pat Izuku on the shoulder. “I don’t know where I’d be without Izu here helping me!”
“There’s an idea,” Hino piped. “We each have exams coming up sometime within the next two weeks for our preferred high schools so how about we all try to get together and study for them together?”
Mina wrapped her arms around Hino and Furuya. “Y- you guys are the best!!! I don’t wanna say goodbye!!!” “We live in the same town,” Mori commented. “There is literally no way that we won’t see each other.” Mina shook her head. “It’s not the saaaaame!”
“W- well…” Zuku looked up determinedly. Well, as determined of a face as he could make. “We ‘ave a- all summer s- so l- let’s try t- ta make the best o- of it then. M- meet up a- as much as p- possible.” Mina grinned and gently punched the timid boy on the shoulder. “Look at you being all optimistic and stuff!” Zuku blushed and averted his eyes back down to the ground.
“I agree,” Kiri picked up so his brother could regroup himself. Talking was a joint effort for Zuku still. “Even when school starts for all of us again we could always try to meet up at the park after school. Maybe not every night but at least once a week? After we all get used to our schedules?”
Mori nodded. “For sure, for sure.”
Mina grinned. “YES!” She punched the air. “Never apart! Let’s make a group chat!” Furuya sighed. “Mina, we already have one.” Mina whipped her head to the girl. “Soooo? Let’s make another!” Furuya giggled. “Fine, fine.”
And they did, Mina naming it the “CHILLZONE.”
_______________________________
Izuku waved as their friends all went their separate ways.
He lowered his arm slowly.
What is this feeling? Why does it hurt so much? I am going to see them again. Mori even said it. We live in the same town so… why do I feel so… sad?
“KIRISHIMA!” Both he and his brother whipped around to the school gates. Izuku and Ei were greeted with the greenette’s entire Mixed Martial Arts class. One of them turned and pointed to Yamamoto who was leaning on the wall, waiting for Izuku as usual. “And Yamamoto!” A girl stepped forward. “Thank you for being in our class! We will all miss you very much!” She bowed and the rest of the class followed. They all stood up again and she continued. “We won’t let you down. We will go to Nationals again next year so if we do… come watch us! Both of you!”
Izuku stared at the group in shock until he jumped when Ei gently bumped his arm with his own. Izuku swallowed.
-----
‘It’s all on you, Kirishima,' she smiled. 'We are counting on you to bring Hills Alliance Middle School to Nationals.’
-----
“I-” he bit his lip, “I’m c- countin’ on ya.” They all grinned. Yamamoto came over and stood by Izuku. “Sure. Now let’s see you all make good on that promise.” The girl grinned. “We will! Just you wait!”
“YEAH!” the gathering shouted.
The crowd dispersed soon after but the girl walked up to him. “Kaneko,” she stated. “Kaneko Amaya. We haven’t really talked too much but-”
“I re- remember ya,” Izuku cut in, shocking both himself and Kaneko. “Y- you c- called ‘Ime cute a- and sat w- with me at the p- partae.” Kaneko blinked at him with her galaxy eyes that seemed to have stars and swirls dancing in them a few times before laughing boldly. “I was calling you cute, silly!” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “M- me?” She nodded. “Yeah!” She pulled out her phone. “Can I get your number?”
Viridian eyes stared into swirls of blues, purples, and whites. He nodded numbly. Izuku typed his number into her phone and handed it back. “Okay and…” she typed a few things.
*Ding Ding*
Izuku blinked and checked his phone. It was a text from a random number. “Now you have mine!” Izuku nodded. “Let’s keep in touch, k? See you around!”
“B- bye…” He waved as she skipped off, her blue and purple hair floating behind her like a cloud, stars seeming to dance in it and trail after her wherever she walked.
Yamamoto hummed, making Izuku jump, forgetting he was there. “Popular with the ladies, huh?” Izuku turned to his brother. “Wh- what does sh- she mean by ‘I'm c- cute?’” Eijiro sighed and pats his shoulder. “Oh, naive one. I have to get to training so I will see you at home.” Izuku nodded.
“Ey, Kirishima.”
The red-head paused and turned back. Yamamoto stuffed his hands in his pockets and slouched but met the boy in the eyes. “Sorry. For everything and all. I figured now was the time to say it if anything so yeah. It wasn’t cool of me.”
Eijiro smirked but it looked forced. “Don’t worry about it, man.”
The snowy-haired boy shook his head. “I broke things off with Ito.” Eijiro’s eyes widened. “I didn’t like how he treated others,” Yamamoto continued, “or me and I figured that I like you and the freak more than him or something.”
Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “You sound constipated, man.” Izuku choked but stifled the laugh. Yamamoto rolled his eyes. “Yeah, whatever. I just wanted to say sorry and, I dunno, we should hang sometime or something.”
Eijiro chuckled. “Sure.”
Yamamoto looked stunned but his expression quickly schooled over. “Cool. See you around.” Eijiro nodded. “Yeah.”
Izuku looked between his brother who was walking away and his friend who was still by his side.
“What? You got something to say, freak?” Yamamoto huffed as he began walking in the direction of their houses leaving Izuku to follow.
“Is it proper to say that I’m proud of ya?” he half-joked. Yamamoto scowled but Izuku saw the light blush on his cheeks.
“Shut it, freak.”
Izuku smirked and kept walking.
_______________________________
Eijiro stopped mid-way to the beach.
“Wow,” he said aloud. “I never thought that I’d live to see the day.” He laughed before catching himself. “I shouldn’t say that around Izuku though,” he commented before laughing harder and continuing his walk. “He might take me literally!”
Eijiro stopped in a convenience store to change into his gym clothes. He made it to the beach where he saw the deflated form of his mentor on the edge of the water. The boy walked up and stood beside his teacher. It was peaceful. Calm. Serene.
“So,” All Might started after a few moments of silence, “you’ve officially graduated middle school. How do you feel, young man?” Eijiro grinned. “Pretty good!” All Might chuckled. “Good to hear. You have two weeks until the UA entrance exam and so two weeks to finish cleaning the beach. Do you think you can do it?”
Eijiro turned around to his left to face the last mountain of trash left. “I wouldn’t be standing here if I didn’t think so.”
All Might nodded. “Then what are you waiting for?” He suddenly buffed up into his power for. “GET TO WORK!”
Eijiro laughed but ran off to start moving trash.
_______________________________
Over the course of the two weeks, the group of friends met often. Only a week in, the group piled into the subway that would take them to Top Aim High, where Mori would be taking his exam.
Top Aim was only a few blocks down from Sweet Waters Culinary School where Mori hoped to be going after high school.
“Wish me luck!” He stood in front of the gates with everyone.
“Good luck!”
“I- I’m so proooooud!!!” “I haven’t even passed y-”
“Good luck, man!”
“G- good luck…” “Fist bump for the road?” Mori and Izuku exchanged fist bumps.
“You can do it!”
“You’ve got this, Mori!”
The ginger chuckled and straightened his glasses. “I’m off!” He waved and scampered down the path.
While he was taking the exam, the group wandered around the city. They got lunch and hung at a cafe until the text came in from Mori saying that he was done. They all scurried to meet him, finding him outside of the gates. Mori grinned and ran over.
“How did it go?” questioned Hino. “I think I did well,” he replied.
“When do you get the results?” Furuya asked. Mori shrugged. “They said in a week or two but it was vague.”
“I’m sure he did great!”
-----
Two days later, Hino and Furuya’s exams were on the day so the group split and video called outside of the two high schools.
Mina’s bawling could be heard as she pointed the phone at Furuya. “Good luck, girlie!!!” Furuya smiled and ran off.
Izuku held the phone and aimed it at Hino as she trotted into her test-taking site.
They all met up later that evening at the town park near their middle school. Furuya sighed as she swung on the swing. “That was tough…”
“You did fine,” Mori waved.
Hino hummed. “Now we just have to wait for the results and…” The three looked over at Izuku who was sitting on the jungle gym, then at Kirishima who was sitting on the end of a slide, then at Mina who was also swinging on a swing, “you three.”
The three UA-bound teens looked at each other. Mina smirked. “We will be just fine.”
_______________________________
*-ep beep beep beep beep beep beep*
Izuku sat up and yawned. He checked the time. 6?
*beep beep beep beep*
Oh yeah, Ei’s teacher wanted to meet with him this morning…
*beep beep beep beep*
Izuku stood and walked over to his brother’s bed. Akio looked up at Izuku and tilted his head. Izuku gestured to the sleeping form of Ei. Akio yipped quietly. Izuku gestured harder. Akio jumped onto the bed and: “BARK!”
Ei jolted up. “Whaaaa…?”
*beep beep beep beep*
He reached over and shut off the alarm sloppily.
“Y- you are g- gonna be late fer y- yer meetin’ with yer teacher,” Izuku informed him. Eijiro blinked at him a few times before his eyes widened. “Darn it!” He threw off the covers. “Thanks for telling me, man!” Izuku watched his brother scurry around to find his school uniform. “I’ll be back for my gym suit soon!”
Izuku hardly got a word in before Ei and Akio were out the door with a piece of bread in the red-heads mouth.
He looked over as he locked the door as Mom came in, rubbing at her eyes.
“Well that was- *YAWN* -the fastest I think he has ever woken up.”
Izuku snickered. “Yer.” She looked over at him. “You still have an hour before you really need to be awake.” Izuku nodded. “Yer…” He trained his eyes on the ground.
Dad came up behind Mom. “Stressed a bit?” Izuku shrugged. “How about you come to rest with us, hmm?” Izuku glanced up at them. “I- I don’ wanna b- be a bother…” Asa chuckled. “You won’t be. Come and get some rest. You don’t look like you slept much last night.” Izuku blushed because he knew Dad was right. Too many worries about what would happen if he failed. About everyone he would disappoint.
Izuku went to bed around 3:30 in the morning.
He followed his parents into their bedroom where he crawled under the covers. Dad and Mom snuggled in beside him and just like that, Izuku was reminded that it didn’t matter if he failed. As much as he would love to pass, he knew that he had a family that wouldn’t throw him out if he did.
Izuku curled up against Dad and promptly fell asleep for the next hour.
_______________________________
“All Might!” Eijiro ran up to his mentor, panting. The deflated blonde laughed before spitting up blood. “C- calm down, my boy!” Eijiro took a deep breath and stood. “Today’s the day!” All Might nodded. “That it is. Walk with me, Young Kirishima.”
Eijiro walked side-by-side with his teacher.
All Might gestured widely to the clean beach around them. “Look at this, young man. Look at all you have done. There is not a single piece of trash left on this beach. And look,” he pointed to a couple walking on it, “people are returning. It is coming alive once again.” All Might led Eijiro on the dock and walked out to the edge. Eijiro looked out over the water. “You have done well, my boy,” All Might said. “I am proud to have you as my successor.” Eijiro felt a warm feeling rise in his chest. He turned to his mentor. “I won’t let you down, sir!” All Might chuckled. “I know you won’t.”
He buffed up into his real form and smiled brightly down on Eijiro. “Are you ready, Young Kirishima?” Eijiro bounced on his feet. “I am!”
And… with the sun rising over the water, casting its glow and shining upon the number one hero and his protege, All Might reached up and pulled a piece of hair from his head, held it out and said:
“EAT THIS.”
…
…
…
Eijiro took a long, hard blink before reopening his eyes and staring at his teacher blankly. “Eh?” All Might waved his arms around. “Er, you have to digest some of my DNA to inherit it so-”
“B- b- but!” Eijiro stared at the hair and almost gagged.
All Might straightened up. “There is no other way, my boy.” He held out the hair closer. “Eat and be full of One For All.”
Eijiro narrowed his eyes at it. “Are you saying cool words to make it easier?”
“Certainly!”
He said it so plainly! Eijiro gulped and hesitantly took the hair.
You are going to be a hero. You are going to be a hero. You are going to get into UA and follow in the steps of Crimson Riot.
He put it in his mouth and instantly gagged, forcing himself to keep it in.
You are going to be a hero. You ARE going to be a hero. YOU ARE GOING TO BE A HERO!
Eijiro’s whole body shook as he forced the hair down his throat.
He took a deep breath. “That had to be the hardest thing I have ever done…” All Might laughed loudly. “It was strange for me when I had to do it as well but now my DNA is in you and One For All will manifest inside of you!”
Eijiro looked up and nodded.
“You will not feel it right away,” All Might continued before deflating, “but it is there. I am unsure of how it will interact with your original quirk but know this, your body was made suitable in a hurry/ Right now it is full to the brim just waiting to crack so be careful. There will be repercussions when you first use One For All.
Eijiro gulped. “Y- yes, sir.”
All Might pat Eijiro on the back. “Now go get ready. I’m rooting for you, my boy!”
“Yes, sir!”
Eijiro ran all the way home.
I did it! I have All Might’s quirk! I am going to be a hero!
Eijiro paused when the door wouldn’t open. Right. Izuku. Eijiro faltered. Izuku will surely notice the change when it happens. What should I tell him?
Eijiro unlocked the door and walked in. “I’m back!” Mom popped her head out from the kitchen. “Welcome back, dear,” she whispered.
Eijiro closed the door and locked it. He walked into the kitchen. “Where are Izuku and Dad?” She continued to make eggs on the griddle. “Izuku is sleeping with your father right now. They have about fifteen more minutes so let’s try and be a bit quiet, okay?”
Eijiro nodded. I hope I didn’t wake him when I yelled. He furrowed his eyebrows. “Did something happen?” Mom shook her head. “He just didn’t sleep well.” Eijiro nodded. “Alright. I am going to get ready.”
Eijiro packed his gym uniform in a bag along with pencils and erasers while Akio was out in the back to use the bathroom. Due to the crowded exam rooms, he and Izuku would not be allowed to bring their pets in. Eijiro worried about how Izuku would react to the tight space.
He frowned as he filled Akio’s dog bowl. The red-head covered his mouth.
I sure don’t feel any different albeit a bit sick. He shuddered just thinking about it.
Eijiro looked at himself in the mirror in the bathroom.
“Wow…” He flexed his arms. “I’ve gotten some muscle if anything I guess!” Eijiro gelled his hair up and looked at himself once more. He grinned, showing off his jagged teeth.
-----
‘Looking pretty manly if you ask me.’
-----
Eijiro blushed thinking back to what Mina said when she first saw his new hairstyle. He washed his hands and left the bathroom when he heard his alarm going off. Eijiro let Akio back in and went to shut off his alarm. There was a quiet beeping from Mom and Dad’s room and when he entered the kitchen he could see Izuku and Dad walking in. Izuku rubbed his eyes and yawned. “Morning, Izu!” Eijiro greeted.
“Mornin…’”
Mom kissed both of the boys on their foreheads and kissed her husband on the cheek. “Go get ready, Izu. Food will be ready when you are out.” Izuku’s response was another yawn and he left to get dressed.
Dad rubbed his arm. “Izuku’s got a death grip even in his sleep.” Eijiro chuckled and went to sit down. “It took about five minutes into sleeping for him to start shaking and so I went to comfort him, as usual, and boy did he latch on.” Mom set the plates down in front of them. “At least he trusts you even in his subconscious.” Dad laughed. “I guess you are right.”
Izuku came in soon after looking much more awake. He sat down.
“So, Ei,” Dad started again, “what did you and Mr. Toshinori talk about.” Eijiro had to force himself to not grimace at the lingering tickle in the back of his throat. “He just gave me some words of encouragement before the exam.”
“Well that was nice of him” Mom commented. “We should have him over for dinner sometime.” Eijiro chuckled wearily. “Haha… maybe.”
*~DING-ding-Ding-DING~*
“I guess that is them.” Eijiro stood up. “Are you ready, Izu?” Izuku nodded and stood. They grabbed their bags. Mom and Dad walked them to the door.
“Good luck, dearies,” Mom hugged them both tightly.
“You two will do great, I just know it,” Dad grinned. “Go out there and show them what Kirishima’s are made of!”
Eijiro grinned and led the way out. Mina, Mori, Furuya, and Hino were all outside the gate. They waved. “Come on, slowpokes!” Mina yelled. Izuku chuckled softly.
“How are you three feeling?” Mori asked as they boarded the subway, purposefully putting Izuku in a half-circle without him realizing it, as always.
“Pumped!” Mina chirped.
“Like I am going to ace this,” Eijiro agreed.
Izuku shrugged.
They got off at their stop. Even as they still had a way to go the building of UA High came into view.
“What’s wrong, Kiri?” Hino looked over at him. Eijiro flexed his fingers that had began to tingle. “It’s nothing.” He shook it off and kept walking. They stopped to the side of the gates as other exam-takers filed in.
“Good luck, you three!”
“Make us proud as the first three from Hill’s Alliance getting into UA!”
“You’ve got this!”
Eijiro and Izuku nodded.
“Fist bump for the road,” Mori extended his fist. Izuku and Eijiro both bumped it. Eijiro looked over at his brother. “Let’s do this, Izu.” The greenette nodded and to Eijiro’s surprise, took the first step forward.
The two entered the gates and walked up the path to the front doors.
Eijiro noticed a girl with brown hair in a bob hovering by the door. “I wonder what’s up.” He walked up to her, Izuku following. “Hey, man, are you good?” The girl jumped and spun to him. “A- ah! Hi!” She smiled, scratching the back of her head. “Y- yeah! I’m just nervous!” Eijiro grinned. “Don’t worry about it! Do you want to enter with us so that you aren’t alone?” The girl smiled even brighter. “Really? Thank you! I guess I have good luck today if I met you two! I’m Uraraka Ochaco.” Eijiro extended his arm. “Kirishima Eijiro.”
Eijiro is proud to announce that Izuku, albeit hesitantly, stuck out his own arm as well.
“K- Kirishima I- Izuku…”
Uraraka shook both of their hands. “L- let’s go th-”
“Hey.”
All of them jumped and looked over. Izuku visibly paled when their eyes connected on sadly familiar spikey blonde.
-----
‘Deku…’
-----
‘Screw you, Kacchan.’
-----
“Can we help you?” Eijiro positioned himself in front of Izuku. The boy rolled his red eyes. “I’m not gonna hurt him, dang.” Eijiro narrowed his eyes. “Yeah, I’m not too sure about that after last ti-” Izuku placed a hand on his shoulder. Eijiro looked over at his brother. The grip was deathly tight, just as Dad had said. Izuku smiled as strongly as he could and met eye to eye with the boy.
“Do you need something, Ka-cchan?” Izuku audibly let venom slip into each syllable of what Eijiro assumed was the blondes name.
The blonde stiffened. “Tsk. Nevermind. Don’t screw up on the test.” He brushed past them and into the building. Uraraka stared after the boy dumbfounded. “Well, he was… charming.” Eijiro sighed, relaxing a bit. His shoulder was starting to hurt from Izuku’s grip who for the life of him could not release. Not to mention that the tingling in his fingers had begun to spread up Eijiro’s arms and almost started to burn.
Eijiro grinned and pat Izuku on the back. “Sorry about him. We met him a bit back and it wasn’t the happiest in passing.”
Uraraka chuckled. “I can see that.”
“Let’s go in.”
Izuku let go of his shoulder gratefully once they started walking again but he soon tapped Eijiro on the shoulder and pointed to the bathrooms. “I- I’ll be right b- back.” Eijiro nodded. “Do you want me to…” Izuku shook his head. “F- find our seats?” “Alright… If you need me just call.” Izuku nodded and entered the bathroom.
Eijiro could tell that he was shaken up but he couldn’t do anything about it now.
“Is everything okay?” Uraraka asked. Eijiro smiled and nodded. “Yeah. Let’s go. He will find us.”
Even as they walked, Eijiro kept glancing over his shoulder at the bathrooms.
What a way to start the exams…
Chapter Text
Izuku took a few more deep breaths.
I need to get up. I have to make it to the exam.
He wiped his now dry eyes just for safe measure and pushed open the bathroom stall. Izuku took about one step before stopping.
“T- Toshi?”
The purple-haired boy pushed himself off of the wall next to the entrance to the bathroom. He raised a hand. “Yo. I saw you come in looking pretty rough so I thought that I’d come to check.” Izuku blushed slightly and looked down. Toshi rolled his eyes. “Don’t get so down. You can’t help it if you have issues with these sorts of environments.” Izuku nodded. He washed his hands and left with his friend. Toshi pulled out his examinee card.
“What zone do you have for the physical exam?” he asked.
Izuku pulled out his own. “B- B.”
“Lucky… Me too.” Izuku’s mood lifted a bit after his run-in with Kacchan. They entered the exam hall and it plummeted. The sheer amount of people compacted into that one room! Toshi tapped his shoulder and pointed to the left. “My school’s number is over there. I will see you at the physical exams.” Izuku nodded and watched Toshi walk off.
“Hey! Keep moving!” Izuku felt himself get shoved forward by the ever-moving flow of examinees.
He couldn’t even see his seat number on his card by how fast his heart was beating. Izuku’s green eyes flitted to and fro looking for anything. Pink hair and horns. Red spiky mane. Either?! Why does everyone here have such noticeable quirks? It was a sensory overload of smells, colors, and sounds, all from different quirks.
Izuku felt a hand plant firmly on his back but in an almost gentle way. He looked over his shoulder and saw the right side of Shoto who was looking forward but Izuku could feel the pressure on his back carefully guiding Izuku along.
“Sh- Sho- Shoto-” Izuku could hardly get the boy’s name out.
“Good to see you again too,” the boy commented. Izuku chuckled dryly. “I c- can’t.”
“Yeah, I figured. Calm your breathing or you won’t be able to find your school.”
Izuku looked forward, trying to steady himself as the boy continued to guide Izuku gratefully. Eventually, Izuku heard: “ZUKU!”
He jumped and spun his head around to see Mina standing beside Ei waving. Shoto pats his back. “Good luck.” The hand disappeared and Shoto weaved deeper into the crowd. Izuku shuffled through and found his seat to the left of Ei with Mina on the other side of his brother. He all but collapsed into the seat. Mina sat as well and leaned over to see him.
“Are you alright, Zuku?”
Izuku glanced over at her and Ei who was also looking at him worriedly. He swallowed and looked up to the ceiling.
It’s fine. It’s fine. It’s fine.
Ei placed his hand on Izuku’s shoulder. “It’s okay if you aren’t.” Izuku blinked rapidly, trying to stop tears. “I- I’m f- f- fi- ne.” He turned to his brother and gave the best smile that he could that really wasn’t there at all. Eijiro searched Izuku’s eyes a few seconds before letting his hand slide off the greenette’s shoulder. “Okay…”
*SCREEEEEEE-*
Everyone in the room jumped as a man walked onto the podium at the front and the microphone squealed over the intercoms loudly. Everyone in the room went quiet.
“Ahem… Greetings, test-takers. I am Pro Hero Ectoplasm and a teacher here at UA High School.” Izuku’s eyes widened, his inner fanboy sparking and hands itching for a notebook and pen. “I will be your proctor for the Hero Course Writing Exam.”
Izuku flinched when the person next to him nudged his shoulders and handed him a stack of paper.
“Coming around to you is the Math portion. You will have an hour to complete each part of the exam before passing it down and receiving the next. I wish you all the best of luck.” Ectoplasm reached up. “Your time begins…” and brought his hand down, “now.” An expansive digital time popped up behind the hero counting down from sixty minutes.
Izuku picked up the pencil already on his desk and got to work.
The tests ran smoothly. He felt pretty confident in all subjects aside from English. The last test was about quirk logic and apprehension.
“Ten. Nine. Eight.”
Izuku was just finishing up the last question.
“Seven. Six. Five.”
He could see Eijiro out of the corner of his eye just flipping through all of the pages and circling random answers.
“Four. Three. Two.”
Izuku set his pencil down and looked up confidently.
“ONE! That is all!” Ectoplasm’s voice echoed through the exam hall. “Please pass your papers down.”
Eijiro leaned back. “Maaaaan… I didn’t know like half of that!” Mina crossed her arms and slouched. “Mhmm. Mhmm. Not one bit!”
Ectoplasm left the stage and…
“HEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Everyone not Izuku jumped as Present Mic made his way onto the stage.
Yami!
Izuku couldn’t help the small smile that made its way onto his face. Eijiro glanced over at him with a knowing smirk.
“Present Mic here! Can I get a YEAH?!”
…
“GREAT! I will now go over the physical exam!” Yami proceeded to explain the robots on the papers that were being passed around and that showed up on the screen behind him. He explained the point system and how points would be calculated.
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows as he studied his paper. That’s odd. Yami only described three robots but it shows four. What happened t-
“Excuse me, Present Mic, sir! May I ask a question?!”
Everyone in the room looked over at a tall boy with glasses and short, trimmed navy blue hair who was standing with his hand up.
Yami pointed to the boy. “Yes! Examinee 7111! What is it?!”
The boy raised the paper and pointed to the apparent fourth robot. “You have only gone over three of the four robots shown on the paper given to us. If this is a mistake on UA’s part then this is an embarrassment on the establishment of national caliber. Furthermore,” the boy suddenly turned where Izuku was sitting and pointed an accusing finger at Eijiro and Mina.
“You two with the red and pink hairs, you so rudely complained about your poor test-taking skills and complained about the exam given to you. This is a school of top-caliber. If you are not pleased with the methods they take to choose who will be protecting our country in the near future and are only looking for an easy slot then please leave.”
Silence ensued.
Eijiro and Mina both blushed and ducked their heads. Izuku felt anger boil in him.
How dare he…
Yami cleared his throat. “Than-”
Izuku stood sharply and met the eyes of blue-haired boy. “Hey, hey, hey, Izu, it’s fine,” Ei whispered. Izuku glared at the boy.
“My APOLOGIES!” he mocked. “Some people ‘appen to ‘ave a different way of expelling stress and shaking off nerves. Some that include brushing off a previouslae difficult task so that they may focus fully on their nex’ goal in mind. If you cannot accept that not everaeone is as fully composed as you then you ‘ave no right to be ‘ere as you would not be suitable with dealing with civilians.”
“H- hey…”
“FUR-THER-MOR,” he mimicked the boy, “you have both complained about the methods that Present Mic is explainin’ now and called it a ‘national embarrassment’ and ‘ave held up the entire exam. If you are here to simply be a hypocrite and waste the time of everaeone ‘ere who actually cares ‘bout being a hero to protect our country,” Izuku’s tone dropped an octave, “then. Please. LEAVE.”
…
…
…
“M- my apologies…” the boy bowed. “I did not mean to offend you.” He turned back to Present Mic. “I apologize for holding up the exam. Please continue.” He bowed and sat down.
Izuku sat down with a huff.
He could feel eyes on him but he currently couldn’t bring himself to care as he crossed his arms and faced promptly forward.
“Izu…” Eijiro placed a hand on his shoulder. Izuku took a deep breath and looked over at his brother and friend. “S- sorrae,” he whispered, “I- I just d- didn’ like ‘im c- callin’ ya o- out like that…”
“Alright!” Present Mic cleared his throat. “Thank you both for your inputs but I will have to ask for no further conflicts between test-takers as I will have to have you escorted off of the premises.” Izuku swallowed thickly and turned back to the man. “As Examinee 7111 has pointed out, there is a fourth robot but it is worth zero points and more of an obstacle that you should just avoid if possible. Now, let us remember what drew us to come here today. Show us, aspiring heroes, just what it means to be PLUS ULTRA!!!”
The rows were dismissed one-by-one to prevent a traffic block.
“Thank you for standing up for us, Zuku!” Mina chirped as they waited. They were close to the front so it would take a bit. Izuku shrugged, the realization of him speaking out like that in front of everyone here just settling in.
“You good, man?” Ei asked. Izuku gave a wobbly smile. Honestly, he felt so lightheaded from blood rush that he couldn’t really tell. He just knew that he wasn’t feeling up to par now.
Their row stood. “I- I’ll be f- fine. G- good luck o- on yer e- exams.” They were all in different testing zones.
“You too!”
_______________________________
Tenya Iida entered the male locker room designated to the testing zone B which was a giant mock-city.
He felt a bit shaken up, not having expected such a pointed refute to his own call-out but he could not deny that the boy had made some good observations on his own regrettable downfalls.
He turned around to put down his bag and found himself staring at the back of none other than the greenette from the exam hall. He could tell that everyone else was trying not to stare and for good reason. Tenya quickly grabbed his own green gym suit and turned around.
-----
‘Tenya,’ Tensei started, ‘you need to lighten up some times. At some point, you are going to run into a person who will not take kindly to your… strict words.’
-----
Tensei, I understand now.
The image of the boy’s scarred back flashed in his head.
I think I just crossed that person. I should apologize.
_______________________________
Izuku let out a shaky breath as he and Toshi left the dressing room. He could feel the eyes as people tried to avoid staring at his scarred form. He had gotten used to not having to deal with the stares as everyone in Mixed Martial Arts was used to it.
“So,” Toshi started as they waited outside of the gates of the mock-city, “that was pretty cool of you earlier.” Izuku shook his head. “I- I- I j- just- I j- just-”
“Yo, chill, Zuku. It’s fine. I know that must have been hard. Still, I’m proud of you for standing up for your brother and friend like that.”
Izuku felt his cheeks heat up.
“Let’s just focus on this exam for now.” Izuku nodded. Toshi hummed. “So, I think it is fair to say that while this is set up for us to take it alone, there are definitely people here with less than physical quirks.” Izuku nodded, understanding completely. “That being said,” Toshi continued, “there is no rule saying to not work together. I think this would be a prime opportunity to show off all of the training we have done together.”
-----
‘Hitoshi. Izuku.’
Both boys looked up at Sho.
‘This will be our last training session until after the exams,’ the man stated. ‘I will be watching the exam and will judge you just as harshly as any other examinee.’
He smirked.
‘Show me the fruits of your labor out there.’
-----
Toshi smirked.
Izuku smirked.
“We are going to be heroes-,” Toshi started.
“Togetha,” Izuku finished.
Someone cleared their throat nearby. “Ahem…” The boys turned to see the blue-haired boy from the exam hall.
Izuku was finally thankful for a face that could not produce a reaction or emotion to save his life when he had to tilt his head back to meet the boy eye-to-eye and the first thought that went through his head was: Holy cowl! He’s so tall!
“My name is Iida Tenya,” the boy held out his hand. Izuku watched his eyes drop to the string and back up to him. “I wanted to formally apologize for my comments in the test hall.” Izuku blinked. What the hell do I say?!
A hand fell on his shoulder and Toshi extended his other one to take Iida’s. The string disappeared. “Aizawa Hitoshi. This is Kirishima Izuku. He doesn’t do too well with contact with those he does not know so you’ll have to excuse him.” Iida nodded slowly. “Right. My apologies for assuming. I wish you both the best of luck.”
Toshi held the boy’s hand far longer than necessary with a strong grip and grinned. “You too.”
Iida boy withdrew his hand as if he had been shocked and maybe he had. Mentally. Egotistically.
Toshi huffed as the boy walked away robotically.
“What a self-righteous personality.” Izuku shrugged.
“START!!!!!”
The gates opened.
Izuku immediately grabbed Toshi’s arm and ran past all of the other confused examinees.
“Woah! Zuku, wa-”
“WHAT ARE YOU WAITING FOR?! THERE IS NO HEADS UP IN A FIGHT!” Present Mic yelled over the intercoms.
Izuku wasn’t necessarily thinking in that fashion. He just happened to have a reaction time and a sense of urgency that was far heightened than others.
He heard the whirr of a robot incoming. A one-pointer.
Izuku stopped and let Toshi go. Toshi ran forward almost habitually, planted his feet. He spun back and reached out, grabbing the strings that formed from Izuku’s shoulders. He pulled harshly. Izuku went flying, Toshi barely ducking in time. Izuku rolled mid-air, straightening out and planting his feet into the head of the robot. The force of it ripping the head from the metal body.
Izuku rolled upon impact to the ground just as he would if he was jumping from building to building.
_______________________________
“Oh?” Nezu watched the mock city viewing screens intently. His was currently watching a screen that was showing two boys. Typically the screens would flip periodically between examinees to see each individually but it seemed that whenever a camera focused on one of these two, the other was always there.
A green-haired boy and a purple-haired boy.
They were fighting together but in a very… peculiar way. A very trained and calculated way. They obviously had trained much together which was strange because Nezu was sure that there were no examinees from the same school in the same testing site.
The weirdest thing about it was that Nezu could not tell who’s quirk was active. What was clear was that it was the purple-haired boy that initiated the attacks.
While it is extremely rare, there are individuals who are actually duo-viduals in a way with a split quirk that is split between two people and can only be activated with the two working together but that has only happened twice in recorded history and with twins. These two were obviously not twins. They did look somewhat similar but not nearly close enough and if they were twins then they would have gone to the same middle school and thus would not be together in the testing site.
It was fine and all. There was no rule for working together. However, the duo would have to gather twice the amount of points for their points were being divided between the two.
Actually… the purple-haired boy wasn’t getting nearly as many because he wasn’t the one actually hitting the robots.
Both of them were gathering a small number of individual points as they did physically take down a few on their own but they were fighting together for the most part and the points that the purple-haired boy was receiving were actually rescue points for apparently… pulling? Pulling the green-haired boy out of the way of oncoming robots and aiding in the takedown of others.
A strange duo and Nezu very much would love to have them in his school. He hopes that they make it.
Their screen switched to reveal a blonde with an explosion quirk.
Ah. Him again.
So far, the highest-scoring examinee on the board with only take-down points.
_______________________________
Izuku panted, hands on his knees and he leaned over a bit, sweat dripping off of his face.
He felt so raw. All of his strings being pulled in every which way. His muscles were cramping and tensing. It was incredibly painful!
Not to mention that the ones that they didn’t use their fighting method they each had to take out by hand because they did not have a quirk suitable and Izuku did not feel comfortable fighting by taking hold of his own strings yet. There was still a lot they had to fine-tune with him controlling it because the smallest tense in his body could pull one.
Toshi was looking worse for wear too as he had to actually pull the strings. While there was significantly less resistance of pulling Izuku’s string to make him move than to actually pulling a body, there was still weight there.
*R-u-m-b-l-e* *BOOM*
All examinees shielded their eyes as a giant cloud of dust arose and then looked up in horror as a gigantic robot towered over them and the buildings in the mock city.
“No way…” Toshi whispered in stunned silence.
“C- come ta th- think of it, I- I ‘aven’t s- seen a zero p- pointer yet,” Izuku choked out.
The zero-pointer began to move, tearing up the city in its wake.
“Nope!” Both boys ran despite their aching bodies.
“Help!” Izuku looked over his shoulder and saw a short boy with purple balls for hair running, legs too short to outrun the zero-pointer.
Izuku stopped.
“Zuku?!”
“Keep goin’!” Izuku took a deep breath, feeling the energy in his body flowing. His skin lit up and the strings under his skin became visible to all, his body taking on the appearance that of a doll. Izuku reached out, strings shooting from his hands. They wrapped around the small boy.
What they did train in Izuku’s ‘puppet mode’ was grabbing on to things after their first experience with it.
Much like using his whip, Izuku pulled hard. The boy came toward him, spinning. Izuku knelt down and caught the boy by the shoulders. He scooped the now dizzy boy up bridal style and began running. He could feel the ground shake. Izuku looked up to see a piece of a building falling. He grits his teeth.
Please let this work!
He called upon the string in his chest and pulled at it. Izuku’s body flew forward with more speed than he had anticipated. He curled his body around the boy and rolled, just making it out of the way of the piece of building.
Izuku stopped in an empty area far away from the zero-pointer and set the boy down.
The purple-haired boy bowed up and down rapidly, tears and snot flowing.
“Thankyouthankyouthankyouthankyouthankyouthankyo-”
“THE TEST IS OVER!!!”
Izuku and the boy looked up.
“I- it’s over…”
_______________________________
Interesting…
Nezu watched as the green-haired boy’s body lit up and the visible parts of it showed with strings and almost puppet-like joints. Nezu’s eyes widened when he realized that was how the two were fighting as out of the green-haired boy’s palms shot forth two strings that he used to pull a straggling examinee from a fate of being crushed which, of course, a hero would have stepped in to save the examinee if need be from a nearby building or pothole.
So it isn’t a duo quirk. They are just training partners who were lucky enough to get placed in the same city and took advantage of it.
So what is the other boy’s quirk then?
Nezu smiled creepily, all of the Pro Heroes in the room sweat dropping at their principles less than subtle crazed joy as he watched the greenette’s rescue points go up.
“THE TEST IS OVER!!!”
_______________________________
Tenya’s fists shook.
-----
Tenya ran from the zero-pointer using his quirk, just about to pass the greenette and his purple-haired friend.
‘Help!’
Tenya grit his teeth and kept running despite the plea but he saw the greenette stop as he passed.
-----
Tenya did not see if the greenette actually helped whoever had called out.
A deep shame buried itself in Tenya’s chest.
If this were not an exam surely I would have…
He froze and looked back over his shoulder at the quiet city.
An exam. Of course! What hero course would not have the exam have a part based on rescuing people!
He sighed.
Kirishima Izuku. I am so far behind you. You have my respect.
_______________________________
Eijiro hardened his arm, smashing it into an oncoming three-pointer like a spear. It came out the other side. Eijiro pulled his arm out leaving a whole and letting it drop to the ground.
He panted.
What the heck! The tingle in his arms had spread throughout his chest and began to actually burn now and the more he moved the more it spread and it HURT!
It hurt most when he activated his quirk as if it was protesting or stopping something.
Eijiro grit his teeth, hardening his arm and smashing another robot to the ground.
He force-released his quirk as pain shot through his arms and the tingling spread into his legs causing him to stumble.
“Dang it!” He pounded on his legs.
*R-u-m-b-l-e* *BOOM*
Eijiro shielded his eyes as dust billowed then gaped in awe at the sheer size of the robot before him, much like the other examinees. Th- that’s the...
“Z- ZERO POINTER MY BUTT!” an examinee screamed as he ran away.
Eijiro spun around. That’s overkill, man!
He lifted his foot to run before: “W- wait…” A weak, yet familiar voice called out. Eijiro looked over his shoulder and his heart dropped.
-----
‘I guess I have good luck today if I met you two! I’m-’
-----
Uraraka Ochako was trapped under a piece of rubble and the zero-pointer was coming fast.
S- surely they won’t let her get smashed.
He turned around.
“Help…”
Dang it! I can't leave her!
Eijiro spun again, despite the protest of his legs, and ran for the girl. “Uraraka!” She looked up from where she was trying to pull herself out. “K- Kirishima!” He hardened his arms and placed them under the edges of the rubble, pushing up. She winced as the rubble shifted. Eijiro planted his elbows town to act as a pole holding it up.
“G- get out!” he choked.
Uraraka pulled herself forward, climbing to her feet. Eijiro pulled his arms out and let go of his quirk.
He started running.
“I- I can’t…” Eijiro looked over his shoulder. Uraraka was bleeding from her leg. Eijiro ran and scooped her up. “E- eh!” he ran. Come on, legs, don’t give up on me now!
“U- um, Kirishima!” He looked over his shoulder again.
It’s fast!!!
Eijiro put her down. “Kirishima?”
“Run as much as you can.”
Her brown eyes bugged. “What are you doing!?” He gave her a thumbs up. “What I was born to do with my quirk.” Eijiro ran towards the zero-pointer.
“Kirishima!
_______________________________
“Nezu, we should stop it or send in a hero!”
Nezu shook his head. “He knows what he is doing.”
“He’s a child!”
Nezu nodded. “A child with a plan. He would not have set the girl down otherwise.”
“But-”
“Just watch.”
Nezu knew who this kid was. All Might had informed Nezu of his decision months ago. He was curious to see what kind of boy his successor was.
Either way, the boy would be fine with his quirk, only hurt a little if anything. Nezu was more interested in how One For All would contribute to it.
_______________________________
What the heck am I doing?!
Eijiro stopped several feet in front of the girl.
He felt the ground shake beneath him.
Eijiro took a deep breath.
By all means, I must protect her!
Eijiro planted his feet, right behind the left, as the zero-pointer got closer. He hardened his body slowly, pain gathering the more he hardened.
Eijiro put his hands in a cross over his face and hardened them.
In the pain, he did not realize that his skin had begun to crackle and glow, red light flowing out of the ridges in his hardened body.
The more he hardened, the more he lit up and the more pain gathered.
Eijiro cried out a battle cry as he forced his entire body into a rock-hard form.
The zero-pointer collided with him.
Eijiro choked but held firm, sliding back a bit but the zero-pointer kept moving and had begun to turn with Eijiro as the point of origin.
Eijiro was beginning to blackout. He could feel his skin cracking, legs splintering as the zero-pointer forced them into the road making a small divot.
Eijiro growled. “You… will not… get past me!!!”
He pushed against it.
-It happened in a second-
All of the pain and exhaustion came out in one MASSIVE shockwave out of Eijiro’s body directed at the zero-pointer.
*~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~BANG~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~*
The sound resounded around the city.
The zero-pointer was thrown backward and came crashing down but… in his direction. The shockwave had blown the entire leg off of the metal machine and a good chunk of the wiring and metal near it!
Eijiro couldn’t hold up the hardening anymore.
The light from his body died down, his body returned to normal with torn sleeves and bleeding arms. He panted and looked up.
Ah… It’s coming down…
“Kirishima!” He blinked and looked over to see “URARAKA?!” The girl was limping but running toward him with a giant pillar of concrete. She grabbed his arm, pulling him from the hole he had made while standing. Uraraka placed the pillar in the hole and pressed her fingers together. “Release!” It settled into the hole.
Uraraka grabbed his arm and brought him close, covering both of their heads and pushing them down.
*BOOM* *!CRASH!* *BANG*
…
…
…
Eijiro peeled his eyes open after what felt like forever. The pillar had gone through the chest of the robot and stopped it. It hovered right above them, sparks flashing from the around where the pillar was and where the metal was pulled back.
“-ey! Hey! Can you hear me! Kids!”
Uraraka, who was on his chest, pushing him down, looked up, hitting her head on the metal because it was that close. The whole thing shook and creaked.
“I am Pro Hero Eraserhead. I need one of you to respond and tell me if you are alright.”
Eijiro cleared his throat. “Y- yes but… I don’t think it is going to hold.”
“Alright. I know it’s tight but I need you to crawl to me.”
Eijiro bit his lip. “I- I can’t. My arms… I think they broke.”
He heard the man curse quietly. “Okay, the girl in there, can you crawl out? I need to get in and pull him out.”
“Y- yes!” Uraraka sounded sick. She pushed herself off of Eijiro who grunted. “Sorry…”
“I- it’s fine.”
Uraraka crawled slowly out from under the robot. There was a shuffling sound. “I’m coming in, Kirishima.”
How does he… oh, right, isn’t this Izuku’s teacher…? I don’t know. My head hurts…
Eijiro turned his head, blinking slowly as the man crawled slowly towards him. The machine above them began to creak.
“Kiri- ma, can -u he -e?”
Eijiro blinked slowly. “Whaaaa?” His voice slurred.
The man cursed again. “Th- going -urt.” Eraserhead slowly wrapped Eijiro in the scarf around his neck but Eijiro couldn’t really feel it.
He could feel himself being dragged and soon light hit his eyes as they came out from under the robot. He tried to sit up but someone was pushing it down. The light hurt. His head hurt. Everything hurt.
“-ey. St- ake. -ay awa- e! Ki-!”
I’m tired…
_______________________________
“SUCK! Recovery Girl!”
Kirishima passed out almost immediately after they pulled him out. Recovery Girl ran over from where she was tending to Uraraka who was currently throwing up.
“He has a concussion and his arms are broken and I think maybe a rib or two,” Shouta informed the old heroine. She nodded.
“I can’t heal him right now, his energy is too low. Let’s bring both of them to my office. Hurry.”
Shouta made sure to support the boy's head and neck as they made their way to Recovery Girls office. The lady pushed open the door and all three froze because in the room stood Izuku, Hitoshi, Hizashi, Cementoss, and Midnight. Izuku had to physically be held back when the door opened.
Midnight was probably there to put his to sleep if need be.
“Izuku, calm down-” Hizashi spoke quietly.
“I- No! L- let me go! I- I need t- to-!”
Shouta laid Kirishima down on the hospital bed and looked up. “Need to what? What can you do?” He knew it was harsh but Izuku froze. Tears filled his eyes but didn’t fall.
“I- I can h- heal ‘im.”
Silence filled the room aside from Recovery Girl hooking up the machines.
Shouta took a deep breath. “No.”
“Why not?”
He was taken back by how openly Izuku questioned.
“You know why.”
“I’m trained. Recovery Girl trained me,” Izuku refuted.
“Recovery Girl can do her job.”
Izuku glared at him. “And I heal him without using his energy. I can GIVE him energy.”
Shouta shook his head. “Don’t even try it. You know that we can see your quirk when you use it yourself and I can erase it.”
As much as he hated this, Izuku needed to know where a line is crossed. He needs to be able to understand and take this. If Shouta had to take the forefront of the greenette’s anger for this then he would.
“You…” Izuku took a deep breath. “You wouldn’t let me ‘eal h- her…”
“Hey now,” Hizashi placed a hand on the boy’s shoulder.
“N- now I can’t heal ‘im? What ‘appened to learnin’ to save people w- with this quirk of mine, ey?”
Shouta swallowed thickly. “Kirishima isn’t dying. You know you couldn’t save… her. Her quirk would continue to hurt her.” Izuku seemed to falter. Shouta sighed. He walked around the bed and crouched in front of the boy, taking him by the shoulders.
“Izuku, sometimes you need to let others help. You know this. It is what we have been telling you the whole time since we met you. Now you need to let others help in a different way. Sometimes you can’t do everything, okay?” Izuku averted his eyes. “I know how much Kirishima means to you,” Shouta continued softly, “but if he really means that much to you then you need to let the professionals help him. Someday, when you have more training, you will be able to heal people like that, but right now you can’t. Okay?”
Izuku nodded slowly.
Shouta brought him into a gentle hug. “I’m sorry, I don’t mean to be so harsh with you.”
Izuku buried his face in Shouta’s shoulder, Shouta could feel the wetness of his tears.
“I- it’s fine… I- I underst- stand…”
Shouta smiled softly.
He’s grown so much.
Kirishima had, in fact, broken his arms and bruised one rib and he did, in fact, have a concussion.
Izuku and Hitoshi ended up sitting next to Uraraka’s bed, not Kirishima’s surprisingly, and were talking. Apparently Izuku and the brunette had met beforehand. At least this time it was a good meeting.
Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima arrived about an hour and a half later and the situation was explained.
“H- he saved me!” Uraraka piped. Her parents had already arrived but she asked to stay to meet Kirishima’s parents. She bowed. “Please don’t be too hard on him!”
Mr. Kirishima chuckled. “It’s fine. We have no grudges. We understand perfectly how dangerous it is to be a hero and, while we don’t like it, know that this is something that will happen.” Uraraka nodded, tears in her eyes.
The Kirishima’s were informed on how to handle a concussion and what to do. Recovery Girl had given them a vial infused with her quirk and they were ordered to administer it to Kirishima in a few days to speed up the recovery process.
Shouta sighed, banging his head against the steering wheel.
“Are you okay, Dad?”
Shouta looked at his son in the passenger seat next to him. “I’m so tired…” Hitoshi chuckled.
“You two, though, you two did great.”
Hitoshi blushed a bit. “Thanks… Did we- Did we make it?”
We. Did WE make it? He and Izuku. Shouta smiled fondly. Hitoshi has grown so much as well.
Shouta stood up and turned on the car. “Can’t tell you.”
“Daaad.”
“What? I really can’t! They haven’t finished adding up the scores!”
“Ugh…”
_______________________________
Yagi Toshinori replayed the footage over and over and went through all of the pictures of the damage done to the zero-pointer.
He sighed and closed his computer.
When I said that I didn't mean to use it during the exam!
He looked up at the ceiling.
Still. I don't know what I was expecting One For All to do when melding with a hardening quirk like Young Kirishima's but it certainly was NOT that.
_______________________________
Aside from Mom and Dad forcing him to take a shower, Izuku did not leave Eijiro’s side until he woke up.
Chapter 57: The Results
Summary:
The results of the entrance exam come in!
Notes:
How is everyone doing?
Chapter Text
Eijiro’s consciousness came in bits and spirts.
He opened his eyes slowly to a dark room. Well, mostly dark. The door was cracked to let in a small stream of light and next to him was someone in a chair with their phone that cast a small, very dim glow on their face.
It took Eijiro a minute to realize that he was in his room and that the person in the chair was Izuku.
His head hurt and felt fuzzy and his muscles buzzed but he couldn’t move his arms and when he tried it hurt more.
His movement must have alerted Izuku because the boy flinched and looked up from his phone before dashing out of the room and reappearing moments later with Mom and Dad.
Mom came over and turned on the lamp on Izuku’s bedside table, the furthest one from him. Still, Eijiro winced at what felt like the brightest light on earth and his vision swam. Dad sat in the chair Izuku once occupied.
“E- iro? Eij- ro? Ca- ou hear- e?”
Eijiro tried to respond but ended up coughing. His throat was so dry! Hands gently guided him to a sitting position and a cup was brought to his lips as he could not hold it for himself. Eijiro took a few greedy gulps of the slightly warmed water, grateful for it not being too cold. He felt that it would hurt his head more.
Eijiro took a deep breath and looked around. It was a bit fuzzy but he saw Dad by his bed, Mom behind him, and Izuku hovering by the door to the room.
“Ho- are y- feeling, -ud?”
Eijiro blinked a few times. “Whaaat?”
Dad placed a hand on the red-head’s forehead. “Fev- r.” Eijiro must have blacked out or something because the next thing he was aware of was Mom suddenly appearing with a bowl of something that smelled heavenly in her hands but all he could think was: When did she leave?
Dad had to help him drink what was apparently chicken broth and Eijiro was laid back down to rest again. The lamp was shut off and before he knew it he was out again.
_______________________________
“Izuku, dear, are you sure you don’t want to try sleeping?” Yuma paused by the door that Izuku was leaning next to.
Not since the morning of the entrance exam had Izuku slept and it was five in the morning the next day now. The greenette shook his head and sat down in the chair next to Ei’s bed again which he seemed never to leave.
She swallowed a sigh. The boy was obviously exhausted after the exam but she knew that it was no use trying to get him to sleep.
“Do you want to eat then?” Izuku shook his head again. Asa rubbed her shoulder comfortingly. “Okay, bud. We will be in here if you need us.” Izuku drew his legs to his chest, curling into a ball on the chair and resuming his protective watch over his brother. He did scoot over a bit for Hime to sit on it next to him. Yuma was glad they had gotten the boy a cat. He seemed calmer around it.
Yuma almost habitually closed the door but remembered that Recovery Girl ordered at least a bit of light at all times. The last time she tried Izuku almost flipped.
Yuma cast one more glance at the greenette.
-----
‘I- I - I need- I need- I need to stay w- with him.’ Izuku’s hands frantically moved. ‘C- con- concussions- bad. B- bad.’
Yuma couldn’t tell if he actually was aware of what he was saying or if he was subconsciously verbally responding with the protective instincts in him.
‘Izuku,’ she hesitantly started, ‘you’ve had one of these before, haven’t you?’
Yuma paled when Izuku paused and began counting on his fingers the number of concussions he has had.
Izuku looked up. ‘I- I forgot.’
Or remembered.
-----
Yuma sighed.
He wouldn’t be leaving Eijiro’s side any time soon. “We will be back in an hour or so unless you come and get us.” Yuma bit her lip. She walked over to the sitting boy and pressed a gentle kiss on top of his head. “Do try and sleep some, okay?” He looked up at her slowly. In the light of the hallway, Yuma could just make out the bags under the boy’s viridian eyes. “Love you, Izuku.” Yuma left with Asa, Izuku staring after her.
_______________________________
Eijiro woke up a few more times in little bits but found a hard time remembering them. What he did remember, though, was every time he did wake up, Izuku was always there at his side doing something or another.
Eijiro finally became more aware of his surroundings a few days after the exam.
“Your fever broke,” Dad sighed in relief as he put his hand down.
Eijiro hummed. “Is Uraraka okay?” Dad chuckled. “That is so like you. Yes, she is fine.” Dad gently ruffled his son’s hair. “You really had us worried, Ei.”
Eijiro looked down. “Sorry… But I’m all good now! I’m awake and moving!”
“Well, about that.” Eijiro looked over at his father. “We have something that will help you heal significantly faster from the UA nurse but you will probably fall asleep again right after taking it.” Eijiro frowned. “I just woke up!”
Mom giggled. “We know, we know but unless you want to not be able to move your arms when school starts in a few months then you will have to take it.”
Eijiro groaned. “Fiiiiiiiiine…”
“Um, but,” Mom lowered her voice to a quiet whisper, “can you possibly talk with Izuku for a bit before taking it? Or just do something to let him know you are okay?”
Eijiro glanced over at Izuku who was hovering by the door. “What happened? Did he get hurt too?” Mom shook her head. “It’s just… Izuku hasn’t slept or ate since we brought you home and won’t until he knows that you are okay.”
Eijiro blinked. “At all?” Mom shook her head again. “How many days has it been since the exam again?”
“Four.”
Eijiro sighed. “I feel like I shouldn’t be this happy that he was worried about me.” Dad chuckled. “I am going to go get the vile.” Mom and Dad left the room.”
Eijiro looked over at Izuku who watched them leave. Izuku slowly turned his head and met eyes with Eijiro. Eijiro took a deep breath.
“Well!” he said loudly causing Izuku to jump. “I can’t wave you over or get up so come here, man! I’ve missed ya!” Izuku hesitated by the door but came over. Eijiro rolled his eyes. “You can sit down, you know?”
Eijiro grinned when his brother did, hiding the frown when he took in the bags under Izuku’s eyes and how pale he was.
Eijiro nodded. “Close your eyes and lean forward.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “Come on, come on!” Izuku swallowed but did as told.
Eijiro leaned forward a bit, wincing slightly as his ribs were still a bit bruised ached. Eijiro tapped his head against Izuku’s. The greenette flinched but soon relaxed again.
Eijiro held the contact.
“Since I can’t hug you right now,” he chuckled. “But I heard that you’ve been by my side this whole time, Izu. It really means a lot so,” Izuku opened his eyes and they met red to green, “thank you for taking care of me.”
Tears filled his brother’s eyes.
Eijiro felt tears well in his own. “I’m okay now. Because you took such great care of me.” Eijiro could feel Izuku’s body shaking both from tears and from lack of energy and full adrenaline. “Now it is time that you take care of yourself too,” EIjiro stated. “So while I am out with whatever the heck Mom and Dad are about to give me, you sleep too, okay? Then we can both be wide awake and finally hang out together and with all of our friends who I am sure are dying to know how the exam went. Okay?”
Izuku nodded slowly against Eijiro’s forehead. Eijiro laughed and sat up. “Come on, man! You are gonna make me cry!” Izuku chuckled and sat up as well but it came out dry as he tried, and failed, to dry his own eyes.
“I- I- I was s- so- I was- I w- was so w- worried! I- I- I’m so glad- so- so gl- glad that y- you are o- okay!”
Eijiro felt tears run down his cheeks. “I- I’m sorry for w- worrying you, man.”
The two ‘hugged’ again, not wanting to break the minimal contact, both crying. When they finally calmed down, Mom and Dad reentered the room. Izuku lingered a bit before leaning back up and standing. Dad sat down beside Eijiro.
“Alright,” he started, “this may sting a bit.” Eijiro nodded and looked back up at Izuku. “Remember our promise! If I wake up and you are sitting at my bedside again I get to whack you!” Izuku chuckled, wiping his eyes dry. “O- okay.”
Eijiro grinned.
Dad slowly unwrapped Eijiro’s arms. It hurt a lot but Eijiro took it with a straight face. If he showed much pain now then Izuku really wouldn’t go to sleep. Dad lowered Eijiro down to a laying position before straightening out the red-heads arms to rest by his sides. Eijiro had to bite his tongue to not react, tears pricking at his eyes.
“Okay, I am going to inject you with this serum, alright?” Dad asked. Eijiro nodded, not trusting his voice to not crack.
The needle pricked into his skin. Eijiro choked a bit as he felt the liquid enter his body. Izuku lurched forward but Mom held him back.
“I- I’m fine, Izu,” he reassured his brother. “J- just a bit sore…” Eijiro could feel his bones shifting and his energy getting sapped. “Just a bit…”
He blinked once.
Twice.
And then fell asleep when his eyelids closed again.
_______________________________
Izuku watched as Eijiro fell asleep again.
He’s okay…
Everything seemed to blur together as the adrenaline died down.
Eijiro’s okay.
Izuku felt lightheaded. He looked down at his hands. They were shaking so much.
Everyone is okay.
“Izuku?” The greenette looked up slowly at his father who had crouched before him but Izuku couldn’t really make him out. All the lines and colors were mixed and muddled together. Dad waved a hand in front of his eyes. “Hey, bud, are you listening?” Was he talking? Oh. Izuku blinked slowly. I should reply.
“Dad-” Izuku’s legs gave out from beneath him.
“Woah there!” Dad caught him by the arms. Izuku furrowed his eyebrows as he held himself up shakily, clinging to the raven-haired man. “What’s…?”
“Careful. It’s just the adrenaline wearing off,” Dad stated. “And you haven’t eaten or slept in a while. Let’s get you in bed.”
Izuku heard the man but the words didn’t really register. Everything was fuzzy. He looked past Dad and back at Eijiro. “E- Ei.”
“Eijiro is resting. Both of you need to rest.” Dad looked up at Mom who was behind Izuku. “Can you go warm up some chicken broth? He needs to eat something before he lays down.” Mom nodded and left. “Do you think you can make it to your bed?” Dad asked the greenette. Izuku nodded. Of course. He was fine. He just got dizzy for a second. Dad stood up. Izuku looked over at his bed.
“Izuku?”
That’s funny… His body wasn’t moving forward but he was sure he was trying. Izuku looked up at the ceiling. Is it supposed to be spinning like that? Is something wrong with the house?
Dad’s hand came into view. Izuku’s eyes followed it back and forth. Back and forth. Back and forth…
_______________________________
Asa swallowed a sigh.
He hated to call his son this but Izuku really was an adrenaline junky putting himself in this kind of state. Asa watched as Izuku seemed to find much fascination with the hand Asa was waving over his face. Yuma pushed the door open with a bowl of warm chicken broth. Asa hummed. He put his hand down. Izuku’s eyes kept moving for a moment before he blinked and realized that nothing was there.
Wow.
It was truly amazing how the boy was even standing and yet was almost completely asleep. Izuku probably had the fastest reaction time Asa had seen and seeing the boy react so slowly was sort of off settling.
Asa bent down and scooped the boy up, not bothering to ask because he knew Izuku probably wouldn’t reply or even realize that he had been transferred to his bed. Asa took the bowl from Yuma and placed it in the boy’s lap.
“I know you are tired but I need you to drink some of this before you go to sleep.”
Izuku, bless his heart, tried really hard but his hands were shaking so much that by the time the spoon was at his mouth all of the broth had spilled back into the bowl.
Asa chuckled and took the spoon. Just like with Ei, he helped Izuku drink the broth.
“And I thought Ei was the one who got hurt,” Asa joked.
Izuku’s head shot up. Asa shook his head frantically. “Wait, no.” Dang it, bad choice of words. I didn’t think he was actually listening. “Ei is perfectly fine. He is sleeping.” Green eyes blinked rapidly.
He is trying to stay awake now. Asa handed the half-emptied bowl back to Yuma. “Alrighty, here we go.” He guided Izuku to lay down. Izuku attempted to struggle, to reach out to Eijiro, but the adrenaline had already worn off. His movements were sloppy and slow.
“Ei…” the greenette cried out weakly, trying to sit up again.
“Ei is fine,” Asa pulled the blanket back over Izuku. He softly placed his hands over Izuku’s eyes. “He is fine. Go to sleep, Izu.”
There were a few beats before Asa saw the steady rise and fall of Izuku’s chest and removed his hand to see the boy fast asleep.
“I am going to be staying with them tonight,” Asa announced as he entered the kitchen to greet his wife. Yuma hugged him. “You are exhausted, dear.” Asa wrapped his arms around her. “I know but I really need Izuku to sleep a full eight hours tonight and I have to make sure that Eijiro doesn’t move around in his sleep.” Yuma looked up at him. “You know Izuku never sleeps longer than four and that drug will keep Eijiro in place.”
Asa sighed. “There is no guarantee and Izuku will if he has someone there to calm him when he is having a nightmare.”
Yuma placed her hand on his cheek. “I’ll stay up then. You need to go rest, Asa.” Asa shook his head, straightening up. “I’ll be fine. You are just as exhausted as me.”
Yuma sighed. “I won’t be able to talk you out of this.”
Asa chuckled. “Go to sleep, Yuma,” he kissed her forehead. Yuma smiled softly. “Come get me if you need me.”
Asa reentered the boy’s bedroom and sat in the middle of the two beds. He took a deep breath and prepared himself for the long night.
And a long night it surely was.
Eijiro did, in fact, try to move a few times but Asa was quick to stop and settle the boy back down so he would not hurt himself.
Izuku had a surprising and yet not at all surprising amount of nightmares. There was a constant battle of Asa calming him down in time before the boy actually woke up. A few times Asa had to keep Izuku from crying out so Eijiro wouldn’t wake up.
As if he had an internal clock, Izuku did wake up at the four-hour mark, startling Asa as he repositioned Ei when the greenette suddenly sat up, rubbing at his eyes. Asa ever so subtly turned the alarm clock away from Izuku so he would not see the time as Asa passed by and sat beside him.
“Da-d?” Izuku turned to look at him with tired eyes.
More than when Izuku woke up screaming or the times he would barricade himself in the bathroom or when he would be so unaware of his surroundings that accusing and terrified eyes would be directed at him, more than all of that, what hurt Asa the most was when Izuku would wake up crying and not even realize he was crying. Like now. Izuku was looking at Asa so innocently but a steady stream of tears kept flowing from the green orbs. It was a reminder that no matter how ‘normal’ Izuku might seem when awake, he was still trapped in his own mind when he fell into the world of unconsciousness that would follow him into the waking world and he wouldn’t even know it.
Asa reached over and ruffled the boy’s hair. Izuku leaned into the touch ever so slightly.
Izuku reacts to touch better when he is asleep than awake. It’s why Asa stayed by the boy’s side. The greenette is an incredibly light sleeper and that is why touch works to calm him down when he is still asleep. Izuku is always somewhat aware of his surroundings even when asleep so when Asa does something as simple as pat his head or hold his hand, Izuku will immediately latch, using whatever it is as a sense of stability in the storm in his head.
-----
‘-developmental delays from blunt force trauma.’
-----
Asa had started Izuku on a schedule of showering in the morning instead of at night so the warm water would get his blood flowing because it would drop in the night. At fourteen years old, Izuku was almost child-like in the morning or when it came to people in general. A very underdeveloped sense of understanding of them but also a child-like need for that sense of connection he was denied for so long.
Asa had considered taking Izuku to get checked to see if he actually did have brain damage or developmental issues but at the time the concern came up they could not risk taking Izuku to someone who would have to be invasive of his privacy to take the tests and they sort of just adapted.
It was really only noticeable in the mornings or when they were at home anyways since Izuku was always so cautious in public.
“Shhh…” Asa gently pushed Izuku back down. “No, no, no,” Asa shook his head as Izuku tried to get back up. “You have time. Everything is alright.” Asa combed his fingers through the boy’s hair which Izuku always seemed to respond to the most. The internal battle of Izuku’s internal clock and his obvious need for more sleep was clearly visible as Izuku kept shaking himself awake with small little jolts and shivers. Asa reached over and grabbed the Present Mic plushie from the end of Izuku’s bed, placing it under the boy’s arms.
“Go back to sleep, Izu. I’ll be here when you wake up.”
Izuku’s eyes studied Asa for a long time, the unspoken: ‘Promise?’ lingering in the air.
Asa smiled softly. “I promise.”
The need for sleep won the war and Asa soon found himself pulling the covers over the boy’s shoulders as the greenette curled himself into a ball that Asa had come to realize was a subconscious effort for Izuku to protect himself while he slept vulnerably.
There was a quiet groan from Eijiro. Asa rolled the chair over to his son’s side.
It was a very long night.
_______________________________
Eijiro blinked his eyes open.
“Good morning,” came a whisper from the side of his bed. Eijiro looked over to see Dad sitting beside him.
“Mor- *YAWN* -ning.”
“How are you feeling?”
Eijiro wiggled his fingers. They felt a bit tingly. “Better, I think.” Dad hummed. The man helped him up. “Let’s not put too much strain on them for a couple of days.” Eijiro nodded. “Mom is in the kitchen making breakfast. You want to go eat?”
Eijiro nodded. “I’m starving!” Dad chuckled and pats his back. “Go on and eat then.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “Are you not coming?” Dad shook his head. “Not until Izuku wakes up but it should be any time now since he has basically doubled his time.”
Eijiro blinked. Oh yeah! He looked past Dad seeing Izuku curled up around a Present Mic plush sleeping.
“C- can I stay here too?” he asked.
“You need to ea-”
“I know,” Eijiro cut in. “I just… I feel like he might, I dunno, just-”
“I get it,” Dad hummed. He nodded his head to the side. “Come on. Bring your chair over.”
_______________________________
No…
Stop…
Please…
I won’t do it again…
Come back…
Let me out…
I’ll be good.
I’ll be good!
Wait.
Where are you going?
You are coming back, right?
Come back!
Please!
LEt Me OuT!
MoM!
PLeAsE!
- A light. Something warm. -
Come back!
Don’t leave me!
You are there, right?
You hear me.
But you don’t care.
No one cares…
- Something safe. Holding him. Rocking him. -
I’m alone.
Lost.
Scared.
Someone?
Anyone?
Please…
I’ll be good.
I promise.
I won’t speak unless spoken to.
I’ll be quiet.
I won’t eat unless you tell me to.
I won’t be greedy.
I’ll do anything just…
- Calm. Good. Someone whispering sweet nothings. They feel safe. Like home. -
Let me out…
-----
Izuku peeled one eye open.
Then the other.
His eyes felt wet and heavy.
Someone was saying something. Someone was holding him. Someone safe.
“Good morning, Izuku.”
His eyes cleared a bit. Izuku tilted his head back against the person’s chest, looking up. The raven-haired man looked back down at him. And smiled. A warm smile. A safe smile. Izuku looked back forward and saw a red-haired boy. Who smiled. A warm smile. A safe smile…
“Ei…?” he asked. His throat felt dry.
The red-head grinned. “Morning, man!”
Izuku hummed. “Mornin’...”
Dad stood up and set Izuku down on the bed. Izuku rubbed at his eyes. “W- wet…?” He missed how his brother’s smile faltered. Izuku wiped at his eyes. “I- it won’t st- stop?” He kept wiping. “W- why?” Dad placed a hand on his head. Izuku looked up. “I- it won’t-”
“That’s alright.” The man smiled. “Go get yourself a shower. You will feel better.”
Izuku let the warm water run over him. It felt nice. He could feel his senses waking up and his blood flowing.
Izuku shut off the water and got dressed. He pulled his green hoodie on over his shirt.
Izuku could hear the sound of laughter from the kitchen from down the hall. Izuku stopped. He looked to the left where the door to the hallway closet stood.
-----
‘Wait! No! Mom, please! I’ll be good!’
Inko glared down at her son as he tried to crawl away. She smirked, knowing he couldn’t while she had his quirk.
‘I should hope so but apparently not. You will have a lot of time to reflect on your mistakes in here.’
‘No! I don’t want to go back in!’
‘That’s the point, sweetie.’
-----
“Izuku?”
The greenette looked forward. Eijiro waved. “Breakfast is ready.” Izuku’s stomach growled loudly. Ei laughed. “Come on, man!” He disappeared back into the kitchen.
Izuku didn’t spare the closet another glance as he walked past it and took his seat by his family.
And they laughed and joked and talked about their plans for the day.
Mom wasn’t going to lock him in the closet.
Dad wasn’t going to abandon them.
Eijiro was fine and awake and not hurt.
“Izuku?”
The greenette took a bite of his french toast. He hummed in content. “Sweet…”
And they laughed again and just for a second, the storm in Izuku’s mind came to a halt.
_______________________________
Yuma smiled as she watched her family eat.
It was little moments like these that made one think that everything was perfectly normal. Eijiro was healing, Asa was joking, Izuku was smiling.
“Be safe, you two.” She waved as Izu and Ei walked down their pathway to go see their friends. Arms from behind wrapped around her waist. She smiled and leaned against her husband. “Everything is back to normal, hmm?” he asked.
“Yeah.” Yuma turned around in his hold, getting on her toes to kiss him. “You,” she smiled, going back on her feet, “need a nap.” Asa chuckled, lowering his head onto her shoulder.
“You have no idea how tired I am.”
Yuma giggled and closed the door.
_______________________________
“KIRI!!!!!”
Mina threw herself off of the swing as she saw her friends walk into the park. She all but crashed into him.
“Oof!”
“Minaaaaa. He’s hurt,” Hino sighed.
Kiri chuckled. “My arms are a bit sore, that’s all.” Mina let go of him. She grabbed his arms and narrowed her eyes. “AH HAH!” Mina pointed to the newfound scars on Kiri’s forearms. They were jagged and uneven from where his quirk had cracked. “Battle scars!” Kiri blushed.
“B- Battle scars…?”
Mina grinned and let go. “Yup!”
Mori hummed. “Now you and Izuku really do look like brothers.”
The brothers looked at each other. Kiri laughed loudly. Izuku snickered his quiet little laugh.
Mina paused. As did Furuya and Hino and Mori.
He’s laughing… at his scars. Izuku is usually so self-conscious about them.
Mina grinned and wrapped her arms around the boys.
The three finally told the tales of their exams and the group listened in anticipation.
“So when do the results come in?” Furuya asked.
Izuku shrugged. “I- it will take a- a bit because th- th- there were s- so manae people.”
“That makes sense. UA always has a lot of people.”
“Well…” Hino pulled a card out of her pocket. “Mine came in!”
“Wait, when?!” Mina gasped.
“Two days ago,” Hino replied. “I wanted to wait to open it with everyone.”
Kiri chuckled. “Sorry for making you wait.” Mina slapped the boy lightly on the shoulder. “Shut it, boy! You got hurt.”
"And you just hit the hurt boy," Kiri smirked. Mina stuck her tongue out at him. She turned back to Hino. “Sooo… What does it say!?”
Hino tore the seal and pulled out the card and skimmed over it. “I…”
“You…?”
“I…”
“You…?!”
Hino grinned and looked up. “I got in!”
They beamed.
“That’s great!”
“Congrats, man!”
“G- great job.”
“We need to celebrate!” Mina punched the air. Hino giggled. “Not right now. Let’s wait until we all get our results. I don’t think we have enough money to celebrate every time we get a card.” Mina pouted but quickly lightened up. “Okay then. Whenever we get a card from our respective school then we have to text the group chat.”
They all nodded.
_______________________________
Eijiro glanced over at Izuku nervously.
I need to tell him. He was obviously skeptical when I was describing the exam at the park. But I promised All Might that I wouldn’t…
He took a deep breath. “Izuku, do you wanna go play catch?” The greenette looked up from his book and nodded, setting it to the side.
Eijiro and Izuku tossed the ball back and forth outside for a while before Eijiro decided on how to approach this.
“Izuku,” he started nonchalantly, “you are the pro on quirks,” the greenette caught the ball, raising an eyebrow on that comment, “is it possible for a quirk to mutate at a late age?” Izuku blinked a few times before tossing the ball.
“I- it’s not u- unheard of… U- usually q- quirks just grow stronger w- with age a- and trainin’ b- but there ‘ave b- been times wh- when a quirk ‘as m- mutated.”
Eijiro hummed, throwing the ball back. “I think my quirk mutated.”
Izuku paused. He threw the ball back much more lightly than before.
“Like, remember when I was telling you guys about the exam?” Eijiro asked. Izuku nodded. “I dunno, man, it was just so strange. That whole day my arms and legs were tingling for some reason and then it all just went kablam!” Eijiro threw the ball off. Izuku deadpanned. “S- sorry.” Izuku waved him to keep going as he went to retrieve the ball.
“B- but yeah, my quirk has never done that before,” Eijiro continued. “D- do you think it mutated?”
Izuku got back to his spot and threw the ball again. “M- maybae? Y- you ‘ave b- been trainin’ it a l- lot more re- recentlae but I- I don’ think that i- it would ‘ave such b- big drawbacks or mu- mutate so harshlae.”
Eijiro hummed. He looked down at the jagged scars on his forearms.
“I- is there somethin’ th- that ya aren’t t-tellin’ me?”
Eijiro froze. He looked up and swallowed thickly when he met the cold, calculating eyes of his brother. Every once in awhile Eijiro was reminded that no matter how much Izuku has grown or how long he had been off of the streets Izuku very much did live on the streets for four years as an illegal vigilante and had gone far enough to hold a gun to someone’s head without hesitation. This aura was only felt during a villain attack that they happened to pass by, late nights when Izuku did not sleep and would be found pacing in the living room, or… when he found something that he did not trust. Right now, Izuku had that gaze pointed at Eijiro and it was as though ice had been dropped down Eijiro’s back.
“W- well, not r- really, but, like, it’s a bit odd to explain…” he twiddled his thumbs. Eijiro trained his eyes on the ground. He could almost feel the dangers of Izuku’s eyes stabbing into him. The tension was suffocating.
Eijiro flinched when Izuku sighed. “Sorrae…” Eijiro’s head snapped up. Izuku wasn’t looking at him anymore, instead, sitting down in the grass with his head down. “I- I don’ mean ta m- make ya uncomfortable… I- I don’ reallae know ‘ow t- ta ‘andle th- these sorts of thangs…”
“Hey, man…”
Izuku shook his head. “Y- you ‘ave a r- right to yer privacae. Eijiro took off his glove and went over to Izuku, sitting beside him.
“Let’s talk.”
Izuku glanced up at him.
Eijiro took a deep breath. “First off, I’m sorry.” Eijiro swallowed. “I- I did try to cover it up under the guise of a mutation which isn’t technically wrong but more like a cheap half-excuse out. I should have been straight with you from the start.”
Izuku blinked, almost stunned. “Th- thank you…?”
Eijiro chuckled. “Izu,” he started slowly, “I know you have a hard time trusting others a- and I don’t want to do anything that makes you not trust me but this is something I cannot tell you. At least, not now.”
Izuku nodded slowly. “I- I don’t want t- to not tr- trust you. I- I mean, like, I- I do trust y- you but I just… I don’t kn- know ‘ow ta p- put it… I- it scares me t- to not know?”
Eijiro nodded. “I know it does and I am sorry that I can’t tell you this right now but I promise that this is not something that will hurt you or put you in any danger.”
Izuku looked up skeptically. “Wh- what about you?”
Eijiro took a double-take. “Me?”
Izuku nodded. “W- will it hurt y- you?”
Eijiro chuckled. “Not at all.”
Izuku tilted his head towards the sky, closing his eyes and taking a few deep breaths.
Eijiro felt bad. Izuku was trying so hard to trust him and get past his own barriers and here Eijiro was just pushing the limits.
“Izuku?” The greenette opened his eyes slowly. “Is this okay?” Izuku was silent for a long time. If it wasn’t for the periodical shivers from the boy then Eijiro would have thought that Izuku wasn’t going to respond but he knew that the boy would. Izuku took a bit more time than normal to process things, especially when they came to deciding what was safe or not. The small tremors were Izuku remembering things that he didn’t want to remember but also him comparing them to the situation he was currently in.
“Ei…?”
“Hmm?”
“I’m s- scared.”
“I know.”
“I- I don’ want t- ta be hurt.”
“I know.”
“Y- you wouldn’t hurt m- me… would you?”
“Izuku,” Eijiro reached out, watching the string form from Izuku’s chest. He knew that Izuku felt it form even if he wasn’t looking at it. “Can I take it?” Izuku took a shaky breath but nodded. Eijiro took the string. Something he noticed about it was the warmth. The heat of the energy flowing through it and then… the rapid pulses. It took Eijiro a second to realize that was how fast Izuku’s heart was beating. Eijiro smiled sadly. He pulled ever so slightly and let go as Izuku fell forward. Eijiro caught his brother in a gentle hug.
“If,” he whispered, “you trust me enough to hold your strings like that then please trust me when I say that I would never purposefully hurt you. I may make mistakes and accidentally hurt you but never in my conscious waking would I ever try to or ever want to hurt you.”
…
“Do you trust me enough to believe that?”
…
…
…
“Yer…”
Eijiro smiled. “Thank you for believing in me. I promise I will tell you when the time is right.”
“Okay…”
He says that but… Eijiro could feel the small tremors that shook his brother’s body. He wanted to hug him tighter but his arms couldn’t emit that much strength at the moment so instead Eijiro just let Izuku ride out the small panic attack he had been suppressing against his chest. Eijiro owed him that much at least.
“Young Kirishima!” Eijiro ran up to his mentor on the clean beach the next day. “Al- erm, Mr. Toshinori!” There were too many people around to call All Might by his hero name. He stopped in front of his teacher. “How are you feeling?” All Might asked. “That was quite the power you set off there.” Eijiro chuckled, scratching the back of his head. “Better now. I was out for a bit and broke my arms apparently but something from Recovery Girl healed me right up! Ah!” Eijiro held his arms out, showing the new scars. “And these are new too. I think my hardening cracked or something.”
All Might examined his arms. “Do you know what happened?” Eijiro shook his head. “Not really. I remember feeling, like, this weird burning sensation in my body all day and it sort of increased whenever I hardened my body but at the end, when the robot was thrown back, it sort of all expelled at once.”
All Might hummed and put Eijiro’s arms down. “I believe that burning was probably One For All melding with your original quirk. As for the expelling of energy, it was much like One For All but a bit different. How I use it is to increase my overall strength and power output. I think, and this might be just a guess, but considering the nature of your quirk is more like a shield it reacts more like the hero Fatgum’s. Let’s call it a rebound of the strength of some sort. Basically throwing back the power but doubled or even tripled combined with One For All.”
Eijiro’s eyes sparkled. “WOAH! That’s so cool!”
All Might chuckled. “That was just a guess so we will have to see. We will have to fine-tune it quite a bit so that you don’t rebound the strength of One For All at full force on an actual person. First off, your body can’t handle it. Secondly, it would probably kill the person unless they were incredibly strong.”
Eijiro nodded frantically. “Do you think I could use it in other ways too? Like hardening my body more or something? The ultimate shield?!”
“Calm down, my boy!” All Might chuckled, coughing up a bit of blood. “We will have to figure all of that out on a later date.”
Eijiro deflated a bit but instantly perked back up. “The results! When are the results coming in?” All Might shrugged. “In a couple of weeks at least.”
“Do you know if I passed?”
All Might shrugged. “I couldn’t say. I hope you know that I did not give you any favoritism points. Whether you passed or failed was all on you.”
Eijiro nodded sternly. “Thank you.” He bowed. “And thank you for all that you have done for me Al- Mr. Toshinori.” All Might ruffled his hair. “It’s my pleasure.”
Weeks passed. Furuya ended up not making it into her highschool but got into her second choice. Mori made it into his and all that was left was for the three hopeful heroes to receive their letters from UA telling them whether they made it or not.
*knock -*SNAP*- knock knock*
Eijiro looked over at Izuku who was updating a hero notebook at his desk and had snapped his pencil at the knock on the door.
“Calm down, it’s probably just Mom.” Izuku sighed. “You are going to need more pencils at this rate.” Izuku half-heartedly glared at his brother. Eijiro looked at the door. “Who is it?” The door opened to reveal Mom. “Hey, boys, something came in the mail for the both of you today.” Both Izuku and Eijiro looked at each other. Eijiro clambered off of his bed and Izuku stood up sharply. They all but ran up to Mom. She laughed and handed them their cards. Both had a UA insignia on it. Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. His felt heavy and had a weird circular object in it.
“C- can w- we go to th- the park?” Izuku asked. Mom nodded. “Just be back before dinner.”
“Ah!” Eijiro put his hands together. “Can we have a little bit of money for ice cream? We were all planning on celebrating with everyone after we all got our results.”
Mom hummed. “Sure thing! I’ll have it in the kitchen.”
Eijiro grabbed his phone off of his bedside table as she left. “We have to tell everyone.” Izuku nodded.
He opened the group chat: CHILLZONE which was already active.
Mina:
I got my card from UA!!!
Furuya:
Are we meeting at the park?
Mina:
Of course!
Zuku! Kiri! Do you have yours?!
Mori:
I’m on my way.
Kiri:
We just got them!
Zuku:
On our way.
Hino:
Wait for me!
I’m coming!
Mina:
See you all there!
“Come on, Izu!” Eijiro pocketed his phone and letter. Izuku nodded and followed Eijiro into the kitchen where the red-head got some money from Mom.
The two boys ran down the streets of their little town, taking a sharp turn and running into the park where Mori and Furuya were already waiting.
“Hey!” Furuya called them over from the jungle gym. Eijiro skipped over. “Hey!”
“IT CAAAAAAMEEEEE!!!!!”
Everyone looked over their shoulder to see Mina running up.
“Wait for me!” Hino came in last. Mina waved her over frantically. “Come on, come on, come on!” Hino caught up next to the group. “Who goes first?”
“Well Mina looks as though she is about to explode,” Mori commented.
They all looked over at the pinkette. She grinned. “Don’t mind if I do!” She pulled the letter from her pocket and held it out dramatically. *RIP* “The seal has been broken,” she grinned. Hino bumped her shoulder. “We wanna see already!”
Mina waved her. “Fine, fine. Here I go!” She pulled out the letter and read aloud:
“‘Dear Mina Ashido,
Despite your valiant efforts we… regret to inform you that…’”
Mina’s face fell. “I didn’t… pass?”
Eijiro frowned.
“Oh, Mina…” Furuya went in for a hug.
“SIKE!” Mina grinned boldly and flipped the paper around. “I PASSED!” Furuya slapped the pink girl’s shoulder. “Don’t do that to us!” Mina laughed. “Sorry, sorry.” Mori laughed and pats her shoulder. “Congratulations, Mina.
Izuku went next and a lot less boldly but obviously a lot tenser. Eijiro draped his arms over Izuku’s shoulders from behind and peered over. “Calm down, man. You are shaking so much you can’t even open it.” Izuku blushed.
“I- I- I- It’s j- j- just wh- wh- what if I- I-”
“Breathe, Izu.” Eijiro slid off and settled by Izuku’s side. “Here, you pop the seal, I’ll pull it out, okay?” Izuku nodded shakily. The greenette slid his thumb under the seal and gently peeled it off. Eijiro reached forward and slid the letter out.
“Izuku… you have to open your eyes to read it.” The greenette in question had subconsciously squeezed his eyes shut. They opened slowly. Eijiro felt the tension leave Izuku’s shoulders. He pressed up against him. “See?”
Izuku looked up, tears pricking at his eyes. “I- I passed!”
“What were you so worried for!?” Mina ruffled the green floof of hair.
Mori extended a fist bump which Izuku returned with a small *tap*. “Congrats.”
They all turned to Eijiro. “~Last but not least~” Mina sing-songed.
Eijiro nodded and pulled his out. “Here goes nothing!” He popped the seal and pulled out a card and… a strange, circular metal device.
“What is that?” Furuya questioned. Eijiro shrugged. “I don’t know.” He pressed a button and a hologram popped up in front of all of them revealing:
‘I AM HERE! IN HOLOGRAM!!!’
“All Might?!” Mina shouted. Eijiro blinked. Oh no… They don’t know.
‘Congratulations, Young Kirishima, for passing the UA entrance exam. Not only did you pass but you seem to have inspired your fellow test taker. Take a look!’
The screen changed again.
“U- Uraraka?” Izuku questioned.
‘U- Umm, excuse me? Sorry for bothering you, Present Mic, sir,’ Izuku’s face visibly lightened when the hero came into view, even if it was just the back, ‘t- the boy with spiky red hair, Kirishima, I think? He has sort of sharp teeth?’
Mina nudged Eijiro’s arm with a sly grin.
‘C- could I possibly share some of my points with him? H- he saved me! If he lost any points from using up his time to save me then please give them to him from mine!’
“Uraraka…”
‘You’re actions,’ All Might’s voice cut through, ‘have touched people. Do not worry! Point-sharing is not allowed and you will be seeing Young Uraraka at school! But that is not all! There was a second part of the exam that no one knew. Rescue points! For what hero school would not have part of their scoring system based on saving people?! Lookie here!’ The screen changed to show all of the rankings for the practical exam. ‘Not only did you pass your UA entrance exam but, with 55 villain points and 53 rescue points,’ The name on the top was… ‘you took first place with a total of 108 points, a new UA high school record!’ Eijiro Kirishima.
Mina jumped on him, almost making Eijiro drop the device. “KIRIIIIIIIII!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
All Might came back on the screen and extended a hand.
‘Young Kirishima, welcome to your hero academia.’
The hologram shut off. Everyone stood in stunned silence. “No way…” Eijiro whispered. “NO WAY!” He was soon enveloped in a massive group hug.
“Congrats!”
“First place!”
“Great job!”
“C- congrats, Ei.”
Eijiro laughed, tears streaming down his face. “We all made it! We all made it into UA!”
Mina nodded and punched the air. “This calls for ice cream!”
“I wonder why only you got a hologram,” Mori pondered as they walked. Eijiro paled.
“Probably because he got first,” Furuya commented.
“Probably.”
Eijiro swallowed a sigh of relief. He was so terrified that All Might would have given something away. Lucky that he got first and could use that as a cover-up.
After buying drumsticks and popsicles at the convenience store, the group of kids went back to the park. Mina thrust her popsicle into the sky.
“To making it into high school!”
“‘To making it into high school!!!’” everyone mimicked, thrusting their own respective ice cream into the air.
The air was filled with laughter and smiles as they all celebrated their victories.
The sun was beginning to go down, the evening glow falling over the park. Furuya and Mori swung on the swings. Hino sat on the jungle gym. Eijiro, Mina, and Izuku lay on their backs in a star-like position facing the sky.
Furuya sighed. “We are going to be high schoolers in two weeks.”
Mori hummed. “You know, I never thought I would find a group of friends like this.” Eijiro turned his head to look at the ginger boy. “Honestly,” Mori continued. “It just sort of happened. I started talking with Zuku during class and then after class and I guess by order of events I met you all and now here we are.”
Hino giggled. “Here we are! I never thought that this would happen either.” She looked down at Mina. “When you sat at our lunch table and announced that we would be having two new eating buddies I didn’t think much of it and then Kiri and Zuku came over and we started talking and now here we are.”
They all laughed quietly.
…
…
…
“I- I,” Izuku started slowly, “I don’ th- think that’s a- a bad thing… ‘’ere w- we are.’ I- it’s like a- a series of coincidence o- or somethin’. I- I,” he voice began to wobble with unshed tears that no one commented on, “I’m so g- glad f- fer these c- coincidences. G- gettin’ o- off the streets, g- gettin’ a- adopted, m- meetin’ all o- of ya. I- I never thought th- that I would m- make it this f- far.”
Eijiro reached over and placed a comforting hand on his brother’s shoulder.
“But you are,” Eijiro commented. “We all are. We all made it.”
…
“Y- yeah!” Izuku smiled, a single tear drifting from his eye and onto the ground. “I- I’m so glad!”
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Izuku picked up his phone.
Toshi:
Did you get your letter from UA?
Izuku:
Yeah.
Toshi:
Did you make it?
Izuku:
Yeah.
Did you?
Toshi:
Yeah.
Izuku:
Congrats.
Toshi:
You too.
< insert picture of Marshmallow >
Marshmallow says congrats too.
Izuku:
< Insert picture of Hime >
Hime says congrats.
Toshi:
We got a form to submit a hero costume outline.
Do you still want to be partners?
Izuku:
I wouldn’t mind.
Toshi:
Is that your way of saying yes without imposing?
…
Toshi:
Well I do too.
Izuku:
Okay.
Toshi:
I was thinking that since we are partners maybe we should have matching hero costumes.
Izuku:
Like the pussy cats?
Toshi:
Yeah.
What do you think?
Izuku:
Let’s do it.
Toshi:
Do you want to come over?
Izuku:
I will ask Mom tomorrow.
Toshi:
Okay.
Have a good night Zuku.
< insert picture of yawning Marshmallow >
Marshmallow says good night.
Izuku:
Goodnight Toshi.
< insert picture of sleeping Hime >
Hime says goodnight.
- Izuku pulled up Shoto’s contact. -
Izuku:
Hey.
…
…
…
Shoto:
Hey.
Did you get it?
Izuku:
Yeah.
I passed.
Did you?
Shoto:
Yeah. I got third place.
Izuku:
Congrats.
Shoto:
You too.
I was going to take the recommendations exam before Endeavor got arrested.
Izuku:
Makes sense.
Shoto:
I feel better somehow by taking the normal exam. I got in just like everyone else.
Izuku:
Yeah.
We are normal people now.
Shoto:
‘Normal.’
Izuku:
Well, ‘normal’ but not.
We have a brand.
Shoto:
Best brand.
Izuku:
Is it?
Shoto:
Not really.
Izuku:
Thought so.
Shoto:
Abused Child Incorporated for life.
Izuku:
Oof.
Shoto:
Yeah.
Izuku:
I guess I will see you in a couple of weeks then.
Shoto:
Yeah.
Good night, Izuku.
Izuku:
Goodnight, Shoto.
Izuku put his phone down.
“You look pleased,” Eijiro commented as he got under the covers. Izuku blinked “I- I guess? Toshi and Shoto g- got in too.” Eijiro grinned. “The whole gang!” Izuku nodded.
Eijiro sighed. “I can’t believe we got in. We are going to be heroes, Izu!”
Izuku chuckled and got under the covers of his own bed. “Yer.”
Eijiro looked over at him and smiled. “Good night, Izu.”
Izuku smiled at his brother. “G- goodnight, Ei.”
_______________________________
…
…
…
“‘Congratulations… Y- Young Kirishima.’”
Eijiro’s heart stopped. The words echoed in his and Izuku’s dark room a few minutes after they had turned off the lights for the night.
“‘C- congratulations,’” Izuku repeated again, “‘Yo-un-g Ki-ri-shi-ma.’ That i- is what A- All Might said. The o- only person wh- who calls ya th- that is M- Mr. Toshinori.”
Didn’t give away anything my butt!
Eijiro sighed and sat up. He turned to the side and turned on his lamp. Izuku sat up as well and turned to face him. Eijiro took one look at his brother’s face and knew that Izuku had already put more than half of the puzzle together.
Eijiro ran a hand through his hair.
“Let me tell you a story.”
And, for the next hour, Eijiro did. He told the story of how he met All Might. The truth about All Might’s quirk and the offer extended to him. The reason behind the secret. He told Izuku about the training at the beach to build his body up and about the wound that All Might had gotten in his stomach. He told the whole thing. All the way up until the UA entrance.
“And that is how I ended up with One For All,” Eijiro finished. “Mom and Dad don’t know either.”
Izuku nodded. Eijiro didn’t know what the greenette was thinking. His face had been carefully leveled throughout the whole thing.
Finally, Izuku spoke.
“I- I’m sorrae.”
Eijiro blinked. I… hadn’t expected that.
“I- I said I w- would give y- ya time b- but-”
“No,” Eijiro cut in. “It isn’t your fault that All Might didn’t stop to think that you or Mom or Dad would see the video. I was wondering why you didn’t mention it when I didn’t tell them about it.” Eijiro chuckled. “I’m surprised that you figured it out though. I hadn’t even realized that he had said it.”
Izuku hummed. “A- are you m- mad at me f- fer findin’ out?”
Eijiro shook his head wildly. “NO!” Izuku flinched. “N- no…” Eijiro said much quieter. “Not at all. I am sorry for hiding it. Are you mad at me?”
Izuku shook his head. “No… I- I understand wh- why that would n- need ta be kept s- secret.”
Eijiro sighed in relief. “You won’t tell Mom or Dad?” Izuku shook his head again. “Thanks, man.”
He flopped back down on his bed.
“Well, now I can’t sleep. Wanna play a game?”
Izuku hummed.
Eijiro sat up and pulled out his game system. Izuku pulled out his own. They waited for the two systems to connect before starting.
They played for a couple of hours before… *thump*.
Eijiro looked over at Izuku. The greenette had fallen asleep mid-game, head leaning on the wall. Eijiro silently chuckled. He got out of his bed and walked over to Izuku’s, shutting off and putting away both of their game systems before laying his brother down and covering him with a blanket.
“I didn’t say it,” Eijiro whispered, “but I am happy for coincidences too.”
He crawled into his own bed, shut off the lamp, and went to bed.
_______________________________
Katsuki Bakugou sat on his bed as he read, re-read, and re-re-read his letter from UA.
“‘Dear Katsuki Bakugou,’”
His eyes narrowed, a growl rising in his throat.
“‘, congratulations on placing second in the UA entrance exam with a total of 91 villain points and 0 rescue points…’”
Katsuki set the card to the side, stood up, and walked over to his punching bag that he used to, as his anger management therapist called it, blow off steam.
*BOOM*
“Second?!”
*BOOM* *BOOM*
“Who the hell placed ahead of me?!”
*BOOM*
“‘Rescue point?!’ What the hell are those?!”
Katsuki ‘blew off’ his anger and frustration on the punching bag late into the night. He panted against it.
“I’ll prove I’m the best… Just you wait, ‘Number 1.’ I’LL be the number one hero.”
Chapter 58: Let's Design A Costume!
Summary:
The characters create their costumes in detail so yeah. There are major differences in most of them.
Chapter Text
*Knock… Knock Knock… Knock*
Shouta looked up from his laptop. Hitoshi’s head popped out of the hallway.
“Excited?”
Hitoshi came out, crossing his arms. “No.”
Shouta rolled his eyes. Yeah right. You’ve been talking about this since Izuku’s parents said yes three days ago. Shouta closed his laptop and got up, leaving it on the coffee table. He crossed the apartment to the door and opened it.
“Hey, kid.”
Izuku looked up at him. “Hey, Sho!” Shouta smirked and ruffled the greenette’s hair. He moved out of the way. “Hitoshi is in the living room.” A beat. “You can go in.” Izuku nodded and entered the house with Kirishima who was apparently the boy’s “artist.” Shouta turned back to Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima.
Mr. Kirishima chuckled. “We are still working on social cues with him.” Shouta hummed. “That’s fine. Thank you for letting him and Kirishima come over.”
“Thank you for having them,” Mrs. Kirishima smiled. “It gives us a good chance to get some alone time.” Shouta hummed. “That’s good. I’ll take good care of them. Is there anything I should know before you two go?”
Mr. Kirishima shook his head knowingly. “Today has been a pretty good day I’d say. Izuku didn’t have a nightmare last night and both he and Eijiro have been really looking forward to this.”
Shouta looked over his shoulder at the three boys who were fawning over the cats. “You…” he looked back at the adults. “Your family has been really a blessing for Izuku. If you had seen him when we first got Izuku off of the streets compared to now you would not have been able to recognize him.” The couple smiled. “He has been a blessing to us as well,” Mrs. Kirishima chirped. “He has really brought out the best in all of us whether he knows it or not. I think our family really came together when Izuku came into our lives.”
Shouta nodded. “I’m glad you stuck with him.”
Mr. Kirishima smiled. “Us too. He still has a lot of nightmares and mental and emotional scarring but I think he has really grown.” The man chuckled. “I sound like a doting father.”
Shouta raised an eyebrow. “That is what you are, isn’t it?”
The man laughed. “You are right about that!”
Shouta hummed. “Well, I’ll leave you to it. I will take care of them well.”
He closed the door and turned back to the boys.
-----
‘Hey, Sho!’
-----
Izuku sounded so happy. He even smiled. Or, well, ‘smiled.’ He tried really hard but it was still good to see that sort of expression after the last time they had seen each other was at the entrance exam and that went about as well as that could considering what happened.
Speaking of which… Shouta’s eyes trailed to the redhead's lower arms. The boy had visible backlash that appeared in the form of jagged scars. Shouta shook his head and walked over.
Hitoshi looked up at him. “Can we start?”
“Yeah,” he replied. “Let’s move to the dining room table.” And they did, all gathering around it. Because Kirishima was going to be their “artist” he sat in the middle with Izuku on his left and Hitoshi on the right. Shouta sat across from them.
“Let’s make sure we are all on the same page before we start this because hero costumes are important.” Shouta looked at the two boys. “I know that when we agreed on your training with us, Izuku, you and Hitoshi said that you wanted to be partners. I am just making sure that is still how you two want it because if you make a name for yourselves as a duo when you become pro’s then it will be very hard to change that.
Hitoshi and Izuku looked at each other, Kirishima sort of leaning back to not be in the way.
“Y- you do still want to… right?” To Shouta’s surprise, and yet not at all, it was Hitoshi who asked.
Hitoshi may not have as many issues as Izuku but he does have abandonment issues and a more mellowed out version of trust issues. He latched onto Izuku quickly. Especially when the two had met the second time so Mary Lou could go out with Hizashi and Izuku complimented his quirk via paper.
When they had begun Izuku training his quirk to be able to use it on his own, Hitoshi voiced his concerns about Izuku not needing him one night when he couldn’t fall asleep.
However, Izuku has really begun growing into his skin and becoming more confident with his quirk. There was always the chance that he wanted to make a name for himself and assert himself as his own person but…
“Yer.”
Izuku had clung to Hitoshi as well. Both having not what one would call the easiest of childhoods, the two found comfort in how they could both be socially awkward around each other and have it not be awkward at all to them.
-----
‘The… what?’ Shouta narrowed his eyes as his son’s first words when Shouta woke up to go on night patrol were:
‘Abused Child Incorporation,’ Hitoshi repeated, looking up from his phone. ‘Izuku and Endeavor’s kid made a sort of ‘brand’ or something called that as a joke.’ He turned his phone around to reveal a group chat labeled that. ‘I’m a part of it now.’
Shouta stared at his son for a long time. ‘That,’ he finally said, ‘is really morbid, kid.’
Hitoshi shrugged. ‘I kinda like it.’
For the life of him, Shouta could not find a response.
-----
Shouta swallowed a sigh as he remembered that conversation.
Birds of a feather flock together. Or something like that.
He nodded. “Alright, just checking. I guess the next thing you have to decide on is the theme.”
“Th- the theme?” Izuku asked.
Shouta nodded. “Currently with your fighting style it is following the,” How do I put this…? “The puppet theme. Do you still want to continue that? A duo completely reliant on each other in that way will also allow for more ways for a villain to take advantage of it.”
The room was silent. Maybe calling it a ‘puppet them’ was a little much but there really wasn’t anything else he could call what it was. Izuku’s quirk was literally called Puppet.
“B- but…” Izuku started hesitantly, “i- if we c- conceal it w- well enough o- or are c- compatible e- enough a- and fight smoothlae th- then there w- won’ be a n- need for openin’.”
Shouta took a sharp inhale of air.
He chuckled. “I never thought I would see the day when you of all people would say something like that.” Izuku tilted his head. “W- what do ya m- mean?” Shouta shook his head. “It’s nothing.” Izuku, you really don’t see how much you have grown.
He glanced over at Kirishima and Hitoshi who were doing a great job at hiding their own surprise but it was still visible. Hitoshi looked back at Shouta and nodded sharply. “Right. And we both also can train to be able to fight on our own because there are bound to be situations where we will have to go it solo.” Izuku nodded. “B- but mostlae t- toghether.”
“Mostly together,” Hitoshi agreed.
Shouta had to work at keeping his face monotone. These two… It was amusing to watch them both as they were coming up with things that would make it possible for them to be a duo no matter what even if they had to deal with the added complications. How strongly the felt about being a team was obvious.
Shouta hummed. “Alright, so are we sticking with the puppet theme? Izuku, do realize this will mean that you will continue to be used like that and that Hitoshi will then become the master of some sort.”
Izuku swallowed.
“No.” All heads turned to Hitoshi. “Yes, we will keep to the puppet theme but never will I just be the ‘master.’” He looked over at Izuku. “You are still very much your own person. I promise I will never take that from you like… she did. If at any point you don’t want me to use your quirk then I won’t.”
Izuku looked down at his hands, clenching and unclenching them. “I… I tr- trust ya, T- Toshi. I- I know you w- won’ t- try anythang o- or to t- take me over a- and that… I think… i- is why I a- am okay with this.” He looked up with determination. “I- I am okay w- with it.”
Shouta narrowed his eyes. “Say that without stuttering and I will believe you.”
Izuku swallowed. He took a deep breath and turned to Hitoshi.
“I… am…” he started slowly, voice carefully leveled. Shouta knew it was hard but his speech imparity was all mental based on Inko Midoriya not allowing him to speak. He needed to be able to voice this specifically without anyone holding him back. He had to say this without that chain of what he was allowed to say and not.
“I am okay… with T- Toshi…” Izuku winced. “I am… okay with Toshi controllin’ me… and bein’ the head… of our duo.”
By no means is Hitoshi a very emotional person but at that moment tears pricked at the edges of his violet eyes. He nodded sharply. “I- I won’t betray your trust. I promise.”
Izuku nodded, smiling his little half-smile that his face could barely emote. “I- I know.” The stutter was back but that was fine. “B- but that d- doesn’t mean th- that ya c- can j- just d- do whateva ya w- want with me.”
Hitoshi chuckled, drying his eyes. “I won’t.”
-----
‘He has been a blessing to us as well,’ Mrs. Kirishima chirped. ‘He has really brought out the best in all of us whether he knows it or not.’
-----
Something in Shouta’s chest tightened but in a good way.
Izuku, whether you know it or not, your existence has been a blessing for Hitoshi as well. I wish you could see just how much he has opened up and grown since knowing you. Someday, when you figure out what it truly means to actually smile fully and when you can take appreciation and love without second-guessing it, I hope you will see just how much you have changed all of us for the better.
Shouta swallowed a laugh.
Heck, I even smile accidentally in front of my class! You are contagious, kid!
Shouta cleared his throat.
“Well then, I believe we can start. I believe you are still going for underground heroes then?”
There was a pause. Izuku looked over at Hitoshi. Hitoshi looked over at him.
“I mean…” Hitoshi started hesitantly, “I think it would be best with our quirks.” Izuku nodded. “Yer. B- both of o- ours are k- kind of the type that c- can be…” He lowered his eyes. “U- used to the v- villains advantage…”
Shouta suppressed a sigh. Sometimes it was easy to forget that in the midst of how much both of them have grown they were very much still abuse victims and their quirks were the sources. It broke Shouta’s heart every time he was reminded of it because he knew exactly what the Kirishima’s meant when they mentioned the mental and emotional scars.
Hitoshi and Izuku both looked down to the side. Kirishima, bless his heart, was in the middle frantically trying to figure out what to do as a solemn air hung in the air now.
There were so many triggers for both Hitoshi and Izuku and sometimes they would just drop like a bomb and the mood would take a massive hit.
Shouta nodded. “Yes, but so could mine.” They glanced over at him. “I mean, my quirk can only be activated if I can see someone which is much harder at night and I’m still an underground hero, right?”
Kirishima visibly relaxed when both Izuku and Hitoshi looked up.
Shouta hummed. “Actually, I think that if we play our cards correctly then your quirks could be very advantageous in the underground.” He turned to his son. “If we found a way to conceal your real voice or your quirk or even just your mouth, we could do so much with it.”
Izuku perked up. “U- um w- we… could…”
“Well don’t just deflate like that,” Shouta pressed. “If you have something you want to say then say it.”
Izuku nodded. “A- a voice changin’ m- mask.”
Shouta nodded. “Okay…?”
Izuku swallowed. “W- well, like, m- maybae we c- could both ‘ave a m- mask t- to cover our m- mouths a- and m- maybae, l- like, they could ch- change voices? L- like a recordin’ de- device on the side th- that c- could record th- the villains voices a- and then w- we could use them m- mid-fight t- to confuse them?”
Shouta nodded. “But why both of you?”
Izuku gestured vaguely to anything around. “S- so they w- wouldn’t k- know which o- one of us i- is talkin’ o- or not know which o- one of us h- has the voice quirk?”
Shouta actually grinned. “Smart kid.”
“And maybe a way we could communicate?” Hitoshi suggested. “Like a muting option where we would talk but maybe an earpiece we would each have would receive it so we could talk from far away without the villains knowing?” Izuku nodded frantically.
The thing about abuse victims is that they know what it means to protect themselves. They are resourceful and think a bit more cunningly than those who haven’t had to be in those positions.
“So let’s start with that,” Shouta said. “We will list out the gear you will need and build the costume around it.”
Kirishima whipped his pencil out. “I’m ready when you are!”
Hitoshi tapped his chin. “So it would have to cover the bottoms of our faces and we will need them to be dark in color because we need to blend in with the dark.”
Izuku nodded. “A- and maybae d- different colors? L- like ‘ow the pussy c- cats have the s- same theme b- but different c- colors?”
Hitoshi nodded. “Both metal, definitely but mine a deep purple?”
“A- and mine a d- dark green? B- but with g- gold accents…?” Hitoshi looked up at him. “Why gold?” Izuku looked down, pulling at the sleeve of his green hoodie.
“I- I know that I- I can’t b- be Golden Whip again… I just…”
Shouta sighed. Golden Whip had a special place in Izuku’s heart as his vigilante persona but also his subconscious effort to be the happy kid he used to be before everything went wrong.
“Okay,” Hitoshi nodded. “That could be part of it. I want silver accents then.” Izuku looked up. Hitoshi ran a finger along his jawline and up to his ears. Purple, or green, all the way up and then the mask could hook on over our ears and behind our heads. The gold and silver could be the parts that cover our ears and hold our hearing devices.”
Izuku nodded slowly. Kirishima sketched it out on a piece of paper. The mask would cover the bottom half of their cheeks and then slope up to cover their noses and it would cover their ears which would be where they held on. Tiny holes were made throughout to allow for breathing.
“Ah, a- and gas f- flitters,” Izuku added upon seeing the holes. Kirishima added a side not about them.
Shouta nodded. “Since both of you don’t have very physical quirks, you are going to need weapons and armor.”
Hitoshi furrowed his eyebrows. “S- so like… metal knuckles or something?”
Izuku nodded. “A- and the tips o- of our shoes too.”
“Izuku, I think you should stick with a whip since you are already trained with it,” Shouta suggested.
“C- could it b- be adhesive? A- and retractable?”
“Eloborate.”
Izuku nodded. “S- so on the s- streets I h- had to m- make do with a- a grapplin’ ‘ook a- and rope b- but i- if my whip c- could stick to a bar o- or somethin’ a- and retract i- it would b- be able to a- act as both.”
Shouta hummed. “I’m sure we could make it work. We will have to check with our support department. Hitoshi?”
“I want a scarf like yours,” he stated. Shouta blinked. The purple-haired boy continued. “I can’t only control Izuku. It would be something like the entrance exam so I need a weapon but if I have something similar to the strings that Izuku uses then the theme would still fit.”
Shouta hummed. “Do you know how hard it is to control my scarf?”
Hitoshi shrugged. “I can learn.”
Shouta chuckled. “If you really want to.”
Hitoshi nodded. “But I don’t want it completely like yours. Maybe around my waist or wrists? Probably smaller versions around my wrists.”
Kirishima’s pencil paused. He looked up at Hitoshi. Then at Shouta. “Can I see this scarf again?” Shouta nodded. “Give me a second.”
He left and came back with his scarf on. Kirishima nodded and drew a similar version around the wrists of the paper for Hitoshi.
Izuku nodded. “S- so armor? G- guns are used a- a lot in the u- underground.”
Hitoshi nodded. “Bulletproof chest plate under whatever our costume is.”
“A- and on our a- arms b- but not too m- much so w- we can still be m- mobile.”
“Yeah.”
“A- and for j- just basic weapons… be- because a whip a- and capture w- weapon is fine and all b- but…”
Hitoshi hummed. “So like knives?”
Izuku nodded. “J- just in case.”
Hitoshi nodded. “Okay. We could have a knife holster on our leg then. Both of us.” Izuku nodded.
Shouta ran a hand through his hair. Man, street kids and abuse victims are a lot more vicious then one would think when they talk about things like this.
“Let’s move on to costume design then,” Shouta suggested. The boy’s eyes lit up. At the end of the day, traumatized or not, they were still teenagers and wanted to look cool. Even Izuku had chosen a costume for Golden Whip when he was on the streets. “So, since this is going to be a puppet and puppet master relationship, I think your costumes should reflect that.”
Hitoshi nodded. “That makes sense.” He looked over at Izuku. “So I was thinking something sort of formal.” Izuku tilted his head. “Like,” Hitoshi gestured to his own body, “a suit with a tailcoat? Kind of fitting the ‘master’ vibe?” Izuku hummed. “O- okay…”
“So a black undershirt that looks like a button-up but is actually super moveable in with a silver tie and a dark purple tuxedo coat with a tailcoat going to my knees.”
They gave Kirishima a minute to draw it.
Izuku looked up and deadpanned. “A- are ya goin’ w- without pants?”
Hitoshi glared at him. “Of course not. Black pants that look like slacks but are flexible, or course.” Kirishima chuckled and drew them in.
“What color do you want your knife holster?” Kirishima asked.
Hitoshi looked up. “Matching?” Izuku nodded. Hitoshi looked back at the paper. “So black. Oh, can you make a side note that the hilt should be black but my blade be tinted purple?” Kirishima nodded.
Hitoshi hummed. He turned to Izuku. “So boots?” Izuku nodded. “Okay, then I’ll have dark purple combat boots and we decided on metal encasing the toes so that and the soles and bottoms will be silver. Izuku, what do you think about gloves?”
The boy shrugged. “I- I can u- use my quirk w- with them on s- still.”
Hitoshi nodded. “Silver gloves then that stop just after the palm of my hand with the metal knuckles. Oh, could my capture weapons on my wrists be black?” Kirishima nodded and shaded them in.
Kirishima held up the paper. Shouta smirked as Hitoshi’s eyes sparkled.
“T- the way y- yer ‘air stands u- up w- will reallae fit,” Izuku commented. Hitoshi nodded. “Your next.” Izuku nodded and leaned over. “S- so since I- I will be the u- um… doll… I th- think n- no tail c- coat o- or even tuxedo b- because that i- is for the m- master.”
Shouta frowned.
He understood the reasoning but he hated the wording. Still, if they were going down the puppet path then this was how it was going to be.
“S- so a black undershirt like T- Toshi’s b- but ‘ave the sleeves o- only go d- down to m- my elbows? A- and maybae a- a dark green, sleeveless v- vest? A- and instead o- of the silver tie a- a golden bowtie?”
“Bowtie?” Hitoshi asked.
Izuku nodded. “So w- we both ‘ave a t- tie but th- there is l- like a different f- feel?” Hitoshi hummed and Izuku continued after Kirishima finished drawing. “O- oh, and still the m- metal a- armor though o- on my arms. J- just strapped on.” Kirishima added it. “S- same pants and holster b- but if we a- are doin’ tinted b- blade then black hilt a- and green-tinted blade.” He paused. “O- oh, and m- my whip on my s- side… golden.” Kirishima nodded and doodled it in. Izuku scanned over it. “D- dark green combat boots w- with the metal t- toes a- and golden soles and b- bottoms.”
Izuku looked up. “Gloves?” Hitoshi nodded. “Gloves.” Izuku looked back down. “The s- same gloves as T- Toshi b- but gold. A- and the metal knuckles.”
Izuku looked to the side a bit.
“What is it, kid?” Shouta asked.
Izuku took a deep breath. “O- on my mask… could I a- add sort of antenna t- to the ear p- parts that stick u- up?”
Hitoshi tilted his head. “What for?”
Izuku bit his lip. “S- so it looks l- like a controlling d- device?”
Everyone’s eyes widened.
“I- it would fit th- the theme…” Izuku stated.
Hitoshi frowned. “Are you sure about that?”
Izuku nodded. “I- If we a- are goin’ ta do this th- then minus well g- go all of the w- way.”
Kirishima’s pencil hesitated over the ears to the mask. He glanced up at Shouta for confirmation. Shouta closed his eyes and took a deep breath. He opened them and nodded. Kirishima frowned, obviously uncomfortable about adding that to his brother’s costume but doing it anyway.
Izuku tilted his head. “I- it…”
“Just a little something,” Kirishima commented as he lifted his pencil. Shouta tilted his head. It took him a moment to realize that they looked like, still antenna but golden bunny ears.
Izuku blinked. “I- it’s… cute.”
Hitoshi chuckled and the tense atmosphere dissolved.
Izuku suddenly sat up. “I- is that what s- she meant?” He looked over at Kirishima who looked up at him.
“What who meant?” Shouta asked.
Kirishima blinked before a laugh tore itself from his lips. Izuku blushed furiously. Shouta and Hitoshi looked at each other in confusion. “What happened?” Hitoshi asked.
Kirishima took a deep breath. “A- a- a girl!” he choked out through laughs.
Izuku placed his face in his hands to hide a blush. “Ei…”
Kirishima just laughed harder. Shouta and Hitoshi waited for the brothers to somewhat collect themselves before Kirishima placed a hand on Izuku’s shoulder and turned to them.
“On the last day of school,” he swallowed another laugh, “a- a girl asked f- for Izu’s phone number and called him cute and pfft…”
Izuku dropped his head on the table.
“And Izuku turned to me a- and asked what it meant!” Kirishima laughed.
“Pfft,” Hitoshi covered his mouth, turning to the side to hide his own laugh. Izuku groaned. “I- I didn’ kn- know…”
Shouta smirked. “You kids…”
Much to Izuku’s embarrassment, that cleared the air after adding the ‘antenna.’
Kirishima pulled out his colored pencils and colored in everything that the boys had asked for. He slid the two papers to the middle of the table side-by-side.
“Here they are!”
Izuku and Hitoshi stood up and leaned over to get a better view. The looked up at each other and BEAMED.
_______________________________
Shoto lay in his room on his phone scrolling through the list of hobbies.
So far he and Izuku have tried cooking, which he almost burned down the kitchen, knitting, which was incredibly boring, and music, which Shoto had no talent for.
He sighed. Nothing seemed to really pique his interest.
Until it did.
Shoto paused when he read the words: Ice Sculpting.
He sat up in bed, looking it up.
The more he looked into it, the more it seemed to increase in difficulty and yet… Shoto was intrigued.
Shoto got up and left his room, heading down the hall where he could hear Fuyumi making dinner. He paused outside the small kitchen and knocked on the wall. She looked over at him. “You know you could just say that you are here, right, Shoto?” The bi-colored boy shrugged. “Do you need anything?” Shoto walked up to her. “I found something,” he stated, showing her the article on ice sculpting.
Fuyumi who, bless her heart, has been a great big sister and supported Shoto as he tried to find his own path in life looked up with a smile.
“Shoto. We have no way you could actually practice this.”
Shoto looked back at his phone screen, continuing to scroll. “I could make the ice.”
“What about the tools?” she asked. “We don’t have the money.”
Shoto hummed. “I could take the recycling to the trade shop and trade it in. I would only need the beginner tools. And a bucket for when it melts.” Fuyumi took a deep breath. “If you feel like you really want to try this then…” Shoto looked up at her. She smiled. “Okay. I’ll make sure to hold out all of the recycling for you and see what I can do. Okay, Shoto?”
Shoto nodded. “Thank you, Fuyumi.”
As Shoto turned to go back to his room, he didn’t miss the look of pity his sister gave him. And guilt.
He knows. He knows that his siblings feel bad for not standing up to Endeavor in any of the ten years of abuse that he went through. He wished they didn’t. It wasn’t their fault. They couldn’t do anything. They shouldn’t feel bad. They were out now and that’s what mattered.
Shoto closed his door and sighed.
He supposed that his lack of emotion and social disconnect didn’t help. Nor his constant nightmares or lack of response when either of his siblings spoke to them because he hadn’t realized they were because he had gotten so used to no one talking to him while in the house. Endeavor’s house was a “it is better to be seen than heard” sort of house.
Shoto didn’t mean to be this way. He didn’t mean to accidentally ignore people or to come off as stand-offish because he didn’t show any interest even if he actually did. He didn’t mean to wake up every night or to sit in his room every morning for an hour after waking up waiting for his abuser to come in even though he knew he wouldn’t until either Fuyumi and Natsuo called him on his phone to remind him and shake him out of the sleep daze that made him believe otherwise.
He leaned against the door looking down.
“Dang it…”
Shoto slid down to the floor, holding his head in his hands.
_______________________________
Natsuo stood outside Shoto’s door with his hand raised to knock.
He froze. Inside he could hear uneven and fast breathing.
Natsuo glared down at the ground.
It was a common thought that passed his mind: I should have stood up. I should have protected him. I’m the big brother here. I should have been there for him, Endeavor be screwed.
Now they lived in an apartment without Endeavor but the only thing that seemed to change was that there was no longer the constant yelling and screams of pain from the ‘training room.’ There were a few things. Shoto was being a bit more active, trying to find things to do to fill the gap of that training because he had more time. He had time to be himself except… himself was gone. Natsuo remembered when Shoto was a little kid before he got his quirk, and even for a bit after he got it. He used to be such a happy kid.
That all changed when Mom snapped.
Smiles went away. Shoto never looked at his siblings and they weren’t allowed to look at him. In fact, they hardly did. They would see him in passing being dragged by Endeavor to ‘train.’ Other than that the only way they could know that Shoto was actually still there was the screams and in the morning at five when he would wake up early just to get out of the house before school so Endeavor couldn’t be the one to wake him up.
It is all Endeavors fault...
Now Shoto stayed in his room most of the time. He wondered if it was habitual.
Natsuo remembered the first morning they woke up here. He left his room and looked down the hall to see Fuyumi outside Shoto’s room with her hands up.
Natsuo went over and looked in to see Shoto plastered against the wall on his bed, ice covering every inch of the room.
Now they always called first or knocked and even then Shoto always looked left to right when leaving his room.
Natsuo took a deep breath and knocked on the door. The sporadic breathing halted.
“Shoto, we are eating dinner.”
That was another thing. They always had to say Shoto’s name before talking to him. He had gotten so used to never being talked to aside from the yelling from Endeavor that he no longer realized when someone was actually talking to him specifically unless they addressed him. There were just so many tiny psychological issues that Shoto had forced onto him and it angered Natsuo that his KID BROTHER had to deal with that.
He heard shuffling and then the door opened. Shoto looked tired and Natsuo had to wonder how long he was dealing with his panic attack before Natsuo knock. Shoto never told anyone about his panic attacks or about his nightmares. They always heard him wake up from them though. He didn’t wake up screaming but he would sit up with a gasp, panting, and they had thin walls in the apartment.
Natsuo jerked his head. “Come on, let’s go eat.”
As they walked down the hall, Natsuo hardly heard Shoto’s footsteps behind him. They were so quiet, a silent reminder to the fear he had of even being heard in his own house.
As they ate, Fuyumi and Natsuo talked about their days and about the jobs they had gotten. Shoto was listening, he thinks. Shoto sort of just sits there and eats in silence until someone talks to him. And they do. When school was in session they would actually be able to hold something of a conversation with the boy but now it was summer break and they had jobs meaning they were gone a lot and when they asked Shoto what he did during the day he really didn’t have much to say.
“Shoto,” Fuyumi addressed the boy, “have you designed your costume for UA yet?” The boy looked up and shook his head.
“Do you have any ideas?”
He shrugged. “A bit.”
“Like what, Shoto?” Natsuo joined in.
The boy looked down at his food. “White,” he stated. “And gold.”
“Gold?”
“And maybe red. I am still deciding.”
Fuyumi hummed. “Sounds cool, Shoto. Will you show us when you are done?” Shoto looked up. “If you want to see it.”
Natsuo nodded. “Of course we do, bro! We love knowing how our brother is doing!” Shoto blinked at him. “Yeah…”
Natsuo sighed as he watched Shoto close the door to his room again after dinner.
“Give him time,” Fuyumi pat her brother's shoulder.
Natsuo nodded. “I know. I just wish I could do something.”
“I know…”
Natsuo joined her on the couch.
“Say,” Fuyumi started, “what exactly does one need for ice sculpting?” Natsuo looked over at her with narrowed eyes. “Please don’t tell me that is what he is trying this time…” Fuyumi giggled. “I never expected Shoto to choose so many different things to try either!”
Natsuo sighed. “I have no clue. That has got to be the strangest thing that he tried yet. I still have that scarf with holes in it from his knitting phase.”
Fuyumi sighed. “I have the hat.”
Natsuo pulled out his phone. “Let’s see.”
Natsuo and Fuyumi decided that they would help Shoto pursue his strange hobbies that he randomly started bringing up after his National’s trip.
It was their own personal way to support their little brother.
_______________________________
Shoto closed his door.
A hero costume… Hero costume… I have no idea.
*Ding Ding*
Shoto looked over at his phone on his bedside table. He picked it up and opened it.
Izuku:
< insert picture of drawn hero costume with Izuku >
< insert picture of drawn hero costume with Shinsou >
Shoto blinked. Shinsou was the newest member of Abused Child Incorporated. Shoto had never seen the boy outside of pictures but Izuku seemed to be okay with him and he fits the brand. Shoto was a bit jealous when he first heard that Izuku and Shinou were going to be partners on the hero field. He didn’t know why. It was fine. Shinsou is one of them now.
Shinsou:
Zuku, why are you sending that?
Izuku:
Why not?
Shoto:
They are cool.
Izuku:
Have you drawn yours?
Shoto:
Not yet.
I am still deciding.
Izuku:
Show us when you do?
Shoto:
Okay.
Shouta put down his phone.
Hero costume…
He thought back to his original plans for one. It wasn’t very showy and too be honest he wasn’t the fondest of it. He just threw something together for the sake of it and to appease his previous caretaker but Izuku was obviously excited about his and about seeing what Shoto came up with so Shoto figured he better deliver.
Shoto sat down at his desk and pulled out a piece of blank paper.
He originally had gone with a blue jumpsuit but… He thought back to the ice sculpting. Maybe he could base it off that. Sure, Shoto had come to terms with his fire but he still very much preferred his ice. There are regional heroes. He could be a hero in the snowy mountains or mountain cities. Well, villages. If he stuck with ice sculpting it would fit the theme. So maybe something icy?
Shoto wasn’t the best at drawing so instead he pulled up a body outline on his computer and traced the outline onto his paper.
Shoto drew on the same blue jumpsuit but instead left it completely white.
If I go into the snowy mountains then I will have to be able to be seen somehow.
He reached up and felt his red hair. Shoto hummed and sketched on the best red snow boots he could. Shoto put white fur around the tops and made a note that they should be soft on the inside and that the soles should be mobile in the snow. He added holes on the bottom so ice and fire could get through.
Shoto looked at the shoes.
He looked to the side. Would he mind? Would he even notice? Should I?
Shoto swallowed but picked up the closest color he had to gold and colored the bottom of the boots gold.
When he had originally decided on adding bits of gold it was more of a tribute to his hero, Izuku and Izuku’s past as Golden whip. Now he felt dumb, like a little boy who wore one of those hero onesies. Still, he couldn’t bring himself to change it. He made a side note that the color was supposed to be gold. With a second thought, Shoto made another note that the whole suit should be insulated and fireproof. Sure, he could keep himself warm but it would be helpful to also have it insulated especially since he had to have his forearms exposed and the holes in the bottom of his shoes.
Shoto hummed. “Warmth. A winter hero. Heroes have capes, right? So…” He drew it to the side but Shoto drew a white cape that would tie around his shoulders and had a hood. Around the face of the hood and lining the bottom was red fur. There was a side note stating that it would be for the mountains. He wouldn’t need it all the time, hopefully.
Shoto thought for a moment. He thought back to his original hero costume. He had a tan utility belt on it. Shoto drew that on over the jumpsuit around his waist but this time he colored it red. Shoto added little pouches and put a side note stating that they could hold warm items like heating pads and protein and vitamin capsules in case he or victims got stuck in the mountains. He knew that they wouldn’t put those in for his time in the hero course but it was still something he felt like he should remember himself.
Shoto rested his cheek on his fist, looking over the design.
“Gear,” he stated. “I need gear.”
Shoto sighed and stood up. He walked around his room for a while contemplating it. He did a bit more research on the snowy regions and ice sculpting in general, making a list of what would be smart to have if he would truly become a hero in the mountains. He didn’t even realize that it had hit eleven at night when he sat down again to draw.
He added gold ice picks for mountain climbing that had retractable handles and white holsters for them on the outside of each of his legs. Shouta also added a gold mountain climbing stick with a red handle that looked like wood but was really a sturdy metal. It, too, was retractable and he could store it in the back of his belt. He decided that he should try to learn how to use it as a weapon.
Lastly, Shoto drew a pair of gold-tinted, reflector ski goggles over his eyes with a white strap and a snow mask over the bottom of his mouth that he could pull down to hang around his neck.
Shoto held up the costume and took a picture. He sent it to the group chat.
Shoto:
< insert picture of his drawn hero costume >
…
…
…
Izuku:
Cool!
So you are going to be a winter hero?
Shoto:
Yeah.
Shinsou:
Won’t you be hot in that?
Shoto:
Not in the mountains.
Shinsou:
But during school.
Shoto:
I can keep myself cool.
Izuku:
You could always ask to have a heating and cooling device under the jumpsuit.
Shoto:
That would be uncomfortable.
Izuku:
Have a thin layer of padding under it.
Shoto:
Okay. I’ll make a note of it on the paper.
Shinsou:
I like the color scheme but why the gold?
Shoto:
No reason.
Shinsou:
You sure.
…
…
…
Shoto:
Yes.
Shinsou
Sure.
Izuku:
Is there something wrong with the gold?
…
…
…
Shinsou:
Not at all.
Shoto:
You are really trying to out me here.
Shinsou:
I don’t know what you are talking about.
Izuku:
Out you for what?
Shoto:
Nothing.
Shinsou:
Disregard everything Zuku.
Izuku:
Okay…?
Shoto:
Well, I am going to bed. Goodnight you two.
Izuku:
Goodnight, Shoto.
Goodnight, Toshi.
Shinsou:
Good night.
Shouta slid the paper into the envelope to send to UA tomorrow. As he lay on his bed after the lights were off, he couldn’t help but think of how excited he actually ended up getting bout his costume. He had so many options! And no one to tell him no! He would even become a hero that wouldn’t necessarily be that popular because the mountainous regions weren’t very populated and he could pursue ice sculpting and mountain climbing and still be a hero.
Shoto was free to choose to do whatever he wanted and Endeavor could stay right where he was in his well-deserved jail cell.
I’ll show Natsuo and Fuyumi tomorrow…
_______________________________
Mina and Hino looked up from the table in the burger joint they were currently sitting at as Zuku and Kiri walked in.
She had the sense to not yell in the middle of the restaurant and waved them over. Furuya and Mori couldn’t make it today but that was fine. Mina had invited the whole group but really she just wanted to go over her costume with Izuku after she saw how cool Kiri’s looked. Hino was there just to hang but that was perfectly fine.
“Hey, you two!” she greeted them as they sat down.
“Hey, Mina, Hino,” Kiri grinned.
Zuku nodded his own greetings.
Mina could almost feel the excitement vibrating off of the boys. Kiri loved drawing and Zuku loved heroes. Mina had the unfair advantage of having this duo to help her with her costume but she really didn’t care! She’ll take it!
Hino waved. “I’m here to tag along.”
Kiri nodded. “That’s fine. We are always happy to have you!” He looked over at Zuku. “I am going to go get a drink. Do you want anything?” Mina and Hino already had their drinks. Izuku hesitated. “Mom gave us the money, Izu. Let’s put it to good use.” Izuku hummed. “U- um… a- anythang sweet.” Kiri nodded. “I’ll be right back!”
Mina pulled out her very poorly drawn hero costume. She blushed. “I- it’s not the best! I know! But it’s the best I’ve got!” Izuku shook his head. “I- it’s fine. I- I had to ‘ave Ei d- draw mine too.” He cautiously slid the paper over to himself to get a better look, eyes flickering between Mina and it to make sure that was okay.
Meanwhile, Mina was feeling like a proud mother hen because Izuku took the initiative on that.
The costume consisted of a blue and purple latex suit with blue being the base color and purple spattered on like tye-dye. It was sleeveless and showed a bit of cleavage around the chest area but enough to be modest. It had a yellow jacket that didn’t really connect in the front and only went over her shoulders, also being sleeveless and it had cream-colored fur around the top. It had boots that went to the middle of her leg, below the knee, and were magenta with yellow toes, bottoms, and the heal was yellow as well. She had purple fingerless gloves that stopped at the wrist with a cream fur band. Lastly, there was a cream-colored face mask that covered the top of her face but not her eyes.
Kiri came back and sat down. “Ooooh, that looks so jumpy! That is so like you!” Mina blushed and grinned widely. “Thanks!” She looked over at Zuku. “S- so, I know you are good with practicality and all that fancy stuff so what do you think?”
Zuku looked over at Kiri who handed him a pencil. Zuku took it and circled a few things.
Zuku paused to take a sip of whatever Kiri had gotten him. He looked over at his brother.
“Wh- what is th- this?” he asked.
Kiri tilted his head. “Lemonade…?” he asked as if it was obvious. Zuku hummed and took another sip. “It’s g- good.”
No one commented on it. They had gotten used to Zuku not knowing what were common things in their everyday lives were. Izuku looked back at the paper and set the cup down.
He pointed at the gloves with the eraser-end of the pencils. “D- do you plan o- on onlae usin’ yer acid through yer fingers?” Mina looked up. “What do you mean?”
“I- I mean there w- would be a bigger s- surface area i- if you could use yer wh- whole palm. Y- your fingers would b- be good fer p- precision moves b- but I think i- it would be smart if ya ‘ad y- yer palms exposed.” Mina nodded. “That sounds smart. So, like, no gloves?” Izuku nodded. Mina frowned. “But my arms will be so bare!” Zuku thought for a moment. He pointed to her lower arm. “S- so most people grab r- right here when they reach out t- ta catch someone s- so that needs to stay exposed but,” he circled her upper arm, “ here you could do something if you wanted. L- like have y- yer logo on it i- if you already ‘ave a name l- like Ei does.”
Mina beamed. “I’ve had my name for a while! Alien Queen!”
Kiri grinned. “That fits you perfectly!”
“Right?!”
Zuku tilted his head. “I- I would s- say go to a t- tattoo parlor j- just to ‘ave them sketch s- somethin’ out, n- not to actuallae get one, b- but if they would b- be willin’ y- you could get a p- pretty cool lookin’ l- logo made.”
Mina nodded. “But I’m underaged,” she commented, purposefully avoiding the topic that Izuku has one himself.
“Th- that’s what I m- meant by just th- the sketch,” Zuku said. “B- but that w- will be costlae.”
Mina nodded with a fake sage look on her face. “Probably not then. Maybe I could put sleeves on my jacket?” Izuku nodded. He made a mark at the midway mark of her upper arm. “There?” She nodded. “And purple!” Zuku put that to the side. He then circled the fur around her neck.
“Th- this is flameable. I- it probably isn’t th- the best idea ta ‘ave c- considerin’ yer quirk.”
Mina frowned. “That makes sense…”
Zuku faltered. “B- but if y- y- ya wanna k- keep i- it th-”
“Zuku, calm down!” she piped. “It’s fine! What you are saying is smart. Still, I want some sort of collar on it.”
Zuk took a deep breath to calm himself. “‘ow a- about still a c- cream one but s- sort of one l- like a, um…” he pulled up a picture of an American letterman jacket on his phone, “l- like that b- but a bit taller?”
Mina smiled. “Totally!”
Zuku relaxed. “O- okay a- and then…” he pointed at the boots. “Th- these are f- fine but I- I recommend h- holes on the bottoms s- so acid can come t- through.” Mina nodded. “I see, I see.”
Zuku pointed to the eye mask. “I- I think i- it would be smart ta ‘ave goggles o- or somethin’ t- ta actulae protect yer e- eyes.”
Mina nodded. “Alright! So, like, goggles! But see-through. And, like, sciency because I’m an alien!” Zuku nodded and added protective scientist goggles.
“Then…” Zuku circled the costume as a whole and wrote to the side in big letters: Acid Proof.
“Y- you should s- send UA a- a vile o- of yer a- acid if ya c- can to ‘ave it tested.”
Mina tilted her head. “But wouldn’t it melt the container?”
Zuku shook his head. “N- not if y- ya get it from a q- quirk speciliatae st- store.” Mina nodded sharply. “I’ll do that then!” She turned to Kiri. “Can you draw this with the changes?
Kiri pulled out a fresh sheet of paper and his colored pencils. “Leave it to me!”
Mina, Zuku, and Hino all talked as Kiri worked on her costume. Hino had gotten her new school uniform yesterday and showed them the picture and they had gotten their UA uniforms two days ago. They ended up opening the group chat and asking if everybody was down to go back to school shopping in a few days which they got yes’s on.
Forty-five minutes later Kiri looked up. “Done!” Zuku flinched so hard he almost fell out of his seat. Even Mina and Hino jumped. Kiri reached over and caught Zuku. “Sorry, man.” Hime swirled around Zuku’s legs comfortingly before settling back down under the chair. Zuku took a deep breath. “I- It’s fine.”
Kiri turned to the group as a whole and held up the drawing. Not much was changed but it still looked so:
“Cool!” Mina chirped. She snapped a picture and sent it to the group chat.
“Thanks, guys! You two are the best!”
Zuku smiled softly. “N- no problem.
Kiri scratched the back of his head, blushing slightly. “N- no problem, Mina! Happy to help!”
The group stayed and chatted a bit longer before they all had to leave. Mina did, in fact, stop and get a bottle that she could send some of her acid in before she went home.
“UA is going to be so much fun!” she piped as she skipped home.
Notes:
ALSO! FANART! Random_person_in_the_internet drew Todoroki's costume!
The link to the art is here: https://www.reddit.com/r/BokuNoHeroAcademia/comments/m990f4/alternative_hero_costume_for_totoroki/?utm_medium=android_app&utm_source=share
The link to Random_person_in_the_internet is here: https://archiveofourown.to/users/Random_person_in_the_internet/pseuds/Random_person_in_the_internet
Chapter 59: First Day of UA
Summary:
UA has started!
Notes:
How are you all feeling?
Shout out to Random_milkshake who always comments on my chapters and is always so encouraging and upbeat! Thank you for your support!
Check out Random_milkshake at:
https://archiveofourown.to/users/Random_milkshake/pseuds/Random_milkshake
Chapter Text
*-ick* *click*
Asa sighed.
*click*
“He’s doing it again,” Yuma whispered.
*click* *click*
“I know,” Asa replied, rolling over in bed to check the time.
It was currently 2 in the morning, it was still pitch black outside, and their son was somewhere in the house checking all of the locks because-
*click*
-when he gets overly stressed he doesn’t sleep well and thinks that every sound is someone trying to break in and-
*click* *click*
-tomorrow, or today considering the time, is the first day of his classes at UA.
*click* *click*
…
…
…
And… when he cannot get into his parent's room to lock the window in their room because he doesn’t want to wake them up he gets overly worried about them and ends up not going back to sleep and instead…
Asa got out of bed, turned on the lights, and opened the door to his room. He took a deep breath, turned his head to the left, and there Izuku was, leaning on the wall next to their door. And… because their other son didn’t know how to handle this and would get too overly worried about Izuku not sleeping or having a panic attack which he was already having if he was doing this… Asa turned his head to the right and there was Eijiro. Leaning on the wall on the other side of the door.
Their met eyes. Asa looked over at Izuku who was currently focused on the sounds all through the house, now sure that his father and mother were alive, and did not react or look up from the oh so interesting wall.
“Izuku,” he spoke in as unthreatening of a voice as possible. Cold, green eyes flickered up to him. Asa swallowed. “Is everything okay?” The boy looked him up and down, unblinking. Unmoving.
From the other side of the house, Akio’s dog collar could be heard as the dog realized that Eijiro was not there and began to move around. The greenette’s head snapped to the side and he was gone because Izuku was not in the right state of mind and did not register that as a dog collar. Eijiro, Asa, and, from the bedroom, Yuma all sighed.
“Sorry,” Eijiro whispered.
Asa shook his head. “It’s not your fault,” he whispered, going down the hallway to follow Izuku.
“I- it’s not Izuku’s either…” Eijiro whispered.
Asa nodded. “Don’t worry, Eijiro. I’m not mad at him. I know he can’t help it.”
The first tried Izuku had done this Asa really did think an intruder had entered the house. It did not help that Izuku was right outside their door when he opened it. Scared the heck out of Asa and Yuma.
The second time, Izuku ‘learned from his mistakes’ and moved to the side of the door so that his presence would not scare the adults. The adults were still not used to this being an occurrence and so Asa looked over, saw Izuku, and it started again.
The third time, Izuku was on the other side where when the door opened he would be concealed. By that time, Asa had expected it.
Then Eijiro started following him and Izuku didn’t want Eijiro to be seen when the door was opened just in case it actually was an intruder and not their parents so Eijiro got that spot and Izuku got the spot on the other side where he would be seen.
Asa considered not getting up at all once. ONCE. He went back to bed and woke up at seven like usual. When he opened the door Izuku was still there, still awake, and very much did not go to school that day.
It happens around once a month for various reasons but really, Asa should have expected this.
He held out a hand for Eijiro to stop and looked around the corner cautiously.
Izuku was in a low stance, what Asa called his battle-form, with one foot behind the other, body low, and arms hovering by his side as he stood in the middle of the living room, eyes trained on… Akio who was in the entryway to the hallway across the dining room having stopped when he saw Izuku.
Asa tapped the side of the wall. Izuku jumped back, spinning to face Asa. The older man raised his hands and came out from around the corner.
“It’s just me, Izuku, just me.” Asa frowned. Izuku’s breathing had become much more ragged with the sudden appearance of Akio.
The wind outside blew.
“Wai-” Izuku was already at the front door and staring through the peephole. “Izuku,” Asa walked in a large arch so that he would enter the boy’s vision from the side, “calm down, it is just the wind.” The boy crouched by the door, pressing his ear against it.
“Izuk-”
*~DING-ding-Ding-DING~*
Everyone froze. Someone, an actual person, was at the end of the walkway, behind the gate. SUCK! Bad hecking timing! Asa held his hands up. “Izuku… calm down…” The boy shot up from the door. Asa stumbled as he was pressed back into the hallway. “I- Izuku, wait. It’s just the doorbell. They aren’t even by the door.” Izuku made sure that he, and Eijiro who was still in the hallway along with Yuma, were around the corner and out of view from the door before bolting back down the hallway.
“Dang it,” Asa cursed. He ran after the boy, finding him in the kitchen next to the knives. Asa fell to his knees and grabbed the boy from behind, pulling him back. A deep growl escaped the boy’s throat as he struggled.
“IZUKU!” Asa shouted in a stern voice. The boy stopped.
Eijiro’s voice could be heard from the indoor intercom. “Who is it?”
A static voice could be heard from the microphone outside of the gate. “I am sorry to bother you at such a late hour but my dog escaped. Have you seen it?”
“I’m sorry, ma’am, but we haven’t.”
“Okay, thank you.”
Asa took a deep breath. “See? Nothing is wrong.” Izuku was shaking in his arms. Asa could feel the rapid rise and fall of the boy’s chest against his. Asa kept his left arm around the boy and moved his right one, slowly moving it to cover the boy’s eyes with his hand.
“Breathe,” he ordered. “Focus on nothing aside from my voice. Breathe. No one is outside. Nothing is wrong.” The boy tensed up suddenly. “No, no, no. Breathe, Izuku. You are safe. We are safe.”
Asa felt something wet against his hand and knew that the boy was crying but until he could actually get the air in his lungs to cry out Asa had to keep going.
_______________________________
Eijiro hovered at the edge of the kitchen, unsure of what to do. Mom stood behind him.
Dad was in the middle of the kitchen on his knees holding Izuku to his chest with a hand over the boy’s eyes.
Mom placed a hand on his back and guided Eijiro away. They couldn’t go to his room because they couldn’t pass the kitchen right now so they went to his parent's room.
“Mom?” he whispered.
She pats the bed. “Come on, you need to go to sleep.” Eijiro frowned. “But Izuku…”
She smiled sadly. “I know, dear. Let your father handle this, okay?” Eijiro nodded solemnly and climbed into bed. Mom shut off the lights and got in as well.
She pulled Eijiro into a hug. “It will be fine, dear. Your father knows what he is doing. It will be-”
“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Eijiro jumped. Mom pulled him closer. Tears fell from his red eyes.
“H- he’s screaming, Mom…”
“I know.”
“He’s hurting…”
“I know.”
“H- h- he’s-”
“Shh… I know, dear. I know…” Mom whispered. “Don’t worry. This has happened before. Dad knows what to do. Izuku isn’t fully aware right now and it’s dangerous to be around him. Let the adult handle this.”
Eijiro looked up. “I- Izuku isn’t-”
“Ei, you know how he gets when he is like this.” Eijiro swallowed. “It would normally be fine but he got to the knife drawer this time. I don’t like calling him it either but at times like these we can’t sugar coat it.”
Eijiro sighed. “I know…”
The cries from the kitchen died down.
“I know but…” Eijiro clung to his mother. “I want to help him… I don’t want Izu to suffer like this!”
Mom pets his hair gently. “None of us do, Ei, but he does and we can’t stop these sorts of episodes. We just have to ride them out and keep going, okay? So get some rest. You can see Izuku in the morning when he is calmed down.”
Eijiro took a shuddering breath. “Okay…”
He didn’t fall asleep for a long while.
_______________________________
Asa winced as Izuku cried out, struggling against him but he couldn’t let him go. Not while Izuku was like this. Asa couldn’t risk even moving to close the knife drawer. Izuku continued to scream and cry and kick and claw until finally his legs gave out and he collapsed into Asa’s chest hiccupping and sobbing, body shaking violently.
Asa sighed.
Sure, Izuku will wake up screaming maybe once a month but they hadn’t had an incident like this for at least three months now and honestly, it probably wouldn’t have been so bad if that person hadn’t rung the doorbell. Izuku would normally be easier to calm down from the nights he would go around locking the windows and doors but that really pushed him over.
What horrible timing to lose your dog.
Asa took his hand away from Izuku’s eyes. They were glassy and unfocused. Izuku had already dissociated.
The raven-haired man sighed and stood up, carrying his son over to the far recliner in the living room and sitting down. He closed Izuku’s green eyes and cradled him, rocking back and forth in the chair.
About an hour later Izuku suddenly jolted, eyes flying open, arms reaching out. His mouth opened in a silent scream.
It broke Asa’s heart.
“Shh…” Asa pressed Izuku back down and against his chest. “It’s okay… You are okay. We are okay.” He reached up and took Izuku’s outstretched hand in his own, pulling it to rest against his chest so Izuku could feel his heartbeat. “Everyone is safe and nothing is wrong.” Izuku’s eyes met his, tears instantly feeling them.
“D- Dad…” he choked out.
“Hmm?”
“D- D- Dad.”
“Yeah.”
“Dad, y- you- I…”
“Mhmm.”
Asa sat didn’t break eye contact as Izuku incoherently tried to speak to him, to call out to him. He replied to every broken sentence. They were pleas for help. Asa rocked back and forth as Izuku begged him to help him but Asa couldn’t see whatever Izuku thought he was seeing. Asa didn’t know what demon Izuku was facing right now.
So Izuku continued to cry out to his father and Asa continued to respond even though not a single sentence was complete or even coherent for about thirty minutes until the greenettes pleas stopped and his arm slackened.
Asa removed his hand from Izuku’s. He pressed the boy’s head against his own chest.
“Go to sleep, Izu,” he whispered, running his hand through his son’s hair. “I’ll be here when you wake up. You can rest easy now. You are safe here.”
Izuku slowly stopped shaking, body going slack against his father.
“Everything is okay. Everyone is safe. You are safe. Just close your eyes and go to sleep…”
Asa kept this up long after Izuku actually did fall asleep just so that the boy could still hear his voice and use it as he battled everything that came back to him at night.
An hour after his son fell asleep, Asa finally cried.
I want to help you… I’m sorry I can’t help you… I’m so sorry…
_______________________________
Eijiro woke up at six o’clock to get ready. They had to catch the 6:30 train to make it to UA on time so now they were waking up earlier than normal. Mom was already gone.
Eijiro sat up and rubbed his eyes, yawning and stretching.
“I’m in… my parent’s room…?”
Eijiro blinked a few times before he remembered what had happened last night. He frowned.
I wonder if I can see him now.
Eijiro threw off the covers but made sure to make the bed because this was his parent’s bed, not his. Akio nudged his leg. The red-head knelt down to pet his dog.
“Shh… I’m going to need you to be quiet this morning, okay?” Eijiro doesn’t know if Akio can actually understand him but the dog stayed quiet so Eijiro stood up and left his parent’s room.
He peered around the corner into the living room where Dad was on the far recliner with Izuku in his arms, rocking him.
Eijiro crossed into the kitchen where Mom was making breakfast.
“Morning, Ei,” she whispered.
“Morning,” he whispered back.
Eijiro went through the kitchen to reach the back door. When he opened it to let Akio out he tried to be quiet but there was a gasp from the living room and Izuku shot up like a rocket.
“No, no, no,” Dad pushed him back down. “Shh… calm down. It’s okay.”
Dad sounded exhausted.
Eijiro sighed quietly and let Akio back in. He sat at the table, watching Dad and Izuku.
“How are you feeling, bud?”
Izuku sitting up now, holding his head. “I- I don’...”
Dad hummed. “How much of last night do you remember?”
Izuku shook his head. “Y- you were- She w- was- She c- c- came a- and y- you and E- Ei a- a- and M- Mom all…” Izuku trailed off.
Dad sighed, combing through the greenette’s hair. “Only a dream, Izuku. It was only a dream.” Izuku shook his head. “I- It felt s- so real…”
Dad nodded. “I know, Izu, but it wasn’t. We are all still here.”
Eijiro stood up and went to their room. He pulled out his and Izuku’s uniforms and walked back out. He stood boldly in front of Izuku and Dad and held them out.
“Lookie here!”
Izuku glanced over at him.
“Remember what you said at the park?” Eijiro asked. “We made it this far!” He shook the hangers. “Far enough to make it into UA.” Eijiro grinned. “And we are going to make it much farther no matter what dreams you have because those are dreams and we are reality. It is all about perspective.”
Izuku looked up at him.
“Right?” Eijiro winked at him.
Izuku let out something akin to a very dry laugh. “R- right…” Dad pats Izuku back. “Go get yourself a shower, get that blood flowing. You’ll feel better.” Izuku nodded. “S- sorrae…” Eijiro rolled his eyes. “Don’t even apologize. But you will have to if you make us late so hurry up!” Izuku stood up and took the hanger that his uniform hung on. “Th- thank ya… fer everythang.” Dad stood up and pat the boy’s shoulder. “That is what family is for.” Izuku nodded slowly and left to go take a shower.
Eijiro watched him go sadly.
Dad stretched his legs and stood up straight. “Don’t worry, Ei. He’s strong. He is just most vulnerable at night. We can’t change that, only move forward.” Eijiro nodded. “I know.”
Dad walked into the kitchen. “I wish I could say that he could miss today after how bad last night was but it is the first day of school. Plus, I don’t think he would want to because it is UA.”
Eijiro nodded. “Right! And we are going to be heroes! I am going to go get dressed.”
Eijiro styled his hair up after Izuku got out of the bathroom. He had redyed it red last night so it was staying strong. Eijiro straightened his tie in the mirror and grinned. “I’m going to UA. I have One For All and I am going to be a hero!” A giddy feeling bubbled up inside of him. Eijiro left the bathroom and entered the kitchen.
“How on earth…?” Dad grumbled. Eijiro found him crouching in front of Izuku fiddling with Izuku’s tie that was around the boy’s neck. “What’s up?” Izuku looked over at him. “I- I tied it…?” “Face forward, Izuku,” Dad ordered. “You tied it alright. In the world's tightest knot.” Izuku blinked. “I- I tried t- to do it l- like our middle sc- schools but…”
Mom put breakfast on the table. “Who was doing your middle school uniform’s tie because I don’t ever remember it looking like that?”
Izuku pointed at Eijiro.
Mom sighed. “We really need to teach you how to tie a tie.”
*~DING-ding-Ding-DING~*
Izuku jumped back, memories of the night flashing in his mind. Eijiro went over and pat his back. “Calm down. It is probably just Mina.”
Mom pressed the mic button. “Who is it?”
“HI, MRS. KIRISHIMA!” Mom jumped. “It’s Mina!” Yup. “The train leaves in ten minutes!”
Everyone froze. “The boys will be out soon.” Mom turned to them. “You need to go or you’ll be late!”
“I’ll get our bags,” Eijiro ran to their room. Dad sighed and gave up on Izuku’s tie. Eijiro came back out and tossed Izuku’s bag to him. “Let’s go!” He grabbed Akio’s leash, already having put on the service vest on him. Izuku slipped on his bag and hooked Hime’s leash to her.
“Wait!” The two boys stopped by the front door and turned at the perfect time for *SNAP* a perfectly timed photo. Mom came over and kissed them each on the forehead.
“I am really proud of both of you,” she smiled sweetly.
Eijiro smiled. “Thanks, Mom. Love you guys!”
“L- love ya…”
Eijiro and Izuku ran out the door. Mina was outside the gate. “Come on, slowpokes!”
It was a mad dash for the subway station. They were lucky that they had a small town so they didn’t have to go too far. They barely made it, almost collapsing into it as the doors closed behind them. “PHEW!” Mina took a deep breath. “I almost thought that we wouldn’t make it!” Izuku nodded. “Th- thanks fer comin’ a- and gettin’ u- us.” Mina pats his shoulder. “No problem!” The three flopped onto a few open seats, Izuku purposefully in the middle. Eijiro made sure that their arms were touching and maintained that contact. The greenette was shaking like a leaf.
“Izu,” he whispered, “it’s fine. We have an hour until we get there. Why don’t you take a nap or something?”
Izuku shook his head. “N- not safe…”
Eijiro sighed. It was worth a try. Izuku got less sleep than him last night and even Eijiro was tired to he knew his brother had to be too.
“You don’t have to sleep but at least rest your eyes.” Eijiro nodded his head to an early-riser businessman who had fallen asleep. “See? Just ‘rest your eyes.’” Izuku glanced up at him. Eijiro smiled. “Just lean your head back or on my shoulder or something. Don’t worry, I’ve done this plenty of times.” Mina hummed beside him. “Yup! Me too!” Eijiro could visibly see the exhaustion on the greenettes face. “Just for an hour,” Eijiro said.
“... J- just fer a- an ‘our…” Izuku nodded. He took one more, or two more, sweeps of the train they were in before leaning his head back against the window and closing his eyes.
Eijiro met eyes with Mina.
‘What happened?’ she mouthed.
Eijiro frowned. He pulled out his phone and typed a message on it to show it to her. ‘Izuku had a nightmare that put him over the edge when someone rang the doorbell. He was kicking and screaming for a bit before more or less just collapsing in on himself.’
Mina frowned.
Eijiro shrugged and put down his phone.
At the next stop, the train jolted but surprisingly Izuku didn’t open his eyes. Eijiro knew he was still awake, having gotten used to how Izuku ‘fake sleeps’. Eijiro just let him be.
Nevermore had he been more grateful for Izuku’s trust in him to keep his eyes shut when the blonde boy that Izuku called ‘Kacchan’ came on. The two met eyes for a brief second. Eijiro made sure that in every little crevis of his face the boy knew NOT to come over.
The rest of the ride had no more hitches.
Until they got off.
“Zuku,” Mina nudged the half-asleep boy, “time to get off.” Luckily the blonde had gotten off first so there were no complications until they were walking and as they neared the school the crowds thinned out and Izuku got a clear view of him from a bit away. Eijiro gasped causing Izuku to jump. “My shoe is untied!” He pulled the three to the side. Eijiro took a good time ‘tieing his shoe’ until he knew that the boy was out of sight. He stood up. “Sorry about that!” Mina rolled her eyes. “Such a clutz!”
Izuku looked around. “Something wrong?” Eijiro asked. The boy hesitated before shaking his head. “Then let’s go!”
_______________________________
Izuku knew he saw Kacchan. He KNEW it.
But Ei needed help tieing his shoe because according to Izuku’s tie, he knew how to tie a ‘mean knot,’ so Izuku couldn’t keep his eye on the blonde.
There were a few kids entering the gates, proudly showing their UA ID cards as they walked by when really they could just have it anywhere on their body and it would register. Izuku saw two familiar people waiting outside of the gates.
“Yo,” Toshi greeted as they walked up.
Shoto waved. “Hey.”
“Hey, Shinsou!” Eijiro and Mina greeted. “Hey, Todoroki!” Eijiro also greeted. Izuku waved. Mina tilted her head at Shoto. She held out her hand. “I don’t know you but you know Zuku and Kiri! I’m Mina Ashido!” Shoto took her hand. “Shoto Todoroki.” She grinned. “We are friends now!” Shoto looked over at Izuku who just shrugged. Shoto hummed. “Sure.” Eijiro laughed. “Let’s go! We don’t want to be late!”
Izuku sighed. I really hope Kacchan is not in my class… He thought for a bit. Or that scary tall kid from the exam.
“Wh- what class a- are ya in, Toshi? Sh- Shoto?” he asked.
“1A,” Shoto responded.
“Same,” Toshi nodded.
Izuku hummed. “G- guess we are a- all ‘eaded the s- same di- direction.”
Mina jumped. “We already know, like, a quarter of our class!” Eijiro laughed. “We got a head start.”
They stopped outside the gigantic 1A door. Mina turned to them dramatically. “Who is ready to be heroes!?”
Eijiro punched the air. “We are!”
Mina looked over at the group of much less enthusiastic kids. “Come on! You don’t even look a bit excited!” Toshi shrugged. “I am.” Shoto nodded. “I am. I just don’t show it.” Izuku hummed. “Very excited.” Mina deflated. “Man… Alright!” she chirped. “Let’s go!” She turned around and pushed the door open.
“Hello, new classmates!” she greeted strutting in.
Izuku sighed. “She’s very jumpy,” Shoto commented. “Is she always like this?” Toshi sighed. “Unfortunately.” Izuku bumped his hero partner’s shoulder. “Am I wrong?” Izuku rolled his eyes and followed her in, taking a quick survey of everyone in the room. His heart dropped when:
“This is UA High School, the top hero school in the country and we, as students, should conduct ourselves as such. It is not befitting of a student of this establishment to come in yelling and shouting like that.”
It was the kid from the exam. Tenya… Iida. Iida. Mina stuck her tongue out at him. “Oh give it a rest!” The boy was about to say something again when Iida saw Izuku behind the group. “You!” Izuku jumped. Iida came over to them and… bowed? “You perceived the hidden meaning behind the exam and I am truly humbled by your intuitiveness.” He stood back up. “If we may start again,” Iida put a hand on his chest very robotically. “I am Tenya Iida, Somei Private Academy.” Izuku stared at him blankly. He swallowed. “I- Izuku… Kirishima.” Eijiro slung an arm around him. “I’m Eijiro Kirishima, his bro!” Iida nodded. “Yes, I remember you. I apologize for my rudeness at the exam.” Eijiro waved him. “It’s all good, man! We were all a bit stressed!” Mina piped up. “My name is Mina Ashido!” Toshi sighed. “Just call me Shinsou.” Shoto nodded. “Shoto Todoroki.”
“It’s you two!” They all spun around. Uraraka waved. “Heya!”
It was a joyous time of meeting and greeting before Izuku noticed something by the girl's feet. He grabbed Uraraka and jumped back, forcing her behind him. “Hey, man, what’s-”
“It took you all fifteen seconds to quiet down,” a voice came from a yellow sleeping bag. Izuku met eyes with none other than Sho. He took a few deep breaths before he could normally breathe again. Sho stood up from his sleeping bag. “I am Aizawa Shouta, your homeroom teacher.” He pulled out a gym uniform. “Put these on meet me in the field behind the school.” He left without another word. Izuku turned to Toshi. “Sh- Sho is…” Toshi shook his head. “Yeah, he has his own was of doing things.” Izuku nodded slowly.
The dressing room was… well, Izuku has gotten used to it by now. He tried to ignore the stares. As did Shoto. But it was always the same. They knew what was wrong with their bodies. They knew that it wasn’t normal by now. It… didn’t help.
Once outside in the field that both he and Toshi were very familiar with, Izuku took a quick look around. Is… Kacchan not here? Is he in class 1B? Izuku could have sighed in relief if he wasn’t still on edge from all of the new faces and people. So many different threats and he knew all of them were powerful enough to get into UA’s hero course so he had to be cautious. Sho walked up to the group. “You took ten minutes to get dressed and down here. By the end of the year, we will have that down to five.” He rolled his neck. “Alright. We will be doing a quirk apprehension test. Much like your physical exams back in middle school but you will be using your quirks to complete the objectives.”
Uraraka raised her hand. “Aizawa-sensei, what about the morning assembly?”
The man shrugged. “Here at UA teachers are given the authority to run our classes as we wish. That being said, I don’t see any point in listening to our principle drawl on when I could be testing you all to see if you have any potential or shouldn’t be here at all.”
Iida raised his hand. “Is that not what the UA entrance exam was for, sir?”
Sho sighed. “Sure, you could say that biased exam but it also allows for those with physical quirks to have the advantage. I prefer to test my students on my own terms. If you can’t accept that then you can leave.”
A boy with yellow hair furrowed his eyebrow. “That’s a bit harsh,” he whispered, not expecting to be heard. He was. Sho turned to him. “Yeah. So is being a hero. Life isn’t fair, kid. No one wants to be attacked by a villain or for a natural disaster to happen but they do so suck it up.” He turned to the whole class. “By the end of this test, I will have a clear idea of who all belongs in the hero course and who doesn’t. If I do not see any potential then you will be expelled. Done deal.”
Everyone sweatdropped.
Sho tossed a ball at a buff kid with big lips. “Sato, go stand in that circle and throw it without your quirk.” The boy nodded. “Y- yes, sensei!” The boy, Sato, was understandably worried. He stood in the middle and threw the ball. “56 meters,” Sho hummed. “Do it again but with your quirk.” Sato nodded. “Would it be alright if I ate a bit of sugar beforehand?” Sho nodded. “If that is for your quirk then by all means. This test is to assess your quirk, after all.” Sato pulled a bottle from his pocket and downed its contents. Everyone oohed and awed when the boy’s muscles suddenly seemed to bulge. He threw the ball again and it went much farther.
“157,” Sho stated. Everyone gasped. Sho turned back to the group. “Prove to me that it is not a waste of time to teach you by using your quirks.”
Izuku tapped his foot rapidly upon the ground.
Sho is serious. I know he is serious. He expelled a whole class two years ago. He won’t go easy on me. Nor Ei and not even on his own son.
Eijiro shook his shoulder. “Hey, man, we are moving to the 100-meter dash.”
Get it together. You can’t afford to break down here. Heroes don’t break down. You die if you break down on the battlefield.
Izuku followed his brother numbly. As he lifted his head and gazed over the small dirt track a single word flashed in his mind. He looked over at Toshi who would struggle the most. He looked over at Shoto who really didn’t need to worry at all. Still, they all met eyes and it was a word that was clear as day that only they thought as soon as the options were given to them.
SURVIVE.
_______________________________
Shouta pretended not to notice how Hitoshi’s face froze over back to the face he first saw him with when Shouta originally went to the orphanage. Uncaring but an almost feral look in his eyes. He pretended not to notice the same look on Izuku and on Todoroki. Stone cold. But Shouta couldn’t do anything about them. They had to be treated as regular students right now. He could not show favoritism. They needed to be able to get through something like this to be a hero.
Still, Shouta would have to have a talk with his son after school to get him back in the right headspace.
But that would have to wait. Shouta was aware of mental quirks and nonphysical quirks. He had one himself. It was why he didn’t use his usual trick of expelling the last place. This was a physical test but one could use a mental quirk on it. If they were smart enough. That is if you are smart enough.
And that is where those with nonphysical quirks will be tested to see if they are truly worthy of being here because Shouta does not sell false dreams.
_______________________________
Izuku stepped up to the starting line.
I just have to make it across that line. He swallowed. I used it for the exam. It should be fine.
“Ready…”
Izuku let his quirk roar to life, hearing a few gasps as his doll-like appearance made itself known.
“Set…”
He mentally grabbed onto the string in his chest.
“Go.”
Izuku yanked on it as hard as he mentally could and went flying. He grits his teeth as about halfway down he began to fall. That was fine. He let go of his quirk and pulled himself into a roll upon hitting the ground. Izuku smoothly rolled out onto his feet, continuing to run, passing the line with a time of 5.67 seconds. Two whole seconds faster than his usual time.
Izuku brushed himself off and walked over to stand beside his brother.
“That was so cool!” Uraraka chirped. Izuku hummed.
Everything felt oddly calm. Like when he was fighting or training. One singular objective. All he had to do was make it. Be better. Be better than who he was fighting against or die. Be better in training or fall behind and eventually die. Be better at pickpocketing or starve. Be quieter or be found. At the end of the day, all that mattered was that you were still breathing. It was a common thought that passed his mind while on the streets of just making it to the next day. If you make it to the next day there will surely be something in the dumpster to eat that day or there will surely be a drunk man passing by to knab a few dollars off of.
This was no different. He just had to be better. All he had to do was SuRvIve. His senses felt much sharper than usual. He could hear everything perfectly and see everything down to the drops of water on the grass.
And everything was calm.
He had above-average strength yet still not the highest. He had a normal side-to-side step. He was incredibly flexible from being stuck in the small closet as he grew with age.
He would make it. And if he didn’t?
Well, I never cared about my life anyway.
_______________________________
Hitoshi watched the other students as they threw the ball.
Worry and fear ebbed away at the back of his skull. His quirk was not suited for this and he knew it. But he also knew that Dad knew it meaning there was a trick. Tricks were perfectly fine with Hitoshi. Mindgames are his forte.
If he learned anything in that wretched orphanage it was how to survive the tricks played by others. He was never allowed to pull one of his own or he’d be hurt but he had learned a lot. He was cunning and could read in between the lines. That’s why not fear followed him into the circle as he went to pick up the ball.
Hitoshi looked at the ball in his hands.
‘Throw it as far as you can.’ Hitoshi looked over at his classmates. He never said how it had to be thrown. I just can’t leave the circle.
The thing Hitoshi had learned in the orphanage was that even if you had to use the most underhanded tricks if it got you to the next day then so be it.
“Sato,” he called the boy.
The boy looked around and pointed at himself. “Me?”
Bingo. Sato’s face went blank. Hitoshi moved to the edge of the circle. “Come here.” The boy did as ordered. Everyone looked around.
“Is this allowed?”
“What is he doing?”
“Is it his quirk or something?”
Hitoshi put the ball in the boy’s hand. Sato still had his quirk hyped from sugar. This would work. Hitoshi stepped back to the edge. “Throw the ball.” The chatter got louder as Sato did as commanded. When the ball dropped, Hitoshi let go of his quirk. Sato looked around confusedly. “Huh? How did I get here?”
“144,” Dad stated.
Iida’s hand shot up. “Sir! With all due respect, that cannot be allowed. We were told to complete these tasks-”
“With the use of your quirk,” Dad cut the boy off.
Iida nodded. “He had another person do it. I do not believe that should be permitted.” Dad stared the boy down. “Shinsou, what is your quirk?” Dad asked. Hitoshi bit his tongue. “Brainwashing,” he said quietly. Dad nodded. “Iida, I believe that I mentioned that there may be nonphysical quirks. I simply stated that you must use your quirk. Shinsou did. He effectively used his quirk to his advantage just as one should do. This is a quirk apprehension test, not a physical exam. Would you like to explain to me how Shinsou using his quirk to make the ball go farther than him not using his quirk is against the rules?”
Hitoshi heard a few people snicker. Dad turned his head to them. “You all questioned it too. At least Iida has enough respect for himself, the rules, and his classmates to ask about what may have been a potential cheat on this test and an unfair advantage to you even if the answer was not how he expected it to go.”
They all shut up.
“M- my apologies for not looking deeper,” Iida bowed. Dad waved him. “Next. Inasa Yoarashi.”
Hitoshi went over to stand by Izuku. “Th- that was smart,” Izuku whispered. Hitoshi hummed. “I needed at least one high score.” Izuku opened his mouth again when,
“EVERYTHING IS BETTER WHEN IT’S FLASHY!!!”
Everyone jumped as one of the recommendation students pulled his arm back. The wind around them suddenly picked up, rushing past them and almost blowing them off their feet. The boy, Yoarashi, threw the ball and a swirling torrent of wind caught it, exponentially increasing the speed and force.
The wind died down and the boy stood proudly smiling. Dad looked down at his device.
“... 802.6 meters.”
The students all stared in shock before exploding.
“No way!”
“That was so amazing, man!”
“So cool!”
“So much power!”
Yoarashi gave a thumbs up and strut back over to take his place.
“Well…” Izuku whispered, “I- I don’ think ya ‘ave a- anythang ta worrae ‘bout n- now.” Hitoshi nodded. “Surely no one would remember it after that.” Izuku hummed. “By the way,” Hitoshi whispered, “you aren't stuttering as much.”
Izuku lowered his eyes.
“What’s wrong?” Hitoshi questioned.
“I- is that o- okay?” Izuku asked.
“Why wouldn’t it be?”
Izuku shook his head. “I dunno… I- I don’ know why I st- stutter but recentlae i- it has been easier to not a- around ya.”
Hitoshi looked back at the next student going up, Uraraka.
“That’s… cool.” He had to hide a smile.
*beep beep*
Dad paused before turning and showing the score.
…
…
…
“INFINITY?!”
_______________________________
Eijiro sighed as they all entered the dressing rooms.
“Man! I really thought that he was going to kick us out!” A yellow-haired boy with a black stripe in it nodded. “Me too! I was really freaking out! I don’t have the best quirk for that stuff!” Eijiro looked over at him. “What’s your quirk?” The boy grinned. “Electrification! I shoot out electricity! How about you?”
Eijiro saw Izuku glance over at him from the corner of his eye. “Well, it recently mutated so I don’t know yet. It was just hardening my body but about a month ago it started reflecting the hits back or something so I am still deciding on a name.”
“That’s pretty cool!” the boy chirped. “What’s your name?”
“Eijiro Kirishima! You?”
“Denki Kaminari!”
The rest of the classes went oddly normal aside from a few different ones like pre-quirk history and modern heroes versus old heroes.
“Say, Kirishima,” Kaminari slung his arm around Eijiro, “let’s eat together! What do ya say?”
“Erm…” Eijiro looked over at Izuku.
“Zuku, let’s go eat,” Shinsou came up from the seat behind his brother. Izuku looked over at Eijiro too but then Todoroki walked up and joined them, getting in between their eye contact. Mina came bouncing up to Eijiro and Kaminari. “We eating, boys?”
Eijiro could just make out Iida and Uraraka around Izuku too.
He smiled. “Sure thing! Let’s go!”
Mina looked over her shoulder at Izuku. “Should we ask?” Eijiro frowned. Izuku was sort of more tagging along with his group. The greenette looked over his shoulder at him. Eijiro grinned at the boy and gave a thumbs up. ‘Make friends,’ he mouthed. Izuku’s eyes fell to the ground and he faced forward, following Shinsou. Eijiro sighed. He turned to Mina and Kaminari. “Let’s go eat! I’m starving!” Kaminari nodded sharply. “Yeah!”
Mina pats Eijiro’s shoulder as they walked. “He’ll be fine,” she whispered.
“I know but…” I can’t baby him but this morning was really bad and…
-----
Eijiro looked over at Izuku after the 100-meter dash.
His face fell.
Izuku had this dazed look on his face but his body was all tense and his eyes were dark. Eijiro could almost feel the intimidation radiating off of him.
The other students noticed it too from Shinsou and Todoroki who were standing next to Izuku with the same look.
-----
“I just have this bad feeling.”
Mina hummed.
The lunchroom was crowded but the small group found a table with one half not occupied. During lunch, the three got to know each other better as well as Hanta Sero who ended up joining them. Every once in awhile, Eijiro would look around to see if he could find Izuku but he couldn’t and soon the thought just left his mind.
He’ll be fine.
_______________________________
‘Make friends,’ Ei mouthed.
Izuku lowered his eyes. Right... He followed Toshi out of the classroom. Eijiro shines in the light… I can’t… I can’t hold him back. He’s the type to lift people up. The type to get recognized by someone like All Might. I’m… I’ll only bring him down.
“Hey,” Toshi nudged him. “It’s fine.” Izuku nodded slowly. “Besides,” the purple-haired buy hummed, “we are at hero school to become heroes. Me and you are partners, right? So if you don’t have Kirishima or Mina or anyone else, you have me. That’s what partners are for.” Izuku looked up at him. “Me too,” Shoto added. “I may not be your hero partner but we have the brand.” Izuku deadpanned. He let out a small huff. “I- I know…”
“Come on, you three!” Uraraka waved them up. “We don’t want to be last in line for lunch!”
Make friends… Make friends… Make… friends…
“HEY!” They all jumped. The wind boy came running up. “You guys seem like a fun bunch! Let’s hang!”
Iida gave him his angry glare. “I very much do not hang.”
The boy laughed loudly, patting Iida on the back. “You really are!” Uraraka smiled. “The more the merrier, right? What’s your name? I’m Ochaco Uraraka!” The buzz-cut boy grinned a grin that reminded Izuku of Eijiro.
No, don’t think about Eijiro. His chest hurt.
Izuku’s fanboy heart longed to reply to Lunchrush when the hero asked what he wanted for lunch but… he couldn’t. Shoto ended up helping him.
Izuku saw Eijiro and Mina and their new friends walk in but he was soon guided away to sit at an empty table with his… group.
Inasa Yoarashi is loud. He’s brash and obnoxious and yet Izuku can’t find it in himself to hate it. He’s also a bit scary.
Tenya Iida is strict but funny. He moves like a robot and is a bit oblivious.
Ochaco Uraraka is sweet and bubbly. She blushes a lot and is easily embarrassed but is very much a people person.
How did I end up with such a noisy group…?
“So what about you three?” Uraraka leaned over. “What are your quirks? Erm… Shinsou, right? You said that yours was brainwashing?” Toshi stiffened next to him. “Yeah,” he replied smoothly but Izuku could hear the underlying tension. Yoarashi’s eyes widened. “That’s really cool!” Iida hummed. “You could do quite a bit with that. You called out to Sato first. Is it voice-activated?” “Yeah…” Toshi replied again. Izuku nudged him a bit. A silent: It’ll be fine. Uraraka smiled. “Then what about you two?” Izuku held his tongue. “I make ice from my right side and fire from my left,” Shoto replied. Yoarashi whistled. “Ooooooooh! Fancy!” Iida nodded. “Very versatile. And… Kirishima, right?”
Izuku swallowed. “I- I- It’s… um… y- yeah…”
“But he prefers Izuku,” Toshi helpfully finished. Uraraka placed her fist in her hand like a light bulb went off. “Right! I remember you saying that before! So what is your quirk? You went all glowy during the dash.”
This time Toshi bumped him. Izuku took a deep breath. “I- It’s called p- p- puppet.”
“Puppet?”
Izuku nodded.
“So do you control people?” Yoarashi asked, leaning closer, almost over the table. “You control people huh? Ooooh… You two are the saaaame!” Izuku shook his head. “N- no… I… ‘ave st- strings.”
Uraraka, Yoarashi, and Iida all looked at each other and then back at him. “What?” Izuku looked down. Toshi cleared his throat. “That only I use.”
“Yo-”
“We are a tag team. Just so you know.” Toshi nodded. “And we plan to be a hero duo so only I use them.”
Yoarashi nodded sage-like. “I don’t really understand but still cool!”
Izuku let out a silent sigh of relief. He shot a thankful look over at Toshi.
“I couldn’t help but notice your cat,” Iida suddenly spoke up again. Izuku looked down at Hime who was curled up in his lap. “What’s her name?” Uraraka asked. “Or is it a boy? Is it?! I’m sorry! I just assumed because of the pink vest!”
Izuku shook his head. “S- she’s a- a- a girl. Her n- name is,” Izuku looked over at Shoto who raised an eyebrow, smirking. “Hime…” Izuku said slowly, making sure to pronounce the aitch(H). Shoto looked back down at his food. Yoarashi hummed loudly. “She certainly looks like a princess!” Izuku winced. Yoarashi is a very loud person… “If you don’t mind me asking,” Iida started, “is it because of your stutter?” Izuku paled.
“N- not reallae…” Izuku looked down.
Uraraka smiled at him. “That’s fine! She’s cute! Do we get to see her everyday? Are you bringing her every day?” Izuku blinked. “Yer…”
Why is everyone so bright? How are they talking to each other like they’ve known each other for years? I want…
Izuku looked down at Hime who looked back up at him with her big, blue eyes.
-----
‘By the way,’ Toshi whispered, ‘you aren't stuttering as much.’
-----
I want to be able to talk with people like that too…
Lunch ended soon after and the small group all went back to class. They had a few typical high school classes and then Hero Foundational Studies which was their last class but only every other day as an added class to the end of school after the Gen Ed. and other classes had already let out. Today they didn’t have it so they were released after math.
“Izuk-”
“HEY!” Eijiro was cut off by Yoarashi who walked up to Izuku. “Let’s exchange numbers!!!” Uraraka grabbed her bag from her seat. “Yeah!” Iida came over. “Let’s.” Uraraka waved over Shoto and Toshi. “You too!” The two looked at each other. They shrugged and walked over. Izuku looked around at the small group as they passed around each other’s phones.
Friends, huh?
“See you all tomorrow!” Uraraka waved the group goodbye and trotted out the door. Iida nodded. “Goodbye.” He turned and left.
“SEE YOU WHEN I SEE YOU!” Yoarashi yelled as he ran out the door.
“Don’t run in the halls!” Iida could be heard yelling from outside of the classroom. Toshi let out a huff. “What a strange group.”
“How did we end up sitting with them?” Shoto asked.
“I have no idea.”
“I- It’s not b- b- bad.”
Shoto shrugged. “I guess not.”
*Ding Ding*
They all looked down at their phones.
…
…
…
“Uraraka added us to a group chat,” Toshi stated. Shoto and Izuku hummed.
“Are you three ready to go?” They all looked over to the door where Eijiro and Mina were waiting and nodded. The five chatted as they left the school and all the way to the train station.
“Well, I guess I’ll see you tomorrow,” Toshi waved. He and Shoto had a different train. They all said their goodbyes before boarding their respective trains.
Izuku slouched onto a seat. Eijiro laughed, sitting next to him. “You look so drained!” Izuku groaned. “I a- am…” “Well don’t sleep yet, Zuku!” Mina chirped. “We are meeting up with everyone at the park!” Izuku nodded. “Right…” Izuku surveyed the train and his heart stopped. Eijiro nudged his shoulder. “How about you rest your eyes again?” Izuku glanced over at him. Eijiro smiled. “I know. He won’t come over.”
He as in Kacchan. As in the Kacchan who was sitting multiple seats away on the other side of the cart. “He will get off before us too so just rest your eyes.” Izuku looked down at his lap.
Kacchan is attending the same school as me again…
-----
‘Hey, freak!’
‘Nerd!’
‘Looser!’
‘Quirkless!’
‘You are such a waste of space!’
‘Why don’t you go fall off a cliff or something? No one needs a quirkless reject like you hanging around.’
-----
“Izuku? Hey, look at me.”
-----
‘Deku.’
-----
“Hey.” Izuku jumped, head snapping up to Eijiro. “It is fine.” Izuku didn’t even realize how shallow and fast his breaths had gotten. “Yeah!” Mina piped. “If he tries anything then you got us here!” Izuku swallowed thickly. “Rest your eyes,” Eijiro pulled Izuku’s head down to rest it on his shoulder. “I will tell you when he is gone.” Izuku squeezed his eyes shut.
-----
‘We don’t want you here.’
‘My mommy says that being quirkless is a disease.’
‘Why are you even still alive?’
…
…
…
‘I don’t know…’
-----
Izuku spent the rest of the ride leaning on Eijiro’s shoulder, keeping his eyes shut but his ears strained.
When he was shaken to get off, Kacchan was already gone. Felt dead tired as he silently followed Mina and Ei to the park where Furuya, Mori, and Hino were already waiting. And they all talked. And they laughed. And they shared stories about their new schools and the people they had met.
And the tension seemed to just melt away.
Friends… Izuku looked around. These are my friends. He looked up at the sky that was beginning to go dark. And UA? I- I might have friends there too. Izuku closed his eyes. He felt the wind blow through his hair as he swung gently on the swingset listening to his friends chatter on about this and that.
He could see the sun falling behind the highrises as he sat swinging his legs off of his dumpster. Hear the howl of a dog somewhere down the block. The music of a bar fading in and out every time the door opened and closed. Feel the night chill moving in.
“-uk? Zuku?”
He opened his eyes. Hino giggled as she stood up from where she was crouching near him. The scenery shifted back to the park. “Tired?” Izuku hummed. “Tired…?” he repeated. Hino looked over. “I think we have our new clock telling us when we need to go in.” They all snickered. Eijiro walked over. “Come on, man, time to go home.”
“Home… R- right.” He stood up. “I *YAWN* ‘ave o- one of th- those…” Eijiro pat his back. “Yup! And a bed calling your name!”
_______________________________
Eijiro opened the door to their house. “We are home!”
Mom and Dad came out of the living room. “How was it?” Dad asked? Eijiro beamed. “It was pretty fun! Our homeroom teacher is Mr. Aizawa. He’s a lot more scary as a teacher!” Izuku snorted. “You can’t tell me he’s not!”
Izuku shrugged. “‘e’s a- a lot s- scarier when he i- is fightin’.”
“I wouldn’t know.”
Izuku stuck his tongue out at him slightly. “U- upper hand.” Eijiro rolled his eyes. “Dinner?” Mom nodded. “It’s in the oven. I want to hear all about your day while we eat!”
Izuku flopped onto his bed after dinner with a groan. Eijiro chuckled. “I feel ya, man.” He flopped onto his own. “What a day!” Izuku hummed. Eijiro swallowed. “Hey, Izu?”
“Hmm?”
“Um…” Eijiro hesitated. “About lunch today… I’m sorry that I didn’t sit with you. I- I got caught up with Kaminari and the-”
“It’s f- fine…”
Eijiro looked to his side. Izuku sat up, getting into bed as they were already in their pajamas.
“Y- you don’ ‘ave ta a- apologize, Ei… Y- you deserve ta b- be in the light.”
Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows and sat up. “Izuku…?”
The boy settled into bed. “Y- you don’ need m- me ta *YAWN* drag y- ya down…” Izuku’s eyes closed slowly. “I- I’m too dark…”
Eijiro got out of bed. “Izuku, wait-”
“S- so ‘ave friends…” Izuku mumbled. “Someone l- like me will onlae dr- drag ya down.”
Eijiro stopped in front of Izuku’s bed and shook his brother’s shoulder. “Hey, man! Don’t say that! It’s not true!”
Izuku… Izuku SMILED at him. He smiled and said in the most sincere voice ever:
“S- sorrae for draggin’ y- ya down…” Izuku’s eyes closed. “Go… make friends…”
-----
‘Make friends,’ Eijiro mouthed.
-----
Eijiro fell to his knees, hands falling to his side. Tears filled his eyes.
No… I didn’t mean it like that!
Eijiro leaned his forehead against Izuku’s bed.
I didn’t mean it like that, Izuku!
Chapter 60: Battle Training Gone Wrong
Summary:
Battle Training exercise.
Notes:
How is everyone feeling?
Chapter Text
-WARNING: THIS HAS CUTTING AND SELF-HARM AT THE START-
_______________________________
*-eep beep beep beep beep* *SLAM*
Eijiro’s hand slid off of the alarm clock.
“Y- you are gonna b- break it s- someday.”
Eijiro opened his eyes. Izuku was already up and getting his stuff ready. Eijiro groaned and sat up. “Nah… I don’t use my quirk on it.” Izuku shrugged. Eijiro looked over at the other side of the room. I don’t remember getting in bed…?
-----
‘Go… make friends…’
-----
Eijiro’s head snapped up to Izuku who was about to leave to take a shower.
“Hey, Izuku,” the greenette looked over at him, tilting his head. “I- I didn’t mean it like that yesterday… You know that, right?” Izuku’s gaze darkened ever so slightly. “You aren’t bad-”
“Ei,” Izuku stopped him. His voice shook. “I- I get it… okay? I- I know h- how I am… I don’ sh- shine like y- you.”
Eijiro got out of bed. “Izuku, please listen to me. It’s not like that!”
Izuku opened the door, a sad smile on his face. “I- it’s okay, E- Ei. Y- you are able t- ta ‘ave friends a- and deserve th- them s- so-”
Eijiro grabbed Izuku’s wrist. “You deserve them too!” he pleaded. “That’s what I meant! I wanted you to make friends, not leave me or become separate!”
“Ei…”
“WE ARE STILL BROTHERS!”
Izuku tensed. “I- I need ta g- go take a shower…”
Eijiro narrowed his eyes. “Not like this. I am not letting you go into the bathroom and lock the door to try that again.”
Izuku let out a shaky breath.
“I won’t.” Eijiro’s heart dropped. Izuku’s voice was so, so cold. “I am goin’ ta take a shower.” There was no stutter and Eijiro knew he had lost. His grip slackened but as Izuku’s wrists slipped from his fingers, Eijiro could hardly feel anything. He watched as the door closed after his brother. Eijiro fell to his knees, breathing getting short and ragged.
Akio ran over, pawing at his legs and rubbing his head against Eijiro’s chest. The red-head reached up and grabbed onto his dog’s fur, burying his face in it.
I’m sorry. I didn’t mean it. I didn’t mean it. Don’t go. I didn’t mean it like that. Come back. I still need you. I do. Come back. Don’t leave me. I’m sorry.
“I- I didn’t m- mean it!”
_______________________________
Izuku closed the bathroom door behind him, locking it, and slid to the floor. Izuku buried his face in his hands trying, and failing, to stop the tears.
I thought we were family! Why are you pushing me away!? I get it! I know what I am, okay? I get it! Why does this always happen!?
Izuku wiped at his eyes furiously. Don’t make that face, Ei… You deserve to be happy and smile as you did with your friends. I… I can’t be around you anymore… I’ll drive them away from you. You deserve to be happy.
Izuku stood up, walking over to the sink. He opened the mirror and his eyes met the razor.
You deserve to be happy… I… I don’t. I made you feel that way. I made you have that sort of expression. I’m no good for you, Ei. I’m no good for anyone.
Izuku blinked, already having removed the razor blade from its casing.
I’m not good for anyone…
The blade pressed against his skin.
I’m sorry, Ei. I didn’t mean it. Go make friends without me. You’ll be fine.
A dull sting ached from his wrist as Izuku slowly dragged it across his skin.
You’ll smile more without me.
He pressed it against his skin again.
Go-
*BANG BANG BANG*
“Izuku, wait!” Eijiro’s voice sounded muffled. Izuku wasn’t really listening. He couldn’t hear anything above the roar of blood in his ears.
*BANG BANG BANG*
“Izuku please!”
“Ei?”
“M- Mom he’s-”
Izuku zoned them out as he watched the crimson drops roll thickly off of his wrist, the second cut mixing with the first.
It’s fine. “Izuku, dear, please open the door.” I don’t want to go, Ei, but I’ll hurt you if I stay. “Izuku, can you hear me?” So I’ll go and then you’ll be able to smile again. I’m sorry for hurting yo-
“Please…” Eijiro’s voice cut through the fog. “Don’t leave me… I still need my brother… I still need you…”
Izuku stared blankly into the mirror, hollow green eyes staring back. “Y- you don’ n- need somethin’ l- like me…”
“Don’t say that about yourself.” Eijiro’s voice shook. “Y- you aren’t just ‘something.’ You are my brother. Izuku Kirishima. Right? Y- you are… you are… important to me…” Izuku looked past his reflection and at the door behind him.
“Ei, wh- why do you s- say that ‘bout s- someone who h- hurts you?” Izuku asked. “I- I’m not good f- fer ya.”
“NO! You’re wrong!” Eijiro hit the door. “I didn’t mean that when I told you to make friends! I meant that you should try and talk to people! To laugh and be your own person! Not that I didn’t want you or like you! I still NEED you, Izuku!”
Izuku looked down at the bloodied razor blade in between his fingers.
-----
Yami looked him in the eyes. ‘Don’t apologize for what the world has pushed you to just… please, if you ever feel like trying that again, call me?’
-----
The blade slipped from his fingers and into the sink.
I can’t do this… I can’t do this!
He spun around and reached for the door but he froze, hand hovering over it.
I can’t do this either… I’m being selfish!
Izuku stared down at his still bleeding wrist.
What… am I supposed to do?
He looked between the sink and the door.
I can’t do either… I can’t… I can’t…
The walls were closing in. Everything was starting to blur. Izuku’s vision shook as he looked everywhere trying to focus on one thing but none of the pieces were fitting together.
-----
‘Make friends.’
‘Deku.’
‘Izu!’
‘Get away from me! I don’t want to be infected!’
‘Come here.’
‘Why don’t you just fall off a cliff or something?’
‘Please don’t try it again…’
-----
‘Freak.’
‘Izuku!’
‘Screw up.’
‘Zuku!’
‘Dek-’
-----
“Izu?”
-----
‘It’s all about perspective, man!’
-----
Izuku jolted forward, grabbing the handle of the bathroom door. He unlocked it, swinging it open to the startled faces of his family.
Eijiro’s body crashed into him a second later, wrapping Izuku in a tight hug. Izuku’s eyes stared widely in between the gap between his parents. Eijiro’s body shook as the boy cried against Izuku. Izuku didn’t realize that he was crying as well, tears streaming down his face with no effort to wipe them away. Two more pairs of arms came and wrapped around him and Eijiro. No one said anything for a long while until they all let go of him.
“I- I’m sorrae…” Izuku whispered, looking down. Dad shook his head, rubbing Izuku’s arms as he crouched before him. “Don’t apologize.” He looked over at Ei. “You too. Neither of you was in the wrong here. There was just a bit of a miscommunication.” He looked over at Izuku. “Do you still want to go to school today?”
Izuku nodded. “I- I ‘ave…” he glanced over at Eijiro.
“Friends?” the boy questioned. Izuku averted his eyes back to the ground. Eijiro slung an arm around him. “That’s all I meant, man,” he chuckled dryly. Izuku nodded slowly. “S- sorrae… I didn’t understand…” Eijiro shook his head. “Sorry for making you think that I was pushing you away. Brothers?” He held out a fist. Izuku slowly raised his and bumped it. “Br- brothers.” Eijiro grinned at him, eyes red from tears.
“Ah,” Mom suddenly gasped. “We need to clean that.” Izuku followed her gaze down to his wrist that was still dripping just a bit. “Oh…” Izuku blinked at it a few times, letting it register before a wave of lightheadedness hit him.
“Woah there, bud!” Dad stabilized him by his shoulders as Izuku swayed. The man stood up. “Let’s get that cleaned.” He looked at his wife. “Can you get him some orange juice? He is going to need some vitamins in him. Eijiro, go get dressed and get some as well. We are running short on time here.”
Dad guided Izuku to the sink, taking out the blade before letting cold water run over the shallow cuts Izuku had made in his wrists. He winced as his father disinfected them.
“I- I can do i- it,” Izuku said. “I- I know ‘ow.”
Dad sighed. “Yeah… I know you do. Just let your father help you this time, okay?” The raven-haired man looked him in the eyes. “Please?” Izuku didn’t have the heart to say no so instead he nodded slowly and said, “Th- thank you…”
He watched Dad put gauze over the cuts and begin to wrap his wrist in bandages. Mom came in with a cup of orange juice which he took with his free hand. Dad stood up. “Alrighty, you are all good to go. Would you like a pill for pain?” Izuku shook his head and finished the orange juice. “I’ll b- be fine.”
Dad shook his head. “There is a difference between ‘I’ll be fine’ and ‘I’m fine.’ If you are saying ‘I’ll be fine,’ then you aren’t right now. It is okay to accept what is offered, Izuku, if you know it will help you.”
Izuku blushed slightly. “Y- yes, please…”
Dad pats his shoulder. “Alright. I am going to go get you some. Get dressed and meet us in the kitchen.”
They really didn’t have much time for breakfast and soon the doorbell rang as Mina stood outside the gate.
“The train leaves in ten minutes!” her voice came through the speakers. Izuku hesitated by the front door. “Izuku?” Eijiro tilted his head. Izuku looked around at his family.
“Th- Thank you…” he whispered, looking down.
-----
‘Say that without stuttering and I will believe you.’
-----
“Thank you… fer stoppin’ me…”
Mom pushed his hair back and kissed him on the forehead. “We will stop you every time so how about not trying again?” She winked at him. Izuku smiled softly. “I- I’ll try my best…”
“That’s all we ask.”
“Come on, slowpokes!”
Mom stepped back. “Love you two!” She and Dad waved. Eijiro waved as he bolted out the door. “Love you too!” Izuku followed him. His hand lingered on the door knob. He looked over his shoulder.
“Love ya too.”
Izuku closed the door behind him and ran to catch up with Mina and Eijiro.
_______________________________
Yuma felt something warm bloom in her chest.
“Did you hear that, Asa?”
Her husband wrapped his arm around her waist. “I heard it. Loud and… clear. Completely clear.”
Asa sighed, resting his chin on her shoulder. “I think we need to talk to Izuku. We need to know why he has been so off the rails lately.”
Yuma leaned her head against his. “He’s always been this way, dear.”
“Maybe so but not as bad. His episode last night and this morning? It hasn’t been this bad in a while,” he said.
Yuma hummed. “You don’t think he is relapsing again, do you?”
Asa furrowed his eyebrows. “He shouldn’t be. Izuku has been with us for well over a year now and hasn’t had an episode like that for almost three months.”
Yuma nodded. “It might be because of what happened to Ei.”
“Maybe. It would make sense but I would think that would happen soon after. Not two weeks later.”
Yuma sighed and pats his arm, Asa releasing her. “I don’t know, dear. I think he will calm down again after today. “ She turned to him and kissed him on the lips before walking away. “He might just be releasing everything that he has bottled up without knowing it.”
Asa followed her as she pulled out the cleaning supplies to clean the bathroom where Izuku had dripped blood.
“That’s what dissociating is for,” he commented.
“Sometimes,” Yuma started, “there are things that you can only release by screaming or crying out because you need to be heard. You can’t do that when you dissociate so those things compile until something like what happened the other night happens. And then he had the cooldown of this morning, just letting the reassurance of the night before sit in. Though maybe not the cutting part… We do need to fix this. Last night he even went for the knives and almost got them.”
Asa sighed and crouched down to help her. “I know. I hate to say it but maybe we should child lock anything sharp.”
Yuma raised an eyebrow. “Izuku may have some mental deficiencies, Asa, but he is definitely not stupid. You’ve seen his grades and his IQ is most definitely higher for a kid his age.”
Asa nodded. “But not when he is having an episode. If he is able to get them off during one then it will take significantly longer and by that time we will have gotten there to stop him.”
Yuma wrung out the rag. “We’ll talk to him tonight and see. Okay? But for now, both of us have work.”
Asa stood up and stretched. “This is going to sound really bad but sometimes I feel like Izuku is my warm-up to go and talk with my patients.”
Yuma slapped him gently on the shoulder. “Oh hush!”
_______________________________
“So,” Mina crossed her arms as they sat on the train, “we need a plan.”
Kiri tilted his head. “A plan?”
She nodded. “We are on this train for two hours a day. One in the morning and one in the evening. That is too long to be sitting here doing nothing!”
“S- s- so we need a- a plan t- to…” Zuku started slowly.
“To have something to do on our ride!” she chirped. Mina slouched into her seat. “Cause just sitting here is boring!” Kiri chuckled. “Okay so let’s make a plan.” Zuku nodded. “We could bring cards or something maybe.” He looked at Zuku. “We taught you to play Go Fish, right?” Zuku nodded again. “I- I think so…?”
Mina frowned. “But where would we put the deck?”
“Whoever is in the middle would hold it and we can rotate,” Kiri suggested. Zuku hummed. “B- but everaeday?” Mina shook her head. “Not everyyyyyday. Just every once in a while? We need more ideas!”
Kiri laughed.
Mina smiled.
Yes, she had seen the bandages peeking out from under Zuku’s sleeve. And she noticed the slightly red eyes of her friends. She was glad that the air had cleared.
“Oh!” she piped. “Today is our first hero lesson!”
Sure, they had Prequirk History and Modern Hero versus Past Hero classes every day but today would be their first class for Foundational Hero Studies where their days would alternate between physically doing something like rescue exercises and regular classes and lectures about how to be a hero. Mina really hoped that it was not the lecture class today.
Kiri nodded excitedly. “I wonder what we will be doing!”
Mina hummed. “Maybe we will be allowed to put on our costumes!”
Zuku tilted his head. “W- we ‘aven’t seen th- them yet.”
Mina bounced her legs. “I can’t wait till school is over so we can start our classes! I’ve never been so eager to learn in my life!”
The two boys laughed.
_______________________________
Hitoshi yawned as he and Todoroki got off of the train. He got on much later than Todoroki because he lived so close. He only took the train because he didn’t want to wake up earlier to go to school early with Dad who had to be there in the morning earlier.
“That’s the fifth time you’ve yawned since getting on the train,” Todoroki counted. “Not a morning person?” Hitoshi clicked his tongue. “No. I’m a night person though and I don’t sleep.” Todoroki hummed.
“Hey, you two!”
The two boys turned around to see a familiar brunette running their way waving. They stopped and waited. Uraraka caught up and beamed at them.
How can someone be so perky in the morning…?
“Good morning!” she chirped.
“Good morning,” Todoroki greeted.
“Morning…” Hitoshi sighed.
Uraraka giggled. “It’s our second day! How exciting!”
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. Is it? Is it reeeaaally? I need coffee...
They stopped outside of the gates. Uraraka tilted her head. “Are you not going in?” Hitoshi leaned on the side of the brick wall, resting his eyes. “We are waiting for Izuku,” Todoroki explained, sitting criss-cross next to Hitoshi. “Ooooh. I’ll wait too!” She stood by the wall as well. “It will be a bit,” Hitoshi informed the girl. “That’s fine!” Hitoshi glanced down at Todoroki who glanced up at him. Hitoshi shrugged and closed his eyes again but he kept his ears open and body fully alert, like any sane person. He knows how “friends” go. He’s had plenty of “friends” in the orphanage. He fell for that trick once too many times. They all just turn on you in the end. Well… maybe not all of them. Hitoshi truly wants to believe that Zuku won’t. He doesn’t think Zuku will. He trusts Zuku like he trusts Dad. And… Todoroki? We’ll see. Maybe something about their “brand?” Hitoshi feels like there is a certain bond that people in the brand have.
-----
‘Hitoshi,’ Dad poked his head into the purple-haired boy’s room, ‘can we talk?’
Hitoshi sat down on his bed. Dad was already in his hero gear to go out for the night.
‘Sure.’
Dad walked in and sat next to him. ‘Earlier today you seemed a bit off during the quirk assessment test.’
‘Did I?’
Dad nodded. ‘And you’ve been tense all day. Do you want to talk about it?’
Hitoshi sighed. ‘I saw it coming, honestly, the test…’ he whispered. ‘I don’t know why I instantly reverted back to there I just… did. And when I looked over at Zuku and Todoroki I knew they were thinking the same and I just… I could help but fall back into that place or something.’
-----
Hitoshi sighed.
He and Dad had talked about meditation multiple times but Hitoshi felt it was dumb. Dad originally brought it up about Hitoshi’s insomnia. He’s considered it but he doesn’t know what it’ll do. Zuku tried ‘meditation’ when he was trying out his quirk on himself and threw himself out of the window from the fourth floor by accident. Sure, Hitoshi doesn’t have that quirk but dang. That was now his picture of ‘meditation.’
He opened his eyes as he heard footsteps approaching. I’ll talk to Dad later about it.
“Hey!”
The three waiting looked over to see Zuku and his gang walking towards them. Mina waved wildly. Uraraka waved a bit. Todoroki stood up.
“Good morning!” Uraraka cheered.
“Good morning!” their resident alien replied.
Hitoshi and Todoroki just naturally migrated to stand beside Zuku. “Morning,” he greeted, more to Zuku than anyone else but everyone still replied. Zuku hummed. “Mornin’.”
The three branded children followed a bit behind the others though Kirishima hung a bit behind as well near Zuku.
“HEY!” Hitoshi, Zuku, and Todoroki all jumped, still not having all of the nerves from yesterday shaken off as well as the added ones from today when they opened the door to their homeroom and Yoarashi called out to them from the back of the class where he was seated because of his height.
Iida stood and robotically swung his arm up and down at the boy. “You do not need to be so loud! It is disrespectful!”
“Ha ha ha! I’m just saying hello to my friends!”
“Both of you are too loud…” a boy with a bird’s head sighed quietly to himself.
I could not agree more, Hitoshi thought. Why are we going back there? He had to take a second take as he realized he had just followed Uraraka back to the boy.
“Izu?” Zuku looked back over at Kirishima. Something happened in that little exchange but Hitoshi could not explain it. Kirishima just nodded and gave a thumbs up. Zuku nodded slowly and followed Hitoshi and the others back to Yoarashi before they all ended up migrating to Iida because the stiff boy wouldn’t come over.
“Get to your seats,” was Dad’s greeting as he came in and thus the day started.
Hitoshi sits behind Zuku which Hitoshi was sure was no coincidence. It was during Cementoss’s class that he caught a glimpse of it. He had been noticing that Zuku was messing with his wrist a lot that day but didn’t think anything of it until he leaned forward to ask the boy a question about their paper and he saw the bandages peeking out from under the sleeve of his uniform. Hitoshi froze mid-sentence and Zuku noticed, quick to cover his wrist with his other hand. Hitoshi’s eyes slowly rose to meet his friends. Zuku looked down.
“Y- you n- n- needed someth- thin’? T- Toshi?”
He was stuttering more than usual too. Hitoshi swallowed. “You too?” he asked quietly. Zuku’s head snapped up. Hitoshi shook his head and slid back in his seat. “Let’s talk before lunch. In the bathroom.” Zuku nodded, deflating a bit and turning forward.
Hitoshi sighed and went back to his paper. Ah. I still need help.
_______________________________
Hizashi slammed the door open. “Hey! Hey! Hey! Hey, listeners!” He stepped up to the podium at the front of the class. “Who is ready for some English?!” He punched the air.
…
…
…
“Ehem.” He cleared his throat. “Let’s get into it then!”
Hizashi turned to the chalkboard and began to teach. All throughout class, his eyes drifted over to Izuku subconsciously.
-----
*Ding Ding*
Hizashi’s phone went off as he sat in the teacher's lounge. He opened the message.
Izuku:
I’m sorry.
Hizashi:
What’s wrong, Izu?
Izuku:
You told me to call you first before I tried again.
- Hizashi’s heart dropped. -
Hizashi:
Izu, what happened?
Izuku:
I don’t know.
It was this morning.
< insert picture of wrist in bandages >
I’m sorry for not calling you first.
-----
Hizashi met eyes with the boy a few times but Izuku looked down as soon as they made contact.
He wanted nothing more than to hug and cuddle the boy with all of his might but alas, Hizashi is an English teacher and he needs to do his job. He will text the boy tonight for sure, though, and try to even call him.
_______________________________
“HEY! Are we eating?!”
Yoarashi came up to Hitoshi and Zuku before lunch. Uraraka and Iida had begun to come over as well. “I’m starved!” Uraraka piped.
Hitoshi wanted to tell her that she probably doesn’t know the actual meaning of that but decided against that. “Zuku and I are going to the bathrooms real quick.”
“I’ve got to go too,” Todoroki came over. Hitoshi looked over at him. Yeah. He probably noticed something was off too. “We will meet you in there,” he stated.
“We will be sure to save you a seat,” Iida nodded sternly. “But do not take too long. We, as heroes in training, must stay in top physical form and that includes eating three balanced meals a day!”
They followed the three out but went the opposite direction to the bathrooms instead.
Hitoshi stopped in front of the sink and turned to Zuku. “So?”
Zuku hung his head.
“I- I um…” He glanced up at Hitoshi and Todoroki for confirmation that it was okay to tell them. Todoroki nodded. “We aren’t going to chastise you for it.” Zuku rolled up his sleeve to reveal the full bandages. “I- I was g- goin’ ta try a- and… end i- it this m- mornin’ b- but I didn’t…” Hitoshi frowned. “You did that and still came to school?”
Zuku nodded slowly. “D- Dad treated i- it…”
A part of Hitoshi felt betrayed that Zuku would try to cut his life short when they promised to become heroes together but Hitoshi couldn’t hold onto the feeling for long. He rolled up his sleeves and held out his wrists where one could make out faded scars from where he had used to cut himself as well.
“I haven’t done it in a while,” he stated, “but I used to do it at least three times a week. Dad found out about a month into me living with him and helped me stop.”
Zuku looked up at him. “‘ave y- you st- stopped?” Hitoshi nodded. “I’ve stopped.” Zuku dropped his head, shoulders shaking. “I- I’m sorrae… W- we promised ta b- b- be ‘eroes together b- but I- I’m so w- weak…” Hitoshi shook his head. He guided Izuku into an awkward head. “No, not weak. Just hurting. Even strong people cry sometimes. Dad told me that.” Zuku chuckled dryly against his chest. “And you are still here, Zuku. Until you are not here we are still partners and we will still be heroes together.”
Todoroki hummed. “And we will still be part of ACI together.”
Zuku turned his head to look at Todoroki. “A- ACI?”
Todoroki nodded. “Abused Child Incorporated.”
…
…
…
“Ha…” Zuku laughed. “Ha ha ha!” He leaned back to stand up, wiping the tears from his eyes. “Y- you made a- an acronym f- fer it?!” Todoroki nodded sharply. Zuku laughed quietly for a few moments before catching his breath. “Y- you are so b- bad, Shoto.” Todoroki shrugged. Hitoshi smirked. “Feeling better?” Zuku nodded. “Yer. Thank ya g- guys.” He was stuttering less again. Hime pawed at Zuku’s leg. The boy smiled down at her.
“Should she be in here?” Todoroki asked. “This is the men’s room.”
Both Hitoshi and Zuku stared at him before breaking into laughter again. “Are you serious?” Hitoshi gawked at the boy. The three calmed down soon after. “W- we should go,” Zuku started. “I- Iida is g- goin’ ta be mad at us.” Hitoshi rolled his eyes. “Well screw Iida then. I’ll come comfort my friend anytime I want.” Zuku raised an eyebrow. “Fine, fine.” Hitoshi rolled his eyes. “Unscrew Iida or whatever. Let’s go.”
They all left the bathroom.
“Zuku,” Hitoshi started as they walked to the lunchroom. “I mean it. No matter what happens. No matter how far you spiral or how far I spiral. No matter what happens,” Hitoshi looked over at the boy, “I still want you as my partner. We will become heroes together.” Zuku turned to him and smiled. He smiled the smile that he only smiled when around Hitoshi and Todoroki because they were the grey area where their world separated from the real world. Izuku smiled and nodded.
“I look forward to it!” the greenette chirped without a single hesitation or stutter.
_______________________________
Eijiro saw Izuku, Shinsou, and Todoroki come into the lunchroom together and find their group of friends that they had somehow gathered.
Izuku glanced down at him as they passed his table. Eijiro held out his hand. Izuku gently slapped his own hand against it and kept walking. Eijiro smiled and turned back to his group who were currently talking about if Akio liked toast. Mina nudged him slightly. Eijiro grinned at her before smiling down at Akio who sat next to him on the floor.
“We will have to see!” he piped.
“I call feeding it to him!” Kaminari raised his hand.
_______________________________
Izuku scratched at his wrist absentmindedly as his friends gathered around his desk, chattering about this and that as they waited. The bell had rung for normal classes to let out but today class 1A stayed after for Hero Foundational Studies. They stayed later every other day. On the days they didn’t then class 1B would to split the time.
Toshi lightly slapped his shoulder. “Don’t scratch it,” he whispered. Izuku sighed quietly and put his hand back on his desk.
“She’s so pretty!!!” Uraraka was crouched at the edge of his desk, peering over it. Izuku had put Hime on his desk and Uraraka fawning all over her. “Y- you can p- p- pet ‘er,” Izuku whispered. “I was under the impression that we were not allowed to pet service animals,” Iida stated. Izuku shrugged. “I- It’s okay i- i- if the owner g- gives per- permission.” Uraraka’s eyes lit up. She reached out and let Hime smell her hand before petting the cat.
“She’s so soft!” Uraraka pouted. “My apartment building does not allow pets.”
“Oh? Do you live alone, Uraraka?” Iida asked. The brunette nodded. “My parents spent their bottom dollars to get me close to UA.”
“WOW!” Yoarashi pointed a long finger at her. “You’re so adult!” Uraraka blushed, scratching the back of her head like Eijiro would do. “R- really? You think so?”
Izuku leaned over to Toshi and Shoto and whispered very quietly: “I- I remember when I ‘ad m- my own place b- behind the dumpster. A- am I ‘adult’ n- now?”
Toshi snorted and quickly covered his mouth, turning to the side.
Shoto took in a sharp breath.
Iida, Uraraka, and Yoarashi all looked over at them. “What’s so funny?” Yoarashi asked. Toshi took a deep breath and school his face back to his usual smugness. “Nothing.”
They heard footsteps approaching at a rapid pace. The whole class was already looking at the door when it slammed open and almost flying into the room in a very dramatic pose, All Might himself yelled:
“I AM HERE!!! COMING THROUGH THE DOOR LIKE A NORMAL PERSON!!!”
Everyone gawked.
“All Might?!”
“You’re our teacher?!”
“So cool!”
Izuku looked over at Eijiro who had his head down trying to not laugh at his mentor’s antics. They met eyes. Eijiro shrugged like: ´I dunno, man.´
All Might strut into the room and stood boldly in front of the students with his hands on his hips. “This is Hero Foundation Studies!” he announced loudly. “We will be building up the foundations of your hero careers through various trials and lecture courses! Today we will be doing…”
He held up a card that read the word: BATTLE in large letters.
“BATTLE TRAINING!!!” All Might laughed as the class cheered. “And to accompany you to your first battle please take a look to your left!” He pressed a button. Izuku and Hitoshi both jumped back on sheer instinct as the walls shifted and several display cases moved out from them, each holding a metallic briefcase with a number on it. “These are your hero costumes that you all designed before starting at UA and we had the support course create for you based on your designs! Take these and meet me at Ground Beta!”
All Might’s demeanor suddenly shifted and the whole class went silent.
“Remember, boys and girls, when you dawn these costumes you are no longer students. Wear these with pride because when you step out of that tunnel, license or not, you are officially heroes.”
Izuku felt an excitement bubble in his chest.
All Might saluted. “SEE YOU SOOOOOOOOON!!!” He disappeared down the hall.
Izuku hung back as everyone went to grab their respective briefcase. “Izu,” Eijiro came over with two. He handed Izuku the briefcase with the number 18 on it. Izuku took it. “Th- thank ya.” He stared down at the case, running his fingers along the metal edges. Toshi walked up to him. “Let’s go get dressed, partner.” Izuku looked up at him and nodded sharply.
“Izuku,’ Shoto pulled out his fur cape as they were getting dressed, “should I put this on now? It was originally meant for only when I am in the mountains but it’s in here.”
“It comes as a package deal,” Toshi commented.
Izuku hummed. “Y- you can always t- t- take it off when y- you get out there b- but p- put it on f- fer now so you c- can see yerself in the f- full costume fer the f- first time.” Shoto hummed. “Alight. I’ll do that then.” Izuku looked in his case. He held up the green vest in front of him. “Zuku.” He looked over and Toshi held up his purple tuxedo with the tailcoat. He smirked. “This is going to be so cool.” Izuku nodded.
Izuku got dressed quickly, as usual. He held the mask in his hands. Izuku ran his fingers over the antenna.
-----
‘S- so it looks l- like a controlling d- device?’
-----
They looked a bit like bunny ears but the point they came up to looked very much like the antenna he had imagined. Izuku swallowed thickly.
This is fine. I trust Toshi. I trust him…
Izuku slipped the metal mask over his mouth and up to over his ears as they were designed to do. He closed his eyes.
I am no longer Golden Whip. His tattoo throbbed with phantom pain. “Zuku.” Izuku opened his eyes and turned to his partner. They stood there in full gear, full costume. Their partner costumes. Toshi hummed. “Nice. Looks better than on paper.”
“I’m glad I asked for the internal temperature changer like you said, Izuku,” Shoto commented. Izuku turned around. Shoto stood in his red, white, and gold hero costume. Toshi smirked under the mask. “Put on the cape.” Izuku couldn’t see Shoto’s eyes from behind the gold-tinted ski mask but he didn’t have to imagine the look he gave Toshi. He didn’t have the red mouth and nose mask pulled over his nose yet. Toshi waved him. “Fine…” Shoto pulled the cape that went down to his ankles over his shoulders and tied it. “And…” Shoto pulled up to the hood. Toshi nodded. “Yup. Nice.” Izuku nodded. “I- I like the g- gold.” Shoto straightened up a bit. “Thanks.”
“Izu,” he turned to his brother. “It turned out so cool!” Ei hardened his arms and jabbed forward. Izuku nodded. “I- It looks g- good on ya.” Ei grinned. “Thanks for helping me design it!”
“We should go,” Shoto stated. They all nodded and left the dressing room. Walking down the tunnel to Ground Beta, the same jittery feeling Izuku felt when he went on his first excursion as Golden Whip bubbled inside of him again. Toshi stepped up beside him. He held up a fist. “As partners.” Izuku nodded. “As partners.” He bumped his fist against Toshi’s and the two stepped out to greet the small gathering of those who were already dressed.
“WOAH!” Yoarashi came bounding over to them. “So that’s what a duo costume looks like! You look so professional!” He pointed at Ei and Mina. “You too!”
Ei smirked at Izuku.
Izuku, Hitoshi, Shoto: Abuse Child Incorporated, crafty and detailed when it comes to these.
Eijiro, Mina: Had held from Abused Child Incorporated.
Izuku shrugged. Uraraka came out. “Ooooh! So formal! Iida, you look like a robot!” Iida came over in his armor that reminded Izuku a lot of Ingenuim’s. “I modeled it after my brother’s,” Iida informed them. “Who is your brother?” Toshi asked. “Ingenium.” Ah. Called it. “I aspire to be a hero just like him.” Yoarashi roared. “So you are really a preppy, rich kid!”
“I deny every part of that statement!”
“Say, Izuku, where is Hime?” Uraraka asked.
“M- me and E- Eijiro left our p- pets w- with Recovery G- Girl,” he replied.
*BAM* *BAM* *BAM*
Everyone looked over at All Might who was… clapping.
“That’s some intense power for just clapping,” Toshi commented.
“You are all looking pretty cool!” All Might complimented the group. “Let us move on to the training! This will be an indoor battle training will you will be put into groups of two by drawing lots. Then your team will be lotted into either villains or heroes. Villians, you will have a nuclear missile that you may hide anywhere within the building. You will be given a ten-minute start to do so while the hero team makes a plan. At ten minutes the heroes will come after you. Heroes, your objective is to get your hands on the missile or to use your capture tape given to you to capture the villain. Villains, you will also get capture tape. If at any point your legs or arms are bound in the tape, you are out. Each team will have earpieces to communicate with each other. Does everyone understand?!”
“Yes, All Might!”
Iida raised his hand.
“Young Iida! What is your question?”
Iida cleared his throat. “If I may ask, All Might, sir, what is the point of teaming up with a partner we have never fought with before?”
All Might opened his mouth to answer but the girl with the puffy black ponytail spoke first. “If you think about it, there will be plenty of times on the field when we will have to partner with other agencies and heroes we have never had the pleasure of working with before.” Iida hummed. “I see. This is a good chance for us to be able to learn to make quick strategies for situations we may be put in with a variety of people. Thank you.”
All Might cleared his throat. “Erm, yes! Thank you, Young Yaoyorozu!”
Izuku deadpanned. Something tells me he isn’t used to teaching. Eijiro nudged his arm. “I can’t even see your mouth and I can tell exactly what face you made,” he whispered. “He’s trying his best.” Izuku glanced over at his brother, raising an eyebrow.
“NOW!” All Might pushed two boxes on rolling platforms in front of him. “Let us decide teams!”
“We might now get pitted together,” Toshi stated. Izuku deflated. “Yer…” Toshi rolled his arms. “If not, let’s use this to see what we both need to work on individually for the times when we aren’t able to work together. Not that there will be much of those.” Izuku nodded. “W- We can t- talk about them later th- then.” Toshi nodded.
“Team B, Izuku Kirishima and Hitoshi-” Toshi winced “-Aizawa.”
A beat.
Everyone turned to look at Hitoshi.
“You’re related to Aizawa-sensei?!”
Izuku pats his shoulder as everyone started chattering about it.
“What’s your relation?”
“Are you his son?”
“No way! Our homeroom teacher is your father!?”
Toshi sighed. “Yes. Yes, he is. Can we please move on to the battle trial?”
…
“Definitely his son.”
“Yup.”
“You can hear it in his voice.”
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. “What is that supposed to mean,” he huffed under his breath. Izuku shook his head. “O- on the bright side-”
“Zuku, you never think on the bright side.”
Izuku narrowed his eyes at the boy. “On the br- bright side…” he started slowly, “we w- were, in fact, l- lotted together b- but if y- you don’ w- want my totally o- optimistic view on l- life then w- we can ask for a change.”
Toshi slapped his shoulder. “Don’t even joke about that.”
Izuku smirked under the mask.
“I can feel your smugness from here,” Toshi growled. Izuku could not deny that.
“Now for deciding who will be going first!” All Might stuck his oversized hand into a container that was labeled ‘HERO’. He pulled out a ball. “Team D!” Eijiro pumped his fist. “Heck yeah!” He turned to his partner, a girl with a frog-like appearance.
“Against…” All Might pulled a ball from the box labeled ‘VILLAIN', “Team B!” Izuku blinked slowly. He turned his head. His and Eijiro’s eyes met. A long silence drew out.
“A battle between the brothers,” someone whispered.
Eijiro chuckled. “Well! I look forward to our fight!”
Izuku swallowed.
“As do I, ribbit,” the girl, Tsuyu Asui, nodded.
“Villain team, you will find your earpieces, capture tape, and the missile waiting for you inside. Heroes, yours are just outside it as well as a map of the layout of the building. The rest of you, follow me to the viewing area. Your ten minutes start now!”
Izuku and Toshi ran into the highrise. He stopped just in the door to see Eijiro and Asui running up to their items.
“Zuku.”
Izuku blinked slowly and turned back to his partner. “Let’s go.”
The missile was large but light. Fake. Izuku grabbed the bottom and tipped it over so Toshi could grab the tip. “Where are we heading?”
“Floor three,” Izuku instructed, calculations running through his head. “Too obvious to the top, they’ll search the first floor first. Let’s go up.” Toshi nodded, not commenting on Izuku’s lack of stutter. They placed it in the furthest corridor of floor three and set it in the corner. Izuku slipped in his earpiece, though they didn’t need it considering their gear that they had synced on the way up. They had to have it so All Might could communicate to them should something go wrong.
Izuku walked up to Toshi. “Did you get them?”
Toshi nodded and pressed a button on the side of his mask. “Yes, ribbit,” he said, voice coming out of the mask to sound like Asui’s. He pressed it again. “I got them,” and Ei’s voice came. Izuku nodded. “Me too.” Toshi changed his voice back. Izuku took a deep breath. He grinned under the mask. “Villains, huh?”
_______________________________
Hitoshi looked up at Izuku slowly.
He chuckled. “Yeah.”
Their eyes met and it was crystal clear. “Fine.” Izuku cracked his knuckles. “Let’s show those dang heroes who they are dealing with.” Hitoshi nodded. “Let’s.”
_______________________________
Eijiro froze.
Izuku had stopped just inside the highrise. Their eyes met for a second.
Empty.
“Zuku,” Shinsou called to his partner. Izuku blinked slowly. When his eyes opened again, a shiver went up Eijiro’s spine. Those… were not Izuku’s eyes. Those were not the eyes of his brother.
“Kirishima, ribbit,” Asui called to him. “We need to go over the map and make a plan.” Eijiro shook his head and nodded, turning to his teammate. “Right!”
The two slipped in their earpieces and got to work. It was a four-story building with multiple rooms and corridors on each floor, each empty aside from wherever the missile was being held. “You should start on the first floor, ribbit,” she suggested. “I’ll jump up straight to the second floor. We can cover more ground like that.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “I know Izuku and Shinsou. They are dangerous alone and more so together. We should stick together.”
Asui hummed. “Let us take a quick sweep of the second first then, ribbit. I will jump up then bring you up with my tongue.”
What?
“We can take a quick sweep of that floor before moving to the first one just in case they are milling around at the top and coming down for us.”
Eijiro nodded. So we are just going to disregard what she just said then.
“If we see either one of them, immediately call over the earpiece. Chances are the other is right around the corner.”
“Ten minutes is up!” All Might’s voice came through their earpieces. “You have fifteen minutes to capture the villains or claim the missile. Battle Simulation: START!”
“Let’s go.”
“Ribbit.”
The two rounded to the back of the building. Asui crouched and jumped up to the second floor, climbing in through the windowless holes. She turned around and… her tongue shot out! It reached all the way to Eijiro and wrapped around his waist.
No way, man…
He was hoisted into the second floor and she let go of him. “I’ll take this half, ribbit. Go search the other half but don’t leave the second floor.” Eijiro nodded. “Right,” he whispered.
_______________________________
Tsuyu crept silently throughout the eerily quiet building.
She peeked behind every corner and jumped back after opening every door.
Nothing.
Nothing.
Nothing.
No sound. No breeze. No nothing aside from her footsteps and heartbeat.
She got to nearing the halfway point when she decided she should check in on Kirishima and tell him that it was all clear. She reached up to her ear when-
*CLANG*
Tsuyu spun around, jumping back.
*CLANG* *CLANG*
From the other side? She spun around.
*CLANG* A grunt of pain.
Above?
“A- ASUI!!! RUN!”
Tsuyu spun around to the voice of her companion. “Kirishim-”
_______________________________
Eijiro stopped.
What was that?
He could have sworn he heard his own voice for a second…
-----
‘L- like a recordin’ de- device on the side th- that c- could record th- the villains voices a- and then w- we could use them m- mid-fight t- to confuse them?’
-----
‘- record th- the villains voices-’
-----
‘- use them m- mid-fight-’
-----
Eijiro reached up to his ear and pressed the button.
“Asui,” he whispered harshly. “Asui, come in. Are you okay?”
…
…
…
Eijiro lowered his hand. Okay, okay, okay, calm down. All Might has not said anything about her being captured. She might just be in a place she can’t talk meaning she found the missile and since we weren’t leaving this floor it is on this floor.
Eijiro nodded to himself and proceeded to Asui’s side of the floor with caution, keeping his quirk activated the whole time in his arms. They ached a bit with the same pain from the entrance exam. Eijiro searched and searched and searched but she was nowhere on the second floor. Eijiro reached up to his earpiece again.
“Asui,” he whispered again. “Asui, where are you? Are you alright?” Eijiro clicked his tongue. He made his way to the stairwell on the second floor.
Eijiro stopped. Oh… No… Please no… In the hole for where the window would be next to the door to the stairwell, hanging from the outside by her waist, was Asui, face blank and body limp.
“ASUI!”
He ran forward, reaching out to her. Suddenly her body lurched up and she disappeared. Eijiro leaned out of the window and looked up.
*ZIP* *CLANG*
A blade hit the side of his face, Eijiro just barely activating his quirk in time. The blade went flying off away from the building as All For One activated when the force was taken and reflected it back. Eijiro reeled back, holding his face.
It burned! Not from being cut, because he wasn’t, but from the use of All For One.
Eijiro panted. Asui… That was Izuku’s whip. They have Asui.
Eijiro opened the stairwell and looked up.
“Hello, HERO.”
Eijiro stared up into the eyes of his brother. His eyes trailed to the left just slightly and down where Asui stood with a blank face next to him, his whip holding her arms to her body. “Asui!” EIjiro tried calling to her.
“HA HA HA!” A shiver went down his spine as Izuku threw his head back and laughed. He looked back down at Eijiro. Ice went down Eijiro’s back at the craved look in the greenette’s eyes. “She can’t hear ya ‘ero! Yer too late!”
Eijiro scowled. “Just use your capture tap on her! Why aren’t you capturing her?!”
Izuku sighed. “Really?”
Eijiro was taken back by the tone of disappointment Izuku’s voice.
“If I did that then you would ‘ave no reason ta come save yer precious partner, now would ya?”
Eijiro growled and took a step forward.
“OH!”
Eijiro froze.
“I wouldn’t do that if I were you!” Izuku cooed.
“Step forward,” Eijiro spun around. Shinsou was behind him. When did he get there?! Wait- Eijiro spun around again. His heart dropped. Asui was leaning over the stairs at an angle with only Izuku’s whip keeping her from falling.
“H- h- hold on!” he looked up at Izuku. “L- let’s talk about this!” Eijiro’s eyes flickered back to Shinsou. He was trapped in the stairwell with Asui being held hostage. If I can just-
“If I can jus’ take out Shinsou I can get still save ‘er.”
Eijiro froze. “You just thought that, didn’ ya?” Izuku mocked him from above. “Sure. Go ahead.” Eijiro looked up at Izuku. “What…?” Izuku tilted his head. “Go. Ahead. I want to see you fight ‘im.”
It hit Eijiro like a truck. The person in front of him was NOT his brother. He could almost see the smirk behind the mask as the corners of Izuku’s eyes crinkled.
“Fight ‘im, H-E-R-O.” I don’t have a choice. I don’t have a choice! Eijiro spun around, quirk ready. Shinsou dodged. Eijiro grits his teeth as he releases the built-up pressure in his arm. A small shockwave went out from his arm. Shinsou stumbled back.
“The hell?!”
Eijiro choked as he felt the bone in his arm creak under the pressure. Dang it! I don’t know how to handle this at all! I can’t even use my own qui- Eijiro stood up and looked up at Izuku in horror.
I can’t even use my own quirk properly without hurting myself… And Izuku KNOWS that.
A deep, cold chuckled rolled from Izuku’s throat, eyes getting thinner as his hidden smile got wider. “What’s the matter, ‘ero?” he asked.
Stop it…
“Something wrong?”
Izuku…
Anger willed Izuku’s eyes as he held up the end of the whip, shaking Asui just enough to not make her wake up but enough to get the point across. “I said: Fight ‘im.”
What did you do to Izuku!!!???
Eijiro whipped around, swinging his arm without his quirk. Shinsou jumped back. “Oh, you are fighting me now?” Don’t reply. Don’t reply. Don’t reply. Eijiro spun on his foot to kick out. Shinsou ducked under it. “What? Did we hit a nerve?” Shut up… He lunged at Shinsou. The boy spun around him and kicked him in the back causing Eijiro to stumble. “Heroes shouldn’t get so emotional,” Shinsou mocked. Eijiro turned around to find Shinsou’s face right in his. The boy’s eyes crinkled at the edges.
“I bet you are thinking…” the boy pressed a button on the side of his mask, “‘Where is my brother?’” Eijiro’s voice came out. Anger flared inside of his. He swung again, accidentally using his quirk. “Woah! Calm down here, feisty!” Eijiro’s voice said. Pressure unwillingly released from the real Eijiro’s arm. They both stumbled back. Eijiro grabbed his right arm, gasping in pain.
“Ei?”
Eijiro looked up with wide eyes at what he thought was his brother only to meet Shinsou’s face. The boy pressed a button and his voice changed back to his own. “Oh, you poor soul,” Shinsou sighed. Eijiro growled. “Don’t use my brother’s voice li-”
Fog covered Eijiro’s mind.
“Go to the stairs.”
Eijiro’s body moved on its own.
“Face Asui.”
He turned to the direction of the girl.
“Arms out.”
His arms raised and opened.
“Smile!”
Eijiro did and the fog removed itself. He looked up. “Wha?”
“And… catch,” Shinsou whispered in his ear.
“ASUI!”
_______________________________
‘YOUNG KIRISHIMA! STOP!’
Izuku clicked his tongue as that dang hero kept wailing in his ear.
“Smile!”
Izuku watched as Red Riot’s blank face smiled up at him. “Ever heard of a ‘trust fall?’” Izuku let the whip slacken and the frog heroine slip out. ‘KIRISHIMA!’ “Relax,” Izuku huffed. “She won’t ‘it the ground.” He knew that All Might could hear him.
“And… catch.”
He gave her an extra shove so she would actually reach Red Riot and not hit the concrete, effectively shaking the girl awake.
“ASUI!”
“AHH!!!”
Toshi hopped back as the two heroes collided and fell back. Toshi dropped into a crouch, catching Red Riot’s head in his hands before it could hit the ground like the rest of his body. He let it go. Izuku skipped down the stairs. The heroine pushed herself up. “Kirishima! Are you okay, ribbit?!” Red Riot groaned from beneath her.
“Should ya really be worryin’ ‘bout him at a time like this? The girl spun around to him. She jumped back but Izuku snapped out his whip, wrapping it around her waist and pulling her forward. Izuku drew his fist back and thrust it forward. It connected with her jaw. There was an audible *CRACK*. The heroine stumbled back but Izuku didn’t let her regroup. He spun her around and pinned her against the wall while she was still dazed.
No point in torturing the poor girl.
Izuku pulled out his capture tape and wrapped the girl's arms in them.
‘ASUI HAS BEEN CAPTURED! FIVE MINUTE REMAINING!’
Izuku guided the girl to a sitting position.
“Sorrae ‘bout that,” he whispered. Izuku turned to where Red Riot was struggling to get to his feet. Izuku watched as Toshi planted his foot in the boy’s potentially broken, but definitely cracked, back and pushed him back down. Red Riot gasped in pain and flopped back down onto the concrete floor.
Toshi knelt down and tied the hero’s arms behind his back with the capture tape.
‘BOTH HEROES HAVE BEEN CAPTURED! THE VILLAINS WIIIIIN!!!’
Izuku jumped.
“What?” He looked around. “I- We- What?”
Izuku looked down at Red- Eijiro. Eijiro looked up at him. Izuku’s heart dropped at the fear in his brother’s eyes.
He crouched by his brother and reached out. Eijiro flinched. Eijiro FLINCHED.
Oh… Izuku looked up at Toshi. Then at Ei. He moved his arms to put them down and his brother flinched again. Tears filled Izuku’s eyes. “E- Ei…?”
Robots with stretchers came in and took Eijiro and Asui away. “Don’t…” he reached out after the robot. Toshi took his hand and waved the other in front of Izuku’s face.
“Zuku? Zuku, calm down.” The boy tried to calm him. Calm? I am calm. I’m perfectly CaLm! Toshi looked up at a camera. “Can we get a stretcher down here, please?” Toshi shook his shoulders. “Zuku. Zuku, hey. Zuku… Zu… u…”
Izuku doesn’t remember anything past that.
Chapter 61: How Does It Feel?
Summary:
A conversation happens and there are issues.
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Mina watched the screens in horror. She couldn't hear what Izuku was saying but she didn't need to. Kiri´s face looked so pale and terrified and Zuku… What the heck was he doing?! She couldn’t see his mouth but she knew him well enough by now and those eyes were not the eyes of the friends she knew and loved.
What was he thinking? Why would he even try that!? Asui could have gotten hurt! And why wasn’t Kiri using his quirk? It looked to be hurting him. What is happening?
“Ashido?” She looked over to Kaminari who was looking over at her with a worried face. “Are you okay? You’re shaking.”
Mina forced a smile on her face and made her body stay still as she gave a thumbs up. “Perfectly fine!”
All Might turned to the students. “That was a splendid first round! Shall we go over it? Who would you say was the MVP of this match?” He looked around. Yaoyorozu’s hand shot up. “YES!” He pointed at her.
The girl cleared her throat. “Shinsou, sir. As much as I hate it, Asui was unable to do anything throughout the fight aside from the initial entering of the complex. The red-headed Kirishima brother was smart enough to not put his partner in danger but he obviously let his emotions get the best of him at seeing his brother playing the villain. In a real fight, blood bonds would not matter and it would get himself and his partner killed. The green-haired Kirishima brother played into his role as villain quite well but I believe he was being too reckless. Even though the role he was supposed to be playing was villain, at the end of the day we are hero students and some of the actions he had taken were unnecessary. Shinsou did not seem to do much but he effectively played every objective given to him from the controlling of Asui to fighting against red Kirishima but not using unnecessary force or movements while Kirishima was obviously not in the right state of mind to be fighting.”
…
…
…
All Might cleared his throat. “Er… Yes! Correct! There are a few things that could have been added here and there but for the most part,” All Might gave the girl a big ol’ thumbs up. “Great job! We will review more when they are back.”
Mina looked back up at the screen. Zuku had completely shut down, Shinsou having to call for another stretcher to which he followed back to Recovery Girl’s office.
“NEXT! TEAM E, HEROES, TEAM A, VILLAINS!”
_______________________________
"Kiiiiiiiiiiisssssssssssssssss!”
Eijiro winced slightly as his back and arm healed before feeling really tired and drained. He sighed in relief as the pain subsided. Asui had been healed but that punch to the jaw had taken her out for the rest of the day. Eijiro shivered just remembering the fight. The door to the nurse’s office opened but Eijiro wasn’t facing that direction.
“Ah,” Recovery Girl started, “Shinsou, Izuku,” Eijiro stiffened.
-----
‘Hello, HERO.’
-----
He shook and turned his body slowly from the bed he was sitting on and saw Izuku on a stretcher with Shinsou next to it.
“Where are you two hurt?” Recovery Girl asked. Shinsou shook his head. “We aren’t but Zuku dissociated after the fight. Well, actively dissociated.”
What?
Recovery Girl sighed. “You boys are too hard on your minds. If he is actively dissociating then he can still move but he isn't really present. Go get him dressed in his regular uniform and bring him back before he is fully out.” Eijiro involuntarily let out a sigh of relief when they left but the tenderness returned just as quickly when they returned. She looked up at the purple-haired boy. “Your father has mentioned meditation quite a few times, Shinsou. Considering the story of both you and Izuku, I feel that maybe it would do you some good to try it.” Shinsou huffed. “Zuku ‘tried it’ and threw himself out of the window.”
Eh?!
Recovery Girl shook her head. “That was because it was the first time he tried using his quirk. That was different. This meditation is solely for healing and resting the mind. But who am I to say? I’m just an old lady.” Shinsou faltered. “I didn’t mean it like that-”
*WHACK*
“Hey!” Shinsou jumped as the old woman hit his calf with her walking stick. “There. Now you are hurt and can stay too. I knew you were going to ask, sonny, so take Izuku to the chairs and sit down. I need to go file these reports. If anyone else comes, tell them that I'll be back shortly.” Shinsou narrowed his eyes at the woman but sighed in defeat. He turned to Izuku and waved his hand in front of the greenette’s face. “Zuku. We are getting up.” Izuku did not lift his head from staring blankly at the ground. Shinsou raised the boy to his feet by his arms. Izuku more or less just stood there until Shinsou guided him to the seats. “And we’re walking… and we’re walking… and we are sitting…” He pushed Izuku down into a seat. “There we go.”
Eijiro felt his body shake. He had seen Izuku dissociate quite a few times by now but now…
-----
Izuku had stopped just inside the highrise. Their eyes met for a second.
Empty.
‘Zuku,’ Shinsou called to his partner. Izuku blinked slowly. When his eyes opened again, a shiver went up Eijiro’s spine. Those… were not Izuku’s eyes. Those were not the eyes of his brother.’
-----
Right now, they were just as empty as before. Waiting to awaken whatever the hell had taken hold of his brother during the fight.
Akio whined and pawed at his leg. Eijiro bent down and pet his dog, giving him a shaky smile. “I’m fine, boy.”
“Are you?” Shinsou asked. The boy wasn’t looking at him, instead leaning over and around Izuku to remove the mask from the greenettes face having already taken off his. “Because after the fight you seemed pretty shaken up.” Shinsou stood up and placed Izuku’s mask next to him.
-----
The person in front of him was NOT his brother. He could almost see the smirk behind the mask as the corners of Izuku’s eyes crinkled.
-----
Blank. Izuku’s face was completely blank. No crazed look in his eyes. No maniac smile. And yet… Eijiro found himself whipping his head down, unable to shake the memory from his mind.
“So?” Shinsou asked as he leaned Izuku back in his chair and closed the greenette’s eyes. “How does it feel?” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows, not looking up. “What do you mean by that?” Shinsou sat down next to Izuku. He leaned back, hanging his arms off of the backs of the chairs, legs out and crossed.
“How does Izuku’s mind feel?”
Eijiro paused. He looked up slowly at the purple-haired boy. “Wh- what?”
“You are scared, am I wrong?” Eijiro blinked. I am… scared? Of Izuku? Shinsou closed his eyes, leaning his head back. “So how do you like it?”
“I- I don’t understand the question,” Eijiro replied slowly.
Shinsou opened his eyes, staring at the ceiling. “When you look at Zuku you feel fear. Don’t deny it. I’ve been a witness to that look enough to know it when I see it. Have you ever thought about it?” Shinsou pulled his head up and stared Eijiro down with the same empty eyes as Izuku’s. “Every single person you look at is a constant threat to your well-being. Even the people closest to you. The people you eat, sleep, ‘hang out’ with. Your family.” Shinsou jerked his head. “Look at him.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “Why?”
Shinsou raised an eyebrow. “Why not? It’s not like you are scared of him, right?” Eijiro swallowed. “So you are,” Shinsou hummed. “Would you say that you are close to Zuku?” Eijiro titled his head. “Yeah?”
“So how does it feel then?” Shinsou asked. “How does looking at your brother and feeling nothing but fear feel? Essentially, for Zuku, for me, for Todotoki, and for any other person who hasn't had the luxurious life of not being beaten or outcasted, that is how we feel 24/7.”
Eijiro lowered his head. “Wh- why are you asking me this?”
Shinsou shrugged, leaning his head back and closing his eyes again. “Call it curiosity or whatever. I’m curious to see how other people react when faced with such a direct change in their ‘family.’”
“A change?”
“Life or death,” Shinsou stated. “There is no in-between for people like me or Zuku so when faced with a task one has to complete, like, let’s say, Battle Training, and when given a role of, who knows, a villain maybe? We don’t have the luxury of the calmness of mind to think: ‘Oh, this is just training.’” Shinsou took a deep breath. “Earlier today, Izuku almost chose death, didn’t he?”
Eijiro’s head snapped up.
“He told me. And Todoroki. Aren’t you lucky,” Shinsou scoffed.
Eijiro narrowed his eyes. “What…?”
Shinsou sighed. “Don’t get me wrong. I don’t want Izuku to choose death either but you’ve got to think, Izuku chose death over whatever happened this morning. In training, what did he choose?”
Eijiro’s tone lowered to a threatening octave. “Life,” he replied. Shinsou smirked.
“Well aren’t you lucky,” the boy chuckled. “Aren’t you lucky Izuku decided to become a hero instead?”
-----
‘Mr. Kirishima, do you know how villains are made?’
-----
Eijiro’s heart stopped.
“You wouldn’t want a villain living in your house. Sleeping in the same room as you. Eating the same food as you at the same table as you.” Shinsou grinned at Eijiro. “How does that feel? You’re own brother. It’s just a matter of time before he chooses life over you.”
Eijiro growled. “Izuku isn’t like that!”
Shinsou tilted his head. “Sure. Maybe I’m wrong. But at the end of the day, me, Zuku, Todoroki, we are all hardwired to purely survive. We just got help before we decided which way was the best way to keep ourselves alive one more day. It was really scary, wasn’t it? Seeing Zuku act like that? That wasn’t training to him, Kirishima. Neither is sleeping just closing your eyes or eating just swallowing. There is always something that could go wrong. After seeing Zuku like that I know you thought it.” Shinsou smirked. “‘That’s not my brother.’”
Eijiro flinched.
“But it is, Kirishima,” Shinsou wrapped an arm around Izuku. “That was the towing point. Aren’t you lucky that he didn’t become a villain?”
Eijiro’s eyes unwillingly shifted to Izuku who was doing nothing. Absolutely nothing. He couldn’t even hear them right now and yet.
-----
‘Hello, HERO.’
-----
And yet Eijiro’s heart rate spiked and his breathing began to shorten.
“So how does it feel? You’re scared of him, aren’t you?” Shinsou asked. “Welcome to the mind of Izuku every single day.”
Eijiro tore his eyes away, staring at the ground. “I- Why are you saying all of this, Shinsou?”
Shinsou shrugged. “I’m envious of you, you know? And everyone else who can live as carefree as you. Call me a jerk or whatever but I just wanted to see how someone never faced with that would react.”
Eijiro took a deep breath.
“I- Izuku i- isn’t a villain though… I know this. So all of this is irrelevant.”
Shinsou hummed and closed his eyes, leaning his head back.
“Yeah. He isn’t.” A beat. “Lucky.”
Lucky… Eijiro’s eyes slowly shifted to Izuku. L- Lucky…
-----
‘He is well-versed in hand-to-hand combat and will act on reflex.’
-----
‘Don’. Touch. Me.’
-----
‘Izuku isn’t fully aware right now and it’s dangerous to be around him.’
‘It would normally be fine but he got to the knife drawer this time.’
-----
‘Mr. Kirishima, do you know how villains are made?’
…
…
…
‘-they just SNAP.’
-----
Eijiro couldn’t breathe. He couldn’t hear anything besides the own roar of the blood in his ears. His vision blurred. As he stared at the boy who he considered his brother, Eijiro’s vision swam with red.
Lucky…
-----
‘Hello, HERO.’
-----
Eijiro subconsciously crawled further onto the hospital cot and further away from Izuku.
-----
‘Lucky you.’
_______________________________
Asa glanced up in the rearview mirror of the car after having to come and pick up Ei and Izuku from school because Izuku had dissociated and they did not want him getting on the subway in that state.
Eijiro had more or less plastered himself as far away from Izuku as possible which was really strange. Usually, he would be the first to jump at watching over the greenette but now it was like he couldn’t wait to get away from him.
“Ei,” he started, startling the red-head as if he were Izuku, “did something happen at school today?”
Eijiro’s eyes flickered to Izuku and then back down to his lap. “I- Not here… I don’t want him to wake up.” Asa swallowed. Something is wrong. Something is definitely wrong. “Okay, we will talk about it at home.” The rest of the car trip was silent. Asa pulled up to their house. Eijiro was already putting in the gate code and walking up the pathway by the time Asa had rounded the car to get Izuku out. Asa set the boy on the couch and turned to Eijiro who was hovering in the kitchen, Yuma next to him with a concerned look on her face. Asa sighed. “Let’s go to your room, Ei.”
Asa closed the door behind him and joined Yuma and Ei on the bed. “What’s wrong, Ei?” he asked. “Is this about this morning?” Eijiro shook his head, eyes low.
“D- Dad… we had battle training today…” Ei started slowly. “I- Izuku was g- given the role of being a villain a- and he…” Eijiro paled. “He was just so… Dad, he was so good at it! I- it was so terrifying! A- Asui was my partner and Shinsou was his a- and he almost killed her!”
Asa froze.
“H- he let her dangle by the waist from the third floor a- and he pushed her down a flight of stairs where if I hadn’t been there she would have… A- and he- he broke her jaw, Dad! And he laughed! H- he laughed at me for not being able to do anything! He took joy in it!”
Eijiro panted.
“A- and afterward… me and Shinsou were talking…” Eijiro’s hands shook. “Dad… I- Izuku’s dangerous… Shinsou made me realize that. I- I don’t want to think that or believe that but Dad… you should have seen him. He- Izuku wasn’t the Izuku we know…”
Asa looked up at Yuma with wide eyes.
This cannot be happening. THIS CAN NOT BE HAPPENING.
“I- I’m scared, Dad…” Eijiro whispered. “I don’t want to be scared of Izuku b- but what if he really does snap?” Eijiro looked up at Asa with tears in his eyes. “I- I don’t want to lose my b- brother b- but-”
“Ei,” Asa stopped him, “Izuku isn’t like that,” he said softly. Eijiro shook his head. “But he was! H- he was! It was so natural for him, Dad! Wh- wh- what if he snaps like Mr. Yamada said? He’s dangerous, Dad!”
“Eijiro, stop.” The red-head snapped his mouth shut. “This is your brother you are talking about. Izuku does get intense sometimes but he is no villain and you know this.”
“But during his episodes-”
“During his episodes, Izuku only lashes out because he is trying to protect us or himself.”
“EXACTLY!” Eijiro grabbed his arms. “H- he is dangerous because he sees us as a threat! Sh- Shinsou even said it! That is just how their minds work! They will attack anyone who they think will hurt them, even us!”
We need to have a talk with Mr. Aizawa about his son…
“Eijiro, Izuku doesn’t perceive us as threats,” Asa said.
Eijiro’s gaze darkened. “He saw me as one during the training though.”
Asa swallowed. “That… was different. You aren’t fighting Izuku at home. Are you really going to let this one conversation with Shinsou who was talking for Izuku and might not even know what was in Izuku’s mind at that time drive you and Izuku apart?”
Eijiro deflated. “I- I don’t want it to… B- but I’m scared, Dad… He was just so… villainous.”
Asa sighed. “I know he can be a bit scary sometimes, Eijiro. Let’s talk with Izuku about this when he wakes up, okay? It’s better not to make assumptions, right?” Eijiro nodded. “Right… Sorry…” Asa pulled Eijiro into a hug. “Don’t apologize. I know he can be scary sometimes but he means well. Thank you for telling me.”
Yuma rubbed his back a bit. “I’ll go make some dinner. You’ll feel better after you eat.”
“Thanks, Mom…”
Yuma stood up and walked to the door.
Asa stood up. “Come on, let’s go play a-”
“Izuku…” Asa and Eijiro both stiffened. Eijiro looked past Asa, Asa turned around slowly. Izuku stood at the door Yuma had just opened with wide eyes. They landed on Eijiro who visibly tensed.
“Ah…” Izuku sighed, voice quaking. He pointed over his shoulder. “I- I- I’ll sleep o- on th- the c- c- couch to- tonight… S- sorrae f- f- fer i- interuptin’.” He bowed slightly and turned around, walking away.
Yuma turned and looked at Asa. Asa looked her in the eye. “Do NOT let him enter that bathroom.” Yuma nodded and quickly left.
“Dad…” Asa turned back to Ei. Red eyes with tears streaming from them stared back up at him. “What… did I just do…?” Asa crouched down and held Ejiro by the shoulders. “You have done nothing wrong, Eijiro. Everything is fine.” Eijiro nodded slowly. He wiped his eyes. Asa stood up. “Do you want to come out?” Eijiro shook his head. “Can I stay in here please?” Asa ruffled Ei’s hair. “Sure, bud. I’ll be back soon.”
Asa left to go find Yuma and Izuku.
He found them in the living room, Izuku on the couch in a ball, head pressed against his knees as he murmured incoherently. Yuma hovered nearby, looking continuously between the hallway and Izuku until Asa walked in. She sagged in relief. Asa passed her, gently patting her on the shoulder before sitting down beside Izuku. The boy flinched but the murmuring didn’t stop. “Izuku, buddy? Can you hear me?”
Izuku didn’t reply. Asa leaned a bit closer, straining his ears.
“-fuse. Didn’t mean to do it. What did I do wrong? They told me to fight so I fought. Eijiros mad. Diffuse. They told me to play villain so I played villain. Eijiro is scared. I scared Eijiro. Diffuse. Diffuse. I didn’t mean it. What happened? What did I do wrong? Can’t fix it. Need to fix it. Should go away. They won’t let me go away. I need to go awa-”
Asa leaned back up with a sigh. He didn't like it when Izuku used words like 'play.' He's used it to say that he doesn't like 'playing' life anymore and other things like that/ It was a small testimony of the world in Izuku's eyes only using him as a toy and not a person.
This is not happening… Please do not let this be happening!
He wrapped one arm around Izuku’s shoulders and pulled the boy in.
“-op it. Eijiros mad. Moms mad. Dads mad. Everyones mad. Need to go. Can’t go. Diffuse.-”
“Izuku,” Asa started, “I need you to listen to me closely.” The murmuring didn’t stop but it got quieter which had to stand for something, right? Asa continued. “I need you to breathe with me for a few moments, can you do that? I am going to need you to calm down so we can talk, okay? No one is going to hurt you, Izuku, so just breathe.” The murmuring stopped but the harsh breathing didn’t. Asa guided the boy through his half-aware panic attack until the boy finally took a deep breath and let it out slowly and his breathing returned to a normal pace. Asa turned to Izuku.
“Izuku,” he started slowly, “by all means did you do what the exercise asked of you. No one is mad at you. Sometimes you just come off as a little bit intense. Eijiro isn’t used to that. You scared him a bit during the training because he has never seen you in that way.” Izuku lowered his eyes. “I- I was j- j- just doin’ what th- they told me t- ta do,” he whispered. Asa nodded. “I know, Izu, I know and that wasn’t wrong just maybe tone it down a bit the next time? You really scared Eijiro.”
Izuku lowered his eyes.
“Do you think maybe you would like to go and apologize?” Izuku nodded slowly. Asa stood up and held out his hand. Izuku took it hesitantly.
_______________________________
Izuku stood outside the door to Eijiro’s and his room. He looked up at Dad who nodded. Izuku took a deep breath and knocked on the door.
“E- Ei?” he spoke softly. “Um… I- I’m sorrae… I- I don’ know wh- what I- I did ta sc- scare ya b- but I’ll try m- my best not ta a- again…”
There was no reply but he heard the rustling of bed covers.
Izuku lowered his eyes. “I- I’ll sleep on th- the couch t- tonight s- so you d- don’t ‘ave ta w- worrae about m- me attackin’ ya or a- anythang… S- sorrae…” Izuku felt tears well in his eyes. He turned away from the door and walked back into the living room, curling into a ball on the couch again.
Ah… I’m such a screwup… I don’t even know what I did wrong. Is this some sort of joke? Even when I do something right it all messes up? Dang it… I’m so done…
Dad sat next to him. “He’ll come around eventually.” Izuku closed his eyes.
If I told you that I won’t be around for eventually what would you say? Izuku let the sounds of the house drawl in his ears as time ticked by.
“Dinner is ready!” Mom called.
If I told you that I wouldn’t be at dinner tomorrow what would you think? Izuku didn’t move from his position on the couch.
Eijiro came out of his room finally to sit at the table.
If I told you that your room would only be yours again tomorrow what would you do? Izuku couldn’t bring himself to move from that spot. Not even when they called him to eat or when Mom came over and kissed him on the head or Dad wrapped a blanket around his shoulders or when Mom said:
“Goodnight, Izu. Love you.”
What if I told you that would be the last time you said those words to me? Would you still waste them on me? You would, wouldn’t you? Because you are too kind, even towards someone like me. I’m not worth your ‘Love you’s'.
The lights shut off in the house and everything was still.
Izuku stood up, rolling and popping his joints. Hime crawled out from under the blanket that had fallen on her when he stood. She looked up at him. “Mew?” Izuku grabbed his book bag from beside the couch and pulled out a journal. Using his phone for a light, Izuku wrote. He didn’t dare rip out the pages for he knew the sound would echo through the silent house so instead, he just left it on the couch on top of the blanket that he folded. He went over to the kitchen, pulling open the knife drawer, just like he did when he ran away from home six years ago. He wrapped it in a towel and stuffed it in his bag. Izuku was still in his UA uniform, having apparently been blacked out after the training but still aware enough to move.
Active Dissociation, or something like that.
He slipped on his red hightops and slid his yellow bag onto his shoulders. Izuku crossed the living room and unlocked the furthest window with a small *click*. Izuku pushed it up and crawled out, feet planting on the grass of the backyard. Hime tried to follow him but he closed the window before she could.
She pawed at the glass. Izuku put his hand over where her paw was, letting it linger before he let it slide down as he turned away. He looked over at the swing set that sat still to the left, no one to swing on them.
-----
‘I- if you start coming to school with me then I won’t be alone. A- and you won’t be alone either.’
Eijiro said that when Izuku moved in.
-----
Izuku sighed and tore his eyes away. He looked straight across from him where the wooden stood encasing the backyard. Izuku stepped back a bit and then took off running. He jumped, grabbing onto the top and hauling himself over. Izuku straddled the fence as he sat upon it. He looked over at the house he called home for the past year and a little bit beyond that.
What if I told you this would be the last time I would ever see this house again?
Izuku slid off the fence, landing on the other side with a *thump*. He turned away and ran.
I guess it doesn’t matter now so let me leave you with this-’
_______________________________
“‘Let me leave you with this,’” Dad read aloud. It was the middle of the night. Dad had woken up to check on them and couldn’t find Izuku, instead finding this notebook where Izuku was sitting when they all went to bed.
“‘Dear family,
Thank you. If someone told me that I’d be able to smile and laugh like a normal kid again I would never have believed them. If someone told me that I would feel emotions and feel love again and be loved I would have scoffed at them. However, I met all of you and you taught me how to love and laugh and smile again so thank you for that.
I would love to stay but I don’t think that it is possible for me to do so without hurting you more but don’t worry. I’ve learned something about the world. I’m not allowed to die. It won’t let me. To have someone at the top of the food chain their needs to be someone at the bottom and, well, here I am. The people at the bottom can’t mix with those at the top. We can’t dwell with those that live in the light. We don’t deserve to. I know that now. So I’ll go. Don’t look for me. You won’t have to. I’ll still be attending school because I have people I promised I would support there. I am not allowed to die so I’ll keep living and surviving just like anyone else but I can’t with you. Not if I want to protect you. You mean more to me than I ever thought I could care for anyone but all I do is bring you down.
At the end of the day when all is said and done I guess if I could have wished for one last thing I think I have asked for just one more hug. I guess I missed my chance. Sorry. I screwed up. Chances aren’t just given out and I wasted mine.
Smile then and save that hug for someone who really deserves it and when you find that person tell them that was a hug that was from the last Kirishima.
It was fun being a Kirishima. I really enjoyed it. I wish I could have kept your last name longer and held you a little closer but I know better than to want that.
So I guess this is goodbye. I’ll see you at school, Kirishima, then but you don’t have to say hi or anything. It’s fine. Go make friends in the light. I never thought there would be a last time that I said this but,
Love you all. So much.
Sincerely,
Izuku.’”
Eijiro fell to his knees. Mom was crying. Dad was stock still.
“This can’t be happening,” Dad whispered. “NO.” He gripped the notebook so hard that the papers wrinkled underhand. “This IS NOT happening!” He turned to Eijiro. “He said he would be at school. That means that he is near UA.”
Mom nodded. “I’ll go start the car.” She turned around.
“... Why?” Eijiro whispered.
“What do you mean?” Dad looked down at him.
“He is just going to keep running,” Eijiro’s hands curled into fists. “No matter what we do or say, Izuku is going to keep doing this. What’s the point if he doesn’t even want to come home?”
…
…
…
“The point?” Dad questioned. “Does one need a point to want to have their son back home safe and sound?” Eijiro glanced up at his father. “Does there have to be a catch to loving someone? There is no point, Eijiro. The simple fact is that Izuku is our son, just like you are and at the end of the day, we still love him no matter how many times he runs away. Now, I don’t know if that holds for you. I won’t make you come with us and if you want we can move Izuku into the guest room-”
What?
“-when he gets back. We have already been thinking about it for a while and with what happened today thought that it would be a good idea for you guys to maybe take some time apart so if you want we can do that but we will decide that when we get back. Come if you want, Ei, but me and your mother are going to go find our son.”
Eijiro watched Dad leave for his room. Izuku’s moving to the guest room? You can’t do that! Eijiro got to his feet. Izuku can’t sleep alone! He gets nightmares! Eijiro stopped. That is if Izuku even comes home. Eijiro lowered his head. He doesn’t want us…
“There is a difference in not wanting to come home and not having a home to come to.” Eijiro looked up at his Dad who was by the door. “Never once has Izuku ever said that he doesn’t want to come home. Not even when you accidentally grabbed his string last Christmas. All he said was that he did not have a home. Izuku has a home, he just doesn’t have one that he thinks he fits into.”
Eijiro hung his head.
Dad opened the door. “Izuku didn’t run away, Eijiro. He is just lost”
Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “H- he’s dangerous though wh- when he is like this…”
“Says who?” asked Dad. “Shinsou? Shinsou who spoke for Izuku when Izuku was dissociated? For all you know, he could have been lying.”
-----
‘Why are you saying all of this, Shinsou?’
Shinsou shrugged. ‘I’m envious of you, you know? And everyone else who can live as carefree as you. Call me a jerk or whatever but I just wanted to see how someone never faced with that would react.’
-----
“Does it really matter what Shinsou said?” Dad asked. “You live with Izuku. You know him and you know how he reacts to certain things. You know him far better than Shinsou does so why do his words matter so much?” Dad stepped out. “I find it funny how we have tried so hard to get Izuku to believe that he is loved and then one person says something irrelevant and you believe it instantly causing you to no longer love your brother.”
Eijiro’s head snapped up. “What are you saying?! I still love Izuku!”
“Then why did you believe Shinsou?”
Eijiro froze. Dad sighed. “If you are going to come with that attitude it will only make Izuku feel like he needs to stay away when he needs to come home then just stay home, Eijiro. We will be back.” He closed the door behind him.
Eijiro looked down at his hands. Why did I… believe Shinsou?
-----
‘How does it feel?’
-----
A dull ringing echoed in Eijiro’s head.
-----
‘Have you ever thought about it?’
-----
It got louder and louder and louder until it just stopped with one single thought:
This… is how Izuku feels all of the time?
Eijiro gulped.
It hurts. My head hurts. My heart hurts. Everything hurts. I didn’t mean to think that way about Izuku and yet I did. I didn’t want to feel that fear but it still was there. I tried to deny it but it was so prominent!
This… My brother lives like this every day?
His body shook. Not in fear but in horror.
What a miserable way to have to live!
Eijiro ran to the door.
I’ve been so blind!
He threw it open just as Dad was closing the door to the car.
I didn’t understand why Izuku couldn’t just make it go away.
“WAIT FOR ME!” he screamed, slamming the door behind him.
I get it now!
Dad rolled down the window and smirked. “Hurry up or we are leaving you behind!” Eijiro pushed the gates open and ran to the car, opening the door and throwing himself in, shutting the car door behind him. “Glad you decided to join us. We are heading to UA’s city. Izuku took his bag so he probably had his allowance for a late-night train ticket.” Eijiro nodded. “Right.”
They stopped by the subway station just to check if he was there but he wasn’t. Eijiro watched as lights passed in a blur as he looked out of the car window. The trip by car was an hour and a half compared to the hour trip on the subway. Eijiro couldn’t sleep. His leg bounced in anticipation, mind racing.
-----
‘- that is how we feel 24/7.’
-----
Eijiro clenched his fists, anger boiling in his chest. Anger and regret.
How could I have been so stupid? Over a year now, no, we are more on the side of two years comparison that Izuku has been living with us. Why am I so dang dense!? Eijiro hung his head, visibly quaking. Shinsou was doing that on purpose. Did he know that this would happen? Was he trying to make me realize this? That's a really cryptic roundabout way of doing it, man! Just say ‘Hey! You make Izuku feel like an idiot for not knowing what the hell is going on!’
Eijiro sighed.
I keep messing up… Is that also how Izuku feels too? Ah… this is just great! Eijiro slammed his fist on his knee. Just GREAT!
Dad pulled into a parking spot. He turned off the car and turned to Eijiro and Mom.
“This is not the red lights district but we are still in the city at night We will stick together. If you even so much as think you see or hear something that is potentially dangerous say something.” Eijiro and Mom nod sharply and the three get out of the car.
The city at night? Creepy… A bar or two played music. A dog barked. A few people milled around chatting loudly with a drink in their hand or singing as they just came out of karaoke. Neon lights flashed at every corner. It was so surreal. It truly put into perspective how much of a small-town kid Eijiro really was.
He felt like he was seeing everything through new eyes. No. Not through new ones. Through Izuku’s eyes. It might now be the red light district but Izuku used to live on the streets of a city like this. Every sound he would have to be alert of, every sense of hyperalertness. It was stressful. Painful, almost, to have that constant sensitivity to every little thing but so much worse as it was the only way one could have survived in Izuku’s position. Every single noise felt like an alarm blaring through his head. Every single movement felt like a potential attacker. Eijiro felt his heart pounding against his chest but he had to take a moment to realize that even though he felt like this he was walking perfectly normal and acting like nothing was wrong. Izuku did this every day. He would walk around and look like a completely normal kid but inside it was this constant battle of fear pressing at the back of his skull that screamed at him to run, fight, do anything to just SURVIVE.
Eijiro’s eyes flickered between the alleyways as they walked.
24/7. Every single moment of his life Izuku felt like this and Eijiro felt like he was going crazy from just this little taste of it after Izuku’s and his Battle Training. It made Eijiro sick. He felt like he was going crazy. How could someone live like this?! He flexed and unflexed his quirk, in his arms ignoring the sting of One For All. Eijiro sighed. I need to calm down.
He chuckled dryly.
Isn’t that what we always tell Izuku? ‘Calm down, Izuku. It’s okay, Izuku. Everything is fine Izuku.’ Eijiro grits his teeth. It doesn’t freaking feel ‘fine!’ but it doesn’t change the fact that I need to calm down. Ah… I’m seeing both sides of it now. How does Dad handle this every time it happens? He’s a therapist. He probably knows that it never feels fine and yet he still is able to calm someone down… This sucks, man…
Minutes ticked by as the family got further and further from their car. The city was starting to die down as 3 o’clock hit. They were beginning to lose hope.
- WARNING: THIS HAS AN ALMOST BUT NOT RAPE SCENE -
Then Eijiro heard a grunt and then a whimper from a nearby alleyway. “Mom,” he whispered. Both of his parents turned around. He waved his hand and made his way to it. The three peered around the corner. There was a UA jacket thrown to the side and a red tie torn and thrown to the other side and Eijiro RECOGNIZED that terrible knot even in the dark.
His heart pounded against his chest.
There were two people in the alley, one pinning the other to the floor. Eijiro didn’t get a very good look at the face of either one but he saw their pants pulled down to their knees and at the end of the pants were two very familiar red hightops.
“Stop moving around, kid!” the obviously older man growled.
“P- please…”
Eijiro knew that voice. He saw red.
“EIJIRO!” The man whipped his head up as the redhead's parents called out but it was too late. He was already running. With his arm hardened and the pain flaring, Eijiro punched that man so hard that when One For All released the man went flying to the other end of the alleyway and hit a wall with a resounding *!BAM!*.
Eijiro stood just in front of the person who was still on the floor. He glanced down and all of the pain in his arm was forgotten because below him laid his brother.
Izuku Kirishima.
The greenette was bleeding from the head. His UA shirt was missing buttons at the top and was lifted a bit from the bottom. His pants were pulled down around his knees but luckily his underwear was still on aside from the edges on the left looking to be torn from where the man had grabbed them before Eijiro punched him to Vietnam. Tears streamed down Izuku's face as he stared blankly at the sky.
Dad and Mom ran up, sliding to the floor around Izuku.
A groan from the man. Eijiro snapped his head up. “That hurt like hell,” the man stood, swaying from side to side. Eijiro growled. People like him…
“What? Trying to play hero?” the man laughed. “Using your quirk like that, it’s technically vigilantism.” Eijiro froze. I just did something illegal… Highly illegal, actually.
“Izuku? Izuku, can you hear me?” Eijiro jolted from his mother’s voice.
“Ha,” Eijiro laughed dryly, his gaze darkening. “I don’t care.”
Suddenly, he remembered the look in Izuku’s eyes from the battle training and he understood because his voice sounded just as dark now as Izuku’s did then and his eyes were just as dim. Yeah. It was scary. It was terrifying and yet Eijiro couldn’t find himself to be scared of himself or even that Izuku anymore. Life or death, Shinsou had said. A switch that could be so easily flipped in them. Anger burned in his chest.
The man scoffed. “Let’s see how long you are talking, kid!” He ran forward. Ignoring the pain already in his arm, Eijiro ignored his parent’s cries as he ran forward. He has sparred enough times with Izuku as they were training his endurance to get a sense of street fighting. Only this man was drunk and his movements were sloppy. And he was about to rape his brother only to forget about him and what he did to Izuku the next day when he became sober?!
“People like you…” Eijiro growled, ducking under the arm of the man. He slammed his quirked fist into the abdomen of the older guy. “SICK JERKS LIKE YOU ARE WHAT FORCE MY BROTHER-” the man went soaring “- TO FEEL THAT WAY!” *BAM* He hit the wall. Eijiro knew his arm was broken. It could only handle two punches.
He. Didn’t. Care.
He ran up to the man who was struggling to get up and lifted his other arm, powering up. “YOU! AND THAT GUY FROM THE BAKERY WITH THE GUN!” *BAM* Eijiro’s fist connected with the guy’s face. “YOU ARE THE REASON HE CAN’T SLEEP AT NIGHT!”
*BAM*
“YOU ARE THE REASON HE JUMPS AT EVERY NOISE AND FLINCHES AT EVERY MOVEMENT!”
*BAM*
Eijiro drew back his leg, tears streaming from his eyes. “YOU DID THIS TO HIM!” *BAM*
Eijiro jumped as a hand landed on his shoulder. “Eijiro,” his Dad’s voice from right behind him, “calm down.”
-----
‘I need to calm down.
He chuckled dryly.
Isn’t that what we always tell Izuku?
-----
And yet… the fog seemed to clear from his mind, Dad’s voice like a rock in the storm. Ah, so that’s how he does it. Eijiro took a deep breath. Sometimes someone just needs something to cling to and to cut through the pain and the anger. Eijiro opened his eyes.
The man was laying on his side against the wall, bleeding from his head. He had removed his shirt before they had gotten there in his spur of trying to take advantage of Izuku so Eijiro could see a large bruise forming on his abdomen, the uneven skin as his ribs were probably broken, and his back, though Eijiro could not see it, probably looked terrible from hitting the wall so many times.
Horror struck Eijiro. The man was unconscious only. He could see the faint rise and fall of his chest.
Eijiro’s arms hurt like hell. He could barely move them and he knew they were broken. Eijiro jolted. He looked up at his father. “Izuku?” he asked in a shaking voice. Dad jerked his head back. “Come on.” He guided Eijiro to where Mom was crouching a bit away from Izuku who had pressed himself up against the corner between the wall and the dumpster in the alley.
“He got it from the house,” Mom said as they came beside her. Eijiro glanced up at his brother who held a kitchen knife in his hands, arms out and pointing it at them.
-----
‘Izuku isn’t fully aware right now and it’s dangerous to be around him.’
‘-he got to the knife drawer this time.’
-----
‘He’s dangerous, Dad!’
-----
But…
-----
‘He does have a knife which we have gotten approved by you that he can’t fall asleep well without but he typically keeps it under his bed mattress.’
-----
“We took away his source of protection…” Eijiro whispered.
Dad and Mom looked at him. “What do you mean?” Dad asked.
Eijiro frowned. “Izuku had a knife under his mattress.”
“He tried to kill himself with it.”
Eijiro sighed. “Yeah, but thinking in Izuku’s mind, and this is only hypothetical, but he needed something to feel protected by because he didn’t feel protected by us.” Mom and Dad paled. “So we took that away. And then after my accident and Izuku staying at Mr. Yamada’s we took away his escape plans which even though he had probably memorized them they were his escape because he no longer had protection.”
Eijiro looked back over at Izuku.
“Never once did we ever make him feel protected,” he stated darkly.
Dad took a deep breath. “My own son is smarter than me,” he huffed. Dad crouched by Mom, not getting any closer to Izuku but the boy still flinched. The raven-haired man took off his jacket and fanned it out before reaching out and tossing it over Izuku up to the boy’s arms. Eijiro could see where the tip of the knife was against it.
Izuku blinked at him unsure.
Dad stood, walked over to the wall, multiple feet away from Izuku, and sat. He leaned against it and looked up. Mom did the same, gently brushing Eijiro’s shoulder with her hand to tell him silently to do the same. Eijiro got the memo and the three sat against the wall.
“You can get dressed,” Dad said. Izuku jumped. “We won’t look or do anything but I am sure that you don’t want to just sit there like that all night.”
…
…
…
It was silent for a while before there was a slight rustling. Eijiro, Dad, and Mom all made sure to visibly look down and have their eyes closed.
Eijiro could hear Izuku struggling though. He could hear the metal of the belt clattering rapidly as the boy’s arms shook. A *thud* of Izuku falling to the floor and then… a broken sob. Eijiro wanted to reach out to his brother. To just do anything to comfort him but at this moment any movement he made would only make things worse.
Another thing about Izuku’s lifestyle he had come to notice now. Just why all of Izuku’s movements were small and calculated, never wasting a single movement. Not only did every single thing that others did cause him fear but everything that he did himself did too in fear that it would cause others to react negatively.
Everything is so wrong! Eijiro couldn’t even curl his fists in anger as he listened to Izuku’s wrecked sobs echo through the night. He heard Mom sniffle next to him, trying not to cry. He was sure Dad was doing the same. Eijiro was trying not to cry just as much as he was trying not to let his anger get the best of him.
The sounds of getting dressed continued but the crying didn’t stop. Eventually, Izuku pulled his UA jacket back on and tried to tie his torn tie back on only to make a much smaller almost choker around his neck with another terrible knot. It was probably not safe for it to be around his neck like that but Izuku just wanted to feel as fully covered as possible. He holed himself back up with Dad’s jacket around his shoulders, pulling it tightly. It took a while for the cries to subside until Izuku had reduced into a shivering mess of cracked breaths and dry sobs.
Dad stood up slowly and moved a bit closer to Izuku, Eijiro not lifting his head but watching from the corner of his eye. Dad slowly and carefully pulled Izuku into a hug.
“This,” he said, “is FOR the last Kirishima.”
Izuku’s breathing halted before it went back to its irregular cycle. “Not just as a ‘one last hug’,” Dad continued, “because there are going to be many more. And if you don’t come home then I guess we will all just have to move out here.”
Eijiro decided to pipe in. “Yeah!” He nodded to the right corner. “That can be me and Izuku’s room,” he nodded to the other, “and that can be Mom and Dad’s!” Mom hummed, lifting her head as well. “I am sure I can make a place for a kitchen around here. Pull over a box or two for the table.” Dad looked up. “It’ll be a bit cramped but I’m sure we can make it work.” He looked down at Izuku. “What does Izuku Kirishima think about that?”
They waited. They knew that Izuku was listening but he needed time to actually be able to speak and they would give him all of the time in the world.
“Y- y- you c- can’...” Izuku choked out, voice barely a whisper. “Y- y- you n- need ta g- g- get a- away… I- I’ll ‘urt y- y- you…”
Eijiro’s chest twist. I made him feel that way…
“No, Izuku,” Dad sighed. “We were the ones that hurt you.” Izuku’s breath hitched. “I’m sorry for not realizing it. We didn’t mean to hurt you or push you away like that.”
“N- n- no… y- you di-”
“Izuku, you are too kind. You’ve accepted so much pain. A psychological infliction is a form of hurting too, Izuku. We didn’t realize what certain things meant to you.” Dad hesitated. “That knife you had when you first came to our house… you got that from the house you ran away from at eight, didn’t you?”
There was a long, drawn-out silence before Izuku choked on another sob, pulling Dad’s jacket tighter.
Dad sighed. “Thought so… You brought that one from our house then…” Dad rested his head on top of Izuku’s. “You can keep it. Let it be a reminder that you aren’t at her house anymore. You are here with us and that is perfectly fine. But only if you want to. Izuku, be completely honest with us. Don’t think about anyone but yourself when I ask this. Do you want to come back home and stay with us?”
Izuku was trying to reply. Eijiro could hear the attempts through the tears. He sounded like a whipped puppy but after what just almost happened to him Eijiro didn’t blame him.
Thank goodness we got here in time!
Izuku calmed down a bit before talking.
“‘o- onest a- a- answer?”
Dad hummed. “Honest answer.”
Eijiro bit his tongue. Please don’t say no! Please, please, please!
“Y- yer…” Izuku whispered. “B- but I-”
“No buts,” Dad cut in. “No one ever told you that you had to leave and no one ever will.” Izuku shook his head. “I- I- I sc- scared E- Kirishima…”
Eijiro’s heart dropped. He crawled over beside Dad. “No… Izu, no… You- I- You didn’t do anything wrong!” Eijiro choked out. “It was all me. I could never be scared of you!” Izuku ducked his head. “I- I- I ‘eard y- you.”
“I was wrong!” Izuku flinched. “I was wrong,” Eijiro said quieter. “I was wrong… I can’t… I don’t know what I would do without you, Izu… Y- you’ve done so much for me. You’ve made me so much stronger and more confident a- and i- if you were to l- leave I- I don’t kn- know what I- I would do…” Eijiro felt tears that he couldn't lift his arms to wipe roll down his face.
“I…” Izuku paused. “I d- d- don’ k- know what t- ta do…” Dad hummed. “That’s okay. We won’t force you to come home but we will stay with you until you make a decision. Just know that whatever you do choose, we love you so much and will accept you back into our home, no, your home any time. We will never push you away or tell you to leave.”
And all was quiet. Eijiro doesn’t know how long they waited until Izuku actually did speak up but that was fine. They would give Izuku time. The only way they knew that Izuku hadn’t fallen asleep were the tremors that would shake the greenette’s body periodically.
“I…” Eijiro jumped, having almost fallen asleep himself. Izuku’s shoulders untensed a bit. “I- I- I just…” Dad hummed. Izuku tensed up again. “I- I just w- wanna g- g- go ‘ome!” Tears spilled from Izuku’s eyes for the umpteenth time again. “I- I don’t w- wanna ‘urt y- y- you th- though!” Dad rubbed Izuku’s arm. “It would hurt more to not have you there, Izuku.”
“Please…” Izuku whispered. “Please… p- please…”
Izuku was running out of energy and the wound on his head had only just stopped bleeding. He couldn’t get anything else out aside from that. Dad kissed the top of Izuku’s head. “We won’t leave you,” he whispered. “Not now, not ever. So come home with us?”
Izuku nodded. “P- please…”
“Okay…” Dad stood up. “Do you want help?” Izuku shook his head. “I- I don’- I-” He pulled Dad’s jacked tighter. There was a groan from the man in the alleyway that everyone had forgotten about. Izuku froze. “No… no… p- please…” Dad crouched by Izuku and took the edges of his jacket, pulling it over Izuku’s head. “No one is going to touch you,” he spoke confidently. “We will deal with him so stay here, okay?” Dad stood and looked at Eijiro. “Stay with him. Your arms are broken.” Eijiro nodded and took Dad’s place beside Izuku.
_______________________________
Asa grabbed the man’s discarded shirt from the ground. As he stared down at the man, Asa wanted to punch him so hard that his teeth fell out but also knew that he was a father and couldn’t do that in front of his son.
When he had seen the man on top of Izuku and heard Izuku’s quiet plea, Asa, himself, was about to run out and fight him but Eijiro had beaten him to the punch. Literally.
-----
‘EIJIRO!’ Asa called out to his running son. He and Yuma ran up behind Eijiro where he stood just after the man had gone flying. Asa was a bit stunned but Eijiro had told them about the sudden mutation in his quirk.
Eijiro went off the walls on the man and Asa didn't really feel the need to stop him.
Asa knelt down beside Izuku who was bleeding from his head, partially undressed, and shaking like a leaf.
There was a mark on the side of Izuku’s neck. A bite mark. Rage boiled under Asa’s skin.
-----
It had only been that. A bite mark. Luckily not a hickey as Asa didn’t think Izuku could handle looking in the mirror for the next week and seeing it. It faded during their conversation. The anger didn’t. Even if it was in a spur of anger and rage, everything Eijiro had said was correct. It was people like this man that made Izuku’s mind this twisted and fear such a prominent part of his life.
Asa had no remorse as the man groaned in pain while Asa rolled him over and used the man’s shirt to tie his arms behind his back. Asa called the police and they arrived soon after to take him away. He looked back over at Eijiro and Izuku and Yuma. Asa sighed.
I’m so relieved! Thank goodness he is coming back! I really thought we had lost him this time!
Asa went over and crouched in front of Izuku. “Hey, bud,” he whispered. Izuku flinched slightly. “Are you ready to go home?” Izuku lifted his head a bit, eyes just visible under the jacket. He nodded slowly. Asa hummed. “I won’t touch you unless you want me to, okay? Do you need help up?” Izuku shook his head. Asa did, however, help Eijiro up. The sleeves of his pajamas that he was still in had been blown and torn off from the pressure of his quirk. He couldn’t push himself up. Izuku slowly got to his feet, not once letting go of the jacket around his shoulders though it did slide off his head.
The walk back was silent until Izuku, who was walking beside him, suddenly wobbled.
Everyone stopped but Izuku didn’t. Asa glanced back at Yuma. He swallowed and kept walking. This happened a few more times before Izuku fell backward completely instead of just wobbling. Asa lurched forward to catch him in time.
“Izuku? Are you okay, bud?” The greenette looked up at him with glassy eyes. “Wha…?” Asa smiled softly. “Can I pick you up, please?” he asked. “I don’t think you can really walk.” Izuku blinked slowly a few times. “P- pick m- me… up?” Asa nodded. He hadn’t necessarily lost a lot of blood but Izuku’s blood pressure was not the most stable anyways and losing blood from the head was making him loopy. “Just until we get in the car.” Izuku hummed, leaning back a bit more into Asa. Asa bent down and gently lifted the boy bridal style, walking the rest of the way to their vehicle with Izuku in his arms.
He settled Izuku into the seat who immediately curled himself into another ball. Yuma settled his backpack by his feet.
It wasn’t long into the drive home that Izuku had fallen asleep. An hour and a half later they parked in front of their house.
Asa leaned his forehead on the wheel and let out a long, tired sigh. “We made it back.” A hiccup came from the back. From Ei. “I- I thought w- we really l- lost him this t- time!” Asa’s shoulders shook as a few tears dropped from his eyes. “Me too, bud. Me too.” Yuma was already wiping a steady stream of tears from her eyes. Asa dried his eyes and sat up. “Listen, I don’t think I need to say this but I will anyway. This isn’t over. We all know that Izuku has never been mentally on track or mentally stable. We are going to need to keep a close eye on his mental state for a while. That being said, neither you, Ei, or Izuku are going to school tomorrow. Okay? No if, and, or but about it. I am not going to work either nor your mother. Tomorrow let’s have a mental off day, okay? I’ll call Mr. Aizawa in the morning because he is probably doing his rounds tonight as an underground hero.”
Asa closed his eyes. Speaking of which. I need to talk to Mr. Aizawa about what Shinsou told Eijiro.
“Any objections?” No one said anything. Asa sighed. “Eijiro, I have another vile of Recovery Girl’s quirk from last time just in case you didn’t fully heal from the first round.”
“Okay,” Eijiro replied, in a voice less than a whisper. “Dad…”
“Hmm?”
“Is Izuku really moving to the guest room?”
Asa swallowed. He opened his eyes slowly. “Let’s talk about it in the morning when all of us are feeling a little better. For now, let’s go in and get some rest. The medicine will help you sleep.”
The three got out. Asa went around and opened Izuku’s door. He took a deep breath before nudging the boy. The reaction was immediate. Izuku’s eyes shot open. He jumped back as far as he could with the seat belt on. The jacket slipped off his shoulders. Izuku pulled it over quickly, covering himself once again. Asa smiled softly and held out his hand, mentally cursing as the string formed from Izuku’s chest. The boy stared at it with wide, scared eyes.
“We are home, Izu,” Asa spoke quietly. Izuku’s green eyes trailed up to his. He swallowed thickly and reached out his hand. His fingers twitched when they made contact with Asa’s hand. Asa did not grab Izuku’s hand until the boy had fully offered it to him and even then only held it very lightly. He guided Izuku out of the car and let go.
Asa stayed as closely behind Izuku as he could without scaring the boy but still within range in case the boy fell again.
They all stepped back and watched as Izuku did his rounds of locking the windows and doors.
Asa pat the couch. “Izuku, we need to treat your head wound.” The boy looked over from the window in the living room. His hand lingered on the lock. “I- I…” he bit his lip. “I l- left from ‘ere.” Asa nodded. Tears filled Izuku’s eyes. “I- I- I’m sorrae.” He wiped at them furiously. “I- I’m s- sorrae! I- I don’ kn- know what I- I am d- doin’ wrong!”
Asa went over and crouched in front of the boy. “Nothing,” he said. “You are doing nothing wrong.” Izuku pulled the jacket tighter. “H- he-! “‘e t- touched m- me a- and,” Izuku’s hand moved to where the bite mark once was, “a- and ‘e a- almost- he almost-!” Izuku stumbled back. His nails dug into his neck where the mark was. “N- not again! Wh- why!? Why!?”
Asa shook his head. “I don’t know why, Izu. None of that should have happened and it shouldn’t have happened to you earlier in life either. I don’t know why people do that.” Izuku fell to the floor.
“Can I get closer?” Asa asked.
Izuku flinched. “I- I w- want ta h- hug ya b- b- but I’m scared… I- I want- I c- can’-”
Asa nodded. “I won’t do anything you don’t want me to.”
Izuku looked up at him with wary eyes. “‘ow d- do I kn- know that y- y- you are tellin’ th- the truth?”
Asa swallowed. “You find out. If you trust me enough then see for yourself.”
Izuku lowered his eyes. Tears filled his eyes again. The boy leaned forward slightly, pressing his forehead against Asa’s chest. “Can I hug you, Izuku?” The boy nodded. Asa raised his arms and pulled Izuku a bit closer. The boy tensed but soon swung his own arms around Asa, grabbing the back of the man’s shirt.
“I- I- I was s- so scared!” Izuku cried. “H- he came u- up w- with a b- b- bat a- and wh- when I o- opened m - my eyes again I- I was alreadae o- on the ground a- and-” Izuku buried his face in Asa’s chest. Asa slowly rubbed the shaking boy’s back. “I know… I know… It’s okay… You’re safe now.” They sat there for a while longer before Izuku finished his who knows how manyth panic attack of the day. Izuku took a shuddering breath.
“I- I couldn’t ‘elp b- but thinkin’ th- th- that I j- just wanted M- Mom o- or D- Dad o- or Ei b- b- but I r- ran away s- so I didn’t th- think ya w- would come…” Izuku whispered.
“But we did,” Asa whispered back.
Izuku giggled, grip getting tighter. “B- but ya d- did!” Izuku finally relaxed in his arms. “Thank y- ya fer s- savin’ me…” Asa smiled and kissed the top of Izuku’s head. “Anytime.”
Asa took care of the wound on Izuku’s head. It probably wouldn’t scar, thankfully.
“Where do you want to sleep tonight?” Asa asked. “Eijiro is already asleep from the medicine.” Izuku looked down. “C- can I… s- sleep w- with you a- a- and Mom t- tonight?” Asa blinked in surprise. Izuku wants to feel protected. After so many screw-ups, I think it’s time to make him feel like he is safe. Asa smiled softly. “Of course. I’ll go get your pajamas.” Izuku grabbed onto his shirt before Asa could leave. Asa looked back.
“U- um…” Izuku bit his lip. “C- could you st- stand outside th- the bathroom…?” He glanced up at Asa. “I- I don’ tr- trust myself n- not to t- try again…”
If it were possible, Asa’s heart just shattered all over again. “Sure,” he whispered. Izuku let go of his shirt. And Asa did wait. He probably shouldn’t have felt so relieved that Izuku actually came out of the bathroom but he was and Izuku did. Asa led Izuku back to their bedroom where Yuma was already waiting for them with the bedside lamp turned on.
Izuku hesitated before getting in bed. “Are you sure you want to sleep with us tonight, Izu?” Asa asked. The wind blew outside making a whistling noise. Izuku nodded his head sharply and crawled in. Yuma patted the bed beside her. Asa got in as well.
Yuma ran her fingers through Izuku’s hair. The boy stiffened and looked up at her. She smiled. “Welcome home, Izuku.” The boy couldn’t shed any more tears but he looked like he wanted to. His body relaxed under her touch. “‘ome…” Izuku murmured, eyes dropping. “I’m home…” He fell asleep soundly. Yuma and Asa met eyes. Asa reached over and wiped the tears from his wife’s cheeks. She leaned over and kissed him. Asa smiled and kissed back.
“He’s home,” she whispered.
“Somehow,” Asa replied quietly. “Somehow I don’t think he will be leaving again any time soon.”
Yuma nodded. “Love you, dear.”
“I love you too.” They shared one more kiss before they snuggled down and the lamp was shut off.
If in the middle of the night, or now five in the morning, Izuku cried in his sleep and clung onto Asa then that was fine. Asa was there. He would pull Izuku closer and shield him and let Izuku use him as an anchor because as long as Asa was there, Izuku knew that he would be safe.
Asa would always be there.
_______________________________
“Hitoshi.”
Hitoshi looked up from his phone. “Yeah, Dad?”
Dad sat across from him at the table.
“Don’t you have to go to work?” Hitoshi asked. Dad nodded. “I do but we need to talk.” Hitoshi tilted his head. “I just got a call from Izuku’s father saying that Izuku ran away last night and almost got raped.” Hitoshi dropped his phone. “Wh- what…?” he breathed out. Dad nodded. “They found him and brought him back, don’t worry. Still, Mr. Kirishima had said that Kirishima told him about a conversation you and Kirishima had after the battle training.”
Hitoshi sighed. “Oh, that.”
Dad leveled Hitoshi with a look that made the boy gulp. “Yes. ‘That.’ Apparently Kirishima told his parents and Izuku overheard and that is why he ran away.”
Hitoshi hung his head.
“Why did you say all of that to Kirishima?” Dad asked.
Hitoshi scowled at his lap. “I was just so irritated that Kirishima was scared. It obviously affected Izuku so, I dunno, I just wanted him to get a taste of how it felt or something.”
Dad sighed. “Kirishima might not have had a bad past like you or Izuku but he still feels fear, you know. What you did could have seriously made it or broken it for Izuku’s mental state if the two hadn’t of made up.”
Hitoshi bit his lip. “I know… I just… I dunno. I guess I just got a bit peeved.”
Dad nodded and stood. “I have to go to work. I understand your coarseness but I want you to mull over what you did today. Izuku and Kirishima won’t be there so use that to realize that might have been a thing and think about your apology.” Hitoshi felt guilt rise up in him.
“Okay…”
“Also, no video games for a week.”
Hitoshi clicked his tongue.
Dad shook his head. “Don’t give me that. You know what you did was wrong.” Hitoshi sighed, leaning down to get his phone. “I know. I’m sorry.” Dad grabbed his keys from the counter. “I am not the one you should be saying that to. Today you need to think about what Izuku really means to you.”
Hitoshi looked up at his Dad. “What do you mean?”
“I mean if you really plan on being Izuku’s partner on the battlefield then what you did yesterday cannot happen again.” Dad stared him down. “You need to have total trust in your partner and vise versa or something will go wrong.”
Hitoshi swallowed. “So what you are saying is…”
“What you did could have ended your partnership with Izuku,” Dad finished.
Hitoshi’s heart dropped.
“And it still might,” Dad said, “depending on how you handle this.” Dad walked over and knelt down before Hitoshi. “You know I don’t mean to be this harsh but you need to understand the seriousness of this situation.” Hitoshi nodded slowly. “I know…” Dad tilted his head. “Hug?” Hitoshi nodded. They shared a semi-long hug before Dad stood up. “I’ll see you at school.” Hitoshi nodded. “Bye, Dad.” “Bye, Hitoshi.”
The door closed behind his father. Hitoshi stared at the door.
-----
‘What you did could have ended your partnership with Izuku.’
-----
Hitoshi hit his head on the table. “Dang it!” He sighed. “I really need to apologize and get my anger under control.”
“Meow!” Hitoshi turned his head to look at Marshmallow who was laying in the middle of the living room. He scowled. “Oh, shut up. I don’t want to hear anything from you.”
“Meow!”
“Uggghhh…”
Chapter Text
- WARNING: THIS HAS MEMORIES OF RAPE AT THE START -
Wait…
What are you doing?
W- wait a minute…
Please…
Stop…
I don’t want to do this!
Help!
It hurts!
It feels weird!
Someone!
Anyone!
Please!
No. Stop. STOP! PLEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!
-----
Izuku bolted upright in bed, panting. He grabbed at his arms, doubling over to fold in on himself as he dry heaved. He could feel phantom hands running all up and down his body in ways he never wanted them to. Phantom pains in places he was violated. Moans and grunts from his captor mixed with his own screams and pleas bouncing around in his head. He wanted to throw up. Tears leaked from the eyes he had screwed closed.
There was a sudden weight on the bed next to him. Izuku’s heart beat in his throat. Please. Please. Please.
“Izuku?”
A familiar voice.
“Hey, bud, can you hear me?”
Kind. Gentle. So different from the ones in Izuku’s head.
“I need you to breathe with me, okay?”
Helpful. Someone coming to save him.
“Take a deep breath with me now, okay? In…”
Someone safe.
“And out… In… And out…”
Something to cling to. A voice to drown out the others.
“And in… And out… And in… And out…”
Izuku’s mind began to clear as his breathing evened out. The voice he soon recognized as his father’s voice. Izuku sucked in a shaky breath before sitting up again. He felt so tired. “How are you feeling, bud?” Izuku turned to look at his father slowly. “T- tired…” he hummed. His eyes felt so heavy and his body heavy. Dad nodded. “Yeah, I know. You only slept for about an hour. Go back to sleep, okay? I just called your teacher to tell him that you and Ei wouldn’t be coming in today.” Izuku’s eyes widened. “B- but I-”
“Izuku,” Dad cut him off, “you aren’t going to school today. Not after last night.” Izuku’s ears buzzed. Last night… I ran away. I wasn’t supposed to come back. But they sounded so convincing. And they… saved me from… Izuku felt sick again.
“None of us are going in,” Dad continued. “Me and your mother called in sick.” Izuku nodded numbly. Dad looked tired too. Of course. Why wouldn’t he be? Izuku’s screw up led him to stay up the whole night as well. “You look tired,” Dad said softly. “Lay back down, okay?” Izuku glanced up at him. “W- will y- y- you be ‘ere t- too?” he asked. “Do you want me to be?” Izuku bit his lip. I don’t want to be touched but… he’s my father and… “I- I don’ w- wanna b- b- be alone…” Dad hummed. “Then I’ll stay with you.” Izuku nodded slightly. Dad got back into bed. Izuku laid his head back down, watching Dad do the same.
A few moments later, Izuku was glad that his father was laying on his side so he couldn’t see the tears streaming down the greenette’s face. The boy reached forward tentatively and lightly grabbed the back of Dad’s shirt. He pressed his forehead against the back of the man.
Please… Help me… I can’t do this…
“Izuku,” the greenette flinched, “can I turn around?” Izuku let go of the shirt. Dad rolled over to face Izuku. “Do you need a hug?” Izuku looked down. “I won’t do anything unless you want me to.” Izuku bit his lip, nodding. Dad pulled Izuku into a gentle hug. Izuku tensed but soon clung onto his father for dear life sobbing. Dad ran his hand through Izuku’s hair whispering calming promises until Izuku couldn’t keep his eyes open any longer and fell asleep.
_______________________________
Asa sighed as Izuku finally fell asleep again. The boy had to be tired after having shed so many tears in the span of a few hours. He was glad that Izuku was even letting him touch him in the first place. Izuku needed to feel something other than the hands of someone forcing themselves on him like last night. The man yawned, closing his eyes. He fell asleep soon after but he never got a long sleep. He would constantly be jolted awake when Izuku accidentally kicked him in his sleep or when the sound of whimpering got loud enough to wake him and the couple times that Izuku woke up again in a cold sweat that Asa had to calm him down from again just so that, for the love of everything that is good in this world, which doesn’t seem like a lot right now, Izuku would get more than thirty minutes of sleep at a time before waking up or crying out.
It was a restless morning.
_______________________________
Eijiro groaned, waking up from the sleep and drug. He was in his bed.
Eijiro peeled his eyes open. He moved his fingers and flexed his arms. They felt sore and tingly. Eijiro pushed himself up and they shook. Eijiro rubbed his eyes. He turned to his alarm clock only to find that it was two in the afternoon. He almost flipped out before remembering that they weren’t going to school today. Then he did flip out when he remembered why they weren’t going to school today. Eijiro ran to his door but paused. He took a deep breath. He did not know where Izuku was in the house right now. He couldn’t go in yelling or making a ruckus. Eijiro opened his door quietly and left his room. Mom was sleeping on the couch, the only life form noticeable in the house besides Eijiro and Akio who was beside him.
Eijiro sighed quietly.
“Ei?”
He jumped, swirling his head to find Dad exiting the hallway to the other side of the house and entering the living room. Eijiro went around through the kitchen to meet up with him. “How are you feeling?” Dad asked first thing. Eijiro lifted his arms. He winced slightly as he curled and uncurled his fingers. He really wasn’t paying attention to how many times he actually hit the man last night and how far he pushed himself after he had already broken his arms. Eijiro shrugged. “I’ve been better.” He looked up at his father. “Is… Is Izuku okay?” Dad sighed, rolling his shoulders. “It’s been a rough morning. I think he has finally worn himself out to where his body physically cannot move in his sleep and he cannot cry anymore.” EIjiro hissed. “Yikes.” Dad hummed. “He’s finally sleeping soundly now. Give him a bit and Izuku will be more aware and ready to tackle the day. Or what’s left of it.”
Eijiro nodded. Mom ended up hearing them and waking up. “Good morning,” she yawned, walking in. Dad chuckled. “Or afternoon.”
The three played a few board games quietly, Dad leaving periodically to go check on Izuku until he didn’t come back for a while. Eijiro assumed Izuku had woken up and he was correct as Dad reentered the living room with Izuku close behind, holding onto the end of Dad’s shirt like a lost child. His eyes were red and a bit puffy. His hair was all out of sorts more than usual considering his usual curls. Every single bit of his posture screamed at them how scared he was.
Eijiro swallowed. Not out of fear of Izuku but out of fear of how this would affect things from now on.
Dad clapped his hands together. “Okay! This is a mental break day! No depressing whatnot. We are spending this day to relax, have fun, and ease our nerves after the past couple of days.” Mom and Eijiro nodded. “That being said, any suggestions?”
The first thing that came to Eijiro’s mind was that he wanted to do something to relax Izuku and, while he wasn’t a fan of sweets, Eijiro raised his hand and chirped: “Hot chocolate and movies!”
Mom nodded. “That sounds good! I’ve had this new hot chocolate recipe that I found online that I have been wanting to try for a while.” Dad hummed. “Sounds good to me.” He looked down at Izuku. “How do you feel about that?” The boy glanced up at him, still having yet to let go of his shirt. Izuku nodded slowly. Mom stood up. “Izu, dear, would you like to help me make the hot chocolate.” Everyone held their breath without knowing it as they waited for Izuku’s response. The boy looked her up and down before he had to seemingly mentally pry his fingers off of Dad’s shirt. He nodded.
Eijiro grinned. Sweets were always the path to go with Izuku.
Dad pat Izuku’s back gently. “She won’t do anything either. None of us will. So just enjoy yourself.” Izuku looked up at Dad, searching his eyes for any source of a lie he could find. He found none.
Mom waved him into the kitchen. “Come on! You are going to love this one!” Izuku and Mom have made hot chocolate on multiple occasions, it was just something they shared.
Dad pats Eijiro’s shoulder. “Let’s go get some blankets and pillows.” Eijiro nodded determinedly. I’ll make this the smoothest, most relaxing day ever! Eijiro ran to his and Izuku’s room. He pulled off both of their comforters and deposited them into the living room before going back for pillows. Eijiro grabbed a couple of Izuku’s hero plushies and came back in. Dad had gathered his comforter and pillows as well. The two made a sort of hole or nest out of the pillows and blankets. Eijiro stood back and nodded. “Mhmm. Mhmm. Looks cozy!” Dad waved him over. “Let’s choose a movie.” They flipped through the movie album they had until they picked two they thought would be good. “I’m gonna go ask Izu,” Eijiro said, sliding the two from their casings. Eijiro scampered over to the kitchen where Mom and Izuku were.
“Izuku-” *SHATTER*
Everyone froze as the coffee mug that Izuku had just grabbed from the cupboard hit the floor.
Izuku lowered his arms and slowly turned to Mom. The sheer look of terror that filtered into those green eyes said everything. He slowly backed away. “I- I- I’m s- s- s- sorrae… I- I’m s- sorrae…” Izuku’s breathing rapidly changed to sharp intakes of air that didn’t fully enter his lungs. Mom put the ladle down and crouched lower to the floor to make herself smaller than Izuku. She smiled. “Izuku, it’s fine,” she spoke softly. She waved him over. Izuku hesitated. “I won’t hurt you,” she promised. Izuku took a few tentative steps forward. Mom held out her hands, ever patiently waiting before he placed his hands in them, Mom smiled and ran her thumbs over them soothingly. “See? I won’t hurt you. You were just a bit startled, that’s all. Everything’s all good.” Eijiro felt his father’s hands on his shoulders gently pulling him out of the kitchen and back into the living room. Eijiro looked up at his father in horror.
Dad pats his back. “It’ll be okay,” he whispered. “Let your mother handle it.” Eijiro swallowed thickly and nodded. Dad brought out a deck of cards and they played a game or two as they listened to Mom gently coax Izuku back into the kitchen after she had cleaned up the glass.
Eijiro lowered his head. “Sorry… I didn’t mean to scare him…” Dad reached over and ruffled Eijiro’s hair that he had not gelled up from the night before. “Don’t worry about it. It will take a bit for Izuku to calm down. He still doesn’t trust what we said about us wanting him home and after the… incident with that man last night, he might take a bit longer to loosen up but that’s what today is for, right?” Eijiro nodded numbly. And Izuku did seem a bit less tense. At least, around Mom after she didn’t lash out at him for breaking the cup.
It was then Eijiro realized how quiet the house was. People were milling around and talking and yet everything seemed still. All of their voices were much quieter than usual. Eijiro found that it unnerved him for it all to be so quiet but he understood it perfectly well the second Mom and Izuku exited the kitchen, each holding two cups of warm hot chocolate.
He hated to think it but Izuku was essentially a kicked puppy.
They all were being cautious of every little thing around the boy. Eijiro hoped it wouldn’t unnerve Izuku as well. He wanted Izuku to feel warm and happy and safe. Perhaps the quietness would do Izuku some good to just be able to breathe and settle in without any sudden surprises or loud noises. Just to be still for once.
Izuku eye’d Eijiro hesitantly before he shifted forward, holding out a cup of hot chocolate. Eijiro grinned at him and took it. “Why, thank you very much,” he jokingly winked. Izuku blinked a few times before he half-deadpanned which Eijiro took as a win and ran with it. Eijiro sat down in the pile of blankets and pillows. Akio came and laid curled up against Eijiro’s back. The redhead back beside him. “Come on!” he whisper-yelled. “We got us a hero movie!” Eijiro felt a shiver go down his spine as Izuku looked him up and down unblinking before finally sitting down, albeit slowly. Hime curled into his lap as Izuku cradled his own cup of hot chocolate between his hands. Dad sat beside Izuku and Mom beside Eijiro.
The movie was one they had all watched before. Eijiro glanced over at Izuku about midway through.
The boy had cocooned himself in his comforter but his hands stuck out as he cradled his cup and Eijiro could just see his eyes as Izuku watched the movie with the same intensity as he had when they first introduced him to it. Almost as if Izuku could feel eyes on him, he suddenly blinked and looked over at Eijiro. The redhead grinned and gave Izuku a thumbs up. The greenette tilted his head. Eijiro stuck his tongue out a bit before turning back to the movie but he could see Izuku’s deadpan from the corner of his eye before the boy did the same.
The movie came to an end.
Eijiro held his empty cup up and fell back, flopping on the blanket pile. “Ah… That was so good!” Mom giggled as she took everyone’s cups. Eijiro playfully punched the air. “Like POW and BAM!” He turned his head to Izuku who was more or less observing his antics. Eijiro grinned. “We are going to be like that soon, Izu!” The boy blinked, having not expected Eijiro to address him. The redhead sat up. “Erm… three years? We start off as sidekicks, right? Unless you have a lot of money to just up and start your own hero agency,” Eijiro carried the conversation as he knew Izuku wouldn’t reply. “I think Yao… ro… Yao, erm, she’s in our class with big puffy hair! I saw her dad in a museum magazine once. At least I think it was him. I bet she could do it!”
Eijiro really didn’t know what he was doing or even talking about. He was just rattling on but Izuku hadn’t left yet and Eijiro really didn’t feel like ending the ‘conversation’ so he just kept talking. He got a few hums and nods from his brother but that was all. Still, Eijiro could tell Izuku was loosening up.
So he’d keep talking until Izuku felt comfortable to speak back. Even if it was just one word.
_______________________________
Yuma and Asa really didn’t feel much need to do anything to ease the tension in the room as it had basically melted during the movie.
They sat on the couch together listening to Ei prattle on bouncing from one hero to the next.
Yuma smiled fondly at her little redheaded boy. Eijiro has always had a big heart for people and maybe sometimes it would push him to do things he regretted but it always served him well in the end. Eijiro had fallen back again sometime in the conversation, rolled over, kicked his feet, just messed around as he talked and Yuma wasn’t sure if he was aware of it but his inability to stay still eased Izuku enough for the boy to lay back himself. He had his hands folded over his abdomen and stared up at the ceiling perfectly content on just listening to Eijiro speak.
This off day was a much-needed one for all of them.
Yuma was constantly surrounded by the yells and cries of her daycare job.
Asa was emotionally tired from the issues at home tying in with the issues he discussed with his patients.
Eijiro was settling down from the training as he learned more and more about Izuku’s mental state.
And Izuku was calming down from the past few days as he skipped from attempted suicide to running away and coming back.
They all just needed this quiet, downtime to destress. Eijiro was helping immensely with Izuku whether he knew it or not but Yuma could tell he was running out of things to talk about. That was fine. Izuku’s eyes were already drooping as he struggled to stay aware of the ‘conversation’ he was having with Eijiro through hums and grunts while Eijiro pointed out various things.
Yuma looked from her book when she realized that the talking and hums had stopped altogether.
Izuku looked practically buried into the blankets as he sunk into them over time, laying flat on his back with his hands folded, eyes shut. His chest raised and fell silently at a steady pace. He had fallen asleep. Eijiro was lying next to him on his stomach still awake but having noticed Izuku had fallen asleep and not wanting to move and wake up the sleeping boy. He glanced over at Yuma and their eyes met.
Relieved. They all felt so relieved.
Yuma leaned her head against Asa’s shoulder, his arm around her’s, as they both read their respective books, Eijiro having pulled out his phone to scroll through. It was quiet. Peaceful. Calm…
It was like nothing was wrong. There was not an ounce of tension in the room as the three just sat there and Izuku slept peacefully. It was a rare occasion to see Izuku so at ease. When he was like this, he looked like a normal child who smiled and laughed and talked like any other kid. If only life were that simple. For now, the Kirishima’s would relish in this momentary peace.
Yuma soon found herself asleep on her husband’s shoulder. Asa fell asleep leaning his head against hers. Eijiro’s phone fell from his hands as he dozed off on his own.
_______________________________
Hitoshi sighed as he got on the subway. He looked around and found Todoroki sitting in the same spot as always, next to the door of the subway.
Hitoshi came over and sat himself by his… friend? He could probably consider Todoroki that by now. Right?
“Morning,” Todoroki hummed.
Hitoshi leaned his head against the window behind him, closing his eyes. He grunted his typical response. They shared their short ride in silence until Hitoshi spoke up. “We aren’t waiting for Zuku today.”
“Why not?” Todoroki didn’t look up from his phone.
Hitoshi sighed loudly. “Well…” He told Todoroki what had happened after the battle training and about what happened with Zuku during the night based on what Dad had said. The subway pulled into their station. “Well that wasn’t too smart of you,” Todoroki commented as he stood. Hitoshi scoffed and stood as well. The two exited and continued their journey to UA. “Yeah, nah dip sherlock.”
“So what are you going to do?” Todoroki asked.
“Dad wants me to think about it today and apologize tomorrow.”
“Are you going to?”
“Of course. I know how irrational I was being and even if I held a grudge against Kirishima, which I don’t because he legit did nothing and I’m an idiot, I want Zuku to be my hero partner so I am going to try to make things right.”
“Wow,” Todoroki commented as they stopped by the gates of UA. “I’m so proud.”
Hitoshi glared at him. “Shut it. Why are we stopping? Zuku isn’t coming.” Todoroki looked over at him.
“Heya!”
“Ah,” Hitoshi grunted and the two turned around as Uraraka came bouncing down the path. “Right.” He raised a hand. Todoroki nodded to the girl as she bounced up beside them. “Good morning!”
“Good morning.”
“Morning.” Hitoshi turned and walked into the gates. “Zuku isn’t coming today,” he stated, “so there is no reason to wait.” Todoroki followed. Uraraka hesitated before bounding beside them. “What about the others? Like his brother and Ashido?” she asked. Hitoshi shrugged. He wasn’t particularly close with Ashido, more of a mutual bonding over Zuku even if the pinkette saw them as friends.
Hitoshi didn’t really feel much different. They walked in and all jumped when Yoarashi yelled “HEY!” as usual and then Iida reprimanded him. They explained the missing Zuku and talked, or listened to Iida gripe while Yoarashi laughed at what he thought were jokes until Dad came in and told them all to get in their seats. It wasn’t until Hitoshi sat down and there was no Zuku sitting in front of him did he realize that something was missing.
-----
‘Today you need to think about what Izuku really means to you.’
-----
Hitoshi ducked his head. This is fine. It’s okay. It’s fine.
So Hitoshi has ‘attachment’ or ‘abandonment’ issues or whatever, says Dad. And maybe Zuku was the first friend he’s ever made and maybe Hitoshi was the reason that their friendship may be ending. But it’s all good! Hitoshi is fine! It’s just school. Just school.
Except it got worse.
The day went on. Hitoshi kept wanting to look up and make a sarcastic remark about something or another but there was no one to make it to. He had no one to turn to when he had a question on his assignment either. It wasn’t much, really, not enough to mean anything, but it was enough that he noticed.
Dad came in after English with Hizashi- or Present Mic as they were supposed to call the man at school. English had ended a bit early so that Dad could make an announcement. Dad cleared his throat, effectively quieting the class.
“Today…” he drawled, “you will be picking a class representative…”
…
…
…
“THAT'S TOTALLY NORMAL!” Hitoshi and Todoroki both flinched at the sudden outburst from the class.
“I wanna be it!”
“Choose me!”
“Moi! It is I who should be our sparkly president!”
Hitoshi felt his body shake from all of the yelling. Shut up… His breathing got shorter. Luckily, Iida stood up sharply. “BE QUIET!” he yelled. All of the class looked over at the glasses-dawning male. “Being the representative for your class is a responsibility that one should not take lightly. Your responsibility will be the whole class on your shoulders. If the class president is not able to lead the class and carry them then the class will surely drag. It is not simply a choice one can make based off of ‘Choose me’’s. We should settle this with a vote on the wills of the people!”
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes at the boy. Your hand is raised higher than anyone else’s…
The kid with the bird head tilted said head. “Won’t we all just vote for ourselves?”
“That means that whoever has more than one vote is the one truly appropriate for the task,” Iida stated firmly.
Dad sighed. “I don’t care… just get on with it. You better decide before lunch.” He crawled into his yellow sleeping bag and fell asleep.
No. He doesn’t fall asleep. Hitoshi knows this. Dad just rests his eyes. He would never truly fall asleep. His insomnia and PTSD from hero work prevents such a normally easy thing.
They decided on an anonymous vote. Hitoshi looked down at the slip of paper handed to him. I really don’t care. I’ll just put Iida. He obviously wants this. Hitoshi scribbled down the boy’s name and folded the paper. Like father, like son, Hitoshi leaned back in his chair to rest his eyes until it all blew over and the lunch bell rang.
He zoned out as the names were called and tallies were put on the board. Then someone nudged him on the shoulder. Hitoshi jolted forward and spun around. The girl behind him, Jiro, pointed at the board with one of her earphone jacks that dangled from the lobes of her ears. “Congrats.”
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes and turned around.
CLASS PRESIDENT: KIRISHIMA EIJIRO
VICE PRESIDENT: AIZAWA HITOSHI
No. Hitoshi dropped his head with a long sigh. “Geeze, you sound depressed,” Jiro commented. “I am. Fight me.”
“Nah. Don't feel like it.” Hitoshi scoffed at her remark.
Hitoshi watched as Dad came out of his sleeping bag. “Alright. We will inform Kirishima of his status tomorrow-”
“Ah, sensei,” Hitoshi raised his hand. “Can I say something, please?” Dad looked over at him. “Fine but don’t interrupt me next time.” Hitoshi stood up and raised a hand. “I resign.”
“What?! You just got in!”
Hitoshi scratched the back of his head. “I don’t really care for those types of standings and responsibilities really. I don’t like being in the spotlight. It’s why I am becoming an underground hero. As Iida said, it’s important for someone to lead strongly yada yada… so someone like me really wouldn’t lead well.” He pointed his finger at Iida who had the next highest amount of votes. “So my spot can go to him. That is all.” Hitoshi sat down.
…
…
…
Iida cleared his throat and stood up. “If you insist! I will do my best to assist our class and our class president, Kirishima, to the best of my abilities!”
Hitoshi leaned back again.
“Emo,” Jiro commented from behind him.
“I’m just fine with that,” he replied.
“Chill. I’m Jiro.”
“Shinsou.”
“Nice.”
“Yeah.”
The two didn’t really talk much after that.
On the way to lunch, he casually hung a bit behind the group with Todoroki. He thinks Todoroki is feeling the absence of their brand member as well when Todoroki goes to order lunch.
“A cold soba,” he orders, “and a-” he stops blinking. Todoroki looks over his shoulder only to realize that Zuku is not there. Todoroki would usually help Zuku order. He turned back to LunchRush. “Nevermind. Just one cold soba.” Hitoshi felt his already low mood drop. It was only their third day of school and yet it felt so wrong to not have that small little everyday part of their day.
As they ate, Hitoshi and Todoroki didn’t really speak as much. They gave their input when it was asked for and Iida thanked him for the spot of vice president. Then…
*!RIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIING!*
The whole table jumped as the sirens in the building suddenly went off. The second and third years began running to the doors. Yoarashi stood and yelled above the noise: “WHAT’S HAPPENING?!” A third-year stopped and turned to them. “A level three security breach!” Yoarashi titled his head. “Eh?” “Someone infiltrated the school!” Hitoshi soon found himself in the hallways being pushed and shoved against the window from the rush of people. His heart raced, vision blurring. Hitoshi looked out the window.
The media… It’s just the media! Stop freaking out!
“STOOOOOOOOP!” A loud booming voice echoed over the crowd. Everyone stopped and found Yoarashi hovering in the air. Hitoshi suddenly realized how still the air felt as the boy was redirecting the weak air currents from the air conditioning to levitate himself over the crowd. “IT IS ONLY THE MEDIA THAT BROKE IN! YOU CAN SEE IT OUTSIDE! EVERYTHING IS JUST FINE!”
Hitoshi could have collapsed right then and there. He looked to his side. Todoroki was also struggling to keep it together. The students did calm down and everyone was sent to their afternoon classes.
Except Hitoshi and Todoroki took a detour.
They collapsed onto the bathroom floor shaking, both having a mild panic attack from the uproar. Hitoshi’s vision was spotting from lack of air when a familiar, calming voice cut through his ragged breathing.
“Calm down. Breathe with me. Deep breath in. And let it out. Deep breath in. And let it out.” Hitoshi and Todoroki held onto that voice, following every word, willing air into their lungs just so that they could BrEaThE!
Eventually, they did. Hitoshi looked up to face his father who was crouching on the floor in between them. “Are you two alright?” Dad asked. Hitoshi swallowed. His throat hurt. He nodded. Todoroki choked out a “Y- yes, sir.” Dad hummed. “Sorry. The press had gotten a bit too confident in themselves. Everything is fine now. I have informed your teachers that you are fine.” Hitoshi felt his body gradually untense. Not completely. Never completely. But enough.
Hitoshi chuckled dryly. “Dang, I’m glad Zuku’s not here.”
Todoroki hummed. “Not that I’m glad for the reason he isn’t.”
“Of course not.”
“Yeah.”
Dad stood and held out his hands to which they took and allowed the raven-haired man to pull them up. “Are you two good to go to your next class?” Hitoshi nodded. “Yes. We’ll be fine. Thank you.” They went to leave the bathroom. Dad’s hand found his shoulder in a silent reassurement that, heck, Hitoshi really needed at that time. He leaned into the touch just a bit before taking a deep breath and following Todoroki to their Modern Hero versus Prequirk Hero class.
By the end of the day, Hitoshi was ready to pass out at home. He was so glad that Class 1A didn’t have Foundational Hero Studies after regular school hours today. He didn’t think he could make it through. On that note, he didn’t think Todoroki could either. They were both significantly skilled in hiding it but their facades had begun to break and both of them really needed time away from people right now. Like, right right now. But they held it up until Uraraka and Iida and Yoarashi left. And until they got on the subway. And when Hitoshi’s stop came first Todoroki grabbed his arm and told him to text him if he needed it because they both hecking needed it.
But right now… he needed Dad. But Dad was at school still. But he wished he was home. He wished that when he inserted the key and turned it and that when he pushed opened the door that the first thing he saw was-
“Hey, kid.”
Hitoshi stopped. Dad was in the entranceway, waiting on him. Hitoshi’s breath hitched. “Y- you are supposed to be at the s- school still.” He willed his voice to stop cracking as he closed and locked the door. Dad hummed. “I left my work to Hizashi. He understands that I have more important things to do.”
“Like what?” Hitoshi asked.
“Like take care of my son,” Dad replied.
Tears pricked at the corners of Hitoshi’s violet eyes. He slowly turned to his father. He didn’t wait. He walked up and threw his arms around the older man. Dad was quick to reciprocate the hug with one of his own. Hitoshi let out a shaky breath, closing his eyes, finally able to relax in the confines of his home and in the safety of his father’s arms.
Hitoshi hated asking his Dad of this but sometimes he really just needed his father.
“Dad?”
“Hmm?”
“C- can you please stay home tonight?”
…
“Please…?”
Dad hummed. “I’ll call Hizashi. He’s really going to have my head on a stick for this.”
Hitoshi chuckled softly. “Thanks, Dad.”
They spent the rest of the afternoon watching television and watching movies and conspiracy videos online since Hitoshi was grounded from video games. Hitoshi texted Todoroki a bit, not on the group chat so Zuku’s phone wouldn’t blow up while he was mentally recovering himself. He did not need the stress of knowing his school got broken into today. Hitoshi listened from the living room as Dad paced back and forth in the hallway as he called Hizashi to ask the daylight hero to take his night shift, something he rarely does and only does for Dad because they are best friends.
The two stayed up late but that wasn’t anything unusual for the two insomniacs.
“So,” Dad started as they watched the credits of a movie roll, “did you think about yesterday?” Hitoshi sighed. “A bit. Honestly, I was mostly just thinking how much I wished Zuku was there.” Dad hummed. “So have you come to any conclusions?” Hitoshi nodded. “Yeah. I’m going to apologize to them tomorrow after school while we wait for the subways.” Because of the later time they got out of school on those days they had a good range of time at the subway station before their respective trains got there. “I just hope Zuku won’t be too mad.” Dad ruffled his hair. “I think he will have his misgivings but don’t forget that you were his first friend too. I don’t think that he will be able to stay mad at you.” Hitoshi looked down. “I hope not…”
Dad checked his watch. “It’s almost midnight. I’ll go get the pills.” Hitoshi hummed. Both he and Dad had different prescription sleeping pills that forced their bodies to rest. Dad had to take them because he had a day and night job so he only slept in the afternoons and still he had PTSD from his job that made him restless. Hitoshi had PTSD and insomnia from his time at the orphanage and from his time before the orphanage that made him jittery when he tried to sleep and kept him awake till early morning without them.
“We should see if we can get Izuku prescribed for something like these,” Dad commented as he came back in. Hitoshi accepted his and followed Dad into the kitchen to get water. They took their respective medications and went to go to their rooms. “Do you want to sleep with me tonight?” Dad asked. Hitoshi hesitated. “I- if you don’t mind… I’m still feeling a bit off from earlier today.” Dad waved him. “It’s no problem. Come on.” Hitoshi and his father got in bed. He could feel the pills kicking in.
Hitoshi yawned. “Thank you for staying, Dad.”
Dad hummed. “Hero or not, I am still your father. Never be afraid to ask me if you need me to stay.”
Hitoshi smiled. “Yeah…” He yawned again. His body buzzed a bit as the pills made their point while he was trying to fend them off. “Night, Dad…” he slurred. Dad reached up and ruffled his hair. “Good night, Hitoshi.”
_______________________________
Shoto fumbled with the keys to his apartment. Come on, come on, come on! Finally, he heard the *click* of the lock. Shoto threw open the door and slammed it behind him, turning and locking the door.
“Oh, welcome back, Shoto.” He turned around sharply. “F- Fuyumi?” His sister nodded. “My boss is out so we were sent home early. Is everything okay?” Shoto couldn’t breathe. He needed to get to his room. He nodded. “I- I’m going to go to my r- room.” He brushed past her before she could say anything else. Shoto closed the door behind him and slid to the floor.
He curled his legs to his chest, resting his forehead on his knees and wrapping his arms around his legs. He road out the panic attack as always. Alone. Until his phone buzzed in his pocket. It was Shinsou.
Shinsou:
Hey.
You good?
Shoto:
Could be better.
What about you?
Shinsou:
Same. But I have my Dad.
Shoto:
That’s good.
Shinsou:
Yeah.
What are you doing?
Shoto:
Sitting on the floor of my room.
Shinsou:
Want to talk about something?
Shoto:
Anything.
Anything at all.
Shinsou:
How about you tell me what you’ve learned about ice sculpting?
Shoto brightened. He slowly uncurled, legs still up while he leaned against the door texting Shinsou about everything he learned about his hopeful hobby. He was saving up money from recycling for more expensive gear in case he actually pursued this. Fuyumi was searching around for the basic tools. If he didn’t pursue this then he would have some pocket cash and maybe try that ‘hanging out with friends’ thing.
There was a knock at his door. “Shoto?” the voice of his sister filtered through. By now, Shoto had moved to his bed. “I have something for you. Can I come in?”
Shoto:
I have to go.
Shinsou:
Alright.
See you tomorrow.
Shoto:
You too.
He put his phone to the side. “Yeah,” he called back to his sister. Even though he knew who was coming in, Shoto still tensed as the door opened. Fuyumi bent down and picked up the box by her feet. She brought it in and set the box down in the middle of the clean room. Shoto climbed off of his bed and came over.
“So, Shoto,” she started, “while I had the free time today, I went and found you a few things.” Excitement spiked in Shoto’s chest. Fuyumi opened the box. “I didn’t have enough money for an actual chainsaw as the professionals use, but I don’t think that would be allowed here anyway. So I got you the next best thing with our budget.” She pulled out a hand saw and handed it to Shoto. The bicolored boy took it and ran his fingers along the blunt side in awe. “And then,” she continued, “I got a chisel and an ice pick as well.” She set those to the side. “I didn’t get the beginner hand torch because I know you have your fire.” Shoto looked up and nodded. “Then there are these,” she pulled out a few tarps. “For leaking and melting. And lastly,” she pulled up a book that was titled: “BEGINNER’S GUIDE TO ICE SCULPTING.”
Shoto took it and flipped through the pages. “Do you like it?” Shoto looked up at his sister and nodded. “Thank you, Fuyumi.” She smiled. “Of course! I am so pleased that you are trying to find your own path. It makes me happy to be able to help.” Shoto nodded. Fuyumi stood. “Natsuo will be home soon. I am going to start on dinner.” She stood up.
“Um, Fuyumi,” Shoto stood as well. “Hmm?” Shoto swallowed. “Can I hug you?” Fuyumi stared at him, shocked. “S- sure!”
It was an awkward hug, neither really used to the other, but it was one filled with more love than Shoto has felt in years.
“Thank you…” he whispered.
After she left, and after dinner, Shoto stayed up far longer than he would like to admit going through that book. He couldn’t wait to get started. This weekend he will try it.
_______________________________
“Mina!”
Mina ran up to her friends at the park. They only met every other day when there were no after school hero classes. “Where are Zuku and Kiri?” Hino asked. Mina sighed. “They weren’t there today.”
“Oh?” Mori tilted his head. “I hope everything is alright.” Mina hummed, climbing onto the jungle gym and turning to face them. “I dunno. Some things happened at Battle Training yesterday.”
“Battle Training?” Furuya questioned. “Sounds cool! Tell us!”
Mina smiled. “Well…”
And she did. She tried to explain Zuku’s and Kiri’s match and the villainous side of the greenette that presented itself.
Mori whistled. “Woah.” Furuya and Hino nodded. “He was pretty out of it afterward,” Mina said. “I hope nothing happened.”
“We can ask on Friday,” Mori suggested. “Yeah. But…” Mina smirked, “you haven’t heard of my turn!”
“Tell! Tell!”
Mina laughed. “Well, I had a very strange, sparkly dude named Aoyama as my partner…”
_______________________________
Izuku’s eyes fluttered open to the sound of something sizzling on the stove. The sound of pages of a newspaper flipping. The sounds of laughter from outside.
He sat up, rubbing his eyes. The greenette looked around at the pile of blankets he was so deeply embedded in. He almost didn’t want to get up.
“Sleep well?”
Izuku looked over at his father who was reading a newspaper on the couch. He blinked a couple of times. “I- I don’ r- r- remember f- fallin’ a- a- asleep.” Dad smiled. “That’s not necessarily a bad thing.” Izuku nodded. “Ei’s in the back playing with Akio if you want to go hang out before dinner.” Izuku hummed. He leaned back into the fluffy blankets, yawning quietly. He was almost tempted to fall back asleep but decided against it. Izuku got up and stretched, sighing in relief as his joints popped. He went to his and Ei’s room and got dressed out of his pajamas into shorts and a t-shirt before using the bathroom.
Izuku slipped on his shoes and stepped out onto the backyard patio. The evening sun was casting a warm glow over the yard. Eijiro was throwing a ball to Akio, playing fetch. Izuku leaned against one of the brick pillars holding up the awning. He closed his eyes, enjoying the warmth of the sun and the soft breeze that floated through his hair.
“Ah! Izu!” Izuku opened his eyes to a half-lidded state. Eijiro waved at him from the middle of the yard. “Hey, man!” Izuku raised a hand and waved back. Eijiro grinned and came over. “Wanna join in?” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “A- aren’ y- y- ya sc- scared…? O- of me?” Eijiro tilted his head. “Of you?” He grinned his toothy grin. “Never!” Maybe it was the sleep daze he was still in or the strange calm he couldn’t seem to shake but Izuku found himself believing his brother. Eijiro waved Izuku. “Come on!” He ran out to the middle of the yard where Akio was waiting. Izuku hesitated a bit but pushed himself off of the pillar and joined his brother in the yard.
Izuku wasn’t really a dog person but he wasn’t against them. He just happened to prefer cats more. They were smaller and quieter and calmer. Well, aside from Marshmallow. He might be as big as a dog. Something about them made Izuku feel at ease. Still, he threw the ball for Akio a few times and pet the dog on his head when he brought it back.
“Boys!” Mom called. “Dinner is ready!”
Eijiro bent down by Akio, petting him. “Sorry, Akio. No more for today.” He stood up and looked over at Izuku. “Let’s go. I’m starving!” Izuku’s stomach growled. He nodded and followed his brother again.
Izuku closed the door behind the dog, locking it with a small *click.* He took his seat beside Eijiro.
-----
If I told you that I wouldn’t be at dinner tomorrow what would you think?
-----
“Izuku?”
He blinked. Mom was looking at him from across the table. She smiled. “Guess you were at dinner tonight, hmm?” Izuku blinked slowly. He looked down but failed to hide the small smile that graced his lips. “Yer…” No one commented on his unusual display of emotions to which Izuku was grateful. It was only then did Izuku realize that before him sat a bowl of katsudon. His eyes widened. He couldn’t help but take in the savory smell of his favorite meal. “Well?” Dad asked. “What are you waiting for? Dig in!” Izuku did just that.
It’s so good!
It melted in his mouth. Izuku hummed, eyes closing in content as he chewed. So good… Mom giggled. “Do you like it, Izuku?” The greenette opened his eyes, nodding and taking another bite. As they were eating, Dad cleared his throat.
“So, Izuku,” he started, getting the boy’s attention, “me and your mother have been considering moving you into the guest room.” Izuku and Eijiro both froze. “We were wondering what your thoughts were on that. You are fourteen, Ei is soon to be fourteen. It wouldn’t be strange either way for you as brothers to share or have separate rooms.” Izuku swallowed. He looked over at Eijiro then at his hands.
I’d be… alone. But if Eijiro doesn’t want me to sleep in his room… I invaded his room when I first moved here anyways. Is he resentful? I don’t blame hi-
“I wouldn’t mind if you stayed,” Eijiro whispered almost inaudible. The redhead glanced over at him. “B- but it’s up to you.” Izuku curled his hands into fists.
“I… I- I- Can I- I stay…?” he asked.
“Do you want to?” Eijiro asked back.
Izuku nodded. “I- If y- you don’ w- w- want me t- to though I- I’ll move.”
Eijiro shook his head. “I would be perfectly fine with you staying.”
“Okay…” Izuku glanced up at his parents. Dad nodded and smiled. “Alright. If that is what you want.”
Later that night, after they brought back the blankets and pillows and stuffed heroes from the living room to their rightful places, and after Izuku had gone around locking all of the windows and doors, Izuku crouched beside his bed and pulled the knife from the kitchen out of his backpack. He kept the towel wrapped around it and lifted his mattress, sliding it under and setting the mattress back down. Izuku stood up and got into bed. Eijiro was already in his bed.
*knock knock knock*
Mom opened the door. “Goodnight, boys.”
Eijiro looked up at her. “Night, Mom!”
Dad came up behind her. “Night, you two.”
Izuku swallowed. “G- goodnight…”
“If you need us we will be in our room.” Mom smiled. “Love you, Ei. Love you, Izu.”
“Love you, Mom! Dad!”
She began closing the door.
“L- love ya…” Izuku whispered. The door halted. He didn’t see the soft smile on his mother’s lips as she closed it all the way.
“Goodnight, Iz,” Ei leaned over and turned off his lamp.
“G- goodnight…” Izuku curled under his covers.
…
…
…
“Say, Izuku?”
“Hmm?”
“I’m sorry for everything I said.”
Izuku swallowed. “I- I’m… I’m s- sorrae f- fer scarin’ y- y- ya,”
“I;m glad you came back,” Ei whispered.
Izuku took in a sharp breath.
“M- me too…”
Chapter 63: The USJ
Summary:
The USJ? We are going to Universal Studio Japan?! Aw... no. Well, I guess rescue training is fun too.
Notes:
So... first off, I'm sorry and you'll know why later.
Secondly...
How is everyone? ^-^
Chapter Text
*-eep beep beep beep beep* *SLAM*
Eijiro groaned and curled himself further under the covers. There was a brief clicking sound before:
*beep beep beep beep beep*
Eijiro shot up out of bed and slammed his fist down on his alarm clock again. He looked over at Izuku who was making his bed. “Did you resent my alarm?” The boy looked over his shoulder and nodded. Eijiro dropped his head against his chest. Izuku looked down at his uniform. Eijiro sighed and got out of bed to get his own. “What’s wrong?”
“M- m- my tie…” Izuku whispered.
Eijiro paused. Oh yeah. That man ripped it. Eijiro swallowed. “Take the one off of your spare uniform.” Izuku nodded and did so. “I- I’m gonna g- g- go take a- a shower.” Eijiro watched Izuku leave. His stutter was more prominent now which was expected all things considered. Eijiro got dressed and left their room. He stopped in the hallway and looked down to the bathroom.
“What are you doing?” he asked Dad who was standing outside the door. His father looked up and over at him. “Izuku has asked me to stay by the bathroom when he is in it when possible.” Eijiro didn’t want to know the answer but he asked anyway. “Why?”
“Because he doesn’t trust himself to not try anything dangerous in there,” Dad stated grimly. “And honestly, I don’t either.” Eijiro nodded slowly. That hurt. A lot. Eijiro nodded and went into the dining room.
“Good morning, Ei,” Mom greeted. Eijiro yawned. “Morning, Mom.” He sat in his seat. Dad and Izuku soon came out from the hallway. As they ate, the mood wasn’t as lax as it was yesterday. It wasn’t necessarily bad or anything, just that they all knew that even after yesterday, that was a rare moment of comfort and things would probably be a lot harder further out. Nights would be longer, too. Whether Izuku was aware or not, the three other people at the table had already mentally prepared themselves for an increase in nightmares and a decrease in overall talkativeness and joy from him. Sadly, there was no way for Izuku to prepare himself for his night terrors or fears. They happened against his will. Even now, Izuku wasn’t really eating much, more or less staring at his bowl of cereal.
Eijiro suppressed a sigh. Things don’t go to normal after just one day of brief calmness. Especially not after the past few days.
*~Ding -*BANG*- ding-Ding-DING~*
No one commented on the fact that Izuku hit his leg on the table. They were sure that over the next few years, that spot on the table would be worn out from the surprising, and yet not at all surprising number of times the boy would do that when startled at the table.
Mom went over and pressed the intercom. “Ashido, dear?”
“Yes, ma’am!” Ashido’s voice came through. “The subway leaves in ten minutes!”
Eijiro and Izuku were already at the door. He opened the door. “See you two later!” Mom and Dad waved. Eijiro nodded. “See you!” Dad came over and knelt down beside Izuku. “Don’t forget to breathe, okay? Everything will be fine.” Izuku didn’t meet Dad in the eyes. Eijiro pat Izuku’s shoulder. “Come on! We have hero classes today, it’ll be fun!” Eijiro waved. “Bye!”
They just needed to get Izuku moving and the mood would lighten. Keep his mind off of things.
“PHEW!” Mina panted as they collapsed onto the train. “Made it!” Eijiro slouched. “Maybe we should get up earlier so we don’t have to rush.” Mina and Izuku looked at him with narrowed eyes. Eijiro cleared his throat and sat up. “Okay, first of all, Izuku you don’t sleep enough as it is so you of all people have no right to make that face.” Izuku looked away. “And Mina, well, yeah. That makes sense.”
“Hey!”
Eijiro laughed. “Just kidding! Just kidding!”
Mina grinned and dug into the bag on her lap. She pulled out a deck of cards. “Well?” Eijiro nodded. “Let’s do it!” They used Izuku’s backpack on his legs to set the card deck down and started a game of Go Fish. “So…” Mina started slowly in the middle of the game, “mind if I ask what happened? Or why you two weren’t there yesterday?” Izuku stiffened. Eijiro chuckled sadly. He looked over at his brother. “Do you mind if we tell her?” Izuku hesitated but shook his head. Eijiro nodded. “Here,” he pulled out a pair of earbuds with an iPod. “You can listen to some music if you don’t want to hear. We can just point what card we want at you.” Izuku took them. “Th- thanks…”
Eijiro waited for Izuku to turn up the volume before responding to Mina’s question.
_______________________________
Katsuki groaned.
Those idiots actually brought cards? I thought they were joking. I shouldn’t be surprised they are dumb enough actually to do that.
“So… mind if I ask what happened? Or why you two weren’t there yesterday?” the loud pink asked.
Katsuki pretended to be scrolling through his phone on the other side of the cart. There was maybe one person else on their cart today, luckily, and all the way on the end where they wouldn’t be able to hear, hopefully. Not that Katsuki was eavesdropping. Not at all.
“WHAT?!”
“Shhh…”
Katsuki rolled his eyes. Were you trying to be discreet? Because you are failing miserably.
The redhead, who Katsuki was sure had black hair the first time they ‘met’, nodded. “Don’t worry, we got there in time before the man could do anything. Well, much.”
Racoon Eyes frowned. “Didn’t you guys say that he had been, you know, raped before…?” she whispered. Katsuki’s thumb halted over the screen of his phone. That brunette chick who interviewed us said something like that too, right? The redhead nodded. “He’s never spoken about them but Izu has woken up from nightmares which we think were about them by the way he reacted or his screams in his sleep. Either way, Izuku’s not going to be really feeling much physical contact so…”
The pinkette nodded. “Got it!”
Katsuki continued to swipe through his phone. Just what the hell happened to you Izuku?
_______________________________
Hitoshi sighed, leaning against the wall outside of UA. Todoroki sat on the floor next to him. Uraraka was humming, bouncing on her toes next to Todoroki. The purple-haired boy looked up at the girl.
“Why do you hang around with us?” he couldn’t help but ask.
Uraraka stopped humming and looked down at him confused. “Why? ‘Cause you’re my friends?”
“Yeah... But, like, aren’t we depressive or something?” Todoroki looked up at that. “Not at all!” Uraraka chirped. “You guys are a lot of fun!” She grinned at him.
So bright…
Hitoshi hummed and closed his eyes again. ‘Fun’, eh? Highly doubted.
“Hey, guys!” The three looked over. Hitoshi could have melted when he saw Zuku walking behind Kirishima and Ashido but any idea of it was quickly changed to concern when he noticed the posture and expression of Zuku. Zuku sort of wandered over to Hitoshi and Todoroki almost on habit while the others exchanged greetings.
“I heard from Dad,” Hitoshi commented, being extremely vague purposefully. “You good?” Zuku glanced up at him. His eyes said it all. An open wound. Hitoshi sighed and stopped walking. He was planning on talking about this later but he wanted it over with now. He couldn’t bear seeing Zuku like that all day. “Zuku, Kirishima, can I talk to you two?” The whole group stopped and turned. Todoroki gave him a knowing look. Kirishima chuckled nervously. He turned to his friends. “S- sorry guys, can we have a minute?”
He knew what this was about too.
“Sure thing!” Uraraka piped. “Just don’t be late!”
Soon it was only Hitoshi, Zuku, and Zuku’s red-haired brother.
“T- Toshi?” Zuku tilted his head.
“Look, man,” Kirishima started, “if this is about the conversation after the battle training then don’t worry about it.”
Zuku looked up confused. Hitoshi sighed. “No. It was wrong of me to do that or say that. I was blowing steam. So I guess what I am trying to say is, like, I’m sorry and stuff.”
Eijiro waved him. “It’s fine! You made me realize some really important things so really I should be thanking you!” Hitoshi deadpanned. “What…?”
Zuku tugged Kirishima’s sleeve. “Wh- wh- what are y- y- you two t- talkin’ a- about?” Oh dang, that stutter’s hard. Hitoshi ran a hand through his own hair. “After the battle training, I brought you back to the nurses cause you were partially dissociating and had a talk with your brother.”
Izuku nodded slowly. “A- about…?”
“Aboooout,” Hitoshi drawled, “mental states and whatnot. I scared him and in turn, scared him in regards to you.” Hitoshi watched the gears turn in Zuku’s head and it was the worst feeling in the world when those green eyes widened slightly with betrayal. Well deserved betrayal. Kirishima patted his brother’s shoulder. “It’s fine though! I wouldn’t have realized quite a bit without the talk so no worries!” He turned to Hitoshi. “Thanks for apologizing, though. That’s really manly of ya, man.” Hitoshi shook his head. “Not ‘manly’, just right.”
The bell rang.
“Oh, shoot!” Kirishima shouted. “Let’s go!” As the three ran to their class, Hitoshi could feel Zuku’s wary glances at him and each and every one of them almost physically burned him. When they came in, Dad gave them a talking to and a tarty but he didn’t pry too much. They made eye contact that Hitoshi couldn’t hold for long. Shame pitted itself deep in his chest. It stayed there all through classes. Hitoshi couldn’t bring himself to talk with Zuku at all. Finally, the bell rang for lunch. Zuku immediately turned around.
“T- Toshi… c- c- can we t- talk i- in the bathroom?” he asked. Hitoshi swallowed. He saw Dad glance at them as he ‘organized papers.’ Hitoshi nodded as their group came over. “HEY!” Yoarashi yelled. “LET’S EAT!” Hitoshi stood. “I am going to go use the bathroom.”
They came in increments, not wanting to look suspicious, but the three ACI children ended up in the bathroom, Todoroki tagging along for who knows why but not an unwelcome presence. Hitoshi leaned against the bathroom wall with his head down. Todoroki more or less guarded the doorway while staying hidden to give them their space because he at least knew that it was an important conversation between the other members. Zuku leaned against the edge of the sink counter with his head also down. He didn’t say anything for a while. Until he did.
“W- were y- y- you tryin’ t- ta turn E- Ei against me?” he asked.
Hitoshi sucked in a sharp breath. “No,” he replied.
“Th- then why?” Hitoshi could feel Zuku’s eyes on him. “Wh- why d- did y- y- you do that?”
Hitoshi furrowed his eyebrows. “I don’t know. I honestly don’t know, Zuku.”
Silence fell over the bathroom. Hitoshi sighed. “I’m sorry… I didn’t think any of this would happen. I just… I saw the way he flinched and I couldn’t help but think ‘What right does he have to do that,’ and I- I- I just…” Hitoshi felt tears sting in his eyes but he refused to let them fall. He didn’t deserve to cry over this or be comforted or anything. He screwed up. He was a bad friend who didn’t deserve Zuku or Todoroki or anyone and he knew it.
-----
‘What you did could have ended your partnership with Izuku.’
-----
Hitoshi swallowed thickly. His tongue felt like lead.
“I- I understand if you don’t want to be partners anymore…” he whispered. His chest tightened painfully even as he muttered those forsaken words.
There was a choked sob. Eh? Hitoshi looked up and his heart dropped impossibly further. Izuku had tears streaking down his face. “Z- Zuku, wha-”
“Y- y- you don’ w- w- w- wanna b- be my p- partner a- anymore?” The boy asked. Hitoshi’s eyes widened. “Wait- No. That’s no- ZUKU!” The greenette had already bolted from the bathroom. Hitoshi tried to follow but Todoroki grabbed his arm. “Don’t follow him if you plan on making this worse.” Hitoshi scowled. “I don’t.” He tore his arm free and ran after Zuku. He didn’t have to go far as he found the boy just down the hall with Hizashi holding him by the shoulders, crouching in front of the boy.
“Zuku!” he called. Both Hizashi and Zuku turned their heads to Hitoshi. Zuku pressed his face against Hizashi’s chest, crying harder. Hitoshi ran up to them. “Zuku, I didn’t mean it like that!” he panted. Hizashi held Zuku tightly, brushing through the greenette’s hair with his hands. The older man looked over at Hitoshi. “Hitoshi, what happened?” Hitoshi shook his head. “J- just a misunderstanding! I promise!”
“T- T- Toshi d- don’ w- wanna be p- p- partners n- no more!” Zuku cried, falling into the red light’s grammar habitually. Hitoshi fell to his knees. “N- no! I didn’t say that!” Students passed by casting concerned glances but Hizashi waved them off. Zuku turned his head and glared at Hitoshi, daggers piercing the purple-haired boy’s heart. “I- I ‘eard ya!” he growled. Hizashi pats Zuku’s back. “Calm down, Izu. Listen to what he has to say before you go on the defense like that,” he said softly. Zuku took a few shaky breaths, the glare not stopping. Hizashi nodded To Hitoshi. “Please explain?”
Hitoshi took a deep breath. “I- I just… I know that the conversation between your brother and I hurt you a- and, heck, I thought that you w- would be mad at me and end it or something.” Zuku shook his head. “W- why w- w- would I do th- that?!” Anger and pain fighting for their place in Zuku’s voice and heart. Hitoshi felt tears drip down his own cheeks. “I don’t know!” The hallway was filled with panting and shaky breathing. Hitoshi pressed his hands to his wet eyes. “I don’t know, dang it. I- I was scared I was l- losing my partner because I screwed up a- and I know I screwed up a- a- and I just- I thought I’d j- just bring it u- up first a- and that was wrong too a- and, suck, this i- is all my fault. The hell, I can’t do anything right!”
…
…
…
“OMPH!” Hitoshi fell over as a body crashed into his, tensing up as arms wrapped around his torso. “Z- Zuku?” The shaking greenette that had Hitoshi in his grip did not let go, resting his forehead against the floor next to Hitoshi’s head that was facing up. “I- I’m s- s- sorrae…” Zuku whispered. “I- I don’ kn- know wh- why I m- m- misunders- stand thangs l- l- like this… I- I keep ‘urtin’ p- people b- because I- I- I can’ u- understand th- them l- like others d- d- do.” Hitoshi raised his arms and wrapped them around Zuku. “I’m sorry too. I let my anger get the best of me and started this mess. F- forgive me?”
Zuku nodded. “Yer… forgive m- me?”
“Yeah. Partners?”
“P- partners.”
The two sat up, taking deep breaths. Hizashi grinned. “See? Sometimes you just need to wait and hear someone out!” Zuku and Hitoshi nodded as they both dried their eyes. Hizashi stood and offered his hands which they both took and let him pull them up. Todoroki, who had apparently come up at some point and sat against the wall watching, stood as well. “Why don’t you three go to the teacher’s lounge and cool down.” Hizashi looked over at Todoroki. “Don’t worry. Most of the teachers know them and will understand as soon as they see their faces and hear that I sent them.” Todoroki nodded. “Okay.” Zuku looked down at his feet. “Th- thank ya, Y- Yami.” Hitoshi nodded. “Thank you, Hizashi.” The hero ruffled both boy’s hair. “No problem.”
The three boys made their way to the teacher’s lounge. Hitoshi knocked on the door. Nemuri(Midnight) opened the door. “Oh? Hitoshi? Izuku?” Her face immediately turned to concern. “And Todoroki? What’s wrong? Are you three okay?” Hitoshi really didn’t feel like replying but luckily he didn’t need to as Todoroki stepped forward, easily understanding both Zuku’s and his unwillingness. That was just something they all shared and knew after one had a panic attack or near one. “Present Mic sent up,” he stated, “to cool down.” Nemuri’s face softened. She moved out of the way. “Come in, kiddos. Let me get you some tea started. “Thank you.”
The three spent the rest of lunch on one of the sofas in the teacher’s lounge drinking warm tea, eating energy bars since they weren’t eating lunch, and ‘resting their eyes’ and minds. None of them talked or said anything but they leaned against each other as they drank and allowed their bodies and minds to relax. The teachers, knowing the pair and having heard about the Endeavor Abuse, or were there when they searched Endeavor’s estate and took him in, didn’t make much noise either. Whether purposefully or not, Hitoshi certainly didn’t mind when one of them put on quiet instrumental music.
By the time lunch ended and the three returned to class feeling much more refreshed and not like they were going to blow over by a particularly strong breeze.
_______________________________
Izuku felt a lot calmer after their time in the teacher’s lounge and was glad to have cleared things up with Toshi. He wouldn’t know what he would do if they had to get dressed in their hero costumes and looked over at Toshi’s matching one only for them to no longer be partners. He would have probably broken down again.
Now he listened to Yoarashi and Iida bicker with Uraraka poking a bit of fun in here and there while they waited for All Might to show up after school for Hero Foundational Studies.
The door slid open. Izuku blinked, having expected a loud greeting only to see Sho looking less than pleased. “Get to your seats,” he commanded. Everyone was quick to obey. The man sighed. “So, as planned, we are going off-campus for this but All Might will not be coming as he had left earlier during the day on call but had gotten tied up.” Izuku resisted the urge to look at Eijiro but he knew they were both thinking the same thing about the time limit. “It will just be me and Thirteen teaching you today. Go get dressed in your costumes or your gym uniforms, I don’t care which, and meet me outside in front of the school.” He left without another word.
Outside at the bus, Izuku took some amusement as he watched Eijiro trying to keep up with the Vice President of their class as the two stood to the side of the bus and Iida was yelling orders. “You need to be assertive!” Iida griped.
Eijiro scratched the back of his head. “But I don’t really care how everyone sits on the bus or where. Plus that isn’t even the layout of the bus.” Iida froze, mid-karate chop. Izuku didn’t know who he felt worse for. Probably Eijiro but he was also probably biased. Eijiro turned to the class and gestured to the doors of the bus. “Wherever you wanna sit then sit!” Yoarashi pat Iida on the shoulder as he walked by. “Chill, dude! We all are getting there!” Iida straightened up and pushed his glasses up. “I am very much ‘chill’, thank you very much.” Yoarashi roared in laughter and got on. Izuku sighed and got on.
The bus did not go far and pulled in front of a large domed area. Iida was back to his antics outside of the bus. “Orderly fashion! Our teachers are waiting inside!” Eijiro pat the boy’s shoulder. “Calm down, man. We aren't in a preschool class.” Iida pushed his glasses up, not wanting to argue with the actual class president. Eijiro waved the rest of the kid’s off. Izuku raised an eyebrow at Eijiro who gave him a thumbs up with a forced smile.
The carefree Eijiro against the straight-laced Iida. Oh boy.
“WOAH!” Yoarashi gasped. “It’s so big! It’s like Universal Studio Japan!” Everyone nodded. “Greetings, students,” a hero in a fluffy space suit walked up with Sho. “Oh my goodness, oh my goodness, oh my goodness!” Uraraka squealed. “It’s Thirteen! Thirteen is, like, my favorite hero!” The heroes stopped. “Landslides, floods, fire’s, and more,” Thirteen started. “This is a training area designed by me specialized for rescue training in unforeseen disasters. Welcome, students, to the Unforeseen Simulation Joint!” Everyone deadpanned for some reason.
“WOW! SO IT REALLY IS THE USJ!” Yoarashi shouted. Izuku turned to Toshi. “Wh- what i- is ‘Universal S- Studio J- J- Japan?” Hitoshi blinked and turned to him. “Is that a serious question?” Izuku nodded. Toshi sighed. “I’ll tell you later.”
Thirteen started talking about the danger of quirks when Izuku got a sinking feeling in his gut. He reached out and grabbed Toshi’s arm in a death grip. Toshi looked over. “Ow, hey, what’s wrong?” he whispered. Izuku’s eye flitted around the area. Sho noticed and stepped up. “Izuku, is something the matter?” Izuku swallowed, and in the most stilled voice possible, stated: “Sensei… something is off.” Sho opened his mouth to speak when the lights began to flicker.,
“Oh?” a voice echoed throughout the USJ, “that isn’t very nice of you to give us away like that before we could make our grand entrance.”
Sho and Thirteen spun around as a purple smoke cloud formed at the bottom of the steep stairway and grew. Izuku yanked Hitoshi back with a bit too much force but didn’t care as he stepped in front of his partner protectively. “Has the training already begun,” Eijiro asked, stepping forward. “Stay back!” Sho yelled. People began to file out of the smoke. No. They are no normal people, they are- “Those are villains!”
While the rest of the class gasped and stepped back, Izuku, Hitoshi, and Shoto all got into a battle stance. “Thirteen!” Sho shouted. “Get the students out of here!” He ran forward. Toshi reached out. “Dad!” Sho readied his capture weapon and jumped down into a melting pot of cheap-looking thugs.
“What is this?” They all spun around to the purple smoke forming behind them and shaping into a seemingly sentient blob of smoke. “We heard that All Might was supposed to be here.”
“What do you want with All Might?” Eijiro growled.
“Ah, well, if he is not here yet,” the mist ignored Eijiro, “then I am sure that All Might will show up if we harm some of his pupils.” The mist suddenly expanded to cover them all.
“I THINK NOT!” A powerful burst of air swirled around them from Yoarashi. It pushed away the smoke.
“Oh?”
Izuku scanned around. Yoarashi stood in the middle of a gently swirling vortex of air surrounding them all, pushing away the smoke that continued to try to invade. Thirteen ran behind the mist villain. “Blackhole!” The hero opened a cap over her finger and began to suck in the mist villain. A low laugh came from the smoke and a smog formed in front of Thirteen and behind him. Uraraka screamed as Thirteen’s back was ripped apart and the hero fell forward. Mina turned and threw up. “Well then,” the smoke ‘turned’ back to them. “It is time for you all to scatter.”
Izuku didn’t know what he was thinking, maybe it was on pure instinct, but he powered his quirk up and shot strings that wrapped around the two fastest students in the class: Iida and Yoarashi. He spun and pulled. The two yelled out as they went flying just as smoke pooled beneath all of them and they fell through aside from a few that Shoto had pushed out with his ice before falling in himself.
Everything was pitch black for a split second before he, Toshi, and Shoji all dropped into what looked like an abandoned, half-demolished city area in a building that looked much like the one from the battle training. Izuku got to his feet, instantly scanning the area.
He paused when he heard the uneven breathing of Toshi next to him. Toshi was staring at the ground, panting heavily. “D- Dad… Dad he… H- he isn’t- He can’t- H- He-” *SLAP* The boy stopped and looked up at Izuku in shock. Izuku grabbed Toshi’s shoulders.
“Calm the hell down,” Izuku ordered, grabbing Toshi by the shoulders. “Eraserhead is a pro ‘ero. I have faced him many times on the streets. Don’t go writin’ ‘im off so eailae. We don’ ‘ave time fer ya to break down like this.” He knew he was being harsh but the situation was too dire to be beating around the bush.
“Incoming,” Shoji commented, one of his tentacles having an ear on the end. “Focus on this now and Eraserhead later,” Izuku let go of his partner. Toshi took a deep breath. “R- right. Sorry.” They stood back-to-back-to-back as through the windows and doors villains and thugs began to filter in. “Let’s do this.”
It was a full physical attack as none of the three students had emitter quirks, unless you counted Izuku’s somewhere in that category.
“Shoji, duck!” Toshi shouted as strings invisible to him shot past him. Toshi grabbed Izuku’s strings and pulled. Izuku went flying over Shoji, spinning and planting his feet into the face of the thug that had just swung to knock Shoji out.
They had never practiced with a third person so all things considered it was going about as well as it could.
Izuku and Toshi were forced to call on their knives. He spun and drug the blade across the arm of another villain before getting hit by a harsh spray of water. Izuku stumbled forward. Izuku stumbled forward only to receive a kick to the side with a boot that had a blade on the toe of it. Izuku choked as it dug into his side and he fell over.
“Zuku!”
“Pull!”
Toshi grit his teeth and grabbed Izuku’s back string, pulling him to himself and spinning out of the way so Izuku could plant his knife into the shoulder of another thug.
World knows how long they three fought before all was still. They were all lowlife thugs that Izuku would see in the red lights but the sheer number of them is what almost did them in. Izuku fell on his butt, panting. He was soaked, dripping with water. Toshi, with a few cuts and bleeding from his head, knelt by him. “Zuku, let me see.” Izuku shook his head. “I’m fine,” he stood, biting his tongue to suppress a grunt of pain as his side screamed out in protest. He was grateful for having two layers of clothing. Not so that it would protect him but so that the blood would have to soak through one shirt before making itself known on the vest over his black shirt meaning he could use the 'I'm fine' statement longer than it was true. Izuku’s vision blurred for a second but cleared.
“I’ve handled worse,” he stated.
“We need to get to the plaza,” Shoji stated. His clothes were torn. He had a massive bruise forming on his ribs, probably bruised, and some of the ends of his tentacles had been cut off and were dripping blood. “Are you okay?” Izuku asked. Shoji nodded. “Lightheaded a bit but they will grow back.” Izuku held back a cringe. That’s gotta feel weird. Izuku nodded. “Eyes and ears open. If you think anything is wrong do not hesitate to say.
Izuku’s senses were bouncing off the walls but he could not find himself to be nervous. The same calm from the battle training and his Golden Whip excursions coming out. The three students made their way through the demolition city zone in tense silence. There were a few thugs here and there that they made quick work of before they reached the edge of the plaza. They doubled back a bit to hide behind a large piece of concrete from a building wall. They peered over the edge.
Eraserhead was fending off the thugs quite well but… Izuku’s gaze landed on the man covered in hands with a giant purple man with a beak and exposed... brain? Izuku shivered. He got a bad feeling from those two. They seemed to be the leaders. Suddenly, the hand man ran forward. Eraserhead shot forth his scarf. The villain grabbed it and the scarf began to disintegrate under his touch. Eraserhead pulled back quickly but the villain did not stop his attack. Eraserhead ducked under an outstretched arm and elbowed the villain in the abdomen, not before the villain grabbed his shoulder.
Izuku’s eyes widened as Eraserheads sleeve and bits of his skin crumbled and fell off, drops of blood spotting the ground as he tore away and punched the villain in the face.
“Da- Umph!” Izuku covered Toshi’s mouth. The hand villain stood up and said something but they were too far away to hear it. He raised his hand and snapped. The brain villain disappeared. No… Toshi struggled against his grip. He just moved faster than Izuku’s eye could trace and came up behind Eraserhead. They could only watch as their teacher, friend, and father’s arm was bent and twisted into an unholy angle and his head was slammed into the ground hard enough to create a crater.
Toshi tore free from Izuku’s hold. “Dad!” he screamed. Izuku cursed as the hand villain’s head turned their way. “Oh?” he projected his voice so they could hear it. It was deep and scratchy and grated against Izuku’s ears. “Is that your son, Eraser?” Toshi froze. The mist man came up behind the hand villain. “My apologies, Shigaraki but a student has gotten free.” The villain, Shigaraki, spun around. “Kurogiri, I swear if you weren’t our way out of here then would have killed you.” He clicked his tongue and turned back to the three students and Izuku did not like that look in his eyes. “Fine. If we can’t kill All Might then we can at least leave a message,” he started running, “in his student’s blood!”
Toshi was frozen in shock. Izuku clicked his tongue. Fine. I’ll settle this myself! He pulled out his whip. Izuku ran forward. *SNAP* The whip curled around the man’s arm and he pulled Shigaraki forward, nailing his fist into the abdomen of the villain with an uppercut. The man gasped and stumbled back into Shoji who grabbed his arm and threw him into the wall. Shigaraki dodged the next snap of the whip and ran to grab Shoji’s arm. Nothing happened.
“Tsk. You really are too cool, Eraser,” the man growled. Izuku’s head snapped to Eraserhead just in time to see his lifted head getting smashed into the ground again. Shoji’s arm began to disintegrate and the boy pulled back in pain. To Izuku’s horror, Toshi ran to his father. “Toshi, no!” Shigaraki snapped his fingers and the brain villain moved. He raised his fist to Toshi but a strong gust of wind blew the boy to the side as the massive fist fell where he was just standing.
“YA AIN’T DOING THAT TO MY BUDDY!” Yoarashi came flying in on wind. Toshi, finally having snapped out of it, stood up. Shigaraki clicked his tongue and came running at Izuku again. Izuku spun around him and nailed a foot in the villains back. *CRACK* Shigaraki gasped in pain as the whip drew blood against his back. He spun around. “Nomu! Kill these brats!”
Izuku didn’t have time to register that the brain villain had moved before something hit the side where he was stabbed with enough force that Izuku went flying, crashed through a wall of a building, and collided with the next one, sliding to the floor with blood trailing down the wall.
He blacked out as soon as he hit.
Izuku came two in flashes of light. He grunted as he tried to get up. “Kirishima, stay down.” Izuku peeled an eye open to see the blurry form of Shoji. He groaned. “T- Toshi…” “He is fine, for now. All Might is fighting the villains.” Izuku narrowed his eyes. “All… Might…?” Shoji nodded. “We are fine so stay still.”
Izuku wanted to. He wanted to so badly. But he couldn’t. He knew All Might’s secret. He knew that he had already run out of time. He had to get up. Izuku pushed himself to his feet. The pain was blinding. He gasped, stumbling forward. Shoji caught him with one arm, the other limp by his side from the disintegration. “Kirishi-”
“I’m fine,” Izuku gasped out. “Have to… keep… moving. Concussion. C- can’t pass… out. Too… dangerous.” Shoji seemed contemplative. “Fine but let me carry you.” Izuku gazed up at the taller boy. He wanted to deny but he could hardly move so he nodded. He winced as Shoji’s tentacles fanned out and covered him, lifting Izuku in a cocoon. Shoji carried him to the edge of the plaza.
There All Might was fighting the brain villain, Nomu, Shigaraki had called him. Izuku mentally winced realizing that the beast that was going head-to-head with the number one hero is what had hit him.
“Let me teach you the meaning of our school’s motto, villain!” All Might drew back an arm. “This is what it means to go,” and thrust it into the stomach of Nomu, “PLUS ULTRAAAAA!!!!!” The shockwave was massive! Nomu went soaring into the air, out through the glass ceiling of the dome, and into the evening sky above.
All was still before Shigaraki growled, scratching his neck. “We lost… We lost! He cheated!” All Might turned to him. “It’s all over, villains.”
“Yes…” Shigaraki grumbled, scratching harder. “Game over. Unless…” Izuku’s eyes widened as Shigaraki ran forward.
No! All Might is out of time!
*BANG* *BANG* *BANG*
Bullets went through Shigaraki’s hand and knees. Izuku looked over to see the heroes lining the top of the stairs, Snipe with a gun outstretched streaming at the end of the barrel. Shigaraki fell down. “Dang it! Kurogiri!” A portal formed behind Shigaraki. “Mark my words, heroes. This is not over!” They disappeared.
Izuku sagged in relief.
“Dad! Dad!” He looked up. Toshi was being dragged away from Eraserhead’s body by heroes. Ectoplasm and a medic came over to them. “Are you hurt?” Shoji nodded. “My arm is messed up somehow and I have a few cuts. Kirishima has a concussion, a wound in his side, and most likely internal damage.” Geeze… Ectoplasm nodded. “Please, follow me.”
They were led to the top of the stairs where Izuku was finally set down. “Please! He’s my father! Let me go to him!”
Toshi was being held back by Present Mic. Izuku turned his head and looked down on the field where Eraserhead lay motionless.
He watched as two medics turned the hero over. One of them put their fingers on his veins, checking for a pulse. They looked up and… shook their head.
The world came to a halt. Toshi screamed. Midnight was called over. Izuku stood sharply, ignoring the medics telling him to sit. He pushed Midnight away and fell to his knees, hugging Toshi who had yet to stop clawing. Izuku physically held him back.
In the quietest voice he could get out and still be audible he whispered: “Slingshot me.” Toshi froze. “I am goin’ ta go step back and get two people ta ‘old me. You are goin’ ta take my strings and pull ‘em taunt. They will let go and you will pull. Okay?”
“Z- Zuku, wh- what are you-?” Izuku stood up and walked over to… “Iida, Yoarashi, come ‘ere.” Present Mic went back to ‘calming down’ Toshi who had doubled over to act it out. He held out his arms and faced the plaza. “‘old me, please.” Iida tilted his head. “Izuku, you are hurt you should sit.” Izuku nodded. “I will. Just ‘old my arms for a second. It’s… it’s what the medic instructed me ta do so I don't fall over from the concussion. Don’t let go. No matter what.”
“Well, alright then.” The two held his arms. He met eyes with Toshi who had peeked out from under his arm. Izuku nodded. He watched Toshi discretely unfold his arms in a ‘defeated stance’ and position the palms back to Izuku, slightly lifted to reach out. The strings formed from his arms. “Eh?” Iida’s grip got tighter. “Are you leaning?” Izuku had to bite back a groan of pain as the strings began to wear thin. “Hey, Izuku, this is-”
“Let go,” Izuku choked out.
“Are you sure?” Iida asked.
Izuku gritted his teeth. “Yes. NOW.”
“Hitoshi?” Present Mic stopped and looked up at Izuku. He lurched forward. “Wait! Don-”
“IIDA, YOARASHI, LET GO!” And they did. Hitoshi immediately swung his arms forward. Izuku went flying.
There was a cry out from the heroes as he flew past them. Izuku streamlined his body as he began to fall towards the plaza at a rapid pace. Izuku pulled his body into a ball at the last second and rolled as soon as he met the ground. His vision went white with pain but he shook it off and rolled out onto his feet. Izuku made a mad dash for Eraserhead. “Hey, kid-!” Izuku pulled the medics far away with his quirk.
He had to work fast before the heroes caught up.
Izuku closed his eyes and powered his quirk up in himself.
I know you told me not to do this, Sho but… just this once, I hope you won’t be mad.
Izuku opened his eyes, body glowing lightly. He swallowed as he looked down at the smashed in face of his unmoving teacher. He wasn’t breathing. Izuku put his hand over Sho’s face and closed his eyes. He let his strings grow.
-----
‘So for healing someone they need to be holding your sting, right?’ Recovery Girl asked.
Izuku nodded. ‘I- I think so.’
‘Then you will have to find a way to actually physically grab your string on your own, not just pull at them from inside your body like you have been so that you can treat those who are unconscious.’
-----
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows, ignoring the sounds of approaching people. He felt the air get colder.
“Stay back.” Shoto? Izuku opened his eyes to find himself in an ice dome with Shoto inside. Shoto turned to him. “I don’t know what you are doing but hurry.” He replaced a patch of ice that a hero had kicked into. “I can’t hold them forever.” Izuku nodded. “Thanks, Shoto.” He closed his eyes again and focused.
The strings grew from his palm. Izuku winced as he felt them enter Sho from the open wound in his head. It felt weird. It felt hot but it was quickly getting cold. Izuku felt no movement. He shuddered, realizing it was the lack of blood flowing and the body winding down. He could almost see the vein lines that he followed along throughout the body until Izuku thought felt something small.
His eyes shot open. No. Focus. He closed them again. Izuku chased that faint beat all the way down to the heart which he didn’t realize was the heart until he hit it and the image flashed in his head. He almost threw up but held it in. Izuku took a deep breath.
-----
‘I- If m- my quirk c- can s- s- save her then w- why not?’
‘I don’t care. Take my life force then. Better I than her.’
‘You wouldn’t let me ‘eal h- her… N- now I can’t heal ‘im? What ‘appened to learnin’ to save people w- with this quirk of mine, ey?’
-----
‘Your heart rate slowed dangerously low and your breathing was minuscule as you did not have enough force left in you to have your body fully function naturally.’
-----
Izuku felt his life energy beating. Sorry, Sho…
-----
‘NEVER do that again unless we give you the go-ahead.’
-----
Izuku felt his own blood roaring in his ears.
I am going to have to break our promise.
He focused on his heart beating and then… pushed. His skin lit up like a firecracker. Sho’s skin began to glow as well, the lights shining off of the ice creating a blinding glow making it almost impossible to see in the globe.
He could feel it like fire under his skin, the rapid flow from his heart, through his arm, into Sho’s body from the head, and connecting to the heart. The life energy spread into the heart like blood, distributing into the veins that lit up all over his teacher’s body.
Izuku’s heart screamed out, drumming against his ribcage. Izuku felt faint. The light emitting from his body was dying down as Sho’s body lit up more and more.
Not enough. More. Izuku whimpered in pain. His head felt like it was splintering open. His arm felt as if it were going to explode. He cracked open an eye.
Bit’s and pieces of porcelain cracked off of his fingers leaving holes in his body. They traveled up his arm at a rapid pace.
*ba-bump*
Izuku’s eyes shot open again. He couldn’t see between the pain and blinding glow from his and Sho’s bodies.
*ba-bump*
He could feel it. He could FEEL IT! The heartbeat returning! Izuku squeezed his eyes shut. More! MORE! He screamed out in pain. *CRASH* The ice globe fell to pieces at the high-pitch and the sheer amount of power emitting from Izuku’s body. Heroes yelled, shielding their eyes.
*ba-bump* *ba-bump* *ba-bump*
Izuku could feel the wound in Sho’s head closing under his palm, the man’s arm twisting slowly back to its natural form. In one last push of energy that Izuku didn’t know he had, his arm… shattered. Pieces of porcelain flew everywhere. Izuku screamed so loudly it echoed throughout the entire USJ.
He panted.
*ba-bump* *Ba-bump* *Ba-Bump*
Izuku felt tears leak from his eyes. He couldn’t feel his own heart beating but that was fine. Sho’s was beating. That was all that mattered. The strings inside of Sho shattered themselves. The light died down from his body but lingered on Sho’s at a dimmer light. Izuku could hear voices fading in and out. He thinks that someone is shaking him but his body was going numb. He just felt cold. He was sure it was from the ice dome, surely. White spread from the middle of his vision out until that was all that was there.
It was… nice.
_______________________________
“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Hizashi jumped back from a scream inside of the dome. The ice shattered. They all had to shield their eyes as a light flashed out and shockwaves pushed them back. Hizashi squinted, grateful for his sunglasses. He could see Izuku on top of Shouta, straddling him, hand on his face. Their bodies were glowing, veins and strings mixing in both.
It hit him like a truck what Izuku was doing. “Izuku, no!” Izuku screamed again and in horror, Hizashi watched the boy’s arm shatter. Something hit him in the face. He caught it in his hands and looked down.
Porcelain…? Hizashi’s heart stopped. He looked up. “P- porc… elain?”
He ran forward. Izuku sat there panting, arms dangling from his sides. Cracks cascading all over his body, covering his skin and even his face but the only places it had fallen off was on his right arm which had… Hizashi grabbed his shoulders and shook. “Izuku! Izuku can you hear me!?” The boy wasn’t responding. Hizashi placed his ear against the boy’s chest. Nothing. Nothing. NOTHINGNOTHINGNOTHINGNO-
*ba-bump…*
Hizashi’s eyes widened. He sat up. “Get him to Recovery Girl. NOW!” Izuku was put on a gurney and taken away. Hizashi watched as the pieces of porcelain on the ground turned to blood.
“SUCK!” one of the medics pushing the gurney shouted as blood began to leak off it. Hizashi felt tears fall from his eyes.
“‘Zashi…”
Hizashi choked.
-----
Nemuri walked up to him. She had been down in the plaza helping students up when she had passed the medics who were next to Sho.
‘Hiz- Mic…’ Hizashi swallowed. He had seen the medics shake their heads but… ‘H- he’s dead,’ she whispered, trying to hold it together and not announce it to the students out loud. ‘He’s dead, Hizashi… Shouta’s dead…’
He had seen the medics but… he hadn’t been ready to hear it.
-----
Hizashi’s head turned slowly.
Shouta… was sitting up. The glowing had died down and Hizashi could see him clearly. He had blood smeared over his face but no wound. What he did have was a scar spanning from the top of his right temple, diagonal between the eyes and over the nose, and down over his lips on the left and ending on his jawline. Hizashi’s eyes trailed to Sho’s arm where his elbow sported smeared blood as well but no wound with a scar spanning largely over the whole elbow into jagged scars that disappeared under what was left of his sleeve.
“Wha…? What happened…?”
On that day, Hizashi, Nemuri, and ten other grown adults and pro heroes cried as their dead friend came back to life.
Chapter 64: A New Chapter
Summary:
The aftermath of the USJ
Notes:
I am so sorry for how late this is! I've been visiting family and didn't have time to write! I hope it is satisfactory.
Oh! Also! More fanart from LyricsofVixra!
Check out the art here: https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/616785813081096192/this-is-for-puppet-master-by-krumble-kitty-on
And check out LyricsofVixra's profile here: https://archiveofourown.to/users/LyricsofVixra/pseuds/LyricsofVixra
Thank you, LyricsofVixra! I love it!
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Hitoshi could only watch in terror and anticipation of what his friend was doing. Praying. Hoping. Pleading. All of his classmates tried to calm him. They all knew who Dad was to him. They watched him scream and thrash. And then a scream ripped from Zuku’s throat that all of them heard loud and clear even from the top of the stairs. His heart dropped. The light from the plaza died down and things were happening in rapid succession Zuku was pulled from Dad’s body and was placed on a stretcher as medics rushed his body away. The heroes guided the students to the side.
“Move! Move! He needs treatment now!” Hitoshi watched in a dazed silence as Zuku passed.
“Oh goodness,” Uraraka whimpered, hand over her mouth. “His arm…”
Arm? Hitoshi craned his neck to see and almost threw up as they passed right in front of him. He stumbled back, Iida being quick to catch him.
“Calm down! Your students are fine!”
“You need to sit down!”
“Eraserhead!”
All of the students who had just watched their teacher be announced dead from the shake of the medics head whipped their heads around. Dad… Dad was climbing up the stairs at a rapid pace. Dad, who he hand watched get his head smashed in twice. Dad who he had watched bleed out in his arms as All Might fought. Dad who had DIED while Hitoshi was holding him. He had Dad’s blood all over his arms and torso and yet THAT Dad just crested the stairs and looked around. “Where is everyone?!” Hitoshi couldn’t breathe. He couldn’t move. Nothing was registering.
Their eyes met and a broken sob tore itself past Hitoshi’s lips. Dad instantly ran forward and fell to his knees before Hitoshi, pulling the boy into a tight hug. Hitoshi grabbed onto his father’s shirt and buried his face into the man’s shoulder, legs giving out from beneath him and for once in his life he did not care who saw him have a normal, hecking emotion as he cried his lungs out against his father. Everyone had the decency to look away to some degree while still making sure that Dad wouldn’t kneel over.
Hitoshi leaned back and grabbed Dad by the shoulders, looking him over. “Y- y- you were- You w- were- You had-” Blood caked Dad’s face, covering a new, jagged scar that split his face diagonally. Hitoshi reached up with shaky hands to wipe it away but he froze seeing his own arms. He scrambled back with a strangled yelp. “Y- y- you- you - you- I- your-” Dad grabbed his shoulders. “Hitoshi! I’m alive!” Hitoshi shook his head. “I- I saw y- y- you die!” He held out his arms. “Th- this is yours! Y- Y- Your blood!” Dad pulled him into a hug, holding the back of Hitoshi’s head.
“I know…” Dad whispered. Hitoshi’s breath caught in his throat. “I know, Toshi. I’m sorry that happened but please, listen to my heart. Listen and know that I am alive. I am breathing and well. Okay?” Hitoshi sat there for who knows how long, while the students and heroes milled around and got medical attention. He pressed his ear against the raven-haired man’s chest and listened.
*ba-bump* *ba-bump* *ba-bump*
He sighed and closed his eyes. “Better?” Dad asked. Hitoshi held him closer. “D- don’t move.” Dad chuckled. “I won’t until you tell me to.” Hitoshi felt tired. Tired and so, so relieved. He stayed there until a medic came over. “Eraserhead, we need to get your vitals checked. Please come with us.” Dad pats his back. “Hitoshi?” The boy glanced up at his father. “C- can I come with you?” Dad looked to the medic who sighed. “Fine. Most of the students have already been taken back to the school aside from him.” The medic pointed over to Kirishima. Hitoshi’s heart stopped. The redhead was standing there with his head down, left arm shaking by his side, right arm was broken.
Right… Zuku. Hitoshi whipped his head around and grabbed Dad’s arms. “Zuku!” Kirishima flinched, hearing his brother’s name. Dad’s face fell dark. He stood up. “Come on.” Hitoshi followed Dad over to Kirishima.
“Kirishima,” Dad placed a hand on the boy’s shoulder. “Let’s go.” The boy looked up. Hitoshi couldn’t make eye contact with those bloodshot eyes. He had obviously been crying. “Sensei… Izu…” He glared up at Dad with more malice than Hitoshi knew the happy boy could emit. “If he dies saving you…” Dad flinched. He guided Kirishima towards the door of the USJ. “He won’t die, Kirishima. We have the top medical professionals on standby. Let’s go see him.”
The ride back was silent. Hitoshi clung to Dad’s arm unrelenting until they got there. Dad stood and wobbled a bit. Hitoshi grabbed his hand. “Dad?” He shook his head. “I’m fine, Hitoshi.”
_______________________________
Shouta couldn’t get used to this feeling. His body felt hot and energy bubble under his skin making him all jittery like he was when he downed ten cups of coffee during the first half of the day.
They made their way up to the fourth floor where the nurse's office was located. They were halfway down the hall when they heard:
“3! 2! 1!” *BAM*
His heart dropped. Too many times on the field had he heard that sound. Shouta bolted down the hall and slammed the door open.
“3! 2! 1!” *BAM*
He watched as the shirtless form of Izuku Kirishima jolt as a AED pack pressed to his chest shocked him. Hitoshi and Kirishima ran up behind him.
“Come on! Stay with us, kid!” A medic pressed them down again. “3! 2! 1!” *BAM* The kid’s body jolted again.
Shouta stumbled back when he felt the energy surge suddenly through his veins.
*beep beep beep*
“We got a pulse!”
Shouta closed the door and spun around, immediately crouching in front of Kirishima who was still staring blankly at the door, stock still. “Hey, everything is fine.”
“No…” tears leaked down Kirishima’s face.
Shouta nodded. “They are keeping him alive, okay? It’s fine.”
“H- he’s- Izu’s…”
“Izuku is alive, that is what matters,” Shouta pulled him into a hug. “It will be fine. I promise.” He swallowed. I hope… Hizashi came up behind them with the medics, a strained smile on his face. “Kirishima, Hitoshi, we need to let Shouta get checked over. Let’s get you two patched up, okay?”
Shouta watched as his son and Kirishima were taken away to a different room.
“Mr. Eraserhead, sir,” he turned to a medic. “Recovery Girl is busy with the patient in that room, would you please come with us?” He was led into another room and sat on a cot where he got a recount of what happened in a lot less of a mess than how Hizashi tried to explain it to him when he first ‘woke up.’
“Eraserhead, approximately ten minutes before Izuku Kirishima got to you, about a few minutes after All Might arrived on the scene, you died. All of your vitals had stopped and your heart stopped beating. We do believe that if Kirishima had not acted as quickly as he did, you would still be dead. We have gotten a report on his quirk from Recovery Girl. Apparently, he had ‘attached’ his ‘strings’ to your bloodline and forced what they have down as his ‘life energy’ into your body at a rapid rate forcing your heart to start beating again and producing blood again. The immense amount of energy overflow had to distribute somehow as he continued to do so and was distributed to your wounds on your face, head, and arm.” The doctor held up a hand mirror. Shouta took in a sharp breath. He was given a wet rag which he used to wipe the blood from his face and fully reveal his newly attained scar. As they talked, Shouta removed his shirt and allowed monitors to be placed all over his chest, back, and head.
“Could you please describe to me what you are feeling?” The man pulled out a pad of paper and a pen. “This is nothing like we have witnessed before.”
Shouta looked down at his hands, curling and uncurling his fingers. “I feel really hot. And my body won’t stop shaking or bouncing. I feel more awake than I have in years.”
The doctor hummed. “We are going to attribute that to the excess energy. As Kirishima’s energy circulated in you, your body began to produce it’s own energy and so there is probably an overload of it still in your body but we would like to keep you here overnight just in case your vitals drop along with…” he trailed off.
“Along with what?” Shouta asked a little harsher than he meant to.
The man cleared his throat. “Along with Kirishima’s.” Shouta swallowed. He knew that was what the doctor was going to say but he hadn’t been prepared to hear it. “You mean he’s dying?” The doctor sighed. “We don’t know. He had lost a lot of blood and his vitals were already down by the time we got him to the school. We had to emergency shock him on the way and have had to restart his heart twice more since his arrival.” Shouta hung his head. “What did he lose blood from, if I may ask?”
“He had a large gash in his side and his right arm was completely shredded up to his upper arm, just past the elbow.” Shouta’s head snapped up. “If he survives through the night then he will be going under reparative surgery but even still, there is a likely chance that Kirishima will lose most of his right arm.”
Shouta didn’t reply. He physically couldn’t.
I’m a teacher. I'm a hero! I’m supposed to take care of these kids and Izuku might lose his life because he saved mine!
Shouta followed the routine checkup as best he could until it finally finished. “Okay, Eraserhead,” the doctor started, “we will be keeping you here overnight to keep an eye on you. If all is well then you should be able to return home in the morning but we need to move you to Kirishima’s room for the night to monitor you both at the same time.” Shouta looked up. “What about my son? Where is Hitoshi?”
“I don’t know but I can go find a hero still walking around to find him for you.”
“Please…”
Shouta lay back on his cot, still hooked up to many monitors until he heard the door open and a small gasp. Shouta sat up and turned, swinging his legs off of the cot. He smirked and met eyes with Hitoshi who donned the school gym uniform and cleansed of blood. He had a patch on his left cheek and his right arm had a bandage wrapping but that was all. “Hey.” Hitoshi made a beeline for him, ignoring the monitor patches that fell off Shouta when he wrapped his arms around his father.
Shouta let out a watery sigh, holding his son closely.
And Hitoshi? I wasn’t there to protect him either. He had to watch me die like that and I couldn’t do anything.
“I’m so sorry,” he whispered. “I wish I could have protected you.” Hitoshi shook his head against the man’s chest. “Shut up… You did your job as a hero, Dad. I- if you weren’t there, a lot of us could have gotten hurt. You protected us fine so please… don’t apologize. Don’t…” Shouta sighed. “Alright…”
The doctor cleared his throat. “Shall we move now? Eraserhead, we have a hospital gown for you.” Shouta nodded. He got dressed in his gown after taking a quick shower. Shouta splashed cold water on his face and looked in the mirror. He ran his fingers along the scar splitting his face in two and shivered, remembering what happened. Shouta shut off the water and dried his face, leaving the bathroom. Hitoshi and him followed the doctor to Izuku’s room.
Shouta had to mentally prepare himself for this. The door opened.
Izuku lay as pale as a ghost on a hospital cot that was slightly leaned up with a giant pillow that almost swallowed his head and torso. He had eye bags larger than Hitoshi’s, Shouta’s, and his normal one’s all combined. He was in a hospital gown with so many things in his arms giving him blood and vitamins and monitors under the gown tracking his vitals. He had a mask over his mouth and nose to help him breathe. His right arm was, much to Shouta’s horror, bandaged all the way down but at the bottom, the bandages were twisted into a knot to…
-----
‘- his right arm was completely shredded up to his upper arm-’
-----
… keep the ends together, probably.
Izuku looked so, so small and fragile.
“Mr. Aizawa,” he looked over to where the Kirishima’s were sitting by their son’s bed, having come on the call. Mr. Kirishima came over to him. Shouta prepared himself for the same treatment as Kirishima gave him. He deserved it. The man, who had obviously been crying, much like his wife and son, held out a hand. Shouta furrowed his eyebrows and hesitantly took it. Mr. Kirishima shook his hand firmly. “Thank you for protecting the students.” Shouta blinked. “What?”
Mr. Kirishima raised a hand. “Before you say anything, we know everything that happened and don’t blame you for any of it.”
Shouta shook his head. “No. I was supposed to protect them and yet here Izuku is in that condition on my behalf.” He hung his head. “I failed as both a teacher and a hero.” Mr. Kirishima patted his shoulder. “Don’t say that. What Izuku did was of his own accord. You could not have stopped him and you know that. You risked your life to protect your students. You did just fine.” Shouta sighed. Sure, he might say that, but it sure doesn’t feel like I did anything.
Kirishima walked up and bowed. “I- I’m sorry for my rudeness earlier. It wasn’t right of me.” Shouta smirked and ruffled the kid’s hair. “Don’t worry about it, Kirishima. You were scared and confused just like everyone else.”
“Well,” Mr. Kirishima started, “we can’t stay here overnight and have to go but I am sure everything will be alright. After all, you are here with Izuku. I know you won’t let anything happen to him.”
Shouta stared at the man. He’s… trusting me with his son. After I failed so badly? Shouta straightened up. “I won’t let anything happen to Izuku.” Mr. Kirishima smiled tiredly. “I know you will.”
Shouta and Hitoshi stayed by the door as the family said their ‘see you later’s’ to Izuku. Before leaving.
Shouta sighed as the door closed behind them. “Eraserhead,” the doctor went over and gestured to his cot next to Izuku’s, “please lay down and let us attach the monitors.” While Shouta was getting hooked up, he watched as Hitoshi sat himself between the two cots. “We will be checking in every hour,” the doctor informed. “Please try to get some rest. There is a button on the side of your bed. Press it if you need anything.”
Shouta leaned back in bed, dragging his hands over his face. His fingers twitched at the unusual feel of the scar.
“Dad…” Hitoshi whispered. “Zuku is… my partner…” Hitoshi dropped his head. “I never thought about what would happen if my partner were to die on the battlefield… We’ve talked about the potential of it happening, sure, but I never thought… I never thought about what I would do if he really died.” Hitoshi clutched his chest, doubling over onto his knees. “It hurts… It hurts so bad!” Shouta sat up, reaching out and placing his hand on his son’s back, feeling the monitor patches tug on him. He rubbed Hitoshi’s back slowly. “I know… I’m sorry.” Hitoshi’s body shook with quiet cries. “B- but I’m s- so happy that y- you are alive,” he choked out. “I- is that wrong of m- me to feel when Zuku i- is like this?” Shouta shook his head. “No. Don’t feel bad for anything, okay?” Hitoshi sat up and turned around to him, tears still streaming from his eyes. “Then you can’t feel bad either.” Shouta was taken back by his son’s fierceness. “Even if you do, you did nothing wrong and it won’t help anything or anyone now.”
Shouta sighed, laying back down. “I know, I know.” He could still feel the slight buzzing of energy under his skin. “I’ll try my best to not think about it, alright?” He patted the empty cot next to his. “Why don’t you get some rest, okay?”
Hitoshi hung his head. “I- I don’t want to leave him…”
“I’ll wake you if anything happens.”
“Do you promise?”
“Yes.”
Hitoshi sighed and stood up. “Okay… I’ll try but we don’t have our sleeping pills.” Shouta groaned. “I forgot! I could really use that with this extra energy bubbling in me.”
Hitoshi got into the cot, pulling the blue hospital blanket over him. “I don’t think they would give it to you anyway.”
“I supposed not.”
They fell into silence.
“Dad…?”
“Hmm?”
“I’m glad you are alive,” Hitoshi whispered. Shouta smiled softly. “Me too.” It wasn’t long after that Hitoshi fell asleep.
Shouta had just finally drifted off when something felt off. Specifically, the buzz. He squeezed his eyes tighter shut as the buzz flickered on and off. He couldn’t move to get more comfortable because of all of the wires either. Then, all at once, the buzz of energy stopped. Shouta sighed in relief.
*beep beep beep beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee-*
-----
‘- we would like to keep you here overnight just in case your vitals drop along with…’
‘Along with what?’
‘Along with Kirishima’s.’
…
…
…
‘You mean he’s dying?’
-----
Shouta’s eyes shot open to the still-lit room. He sat up and grabbed the sides of the cot, feeling for the button as Izuku’s heart monitor went off. “SUCK!” Shouta leaped off of the bed, all of the patches ripping off. Hitoshi sat up rubbing his eyes. “Dad…?” Shouta made a mad dash to the AED pack on the counter next to Izuku. He leaned over and pressed his ear to the greenette’s chest.
Nothing. Absolutely nothing as the squeal of the heart monitor so helpfully announced. Shouta grabbed the edges of Izuku’s hospital gown.
“Sorry, kid.” *Riiiiiiiiiip* He tore it open and grabbed the AED pack. Shouta was quick to do all of the preparations before pressing the shockers to the corresponding places on Izuku’s torso.
“Come on, come on, come on!” *BAM* Shouta winced as The boy’s body jumped.
*beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee-*
“COME ON! DON’T DIE ON ME HERE!” *BAM* Izuku’s body jumped again.
*beeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee- beep*
Shouta froze.
*beep… beep… beep…*
It was slow and uneven but it was a heartbeat and that was all that mattered. The door to the nurse's room swung open. Shouta was pulled back as the doctor and a couple of medics worked to stabilize Izuku.
Shouta panted heavily. He turned his head and met his red eyes with the wet eyes of his son. Shouta crossed the room and pulled Hitoshi into his arms. “Shh… don’t worry. I’m here. I won’t let him die, okay?” Hitoshi’s weeping was muffled against his chest.
Shouta had to explain how he felt the energy cut, which hadn’t come back since then, after they stabilized Izuku.
They did not have another incident that night but Shouta didn’t allow himself to fall asleep. He had to be awake just in case.
Just in case…
_______________________________
Eijiro couldn’t sleep. Flashes of Izuku being carried away on that stretcher flashing in his mind. The blood rolling off the mat in waves as the medics tried to stop it while rushing to the ambulance.
Izuku laying on that cot, his body jolting as it was shocked repeatedly as they tried to revive his body.
The insane amount of tubes and wires attached to his brother’s body.
Eijiro shivered.
“Ei?” He opened his eyes.
Eijiro was laying in bed with Mom and Dad. He sighed. “Yeah…” he replied to Mom. She wrapped her arms around him. “It’s going to be fine, dear,” she whispered, running her hands through his hair. Eijiro ducked his head. “I- It’s not th- though… It’s not…” Eijiro cried for the umpteenth time that night.
School was canceled the next day but Eijiro still got ready to go there, getting dressed in shorts and a t-shirt. Izuku would be going into surgery today to repair his arm and they were going to be there in waiting.
“Ei! Are you ready!?”
Eijiro looked around the room. He had packed his game system, sketchbook, and pencils because they said it would probably take a long while considering the amount of damage done. Eijiro shook his head, trying not to remember. It made him want to gag. Eijiro grabbed the Eraserhead plush off of Izuku’s bed and a thin red blanket from the boy’s bed as well as his green hoodie from his dresser. “Coming!” He ran out of the room with Akio and Hime in tow. Dad pointed at his duffle bag. “Why all the stuff?” Eijiro showed him the contents. “I- I thought that maybe Izuku would like some familiar things when he woke up.”
If… If he wakes up… No! He is going to wake up! He is, he is, he is!
…
Right?
Dad ruffled his hair. “You are a great brother, Ei.” Dad looked so tired and worn out. Mom as well. Eijiro felt just as exhausted as them. He grinned nevertheless. “Let’s go,” Dad said, leading the family out.
The halls of UA were unusually quiet. It was offsetting. By the time they got there, Izuku was already in surgery and they were allowed to sit in the teacher’s lounge as they waited. Every time the door to the lounge opened, all three heads shot up only to fall in not so well hidden disappointment.
“Hey,” they looked up to the approaching Aizawa-sensei and Shinsou. The Kirishima’s all stood. “Is he out?” Dad asked? Aizawa-sensei shook his head. “Unfortunately, no.” It had been four hours already and still nothing. The man sat down on the sofa across from them and laid down a few papers on the coffee table between the sofa’s. The Kirishima’s sat.
“These are contracts of permission,” Aizawa-sensei informed.
“Permission to do what?” Mom asked hesitantly.
“Permission to amputate Izuku’s arm,” the man replied solemnly. Eijiro’s eyes widened. Shinsou looked down. “Not completely, but Izuku’s elbow has been completely shattered as well as a few bones. They are reconstructing the bones as well as possible but are having trouble with the frayed nerves and… split layers of flesh,” he said carefully. “Essentially from the shoulder down, Izuku would have a metal prosthetic right arm.”
Eijiro wanted to gag. He turned and buried his face in Dad’s shoulder. He could feel Dad’s body shake as he replied. “What if we don’t allow this?”
"Without this, Izuku’s arm would be a mangle of broken flesh held together by fake skin and the school would not provide the prosthetic arm,” Aizawa-sensei replied. “Izuku will, of course, be allowed to go to UA but his time here would be more of a struggle. It will still be a struggle even with this but he may not be able to complete the hero course with only one arm and one that flailed limply at his side that would inevitably cause him much more pain than a prosthetic. At least with this Izuku would still have a working arm. It will still hurt quite a bit but we can get it fused together with his remaining nerves and artificial ones so that he can move it at will with enough practice. The school will provide the arm as part of his 'hero gear' and the physical therapy to be able to efficiently move it like his own body.”
Eijiro swallowed. Dad nodded. “May we have a minute alone to speak about this?” Aizawa-sensei nodded. “Yes, but they need an answer soon to continue with the surgery.”
He and Shinsou moved to the door to wait and give the family time alone.
Dad sighed, holding his head in his hands, elbows on his knees. “Okay, first things first, we need to consider if Izuku should even be allowed to continue classes at UA.” Eijiro swirled around. “Why not?!” Dad glanced at Eijiro before sitting up. “We need to take into consideration Izuku’s mental state, mostly. He may have gotten a bit better but he will surely have issues after this-”
“Won’t taking him out make him feel worse?” Mom cut in. Eijiro nodded. “Yeah! Izuku would be devastated! Surely that wouldn’t do him any good either!” Dad sighed loudly. “I know, I know but I have to take all things into consideration here. Izuku is mentally unstable as it is but-”
“Um…” they all turned to see Shinsou with his head down. “I- I’m sorry… I know you asked for some alone time b- but could I please say something?” They all exchanged glances before nodding. Shinsou hummed. “W- well, this might sound selfish of me but… Z- Zuku is my partner. We made plans to be a hero duo together a- and I know that he isn’t the most stable but…” Shinsou bowed deeply. “Please let him stay! I- I need him! I can’t let this conversation go on without asking for Zuku on his behalf that we made a promise a- and pleading my case because I know how much of a big step Zuku has made becoming a hero with me in general a- and he… he means too much to me to let his only aspirations in life to go out the window without at least trying to persuade you otherwise!”
Eijiro stared in shocked silence at the usually uncaring boy.
“Shinsou,” Dad started, “please raise your head.” Shinsou stood up straight slowly. “Thank you for coming and talking to us. That was very brave of you and I think you are right.” Eijiro whipped his head around to Dad who continued. “As much as Izuku has spiraled he has also grown just as stronger and every time he bounces back just a bit quicker. I believe it would be unfair to both Izuku and you to cut his hero career short. But, Shinsou, I need confirmation from you as Izuku’s hero partner.” Dad met the boy head-on in a stare. “I won’t ask you to do the impossible and protect Izuku from any and all danger. The life of a hero is full of danger. I am asking you as his partner, to also never abandon him and to always have his back the same we all know Izuku would do for you as we saw with your father. I am asking for your statement of loyalty as Izuku’s hero partner.”
Shinsou’s fists curled. He straightened his back. “If you allow Zuku to continue down his path of being a hero, I promise to do everything in my power as his partner to protect him and be by his side always. No matter the situation we face, I promise to never leave Zuku on the field alone, both mentally and physically. We are a duo team and as such I will never leave Zuku to fend for himself. That is what it means to be partners on the field. To always have each other’s back and to defend them and I will perform as such. So,” he bowed again, “please let Zuku become a hero still!”
Dad smiled. He reached up and ruffled the boy’s hair. “Thanks, Shinsou. Alright,” he picked up the pen and signed the papers. “I’ll agree to let Izuku stay in the hero course and get the metal implants.” He handed them to Shinsou. “I’m counting on you.” Shinsou smirked. “I won’t let you down!” He took them over to Aizawa-sensei before coming back over.
“C- could I sit with you?” he asked. Eijiro grinned and pat beside him. “Sure!” Shinsou brightened and sat down. “Thanks…”
It was another two hours of sketching and playing games and having lunch before Aizawa-sensei came back. They all looked up. “Izuku is out of surgery. The operation was successful but they don’t expect him to wake up for another couple of days. If you want to see him, you can.
Eijiro and his parents immediately stood up. “Please, take us to our son,” Mom pleaded. Aizawa-sensei nodded. “Follow me.” They were led to the room where Izuku was being kept. He opened the door to reveal Izuku laying on a cot much the same as yesterday. Mom and Dad rushed to his side. Eijiro slowly rounded the cot to see Izuku’s arm.
From the shoulder to his elbow there were metal plates where his skin should be. His elbow was now a metal ball that the plates were screwed into before it moved onto his lower arm that was also covered in metal plates down to his wrist and cascading a bit onto the top of his hand, with breaks to allow for movement of the wrist. His entire hand was metal plates and his fingers had each individual joint, one screwed under the other to look very much like how a positionable doll’s arm would look only metal. Around the shoulder were bandages where it was attached and the nerves were fused.
Eijiro swallowed. It looked painful.
Recovery Girl walked in. “Ah, Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima and Kirishima!” They all turned to her. She looked tired and worn out. “The operation was a success! I am sure you have heard about the prosthetic. It should work and function as a normal arm would aside from he won’t be able to feel anything from that arm and it may cause him pain. It would also be smart to oil it every morning before putting it on.”
Dad paused. “Putting… it on? I thought it was fused to his nerves.”
She nodded. "The top part where it is connected to his shoulder. The nerves were frayed to the shoulder so those were the only ones we could connect. To prevent shoulder, back, and neck damage over time from the weight, we made the metal arm detachable. Izuku’s real nerves are connected to artificial ones in the shoulder piece that will connect to the artificial nerves in the whole arm piece. It will hurt to take it off and on but it is for his own protection that he takes it off while at home or when he does not need it.”
Dad nodded slowly.
Recovery Girl pulled out a can of oil. “This is special oil to loosen the joints and screws every morning that we will of course provide. It is waterproof for showers and baths since he cannot take off the shoulder attachment as it is fused to his nerves but I would also recommend washing the arm when you can which we have instructions on how to do that without soap getting stuck in it.”
Dad bowed. “Thank you so much,” his voice shook. “Thank you so, so much…” Eijiro dropped his head, trying to suppress the tears he had been holding back all day. Recovery Girl ran her hands along the bed, smoothing the ruffles absentmindedly.
“Of course,” she said softly. “I may be the nurse here at UA but I’ve also been looking after this child for a long while myself. I never had a chance to have children and now I’m too old,” she chuckled. “Izuku may never know it but I think I would consider him a grandchild of my own nowadays.” She paused. “Or at my age a great-grandchild,” she joked.
Dad chuckled.
“It’s strange, isn’t it?” Recovery Girl asked. “The most secluded, problematic, traumatized child that is so, so terrified of people. He has won a space in all of our hearts that can’t be filled otherwise, wouldn’t you say?”
“Yes,” Dad agreed. “I believe that would be a fair assumption.”
“I’ll let you have your time with him,” she said. “There is a button on the side of his bed if you need anything.”
Without much more, the four Kirishimas were left alone.
It was quiet, really. Eijiro plopped his bag on a chair in the corner of the room. He drew out the red blanket. “Mom, Dad, can you lift his arms, please?” Mom smiled softly. “Sure.” They went around and carefully lifted Izuku’s arms so Eijiro could slip the blanket over his legs but under the arms. He grabbed the Eraserhead plushie and leaned it against the pillow. Eijiro hung the green hoodie on the end of his bed.
Dad rubbed Eijiro’s shoulder. “I’m sure he will be very grateful when he wakes up.” Eijiro nodded. “It adds color to the room,” he commented.
Every day the three would come when they could. Sometimes Shinsou would come as well. He and Shinsou became increasingly closer as they sat beside Izuku’s bed talking and laughing. Waiting…
School started again on Monday though and they had to go to class.
“Kirishima, where is Izuku?”
“Is he okay?”
“That looked seriously bad, dude.”
“But he saved sensei, right?”
“Where is he now?”
“Will he be coming back?”
“Oh just shut up!” Everyone quieted as Mina stepped in front of him. “Kiri is obviously uncomfortable and overwhelmed!” Eijiro scratched the back of his head, eyes low. “Sorry, guys. Thank you for your concern though…” Apologies echoed around the room.
Uraraka came bounding up after the crowd dispersed. “I, um, I made a card for Izuku. Could you give it to him?” Eijiro smiled up at her. “Sure. I am sure he will love to read it when he wakes up.” She paled. “Is he-” “Not for too much longer, they think,” he cut her off. “Sorry,” he whispered. “I just… I’ve just been tense lately.” She smiled. “That’s alright. I know that I usually hang around Izuku a lot but we are still friends too so if you want to ever talk or rant you can always talk to me too.”
“Thanks…”
Mina pats his shoulder. “Can I come visit him?” Eijiro nodded. “I don’t think that would be a problem.”
The door opened. “Get to your seats.”
_______________________________
Hitoshi watched Dad walk into the room. There were a few gasps and murmurs about his new appearance but no one had the gaul to say anything.
Dad cleared his throat. “As you can see, I am fine and moving. Kirishima is currently in recovery so please do not worry. UA is requiring each of you to meet with the school counselor at least once a week for the next month.” A few looked away. Hitoshi, himself, dropped his head slightly. All of them were shaken up. Hitoshi would have been waking up from nightmares if he didn’t have prescription pills keeping him asleep. That didn’t change what flashed in his mind when he was awake. Hitoshi has slept with Dad the past few nights just needing to know he was still there. Still alive… “After that, if you wish to continue meeting with Hounddog then that is up to you. Now, we cannot relax. I know that things are stressful after all that has happened but we have a much bigger task ahead of us.”
Everyone tensed up, understandably.
“The UA Sports Festival is coming up,” Dad announced.
A beat.
And then the class exploded in whoops and hollers. Iida stood sharply and raised his hand. “Sir, is that really a smart idea after the villain attack?” Dad shrugged. “Personally, I think it is stupid but my vote doesn’t matter. UA wants to prove to the public, and to villains, that we won’t be put off by this and can continue to protect our students. Aside from that, use this to prove yourself. Many pro heroes come to watch and scout students for internships and sidekick positions. The UA Sports Festival only happens once a year so you only have three chances to show the world what you can do aside from internships and fieldwork. We will be focusing your hero classes on preparing you for this.”
Hitoshi sighed and leaned back.
“Hey,” Jiro commented from behind him.
“Hey,” he returned.
A hand came into view outstretched from behind him holding an earbud. He raised an eyebrow and took it, putting it in his ear. It was surprisingly mellow music. Almost like cafe music.
“Just thought you could use something quiet,” the girl behind him stated. Hitoshi hummed. “Thanks.” Hitoshi listened to the music as his people group chatted by his desk and waited for class to start. Todoroki leaned against the wall. They met eyes. Hitoshi sighed. Yeah…
“HEY!” Yoarashi came bounding up before lunch. “Let’s eat!” Hitoshi raised a hand. “Sorry, I am going to go see Izuku.” Iida hummed. “It is only natural for you to be worried but skipping meals is not healthy for you.” Hitoshi nodded. “I know. I will eat.” “Give him our best regards when you can,” Uraraka piped. Hitoshi nodded, leaving before the rest of them, feeling suffocated suddenly by their presence. He didn’t get too far down the hall before Todoroki caught up to him and they fell into step silently.
Hitoshi paused before the door and glanced up at his bicolored friend. He sighed and opened it.
*beep beep beep*
The drawl of the heart monitors instantly filtered the air. Hitoshi heard Todoroki take in a sharp inhale as they stepped in. Hitoshi pulled over two chairs.
“What’s that?”
Hitoshi looked up. “Oh.” Todoroki was pointing at the newly installed metal arm. “Have you heard about the healing aspect of Zuku’s quirk?” Todoroki hummed. “A bit.” They sat down. “Yeah, well, Zuku… he brought my Dad back to life with it.”
“I was there,” Todoroki informed.
“Yeah. Thank you for that. Protecting them as Zuku worked, I mean.” Hitoshi folded his arms on the side of the cot. “The power that took more or less tore up his arm from the inside out and they had to replace it with a prosthetic. It takes his life energy and implants it in another to heal them so essentially, Zuku killed himself bringing Dad back to life…” Hitoshi hung his head. “I’m not sure how I am supposed to feel. It’s a miracle that Zuku was able to do that and Dad is alive and even more of a miracle that Zuku is alive after doing that but… I dunno…”
Todoroki hummed. “Then don’t think about it,” he said. “I feel bad, personally, for keeping the heroes out and letting Izuku do that but I know that won’t do anything for anyone so just be happy that both of them are alive and then get better.”
“Get better?” Hitoshi asked.
“Get better,” Todoroki repeated. “So that next time this doesn’t happen again and it really is ‘too late.’” Hitoshi blinked. He smirked and elbowed the boy. “Look at you being all cool.” Todoroki turned to him and raised his right hand, frost forming on it. “I believe the correct term is ‘chill.’” Hitoshi couldn’t help but snicker at that.
The door opened. “Oh, hello,” Kirishima greeted, walking in with Ashido. Hitoshi raised his hand. “Hey.” The two had gotten a bit closer while Zuku was in surgery and the tense air that was always around them had dissipated along with that.
“What is that?!” Ashido exclaimed at the arm.
Hitoshi sighed. Here we go again…
_______________________________
Eijiro couldn’t concentrate in class. Everything felt so off and weird and dark. His usual upbeat energy was nowhere to be found. Present Mic drawled on about English literary terms that Eijiro had no interest in.
I bet Izu would be eating this all up right now.
*knock knock*
The door to the classroom opened to reveal Aizawa-sensei. “Eraserhead,” Mic greeted. “To what do I owe the pleasure.” The raven-haired man pointed at Present Mic, Shinsou, and then at Eijiro and thrust his thumb over his shoulder. “We need you. Midnight will take over.”
Eijiro stood up so fast that his chair fell over.
“He’s awake,” Aizawa-sensei told them as they made quick work through the hallways. “But we don’t know how long he will be. Izuku is really high on painkillers and not very aware of his surroundings but he is awake.” He paused outside of Izuku’s room in the nurse’s ward. “Please, I know you are all going to be emotional, but please do not run in yelling or trying to hug him or anything.”
Mic nodded. “Of course, Sho.”
Aizawa-sensei nodded and opened the door. Despite what his teacher had said, Eijiro immediately felt tears run down his face when he saw Izuku. He was sitting up but only because the cot had been pushed up. He was staring at the wall, only blinking occasionally and very slowly. All of the wires and breathing mask were still on as well. A hand on Eijiro’s back guided him to the chair next to Izuku’s cot.
“Hey there, buddy,” Mic spoke in a quiet voice, crouching by the bed, hand resting on the side of it. “How are you feeling?” Izuku blinked a few times before seemingly realizing that someone was there. He turned his head to the hero.
Present Mic was there. He was the one to get to Izuku first. He was the one who found the boy on top of Aizawa-sensei not breathing or responding. And… Eijiro remembers solemnly that this man was essentially Izuku’s father figure before Izuku started recognizing Dad as his Dad too.
“Fu- zzy,” Izuku’s broken voice echoed out from the mask. Eijiro swallowed. “Wh- ere Sho…?” the boy asked. He’s worried. Even in this state, he is worried about Aizawa-sensei. The man in question crouched beside Mic and gave a soft smile. “I’m here, kid. Alive and well.” Izuku slowly looked over to the man. “Sho a- live?” Aizawa-sensei nodded. “Mhmm. Thanks to you.” The greenette nodded. “Go- od. So- rrae fer pro- mise.”
“What?”
“I br- oke pr- omise no- t to u- se it.”
Aizawa-sensei chuckled dryly, reaching up and gently carding his fingers through Izuku’s hair. “We will talk about that later.” Izuku hummed. “‘m ti- red.” “I know you are,” Aizawa-sensei replied. “Do you want to say hi to your brother and Hitoshi before you go to sleep?” Izuku nodded. Present Mic and Aizawa-sensei stood and stepped back so Eijiro and Shinsou could step forward.
Eijiro wiped his eyes and waved at Izuku. “Hey, man!” he tried to sound perky. Izuku tilted his head. “Ei… hu- rt?” Eijiro chuckled and shook his head. “No, I’m not. Recovery Girl patched me right up!” Izuku nodded. “‘s go- od…” He looked over at Shinsou. “To- shi hurt?” Shinsou shook his head. “I am okay too.” Izuku hummed. “‘e’s al- ive,” Izuku choked out. “‘e’s al- ive s- o don’ cr- y. Don’ cr- y. Ok- ay?” Shinsou smiled a rare, real smile. “I know, Zuku. Thank you.” Present Mic came over.
“Alright, Izuku needs his sleep now.” He smiled down at Izuku. “Are you tired?” Izuku nodded, eyes already drooping. Mic chuckled. “We will let you sleep now.”
“-one,” Izuku whispered.
“Hmm?” Present Mic leaned in a bit.
“D- on’ wanna b- e a- lone.”
Eijiro’s chest squeezed uncomfortably. Mic took a deep breath, hanging his head. “Sho… can you… take my shift? Please?” Aizawa-sensei nodded. “Sure.” “And ask Midnight to cover my classes for me today?”
“Yeah.”
“I’ll pay you back.”
“Don’t worry about it.”
Simple, quick sharing of words and yet so much emotion. “Thanks.” Present Mic looked up. “Don’t worry, Izu. I’ll be here when you wake up.” Izuku turned to him. “Pro- mise?” Mic smiled. “Cross my heart.” Izuku nodded. “Ok- ay…” His eyes fell shut and it wasn’t long after that he fell asleep.
“Can I stay too?” Eijiro asked. Aizawa-sensei shook his head. “You are still a student. Don’t worry, we will come get you if he wakes up again.” Eijiro nodded. He followed his teacher and friend out. Eijiro cast one more glance over at Izuku. Present Mic had settled on the other side of the bed, holding Izuku’s hand, the real one, in his gently. The door slid shut.
Eijiro couldn’t do it. He fell to his knees, a sob ripping from his lips, tears streaming from his eyes. Shinsou made a similar strangled noise, wiping furiously at his own eyes. Aizawa-sensei took a shaky breath. He bent down and took the boys equally in his arms.
“H- he’s alive!” Eijiro choked out. “I’m so glad!”
Shinsou let out a wet laugh.
Aizawa-sensei chuckled. “Of course he is. Izuku’s too strong to be taken out.”
Izuku was loopy, dazed, and completely out of it. When he was more aware he would probably be in pain and more terrified and paranoid than ever before. Yet, he was alive. He woke up and spoke and just like that, the dark cloud over Eijiro’s head was cleared away.
_______________________________
Hizashi rubbed circles over the back of Izuku’s real hand with his thumb, humming quietly.
He could still see it.
Izuku’s blank eyes, completely unaware. He could hear the screams that echoed through the USJ bouncing in his head clearer and louder than his own quirk at its maximum volume just as loudly as he heard the dull ring of nothing in his ears as he pressed his head against the boy’s chest and heard nothing.
Hizashi shuddered. He pulled off his sunglasses and set them to the side, laying his head on the side of the cot net to the hand he had yet to let go of.
-----
‘You told me to call you first before I tried again.’
-----
He closed his eyes.
I should have called him after school. I should have done something more.
He kept thinking that he was too busy. I could have made time. I should have made time. Maybe it wouldn’t have changed anything but… what is the next time there isn’t a 'next time'? Hizashi felt tears leak from his eyes. He sees Izuku’s phone on his phone bill every month and he always thinks that maybe he should text him but he never does.
He grips Izuku’s hand tightly.
I promised I would be there for him. I couldn’t do anything… I’ll do better this time. When he wakes up, I’ll be right here.
Hizashi’s eyes drooped.
Right here, Izuku… Right here…
_______________________________
The first thing Izuku felt when he woke up was a very dull pain. That grew. And kept growing until he couldn’t keep his eyes shut anymore.
Izuku shot up with a gasp and instantly got lightheaded.
“Woah, woah, woah!” Izuku’s head spun around, the quick movement causing pain hit his head like a ton of bricks. He tried to raise his hands to his head but cried out in pain, his left hand racing to his right shoulder only to come in contact with something hard.
Two hands held onto his shoulders but he only felt it on his left one. Izuku’s head whipped up to the owner of the hands.
“Izu, calm down.” Izuku let out a shaky breath. “Y- Yami…” His throat hurt and the words found themselves distorted from under the mask around his mouth and nose. The hero let go of his shoulders and found Izuku’s hand, taking it gently. “Hey, little listener,” he smiled softly. "How are you feeling?”
Izuku subconsciously went to move his dominant hand to his throat when he tried to explain his soreness but a sharp pain went shot from his shoulder to his spine. He tried to look over at it but Yami’s hands found his face and turned it away. “Izu?” Izuku bit his lip. “Th- throat hurts… ‘ead h- hurts… A- a- arm hurts…” Yami nodded. “Yeah?”
Izuku nodded. Then it hit him. “I- is Sho o- o- okay?” Yami tilted his head. “Do you not remember?” Izuku’s heart sped up, as the heart monitor loudly shouted. Yami waved his hands frantically. “No, no, no, no, no! Wait! He’s fine! You just woke up early and asked that same question!” Yami grabbed his hand. “Everyone is fine.” He smiled. “You saved him, Izu. It’s thanks to you that Sho is alive.”
The heart monitor got quieter as Izuku’s breathing slowed back to a normal pace. “H- he’s alive…” Yami nodded.
Izuku closed his eyes, sighing in relief but quickly regretting it as the extra exhale of air made him lightheaded again. He let himself slouch into the pillow behind him. He frowned and reopened his eyes. “I- I broke th- th- the promise…”
“What promise?” Yami asked.
“T- ta not u- u- use my quirk th- that way without perm- mission.” Izuku looked down. “I’m s- sorr-”
Yami tilted his head. “Izu? What’s wrong?” Izuku didn’t answer. Out of the corner of his eye he saw what looked to be a… hand? And arm? Made of metal? Izuku slowly turned his head to look down at it. “Yami…?” There was a sharp inhale of air from the man next to him. “Wh- what is th- th- that?”
Yami’s hand found his shoulder. “Izu, can you please look at me? I need to tell you something really important.” Izuku narrowed his eyes but nonetheless tore his eyes from the metal appendage to level Yami with a skeptical eye. Yami swallowed. “You… Izuku using your quirk like that… it wasn’t like how you use it normally when we had you heal that bird’s wing or the leg of that cat when training. Izuku, Sho died but you… you revived him with your quirk however that puts a lot of stress on your body, specifically the part which you are using your strings from. You’ve seen your skin crack before from overusing your quirk before, right?”
Izuku swallowed, not liking where this was going.
“Well,” Yami continued, “the amount of stress that was put on your arm… it sort of… shattered it.” Izuku blinked. “Sh- shattered… it?” Yami nodded. “Completely. We had to take it off, Izuku.” Izuku narrowed his eyes. “Take i- it off,” he repeated. The hero nodded slowly.
“S- so… I ‘ave n- n- no r- right arm?” Izuku asked hesitantly. Yami nodded again. Izuku hummed and looked back over at the metal arm. He followed it up until it disappeared under his hospital gown but a bit of metal showed from under the low-hanging neckline of the gown. “I ‘ave… n- no arm…”
“Izuku, I’m-”
Izuku felt tears roll down his face. He reached up with his left and to touch his cheeks, looking at his wet hands in shock. It hit him like a truck.
No way… I- I have no arm. I have no right arm, my dominant arm. What am I supposed to do? Can I even use my quirk on this side now? Can I even fight anymore? Oh… Toshi…. Toshi! I can’t even be partners with him anymore! I- Can I even attend UA anymore? No way… Why?! Why is this happening?! What am I supposed to do now? Toshi is going to be so mad. I bet Yami is disappointed. Oh, and Ei. And Mom and Dad and Mina and everyone who has helped me get this far. I- I’m so-
“Izuku,” he jumped out of his musings, turning his head to Yami.
“I- I’m sorrae,” he said. “I- I- I’m s- so sorrae… I- I messed up…” He hung his head. Izuku couldn’t even have a proper panic attack because the mask was forcing him to breathe. Yami shook his head. “Don’t apologize, Izu. No one is mad at you. You saved Sho. Why would anyone be mad at you?”
Izuku hung his head. “Everaethang y- y- you a- all did f- fer me is w- w- waisted…”
“How so?”
Izuku felt fresh tears stream from his eyes. “I- I can’t be a- a- a ‘ero a- anaem- more…”
Yami sighed. He carded a hand through Izuku’s hair. Izuku hated how he wished the man would never stop because he knew that Yami would leave him soon and he would have to get used to no longer having anyone there. Everyone would leave him when they truly saw how useless he was now.
-----
‘See this? ‘Izuku’ can also be read as Deku! Useless!’
-----
Kacchan was right.
“You know, you have a bad habit of jumping to the worst conclusions ever,” Yami stated softly. “No one ever said that you had to quit being a hero or anything.” Izuku glanced up at the man. “In fact,” Yami continued, “we put that metal arm on you so you could do just that! We know how much being a hero means to you, Izu.” Izuku stared at the man in awe. “You mean…” Yami nodded. “It will take some time for you to get used to that arm and a lot of physical therapy but without a shadow of a doubt, you are still in the hero course. Why would we kick someone out for risking their life to save another? Though,” Yami said as almost an afterthought, “we will have to cut down on that self-sacrificing tendency of yours.”
Izuku couldn’t believe what he was hearing. “I c- can be a- a- a ‘ero?” he asked hesitantly. Yami nodded. “Of course!” Izuku felt tears well in his eyes again. “I- I can… I can b- b- be a ‘ero!” Yami laughed. “You sound like a little kid!” Izuku deadpanned but couldn’t help the relieved smile that fell on his face. As the weight lifted from his shoulders, exhaustion came to take its place. Yami smiled softly. “You look tired. You should go back to sleep. You still need to heal.” Izuku swallowed thickly. “C- can I ‘ave s- s- some water?” Yami nodded. “One second.”
The hero went and retrieved a small plastic cup, filling it up in the sink and handing it to Izuku. The greenette immediately went to raise his dominant arm but hissed in pain as his right shoulder stung.
Yami smiled sadly, sitting down with the cup. “Recover Girl said that there will always be at least a little pain but it won’t be that bad after you heal a bit more and get used to the arm. Just try to use your left one for now.” Izuku sighed. “I- I’ll t- try ta r- r- remember…” He reached up and grabbed the cup only to realize that now he couldn’t remove the mask. “I- I forgot a- a- alreadae…” Yami chucked and took the cup from him. “You really are tired.” Izuku blushed and lifted the mask from his face, placing it on his forehead.
The air felt so thin and it was hard to get in the amount he felt like he needed. After finishing the cup, Izuku was quick to put it back on, feeling terribly lightheaded.
“Are you okay?” Yami asked. Izuku nodded. “J- just tired…” The man smiled. He carded his hands through Izuku’s hair again. Izuku hummed, feeling his eyes droop. “Wh- what day is it?” he asked. “Tuesday morning but it’s only two in the morning,” Yami replied. Izuku’s eyes flew open but Yami prevented him from sitting up. “Don’t worry about school or anything,” the hero said. “Now that you are awake we can get you caught up though you will have to be in bed a few days longer until we can get you off of the breathing masks and IV’s. We will be getting you into physical therapy soon after. For now, though, just rest and recover.” Izuku sighed and forced his body to relax.
“Go to sleep, Izu,” Yami whispered. “You’ve done enough. Take some time and rest now.”
Izuku hummed. He finally let the exhaustion wash over him and fell asleep.
Over the course of the next two days, Izuku was visited every lunch by his friends and Ei and Mom and Dad came over whenever they could. Tears were shed.
-----
‘Thank you,’ Sho bowed. Izuku’s eyes widened at the formal gesture from the adult. ‘Thank you for saving me, kid.’ Izuku shook his head frantically.
‘N- n- no, I-’
‘Izuku, I wouldn’t be here right now if it weren’t for you. Please, don’t deny this.’
Izuku hung his head. ‘I- I just… I c- c- couldn’ j- just let ya d- die… Y- you once s- s- said that you w- would cry if I d- died… I… I- I would ‘ave c- cried if ya d- d- died too…’
Sho smiled softly. ‘Then how about next time neither of us end up in either of those positions again.’
Izuku nodded.
‘Also, you can’t do that again, kid.’
Izuku dropped his head and sighed.
-----
Edit: A LOT OF TEARS WERE SHED.
A few sad ones, some of fear and regret, others, and the most common ones, were from relief.
-----
‘Of course I still want to be your partner!’ Toshi stated.
‘B- but m- m- my arm-’
‘We can work around that. We have yet to test if you can still use your strings connected to your shoulder blade and even so you have other strings, Zuku. Never once have I ever not wanted you as my partner. But… I would understand if you are having second thoughts… I know it is probably scary for you right now…’
Izuku shook his head. ‘I- if you’ll s- st- still ‘ave me… I’d l- love ta b- be your partner st- still.’
-----
“So,” Sho started as he sat by Izuku’s cot, “the Sports Festival is coming up in two weeks,” he stated. “Now, of course, you have the option of not participating considering everything but it is completely up to you.”
Izuku looked down at his metal arm. He winced as he tried to move the fingers. It was hard but they did curl just a bit. “I…”
Can I compete? Will I be able to? He furrowed his eyebrows. I want to…
“While a week won’t make much difference, how about after this next week with practice and physical therapy every day, we see how you feel,” Sho suggested. “We will decide whether or not you can compete.”
Izuku bit his lip. “If… I- if I can’t u- use my a- a- arm on the d- day… I’ll fight w- without it.” Sho and Toshi both stared at him in shock. Izuku swallowed. “I… I’ve f- fought w- without i- i- it a couple o- of times b- because it w- was numbed o- or made unusable i- on a fight before…” Sho sighed. “We will see. Now, for your math work…”
Izuku was able to go home on Friday after school. He was given his clothes but had to get dressed without his arm, the metal one laying on the bed disconnected from his body. Izuku struggled with his pants a lot and his shoulder throbbed by the end of getting them on. He huffed and stood up.
Izuku looked over this bare torso in the mirror. The metal shoulder piece was fused with his skin and at the nub was a metal pole that would latch onto a hole in the arm. He blinked a few times before he noticed something missing. A choked sob escaped his lips.
“Izuku?” Dad’s voice came from the otherside of the single-person bathroom connected to the nurse’s room.
Izuku fell to his knees. “I- it’s gone…”
“What’s gone, Izu?”
“M- m- my tattoo,” the greenette choked out. “I- i- it’s gone!”
Izuku looked at that tattoo every day in the mirror. It was a reminder of his years as Golden Whip. Of everything he had gone through and the times when Izuku was able to be himself without the extra inhibitors of his personality and fear. It was a part of him. Golden Whip was a part of him. Now… now it was gone along with his real arm.
Lost. Scared, lost, pained. Izuku cried in that bathroom alone.
“Zuku?” Toshi’s voice filtered in through his ragged breathing and cries. “Golden Whip… was a vigilante. You… you are going to be a hero though. With or without that tattoo, you can still hold those memories but maybe… maybe it is time to let go.”
Izuku’s breath hitched. “L- let go?”
“Yeah,” Toshi hummed. “A new chapter of your life is starting. It’s like, um, a book.”
“A- a- a book?”
“Yeah… Like, Golden Whip was that chapter b- but now you are in a new one,” Toshi explained. “Like, you are entering your hero chapter. Besides,” Toshi said, “my partner isn’t Golden Whip. It’s you.”
Izuku stared at the door which he knew his friend was on the other side of.
“Golden Whip is a part of you but a part of the past you, or something. Your Golden Whip chapter is over and now it’s the… it’s our chapter as partners. Proving that we can be heroes.” Izuku swallowed. “B- but it’s- I- I- It’s-”
“Can we not be partners without it?” Toshi asked, making Izuku pause. “You haven’t been Golden Whip for almost two years now, Zuku. Now we are going to be heroes. Can you really not do that without a bit of ink on your shoulder?”
Izuku hung his head. “B- but it’s… I- I- I was… I can’ j- j- just ferget…”
“No one is telling you to forget it, kid,” Sho’s voice filtered through. “You can still keep the memories but don’t let them be more than just that. Memories. It’s a new phase in your life. Maybe it is time that you move past your past life. You aren’t under her rule anymore, you aren’t on the streets, and you aren’t Golden Whip. Sure, you will always have fear and I doubt that the PTSD, nightmares, and fear will ever completely go away but Izuku, you don’t have to let the past cripple your future.”
Izuku crawled to the door leaning against it.
“Golden Whip did many great things,” Toshi said. “Now let’s do great things too, Zuku.”
A warm feeling filled Izuku’s chest. Then, one of excitement. The prospect of being a hero. A real, legal hero.
He smiled, just a bit. “Okay…” he whispered.
Izuku got up and proceeded to attempt, and fail, at getting his shirt on. Izuku swallowed. He walked slowly over to the door.
“D- Dad?”
“Yes? Is everything alright, bud?” Dad asked.
“I, um, I- I can’ g- get my sh- shirt buttoned…”
“Oh. Do you need help?”
Izuku froze. “I-” Flashes of his night running away wracked through his brain as well as the ones where there was no one to help him when he was on the streets and that happened. He shuddered.
“Izuku,” Dad said softly. “It’s okay. I won’t do anything you don’t want me to, remember? I promised you that and I intend on keeping that promise.” Izuku swallowed. He looked down at his open button-up and sighed. “C- can y- y- you please ‘elp m- me?”
“Of course.”
Izuku unlocked the bathroom door and opened it slightly. He looked away, subconsciously pulling the two sides of the shirt together with his hand as Dad entered. “Hey, bud,” Dad said softly. Izuku glanced up at him but couldn’t hold the eye contact. “Can I come over and button your shirt for you?” Dad asked. Izuku swallowed but nodded, letting go of the sides. Dad came over and crouched down. Izuku flinched unwillingly when he felt Dad grabbed the two sides. Dad hesitated but soon made quick work of the buttons. “There,” the man said, standing. Izuku let out a breath that he didn’t know he had been holding.
“Let’s hold off on the blazer for now,” Dad suggested. Izuku nodded. The two left the bathroom.
“We can get Izuku a pass to not need the uniform until he can get dressed easily on his own,” Sho said. “Just simple, easy to put on clothes such as shorts and a t-shirt.” Dad nodded. “That would be great.”
The group left the nurses office. Izuku hung out in the back with Ei and Toshi, just happy to be out of that room.
When they left the UA building, Izuku took a deep, very exaggerated breath of fresh air. Everyone chuckled.
“HEY! IZUKU!”
The boy jumped and looked up. Mina, Uraraka, Iida, Yoarashi, and Todoroki were at the end of the path waving. They all ran up to him.
“Sc- school is o- o- over,” he stated.
Uraraka giggled. “Geeze! What a greeting! We know but we heard that you would be released today and wanted to see you!”
“Y- you saw m- m- me in the n- nurses room.”
“Yes, well,” Iida pushed his glasses up, “it is one thing to see a friend in a hospital bed than outside of one.”
Friend… These are my friends…
-----
‘- you don’t have to let the past cripple your future.’
-----
‘It’s like, um, a book.’
‘A- a- a book?’
‘Yeah… Like, Golden Whip was that chapter b- but now you are in a new one.’
-----
Izuku couldn’t help the small smile that graced his lips.
His… friends stared at the unusual display in shock.
“Th- thank y- ya fer w- waitin’ fer m- m- me…” he whispered.
Mina grinned and GENTLY patted his back. “Aww! Look at Zuku getting all emotional!”
Yoarashi fake-wiped his eyes. “Brings a tear to my eyes!” Izuku deadpanned.
Laughs were shared all around and the large group as a whole made their way to the train station. Izuku and his family had a car but Dad and Mom weren’t about to tell him that. They let him chat with his friends. Izuku hung around between Toshi and Shoto as the three shared a few quiet chuckles as they watched Iida gripe with Yoarashi for being too loud in public.
“See you next week, Izuku!” They all departed on their respective trains.
Sho ruffled his hair. “See you soon, kid.”
Toshi offered a fist bump. “See ya, partner.” Izuku returned it. “S- see ya, partner.”
Shoto nodded. “See you.” Izuku smirked. “See y- you.”
The three boarded their train.
When Izuku got home, he had to take a second to just stand in the doorway and look over the house. He took a deep breath and let it go. Dad put a hand on his shoulder. Izuku looked up at him. The raven-haired man smiled down at his son.
“Welcome home, Izu.”
Izuku smiled brightly and nodded.
Later that night, Izuku lay in bed, Eijiro fast asleep beside him as the boy had insisted on sharing a bed as they always did when something particularly hard happened. Izuku was perfectly fine with that. He curled up closer to Ei, the boy’s arm draped across him, Izuku pressing his head against his brother’s chest.
A new chapter, huh?
Izuku closed his eyes, letting sleep overtake him.
I could get behind that.
Chapter 65: UA Sports Festival Start!
Summary:
Izuku's first few days and weeks with one arm and then the Sports Festival gets an inspiring start!
Notes:
How is everyone feeling?
Chapter Text
“I’m a bit worried,” Asa commented as he and Yuma drank coffee at the table.
“What for?” Yuma asked.
He glanced up at Izuku who was sitting on the couch with Ei attempting to play his game with one hand as they have yet to put his metal one on because it was the weekend. “I feel like Izuku is taking this too casually.” Yuma hummed. “It might take a bit for it to settle in that he really doesn’t have an arm.” Asa nodded. “I’m worried about his reaction when it finally does set in.” Yuma reached over and grabbed her husband's hand. “Don’t worry too hard about it, dear. We’ve handled Izuku at his worst, I am sure we can handle whatever happens next.”
“Or maybe what Shinsou said struck a chord with him and he is trying to move forward.”
“Or that.”
“I hope.”
_______________________________
Izuku sighed exasperatedly, flopping back against the cushions. Eijiro laughed, patting his shoulder. “Cheer up, man! It’s not like you are actually getting worse with one hand. You were bad at games in the first place.” Izuku deadpanned at his brother.
He stared up at the ceiling. “Wh- when is M- M- Mina comin’?”
Eijiro shrugged. “I dunno, man. Soon, probably.”
*~DING-ding-Ding-DING~*
“Speak of the devil,” Eijiro stood up. “Mom, Dad, we are going out!”
“Okay, dear,” Mom called back. “Take your phones and call if you need anything.”
“Yes ma’am!”
Izuku and Eijiro left the house to find Mina waiting outside of the gate. “Hey, you two!” She waved. The three made their way to the park. “D- do th- the others know?” Izuku asked hesitantly. “About your arm? No,” Mina replied. “They know about the attack though and that you were hurt.”
“Hurt,” Izuku stated. “What? You were!” she exclaimed. Izuku shrugged, feeling a slight twang in his right shoulder. He couldn’t really shrug his shoulder. It moved up a bit but not nearly as much as his left shoulder.
Izuku could hear his friends talking in the park already and hesitated. Mina pats his shoulder. “I’ll go talk to them first so stay here for a bit, okay?” He lowered his eyes but nodded. Eijiro stayed with him, gratefully. He glanced over at the empty space where his arm once was and where his t-shirt sleeve flapped in the slight breeze.
What will they think? Will they not like me anymore? Will they think I look weird now? Will the-
“Hey, man,” Eijiro nudged his arm. “It’ll be fine. You know they aren’t like that,” he said seemingly knowing what Izuku was thinking. Izuku hung his head. “I- I know…” Mina’s head popped out from around the corner. She waved them with a big grin. “Come on! Friends await!” Izuku didn’t move. He curled his fingers around the base of his shirt. He missed the feeling of being able to do that ith his right hand too. He missed the feeling of having a right hand and arm in general. Mina smiled softly and bounded over. She grabbed his hand. His left hand. The only hand he had left… “It’s fine, Zuku. Nothing is going to happen.” Izuku glanced up at her but lowered his eyes again. He let her gently pull him forward and around the corner, Eijiro following. It was silent. Izuku’s heart fell. I knew it…
“ZUKU!” He jumped, eyes snapping up. Hino, Mori, and Furuya came running over. Izuku took a step back. “I’m so glad you are okay!” Hino exclaimed. “You had us so worried,” Furuya nodded. Mori came to stand by them. “Welcome back!” He lifted a fist. Izuku stared at it. He lifted his eyes to meet Mori’s. The ginger nodded and smiled. Izuku huffed, letting out a watery sigh. He bumped his fist against Mori’s.
“And… Now that you are back...” Mori ran back to the jungle gym and gestured inside it where there were many containers on a blanket. “We have snacks!”
“Specifically cookies, cupcakes, brownies, and more sweet stuff,” Hino said. Izuku instantly lit up. Eijiro laughed, patting his back. “Of course that is what makes you happy!” Izuku rolls his eyes. They all crawled under the bars, Izuku having to hold onto Mina’s hand to keep his body up, and settled onto the blanket.
Izuku munch happily on a cookie as he listened to his friends talk about their week. Mori had, of course, taken a foods class again and it showed in his baking. He popped the last bite in his mouth.
Sweet…
He didn’t see the smiles on his friend’s faces as they watched him smile contently over the cookie.
“You’re like a puppy, Zuku,” Furuya commented. Izuku opened his eyes, tilting his head. Mori chuckled. “Yeah! Exactly like that!” Izuku rolled his eyes. They all laughed and Izuku couldn’t help but join in. Something about his middle school friends just brought that out of him and you know what? Izuku didn’t mind that one bit.
*-eep beep beep beep beep* *SLAM*
Izuku groaned, peeling open his eyes. He usually would be awake at around two in the morning after his four hour sleep period was up but his pain medicine kept him sleeping throughout the night.
Until the alarm clock went off.
Eijiro sat up. “Izu… Time to get up.” Izuku turned his head to his alarm clock. “5:45…” he stated. Eijiro nodded. “Yeah. Remember what Recovery Girl said?” Izuku sighed loudly. How could he not? He had been dreading this morning.
Recovery Girl told them that the first time Izuku should wake up fifteen minutes early to put on his arm because the pain of the attachments would probably keep him in bed for a bit longer before he could move again with not as much pain, though there would still be pain to a nice degree.
*knock knock knock*
“Ei? Izu?” Mom’s voice came through the door. “Come in,” Eijiro called back. Izuku sighed and finally sat up. Mom opened the door, her and Dad walking in. Izuku eyed them warily. Dad came over and crouched by him. “Hey, bud. How about you go take a shower like usual, okay? Same as usual. Then we will put it on, okay?” Izuku swallowed and nodded. “Do you want me to wait outside the door.” Izuku took a sharp breath. “P- please…” Izuku felt bad about asking that of his father but he had to. Every time he was in there his eyes drifted to the cabinet mirror where he knew the razors were. There were child locks on everything with a blade in it now, beside his mattress that had the kitchen knife back under it. Mom and Dad had informed him of them doing this beforehand and Izuku couldn’t help but be grateful for it. He knew that he could learn to open them but it was enough to dissuade him from trying. For now, at least.
Izuku struggled a bit with washing everywhere with only his nondominant arm but he had found a way over the past few days. Still, he wished that he didn’t have to get out. He did and yet didn’t want to put the arm on. He wanted the arm to be a hero but he didn’t want the pain that came with it and he knew that it would take a bit to be able to actually use it effectively.
Izuku sighed and stepped out of the shower. He pulled on dark green shorts and a dark red t-shirt. He was allowed to wear these to school for a bit so he decided that it would be better if he at least wore the school colors. Izuku took a deep breath and opened the bathroom door, towel hanging off his wet head.
“Hey,” Dad said softly. Izuku glanced up at the man on the other side of the door. “‘Ey...”
“Are you ready?”
“N- not reallae.”
Dad pats the top of his head. “I know it’s scary but it’ll help you in the future once you can use it completely.” Izuku sighed. “Come on,” Dad guided him to his room. Izuku saw the arm laying on his bed. He swallowed thickly. Eijiro was sitting next to it. His brother waved. “Lookie here!” He raised his arm. “You can hold onto me!” Izuku tilted his head. “Wh- what about th- the mutation?” Eijiro chuckled. “I won’t use my quirk! I still have pretty thick skin as more of a side effect of my quirk.” Eijiro pat beside him. Izuku sighed and came over, sitting beside his brother. Mom sat on the other side of him.
“Okay…” Dad came over and crouched before him. Izuku turned his head away as Dad rolled up Izuku’s sleeve completely. He squeezed his eyes shut, latching onto Eijiro’s arm. He could already feel his breathing getting fast.
Dad picked up the metal arm. “On the count of three,” he said, positioning it to the locking in mechanism on the shoulder attachment.
“One…”
Izuku bit his tongue.
“Two…”
Eijiro raised his other arm, holding Izuku’s head to his chest.
“Three.”
Dad pushed the arm on and Izuku SCREAMED. His eyes flew open, the world going white, flashing in and out. The pain shot through his shoulder, down his spine, and up his neck. Izuku’s body jolted forward but Eijiro held him tightly against himself, hissing quietly at Izuku’s death grip. Tears streamed from Izuku’s eyes as he cried out. He panted. His heart pounded against his ribcage, his whole body pulsing painfully in time.
“-ku. Bre- e. In-. ut. In. O- t. In. Out.” Dad guided him through breathing exercises. Izuku’s body wouldn’t stop shaking as pain ran through it freely. He gasped out his breaths. EIjiro let go of his head. Izuku was half-aware of a pill being slipped between his lips and a cup of water being pressed against them. Everything was happening in flashes of pain and tears. He managed to swallow it somehow.
Dad placed a hand against his chest, pushing Izuku down on the bed. Eijiro laid down next to him as Izuku could not pry his fingers from his brother’s arm. Luckily, Ei had gotten dressed while Izuku was in the shower.
Izuku wasn’t really all that aware as he tried to focus on actually breathing rather than the pain but he could feel someone running their hand through his damp hair and someone rubbing circles on his back while another person was whispering soothing words that Izuku only heard half of through his pained whimpers.
A buzz rocked through him and a small fog washed over his mind as the pain medicine finally kicked in. The pain dulled, not completely gone but definitely more manageable. Izuku felt so tired… His breathing slowed to a normal, albeit shaky pace.
“How are you feeling, dear?” Mom asked.
Izuku groaned quietly in response, burying his face in the bedsheets.
“Yeah? I am going to go prepare breakfast, okay? Come out when you think are feeling up to it, yeah?” Izuku nodded slowly. The hand on his back disappeared. Dad pats his leg. “I am going to put the oil on, okay?” Izuku nodded again. Every time Dad moved his arm in some way to oil the joints small bouts of pain would shake Izuku’s body. “Alright,” Dad stood up. “All done!” He pats Izuku’s leg again. “I’m really proud of you, Izu. You did great.” Izuku hummed quietly. Dad left soon after leaving only Eijiro and Izuku in the room.
“Hey, man,” Eijiro whispered after a minute. Izuku pressed his forehead against his brother’s shoulder. “I know you are tired but you can’t fall asleep now.” Izuku hummed. “‘m tired…” Eijiro chuckled. “I know. You can ‘rest your eyes’ on the subway, okay?”
“Okay…” Izuku whispered back. Eijiro helped him sit up. Izuku looked down at the arm now connected to his shoulder. He winced as he tried to move the fingers. They twitched a bit but nothing more. Eijiro pat his back. “Come on, man. Let’s go eat.” Izuku nodded slowly and stood, following Eijiro out of the room.
“Recovery Girl said that medicine will probably make you very sleepy,” Mom informed them as they ate. “So there is a high chance that you might fall asleep in school but your teachers all know about it just in case.” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “I- I won’... Th- they might a- attack again…” Mom and Dad exchanged glances. “Maybe,” Dad said, “but also probably not. They learned after last time.” Izuku looked over at his metal arm that lay on the table. He narrowed his eyes at it.
“Izuku? What’s wrong?” Mom asked.
He shook his head. “I- it’s nothin’...”
“If something is bothering you, you know you can tell us, right?” Dad asked.
Izuku nodded. “It’s j- just… I- I reallae l- l- look like a d- doll now…”
Silence fell over the dining room. Izuuku lowered his head. “Sorrae…”
Dad shook his head. “Don’t be sorry. We are glad you are talking to us and speaking your mind.” Eijiro nodded. “Usually after something like this you would be all like,” he crosses his arms, “‘I don’t wanna talk to no one.’” Izuku deadpanned at his brother as Eijiro tried, and failed, to mimic his accent. Eijiro grinned at him. “And besides, I don’t think you look like a doll at all! In our society, you still look pretty normal aside from the scars. Everyone has something different about them nowadays. And even if you did look like a doll it’s not like you actually are one,” Eijiro stated like it was the most simple thing in the world. Izuku sighed. Ei bumped his shoulder. “All about perspective, right?” Izuku nodded. “Right…”
Perspective. New chapter. I just need to keep moving. Just like I was on the streets. Keep moving.
*~DING-ding-Ding-DING~*
“Time to go!” Mom took up all of their bowls. Izuku sighed, standing up slowly. “You know, if you keep sighing like that you are going to go grey early,” Dad said, ruffling his hair. Izuku gave a non-committal hum. “Izuku,” Dad stopped him just before the front door, “you are going to be okay, right?” Izuku couldn’t meet his father’s eyes. Dad leaned down and carefully brought his arms around Izuku. Izuku couldn’t lift his right arm to hug him back but he lifted his left on and grabbed onto his Dad’s shirt. He buried his face in Dad’s shoulder.
“I know things seem uncertain right now, Izuku, but it will be fine. I promise,” he said.
“I- it doesn’ f- feel like it…” Izuku whispered.
“I know.” Dad held him a bit tighter. “I’m sorry that this has happened.” Izuku shook his head. “N- not yer f- f- fault.” “Maybe not,” Dad said, “but still. It hurts as a father to see my son go through this.”
Izuku wished that he could have stayed in Dad’s arms longer but he knew he couldn’t. He took in a deep breath. “I- I’ll be fine, D- Dad.” He leaned back. “Are you sure?” Dad asked. Izuku nodded. Dad sighed and stood up. “Alright. Call me if you need anything.” Izuku nodded. He paused at the door though and turned around and with the most confidence he could said:
“ Y- ya know, i- i- if ya keep sighin’ l- like that yer gonna g- g- go grey earlae. ”
Dad, Mom, and Eijiro all stared at him in stunned silence before Eijiro laughed out loud. “Izuku!” Izuku waved and walked out the door.
Despite his best efforts, the medication won out. Izuku ended up dozing off on Ei’s shoulder on the subway.
_______________________________
Katsuki did a double-take when he got on the subway and Izuku was actually there. He had heard about the USJ attack, got a large earful of Monoma complaining that 1A was stuck up, and had heard that one of the Class 1A kids was injured pretty seriously.
For the past week, Katsuki was praying that Izuku being absent was not because it was him and he was just traumatized or something but…
Katsuki’s eyes trailed down to where Izuku’s right arm was. It was different. Like, the actual materials of his body were different. Izuku had a freaking metal arm.
His prayers were apparently thrown out of the window.
He pretended not to notice or worry but a pit in his stomach refused to let him do that. Katsuki had been debating on whether or not to try and talk to Izuku again but he hadn’t gathered up the courage to do so like a coward.
The Sports Festival was coming up. Katsuki decided that if he won that he would finally try and talk to Izuku again.
Or maybe he should just do it before the nerd gets himself killed or something because apparently Izuku has the suckiest of luck.
_______________________________
Izuku was shaken awake when they stopped. He jolted forward with a gasp but Eijiro caught him, placing a hand on his chest and sitting Izuku back up straight. Izuku took a few deep breaths before he removed Ei’s hand. “F- fine,” he choked out. “I’m fine.” Eijiro nodded. Izuku saw the way Kacchan glanced over at him when he jolted up but chose to ignore it for now. He had enough on his plate to deal with.
His sleep-state seemed to travel as the medication continued to run its course and mostly numb the pain in his shoulder as they walked to school.
“Heya!” Izuku looked up at the familiar call of Uraraka waving from beside Toshi and Shoto. Familiar? When did that happen? Izuku sighed, really not wanting to go to school today but also wanting to do something productive.
“You sound dead,” Toshi commented as they entered the school.
“Y- you look dead,” Izuku bit back.
“Yeah, well, you look both,” Shoto commented.
Izuku rolled his eyes. “I- I feel b- both.”
“We can tell,” Shoto agreed. Izuku gently nudged the bicolored boy. “I- I’m tryin, k?” Shoto hummed. “Good job.” Toshi snorted. “You are so dry.” “I think you mean I’m,” Shoto leveled the boy with a look, “‘dry ice’.”
“Pfft-” Izuku had to hold in a laugh.
They opened the door.
“He’s back!” Izuku jumped backward on instinct. Everyone in the class was staring at him. “Welcome back!”
“Hey! Glad you are okay!”
“Had us so worried, dude!”
“Wel-”
“HEY!” Everyone shut up as Yoarashi came to the rescue, storming up to the front. “You’re scaring him! Izuku just got back!”
Iida sighed and stood. “Calm down, please. Yoarashi is correct. Izuku did just get back from a terrible experience. If you all would, please do not all crowd him at once.”
Everyone deflated a bit. A few ‘Sorry’’s went around. Izuku lowered his head and quickly found his seat. A few came up and said that they were glad he was back and there were a couple of comments on his arm but that was it. It wasn’t long before class started and Izuku could gratefully distract himself from the stares he could feel in the back of his head.
_______________________________
Hitoshi looked up as he heard yet another sigh from the green-haired boy in front of him.
He tapped Zuku’s shoulder. Huh? Hitoshi blinked. Oh. He tapped Izuku’s other shoulder. The boy jumped and turned around. “Hmm?” Hitoshi leaned over. “What’s wrong?” Zuku leaned to the side a bit. Hitoshi instantly realized what was off. Zuku couldn’t hold the pencil with his right hand and was struggling to write with his left, using his right hand as more of a paperweight than anything. Hitoshi nodded and raised his hand. Cementoss came over. “Need help?” Hitoshi shook his head. “Zuku is having trouble writing,” he stated quietly. “Can I help him?” Cementoss nodded. “Of course.”
Zuku blushed slightly as Hitoshi pulled his seat next to Zuku’s desk. “S- sorrae…” Hitoshi shook his head. “It’s fine. I’ll help you any way I can. You might not be able to do this for a few weeks so let me help, okay?” Zuku looked down. “I f- feel so ‘elpless…” Hitoshi nudged him gently. “You’re not helpless, you’re hurt. It’s okay to accept help. Now, let’s get to work because your paper looks like mine when I was four.” Zuku deadpanned. Hitoshi smirked at his friend and they got to work.
There was a commotion outside of their classroom door as they all got up for lunch. “Wh- what’s going o- on?” Zuku asked. Iida, who was by his desk as they stood to get up, looked over to the door. “It would seem that the other classes have come to ‘check out the competition’ as we were the class who survived the villain invasion.” Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. “That’s sickening.” Uraraka hummed. “Uhuh! Uhuh! It’s not like we asked to get attacked!”
“Oh ho ho!” a loud, very obnoxious voice called from the front of the crowd. It was a blonde. He was getting all up in Kirishima’s face for asking them to kindly move aside so that they could get to lunch. “Class 1A thinks they are better than us, huh? Think you can blow us off after we came to see you just because you survived some petty villains?”
Hitoshi’s eye twitched. “Hey, Izuku,” Uraraka looked over at Zuku who was looking down, holding his metal arm with his real one as if it was his fault. “Don’t listen to them. They don’-
“HEY!” Yoarashi stormed up to the front of the class and met the crowd head-on. “Who do you think you are?!” he shouted. “Do you think we wanted to get attacked?!”
The blonde smirked. “Not at all but I can smell your pride all over the place. You think you are better than us, huh? Well, you’re not! Class 1B could take you on-”
“OUR TEACHER ALMOST DIED!” Yoarashi roared, effectively shutting up the boy. “MY BUDDY ALMOST DIED TOO!”
The blonde rolled his eyes. “You’re exaggerating.”
Yoarashi grabbed his shirt and literally pulled the kid up and off of the ground to level him with a glare. “Wanna say that again? My friend lost his arm and you want to tell me that we are exaggerating?” The blonde narrowed his eyes. “Prove it.”
Hitoshi had the right mind to punch the kid right in his nose but Zuku grabbed his arm. “Don’t…”
“Hey.” Oh great, another blonde. Zuku seemed to flinch at the voice of this one though. He had explosively blonde hair with blood-red eyes. He reached up and grabbed the collar of the other blonde from Yoarashi. The red-eyed blonde yanked hard. With a yelp, the one held by Yoarashi fell to the ground and the red-eyed kid placed a foot down on his head. A ginger girl walked up and bowed. “We are so sorry about Monoma! He doesn’t have his head on straight!”
“Let me go- omph!” Monoma, apparently, had in face pressed further against the ground by the other blonde. “Yeah,” the angry looking boy nodded. “He’s an idiot. We know that you aren’t looking down on us. Furthermore,” the blonde looked over his shoulder at the crowd gathered, “all of you scram. You are all petty if you came here to watch this like a dang show. Get a life.” Hitoshi relaxed slightly as the crowd gradually dispersed.
The explosive blonde let his foot up. Monoma jumped to his feet enraged but the ginger girl swiftly karate-chopped him in the neck, catching his limp body. She bowed deeply again. “We are truly sorry. None of us have any grudge against Class 1A for anything.” Yoarashi huffed but his bold smile soon appeared again. “It’s all good! We look forward to competing with 1B when the festival starts!”
Hitoshi sighed as they left. He looked over to Zuku who had yet to lift his head or remove the grip on Hitoshi’s arm that was starting to hurt. Aside from a few, everyone stayed in class. “Hey, Zuku,” he whispered. “Are you okay?” Kirishima made a mad dash for his brother, quickly drawing him into a hug. Hitoshi barely heard his partner’s cry that was muffled against his brother’s shoulder.
Soon, murmurs around the class grew a bit louder.
“What a jerk.”
“I can’t believe he said that.”
“Douche.”
Hitoshi couldn’t help but agree with the sentiment. They soon changed to:
“We’ll show Class 1B!”
“Yeah! We’ll show them what we can do with our own hands!”
“I’ll kick his but!”
There was a quiet chuckle from Zuku. Uraraka punched the air. “Let’s show them not to mess with Class 1A!”
“YEAH!” the class all responded.
“See, Izu?” Eijiro whispered. “It’s all okay. Okay?” The greenette nodded slowly. He stood up straight and looked up at Yoarashi. “Th- thank you f- f- fer that.” Yoarashi gave him a big ol’ grin and thumbs up. “Of course! I ain’t about to let those 1B jerks say that stuff!”
They all settled down to eat in the classroom instead, like much of their class did, all understandably not wanting to stroll through the lunchroom as if nothing happened.
“We should meet after class on days we don’t have Hero Foundational Studies to train,” Kaminari piped. He, Sero, Mina, and Kirishima joined their group as they ate today. Uraraka nodded sharply. “Totally! It would be so great!” Iida pushed up his glasses. “We would have to request a field.”
“And get a supervisor,” Sero commented.
“I am sure we can get Aizawa-sensei to do that,” Kaminari suggested. Hitoshi huffed. “Doubted.” Shoto smirked at him. “Well, if his son pleaded with him…” Hitoshi narrowed his eyes at the boy. “I wo-” He froze, eyes slowly moving to the side to land on Zuku who was staring up at him with hopeful eyes. Everyone grinned. Hitoshi sighed. “I’ll see what I can do…”
Mina punched the air and drew it back. “Yes! Zuku power!”
Hitoshi hung his head, not before glaring up at Todoroki. The boy just shrugged.
Hitoshi was still sitting next to Zuku during English class when something landed on his shoulder. He looked over. “Zu… ku…?” The greenette had fallen asleep on his shoulder. Hitoshi raised his hand when the boy wouldn’t wake up.
“Now can anyone explain to me-” Hizashi turned around. “Oh, Shinsou. What is it?” Hitoshi gestured to Izuku. “He, um, fell asleep.” Hizashi nodded. “Yes. We have been informed that Kirishima’s pain medicine may cause him to fall asleep sometimes. You can just let him lay on his desk or keep him where he is or something.” Hitoshi nodded. “Okay. Just checking that this was normal or not.” Hitoshi opted for letting Zuku just sleep on his shoulder until he woke up again.
_______________________________
Izuku frowned as he was called out of Hero Foundational Studies after school thirty minutes early for physical therapy.
“Are you sure that you don’t want me to come with you?” Ei asked as he turned to leave. Izuku shook his head. “I- I’ll see ya a- after school…”
Izuku didn’t want his brother to see him struggle like this. He felt so pitiful and weak. Izuku was still in his shorts and t-shirt because he was able to opt-out of his hero costume. They all were, actually. The next couple of weeks would just be training for the festival so they were all in their gym uniforms. Izuku sighed and knocked on the door of Recovery Girl’s office. When the door opened, physical therapy started.
Two weeks. Two weeks of training and therapy. The class had, in fact, gotten Sho to supervise them after school for an hour of training. Izuku had daily exercises to do after school every day before he took off the metal arm which consisted of squeezing a stress ball, lifting five-pound weights, and stretching it like one would stretch before getting into a pool. They were incredibly tedious and hurt a lot but Izuku soon found himself not feeling as much pain when he did them and was able to do each with a little bit more ease each day. He still couldn’t hold small objects like a pencil but was working hard to be able to write and use chopsticks with his left hand. For now, though, Toshi was still helping him with work. He fell asleep constantly through class the first week but for the second week, Izuku was on a lower dosage of pain medicine and could make it until after his exercises at home before he passed out at home. Putting the arm on every morning was excruciating still and sadly would probably always be just as painful as the first time even if he was able to handle it better in the future. For now, though, Izuku was still plastered to his bed, unable to move for a solid ten minutes every morning when they put it on aside from weekends. Soon enough, it was the Thursday before the festival.
_______________________________
Yuma closed the door after Izuku finally completed his exercises and passed out on his bed. She sighed and turned back to the dining room where Ei was doing homework on the table.
“Is he really going to do it without his prosthesis?” she questioned again. Ei looked up and smiled sadly. “I guess so. He can’t fully use it still and he said that he doesn’t want the pain medicine holding him down throughout the festival.”
Yuma pulled up a chair and sat down. “I guess that makes sense but… I don’t know. Maybe we shouldn’t let him participate at all.” Eijiro shook his head. “We can’t hold him back, Mom. He… Izuku needs to prove to himself I think that he can still be a hero by doing something like this.” Yuma nodded. “I know…”
That didn’t stop her from worrying though.
_______________________________
“Ei, c- can you ‘elp m- me?”
Eijiro turned around in 1A’s locker room in the auditorium where the Sports Festival was taking place. Izuku gestured a bit to the sleeve of his gym uniform. “C- can you tie th- th- the bottom i- in a knot?” Eijiro nodded. As he was doing so, Eijiro couldn’t help but feel his stomach turn again, much like it would when Izuku needed help with anything nowadays. Eijiro was tying a knot where his brother’s arm should be but it wasn’t there… Eijiro still had nightmares about the villain attack. Some were just of the attack as a whole. Others were of Izuku. The scream that echoed off of the walls of the USJ. His brother being transported away while blood streamed from his body like a waterfall. Izuku’s body jolting as they tried to bring back his heartbeat. Eijiro shivered.
“Are you sure you want to do this, Izuku?” Iida came up behind them. Eijiro stood up slowly. “Thanks…” The greenette turned and nodded. “I would think it unwise to attempt this without your prosthesis.” Izuku shrugged. “I- I can’ use i- i- it well y- yet… I- it would b- b- be a liability…”
Todoroki came up beside Izuku and put a hand on his shoulder. “He’ll be fine.” Izuku looked over at his friend and nodded sharply.
Eijiro was always confused by the relationship that Izuku, Todoroki, and Shinsou had. Maybe it was that they all had terrible pasts but it seemed that even the smallest and most simple of sentences held more meaning than anyone else here could ever understand.
“I- I can’t t- take a break j- j- just because I g- got ‘urt wh- while everaeone e- else is t- tryin’ their b- b- best,” Izuku said as confidently as one with a fear of humans and stutter could sound. Eijiro couldn’t help but feel pride in how much Izuku has grown but…
“Just ‘got hurt?’” Kaminari questioned. “Dude! You lost your arm!”
… Eijiro couldn’t help but agree with the sentiment.
‘AND HERE ARE THE COMPETITORS FOR THE SUPPORT COURSE! CLASS 1H!” Present Mic’s voice boomed over the intercoms.
Iida looked over at him. Eijiro sighed. What a strict kid. Chill man, I know, I know.
Eijiro straightened up, clapping his hands together. “I am going to go get the girls and then let’s go!” Everyone nodded sternly. Eijiro crossed the hall and knocked on the girls locker room. “Are all of you ready?”
The door opened to reveal Yaoyorozu. “We are.” Eijiro nodded. He looked over to the boy’s room where the boys were filtering out. Then the girls. “Alright! Class 1A, let’s show them that we are strong! Let’s take what 1B said about us and turn them on their heads! Let our class be the ones to be standing on the podiums at the very end! Class 1A, Let’s win the UA Sports Festival!” He punched the air.
“YEAH!” Everyone punched the air just the same.
Eijiro turned around and, with his vice president at his side, led class 1A down the hallway.
‘THEY ARE THE CLASS WHO FOUGHT AND WON AGAINST THE VILLAIN INVASION! THE ONES YOU HAVE ALL BEEN WAITING TO SEE, HERE ARE YOUR COMPETITORS FROM THE HERO COURSE’S CLASS 1A!!!’
The crowd roared and cheered as they all exited the tunnel onto the field. The auditorium was huge! There were so many people! Eijiro couldn’t help but feel even more excited than before. As Class 1B was announced, Eijiro caught a side-conversation between Izuku and Todoroki.
“We are all here to win,” Todoroki half-whispered. “I won’t go easy on you.”
Eijiro held his face still.
“I won’t either,” Izuku said, almost making Eijiro stumble with how strongly that came from his brother.
Todoroki hummed. “I’ll take back that win from District’s last year.”
“We’ll see about that.” Eijiro sighed. He couldn’t tell if they were joking around or not. Usually, when Izuku lost his stutter it was in a situation like this or a dire one where he felt a threat present. Eijiro really hoped that it was because he was about to compete and not because of Izuku’s freakily accurate sense for when something terribly wrong was about to happen.
“Well don’t count me out,” Shinsou cut in. “Let’s see who is the top dog in ACI.”
Eijiro deadpanned. I can’t believe they are still going with that.
Midnight strolled onto the stage. Iida clicked his tongue. “I cannot believe that they are letting an R-rated hero be the hostess for this.” Eijiro shrugged. Midnight cracked her whip.
“Now, now! Play nice! To kick things off, a speech from the top scorer of the UA hero course entrance exam, Kirishima Eijiro!”
There were a few whoops and hollers. Eijiro swallowed thickly. Ooooh man… He felt a heavy pat on his back and looked over his shoulder. Izuku was right behind him. His brother looked up at him and smirked. “Remember,” he whispered. Izuku did the thing that only they shared. Above whatever the heck he and the ‘ACI’ had. Above the fist bumps from Mori and above the partnership with Shinsou. Izuku did what he and Eijiro shared. He puffed out his chest, tilted his head back, and though it looked a bit strange now, put his left hand on his hip.
Izuku POWER POSED.
Eijiro took in a sharp breath and nodded. “Right.” He straightened his back and turned back to the stage. Eijiro walked forward.
-----
‘Young Kirishima!’ All Might popped up from around the corner as Eijiro and his friends were going to lunch. ‘May we have a word?’
Eijiro waved goodbye to his friends and followed All Might to an office where they sat down.
‘My time limit,’ All Might started, ‘is down to fifty minutes.’
Eijiro stood sharply. ‘Fifty minutes?!’ All Might coughed out blood. ‘Hush, hush, my boy! Sit down!’ Eijiro did as told and the man continued. ‘Yes. After the USJ attack, my time limit dramatically decreased for overexerting myself. I can maintain the muscle form for about an hour and a half if I really push it but as it stands, my safe time is fifty minutes.’
Eijiro hung his head.
‘My time as the Symbol of Peace may end soon, Young Kirishima. Now it is your turn.’
Eijiro looked up. ‘M- my turn…?’ he questioned.
All Might nodded. ‘The UA Sports Festival is coming up. You, as the one who got the highest score on the hero course practical exam, will be giving the first year representative speech. We have trained your quirk enough for you to be able to put up a good fight without completely breaking yourself and now is the time to show your hard work. Young Kirishima, from the moment you step onto that stage and with everything that you do up until you are out or standing on the podium,’ All Might stretched out his hand, ‘show the world…’
-----
THAT YOU, KIRISHIMA EIJIRO, ARE HERE!
With All Might’s words echoing in his heart…
-----
‘What does a manly spirit mean to you?’
…
‘A ‘manly heart’ to me is a life lived without regret!’
-----
With the inspirational words of his favorite hero resounding in his soul…
-----
Eijiro looked down on the piece of paper the scared boy that they might be adopting gave him. ‘POWER POSE!’
-----
And… with the spirit of his brother, his reason for accepting All Might’s quirk and for being a hero, beside him and watching over him, Eijiro stepped up onto that stage. He lowered the microphone to his height and looked around at the crowd. Eijiro grinned.
“I DON’T KNOW ABOUT ALL OF YOU HERE, BUT I AM HERE TO WIN THIS!” his voice echoed through the mic. “SO, TO ALL OF MY FELLOW COMPETITORS, NO MATTER WHO YOU ARE, WHAT YOU HAVE BEEN THROUGH, AND HOW HARD YOU WORKED TO GET HERE, GO OUT AND DO YOUR BEST! DON’T HOLD BACK ANYTHING!”
Crimson Riot… I hope you are watching.
“BECAUSE A MANLY HEART IS TO LIVE A LIFE WITHOUT REGRET! SO REGRET NOTHING WHEN YOU COME HERE TO COMPETE! GIRL OR BOY, HERO COURSE OR NOT, IT DOESN’T MATTER! LET’S ALL DO OUR BEST!”
Eijiro punched the air, panting.
…
…
…
Eijiro hung his head. So embarrassing…
*tap*
…
*tap*
…
*tap*
Eijiro looked behind him at his brother down with his class who was patting his own leg because he could not clap with two hands. Todoroki raised his hands.
*Clap* *Clap* *Clap*
Then Shinsou. Kaminari. Mina. His whole class! And soon, the entire stadium rose to their feet, everyone in the crowd, even class 1B was clapping. A thunder of applause stormed around him.
“Yeah!”
“Let’s do this!”
“You’ve got this, students!”
“Give us a good show!”
“We are going to win this!”
Eijiro let out a shaky breath and POWER POSED in front of the whole crowd, grinning like a mad man. Eijiro could feel Izuku’s stare on the back of his head. Eijiro turned around and walked boldly off stage. His classmates pat him on the back.
Mina grabbed his shoulder. “I remember the days when you were just a shy kid in our school. I don’t know about you, but that was pretty manly to me.” Eijiro blushed harshly. She smiled at him.
“Ei.” Eijiro looked up. His brother extended a fist bump. Eijiro smirked and returned it. “Let’s do this, Izu.”
_______________________________
‘BECAUSE A MANLY HEART IS TO LIVE A LIFE WITHOUT REGRET!’
Kōkyō Raioto stared at the screen from his barstool as he watched the start of the first year’s UA Sports Festival.
“Hey, Raioto,” his friend looked over at him. “Isn’t that what you used to say when you were a hero?”
Kōkyō smirked. “Indeed it is. I’m glad to see that someone is holding up the manly spirit out there.” Kōkyō raised his glass. “I’m rooting for ya, Kirishima Eijiro. Go show them what it truly means to be a man.”
Chapter 66: THE UA SPORTS FESTIVAL
Summary:
The full UA Sports Festival!
Notes:
Sorry for taking so long on this one! It was a long one to write!
How is everyone doing?
Chapter Text
“Zuku,” Izuku turned to his partner who was standing beside him near the tunnel that all of the competitors were standing outside of for the first round, The Obstacle Course. “We are competing, sure,” Toshi said, “but for as long as we are able to, let us be partners. A lot of heroes come to scout students. They need to see us as partners and not as separate people to be individually scouted.” Izuku nodded sharply.
‘ALRIGHT, KIDDIES!’ Midnight’s voice echoed around the stadium. ‘LET’S GET THINGS STARTED! ARE YOU READY?!’
Toshi and Izuku walked near the back of the crowd. Izuku took a few steps back. He winced a bit when the strings formed from his shoulders. They had taken the extra training after school to work on controlling Izuku from his shoulders and not his wrists.
Toshi stood ahead of him with his hands stretched to Izuku behind him while he stood forward.
‘ON YOUR MARKS!’
“You’ll come back for me, right?” Toshi asked.
‘GET SET…!’
“Of course,” Izuku nodded.
‘GO!!!’
The wave of students tried to force all of themselves into the tunnel at the same time making for a traffic block. Izuku smirked, planting his feet as the strain on his strings got tighter. While they discovered the slingshot on chance when Izuku tried it at the USJ, the two found it a very viable technique.
“Toshi,” he grinned as he watched the students filter in. “The world is watching.” Toshi chuckled. “Yeah. You ready, Zuku?”
Izuku nodded. “Slingshot me.”
“Here we go!”
Izuku stopped resisting and Toshi bent over, pulling on the strings with the force of his full body. Izuku went soaring overhead.
‘WOAH HO HO! THE SEEMINGLY UNDERDOGS WHO STAYED BEHIND JUST PULLED A MEGA MOVE!’ Present Mic’s voice boomed.
Izuku flipped and streamlined his body. His eyes widened slightly as he slipped between the narrow gap between the top of the tunnel and the other student’s heads, feeling his hair brush against the top. There were shouts and gasps as the other students watched him fly over them. Izuku zipped out of the tunnel and landed on what he wished was dirt ground but instead was a field of ice.
Shoto.
Izuku planted his feet and tucked, pressing his left hand to the floor and allowing himself to glide over the surface until he stopped.
“Watch out! They’re gonna fall!” Izuku’s head shot up. Two frozen zero-pointers were cracking out of their casings and falling over. Izuku growled. He summoned his strings, latching onto the leg of one. Izuku pulled harshly, feet sliding across the ice as he rocketed forward. His eyes moved to where he saw Eijiro lifting his arms to shield himself on instinct, unable to get out of the way. Izuku let go of the string, letting the momentum pull him forward as he turned on the ice. He shot out a string and wrapped it around his brother’s waist and pulled. Eijiro let out a squeal of shock as the two collided, the added momentums and ice pushing them between the legs of the robot just before they toppled over with a loud *CRASH*.
‘CLASS 1A’S TODOROKI SHOTO HAS FORGED AHEAD BUT NOT FOR LONG AS HIS CLASSMATE INASA YOARASHI AND CLASS 1B’S BAKUGOU KATSUKI ARE HOT ON HIS TAIL!’
Izuku and Eijiro came to a stop, Izuku much more gracefully than his brother, rolling out onto his feet while Eijiro splayed on the ground.
“Izu-”
“Keep going!” Izuku shouted. I have someone else to get through.
‘WHAT’S THIS? CLASS 1A’S KIRISHIMA IZUKU IS GOING BACK?!’
He shot a string up and latched it around a pole sticking out from the back of the fallen zero pointer. Izuku planted his feet against the side and pulled, scaling the side of the robot running. Izuku ducked out of the way as Asui leapt past him over the robot. He scanned the crowd of students just freeing themselves from the ice floor.
Toshi was just exiting the tunnel after the initial rush. The purple-haired boy looked around and saw Izuku on top. He reached out. “Zuku!” Izuku planted his feet and summoned his strings again, already feeling his energy waning. He shot it out of his left hand. It didn’t quite reach but that was fine because Toshi covered the distance and latched on. Izuku pivoted around on his feet and pulled. Toshi flew over the crowd. Izuku turned just in time to catch his partner but without his right arm he misjudged the uneven force and they spun, falling off of the robot, landing on the ground back first.
Izuku gasped as pain shot through his shoulder. Toshi was already climbing to his feet. He stretched out his hand and pulled Izuku up by the string in his chest. Izuku was hoisted to his feet. “Are you okay? Can you keep going?” Toshi asked in a haste. Izuku panted, the pain gradually subsiding. “Y- yeah. Let’s go.” Without hesitating, Toshi and him ran off.
They ran until the next obstacle came into their view. The two stopped at the edge of a drop off. “Wow,” Toshi commented. “To think they had the time to make this.” Izuku couldn’t help but agree. There was a large ravine so deep one couldn’t see the bottom with large stone pillars throughout connected by ropes as their apparent ways to cross.
“Watch me and my babies! This is perfect to show off my babies!’ A pink haired girl decked out in support gear ran and jumped off of the edge. “Weeeee!” Izuku watched as a grappling hook shot out and latched onto the top, her feet planting and seemingly propelling herself up.
“Zuku, come on.” Izuku shook his head and nodded. He ran back and let himself get thrown over the pit by Toshi via his strings. He landed and turned, using his strings to grab Toshi’s waist and pull him over.
It wasn’t the most conventional method and there were people faster, sure, but there were also so many slower who had to just crawl across the ropes from pillar to pillar.
He and Toshi slingshotted and pulled each other all the way across the pit before making it to the other side safely.
Izuku was panting heavily by now. He could feel his strings getting weaker as his energy was sapped and his shoulder was pulsing painfully by this point but he shook off the fatigue and kept running. By the time they made it to the minefield, another announcement boomed above them.
‘THE TOP THREE ARE ENTERING THE TUNNEL!’
Already?!
‘WHO WILL TAKE FIRST PLACE?! IT IS… INASA YOARASHI! FROM CLASS 1A! RIGHT BEHIND HIM IS HIS CLASSMATE TODOROKI SHOTO FOR SECOND AND CLASS 1B’S BAKUGOU KATSUKI FOR THIRD!'
“We can’t slingshot,” Izuku stated. “It’s too risky of a chance to land on a mine.” Toshi nodded. He pointed to an ice path made by Shoto about halfway through the field that others were using. “We just need to make it there.” Izuku nodded. They ran forward.
‘THERE ARE ONLY FORTY-TWO SPOTS! KEEP GOING, COMPETITORS!’
They were hard to spot but there were slightly raised patches of earth indicating where the mines were planted. “Follow my feet,” Izuku commanded, taking the lead in front of Toshi. He kept his eyes trained on the field as he bounced and weaved between the mines.
‘WOAH! THE UNDERDOG DAREDEVIL TEAM IS RUNNING THROUGH WITHOUT HESITATION!’
Izuku leapt from a gap and slid onto the ice. Toshi followed soon after. They ran, pushing people off of the ice as they ran. The two entered and exited the tunnel.
‘FOR EIGHTEENTH PLACE, CLASS 1A’S AIZAWA HITOSHI! FOR NINETEENTH, CLASS 1A’S KIRISHIMA IZUKU!’
Izuku came to a stop, panting heavily, hand on his knee. Toshi panted too, head tilted to the sky. Eijiro came bounding over. “Hey! Thanks for the save, Izu!” Izuku glanced up at his brother. Eijiro smirked. “You look beat!” Izuku huffed, dropping his head. “Yer…” Toshi pats his back. “Come on, you need to sit down and get your energy back while the others pass through.” Izuku couldn’t argue, moving out of the way of the tunnel exit and sitting in the clearing. Toshi sat behind him, the two leaning against each other’s backs. Izuku held his hand over his right shoulder. Shoto came over and crouched by him. “Are you okay?” Izuku tried to nod but the movement of his neck shot pain through his body and he ended up just groaning in pain. Shoto hummed. He gently removed Izuku’s hand, replacing it with his own right one covered with frost right over the line where metal started from the skin. Izuku sighed at the cool touch on his inflamed muscles.
“I- I thought you weren’t ‘elping me,” he choked out. “I want you in your best condition.” Izuku chuckled. “You do realize that I onlae ‘ave one arm, right?” Shoto shrugged. “Nah,” Toshi commented. “I think he just has a soft spot for you.”
“Eh…?” Shoto rolled his eyes. “Don’t listen to him.”
‘THAT’S FORTY-TWO WITH CLASS 1A’S AOYAMA YUGA!’
All of Class 1A made it. Most of Class 1B made it with a few support course and gen ed. kids in the mix.
Toshi pressed further against Izuku. “Can’t doze off now. We are about to start the second round.” Izuku let out a small whimper involuntarily when Shoto pulled his cool hand away. The bicolored boy hesitated, looking a bit guilty, before standing up completely. He let Toshi pull him up.
Midnight’s voice replaced Present Mic’s in the speakers. ‘THE FORTY-TWO WHO HAVE PASSED HAVE EARNED THE RIGHT TO COMPETE IN THE NEXT ROUND! WHAT IS IT YOU MAY ASK?! LOOK AND SEE!' Midnight pointed her whip to the rapidly changing screen. 'IT IS… THE HUMAN CALVARY BATTLE!'
Izuku blinked. Aw… this is going to hurt… He shook his head. That doesn’t matter. I've fought through worse. I just need to keep going.
He listened as Midnight explained the points that lowered from each rank you scored in the obstacle race and the rules.
Izuku sighed. “Well,” he commented, “I can’t be on top.” Toshi looked over at him. “Why not?” Izuku raised an eyebrow. A light bulb went off in Toshi’s mind. “Oh. Yeah.” Izuku sighed. With his quirk, people reaching out for the headband right and left would basically be a death sentence.
‘OH?! AND DID I MENTION THE POINTS FOR THE FIRST PLACE FROM THE LAST ROUND?!’ Everyone looked up at the heroine. ‘THE KID WHO PLACED FIRST FOR THE OBSTACLE COURSE’s HEAD IS WORTH TEN MILLION POINT!’
…
…
…
All heads turned to Yoarashi. The boy roared. “CHALLENGE ACCEPTED!!!” Toshi sighed. “We aren’t going for him.” Izuku shook his head. “Of course not.” He turned to Toshi. “No matter what, you are on top.” Toshi sighed. “Because of my voice.” Izuku smirked. “You are best at provoking people.
“HEY!” Yoarashi came over. Izuku looked up at him. “You two should join my team!” Izuku deadpanned. “No.” Yoarashi frowned. “Why not?!” Izuku gestured to the empty space where his arm should be. “I’m at a disadvantage. I don’t need everaeone comin’ after my team.” Iida hummed. “That makes sense.” Uraraka came bounding over. “Let’s team up, guys!” An idea struck Izuku. “Actuallae…” he turned to Yoarashi, “if yer okay with bein’ the ‘orse, I’ve got plan.” Yoarashi grinned. “I’m all ears!”
Iida raise his hand. “My apologies but I will be joining another team. I, too, would like to compete against you on fair grounds, Izuku. I’ll be fighting my own battle.” Yoarashi whistled. “Dang, that sounded cool.” Uraraka pat his back. “Good for you, Iida!”
Izuku turned to his friends as Iida walked away. He didn’t notice it, but the look in his eyes sent a shiver down all of their spines.
“‘ere is the plan…”
‘HAVE YOU ALL FOUND YOUR TEAMS?!’ Midnight called from the stage that had been positioned at the end of the arena. She raised her whip. ‘CALVARY BATTLE!’ She brought it down. ‘START!’
Like clockwork, teams came at them. “Yoarashi,” Izuku commanded. The taller boy grinned. “WHIRLWIND!!!’ The whole arena shook as Yoarashi waved his arms and commanded the air to swirl around them and block the paths of their competitors.
‘WOAH!’ Present Mic’s voice returned for commentary. ‘TEAM TEN MILLION HAS PUT A COMPLETE BARRIER BETWEEN THEM AND THE OTHER COMPETITORS!!!’
“Not a complete barrier…” Izuku turned his head to where Shoto and his team with Iida, Kaminari, and Yaoyorozu was at the edge of the wind barrier. Shoto had a metal pole in his hand. He reached down from his position on top and stabbed it into the ground. Ice spread over it and traveled underneath the wind. “Uraraka.” The brunette at his left nodded. She reached over to each person of their team, slapping the back of Yoarashi head in the front, the arm of Izuku, and the ankle of Toshi on top. She looked queasy. “I- I’ve got it!” Izuku nodded. “Yoarashi!” The boy nodded. The wind swept underneath them and lifted the weightless group far above the arena just as ice came to cover where they previously stood.
‘THEY’RE FLYING!!!’
“Get back here!” Everyone looked over. *Boom* *Boom* *Boom* Izuku narrowed his eyes as Kacchan rapid-fired explosions from his palms, propelling himself into the air towards them. Toshi cleared his throat and shouted above the explosions.
“Oh! You’re that Pomeranian, right?!” he mocked.
Kacchan’s face distorted in anger. “What the he-!” His face went blank and the explosions stopped. Izuku watched his former tormentor drop. His team below caught him.
Izuku felt a dull throb in his leg. Oh heck no. He looked down. Shoto had reached up and grabbed the string in his leg. Izuku felt fear spike through him. “Yoarashi!” he yelled. “We are about to drop!” The boy tilted his head. “Wha- WOAH!” Izuku winced as he was yanked down, Izuku’s grip on Toshi pulling the weightless group towards the ground at a rapid pace. “Yoarashi!” “Right!” The wind pressure beneath them pushed them up harder. Izuku bit his tongue from the strain on his string so hard he could taste blood.
“Go, babies!” They all whipped their heads over to find the pink haired girl and her group of Tokoyami, Asui, and Eijiro exam flying up to them with a multitude of support gear. “We can’t move,” Toshi stated. Izuku grit his teeth. “Like I can’t feel that?!” he bit back more harshly than he meant to but the pain in his leg was getting unbearable.
“I- I can’t hold my q- quirk much longer!” Uraraka shouted. Izuku nodded. “Yoarashi, let your wind ease up!”
“Eh?! Okay!” When the wind died down, Shoto’s eyes widened as the group in the air suddenly came barreling at his group from where he was pulling Izuku down. “Uraraka, release!” The girl nodded. “Release!” Gravity hit them hard.
“Run!” Shoto pointed to the side, letting go of the string and his group being forced to move as Izuku’s team crashed down, just barely standing and keeping their rider off of the ground.
‘TWO MINUTES REMAINING!!!’
“Shinsou, I’ll be taking that now,” Shoto said coldly. Izuku narrowed his eyes. The field around them had been closed off by ice and Shoto’s team were all wearing what appeared to be roller-skates. Izuku’s eyes fell to Iida’s legs where small bursts of fire were starting to puff at the ends of his engine pipes. Ah…
“Yoarashi,” Izuku whispered, “I don’t care how far we all go flying. When I give the command, I need the biggest gust of wind underneath us and around us as possible.” The boy looked over his shoulder at him. “A- as possible?! Buddy you don’t underst-”
“As. Possible.”
Everyone swallowed. Yoarashi nodded slowly and turned back to the group.
‘ONE MINUTE REMAINING!!!’
Iida drew a leg back. “Hold on!”
“Yoarashi, now!” Izuku shouted. The wind picked up dramatically just as blue flames shot form Iida’s legs and his whole team shot forward at an impossibly fast pace but… the wind pressure expanded and hit Iida’s team, throwing them off course and throwing Izuku’s whole team into the air, the force of it causing them to break apart. The wind shattered the ice blocking the other competitors and a giant torrent of wind swirled into a tunnel up into the sky.
‘WHAT IS THIS?! WITH THIRTY SECONDS LEFT, TEAM TEN MILLION IS IN THE AIR AND SEPARATED!’
Izuku grits his teeth. They only said that the rider can’t hit the ground! He shot his string at Toshi and spun in the air, throwing the boy against the falling Yoarashi.
“They’re gonna hit the ground!”
“Somebody catch them!”
Uraraka caught herself with zero gravity. Izuku grabbed her by the string and pulled her to himself where she immediately made him weightless. Yoarashi caught himself and Toshi in a wind current. He landed them on the ground.
‘FIVE! FOUR! THREE!’
Toshi reached up from Yoarashi’s shoulders and dragged Izuku down by his string.
‘TWO!’
They immediately got back into formation.
‘ONE! THE CALVARY BATTLE IS OVER!’
The whole stadium was quiet. Wind billowed out from where Izuku’s group stood in the middle causing a gentle breeze to sweep through the arena, bits and pieces of ice floated around, sparkling as the sun hit them while they fell to the ground. Everyone was panting harshly.
‘W- WE HAVE OUR WINNERS!’ Present Mic announced.
‘FOR FIRST PLACE, TEAM TEN MILLION CONSISTING OF KIRISHIMA IZUKU, INASA YOARASHI, URARAKA OCHACO, AND AIZAWA HITOSHI!
‘FOR SECOND WE HAVE TEAM TODOROKI WITH TODOROKI SHOTO, IIDA TENYA, KAMINARI DENKI, AND YAOYOROZU MOMO!
‘IN THIRD WE HAVE TEAM BAKUGOU WITH BAKUGOU KATSUKI, MONOMA NEITO, KENDO ITSUKA, AND TETSUTETSU TETSUTETSU!
‘AND IN FOURTH PLACE WE HAVE TEAM TOKOYAMI WITH TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE, KIRISHIMA EIJIRO, ASUI TSUYU, AND HATSUME MEI!
THESE ARE YOUR COMPETITORS FOR YOUR THIRD AND FINAL ROUND OF THE FIRST-YEAR’S UA SPORTS FESTIVAL!!!’
The crowd roared and cheered. They set Toshi down. Uraraka immediately proceeded to double over and hurl. Yoarashi’s arms dangled by his side as they shook, spasming and jolting periodically. Toshi was panting just a bit but otherwise fine. Izuku stumbled back. Toshi immediately placed his hands on Izuku’s back, keeping him up.
Midnight spoke up again. ‘CONGRATULATIONS TO OUR COMPETITORS IN THE FINAL ROUND! ALL OF YOU DID A GREAT JOB, EVEN THOSE WHO DID NOT MAKE IT. WE WILL BE HAVING AN ONE HOUR LUNCH BREAK BEFORE THE FINAL ROUND. THIS IS STILL A FESTIVAL AT THE END OF THE DAY SO LET’S HAVE SOME FUN! WE HAVE RECREATIONAL EVENTS IN STORE FOR OUR COMPETITORS WHO DIDN’T QUITE MAKE IT! THOSE IN THE THIRD ROUND CAN COMPETE AS WELL IF THEY WISH TOO! WE EVEN HAVE AMERICAN CHEERLEADERS!!! ENJOY YOUR BREAKS! WE WILL BE BACK IN AN HOUR FOR THE MAIN EVENT, ONE-ON-ONE COMBAT FOR THE TOP PLACE!’
_______________________________
“Hey, hey, hey, Zuku, stay up,” Hitoshi whispered. Zuku tilted his head back. “‘m tryin’...”
“HEY!” Hitoshi waved Yoarashi. “Me and Zuku are going to our waiting room to eat.” Uraraka wiped her mouth. “I- is he okay?” Hitoshi nodded. “He’ll be fine. You two should get yourselves checked out with Recovery Girl for overexerting your quirks.” Todoroki and Kirishima came up. “We’ll come too.”
Izuku groaned and stood up straight. “I’m fine… Just a bit… dizzae…” Hitoshi sighed. “Sure. And I’m blue. Let’s go.”
The three boys made it to the waiting room where Zuku all but collapsed onto a chair. Todoroki knelt down and put his hand against Zuku’s forehead. “He’s running a slight fever I think.” Kirishima frowned. “Maybe it was too much. He used his quirk a lot today and it was obvious he didn’t sleep much last night.” Hitoshi nodded. “Not to mention the area around where the metal was fused into his arm is red and inflamed.”
Izuku lay his cheek on the table. “‘m fine, guys… Just let me rest me eyes…” Kirishima stood up. “Nuh uh, man. Not before you eat at least. I know how you are by now. Me and Todoroki will go get us all some food.”
Todoroki shook his head. “I’ll stay here and keep his arm and head cooled down.” Hitoshi nodded. “Then me and Kirishima will be back.”
The lunch room, as it would be, was crowded. Kirishima sighed. “We shouldn’t have let him compete… He lost his entire arm three weeks ago! What were we thinking?” Hitoshi shook his head. “It is too late now and you know he won’t let us take him out. Or he’ll hurt himself trying to stop us from stopping him.” Kirishima sighed. “Yeah…”
“By the way,” Hitoshi spoke up, “what place did you get for the obstacle course?” Kirishima hummed. “Tenth I think. Or eleven. I forgot but it was one of those two I think.” Hitoshi hummed.
By the time they were back, Zuku had fallen asleep. There was a thin sheet of frost over his forehead and Todoroki had his frost covered hand over Zuku’s fusion line on his shoulder.
Hitoshi sighed and sat down. “He really must be tired to actually fall asleep here,” he whispered. The other two conscious boys nodded. They ate in silence until fifteen minutes before the next round would start. “Okay,” Hitoshi stood. “Now we have to wake him and make him eat.” Todoroki let out a small breath of relief, his cold breath billowing and visible in the air from repeatedly refrosting his hand. Todoroki gently shook Zuku’s shoulder. The greenette groaned and lifted his head. “Morning, sleepy head!” Kirishima chirped. Zuku tilted his head. “M- mornin’...?” Zuku looked around and stopped on Todoroki for a second before suddenly jolting back and almost falling out of his chair.
Either that was a really slow reaction time or…
“Izu? What’s wrong, man?” Kirishima asked. Zuku ducked his head, not replying. Todoroki took in a sharp breath, almost looking hurt.
“Is this because I used your quirk in the cavalry battle?” the bicolored boy asked. Zuku flinched slightly, confirming the bicolored boy’s suspicions. Hitoshi vaguely remembered Zuku calling out about going down and suddenly dropping and oh…
Todoroki hung his head. “I’m sorry,” he whispered. “It was for the battle and-”
“Sh- Shoto, stop,” Zuku cut the boy off. The greenette looked up at his friend. “D- don’t apologize fer th- that. I…” Hitoshi could see the way Zuku’s hand visibly shook. “I kn- know that it i- is a liability qu- quirk…”
The already thick tension in the room took a nosedive.
“I- I’ll ‘ave ta d- deal with it i- in the future p- probablae s- so… I’m g- glad th- that the first time s- someone u- used it against m- me like that i- in,” Zuku swallowed, “years… I- I’m glad it was s- someone th- that I trust…”
Todoroki took a deep breath. “Izuku, I said that I will not hold back on you and I meant it so if we end up fighting in the final round, just know that I will use it again.”
Kirishima narrowed his eyes. “Hey, ma-”
“Alright,” Zuku nodded sternly. “Don’t expect me ta ‘old back either.”
“I wouldn’t have it any other way.” Todoroki smirked. “And you still drop your aitches(h) right and left.” Zuku deadpanned and finally, the tense air dissipated.
Hitoshi huffed and slapped Zuku lightly on the back of the head. “You still need to eat.” Zuku’s stomach growled in response causing everyone to laugh.
As they were walking back down the tunnel into the stadium, Kirishima whispered over to Hitoshi. “That went better than expected,” the red-head said. Hitoshi nodded. “He’s grown.” Kirishima swallowed. “Our parents think that it is a facade that he is holding up.” Hitoshi side-glanced over at Kirishima. “And what do you think?” The boy bit his lip. “I really, really hope not.”
As Hitoshi’s eyes fell to the deep bags under Zuku’s own green eyes, he couldn’t help but hope not as well.
_______________________________
‘WELCOME BACK!’ Midnight’s voice echoed around the arena from the stage. ‘AFTER A LONG DAY WE ARE FINALLY HERE TO THE FINAL EVENT, THE ONE-ON-ONE BATTLES! AFTER CASTING LOTS HERE IS YOUR TOURNAMENT BRACKET!’ She swung her whip around to the screen behind her.
Izuku’s eyes scanned for his name. “Oh,” he jumped at Toshi’s, “you’re first.” Izuku’s head whipped to the far end of the brackets. “Against… Monoma Neito?”
-----
‘Class 1A thinks they are better than us, huh? Think you can blow us off after we came to see you just because you survived some petty villains?’
‘You’re exaggerating.’
‘Prove it.’
-----
‘We are so sorry about Monoma! He doesn’t have his head on straight!’
-----
Both Izuku and Toshi turned their heads to the kid in question. Monoma turned to them and laughed maniacally. “Finally! I’ll get to show you 1A snobs that you are no better than us!” Izuku glared at the boy with such intensity that the blonde shut his mouth, only to give a wobbly smirk and turn away.
“Looks like I’ve got Kaminari,” Toshi said, pulling Izuku’s attention back. They looked over at Shoto. “What about you?” Toshi asked. “Asui,” their bicolored friend replied. The three branded teens looked at each other.
“From this point on,” Shoto started, “whether we meet in battle or not, we are rivals.”
Toshi nodded. “I won’t go easy on either of you.”
Izuku nodded as well. “Neither will I.”
Midnight cracked her whip. ‘LET’S MOVE RIGHT ON TO THE FIRST FIGHT! THOSE NOT COMPETING PLEASE GO TO YOUR CLASS’S DESIGNATED AREA IN THE STANDS TO WATCH! THOSE COMPETING IN THE FIRST MATCH TO YOUR ENTRANCES!’
“Izu,” Ei came up beside him. He pat Izuku’s back gently. “Go out there and prove that guy wrong.” Izuku nodded and stepped forward.
“Don’t worry,” he all but snarled. “I will.”
Izuku waited in the shadow of his tunnel to be announced.
‘FROM THE LEFT CORNER, THE COPYIST OF COPYCATS, WE HAVE MONOMA NEITO FROM CLASS 1B!’ Present Mic took over the announcing for the fights. The crowd roared as the blonde walked onto the cement platform the two would be fighting on. ‘AND IN THE RIGHT CORNER, WE’VE ONLY SEEN HIM ACT IN A TEAM SO LET’S SEE HOW HE HOLDS HIS OWN, WE HAVE KIRISHIMA IZUKU FROM CLASS 1A!’ Izuku huffed. Thanks, Yami… He stepped out of the tunnel and into the light. Izuku climbed the stairs confidently and stopped on the cement platform on the opposite end from Monoma.
“You’re going down, 1A,” the blonde smirked.
‘THE RULES ARE AS FOLLOW! UNTIL ONE COMPETITOR IS OUT OF BOUNDS, UNABLE TO CONTINUE FIGHTING, OR SAYS ‘I GIVE UP,’ THE FIGHT WILL CONTINUE! WE HAVE RECOVERY GIRL IN THE WAITING SO DO NOT WORRY ABOUT GIVING IT YOUR ALL! NOW GO OUT AND HAVE FUN!’
Midnight raised her whip and brought it down. ‘START!’
Izuku stood there as Monoma instantly dashed forward, hand out. Izuku saw the surprise on the boy’s face as the string formed. He spun out of the way of the outstretched arm. Monoma stopped, pivoted, and came back at him.
They did this for a while longer. Reach, dodge, spin, repeat.
‘IT’S A GAME OF CAT AND MOUSE! WHO WILL BE THE FIRST TO RELENT!?’
Monoma growled. “Stop dodging and let me see your quirk, you coward!” Izuku narrowed his eyes at the peculiar choice of words. Monoma reached for him again and the string formed. “The hell is this?!” Izuku tensed as Monoma finally got annoyed enough with it to grab it and pull it past him trying to get it out of the way. Izuku went flying towards the boy, tucking in and planting his feet into Monoma’s surprised face. The boy grunted in pain. Izuku felt something hit his ankle as he landed on his feet and the two turned to face each other.
‘OH! WHAT WAS THAT?! SOME SORT OF FLYING MOVE QUIRK?!’
Izuku rolled his eyes. Oh please, like you don’t know. But he knew that they wouldn't directly give out a person's quirk as it would be an unfair advantage for others.
“Ha ha ha!” Monoma stretched out his hands. “Now I’ve got your quirk! Let’s see just how great of a quirk you Class 1A snob’s have!” Izuku narrowed his eyes. What…? There was silence for a while. Izuku blinked, waiting for Monoma to do something and make his next move.
‘ERR… YOU ARE SUPPOSED TO BE FIGHTING.’
Suddenly, periwinkle strings formed under Monoma’s skin and began to glow. Izuku’s eyes widened. “No hecking way…” he whispered. He tried to summon his strings, breathing a sigh of relief as they formed. Never in his life did Izuku think that he would be that relieved to see that he had his quirk. Monoma looked down at his hands. “What is this?” Izuku stared blankly at his competitor. Monoma growled and reached up only for his body to go shooting forward from his arm causing the boy to stumble and fall flat on his face.
“Sorrae,” Izuku mocked. “My quirk is a little sensitive.”
Monoma growled and stood up. “Shut up! I can use your weak quirk any way I like!” Izuku felt anger grow in him.
He smiled maniacally, eyes wide and wild. “Oh reallae?!” Izuku asked. “Ya wanna know ‘ow to use my quirk?!” Monoma took a step back from Izuku’s sudden shift in demeanor. Izuku reached forward to the boy, a periwinkle string forming from Monoma’s chest. Interesting… Izuku laughed. “Let me show you!!!” He pulled harshly, sliding his foot back. Monoma let out a startled yelp as he went flying forward. Izuku drew back his left arm and as Monoma got closer slammed it into the blonde’s face, hearing the audible *CRACK* of the boy's nose and forcing the blonde to the ground. Monoma tried to scramble to his feet, nose bleeding, and get away but Izuku wouldn’t let him get far.
-----
‘You can never run away,’ Inko’s laugh echoed down the halls.
-----
He reached out and pulled Monoma back. The blonde gasped in pain as Izuku’s knee met his spine. Izuku planted his foot in the small of Monoma’s back and grabbed the blonde’s hair, forcing his head from the ground. “How do ya like it, ey?” he asked. “Does it feel good being pulled around like that? Ya like my ‘weak quirk?’” Izuku growled. “Ya know ‘ow much pain this quirk ‘as caused me?! Where do ya get off thinkin’ ya can just come in ‘ere, take my quirk, and not get the side effects that come with it?!” Izuku stepped off and pulled the boy up by the string in his back. Monoma spun around. “What is wrong with you?!” the boy screamed.
Izuku grabbed him by the chest string and swung Monoma around. The boy went flying to the edge of the platform but Izuku didn’t let him cross. He reached out and grabbed again, yanking Monoma back. “What’s wrong with me?” Izuku chuckled. “A lot!” he shouted, smashing his fist into Monoma’s gut. The boy fell to his knees, throwing up his lunch and clutching his stomach.
“‘Prove it,’” Izuku growled. Monoma looked up at the greenette towering over him with wet eyes. “Wh- what?” he asked. Izuku sneered. “That’s what you said when Yoarashi said that one of his friends lost their arm, right?” Izuku dangled the knot of his right sleeve in front of Monoma’s face, watching the boy’s periwinkle eyes widen and his face pale. “'ere’s yer proof,” Izuku growled. “'ere is you hecking proof that my class survived some ‘petty villains.’” Izuku grabbed the string in Monoma’s chest. Tears filled those periwinkle eyes. “And here is your achievement for copying the worst quirk on the face of this hecking planet!” Izuku pivoted and ran forward. He stopped, planted his feet. Izuku spun around and around in circles, Monoma crying out as his body flew in circles around the platform before Izuku stopped and let go, the blonde flying out of bounds and colliding into the wall of the stadium.
Midnight raised her whip. ‘MONOMA NEITO IS OUT OF BOUNDS! KIRISHIMA IZUKU WINS AND ADVANCES TO THE NEXT ROUND!’
Izuku let out a huff. He looked over to where Monoma was pulling himself up, leaning heavily against the wall. They met eyes.
Terror. Terror was all those periwinkle eyes held and suddenly everything came rushing back to Izuku all at once.
A gentle hand came on his shoulder. “Izuku,” Nemuri’s voice whispered gently so the microphone wouldn't pick it up. “You need to go back to the stands.” Izuku looked up at her. “N- N- Nemuri I-” She shook her head. “It’s okay, kiddo. Go take a minute to calm down.” Izuku nodded numbly and exited the stadium. As soon as he was out of the camera’s shot, Izuku bolted down the tunnel like his life depended on it.
_______________________________
Eijiro, Shinsou, and Todoroki all bolted from their seats as soon as the match ended.
“Eh? Where are you all going?!” Yoarashi yelled after them. Eijiro ignored them and ran from the stands, Shinsou and Todoroki hot on his trail.
‘NEXT UP WE HAVE THE GIRL WHO DEFIES GRAVITY, CLASS 1A’S URARAKA OCHACO, AGAINST THE BOY WHO ARRIVED IN A BOOM, CLASS 1B’S BAKUGOU KATSUKI!’
Eijiro ran down the halls of the inner stadium. He found their waiting room with ease. The red-head slammed open the door. “Izuku?!” The greenette wasn’t there. Eijiro clicked his tongue and spun, pushing past the boy’s behind him and down the hall.
Where does he go to break down? Where does he go- Eijiro halted. “The bathrooms,” he said aloud. Shinsou nodded. “Let’s go.”
The three ran into the boy’s bathroom but even before they got there they could already hear the gasps and cried of a full blown panic attack in progress. Eijiro approached the stall where he saw his brother’s knees on the floor of. He took a deep breath, slowly opening the unlocked stall door. Izuku was on the floor currently trying to throw up what was no longer in his stomach through hollow breaths and streams of tears.
“Izuku?” he said softly.
Softly… it minus have well been a whip with how hard the greenette flinched. Izuku spun on his knees. He screamed and pushed himself up against the toilet bowl. “N- n- no! S- stay away!” Eijiro knelt down slowly. “Izuku, it’s only me,” he whispered. Izuku shook his head. “S- stay b- back! I- I- I’m dangerous! Y- you’ll g- g- get ‘urt!” Eijiro felt his heart crack. “Izuku, calm down. It’s okay. You aren’t dangerous.” He held out a hand. Izuku took one look at the string that formed and cried out again. “No! I- I d- don’ wanna ‘urt y- y-you!”
Eijiro shook his head. “Izuku, you won’t hurt me-”
“I w- w- was just l- like ‘er!!!” Izuku screamed. Everyone froze. “H- He ‘ad m- m- my quirk a- a- and I- I u- used it a- a- and hurt ‘im j- just l- l- like she would a- a- and I d- didn’ stop! I- I could ‘ave th- thrown ‘im o- o- out earlier b- b- but I d- didn’t!” Izuku’s broken breathing and sobs filled the air.
Todoroki crouched beside Eijiro, slightly behind him due to the cramped space. “Izuku,” he said in his normal monotone voice, “you are nothing like her” Izuku shook his head, tears flying. “I- I- I was! I- I’m a m- monster!” Todoroki shook his head slowly. “Izuku, I know what an abusive parent is. You know I know. You are the one who saved me from mine.”
Eijiro blinked. Eh? What? When did that happen?
“So I know better than anyone,” Todoroki continued, “that you are no monster.” Izuku shook his head, unable to speak through his shortening breaths. They needed him to calm down quickly before he passed out from asphyxiation. Todoroki nodded. “Just as I said that I wouldn’t back down, you were fighting with what was provided to you. I am sure as Golden Whip there were many times where you had to work with minimal options and use anything you could to your advantage.” Izuku’s breath hitched. “You are no monster, Izuku.”
The greenette shook his head, curling in on himself. “I can’- I- I can’t- I- I- I can’-”
Eijiro cursed under his breath. Izuku was going to pass out at this rate.
The door to the bathroom opened. “I figured,” came Aizawa-sensei’s voice. He walked up to them, jolting his head to tell them to move. When Eijiro and Todoroki got out of the way, the man replaced them on the floor in front of Izuku. “Kid,” he started, “I am going to use my quirk. You can’t use it or do anything against me, okay?” Izuku kept his head down. Eijiro couldn’t tell if he was really listening or not. Aizawa-sensei’s hair began to float, a sign his quirk was activated. “If you use it now, you will see that you cannot.” There was a beat before a strangled cry escaped from Izuku’s lips. Aizawa-sensei held out his hands. “Come here, kid.” Izuku didn’t move. “Please?” The greenette glanced up at the man before practically throwing himself into Aizawa-sensei’s arms. Aizawa-sensei gently rubbed circles on Izuku’s back as the boy clung to him with his only hand.
“Breathe, Izuku,” the man spoke softly in a way he never did in class. “Breathe. Everything is alright. Nothing is going to happen. You aren’t going to hurt anyone. No one is going to hurt you. Everything is okay now so just breathe.” Eijiro, Shinsou, and Todoroki leaned against the bathroom wall as their teacher worked to calm Izuku down until the greenette’s ragged breathing evened out into strained gasps for air and then into what one could call somewhat normal breathing in this situation.
“Sh- Sh- Sho I- I-”
‘URARAKA OCHACO IS UNABLE TO CONTINUE! BAKUGOU KATSUKI WINS AND ADVANCES TO THE SECOND ROUND!’
Everyone jumped by the sudden announcement over the intercoms, having previously been ignoring them before Aizawa-sensei more or less diffused their own situation.
“Shh…” Aizawa-sensei soothed the shaking boy in his arms. “It’s okay. You fought wonderfully, showed off your quirk, and made it to the second round. Nothing is wrong about that.” Izuku shook his head. “B- b- but I- She- I w- was- l- I w- was j- just l- like ‘er, Sh- Sho! I- I w- was just l- like ‘er!” Aizawa-sensei tensed up slightly before relaxing again. “No, Izuku, you aren’t like her. Kid, you wouldn’t hurt a fly if you didn’t have to. You were simply fighting and that was what you were supposed to do.”
“I- I wouldn’t b- b- but I could!”
‘OUR ONLY COMPETITOR FROM THE SUPPORT COURSE, PLEASE WELCOME HATSUME MEI FROM CLASS 1H! FIGHTING AGAINST HATSUME IS OUR SPEEDY CLASS 1A STUDENT, IIDA TENYA!’
Aizawa-sensei hummed. “But so could your brother. Is he dangerous?” Izuku shot up. “No!” The raven-haired man nodded. “Then you aren’t either. It is up to you to decide to hurt people so unless you decide to do that then you won’t. You aren’t dangerous until you actively are trying to hurt someone.” Izuku lowered his eyes. “B- but I… I m- might-”
“But you won’t,” Aizawa-sensei cut in.”Right?” Izuku glanced up at him. The older man gestured to Eijiro, Shinsou, and Todoroki. “None of them think you are dangerous, Izuku.” Eijiro nodded harshly. “Right! We don’t think that!”
Shinsou nodded. “I wouldn’t be your partner if I thought you were.”
Todoroki hummed. “Right.”
“See?” Aizawa-sensei pressed. “You aren’t dangerous, kid.” Izuku looked down again, still breathing rather harshly. Aizawa-sensei felt Izuku's forehead. "A fever," he mused. Aizawa-sensei waved over Todoroki who crouched beside him. “Cover his shoulder and forehead with frost. I am going to bring him to Recovery Girl until his next fight.” Izuku flinched back slightly. Todoroki hesitated. Aizawa-sensei pulled Izuku in closely. “It’s okay. It is just Todoroki. You trust him right?” Izuku nodded slowly. The man looked up at Todoroki. “And you trust Izuku, right?” Todoroki nodded sharply. “Yes.” Aizawa-sensei hummed. “And when two people trust each other they don’t hurt each other so everything is okay, okay?” Izuku nodded slowly, letting Todoroki frost over his forehead and fusion line. Izuku’s eyelids drooped heavily. Aizawa-sensei scooped the boy up in his arms and stood, Todoroki following suit.
The man turned to Eijiro. “Your match is up next, you should go prepare.” Eijiro hesitated. “I know but…”
“I will take care of him, don’t worry,” Aizawa-sensei reassured the red-head.
‘HATSUME MEI HAS… STEPPED OUT OF BOUNDS?! ERR… IIDA TENYA PROCEEDS TO THE SECOND ROUND!’
“Now go,” Aizawa-sensei urged him. “I’ll have Izuku ready for the next round.” Eijiro sighed. “Alright. Thank you, sensei.” Eijiro was about to go before he stopped and turned to Todoroki. “I don’t know what is going through your head,” he said in a hushed voice, “but if you do happen to end up fighting Izu, I will not hesitate to hit you if you use his quirk after this.” Todoroki nodded. “Don’t worry. I might have said that earlier but I am not stupid enough to try it now.” Eijiro nodded. “Thank you.” He ran out of the bathroom.
‘FROM CLASS 1B WITH A BODY OF STEEL WE HAVE TETSUTETSU TETSUTETSU! TRY SAYING THAT TEN TIMES FAST!’
Dang it!
‘AND FROM THE RIGHT WE HAVE FROM CLASS 1A WITH A BODY MADE OF STONE, KIRISHIMA EIJIRO!’
Eijiro burst from the tunnel just in time. So unmanly! Give me something original, man! Eijiro stood on the opposite edge of the platform from Tetsutetsu.
‘READY?! FIGHT!’
The two rushed at each other. Eijiro’s opponent turned into a shiny silver. Eijiro hardened his body, feeling the now familiar twinge of One For All. They planted their feet and their fists connected. A loud ringing sound echoed through the stadium and the speakers squealed as the force of One For All billowed out and the steel of the other boy’s skin creaked before the two were pushed away from each other.
Eijiro grit his teeth. He and All Might had gotten it to where Eijiro could punch up to three times without his arms breaking. That didn’t mean that they didn’t still hurt!
Tetsutetsu shook his hand and they went back in. Another punch, another creak, and another billow of power. By the time Eijiro was down to his last punch on his left arm, his right arm having broken, both were panting and everyone in the stadium had a headache from the squeal of creaking metal over the mics.
The two boys stared each other down.
“You’re pretty manly, man!” Tetsutetsu called over.
Eijiro grinned. “Yeah! Same to you, man!”
They both grinned toothy grins and ran for each other again.
It’s too bad…
Tetsutetsu smashed Eijiro in the cheek, a small billow of power pushing the steel boy off center.
… that I’m just a bit…
Eijiro let go of all hardening except for his left arm, feeling the burn of One For All fully course through it.
… more manly than you!
He brought it down on Tetsutetsu’s face, the creak of steel resounding around the stadium as the full force of One For All forced itself out and smashed Tetsutetsu’s head into the ground leaving a small crater in its wake. Eijiro gasped in pain as his arm broke, stumbling back a bit and releasing his hardening.
‘TETSUTETSU, ARE YOU ABLE TO CONTINUE?’
…
‘TETSUTETSU IS UNABLE TO CONTINUE! KIRISHIMA EIJIRO ADVANCES TO THE SECOND ROUND!’
Eijiro walked off the podium. As he entered the tunnel, he passed Shinsou waiting for his match. “Good job,” the purple-haired boy commented. Eijiro grinned. “Thanks. Good luck yourself!” Eijiro made his way to Recovery Girl’s office.
He slid the door open. Tetsutetsu was already there being treated, having come in by the robots carrying him. In the far cot was Izuku curled up against a pillow and leaning against Aizawa-sensei as they swiped through pictures on a phone. He looked just as tired as Eijiro felt.
‘WE HAVE YET TO SEE HIS QUIRK YET, I WONDER WHAT IT COULD BE! WE HAVE AIZAWA HITOSHI FROM CLASS 1A AGAINST THE SHOCKING KAMINARI DENKI ALSO FROM CLASS 1A!’
“Ah, Kirishima,” Recovery Girl waved him over. Izuku glanced up for a second before looking back down at the phone. Aizawa-sensei waved him. “Are you injured?” the youthful heroine asked. Eijiro chuckled. “Yeah! I broke my arms!”
Recovery Girl shook her head. “Come here, sonny… KIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIISS!”
Eijiro instantly felt his energy sapped. Taking and eating a few gummies from Recovery Girl, Eijiro was sent to rest on a cot before his next fight.
_______________________________
“Yeah. And I heard him call you a dunce face as well,” Hitoshi yawned.
“No way!” Kaminari yelled over.
‘ERR… THEY SEEM TO BE HAVING A CONVERSATION ON THE FIELD!’
Hitoshi scratched the back of his head. “You know what he also said?” Kaminari frowned. “What did he-”
Hitoshi sighed, putting his classmate under his brainwashing. He had started the conversation before the fight started to originally distract Kaminari from immediately using his quirk. Once it started he had to quickly regain his competitors attention. Luckily, provocation really was his strong suit. Hitoshi sighed. “Sorry about this but walk out of bounds.”
‘EH?! KAMINARI IS TURNING AROUND AND WALKING TO THE EDGE OF THE FIELD! EH?!?!?! KAMINARI DENKI STEPPED OUT OF BOUNDS! THE FIGHT IS OVER JUST LIKE THAT! AIZAWA HITOSHI MOVES ON TO THE SECOND ROUND!’
Hitoshi released his hold on Kaminari’s mind. The electric boy blinked and turned around, seeing that he was out of bounds. “Eh?! No way!!!” Hitoshi waved him. “Sorry, Kaminari. Thanks for the fight.” If you could call it that…
Hitoshi made his way to Recovery Girl’s office to check on Zuku, who was using Hitoshi’s phone to look through cat pictures. When he opened the door, Zuku and Dad had barely moved and Kirishima was conked out on a cot.
‘WE HAVE THE DARK HORSE OF THE LOT, OR SHOULD I SAY THE DARK BIRD, FROM CLASS 1A, TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE UP AGAINST THE GIRL WHO CAN CREATE ANYTHING, YAOYOROZU MOMO!’
Hitoshi waved a greeting to Recovery Girl and made his way over to Zuku’s cot, making sure that his footsteps were loud enough to be heard by the green-haired boy. “Yo,” he raised a hand, sitting on the edge of the cot next to Zuku. Zuku glanced up at him. Hitoshi took his friend’s limited attention span and ran with it, leaning back against the wall of the room and peering over to see the phone screen. “Ah, I see, I see,” he hummed. Zuku quirked an eyebrow. Hitoshi looked up at his friend. “Marshmallow is still as fat as ever.”
…
…
…
“Pfft-!” Izuku turned his head away into Dad’s arm to stifle his laugh.
Hitoshi smirked. Sometimes you just need something to break the ice to get things back on a good track.
Oh, Todoroki would have made a joke over that one, Hitoshi thought absentmindedly
‘YAOYOROZU MOMO IS OUT OF BOUNDS! TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE ADVANCES TO THE NEXT ROUND!’
_______________________________
Shoto stretched his limbs as he waited for the fight between Yoarashi and Kendo from Class 1B to be over. It did not take long though.
‘KENDO ITSUKA IS OUT OF BOUNDS! INASA YOARASHI MOVES ON TO THE SECOND ROUND!’
Shoto shook out his limbs, nodding to Kendo as she passed.
‘IT IS THE FINAL MATCH IN THE FIRST ROUND!’
Shoto took a deep breath.
‘HE’S HOT AND HE’S COLD, WE HAVE TODOROKI SHOTO FROM CLASS 1A!’
Shoto exited the tunnel and climbed onto the cement platform.
‘IS SHE A FROG OR IS SHE A HUMAN, WE HAVE ASUI TSUYU, ALSO FROM CLASS 1A!’
The frog-like girl climbed onto stage.
‘FIGHT START!’
Asui jumped forward. Shoto planted his right foot on the ground and covered the entire platform with ice before dodging the outstretched tongue of Asui. The two danced around, all the while Shoto added more and more ice to the arena until soon the platform was invisible to the outside, completely encased in ice.
Shoto narrowed his eyes. Asui was getting slower.
-----
‘Ribbit. I do anything a frog can do,’ Asui croaked. ‘I even go into a hibernation-like state in cold temperatures.’
-----
The next time she shot her tongue at him, Shoto let it wrap around his right arm, instantly freezing her tongue all the way up to just before her mouth. Asui’s eyes widened as she couldn’t retract it and her body got colder and colder. Her eyes began to droop and in a few minutes she was shaking and curled up in a ball to hibernate. Shoto melted a small hole in the ice dome to show Midnight.
‘ASUI TSUYU IS UNABLE TO CONTINUE! TODOROKI SHOTO ADVANCES TO THE SECOND ROUND! WE WILL TAKE A TEN MINUTE BREAK BEFORE THE NEXT ROUND STARTS!’
_______________________________
“-d. Kid, wake up.”
Izuku groaned, pressing his face harder against whatever he was leaning against which happened to be Sho’s arm as he had drifted off soon after Toshi got back after his match. Sho shook his own shoulder a few more times to disturb the comfortable-ish position and making Izuku finally sit up. He looked around, blinking the sleep from his eyes.
He was on a cot in the nurse’s office in the stadium. Sho was sitting next to him. Toshi sat at the end of the bed. Ei was chatting with the boy that he had fought with a similar quirk to his as they both sat on their respective cots. Shoto was standing up and stretching, having just stood up from the chair next to Izuku’s cot.
“The second round is starting in five minutes,” Sho informed him. “Your match is up first.” Izuku yawned. He felt drained but the small, probably fifteen or twenty minute nap had him feeling a bit more refreshed. He sighed and swung his legs off of the cot, standing and stretching, sighing in relief as his bone and joints popped and settled, not noticing, or ignoring, the cringe of everyone who listened to them do so.
Ei turned to him and grinned. “Break a leg out there!”
Izuku deadpanned. “Maybae I- I’ll lose an a- arm instead…” He sighed… Sho slapped him gently upside the head. “Don’t even joke about that, problem child.” Izuku rolled his neck, getting the last few kinks out before waving and exiting the room.
Everything felt a bit stalled in his chest and he felt a bit hot. Izuku decided to ignore the odd feeling and chose to focus on his battle against…
‘WE’RE BACK WITH THE SECOND ROUND!!!’ Yami’s voice traveled over the speakers. ‘LET’S JUMP RIGHT INTO IT! FROM THE RIGHT WE HAVE THE BOY WHO PUT ON QUITE THE EXPLODING SHOW IN THE FIRST ROUND, FROM CLASS 1B, BAKUGOU KATSUKI!!!’
Izuku pressed his fingers against his side, feeling them crack.
‘AND FROM THE LEFT WE HAVE THE BOY WHO WE ARE STILL UNSURE EXACTLY WHAT HIS QUIRK IS BUT CAN STILL PUT UP A FIGHT, CLASS 1A’S KIRISHIMA IZUKU!!!’
Izuku took a deep breath and let it out, feeling all of his fighting instincts melt into his bones before stepping out of the tunnel and into the stadium. As he climbed the stairs and stopped on his end, the roars of the crowd drowned out into the back of his mind. Across the cement field stood Kacchan.
Honestly, Izuku had forgotten the blonde’s real name over time so he prided himself on not reacting when ‘Bakugou Katsuki’ was actually Kacchan.
Izuku felt himself scowl as he met those red eyes from across the field. Fine… It’s not like I expected the world to be nice to me anyways.
Midnight brought her whip up, then down. ‘FIGHT, START!’
Kacchan came running at him, hands out from his sides, tiny explosions popping from them.
-----
‘Hey, Deku!’ Izuku flinched and turned around only to be met with the infamous right hook of Kacchan in his face.
He could have dodged it. But he didn’t. It’s better not to or the beating is worse.
-----
Kacchan raised his right hand, placing it on Izuku’s shoulder, smoke rising from it and leaving a burn mark on his clothes.
Oh. I’m not eating tonight I guess.
-----
Kacchan reached out his right hand as he passed Izuku who was going down the stairs, pushing the boy down.
-----
Izuku narrowed his eyes. He spun on his heel as Kacchan raised his right hand, explosions popping.
“I’m not that kid anymore,” Izuku hissed as he spun and used Kacchan’s momentum against him, bringing up his own leg and kicking the boy in the back causing the blonde to stumble forward. “That same trick won’t work on me,” the greenette spat.
Kacchan seemed to falter a bit at Izuku’s cold tone before rushing in for another attack.
Izuku was at a disadvantage. He knew this. But it didn’t make it any easier to take the explosion to his side. He went flying, hitting the ground on his left shoulder, thankfully, and skidding across the ground. Izuku bit his tongue. He brought his legs to his chest and kicked them out, using the force to hop back onto his feet just in time to dodge out of the way of an incoming explosion.
They danced back and forth but Izuku was losing, he could tell he was. He couldn’t fight back as easily as he would have been able to with a whip or, I don’t know, a right arm. He had to call upon his quirk a couple of times to get away but he had used it so much today that his strings felt thin and hurt to use and his energy was running on near empty.
*BOOM*
Izuku skid across the cement, almost crying out as his skin burned against the ground, most of his shirt having been singed off. Izuku quickly jumped to his feet again, preparing himself for the next attack but it didn’t come.
Kacchan froze, hands out but no explosions emitting from them. Izuku watched as red eyes trailed down to his torso, a look of horror in them as they took in what was the canvas for the world’s hatred. It wasn’t only Kacchan. They were on live television and Izuku knew that. Voices screamed at the back of his head. They see! They know! His torso on display for the world to see. He felt shivers go up his spine and his stomach churn.
Kacchan opened his mouth to do something other than scream. “I- Izuku wha-”
“Don’t you dare call me that,” Izuku hissed. He doesn’t deserve to. Kacchan growled. “Then what the hell am I supposed to call ya if you don’t like your other hecking name?!” Izuku responded by running forward, surprising Kacchan by going on the attack and landing an effective blow to the blonde’s side. “Nothin’!” Izuku yelled. “We ain’t talkin’! I left those name’s be’ind!” Kacchan got his bearings and lunged forward, forcing Izuku back on the defense.
“Stop running away, dang it!” Kacchan let another explosion lose, Izuku dodging. The greenette smirked. “Why? I thought ya like seein’ me cower in fear!” Kacchan faltered. “Just like old times, ain’t it!” Izuku took advantage of his enemies distraction and punched Kacchan in the cheek causing the boy to stumble back only to come back with a power explosion that left Izuku scrambling to get up and out of the way of the next one.
“It wasn’t like that!” Kacchan roared. “This wasn’t how this was supposed to hecking go!” Izuku ducked to the side and landed a punch to Kacchan’s gut. “What? Ya didn’t expect yer weak lil’ punchin’ bag ta fight back?” Kacchan growled. “Shut up!” *BOOM* Izuku went flying across to the other side of the platform, stopping just before the boundary line. Kacchan turned around but didn’t chase after the greenette.
“Dang it!” the blonde yelled. “Why’d I have to fight you now?!” Izuku got to his feet, tilting his head. “I was supposed to win!” Kacchan screamed. “I was going to win first and prove that I was worthy!”
Izuku laughed. “Worthy for what? The biggest jerk of the year title?”
Kacchan whipped his head up. Izuku had to take a physical step back.
Kacchan was… crying? Tears fell from his enemie’s red eyes. “Worthy to talk to you, dang it!” Kacchan yelled. He ran at Izuku, hand out. Izuku ducked under his arm and spun around, trying to kick the blonde over the boundary line but the blonde dodged, spinning to face Izuku. “What the ‘ell is that ‘posed ta mean?!” Izuku quipped back.
The two stood facing each other and panting harshly.
“I…” Kacchan took a deep breath. “I wanted to apologize,” he whispered.
Izuku sneered. “After the last time ya ‘apologized’ I can’ ‘elp but thinkin’ that ya got a funnae way of doin’ that.”
Kacchan chuckled but it wasn’t one of amusement. It was one of pain and remorse. “Yeah, my therapist says the same thing.”
Izuku blinked. “You-”
“I was going to win first,” Kacchan huffed. “And then I would try to apologize but the world has sucky timing.” Izuku couldn’t help but throw his head back and laugh. “Ya think?! I know ‘ow much the world sucks. Trust me.”
Kacchan looked up at him. “I want to talk with you.”
“Fine,” Izuku said. “Dad says I need ta learn to express myself calmlae anyways so I can respect that. But,” he gestured to the crowd, “maybae not ‘ere.” Kacchan nodded and slid his foot back, getting into a fighting position. “I still plan on winning,” he smirked. Izuku jumped back. “Yer, well, I don’ plan on losin’.”
Kacchan rushed forward. “We’ll finish this in the infirmary then?!” Izuku dodged to the side. “Fine by me!”
Their cat and mouse game started again until: *!BOOM!*
Izuku felt his feet leave the ground for a period before he hit the ground again, actually crying out this time as he landed on his right shoulder before he spun into a roll and slid. He groaned and pushed himself to his feet, ready to dodge again.
‘KIRISHIMA IZUKU IS OUT OF BOUNDS!’ Huh? Izuku looked down to see his feet on the wrong side of the boundary line. ‘BAKUGOU KATSUKI ADVANCES TO THE SEMIFINALS!’ Izuku and Kacchan stood panting, facing each other. A robot rolled up to him. “If you have injuries, please go see Recovery Girl.” Izuku huffed and turned around.
“We aren’t done talking!” Kacchan shouted. Izuku walked away without responding.
“KIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIISS!”
Izuku sighed in relief as his burns were healed. He laid down to rest on the cot but that idea was soon thrown out the window when the door slammed open to reveal none other than his blonde childhood tormentor. Izuku sighed and sat back up.
‘NEXT UP WE HAVE OUR SPEEDY BOY UP FOR WHAT IS ACTUALLY PROBABLY HIS FIRST FIGHT! WE’VE GOT IIDA TENYA FROM CLASS 1A! UP AGAINST HIM IS OUR ROCKY BOY, CLASS 1A’S KIRISHIMA EIJIRO!’
He waited for Recovery Girl to patch up the few bruises he had given Kacchan as he himself put on an extra gym jacket before both boys left. Their walk down the hallways of the stadium were shrouded in tension-filled silence. They stopped somewhere deep in the maze and both leaned against the opposite sides of the hallway to face each other.
Kacchan sighed, scratching his neck. “Dang it…”
Izuku huffed. “Charmin’ way ta start a conversation.”
“Shut up,” the blonde growled.
Izuku rolled his eyes. “Look, I ain’t too good with this kinda stuff so unless yer gonna say somethin’, Imma leave cause color me surprised but I don’ find talkin’ ta the people that made my life hell me favorite past time.” Kacchan flinched then scowled at him. “I see you got yourself a backbone now, ey?”
“No thanks ta you,” Izuku bit back, ignoring the guilt that flashed in Kacchan’s eyes.
Kacchan sighed. “Yeah, well, I’m not good at this either, apparently. I just… I wanted to apologize.” Izuku never more wanted to be able to cross his arms but he couldn’t so he just stuffed his hand in his pocket. The greenette sighed. “No offense but it’s a bit too late fer that. I don’ know what you were hopin’ ta get out of this but honestlae, I can’t say that I forgive you. Whether you apologized or not, we ain’t friends and we probablae won’t ever be so it is better just ta drop it.”
Kacchan shook his head. “I can’t just ‘drop it’! I was such a jerk to you! I beat you every day and then you had to go home to that hell hole of a house and deal with it all over again from your own freaking mother!”
Izuku looked down. He could feel his facade breaking. Breathe, Izuku. Breathe.
‘KIRISHIMA EIJIRO IS OUT OF BOUNDS! IIDA TENYA ADVANCES TO THE SEMIFINALS!’
“It wasn’t easy, you know…” Kacchan whispered, catching Izuku off guard. “It wasn’t like I wanted to hurt you.”
Izuku scoffed but let the boy continue. “You came out as quirkless I felt, dang it, I felt hurt! Or betrayed! Or something! I didn’t know what to think and everyone kept telling me that I couldn’t be friends with you anymore but you were my freaking best friend and I just left you to suffer and even joined in on it! All of our teachers thought it was a good thing or something because they kept encouraging me to do it or turned a blind eye but I hated it! I just wanted my best friend back!” Kacchan panted.
‘ARE YOU FIGHTING HIM OR YOURSELF?! IT’S UP FOR GRABS, WE HAVE AIZAWA HITOSHI FROM CLASS 1A! ALSO FROM CLASS 1A, THE BIRD OF DARKNESS TO CHALLENGE HIM, TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE!’
“And then you disappeared and I knew it was my fault because I was the one who turned everyone against you but by then it was too late. I- I started cutting everyone out and became more violent towards others…” He bit his lip. “They put me in anger management therapy and I started to push everyone away. I just…” he took in a shaky breath. “I just wanted you…”
Izuku swallowed thickly.
“No matter how hard I pushed you down or beat you, you would always be the first one to notice if I was off one day or not in the best of moods and be the first to offer help. You were the only one who actually cared. Not my lackeys or the teachers. But you were gone and it was my fault… But then you came back.” Kacchan looked up. “But it wasn’t you. Not the you I knew. We heard about everything and it made me so angry and when that sludge-villain incident happened and I saw you again for the first time in almost five years I didn’t know how to react. You were there but you had changed so much and then my emotional constipated self went and screwed it all up and,” Kacchan growled, head dropping and fists shaking. He sighed and let his hands uncurl to hang limply at his sides. He looked so defeated. “I don’t know… I know it’s stupid but a part of me wishes that things could go back to the time when we actually were friends and I didn’t play a part in the tragedy of your jacked up backstory but I know that won’t happen…”
Izuku took a deep breath.
‘AIZAWA HITOSHI IS OUT OF BOUNDS! TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE ADVANCES TO THE SEMIFINALS!’
“Y- yeah.” He mentally cursed himself for his cracking voice. Calm down… Calm down… “Yer right,” Izuku agreed bluntly. Kacchan flinched. “I ain’t the kid from back then,” Izuku continued. “But neither are you.” The blonde looked up at him. “The Kacchan from six, seven years ago would never ‘ad apologized. Yer different.” Izuku sighed, running his hand through his hair.
‘WE’VE GOT TWO POWERHOUSES DUELING IT OUT FOR THE LAST SPOT IN THE SEMIFINALS! ON THE RIGHT, FROM CLASS 1A, WE HAVE THE WIND POWER FROM INASA YOARASHI! ON THE LEFT, ALSO FROM CLASS 1A, WE HAVE WHERE FIRE AND ICE COLLIDE, TODOROKI SHOTO!’
“We ain’t friends, Kacchan. I don’ know what you want me ta say to ya ‘bout this. I can’t… I can’t just fergive ya. Honestlae, I don’ wanna fergive ya. I just… I can’t anaemore… Th- those things don’t register in me anaemore.” Kacchan looked like he wanted to ask what that meant but he kept his mouth shut. Izuku lowered his eyes. “I’m not a- able ta fergive you, Kacchan… I can’t put that much faith in people anaemore… I think it would be betta if we just ended it ‘ere.”
“But-”
“We ain’t the same people, Bakugou,” Izuku cut him off. The blonde reeled back at the use of his last name. “I can’t…” Izuku’s walls were crumbling again, still raw from earlier today. He felt his heartbeat speeding up. “I- I’m tryin’ ta get past my p- past,” he forced out. “M- maybae someday we could t- talk or ‘ang out or somethin’ b- but I can’t… not now…”
Breathe. Breathe. Breathe!
Kacchan hung his head. “Okay…” Izuku pushed himself off of the wall. “I think it’s better if we just end it ‘ere.”
“Okay…” Kacchan whispered again.
Izuku turned to leave.
“I’m sorry, Izuku…” Kacchan whispered.
Izuku but his tongue.
“Goodbye… Bakugou.”
He walked away.
As soon as Izuku turned the corner, he bolted. Everything went by in a blur. Tears wouldn’t stop falling from his eyes, his lungs screamed at him to stop and breathe, his heart cursed at him for putting it through another potential collapse but he didn’t care. Izuku ran until he tripped and fell.
‘TODOROKI SHOTO IS UNABLE TO CONTINUE! INASA YOARASHI ADVANCES TO THE SEMIFINALS!’
Izuku couldn’t think straight and much less couldn’t see straight. He pulled himself into a corner not caring who might end up finding him.
He just wanted things to stop. His past to stop coming back to haunt him at every corner. His present to stop reminding him of his past. His future to stop mocking him. Izuku curled up into a ball and pressed his head against his knees, shaking and sobbing.
“P- please… Someone… M- make it stop…”
…
…
…
“Izuku?”
_______________________________
Ochaco was so lost! She took one wrong turn on the way to the bathroom and five minutes later she was somewhere deep in the tunnels of the UA Sports Festival stadium.
‘MOVING RIGHT ALONG AND STRAIGHT TO THE SEMIFINALS! ONE THE RIGHT WE HAVE THE ONE TO BLAST US ALL AWAY, BAKUGOU KATSUKI FROM CLASS 1B! FROM THE LEFT WE HAVE THE SPEEDSTER HIMSELF, FROM CLASS 1A, IIDA TENYA!’
Ochaco let out a loud sigh. She had already missed half of Yoarashi’s and Todoroki’s match and now she was missing Iida’s too!? Ochaco banged her head LIGHTLY against the wall. All I wanted was to use the bathroom…
“P- please…”
Ochaco blinked. What was that?
“Someone…”
She lifted her head and looked around. That sounded oddly familiar. She walked up to the next intersection and peered around the corner, stifling a gasp when she found a familiar green-haired boy curled up in the corner of two hallways.
“M- make it stop…”
Ochaco looked around. Who? Me? She panicked. Ochaco walked forward quietly. She could visibly see Izuku shaking from even this far away. He had his head down against his knees and his arm wrapped around his legs pulling himself into a ball. The closer she got the more she could hear his breathing, or lack thereof. His breaths were coming in short gasps that sounded as if he wasn’t really taking them in as much as trying to force something down a closed lung.
“Izuku?” she whispered.
The boy didn’t react. Ochaco didn’t know if he had even heard her. The brunette bit her lip. She had heard of panic attacks before but never had the pleasure of having one herself or seeing one in person. Still, she couldn’t deny that this was definitely one of them.
I should go get an adult. She hung her head. Who am I kidding? I’m already lost. If I left now I would even be able to tell anyone where he is. Ochaco steeled herself and looked up. She crouched down beside the boy.
Even in the short amount of time she had decided that his breathing had already gotten that much worse.
“I- Izuku?” she called louder. Still no response. She furrowed her eyebrows. It was almost like a silent rule between their group of friends not to touch Izuku without asking. Him and Shinsou and Todoroki. They all seemed very wary of people in general. Honestly, she couldn’t tell you how she became friends with the bunch she is friends with now. When she first approached Izuku on their first day of school she thought that he and his friends looked a bit sad and could use some good ol’ fashion Uraraka Family cheering up! Then Iida joined the group going on about something that Izuku had apparently done during the entrance exam and Yoarashi… Ochaco is still confused about the loud boy. She wants to say that he tagged along because Iida yelled at him the first thing in the morning on the first day of school and the boy was dense enough to take it as friendship. Still, no matter how loud, bubbly, or strict Yoarashi, Ochaco, and Iida may be, the silent agreement to not touch the other three in their group had been in place since the start and for good reason.
It took a few accidents for them to figure it out.
Yoarashi came up shouting as usual and mistakenly threw his arm around Izuku. Ochaco has never seen someone so small flip someone so big over their shoulder so fast and with so much force as Izuku flipped Yoarashi that day.
Yoarashi came up behind Todoroki who was reading a book and put his hand on the boy’s right shoulder. They spent a good five to ten minutes watching the bicolored boy unfreeze their friend as he was almost immediately covered in ice.
Shocker, it was Yoarashi again that pat Shinsou on the back. The boy didn’t physically do anything to Yoarashi but the glare he sent the boy’s way had all of them, aside from Izuku and Todoroki, stepping multiple feet away.
So yeah, Ochaco is safe to think that neither of the three are too keen on contact. Still, the shaking boy in front of her was not responding to verbal cues and she really didn’t know what else she could do.
-----
Mom tousled her hair.
Six-year-old Ochaco Uraraka giggled.
‘Now what is my little girl laughing about, hmm?’ Mom smiled down at her.
Ochaco looked up. ‘It feels good when you do that! And tickles!’
Mom hummed. ‘That’s because the affection produces happy hormones.’
Ochaco titled her head. ‘What are those?’
‘They are what your body produces to make you feel happy or sad,’ Mom replied.
Ochaco’s eyes sparkled. Mommy knows everything!’
Her mother laughed and ruffled Ochaco’s hair more. ‘Of course I do!’
-----
Ochaco swallowed.
She slowly raised her hand and patted the top of Izuku’s head softly.
-----
The thunder roared loudly.
Ochaco ran into her parents room. ‘Daddy!!!’
Her father swooped down and picked up the small girl.
‘I’m scared, Daddy!’ she cried.
Dad picked Ochaco up and sat in bed with her. Her parents cuddled around her, pulling the covers up. ‘Shh…’ Dad hushed. ‘It’s okay, Ochaco. Daddy and Mommy will protect you.’
-----
Ochaco settled down next to Izuku, leaning against the wall of the hallway. The brunette blushed a bit but wrapped her arm around her stressed friend and brought him closer. Her whole body vibrated with how hard the boy was shaking. His back rose and then dropped harshly as the breath he attempted to take in failed to reach his lungs.
‘IIDA TENYA IS UNABLE TO CONTINUE! BAKUGOU KATSUKI ADVANCES TO THE FINAL ROUND!’
Ochaco could feel her face heating up as she leaned her head against the mop of green curls.
He’s just a friend. Just a friend and you are just comforting him. Nothing weird at all!
She rubbed his shoulder slowly.
-----
‘Shh… It’s okay, Ochaco.’
-----
“Shh… I- it’s okay, Izuku,” she whispered. “Everything is okay. You are okay.” Ochaco felt the boy tense as though he suddenly realized someone else was there. She only held him closer, continuing to rub his arm.
-----
‘Daddy’s here. Everything is alright.’
-----
“I’m here,” Ochaco said. “Ochaco is here. You aren’t alone.”
Ochaco paled when the boy’s poor attempts to breathe stopped altogether before he seemed to untense slightly and lean more into her, crying harder. Ochaco let him cling to her. She didn’t know anything about the boy. Why did he have so many scars? Why did he hate touch when he clung to her like this? Why did he stutter? Why did he sound like he was from the back allies? Why did he need a therapy cat? There were so many questions that she had about the mysterious boy named Izuku Kirishima but they could wait for later. Hey didn’t matter right now. What mattered was that Izuku was hurting, from what she had no clue, but he was and Ochaco was the only one who could comfort him now and so she would because that was what a good friend does.
‘BATTLING OUT FOR THE FINAL SPOT IN FINALS, ON THE RIGHT FROM CLASS 1A WE HAVE OUR SHADOW OF DARKNESS, TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE! ON THE RIGHT WE HAVE OUR RESIDENT TORNADO, INASA YOARASHI!’
After a few minutes, Ochaco realized that Izuku’s breathing had started to even out. He lifted his head slowly and looked up at her with red, wet eyes, half-lidded. He was obviously exhausted.
-----
‘See?’ Mom wiped the tears from Ochaco’s eyes. ‘Everything is alright.’
-----
Ochaco smiled softly, she gently took Izuku’s face between her hands. “See?” She rubbed her thumbs over his cheeks, wiping away the wetness. “Everything is alright!” she chirped. The brunette blushed harshly when Izuku leaned in to the touch a bit but she refused to break the contact. He felt a bit warm but considering he was just coming out of a panic attack Ochaco didn't think much of it. “C- can I ask what was wrong?”
Izuku lowered his eyes. She almost thought that he wasn’t going to reply. “J- Just… m- m- memories…” the greenette whispered.
Ochaco hummed. She had no idea what he remembered but if it threw him into such a terrible panic attack then she didn’t think that she necessarily wanted to know. “Memories are all they are,” she said softly. Izuku nodded slowly. “Th- that’s what they a- a- all say b- but they d- d- don’ feel l- like just m- memories s- sometimes…”
Ochaco felt like she was seeing a more secluded, reserved side of Izuku. A side no one else saw. Whether it was because he trusted her or because he was just that exhausted, the girl didn’t know, but that was fine. She would let him talk.
Izuku hung his head. “Th- they f- f- felt so real… I- I could a- a- actuallae t- touch ‘im… ‘e was th- th- there a- a- and I-” Izuku’s breathing was starting to fall apart again. Ochaco was quick to react though, gently guiding his head to lead against her, just under her chin so it wasn’t too awkward.
“Shh… it’s fine. He isn’t here anymore.”
Ochaco had NO IDEA WHAT SHE WAS SAYING!!! Who is ‘he?!’ Is he the reason Izuku is like this?! Did I just say that someone died without knowing if they actually did?! Oh my goodness what if Izuku was breaking down because someone died and I just said that!!!???
She felt Izuku nod. “R- right…”
Ochaco had to hold back a breath of relief.
‘TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE IS OUT OF BOUNDS! INASA YOARASHI MOVES ON TO THE FINALS! WE WILL HAVE A FIFTEEN MINUTE BREAK BEFORE THE FINAL FIGHT!’
“Are you okay now?” she asked him. Izuku sat up and wiped his eyes on his sleeve. “S- sorrae,” he whispered. “Th- thank ya…” Ochaco smiled and stood up. She held out her hand. Izuku stiffened as a glowing green string formed from his wrist. Ochaco had seen it a couple of times but…
-----
‘So do you control people?’ Yoarashi asked, leaning closer, almost over the table. ‘You control people huh? Ooooh… You two are the saaaame!’ Izuku shook his head. “N- no… I… ‘ave st- strings.’
Ochaco, Yoarashi, and Iida all looked at each other and then back at him. ‘What?’ Izuku looked down. Shinsou cleared his throat. ‘That only I use.’
-----
Izuku always seemed to have a small but bad reaction when they showed up so she took the hint and didn’t ever touch whatever they were.
He hesitant reached up and took her hand. Despite his build, Ochaco had to take a double take when she pulled him up, not realizing how light he was. It wasn’t really like a bad lightness. He wasn’t anorexic or anything, she hopes. Just lighter than she had expected him to be. She grinned.
“And don’t worry,” Ochaco winked, “I won’t tell anyone.” She smiled brightly as color returned to his face in the form of a cute little blush on his cheeks.
Wait, cute?
Ochaco blushed just a bit as well. “W- well, let’s go!” Izuku nodded. “D- do you…” She looked over at him as they walked. “Do y- you know wh- where we a- are?” he asked. Ochaco stopped. Her eyes widened. “I forgot!” The greenette tilted his head. Ochaco rubbed the back of her neck, looking to the side with a guilty smile. “When I found you I was kind of lost.” Izuku blinked at her before dropping his head.
Ochaco took the advantage of their little heart-to-heart and pats the boy’s shoulder, relishing in how he didn’t so much as flinch. “Cheer up! If we just keep walking then we are bound to find a way out!”
The two ended up wandering for a bit longer before finally finding the staircase to the stadium stands. Ochaco punched the air. “Yes!!!” Then she paused. “Say, Izuku, you wouldn’t happen to know where the bathrooms are, would you?” The boy pointed down the hall. “I- I think to the r- right.” Ochaco nodded. “Thanks! I’ll meet you up there, okay?” The greenette nodded. Ochaco bounced off but stopped and turned. “Oh, and Izuku,” the boy turned to her, “if you ever need a shoulder to cry on or someone to rant to, just hit me up, okay?” The boy stared at her for a moment before nodding slowly. “O- okay…” Ochaco smiled, waved, and bounced off.
As soon as she entered the bathroom she looked in the mirror and her face turned a bright cherry red, hands coming up to her cheeks.
AH?!?!?!?!?!?!?!?!
_______________________________
“Where were you?” Toshi asked when Izuku sat down.
-----
‘And don’t worry,’ Uraraka winked, ‘I won’t tell anyone.’
-----
Izuku shrugged. “G- got lost.” Toshi raised an unbelieving eyebrow at him but didn’t question it. Eijiro leaned over from the row behind Izuku and slung his arm around Izuku. “Hey, man! You missed so much!” Izuku looked up at his brother. “Wh- what ‘appened?”
Toshi pointed at himself. “Tokoyami wasn’t responding and I couldn’t fight him and Shadow.” Eijiro pat the purple-haired boy’s shoulder. “You put up a great fight though!” Eijiro turned to Izuku. “Iida grabbed my shirt and threw me out of bounds before I could hardly blink!” Izuku hummed. “A- and Shoto?”
“Fire tornado,” Toshi said. “He and Yoarashi are currently healing in the infirmary. They both got thrown out of the tornado but Todoroki couldn’t catch himself with ice while Yoarashi caught himself with wind. Todoroki didn’t get out of bounds but hit the ground hard enough to put him down for a bit.” Izuku winced. “Ouch…”
“Hey, man,” Eijiro said quietly, “you good after your fight with… him?”
Izuku averted his eyes. “I- I’m fine…” Well, I am now at least.
“Has it started?!” Uraraka came up and plopped down right next to Izuku. He blinked in surprise. She grinned and winked at him. Izuku blushed slightly and looked away. “N- no…”
_______________________________
Eijiro looked between Izuku and Uraraka.
Is Izuku blushing? IZUKU IS BLUSHING!!! Eijiro shook his head. No, no, no. Don’t get ahead of yourself, Eijiro. Izuku legit blew off a girl thinking she was talking about Hime when she called him cute. I doubt Izuku even knows what dating means.
Eijiro blinked.
We should probably explain this to him before he ends up hurting some poor girl by accident.
He caught Shinsou’s eye. The boy shook his head slowly with a serious look in his eyes.
Eijiro rolled his eyes. Yeah. We’ve got nothing to worry about.
The speakers in the stadium squealed before Present Mic-sensei’s voice boomed out of them.
‘WEEEEEEEEEE’REEEEEEEEEE BACK! IT’S THE FINAL MATCH OF THE FIRST-YEAR’S UA SPORTS FESTIVAL!!!’
The crowd roared.
"Oh, I made it." Everyone looked up as Todoroki took a seat next to Shinsou. "A- are you okay?" Izuku asked. Todoroki nodded.
‘LET’S WELCOME OUR COMPETITORS! FROM THE RIGHT WE HAVE THE BOY WHO BLASTED HIS OPPONENTS AWAY, CLASS 1B’S BAKUGOU KATSUKI!’
Eijiro noticed how Izuku stiffened a bit. He very casually leaned over, his elbows on his knees, right hand holding his chin up, and left hand sliding to rest on Izuku’s real shoulder. He gave it a small squeeze. When Izuku leaned into a bit, Eijiro could feel the ever so slight tremors in his brother’s body and decided that he would leave his hand there until the fight was over.
‘FROM THE LEFT WE HAVE THE BOY WHO BLEW US ALL AWAY! IT’S INASA YOARASHI FROM CLASS 1A!’ ARE YOU READYYYYYYYY?!?!?!’
The crowd roared again, much louder this time.
Midnight raised her whip. ‘FINAL BATTLE,’ she brought it down, ‘START!’
Bakugou ran forward, explosions popping from his hands. Yoarashi let the wind propel him forward. Bakugou let a massive explosion loose. Yoarashi waved his hand. The flames and smoke were brushed to the side. Yoarashi laughed boldly, waving his hand again. A torrent of wind formed in a tunnel, aimed at Bakugou. The blonde wasn’t having it. He propelled himself upward with explosions from his hands but Yoarashi wasn’t letting up. The torrent changed directions and followed Bakugou up. The blonde smirked and dropped, much to Yoarashi’s surprise. Bakugou reached down.
*BOOM*
An explosion landed itself in Yoarashi’s face. The smoke was soon cleared as Bakugou misjudged how well Yoarashi could control the wind even after getting hit and the torrent came around blasting Bakugou in the side. The blonde went flying towards the boundary line. The blonde roared. He set off two explosions beneath him and flew above the torrent, rolling on the ground and getting up. Bakugou ran forward to land a blow on Yoarashi. The taller boy commanded a torrent towards Bakugou. The blonde rolled under it and landed an explosion to Yoarashi’s left side. Yoarashi’s hands went up, then down. A giant current of wind landed in between the two and pushed them to opposite sides of the.
Bakugou roared. His palms exploded, sending him through the air. The blonde continued to let off explosions, flipping him round and round in a flaming tornado forward. Yoarashi pulled his arms around in circles until he was caught up in a tornado blasting him forward. The two forces of cyclone and explosion collided with a massive:
*!!!BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOM!!!*
The impact of sudden condensed wind on the condensed explosion created one massive explosion blinding the stadium and causing all eyes to have to turn away. Cement chunks went flying and smoke covered the entire arena making it impossible to see.
‘WHAT HAPPENED?! WHO WON?!’
The smoke cleared and only one was left standing on the field.
Bakugou, being used to fire and explosion, had been able to keep himself from being thrown out of bounds by the explosion and set off a few of his own to stop himself before the boundary line.
Yoarashi, being unused to that sort of fire power, had been dazed and unable to put up a wind block. He collided with the wall of the stadium outside of the boundary line falling unconscious on impact.
The cement platform was in shambles.
‘I- INASA YOARASHI IS OUT OF BOUNDS AND UNABLE TO CONTINUE FIGHTING! LADIES AND GENTS, BAKUGOU KATSUKI IS OUR FIRST YEAR SPORTS FESTIVAL CHAMPION!!!’
Everyone stood and clapped and the crowds roared.
‘WE WILL BE TAKING A THIRTY MINUTE INTERMISSION SO WE CAN GET THE STAGE SET UP AND THE COMPETITORS WHO WILL BE STANDING ON THE PODIUMS PATCHED UP.’
Bakugou looked up and over to the stands. Up and over to… Izuku reeled back as the two made eye contact. Eijiro put his hands on Izuku’s shoulders and firmly pushed down, forcing Izuku to sit and thus hiding the blonde’s view of him behind their standing classmates. The blonde’s gaze rose to him. Eijiro narrowed his eyes, hoping that Bakugou could make out the anger and threat from the distance.
But he didn’t have the chance to hold it for long as Bakugou’s legs gave out from under him and he collapsed on the field.
As all of the people sat down and their classmates around them began chattering, Eijiro kept his hands firmly on Izuku. Shinsou and Todoroki seemed to notice the internal panic as well as, oddly, Uraraka. They all formed a more or less protective barrier around him. Not literally, but anyone who turned to talk to them would have to get a response from one of those four.
“Has anyone seen Iida, ribbit?” Asui- Tsu, she wants to be called Tsu, asked.
Everyone looked around.
“He got a call from his mother, I think,” Todoroki said. “Said something about a family emergency.” Izuku finally seemed to shake out of his stupor at that. He looked up at Eijiro. “E- emergencae?” Eijiro hummed. “Like, um, probably a sick family member or someone close got injured. Err, like, if Mom or Dad had gotten hit by a car or something then we would probably be called out and allowed to leave for the day. Something like that.” Izuku frowned and looked back down. “I- I hope ‘e’s okay…” Uraraka flashed Izuku a grin. “I’m sure everything is fine!”
Maybe it was just Izuku rubbing off on him, but Eijiro had a suspicious feeling that not everything was fine.
Midnight strolled into the middle of the field, in front of the stage set up with three podiums, each at different heights. She cracked her whip and spoke into the mic.
‘WELCOME BACK! FIRST OFF, TO ALL OF THOSE WHO COMPETED TODAY, YOU ALL DID WELL WHETHER YOU WON OR LOST! WE LOOK FORWARD TO SEEING YOUR PROGRESS DURING NEXT YEAR’S SPORTS FESTIVAL! NOW,’ she swung her whip to the tunnel on the left side of the stadium, ‘LET US WELCOME OUR WINNERS! IN THIRD PLACE WE HAVE TOKOYAMI FUMIKAGE AND IIDA TENYA!’ Tokoyami exited the tunnel and the crowd cheered as he took the third place podium. ‘DO TO SOME FAMILY COMPLICATIONS, IIDA WAS NOT ABLE TO COMPETE AGAINST TOKOYAMI FOR THE THIRD PLACE TITLE. IN SECOND WE HAVE INASA YOARASHI!’ Yoarashi strut boldly out and took his place on the second place podium, a bit bandaged-up. The crowd cheered louder. ‘AND NOW LET US WELCOME OUR FIRST PLACE WINNER, BAKUGOU KATSUKI!’ Everyone stood and whooped and hollered as the blonde walked out of the tunnel with a few bandages and his hands stuffed in his pockets with a slouch. He took the first place podium.
‘TO HONOR OUR STUDENTS AND PRESENT THEM WITH THE BRONZE, SILVER, AND GOLD MEDALS WE HAVE NONE OTHER THAN-’
She was cut off by a loud laughing that Eijiro recognized all too well. All heads snapped to the open roof of the stadium where none other than All Might himself stood at the edge with his cape flowing behind him.
“IT IS I!” the hero yelled with no need of a microphone for his voice to carry. Eijiro stared in shock. He looked down and caught Izuku’s eye. He could practically hear Izuku’s expression of: ‘What? You didn’t know?’
Eijiro rolled his eyes and watched as All Might jumped down into the arena, dirt and dust billowing in his wake.
All Might distributed the medals, giving each competitor a few words of encouragement before he turned to the crowd. Midnight spoke again. ‘THERE YOU GO FOLKS! YOUR FIRST-YEAR SPORTS FESTIVAL WINNERS! LET US ALL JOIN IN SHOUTING OUR SCHOOL MOTTO!’ She raised her whip.
Eijiro grinned.
‘LET’S ALL GO BEYOND… PLUS ULTRA!!!!!!’
The people in the stands stood and clapped loudly.
_______________________________
Izuku felt so drained. He and Ei waved goodbye to Mina and slowly made their way home. It was already six in the evening. He felt like his heart and mind had been pulled in every direction possible. Everything hurt. His shoulder felt like it was going to fall off right then and there.
“-ku. Izuku? Hey! Izuku!” Izuku blinked and looked over at his brother’s concerned face. Eijiro frowned. “Are you okay, man?” Izuku looked down. “Yer…” He was grateful when Eijiro didn’t press him. The red-head unlocked the gate and led them into the house.
“We are home!” Eijiro announced.
Mom and Dad came out from the kitchen. “Welcome back!” Mom chirped. “You two did great!” Dad exclaimed. “We watched the whole thing on the television!”
Izuku sat on the couch beside Ei as the boy recapped everything. His body was begging him to go to sleep but his mind’s screams to keep him awake were winning the war and the pain in his shoulder wouldn’t leave him the heck alone.
“What did you think, Izuku dear?” Mom asked him.
Izuku took a deep breath.
It hurt. I felt like everyone was trying to attack me. Everyone there was just one threat after another. I wanted to scream and cry and throw up all at the same time. I turned into a monster. I hurt people. I had to face Kacchan. I had to talk to Kacchan. It hurt. I was so scared. No one was there. I’m tired. I want to go to sleep. I can’t go to sleep. Too many threats. Too many things could go wrong. It hurts. Everything hurts!
Izuku looked up and gave the best smile he could make. “I- it was fun.”
That was apparently the wrong thing to say as Mom’s, Dad’s, and Ei’s faces all fell.
“Are you okay, dear?” Mom asked carefully.
“Yer…” Izuku replied. No. No I’m not! “J- just tired.”
Dad smiled softly. “Why don’t you two go get in your pajamas? It’s been a long day.” Izuku didn’t need to be told twice, already on his feet and leaving the room, missing the glances his family gave each other.
Izuku planted his hand on his bed, leaning over it and staring down at his covers.
Calm down. Calm down. They are just your family. It’s fine!
There was a quiet knock on the door even though it was open.
“Izu, buddy?” Dad was at the door. Izuku couldn’t move. He couldn’t respond. He doesn’t know why. He just couldn’t. Dad came in slowly. “Hey, bud. What’s wrong?” His father put his hand on Izuku’s shoulder. *SLAP* Izuku’s body acted on sheer instinct, quickly slapping it away and stumbling back away, eyes wide and trained on the stunned man before him. Izuku froze when he realized what he had just done.
He couldn’t breathe. He knew he wouldn’t be able to even if he tried so he just didn’t. It hurt more to try anyways.
Dad smiled sadly, turning to Izuku. Izuku flinched when they made eye contact. “Hey,” Dad spoke softly, “it’s okay. I won’t hurt you or touch you but I need you to tell me what is wrong, Izuku. Can you do that?”
Izuku hung his head. Tears pricked at his eyes as he bit his lip. His heart screamed at him. Breathe! Breathe! Open your mouth and BrEaThE!!! Tears fell from his eyes from the pain in his chest.
“Hey, Izuku,” Dad sounded a bit more worried now. “Izuku, listen to me. I need you to breathe, okay?”
I’m trying! I can’t! The floor of the room started to blur. Izuku felt his legs give out. He crumpled to the floor. “Izuku!” Dad was at his side in an instant. Izuku gripped his own shirt over his chest as he doubled over his legs, pressing his forehead to the floor.
Can’t breathe. Can’t breathe! I CAN’T BREATHE!!!
Dad swore something and lifted his hand, bringing it down firmly in the middle of Izuku’s back. “Come on, stay with me!” Dad shouted. He lifted his hand and brought it down again.
Izuku gasped as the hand came down on his back for the third time, sucking in so much air that he got even more lightheaded than before. Dad’s hand froze in the air before coming around Izuku’s waist and pulling the greenette in his arms. Izuku let the man hold him, taking deep breaths as if his life depended on it.
Dad rested his cheek against Izuku’s green curls, rubbing soothing circles in Izuku’s back, helping him breathe easier.
“Izu,” Dad whispered once Izuku had caught his breath, “what’s causing this, bud? What’s wrong?” Izuku squeezed his eyes shut, burying his face in his father’s chest. “I- I don’ kn- kn- know,” Izuku admitted. “I d- don’t know…” Dad lifted his hand and placed the back of it over Izuku’s forehead. He sighed. “A fever,” Dad announced. “You might be getting a bit delusional and your body is running on fumes. You need rest.”
“C- can’t,” Izuku said, shaking his head.
“Why not?” Dad asked.
“T- too many…”
“Too many what?”
“Th- th- threats,” Izuku choked out. “T- too many.”
Dad removed his hand and ran it through Izuku’s hair. “No one here is a threat to you, Izu. We aren’t going to hurt you.” Izuku curled his fist. “I- I know… I kn- know but I- I can’- I can’t-” he hung his head. Dad hummed. “It’s okay. I know it’s hard. How about you get dressed, we get some medicine in you, and then you lay down for a bit, even if you don’t sleep. I’ll stay with you until you do.” Izuku looked up at his father through tired eyes. He was too exhausted to deny so he just nodded.
With a little bit of struggle, Izuku got himself into his pajamas, used the bathroom, and let Dad in who was waiting outside the door with a pill and water which Izuku took and drank all of. Izuku swung his legs as he sat on the edge of his bed.
“You should at least try to lay down, Izu,” Dad pressed.
Izuku sighed. As he figured, the pill Dad gave him wasn’t for his fever, it was his pain medicine and while Izuku was grateful for it as the throbbing in his shoulder began to die down he also knew about the sleeping side effects of it. So did Dad. Dad knew exactly what he was doing when he gave Izuku that. It was too bad that Izuku physically could not refute his father as the pill was fast working and Izuku’s mind began to fog over.
He wasn’t even aware of Dad pushing him down until he was laying with his head on the pillow. It took approximately 2.5 seconds for Izuku to promptly pass out after his head hit the pillow.
_______________________________
Asa sighed as he exited the boy’s room after placing a damp towel over Izuku’s forehead. Asa took a second to himself to calm down after watching his son unintentionally suffocate himself by holding his breath.
“How is he?” Yuma asked as he entered the living room. Asa flopped onto the couch beside Ei. “He’s running a fever and has probably been for who knows how long,” he replied. Eijiro flinched beside him. “Oh yeah…” Asa looked over at his son. “What do you mean ‘Oh yeah?’” Eijiro lowered his gaze. “Izuku had a panic attack after the first round of the fighting tournament and Aizawa-sensei said that he had a slight fever but he should have been fine after a bit of rest though I don’t think Izuku really rested…”
Asa sighed. “We shouldn’t have let him go. It’s only been three weeks since he lost his arm and it was his first day without his pain medication until I gave it to him just now to force him to sleep.”
“You know he wouldn’t have agreed to that, dear,” Yuma said.
Asa sighed. “Yeah, I know.” Asa sat up and turned to Ei. “What time is it, Ei?” Eijiro pulled out his phone. “6:43,” his son said. Asa hummed. “Great! So we still have all of the time in the world to listen about it!” Eijiro tilted his head. “Aren’t you going to go sit with Izuku?” Asa shook his head. “Izuku’s fine. I want to hear about you!” Eijiro smiled brightly and immediately began describing everything that had happened.
Sometimes it was easy to forget to talk about Eijiro and with him with all of the things they had to do to keep Izuku stable but Asa would never forget his red-headed kiddo and he made sure that Eijiro felt just as loved and cared for as Izuku did.
_______________________________
Tenya clenched his fists as he road home from the hospital.
Tensei…
-----
‘Tenya, I need you to listen to me very carefully,’ Mom said over the phone seriously.
‘Mom, what is wrong?’ Tenya questioned.
‘Tenya, your older brother Tensei was on patrol today and… he was attacked by the Hero Killer,’ Mom said. ‘Tenya, Tensei is in the hospital. They don’t know if he is going to make it.’
----
Tenya felt something in him boil. Something he had never felt before.
Anger.
Rage.
And a need.
A need for something that he never knew that he had a need for…
Tenya pulled up the most recent sightings of the Hero Killer on his phone. He narrowed his eyes at the picture displayed of Stain, the man infamous for being a serial killer of multiple heroes and putting many more out of work forever, much like Tensei who would most likely be paralyzed from his back down, taking him off of the hero field.
Tenya grits his teeth, fury seething between them.
A deep seeded need for one thing…
Revenge.
Chapter 67: Hero Names
Summary:
They choose their hero names and their internships.
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
“It broke.”
Eijiro, Mom, and Dad all let out a massive sigh of relief at Dad’s announcement. Izuku had gotten sick before. Whenever he runs himself rampid or goes through a particularly hard episode he will usually have to take a day or so off from life in general but fevers, oh boy, fevers were a whole other deal. Izuku was not as immune to them as most people because he never got flu shots or vaccinations up until last year which… we should all take a moment of silence in respect for his adopted family and the doctors who gave Izuku the first shot he had since he was four.
It was not a pretty day.
Fever’s tend to cause a lot more nightmares and delusions for Izuku and they were especially hard to treat because those more or less reverted the boy to the state of mind he was in when he was on the streets and so he almost fully refused to eat meaning his body did not have the energy to fend off the fever. Because of this, Izuku’s fevers would last anywhere from ten hours to three days. Luckily it was the weekend so when Izuku’s fever ran into midday Sunday it did not mess with his schooling.
It was a momentous occasion when the fever broke.
Eijiro yawned. They were all pretty tired. Izuku was one heck of a force to deal with when he wasn’t aware of his current position as ‘Safe.’
“When will he wake up?” he asked Dad. Dad shrugged. “Considering who Izuku is? No more than thirty minutes to an hour now that his fever broke.” Eijiro sighed. He wanted to hang out with his brother and go to the park or something but he knew better than to wake Izuku from the little bits of sleep that he actually did get.
“Speaking of which,” Mom came in with a plate of apple slices, “have you set up an appointment, dear?”
Eijiro sat up from laying on the couch. Dad nodded. “Next Saturday.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “An appointment for what?” Dad sighed. “We had a conversation with Mr. Aizawa about Izuku’s sleeping habits and have decided that it would be best to get him sleeping pills.” Eijiro hummed. “But doesn’t his pain medicine do that?”
Mom nodded. “Yes but he will have to come off of the pain medicine soon.” Eijiro paled. “Why?! He’ll still have to put on the arm every morning and that thing almost knocks him out because it hurts so much!”” Dad waved him. “We know, Ei. We are the ones who have to put it on him but we cannot let Izuku become too reliant on those pills, it’s not healthy. Especially for someone like Izuku.”
Eijiro narrowed his eyes. “What is that supposed to mean?”
“Calm down,” Dad said. “It’s not like that. I mean that there are a lot of people who get addicted to pain pills and for someone like Izuku whose mind is not as stable as others, and don’t try to deny that, it wouldn’t be a far stretch to think that he could wind up addicted to them. That and Izuku also has a suicidal streak,” Eijiro flinched, “and addiction to medicine could lead to overdosing.”
Eijiro hung his head.
He hated how this was his brother and their son that they were talking about like this but the truth of the matter is that even if Izuku had made progress his mind was still a far cry from what one would consider ‘stable.’
“D- does Izuku know?” Eijiro asked hesitantly.
Silence.
Yeah, they all knew. Izuku not sleeping was a fifty-fifty his choice and not his choice. His PTSD oh so helpfully refused to let him fall asleep peacefully but also Izuku chose not to sleep because he was that paranoid of a person and didn’t want anything to happen while he was asleep when him being awake could help whatever terrible situation his mind conjured up that could happen.
“We were planning on telling him this weekend but then this happened,” Dad said. Eijiro sighed. “He isn’t going to like it,” he stated. “Maybe not,” Dad agreed, “but Izuku will get the sleep that he very much needs.” Eijiro couldn’t deny that.
“Mmmmmommmm…?” They all turned their heads to the hallway where the slurred call came from. Izuku stood there rubbing his eyes. Eijiro instantly perked up, a smile growing on his face.
Mom smiled and stood up, walking over to the greenette. Eijiro watched as she wiped away the tears lingering in Izuku’s eyes that he couldn’t see from the distance.
“Hey, dear, how are you feeling?” she asked.
“B- better…” Izuku hummed.
“Yeah? How about you go sit down with Ei and I’ll get you something to eat. How does that sound?”
Izuku nodded. Mom ruffled his hair and left to go get food.
Eijiro waved his hand. “Hey, man! You’re awake!” Izuku looked up at him. A small, half-smile formed on Izuku’s lips when he saw his brother. Eijiro grinned as Izuku crossed the dining room and living room to sit by Eijiro on the couch.
Eijiro reached over and gently punched Izuku’s arm. “You slept for a whole day, man!” Izuku blushed slightly. “I- I didn’ mean t- to…” Eijiro shrugged. “It’s good for you so don’t worry about it. I’m just glad you woke up before tomorrow. We get to see what heroes scouted us for our internships!” Izuku looked up. His face brightened. “Yer!” Eijiro blinked before a grin spread on his face. “Is it just me or did you actually raise your voice and sound excited for a second there?”
Izuku looked down.
Eijiro laughed and pats his back. “That isn’t a bad thing, Izu. It’s okay to show when you are excited about something!”
Dad hummed, getting their attention. “Not bad at all. We like knowing when something makes you happy.” Izuku blushed a bit. “I- I’m tryin’ things…”
“Like what?” Dad asked.
Izuku glanced up at him “E- emotions.”
Mom very indiscreetly popped her head out of the kitchen in awe.
“O- or like,” Izuku continued, “sh- showing them at l- least.”
Eijiro grinned and slung his arm around Izuku’s shoulders. “That’s great, man! Be loud! Be emotive!” Izuku deadpanned but it fell into a small smile. “Yer…”
Mom came out with a bowl of tomato soup. Izuku’s eyes sparkled. Mom raised an eyebrow. “What? Hungry?” she joked.
Izuku averted his eyes.
Mom sighed. “It’s a joke, dear. You can tell us when you are hungry or not.”
Whenever Izuku came out of a funk or episode they would always have to remind him of the things he was allowed to do that any person, really, should be allowed to do without the reservations he has.
Izuku drank that soup like the world depended on it. He set it down in his lap with a happy little sigh.
Eijiro smiled.
Izuku might not like the idea of sleeping but he was always in a much better mood when he actually had the energy from sleeping. Perhaps the sleeping pills wouldn’t be that bad after all.
_______________________________
“How does it feel, sonny?” Recovery Girl asked him.
Izuku was in the nurse’s office just a bit before school to get a quick evaluation done on where he was with moving his arm.
He winced a bit as he slowly curled and uncurled his fingers. “I- it still ‘urts a- a bit a- and I can’t m- move it a- any faster th- than this,” he replied. “O- or close m- my hand anaemore th- than this.”
Recovery Girl hummed. “Because of my healing quirk and another’s fusion quirk, your progress has gone by much smoother than normal. It may still be a month or two before you can fully move it as you want but the pain will always be there. When you are taken off of your medicine the pain will be greater for a time but once you get used to it then it will only be about as much as you feel now. Close your hand for me.”
Izuku did so but the metal fingers only went in far enough to hover over the palm.
Recovery Girl hummed. “I’m afraid that won’t ever change either.”
Izuku frowned. “B- but I can’t ‘old ch- chopsticks o- or a pencil like th- this.” She nodded. “I know. You will have to continue to learn and do all of those things with your left hand. As for now, though, we are going to change your weights from five pounds to ten and get you a more resistant stress ball to do your exercises with. Come see me after school for those.” Izuku nodded. “Y- yes, ma’am.”
Recovery Girl tapped his leg with her cane. “Off to class then before Eraserhead comes looking for you himself.”
Izuku stood from his stool and bowed. “Th- thank ya.”
He left and made his way down the hall.
“Ah! Kirishima!” Izuku stopped and turned towards the familiar voice of Mirio. The blonde was walking down the hall to apparently the nurse’s office himself.
Izuku has become somewhat of an acquaintance with the blonde, seeing him here and there between training before when Izuku and Toshi were still training with Sho and now he would see Mirio in the halls every once in a while.
Izuku nodded to the boy. Mirio stopped in front of him. “I saw the festival. You did great!” Izuku hummed. Mirio was a loud and happy third year, always smiling. He reminded Izuku of All Might in a way.
“Th- thanks,” he replied. “Y- you too. F- first place.”
Mirio laughed. “It was a lot of fun! I might have taken first but all of the competitors were just as good!”
Izuku deadpanned. That’s not how that works. You won because they weren’t ‘just as good.’
“Say,” the blonde continued, “you should come hang out with me and the others some time.” Izuku tilted his head. “A- Amajiki a- and ‘ado?” (Hado) Mirio nodded. “For sure!”
Izuku has never met Hado but Miro talks about the two a lot. He met Amajiki once and found that he really liked the boy. He was quiet and reserved and a lot like Izuku.
“Hmm… how about the week after your internship?” Mirio asked. " Nejire is forcing me and Tamaki into a picnic. Care to join? We would love to hear how it went!” The blonde smiled at him.
Blondes… Izuku bit his tongue. It’s always the blondes…
“I- I’ll ‘ave ta a- ask,” Izuku replied. Mirio pulled his phone out. “Great! Let’s exchange numbers and then you can text me if you can or not!” Izuku held back a sigh. I’m doing this? I’m actually doing this? Izuku passed over his phone and took Mirio’s to enter his own number. For some reason, Izuku couldn’t find it in him to be too wary around Mirio. Maybe it was just how laid back or hyper or happy the boy was.
Mirio grinned and they got their own phones back. “I look forward to your text!”
Izuku finally let out the sigh when Mirio closed the door behind him in the nurse’s office.
At ease around him or not, Mirio’s personality left Izuku feeling exhausted every time.
He sat down in his chair with a huff.
“Wow,” Toshi commented from behind him. “Was it really that bad.” Izuku turned around in his seat to face his friend. “I- I won’t ever be a- able ta ‘old a pencil o- or anaething l- like that in my right hand again…” Toshi hummed. “I guess I’ll be writing your papers forever then.” Izuku shook his head and halfheartedly glared at his friend. “N- no. I’m leanin’ ta write w- with my left ‘and.” Toshi shrugged. “It’s not like I mind.”” Izuku held up two fingers. “G- give me two w- weeks. I’ll be writin’ w- with my left hand perfectlae i- in two weeks.”
The bell rang.
*SLAM*
Everyone jumped and turned to the door where surprisingly Iida was in the entrance, panting. He looked a bit disheveled.
-----
‘Izu, did you hear?’
Izuku looked up at his brother. Eijiro showed Izuku his phone screen.
‘S- Stain?’
Eijiro nodded. ‘He’s a villain that has been going around killing heroes that he deems unworthy. Keep reading.’
Izuku looked back down at the phone. A few moments later his eyes widened. ‘I- Ingenium?!’
Eijiro nodded slowly. ‘He isn’t dead but severely injured. Isn’t that Iida’s older brother?’
Izuku swallowed. ‘F- familae emergencae…’
‘Yeah…’
-----
Iida straightened up. “My apologies for my tardiness. It will not happen again.”
Eijiro waved him from his own desk where he was talking with Kaminari and Mina. “Hey, man, it’s fine. The teacher isn’t even here.”
Iida pushed up his glasses. “That still does not excuse my own shortcomings for arriving behind the bell.”
“Well if you feel that way,” Iida spun around to where Sho had arrived behind him, “then you should take your seat, Iida.”
Iida bowed. “Sorry, Aizawa-sensei. I will do that now.” Iida promptly walked over to his desk and sat down.
“Zuku,” Toshi whispered.
Izuku took a small, calculated breath. “Yeah.”
No more words needed. Izuku has seen those eyes before far too many times. It was a bit unnerving to see them on his straight-laced friend. Izuku looked over his shoulder and met eyes with Shoto in the back row as Sho made his way to the podium. Shoto had noticed it too. Izuku held his tongue.
“Today,” Izuku turned back to the front as Sho started, “homeroom is a bit different.” Everyone held their breaths. Sho sighed. “Today you will be picking your hero names.”
The class erupted. Izuku jumped so hard he almost fell out of his seat. Toshi hissed, slamming his hands over his ears. Sho activated his quirk, hair floating and eyes glowing. The class immediately shut up. Izuku took a few deep breaths, calming his ever-racing heart.
Sho continued. “In relation to the draft picks from heroes, each of you will be interning with a hero or hero agency for a week starting next week. For that, you will need your hero names. Behind me,” a screen flashed from the projector hanging from the ceiling onto the board behind Sho, “is a list of those of you who got drafts from heroes.” Izuku scanned over the names.
YOARASHI: 4,553
TODOROKI: 4,023
TOKOYAMI: 1067
IIDA: 462
KIRISHIMA EIJIRO: 232
KAMINARI: 216
AIZAWA: 104
YAOYOROZU: 68
KIRISHIMA IZUKU: 61
KAMINARI: 43
URARAKA: 32
SERO: 14
“For those of you who did not get drafted, you will still be interning. You will receive a list of hero agencies to choose from.”
The papers were sent around. Those with draft picks got the same papers but then another paper was sent around to them directly with the list of heroes and agencies that sent a pick in for them.
Izuku was a bit shocked. He didn’t expect any hero to want him. He had only made it to the second round of the fighting round and lost there plus he had only one arm and his quirk wasn’t very well shown off unless you knew what Monoma’s quirk was. For him to have gotten even 61 offers then he must have done something right.
“This is what we call ‘Work-Place Experience,’” Sho continued. “It is something especially important for aspiring heroes. Each year you will do this though the amount of time will grow each time. Onto choosing your hero names, using a placeholder name in case you cannot decide now is fine but if you happen to make a name for yourself during this internship the first name you choose will probably stick so choose wisely. Since I don’t particularly care and would just accept anything, I won’t be the one leading this. Instead it will be-”
“Me!” Nemuri appeared in the doorway, cutting off Sho.
Izuku wasn’t even startled. He had gotten used to teachers just appearing. He doesn’t know if they do it on purpose but right before another person makes a ‘random appearance,’ the teacher currently in charge will give a little hint that the surprise teacher will be appearing as Sho did just now.
“Midnight!” a few exclaimed.
“Midnight,” Sho said as he moved to the corner of the classroom and stepped into his yellow sleeping bag, “will be surveying and evaluating your name choices. Choose well. Most names will reflect your nature and how the civilian population views you. Names follow nature well. For example: ‘All Might.’ You all have a picture of who that is but even before that you hear that name and think something along the lines of ‘strong.’”
Sho laid down in the corner and zipped the sleeping bag up so it only showed his ‘sleeping’ face.
Nemuri cracked her mini whip. “Right! A white board and marker will be coming around to all of you. I will give you fifteen minutes to think and decide and then you will present your names to the class!”
“We are presenting these to the whole c- class?” Uraraka asked nervously.
“Of course!” Nemuri replied. “These will be your hero names, known by thousands, no, millions! If you cannot show them in front of twenty people, how can you proudly go by those names on the field? Now get thinking, kiddos!”
Toshi tapped his shoulder. “Hey, turn around.” Izuku nodded. He stood and sat again, straddling his seat to face Toshi’s desk. “So,” his friend started, “I know we have mentioned it a couple of times before but are we doing corresponding names as well?”
“D- do you want to?” Izuku asked, tilting his head.
Toshi nodded. “I wouldn’t mind.”
Izuku nodded as well. “Neither w- would I.”
“Okay,” Toshi laid his white board flat on his desk. “So going along with our theme of master and doll, I think we should play off each of our names like that.” Izuku hummed. “S- so like Puppet o- or somethin’?” Toshi shook his head. “Let’s not. That is your quirk name so let’s not. I was thinking, I saw on this talent show these people that controlled dolls as their talent. I, um, one sec.” Toshi pulled out his phone and typed a few things. “Ah, here, this is what they were called.” He turned his phone around on the desk to let Izuku see. Izuku hummed. “Th- that sounds cool.” Toshi nodded. “Right?”
“S- so is that yers then?” Izuku asked.
Toshi hesitated. “If you are okay with it…”
Izuku nodded. “I- I’m fine with it.” Toshi’s shoulders seemed to untense a bit before he continued. “Then I guess we need to find yours.” Izuku hummed. “I- I guess w- we should continue off o- of you name as s- sort of an attachment b- because essentially that is wh- what I would be.” Toshi opened his mouth but Izuku cut in knowing he was about to object. “A- as per the th- theme, that is.” Toshi closed his mouth and nodded. “Then, let’s see.” The two scrolled through Toshi’s phone a bit, searching up different puppet related names and professions.
Izuku sighed as their time ticked by, not really finding anything that he cared for too much. He yawned, feeling the pain medicine’s sleeping affects kicking in. Izuku glanced back down at the phone. His hand shot out and grabbed Toshi’s wrist before he could scroll again.
Toshi looked up. “What is it?” he asked hastily, thinking something was wrong.
Izuku leaned over, tilting his head a bit to the angle of the screen. He pointed at a name on the screen. Toshi read it. They looked up and smirked at each other. “I think that would be pretty good. Theme wise, that is.”
Izuku nodded.
“So are you going with that?”
Izuku nodded again.
Toshi wrote his chosen name on his board then took Izuku’s and wrote Izuku’s choice. “Oh,” Toshi looked up. “I’ve been thinking about something for our partnership name as a whole.” Izuku tilted his head. “Wh- what do ya m- mean?”
“Well you know how Hizashi is Present Mic: the Voice Hero? Or like Dad is Eraserhead: the Eraser Hero?” Izuku nodded. “Well,” Toshi continued, “so we don’t have to have odd tags like that, why don’t we have a combined name, just to solidify the idea of our partnership. Well, maybe we could have tags personally but as a whole…” Izuku smiled a bit. “A- alright. Wh- what did ya ‘ave i- in mind?”
Toshi took the two boards, erasing them both. He put both names on Izuku’s board and then moved to his board to write something. He turned it around and showed Izuku. “What do you think?” Izuku read over it a few times before looking up. “C- could we change ‘Company’ f- fer ‘Troupe?’” Toshi furrowed his eyebrows. “‘Troupe?’ What is that?” Izuku took Toshi’s phone and searched it up, showing the purple-haired boy. It was an immediate reaction. Toshi quickly swapped the two words.
*Ding Ding*
The two looked down at Toshi's phone.
Todoroki:
Do you two have your names?
Toshi picked up his phone.
Hitoshi:
Yeah.
You?
Todoroki:
Yeah.
Hitoshi:
What is it?
Todoroki:
Patience.
Izuku leaned over to look at the bicolored male rows back. When Shoto looked up Izuku raised an unimpressed eyebrow. Shoto shrugged.
“Alright, kiddos!” Nemuri waved her whip. Izuku sat forward in his seat again. “Time is up! Who wants to go first?!”
…
…
…
No one. Absolutely no one wants to go first, Nemuri.
Whoever went first would set the tone for this whether they chose a good or a bad name. Nemuri put her hand on her hip, leaning on her left leg. “Well someone has to go. We only have until the end of your homeroom so someone better volunteer before someone is voluntold.” Everyone sweat-dropped.
Aoyama stood up. “Moi! I shall go first!”
Nemuri pointed her whip at the blonde. “Great!”
Izuku watched Aoyama walk up to the front with his white board.
“Hey now,” he heard Jiro comment from behind Toshi. “She never said that we have to go up, dunce… Now we are all going to have to go up.”
Toshi hummed. “Great. He’s got balls to do that.”
“Or idiocy.”
“Or that.”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows, unseen to Toshi and the girl. Are they friends? I’ve heard them talk a few times now.
Aoyama stood behind the podium. When the blonde smirked, Izuku thought he might have been hallucinating the sparkles that seemed to pop off of the boy. “The name of the sparkling hero…” Aoyama turned his board around and held it high above his head.
“I CANNOT STOP TWINKLING!”
…
…
…
“That’s…” Jiro whispered, “That’s a sentence…”
Toshi half-snorted.
Nemuri cracked her mini whip. “That’s nice but not a name! Try to simplify it and come back!”
“Oui!” Aoyama took his seat.
“Who is next?” Nemuri looked around.
Well, that just dropped the whole mood.
Mina stood up, board in one hand, other hand in the air. “I will!”
Mina…
She proudly strode to the front. Mina grinned and turned her board around. “The extraterrestrial heroine, ALIEN QUEEN!”
Nemuri nodded. “Nice! I like that one!” Mina punched the air and brought the fist back. “Yesss!”
Izuku gave her a thumbs up as she went to sit down. The mood seemed to climb just a bit and more people gained confidence.
“The rainy season heroine, ribbit, FROPPY,” Asui showed her board.
“How cute!” Nemuri squealed. “Accepted!”
Eijiro stood and proudly went to the front. He turned his board around. “The manly hero, RED RIOT!”
Izuku couldn’t help but smile as his brother boldly announced his name.
“Oh, is that out of respect for Crimson Riot,” Nemuri asked. “He was known to be the man among men. Eijiro scratched the back of his head. “Yeah! He has been my inspiration for years!”
Nemuri nodded. “Well, kiddo, I think that is great but don’t forget the pressure that comes with carrying the name of the person you look up to.” Eijiro nodded sharply. “I’m prepared!” He took his seat.
“Hey, now, that’s just mean,” Toshi commented to Jiro behind him. “What if Kaminari actually uses that?”
The girl shrugged. “I didn’t think he would take me seriously.”
What are they talking about?
Jiro stood up and went to the front. “The hearing hero, EARPHONE JACK.”
“TENTACLE, the tentacle hero.” Shoji.
“GLITTERING!” Aoyama again.
“The taping hero, CELLOPHANE.” Sero.
“The windy hero, CYCLONE!” Yoarashi yelled.
“Martial arts hero, TAIL MAN.” Ojiro.
“The stealth heroine, INVISIBLE GIRL!” Hagakure.
“SUGAR MAN, the sweet tooth hero.” Sato.
“CREATIE, the heroine of creation.” Yaoyorozu.
Shoto stood up next. As he passed, the bicolored boy glanced down at Izuku and Toshi and smirked. He stood at the front of the class. “The icy-hot hero,” he said in his monotone voice as he turned around his board, “BRAND.”
No… No hecking way!!! “Pfft!!!” Izuku covered his mouth, pressing his forehead to the desk.
Toshi let out a similar noise, head down but hand lightly hitting the table. Eijiro looked over at them before it dawned on him why they were laughing and had to immediately hold in a laugh. Even Sho opened his eyes, raising an eyebrow. A light blush tinted Shoto’s cheeks.
“Ooooh!” Nemuri smiled. “Like how you brand something with heat! I like it!”
Toshi and Izuku choked.
She’s going with it! SHE’S GOING WITH IT!!! Izuku felt tears of laughter prick at his eyes.
“Dude, what’s the joke?” Jiro whispered. Toshi took a few deep breaths. “I- I can’t!” he whisper-yelled back. “I can’t say!”
Shoto lightly slapped Izuku and Toshi on their shoulders as he passed to go back to his seat. Izuku turned around in his seat and gave the bicolored boy a thumbs up. The names continued.
Koda didn’t speak, just showed his board. ‘The quiet hero, ANIMA.’
“The jet black hero, TSUKUYOMI.” Tokoyami.
Uraraka went up. “So, um, here is mine.” She turned it around. “The gravity heroine, URAVITY.” Izuku smiled softly. It fit her. “Perfect!” Uraraka glanced over at Izuku. Oh. She’s looking at me… He doesn’t know why but his cheeks heat up when she looks over at him. The greenette gave her a small thumbs up. The brunette smiled. Izuku felt something in his chest squeeze. What was that? Uraraka took her seat.
“Now we only have Kirishima, Shinsou, and Iida,” Nemuri announced. “Who would like to go?”
Toshi raised his hand. “Ne-” he caught himself before he called Nemuri by her real first name. “Midnight-sensei, may Zuku and I go up together. We are a duo team and plan to be as pro’s. Our names correspond with each other.” Nemuri nodded, cracking her mini whip. “Sure! Come on up!”
Izuku resisted the urge to yawn as he stood up, picking up his board and following Toshi to the front. Izuku met eyes with Eijiro, then Shoto, then Uraraka. He glanced over at Toshi who met eyes with him. They nodded. Izuku turned around his board.
Toshi put a hand on his chest. “The control hero, VENTRILOQUIST.”
Izuku took a deep breath and steeled his voice. “The puppet hero, MARIONETTE.”
Toshi turned around his board and they said simultaneously: “The Theatre Troupe.”
No one said anything until Nemuri cleared her throat. “That has a lot of implications. Do you understand those names and what that means?” Izuku swallowed. Toshi nodded. “We do.” He could tell that Nemuri wanted to object but there was also nothing necessarily wrong with the names themselves. She would have been fine with them if she did not personally know the two boys taking on those names.
Toshi was abandoned by his parents in front of an orphanage and had a hell of a time at said orphanage because people were scared of his quirk and him controlling them.
Izuku’s life was made a living hell by his mother because of his quirk and had a plastered fear against people and a only vague concept of controlling his own life after years of being a doll.
There were only a sparse few who knew just what meaning went behind choosing those names and what was truly meant by them.
Nemuri smiled. “Great! You may go take a seat!” Izuku swallowed a sigh as he and Toshi sat down. “Last up, Iida!” All eyes focused on the strict boy as he stood and made his way to the front of the class. The relief instantly faded at the darkness in Iida’s eyes. The navy blue-haired boy flipped his board. “TENYA.”
Everyone sweat-dropped. None of them had expected that from him.
“Just your name?” Nemuri questioned. Iida nodded. “I am a bit indecisive.” Nemuri didn’t question it but Izuku saw the way she and Sho glanced at each other as the man began to get out of his sleeping bag. “That is fine! You can always change it later!” Iida sat down. Nemuri cracked her whip. “Great names everyone! You have officially until you get your provisional licenses to change your hero name but if you make a name for yourself on your internships then it will stick. It was fun! Back to you, Eraser!” Nemuri model-walked out of class.
Sho walked up to the front of the class. “Over the course of today and tomorrow look over your lists of heroes and agencies and choose where you want to go. I need your choices by Wednesday.”
The bell rang.
“Homeroom dismissed.”
_______________________________
Hitoshi stretched as the bell rang for lunch.
Uraraka came bounding over, Iida slowly following. Todoroki came over as well.
“HEY!” Yoarashi yelled as he joined them. “Let’s eat!” Uraraka bounced on her toes. “Yeah! I heard they have a really cheap but really good lunch special today!”
Hitoshi nodded and leaned over his desk. He shook Zuku’s shoulder. “Hey, Zuku. Time for lunch.” The greenette groaned. Everyone winced a bit as Zuku pulled back his metal arm that was laying on his table and it made a loud scratching sound. “D- did I fall a- a- asleep…?” Todoroki nodded. “Are you surprised? You always do before lunch.” Zuku hummed, rubbing at his eyes with his left hand. Uraraka bounced. “Come on! Once you eat you’ll be up and swinging again!”
“So have any of you looked at your lists of heroes? We all got drafted, right?” Yoarashi asked as they sat down for lunch in the cafeteria. Hitoshi shrugged. “I’ve glanced at it.” Izuku hummed and nodded. “I would like to research them all more,” Todoroki said. “All of them?!” Uraraka exclaimed. “You had in the, like, multiples of thousands or something!” Todoroki nodded. “I want to see if there are any winter heroes that have drafted me.” Zuku turned to him. “W- we are doin’ u- underground right?” Hitoshi nodded. “Probably. I think I saw Dad’s agency on my list.”
“Aizawa-sensei has an agency?” Yoarashi asked. “I thought he was an underground pro.”
Hitoshi hummed. “He is. While it isn’t common, there are a few underground pro heroes with their own agency though they are really small usually because being a daylight hero is more popular.”
“What about you, Iida?” Uraraka looked over at their unusually quiet friend.
When… When did I start considering these people friends?
Iida pushed up his glasses. “I have yet to look at my list in favor of paying attention in class. I, too, would like to do some research of my own.”
Hitoshi, Zuku, and Todoroki all stiffened. Uraraka and Yoarashi seemed oblivious to the underlying suspicion in that.
“I- Iida,” Izuku started hesitantly, “‘ow i- is yer b- brother…?”
Iida took in a sharp breath. “Everything is just fine. You do not need to worry.” Hitoshi could not help but not believe the boy.
Hitoshi raised his hand in the middle of rescue training. They had Hero Foundational Studies after school today.
“Yes! Young Aizawa!” All Might called him out. Izuku looked over from where he was walking away for physical therapy. “May I join Zuku today? I have something that I need to discuss with Aizawa-sensei and he is usually there,” Hitoshi asked. “Hmm. May I ask what is so important?” All Might questioned. Hitoshi shook his head. “I would rather not say, sir.” All Might nodded. “That is fine but you will be docked a few points.” Hitoshi bowed. “Thank you, All Might-sensei.”
He left with Zuku.
“Wh- what are you askin’ a- about?” Zuku asked as the two were getting dressed in their normal clothes. “I think you know what I am asking about,” Hitoshi replied.
“Iida?”
“Yeah.”
“Oh, Hitoshi,” Recovery Girl greeted him as the two entered the nurse’s office. “Are you hurt?” He shook his head. “No but I need to talk to my father.” Dad just opened the door. “Oh? What about?” Hitoshi turned to him. “Iida.” Dad’s face darkened a bit. “Let’s sit.”
The two sat in the chairs as Zuku got started on his exercises.
“What is this bout, Hitoshi?” Dad asked.
“I heard about Iida’s brother on the news,” Hitoshi started. “Today Iida seemed really off. Not like ‘My brother was hospitalized by the Hero Killer’ off. I mean ‘My brother was hospitalized by the Hero Killer and am going to do something about it, off.”
Dad sighed. “I understand your concern but that has some serious implications. I noticed his demeanor as well but we cannot do anything as is. We do not know if Iida is actually planning anything and can’t go accusing him based on nothing. It might only spur his potential decision further.”
Hitoshi looked over at a gasp of pain from Zuku who was struggling with his new weight set. “Just a few more, sonny,” Recovery Girl pressed. Dad drew Hitoshi’s attention back. “I know you are worried. I will keep an eye on Iida but as for now, don’t try and press him. Just try and be there for him as a friend.” Hitoshi scratched the back of his head, head down. “I’m not too good at this whole ‘friend’ thing yet.” Dad chuckled and ruffled the boy’s hair. “I know. I am very proud of you for interacting and sticking with the group you have found and not turning them away.” Hitoshi blushed a bit. “I think they stuck to us more than anything,” he grumbled. “Maybe, but you could have ignored them completely,” Dad said. Hitoshi shrugged.
They spent the rest of the time just watching how Zuku was doing with his exercises.
“Alright, sonny,” Recovery Girl said, “that’s enough for today.” Zuku let the stress ball fall to the ground, unable to hold it in his metal arm any longer. He was panting heavily. It looked painful. Zuku flopped back onto the cot he was sitting on the edge of, draping his left arm over his eyes. Dad moved to the small freezer in the office and pulled out an ice pack. He placed it over the fusion line of Zuku’s right shoulder.
“Oh, right, while we are here,” Hitoshi pulled out his packet of hero agencies, “I got an offer from you, Dad.” Dad nodded. “If you check Zuku’s, I sent one out to him as well. There are also a few underground pro’s that I have mentioned you both to on there I think as well.” Zuku turned his head, looking over at them. “C- can you get my p- papers from m- my bag?” he breathed out. Hitoshi nodded. He got them out of Zuku’s bag and slid them over to the greenette on the cot. Zuku grunted as he sat up. Hitoshi went over and sat beside his partner.
Zuku hummed. “I- I’ve worked with Blank Eye b- before,” Izuku stated, pointing at the name. Dad raised an eyebrow. Zuku tilted his head. “I- it was a… dr- drug ring I- I think that ‘e w- was followin’. I w- was following ‘em as well a- and o- often provided Blank Eye w- with information. W- we ended up on the s- same team durin’ the r- raid.”
Hitoshi blinked, stunned. “I didn’t know heroes willingly worked with vigilantes.”
“Not typically,” Dad piped in, “but there have been instances where if the two forces happen to be working on the same thing like that and if it is beneficial to the takedown then the forces will work together. Me and Izuku worked together many times, actually.” Zuku nodded. “Th- then you would a- always try and c- catch me.”
“You were still against the law,” Dad bit in.
“I- I wasn’t using me q- quirk so…”
Dad rolled his eyes. “Anyways, what do you two think?” Hitoshi flipped through the pages. “I don’t know. What do you think, Zuku?” Zuku looked up. “I- I think we sh- should stick with Sho. H- he knows o- our fightin’ style a- and we ‘ave experience w- with ‘im.”
Hitoshi looked up at Dad. “Is that okay with you?” Dad nodded. “If it wasn’t then I wouldn’t have drafted you.”
Hitoshi and Zuku looked at each other. They nodded. “Guess we are going to Dad’s agency.”
“Yer.”
*knock knock knock*
The nurse’s office door opened. “Hey!” Kirishima walked in. “Class is over.” Dad pat his back. “See you at home.” Hitoshi nodded. “See you.”
Hitoshi opened the Abused Child Incorporated group chat that night.
Zuku:
I can’t believe you chose that name.
Todoroki:
Why not?
Zuku:
Brand? Really?
Todoroki:
Midnight accepted it.
Hitoshi:
She would have if she heard about this group chat.
Todoroki:
I think it’s fine.
Technically, the burn aspect of branding is true.
Zuku:
Dark.
Hitoshi:
Morbid.
Todoroki:
So is this group chat.
Hitoshi:
Remind me who started the whole brand again?
Todoroki:
Touche.
I’ve got some research to do. Night.
Hitoshi:
Night.
Zuku:
Goodnight.
“I’m going with Gunhead!” Uraraka proudly stated, startling Zuku from his nap of sleeping on Hitoshi’s shoulder during lunch the next day.
Hitoshi raised an eyebrow at the greenette who was looking around like he hadn’t expected to fall asleep. Hitoshi didn’t think Zuku would either but to be fair, the boy had made it all the way through their morning classes without falling asleep. Hitoshi had to think if Zuku was becoming immune to the medicine possibly.
“I was under the impression that you were aiming to be a rescue hero,” Iida stated. The brunette girl nodded. “I am! But I figured it would be good to know how to fight as well.” Iida hummed. Yoarashi laughed. “That’s great! I am going for Edgeshot!” Iida pushed up his glasses. “The number five hero.” Uraraka tilted her head. “I don’t see your… personalities mixing.” Yoarashi shrugged. He turned to Todoroki. “What about you, Todoroki?” The bicolored boy looked up from his soba.
“Avalanche,” he stated.
“Avalanche?” Uraraka questioned. Todoroki nodded. “She isn’t all that well known because she is based in Nesuka.”
“Isn’t Nesuka, like, in the Yukiyama Mountains?”
“Near to the base.”
“It’s so cold up there!” she exclaimed. “I hear it is almost always snowing!”
“That’s the point,” Todoroki said.
Uraraka shivered. “Brrr! Good luck!” She looked over at Hitoshi and Zuku. “You two?” Izuku looked up from his meal. “E- Eraser’ead.” Iida raised an eyebrow. “Our homeroom teacher?” Hitoshi nodded. “Me and Zuku plan to be underground heroes and he already knows the best way to train us.” Iida hummed. “Understandable.”
“Well,” Yoarashi leaned back to look at Iida, “what about you?”
Iida nodded sharply. “I will be interning with Pro Hero Manual.”
Hitoshi looked down to see Zuku typing the name in his phone without looking up as if he had his phone ready the entire time. Hitoshi swallowed. Information gathering. Research.
“That’s a bit odd,” Todoroki started. Hitoshi narrowed his eyes slightly. Todoroki usually wouldn’t talk here but… he’s getting information as well. Hitoshi nodded. “Yes. Is he not based in Hosu?” Zuku’s thumb stopped for a second over the screen before typing that down too. Iida nodded. “That is correct,” he agreed.
“I would think one from a family with such an esteemed name would go for a bigger hero,” Todoroki hummed. “Or that you would choose one with a mobility type quirk or speed quirk.” Iida pushed up his glasses. He pursed his lips. Zuku’s eyes fell half-lidded, taking in this display of tenseness. “Yes,” Iida started slowly, “but I do not want to get along by just my family name and, as Uraraka said, I feel that it would be good to have a variety of skills.”
Hitoshi glanced back down at Zuku’s phone.
‘- taking the easy route out. Leaning on others excuses.’
Hitoshi blinked and looked up. Ah… So we are doing this.
_______________________________
*-ap tap tap tap tap tap tap*
Eijiro groaned, rubbing his eyes in the dark of his and Izu’s room. He rolled over in bed and checked the time.
3:02 in the morning…
*tap tap tap tap tap tap tap tap*
Eijiro sat up and looked over to Izuku’s desk where the greenette in question was sitting with his flashlight handing above papers. His pencil was tapping on the paper directly beneath it rapidly, his right leg bouncing in time with it.
*tap tap tap tap tap* *Bzzzt!* Izu’s phone buzzed on the desk next to him. Izuku leaned over and checked it. “Tsk.” He clicked his tongue, dropping his pencil and picking up his phone, tapping away on the screen.
Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. He leaned over and flicked on his lamp. Izuku blinked, sitting up straight and looking over at Eijiro who raised an eyebrow. “What are you doing?” he whispered. Izuku glanced down at his papers and hung his head, letting out a tired sigh. Eijiro got out of bed and walked over, looking over Izuku’s shoulder.
“‘Stain sightings?” Eijiro looked over at Izuku. “What is all this about? And why is Hosu so important?” Izuku yawned. “C- cause Iida is goin’ th- there.” Eijiro nodded slowly. “Right… And?” Izuku bit his lip. “I- it’s ‘ard ta explain… I- I think I’m just g- goin’ crazae…” He yawned again. Eijiro hummed. “Well if you keep fighting your medicine then you will go crazy. Go to sleep, Izu.” Izuku looked back down at his papers. “B- but-”
“No buts,” Eijiro interjected. “You can finish this in the morning.”
“Ei…”
“It’s called tough love, Izu.”
Izuku hung his head. “Fine…” He snapped a couple pictures of a few different pages and sent them to a text chat. “Who are you sending those to?” Eijiro asked. “Sh- Shoto and Toshi,” Izuku replied, reaching up and turning off his flashlight which seems to be permanently taped to the top shelf of his desk. “They are up too?” Izuku nodded. “S- sleep is ‘ard…” Eijiro frowned.
I supposed for them it would be…
“Come on,” Eijiro waved his brother over to his bed, lifting up the blanket. Izuku crawled in, Eijiro following soon after. The redhead leaned over and shut off his lamp. “Go to sleep, man.” Izuku grumbled something, too slurred by exhaustion to be coherent. Eijiro frowned, eyebrows furrowing in concern. He raised his hand and placed them over Izuku’s eyes. “I’m counting down from thirty, okay? Thirty… Twenty-nine… Twenty-eight… Twenty-seven…” Eijiro got to nineteen when he heard Izuku’s breathing slow and knew that the greenette was asleep but finished off because he knew Izuku would wake up just as fast if he didn’t hear the cue. Even with the pain medicine, Izuku was an incredibly light sleeper.
“Two… One…” Eijiro whispered into the night. He removed his hand from Izuku’s eyes. He couldn’t see them, but he knew that they were closed and Izuku was fast asleep.
“You work yourself too hard, Izu,” he whispered. Eijiro closed his eyes and pressed his forehead against Izuku’s forehead. “It’s okay to take a break sometimes…”
Eijiro fell into a calm sleep knowing that his brother was sleeping soundly.
_______________________________
Tenya’s leg bounced.
Just a few more days. Just a few more days and I’ll be in Hosu. But…
Tenya glanced up from his lunch at the three on the other side of the table. Something about Izuku, Shinsou, and Todoroki unnerved him. He felt like they were always watching him with their cold, calculating eyes. Did they know? No. There’s no way they could know. Right? No. I’ve made no obvious indication towards it.
Tenya picked up his bag after school, ready to head out.
“I- Iida,” he turned around to Izuku. “What is it, Izuku?”
Izuku tugged at the end of his right sleeve, a nervous tick Iida had come to recognize from the smaller boy. “I- I just wanted t- ta say th- that if ya n- n- need anaeone ta t- talk to… y- you can t- talk ta me.”
Tenya steeled his face. “Thank you, Izuku, but I assure you that everything is alright. Have a good day.” Tenya turned to leave, making it to the door before Izuku spoke again. “Y- you aren’t tryin’ a- anaething, a- are you, Iida?” Tenay froze. He turned around. “Izuku. Nothing is happening.”
Izuku’s viridian eyes traveled up and down him. A shiver went down Tenya’s spine.
“Are you… a- are you goin’ a- a- after ‘im?”
He’s caught on! “Just stay out of it, Izuku,” Tenya urged.
“You w- will regret i- it.”
Tenya bit his tongue. “You wouldn’t understand.”
Izuku’s eye twitched. “Y- you won’t make i- it.”
Tenya visibly scowled. “That isn’t for you to decide.”
“Iid-”
“Izuku, drop it,” Tenya bit. “You don’t have any right to stop me without understanding what it feels like to lose someone close to you.”
Izuku’s eyes widened.
“Tensei… he didn’t die but… that man minus well have killed my brother! He ended his career! Being a hero was everything to Tensei!” Tenya panted, facade breaking. He took a deep breath and pushed up his glasses. “Just let it go, Izuku. Thank you for your concern but I don’t imagine that you could possibly understand my need to do this and I would appreciate it if you would not tell anyone else about this conversation. Good day, Izuku.”
Tenya pivoted on his heel and walked out of the room.
Thank you, Izuku, really, but this is something I have to do.
_______________________________
Hitoshi walked back to the classroom after using the bathroom. Iida passed him in the hall, walking quickly, not stopping to say anything. Hitoshi raised an eyebrow. Isn’t Iida usually the first one out?
Hitoshi shrugged and opened the door to the classroom.
“Zuku?”
The greenette in question stood in the middle of the classroom stock still. Hitoshi paled. He didn’t… Hitoshi made a b-line for the boy. “Hey, Zuku, what was that about?” No response. “Zuku. Hey, are you-” Hitoshi took a step back as Zuku raised his left arm. “Hey, Zuku…” Anger flared in those green eyes. Zuku brought his fist down on the nearest desk.
*BANG* *CRACK*
_______________________________
Shouta sighed, going back to the classroom for some papers.
There was a loud sound from the room. Shouta furrowed his eyebrows and opened the door, peaking in. His eyes widened.
Near the middle of the room stood Hitoshi and Izuku. Hitoshi had his hands up, feet placed as if he had taken a step back. Izuku was hunched over, head down, fist on a desk and… a freaking large crack in that desk!
“Hey, what’s going on in here?” Hitoshi’s head swirled around. “I- I don’t know! He just suddenly punched the desk!” Shouta walked over and moved around his son. He placed a careful hand on Izuku’s shoulder, preparing his capture weapon just in case. “Izuku, what is wrong?” The greenette’s shoulders shook. He took in a long, hard breath. The boy’s hand slid off of the desk to hang by his side. To Shouta’s horror, his knuckles were bleeding. “Ki-”
“He’s goin’ after Stain,” Izuku growled. Shouta’s eyes widened. “What are you talking about, kid?” Izuku looked up at him. Shouta had to stop himself from stepping back. He had never felt so much rage radiating from the boy before. “Let ‘im,” Izuku scoffed, pushing past Shouta and Hitoshi. “I don’ give a hecking care in the world.”
*SLAM*
The door slammed behind the greenette.
…
…
…
“Dad…?”
Shouta took a deep breath. He turned to Hitoshi. “Stay here, Hitoshi. I’ll be back.” Shouta left the classroom. He didn’t need to see where Izuku went. He already knew. Shouta turned the corner and entered the boy’s bathroom. Bingo. Izuku had his left hand on the wall, head hanging, breathing slow.
“Izuku,” Shouta came up to stand behind the boy. “I think we are due an explanation.” Shouta sighed when there was no reply. “Hey, kid.” He placed his hand on Izuku’s shoulder. “Hey!” Izuku practically crumpled under the touch, falling on his side. Shouta fell to his knees beside the greenette. “Hey, kid!” He turned Izuku over and was met with blank eyes staring up at nothing. Shouta sighed, hanging his head.
“Dissociation. Great. Just great.”
Shouta shuffled his arms underneath the boy and picked him up. He turned around and left the bathroom.
“Aizawa-sens- Izu?!” Shouta sighed and turned around to see Kirishima and Ashido running down the hall to him. “We were wondering why Izuku didn’t show up outside,” Ashido explained. “What happened?” Shouta shook his head. “I don’t know.” Well, I have a suspicion but I can’t tell them. “I am going to call your parents, Kirishima.”
Shouta waved as the Kirishima’s drove off.
“Dad…” Hitoshi started slowly. “What Zuku said… He meant Iida, didn’t he?”
Shouta sighed, running a hand through his own raven hair. “I think so. Don’t worry, Hitoshi. I’ll talk to Iida tomorrow.”
“He isn’t actually going after Stain, is he?”
Shouta looked down at his son. Hitoshi is worried. Hitoshi finally made friends and now one of them might be going after a serial killer in cold blood. Shouta sighed.
“I sure hope not.”
Chapter 68: The Calm.
Summary:
Before the Internships.
Notes:
I am so sorry this is so late! I recently started a new job so my schedule is all out of whack! This is also short but the next chapter should be longer so do not fear! Thank you all for sticking with me and I hope you are all well!
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Asa closed the book he was reading aloud.
“Welcome back,” he greeted the green-haired boy on the couch sitting next to him. The previously dissociated Izuku rubbed at his eyes. He looked over at Asa. “Morn… ing?” Asa shook his head. “Night. It’s,” he checked his phone, “9:23 currently.” Izuku hummed. He blinked a few times before his eyes suddenly widened.
“Wait,” Asa held up his hand, “let me go get your weights and stress ball and you can do your exercises while you explain it all to me.” Izuku nodded slowly. Asa did NOT like the dark look in Izuku’s eyes.
He got off the couch and made his way to Ei’s and Izu’s room.
*knock knock knock*
Asa knows that he probably doesn’t have to knock since Izuku isn’t in there but it has become more of a habit than anything.
“You can come in,” Eijiro’s muffled voice came from the other side. Asa opened the door. “Hey, bud,” he greeted. Eijiro looked up from his game. “Did he ‘wake up?’” Asa nodded. “Yeah.” Eijiro hummed as Dad went to collect Izuku’s things. “Need some support?” the redhead asked. Asa sighed. “No. It’ll be fine,” Asa replied. “I’ll keep him busy while doing his exercises so it won’t be too bad. I hope.” Asa frowned. “Come to think of it, when was the last time Izuku actually got mad?”
Eijiro shrugged. “Mad enough to dissociate? Probably Christmas.” Asa rolled his shoulders. “I don’t think we have the data to handle this,” he joked. Ei rolled his eyes before pausing. “Does Izu get angry?” Asa looked over at his son from the door. He furrowed his eyebrows. “Surely he does.” Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “You don’t sound very convinced.”
Asa hummed. “I mean, he got angry that time around Christmas so I’m sure he does.”
Eijiro frowned. “I know but, like, I’ve never seen him actually get irked or anything. Every time I got mad or frustrated he would always calm me down but I don’t think I’ve ever seen Izuku himself actually get angry.” Asa opened the door.
“That’s… not good.” He shouldn't be holding it all in.
Asa left the room. He peered into the living room. Izuku was sitting on the couch still, head down and shoulders hunched. Well, his left shoulder was. Hime was rubbing against him, trying to calm Izuku down from whatever caused this sudden shift in demeanor. Maybe she didn’t know what to do either because they almost never see Izuku actually mad. Asa signed and entered the living room.
“Alright, bud,” he started, crouching down in front of Izuku. The boy didn’t lift his head but glanced up at Asa which was fine. Asa was going to press the greenette. Not until he actually knew how the boy reacts when angry aside from running away.
Apparently he broke a table… Izuku may be surprisingly violent when angry. Then again, it might not be all that surprising considering his track record.
Asa moved purposefully slowly, like approaching a wounded animal, when reaching forward and taking Izuku’s metal hand. He made sure that his arms were always in Izuku’s line of sight. Even if Izuku wasn’t angry, it was more of a silent rule to do so. There were a few things like that they all learned not to do. Like never walking up behind him, always rounding to the side. Stuff like that.
Asa turned the hand around and placed the red stress ball in it. Asa met Izuku in the eyes. “Now, how about you tell me what’s going on, okay?” he asked.
Izuku didn’t talk for a long time, staring down at the ball in his hand before his eyes narrowed and his metal fingers curled around the ball.
“I- I just… He just… I- I don’ know…” Izuku whispered. Asa tilted his head. “Alright, let’s start from the top then. What are you feeling right now? And before you dissociated?” Izuku swallowed.
“F- fire,” he stated.
Asa raised an eyebrow. “Fi… re…?”
Izuku nodded. “L- like, I- I dunno, sort of like I- I wanna scream o- or somethin’? O- or hit something’ or l- like a burning ache…? I- in my chest?”
Asa blinked.
Does… Izuku not know what anger is?
“Izuku,” Asa started, “that’s called being angry, you know that right?” Izuku froze, eyes widening, hand going still. “Have you not felt angry before, Izu?” Asa asked, leaning in a bit. Izuku flinched back violently, dropping the ball.
Ah, Asa thought, connecting the pieces. So that's how it is. Asa picked the ball up and held it out. Izuku slowly reached up and took it, resuming his exercise. “Izuku, please answer the question,” he pressed a bit. Izuku hesitated. “I- I’ve felt a- angrae before…” Asa nodded. “Like when?” Izuku hung his head. “W- when she f- first found out…”
“Mhmm?”
Izuku looked to the side. “Wh- when she first f- found out about m- m- my quirk… M- maybae a m- month after that?”
‘She’ is what Izuku always calls Inko because he can’t bring himself to say ‘Inko’ of ‘Midoriya’ without physically getting sick.
“I- I would-,” Izuku continued, “A- at first I- I was s- sad. I- I couldn’ underst- stand why s- she was ‘urtin’ m- me… A- about a- a month afta findin’ out m- my quirk a- and ‘er… treatments-”
“Abuse,” Asa cut in, making Izuku flinch. “That’s called abuse, Izuku.”
“R- right…” Something else they had been getting Izuku to accept was that he didn’t deserve the way Ms. Midoriya treated him and that it was abusive and wrong, that he shouldn’t have had to go through that.
“So, a month into her abuse,” Asa nodded.
Izuku took a shaky breath. “A- a month into ‘er a- a- abuse… i- it changed ta a- anger o- or somethin’. I- I’d want ta ask ‘er w- why. Wh- why she was ‘urtin’ me l- like that… Wh- when she would l- look down on m- m- me w- w-ith ‘er eyes o- or lock m- me in the closet o- or throw me a- against the wall…”
Asa frowned. He hated hearing about all of the things Ms. Midoriya did to Izuku. Especially as the father of Izuku, he couldn’t understand how a parent could do that to their child.
“I- I wanted ta fight b- back. I wanted t- ta scream at ‘er. A- ask her why. Wh- why she did that. I- I thought she l- l- loved me…” Tears filled in Izuku’s eyes but the way his face contorted in anger didn’t do those tears justice.
“And did you?” Asa asked, already knowing the answer.
Izuku nodded. “O- once… I- it didn’ turn out t- too well… I- I- I learned qu- quicklae afta th- that…” He deflated. The tears didn’t drop as his face did. He just looked exhausted. Mentally worn out in a way a fourteen year old boy shouldn’t feel at his age.
Asa hummed. “Okay, so what made you feel angry this time?” Best not to focus on the past. Izuku isn’t going to be sleeping well tonight after this talk.
“Iida,” Izuku practically growled as the realization that Asa wasn’t going to hit him for feeling this way grew in him. Asa hummed. “Your friend?” Izuku nodded, glancing up to Asa to check for confirmation that it was okay that he was saying all of this. Asa kept his face leveled. “What did Iida do?” Asa took the stress ball and replaced it with a ten-pound weight. Izuku winced a bit as he curled it to his shoulder. “Take your time.” Izuku nodded slightly.
“‘e i- is tryin’ somethin’ st- stupid,” Izuku said after a few curls, getting into the motion before talking. Asa hummed. “As in?” Izuku shook his head. “I- I’m not a- a- allowed ta say.” Asa frowned. “Okay… Moving past that then…”
Must be something serious if Izuku is willing to hide it with his mentality of doing something like that will earn him a beating.
“Is what he is doing what is making you angry?” Asa asked. Izuku shook his head but stopped. “W- well…”
Asa tilted his head.
“‘e... I t- talked with ‘im ‘bout i- i- it and I- Iida, ‘e said somethin’...” Izuku scowled. “I- I was alreadae gettin’ a- a bit, um, i- irked…?” Asa nodded. “Yes, that’s a word.” Izuku hummed, continuing. “W- well, yer, I- I was gettin’ irked b- b- because I knew wh- what ‘e was tr- tryin’ a- and ‘is reasons b- but I know th- that if Iida d- does try i- it ‘e’ll be h- hurt… Or k- killed…” Asa narrowed his eyes. “Are you sure you should be hiding that then?” Izuku didn’t reply so Asa was quick to move on, not willing to press into that matter when he has gotten Izuku to be this vulnerable right now. If he continues to press on something Izuku is hiding then Izuku will habitually take that as a soon-to-be beating. “Alright, is that what is angering you then?” he asked instead. Izuku shook his head. “P- partiallae…” Asa nodded. “Can you tell me what is really angering you then?”
Izuku glared at the ground with such intensity that Asa almost took a step back but didn’t.
“‘e said somethin’,” Izuku growled.
“Which was?” Asa pressed.
“You don’ ‘ave a- anae right ta s- stop me w- without understandin’ what i- it feels like ta lose someone c- close ta y- you,” Izuku spat out.
Asa stared at his son with wide eyes. Oh. Dang.
He snapped out of it from a pained gasp from Izuku. He had been gripping the weight so hard on strained nerves. Asa quickly took the weight from the greenette and set it to the side. He took a seat beside Izuku, “Hey, bud,” he gently pulled Izuku into a hug. “You know he doesn’t know what you’ve been through.” Izuku didn’t reply. “And,” Asa continued, “let’s not forget that others have bad things happen to them too.” Izuku stiffened slightly before relaxing again. “And that, just like you, it causes them to do brash things, right?” Asa poked at Izu’s cheek. The boy giggled slightly, showing off the childish side of himself. “So don’t worry about it for now,” Asa continued. Iida was just blowing off steam and you were the one he was talking to.” Izuku sighed. “Okay?”
The greenette looked up at Asa,searching the man’s eyes. And Asa let him with a gentle smile. Izuku lowered his head, pressing it against Asa’s chest, a silent request for affection. “Okay…” he whispered. Asa obliged, leaning his cheek against Izuku’s curls and rubbing the boy’s back.
Izuku is... surprisingly a very quiet person when angry... Maybe it's just the wind up then he just deflates?
-----
‘Does Izu get angry?’
‘I know but, like, I’ve never seen him actually get irked or anything. Every time I got mad or frustrated he would always calm me down but I don’t think I’ve ever seen Izuku himself actually get angry.’
-----
“Izu,” Asa started slowly, “have we… have we ever done anything that made you angry without you telling us?”
The boy stiffened again.
Oh. Okay then.
“N-”
“Don’t lie, Izuku,” Asa cut in. “It’s fine. In this family we take care of each other. We don’t want to purposefully, or accidentally, make you angry or uncomfortable.”
Izuku relaxed a bit. “J- just small th- things…”
“Like?”
“Th- the knife,” Izuku whispered. “Wh- when ya t- took it away.” Asa nodded. Of course, it has something to do with his safety. “B- but I ‘ave a- a- a new one s- so i- it’s fine…” Asa shook his head leaning back, taking the boy by the shoulders and looking him in the eyes. “But it wasn’t fine then.” Izuku looked down. Asa sighed. “And?”
“A- and?” Izuku looked up.
“What else?”
“O- oh,” Izuku thought for a moment. “Th- the notebook u- under my mattress. I- I noticed i- it was gone a- after Christmas. I- I know we m- made up a- a- and all b- but…” Asa frowned. “It’s okay. Do you want it back? We still have it.” Izuku’s eyes widened. “I can-” He furrowed his eyebrows. “No.”
Asa tilted his head. “No?”
Izuku nodded. “I- I don’... I don’t need it now.” Izuku said confidently. Asa couldn’t help but smile. “I’m glad you feel that way. Anything else?” Izuku shrugged. “Maybae? ‘ere a- and there?” Asa nodded. That’s fair. I couldn’t remember every reason for my anger either.
“Alright,” Asa ruffled Izuku’s hair. “Thank you for telling me.” He ran his hand along Izuku’s metal arm. “How about we take this off now, okay?” Izuku nodded sharply. Asa chuckled. “That bad, huh?” Izuku blushed a bit. Asa smiled. “Okay then.”
“Y- you won’-”
“I won’t look,” Asa confirmed.
Izuku nodded, hesitating before unbuttoning his blazer and taking it off. He took off his tie before moving to his under button-up. Izuku slipped his right arm out of the shirt, looking to the side. As promised, Asa didn’t look at the boy’s half-exposed torso. He moved his hands to the latches on the top of the arm, at the base of the shoulder. “Releasing,” Asa stated. It was significantly less painful to take the arm off than to put it on but the release still had its downs. He unclipped the first one, the second, and all around to the fifth. “And… pulling.” Izuku gasped in pain as Asa tugged down. The arm attachment slid off of the pole-like end of the right shoulder attached permanently to Izuku’s shoulder through fusion.
Well, until he outgrows it but that is a different battle for a different day.
Izuku fell against the couch cushions, sighing in quiet relief as his real nerves were set free and released from their straining bindings.
Asa chuckled. “I’ll go get the ice pack.” Izuku didn’t reply and Asa didn’t expect him to. Asa came back with the ice pack and set it on Izuku’s fusion line, the boy almost melting under the cool touch.
Asa took up the arm, weights, and stress ball, leaving Izuku to relax as he goes back to the boys’ room.
*knock knock knock*
“Come in.”
Asa entered the room. “Hey, bud,” he greeted. Ei looked over from his desk “All good?” Asa nodded. “All good.” He pulled the box out from under Izuku’s bed to put away the items. “I want to count Izuku having been out for a few hours and keeping him doing his exercises as a factor in how smoothly that went.” Eijiro nodded. “Will Izu be coming to bed?” Asa nodded. “Give me a few moments to get some medicine in him and then I’ll bring him back.”
“Alright.”
Asa did just that, bringing Izuku a cup of water and his pill.
“So,” Asa started as Izuku drank, “I guess we should tell you that you have a doctor’s appointment on Saturday.” Izuku stopped, lowering the glass and looking at him. “Fer…?” he asked. “Sleeping pills.”
Izuku narrowed his eyes.
Asa sighed. “I figured you would react that way. Will you hear me out at least?” Izuku nodded. “Thank you. I am sure that you know by now that in a couple of weeks you will be coming off of your pain medication.” Izuku nodded. “Right now, your sleep schedule is near to what a normal sleep schedule looks like but that is only because of the sleeping side effects of your current medicine. We would like to keep you on that same routine if possible and that medicine will help with that since your body and mind does not physically shut down as any other persons does.”
Izuku frowned. “But… wh- what if th- things ‘appen…?”
“Izuku,” Asa said softly, “I know you have those fears and will always have them but nothing will happen while you are asleep. Trust me on this, okay? You know that everything we do is only because we want the best for you.” Izuku lowered his head. “I- I’m scared t- ta sleep…” Asa swallowed. “I know you are, Izu, but over time it will get better.”
The boy looked up. “It’s a- almost been t- t- two years,” he stated. “I- it ‘asn’t got b- better!” Asa nodded. “Two years against ten years of conditioned PTSD isn’t much, Izuku. Sleeping pills will knock you out and you won’t have to deal with as much anymore.” Izuku blinked. “N- no more nightmares?” Asa tilted his head. “Well… not as many.” Hopefully. “It should keep you down enough for you to void most of those.” Izuku dropped his head. Asa ruffled the greenette’s hair. “But it will help you get better. Your nightmares won’t ever completely go away, Izuku.”
“I- I want them t- to…” Izuku whispered.
“I know… Can you at least give them a try?” Asa asked. The greenette looked up. He sighed and nodded. Asa smiled. “Thanks, bud.”
Izuku yawned, rubbing at his eyes.
Asa chuckled. “Let’s get you in bed.”
_______________________________
“Iida,” Tenya turned to his teacher as he was following the group out to lunch. “Can you please stay here for a moment?” Aizawa-sensei asked. Tenya turned to the group. “I will catch you all later.”
“OKAY!” Yoarashi yelled unnecessarily loud before they left. Iida met eyes with Izuku for a split second before the boy turned away.
“Iida,” Aizawa-sensei called again. Tenya swallowed. He didn’t… He didn't tell Aizawa-sensei, did he? Tenya turned around. “What may I help you with, Aizawa-sensei, sir?” Tenya asked, arms moving up and down. The man hummed. “Right. I was called over by the principle to review some footage on the security cams yesterday and some alarming information has been brought to my attention.” Tenya had to fight to keep his face still as the man continued. “Iida, I am aware of your brother’s current situation and also of your choice in internship with Pro Hero Manual based in Hosu. Are you or are you not planning on going after Stain during your stay with Manual?”
Tenya stiffened. He doesn’t know. At the end of the day, Izuku’s and I’s conversation did not give enough hardcore evidence that I was going to specifically go after Stain. He can’t use anything against me. Tenya looked his teacher dead in the eyes. “No, sir. I do not see why I would attempt to go after someone with such a high report of skill and intelligence. It would only put my life at risk and my family is in no need of extra stress or loss at the moment.”
Aizawa-sensei did not back down. “Then can you please inform me of who it was that Kirishima had spoken of you going after when you two talk yesterday?”
Tenya nodded sternly. “My brother’s old roommate. He had done some unsavory things to my brother during their stay together and had recently decided to take advantage of my brother’s poor condition to break into the apartment he was kicked out of with the spare key and steal from my brother.”
Aizawa-sensei hummed. Tenya couldn’t tell what the man was thinking but luckily Tenya had already prepared for this.
“You are aware that if I suspect anything is going on I can forcibly remove you from the internships, correct?” Tenya’s jaw hardened. Aizawa narrowed his eyes. “And if you do go to the internships and I hear that you have, in fact, gone after Stain during your stay, that would be most likely against a direct command from your guardian Manual, an act of vigilantism, which is highly illegal, and also a lie directly to your teacher’s face and would result in your immediate expulsion IF,” the man put emphasis on it, “you were to survive your encounter with Stain?”
Tenya swallowed. “I fully understand those consequences,” Tenya started, “but I do not understand your direction of them at me for I do not have any plans for going after the Hero Killer.”
There was a tense moment of long, drawn out silence as if Aizawa-sensei was waiting for Tenya to crack. Tenya would not crack. He could not crack.
“One last chance to tell me the truth Iida,” Aizawa-sensei urged. “Are you or are you not going after the Hero Killer, Stain, during your internship?”
Tenya steeled his voice, willing it not to break. “I am not, Aizawa-sensei.”
The man nodded. “Alright. You may go to lunch.” Tenya bowed. “Thank you, sir. I appreciate your concern.” He left before Aizawa-sensei could stop him again. Tenya strode down the hallway with long legs.
“IIDA!” Yoarashi waved him over to their usual table. He took his seat beside the loud boy. “What did Aizawa-sensei need to talk to you about, Iida?” Uraraka asked. Tenya pushed his glasses up. “Just a bit of confirmation about the internships. That is all,” he replied. Tenya glanced up at Izuku. Ice minus well have been poured down his spine by the look he received in return. He kept his cool though and looked down to his lunch to eat.
My apologies, Izuku, Aizawa-sensei, but if I am to fully inherit the name ‘Ingenium,’ then I must first rid the world of who forced Tensei to give it up first.
And no one will get in my way.
_______________________________
Shouta watched Iida leave the room, stiff back, stiff jaw, hard eyes.
He lied to me.
Shouta sighed loudly as he entered the teacher’s lounge.
“Sounds like an eventful day, Sho,” Zashi commented, already getting up to prepare Shouta a cup of coffee. Shouta slouched on the leather couch. “Zashiiiii!” he whined. The blonde chuckled. “What happened now, Sho?” he asked. “Iida,” the raven-haired man stated. “We are ninety-nine percent sure that the boy is going after Stain during his internships but we have no proof.”
“Hmm? One and a half creams?”
“Yeah.”
Zashi came over with his cup and handed it to Shouta who took a massive swig of it. “You and who else?” the man asked, sitting on the couch on the other side of the coffee table to face Shouta. “Izuku and Hitoshi.” Zashi hummed. “But we have no proof so we can’t stop him,” Shouta continued. “And I can’t force him not to go on the internships because I don’t have a real reason to make him not.”
“Want me to talk to the little listener?” Zashi asked. Shouta shook his head. “We can’t force Iida to tell us. We can only wait and watch at this point.”
_______________________________
“Hey, you okay, man?”
Izuku looked up from his bag at his brother. The two were packing for their internships that started the next day. He looked back down. “I- I dunno…”
Eijiro hummed. “What’s wrong?”
Izuku shrugged. “I- I guess it’ll j- just be strange t- ta be doin’ it again.”
“What do you mean?”
“L- like patrollin’ at night a- and doin’ the same s- stuff I did as G- Golden Whip.”
Eijiro made a little ‘Oh’ sound. “W- will you be okay?” Izuku couldn’t answer. He didn’t know how. Eijiro came over and sat beside him. “Hey, everything will be fine.” Izuku allowed himself to be pulled into a gentle hug. “Remember what Shinsou said? Sure, maybe you will be doing some things similar to what you did as Golden Whip but this time it will be as Marionette with your partner, Ventriloquist. It’s different now. Now you are just a normal hero student in a new part of your life.” Izuku hummed. “I guess…” Izuku looked up at Eijiro. “A- are you g- gonna be okay?” Eijiro grinned. “Of course! Though, I’m a bit nervous. All Might said that this old teacher of his was really scary apparently.” Izuku hummed leaning into his brother as Eijiro rambled on.
_______________________________
“He said something about his old mentor as well,” Eijiro continued to talk. He always did this when Izuku was feeling off or down. Something about the constant chatter seemed to calm the greenette down to some degree. Just being able to listen and not have to reply. To simply have something to listen to so he didn’t have to think about anything else. Eijiro was glad to be that distraction, if only to ease his brother’s constant swirling storm in his mind.
Soon enough, just as planned, the medicine filtered into Izuku’s system and the lull of Eijiro’s talking drew Izuku into a soft sleep. Eijiro blinked when Izuku’s weight suddenly got heavier. He chuckled softly, shifting around until he could carefully pick up Izuku and move him to Eijiro’s. Eijiro got in next to him, shutting off the lamp.
Going back to Golden Whip, huh? Eijiro sighed. I really hope he doesn’t relapse…
_______________________________
“I- Iida!” Tenya turned around to Uraraka’s call. They were all at the train station to leave for their internships. She and their other friends were all waiting around. “What is it, Uraraka?” he asked. She fiddled with her fingers. “U- um I just wanted to let you know that if you ever need someone to talk to, we are here.” Yoarashi walked up and pat Tenya on the shoulder harshly. “YEAH! We’re friends after all, right?!”
Tenya pushed up his glasses. “That we are. Thank you all for your concern but I assure you that I am fine. Also,” Tenya chopped his arm up and down at Yoarashi, “Yoarashi, we are in public! Have some respect for those around you!” Yoarashi just laughed louder.
Tenya glared at him. So uncivilized. Tenya met eyes with Izuku at the back of the group. “I must be going now. I wish you all the best of luck at your internships.”
“Bye!” Uraraka waved him off.
Tenya sighed as he stepped onto the train, standing so that an older lady could take a seat.
He pulled open his phone. Hosu is an hour and thirty minutes away. Stain is an hour and thirty minutes away. Tenya’s grip tightened around his phone.
I’m coming for you Stain. You are going to regret what you did to my brother.
Chapter Text
The Eraserhead Hero Agency building really wasn’t all that large, just as Sho had said. It was a simple two story building which didn’t really stand out and since underground heroes weren’t all that well known the only way the public knew that it was, in fact, a hero agency was because it had a very standard sign with the name on it. Most people probably thought it was a fake rip-off of a hero agency because it was so basic and plain and hardly anyone knew who Eraserhead was.
Sho sighed and opened the doors.
Basic interior as well. A front desk with chairs scattered here and there for the lobby. There were multiple doorways and offices cutting off from the sides of the lobby.
“Hey there, Eraser,” a man with a half-shave of black hair tossed to the right of his head greeted from behind the counter. Sho gave a half-wave. “Hey, Tappist.” Izuku’s eyes widened. Tappist?! I didn’t even recognize him outside of his hero gear! “Bright and early today, huh?” Toshi raised an eyebrow. “Yeah, why are you here so late?” Sho asked.
“Late? It’s like, nine in the morning.” Toshi asked. The Eraserhead Hero Agency was about an hour and a half from the school, almost thirty minutes from the red lights.
Tappist nodded. “Yeah! Most underground heroes work at night.” He turned back to Sho. “I wanted to see your two proteges, if you must know.” Sho rolled his eyes. “Go to bed, Tappist. You look dead.”
“You have no right to speak, King Insomnia.”
Toshi and Izuku turned their heads to the side to hide their laughs.
“Shut it,” Sho waved him. “Off you go. I want you in best shape this evening. No excuses.” Tappist rolled his eyes. “Fine, fine. I’m too tired to deal with this anyway. How you work a day job everyday as well is beyond me.” The man stood and came around the desk. “See ya.” Tappist left, tapping along the sides of the walls to a door on the side.
“What is he doing?” Toshi asked. Sho looked down at him. “He’s blind so he uses his quirk to get around. You don’t hear them now but Tappist can make vibrations bounce off where he taps and depending on how strong he taps they can get stronger or lighter and knock people out.” Toshi hummed.
“I- I didn’ know T- Tappist was yer sidekick,” Izuku mused. Sho shrugged. “I don’t keep many. Only take in new pro’s looking to get on their feet. Believe it or not, many hero students graduate and never go into the actual field or make it past sidekick status because they can’t get enough publicity to set up their own agency or just never get hired, eventually having their hero license expired.”
Toshi hummed. “I thought you told him to go home,” he said as they followed Sho into a hallway in the back. “I did,” Sho stated. “And he did. The second floor is mostly housing for the few that stay here. Tappist especially finds it easier to stay here with his blindness. You two will be staying in a room here as well.”
They made it to the office, Izuku closing the door behind them. Sho sat down behind a desk and the boys took seats in two separate armchairs.
“Now,” Sho started, “because of the time schedule of underground pro’s, most of our employees come at around two in the afternoon, taking the time in the morning to sleep. We, however, will be getting up at around twelve to train. We will not go patrolling until the third day. Until then we will be training, going over exercises, and learning about the worst part of hero work for both underground heroes and daylight heroes.”
“Which is?” Toshi asked.
Sho sighed. “Paperwork…” The man looked up at Izuku and pointed an accusatory finger. “You, kid, are about to learn the truth about heroism. You don’t get to just beat up criminals and run away without a care in the world anymore.” Izuku turned his head to the side defiantly. Sho rolled his eyes. “Alright, let me show you two to your room.” He stood and left the room leaving Izuku and Toshi to follow. They reentered the lobby and went down the same hallway as Tappist that led to the stairs. Izuku stopped at the base of them, looking up.
“Kid,” Sho turned around. “What’s up?”
Izuku looked down. “J- just memories…” He began the climb up. “O- of the bakerae…” Sho hummed, not really knowing how to reply to that.
Sho led them down the hall, pointing to a few doors.
“The closest one to the stairs is Tappist's,” Sho informed them. “The Whimsical Fog’s.” He stopped outside of one. “This will be the room you two will be sharing.” He then pointed to the next one over. “That is Ultraviolet's. He doesn’t like to be bothered so keep it down and try not to bother him if you can help it.”
Izuku narrowed his eyes. He didn’t like the thought of living so closely to people he didn’t know, even if they were heroes.
Sho opened the door to their room.
“It may have home furnishings,” he started, “because these are meant for living accommodations. You can use them if you please but it is not like you will need them much. We will provide all meals and anything else needed for living while you stay here. I will leave you to get settled but I expect you both down in my lobby in thirty minutes in your workout clothes. No sooner, no later.” Without another word, Sho left them, closing the door behind him.
Izuku quickly went over and locked the door.
“I don’t know what I was expecting,” Toshi sighed, “but Dad’s gonna be strict this week. You know how it goes,” he said, walking into the small living room. “Always thinking rationally and the like.” Izuku hummed.
There was a small kitchenette, laundry room, bathroom, living room, dining room connected to the kitchenette, and a small bedroom, each with the basic furniture.
The bedroom was set up much like Ei’s and Izuku’s though Izuku was sure they moved in an extra bed for them because it was cramped with a single bedside table smashed between the two beds.
“What bed do you want?” Toshi asked. Hime went over and jumped on the door closest to the door. “Well,” Toshi commented, “never mind then.” He placed his bag next to the furthest bed. “S- sorrae,” Izuku apologized, putting his bag next to the closest. Toshi shrugged. “It’s fine. I’m surprised you were allowed to bring Hime.” Izuku pulled out his workout gear. “W- well, she is a service a- animal afta all.”
“Fair.”
It wasn’t long until Izuku and Toshi found themselves in their respective workout clothes and down in Sho’s office. The man nodded and stood. “Good. Let’s go.” He led them out to a small field in the back of the agency building. Sho turned to them.
“I want to see just how far you’ve come, problem children.” Sho grabbed the capture weapon around his neck. “Your opponent will be me.” He smirked.
_______________________________
Shoto sighed as he boarded his train. It was a four hour train trip and then he would have to take a bus that would take him about forty five minutes into the Yukiyama Mountains, stopping about a five minutes walk to Nesuka where Shoto would be interning.
He sat down and waited out the trip.
Four hours later, it came to a stop in the city at the base of the mountain.
‘THIS IS OUR LAST STOP ON THIS TRIP,’ the conductor’s voice came over the intercom. ‘THE SUBWAY CANNOT GO FURTHER INTO THE MOUNTAINS. IN TEN MINUTES WE WILL GO BACK THE WAY WE CAME.’
Shoto stood and exited the train. He immediately shivered. It was just at the bottom of the mountain and yet there was a thin layer of snow on the ground here. He put his suitcase down, having needed a whole one for his snow gear, says the letter he had gotten from Avalanche regarding his stay. Shoto pulled out a winter coat and slid it on before zipping it up and making his way to the edge of the city where there was a bus stop that would bring him up the mountain. Everyone walking through the city was dawning some sort of jacket though a few didn’t and even went so far as to wear shorts of a t-shirt, their bodies having gotten used to the colder temperatures. Meanwhile, Shoto was sitting there waiting for the bus and calling upon his left side for warmth. He wondered just how much colder it would be in Nesuka.
Along the way up, it began snowing and soon there were no spots not covered in white. The temperature in the bus was freezing, the heater unable to keep up and yet everyone seemed completely unfazed by it. Except for Shoto.
“New to these parts?” the person next to him asked. Shoto looked to the left. It was an older man. “You’re shakin’ like a leaf, boy! Though I guess we ain’t got much of those up in these mountains,” the man laughed at his own joke. The man, as well as apparently everyone else in this part of Japan, had a strange accent, almost like a country one. Probably because they would be considered a more rural part of Japan. Shoto bit his tongue, willing his left side to produce as much heat as it could without igniting on fire. He nodded stiffly. “What’s yer name, boy?” the man asked. “T- T- Todoroki,” Shoto stuttered out, his teeth chattering. He sounded almost like Izuku. The man hummed. “The name’s Vido!” the older man stated. “What’s got ya coming all the way out here? It ain’t exactly the most warm and comforting place ta be if ya know what I mean.” Shoto nodded. “H- Hero Intersh- ships.” Vido’s eyes widened. “Ah! You must be interning under Avalanche!”
Shoto tilted his head. “H- h- how did you kn- know?” The man chuckled. “Because on this side of the mountain, she’s the only hero, Shoto boy. Well, aside from her sidekicks. There are other heroes on the other side as well but here in these parts, it’s only Avalanche! She and her sidekicks keep us all safe!” Shoto hummed.
‘STOPPING OUTSIDE OF NESUKA IN FIVE MINUTES.’
“Wh- why are you u- u- up here?” Shoto asked.
“‘Cause I live in the next town over from Nesuka, boy!” Vido laughed. “Don’t worry, you’ll get used to the cold soon enough.” He pat Shoto’s shoulder. If he noticed how Shoto flinched back, he didn’t say it. “After your first round of frostbite it’s smooth sailin’!” Shoto paled.
It got cold enough while he was learning to ice sculpt. Frostbite sounds just terrible!
‘STOPPING OUTSIDE OF NESUKA NOW.’
Shoto stood as the bus came to a sliding stop, having to use customized giant ice picks to stop itself from sliding. “See ya around, Todoroki boy!” Vido waved. Shoto nodded and got off the bus. He almost instantly fell over from being buffeted by a strong wind and snow. He pulled up the hood of his black snow jacket. Shoto looked around, just barely seeing the sign pointing towards Nesuka which was still a few minutes away. His breath billowed in front of him, left side working on overdrive. There were a few others walking in that direction. Shoto followed, snow crunching beneath his feet.
“Todoroki!” He looked around towards the female voice but saw nothing for a few moments until a figure started to become visible through the snow.
Avalanche. The heroine had short silver hair with blue ends that went down to her shoulders. Her hero costume consisted of a dark blue jumpsuit with a lighter blue sleeveless vest over it. She had dark blue ski goggles on and a dark blue winter cape over her shoulders that went down to her elbows. The white fur-lined hood was over her head, hiding her pointed ears, and a white face mask over her mouth and nose. Her shoes weren’t really shoes at all, more like giant ice claws with ice traveling up to just below the knee. Her hands the same, stopping below the elbow. That was her quirk. She was able to turn it off to just normal hands and feet but her quirk, Ice Monster, turned her hands and feet into giant claws of ice, as well as let her cover other parts of her body in ice as she chooses. It came with enhanced strength, a resilience to cold, though not all the way resilient, and held greatly in walking in such terrain.
She waved at him. Shoto made his way over to her. “Come on!” she yelled over the snow. “Let’s go! Grab my hand!” Shoto hesitantly reached out and took her claw. It was cold but his fingers were already numb anyways. Using her claw feet, she pulled them along. Soon Shoto could just make out the outline of the small village of Nesuka. Once entering, the snow and wind were blocked out by the buildings but not by much. Shoto was led through the rows of log cabin and small stores until they came upon a taller building that kind of stuck out like a sore thumb. It was tall and brown, probably to match the real log cabins, with fake ice around the edges and outside for aesthetic. The awning just before the door had real icicles hanging from it.
Avalanche pushed the door open and the two entered. It was warm inside, almost shockingly so. One could hear the whir of the heater somewhere in the building. The lobby had a circular front desk right in the middle of it. In the corners there were sitting areas with warm looking couches with pillows and blankets, a small table, and a tiny basket on the table that held hot chocolate, tea, and coffee packets. In the middle of the far wall was a counter with a few coffee makers. It was obvious that the lobby was set up for comfort of those who came in from the cold. It was surrounded by warm colors.
“Phew!” Avalanche took off her hood and pulled her ski goggles to rest on top of her head, revealing her yellow eyes. She pulled her face mask down around her neck. Her hands and feet turned to normal and she quickly slipped on a pair of light blue combat boots. Avalanche turned to Shoto. “The name’s Harada. Harada Mifuyu. Better known as the Ice Elf Heroine, Avalanche.” She smiled, showing off two canines. “You’re Todoroki Shoto, right?” Shoto shakily raised his hands, moving his hood from his head. “Y- y- yes, m- ma’am,” he said through chattering teeth.
Avalanche giggled. “Good to have ya! Sorry, I didn’t expect such a big snow to blow through today. Well, they say shock therapy is always the best anyway! Let’s get you something to warm you up.”
_______________________________
Tenya stepped out of the subway station in Hosu. He looked around at the city around him.
Hosu. Stain was last seen here. He narrowed his eyes. If the statistics are correct, he should kill at least one more hero before moving on. Tenya pushed up his glasses and made his way towards Manual’s agency. I only have a week to find him. I can’t waste my chance.
Manual greeted him with a smile in his almost fish-themed hero costume. “Iida Tenya!” he grinned. “Welcome to the Manual Hero Agency!” Tenya bowed deeply. “Thank you for taking me, Manual, sir.” He stood up straight. “I will work diligently and try my best.” Manual nodded. “Great! Suit up! I prefer to tell my new interns and sidekicks how things run while on patrol. Better to learn the area that I’ll be teaching you through by going through it first!” Tenya nodded. “Yes, sir.”
Manual turned over his shoulder. “Canon Ball! Go take Iida to his lodgings!” The sidekick hero nodded and came over. “Please follow me, Iida,” he said. Tenya was brought to a room on the third floor where there were a few other lodging options for some of Manual’s sidekicks. The room held a small kitchenette, a futon, and a laundry room. “Manual will meet you in the lobby.” “Yes,” Tenya bowed. “Thank you.”
Tenya quickly got dressed in his hero costume. He looked at himself in the mirror with his helmet in his hands. I need to memorize every single street. Most importantly, the ones with the most alleys and shady looking places. They are where most Stain sightings are seen. Or where the bodies of his victims are found. Like Tensei… Tenya slipped on his helmet over his glasses and face. He took a deep breath. Let’s do this.
Tenya met Manual back down in the lobby. The man whistled. “Wow! Guess you truly are an Iida! I can totally see it in your costume!” Tenya nodded. “Yes, sir. I do plan to follow in the family line.” Manual nodded. “Great! Let’s go!”
Manual went over what they would be doing while he was there. Patrols, quirk training, maneuverability training as that was something important for both of their quirks, what to do if they run into a villain or criminal, and then the layout of the parts of the city that he covers and watches over.
Tenya made sure to remember everything so as to look like he was diligently listening and looking to learn. Which he was, of course, because he did still want to be a hero. He just had more important things to… deal with beforehand. So he focused mostly on every nook and cranny of the city.
_______________________________
“This… is totally not what I was expecting!”
Eijiro stared in awe at the completely run down apartment in front of him. He looked back down at the address he was given, then back at the building. All Might’s teacher lives… here? It looks haunted, man!
“Hey, kid,” a passerby called out to him. Eijiro turned around. The man pointed at the building in question. “I wouldn’t go in there if I were you. Some creepy old man lives there. The people say it’s haunted.” It is haunted, man!!! Eijiro chuckled, scratching the back of his head. “Th- thanks!” The man nodded and walked off. “Buuuuut…” Eijiro looked back at the building, “I have no other address or place to go…” He smacked his cheeks. “Man up, man! It can’t possibly be haunted! Right!” Eijiro walked up the steps to the door.
Not haunted. Not haunted. Not haunted.
*knock knock kn-* *creeeeeeeaaaaaaaak* The door creaked open.
It’s totally haunted!
Eijiro steeled himself and pushed the door the rest of the way open. “H-” He cleared his throat. “Hello? Gran Torino, sir?” Eijiro stepped into the dark building. “I was sent from All Mi-” Eijiro stopped, eyes trailing down to the floor.
“IEEEEEEEEEEE!” Eijiro jumped back. “A- a- a- a-” There was an old man in what looked like a cape on the floor, faced down, and blood everywhere! “HE’S DEAD! IT’S HAUNTED! IT’S TOTALLY HAUNTED!!!”
The elderly man’s head shot up. “I’m aliv-”
“HE’S ALIVE!!!” Eijiro felt to his knees, hand over his chest, breathing harshly. “Holy heck, man! You scared the heck out of me!”
The man used a cane to get to his feet. “Darn it. I just wanted to enjoy some sausage links but tripped and fell. Got this ketchup everywhere.”
“Ket… chup?” Eijiro sniffed the air. Now that he thought about it, it smelt nothing like blood but strongly like the hot dog condiment in question. Eijiro blushed a bit. Well, that’s just a tad bit embarrassing. So unmanly. Izu wouldn’t have made that mistake. Then again… Eijiro thought darkly, I hate to think about it but Izuku probably could recognize the smell of blood right off the bat…
The man looked at him “Who are you?” Eijiro’s eyes widened. He scrambled to his feet, bowing deeply. “K- Kirishima Eijiro, sir! I was sent by-”
“Who?”
Eh? Eijiro looked up. “I’m Kirishima Eijiro from UA here for the inter-”
“Who are you again?”
Eijiro stared blankly. “Kirish-”
“Who?”
Eijiro pursed his lips. Senile? Short term memory? “Sir, I am Kirishima Eijiro-”
“Who?”
Very, very, very, very, VERY short term memory.
The man sat right in the middle of the ketchup. “Ah… I wanna eat!”
What is this? He is All Might’s teacher, right? The man looked up at him. “Toshinori?” Eijiro shook his head. “N- no, sir! I’m not All Might! I’m-”
“Then who are you?” the man asked again.
He’s not listening… This man is obviously too old for this. I should call All Might. Eijiro pointed over his shoulder, showing his phone. “Erm… I need to make a call, sorry.” He turned around.
*click* “Come at me,” the man said in a suddenly confident voice. “Eh?” Eijiro turned around to find the man looking through his hero costume case. Gran Torino looked up. “Come at me, One For All.”
Eijiro blinked. Then grinned. “Alright!”
_______________________________
*BAM*
Izuku grunted, stumbling back.
“You’re holding back, kid,” Sho growled. Izuku narrowed his eyes. “I’ve duked it out with you one-on-one enough times to know. What’s up?” Izuku clicked his tongue. He examined his metal arm, curling his fingers in and out, watching as they always stopped before touching the palm, causing pain if he tried to force them any further. “Do you want to try it without the arm?” Sho asked. Izuku glanced over at Toshi who was dueling with Whimsical Fog.After a few rounds fighting together against Sho, they split to work on their own respective skill sets. He shook his head. “I c- can’ take the easae way o- out. I need ta w- work harder.” Sho sighed. “You can’t force your body to just accept a new limb right off the bat, kid. It’s not the ‘easy way out.’ It’s healing.”
Izuku hung his head. “I h- hate this… I feel so u- useless.”
Sho hummed. “I know, Izuku. It’s going to be hard getting used to this but this state won’t last forever. You’ll get the hang of controlling your arm as just another limb, same as any other. The only way to get better at fighting with it is by fighting with it.” Izuku took a deep breath.
It’s fine. It’s fine. Everything is fine… Nothing feels fine. But it is. I can do this. I CAN DO THIS.
“Izuku, take a break,” Sho said. Izuku’s eyes snapped open. “I- I can keep goin’!” Sho shook his head. “Thirty minutes, that is all I ask. You won’t fight well if you aren’t in the right state of mind. I can tell so just sit down and breathe for a moment.” Izuku scowled at the ground.
“F- fine…”
_______________________________
Shouta watched as Izuku watched Hitoshi’s fight.
He’s frustrated. It’s understandable. Izuku can’t handle staying still for too long. He needs to prove himself. I can almost see the cogs turning in his head. If he doesn’t do well then others reject him, throw him out. That’s what he thinks. He doesn’t understand the nature of sitting still and allowing himself to heal.
Shouta ran a hand through his hair.
Too much self deprecation and too many self harming tendencies. He finds no worth in himself, only searching for the approval of others because without it he thinks that the whole world will turn against him.
Shouta sighed.
Dang. I know it’s not something that we can change about his mindset so easily, it has been nailed in his head since he was four, but that needs to stop before he pushes himself to the brink of actually not being able to recover.
Shouta’s eyes trailed to the boy’s chest.
They said that it was lucky only his arm exploded. Since his life energy comes from his heart, Izuku’s heart could have very well exploded along with it.
It was something that Shouta thought about often. Nightmares of Izuku’s body jolting to electricity but not responding. The long beep of the heart monitor as it searched for a pulse but there was no heart there to provide one. Hitoshi has them too. Those and of his days at the orphanage. Shouta knows he does. The sleeping pills keep them both down but sometimes it’s bad enough to still jolt them awake, tears streaming down their faces. Shouta wishes he could be there every time Hitoshi has a nightmare but he has patrol at night. He knows when Hitoshi has them, though. When he comes home and Hitoshi is still awake at four in the morning.
Shouta sighed.
He feels guilty. Of course, he knows he shouldn’t. He knows that it is not like he could have stopped Hitoshi being placed in the orphanage, and he is grateful that he was able to adopt the boy. And he knows that he was lucky enough to find Izuku’s quirk and get the scared boy to trust him and he is grateful for that. He knows that he did everything he could at the USJ and that he didn’t have a say in what Izuku did to save him, though he is grateful he can still be by his son’s side and by Izuku’s side. Still, guilt is a fickle thing. If only I had been a second faster, maybe that person wouldn’t have died. If only he had gotten there sooner, maybe that person would still be alive.
But heroes are human too. They can’t save everyone. They wish they could but they can’t. They all know this. It still doesn’t help when he stumbles upon a dead body or gets there in a hostage situation and can’t get the person out in time. When he breaks into a trafficking ring and sees all of the traumatized children. When he stops a drug cartel but the people are so drugged up that you can’t talk to them and they do brash things. When there is someone on the roof of a towered building… when he can’t talk them out of it… when they jump and his capture weapon doesn’t reach and-
Shouta shakes his head. Stop thinking about it. It’s irrational. Resurfacing those memories won’t do anything for me now.
The Eraserhead Hero Agency has a permanent therapist on call for this reason. The underground heroes handle the cases you only see in the worst movies. It’s safe to say that it isn’t just the odd hours they work out that keeps them up. At the end of the day, the human mind is a fragile thing. It can only handle so much. So much.
Shouta walked over to Izuku and sat next to him. He doesn’t know if it was subconscious or not, but the boy leaned over and leaned his head against Shouta’s shoulder. The raven-haired man glances down and finds blank green eyes. Tired viridian. Empty emerald.
The human mind can only handle so much.
Shouta ran a hand through Izuku’s hair. He felt the boy’s shoulders shake but no tears would shed. Whether he just ran out or couldn’t find the emotion there, Shouta didn’t know.
So much…
Guilt is a fickle thing. Shouta knows he shouldn’t feel guilty for what happened to Izuku. He couldn’t stop it. He wasn’t there. He can’t change the past. If he had the choice, he would wrap the boy in bubble wrap and never let him go. Surround him with all of the love that is possible but he can’t do that. He can’t stop Izuku. At this point, it would only hurt the boy more.
Guilt is a fickle thing. It’s irrational. It causes you to think irrationally, act irrationally, have irrational emotions and irrational opinions on irrational subjects and yet… Shouta feels guilty. It thrashes and turns in his mind and screams at him for all of the downfalls that probably weren’t his fault and yet, after hours of restless sleep, after countless shed tears, and as he sits in his bed wide awake, the same three words play in his head endlessly:
I’m so sorry…
_______________________________
Hitoshi groaned as he and Zuku made their way up to their room for the rest of the night.
After dinner the two had spent the night watching Tappist's patrol through a camera on his body as he went out with Ultraviolet.
-----
‘Must say, it is a bit odd to think that you all will be watching the fight from what my point of view would be if I could see.’
-----
Tappist and Ultraviolet left at ten at night and had gotten back at around three in the morning. Four an hour they hovered and watched the increasingly boring and tedious rounds of paperwork they had to fill out over each incident he had found himself in. While the two heroes would usually turn in at four, Tappist stayed up an extra hour to explain to them and walk them through how he effectively used his quirk through the night to locate and take down villains and petty thugs, why he spent almost an hour in a crouched position staking out a single scene, and the importance of an underground heroes masking of their presence until the very last second. Tappist and Ultraviolet didn’t work together much, usually trading out shifts, Tappist taking one day and Ultraviolet taking the next, that way they could still have jobs on their off days to make up for the expenses that underground hero work did not cover. However, they did every so often and seeing as Hitoshi and Zuku were going to be a duo, they decided it would be best to show how team fighting worked for them as a hero pair.
Even then, it was usually Dad who took Ultraviolet's shifts usually, Ultraviolet having the one that went until six in the morning while Dad took the one that went until four because he has a day job as well. They only changed it for this week.
During his talk, Whimsical Fog came back, having left two hours after Tappist and came back with an especially large wound that she already had gotten treated but would prevent her from finishing the rest of her shift. Usually Ultraviolet would trade with her seeing as it was his normal shift day to go but since he went in for Dad, Dad went in his stead.
Dad suited up and went out for the rest of her shift. Tappist finished up his spiel and the two boys were sent off to bed.
Hitoshi flopped on his bed. “My arms hurt. My legs hurt. My stomach hurts. Everything hurts!” Zuku rolled his eyes. He sat down on his bed, petting Hime absentmindedly a bit before pulling out a few things from his bag. Hitoshi sat up. “You doing your exercises?” Hitoshi asked. Zuku nodded, sitting down again and starting off with the stress ball.
“Sh- Sho said that I c- could take off my arm a- afta them,” he stated. Hitoshi raised an eyebrow. “Do you realize just how morbid that sounds?” Zuku deadpanned but didn’t comment.
Hitoshi flopped back down and began to doze. Not sleep of course. Insomnia, have you heard of it? It sucks.
“Toshi,” Zuku called to him about thirty minutes later, probably knowing that Hitoshi was still awake. The purple-haired boy sat up. “C- can you ‘elp me?” Zuku asked. Hitoshi nodded. “Sure. With what?” Zuku lifted an eyebrow. “Shouldn’t ya a- ask that b- before agreein’ ta ‘elp?” Hitoshi shrugged. “I mean, whatever it is I’d still be willing to help you no matter what.” Zuku stared at him. “What?” Hitoshi tilted his head.
The greenette looked down. “Th- thank you…” Hitoshi smirked. “Yeah, no problem. Now what is it that you need.” Zuku pointed to his shoulder. “I- I can unclip it b- but I need you ta hold i- it.” His arm, Hitoshi’s mind helpfully filled in ‘it.’ Hitoshi nodded and came over, sitting beside Zuku. The boy glanced over. “U- um, please don’ look…” Hitoshi swallowed. Ah. “Alright.” He purposefully turned his head away as Zuku stripped his work top. Hitoshi was greatly aware of how self conscious of his body Zuku was. He would be too if he had all of those scars and was… taken advantage of by others. He slowly reached up, keeping his eyes averted, and took hold of the metal arm.
He heard the *snaps* of Zuku unclipping it. “A- alright,” Zuku’s voice shook. “J- just pull.” Hitoshi froze. “Pull…?” “Mhmm.” The purple-haired boy swallowed thickly. Oh my goodness this feels so wrong. I’m pulling off my best friend’s arm. I know he needs to take it off and all but this is so weird! “Okay… I’m going to pull now, alright…?” Zuku hummed again. Hitoshi took a deep breath. How hard am I supposed to pull? Fast? Slow? Hard? Gentle? He swallowed. Just pull. Hitoshi steeled himself and pulled down. The arm slid off and fell limply. He heard a gasp of pain. Hitoshi’s head swirled around.
“I’m sorry! Did I mess up! Are you okay?!” he waved his arms frantically. Zuku was still sitting but was turned and had his face pressed into the bed sheets, panting a bit. “F- fine,” the greenette gasped out. “N- normal. I- It’s normal. Th- thank you f- f- fer takin’ it o- off.” Hitoshi frowned.
He has to do this every night? I heard it hurts worse to put it on too. Aw dang, that sucks… Hitoshi nodded. He reached over and pulled the covers over Zuku’s bare back before standing up. “No problem. As I said, any time. Ah, I guess we should be getting to bed then,” he said. The greenette didn’t move. “I am going to go take a shower. I’ll knock before entering again, okay?” Zuku nodded.
When Hitoshi did come back in his pajamas, Zuku left to take one on his own. It was almost six in the morning when the two both got under their respective covers.
“Wh- what’s that?” Zuku asked. Hitoshi looked down at the cup and pill in his own hands. “Sleeping medicine. I can’t sleep without it,” he answered.
Zuku hummed. “D- does it ‘elp? W- with nightmare a- and stuff?”
Hitoshi shrugged, taking the pill. “To some extent. I’ll still wake up sometimes if I have a bad enough nightmare but for the most part it keeps me down, though I suppose it depends on the dosage. Why do you ask?”
Zuku looked down. “W- we went to the doctors on S- Saturday ta get me some…”
“Ah…” Hitoshi set the cup on the bedside table between the two beds. “Yeah, I can understand your skepticism over them but they truly work miracles, if I do say so *yawn* myself.” Zuku’s eyes were trained on him, he knew it. “Aren’t you supposed to be taking some kind of pain medicine?” Zuku didn’t respond so Hitoshi met him head on. “Zuku?” The greenette sighed. “Don’ w- wanna take it,” he said.
“Why not?”
“Don’t wanna fall a- asleep.”
Hitoshi raised an eyebrow. “Yeah, you definitely need sleeping pills. Why *yawn* don’t you want to fall asleep?” Zuku narrowed his eyes, gaze on his own lap. “Not s- safe.” Hitoshi gawked. “Dude, we are literally surrounded by heroes right now. How are we not safe?” Zuku shrugged. Hitoshi sighed and got out of bed. He went over and pulled Zuku’s pain medicine out of the greenette's bag. “Take them,” he tossed the bottle at the boy who fumbled to catch them. “Bu-”
“Nope,” he cut Zuku off. “I ain’t sleeping till you are sleeping and neither of us wants Dad barking down our backs tomorrow for not sleeping.” Zuku and him had a bit of a staring battle.
Unluckily for Zuku, Hitoshi is the master of keeping his eyes open, only second to Dad, after hours of late night gaming sessions.
Zuku lost. He gave in and took the pill, luckily for Hitoshi who could feel his own sleeping medicine kicking in.
“Night, Zuku,” he said, getting into bed.
“Good n- night, Toshi…”
“Hmm?” Hitoshi looked over. “Say it again.” The greenette looked over at him. “Wh- what?”
“Without stuttering,” Hitoshi said. “Say it again without stuttering. It’s me you’re talking to, remember?”
Zuku laid down, eyes to the ceiling. He narrowed them. “Good night… Toshi.” Hitoshi grinned. “Yaaaaaay. Night!” He just caught the blush on Zuku’s cheeks before he turned off the lamp.
Thus ended their first day of internships.
_______________________________
“I wanna see it!” Avalanche bounced from toe to toe outside of Shoto’s door. The bicolored boy sighed, all dressed up in his hero gear. “Come on! There aren’t many winter heroes out there. It’s exciting!”
Avalanche, Shoto had learned, was a very perky, bouncy person. Like if Uraraka and Yoarashi, well, a more calm Yoarashi, were combined, that is the personality you would get if you met Harada Mifuyu.
Shoto pulled up his hood, slid on his ski goggles and face mask, and opened the door to his designated room revealing himself. Avalanche, in her full hero gear, though with her goggles up and face mask down, smiled brightly. “YES! It looks so amazing! I see you were smart and made sure to keep some dark colors on. After all, we are going to need to be seen in the snowy weather.” She walked around him in a circle, examining the costume. “Mhmm, mhmm.” Shoto sweat-dropped. What is she doing…?
Avalanche came up to stand in front of him once more. She gave him a squinty-eyed, big ol’ thumbs up. “Lookin’ good, Todo!”
Shoto choked. “T- Todo?” he questioned.
Avalanche nodded. “Yup! Come on! Let’s go on patrol!” She pulled on her hood, ski goggles, and face mask. Shoto had no choice but to follow the hyper heroine outside.
It wasn’t snowing anymore, luckily, but it was still freezing. Shoto was never more grateful for his left side. That, and the heater in his costume, the hood, and other gear he had.
“So,” Avalanche started as they walked, “today we will only be going around the village and a brief perimeter check around it. I have a few sidekicks doing the south side of the mountain check. Since this is your first full day here, we have to break you in slowly. I know I joked about shock therapy earlier but frostbite is no joke. On Thursday I will take you on the mountain patrol but for today and tomorrow we will stick to this.”
Shoto nodded.
Despite her playful attitude, Avalanche was very serious about her work and about safety precautions.
The two entered the town. Even though the snow had been so heavy after yesterday, people were out and about. There were a few snow plows clearing the roads, some four-wheelers going up and down the same as a car would be but they were used because of the weather and terrain. If everything wasn’t covered in snow, it would have looked perfectly normal.
“Ah! Avalanche!” A civilian coming out of a store greeted the heroine. Avalanche and Shoto stopped. “Hey, Atsuo!” Avalanche walked up to the woman. “Who is this?” Atsuo gestured to Shoto. Avalanche pulled down her face mask around her neck. “This is Brand, a first year hero student from UA High School. He’s looking to be a winter hero so for the internships this year he’s up here with me!” Atsuo waved. “Nice to have ya, Brand!” Shoto bowed. “Thank you for having me.”
Atsuo grinned. “Oh ho ho! He’s so polite! You should come up ‘ere when ya graduate, boy!” Avalanche swung her arm around his shoulder. “I’mma definitely try and recruit him! Well, we gotta continue our rounds,” she said, releasing Shoto and pulling up her mask. “See ya around, Atsuo!”
“See ya!”
The two parties went their separate ways. As Shoto followed Avalanche through the small shopping district of Nesuka, he noticed how people would wave as they passed. Some would stop and say hi. It was a friendly atmosphere.
“Do you know everyone here?” Shoto asked as they waved to a boy with a snow leopard quirk.
Avalanche hummed. “For the most part. It’s a small village after all and everyone is really friendly. But don’t be fooled, Brand. While they all may seem friendly, there is a reason for me being a hero up here, not just for going after lost hikers and disaster control. Even the friendliest environments have their scoundrels.” Shoto nodded. “Yes, ma’am.”
The two were nearing the housing district full of log cabins where the residents of Nesuka live.
As they walked through the streets, a few were on their balconies and called out, waving and offering their thanks for keeping them safe.
It’s nice…
In the bigger cities down the mountain like Musutafu, sure, the people understood that the heroes on patrol needed to do their jobs and didn’t pester them too much but there was usually always a crowd in some way or another. Here, in Nesuka, because of the tight knit community, Avalanche and her sidekicks were able to do their job efficiently and still keep up a good PR because everyone knew everyone.
It was a cultural shock to see the difference between famous, big city heroes and small town, more local heroes.
But not a bad one. Shoto feels he could get used to this but…
I’ve been told by almost ten different random passerby’s that I need to ‘lighten up.’ What does that even mean?
The two looped back around where they passed the only elementary school in the village. It was so small that it only had a single story. Some of the kids waved out of the windows, the teachers having to call them back. They passed by the middle school and high school next.
“There are no colleges or universities in Nesuka,” Avalanche informed him. “The nearest one is the city at the base of the mountain where you boarded the bus up here and even that is a smaller college. If you want to go into further education after high school here then you have to move down the mountain.”
It was nice, but they were about an hour in, looping back, and only thirty minutes into the patrol, Shoto had begun to really feel the cold. Now he was shivering greatly.
“Let’s take a small stop,” Avalanche said. She pulled into a small coffee shop, The Cozy Bean. The inside was rustic, with small hanging lights. It had a couch area in the far corner, a bar counter along the right wall with taller chairs, and a couple of tables with a few chairs each. In the left corner closest to the door was a couple of tall round tables with round stool chairs.
Avalanche pulled off her hood and her mask down but kept her goggles on. Shoto did the same.
“Welcome, Avalanche!” The man behind the counter Shoto recognized as the snow leopard man. He had long, spiky white hair with black spots throughout that was pulled into a ponytail and had two snow leopard ears sticking out. His eyes were black with yellow irises and cat-like slits. He had a long snow leopard tail sticking through a hole in the back of his pants. Sharp teeth when he smiled and black spots going down to his elbows.
Avalanche waved. “Mornin’, Endo,” she greeted. “Who is this young fellow?” the man, Endo, asked. “I believe I saw him with ya during your patrol as I was out for milk, right?” Avalanche nodded. She introduced Shoto just as she did the past few times. “Brand, this is Endo Takaya.” Endo nodded. “The proud owner of the only coffee shop in Nesuka. What can I get you two?” Shoto was getting ready to pull out his wallet when Avalanche put a hand on his shoulder. “I’ve got it, k? While you are under my watch this week, let me handle it.” Shoto wanted to refute but he could tell that she wouldn’t allow him to so he just nodded. “Thank you, Avalanche.”
They settled down at the tall round tables so they could watch out of the windows that made most of the front of the store.
“So,” Avalanche started, “what do you think so far of your first patrol?” Shoto looked down at the hot chocolate cup in his hands. “It’s… really peaceful,” he said. “I like how calm it is. I know it won’t always be this calm but I think I still like it over the big city.” Avalanche hummed. “It’s nice up here, isn’t it?” It wasn’t really a question. “It takes a bit to get used to the cold,” she continued, “but over time your body gets used to it. I can hardly go down the mountain without sweating up a storm. Your body adapts over time and going back down, even in the winter, feels a thousand times hotter.” She chuckled. “I remember the last time I went down the mountain to a bigger city during winter. I was walking around in shorts and a t-shirt and everyone else was looking at me in shock because they were all in snow coats.” Shoto let out something akin to a chuckle but more reserved.
“I come to this coffee shop most mornings,” she said. “It’s nice,” Shoto hummed. “I could get used to this.” Avalanche smiled but said nothing more. They shared their respective drinks in silence before leaving.
“See you tomorrow, Avalanche, Brand,” Endo waved. “See ya!” Avalanche waved. Shoto gave a small bow before following the heroine out, both pulling up their hoods and their face masks.
They finished the round and entered the agency building. Avalanche took him up to the second floor and to her office where she pulled down her hood and face mask and set her ski goggles to the side. Shoto did the same as he sat in a love seat a little to the left in front of her desk. She had a little indent over the bridge of her nose and around the outline of the goggles. Shoto was sure he had the same.
“Alright, now we do a small report over the patrol,” she said. “It won’t take long because we didn’t run into any issues but I made notes of a few improvements that could be made such as the piles of snow from the snow plows and how they could be put to used as well of a few cases of littering.”
Shoto blinked. “You do that as well?”
She shook her head. “No, I just make notes about it and send them to the places that handle those things. We all do our part in keeping our village in the best shape possible. Just small things here and there that I notice while on patrol.”
Shoto nodded. “Can I take notes?” She nodded. “Of course!” Shoto pulled out his phone. He blinked. “It won’t turn on…” Avalanche laughed. “Sorry! I should have told you beforehand! You probably shouldn’t take your phone on patrol unless you have a thermal phone case. Most of us up here have one. It shouldn’t be damaged but you will have to let it get warmer first. We usually use snow radios attached to our belts while out.” She pulled out a piece of paper and a pen and passed it to him. “Use this.”
Shoto pocketed his phone and took them. He shed his cape over his chair before settling in to take notes, noting about how she did reports on the small things and the phone case.
“After this, we will go out and do a patrol around the edges of the village and train you on the basics of mountain climbing and walking on snow to get you prepared for Thursday.”
Shoto nodded, preparing himself to take notes.
_______________________________
“So, Iida,” Manual said as they got back from their second patrol.
“Yes, sir?” Tenya removed his helmet, wiping the sweat from his brow. I’ll have to ask for an air conditioning function of sorts. It gets hot with that on.
“I’ll be honest with you,” the hero started, “I received a notification from your school that you might attempt to go after the Hero Killer, Stain, while you are here.” Tenya stiffened. “I don’t understand, sir,” Tenya pushed up his glasses. “I have no plans to do that.” Lies. Tenya’s morals were screaming at him but he ignored them. Manual looked over at him. “Let’s be real, Iida. Ingenium’s little brother coming to some low rank hero like me that just so happens to be based in Hosu where Stain was last sighted? Not likely. I understand your frustration but it isn’t worth it, Iida. Also,” he led Iida to his office to file a report of the patrol, “I’ve been given the go ahead to send you back if I do suspect you of that or if you disobey my orders to go off on your order.”
Tenya masked his panic. No! This is my only chance! I can’t go back now!
Manual sat down behind his desk, Tenya taking a chair in the office. “I don’t mean to get so serious with you, Iida, but we, as heroes, must take our jobs seriously. We are granted to use our quirks in the name of public safety but we do not have the authority to make arrests, only bring in criminals and villains and take them in or call the police. Because of our privileges, we must make sure not to act out of a personal grudge. A hero must not become a vigilante, Iida.” Tenya took a deep breath, pushing up his glasses.
“I understand, Manual, sir, but I still hold my case of not planning to attempt to go after the Hero Killer,” he responded.
Manual’s eyes stayed on him for a beat before turning to his papers. “Good to know. Still, my eye is out. Let’s work on the report.”
Am I giving anything away? I must be more careful. I can’t risk a slip up. Not now that I am already in Hosu.
_______________________________
“So maybe if I just…” Eijiro narrowed his eyes in the dark alley a block away from Gran Torino’s place.
He stood in the middle of a circle of trash cans he had set up. “All the way through won’t work for me because of my original quirk, he said. It can for needed situations but for just regular blocking… I need to focus on my original quirk to protect both myself from the attack and backlash of One For All while… simultaneously letting the power push through?” Eijiro scratched his head. “Come on, maaaaan! This is so confusing!”
He saw a couple of people pass, whispering. Eijiro hung his head, blushing. “I’m trying my best, okay?” he mumbled. Eijiro took a deep breath. “Okay, I can do this. Just imagine it!” He let One For All flow through his right arm, feeling the familiar burn. Eijiro then activated his hardening over his arm. “Just…” He punched the couch cushion he put on the ground. “URK!” His bones creaked as air pressure blasted out from his fist. *CLASH* The trash cans fell over, some hitting the walls of the alley.
Eijiro stood up straight. He looked down at his arm, flexing his fingers.
“That felt… different…? That felt different!” He grinned and ran around to regather the trash cans, standing in the middle once more. “I can do this!”
“What the hell happened to you, kid?” Gran Torino stared at the redhead laying face down in the middle of the living room faced down the next morning.
Eijiro groaned. “‘m not Izuuu…” he grumbled. The old man raised an eyebrow. “I don’t know who that is, kid.”
Eijiro rolled over on his back, staring at the ceiling.
Note to self, I can’t stay up all night fighting or training or whatever and be perfectly fine. Izu’s an exception. I’m an idiot. Still…
Eijiro lifted his tired arms above his head, staring at them. He curled them into fists, grinning.
I think I found out what he meant! I made a breakthrough!
Gran Torino sweat dropped. “Okay, I don’t know what you are staring at. Get some rest, kid. I ain’t being the one to send your butt back to your teacher brain dead. We will train in the afternoon.” Eijiro let his arms flop to the side. “Greatly…” His eyes shut.
“Not here, ya idiot!” Gran sighed. “Nevermind. Whatever…” his voice faded out along with Eijiro’s consciousness. What Eijiro will find out when he wakes up is that Gran Torino put a pillow under his head and a blanket over his splayed body.
_______________________________
Hitoshi stood outside of the bedroom that Dad and Zuku were currently in, eyes wide and focused on the ground as a scream ripped from the other side of the door.
Dad came over to help Zuku put his arm on this morning, or afternoon. It was twelve in the afternoon now.
The door opened and Dad walked out. Hitoshi’s eyes flickered up to Dad. The man reached over and ruffled his hair. “Don’t worry, he’s fine.”
Hitoshi swallowed. “E- every morning? Every morning he goes through that?!” Dad sighed. “Yeah. It will take a couple more months before he is able to handle that without crying out. It isn’t the easiest thing to have your nerves abused like that every day.” Hitoshi hung his head. “He physically can’t move for about fifteen minutes or so, the nerves in his body are firing. Just give him time. I’ll see you both down in an hour for ‘breakfast.’” Dad left. Hitoshi turned, peeking into the room. Zuku was sitting on his bed, face in the sheets, left hand gripping the sheets by his head, metal right arm laying limply at his side. He was panting harshly. Dad had pulled a blanket over his body as he was shirtless. Hitoshi swallowed and entered.
“H- hey, Zuku,” he whispered. “You okay?” The greenette’s fist gripped the sheets harder, fist turning white. Fifteen minutes. “I am going to go get dressed.” Hitoshi got dressed quickly and played on his phone for a good ten minutes before knocking on the bedroom door again. “Zuku?”
The door opened. Zuku stood there with tired eyes. He held fresh clothes to his chest, preparing to go get dressed. Hitoshi let Zuku pass, Hime padding after her green charge. Hitoshi looked back into the room. Hmm… He walked over. Alright. Hitoshi set his pajamas on his own bed and made it before turning to Zuku’s bed and making that bed as well. When Zuku came back, he had water dripping from his bangs, obviously having splashed water on his face. He looked over at his bed. Hitoshi made sure to keep his eyes on his phone. He could feel Zuku look over at him.
“D- did you make my b- bed?” the greenette asked.
Hitoshi glanced up at the boy. “Yeah.”
“... Thank you…”
“Don’t mention it.”
_______________________________
Shouta watched as the boy’s came down and joined him in the employee’s lounge where he had set up a small fruit platter and a few muffins and a coffee pot. Izuku padded in behind Hitoshi. Shouta shivered remembering the scream that caused his ears to ring.
-----
‘Mr. Aizawa, sir,’ Mr. Kirishima spoke over the phone.
‘What is it? Is everything alright?” Shouta hates that he always turns to the worst possible thought that happens when Izuku’s father calls.
‘I wanted to ask a favor of you when Izuku comes to stay with you for the internships.’
‘What is it?’
‘It’s about putting on the arm. He can’t really handle doing it on his own yet and I’d hate for Shinsou to have to witness it. Could I possibly ask you to help him put it on?’
‘Sure. You can count on me.’
‘Thank you.’
-----
Shouta sighed.
That was truly a miraculous scream for such a quiet kid to let out. Shouta was never more grateful for soundproof walls. He did not need Ultraviolet breathing down his neck about this.
“Eat,” he said. “We will talk about what we will be doing today after. Though, it won’t be much different from yesterday. Same for tomorrow.”
Over the next couple of days, the three, along with help from one of the sidekicks depending on the day, worked on fighting, running simulations of fighting at night, and training their duo formation, working on the kinks and fine tuning. At night they watched Ultraviolet on Tuesday and Whimsical Fog, who was still recovering, stayed with them as they watched Shouta himself go on patrol to cover for Whimsical Fog.
By Wednesday, the boy’s looked exhausted but neither were backing down.
“Alright,” Shouta cracked his knuckles as he finished his spiel over the patrol. “Tomorrow you will both be waking up at two like the rest of us because you will be joining me on patrol. I will take you both through the routine of preparing for one alone and then Tappist and Ultraviolet will go over a duo aspect of it. For now, go to bed. Izuku, stay here for a bit.”
Hitoshi nodded. “I’ll see you in the room, Zuku.” Izuku nodded and waved before turning back to Shouta. “I- is everaething okay, Eraserhead, sir?” he asked. Shouta shook his head. “No formalities right now. I just want to talk to you.” Izuku nodded and Shouta continued. “I just want to check with you that you are okay with going on patrol.” Izuku tilted his head. “Wh- why wouldn’t it b- be?”
“It will be much like acting as Golden Whip,” Shouta stated, noticing as the boy visibly stiffened. “I just want to make sure that you are mentally prepared for going back to that environment, even if it is for hero work.”
Izuku looked down at his hands. “I- I’m… fine…”
“You don’t sound too confident,” Shouta stated.
Izuku sighed. “Sho… I don’t…. I- I don’ think that I- I will ever b- be able to not remember m- my times on the streets. I- it’s a part of me… B- but I can’t k- keep runnin’, ya know?” Izuku looked up at him. The look in his eyes made Shouta take a sharp breath. “I- I ‘ave ta m- move on at some p- point, r- right, Sho?” Tears filled those green eyes. Shouta came around the desk and crouched in front of Izuku.
“Hey now, kid,” he reached up and gently took Izuku’s face in his hands. He wiped away the slowly following tears. “It’s okay, kid.” Shouta smiled softly. “We are all so proud of you, Izuku. The fact that you are even able to say that shows me just how much you have grown. But growth takes time. We will all understand if you aren’t ready just yet to do this.” Izuku relaxed into the touch slightly, eyes drooping a bit. He reached up and took Shouta’s hand. The metal felt cold against Shouta’s skin. Izuku took them and held them in front of him, staring, examining, trying to find something but Shouta couldn’t tell you what. “I- I can do it…” he whispered. “I w- want to do i- it… I want t- to prove i- it to myself th- that I can…”
“Are you sure about this, Izuku?” Shouta asked.
Izuku nodded. “I- I’m sure… Or do ya w- want me ta s- say that clearlae?” the greenette jokes, letting go of Shouta’s hands, resting his own on his knees. Shouta smirked. “Wanna give it a try?”
“H- how much do I g- gotta say?” Izuku asked. “As much as you want.”
The greenette swallowed. He took a few minutes to collect himself. To think about what he wanted to say and the importance behind the words. The importance of being able to say it with confidence. Izuku looked up.
“I…” he started slowly, “I am going… ta go out… a-” he cleared his throat, “and prove to myself… that I can move past… my past.”
At some point during that, Izuku had lowered his eyes. He glanced up at Shouta for confirmation that it was okay. What he found was a smiling man with a strange yet funny smile and with eyes full of pride. Shouta raised his hand and ruffled the boy’s hair. “Great job. I’m really proud of you. Did you know that?”
Izuku smiled. It was small, broken, and maybe to the untrained eye it would have been completely invisible. But Shouta saw it.
Healing. It takes time. Years upon years may pass and still some things will always haunt you but you don’t have to let those things hold you back and you never have to walk it alone. You may always feel alone. You may think that the world has turned it’s back against you but whether you realize it or not, someone is always there for you. A hand on your shoulder. The extra push to help you keep going. It takes time and you may feel that for every one step you take forward you take two steps back. Still, as long as you can keep going. As long as you can keep your head up. Healing is not impossible. It all starts with acceptance, with admitting that you are hurting, and then reaching out. And when you are ready…
… it all starts with a smile.
Chapter 70: Internships Pt. 2
Summary:
The internships! Part two!
Notes:
I am so sorry! I am so, so sorry!
Besides that... How... how is everyone? And after you answer that before reading, how are you after reading? ^-^
Chapter Text
“Check list time!”
Shoto sweatdropped as Avalanche whipped a list from somewhere in her cluttered desk. It’s Thursday and they had skipped doing their morning patrols, one of the sidekicks taking it. Now Avalanche was finally bringing Shoto on her mountain patrol. Avalanche said that she usually only does the mountain patrols on Wednesdays and Saturdays, her sidekicks do it the other days but there was never a day that the agency did not check the mountain.
“First things first,” Avalanche pointed between him and her a few times. “Never go up the mountain alone. Ever. Mkay?” Shoto swallowed. He nodded. “Next, do you have a rope to your costume?”
“No, ma’am,” he replied. Avalanche hummed. “If you plan on being a winter hero, that is a must as well as a small grappling hook of some sorts.” She reached into her cape and pulled out a concealed rope with a small grappling hook at the end. “Something like this.” She put it back in. “Follow me. We will go get you set up because I have a feeling there is some other gear you will need.”
Shoto followed her to the back storage room of the first floor of the agency building.
They ended up getting Shoto set up with a small flashlight attachable to the top of his ski goggles, as well as a couple to put in his utility belt. They got him a few other things and headed out. They walked through the village just like any other day but this time they stopped and took a left somewhere in the middle which brought them to the bus stop.
“Alright,” Avalanche pointed down the mountain along the bus route. “We are going all the way down to the city at the bottom and making our way up. The bus only runs on Mondays and Fridays so we should be clear. Off we go!”
Avalanche began the walk down the icy road. Shoto swallowed and followed slowly after, willing himself not to slip.
“Now, normally it would take forty minutes to get down by bus, so maybe an hour?” Avalanche hummed. “However, this is a patrol and we have a whole half of a mountain to cover by midnight so-”
“Midnight?” Shoto couldn’t help but gasp out.
Avalanche laughed. “Yeah! We have to check the whole south side for those who got off the trails, are lost, or got stuck somewhere.”
“But it’s only ten in the morning.”
She nodded. “Yup! Welcome to being a winter hero, Brand. Now let’s get a move on or we’ll be out even later.”
Shoto swallowed.
“Now,” she continued, “as I was saying, it would normally take us an hour to get to the bottom from here but we have quirks, ya know?” Shoto paled. “You don’t mean…”
“Race ya to the bottom, Brand!”
Avalanche activated her quirk and JUMPED OFF THE PATH. She landed further down, digging her claws through the snow and into the mountain, creating a billow of snow behind her as she slid down to where the road curved around further down only to jump off that and continue.
Shoto sighed. “I guess I’m really doing this then.” Shoto threw his right arm forward, a path of ice forming. He jumped on it and ran. Shoto got to the end and looked down. “Alright.” He smashed his right foot down, a slide of ice forming going down as far as he could see and further until he couldn’t anymore. He shivered from overusing his right side. Shoto nodded and jumped onto the slide. The lack of traction had him bulletting down. “TODO?!” he heard Avalanche gasp as he passed.
Shoto smirked.
Then he saw the slide end. Shoto’s eyes widened. Suck! He slid off, flying down the mountain. Shoto flipped and kicked out, a casing of ice forming on the side of the mountain and a slant. Shoto’s feet connected and slid around to a stop on the side.
“Sucker!” Avalanche slid past.
Shoto looked over his ice barrier. He clicked his tongue. He couldn’t use any more of his ice until his body heated up again. He reached forward and broke off a slab of ice.
Shoto climbed to the side of the ice barrier and placed the ice slab on the snow. He jumped on it and pushed off, bolting down the mountain after the heroine.
As the cold air whipped through his red and white locks, his hood having fallen off, Shoto could help but wholeheartedly grin. It was so much fun! He felt like a teenager, not a kid forced to grow up too fast.
He passed Avalanche on the way, and though she couldn’t see his mouth under the mask or his eyes under the ski goggles, Shoto smirked at the flabbergasted heroine and threw up a peace sign as he passed.
Shoto laughed out in exhilaration as he flew down the mountain side, adrenaline coursing through his veins. He soon saw the city coming into view.
How am I supposed to stop?!
Shoto grit his teeth and rolled to the side, off of the sheet of ice. He went rolling, collecting snow in every crevice of his suit. Shoto came to a painful spot as he smashed back-first into the bus stop glass awning box with a *BANG*. Luckily it didn’t break.
He groaned and flopped into the snow face first.
Avalanche followed a couple of minutes. She stopped with practiced ease.
“Ha ha ha!” the heroine clutched her stomach. Shoto lifted his head, glaring at the woman behind his goggles. Avalanche pulled down her face mask around her neck and held out a hand, pulling Shoto up. “That was amazin’, Brand!” Shoto rubbed his back painfully. “Ya know, when I first started out doin’ that, I actually broke the glass!” Shoto looked up at her. She nodded. “Yup! Tried to stop myself with my quirk still activated. Planted my hands into the glass and it freakin’ shattered!” She laughed. Avalanche pulled out her phone and checked it. She whistled. “You just set a new record, Brand!” Shoto went around and peered over to see the screen. “Thirty-one minutes?” he asked. She shook her head. “That’s my time. You got here a bit before me. I’ll say twenty-seven for ya?” She patted him on his sore back. “Just wait until I tell everyone back at the agency!”
Shoto walked a bit away to shake himself free of snow.
“Catch,” Avalanche tossed him something. Shoto caught it. It was an energy bar. “We are going to need to keep our energy up,” she said, eating hers. Shoto nodded and pulled down his own mask to eat his. “Thanks.”
As they ate, Avalanche pulled out a map and showed him the course they would take. Going straight up would only be near three miles. However they were going to be starting at the bottom and zigzagging every which way for miles and miles from one end of the mountain to the other all the way up. That paired with going up hill and trudging through snow called for a long, exhausting, and cold day. Avalanche came back after throwing away their trash. Coping her, Shoto pulled up his hood and face mask.
“You ready?” she asked. Shoto looked up at the daunting mountain and swallowed thickly. “As I’ll ever be,” he replied. She grinned. Avalanche whipped out her dark blue mountain climbing stick. Shoto pulled out his gold one.
“And up we go!” She shouted.
Thus the two started their journey around and up the south side of Mount. Yukiyama.
_______________________________
Izuku yawned as he and Toshi walked into the faculty room for ‘breakfast’ at three in the afternoon having woken up at two.
“Morning, you two!” Tappist waved in their general direction at the sound of their footsteps. Toshi hummed. “Mornin’...”
They each got a muffin. Izuku got a cup of orange juice and sat across from Tappist at a small table in the room as Toshi got himself a cup of coffee. The two interns had taken to eating with the blind hero when they had meals. Usually it was dinner, or their ‘lunch’ now since they had previously been waking up at twelve but because what they were doing today they woke up at the same time as the heroes here.
“Sleep well?” Tappist asked.
“Yer,” Izuku replied verbally so the man would know it was him. “Y- you?”
The hero stretched. “Like a log!” Toshi joined them, sitting beside Izuku. “So, you guys are going on patrol tonight finally, huh? How do you feel about that?” Toshi shrugged. “Normal, I guess. I feel like I should be more excited or something.” Tappist nodded. “That’s fair. You never really feel the suspense until you are actually on patrol.
The three chatted for a bit until Sho came in. Izuku met eyes with the man.
-----
‘We are all so proud of you, Izuku.’
-----
Izuku gave a small smile. Sho nodded and came over.
“I trust you all slept well?” he asked.
Toshi shrugged. “As well as two kids with insomnia normally sleep.” Izuku deadpanned. Sho didn’t react. “Finish up, then we will head to the back to start preparing you for patrol. Bring your costume cases with you. I will go through the single preparations first and then Tappist and Ultraviolet will come in to run you through duo preparations.”
They quickly finished their breakfast and went to get their cases in their room.
Toshi stared down at his case. “I can’t believe we finally are putting them on.” Izuku hummed. “P- paperwork was so boring…” Toshi sighed. “No kidding. Now we get to actually go out on patrol.” The two left the room. “I know Dad probably talked with you about this,” Toshi continued, “but are you… okay with going on patrol?” he sounded hesitant to ask. Izuku took a deep breath. “I- I’m fine. I’m prepared a- and… I’m not alone th- this time, ya know?” He looked over at his friend. “I- I’ve got a partner t- to ‘ave my back in case anaethang ‘appens, r- right?” Toshi’s face brightened.
“Right.” Toshi poked his shoulder. “But you’ve got to let me have a chance at the bad guys too, k? I need to learn how to do all of the night fighting and stuff as well.” Izuku smirked. “Se if y- ya can keep u- up.”
“Is that a challenge?” Toshi raised an eyebrow.
Izuku stuck his tongue out playfully and scampered off.
“Get back here, Zuku!” Toshi called after him.
After preparation training, the two were sent up to actually prepare and soon it was time for their patrol.
Izuku stared at himself in the mirror all decked out in his hero gear and costume.
-----
Izuku looked at himself in a puddle in his newly acquired Golden Whip costume.
-----
He pressed his hands against the glass, a gentle *tap* of metal on glass. He pressed his forehead against the mirror between his hands.
-----
Golden Whip climbed up the fire escape, leaping from roof to roof.
-----
Izuku swallowed thickly, breathes coming out shallow and shaky.
-----
‘Tryna be a hero, brat?’
-----
His breath hitched, eyes widening, and all at once, Izuku was back in the red lights. The smell of alcohol and trash mingling with the agency's stale scent. The bathroom lights flickering into dim street lights. The soft sounds of people walking on the first floor drowning out into breaking glass, police sirens, and screams.
-----
‘Let me show you what it really is like out here in the red lights.’
-----
Izuku stumbled back with a gasp, eyes flitting to and fro.
The pale bathroom walls shifted to brick alley walls. The floor into the dirty ground of trash and sewage.The ceiling light flashed into a dark sky sparkling with stars barely visible through the gap in the high-rises that seemed to be getting thinner and thinner and ThInNeR and THINNER and-
“Zuku?” Toshi’s voice cut through. “Is everything alright? I can hear your ragged breathing through the door.” Izuku whipped around. He pressed his hands against the door.
“T- T- Toshi, I-”
“Hey, breathe, Zuku,” Toshi said softly. “It’s fine. Everything is alright. Alright?” Izuku swallowed thickly, willing his airway to open up. “Can I come in, Zuku?” Toshi asked. Izuku hesitated but backed up and opened the door. As soon as his eyes met Toshi's, the scenery of the red lights faded into their room in the agency expanding out from the purple-haired boy. Toshi held out his arms. Izuku wasted no time in crossing the distance and wrapping his arms around his friend. “T- Toshi, I- I- I- I can’- It’s s- so-” Izuku couldn’t form a coherent sentence through his shattered breathing. Toshi hummed, one hand on the back of Izuku’s head, the other in the small of the greenette’s back. “I know, Zuku. I know it’s scary. It’s okay if you can’t do it right now.” Izuku shook his head. “N- No. W- want ta- want t- ta do i- it,” Izuku refuted.
Toshi leaned back. “Zuku, look at me.” Izuku looked up at his partner. Toshi stepped back. “See what I am wearing?” He was fully clothed in his hero costume. Izuku nodded slowly. Toshi reached forward and took Izuku by the shoulders, gently turning the greenette around. He pointed to the mirror across the bathroom. “See what you are wearing?” Izuku nodded again. “Right now,” Toshi said, hands not leaving Izuku’s shoulders, “you are not Golden Whip. Right now, who are you?” Izuku bit his lip, breathing slowing to a slightly normal pace.
“I- I’m… Marionette,” he replied.
Toshi nodded. “And who am I?”
“V- Ventriloquist.”
Toshi nodded again. “And who are we?”
“T- the Th- Theatre Troupe.”
“Right,” Toshi agreed. “We are a team. Not apart, remember? If you truly want to do this then remember who you are first. You aren’t alone. I have your back and you have mine. We are partners, a hero duo. Now, without stutter this time, who are you?”
Izuku straightened up. “I’m Marionette.”
“Without stuttering, who am I?”
“You are… Ventriloquist.”
“WITHOUT STUTTERING, Marionette, who are we?”
Izuku took a deep breath. “We… are The Theatre Troupe.”
He didn’t have to see the smirk under Toshi’s mask to know that it was there. “Right,” Toshi said. “Now, let’s go put on a show.” Izuku chuckled. “I like that.” Toshi shrugged. “I just came up with it.” Izuku nodded and turned around. “Let’s go.”
The two left their room and made their way down to the first level. Sho was already down there waiting. They walked up to him.
“Are you two ready?” he asked. Izuku and Toshi nodded. Sho checked his watch. “And… It is now officially ten o’clock at night. We will be out until four in the morning, a full six hour shift.” He looked down at them. “You both have the map and the route to follow though if you feel as though you should be stopping somewhere at your own discretion you may. A hero patrol can have many stops. There is never a straight shot through as villains attack anytime, anywhere. For the past two hours, you should have been discussing your approximate course of action. Have you done that?”
Toshi nodded. “Yes, Eraserhead, sir.”
Sho- Eraserhead nodded. “Good. I will be following you two from a distance and will only step in if I think you need it. You both have the trackers on you, correct?” They nodded. “Alright. Other than that, you are free to go. Good luck, Ventriloquist, Marionette.”
Ventriloquist led the way to the back of the agency’s first floor where there was a back door that led to where they trained the past three days. Marionette followed his partner out. They left through the back and weaved their way in between a few buildings until they reached a three story high one to which they climbed up the fire escape to the roof. Ventriloquist pulled out their patrol map.
“So right now we are here,” he said, pointing to the building they were on that was designated for the start of their patrol.
They were speaking through the intercoms of their masks where only they could hear each other.
“It is pretty straight forward.” Ventriloquist pointed down the row of buildings. “We’ll take it this way, all the way until there are no more buildings,” his point drifted around in an arc, “then follow around the edges of the city in the shadows. We can make periodical stops to check out the land and listen for any sign of distress.” Marionette nodded. Ventriloquist folded up the map and put it in the inside pocket of his tailcoat. “Let’s go.”
Ventriloquist ran and leapt off of the side of the building. Marionette followed suit. He landed in a roll and rolled out smoothly. Ventriloquist, only having practiced roof jumping for a few days, was significantly less graceful but was still able to keep silent.
The two heroes-in-training ran off into the night.
_______________________________
It’s cold.
It’s very cold.
It’s very hecking extremely terribly out-of-this-world COLD!
Shoto‘s legs would feel like lead from trudging through the snow for the past few hours on a steep uphill slope. WOULD. If he could feel them!
“We are nearing Kōsetsu Village!” Avalanche called to him. They had already passed Nesuka about two hours ago. True to her word, Kōsetsu Village came into view soon after. Kōsetsu was a village further up the mountain than Nesuka but surprisingly a bit bigger. There were a total of three villages on the south side of the mountain.
Nesuka led the way into the village. It was funny. Even though she didn’t live there, everyone still knew her. She waved and greeted everyone the same as usual as they went through until they reached a bit larger of a one-story building labeled: ‘Avalanche Checkpoint.’ Each village had one of these buildings as an addition to the main headquarters of Avalanche’s agency. They were for stopping for breaks and for taking back lost or wounded people in the mountains. It was unrealistic to think that they would bring every person back to the headquarters, especially if they were wounded. Instead, they brought them back to the nearest checkpoint for treatment or for a place to stay a night or two.
The two walked up to the front desk where a pale blonde woman sat behind. “Afternoon, Akira,” Avalanche greeted. The woman smiled. “Afternoon, Avalanche. I was informed that you would be coming today instead of your regular days with your intern from UA.” Avalanche nodded. “Yup! Showing Brand here the ropes. Reports?”
The villages each had hiking offices where people who were going hiking would register as a hiker along with how many days they planned to be gone. They would also receive reports on whether or not they arrived at a checkpoint, a normal one, not Avalanche’s, somewhere up the hiking trails which would pinpoint where they were, or if they reached another village. These reports got copied and sent to Avalanche’s checkpoints so that when Avalanche or a pair of her sidekicks showed up they would know who all was on the mountain so they knew who to look out for. If the amount of time between checkpoints was suspicious, it would alert Avalanche that someone may be lost.
Akira handed Avalanche a few slips of papers. “These are all of the reports from people who are on the trail right now after checking in from Kōsetsu’s office.” Avalanche nodded. “Thank you.”
“Ah! Avalanche!” Two of her sidekicks came in. Each village checkpoint had two of Avalanche’s sidekicks that would rotate villages every two weeks to do village patrols the same as Shoto had been doing the past few days. “Welcome back!” Avalanche pulled down her face mask. “Thanks! Anything happening here?” They shrugged. “We stopped the market from getting robbed a few days ago and Polar Bear brought in a group of lost hikers two days ago but they left yesterday and are now back on the trails.” Avalanche nodded. “We will try and catch up with them to check on them. Thanks!”
Shoto joined Avalanche in the seating area in the corner of the room where they both pulled up their ski goggles and off their face masks and hoods.
“So,” she started, spreading out the papers and taking the first one, “we have, just as they said, a group of four that left from here yesterday after being brought back from getting lost. Currently they are at a checkpoint about half a mile east of this village and half a mile up as it rang in when they arrived at the campsite there. They have probably started moving on to the next checkpoint by now, heading for the village up the mountain but I think we can still catch them as we can cut across and off the trail. We will just do a quick check up on how they are and provide them aid where needed.”
Shoto nodded.
As she was talking, they were each brought a bento box from Akira for lunch and ate while reviewing the other reports.
Family of three, last reported at the final checkpoint before the Avalanche Checkpoint in Fuyu Village, the highest village on the south side of the mountain. They were making good time and signed in as camping there for the night. They would stop by and check in on them on the way up.
Group of six, left Fuyu Village this morning for the peak of the Yakiyama Mountains. They should be reaching their first checkpoint up in about half an hour. If they did not reach the campsite by the time Avalanche and Shoto reached Fuyu village then the two would go check on them as usual and find them if they are not there.
And lastly…
Avalanche frowned. “This group should have reached the next checkpoint three hours ago. It’s not far from here, maybe an hours hike a bit down, but we should go check that point first.” She folded up the papers and slid them into her pocket. “Let’s eat quickly and go find them,” she said. Shoto nodded. “Yes, ma’am.”
Shoto was used to eating quickly, always grabbing a quick breakfast in the mornings to get out of the house before Endeavor woke up.
It wasn’t long before they set out again.
An hour of retracing their steps later, they arrived at the campsite checkpoint with a large green tent that each one had and inside there was a device that hikers signed in at when they reached the campsite noting if they were moving on to the next campsite checkpoint or staying the night with tents and sleeping gear they brought on their own. It would then send a copy of this to each Avalanche Checkpoint and each village’s hiking office.
The group of three that was supposed to have made it there four hours ago were not there, had not signed in, and there was no sign or footprints that they had made it.
Avalanche pulled out a handheld radio. “This is Pro Hero Avalanche from Check Site C from Nesuka to Kōsetsu. Watanabe, group of three, should have arrived approximately four hours ago. No sign of their arrival. Calling for any idle heroes for a search. Avalanche and intern Brand are on site and will be traveling around the surrounding areas in search of the party. Will update if found. Please update if found. Off.”
They waited a few moments before a static sound came through and then a scratchy voice.
‘This is Avalanche Agency Sidekick Polar Bear along with Seeker based in Kōsetsu. Heading out in search of Watanabe, group of three, unreported to Check Site C from Nesuka to Kōsetsu. Will update if found. Please update if found. Off.'
She nodded and pocketed the radio. “Let’s go,” she said. “We need to find them soon.” Shoto nodded, already feeling the urgency of the situation. They started by making a circle around the site and then by going down the trail leading to the campsite. About half an hour down, they found footsteps that had been coming up but seemed to go off the path. Avalanche knelt down by them. “After the snow, the trails weren’t properly cleared.” She pointed up from where they came. “You can see it is a bit faded. They went the wrong way.” She pulled out her radio again.
“This is Pro Hero Avalanche on the trail from Check Site B to C from Nesuka to Kōsetsu about thirty minutes from Check Site C. Footsteps found fallen off the path. In pursuit of Watanabe, group of three. Off.”
They followed the footsteps for a long time. The group had been walking for hours up on the wrong path, or, to be more exact, on no path. The sun was starting to go down by the time they found them.
Avalanche spotted the group sitting in the middle of a snowy nowhere looking lost and cold. She waved. “HEY!” she called out. The heads all turned to them. “Are you three alright?!” In a rush, the lost hikers all ran up to them, one limping.
“It’s Avalanche!”
“Oh my goodness, we’re saved!”
“We are so lost!”
Avalanche waved them. “We noticed you had yet to reach your next checkpoint. Is everyone alright?” It was a group of three men. “We are fine, mostly,” the tallest one said, “but Daiki sprained his ankle and we had to stop.” He gestured to the shorter brunette beside him. “Alright, give me a second.”
Avalanche pulled out her radio.
“This is Pro Hero Avalanche. Watanabe, group of three found off trail past their checkpoint and most likely past Kōsetsu Village. One injury, a sprained ankle. Bringing them up to Fuyu Village. Off.”
She pocketed it. “Alright, Daiki, can you please sit down for a moment?” The man nodded. “Brand,” she turned to Shoto suddenly, I am going to teach you first aid on site basics. Come here.” She gestured to him. “This is Brand, a first-year hero course student at UA High School here on a weeks internship with me. He is here to help you just the same as I am.” They all nodded and, surprisingly, shook Shoto’s hand. “Thank you so much, Brand, for coming as well." Shoto nodded stiffly. “It’s no problem.” Avalanche handed each man an energy bar and heat pad before getting to work on Daiki’s ankle.
Avalanche showed Shoto how to remove a snow boot from the man’s foot without agitating his sprain and how to bandage it in a way it would keep the ankle still but still allow them to put the boot back on so his foot did not get frostbite.
“There we go!” Avalanche stood up. She and Shoto helped the man up. “Thank you so much, Avalanche and Brand,” Daiki bowed slightly. “We are very far off of the trail,” Avalanche stated. “We are going to bring you three up to Fuyu Village and get you properly treated at the Avalanche Checkpoint there, alright?”
There were no arguments to that.
Shoto let Daiki lean on him as they walked, each of the men already bringing their own hiking stick as part of their normal hiking gear. Because they had already come so far up, it only took them about an hour to reach Fuyu Village with the help of a mountain GPS.
Once there, the Watanabe’s got situated into a room they would be staying in for a few days until Daiki’s ankle healed. They had a report filed on the incident and the safety of the group. While they were there, Shoto and Avalanche got dinner as well. They had a report issued to have all of the hikers on the trails return to the nearest Avalanche Checkpoint until the trails were re-plowed so this hopefully wouldn’t happen again any time soon. Though, it snowed at least once every two weeks and this still happened all of the time.
“Brand,” she called him over. “I got word that our other groups have reached their designated checkpoints safely. Now all we have to do is check out the last two up near the peak. We will be lodging here in Fuyu for the night, alright?” He nodded.
They had to turn on the flashlights on their ski goggles for the rest of the trip as it had gotten dark. After checking on the few who had stopped at campsites along the way, the two went back down to Fuyu Village.
“Erm, Avalanche, Brand?”
The two turned around to see the Watanabe men walking up to them as they made their way to the room they would be resting in for the night.
“Is everything alright?” Avalanche asked. They nodded. “We were just wondering if we could get your autographs? Maybe on our hiking backpacks?” Avalanche grinned. “Sure thing!”
Avalanche might not be a well-known heroine but in these mountains she minus well have been All Might himself. He watched as Avalanche signed their backpacks. Daiki turned to him. Shoto’s eyes widened. “Me?” he asked dumbfoundedly. Daiki nodded. “If it’s alright. You did help save us as well! It would be an honor to have your first autograph before you make it big.” Shoto turned his head up to Avalanche. She laughed and patted him on the back. “Go on, big shot!” Shoto was so glad he had his mask over his nose still and his ski goggles over his eyes to mask the blush on his cheeks as he took the sharpie and on each of the men’s backpacks signed: ‘BRAND’.
The Watanabe men bowed. “Thank you so much! And thank you for saving us!”
They scampered off to their own room. Avalanche pat his shoulder. “Well, Brand, what did you think of your first mountain patrol?” Shoto took a deep breath and then let it out. “I don’t think I have ever been so tired in my life,” he replied. She laughed heartily. “That sounds about right! Let’s head to bed then. I hope you don’t mind but we have to share a room. Don’t worry, there are separate beds.” Shoto nodded. “It’s fine.”
Never before had Shoto ever been so grateful for a hot shower. He didn’t realize how truly tired he was until he was in his pajamas in bed and his head hit the pillow. Even then he didn’t realize it because as soon as he laid down, according to Avalanche the next morning, Shoto was out like a light.
_______________________________
Ventriloquist crouched on the edge of a three story building scanning over the city at the end of the block.
“Hear anything?” he asked to his partner.
Marionette was on the other side of the street a few buildings down also perched on the edge of a building.
“No,” Marionette replied.
They had gotten through the block with relative ease, no criminal activity just yet. “Let’s move on,” he said. He watched as Marionette easily crossed over the rooftops until they were across from each other on their own respective rooftops on opposite sides of the street. Ventriloquist climbed down the fire escape and crossed the street, making sure to avoid ass street lights. He got to the edge of Marionette’s building when a glowing green string shot down and wrapped itself around his waist. Ventriloquist was lifted up onto the building and his partner let go of his own quirk. They moved on to the next block. Half an hour later there was a *CRASH*.
“Ventriloquist,” Marionette hissed. The purple-haired boy nodded. “Right.”
They quickly made their way to the source of the sound, a twenty-hour hour convenience store. The windows were broken and a bit down the street they could see two men in black ski masks running away, each with a large black bag.
Ventriloquist stopped at the edge of the building, Marionette stopping a behind him on the other edge. “You ready?” Marionette hummed in his ear. Ventriloquist reached back. He didn’t even need to see the strings as he took them with practiced ease. He pulled them taunt as Marionette resisted the pull. “And… go!” Marionette stopped resisting and Ventriloquist gave a giant pull and ducking simultaneously. Marionette slingshotted over his head. As soon as the greenette was over his head, Ventriloquist made his way down the building.
Marionette’s feet planted into the back of the closest guy, the force sending them both rolling.
Ventriloquist rounded the corner of the alley way onto the sidewalk just as they were getting up. He immediately reached forward and pulled Marionette to himself by the greenette’s chest string when the man who was not hit had reacted and almost landed a punch to Marionette’s head. The two thieves glared at them.
The big one threw out his hands. A medium-sized shockwave shot forth at them. Ventriloquist and Marionette split, moving around the shockwave and charging at the men. Ventriloquist went for the man who sent out the shockwaves, ducking under a punch and elbowing him in the gut. He went for another swing, this time with a knife, but Ventriloquist reached past him and pulled Marionette forward from his fight with the other guy. The big man was hit in the back of the head with a metal fist. The man almost went down but reached up and sent a slightly more strong shock wave at them.
The two boys skidded back, Ventriloquist landing on his rear, Marionette staying firmly on his feet.
“Ven!” a cry from his partner rang in his ear. Ventriloquist looked up to see the man that Marionette smashed into right above him, fingers changed into tiny snakes. His eyes widened as the snakes shot forward. He went to shield himself from them but they never connected. He looked up to see Marionette in the way, the snakes latching on to his metal arm that he had in front of his face. Marionette kicked the man away. Ventriloquist rolled to the side and pulled Marionette with him before the shockwave man could land a blow.
“We need to finish this,” Marionette growled.
Ventriloquist nodded. “Right.”
They ran forward. Ventriloquist traded blows with the shockwave man, occasionally getting blown back by the pulses. They threw off his equilibrium. Ventriloquist didn’t have time to dodge the next blow so he put his left arm up instead. *CRACK* He reeled back, hissing in pain. “Are you alright?!” Marionette questioned. “Y- yeah.” He looked up at the man grinning at him. “Punks like you shouldn’t be playing hero, kid,” the man laughed, stalking forward. He saw Marionette try to get to him but was blocked by the snake fingers. The big man prepared another shockwave.
“Ventril, why aren’t you using me?” Marionette asked.
“You’re fighting someone,” he replied, jumping out of the way and rolling. Ventriloquist gasped in pain as his arm protested the sudden roll. “So?!” Marionette hissed. “That hasn’t mattered before!”
“These are real criminals this time!” Ventriloquist dodged again.
“I don’t care!” Marionette grunted as he took a hit to the side. “The partnership was doll and controller so use me.”
Ventriloquist’s stomach churned. “Zuk-”
“I’m not freaking Izuku right now!” Marionette pinned the snake guy to the ground. “I have experience so just trust me!” Ventriloquist hesitated. The shockwave man loomed over him, a shockwave prepared palm aimed directly at his face.
“I’m Marionette, you are Ventriloquist, we are the Theatre Troupe, right?! I’M YOUR MARIONETTE SO FREAKING USE ME!”
Ventriloquist’s eyes widened. He rolled out of the way. Ignoring the pain in his arm, Ventriloquist reached forward and grabbed Marionette’s shoulder strings. He cried out in pain as he yanked forward.
“Bedtime, runt-,”
“Don’t you dare-,” Marionette yelled, flipping in mid air and grabbing the shockwave man by the head, “- LAY A HAND ON MY MASTER!!!”
Ventriloquist’s eyes widened at the title. The grip on the man’s head halted the movement forward. Marionette fell past the man and nailed the man’s head that was in his hands into the concrete with a loud *!BAM!* Marionette glared up at Ventriloquist, hand still on the back of the unconscious man’s head.
Disappointment. Anger. Betrayal.
Ventriloquists heart dropped. Then leapt in his throat. “Marione-!” The greenette was already standing and spinning around, metal fist colliding with the face of the snake man. With a resounding *BANG*, the snake man went down and didn’t get back up again. Ventriloquist got to his feet shakily. Marionette spun around sharply and jabbed him in the chest with an accusatory finger, leaving it pressed there.
“I’m Marionette,” he hissed. “You are Ventriloquist. You are MY ventriloquist. Don’t you EVER make me regret the decision I made when I put you in charge of my strings again.”
Ventriloquist hung his head.
“When it comes down to the wire,” the greenette continued, “I’m your weapon. You have my back, I have yours. Remember?”
Ventriloquist nodded. “Y- yes… I’m sorry…”
…
…
…
Silence. And then… Ventriloquist’s eyes widened as he was brought into a tight hug. “Idiot!” Marionette hissed. “I was so scared I lost you!” Ventriloquist wrapped his right arm around his partner’s waist. “Sorry for being such a cowardly master.” Marionette chuckled and broke the hug, going to tie up the men. “That’s right,” he spoke fondly. “You are a cowardly master.” Marionette looked over his shoulder, a smile in his eyes.
“But you are my cowardly master.”
They returned the money and stolen goods to the store owner. Eraserhead had to come out of hiding and take in the two thugs because he was the only one with an official heroes license. They had to go back to the agency because Ventriloquist had broken his arm and his equilibrium was so jacked up from the repetitive shockwaves that he could barely walk in a straight line.
Marionette luckily did not have many injuries aside from a small cut over his right eyebrow that would heal without a scar and a large bruise over his ribs. Ultraviolet went out to cover for the rest of their shift.
Hitoshi stared up at the ceiling in the dark of night.
-----
‘Don’t you dare LAY A HAND ON MY MASTER!’
-----
‘Don’t you EVER make me regret the decision I made when I put you in charge of my strings again.’
-----
Hitoshi swallowed. “Zuku?” he whispered.
“Hmm?” the other boy hummed.
“A- are you mad at me?” he asked hesitantly.
…
…
…
“Zu-”
“N- not you as a- a person,” Zuku replied. “J- just a bit irked at y- you. I n- never thought I’d see the d- day where I’d be angrae a- at someone fer not u- usin’ my strings.” Hitoshi chuckled and the boy continued. “B- but more than th- that… I thought w- we had c- come to an agreement a- as partners, Toshi… W- we… You are th- the onlae person I- I allow ta use m- my strings like th- this. You… y- you are the one who m- made me accept m- my quirk, wh- who I am.”
Hitoshi’s breath caught in his throat.
Zuku’s voice got watery, probably trying not to cry. “I- I felt so r- rejected… A- and i- if you ‘ad g- gotten hurt b- because you wouldn’ u- use my strings… Wh- what d- does that say a- about our p- partnership, T- Toshi? D- do you not w- want ta use th- them anymore? D- do you not want ta be partners a- anaemore?”
Hitoshi threw off the his blanket.
“Me? A- are you rejectin’ m- me too?!”
Hitoshi practically threw himself over the now sobbing Izuku, well, as much as he could without hurting his arm more.
“I’m not rejecting you!” Hitoshi whisper-yelled, tears forming in his own eyes. “I still want you as my partner and that will never change! I was just… I didn’t want me using you to cause you to get hurt. I… I couldn’t trust my own judgement. I knew you could handle it. I know that you’ve fought so many more people on your own too and I just- I just didn’t want to see you get hurt! I’m sorry for doubting both you and me!”
Zuku sat up and threw his left around Hitoshi as his right arm was off. “I’m s- sorrae fer bein’ so mean ta you too. I didn’t mean ta be so mean!”
Hitoshi shook. “No, don’t apologize for that. You were right and you reminded me on how to act because we are partners so instead… thank you for yelling at me, Zuku.”
The boy’s cried a bit longer before Zuku broke the silence.
“T- Toshi?”
“Hmm?”
“Are y- you a masochist?”
Hitoshi sputtered and leaned back, not being able to see Zuku’s in the dark but still staring at whatever in shock. “Wh- what?!”
Zuku laughed. “You th- thanked me fer yellin’ a- at you.”
Hitoshi covered his face with his hand. “Noooooooo… Please noooooo.”
Zuku hummed. “Kinky.”
“ZUKU!!!” Hitoshi yelled, his face heating up rapidly. “Who taught you that word!?”
Zuku laughed louder. “M- Mina did!”
“I’mma kill her for defiling you,” Hitoshi groaned. He could feel Izuku flop back on his bed from laughing so hard. Hitoshi stood up. “I’m going to bed,” he sighed. “Night, Zuku.” “Night, Toshi.” Hitoshi climbed back under his own covers and laid his head down.
…
…
…
“T- Toshi?”
He opened his eyes. “What?”
“Y- yer welcome.”
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. “For what?”
He could practically hear the smirk in Zuku’s voice. “Fer y- yellin’ at ya.” Hitoshi sat up sharply. He grabbed a pillow and threw it aimlessly in Zuku’s direction. “ACK-!” He hit the mark. “Shut it, shorty.” A fake gasp from the greenette. “Fine! I’ll j- just be k- keepin’ this pillow then!” Hitoshi threw the covers off again. “Oh no you don’t!”
They tussled until they both wound up on the floor, Hitoshi groaning because of his arm and Zuku groaning because of his shoulder.
“I r- relent,” Zuku huffed, letting go of the pillow. Hitoshi lazily punched the air. “I win…” “Y- yea yeah.”
A few moments later and they were back in their beds.
“Alright,” Hitoshi sighed. “For real this time, good night.”
Zuku hummed. “Good night.”
And soon the room was filled with quiet snores from it’s sleeping residents.
_______________________________
*Ring Ring Ring*
*Ring Ring Ring*
*Ring Rin-*
“This is Pro Hero Eraserhead,” Shouta answered his phone on his way to bed.
“Eraser, it’s Tsukauchi,” the detective said from the other side of the phone.
“Tsukauchi? What’s the matter? Is something wrong?” Shouta asked.
“Have you checked the news?” The man asked.
“No. I just got back from patrol,” Shouta replied.
“Hosu was attacked tonight,” Tsukauchi said. Shouta hummed. “Eraser, your students, Iida Tenya and Kirishima Eijiro, they-”
Shouta’s heart dropped.
_______________________________
“We are going to Hosu?”
Eijiro looked down to his mentor. The old man nodded. “Yup! Can’t have ya getting too used to fighting only me. We’re gonna find ya some petty thugs to take down so go get in your costume, kid,” Gran Torino ordered. Eijiro grinned. “Yes, sir!” He gave a mock salute before going to get dressed.
*Ding Ding*
Eijiro pulled out his phone. “Oh! Izu! I haven’t heard from him all week! Well, that is partially my fault too for also not texting. I wonder what he is up to…”
Izu:
Going on patrol for the first time all week today.
Have you gone on patrol yet?
Eijiro:
Nope! But Gran is taking me to Hosu to take down some thugs!
Izu:
Stay safe.
Eijiro:
You too, man!
Izu:
Oh, if you see Iida there, tell him I said hi.
Eijiro:
<thumbs up emoji>
Eijiro grinned. “So Izu’s going out as well, hmm?”
*bang bang bang*
“Hurry it up in there!” Gran Torino yelled. “I ain’t getting any younger, ya know!”
“Sorry!” Eijiro pocketed his phone and quickly got dressed. He flexed in the mirror. “Lookin’ good, Red Riot”
“... Kid… are you checking yourself out in there?”
Eijiro blushed furiously and swung open the door. “N- no! I- I’m not!” Gran raised an eyebrow. “Uh huh. Sure. Are you ready to go or not?” Eijiro nodded. “Yes, sir!”
Eijiro felt so cool walking down the street in his full hero gear. He held his head high. I’m representing Crimson Riot. I gotta be manly! The two made it to the train station and boarded. “It’s about a thirty minute trip to Hosu,” Gran informed him as they sat. Eijiro nodded. “Right.”
Eijiro leaned his head against the back of the seat for the trip until Gran Torino nudged him. “We are passing over Hosu now,” the elderly hero said. Eijiro looked out of the window at the city. Evening was just falling
*SCREEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEECH!*
Eijiro fell out of his seat as the subway came to a sharp halt.
‘MY APOLOGIES, PASSENGERS,’ the conductor's voice came over the intercoms. ‘WE HAD TO MAKE AN EMERGENCY STOP-’
*!CRASH!*
Eijiro covered his head with his hands as the side of the train exploded. He peaked up. There was a hole in the side and a hero on his back on the floor. Eijiro turned his head to the thing in the hole. He paled.
Isn’t that… isn’t that a Nomu?!
His mind raced back to the USJ attack. “Stay here, kid!” Gran Torino bulleted off, smashing into the Nomu and sending it out of the train. “Gran!” Eijiro ran to the edge of the hole and looked down. The city was a blaze, sirens and screams mixing. Eijiro swallowed. He can’t handle that thing! It almost took out All Might! Eijiro looked back to where the conductor was handling the frightened passengers. He nodded. I’m going.
Eijiro activated his quirk throughout his whole body and jumped. He fell to the ground, hitting it like a rock. Luckily, his quirk protected him. The impact made a small crater in the road where he landed. Eijiro tore a page from Izu’s book and when the release of pressure from One For All let out from his legs, Eijiro flipped, released his quirk, and landed firmly in front of the crater. Eijiro groaned along with his legs but stayed standing. He surveyed the scene. Eijiro ran off to where a commotion was rising. He came to a halt when he witnessed a bunch of Nomu’s running rampid in the city.
There’s more!?
“AHHHH!” Eijiro didn’t wait. He ran towards the frightened scream. A Nomu reached out for a woman and her child. Eijiro pushed them out of the way, activating his quirk. The pressure pushed the pair away and the Nomu’s large hand collided with Eijiro. The redhead skidded back, feet digging into the ground leaving torn ground in his wake. Eijiro glanced up. Fear shook his body as the Nomu came right at him. The massive hand came down but something, or someone else, was quicker. Gran Torino smashed into the face of the Nomu, throwing it to the side. The older man landed and pointed at Eijiro. “I thought I told ya to stay put!”
“I-”
“Never mind! Go help with the evacuation efforts! Get all of the civilians out of the city!” Gran Torino ordered before flying off again.
Eijiro swallowed. His whole body was shaking. I could have died… I could have died! Holy cowl!
Crying from his right snapped him out of it. He looked over to the woman hovering over her child. Eijiro ran to them. “We need to go!” he willed his voice not to shake. She looked up at him. “Don’t worry, I’m a hero!” Eijiro held out his hand. “Come with me!” She nodded and picked up her child, sitting him on her hip before accepting Eijiro’s outstretched hand. Eijiro turned and ran, making sure to keep a pace she could keep. Eijiro soon stopped when he saw another group of civilians. He pointed in the direction they were running and stopped, letting go of her hand. “Keep going! There are heroes waiting to assist you!” I hope. “Th- thank you!” She ran off and Eijiro ran to the group of civilians.
Eijiro helped fully evacuate the entire street before turning back to double check for anyone he may have missed.
Maybe it was the adrenaline fully his system and heightening his senses but Eijiro saw something in the darkest parts of an alley as he passed. He stopped and ran up to the alley.
“Is everyone okay?!” he called. “We need to evac-” Eijiro came to a stop. Three things registered at the exact same time.
One: A hero was badly wounded against the wall of the alley.
Two: Another hero was on the ground, also badly wounded.
Three: Stain, the Hero Killer, was over the hero on the ground, a long blade plunged into the heroes back.
Stain looked up at him and ice went down Eijiro’s spine.
“Oh?” Stain’s voice grated against Eijiro’s ears. “Who are you? Another child? Shew, kid, this isn’t a place for you. I don’t want to take out another kiddy playing hero.”
Another?
Eijiro swallowed, getting into a fighting stance. “Y- you’re Stain, aren’t you? I’m sorry, but I can’t leave if you plan on killing these heroes.” Stain sighed. “I was only planning on killing one of them but then this brat showed up.” Stain ripped the blade from the hero’s back. Eijiro almost gagged when an arc of blood followed it. Eijiro growled and ran at the man. “Get away from them!” he punched out. Stain jumped back. “I’m telling you, kid. Leave. I don’t believe in killing children.”
“I won’t!” Eijiro shouted back, positioning himself between Stain and the hero on the ground. “Not if you plan on killing them. A man never runs away from danger!” Stain’s eye narrowed.
“Ki- d,” the hero, Native, who was against the wall choked out. “You’re n- o match f- or him. Ju- st r- un.” Eijiro shook his head. “No! I’m a hero!” He activated his quirk and clashed his fists together, wind stirring up around him as the pressure released. “I’m a hero who protects!” Eijiro glanced over at Native. “Can you move?” Native didn’t even try. “N- o. His qui- rk paraly- zes you.” Eijiro nodded sharply and looked down behind him. “What about y-”
His heart stopped.
The hero behind him… he recognized that suit. He recognized that face. The hero, with blood pooling beneath them, eyes open and staring blankly before them, a small drip of blood flowing from their mouth… the hero was…
“I- Iida…?”
_______________________________
Tenya and Manual froze mid-patrol when the city of Hosu shook. Manual’s radio went off.
‘HOSU CITY IS UNDER ATTACK! CALLING ALL NEARBY AND READY HEROES TO HELP WITH RELIEF EFFORTS AND O DEFEND THE CIVILIANS ASAP!’
“Right now?!” Manual turned to him. “Tenya! Off to the scene! Let’s go!”
Tenya swallowed thickly. This is my chance! He turned and followed after his mentor. I can use this distraction perfectly, take down Stain, and it would be said that he died in the attack on Hosu! Tenya looked between all of the alley ways they passed as they ran. He came to a screeching halt outside of one. He could just make it out: the blades, the scarf, the creepy grin, all to which belong to the man Tenya had been chasing since he arrived in Hosu: Stain.
It was like all rational left his brain. All he could think was that this man was the man who almost killed Tensei. With a boost from his quirk, Tenya bolted off into the alley. He got closer and saw Stain clearly holding up a hero, Native, by the head against the wall of the alley. All training going out of the walk and Tenya’s armor going *CLANG CLANG CLANG* with every rapid step, he drew back a fist as he got close.
Tenya was fast. Stain was faster.
The villain threw his blade-wielding arm around, the long blade hitting Tenya’s helmet with another resounding *CLANG*, the force of the hit so hard that Tenya went spinning, stumbling multiple feet back and his helmet flying off. Native slid to the ground.
“A child in a suit?” Stain’s voice grated against his ears. “What are you doing here? Leave. This isn’t a place for children.”
Tenya stood shakily, ignoring the man. “Crimson scarf and blades all over your body…” Tenya looked up and glared at the man. “You’re Stain, aren’t you? The Hero Killer.” Stain narrowed his eyes and Tenya continued. “I’ve been chasing you, Stain. I-” *Swish* Tenya’s eyes widened as the point of Stain’s blade hovered between the teens eyes. “Those eyes,” Stain said, “are avenging eyes, not the eyes of a true hero but of a petty child seeking revenge. Hear and understand, kid. If the situation meets the criteria, even children will become my targets.”
Tenya scowled. “So I’m not even a target, huh? Then YOU listen and understand, villain! I am the younger brother of the best, most finest hero around. The younger brother of a hero that YOU cut down. I’ve come to but an end to you in his stead.” Tenya glared at Stain. “Don’t you ever in your life forget the name: INGENIUM! That is the name of the hero who will take you down!”
Stain narrowed his eyes and lifted his blade. “Really now? Fine.” Tenya’s eyes widened. “Die, you false hero.” Stain charged. Tenya met him head on with an anger-filled kick up. Stain jumped out of the way but Tenya’s foot coming down obstructed his view and he did not see the Hero Killer jumping behind him and bringing back a boot with spikes on the end of it.
“Ingenium’s little brother, hmm?” Stain mused. “ACK!” the spikes dug into the back of Tenya’s arm pushing him forward. “I let him live,” Stain continued, using the propulsion from jumping off Tenya’s arm to get him above the teen. “You’re,” Stain’s foot smashed into the back of Tenya’s head forcing Tenya to the ground, “pretty weak.” Stain held Tenya down by keeping his foot on the teen’s head.
“Shut u- GUH!” A long blade stabbed itself in between the gaps in the panels of armor in Tenya’s arm. “You,” Stain said, “and your brother are both weak. You are fakes.” Tenya grit his teeth. “Shut up, murderer… Tensei… My brother was a splendid hero! He saved many people and guided them but… you took it upon yourself to paralyze him from the waist down! He’ll never be able to be a hero again! He gave people dreams! He gave me dreams!” Tears filled Tenya’s eyes. “My brother was not weak! He was the best hero!” he screamed. “I’LL KILL YOU!!!” Tenya panted, breathing heavily.
…
…
…
“First,” Stain said, “save him.”
Tenya’s breath caught in his throat. Native…
“Before thinking about yourself and your petty revenge, save others,” Stain continued. “Heroes should not be wielding their powers for their own merit but only to help others. Seized by hatred before your enemy only to satisfy your own vengeful hunger, don’t tarnish your dear brother’s name further by acting out the furthest thing from being a true hero. Fake heroes like you disgust me,” the Hero Killer hissed. He removed his blade from Tenya’s arm. Tenya tried to get up but the Hero Killer did something and suddenly all of Tenya’s bones and muscles seemed to lock in place. “That is why,” Stain lifted his blade up, “you will die here.” Tenya willed himself to move.
I can’t move! What did he do to me?!
“You shall be used as an offering towards a more just world.” Tenya’s face contorted in anger and fear. “SHUT UP!!!”
-----
‘Wow, Tenya!’ Tensei grinned. ‘If you look up to me then maybe I might just be an amazing hero after all!’
-----
“NO MATTER WHAT YOU SAY, YOU ARE JUST A VILLAIN WHO HURT MY BROTHER!!!”
The blade came down. Tenya’s eyes widened as excruciating pain exploded from his upper spine. He screamed out in pain. “Be grateful,” Stain said, “for you are a pawn sacrificed for a better-”
“Is everyone okay?!” a semi-familiar voice called into the alley but Tenya’s consciousness was failing him. “We need to…”
And the world went black.
_______________________________
“I- Iida…?”
Eijiro stared down at the boy on the floor behind him. Blood was pooling beneath the blue-haired kid. Eijiro covered his mouth, bile rising in his throat.
“Get out of here, child,” Stain drew his attention back. “I don’t want to kill you.” Eijiro swallowed thickly, sweat beading down his neck. “I- I’m not leaving,” his voice unwillingly shook. He slid his right foot back and put his arms up. “I am a hero,” he said more confidently. “I will fight to death to protect others like a man, even if that means I have to fight you.” Stain grinned. “I like ya, kid. It’s a shame you won’t leave. I guess I’ll just have to incapacitate you instead.
Eijiro’s eyes widened as Stain lunged forward at an impossibly fast speed. He was faster than Izu but not faster than Gran Torino. Still, Eijiro only had enough time to put up his arms and activate his quirk before the blade met his arms with a loud *BANG*. Eijiro grit his teeth. *Crack* The blade cracked a bit and then, the pressure released from One For All. *SHATTER* Stain jumped back with wide eyes as his blade broke into multiple smaller pieces. Eijiro glared at the villain through the gap in his arms. Stain clicked his tongue and threw the hilt in his hand to the side. He ran forward again, this time, Eijiro ran up to meet him. Stain suddenly spun around Eijiro and swung a blade around. Eijiro grunted as it met his side. *SHATTER* The two were pushed away from each other by the pressure. He spun around only for a blade the shatter against his head and him to topple over.
Stain lept back and glared at Eijiro as the boy got to his feet. “I see…” Somehow those words sent a wave of fear washing over Eijiro. “Let’s see what holds up the longest, your body or my array of weaponry.” Eijiro narrowed his eyes. In a flash, Stain was gone and reappeared right behind him. Eijiro had gotten the message and hardened his entire body beforehand.
He held his arms in front of his face and took every blow and skid from the pressure like a man.
It felt like hours, though it was probably only minutes. Stain swung at him from every angle, blade shattering one after the other, them both being pushed back each time One For All exchanged hits for pressure and sent it out from him. His bones screamed and creaked with every hit.
Stain growled, growing more frustrated by the second, his arsenal dwindling down significantly. He jumped up and brought a blade down with so much force it didn’t even take the pressure to finish it off before it shattered. The heavy blow threw out double the amount of pressure. Both went flying back.
“Guh!” Eijiro slammed into the wall of the alley. His left arm finally broke from the blow. The collision into the wall disoriented Eijiro and his quirk released on its own. By the time he looked up it was already too late. His own red eyes met Stain’s crimson one’s. A blade dug itself into Eijiro’s right hip and was dragged diagonally up his abdomen and chest, pulling away just above the right peck. Blood splattered everywhere.
“AHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Eijiro fell to the ground screaming in pain. His vision blurred and muscles spasmed as pain unlike any he had ever felt before wracked through his body. Sweat bulleted off his body, mingling with the steadily growing puddle of blood beneath him as the redhead watched it grow from his position on his side.
“It’s a shame,” Stain sighed. “I didn’t want to kill you, kid. You would have truly been a light in this world, same as All Might. You were a true hero.”
Eijiro’s bloodshot eyes flickered up to the Hero Killer standing over him. He could only just make out the fuzzy outline of Stain, colors swirling and clashing together.
Stain bowed his head as if he was mourning him. “I wish you a better chance in your next life.” Stain turned around and walked away back towards Iida.
“St- ay,” he huffed. Stain turned around back to him. Eijiro rolled over and pressed his right hand against the ground. Pain shook his body as he pushed himself up. *SLAM* Eijiro smashed his foot into the ground and pushed himself to his feet. “Stay… aw- ay from th- em…” he growled. Blood streamed from his wound down his torso, soaking his pants and flooding his boots. Stain narrowed his eyes. “Stay down, child. There is nothing more you can do,” Stain urged him. The world tilted but Eijiro miraculously stayed upright. He panted heavily, body going numb, a wave of cold hitting him despite burning city. Stain moved to turn away again.
“I said… STAY AWAY FROM THEM!” Eijiro screams, bolting forward. Stain’s eyes widened as he was suddenly tackled to the ground. A wave of heavy nausea hit Eijiro like a train. Stain went to get up but Native appeared out of nowhere, seemingly recovered from what was keeping him down. “Hold him down, kid!” the hero commanded. Eijiro couldn’t move much more so he just dropped his body over the struggling Hero Killer. Native ripped off his bandanna and wrapped it around Stain’s mouth and nose, pulling it taunt with one hand and forcing the villains face to the ground with the other. Stain thrashed and growled but soon his oxygen-deprived body went limp beneath Eijiro. Native released him. Eijiro rolled off of the unconscious villain's body, staring at the sky between the gap in the buildings.
Native ran to him, falling by the redhead’s side. “Sta- -ith me, -id!” Native’s voice faded in and out. Eijiro watched the stars swirl above him as a wave of lightheadedness hit him.
I wonder…
“THI- PRO HER- -ATIVE! WE NEED IMM- ATE EMERGENCY SU- ORT TO THI- -OCATION!”
I wonder if…
Native threw his radio to the side and immediately began ripping his own outer clothes to shreds, pressing the fabric against Eijiro’s wound to little avail as they immediately became soaked with blood. Eijiro closed his eyes. He felt cold. Numb.
“He-, -d! St- -ake!”
He took one more look at the night’s sky that faded into darkness.
I wonder if this… is the sky that Izu saw every night on the streets…
I was going to be a hero to protect you, Izu. I’m sorry... But you know what, Izu? This sky… Your sky...
He smiled softly.
… it’s really, really beautiful…
“KID!!!!!”
Chapter 71: End Of Interships
Summary:
I think the title explains it.
Notes:
Sorry for such a late chapter! i just got my official schedule so now thinks should be getting more uniform in terms of posting again!
Also! Another amazing work of art from LyricsofVixra!
Check it out here: https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/619005997631062016/show-chapter-archive
Check out her account here: https://archiveofourown.to/users/LyricsofVixra/pseuds/LyricsofVixraTank you Vixra! you are so amazing!
Chapter Text
“Where are my students!” Shouta stormed into the hospital in his hero gear at two in the morning. He had left Ultraviolet with a note to tell Hitoshi and Izuku that he was out on an emergency when they woke.
A short old man in a yellow mask and cape, Pro Hero Manual, and detective Tsukauchi all ran up to him.
“Eraserhead,” the old man bowed, “I am Gran Torino, the hero in charge of Kirishima Eijiro for his internships-”
“That’s great,” Shouta cut him off. “Where are my freaking students?” he hissed. Tsukauchi swallowed and put a hand on his shoulder. “Let’s sit down-”
“I’m not sitting down until I know that they are okay,” Shouta growled. Tsukauchi nodded. “I understand but this is a hospital, Shouta, and the emergency ward at that. Unless you want to get thrown out, you need to calm down.” Shouta narrowed his eyes. He took a deep breath, carding a hand through his own hair and sighed. “Sorry… you’re right.” He allowed himself to be guided to the waiting room’s uncomfortable chairs and to sit, everyone sitting as well. “It’s fine,” Tsukauchi said. “It is a stressful situation.” Shouta turned to his detective friend. “Tsukauchi, what happened?” Tsukauchi gestured to the two heroes to his left. “I think you should hear their side of the story.” Shouta nodded and turned to them.
Manual cleared his throat. He bowed deeply in his seat. “I want to apologize,” he started solemnly. “Even after the warning you had sent to me regarding Iida’s possible intention to go after the Hero Killer Stain, I lost sight of him during the attack on Hosu city attack. I should have kept a better watch over him. I never thought that he would use the situation to find Stain.”
Shouta narrowed his eyes. “What do you mean?”
Manual sat up straight. “Hosu city was attacked by who we currently suspect are the League of Villains as there were a multitude of what are called ‘Nomu.’” Shouta’s eye twitched. “All available heroes, including me, were called to report and help. Along the way to the attack site, Iida disappeared at some point. Pro Hero Native had called in at some point during the attack asking for an emergency back up to a strange location and that they needed medical attention asap. I did not think much of it at the moment as I was fighting the Nomu. About half an hour later, the battle had ended. I was looking for Iida as I was helping with the relief efforts when I received a call saying that Iida was in the emergency ward unit in critical condition.”
Shouta nodded and turned to Gran Torino. “And you?”
“I am Gran Torino,” the older man restated. “I had been taking Kirishima down to Hosu to get some experience against lowly thugs when a hero smashed into the side of our train along with a Nomu. I told the kid to stay behind and pushed the Nomu back out and into the city. He did not obey and followed after me so I sent him to help the civilians evacuate. I, too, received the call from Native to the scene. As I was close by, I was able to make it over where I found Native, Kirishima, Iida, and Stain in the alley, Native the only one conscious. Stain was not very wounded. Iida and Kirishima… they are a different story.”
Shouta nodded slowly, trying to keep his cool. “Alright, what did Native have to do with any of this?”
Tsukauchi stepped in. “During the attack, Pro Hero Native had run into Stain. He is currently in this hospital for treatment as well but awake as his injuries weren’t nearly as threatening. We have Stain in the interrogation room back at the nearest station with quirk suppressants. We have been able to get a quirk specialist over to assess the man’s quirk. It is a paralytic quirk that paralyzed the body of a person if Stain ingests their blood. It lasts in different periods of time based on the type of blood person may have. Stain had Native pinned against the wall when Iida ran up. He said that the boy was yelling about his brother and revenge a lot before getting taken down by Stain. The Kirishima came in looking for people to evacuate and he fought Stain, holding his own for quite a while before he, too, was overwhelmed."
Shouta leaned his head back towards the ceiling, eyes closed. Deep breaths. Deep breaths. Deep breaths. Next course of action? Ah, right. Without changing positions Shouta spoke again. “Their parents. Have their parents been notified?” he asked.
Tsukauchi nodded. “The Iida’s are already here and are in the room with their son. The Kirishima’s should be here any min-”
Just then the hospital doors slid open and in came running a raven-haired man and auburn-haired woman.
“EIJIRO KIRISHIMA!” The woman practically screamed as her hand slammed on the front desk, startling the poor nurse behind it. “WHERE IS MY SON?!”
Shouta stood up. The two adults looked over at him. Mrs. Kirishima stormed over. *SLAP* Shouta’s face stayed turned to the side and down as the woman slapped him across the face. Mr. Kirishima pulled her back. “Yuma, dear-” “No!” she yelled. “First Izuku and now Eijiro?” Shouta felt his gut twist in guilt. “What the hell are you doing?!” she glared daggers at Shouta. “You are supposed to keep them safe! To guide them! Not have my son’s on death’s door every freaking day!” Detective Tsukauchi walked up. “Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima, I am going to have to ask you to calm down. We are in a hospital.” She glared at him but didn’t refute him. “Please, join us over at the chairs.”
Shouta kept his head down as he listened to the recap of everything again. His mouth felt so dry, his chest hurt. He deserved every bit of anger and spite the couple was throwing at them.
“We want to see him,” Mr. Kirishima stated. Tsukauchi shook his head. “Kirishima is still in surgery, please have patience.” The raven-haired man sighed. “Alright, fine. What about Izuku?” He turned to Shouta. “Where is Izuku? He was with you this week, was he not?” Shouta nodded slightly, not meeting their eyes. “He is asleep back at my agency right now-”
“You left him there?” Mrs. Kirishima asked.
Shouta nodded again. “I didn’t want to wake him and he and Hitoshi are being watched over by heroes the-”
“Oh?” He froze at the sheer malice in that one sound from the woman. “And just what have heroes seemed to have done for him thus far?” Shouta flinched.
“Mrs. Kirishima,” Gran Torino cut in sharply, effectively drawing all attention to him, “we understand your anger but please do not take it out on us. The internships are something that happen every year and in the hero field there are bound to be injuries. We apologize that your son has gotten hurt but Eraserhead has not done anything wrong. He was not there, he could not stop Kirishima. What I can say, though, is that more than anyone tonight, Kirishima was a hero. He bravely stood and protected Native and Iida. He saved their lives and many more lives of those who may have been killed by the Hero Killer in the future.”
This seemed to placate the couple for now. Mrs. Kirishima sighed. She bowed her head. “Yes, I’m sorry for blowing my top. I know how selfless my son is. He has such a big heart. I know he will be a great hero someday I just…” Her hands came to cover her face, Mr. Kirishima wrapping an arm around her. “H- He- Ei’s just- I’m so worried! I don’t know what to do! My son’s have both been through so much and no matter what w- we do they always seem to g- get into something worse o- or something always happens and I- I don’t know how to make it stop!” No one knew how to reply to that.
Shouta wanted to apologize but he couldn’t. He knew that they would ultimately decline his apology and say that he did nothing wrong.
I did everything wrong…
Mr. Kirishima looked up. “Can we ask that Izuku be brought here? Please?” he begged. Shouta glanced up, finally meeting eyes with the man. He nodded. “Sure. Please excuse me while I go call my agency…”
_______________________________
*knock knock knock*
Izuku groaned, opening his eyes in the dark room. He checked his phone. 3:19 in the morning?
*knock knock knock*
Izuku slipped out of bed and made his way to the door to their room. He got on his tippy toes to look through the peephole. Whimsical Mist? He cracked the door open, peeking through. The heroine smiled softly and waved. “Hey there, Kirishima. Can you go wake Shinsou?” Izuku narrowed his tired eyes. “Wh- why?” he asked skeptically. “I have news from Eraserhead,” she said. Izuku nodded slowly and closed the door, still locking it behind him.
Izuku shook Toshi awake, the purple-haired boy still groggy from his sleeping pills after only about two hours of sleep from them.
“Zuku…?” he slurred. “Sho needs us,” Izuku informed him. He led his friend to the front door and reopened it. Whimsical Mist smiled. “Hey, you two. Eraserhead is at the hospital in Hosu city.” Izuku’s eyes widened. “Don’t worry, he isn’t hurt,” she said quickly. “Just, we need you two to get ready quickly. We need to get down there as quickly as possible, alright?” Izuku swallowed. “Wh- what’s wrong?” She shook her head. “I don’t know but Eraserhead sounded urgent on the phone. I’ll go get the agency’s car ready. Please meet me down there as soon as you are ready.”
Izuku watched her leave before closing and locking the door.
“I hope everything is *yawn* alright,” Toshi hummed. Izuku nodded. Something felt wrong. He and Toshi got dressed in casual clothes quickly, Izuku opting to keep his arm off. He put Hime’s vest on and slipped on his red high-tops. “Are y- ya readae?” he asked. Toshi blinked up at him. *yaaaaaaaaaaawn* “Yeah…”
The two, along with Hime, left their room and met Whimsical Fog on the first floor. “All ready?” she asked. Izuku nodded and they soon found themselves in the car on the way to Hosu.
Toshi was leaning on Izuku’s shoulder, dozing while Izuku pulled out his phone and looked through the latest news. He didn’t really see anything interesting but that was to be expected. Nothing would really be showing up until morning, or later in the morning at least.
“Zuku…” Toshi hummed. “Go to sleep… We’ve *yawn* got two hours until we are there…”
Izuku didn’t respond so Toshi reached up and pressed Izuku’s head down until the greenette’s head was resting on Toshi’s purple hair. “Sleep…” Izuku had to admit, he felt exhausted. He pocketed his phone. “Alright…”
Izuku and Toshi ended up sleeping for the entire ride until they were awoken.
The first thing Izuku noticed when he stepped out of the car was the smell of smoke in the air, then it was the rubble and how some of the buildings looked worse than they should. “Let’s go in,” Whimsical Fog said.
Inside they found Sho, an old man, Detective Tsukauchi, Pro Hero Manual, and… “M- Mom? Dad?” he tilted his head as they walked up to meet the group. Mom immediately brought Izuku into a hug. Fear spiked through him. He pushed back and looked up at her in confusion. “Wh- what’s wr- wrong? What ‘appened?”
Mom gently caressed his face. “Izu, dear, let’s sit down, alright?”
In the span of ten minutes, Izuku felt his world fall apart around him.
Ei’s… Ei is… He’s is...
His lungs felt like they were constricting. The walls were closing in on him.
No way...
Izuku stood sharply.
Where?
His head spun around. Izuku made a beeline for the nearest hallway but hands held him back.
Stop. Let me go to him!
Izuku struggled against the hands and arms.
Let me go to him! Ei!
The greenette thrashed and tugged. He couldn’t breathe. He couldn’t think. He couldn’t see straight. He just needed to see his brother.
Let me go!!!
_______________________________
“Let me go! Ei! Ei!”
Shouta grunted as Izuku’s elbow landed in his chest but didn’t let the screaming boy go. It was like a switch had been flipped. Izuku screamed and cried, eyes wide and unfocused, breathing all over the place.
“EIJIRO!!!” the boy screamed, reaching out at nothing. “Eijiro! Let me go to him! Ei!!!”
Shouta fought to drag the boy back. He sat in a chair and pulled the still struggling boy to his chest. “Izuku, calm down,” he whispered. Izuku made no sign of hearing him, only struggling harder. “EI!!!” Shouta bit his tongue. He’s totally out of it. A few doctors glared halfheartedly at them but didn’t stop them. There had already been a few deaths from the night. They probably thought that ‘Eijiro’ was one of them. Kirishima had gotten out of surgery about an hour ago and was now unconscious.
“Let me go!” Izuku screamed.
Mr. Kirishima looked like he wanted to help but right now Shouta was the only one strong enough to physically pull Izuku back.
Shouta wrapped his left arm around the boy’s stomach, keeping Izuku’s arm to his side, and raised his other hand to cover the greenette’s eyes. He pressed his forehead into Izuku’s shoulder. “Shh… breathe with me, Izu,” he whispered. “Ki- Eijiro is okay. Everything is okay.”
“No! Eijiro! L- let me go!” The first stutter. He was slowing down.
Shouta held the boy tighter. “It’s alright, Izuku. Breathe with me, okay? In… And out… In… And out… Okay? Stay with me now.”
Izuku continued to thrash and squirm but the more Shouta spoke the more he felt Izuku’s chest slowly begin to rise and fall at the pace he had set and with that the greenette had begun to slow down as well.
“E- Ei…” Izuku whispered. Shouta took in a shaky breath as Izuku’s body slumped against him, still awake but no longer struggling. He lifted his head and his hand, now wet with Izuku’s tears. He loosened his grip around the boy’s waist, not all the way though, now providing the contact as a means of comfort rather than restrainment. Shouta could feel Izuku’s body shaking against his. Mr. Kirishima came over and crouched in front of them, Izuku looked down at his father. “E- Ei i- i- is-”
“He’s fine, Izuku,” Mr. Kirishima whispered. “Eijiro is sleeping right now.”
Izuku shook his head. “N- no, h- he w- w- was-”
Mr. Kirishima nodded. “The doctor’s said he can have visitors. Do you want to go see him?” Izuku nodded immediately. He stood up but fell forward almost instantly. Mr. Kirishima caught him. “Hey now, the adrenaline is just wearing off. Let’s take it easy, okay?”
_______________________________
Hitoshi was torn between his need to sleep and his need to be there for his best friend that was currently clinging onto him like a lifeline as they walked down the hospital hallways. His sleeping pills had yet to wear off but he’d be darned before he let a little white tablet force him out of being there for Zuku at this time.
“He won’t be waking up anytime soon,” the nurse said, stopping outside of a room, “but please try to keep it quiet. We have other patients here as well.” Mr. Kirishima nodded. “Yes, of course. Thank you.” The nurse left them and they entered.
It was much like the scene from when Zuku had lost his arm.
Kirishima laid in a white hospital bed flat down so as not to agitate the stitches. His skin looked just as pale as the sheets and his hair stood out boldly, flattened down now. He had dark bags under his eyes and a breathing mask over his mouth and nose with wires and tubes in his arms. The boy was dressed in a light blue hospital gown but just underneath the collar you could see the fresh bandages.
There was a sudden rush of blood to Hitoshi’s fingers as Zuku’s death grip released. The greenette bolted to his brother’s side along with his parents. Hitoshi hovered near the door. Usually only the family was allowed in this early but they had made an exception for him since Zuku wouldn’t let go. Now he was just standing there.
He wanted to be by Zuku’s side. The boy was obviously fighting dissociation, his emotional barrier cracking by the second, but he wouldn’t allow himself to even though Zuku mentally couldn’t process how much pain and hurt he was feeling about another person being wounded. Hitoshi thinks it may be good for him to learn to process emotions of a loved one getting injured but also, for someone with the greenette's state of mind, it might be all the more dangerous. The boy was a master of jumping to the wrong conclusions and then acting on them brashly.
“Izu, dear,” Mrs. Kirishima tried pulling the boy from the bedside. “We have to go… We can come back tomorrow, dear.” To little avail. The boy’s hand was wrapped around the railing so tightly it was turning white without a sign of letting go even though visiting hours had ended long ago seeing it was the middle of the night. She shook Zuku’s shoulder. “Izuk-”
“-ry…”
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. That sounded like… Mrs. Kirishima leaned in. “What is it, dear?” she asked. Hitoshi rounded the bed in a wide girth to get a look at Zuku’s face. The boy had gone completely blank except for a lingering-
“Mary…” the boy whispered a bit louder.
Everyone in the room froze.
-----
‘M- Mary Lou! P- p- please d- don- d- d- don’t go!’
‘M- M- Mary! Please!’
…
‘Iz- ku, I lo- ve you.’
…
‘MARY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!’
-----
Quick as a whip, Mr. Kirishima grabbed Zuku and forcefully pulled him from the bedside. Zuku let out a small whimper, reaching out for his brother as he was pulled from the room, Hitoshi and Mrs. Kirishima quick to follow. Hitoshi spun around and closed the door behind them as soon as they stepped out.
“Izuku, breathe with me okay?” Mr. Kirishima’s back was pressed against the wall, an arm around Zuku’s waist, the other extended and hand wrapping around Zuku’s outstretched hand. Zuku’s eyes were unfocused and it took a moment for Hitoshi to realize that the boy’s chest wasn’t moving. He wanted to help as Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima helped his best friend through his third panic attack in the past seven hours. It wasn’t long, the two having become pro’s in the field of Zuku’s panic attacks, before Zuku’s arm drooped and his body fell slack against his father’s, still awake but clearly out of it.
Mr. Kirishima dropped his head and sighed. “He’s going to have a phobia of hospitals at this rate,” he half joked. He looked up at Hitoshi. “Thanks for coming and staying with him.” Hitoshi hummed. “It’s no problem. I know… how it is having that sort of haunted mind…” he whispered. Hitoshi’s eyes widened when Mrs. Kirishima gently pat his head. “You know, Shinsou, I think you give Izuku hope.” The purple-haired kid tilted his head. “Hope?” She nodded. “You are living proof that, while we are sure you still struggle with it, you have been able to move beyond your trauma and keep moving forward.” She smiled. “Thank you for giving my son hope.”
Hitoshi blushed and lowered his head. “I- It’s no problem…” he whispered.
Mr. Kirishima stood up straight, releasing Zuku. “Let’s get going.” The greenette’s head snapped up. “B- b- b- but E- Ei-” Hitoshi nudged the other boy gently. “Kirishima will be fine, Zuku,” he said softly. “Come on, we still have one more day of internships to get through.” The greenette swallowed but nodded, hesitating a bit before following slowly after the group.
About a minute into the walk, Hitoshi realized Zuku was no longer following them. He stopped and turned around.
“Zuku?”
The greenette had stopped in front of a door to another patient's room further back. Mr. Kirishima sighed, obviously exhausted but who wouldn’t be?
“Izuku,” the man called out to his son. No response. The three walked up to the stalled boy. “Izuku?” Mr. Kirishima called out again. Hitoshi looked up at the plaque on the door.
Iida’s room.
Hitoshi looked back over at Zuku and his blood ran cold. Something dark swirled in those green eyes. The greenette’s parents saw it too.
-----
‘Hey, Zuku…’ Anger flared in those green eyes. Zuku brought his fist down on the nearest desk.
*BANG* *CRACK*
-----
Mr. Kirishima went to call out again when the door suddenly opened and revealed who Hitoshi could only suspect were Iida’s parents.
“Oh,” The extraordinary taller man blinked. Mr. Kirishima placed a hand on Zuku’s shoulder to placate the boy who was basically vibrating. Mr. Kirishima smiled up at the man. “My apologies,” he said. “We are the Kirishima’s. We saw your last name on the plague and wanted to give our condolences for your son’s state.” Zuku’s eye twitched. The woman, shorter than her supposed husband but still quite tall, smiled softly. “Thank you. We are the Iida’s. Actually, we would like to apologize for your son’s injuries as well.” Mr. Kirishima shook his head. “Don’t worry about it. What is done is done.” She nodded. “I know we should all be leaving,” she started, “but I do recognize these two,” she gestured to Zuku and Hitoshi, “from a few pictures and had heard they are friends of Tenya. Would you two like to come in…” She met Zuku’s eyes and trailed off. Mr. Kirishima’s smile strained. “We are all very tired. I am sure they would love to some other time.” Mr. Iida nodded. “Of course.”
Hitoshi watched as Zuku’s eyes shifted to the gap between the two in the doorway and landed on Iida in the bed, unconscious. Rage flared to life in those green eyes.
Oh heck no.
Hitoshi grabbed Zuku’s arm and yanked the boy back before the greenette could set down the foot he had lifted. “Shinsou?” Mrs. Kirishima asked. He gave the best smile he could. “Bathroom.” Without another word, Hitoshi dragged Zuku down the hospital corridors until he found the nearest bathroom and stopped inside it. Hitoshi took the boy’s shoulders. “Zuku, calm down,” he commanded. No reply. The greenette stared at the ground with wide, dilated eyes. “Zuk- Hey!” The greenette pushed past him.
I have to stop him before he goes rampid.
Hitoshi swirled around and grabbed his friend's arm. “Zu- IZUKU answer me.” The greenette glanced over his shoulder with a chilling glare. “Toshi…” he growled, some part of him aware that he needed to calm down but not knowing how but also knowing what Hitoshi was doing. The boy’s face went blank as Hitoshi brainwashed him, body falling into a mid-tense state.
Hitoshi frowned. He hated having to do this but he really couldn’t let Zuku go off when he was like that.
“Shinsou? Izuku?” Mr. Kirishima came into the bathroom looking for them. Hitoshi waved. “Sorry but I brainwashed Zuku.” The raven-haired man looked over at his son and smiled sadly. “Thanks… Sorry about this. Izuku has only recently discovered anger as an emotion and, well, you know how that goes.” Hitoshi nodded. “I understand.”
“Do you think you could bring him to the lobby?” Mr. Kirishima asked. Hitoshi nodded. “Sure.”
As they were walking, Zuku following close behind him, Hitoshi felt a sudden sharp pain in the front of his head causing him to stumble. Mrs. Kirishima looked over at him. “Everything alright?” Hitoshi rubbed his head. “Yeah…” What was that- He stumbled again as another, much heavier pain shook his skull. Mr. Kirishima, bless his reflexes, stopped and caught Hitoshi by the shoulders. “Shinsou?” Hitoshi held his head. “I- It’s nothing- ugh!” His legs gave out, having to rely on the older man. “What the hell…?” Hitoshi allowed himself to get guided to lean on the wall. “Should we call a nurse?” Mrs. Kirishima asked. Hitoshi shook his head. “F- fine,” he gasped out as another wave of pain smashed into his head. “I’m-” His eyes widened. Hitoshi glanced over at Zuku who stood there blankly.
No. Not possible. It takes a physical force to- Hitoshi gasped, sliding to the ground. Tears filled his eyes as overwhelming sadness overtook him. Sadness? Whenever he brainwashed someone, Hitoshi could metaphorically ‘see’ the consciousness that he had trapped in his mind’s eyes in a sort of floating ball of light but he’s never felt the emotions of the person. Was it because Zuku was an empath? The light spiked, a wave of anger and pain shaking Hitoshi.
Hands were on his shoulders. “Shinsou, what is wrong?” Mr. Kirishima asked. “I need you to respond to me.” Hitoshi gasped, clutching his head. “H- he’s fighting!” he choked out. “It shouldn’t be p- possib- ah!” Hitoshi curled in on himself. Mr. Kirishima paled. “Let him go then.” Hitoshi shook his head. “I can’t! H- he’s- Zuku will-” Hitoshi’s body shook.
The consciousness spiked again. Hitoshi groaned. His brain felt like it was melting. He squeezed his eyes shut to fully focus on keeping Zuku’s consciousness under wraps when he saw them. The strings spreading from the ball of light. Hitoshi choked on a scream as they spun their way around his own consciousness. He moved his hands to cover his mouth as his stomach churned with a sudden onslaught of emotions.
Sadness. Pain. Anger. Fear. Distrust. Loneliness.
Many have said that being brainwashed by his quirk felt like a fog over their mind. Hitoshi could feel that only it was dark and constricting, like a cage with a beast thrashing inside to get out. He could hear people around them but the strings wouldn’t stop spinning a web inside his mind.
“Iz- u- stop!”
Hitoshi’s eyes shot open. He glanced over through the tears he hadn’t realized were pouring down his face at his partner. His violet eyes widened.
Zuku was still standing there dully but his quirk was flashing under his skin. Hitoshi could clearly see the joints forming and the stings mingling with veins.
Hitoshi’s head slammed back against the wall as his mind was thrown somewhere else.
-----
The purple-haired boy looked around at what looked to be an apartment. A really shabby one with holes in the walls and dents in the furniture.
Where am I?
He looks down at his hands to find them see through.
A woman, short with long green hair and a face that reminded him of someone he couldn’t quite place, walked in from a hallway to what he presumed was the front door and stood there, a displeased look on her face.
What is she waiting for?
The front door to the apartment opened to reveal a strangely familiar boy with long, curly green locks in what looked to be a school uniform. His height seemed to not be much older than maybe six or seven and was surprisingly thin.
‘Izuku,’ the woman greeted the boy who flinched at his name.
Her son?
He closed the door behind him and locked it before turning to her. ‘I heard you got in a little tussle with some of your friends today and got your desk scuffed and that I need to pay for it.’ The little boy looked down. ‘S- sorry…’ he pulled at his sleeve absentmindedly. The woman growled and reached forward. Hitoshi’s eyes widened as she pulled back and the boy suddenly went flying into a wall.
What was that?!
The boy didn’t even make a sound as he slid to the floor. She stormed over to the greenette and grabbed him by the arm, pulling down his sleeve to reveal a mass multitude of bruises. ‘What did I say about doing that to you sleeves, huh?! Do you want your dear mother to get caught?’ The greenette shook his head. ‘N- no- ah!’ He was suddenly thrown by some invisible force into another wall, a sickening *crack* resounding from the impact. ‘Oh! So you think you can talk back now?’ she spat.
Hitoshi looked around at the walls as he was suddenly hit with the realization why they all had so many holes in them.
‘You think that you can just ruin your desk and make me pay for it?’ he looked back at the scene before him. The greenette shook his head violently. Her face softened and she went over to the boy, crouching before him. She smiled and gently reached out to caress his face but the greenette, Izuku, apparently, flinched back.
*Slap*
The woman struck the boy across the cheek. ‘Don’t pull away from me,’ she hissed. He swallowed and allowed her to hold him. ‘Izuku, sweetheart, you know I only want the best for you,’ she said in a sickly-sweet tone. ‘But I can’t pay for you to eat and your desk so you know what that means, right?’
The boy’s eyes widened. ‘B- b- but I d- din’t e- eat yesterday e- either!’ he pleaded. She frowned. ‘Well you got your uniform singed yesterday. You know I can’t pay for that either.’ Tears filled his eyes. ‘B- bu-’
‘Izuku,’ her voice suddenly hardened. ‘I thought you would be more understanding considering you did this to yourself.’ The boy’s mouth snapped shut. She sighed and stood. ‘I guess you really don’t understand what it means to be a good boy, do you? I think you need a time out.’ His eyes widened. ‘N- no! I’ll b- be good!’
She nodded. ‘I’m sure you will after a little time to reflect on your mistakes.’ She reached forward and grabbed the greenette by his hair. The boy screamed and thrashed as he was pulled down the hall.
Hitoshi narrowed his eyes. Isn’t this a bit much for a small scrape on a desk? He reached out to grab the woman’s shoulder but his hand went right through her.
He could only watch in despair as boy was thrown into a closet and a chair was pressed between it and the wall to keep the door from opening.
‘P- please! Mommy! I- I’ll be good!’ the boy banged on the door.
Hitoshi watched as the woman left for another room without another word as the screaming and banging and crying from inside the closest echoed throughout the apartment.
-----
Hitoshi’s eyes shot open.
Pain wracked through his head. What felt like hours of a scene happened in less than a minute. He reached out and grabbed Mr. Kirishima’s arm. “G- get my Dad,” he choked out. “Now!” The man nodded sharply and ran off just as pain spasmed through his head once more.
-----
‘Hey, Deku!’
The green-haired boy from before looked up just in time for an explosion to slam onto his desk and throw the boy out of his seat.
Hitoshi ran to catch him but the boy, Izuku, was it? Izuku flew through his body and skidded back first on the floor.
The blonde who threw the explosion laughed. ‘What? Are you gonna cry, baby?’
Hitoshi scowled but soon his scowl was mimicked by the blonde when the greenette didn’t reply. ‘Tsk! What’s with that cheeky grin of yours? You’re pissing me off!’
Hitoshi looked back to see the greenette staring at the blonde blankly. A shiver went up Hitoshi’s spine at the plastered smile on the smaller boy’s face that never seemed to move an inch no matter how empty his eyes were.
The bell rang and everyone had to go to their seats.
-----
“Hitoshi!” the boy’s head snapped up at his father’s voice. He forced himself to stand but every step felt like he was being stabbed in the head. He pitched forward but Dad caught him.
-----
‘Oh? What’s a little kiddy doing out ‘ere at this time of night?’
Hitoshi found himself in an alleyway between the same green-haired boy from earlier and a thug-like man at night.
Where are we?
The greenette scrambled away, a knife pointed at the man. The man laughed. ‘Aw, the wittle boy’s gotta knife!’ He reached forward and struck it from the boy’s hand, the knife hitting the ground uselessly as the boy was suddenly pinned against the wall. The greenette tried to scream out but the man was much bigger and stronger. He smashed his large hand over the boy’s mouth.
‘Don’t worrae little boy,’ he chuckled, hand sliding under the greenette’s shirt. The greenette squirmed against the wall. ‘Stop strugglin’. I’ll make ya feel reeeeaaaal nice.’
Hitoshi wished he could have looked away from what happened next but closing his eyes did nothing as the scene played beneath his eyelids still.
He wanted to throw up.
-----
“D- dad,” Hitoshi choked out.
“Hitoshi,” Dad shook him. “What’s wrong?! Tell me what’s wrong!”
Hitoshi reached up and pointed at Zuku. “B- brainwashing!” he gasped. “H- he’s fighting! N- never happened b- before!”
-----
Hitoshi fruitlessly ran to shield the greenette as flames roared from the criminals hands.
A scream echoed into the night as the boy’s body was covered in flames.
The laughter of the man mingled with the cries as the greenette rolled on the ground trying to put them out. ‘It burns! Help! Please!’
The man waved. ‘Next time you’ll know betta than ta try and steal from my dumpster. If ya survive that is.’
-----
“Why aren’t you letting him go?” Dad asked frantically.
Hitoshi shook his head. The coils of the strings tightened around his consciousness. Hitoshi gasped, tears falling faster. “C- can’t! He w- won’t let go!”
Dad whipped his head around to use his quirk on Zuku but Hitoshi tightened his grip. “D- don’t!”
“Wha-”
Hitoshi hung his aching head. “T- take us s- somewhere but d- don’t break it!” he choked. “I- I need t- to find him first!”
“Hitoshi what are you saying?” Dad asked.
Hitoshi met his eyes. “Z- Zuku’s lost, Dad!” he wailed. “H- He’s so lost! I- I can feel it!”
Dad shook his head. “I’m stopping him-”
“NO!” Hitoshi screamed, another wave wracking through him. “I’M THE ONLY ONE WHO CAN REACH HIM NOW!!!”
-----
Woah there!
Hitoshi tried to stabilize the green-haired boy as he stumbled into his alleyway in a strange gold and black costume. The greenette slouched on the ground and threw off his golden mask and peeled off his blood-soaked black shirt.
Hitoshi’s eyes widened. You were freaking shot?! Wha- Hey! You can’t remove that here!
Hitoshi could only watch as the boy removed the bullet in his side as though he had practiced doing so before.
Hitoshi hated the fact that this Izuku character probably had done it before.
-----
Dad grit his teeth. He swirled around and pointed at a nearby nurse. “I need a room right the heck now!”
“S- sir-”
“Did I stutter?!” he yelled.
Hitoshi groaned as his body was lifted into his father’s arms bridal style, head lolling off the side of the man’s arm but someone pushed it back up to lean against Dad’s chest. Hitoshi glanced over at Zuku. “F- follow us,” he commanded, jolting in pain when the revolting consciousness spiked again and the strings tightened around his own.
Everyone followed as Hitoshi was rushed to an empty room and laid on a hospital bed. A chair was pulled up beside it. Hitoshi pointed to the chair. “S- sit!” he gasped, Zuku obeying the command.
“Hitoshi,” Dad grabbed his hand, “I’ll give you ten minutes, no more than that. If you don’t put an end to this by then, I am stopping it on my own.” Hitoshi panted. “O- Oka- Y!!!” He threw his head back in pain, sweat bulletting down his forehead.
-----
Hey, hey, hey! Stay alive!
Hitoshi tried to find anything that could keep the boy breathing and the black from spreading over his skin.
He cried out into the streets but his voice went nowhere in the redlights. He was only a shadow, forced to watch as this tortured boy who wanted nothing more than to help others slowly died only to be forgotten by the world.
‘H- hello?’ a female voice called into the alley. ‘I- is anyone in there?’
Hitoshi turned around to see a woman with long brunette hair peering into the alleyway.
-----
Hitoshi’s eyes shot open.
He felt a sudden shift in the coils around his consciousness, a sudden lightness after his last flashback. This is it!
Hitoshi squeezed his eyes shut, fully focused on the green orb of Zuku’s consciousness. It was shaking and flashing and spiking every which way, the pain it seemed to be going through physically pounding against Hitoshi’s head.
Hitoshi, if he was being honest, didn’t know a lot about Zuku’s quirk but what he did know is that the one thing to always activate it was to reach out. What he also knew is that for Zuku’s entire existence, much like his own until Dad came along, Zuku was longing for that connection that he had been denied for so long.
So, Hitoshi did the only thing he knew he could do.
He ‘reached out’ and let his consciousness be taken in by those strings around it.
Hitoshi blinked, ‘awakening’ in another dream or vision or something but this time felt different. Like he knew where he was. He knew everything that was going on. He looked down at his hands. They were solid, not see through.
Hitoshi looked around at the black void he was in, somehow on invisible solid ground.
It was eerily quiet until-
‘DEKU!’
Hitoshi jumped and swirled around, the face of what looked to be the younger version of the blonde from Class 1B. It was large, covering the entire black sky in a flash before disappearing back into a black void.
‘You’ve been a bad boy, Izuku,’ the woman's face shown above him this time, Hitoshi now recognizing it as Inko Midoriya.
‘Little boy.’ ‘I’mma kill ya!’ ‘I’ll make ya feel reeeeaaaal nice.’ ‘You can never escape.’ ‘MY Izuku.’
Hitoshi’s heart pounded as faces flashed all around him, yelling and screaming and chastising him. He fell to his knees, covering his ears with his hands and squeezing his eyes shut.
Stop it! Go away! What did I do wrong?! I’m sorry!
Hitoshi’s eyes shot open when he realized these thoughts weren’t his own. He shakily stood up, ignoring the flashing faces and screaming voices to focus in on one single sound.
A whimper.
Someone was crying and it wasn’t one of the faces above him. It was close by. Hitoshi looked around. “Where are you?!” he called out. No response. Hitoshi closed his eyes, tuning out the voices above to focus on his true objective. He breathed slowly, calmly… until… His eyes opened.
There you are.
Hitoshi spun around and ran into the dark void, faces and screams of unknown faces lighting the path every so often, jumping out to yell at him, drag him down, nail into his very soul. His legs felt heavy the longer he ran. His throat burned and eyes watered. His heart hurt. He wanted to stop. He wanted to give in. To allow them to drown him because it would be so much easier to just fall into despair than fight his way out. But he didn’t stop. He couldn’t. No now. He knew that if he stopped now, he would never get another chance and it would all be over. Not only for him but for the owner of this mind who has been trapped her for far too long. He was given one chance to save him and Hitoshi would be darned if he was going to let this go.
Seconds... Minutes... Hours…
Hitoshi doesn’t know how long he ran before he saw something aside from the flashes of a tortured past above him.
He slowly came to a walk and made his way to a structure before him. It was a large white birdcage. He noticed that as he walked closer, the voices and screams got louder and the faces seemed to press around him. Hitoshi swallowed thickly. He came to a stop in front of the cage door.
In the middle sat a doll. This doll had curly green hair and vibrant green glassy eyes. It had porcelain skin. It wore a white cloak stopping just below the knees.
But that hair had long outgrown itself, reaching to the shoulders and covering those green eyes. Those vibrant orbs had long lost their shine and left streams of crystal clear water rolling from them that dripped onto the floor that had long since overflown into a crystal lake of tears in the cage. That porcelain skin was not smooth. It had cracks running all up and down its body. The doll’s joints were missing screws, invaluable pieces that once held it together perfectly but now left it lost, unfinished. Forgotten. The gown was white as snow, perfectly finished as though it were trying to cover up all that was broken but had failed at its job. Around its neck hung a small, white key.
It mocked the doll that was unable to move to take it and escape.
The doll stood there, posed to look beautiful. It stood in an almost dancing position, one foot behind the other on its toe. It was missing an arm, sparkling pieces of glitter falling from the socket the missing limb left and mingling with the shining water. It’s left arm almost gracefully reached up towards the door longingly but never quite able to reach it. A smile carved into its face below the empty eyes it had been given with the streams of crystal tears flowing past it.
The doll itself made no sound but Hitoshi could hear the soft cries of the glass heart placed inside of its chest.
Hitoshi felt his heart breaking along with it.
He reached forward into the cage but a sharp shock sent him flying backward, gasping in pain.
A low, loud, malicious laugh echoed throughout the void. The faces shattered, the screams dissipated. Hitoshi’s eyes widened as he looked up. Above the cage stood a gigantic, looming female figure with long, flowing green hair and an evil grin that split her face.
Fear shook Hitoshi through his core with every single taunting laugh the giant let out.
‘My Izuku. My Izuku. My Izuku.’ Words whispered in from every nook and cranny of the cavern.
Hitoshi fell to his knees, breath shortening.
‘My Izuku. My IzUkU. MY IZUKU.’
The chant got louder and louder and louder. Blood roared in his ears, tears stinging in his eyes. It was so oppressive! It was so believable! It wasn’t even him it was talking about! Hitoshi froze. He breathed heavily.
‘MY IZUKU. MY IZUKU. MY IZUKU.’
Hitoshi glanced up at the doll
Right. These aren’t my thoughts.
He grit his teeth and pushed himself. Hitoshi glared up and the giant figure looming above him.
‘MY IZUKU! MY IZUKU! MY IZUKU!’
“SHUT UP!” he screamed back. The words continued to bounce all around him. Hitoshi looked helplessly at the doll in the cage. He walked up to the cage again. The same force tried to push him back but Hitoshi reached out and grabbed the giant bars.
He screamed as all at once a barrage of pain and fear shot through his heart like an arrow.
‘MY IZUKU!!! MY IZUKU!!! MY IZUKU!!!’
Hitoshi looked up at the door. There was no lock on it specifically. Then again, that tiny key wouldn’t unlock something so large meaning… the lock was not the cage but… Hitoshi stared down the doll. He bit his tongue to keep from crying out as Hitoshi forced his way through the bars. As soon as his foot met the crystal lake of tears filling the cage, he collapsed. So much pain! It swirled around him like a cyclone in the water.
‘MY IZUKU!!! MY IZUKU!!! MY IZUKU!!!’ It got louder as Hitoshi was now invading on the space where the giant held its most prized possession.
Hitoshi growled. “SHUT UP!” he screamed again, pushing himself up. “You don’t know anything about Zuku!” He waded through the surprisingly thick water. “He…” Hitoshi panted, “Zuku is kind! And caring! And way to selfless for his own good!” He swallowed back a groan as the pain began to build the closer he got. “Zuku has emotions! H- He has feelings! HIS OWN feelings! Not yours!” Hitoshi reached out.
Finally, something familiar. A string, right to the heart. Hitoshi grit his teeth and took it. “CAN YOU FEEL ME, IZUKU!!!???” Hitoshi pulled himself forward. “You are your own person! Snap out of it! We don’t want some doll, we want you!” *crack* Hitoshi’s eyes widened as the porcelain broke a bit. “We need you back, Izuku!” Hitoshi felt tears streaming down his face, dripping into the lake below. “YOU! Not what anyone else says you are but YOU!” *crack* Hitoshi stood before the doll and grabbed it by the shoulders. “IZUKU, LISTEN TO ME!!!” He searched those green eyes underneath those green locks for anything.
“Izuku…” Hitoshi whispered. “Please…” He slouched, leaning his forehead against the doll’s chest. Hitoshi stared at the string connected to the doll’s heart in his hand. Hitoshi held it closely to his own heart, tears falling down his own face.
“Zuku,” Hitoshi cried. “Come back…”
Hitoshi cried as the monster above them laughed at his pitiful attempts.
-----
‘I’m Mary Lou but you can call me Mare or Mary like my friends do.’
…
‘M- Mary Lou T- T- Takakawa.’
‘That’s it!’
-----
Hitoshi blinked. “What was that?”
He looked down at the string in his hands.
He looked up. “Z- Zuku…?”
-----
‘Let us help you,’ Dad’s voice.
…
‘S- s- sorry…”
'Don’t apologize when you have done nothing wrong.'
-----
‘W- where d- d- does that g- go?’
‘Aaaaaaall the way up there!’
‘I am going to pick you up? Is that okay?’
…
She’s safe…
-----
Hitoshi gripped the string tighter, closing his eyes.
These are the memories Zuku keeps close to his heart…
“Show me,” he whispered. “Show me the real you, Zuku.”
-----
‘M- Merry Christmas, everyone…’
-----
Hitoshi laughed and cried as memories filtered through.
An origami bunny. The first time he took Zuku’s string. Going to the beach. Getting new shoes. The ‘usual.’ Grilled cheese with tomato soup. Watching movies in a pile of blankets. A quote from the first day of school. His birthday.
And so, so many more.
They were small things that not many would consider important or significant but these were the things Zuku held close to his heart.
There was resentment and pain and anger and fear and yet… Zuku continued to cling to these things.
But one can only hold back so much. Seeing Kirishima wounded like that, knowing he got wounded protecting Iida cause Iida stupidly went after the Hero Killer. It was the snapping point and… Zuku was lost. So, so very lost. But not too far gone to be unsaveable. The moment everyone gives up on him is the moment he is too far gone.
Hitoshi held the string tightly and smiled. “I will never give up on you, Zuku,” he said firmly. “So don’t give up on me either.” Hitoshi stepped back. He fiddled with the key around Zuku’s neck before ripping it off. Hitoshi turned around and threw it as far as he could. “You aren’t bound by locks and keys.” Hitoshi turned back around. “You are bound by yourself.” Hitoshi reached up and took the outstretched hand. “Right now, you have my consciousness tied to your own, Zuku. Listen to me, to my heart and to my mind and see the truth.” Hitoshi intertwined their fingers and firmly gripped their hands, slipping the heart string in between the two. He smiled.
“I’m waiting for you, Zuku.”
There was a sudden screech from above. Hitoshi looked up to see the giant clawing at its face, stumbling backward.
‘NO! MY IZUKU! GET AWAY FROM HIM!!!’
Hitoshi’s eyes widened as the cage opened and the demon reached in for him. He ducked his head but refused to let go of Zuku.
*crack* *crack*
Hitoshi hung his head as the demon’s hand wrapped around his body.
*!!!SHATTER!!!*
A major gale force wind exploded from Zuku, light flashing around them blindingly. The demon screamed, letting go of Hitoshi and falling back, withering away under the light. Hitoshi stumbled and fell into the water when something fell against him. The light died down. Hitoshi groaned. He looked down as he floated in the water to see Zuku’s body, his real body, on top of him, though still in a white cloak. His hair was shorter again, skin normal and littered with all of his real scars.
“Zuku?” he whispered
Something fell on his face. Hitoshi looked up again and saw the top of the birdcage begin to dissolve, twinkles and sparkles falling down around them. The demon was still there although much smaller, a reminder that while the cage was gone, there was still healing to be done.
That’s fine, Hitoshi thought as he felt the grip on his consciousness releasing. He hugged the boy on his chest tighter. “I’ll stick with you all of the way, Zuku.”
_______________________________
Shouta’s knee bounced.
They were nearing the nine minute mark. Throughout the entire thing, Hitoshi’s breathing had jumped and fallen so many times Shouta thought the boy was going to end up going into cardiac arrest.
For the first time, though, Izuku’s chest jumped. No, to put it more accurately, the boy jolted so hard he fell out of his seat. Mrs. Kirishima immediately swooped down and picked up her son, setting him back down in the seat. Shouta stood up. “Alright, that’s ten minutes. I’m-”
Hitoshi suddenly gasped, eyes opening. He shot up just as Izuku’s boy fell forward and draped across the bed.
The greenette’s quirk released.
Hitoshi immediately clutched his head, groaning in pain. Shouta ran over, grabbing his son by the shoulders. “Are you alright? What happened? Do you need medical attention?” Hitoshi shook his head. “‘m fine…” Hitoshi looked over at Izuku who was being looked over by Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima. “He’s not waking up,” Mr. Kirishima stated worriedly. Hitoshi hummed, leaning against Shouta. “That’s fine… He needs some time to sort all that out.” The adults looked at each other. “All of what out?” Mrs. Kirishima asked.
The nurse at the door cleared her throat. “Visiting hours are over,” she was visibly trying to hold in her annoyance of being forced overtime.
Shouta sighed and stood up. “Yes, you are right. I apologize for all of this. We will be leaving now.” The nurse sighed and waved him. “It’s fine”
Hitoshi looked up. “What about our internships? We still have tomorrow.”
Shouta looked over at Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima. The husband stood up. “I think we will be taking Izuku home for no-”
“No!” Hitoshi suddenly lurched forward. “I need to be there when he wakes up.” Shouta frowned. “Hitoshi, I know you don’t like it but-”
“Dad,” Hitoshi leveled him with a stare, “you don’t understand. I NEED to be there when he wakes up.” The air in the room got tense.
Mr. Kirishima cleared his throat. “We wouldn’t mind housing Shinsou for the night. We will most likely be coming back here in the afternoon for visiting hours anyways.” Shouta looked down at Hitoshi. “Are you alright with that?” Hitoshi nodded sharply before clutching his head again. “Yeah,” he decided on verbally responding. Shouta sighed. “Alright,” he bowed slightly to the Kirishima’s. “Thank you.”
They stopped by the Gran Torino’s and Shouta’s agencies to get Kirishima’s, Hitoshi’s, and Izuku’s belongings.
_______________________________
Asa sighed as they finally pulled up to their house.
What a night…
It was currently nine in the morning and they were all exhausted. Shinsou had ended up falling asleep in the car and Izuku had yet to wake up. He carried in Izuku while Yuma carried in Shinsou. Hime and Akio, which they had also picked up, trailing behind them. “I’ll go get their stuff if you can get them in bed,” he said, laying Izuku down. Yuma nodded.
They ended up putting both of the boy’s in Izuku’s bed seeing how adamant on the two needed to be there when they woke up Shinsou was.
Only after they were both in their room did Asa and Yuma finally break down. Both ended up crying themselves to sleep.
_______________________________
“Todo! Todo, wake up!”
Shoto groaned, rolling over in bed. Two hands found his shoulders and not so lightly shook them.
“Todooooooo”
Shoto turned his head to the side and glared at Avalanche. She cheekily smirked down at him. “Get your gear on, we’re going climbing!” she piped, marching away already in her hero costume. Shoto drug his arm out of bed and slammed it on his phone next to the bed, turning it over to see the time.
“It’s only three in the morning…” he moaned.
She nodded. “Yup! I’ve got something to show you!”
He sat up. “We went to bed at, like, one though… eh?” Shoto blinked and glanced up. Avalanche was… ruffling his hair slightly. She smiled. “You’ve got such bedhead when you wake up, Todo.” Shoto blushed a bit and looked away.
-----
‘Mooooom!’ four-year- old Shoto whined as his Mom ruffled his hair.
The white-haired woman laughed. ‘Let your mother pamper you sometime!’ Her smile fell a bit.
…
‘What?’ Shoto looked up when he thought she had said something.
She smiled wider and shook her head. ‘Nothing!’
Shoto watched her walk away towards the kitchen.
…
What did she mean by I won’t be able to smile like this much longer? Is something… going to happen?
-----
“Can’t help that,” he mumbled.
Was it weird that he missed the feeling of her hand when she pulled away.
“Go get dressed!” Avalanche commanded in a fake-stern voice. Shoto shook away the feeling and crawled out of bed. “Fine…” He got dressed in his hero costume in the bathroom as quick as his ‘Three Hours Of Sleep After Fourteen Hours Of Snowy Mountain Climbing Body’ would allow him. As soon as he opened the door, Shoto had to fumble to catch the energy bar thrown at his face. Avalanche giggled.
“How are you so happy this early?” Shoto groaned but still accepting and eating the bar. She didn’t comment and instead rushed him out of the door. Shoto threw away his trash on the way out of the checkpoint and pulled on his mask and goggles. The town was dark and cold at night, more cold than usual. It was eerily quiet aside from their footsteps and the crunch of snow. They had their flashlights on their goggles turned on as they walked.
Shoto narrowed his eyes behind the mask when he realized she was climbing up after they got out of the town. Avalanche looked over her shoulder. “Are you coming?” she whisper-yelled. Shoto sighed and began to follow the woman up the mountain.
An hour and a half later, they were still going up.
“Come on! We are almost there!” she called. Shoto yawned and continued the trek. Thirty minutes later, Shoto saw the peak of the mountain coming into view. His eyes widened. We are all the way up here?! Avalanche reached the top first. She turned around and extended a hand which Shoto took, allowing her to pull him up to the very top ledge. Avalanche turned and put her hands on her hips.
“Well would ya lookie there. We made it just in time!” she exclaimed. Shoto raised an eyebrow, following her gaze. “Just in time for wha-”
Shoto’s words cut off at the sight in front of him.
The sun… The sun was just rising over the mountains in the distance casting a golden glow that reflected off of the surface of the snow on the mountains and against the just brightening sky.
No, it was not the thin mountain air that took Shoto’s breath away. It was the sunrise on the top of a snow covered mountain as a cold breezy blew of his hood and ran through his hair.
It was beautiful.
Shoto looked over at the heroine beside him. She looked over at him, mask down around her neck, and smiled, her hood also having been blown off. “What do you think, Todo?”
-----
‘Shoto?’ Mom smiled softly at him.
-----
He doesn’t know why, but Shoto found himself smiling back.
“It’s beautiful,” he replied earnestly.
_______________________________
Hitoshi sighed.
“I can move him, you know?” Mr. Kirishima whispered.
Currently they were in Zuku’s room at three in the afternoon. Hitoshi had been awake for about an hour now but had yet to move. Why, you may ask? Well, Zuku had not woken up yet and has actually been laying over Hitoshi’s right arm, which had fallen asleep, by the way. So Hitoshi was still laying flat on his back staring at the ceiling. Mr. Kirishima was sitting by the bed.
In retrospect, he was glad for this opportunity. It gave him a chance to think about exactly what he would do when Zuku woke up.
Would the greenette even remember what happened? Most people don’t remember what happened during the time they were brainwashed but most people also don’t go using their quirk trapping his consciousness with their own trapped consciousness that was trapped by his consciousness.
Confusing, right?
Hitoshi shook his head. “It’s fine,” he sighed.
They both looked over when the boy in question suddenly shifted, rubbing at his eyes before slowly opening them. They were a bit wet but no tears just yet. The two met stares. Zuku’s eyes widened and he shot up only to get light headed and flop back down with a groan, holding his head.
Hitoshi chuckled. “You think your head hurts? You should have had to have been the one brainwashing you.” Zuku blinked at the ceiling before his eyes widened.
Ah, so he does remember.
Zuku sat up again, smartly slower and looked down at Hitoshi. “A- are you okay?!” Hitoshi sat up, flexing his numb right arm. “Yeah, I’m fine. I think I should really be asking you that question but instead I gotta know. What all do you actually remember, Zuku?” he asked hesitantly.
The greenette looked down at his one hand, curling it a bit. “I… remember g- gettin’ angerae?” He sounded questionative. “I- It was all a blur, r- reallae…”
“Well, you were partially dissociating about halfway through,” Mr. Kirishima spoke up. Zuku nodded slowly and continued. “I- I remember a fog c- comin’ over my m- mind, like yer b- brainwashin’. B- But then l- like…” He ducked his head. “Th- they had n- never came back s- so loud before…” Mr. Kirishima looked confused but the look Hitoshi gave him pleaded for the man to not comment on that. “I- I thought I was g- gettin’ over i- it all…” Hitoshi frowned. “But,” Zuku looked up, “in the m- midst of it, I- I ‘eard a voice or somethin’. I- It was callin’ out ta me. I- It was t- takin’ away all o- of the voices. It a- almost sounded like…” Zuku glanced over to Hitoshi. The purple-haired boy smirked, raising an eyebrow. Tears filled Zuku’s eyes.
Ah, there they are.
Hitoshi wordlessly held out his arms. Zuku didn’t hesitate to throw himself against the boy with enough force that they both fell back onto the bed. He wrapped his arms around the boy as Zuku cried, clinging to him.
“Th- they a- are so q- quiet!” the greenette wailed.
“Isn’t that a good thing?” Hitoshi asked.
Zuku nodded.
“But they aren’t gone all the way, are they?” Hitoshi asked.
Zuku shook his head.
“That’s fine,” Hitoshi said. “They won’t ever go completely away but you know what, Zuku?” Zuku hummed. “Mine haven’t gone away either and yet I’m still moving on and getting stronger.” Zuku glanced up at him. Hitoshi nodded. “Yup. Do you think you are ready to do that now too?” The greenette rested his head on Hitoshi’s chest.
Mrs. Kirishima came in with some tea for all of them, setting the tray on Zuku’s desk and pulling over Kirishima’s desk chair to sit beside her husband quietly.
Zuku’s breathing had slowed but Hitoshi knew the boy was still awake. His grip on the purple-haired boy’s shirt was still tight. After a few minutes, the green-haired boy replied.
“I- I’m readae…” he whispered.
Hitoshi hummed. “Are you? You fumbled over your words a bit there.”
Zuku grit his teeth, pressing his head harder against Hitoshi. “I’m readae!” he half-yelled. “I want to smile,” the greenette’s grip got tighter. “A- and I wanna laugh again! L- like a real one!” His shoulder shook, fresh tears streaming. “C- can I do th- that…?” he whispered. Mrs. Kirishima came over and sat on the edge of the bed next to them, running a hand through Zuku’s hair.
“Of course you can, dear,” she said. “Let us teach you how.”
They got some food finally after their long, tremulous night and morning before packing up Hitoshi’s belongings and heading out to the hospital.
“Thank you…”
Hitoshi blinked and looked over at his friend sitting with him in the backseat of the car. Zuku glanced over at him before looking back down.
“Thank you,” the greenette repeated, “fer savin’ me.”
Hitoshi gently tapped the boy’s shoulder with his fist. “Don’t mention it. Anything for my partner.”
_______________________________
Izuku didn’t mean to stare when Kacc- Bakugou came on the train but…
“Shut yer mouth, nerd!!!” the blonde yelled when he saw him staring. Zuku quickly looked away. Bakugou’s hair! Mina leaned over and whispered, “That’s one heck of a cowlick.”
“Pfft!”
Mina hadn’t asked questions, gratefully, when Eijiro didn’t join them on the way to school. Izuku promised that it would all make sense at school.
“TODOROKI!!!” Yoarashi roared, Izuku leaning slightly away. They were all waiting for class to start. “Why are you icing the air?!?! It’s cold!” Shoto was using his ice side to cover part of his body and making the air around them much colder as an after effect.
Shoto huffed, his breath billowing. “Cause it’s so hot,” he stated.
Toshi raised an eyebrow. “What did those mountains do to you?” Shoto shook his head. “I have no idea.” The door to the classroom opened revealing Sho. Everyone quickly got to their respective seats. Sho sighed as he stood in front of the class. “Now,” the man started, “I am sure you have all heard about the attack on Hosu City.” A few murmurs rose here and there. “During that attack, two of your classmates had a run-in with the Hero Killer Stain.” Everyone gasped. “And I am sure you are aware of who they are as they are not here.” Uraraka raised her hand. “Aizawa-sensei, can you please tell us how they are?” she asked. Sho nodded. “Both Kirishima and Iida are under intensive medical care right now. We are currently getting Kirishima transported onto the UA campus, Iida will be staying in the hospital in Hosu.” Yoarashi raised his hand. “AIZAWA-SENSEI!” he called out.
“So loud…” Jiro hissed. Toshi hummed. “My apologies for my friend's idiocy.” The girl huffed. Izuku thought to himself. I bet it would be more painful for Jiro with a hearing quirk and all. His hand suddenly itched for a notebook and pencil.
“Why is Iida not coming to UA as well?!” Yoarashi asked.
Izuku and Toshi swallowed thickly.
“Iida is currently in a coma,” Sho replied.
“No way!”
“That’s terrible!”
“Oh my goodness…”
Izuku could feel a few pairs of eyes on the back of his head. Sho continued. “He will be staying in Hosu where it is closer to his family. Kirishima should be back in class in a week or two. That is all on that matter. Let us all move on with class now.”
Throughout class, Izuku had a hard time staying focused.
Eijiro should be getting moved here about now…
He turned around when a pencil poked in between his shoulders. Toshi was looking at him with a concerned look in his eyes. Izuku tried to give him a reassuring smile but it didn’t really come across as he had hoped.
Izuku sighed and kept working.
They were allowed to go see Eijiro during lunch. Izuku sat there by his still unconscious brother the whole time. He was grateful for his friends who persistently joined him. He wondered if he was really that much of an open book that they knew he needed the company.
He pulled on his face mask as they were getting dressed for Hero Foundational Studies after school. Izuku listened to his friends chatter about anything and everything, obviously avoiding certain topics to which Izuku was highly grateful for.
More than ever, it felt as though Izuku was gravitating closer and closer to Toshi. The boy didn’t seem to mind how Izuku seemed to always be right there. He understood perfectly fine.
-----
‘When I first started really healing,’ Toshi said, ‘I was practically glued to Dad’s side. Sometimes you just need someone there.’
-----
All Might stood boldly in front of their class that had gathered in front of a mock city.
I wonder what All Might thinks about all of this, Izuku thought. Is he worried for his successor?
“I AM HERE!!!” He boldly stated. “Keeping a fresh memory of your workplace experiences, we will be doing a RESCUE TRAINING RACE!!!” All Might turned and gestured to the mock city behind him. “This is the playground, Ground Gamma! We will make three groups of six!” Excluding the two to make 18. “I shall hide somewhere in the mock city and send out a distress signal and somewhere off boundaries you will all come and find me! First to me wins! Let us remember to keep damage to the area at a minimum!”
Izuku was in the first group. He looked over his group. Himself, Aoyama, Mina, Ojiro, Sero, and Tokoyami.
Honestly, he knew he wouldn’t win this. If he had to bet on anyone, it would be Sero. After quickly looking over the city, he knew Sero’s quirk would be most suitable for this. All he could do was try his best.
Izuku sat in waiting, already having his quirk flowing through his veins. And then…
“!START!”
Izuku immediately thrust forward his string, wrapping it around a high pipe and pulling himself up. Izuku shot forth again, swinging from pipe to pipe. It was hard and tedious to not have the proper balance of his being able to use a string from his right hand to shoot forward and swing with more ease like Sero, but it was good enough.
As he thought, Sero swung into first place. Ojiro made great use of his tail and it was a hot battle between him and Izuku but Ojiro ended up getting to All Might a split second before Izuku. He glared down at his metal arm.
-----
‘Baby steps,’ Sho said. ‘Be proud of how far you have come. You will get better with time. Don’t stop improving but don’t be angry for what you cannot do yet. It will come in time with enough training and hard work.’
-----
Tokoyami came in fourth, Mina in fifth, and Aoyama in sixth, clutching his stomach for dear life.
Mina stamped her foot. “I’ll get first next time!” Izuku gently pat her shoulder. She stuck her tongue out at him. “Just you watch, Zuku! I’ll beat you!” He shrugged. “G- good luck.” She laughed loudly.
Toshi was able to use the capture weapons he had around his wrists to maneuver much like Sero did and against Asui, Uraraka, Kaminari, Koda, and Sato, he actually ended up getting first. Shoto and Yoarashi were in the same group. Yoarashi beat Shoto by a hair.
“Call or text me if you need me,” Toshi whispered at the subway station. Izuku nodded. “Alright…” He waved as Toshi left to his own train..
Mina glanced over at Izuku as they rode the train. “Are you alright?” she asked hesitantly. Izuku looked out of the window, watching the world go by in a blur.
-----
‘Let us teach you how.’
-----
Izuku closed his eyes, taking a deep breath and letting it out before opening his eyes.
“I’m… gettin’ there,” he replied.
Mina pat his shoulder but didn’t say anything. That was fine. She kept the contact for the whole ride, just letting him know she was there.
And she was. And Izuku knew she was. Just like everyone else.
The group chat with Hino, Furuya, and Mori was going off the charts sending funny memes and encouraging messages. Even Yamamoto had messaged him a couple of times.
How did I get so blessed to have such an amazing support group? I truly don’t deserve them.
Chapter 72: A New Chapter
Summary:
Ei wakes up and some steps need to be made for healing.
Notes:
How is everyone doing?
Chapter Text
His chest hurt but it was dull and tingly. His head felt light and fuzzy. His eyes felt deep and heavy.
Eijiro blinked slowly, staring at the ceiling of wherever he was. His throat was so dry, as well as his skin.
-----
‘It’s a shame,’ Stain sighed. ‘I didn’t want to kill you, kid.’
-----
Eijiro shot up in a cold sweat before gasping out as pain wracked through his entire body and flopping back down.
The door to the room opened, the redhead’s head immediately turning to it with wide, scared eyes. There was the *clatter* of a food tray falling before a familiar green-haired boy bolted to his side.
“Eijiro, breathe,” the redhead’s breath hitched by the startling levelness of his brother’s voice.
Breathe? I am breathing. I am!
-----
Eijiro stared up at the night sky as he felt his senses dull, the world around him fading to darkness, and his body numb with a strange cold.
-----
He hadn’t had a panic attack in so long that he almost forgot what they felt like. They were painful! And whatever was causing his chest and stomach to hurt like this-
-----
A blade dug itself into Eijiro’s right hip and was dragged diagonally up his abdomen and chest, pulling away just above the right peck.
-----
- made the rapid falling and rising of his chest hurt only that much more!
But he held firmly to the grip on his hand as Izu guided him out of it with scary ease, as if the boy knew just what to say and what pace to set for a panic attack for someone injured. Eijiro finally, gratefully, took in a deep breath. One wide enough to clear his mind and ease his tightening chest. Eijiro leaned fully back into the large fluffy pillow behind him that was larger than his entire torso and head put together. He looked around, just recognizing the room as one similar to that of which Izuku was held in when he lost his arm. He was in one of the rooms in the UA nurse’s ward. He realized that it wasn’t only him and Izuku in the room, either. It was him, Izuku, Shinsou, Todoroki, Mina, and, strangely enough, Uraraka, though Eijiro had the feeling that the brunette and the bicolored male had been tagging along mostly with Izu. Uraraka had taken to cleaning the food tray Izuku had dropped.
“Iz- *COUGH COUGH COUGH*” Eijiro winced, hand to his parched throat.
Izuku went to get a glass of water but Shinsou had already gotten one from the sink in the room. Eijiro sighed in relief as he drank it fully. “Man!” he finally said loudly causing Izuku, Shinsou, and Todoroki to jump. “Who knew water was so refreshing?!” he joked.
Mina narrowed her eyes. “Why are you laughing?! You scared us so much!” Eijiro lowered his head. “I know… I’m sorry.” He glanced up at the pink girl, faltering a bit at the tears in her eyes that had yet to fall.
Izuku took the cup from him. “H- how are ya f- feelin’?” Izuku asked hesitantly.
-----
He recognized that face. The hero, with blood pooling beneath them, eyes open and staring blankly before them, a small drip of blood flowing from their mouth
-----
Eijiro averted his eyes. “I- I’m fine!” he lied.
It didn’t go unnoticed. Izuku’s grip on his hand tightened. “Don’t lie ta m- me.” Eijiro flinched slightly and sighed. “I am…” he said again, softer. “Just a bit shaken up, you know?” Izuku nodded sadly. Eijiro’s eyes widened and his head snapped up. “Where’s Iida?” he asked. He very much did not enjoy the simultaneous flinch of everyone in the room. Eijiro turned Izuku, looking his brother in the eyes. “Where is Iida, Izu?” he repeated.
Izuku’s eye twitched in almost annoyance which Eijiro would address later, as well as Shinsou putting a calming hand on Izu’s shoulder.
The door to the room opened and Recovery Girl strolled in.
“Iida is still in Hosu, sonny,” she replied. Uraraka, Mina, and Todoroki moved back to let the older woman closer. “He’s alive?” Eijiro asked her. She nodded. “That’s one way to put it.” Eijiro tilted his head, worry growing in the pit of his stomach. She checked his vitals as she spoke. “Iida is in a coma currently. He is in Hosu to stay closer to his family.” Eijiro’s eyes widened in shock, blood draining from his face. “No way…” He hung his head. “I- I didn’t make i-” “Don’t even start with me, sonny,” Recovery Girl griped. “You did exactly what you were told to do, help with the evacuation efforts. You cannot change what happened before you got there. If it is any consolation to your heart, you did save the life of Pro Her Native,” she said. “He would actually like to get in contact with you at some point as well but currently you are bedridden so that will have to wait.” Eijiro looked down. Recovery Girl continued. “You, on the other hand, are also VERY lucky to be alive.” She sighed, rubbing her forehead between two fingers. “I don’t know if it is just your family or if you two just enjoy putting yourselves in hospital beds but I better not see either of you in my office for at least a month,” she pointed her cane at both Eijiro and Izuku, both blushing slightly. She shook her head. “You’ve been out for about a week and a half, Kirishima,” she stated. Eijiro’s eyes widened. “It is wrapped up right now and mostly healed from my quirk along with other medical professionals, but from your right hip to just under your left shoulder, you now sport a pretty decent sized scar from your run in with Stain.”
Eijiro flinched at the name.
“You should be fine to go back home now that you are awake,” she finished.
Recovery Girl went to contact their parents.
Eijiro sighed and leaned his head against the pillow. “Man… I can’t wait to get home.” He smiled just a bit as he felt the grip on his hand tighten. “Hey,” he said calmly into the room, “can me and Izuku have some time? Alone?”
It wasn’t hard to get everyone to leave. They all understood. Mina ruffled his hair playfully. “Sure thing, Kiri, but if I come back and you are half dead again I call being the first one to slap you!” Eijiro chuckled. “I’m all yours!” he joked but then rapidly blushed as he realized what he had said but the pinkette was already turning away.
Uraraka wasn’t. He caught her eye. The brunette gave a catlike grin before waving and leaving Eijiro to blush even more harshly. Shinsou’s hand lingered on Izuku’s shoulder a bit longer before the boy followed Todoroki out. The door to the room closed with a quiet *click*.
Eijiro stared at the closed door, eyelids drooping to a half-lidded state. Then squeezing tightly shut as he hung his head away from Izuku, tears seeping out and down his face, shoulders shaking. Eijiro felt metal on his face as he was guided into Izuku’s shoulder. Eijiro ignored the discomfort in his chest and abdomen in lue of reaching up and clutching onto the back of Izuku’s uniform, openly crying.
Izuku let him. Even as the bell rang for the next class to start, Izuku stayed behind while Eijiro drained his fears onto his brother's shoulder. It was a blur, really, but at some point Izuku had climbed in next to Eijiro, weaving under the wires, and pulled Eijiro into a curled position. The redhead rested his head against Izuku’s chest, listening to the semi-steady heartbeat that he had come to know was Izuku’s ‘normal’ beat despite it always being a bit faster than normal. It was comforting. The coolness of Izuku’s metal hand weaving through Eijiro’s red locks was relaxing. Eijiro soon found himself drifting off before he even realized it.
What he did realize is what Mom had meant when she said something a couple years ago.
-----
‘He can’t process it,’ Mom said.
‘Process what?’ Eijiro asked.
‘Safety,’ she stated. ‘He’s trying, but fear comes so naturally to him it’s almost like it’s his second home.’
-----
For the almost thirteen years up until Eijiro met Izuku, the distance between being fearful and feeling safe was almost non-existent. He didn’t understand why someone couldn’t just feel safe when there was no threat. Over time, as he began to truly get to know his brother, it began to make more sense. The last time Izuku ran away, it really clicked for the difference as per Izuku’s terms but…
It really, truly clicks for someone personally when they are sitting at the round table with Death himself.
I get it… Eijiro thought, eyes closing. The difference between ‘safety’ and ‘threat.’ I get it now…
Eijiro listened to the rapid beating of his brother’s heart as he drifted off to sleep.
Izuku… is safe…
_______________________________
Hizashi pat Sho’s shoulder as the man visibly suppressed a sigh when he opened the door to Kirishima’s room in the nurse’s ward and found Izu in the bed with Kirishima curled up next to him, half on the greenette’s chest.
The defensively alert Izuku glanced over at them with a glare that promised pain if they woke Kirishima up. The redhead in question had obviously been crying if the puffiness around his eyes was anything to go by.
Hitoshi had told Shouta about Izuku staying in the room with Kirishima and the man agreed to let Izuku off for the rest of the day to stay with his brother. Hizashi was found when Shouta left the room for their next class and went to go visit the kids deciding Hizashi would probably want to tag along, which he was correct.
Hizashi waved and led the way in, sitting beside the bed with Shouta.
It was the end of the day by the time Kirishima woke up again. By that time, Hizashi had handed Izuku something to listen to on an IPod since he really couldn’t move, Shouta had begun dozing, and Hizashi had been drawing on the other man’s face to see how far he could get without Sho waking up.
Even half-awake and on painkillers, Kirishima was smart enough not to immediately sit up upon waking and instead lifted a solitary finger to tap Izuku on the side where his hand was so as to warn the easily-frightened greenette that he was awake and would be sitting up.
It may seem strange, the different methods the people around Izu used to keep so far from getting the bundle of PTSD from reacting poorly to something but it was those methods and the care they took around him that gradually had Izuku coming out of his shell and the miracle of the boy as he is now to be able to function enough to go to a school that is basically a hoarder’s house of his triggers.
It truly is amazing how far a little kindness and patience goes for someone who had never experienced it before.
Izuku turned off his music and pulled out his earbuds as Kirishima sat up.
Still having yet to say anything, Hizashi silently flipped the marker around in his palm and handed it over to the redhead, gesturing to Sho’s docile face. A briefly shared glance between the Christmas colored boys and Izuku leaned back further into the pillow so Kirishima could lean over and add marks to Shouta’s face.
It wasn’t until the door to the room opened that Shouta opened his eyes.
It was almost a picture how still everyone was.
Shouta and Kirishima locked eyes, Kirishima leaning over Izuku’s legs with one hand and the other holding the marker right under Sho’s left eye. Hizashi sat beside the raven-haired man frozen. Izuku nonchalantly was looking at the new visitors. Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima stared at the scene from the door with faces that wordlessly stated: ‘This is what we find when we come to see our half dead son? Not surprised.’
Hizashi slowly took the marker and put the cap back on with a *pop*. He stood and smiled.
“Welp! Time to skedaddle!”
_______________________________
“Hey, buddy!” Eijiro crouched down to catch Akio who ran up to him as soon as he opened the door.
Eijiro laughed as he was licked all over, happy yips and barks coming from his pupper. Eijiro playfully rubbed Akio’s tummy. “I missed ya too, boy!” Mom pat him on the back. “Alrighty, you two go get caught up or something while I prepare dinner, okay?”
After dinner, Eijiro was sat down to talk with Mom and Dad in the living room, Izuku having been sent to their room to do his exercises.
“How are you feeling, Ei?” Dad asked, the light atmosphere of being home broken. Eijiro looked down seeing the small line of the bandages around his torso and shoulder from under his t-shirt. He ran a gentle hand over them. “A bit sore,” he replied. “It feels a bit heavier to breathe but aside from that, I’m fine.”
Dad hummed. “And mentally?”
Eijiro froze. “Mentally?”
Mom’s hand found his shoulder. “What you went through was a traumatizing experience, dear.” Eijiro took in a sharp breath.
-----
Crimson weaved around him, seeping into the ground as Eijiro lay in the growing pool of his own blood.
-----
He swallowed thickly. “I’m fine, really,” he urged.
Dad narrowed his eyes slightly. “Eijiro, we’ve learned by now when one of our children is hurting-”
Eijiro shook his head. “I’m not hurting though!”
Dad raised his hands. “Calm down, Ei, before you send yourself into a panic attack-”
-----
‘Let’s see what holds up the longest, your body or my array of weaponry.’
-----
Eijiro jumped up from the couch, spinning around to face them. “I’m not having a panic attack!” he cried desperately. “I’m not Izuku! I- I’m fine!” Eijiro stumbled back, hands climbing up to pull at his hair, eyes wide. “So Stain’s voice echoes in my head and Iida’s dying body flashes in my mind every second or so. Th- that doesn’t mean I’m broken! I- I’m fine!” Eijiro didn’t realize that Dad and mom had stood up until he was already in his father’s hold, pulled into a tight hug.
“Shh…” Dad whispered. “No one said you were Izu, Eijiro. And no one said you were broken. You are simply human.” Eijiro gripped Dad’s shirt tightly. “I- I don’t get it!” he wailed. “These sorts of th- things never happened to me before so why are they happening now?” “You’ve never been through something so traumatic as to have these happen before.” Eijiro shook his head. “I don’t l- like it.”
He allowed himself to get guided back onto the couch. Eijiro glanced up at his father. “A- am I going to b- become like Izu now? W- waking up almost every n- night? Scared o- of everyone? Unable t- to smile?” Eijiro squeezed his eyes shut, pressing his head into Dad’s chest. “I- I like smiling though! And sleeping! And people!”
Dad hummed, rubbing his back. “No, Eijiro, you won’t become like Izuku. That was beaten and trained into Izuku over years and years of bad mishappenings in his life. I don’t think that you will suddenly forget how to be happy like that.” Eijiro’s chest tightened a bit at those words. “But, Eijiro,” Dad continued, “as a hero, these types of things will probably happen a lot. Maybe not such close calls as you learn to fight and wield your quirk better, but most heroes have some form of PTSD. Did you know that quite a few of my patients are heroes?”
Eijiro lifted his head to meet Dad’s eyes. Dad nodded.
“Therapists have different focuses as well, just like daylight heroes and underground heroes,” he said. “Some are anger management therapists, depression therapists, and many more. I focus on trauma victims and those with PTSD, which ended up being very lucky when we first got Izuku, but I get so many heroes coming in with stories of their work it's almost disheartening. It is why I was skeptical about you becoming a hero. I knew it would be hard on you because you are such a soft-hearted and kind boy. What you are experiencing now just comes with the job, Ei.”
Eijiro frowned. “So I’ll have to deal with this f- forever then?” Dad smiled sadly. “Unfortunately. It’s exactly like what I told Izuku, these sort of things don’t just go away. But they do get easier. Do you remember how hard it was when Izuku first came to live with us two years ago? How absolutely terrified of almost even breathing he was?” Eijiro nodded slowly. Dad smiled. “Well, now Izuku does smile, albeit on the occasion. And he does laugh here and there. He goes to school with hundreds of people. And though he still has nightmares and panic attacks, he is working through those as well. Even now, we are about to get him started on medicine to help him sleep. It’s never a moot point, Eijiro. You can always heal. It might take days, months, or in some cases, for those who have been so badly wounded like Izu, years. But you can still always heal. And you are never alone through it,” Dad said. “We always told Izuku that no matter how bad an episode gets or how far he seems to get lost, we will always be there for him.” Dad ruffled his hair. “That goes the same for you, Ei. We will always be here to support you even through the roughest of times.”
Eijiro settled into Dad’s arms. “P- promise?”
Mom joined in the cuddle. “Promise.”
The next morning, Eijiro took off the bandages. He stared down at his body, eyes tracing over the expansive scar. He smirked. “So manly!”
“KIRISHIMA’S BACK!!!”
Eijiro jumped as they entered the classroom. Not so much from the yell as much as his now overprotective brother habitually grabbing his arm and pulling Eijiro behind him defensively. Eijiro pat Izuku’s shoulder and walked in to greet his friends. “Hey, guys!” Akio barked happily. “And Akio!” Kaminari crouched beside the dog, not petting him because he had his vest on, but still waving and smiling. “Hey, Akio!” Eijiro settled into his seat, listening to all of the stories about Sero’s and Kaminari’s internships. “Sounds like a lot of fun!” he chirped. “Aside from you know what,” Eijiro waved his hand, “I had a blast! Though the old man I interned with was terrifying, man!” he joked.
Gran, please don’t come after me for that!
On the way to lunch, All Might pulled him aside.
“How are you feeling, young man?” All Might asked as he poured them tea in the break room. Eijiro scratched the back of his head absentmindedly. “Well, I found out that the whole ‘harder to breathe’ thing is permanent,” he stated. “Something about how Stain’s sword just scraped the outside of my lungs or something.” All Might frowned. “Well that doesn’t sound too pleasant.” Eijiro shrugged. “I don’t notice it too much. Just when I stand up too quickly or while I’m eating.” “Eating?” All Might questioned. Eijiro nodded. “Like, it’s easier to breathe with my mouth opened but while eating, nah, not gonna do that. Recovery Girl said working on my upper chest should help with opening up my lungs more. Do you think we could add that into my workout?” All Might hummed. “I will try my best. I am sure strengthening your body altogether would also greatly help with your control of One For All and the backlash.” Eijiro nodded. “Right!” He sipped his tea happily.
“There was another reason I called you in today, young Kirishima,” All Might began again. Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “What’s up?” All Might sighed and met Eijiro with a level stare.
“Young man, I think it is time that you should know the origin of One For All and how it came to be from the quirk that could rob quirks from others, All For One.”
_______________________________
“Where are you going?”
Izuku stopped and looked over at Toshi and the others after they got their food. He pointed to the door. “M- Mirio and the other’s w- wanted to ‘ave a p- picnic with me?” he replied. “I- I don’ know what th- that is though… th- they said just t- to bring my lunch.” Toshi nodded and gently tapped his shoulder with his own fist. “Good to see you are making friends on your own.” Izuku looked down at his tray.
“Yer…” He gave a small smile and looked up. “I- I guess I am.”
Toshi stared at him almost in awe at the display of emotion before waving. “See you, Zuku.” Izuku nodded. “See ya.”
He trotted out of the lunchroom, rounding a corner before he slowed to a stop.
Was he preparing himself? Maybe. He was a bit confused about himself recently. Ever since what happened between him and Toshi, Izuku had been a little off feeling. He didn’t understand this sudden lightness. Nightmares were still a frequent thing and the ever-looming fear of those around them was still there, albeit a bit weaker, but he found his monotone expressions to be somewhat less monotone now. He felt the sides of his mouth turn up more easily and a laugh would sometimes bubble to the surface only to be quickly cut off by anxiety. The constant voices of threats and past trauma that always bounced around in his head were still there but they were… quieter?
He almost missed them.
Izuku had gotten so used to something one way or another, always tugging back on that metaphorical string that had him tethered to his past that it felt weird not to have it as prominent. He constantly found himself asking if this is what ‘healing’ felt like or if this was another cruel joke of the world allowing him to have this taste of happiness, of freedom, before it stripped it away from his grasp again.
Izuku shook his head. Don’t think like that. Don’t think like that!
-----
‘I want to smile… A- and I wanna laugh again! L- like a real one!’
-----
Izuku looked over at the window on his right. Staring at his reflection, he smiled the brightest he could but… it fell.
Smiling felt so wrong…
He narrowed his eyes. What a joke…
Izuku shook his head and walked off to find Mirio and his friends.
They were outside and behind the UA building, just as Mirio said that they would be. Hado, whom he recognized from the Sports Festival, and Amajiki were on a blue sheet in the grass. Mirio saw him and came running over.
“Kirishima!” he waved. Izuku met him halfway, feeling less upbeat after his Izuku-Brand Pep Talk. “Come on! I’ll introduce you to Hado!” Izuku nodded and followed the boy over. Izuku took a seat closer to Amajiki, the boy’s quiet demeanor somewhat calming. Mirio gestured to the girl next to him. “This is Had-”
“HI!” Izuku flinched back. She grinned. “I’m Hado! I’ve heard so much about you, Kirishima! Is it true that you’ve got a metal arm?” She pointed at his right hand. “Can you move it? Where did you get all of those scars? You’re kind of short. Have you hit puberty ye-”
“Hado…” Amajiki suddenly spoke up. “You are scaring him…”
Hado laughed. “Sorryzzz! I just get so curious, ya know?” Izuku could only stare in shock, willing his heartbeat to slow. He swallowed thickly and raised his right hand. “Yer…” he said slowly. “I- I can move i- it.” He felt along the scars on his cheek. “Knife,” he stated, touching the bottom one. Touching the top one he said, “Claw.” he moved to his temple. “Table.” Then his ear. “Gun.” Then to the one on his neck. “P- pole quirk…?” Then he pointed to his arm. “USJ.” Hado, Mirio, and Amajiki stared blankly at him. He looked down at his hands and then up at Hado. “A- and I don’ kn- know what puberty i- is.”
Silence. And then-
“WOWO!” Hado chirped. “You really answered! Most people don’t! I think we’ll get along well!” Izuku blushed and looked down.
A picnic, as it would have, is very relaxing. They sat on a sheet in the grass and ate food out of a basket that Hado brought full of sandwiches and side dishes and shared the lunch Izuku brought and they chatted in a very friendly atmosphere and soon he forgot all about his bad thoughts from earlier. They talked about the internships. Mirio, Amajiki, and Hado all actually work as sidekicks for pro heroes already! Izuku made a mental note to bring up Nighteye to Eijiro.
He had heard of the man before while working in the underground, his quirk proving to serve well when tracking drug cartels. To think he was the famously mysterious sidekick of All Might, the only one All Might ever had.
By the end of lunch, Izuku was no closer to finding out what puberty is and the subject was left with ‘Ask your parents.’
“Let’s exchange numbers, k? K?!” Hado stuck out her phone to Izuku. The greenette swallowed and took it, hesitantly handing his over as well. He already had Mirio’s but got Hado’s and Amajiki’s as well.
Hado squealed, kicking her legs. “We got a bunny! I feel so much like a real third year, mentoring our underclassmen and all!” Izuku turned to Amajiki and mouthed, ‘Bunny?’ Amajiki sighed quietly and shook his head.
Izuku waved goodbye outside of his class and slouched down in his seat, leaning over his desk. Toshi tapped him on the shoulder. “Was it that bad?” Izuku sighed. “Socializin’’s hard.” He looked up at the ceiling. “B- but not bad,” he commented.
Izuku did not see the pleased smile on Toshi’s face.
Sho came in soon after. “Alright, alright, settle down. I am here to talk with you all about our summer break. This is UA. Don’t think we are just about to let you laze around for a whole thirty days. No, we are doing something else.”
“Just get on with it,” Jiro hissed.
“Instead,” Sho glanced up from his papers, “we will be going to a forest lodge over the break.” Izuku was already slamming his hands over his ears by the time everyone had begun to shout. He sighed, agreeing with Jiro’s sentiment of, “So noisy…”
“However-” Sho effectively shut everyone up, “- if any of you fail your End-Of-Grade test, you will not be joining us.” Instant deflate of the mood. Eijiro stood up. “Let’s do our best everyone! We can all pass with enough effort!”
“That’s right!”
“You tell it, prez!”
“We got this!”
Izuku gave a small smirk. Leave it to Ei to lift the mood.
“Come on!” Mina urged Eijiro and Izuku off of the subway after school. Eijiro fake-stumbled after her. “I’m coming! I’m coming!” Izuku sighed. He stayed at the edge of the park to not get the full blast of: “KIRI!!!!!” when they entered.
Mori, Furuya, and Hino all ran up excitedly chattering. Izuku walked up behind Eijiro once the noise had died down a bit. Mori whacked Eijiro upside the head. “Seriously! You two need to stop making us go gray early.” Eijiro swung his arm around Izuku’s shoulders. “What? You don’t like us being supremely awesome and manly?” Mina gasped. “Are you saying that I’m not supremely awesome because I don’t have any scars?!” Izuku gave her the most deadpan look he could personally make. She stuck her tongue out. Ei sputtered and waved his hands out in front of himself, face turning red. “N- n- no! You’re totally amazing even without scars!”
Hino leaned in. “Oh? What about me?”
Mori nodded. “Me too?!”
Furuya crossed her arms in mock-anger. “Yeah, Kiri! What about us?”
Eijiro looked around frantically before turning to Izuku and gesturing to their friends with a face that screamed: ‘Help me out here, man!’ Izuku turned to them all nonchalantly.
“G- guess that makes me th- the most amazon’ th- then.”
Eijiro paled before everyone turned to the redhead with cheeky grins.
“That’s soooo favoritism!”
“Come on, Kiri. I thought you were better than that.”
“Silence!” Mina waved her arms, one hand cover her turned-away face, the other stretched out in front of her dramatically. “Kiri has spoken. We are too unmanly for words and Zuku reigns Supreme Awesomeness over our group.”
“Izuuuuuuuuu!” Eijiro wailed and everyone broke into a fit of laughter.
Eijiro flopped on his own bed when they got home with a sigh. “I missed everyone and I wasn’t even awake for the time I was missing them,” he commented. Izuku hummed, beginning his exercises. After dinner and about an hour of helping Ei catch up with what he missed in school, a knock came at their door.
*knock knock knock*
“Who is it?” Eijiro asked, both of them training their eyes on the door. “It’s Mom and Dad,” Mom’s voice traveled through the wood softly. Eijiro glanced over at Izuku for a split second, almost as if confirming that it was safe to open the door, and then called out again. “You can come in.” The door opened and their parents poked their heads in, smiling at the boy’s sitting next to each other at Eijiro’s desk before walking in. The two shared a glance before Dad walked over to him and crouched. Izuku tensed up.
“Izu, bud, you know what today is, right?” he asked. Izuku bit his lip, nodding slowly. Yeah, he knows. Dad slightly jerked his head towards Izuku’s bed. “Come on, I’ll help you take it off.” Izuku looked away, suppressing shudders and a small gasp when his arm slid off. “You know we can’t give you any more pain medicine, Izu,” Dad said after a moment. Izuku blinked away painful tears in his eyes before nodding again. Mom came over with a cup and a couple of pills, sitting beside Izuku. “These are your new sleeping pills, dear.” Izuku spared them a single, fleeting glance before looking away. Dad frowned. “Izuku, you know this is for the best. You said that you wanted to start healing and getting better. A good night’s rest is the best way to start any day. Plus, these have a special side effect to them.”
Izuku glanced warily at his father. Dad nodded.
“The sleep specialist we went to is actually the one I refer most of my patients to. He is extremely hard to get but I have a high place in the therapist world,” Dad said. “His quirk is called Dream Eater. I’m sure you can understand what that means. Basically, if he is touching someone, he can take away their dreams, even nightmares.” Izuku’s eyes sparkled. No nightmares? He wouldn’t have to relive everything under closed eyes anymore? Dad continued. “He gets his sleep pills induced with his quirk so they stop most brain function in that area and a patient can let the sleeping part of the medicine do it’s work without the added stress and nightmares that typically keeps the patient up in the first place.” Dad waved a bit. “Of course, there are a few times, because he isn’t there in person, where a nightmare will get bad enough to still rattle a person awake and void his quirk as it is second hand through the pills but the sleeping effects negate that so I’d say, hmm, you wake up from a nightmare maybe one or twice a week?”
Izuku nodded slowly, feeling a bit ashamed that he still woke up thrashing so often, even with the pain medicine.
Dad hummed. “How does only one or twice a month sound to you?”
Izuku’s eyes widened. “I- is that even p- possible?” he asked cautiously. Mom, Dad, and Eijiro, who had gotten into his own bed, all smiled sadly. “Most people usually go over a year without a nightmare, Izu, so I think it is safe to say that it is quite possible to go a month with only one or two,” the raven-haired man replied. Izuku looked down at his hand. “Wow…” he whispered, not noticing the mental flinch everyone gave at his wonder of the prospect.
“So,” Dad pressed, “will you please take it?” Izuku glanced over at them again. Mom gave a small, reassuring smile. Izuku swallowed thickly and nodded. “I- I’ll try ‘em.”
Izuku used the bathroom first, Dad waiting outside as always. He had been more prominent in doing so after the episode Izuku had in the hospital.
When he opened the door, Izuku was led back to his bed where he took the pills and was tucked into bed with a kiss on the forehead from Mom. The lights were shut off. Eijiro had gotten into bed as well.
On a normal night, it takes Izuku about an hour to settle enough to doze off, around thirty minutes with the pain medicine but this, oh, this was something new. It was only five minutes in and Izuku was already feeling drowsy and he hadn’t even had the pain pills. He closed his eyes unwillingly.
…
…
…
Green eyes shot open.
Something’s wrong.
_______________________________
*riiiiiing riiiiiing riii-*
Asa pulled the phone to his ear in the dark of his room, hearing Yuma stir. “Hello…?” he drowsily answered.
“Mr. Kirishima?” Shinsou’s voice came through. Asa sat up, scratching the back of his head. “Shinsou? Is something wrong?” he asked. The boy hummed from the other side. “Zuku just texted me. I think he is having a panic attack.” Asa blinked. “That… Are you sure? He should be knocked out by now. We gave him his sleeping pills like,” he checked the time, “two hours ago.” “Ah…” Shinsou hummed understandingly. “You need to go to him.” Asa slowly got out of bed.
“Asa?” Yuma questioned.
“Shinsou, what is wrong?” Asa asked.
The boy sighed.
“Nothing,” he said, “but Zuku doesn’t know that.”
“What does that mean?”
“So,” the purple-haired boy started, “the main reason, aside from nightmares and the like, that people like me and Zuku need sleeping pills is because we have a constant source of adrenaline fueling our systems. Like, all the time. But you already knew that?” Asa hummed, opening the door to the hallway.
“Yeah, well,” the boy continued, “what they don’t tell you is that when you take them, especially high dosage ones as I am sure you gave Zuku considering who he is, they forcibly stop the flow of adrenaline which usually heightens our senses and nerves and whatnot.”
Asa narrowed his eyes as he walked down the hallway. “Uh huh… I’m following.”
The boy sighed. “Yeah, well, when you get so used to adrenaline and heightened senses like that and then they suddenly shut off, do you know what that feels like?”
“Not really,” Asa admitted. There was a short beat before Shinsou replied.
“Death, Mr. Kirishima. It feels like you are dying,” Shinsou finally replied, effectively making Asa stop in his tracks, finally waking up. “And,” the purple-haired boy continued, “for someone like Izuku who has actually experienced the near slow death of his system failing on multiple circumstances, it’s probably about twenty times worse.”
Asa sped up substantially. “Thank you for calling me, Shinsou.” He didn’t wait for a reply as he ended the call.
Asa was just about to knock on the boys’ door when it opened to a room lit by a lamp to reveal Eijiro with wide eyes, clearly heading over to get them.
“Dad…” the red haired boy’s voice shook, moving out of the way. “H- he won’t respond!” Asa looked over at Izuku and dropped his phone.
There, curled up in a ball OFF of the bed, as if he had tried to crawl out but fell, probably to go get someone, phone beside him, was Izuku with his left arm in his mouth, biting down hard enough to draw blood trying to violently keep himself awake.
“Oh my- IZUKU!” Asa bolted over, dropping to the floor by the greenette. He swooped the boy up and cradled him. Izuku’s body was shaking violently as adrenaline and medicine fought within him. Viridian eyes were blown wide, staring at the ceiling, blood rolled and dripped onto Izuku’s shirt from where his arm was stuck between his teeth. Despite the shaking, Izuku’s breathing was scarily leveled, slow, calculated breaths being taken, a telltale sign that the boy was at least somewhat aware but definitely not in the way Asa wanted him to be. Izuku was going through the practiced motions of, as many heroes who had come in and described their near death experiences, called it, the ‘Keep Breathing’ counts, all thoughts focused on purely keeping your body running.
“Izuku, calm down,” he pleaded. Asa shook the boy by the shoulders, a gasp of pain reminding him that Izuku had just stopped taking pain medication. Sadly, that seemed to be the only reaction he could get. Asa shook Izuku a bit more, just enough to where Izuku cried out enough to release his arm. Asa quickly took it and pinned it between his and the boy’s body.
Asa pulled Izuku’s head against his chest, not really sure how to handle this. He couldn’t use breathing exercises, not when Izuku was specifically focusing on his actually calm breathing. If it was sleep that was forcing its way in then… Asa stood up and placed Izuku back in bed, cursing under his breath as Izuku immediately moved to trying to bite his arm again, probably deciding pain would shock his body alive. Asa pointed at Eijiro. “Hold him down.” Eijiro nodded and dashed over, forcing Izuku’s arm down. Izuku cried out, eyes widening in fear as he couldn’t move to keep himself awake.
Yuma, who had followed him in, came over and held Izuku’s now thrashing legs down. Asa moved and curled the greenette in a blanket. Asa leaned over, taking the boy’s face in his hands, staring into Izuku’s green eyes.
“Izuku, listen to me, you are okay,” he said calmly. “I need you to calm down, look at me. You are fine.” Don’t panic. If I panic then he will panic too. Izuku’s eyes seemed to waver a bit before refocusing on Asa’s.
“D- Dad!” he cried out, tears filling his eyes. Asa nodded. “I’m here. Y-” “Dad!” Izuku cried out again. Asa’s heart broke as his son called to him for help on the brink of what he thought was death, not realizing what was really happening. Asa pressed their foreheads together. “Shh… I know, I know. You are fine Izuku.”
“D- Dad,” Izuku choked out. “I- I- I’m-” Asa leaned back again and gave the best smile he could. “It’s fine, Izu,” he whispered. “You are fine, I promise. You aren’t dying, just relax.” The tears fell. “N- no! I- I c- can-”
“Izuku,” Asa ran his hands through Izuku’s hair, “do you trust me?”
The greenette stared at him. “Y- yer…”
Asa nodded. “Then please believe me just this once when I promise your safety if you relax. I promise you on my life, you WILL wake up in the morning. Relax, close your eyes, sleep. Everything will be fine.”
“But-”
“Trust me.”
Izuku swallowed. “Okay…” he whispered. Asa moved and slid his hand over Izuku’s eyes.
…
…
…
Everyone breathed a sigh of relief as the sleeping pills won over and Izuku’s body untensed. They all stepped back. After a bit, Eijiro spoke up. “D- Dad? What was that?” he asked. “Izu’s never had an episode like that before.” Asa sighed and walked over to his phone, picking it up and texting Shinsou, telling the boy everything was alright. He ran a hand through his own hair. “Turns out Izuku’s more of an adrenaline junky than we thought,” he joked, sighing when Eijiro gave him a confused look. Asa shook his head. “He just had a panic attack because he couldn’t tell the difference between a normal blood flow without adrenaline and death.” Yuma gasped, Eijiro paled.
_______________________________
The talk that Izuku and Dad had explaining how it was normal and that the sleeping pills were supposed to do that was lengthy and it took them almost an hour to get the boy to even get near the pills again the next night. Luckily it was the weekend so they didn’t have to put on the arm without pain medication because the double up of that would probably do more harm than good. Dad had to stay with him every night before Izuku fell asleep for the next week to assure the greenette that, yes, you are fine and, no, you are not dying, Izuku.
Still, the weekend ended way too quickly.
Everyone’s ears still rang with the scream Izuku let out from putting on the arm and not having anything to help reduce the pain.
Izuku groaned, leaning his head against the window behind him on the bus. Mina raised an eyebrow. “Wow, you sound so dead, Zuku!” Izuku flinched, remembering the past few nights of what he thought was his body running down and killing itself but was apparently-
-----
‘The sleeping pills stop your unhealthy constant flow of adrenaline, Izuku,’ Dad said. ‘It shuts off unnecessary brain activity. It is completely normal.’
-----
Eijiro quickly swiped his hand across his own throat, Mina getting the clue and dropping the subject.
“Hey, you good?” Toshi asked him at school. Izuku rolled his neck, wincing as his shoulder throbbed painfully. “A- aside from feelin’ l- like I’m dyin’ e- everaetime I go ta sleep a- and the fact that I am o- off pain pills mean I- I am always in pain a- again, I’m fine!” he said in sarcastic cheer.
Shoto and Toshi stared at him.
Izuku raised an eyebrow.
“Wow,” Shoto commented. “What?” Izuku asked. “I think sleep does you well, Izuku,” the bicolored boy commented. “You are much more expressive than normal when you get sleep, you know? You also talk more.” Izuku blinked. He looked down at his hands. “I- I guess? I feel more a- awake too a- and it’s only been a couple of d- days on them.” Toshi pat his shoulder, his left one, gratefully. Izuku probably would have blacked out then and there if someone patted his right shoulder right now. “Don’t think too hard about it. I went through something similar when I started on my pills a few years back. Besides,” Toshi smirked at him, “emotion looks good on you.”
Izuku blushed slightly. Do I really not express myself that much?
Shoto hummed. “It also sounds good in your voice.”
He blushed hard, ducking his head. “Th- thanks…?”
“Where are you three going?” Uraraka asked as they left for lunch. “We’ll catch you two in class,” Toshi said, not really replying.
-----
‘Can I talk to you two during lunch today?’ Shoto asked.
-----
Shoto led the three up to the roof of the UA building.
Holy cowl! It’s so high up! Izuku peered over the edge. “Zuku,” Toshi called him. He looked over at the two. “No offense, but I don’t really feel safe about you standing so close to the edge of any building.” Izuku blinked. “W- we jump across rooftops on patrol though?” “Two different situations and you know exactly what I mean after the past few nights you’ve had,” Toshi responded nonchalantly.
Izuku sighed. He’ll admit, it crossed his mind about jumping but only for a split second! He can’t help the echoing thoughts in his head every once in a while. He would never do it! He thinks… not now anymore.
Izuku looked up at the sky. Thoughts on rooftops have gradually shifted from suicide to, Oh, what a view, overtime without Izuku even noticing it.
It was nice being able to breathe without too many plaguing thoughts. Everytime they came up-
“Zuku?” the worried voice of Toshi sounded again. Izuku looked over his shoulder and smiled softly. Everytime they came up, his friends always seemed to quiet them to only whispers. Still, smiling like that at the edge of a highrise obviously didn’t sit well with neither Toshi nor Shoto. Toshi reached out and took the string in his chest just in case Izuku fell forward and ice flowed from Shoto’s hand, traveling along the floor and encasing Izuku’s right foot.
Izuku chuckled. “S- sorrae, I didn’ mean it l- like that. I just thought h- how nice it was t- to ‘ave you two as my friends.”
Both Shoto and Toshi blushed. Toshi sighed. “Zuku… you can’t just say that so nonchalantly…” he grumbled. Izuku tilted his head confused but was waved off. “Anyways, come away from the edge. Shoto wanted to talk with us.”
That, too, was a recent development that Izuku doesn’t think Toshi realized. The purple haired boy had begun calling Shoto by his first name. It wasn’t only Izuku that was growing. Toshi was becoming more comfortable in his own skin and with people, or at least them two, and Shoto had also been a bit more curved around his sharp edges after the internships.
Shoto melted the ice and Toshi oh so gently pulled Izuku from the edge, just in case, before letting the string go. They sat against the little house-like structure on the top of the building that held the stairs leading back into the building. Hime curled into Izuku’s lap, purring against him.
“So what did you want to talk about?” Toshi asked. “And why the roof?” Shoto hummed. “I feel that we have too many… poor memories of conversations in bathrooms.” Izuku nodded. “Th- that’s fair…” and mostly my fault.
Shoto sighed quietly. “Recently my siblings have been visiting our mother in the mental ward,” he stated.
Toshi and Izuku immediately understood the seriousness of this conversation.
“Technically, she wasn’t the one to abuse me and all,” Shoto continued, “but her actions, says my therapist,” because all of them had one considering their situations, “still caused me some ‘psychological’ or ‘emotional’ damage, which I can see, I guess. They’ve asked me to come with them a couple of times…” Shoto glanced up at them. “Have either of you… considered it?” he asked. “Seeing your past tormentors?”
Izuku took in a sharp breath.
Toshi looked up at the sky. “Not really. They say that sometimes confronting them helps you move on but that is usually only if they actually apologize. My birth parents… I don’t think it was them that really hurt me, so much as abandoning me, more as the orphanage. I don’t think I would want to hear their words at this point. I understand that some people may need to confront their pasts head on but I would rather just move on with Dad as we are now. Still, our situations are different. I don’t know if they could compare.”
Shoto nodded understandingly. Izuku decided he should probably give his input in some sort of way. He bit his lip
“I-”
-----
‘Do you want to see her?’ Yami asked. ‘Would it help you to believe if you saw her actually behind bars?’
-----
“I’ve thought ‘bout i- it,” Izuku admitted. “I- I think at some point I w- would like to see ‘er again… j- just to know wh- why… b- but like Toshi s- said, yer mother and your’s r- relationship is d- different.”
Shoto nodded. “I think I will see her, maybe.” He sighed. “I don’t know… I just don’t want her to deny me again.” Toshi hummed. “There is only one way to find out.” “Yeah…”
Lunch passed by with encouraging words and Shoto promising to text both before and after his visit. They left for their next class.
-----
‘Do you want to see her?’
-----
*Ding Ding*
That weekend, the text came in.
Shoto:
I am heading to the hospital now.
Toshi:
Head up.
Take this in confidence of who you’ve become.
Izuku:
Right!
You aren’t Endeavor!
Let her see the Shoto we know!
Shoto:
Thanks you two.
I’ll text you when we are leaving.
Izuku swallowed, changing screens. He opened up his photos to the picture of him and Mary Lou in the car on the way to Izuku’s first day living with the Kirishima family, his family… He looks at the picture of his family and him in front of the Christmas tree on Christmas day.
“Meow?” Izuku looked over at Hime who rubbed against him. He smiled softly and pet her before setting his phone down and standing up.
_______________________________
Yuma hummed as she made lunch for her family.
Asa was reading a book in the far recliner, Eijiro sketching Akio in the near one as the dog sat in front of it almost posed, Izuku was texting his friends in his room.
She smiled as she heard the door to the boys’ room open and Izuku walked out of the hallway.
The boy had been looking so much better recently without such deep eye bags and he had begun to express himself more nowadays. Ever since his sleeping pills, while mornings are rougher, he goes to sleep within ten minutes of taking them and has yet to have another nightmare since taking them aside from his first attempt with them and even though she is sure he will have one sooner or later it is so nice to see him sleeping so soundly like any other person.
Things have been looking up for the Kirishima family.
“M- Mom?”
She should have known better.
Yuma pulled a plate from the cupboards. “Yes, dear?” she replied, turning to her son.
She shouldn’t have been so naive.
“C- can I… see ‘er?” Izuku asked. Yuma tilted her head, confused. “See who, dear?”
She should have known something would come up.
“I- Inko M- Midoriya…” Izuku whispered.
Asa’s eyes froze on the page. Eijiro’s pencil stopped over his paper. By the time Yuma noticed the plate slipping from her hands, it was too late-
*!!!CRASH!!!*
She should have known better... because nothing ever 'looks up' in their family.
Chapter 73: Perfectly Fine
Summary:
Well, a couple revisits to the past. Good! Baaaaad. Wait. Good?
This sounds cryptic, I know. But it's 5:02 in the morning and I am posting a chapter for an angsty fanfic. Fight me lol.
Notes:
How is everyone?
We have more fanart from LyricsofVixra! Check them out here:
https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/619603560360984576/show-chapter-archive
and here:
https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/619782146389950465/krumble-kitty-almost-5-hours-of-work-but-it
Thank you Vixra! They are so amazing and I love them!!!
Chapter Text
*!!!CRASH!!!*
Asa jumped up, letting his book flip close, and bolted into the kitchen. Yuma was staring at Izuku with wide eyes, Izuku had jumped back in an almost fighting stance at the sudden drop of a plate, the plate in question had shattered all over the kitchen floor. He navigated around it and pulled Izuku back before the boy could lean down and try to pick up the pieces without gloves because, if the bite wound on his arm is anything to go by, and his lack of a right arm, Izuku has no self preservation whatsoever. “What happened?” Asa looked down at Izuku. “What did you mean by that?” The greenette looked between the plate, Yuma, and Asa. “I- I’m s- sorrae…?” Asa sighed and looked over his shoulder at Eijiro who was now peering into the kitchen. “Ei, can you take Izuku to your room while we clean this up?” The boy nodded and quickly did as told, Izuku trailing behind, looking back at them sadly. Asa moved around the pieces of broken ceramic to his wife, gently laying a hand on her shoulder. Yuma looked up at him.
“Asa… I don’t… what am I supposed to say to that?” she asked earnestly. Scaredly. Asa gently guided his wife to the couch and sat her down. “Let me clean up the kitchen and then we'll talk, okay?” She nodded.
It took a bit to make sure all of the bits and pieces were swept up and properly disposed of. Asa joined Yuma on the couch.
“I don’t know what brought this on,” she started. “He’s never wanted to see her before. He even said her name! Izuku has a panic attack at just the sound of it!” Asa hushed her, gently rubbing Yuma’s back. “I don’t know, Yuma. It’s hard to tell what goes through Izuku’s mind. We really, really need to approach this carefully because as much as I don’t think it is a good idea to let him see her, Izuku wouldn’t have brought this up for no good reason. These are… new grounds he is treading I think with trying to get past his past.” Yuma frowned, hanging her head. “B- but… I don’t want to let him…” she whispered. “I’m his mother, not that poor excuse for a human being,” she all but hissed. Asa shook his head. “If there is one thing I am sure of, Izuku does not think of that woman as his mother. Your place isn’t being taken by anyone.” Yuma frowned. “I know…” Asa gave her a gentle, side-hug. “I am going to go get Izuku and Eijiro and we can all talk about this together, alright?” She nodded.
Asa took a deep breath before knocking on the boys’ door. *knock knock knock*
…
“Who is it?” Eijiro’s voice came from the other side.
Everyone knew that it was either Asa or Yuma but ‘healing’ and ‘fully healed’ are two different things, as their current situation has oh so greatly illustrated, and Izuku still went around every night locking the doors and windows so knocking on the door to confirm his identity was still a must, especially now.
“It’s Dad,” he called back. The door opened after a beat. Eijiro stood there looking scared and confused, obviously not knowing how to handle this situation which, to be fair, neither did Asa. Izuku sat on Eijiro’s bed, the redhead probably having wanted to keep them close like he did in these situations, holding his Present Mic plushie, Hime rubbing against his back having noticed her boys distress.
Asa gave a small wave. “It’s alright to come out now. Why don’t you two come join me and your mother in the living room, k?”
Izuku hesitated, trying to dissect the atmosphere. Eijiro, bless his heart, went over to his brother and extended a hand, offering to be the silent rock for Izuku as he always was. Izuku reached out and took the hand, letting go of his plushie and following the two back into the living room.
As always, when Izuku was a bit out of sorts, he would take the right corner of the couch, Hime beside him, Eijiro at his feet, and Akio at Eijiro’s feet but on the ground. Asa suppressed a sigh and sat by Yuma, turning to them.
“Izuku, buddy, we are a bit confused, honestly,” he said. “Why do you want to go see her?” The boy looked down at his knees that were curled against his chest. He didn’t reply for a long while.
“I…” he finally started, “I j- just need ta kn- know why…” the greenette whispered. “I n- need ta know why sh- she did it and…” he trailed off, biting his lip a bit. “I- I want ta s- see fer myself ‘er b- behind bars…”
Asa gently squeezed Yuma’s hand comfortingly as the boy continued, Izuku’s face darkening with every word.
“I- I don’ understand m- much,” he said. “I- I know I don’ p- process things a- as quickly o- or understand everythang th- that everaeone else d- does, e- emotionally or psychologicallae… I need to s- see in person. Wh- why did she change s- so fast? Wh- what did I do that m- made ‘er do i- it?” Asa wanted to cut in saying that Izuku did nothing wrong but he would let the boy finish. “I- I don’t think… I d- don’t know i- if I can truly ‘move on’ w- without it…”
Asa swallowed thickly.
He understood, in theory. Izuku has a very delicate mind though, that’s why it is so hard to be as straightforward as they need to be with him at some points because, he’s right, Izuku has to be told in basic terms or up front for it to really click or get across. But it’s that fine line that they are constantly towing that makes this so difficult. They could let this happen and maybe the meeting would go well and Izuku could come home with renewed vigor on his shaky path to recovery or… it could go terribly wrong and his progress could backtrack. In the past few weeks alone, Izuku has made leaps and bounds on his psychological and emotional recovery but they were made so fast that he hasn’t fully been able to come to terms with them all or understand his newfound ability, or more like allowance, to feel. A fine line indeed…
“Izuku,” he started carefully, “you do know what you are asking, right? This woman has quite literally tortured you.” The greenette flinched slightly but Asa kept going. “There is no guarantee that she will apologize or give you the answers that you are looking for. Are you mentally prepared for what could transpire if we allow you to see her?”
Izuku swallowed. “I… Not a- alone, I’m not b- but… fer the p- past almost t- two, two and a ‘alf y- years, I- I’ve not b- been alone. S- some rather - persistent people k- keep remindin’ m- me of that.” Izuku looked up with a small smile.
That smile. That rare occurrence that is only just becoming a more frequent thing. The display of emotion towards Asa and Yuma and towards Ei. Izuku doesn’t know it, but it’s that smile they are trying to protect, if only for a moment longer.
But Izuku needs to grow. He needs to be able to work through these things. They can’t protect him forever, no matter how much they wish they could and this… this is something Izuku needs to get through as well. He needs this…
“Alright,” Yuma surprisingly spoke first, voice carefully leveled to not show how much this hurt her as a mother. “We will get the meeting set up as soon as possible and let you know.” Izuku’s eyes widened for a split second before he lowered his head, pressing his forehead between his knees. “Th- thank you…”
_______________________________
Shoto followed his siblings tensely as they walked through the long term mental ward unit of the hospital. They stopped before Room 301. Shoto glanced over at the nameplate that read: ‘Rei Todoroki.’ He swallowed thickly.
“Are you ready, Shoto?” Fuyumi looked over her shoulder at him. Shoto hesitated.
I shouldn’t be here. It was my existence that made her snap. What if my appearance causes her to relapse? They said she was getting better and might even be able to get out someday. What if I ruin that? I shouldn-
“Shoto,” Natsuo patted his back gently, “it’s fine. Everything will be fine.”
Shoto swallowed and nodded. “I’m ready.” Fuyumi and Natsuo each gave him a grin before turning and opening the door. “Hey, Mom,” Natsuo greeted, walking in nonchalantly. Fuyumi waved. “Hey, Mom!”
“Hello, you tw-” the white-haired woman stopped, eyes meeting with heterochromatic ones. “Shoto,” she breathed. Shoto took in a sharp breath before stepping in and closing the door behind him, not taking his eyes off of her.
“Hey, Mom,” he greeted.
A beat and then… she smiled. “It’s good to see you, Shoto.”
It was a bit awkward. Shoto wasn’t the best at socializing in the first place, aside from Izuku and Hitoshi, so talking with his mother which whom his existence caused her to go insane enough to be in here after almost eight or nine years of no contact whatsoever was a bit strange but not exactly in a bad way. She asked about his school life and his friends. Shoto told her about Izuku and Hitoshi, skipping the ‘brand’ part, and about how Izuku saved him. He told her about Yoarashi and Uraraka and Iida. He told her about Avalanche and the internships and his discovery of ice sculpting.
Mom listened to everything with a soft smile. When it was time to go, Mom stood up and held her arms open wide. Shoto took a sharp breath before stepping into her, her arms coming around his back, his echoing the movement.
A hug. They were hugging.
Shoto felt tears prick at his eyes. He buried his face against her shoulder to hide them. “I missed you,” he whispered. “I missed you so much…” She hummed, reaching up and running a hand through his bicolored locks. “I’m sorry I wasn’t there for you more, Shoto,” she said quietly. He shook his head. “I’m sorry for causing this,” he replied. Mom stepped back and gently caressed his face with her hand, Shoto leaning into the touch ever so slightly. “No, Shoto,” she said. “You didn’t do anything wrong. I couldn’t handle the pressure. You didn’t ask for any of this.”
“We have to go,” Fuyumi called from the door, having given them as much time as they could get within the two hour time lot they had for being there.
Reluctantly, Shoto stepped away, Mom’s hand falling to her side. “Come again?” she asked. Shoto gave the smallest of smiles. “Of course. I’ll see you soon.”
Shoto followed Fuyumi and Natsuo out and all the way to the subway station in silence. When they got back to the apartment, he gave a quick word before retreating back to his room and closing the door. Shoto slid to the floor, back against the wall. He brought his legs to his chest, curling his arms around them and leaning his head against them and finally, he allowed himself to cry.
Shoto calmed down after about ten minutes and texted the ACI group chat.
Shoto:
Just got back.
Hitoshi:
How did it go?
Shoto:
Surprisingly well.
I think I will go again next time too.
Hitoshi:
That's good.
Izuku:
Glad it went well.
Shoto:
Me too.
Izuku:
I talked to my parents.
We are going to go see her next weekend.
Shoto stared a the screen with wide eyes. ‘Her’ or ‘she’ is the only thing Izuku usually called his biological mother so he had to use context to understand what he was talking about for a second but that second ended up being a few minutes. Neither Shoto nor Hitoshi replied, both of them having no clue what to say to that.
Is… is that really a good idea? Sure, Shoto had been wary about seeing his own mother but he has a feeling, based on the stories he has been told about her, Izuku’s biological mother isn’t exactly who Shoto thinks Izuku should be meeting at this point in the game. Not that he should be meeting anyone, aside from a major therapist, but like Hitoshi said, shouldn’t he just try moving beyond his past.
Minutes ticked by.
Someone’s got to say somethin- *Ding Ding*
Hitoshi:
Nice.
I hope it goes well.
Simple and generic. Great job, Hitoshi.
Shoto:
Me too.
Izuku:
Thanks guys.
Shoto put down his phone.
I shouldn’t worry so much, he thought as he stood to pull out his tarp for ice sculpting. Who knows, maybe it will go well. Mine went well when I thought that it wouldn’t after all.
_______________________________
Shouta froze as he was grading papers while on the phone with Mr. Kirishima.
“You’re doing what?” he asked out loud.
“We are bringing Izuku to see Inko Midoriya this Saturday,” the man on the other side of the phone replied.
Shouta put down his red pen and leaned back into the couch. “You’re joking, right?” “Unfortunately not,” Mr. Kirishima said. “Izuku brought it up first, just so you know,” the man continued. “And we had a talk with him about it. He felt very strongly about needing to see her to get past a few things.” Shouta sighed, creasing the bridge of his nose between two fingers.
“We were wondering if Shinsou could come with us,” Mr. Kirishima requested, “to calm Izuku down should he need it.” Shouta swallowed a groan. “That shouldn’t be a problem but I think it would be best if I come along as well just in case she tries to use his quirk.”
“Surely she wouldn’t try something so reckless,” Mr. Kirishima stated.
“With all due respect,” Shouta said, “I am not quite sure you understand just how truly corrupt this woman is. I’ve met her on multiple accounts. I would not put it past her to try something.” Mr. Kirishima was silent for a bit. “Alright,” he finally replied. “Then, thank you for the offer. We don’t have enough room for six people in the car so should we meet there at two?” Shouta nodded. “We will see you there.”
Shouta ended the phone call. “Well,” he said louder, “I know you are there so you minus well come out and tell me for how long you’ve known about this.” Hitoshi’s head popped out of the hallway before the boy came in carrying Marshmallow in his arms and sat down. “I’ve only known about a day,” Hitoshi confessed. Shouta really did groan this time. “Dang it… this better not jack anything up.” He looked at his son. “You’re okay with going with them, right?” Hitoshi nodded sharply. “Of course!”
Shouta blinked. How energetic. Since the two met, Hitoshi had been slowly coming out of his shell and, in turn, so has Izuku. They both spurred each other on towards a better, happier life.
To whoever is up there, Shouta thought to himself, please don’t crush my son’s best friend. We all know how much they both need each other.
Later that night, Shouta rang up Hizashi.
“Shouta?” the man’s voice came from over the phone.
“Hey, Zashi,” he greeted. “I think there is something you should know that’s about to go on…”
_______________________________
“Inko Midoriya,” Inko scowled, looking up from her magazine that she was reading on the benches in the courtyard. “Officer Takao,” she greeted. The tall, buff man in his uniform stood before her. He pointed over his shoulder. “You have a visitor.” Inko scoffed. “It’s probably just Mitsuki trying to ‘put my head straight’ again. Don’t wanna see her.” Officer Takao didn’t budge. “It’s someone new this time,” he stated. Inko raised an eyebrow. “You aren’t leaving until I go, are you?” The man didn’t so much as blink. “Come with me.” Inko sighed, resigning herself to follow the man, ignoring the stares of every other prisoner in the courtyard.
Mind your own dang business.
For the time she has been here, it has not been pleasant, to say the least. You don’t talk of your crimes but sometimes it gets loose. Apparently ‘child abuse’ is, even for the freaking murders in here, taboo, which, by the way, she didn’t commit. It’s called discipline, idiots! One slip of the mouth and everyone had their backs turned on her, even her cell-mate.
Inko was led into a new building, though not too new to her. She has been to the visitors hall plenty of times before. Mitsuki and Masaru would constantly come in trying to ‘talk some sense into her.’ Psssh! Like she’d listen to them. She had seen how loud and brash Katsuki was. Izuku was perfect. He was quiet and listened. Sure, he got into a few fights here and there but after a little bit of discipline he was right back to her little boy! Like she was going to listen to people who were too afraid to give their child a small tap on the shoulder just to keep them in line.
As always, Officer Takao went over the rules before entering. No quirk usage, like she could with the handcuffs, no attacking, like she was some sort of savage, blah blah blah, more about her staying in line like she was some feral animal or something. Thirty minutes, that was the time she had, like always.
“Let’s go in.” Officer Takao turned around and opened the door, leading her down the row of cubicles until she reached the one where her ‘visitor’ was waiting.
As soon as she turned the corner, Inko froze.
_______________________________
Izuku’s leg bounced in the back seat of the car, only stopping when Hime graciously came and sat on his lap.
A week had passed quicker than he had thought.
“Izu?” the greenette glanced over at his brother. Eijiro smiled. “We’re here for you, man. Don’t forget that. No matter what happens in there.” Izuku swallowed thickly and nodded before looking back out the window. They arrived sooner than he had wished. Izuku trailed behind his parents, Eijiro by his side.
“Hey, little listener!” a familiar voice called out when they stepped through the doors of the prison security gate building. Izuku’s head snapped up. There, in his hero attire, was Yami. “Hey, kiddo!” and next to him was Nemuri. And Ken (Cementoss) stood next to her, waving, both in their hero attire. Behind them were Sho and Toshi. Izuku all but barreled into Yami, the man crouching down to accept Izuku into his arms. Izuku leaned back to look the man in the eyes. “Wh- what are you all d- doin’ ‘ere?” he looked around.
Ken pointed over at Sho. “We heard from someone,” the stone man winked, “what was happening and thought that maybe we could provide some support.” Nemuri ruffled Izuku’s hair. “That’s right! We aren’t gonna let our kiddo go this alone!” Izuku looked down at the floor with a smile. “Th- thank you.”
As he stepped completely back, Toshi came to stand beside him, tapping Izuku on the shoulder lightly with his fist. The door opened and in strolled Detective Tsukauchi. The tan-clad man smirked fondly down at Izuku. “Never thought I’d see the day you’d come in willingly, eh, vigilante?” Izuku deadpanned at the man. Tsukauchi looked around. “I can get you all in to the waiting room, easier with you mostly being heroes, but once we go in for the call, only immediate family can go in along with Izuku aside from Eraserhead and Shinsou who are the exceptions as our ‘safety measures.’ Not even Hime can go in.”
They all nodded. Tsukauchi nodded and walked up to the front desk, showing his ID and badge, all of the heroes simultaneously pulling out their hero licenses. Everyone was handed a visitors badge before they all went back to their cars and got in, waiting for the gates to open before driving in and parking in the visitors lot.
Izuku stared up at the looming gray building before him. Suddenly, it all felt real. He was really going to see her. He was actually doing this. Izuku could already feel his blood pressure spiking and heart pounding. Dad’s hands found Izuku’s shoulders, rubbing them comfortingly. “Everything is going to be okay. We will be right behind you should you need us.” Izuku nodded slowly.
The inside was another large room with gray walls and a stale scent, another front desk, and a couple of police by each door. Tsukauchi was already talking with the strict-looking man at the front desk. Izuku could hear grunts and yells all around, flashbacks to the streets echoing in his mind. Subconsciously, he reached out and clasped his hand around Eijiro’s wrist. Eijiro didn’t react, finding some pleasure in the fact that his brother would reach out to him like so and toughing out the increasingly tight grip.
“Izuku,” the greenette habitually flinched when Tsukauchi called out his name, turning back to the group, “are you ready?” the man asked. “You can still back out now if you feel you need to.” Izuku bit his lip. Eijiro took a deep breath and turned to Izuku, grabbing the boy by the shoulders. “Hey, man, do you remember?” Izuku tilted his head. Eijiro stepped back, Izuku reluctantly letting go of his brother's wrist. The redhead tilted his head back, put his hands on his hip, and puffed his chest out. He smirked. “Power Pose.” Izuku took in a sharp breath. Eijiro gestured to him. “Your turn.”
Izuku bit his tongue. He copied the pose, albeit a bit different with only one arm. Eijiro nodded before suddenly encasing Izuku in a hug. “You’ll be fine, Izu,” he whispered. The greenette took in another shaky breath before nodding and the two separated. Izuku turned to Tsukauchi. “I- I’m readae.”
Izuku, Dad, Mom, Ei, Toshi, and Sho were all led down a short hallway by a guard. The door opened to a room with multiple cubicles, each with a chair and a short platform. There was the same thing on the other side of a window with a small speaker in the middle of it for voices to travel through. Izuku felt the warmth from Dad’s hand on his shoulder leave him as the five stayed back against the wall and Izuku sat down in the chair. He took calm, carefully timed breathes, waiting.
*ca-chunk*
The sound of a thick door somewhere echoed throughout the room. Izuku stiffened.
*step* *step* *step* *step* *step*
Two people rounded the corner into the cubicle. One, a tall, buff man in an officer’s uniform. The other, a shorter woman with long green hair half pulled up, petite in size but with some muscle on her.
Green eyes met green eyes and stared at each other. Izuku’s breath caught in his throat.
“Izuku,” the woman finally breathed. Then all at once, she ran forward, almost slamming into the glass. “IZUKU?!” He reeled back, barely not falling from his seat. “Izuku, sweetheart, you came back! Oh, sweetie, I missed you so much! They told me you ran away but I knew you would never do that to your dear mother,” Izuku flinched at the usage of what Mom calls them all at home, “right? They said all of these horrible things like child abuse and whatnot but you are here! You can tell them what utter nonsense all of this is! You know I would never hurt my precious baby.” She stopped and her eyes fell on him clearly. “Oh my, sweetheart! Someone did seem to hurt you though! What happened to your face? Your arm- YOUR ARM!” She gasped. “Who hurt my perfect child like this?!” She leaned closer to the window. “Who hurt you, Izuku?!”
Izuku’s mouth felt dry. His blood roared in his ears but it wasn’t so much fear as it was quickly rising anger. What is she saying? Coming back? She never hurt me? Is she joking?
“Never mind,” she said determinedly, “now that you are here we can clear this whole misunderstanding up and go back to living our perfect lives at home, right?” She smiled that sickly sweet smile she always used to have that made Izuku feel smaller than he was. Oh so casually, she reached out, almost as to caress his face. Izuku instinctively flinched back. The smile fell and dread settled itself in his stomach. “Izuku, sweetheart,” Inko started slowly, “why are you drawing back? You know better than that.”
Izuku swallowed thickly.
“Izuku, I’ve asked you a question. Multiple questions,” she stated. “When your mother asks you a question, answer it,” she all but growled.
The greenette willed his voice not to shake but, of course, it failed him. “I- I’m not ‘er f- f- fer you…” he whispered. Inko narrowed her eyes. “How many times have I told you to get rid of that annoying stutter and to speak up? And what’s with that accent? I did not raise my perfect child to sound like the street rats I see in this hell hole.”
“S- sorr-”
“Are you speaking back to me? Did I say you could hecking speak?!” she hissed. Izuku quickly shook his head.
What are you doing?! She can’t hurt you! Stop shying away!
Inko’s smile reappeared. “Good boy! I knew you knew what was right! Now, let’s quickly get this over with and get me out of here.” Inko turned around to the Officer standing next to the wall behind her. “Office Takao!”
Wait. No. No! Say something, Izuku! Say somethin-
“Izu,” he heard the whisper from behind cutting through the shock in his mind. The boy swallowed thickly and straightened his back.
“I am not ‘ere fer you, Inko,” he said confidently. Inko’s body went rigid. She turned around slowly, eyes narrowed and with a strained smile. “What?” she questioned. All of the blood drained from Izuku’s face, confidence immediately going out of the window. “I- I- I said, I- I am not ‘ere-”
“Now you listen here young man,” Inko growled, effectively shutting him up, “I don’t know who you think you are talking to but I am your mother and you will not use that tone towards me, do I make myself clear?” Izuku narrowed his eyes back. “Y- you aren’t my m- mother,” he hissed. Her eyes lit in rage. “IZUKU!” She stood sharply. Izuku had no time to react as she reached out and grabbed the string in his chest.
*SLAM*
Izuku felt his head spin and shoulder scream in pain as he crashed against the bulletproof glass. “WHO DO YOU THINK YOU ARE TALKING BACK TO ME LIKE THAT?!” she roared. “WHEN WE GET HOME-”
The string dissipated and Izuku fell back, chair tipping over and he and it falling to the ground with a crash. Izuku could only stare up in horror as Inko’s eyes widened. “What the hell?!” She looked up and found Sho staring down at Izuku with his hair up. “YOU!” she screamed, pointing at the man. “YOU were the man who took Izuku away from me! You corrupted my child! He was perfect!” Her eyes shifted to Mom and Dad. “And who the hell are you two?! Are you the ones who have been holding my baby captive?! You whore! You bastard! Give him back to me! Give back my Izuku!”
Izuku finally found it in him to stand when she targeted his family. “D- don’t call ‘em th- that!!!” he snapped back. Inko glared at him. Unfortunately, Sho had to blink at some point and Izuku had to get his brains from somewhere. She noticed that split second of his hair falling. Izuku was slammed against the glass once more by his quirk. She swung her arm around, sliding the boy against the window and slamming him into the wall, right shoulder first as if she knew it would hurt more on that side, with years of practiced ease before Sho could activate his quirk again.
*SLAM*
Izuku cried out in pain as his shoulder protested the sudden force.
“DON’T TALK BACK TO ME!” she screamed. Office Takao finally stepped forward just as Dad and Mom began to move. Inko ripped herself from the bulky man, banging on the glass. “GET AWAY FROM HIM! HE’S MINE!!! YOU BASTARDS!!! HOW DARE YOU TURN MY CHILD AGAINST ME!!!”
Izuku felt himself being pulled to a stand and being pulled back but could only focus with wide eyes as the officer dragged Inko back.
“IZUKU!”
They locked eyes and her voice echoed through the building.
“I SWEAR THAT WHEN I GET OUT I WILL COME FOR YOU!” she roared. “I WILL TAKE YOU BACK!!!”
*ca-chunk* The thick door that she had come in through closed leaving Izuku to stare blankly at the glass.
In the end, the meeting only lasted around seven minutes. Izuku didn’t barely get a word in. None of his questions were answered, only more added.
Why…? It’s been years!!! WHY?!
“Iz- ku! Iz- -e! Breat-!”
Voices were colliding in his head. Blood roared in his ears. The walls felt like they were closing in. He needed out. He needed out NOW.
Without a second thought, Izuku pushed everyone away and made a mad dash for the door, ignoring the shouts from behind him. He needed-
Arms surrounded him. Izuku tried to struggle and tear free but he couldn’t and part of him didn’t want to as he was pulled tightly into someone’s chest.
Love. He needed love and kindness and warmth but everything felt so cold and desolate, like he had been thrown right back into that closet, never to see the light of day again.
Who to run to? Who to trust? Who could he rely on?
Izuku’s head whipped around from those arms and back towards the door where three adults and two teens came barreling out of. His eyes met an auburn-haired woman’s eyes and he froze. For a split second that woman’s hair flashed green along with her eyes. Tears welled in Izuku’s eyes as he collapsed to the floor, eyes trained on her. Tears welled in her eyes as well when she took in the fear his held.
The purple-haired boy was next to him, speaking, calling out to him at a rapid pace but none of the words seemed to register in his mind as he continued to battle his mind for the place of Mom and Inko to title that woman before him.
An almost feral growl escaped his lips as he ripped himself from the blonde man who held him in his arms.
Izuku reached out for Mo- Ink- NO! He fell to the ground, legs giving out as his mind fizzed over with lack of oxygen. The woman reacted in time, falling to her knees with her arms out. Another pained growl escaped from him as Izuku pushed himself up with his arm. He got his feet beneath him just enough to push off the ground and fling himself across the room and into those open arms.
Love, kindness, warmth, reassurance, safety. Izuku needed all of those. But, more than all of that, at that very moment, Izuku needed-
“MOM!”
- his mother.
_______________________________
Yuma would have fallen back by the sheer force Izuku threw himself at her with if it weren’t for Asa predicting this and already being crouched behind her with his hands on her back.
When Izuku had looked up at her with those large, fear filled eyes, Yuma had thought it was all over for their relationship. She could almost see him projecting that monster of a woman onto her.
But he reached out to her. He cried out, his voice shifting and changing between “Mom” and “Inko”, growling and crying as if he was fighting something, fighting himself, before he finally decided to break the chain, take a literal leap of faith, and threw himself at what he hoped was the right person. It was. Yuma would make sure he knew that.
The boy in her arms shook so violently she could barely hold him. Izuku’s lips were turning blue from asphyxiation.
“Mom-!” *GASP* “M- Mom-!” *GASP* “M- Mom!!!” Izuku clung to her, unable to get any other coherent word from his mouth, almost a mantra of trying to convince himself that this is who he was with and crying out to. Yuma held him tightly. “It’s okay, dear. I’m here.”
Shinsou cleared his throat. “Dear,” he repeated to himself in an almost girly voice.
“M- MoM!” Izuku screamed. “P- Please!!!” Tears threatened to spill from her eyes. As she pet Izuku’s head. “I’m here. I’m here.”
Shinsou’s face twisted. “I’m here,” his voice sounding strangely famili- it sounded like hers. Yuma’s eyes widened in understanding. She stilled her voice. “Shh… I’m here, Izuku. I’m here.” Izuku continued to cry out.
“Here… Here…” Shinsou’s face settled in determination. He strode forward and crouched beside them. “Mouth it,” he whispered. Yuma nodded. She leaned back and gently took Izuku’s face, making their eyes meet.
Shinsou opened his mouth, Yuma copying his words only a beat behind mouthing. “Izu, dear, I’m here. I’m here, right?” Shinsou’s voice wasn’t a perfect copy of her own without his voice changer but it was good enough for Izuku’s disoriented mind. The greenette stared at her, trying to gather his thoughts. “Y- yer he-”
His eyes glazed over and breathing began to go back to a normal pace. Only when Izuku’s lips faded from blue back into a healthy, albeit pale, pink did Shinsou release the brain washing.
Izuku blinked a few times before his eyes widened. Yuma quickly pulled him into her arms before he could repeat the cycle. “Shh…” she whispered. “Everything is okay.”
“M- Mom…?” the whisper came.
Yuma nodded. “Yes, it’s me. Your mother who loves you so, so much. It’s me.”
Izuku seemed to relax in her arms. “Mom,” he repeated more confidently, much more relieved. She could hear his exhaustion. Yuma placed a small kiss on his head. “Go to sleep. We’ll bring you home safe and sound.” Izuku mumbled something before his body completely relaxed against her and he fell asleep.
“Was it… really that bad?” Mr. Yamada, who was crouching as well from when he had originally caught Izuku, asked. Yuma, Asa, Eijiro, Shinsou, and Mr. Aizawa all gave him the saddest look possible.
“Yeah,” Asa replied. “It was really that bad.”
Even in his sleep, Izuku did not let go of Yuma. She ended up riding in the back of the car so he could peacefully stay curled in her lap. Upon reaching the house, Yuma curled up into Izuku’s favorite spot on the couch, the right corner, after swaddling him in blankets. She kept him close to her as he slept. Hime curled up by her feet. Eijiro sat in the far recliner with his knees to his chest. Asa sat on the near one, head in his hands.
“That,” her husband started, “was terrible. I didn’t have any hopes for it, really, but dang,” he cursed.
“Th- that is… That’s Izu’s mother?” Eijiro questioned, almost in shock. Yuma narrowed her eyes, voice carefully leveled. “She is no mother, Eijiro. Don’t mistake her for that. No woman who does that to her son, no, to any child, could ever consider being called a mother figure.” Eijiro swallowed thickly and nodded. “Right… I can’t believe he had to live with that for four years…”
“Do you really believe it was just four years?” Asa asked. Eijiro tilted his head. “He said it only started once he got his quirk.”
Asa narrowed his eyes. “That kind of twisted mind doesn’t just suddenly show up, Ei. She had been controlling him from the start. Izuku probably just didn’t realize it because he was young and her abuse became so pronounced and more prominent when he got his quirk but Inko, that woman probably had been manipulating him since birth. Every single thing down to when he was allowed to even speak. I thought that it was a just a trust issue with speaking but as time went on, it’s been two years and he still stutters so then I wrote it off as a speech impediment, which could still be true due to head trauma at a young age, but now I think it’s something more. You heard what she said. After directly asking him a question that he tried to reply to, she got mad at him for replying without her saying that he was allowed even though she would have just gotten even more angry if Izuku didn’t reply. She’s been toying with his mind like that from the start.”
Asa’s hands gripped his hair.
“It’s never been about what will get him out of harm's way, more of what path will hurt the least. It’s sickening! Sure, parts of it may be trust, but Izuku didn’t speak because he was conditioned not to. That was the ‘least painful’ path.”
Yuma looked down at the child in her arms, tears welling in her eyes.
“Did you see how she used his quirk like that?” Asa continued. “Practice. She knew exactly what she was doing and she clearly didn’t think anything was wrong with it! She even did it in front of the guards!”
“Asa, that’s enough,” Yuma whispered. “What matters is that he is safe here with us now.”
Asa sighed and leaned back in the seat. “Right. Sorry. I just hate thinking that THAT is what he had to deal with. Seeing it in real life though is so much worse.” Everyone nodded, not really having anything to say to that.
A groan came from the small teen in her lap. Yuma gave Izuku a small smile as his eyes fluttered open and met hers. For a split second, all seemed to be fine and calm. It wasn’t. The woman’s heart dropped when fear spiked in those green eyes. Izuku scrambled out of the blanket and to the other end of the couch leaving Yuma to flail after him, leaning forward a bit with her arms slightly stretched out from the sudden loss. “Izu-”
“I’M SORRAE!” he screeched, bowing deeply. “I’msorraeI’msorraeI’msorraeI’msorraeI’msorrae!” Asa was already up to calm him down but Yuma turned to her husband and held up her hand. The issue was between mother figures. She had to be the one to do this. Yuma turned back to Izuku.
“I- I- I- I- won’t d- do it again!” Izuku stared at the couch with wide, disoriented eyes.
“Dear, it’s okay,” Yuma said calmly, holding up her hands. Izuku flinched back. “PLEASE!” he begged. “I- I’ll do betta! I’ll d- d- do betta! P- please d- don’t ‘urt me!” Yuma shook her head, putting a hand on her chest. “Izuku, look at me. I’m not her. I’m your mother, rememb-”
“SO WAS SHE!!!"
Everyone flinched back.
Izuku curled up on the opposite corner of the couch, hand tugging at his hair, eyes wide, words falling a mile a minute.
“I- I don’t get it! What went w- wrong?! I- I tried ta do e- everaethang right. I d- din’t speak until told. I didn’t eat u- unless she allowed it. I t- told everaeone I was quirkless l- like she wanted. I m- made no friends- no- they all left me- j- just like she wanted! A- and she st- still turned on me!” Izuku looked up with fear, anger, and confusion pouring from his eyes in salty tears. “P- please! S- s- someone tell me!!! What am I doin’ wrong?!?!”
Yuma reached her hand out again but Izuku retreated into his ball again.
A whisper. So small, almost unspoken. Still, it echoed loud in clear throughout the entire Kirishima residence.
“Why…?” Izuku whispered. “Why d- doesn’t she love me?”
Yuma’s mouth fell dry. “Oh, Izu…” She didn’t wait. She crossed the distance and pulled her child to her chest. “M- mom… I don’t kn- know anaemore… I- I’m so tired,” the boy wasn’t crying. He just sounded so, so exhausted. “That’s okay, dear. Izu, dear, look at me? Please?” The boy didn’t move for a second before slowly lifting his head. Yuma fought to keep a smile on her face when presented with the emotionless, drained face of the boy she considered a son. Her hands reached up and took his face gently. She leaned forward and placed a soft, oh so tender kiss on his forehead before meeting his eyes again. “You don’t have to understand everything, dear, so let me explain it to you, alright? She… she isn’t your mother, Izuku. Never was and never has been,” she said softly, not wanting to come off harshly. “A mother wouldn’t ever, ever do that to their child. Sometimes, dear, there is no real reason behind people's actions. She’s… Izuku, she’s corrupt but you, oh Izuku, you’ve done nothing wrong.” Yuma ran her thumb along his cheek. “You, you and your smile and your laugh, it’s so beautiful. She stripped that from you. No mother thrives in the pain.”
“A- are you…” Izuku bit his lip, looking down. “A- are you… would you… you wouldn’t too…” he looked up. “Y- you wouldn’t w- would you?” Yuma shook her head. “Of course not, dear. Want to know why?”
A spark of hope. Fleeting. She smiled.
“Because I am your mother,” she states. Izuku’s eyes sparkled like a little kid’s and, with a passing thought, she remembered that Izuku was deficient in these terms.
-----
‘Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima, your son's x-rays came in. It would seem that due to substantial trauma to the head, the area’s perceiving and understanding emotions has taken damage untreated. It is not much and won’t greatly affect his life much aside from his PTSD, in which it will show greatly in his times of experiencing it, but it is there.’
-----
‘Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima, I wanted to talk with you about your son’s mental state. Due to his past along with the slight brain damage, the primal instincts that he has been living off of for the past nine years have impacted his growth in the emotional periods of his life as he was forced to suppress them and thus they have not developed at a normal rate.’
-----
‘Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima… your son… his IQ, it’s truly amazing but… Kirishima is many years behind his peers emotionally and psychologically. We can get you set up with therapists more trained to handle this…
-----
“That’s right,” Yuma said proudly. “I won’t beat you, lock you in closets, starve you, force you into silence, alienation by your peers. I won’t do anything like that to you. Two years, Izuku. Two years you’ve been with us. You’ve seen first hand the difference between me and that woman. You tell me. When you look at me, do you see her or do you see someone who loves you?”
Izuku’s eyes searched her. Yuma would be lying if she wasn’t a bit hurt by how long it took him to answer but the answer was worth the wait.
“I- I,” he started, “I c- can’t find ‘er i- in you,” he said. “I- I don’t w- want to ever s- see her i- in you.” Izuku leaned into the her hands on his cheeks. “Y- you’re warm.” She smiled, guiding him to rest against her. Izuku curled into a ball against the woman again. “Y- you know…” he continued, “I- I used ta c- come ‘ome t- to her a- and wish th- that ‘er h- hug w- would feel like this.”
Vulnerable. He was being so vulnerable towards her. Yuma felt her heart swell.
“Sh- she was… sh- she is so c- cold… Y- you are nothin’ l- like ‘er…
…
…
…
M- Mom?”
“Hmm…?” Yuma ran her hand slowly through his hair, just the way he liked it.
“I- I don’t want a- anae other mother th- than you,” he hummed.
Yuma felt tears finally well in his eyes. “You know what, Izu?” The boy glanced up at her through his long, green curls. “I think that I’ve always been your mother. Even before we met. From the moment you were born. That longing you’ve felt was because you never met your true family yet. She was just holding you captive until you did. I have always been your mother. Izuku, look around you.”
Yuma gestured to Asa and Eijiro, Izuku’s eyes following her hand. Eijiro grinned his goofy, shark-toothed grin. Asa smirked, leaning his head against his hand on the armrest.
“Look not at the past but at the present.” She waved the two over. Eijiro and Asa came over. Asa sat beside her, Yuma leaning against his shoulder, him wrapping his arm around her. Eijiro snuggled up on her husband’s lap.
“I don’t know through what eyes you see, Izuku,” she said. “Whether it be the darkness you seem to thrive in or the clarity of what is truly before you, but right now, right here, I can safely say that you and Eijiro are the only children I want to be the mother of as well. Is that alright with you?”
Izuku looked at each of them with a fondness Yuma doesn’t think she has recognized in his eyes before and… he chuckled.
“I- I’ve been so b- blind,” he joked quietly before leaning in closer. “Y- yer. That’s perfectlae fine.”
_______________________________
“He seems fine to me,” Shoto commented. “In fact, he seems happier than before?”
Hitoshi watched the back of Zuku as they walked into the school the Monday after the ‘Showdown.’
“I don’t know how,” he commented. “It went so incredibly terrible. He was so shaken and broke- Ah.”
Zuku turned around and smiled brightly at them. “Come on, you two!” he half-shouted. “Y- yer gonna be late!”
Shoto huffed. “I wasn’t there so I don’t really get it,” he said, quickening his pace. “But if Izuku’s smiling like that now, shouting out like that now, hardly stuttering at all? I think it’s perfectly fine.”
Ashido said something that made Zuku laugh. It wasn’t a full laugh or even a full smile but still, the sound that rang from the greenette’s mouth was more clear and light than Hitoshi had ever heard it before.
“Yeah,” he agreed, catching up. “Perfectly fine.”
Chapter 74: One-Shot Series Link
Summary:
This is the link to the one-shot series.
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Howdy! It's Krumble!
I have officially made the one-shot series, have the first chapter out on it, and linked it to this series now!
Here is the link: https://archiveofourown.to/works/24585505/chapters/59380765
There you will find your Hiatus treats periodically throughout the Hiatus.
Thank you all for your patience!
Sincerely,
with lots of love,
your author,
Krumble.
=^-^=
Chapter 75: End Of Term Exams
Summary:
The class takes their End of Term Exams.
Notes:
I'M BACK BABY!!!
Lol. Thank you all for your patience. I hope you are all well. Here is the chapter as promised!
Chapter Text
Izuku had to force his jaw not to hang open as he took in the ESTATE that Yaoyorozu apparently lived in. Izuku didn’t know a place like this even existed in Japan!
It was a giant mansion with a giant courtyard with a giant brick wall around it and a giant black gate in front of it all.
Izuku’s head whipped to the side where Ei was and tugged on his brother’s sleeve, pointing rapidly at the scenery before them. Eijiro laughed loudly.
“Have fun, you two,” Dad called before leaving.
“Come on, Izu, let’s ring the doorbell,” Eijiro stepped forward. A loud, harmonic tune rang out. A fizzle sounded before an older male voice came out. “This is the Yaoyorozu residence. Please state your name and reason for coming.” So formal! Eijiro and Izuku sweat-dropped before the redhead replied. “Erm… Izuku and Eijiro Kirishima. We are here for the study session that Yaoyorozu is hosting?” Another fizzle. “Yes. You are on the list.” List? “Please come in.” Izuku jumped, pushing Eijiro behind him as the gates suddenly opened. Eijiro chuckled and patted the greenette’s shoulder before walking past and through them. “It’s fine, Izu. We all knew that Yaoyorozu was a little… rich.”
Izuku deadpanned, following after his brother. “A little?” he commented. “Th- this doesn’ seem like a l- little.”
If Izuku had to choose a direct contrast to being homeless in the red lights, it would be this. The inside was so polished and clean and so WIDE.
Izuku didn’t like it… When they came up to the door they were opened to them and a maid and butler bowed to them. And followed them as they were led down hallways. It put Izuku on edge. The expansive place did the opposite of what one would think for his claustrophobia. Instead, the tall ceiling seemed to come to a point, narrowing the way. He was terrified to think of what would happen if he accidentally broke something or got something dirty. The faces of the butlers and maids never changed. It reminded him of himself under her control. Manipulated, even if it was their job.
“Izuku,” Eijiro whispered, causing the boy to jump, “calm down. Everything is fine.” Izuku hadn’t even noticed that he was gripping Eijiro’s wrist. Izuku took a deep breath, glancing down at Hime padding at his side. “R- right.”
They were led into what he supposes is a dining room. The table was loooong.
“Izuku! Kirishima!” Kaminari waved the two over from the middle of the table.
Yaoyorozu was hosting a study session for the End Of Grade written test. So far she, Kaminari, Sero, Mina, and Hagakure, as well as them, have arrived. Yaoyorozu smiled and waved. “I’m glad you two could make it,” she greeted. They took seat beside Mina. Izuku was sure that Eijiro purposefully took the seat two down from her so that Izuku could sit in between the two like they do on the subway but he wouldn’t mention it. He would just be grateful.
“No arm today, dude?” Kaminari questioned. Izuku shook his head. “I- I don’ reallae like ‘avin’ i- it on,” he replied. Yaoyorozu hummed. “I’m sure it can’t be too comfortable.” The green-haired boy just shrugged.
It didn’t take long for the last two to arrive, Satou and Aoyama.
Izuku didn’t really need any help. He was mostly there to be with Ei and Mina. That and he really was trying to talk with more people and get to know them more. So he sat back and answered the questions directed towards him the best he could. Some time early on, some of the maids brought in tiny sandwiches and tea which Izuku thought was nice. They even brought in these small little cookies. The sweetness helped calm his nerves just a bit as Hime sat in his lap.
Sweet…
“You should all come again sometime,” Yaoyorozu said, closing her textbook at the end of the session. “We have a swim pool so maybe this summer, after the camp, the whole class could come over for a pool party!”
A pool party… Izuku looked down, casting a small glance over at Eijiro. The redhead met his eyes questioningly before they widened slightly, mouth parting in a silent ‘Oh.’
On the car ride home, Eijiro popped the question. “Izuku, do you actually know how to swim?” The boy in question swallowed thickly. He could tell that their parents were waiting for the reply as well. He hung his head. “No…” Izuku whispered. Eijiro looked confused. “How have you been completing the underwater training exercises then?” “I- I’ve been usin’ my q- quirk to latch onto things u- underwater a- and pull myself to them…” he replied. Dad hummed from the front seat. “Do you want to learn how to swim?” Izuku shrugged. “I- I wouldn’t min-”
“Izuku,” Mom cut in. “Do you want to learn?”
The viridian boy blushed a bit, his diversion diverted. “Yer…”
Dad nodded. “That’s more like it. You’ve got to be assertive, Izuku! This summer we can try and find you a class.”
“Or!” Izuku flinched slightly at Eijiro’s outburst. “Or," quieter, "we could probably ask Yaoyorozu if she would let us use her pool if you would like it to be more private.”
Izuku ducked his head. “Th- thank you…”
And they all smiled. It felt nice. They all cared so much.
At home, Izuku found himself gravitating towards Mom a lot more after the disaster visit to the jail a couple of weeks ago. She didn’t seem to mind. In fact, the auburn-haired woman took it in stride, always making sure Izuku knew that he wasn’t a bother and that she enjoyed his company. On the nights that he was particularly stressed, Mom would stay with him until he fell asleep to “chase away the bad dreams.” Those nights, they found, were the ones that would usually startle Izuku from his sleep even with the pills but her presence would sometimes be enough to keep them away.
Like the night before the End Of Term exams.
Mom sat on the edge of his bed rubbing the back of his hand with her thumb and humming a quiet tune. It reminded him of Mary Lou a lot. It was so kind and sweet and safe… Just like her. Izuku’s eyes fluttered open when he felt fingers run through his hair. Mom smiled down softly at him and with that in mind, Izuku fell soundly asleep.
_______________________________
Yuma cut off her humming when she was responded with the gentle snores of the green-haired boy beside her. She leaned down and pressed a kiss to his forehead before standing and walking over to Ei. She leaned down to do the same.
“Moooooom,” the redhead whined, “I’m not a kid anymore.” Yuma put a hand on her hip. “Oh, Ei, dear, you know you will always be my little boy.” She ruffled his hair making him giggle before placing a kiss on his forehead. Yuma looked Eijiro in the eyes. “No matter how old you get, Ei, I will always be your mother.” The boy nodded. “I know, Mom. Love you.” She smiled. “Love you too. Get a good rest for the exams tomorrow.”
Yuma left quietly.
She looked out the window at the night sky while passing through the living room. It was nice. How blessed she was to have this family.
Yuma went to bed happily.
_______________________________
“You are deciding who the students should battle for the final exam?”
Shouta sighed, nodding his reply to Zashi’s question. “Yeah.” He glanced up at the man. “Say, Hizashi, how would you feel about fighting Izuku?” The blonde paused for a moment as he was sitting down on the other side of the couch in the teacher’s lounge. He sat fully. “Izu? Why me?” he asked. “I am trying to put the kids up against heroes that I think they would struggle with and,” Shouta started, “with his recent developments, or, I guess, improvements in his mental state, I was thinking about putting Izuku up against someone he trusts.” Hizashi stiffened a bit but didn’t comment as Shouta continued. “Not to be mean or purposefully mess with him, you know I would never do that, but I think it would speak volumes on his improvements and where he still can improve if he fought someone like you.” Shouta ran a hand through his hair. “Not that we need a siren telling us where his mental state lies or anything. It presents his trauma clear as day when it wants to.” Shouta shook his head.
They can’t be ignorant. Just because the kid has been showing rapid signs of improvement doesn’t mean he is in the clear. Izuku probably will never be fully in the clear, his past will always haunt him to some extent, and that is all the more reason they need to tread carefully now. With such rapid improvement it may come as a shock to him if he has another relapse or episode now, expecting to be all better.
When one truly feels safe is when it can easily come crashing down and hard. Clear waters? Ha. The waters they are wading through are black as the night.
“So?” Shouta raised an eyebrow. “What do you think?”
Zashi frowned. “I understand the reasoning behind it but I don’t know, Sho… Izuku… He’s like a son to me. I don’t know what I would do if I were the reason for him to stop trusting again…” Shouta hummed understandingly.
“Do you remember when Kirishima accidentally took the string for the first time and sent Izuku into a spiral?” Shouta asked. Zashi nodded hesitantly. Yeah, that is not a memory to bring up casually around the man. After all, it was the start of Izuku’s dissociation habits and Zashi was the one who had to watch Izuku throw himself off the balcony, only barely catching him. Shouta suppressed a shiver. He remembers catching Izuku in a similar fashion when he caught the boy as Golden Whip.
“It was weird for a bit,” Shouta continued, “but they are closer than ever, right? And that has to be the most taboo thing anyone has ever done since we pulled Izuku off of the streets. I’m sure that you two having a fight with another student for an exam won’t affect him as much as you are thinking.”
Zashi sighed, hanging his head in defeat. “Fine, I’ll fight him.” He looked up again. “So who is Izuku’s partner? Hitoshi?”
Shouta shook his head. “Taking them out of their planned comfort zones. I’m paring the problem child up with-”
_______________________________
…
…
…
*RIIIIIIIIIII- *SNAP* - IIIIIIIIIIIIING*
Izuku jolted as the bell rang, signalling the end of the written portion of the exam. Toshi leaned over a bit. “Zuku, I’m like ninety-nine percent sure that half of your parents paychecks go to buying you new pencils.” Izuku’s head swirled around to his friend behind him. Toshi smirked. “Joking, joking.”
“Please pass your exam packets to the front,” Sho instructed. “You have an hour break before the start of the physical exam.”
Izuku sighed.
“HEY!” he jumped again. Yoaroashi came bounding up to them, Uraraka following soon after and Shoto came from the back. “How do you think you did?” the tall boy asked. “Fair,” Shoto answered. Izuku nodded. Uraraka scratched the back of her head, averting her eyes. “Erm… I hope I did better than I think.” Toshi shrugged. “I passed. Probably.” Yoarashi laughed loudly. “I totally bombed it! I’m sure!” Everyone stared at him as the boy just continued to laugh heartily. “Th- that’s not a good thing, Yoarashi…” Uraraka said softly. Yoarashi laughed harder.
“Idiot,” Jiro whispered. “He got in on recommendations. Shouldn’t he be smart?” Toshi snorted and looked to the side. “One would think so,” he responded dryly.
Izuku raised an eyebrow. He doesn’t know exactly where Jiro stands in their… group? Every once in a while she will make some off handed comment like that and Toshi will sort of kind of respond or something but Izuku is fairly certain that she hangs out more with Kaminari’s gang or with Tokoyami as the class has dubbed them the ‘Emo Squad’ along with Toshi who is also apparently apart of that. Izuku doesn’t know what this whole ‘emo’ thing is either. He asked Sho about it once because he was dubbed the ‘Emo Squad Leader’ but the man had no idea about it and only sighed really long and loudly about it.
Their break passed by uneventfully and soon they were all standing outside in their hero costumes and… a lot of their hero teachers were coming up?
Kaminari raised his hand. “Um, Aizawa-sensei, why are all of these teachers here? I thought we were fighting robots, right? Like the entrance exam? Right?” Principle Nezu popped out from Sho’s scarf. “Sorry, but we had a change of curriculum!” the rodent principle stated. “For a multitude of reasons, the test is changing starting now!”
Yaoyorozu raised her hand sharply. “Principle Nezu, sir, could you elaborate on that?” The mouse-bear-dog creature nodded. “Well, we are moving to focusing more on human to human battle training to stimulate your lessons into what you will be facing in the real world.” Izuku had to force himself not to deadpan. Like I haven’t gotten a taste of the ‘real world’ already… He could almost feel Shoto and Toshi thinking the same thing. “Which is why, starting this year, the exams will be changed from fighting robots to,” Nezu threw his paws apart, Sho tilting his head a bit to not get hit by the stubby arms, “fighting your teachers in pairs!”
Izuku’s eyes widened. As the gasps sounded and the murmuring started, Izuku narrowed his eyes, eyes scanning over each and every one of the heroes taking in facts. Height, weight, what their muscles are built for, either speed or strength. Variables and plans already forming in his head.
Nezu continued. “Your partners and who you will be battling are already chosen.”
Sho stepped forward as Nezu climbed down his scarf and onto the ground. The raven-haired man started. “Todoroki and Yaoyorozu will be fighting me. Kaminari and Ashido will be against Principle Nezu. Aoyama and Uraraka will be against No. 13. Asui and Tokoyami, you will be fighting Ectoplasm. Kirishima Eijiro and Satou, you are up against All Might-”
“EH?!”
“-Jiro and Sero, you two are fighting Midnight. Hagakure and Shoji up against Snipe. Yoarashi and Shinsou, you two are against Power Loader. And Kouda and Kirishima Izuku, you two are up against Present Mic.”
Izuku’s eyes met the blonde’s eyes immediately. I’m fighting… Yami…?
He couldn’t see the green eyes behind Yami’s glasses but he knew they were making eye contact. Izuku took a deep breath. That’s fine. I’ve fought Sho multiple times. It shouldn’t be any different. Right?
“Due to the space being needed, two teams will go at a time though we will give you each an hour to discuss with your teammate prior. For now, let us all move to the viewing rooms where those not fighting will be able to watch their classmates who are or use the extra time to talk things out with their teammates.” Sho turned and led the group to the bus where they promptly rode to the building viewing site for all training grounds.
Izuku looked around in the monitor-filled room for, Who was it? Kouda? He found the stony teen in the corner of the room also looking around. Izuku frowned. He has never really talked with the kid. Kouda, as far as he knew, was mute but selectively. Sort of like how Izuku was. He steeled himself and quietly walked over. Apparently it was too quiet because Kouda jumped when he noticed Izuku’s presence.
Mom, Dad, and Ei said he had a habit of scaring people because they couldn’t hear his footsteps or breathing or voice or even the ruffle of his clothing when he walked which Izuku found odd. He doesn’t think he walks any differently than anyone else when they walk and he can hear them perfectly fine.
Izuku waved slightly. “Erm, I- I guess we a- are partners?” Kouda nodded sheepishly. Izuku nodded. “Right… s- so we should t- t- talk strategae.” Kouda nodded again. Izuku bit his tongue. Having a conversation where only one person talks is hard… Izuku blinked. Ah, now I feel bad… I can’t believe I made everyone this uncomfortable when I didn’t speak.
It was strange being aware of how much he has grown. Like, he knew he was definitely still traumatized and paranoid to what Sho calls an ‘unhealthy level’, which Izuku calls being cautious and safe, but it was different when he was able to compare it to something like this.
_______________________________
Shouta watched as Izuku and Kouda stood there awkwardly in silence while the rest of their classmates discussed what they were going to do against their opponent.
-----
‘So who is Izuku’s partner? Hitoshi?’ Zashi asked.
Shouta shook his head. ‘Taking them out of their planned comfort zones. I’m paring the problem child up with Kouda.’
‘Kouda? Why him? Isn’t he the boy that is selectively mute just like- Oooooh.’ Zashi nodded. ‘I caught your line of thought there,’ he flashed Shouta finger guns which Shouta promptly rolled his eyes at.
-----
Yes, Shouta planned on this happening. Kouda is selectively mute. He knew how awkward it would be for the both of them to have a nearly silent person as their partner. They needed to be able to get past that though. Still, a part of Shouta knew he did this on purpose because he wanted Izuku to see just how far he has come in regards to his mental state. He used to never utter a single word unless he absolutely had to, much like Kouda. Shouta knows by now that Izuku’s mental state isn’t just paranoia and trauma but also that he has a deep self-loathing that they have been struggling to address. This was the perfect chance to show Izuku just how far he has truly come and that their words weren’t just empty sentiments.
And…
Izuku turned around and made his way to Shouta. “Sh- Aizawa-sensei, d- do you ‘ave a piece of paper and pen?” Shouta blinked. “What for?” Izuku, still with the habit of vague gestures from when he didn’t speak, slightly waved his hands around. “K- Kouda doesn’ reallae like t- talkin’ so I thought kind of l- like when I first met Toshi o- or somethin’ where we wrote on p- paper…” he trailed off. Shouta’s heart squeezed and he had to resist the urge to pet the boy’s hair and keep his face straight. “Yes, I have one.” He turned around and opened a drawer, pulling out the requested items. He handed them to Izuku.
Shouta took a moment to revel in how Izuku, while his fingers still slightly twitched from the contact when their hands brushed, didn’t hesitate to take the items. Izuku bowed slightly as a thank you.
That was something they were also training Izuku to do. Apparently bowing in the red light district was a submissive thing and it was more nods that were the nonverbal communications. While he doesn’t do it too much anymore, there are a few instances where Izuku will fall into those old habits. Even now he didn’t really say the words but that was fine. They were putting the pieces of Izuku back together one by one and that also meant making him into a person that could operate outside of the street life without them. It was taking a bit but they knew from the first day they met him that it would. After all, it wasn’t like a child just copying a parent. Izuku had already been trained to do something else. It was a whole new language for him.
“Izuku,” he whispered, quietly not using the boy’s last name on purpose to catch the greenette’s attention. Izuku blinked up at him. Shouta offered a discrete smile. “I’m proud of you. You saw, didn’t you? The growth? And you are learning to handle that and moving on your own to further both you and Kouda.” Izuku blushed, looking down at his feet.
Izuku was still having a bit of trouble with this whole ‘emotions’ thing so when they did show they showed full force. Everyone found it endearing. Izuku found it as a mix between a weakness and what everyone called natural and perfectly fine.
“I can’t wait to see what you two do. No go out there and show Zashi how much you’ve grown as well.” Izuku’s eyes sparkled. So Shouta was supposed to let Izuku think through things on his own. He’s an overprotective uncle-figure. Sue him.
_______________________________
Eijiro fidgeted in place as he and Satou stood in front of the gate to the mock city. They were one of the first teams to go.
He couldn’t believe that he was really going to fight All Might!
Well… Sort of. The plan was for him to take the bulk of the attacks while Satou ran for the exit. He didn’t know how effective he would be against freaking All Might even with the suppressors but it was the best they came up with.
“TEAMS AT THEIR MARKS?!” a voice came over the speaker. “GREAT! END OF TERM FINAL EXAM STARTS… NOW!!!”
Eijiro and Satou quietly entered the city. Before he had met Izuku, Eijiro is sure that he would have just gone running right in. Now, however, he knew better and told Satou as such that they should approach this methodically. He waved to the side where they kept close to the sides of buildings in the main street. They had thirty minutes to either knock out All Might (impossible), get the handcuffs on him (maybe), or have one or both of them escape (most possible). The ‘city’ was eerily quiet. Suddenly there was a loud *BOOM* from somewhere and the ground began to shake. Before Eijiro could think, he had thrown himself in front of Satou and hardened his entire body as, as he predicted from a long time knowing and training with All Might, a giant wave of sheer wind pressure came barreling down the street cracking the road, taking down some smaller buildings, and breaking the windows of others.
Satou, having taken a capsule of sugar as soon as they started, placed his hands on Eijiro’s back and tried to support the boy as much as possible as they both went flying back, feet digging into the ground. Eijiro grunted as his bones shook and creaked with the build up pressure from One For All. When they finally stopped he threw out his arms, a smaller shockwave, but still powerful, returning down the direction they came, turning up chunks broken of concrete.
He panted. HOLY HECK, MAN! With how One For All melded with his quirk, he takes in attacks and expels them with the force of One For All and the force of the attack itself however it creates a pressure in him while he stockpiles it in his body.
Recently, Eijiro has been working on keeping the power stockpiled but when it was THAT FREAKING MUCH it was near impossible! He looked up and saw that they were right back where they started. Great.
*Step* *Step* *Step* *Step* *Step*
Eijiro held out an arm to protect Satou behind him much like Izuku does with Eijiro when he feels a threat around. Or just paranoid like always. They could hardly make out the form of All Might walking through the clouds of dust.
“Collateral damage?” All Might’s voice rang out but in a much more terrifying way that Eijiro didn’t think the Symbol of Peace could sound. “Who cares? I’m a villain.” He came into clear view. “Come at me, heroes.”
Suddenly, Eijiro got a flashback to when Izuku and him had been against each other in the battle trails at the beginning of the year.
-----
‘Hello, HERO.’ Izu’s eyes glinted in the dark light as he stared down at Eijiro from the stairwell.
-----
“Kirishima!”
Eijiro startled just enough to jump out of the way of a kick, the wind pressure pushing him into a building regardless but he hardened his body and the release from his own quirk cushioned the collision.
Eijiro looked around. Satou was pushing himself up against a wall. Eijiro grit his teeth. Dang it! He ran for the boy. “Ah- ah- ah!” All Might was in front of him in a second. Eijiro made a discreet sign for Satou to run before All Might grabbed his wrist and swung him around. “Running are you, hero?” Eijiro was suddenly thrown at Satou. “Satou, duck!” But the boy didn’t have time, instead turning and catching the flying boy. The force sent them both rolling. The boys got to their feet. “Satou,” he whispered, “we need to move side-by-side so when he comes at us I can protect you and you can use the air pressure to propel forward. When the dust rises, go down an alley or something and take a new path.” Satou nodded. “Right.”
They got up and… ran. For dear life they ran as All Might laughed loudly behind them.
“Running away, are you?” All Might got ready for a lung. “I won’t let you.” He kicked off the ground, soaring towards them. Eijiro pushed Satou as hard as he could before hardening his body. He slammed into the side of a building.
*SNAP*
Eijiro gasped as his right arm finally gave way. He sloppily rolled out into a crouch as Izuku taught him when the pressure released and pushed him a bit from the building.
“Oh?” All Might sounded confused. Eijiro narrowed his eyes. The dust settled and Satou was gone. Good. “I see.” There was a creaking of metal as Eijiro was getting to his feet before *SLAM*. Eijiro gasped, quirk activating on instinct when something metal slammed into his back and nailed itself to the ground, pinning him to the road.
“Stay right there, hero. I’ll deal with you soon.” All Might jumped, vanishing into the air. He’s going after Satou! Eijiro struggled, gasping in pain as his arm throbbed. He craned his neck seeing that a piece of guardrail was holding him down. Eijiro felt the familiar pulse of pressure under his skin from when he was knocked down. He released it and the railing lifted just a bit but that bit was enough for Eijiro to wiggle free. He got to his feet, holding his right arm close to his chest with his left one so as not to jostle it as he immediately took off after Satou and All Might.
-----
I will become… a hero that can protect.
-----
He ran. Hopefully Satou’s hiding bought him enough time to catch up to them. He could just see the exit in sight with flashing colors but he has yet to hear that anyone has escaped. If so then he could-
Satou bolted out further ahead from one of the alley’s. The ground rumbled. All Might is coming! Eijiro made a mad dash for Satou. “RUN!” he screamed. Satou did. Eijiro saw All Might appear from the alley Satou appeared from.
It was like slow motion, ironically with how fast the man moves. Eijiro, on a split decision, raised his foot and activated his quirk. Slamming it down as hard as he could, he released the pressure from that and One For All in one swing, using the forward momentum to cannon ball himself forward.
I am… a hero that protects.
Eijiro spun in midair.
I am…
He hardened his entire body as he flew in between Satou and All Might, meeting his red eyes with the glowing of his mentor’s. Eijiro grinned, pulling his arms up.
… the “ULTIMATE SHIELD!”
*!BAM!*
Eijiro went flying. Eijiro grunted. “Satou, catch!” He reached out his arm as he flew towards and almost past Satou. The buff boy grabbed his arm. Eijiro rolled onto the ground, taking Satou with him. He could feel the immense pressure under his skin boiling painfully but he held it in. Eijiro rolled out, pushing Satou to his feet. “Jump!” Satou, still running to the exit right next to them, jumped. Eijiro released the build up, letting One For All mingle with the power of the hit from All Might’s One For All resulting in a massive shockwave expanding from him. It hit Satou who was not grounded by any friction from his jump and all but threw Satou through the gate.
“TEAM KIRISHIMA AND SATOU HAVE PASSED THE EXAM!”
- was the last thing Eijiro heard before promptly passing out.
_______________________________
Izuku pulled at the edges of his shirt. On his right hand, he had to remove the glove because it kept getting caught in the metal. He and Kouda were waiting outside of a forest type field. Izuku blinked long and slow as Kouda yelled to call some birds down. Like, verbally yelled. I guess it made sense seeing as he had to get the birds’ attention but wow. Kouda spoke so… eloquently?
A mass multitude of birds had gathered around them.
“END OF TERM EXAM… START!”
The gates opened. Kouda swung his arms out and the birds scattered to the predetermined places. Izuku and Kouda silently entered the forest but soon took different paths, going their separate ways into the forest. Izuku methodically weaved in and out between trees and bushes until he came upon a large rock which he knew was facing the exit where Ya- No, Present Mic was waiting for them.
Present Mic is a long range fighter. His voice guided by his directional speakers helps him keep his distance while simultaneously keeping his opponents at a distance and rendering them unconscious through blaring sound and vibrations throwing off equilibrium and rattling the brain.
Izuku had the unfair advantage of knowing the man personally but used it to his advantage. He crouched behind the rock, back against it. Izuku covered his ears tightly. And he waited. He waited and waited and waited and-
“!!!!!!!!YEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAH!!!!!!!!"
Izuku jolted. He pushed himself to the ground as the top of the rock broke clean off. His body shook with an accumulation of fear, adrenaline, and sound vibrations. His ears burned painfully and the ringing continued after the yelling stopped. Izuku huffed. He continued to wait. He couldn’t pinpoint the hero just yet. Present Mic’s voice came out as a con, him being at the time and then widening out. Izuku didn’t know exactly where he was in the cone of sound, only which direction it came from. That was fine. That is what Kouda was for and working on right that very moment.
-----
‘Y- you ‘ave f- f- fears too?’ Izuku looked up at the hero with wide eyes.
Yami nodded. ‘Sure do, little listener!’ The two were curled up on Mary Lou’s couch after Yami had calmed Izuku don from a panic attack. Izuku leaned his head against Yami’s chest, feeling the vibrations as Yami spoke. ‘I am scared of a lot of things like death and villains. I am scared of not making it in time when there is a call for help. I am scared of losing those close to me.’ Izuku glanced up. Yami winked at him.
‘Even you, Izu.’
The boy looked back down. ‘Do you know what I’m also afraid of?’ the hero said in a lighter tone. A beat. And then…
‘Bugs,' he deadpanned.
Izuku choked and looked back up. Yami nodded sharply. ‘Yup! I can’t stand them!’ The yellowed-haired cockatoo smiled widely when Izuku snorted.
-----
‘K- Kouda, c- c- can you control bugs?’
The stony-kid’s eye bulged, skin paling. Izuku bit his lip. ‘N- not a fan?’ Kouda shook his head feverishly. Izuku hummed. He looked down at his hands.
---
- ‘I’m proud of you. You saw, didn’t you? The growth? And you are learning to handle that and moving on your own to further both you and Kouda.’ -
---
Izuku took a deep breath as Sho’s voice echoed in his mind. Growth… Sometimes it’s about moving past your fears…
Izuku met Kouda’s fearful eyes. ‘I- I know it’s scarae… but s- sometimes… heroes d- do scarae things a- and th- they don’t want to. B- but the, erm, c- civilians are scared t- too- no. Th- they are even more scared!’ Izuku suddenly exclaimed. He nodded, remembering all of those civilians who were so petrified. Just like… he was.
‘Th- they are scared because th- they don’t ‘ave the power to fight b- b- back so… so sometimes w- we ‘ave ta f- face those fears f- for them.’ Izuku looked up at the teen sitting before him. ‘R- right now we are tr- training to be ‘eroes… a- and we are train’ ta ‘elp those p- people so this… I know i- it’s scarae but… this i- is somethang that o- onlae you can do s- so we can be heroes and h- help those scared p- people…’
Kouda’s eyes sparkled. Izuku’s spine shivered. Someone was looking at him. He whipped his head around and met Ei’s eyes. The redhead looked so awestruck. Izuku blushed and looked away.
-----
“COME OOOOOOOOON, HEROES!!!!!!”
Izuku felt like his ears would explode. Just a little longer.
“I’M WAITIN-” He cut off. Izuku narrowed his eyes. Just a little- “EEEEEEEEEEE?!?!?!” Present Mic’s quirk amplified girly screech echoed around the forest. There was a loud *BOOM*. Now! Izuku ran out from behind the rock as the voice wave was directed towards the ground where bugs had presumably attacked Present Mic and a cloud of dirt billowed into the air from somewhere in the forest.
And NOW Izuku had a direct location. He ran, weaving in between trees and bushes. A bird soared past him. Izuku smirked. Kouda’s quirk really is amazing. His ears felt like they were bleeding from the rapid spurts of Present Mic’s screams. A part of him felt bad but he could feel that slipping away as he slipped into his head space. Izuku stood behind a tree just before he breached the clearing that Present Mic was in, having cleared it with his voice. The blonde was jumping around. Izuku winced as he saw bugs climbing up the heroes body, the hero attempting to scream them away. His own skin crawled just watching him.
Birds began flying in from all corners of the caged forest, swirling around and blocking out the heroes vision, exactly as planned.
Izuku ran forward, slipping beneath the flapping birds. He drew out the handcuffs. Izuku took the distraction in stride, grabbing Present Mic’s flailing wrists and drawing them behind the man’s back before latching the handcuffs around them.
“TEAM KIRISHIMA AND KOUDA HAVE PASSED THE EXAM!”
The bird and bugs began to retreat but Izuku’s mind did not. He kicked the legs out from under the hero. *SLAM* Izuku was on Present Mic’s back, straddling the man as he pressed the person beneath him’s head into the ground, metal hand holding the hands down and left one holding a fist full of blonde hair. Izuku lifted Present Mic’s head up.
“-ima! IZUKU!”
The greenette froze, viridian eyes meeting lime, Present Mic’s eyes visible from the edge of the now cracked sunglasses.
Present Mic gave a soft smile. “It’s over, Izuku,” he said softly. “You passed.” A rustling in the bushes had Izuku’s head swinging to the side. Kouda came walking out of the forest. Kouda came… walking out of the forest? It’s over? It’s… an exam! Izuku gasped, quick to take off the handcuffs and scramble off of the hero.
“I- I- I- I’m sorrae!” Pre- Yami got to his feet. The man shivered. “That was brutal! You two did great using my weakness like that! Congratulations on passing!” The three moved to the exit. Izuku felt his curled fist at his side shaking. Yami slowed his pace a bit, letting Kouda get ahead some before he reached up and patted Izuku on the head. The green-haired boy flinched violently but Yami didn’t remove his hand. They came to a stop.
“Izuku, look at me?” Yami asked.
Green eyes flitted up. Yami smiled. “It’s fine. We know by now how you get when you fight and completely understand. I’m not mad. Just be proud of your win. I know I am.” Izuku looked back down, drawing a shaky breath. Yami nodded. “Just breathe. Everything is fine. You did great.” The older’s hand moved to the small of Izuku’s back and it didn’t leave as they continued to walk, acting as a grounding presence.
-----
‘Just be proud of your win.’
-----
He sat in the back of the bus on the way back, eyes closed, attempting to slow his breathing to a normal pace.
-----
‘I know I am.’
-----
It’s fine… Everything is fine…
He jumped at a sound *thump* to his right, snapping his eyes open and looking in that direction. Kouda was right there. He held out his hands. There was a small blue bird with what looked like a broken wing, probably one of them flying around Yami during the distraction. Izuku looked up at the boy questioning but Kouda only pressed it closer. Izuku hesitantly, with shaking hands, reached out and took the bird in his hands. It pecked at his metal skin, the tapping filling the void noise aside from the sound of the bus. The blue bird looked up at him.
Such an innocent creature.
Izuku didn’t even realize that he had relaxed as he gently stroked the small animal. When the bus stopped, Izuku almost didn’t want to give it back but he knew it was in better hands with Kouda. “Thank you,” Izuku whispered. Kouda gave a small smile and accepted the bird. They stopped by the healing tent for a check up even though they weren’t really hurt. Eijiro was laying on a bed unconscious. Recovery Girl waved him. “Kirishima is fine, sonny. I patched him up. He is just resting now.” Izuku nodded.
“Meow.” Izuku looked down at Hime, who had stayed with Recovery Girl during the exam. He smiled and picked the cat up. “W- we will be headin’ back to the viewin’ r- room.” The old woman nodded and they left.
They were able to watch the rest of the fights. Poor, poor Kaminari and Mina… They did their best, really. Well, ish. They sorely underestimated the principle and failed the exam.
Izuku was packing up his bag in the classroom when a new figure made his appearance silently. Izuku looked up. “K- Kouda? Do ya need s- s- somethin’?” The boy held out his phone hesitantly. Izuku stared at it. “D- do you wanna e- exchange numbers?” The stony boy nodded sheepishly. Izuku bit his tongue but took the phone. “A- alright…” He entered his number in it. “C- can I send myself a message s- so I ‘ave y- yers as well?” Kouda nodded so Izuku did and handed back the phone. It was then he noticed one of the pockets on Kouda’s blazer was bulging. “I- is that the bird?” he asked. Kouda nodded again. “Y- you’ve keepin’ it?” Nod. Izuku nodded too. “Th- that’s cool.”
His friends were gathering so they said their goodbyes.
“I failed!!!” Mina whined on the way to the train station, Ei patting her shoulder sorrowfully. Yoarashi laughed loudly. Toshi raised an eyebrow. “Why are you laughing. Even if we passed, you failed the written exam.” The boy laughed louder. “We won’t know that until tomorrow for sure! I might have passed that as well!” Shoto and Izuku sighed in unison, Uraraka giggling beside them.
“Welcome home!” Mom greeted. “How did it go?”
As Eijiro told Mom and Dad about how his physical exam went, Izuku listened contently, leaning against Mom’s arm.
Growth, huh? Back then, Izuku would never have willingly touched someone. Now look at him.
“Izu?” He blinked, not realizing he had been staring up at her. Mom smiled. “How did yours go?” He blinked, processing the question before sitting up. “I- it went well. F- fairly easilae. I fought Yami with K- Kouda. Yami is scared of b- bugs and Kouda controls animals s- so we used that a- against him.” Dad hummed. “Smart.” Izuku nodded.
“Welp!” Izuku jumped a bit when Mom suddenly spoke up. “I think this calls for a celebratory dinner! Time to get to work!”
*Ding Ding* Izuku pulled out his phone. “Who is that?” Dad asked, standing. Izuku smiled softly. “A new friend,” he replied. He missed the smiles that graced his families face’s as they watched him, so at ease, making friends, not stuttering. Truly a miracle.
Kouda:
<insert picture of blue bird with wrapped wing>
I named him Cloudy.
Izuku:
That’s a good name.
Izuku and him chatted about Cloudy for the rest of the night.
“I hate to say it,” Sho started the next day, “but some of you failed. Kaminari and Ashido, you both failed the physical exam. Yoarashi, you-”
“I FAILED THE WRITTEN EXAM!” the boy exclaimed from the back of the class. Everyone sweatdropped. Sho sighed loudly. “Yes. Yes you did. As such… Everyone is going to the forest lodge.”
…
…
…
“ANOTHER LOGICAL RUSE!!!” the class yelled, all three of the ACI, Kouda, and Jiro all flinched. “After all,” Sho continued, “it is those that failed who need the training the most though you three will have a much harder time than those who passed. I will be handing out a permission slip and packing list at the end of class. Make sure you get them signed and turned back in by next Friday and make sure you have everything on that list for the trip.”
The class gathered at the end of the day to go over the list.
“There is quite a bit that I need,” Kaminari said. A few hummed in agreeance. “In that case,” Hagakure piped up, “ why don’t we take a trip to the mall as a class this Saturday!?”
“That’s a great idea!”
“Let’s do it!”
“Sounds good to me!”
Izuku looked over at Shoto. “S- somethin’ wrong?” The boy hummed. “I won’t be coming. I visit my mother on Saturdays and practice ice sculpting.” Izuku nodded. He turned to Toshi. “You?” The purple-haired boy nodded. “It shouldn’t be a problem. I’ll come.” Mina slung her arms around both Izuku and Eijiro. “Let’s go, boys!” Eijiro nodded. “I’m down, man!”
And so they did. Mom and Dad gave them the money they needed to get all that they needed. Izuku felt a bit bad. There was a lot he didn’t have. He never needed it before, only making use of the bare necessities. Mom and Dad reassured him that it was fine. It was a requirement for the trip after all. Yaoyorozu stepped forward, though Izuku doubted that she didn’t have everything she needed after seeing her hou- MANSION.
“We should split and conquer. Those who need certain things can go as a team,” she said. Everyone found that as a good idea and soon the group had split. Eijiro, Toshi, Jiro, him, and Uraraka looked around.
“What do you guys need?” Eijiro asked. “We need- hmm?” Toshi grabbed his arm and pointed to something on the paper. “We need this,” he said, gesturing to him and Jiro. “Let’s go. We will see you two around.”
_______________________________
Eijiro stumbled after Shinsou and Jiro. “Wha- hey man? What’s up?”
They stopped and Jiro stared at him. “Idiot. They obviously need to be alone together or they won’t get anywhere.” Eijiro narrowed his eyes. “Get anywhere…? OH!” His eyes widened. “No way, man! I doubt Izuku even knows what it means to have a crush!”
Shinsou sighed. “He won’t know unless he experiences it for himself.”
Eijiro sighed as well. “If we are doing it that way then you should have left me with Mina,” he grumbled under his breath before he remembered Jiro had a hearing quirk. His eyes shot up and she smirked at him, Shinsou none the wiser.
“ANYWAYS!” he hurriedly said. “Let’s go get our stuff!”
_______________________________
Izuku and Uraraka stared confusedly after them. “Th- that was odd…” Uraraka hummed. “Definitely.” They both glanced at each other, eyes meeting. Izuku felt that weird heart flutter thing again. He found he didn’t dislike it though. The brunette’s face lit up bright red. “I- I have to get bug spray!” She zipped off.
Izuku frowned. Why did he feel so… disappointed? He shook it off. Only then did Izuku realize that he was alone. He doesn’t think he has ever been alone in such a crowded place like this since… the red lights. That familiar jittery feeling came back as everyone seemed to move in slow motion. Izuku struggled to read the words clearly on the paper in his hands.
What do I need? Sleeping bag? Swim suit? Bug spray? What is sunscreen? Something glass or a dark plastic to put over him in the sun? What is-
Izuku froze. Someone was looking at him. Watching him. It was… Izuku moved forward into the crowd. Him? His eyes flitted back to a man in a dark hoodie trailing behind Izuku a bit. A dangerous aura emitted from whoever it was. He seemed to be trying to up the pace so Izuku did as well. Passing by a mall map, Izuku took one quick glance before determining where the least populated place in the mall would be and slightly curved his path not to make it seem obvious he was going directly there. The crowd began to thin out. Izuku took a sharp left into the men’s bathroom and stopped, taking another sharp turn and hiding behind the wall. Right on cue, his stalker entered the bathroom. Maybe it was impulsive but Izuku lurched forward, grabbing the man by the right arm, spinning him around, pinning the man by the neck to the bathroom wall and pinned the arm behind the man’s back.
“Who are you and why are you following me?” Izuku asked in a steel-cold voice. The man cackled, head turning. Izuku met red eyes. Pale, cracked skin, scraggly pale blue hair. His heart stopped.
“You found me out, hero.”
The USJ flashed in his mind. Going toe to toe with this man. This man and that THING that did that to Sho. That cost Izuku an arm. This man…
“Shigaraki,” Izuku growled. His eye caught a bit of movement, intuition and reflexes alone saving Izuku as he jumped back before the villain's free hand could grab his torso. Shigaraki turned to him.
This is bad. This is very bad!
“I remember you,” Shigaraki commented, voice deep and scratchy. “You put up a good fight, player, at the USJ. I loved the look in your eyes. At the Sports Festival too.” Izuku narrowed his eyes. “What do you want, Shigaraki?”
Behind his back, Izuku had already typed out an SOS message to his entire contact list with practiced ease and slipped his phone into his back pocket.
The man scowled. “Watch your tone, you dang NPC, unless you want someone to get hurt.” “I would stop you.” Shigaraki hummed. “Mmmmm? Would you though? You see, I’ve recently had a conversation with one of your relatives.” Relatives? “I think I could make good use of your quirk before you had the chance to even try to stop me.”
Izuku froze. A relative? I don’t have any biological extended family members I think that would know of me so who would he hav- Izuku’s eyes widened.
Shigaraki grinned maliciously. “At least you’ve got good coding in that brain of yours. You’ve figured it out.”
Izuku’s heart pounded against his chest. There was nothing in the news about it. He would have found out. Sho and Yami and Mom and Dad, they all would have been notified if she got out. Unless… she didn’t get out. Did they just leave her there? No. I don’t think so. Then how recently was this? Recently enough to not be in the news yet. Not good. Not good! His phone was buzzing off the charts but Izuku couldn’t be bothered to check it. No, he did not have the luxury. Neither did he have the luxury of a panic attack or long thought process. He had to play the villains game. Izuku took a deep breath. He shifted a bit and leaned against the wall, hands in his pocket.
“Awfully confident of you to think I couldn’t control my quirk while someone else has it,” Izuku said nonchalantly. Actually… can I? If he grabbed the string, would I be able to pull back? No, save that for a later date, Izuku. “So? What do you want from me then? You said you liked my eyes or something? What, am I pretty to you?”
Shigaraki scowled. “Don’t get cocky.” Still, he, too, leaned against the opposite wall. “I’ve got a few questions for you, brat. Depending on how you answer them, I’ll let you leave with your life or not.” Izuku shrugged. “Not that I care for my life, I am sure you can understand with my quirk and all, but shoot. I’ll answer whatever twisted questions you throw out.” Shigaraki grinned. “Greaaaat. So, Midoriya Izuku-”
“Ah,” Izuku immediately cut in, stomach twisting at that name. “I don’t go by that last name anymore.
“I don’t think you are in any position to decide what I call you.”
“That’s fair.”
Shigaraki scoffed. “Brat. Midoriya Izuku, I’ve heard of your little backstory or whatever so I wanna know from the opinion of someone with a tragedy life like I’ve had but who chose heroism over villainy what you think of the hero killer. Why, after everything we have done, he still shines in the light while we are cast aside. Nobody is looking at me. What is the difference between the hero killer and me? And… what is the difference between you and me? What is stopping you from being a villain?”
Izuku’s body felt locked in place. What is stopping me from being a villain? What? Why me? He has... thought about it. At one point in his life he had. But he knew that if his quirk ever got out it would cost him much more if his villain competitors were to make use of it. So many times had he wished to pay back the world. He didn't, of course, but he had thought about it. Now, the thought made his stomach churn as he strives to become a hero. What if I... What if I turned out like Shigaraki? A shiver went up Izuku's spine. Izuku swallowed thickly. Choosing to ignore that question for now, very much not feeling too keen on it, he moved to the other ones.
“I guess it would be your creed, or something,” Izuku replied. “In terms of the hero killer, he had something people could relate to. You, well you kind of just hate everything, right? You just want attention? No one really is going to follow that if you ask me.” Shigaraki’s eye twitched. “He didn’t give up either like it was just some game when something went wrong. He was someone people were able to follow so they did. He had an ideal. That is what I think, personally, but who knows. I’m just a twisted brat with a tragedy story, right?”
Shigaraki’s eyes looked him up and down.
“So then what is stopping you?” Shigaraki asked. “What is your ideal? Why are you different?” Izuku took a deep breath. He really didn’t want to answer this question but at the moment he had no choice but to comply. He started slowly.
“I am the exact opposite of you, Shigaraki,” he stated. “You seek attention, I run from it. I am sure you can understand why I would do so. Other than that, I guess it would be our influences in life. I wasn’t ever influenced by an actual villain. That relative of mine you claim you spoke to wasn’t even a villain. I just didn’t.”
Shigaraki’s eye twitched. “But don’t you hate things as well. Everything that has happened? Don’t you wish that you could just tear it down?”
Izuku took the chance to deflect it from himself at full stride. “Yup!” he popped the ‘p.’ “I do hate a lot of things but I chose to act upon it in a different way than you, just as the hero killer did. While I can’t say that I approve of his methods, he acted out of wanting to change. You are acting out of just pure hatred. No one is going to follow such a petty feeling.”
Shigaraki growled. “I see… I see…” He began to scratch at his neck. “I understand now… So we just need an ideal…” Shigaraki’s eyes met his, cracked lips spreading into a smile more terrifying than Izuku has ever seen. Pure dread shocked his body stock still. “Thank you, Midorya Iz-”
“- UKU?!”
They both froze.
“IZUKU!” Yami’s voice called from the outside. “ARE YOU IN THERE?!”
“This is the police,” Detective Tsukauchi’s voice. “Come out, all who are in here with raised hands!”
Shigaraki growled. “Guess it is time for me to go but… before I head off, maybe I’ll leave your little friends at the police department a little… gift.” Izuku’s eyes widened as Shigaraki kicked off the wall lunging for him. Izuku was off the wall in an instant, twisting around the man and rushing at the door where he knew heroes await. He felt a the dull throb in his back. There was a split gap where Shigaraki must have been confused on what to do with the string letting Izuku get enough space in between that when Shigaraki did grab the string, he latched his hands on the outside of the bathroom door, holding on for dear life as pain split where a game of tug-a-war started. He looked up and saw a whole police platoon and multiple heroes.
“YAMI!” he screamed. “SHIGARAKI IS IN THE BATHROOM!”
The man immediately rushed forward along with Sho.
Suddenly, pain erupted from the string. He choked on a scream and whipped his head around. Shigaraki had delicately grabbed the sting in between his fingers and it was disintegrating. “‘RASER!!!!! ERASE MY QUIRK!!!!!!!!” Sho did not hesitate, hair floating above his head, eyes trained on Izuku. The string vanished and Izuku flailed forward, stumbling past the two heroes as they entered the bathroom. Immediately, Tsukauchi ran forward, helping Izuku to his feet. It didn’t take long for Sho and Yami to come back out.
“He got away,” Sho stated. “We saw him disappearing through the warp gate.”
Izuku fell to his knees, clutching his chest. He doubled over, forehead pressed to the ground. He couldn’t think straight, blood was roaring so loudly in his ears, his heart felt as though it were trying to rip itself from his rib cage. Someone tried to touch him. Izuku whipped his arm around, slapping whoever it was away but they came back. He struggled against arms until he was held in someone’s warm embrace. He recognized this embrace. Somewhere in the back of his mind SAFE flashed at the touch as hands carded themselves through his hair.
“-the. Br- athe. In. -ut. In. Out. In… Out…”
Izuku clung to the figure’s jacket, willing air into his lungs. He doesn’t remember how he ended up on a bench in the mall, sitting in Yami’s lap, only that when he could see straight again and get another coherent thought in, he was there.
His eyes flitted to and fro. The mall had evacuated and the police and heroes were checking it out, with a few pro heroes standing guard around them including Yami and Sho. The kids had all gone home.
“Hey there, little listener.” Izuku looked up at Yami with wide, fearful eyes.
-----
‘You see, I’ve recently had a conversation with one of your relatives.’
-----
Izuku jolted, head whipping around.
“T- T- Ts- Tsu- Tsukauchi!” he gasped out. “Where is Tsukauchi?!” Yami pressed a hand to Izuku’s chest. “Calm down, we will get him. Brea-”
“N- no time!” Izuku struggled against the hold. “N- need to- ‘ave ta- got to-” He spotted the man in question coming up to them with a brisk pace. Izuku pried himself free and grabbed onto the tan trench-coat of the detective.
“Tsukauchi,” his voice shut any sound up in that area with how cold it was, “call the prison. There has been an escape.”
_______________________________
Inko watched as the warp gate opened in the middle of the bar. She was currently sitting in waiting for Shigaraki to come back.
-----
‘Inko Midoriya,’ the woman whipped her head around in her cell as a swirling mist grew behind her, a deep, almost soothing voice calling her name.
‘Who are you?’ she asked hesitantly.
‘We are the League of Villains and we can give you what you want.’
-----
The villain Shigaraki exited the warp gate. Alone. Inko scowled.
“I thought you were getting my Izuku back for me,” she barked. Shigaraki growled. “Don’t bark orders at me! Just be grateful we go your sorry butt out of prison and be patient! You haven’t done anything to help us yet!”
Inko crossed her arms. “And I won’t until I have my son in my grasps and those bastards who took him writhing beneath me.”
Shigaraki slouched over to his game system. “Don’t you worry. We’ll have them soon enough.” He grinned widely. “I slipped a tracker on him.”
Inko paused. “You what?”
Shigaraki turned to her and threw a machine at her. Inko caught it swiftly. Sure enough, there was a small blinking red dot pinpointing a location. She couldn’t help the crazed smile that split her face. “As long as he takes that hoodie to wherever their summer camp is, we will find him,” Kurogiri said. Shigaraki nodded. “And tear those children apart one by one.” Inko’s grip tightened around the device in her hands.
“And now,” she said slyly, “we have his new ‘family.’"
Chapter 76: Training Camp
Summary:
They go to camp, I guess.
Chapter Text
BREAKING NEWS: INMATE MIDORIYA INKO HAS ESCAPED AND IS CURRENTLY MISSING
“Yesterday afternoon at 12:03 PM, the prison cell cams witnessed what seems to be the League of Villains well known transportation of a warp gate open in Midoriya Inko’s cell and the woman disappeared into it before it vanished as well. I am Sherri-”
“And I’m Shawn-”
“And we are here to give you the latest news.”
“From the start of this year, the League of Villains have made a major appearance with some major moves including the infiltration of UA and the attack on Hosu. While we do not know the current motives behind the break out of Midoriya Inko, we can be sure they are up to know good. What do you think She-”
-----
Asa cut the television off leaving Izuku to stare blankly at a black screen.
“Izuku?”
The greenette was deathly pale, eyes glued to the now black screen. Yuma and Eijiro were over by the kitchen waiting to see how the boy would react. Asa could already see and hear the choppy breathing of his son. “Izu-” the boy suddenly turned and bulleted to the front door, checking the lock. Asa moved out of the way as Izuku rushed past, checking the windows and drawing all of the blinds shut. His movements were erratic and clumsy as the panic attack took its course. Asa tried to reach out to Izuku but the boy just weaved around him and moved onto going down the hallways. Asa turned to Yuma. “Take Eijiro to their room please.” The redhead frowned but knew better than to argue with this. Yuma nodded and they left just as Izuku was coming back and going for the other side of the house. It was only then did Asa realize that Izuku was also turning off all of the lights.
Asa waited until Izuku came back into the living room looking around frantically for him to make a move.
Izuku sat on the couch and pulled out his phone, using his hand to hold it and teeth to pull off the back. With a shock Asa realized he was trying to hack into the phone, make it untraceable. Asa slowly crouched before the boy and placed a hand over his son’s. Izuku jolted at the sudden contact, head snapping up.
Asa reached up with his other hand and pulled Izuku’s head down to rest in the crook of Asa’s neck. He took Izuku’s hand and placed it against his own chest so that the boy could feel his steady heartbeat compared to his own rapid one. Izuku’s breath stuttered as he choked on a sob, hand clutching Asa’s shirt.
“D- D- D- Dad, sh- she’s- she i- is-”
“Shh…” Asa ran his hand through the curly locks. “I know Izuku, I know. She can’t find you though. She doesn’t know where we live.” Izuku shook his head, pushing back. “Sh- she w- w- will!” A pain and fear Asa hadn’t seen in a long time aside from nightmares reappeared in those green eyes. “Sh- she can’- Sh- she won’t- I c- c- can’t-” Asa tried reaching for him again but Izuku flinched back, curling in on himself, pulling at his hair.
“N- not again!” he wailed. “Wh- why?! Wh- wh- why d- does she k- k- k- keep coming?!”
“Izuku-”
“Not safe!” the boy cried out. “N- n- not safe anaemore! N- n- not safe! Sh- she’s coming! Sh-”
*DING~ding~Ding~DING*
Both froze as the doorbell rang. Asa’s head snapped to Izuku. “Izuku, wa-” The boy was already moving. Asa cursed but also thanked the child locks on the knife drawer as the panicky Izuku fumbled with it in erratic state. “Izuku you need to calm down,” he pulled the boy into his arms. “No!” the boy screamed. “Sh- she’s coming! Sh- sh- she’s here!!!”
“Eijiro!” Asa yelled. The boy came rushing into the room. “I have to answer the door, it’s probably the police. With your quirk you can hold him back, can’t you?!” Eijiro nodded and ran forward. Izuku let out a choked scream as he was hastily transferred into the arms of Eijiro who dragged him back, hardening to both protect himself from the boy who was trying to lash out and to keep them grounded in place.
Yuma took place in front of Izuku to attempt in soothing the boy. They all knew that unless it really was the police or heroes Izuku would not calm down. No, not from this. This was a whole other level of trauma resurfacing.
Asa ran to the door and opened it. He couldn’t have been more relieved at the sight of Mr. Aizawa, Mr. Yamada, as well as the detective they were becoming far too acquainted with considering the circumstances in which they were. He reached over and pressed the button to unlock the gate. The heroes wasted no time in making their way to the house.
“We can’t calm him down,” Asa said in a hurry, “and we don’t want to sedate him again. Please tell me you can do something!”
_______________________________
As soon as the door to the Kirishima household opened and Mr. Kirishima let out that plea for help, Hizashi knew what had happened. They were actually on their way to discuss protective measures over the family. Hizashi quickly made his way into the house. Three things immediately registered:
One: All of the lights were off even though it was early morning.
Two: All of the window blinds had been closed.
Three: Screaming and shouting from somewhere in the house.
Hizashi rounded the corner into the kitchen and found the source of the noise.
Kirishima had Izuku in his hold, his quirk activated to keep the boy in his grasp. Izuku was crying hysterically as he screamed and clawed at anything and everything. Mrs. Kirishima, the anything and everything, was trying to get close enough to calm him down but Izuku had fallen too far into his hysterics to notice.
“LET ME GO!” the boy screamed. “SH- SHE’S COMING!!! NEED TO- I ‘AVE TA- YOU CAN’- NO!!!”
Hizashi’s heart broke. He mentally cursed. He was doing so well! Why now? Why now of all times when the boy had finally gotten far enough out of his trauma to really shine as himself again?!
Hizashi crossed the gap and fell to his knees in front of Izuku. He ducked under a swinging arm before straightening up and grabbed the boy by the face. They were so close he could hear how broken and strangled Izuku’s breathing truly was as the greenette’s chest heaved with every cry. Hizashi pressed their foreheads together.
“Izuku,” he whispered. “Izuku, listen to me. Everything is alright. Do you recognize who I am?”
He got only a growl and more screaming in response. Hizashi nodded. “I’m a hero. I am here to protect you and your family. You are perfectly safe.” His face stung as he was slapped across the cheek but Hizashi stayed put, keeping Izuku’s attention fully on him. “I know it’s scary right now but I need you to breathe with me, okay? Okay. I am going to start now, okay?” A kick to his side. Hizashi took a deep breath. “Follow me. In…” He let it out as his arm was clawed at. “Out… Now once more. In… And out…” Another strangled sob escaped Izuku’s lips. “No, no, no, stay with me now. You can do it,” Hizashi said encouragingly. “Again. In… Out… In… Out…”
It was a slow, lengthy process, Hizashi earning more than a few bruises, but it was working. Izuku gradually began to struggle less, his breathing became less erratic, his eyes coming to fully meet Hizashi’s at some point rather than at some unknown thing.
No, Hizashi had a feeling he knew what Izuku thought he was seeing but that didn’t matter now. He needed the boy to remember where he was here and now. The only problem was that Izuku didn’t like what was happening here and now. His ‘safe space’ had been invaded by the League of Villains in the form of freeing Izuku’s past abuser. He needed to remind Izuku that the safe space was still here and she was not.
Hizashi, not leaving Izuku’s eyes, spoke up again. “Kirishima, release him.” The redhead hesitated. “It’s fine,” Hizashi reassured him. “Izuku needs to have his movement back. Any more will make him feel claustrophobic.” Kirishima nodded and released his quirk and lowered his arms. Izuku immediately collapsed, Hizashi catching him before he could hit the ground.
“I- I’ve got to go release the built up pressure…” Kirishima commented and rushed out. Yeah, he probably got hit a bunch during that...
Izuku was shaking so violently that Hizashi struggled to keep a grip on him. He pulled the boy to his chest. Every single hiccup and sob only hurt his heart more as the older man cradled the smaller in his arms and rocked back in forth on the kitchen floor. “Shh… it’s fine. You are fine.” Izuku tried to push away but had lost the strength to. “Sh- sh- she’s- I can- She is- No safe-” a line of broken sentences and muddled thoughts. “She can’t get you, Izuku,” Hizashi replied. “You are still safe. Keep breathing with me, alright? Just keep breathing, isn’t that how it goes? As long as you are breathing you are alive and you are here and here is safe.”
Izuku has had many close encounters with death. Hizashi, being a hero, also has. He can remember all of the times he almost died. The only thing on your mind during those times is to keep breathing so you don’t actually die. He knew that the greenette would understand.
“D- d- don’- D- d- Don’t f- feel s- s- safe,” the boy choked out, burying his face in Hizashi’s jacket. “I know, Izu, I know. But you are. We are here to protect you.” Hizashi stood, careful not to jostle Izuku, and entered the living room. He raised an eyebrow at the phone without it’s back on the couch before he settled into the corner and brought his knees up to fully encase the scared boy. Kirishima came back in after some rush of air outside which Hizashi thought was probably the pressure he released. The others settled around in the living room. Mr. Kirishima sat on the couch as well. “Izu, I am going to give you to your father, okay?” Green eyes peeked up at him before Izuku nodded ever so slightly. Hizashi leaned forward a bit and carefully transferred Izuku into the arms of Mr. Kirishima who moved into a similar position. Izuku immediately latched onto the man crying quietly. They give him a few more moments to calm down. He doesn’t stop shaking, and it probably won’t be for a while until he does, but his crying has dwindled to little sniffles which they feel is the best they will get considering the situation.
Tsukauchi hums and decides to finally start. “I am sure you all know by now that Ms. Midoriya has escaped out of prison-” a flinch from the resident traumatized boy “- by way of whom we think is the League of Villains with the evidence from the cameras and the verbal testimony of Izuku yesterday, and I quote him quoting Shigaraki saying ‘I’ve recently had a conversation with one of your relatives,’ and ‘I think I could make good use of your quirk before you had the chance to even try to stop me,’ so he was obviously informed of what Izuku’s quirk is.”
Everyone’s eyes narrowed, a bitter taste in their mouths. Izuku let out a small whimper, Mr. Kirishima holding his son closer.
“The only reason we have to think of why they might want to break her out is to get to Izuku,” Tsukauchi continued.
“What does the League want with Izuku,” Mrs. Kirishima asked. Hizashi, Tsukauchi, and Sho all shared a brief glance before Tsukauchi spoke up again, hesitantly. “We think, based on the conversation between Izuku and Shigaraki, we think that the League may be trying to turn Izuku over to their side making use of his trauma.”
The Kirishima’s froze.
“Of course-”
“Of course,” Kirishima cut in sharply, “that wouldn’t happen.” Izuku glanced over at his brother as the redhead held his head high. “They obviously don’t know just how amazing Izu is and how he would never do that. Sure, he’s had a lot happen but he has also grown so much.” The two boys’ eyes met and Kirishima smirked. “Izuku is too much of a hero to ever turn that way.”
Hizashi couldn’t help but smile as Izuku ever so slightly unfurled from his ball in Mr. Kirishima’s arms.
“Righty-o!” Hizashi chirped. “Well said, listener! Izuku wouldn’t never do that!”
Sho grunted. “They’ve got another thing coming if they think they can say that problem child.” Izuku began to shake just a little less in fear to more of an awe and touched state, coming out of his shell a bit more.
Mr. Kirishima nodded sternly. “Our son would never turn that way.” Mrs. Kirishima nodded as well. “I think if anything, Izuku would end up turning them good!” she laughed and everyone joined her, aside from Izuku, of course, but a small smile did grace his lips as he moved from clinging to Mr. Kirishima to simply resting in his lap and leaning his own head against the man’s chest.
“Of course,” Tsukauchi chuckled. “Still, with this we do feel that they may target your family or Izuku personally so we came over to ask if you would give us permission to surveillance your house, street, and keep a few heroes on stand by here at all times to keep watch over until the threat of the League is gone.”
“Isn’t that a bit much?” Mrs. Kirishima asked. Tsukauchi shook his head. “This is the League of Villains, ma’am, and they are quickly becoming a national threat. We recently have gotten word that they may be trying to increase numbers. That and we have a feeling that their boss may be someone we have dealt with before who is very much a national threat.” Kirishima stiffened a bit. “Who is this?” Mr. Kirishima asked. Tsukauchi shook his head again. “We are unable to say for sure just yet but we need to take any and all precautions. If they show up around your neighborhood targeting you, it would be best for heroes to be nearby to be able to both protect your family and apprehend them if only to weaken them by at least a small scale.”
Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima looked at each other before back at Tsukauchi and nodded. “That is fine,” Mr. Kirishima said. “Thank you for taking care of us, then.”
Izuku hung his head. “I- I- I’m sorrae…” the stuttering was back full force, just when he was starting to be able to get a whole sentence out with only one or two. “I- I’m puttin’ y- y- you all in d- danger…” Mr. Kirishima shook his head. “We will have none of that, young man. This is not your fault and you know it. We all know it. You can’t help what other people do.” Izuku looked unconvinced.
“And!” Hizashi piped up, “And you aren’t in danger! Know why?” Tired and fear-filled green eyes glanced up at him. Hizashi winked. “Cause we heroes are super duper strong and will knock all those villains out of the park. Just you watch!” Izuku deadpanned but he did seem to untense a bit and, honestly, that was all he could ask.
They left soon after. Hizashi sat in the police vehicle with white-knuckled fists. “Dang it,” he cursed. “Did you see how scared he was? He finally made a breakthrough. Finally! And now that witch has to come in and ruin it all over again. Hasn’t she messed with Izuku enough?! Just let the boy rest for Pete’s sake!”
And no one could deny that sentiment.
_______________________________
“Izuku, you need to take your sleeping medicine.”
The greenette stared down at the pills in Yuma’s hand. He looked down. “I- I- I can’t… Sh- she- I don’t- what if she c- c- comes a- at night? I- I ‘ave ta b- b- be readae!”
Yuma frowned. She had a feeling this would happen. They all did. Izuku couldn’t help his paranoia and now had actual reason to feel unsafe with Ms. Midoriya on the loose but they really, truly could not afford a recession right now. Not after he had gotten so far. There was no telling how much this could set Izuku back nor how long it would take to bring him back to at least this point again. Smiling (well, smirking), laughing (ish), little to no stuttering, and sleeping. Yuma would do anything at this moment to just see Izuku’s smile stay on his face just a little bit longer.
There are so many not so pleasant things she would like to say to Ms. Midoriya for once again stripping away that beautiful smile of her son’s.
Yuma sighed. She knew that even with the medicine Izuku would probably have a bad enough nightmare to startle him awake and nightmares that bad are harder to deal with than if he just has a regular one off of the pills. The auburn-haired woman put the cup and pills down on Izuku’s bedside table. “Do you want to sleep with us tonight, dear?” Izuku glanced up at her, fingers tugging at his shirt, a nervous tick. “I- I can’t…” he whispered. “E- E- Ei is i- in danger too…” There was a sharp inhale of air from Eijiro from the redhead’s bed. Yuma nodded. She stood up. “I think more than ever right now we all need to stay together. How about we all sleep in our room tonight, okay?” Eijiro nodded sharply. “Alright!” He bounded over to Izuku’s bed and held out his hand. “Come on, man. Sleepover in Mom and Dad’s room!” Izuku stared at the hand for a few moments, Eijiro offering unwavering patience.
Yuma was so proud of Eijiro. He had taken to Izuku in strides, always willing to help and watch over the frightened boy even when the new presence had quite literally changed their whole lives.
Izuku slowly reached up and accepted the hand, letting Eijiro guide him out of the room with Akio and Hime trotting behind them. Yuma turned off the lamps and closed the door to the boys’ room behind her before following her sons.
It was a long night though it wasn’t like they expected anything less. It was a constant battle to keep Izuku in bed and they had a feeling that it would be just the same until Ms. Midoriya was back behind bars. Or dead. At this point, Yuma didn’t care which as long it would give Izuku the peace of mind he so desperately needed.
_______________________________
“With that being said,” Sho was speaking about the training camp during homeroom, “we are changing locations of the camp. The location is being kept under wraps where only a few of the heroes here know where it is at and it will not be made known until you are actually on site.”
Izuku rapped his fingers over his desk with a certain jitteriness he hasn’t felt in a long time. Someone tapped on his shoulder. Izuku flinched harshly, head swinging behind him only to meet Toshi’s eyes. The boy frowned, obviously worried. “Are you good?” he whispered. Izuku could see in his peripheral vision further down the row Shoto leaning over so Izuku could see him, also looking concerned. The greenette swallowed thickly. “F- fine,” he managed to get out though he knew it wouldn’t convince anyone. Izuku turned around in his seat again, eyes scanning the school grounds out of the windows. He was sure he saw someone in the courtyard but when he whipped his head around to look out again, nothing was there. He was going crazy. Absolutely crazy.
“HEY!” Izuku flinched again as Yoarashi came bounding up to them. “Let’s go eat!” Izuku’s stomach churned with the thought of food. He jumped when a hand found his shoulder. Izuku looked up. Shoto stared up at Yoarashi. “Sorry, we are eating on the roof today. Go on without us.” Izuku met Uraraka’s eyes. His heart didn’t flutter this time. No, too much was weighing it down. Her hazelnut eyes held a sense of understanding in them that Izuku was grateful for. “Alright,” she nodded. “See you three in class!” She and Yoarashi, along with Asui who had recently joined their posse, left for lunch.
Izuku slouches against the small building on the roof, sliding to the ground, burying his face in his arms, the metal cool against his forehead. Toshi and Shoto are quiet, thankfully. They don’t know what to say. What can they say? She’s coming. She’s coming. She’s freaking coming! His shoulder shakes along with his breathing. Something is thrown over his head and draped over his body. It’s Shoto’s uniform blazer, though he doesn’t know it yet. It blocks out the sunlight. It’s comforting, like a security blanket, a cloak to hide him from the world. Hime rubs against his legs. Izuku reaches down and lets her rub against his hand, longing for the presence. The innocence. The innocence of a creature that has done nothing wrong, so small and precious. Izuku doesn’t move for the entirety of lunch, not exactly sleeping, just, as Ei puts it, ‘resting his eyes.’ He jolts when the bell rings. He is still jittery and nervous but the calming time makes him feel like maybe he won’t have an entire breakdown in the middle of class and lose his mind.
Shoto doesn’t ask for his blazer back. In fact, he insists on Izuku keeping it at least for the rest of the school day so Izuku does, keeping it around his shoulder tightly as he tries to focus on anything and everything that is not the ever-looming fear and knowledge of the doom that will surely befall him.
Two weeks pass like this. Izuku feels like he is going insane. He’s tired but can’t sleep. He is hungry but food makes him sick. He knows the class notices but he can’t bring himself to care as alarms keep blaring in his head.
Finally, the day they are meant to leave for the camp arrives.
_______________________________
Asa kneels in front of Izuku, holding him tightly by the shoulders.
“Are you sure you will be fine?” he asks. Izuku swallows thickly. “Y- yer.” Asa nods. “Call me if you need anything. Anything at all.” He looks over at Eijiro. “Both of you. Keep safe and watch each other’s backs, okay?” Eijiro nodded sternly. “Yes, sir.” Asa and Yuma both get a kiss and hug before they step back.
“Bye, Mom,” Eijiro says. “Bye, Dad. Love you.”
Izuku stares at them from the door.
Asa doesn’t want to let him go. He looks so tired, so drained, but above all else, Izuku looks oh so petrified. Since the escape of Ms. Midoriya, he hasn’t left the house aside from school, not even stopping by the park after school to see their middle school friends as they always do on the days they don’t have heroics class. Mina, as they had recently gotten on first name biases, had informed their friends of what had happened but he had a feeling she didn’t need to. After all, they knew Izuku’s history. They probably saw the news. It only made sense. They did all stop by once which was nice but they didn’t hang around long as the extra company seemed to put Izuku even more on edge.
Longing and fear screamed from those viridian orbs as Izuku whispered, “Love you,” with such a heavy voice as if he felt like it would be the last time he would ever see them again.
Asa wrapped his arm around Yuma’s shoulder. “Love you two,” he said. Yuma nodded. “Love you.”
The door closed with a *click* and off the boys went to meet Mina at the end of the pathway and head off to school. Asa’s hand tightened around Yuma’s shoulder subconsciously. She reached up and grabbed his hand just as tightly, both still staring at the door. “He’ll be fine,” she whispered. She sounded as though she was trying to convince both herself and him. Asa sighed, hanging his head. “I know. Come on, we both have jobs.”
As they went to their room, neither of them noticed the slowly growing warp gate in their living room.
_______________________________
Eijiro and Mina sit at the back of the bus with Izuku in between them. Kaminari is beside him with Sero beside him and then across from them sits Todoroki, Shinsou, Uraraka, and Yoarashi. The bus is loud and noisy as they travel. Izuku is curled in a ball, his feet in his seat. Eijiro let’s his brother use his shoulder as a head rest. He personally doesn’t think Izuku should have come on this trip but any time they brought it up Izuku would insist on going.
They all knew what he was thinking. That it would be better, safer, if he wasn’t at home because as long as he was home their home was a target and that is probably what has been driving the boy up the walls the most lately. It wasn’t just that he didn’t feel safe, because he obviously didn’t feel safe anymore, but it was that his safe place, his house, home, what he had come to associate with with safe and calm and peaceful had been compromised and he felt like it was his fault.
Eijiro felt another tiny tremor from his brother and swallowed a sigh. He wasn’t tired, but Eijiro acted out as if he were yawning and ‘fell asleep’ with his head on top of Izuku’s so the boy could feel his presence. Even when Kaminari started drawing on his face, WHICH HE COULD FEEL, Eijiro stayed still.
He only opens his eyes when the bus comes to a stop. Aizawa-sensei stands at the front of the bus. “We are taking a small stretch break. Izuku jumps as everyone starts to stand. Mina reaches up and gently ruffles the green curls playfully before flashing Izuku a smile and standing. “Come on, Zuku!” she extends a hand which probably wasn’t the right move as Izuku instantly jolts back when Eijiro knows that the string has formed. Mina is unwavering. Izuku hesitantly reaches forward and takes her hand and the three exit the bus.
Aizawa-sensei waves them over as the rest of the class stretches.
“We are having the Wild, Wild Pussycats come,” their teacher started as he hands Eijiro a wet wipe to clean his face, gratefully. “It’s a surprise, but they are throwing, with safety precautions, all of you off the cliff to start training immediately. I normally wouldn’t tell anyone but I know that there has been some… tenseness recently and wanted you to be aware just in case.”
In case Izuku breaks down or panics and starts lashing out because he thinks its the League. That is what was meant to be said.
Mina gave a mock-salute. “Thank you for telling us, sensei!” As they rejoin the class, a familiar catch phrase he has heard on TV multiple times before starts.
“With sparkling eyes, we rock on!” All students turn around.
“Cute, cat, singer!” Their eyes widen.
“THE WILD, WILD PUSSYCATS!!!” The two cat-themed heroine shout in sync, posing, and… Who’s the kid? Nah, more like, 'Whose kid?'
As the class freaks out, Aizawa-sensei steps forward. “These are the professional heroes, the Pussycats,” he stated. “They helped with founding the Union Affairs Office and specialize in mountain rescue operations.”
“Thank you, thank you!” Mandalay, the short-haired one, bows before turning and pointing somewhere off in the distance off the cliff and into the deep forest. “You will all be staying at the base of that mountain!” she exclaims.
“So far?”
“Why did we stop here.”
“G- guys, maybe we should head back to the bus now…”
Mandalay smirks. “It’s about nine now. If you work hard you can make it by twelve.” Eijiro’s reaches over and grabs Izuku by the wrist. “Breathe,” he whispers under his breath. Mandalay throws her arm out. “Kittens who don’t make it before 12:30 don’t get lunch!” Everyone started to run towards the bus as the ground began to shake. “Good luck!” And then the side of the cliff gave way.
One by one, they exit the forest. Eijiro’s arms felt like jelly. Izuku looked positively drained by usage of his quirk so much. Mina groaned about her arms and fingers feeling tingly with acid overuse. Uraraka had thrown up a couple of times. Yoarashi said he felt lightheaded from so much wind usage. Kaminari was… wheeeeeeey. Sero couldn’t move his arms past his elbows. And so, so much more.
The sun was just going down.
“So you all finally arrived!” Pixie-Bob greets them. Mina lazily brings up an arm to point accusingly at the heroine. “That -wheeze- took so much -gasp- longer than -pant- 12:30!” The heroine laughs before smirking, a hand on her chin. “You all did well, especially the guys. I’m anxious to see where you all are three years down the road.” All of the boys backed up. Aizawa-sensei sighed. “Sorry,” Mandalay said, holding her fellow heroine back. “She’s anxiously awaiting relationships around marrying age.”
“Speaking of which-” Eijiro spoke up. Pixie-Bob rushed him. “Don't speak about ag-” Quick as a whip, Izuku rushed forward grabbing her arm, spinning her around, kicking her legs out, and pinning the woman to the ground with her arm behind her back.
And all was quiet.
Mandalay whistled. “Those are some major reflexes!” Eijiro crouched beside his brother, laying a gentle hand on his left shoulder so Izuku could feel it. “Hey, man,” he whispered, “it’s okay. She’s a hero. You can let her go.” It took a second, but eventually Izuku did get off. “S- sorry…” Pixie-Bob bounced right up, brushing away the tense atmosphere with her laughs. “Those reflexes will save your life one day!”
Jiro lifted a hand and pointed at the kid. “Who’s the kid?” she asked the question Eijiro was meaning to ask before… that happened. Mandalay waved the boy over. “That’s my nephew. Come over Kouta! Say hi!” Eijiro leaned down and extended a hand. “Hey! I’m Kirishima Eijiro!” He greeted.
What Eijiro did not expect was to be punched in the balls.
What KOUTA did not expect was the near-same reflexes that caused Eijiro to harden his entire body at the sign of a fist coming at him.
Kouta whipped his hand back. “Ow!” Eijiro blinked, a small bit of dust rising from the released pressure. “Sorry about that!” he laughed, retracting his hand and standing up straight. “My quirk lets me harden my body. Pretty useful, huh?” The kid only glared at him. “Tsk. I don’t care. Like I’m gonna hang out with a bunch of hero-wannabe’s.” Eijiro frowned, a bit taken aback as the boy stormed away. And then… Eijiro sighed and turned to his brother which whom’s grip on his wrist was getting kind of painful. “Calm down, Izu. He’s just a little kid.”
Mr. Aizawa shook his head. “There are three rooms, the boys split into two because of how many you are. Your names for which one’s you will be in are on a plague outside of them. Once you are settled, come back for dinner. The real deal starts tomorrow.
When Eijiro reads the names on the plague and sees how the rooms could definitely fit more than ten people, he knows Aizawa-sensei did this on purpose for very specific reasons. In his room was him, respectively, as well as Izuku, Shinsou, Todoroki, Yoarashi, Kouda, Kaminari, and Sero. All people who are friends of Izuku or friends of him which whom Izuku is familiar with.
He sighed in relief. If anything happened tonight, and something most definitely WOULD happen tonight, these were the perfect line up of people to handle it. He makes a mental note to thank Aizawa-sensei later.
_______________________________
Izuku watches as everyone digs into their food hungrily. Even he is hungry after conquering that forest. Before 12:30 his but. It was well after five in the evening when they broke through. He was dead tired but was also dead set on not sleeping tonight. He couldn’t. too many things could go wrong. The League could use this as a perfect chance to attack. He needed to be alert and aware and *YAWN* wide awake.
It wasn’t long until the food was completely diminished and the boys found themselves in their rooms. Izuku’s sleeping bag was in between Eijiro’s and Toshi’s with Shoto beside Toshi and Kouda beside Eijiro.
“Y- you brought Cloudy,” Izuku commented as he dangles a string in front of Hime. Kouda nodded. The bird was perched on the stoney kid’s shoulder. *Ding Ding* Kouda texted him.
Kouda:
I got permission to start training him for heroics.
Izuku looked up at the boy. “Th- that’s reallar c- c- cool a- actuallae.” Kouda smiled sheepishly, turning back to the bird with a single grain of rice. Kaminari stretched. “Come on, men!” he piped. “The hot springs are great here!” Izuku immediately stiffened. Sure, they had all seen him between quick bouts of changing in the dressing rooms but… “Are you okay, man?” Eijiro whispered. Izuku swallowed thickly. “Izuku,” Shoto spoke up. “Remember what I said at Nationals a while back?” Eijiro looked confused. Izuku sure as heck-fire wasn’t.
-----
‘Bet they are scared to death knowing that they will be facing us.’
‘I mean, we look like we could chew them up and spit them out.’
-----
‘Anyways, don’t worry about your scars. If they want to say anything them let them. It’s not for them to know anyways. They aren’t part of Abused Child Incorporated so they will just have to deal with being left in the dark.’
-----
Izuku took a deep breath and nodded.
Maybe a bath would be nice. He’s been so stressed out recently. It would be good just to relax.
Don’t relax. Don’t ever relax. Threat. They’ll come when you least expect them most. ThReAt.
No one commented anything about the canvas of scars on both of their bodies when Izuku and Shoto got in. Actually, there were a couple with scars of their own, probably from the USJ. It was only like one or two, but it made it slightly less awkward. Not really. Izuku still tried to sink in as far as he could in the furthest parts of the hot spring, sans metal arm that was left in the room.
“Man, Aizawa-sensei said the real stuff starts tomorrow.” “Seriously? How much worse can it get?!” “Yeah! That was totally brutal.” “The betrayal!” “Is Akio allowed to be in here anyway?” “As long as he doesn’t get in.” “What about Hime?” “She doesn’t like water.” "Makes sense. She is a cat after all."
Izuku tuned out the mindless chatter to focus on the outside noise. The girls were in the bath over, he could hear them giggling. They didn’t sound like they were in danger right now. Good. The forest creaked ominously in the background which Izuku knew he would have trouble falling asleep to. He didn’t bring his sleeping pills because of the rough schedule they would be on here. A wolf or something howled making Izuku jump. No one else seemed off put by it. Still, Izuku had to force his heart to slow down.
“I’m feeling a bit hot,” Toshi suddenly said. “I’m going back in. Wanna come.” An out. Bless the boy named Aizawa Shinsou Hitoshi. Izuku feverishly nodded his head. Shoto hummed. “I’ll be heading in too.” There were a few “see you”’s. Izuku met Eijiro’s worried eyes. Izuku tried to give his brother a smile, he really did, but he was sure it came out wrong. Everything felt so wrong.
Izuku remembers the days when it felt wrong to smile. How did not smiling correctly turn to feeling wrong instead?
They quickly got dressed in their pajamas and settled on their sleeping bags. “Sorry,” Toshi said. “I felt like we could use some ACI time.” Izuku huffed. “‘aven’t h- heard that o- o- one in a- a while,” he commented. “Yeah, well, I haven’t heard you laugh in a while either,” Toshi replied, “and that was the closest thing to it you’ve gotten.” Izuku looked down. “I- I’m tryin’...” Toshi sighed. “I know, Zuku. I know…”
Izuku could feel the dam breaking again as tears silently fell from his eyes. He curled into a ball again. “I- I just.- I can’t- Sh- she is- I don’t kn- know what t- t- ta do…”
Izuku heard shuffling and then a weight on his right side/back. Then on his left. Toshi and Shoto were leaning against him and each other forming a little back-to-back-to-back triangle. “You know,” Shoto started, “I began to think about what will happen if Endeavor gets out. I’ll be a pro by then but I still thought about it.” Izuku sniffles and he continues. “Yeah. Like, what if he comes chasing after me in the mountains and stuff.” Toshi snorts. “I bet he would melt the whole place.” Shoto monotonely fake gasps. “Imagine the avalanche.” “Or flood.” “Or flood.”
They can’t see it but Izuku deadpans. “Th- that’s r- reallae morbid y- you know…”
“So is the Abused Child Corporation,” Shoto replies.
“Oh!” Toshi pipes. “And who first came up with that?” “Touche.” The three chuckle quietly.
…
…
…
“You know,” Toshi suddenly speaks up amidst the silence, “I was thinking about that actually. The ACI, that is. What if… What if when we are pro’s, I know we won’t be living in the same regions or anything considering you are shooting for a winter hero, Shoto, but what if we put together our saved earnings and made the ACI a real thing?”
Izuku finally lifted his head, craning his neck again to look over at his partner.
“And I’m not saying that we should look forward to finding children like… us… but, like, if we do on the job or something we could save them and bring them there or something.”
Shoto hummed. “That would be cool. So like, a homestay program? They can decide to either go to an orphanage or something like that or come to the ACI?” Toshi nods. Izuku looks back at the wall to save his neck a cramp. He finally speaks up. “W- would we offer l- like a home fer th- them?” he asks, not noticing is weakening stutter. Toshi nodded. “Yeah, and free therapy and stuff.”
“Or if they choose to go to an orphanage we can offer counseling or a get away for them to come and go as they please,” Shoto said.
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. “Th- this will cos a- a lot of monea.” “Then we should start planning now.” Izuku leaned forward and rifled through his backpack. “I br- brought a notebook…”
_______________________________
*knock knock knock*
“Bro, why you knocking?” Kaminari asks. “Just go in.” Eijiro chuckles. “Sorry, habit.” Man you have no idea why you don’t just ‘go in.’ Eijiro opens the door and he cannot help the smile that grows on his face when he finds Izuku, Shinsou, and Todoroki all on their stomachs with their sleeping bags under them coming together in a triangular like point shape all hovered around one of Izuku’s notebooks. Izuku looks noticeably less tense.
“What are you three doing?” Sero asks as he settles on his own, a towel over his head. Shinsou looks up at him. “Planning or whatever.” Sero shrugs. They all quietly chatter for a while, giggles and squeals coming from the girls’ room every so often. Eijiro was a fool to think that maybe, just maybe they would get away with a clear night.
He’s a fool. After all, every night for the past two weeks Izuku has gotten a nightmare. Truly a fool.
It all starts with a-
“AAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!”
- and instantly everyone in the room is up and freaking out, Eijiro, Shinsou, and Todoroki more so than others.
“Holy heck, dude?! What’s going on!?”
“Someone’s dying!”
“Call help!”
“SHUT UP!” Eijiro yells above the cacophony. The door slams open to reveal Aizawa-sensei with a flashlight. In the little light, one could see a writhing, gasping, spasming Izuku struggling in his sleeping bag. Eijiro’s head whips up to his teacher. “It’s fine,” he says quickly. He can hear the other students waking up. “I’ve got it under control, please go tell everyone that everything is fine.”
“Are you sure?” the man asks. Eijiro nods. When Aizawa-sensei leaves, Eijiro turns to Kaminari. “Turn on the lights then you, Kouda, and Sero get to the furthest corner of the room.” Kaminari’s eyes were wide and shocked. “I- I- Okay!” he does and they do so quickly. Eijiro leans over and quickly unzips Izuku from his confinements, instantly ducking as the boy shoots up and swings at him. Eijiro reaches forward and grabs Izuku’s shoulders. “Hey now, Izuku, look at me. Everything is fine. Calm down.” Izuku struggles in his hold a bit, tears streaming. Todoroki goes around to the greenette's side. He gently brings a frost-covered hand to Izuku’s forehead. It takes a bit but Izuku finally starts calming down enough to listen as Eijiro guides him through the breathing exercises. Izuku finally falls into just a fit of sniffles and whimpers in Eijiro’s arms with a blanket around him.
“What the heck…” Eijiro blinks, finally remembering Sero, Kaminari, and Kouda. He sighs and looks over at Izuku. “Hey,” he whispers quietly. “I- I know it’s scary but… I think we should tell them.” The greenette stiffens. “Or at least just a brief overview if they are going to be rooming with us this next week, you know? Are you okay with that?” The only response was Izuku pressing his face closer to Eijiro’s chest. “They are good people, Izu. Your friends. Can I tell them?” Silence. And then… a small nod. “Okay…” Eijiro looks over at the three in the corner and waves them over. They approach understandably hesitantly and sit down. Eijiro took a deep breath.
“What I am about to tell you is with complete confidence and I expect you to keep it to yourself after this but we feel you have a right to know as you will be sleeping in the same room as us and this will be probably a night occurrence-”
And they listen. Their faces contort in all sorts of different emotions. Izuku lets out small whimpers at certain parts and at some point Aizawa-sensei comes in to check on them but Shinsou moves to assure his father that everything is under control. At the end of it, Kaminari has shed a few tears, as well as Kouda, and Sero is nodding understandingly.
“Recently I am sure you all heard about Midoriya Inko escaping prison,” Izuku let out another soft whimper, Eijiro moving to run his fingers through his brother’s hair. The three boys nodded. “Well,” Eijiro continued, “that woman is actually who raised Izuku from zero to eight before Izuku ran away.” Kaminari’s eyes widened. “They Izuku’s last name used to be-” Izuku stilled in Eijiro’s arms. “USED to be,” Eijiro cut in, “but never again.” Kaminari got the memo.
“Dang…”
“I- I- I- I’m s- s- sorry,” Izuku choked out. “I- I can’- I d- don’t- You-”
“Nope!” Kaminari said a lot louder than necessary. “No apologies, no siree!” Sero nodded thoughtfully. “It explains a lot, really. Why you are always so jumpy and all. Especially this week. Guess we will just have to make sure we don’t trigger anything, right, Kouda?” The quiet boy nodded feverishly. Izuku glanced over at them with weary, bloodshot eyes. “Y- y- yer n- n- not mad?” Kaminari gawked. “Mad?!” he all but shouted, making Izuku flinch. “Of course we’re not mad! Dude I think we’d be pretty messed up if we were mad. I don’t know about you but I pride myself on chivalry.”
Sero narrowed his eyes at the electric boy. “You legit tried to his on Uraraka on, like, the second day.” Kaminari nodded all sage-like. “And I backed off when I was politely declined. I know where I’m not wanted.”
“Charming,” Todoroki commented. Izuku let out a sharp exhale of air before a quiet, almost inaudible giggle. Everyone heard it. “Th- th- thank you…” the greenette whispered. Kaminari nodded sharply. “Of course! It sucks what you went through and all but now you are here, right? And we are your friends now, each and every part of you.” Izuku smiled, unraveling a bit.
“Wow,” Shinsou suddenly spoke up. “You can be smart when you want to.”
“Hey!”
“Pfft!” Izuku turned his head to the side trying to hide the sound. Kaminari gasped dramatically. “My gentleman’s heart hurts!” Sero slapped the boy upside the head. As the three delved into a play-bicker, Eijiro looked down at Izuku.
“See?” he whispered. “Everything is just fine.”
Training the next morning starts bright and early at 5:30 AM!
They started much like they did their quirk evaluation test on the first day of school by having Sato throw a tracked ball. “159,” Aizawa-sensei stated. “Only two above your previous score.” he turned to the class. “Up until now, we have not been training your quirks in lue of all that has happened. That is what this training camp is for. For the next six days we will push you and your quirks beyond your limits. You will sweat. You will cry. You will throw up. But most of all, you will grow. This week is truly going to be going beyond Plus Ultra. We start now.” He smiled that creepy smile of his. “Try not to die on me, k?” And everyone sweatdropped.
IT WAS BRUTAL!
Eijiro was pinned with Sato to take hits LIKE A MAN! Sato would be constantly eating sweets at a rapid pace. Any time the boy turned around to eat after about thirty minutes of sheer punching, Eijiro would take all of the pressure and enter a cave which he would promptly release it into. This was both to strengthen his hardening and improve his ability to store the energy as well as test adding One For All into that energy.
Sato’s fists were bleeding. Eijiro’s abdomen and arms hurt like hell. The constant absorb and release of pressure was making him lightheaded more than usual from his already hard of breathing that he acquired from his fight with Stain. But they wouldn’t stop. No, they were going beyond Plus Ultra. Eijiro was going beyond Plus Ultra like. A. MAAAAAAN!!!!!
_______________________________
Izuku was going to pass out. Holy cow he was going to pass out.
So, so much energy he was using.
Sho had volunteered to practice with Izuku as Toshi and Eijiro were somewhere else and Sho was the only one Izuku trusted to use his quirk. It was terrible, frightening, and Izuku felt like he was getting more of an emotional workout than anything as they were strengthening his strings and by doing so that means pulling them taunt and on multiple occasions they had already snapped and it HURT but so did everything that everyone else was doing and he would not back down.
Twice, however, they did have to stop and let Izuku calm down from a panic attack as well as let the strings reform. Each time it hurt more as they had just formed and it took more to break them so added stress. Over the course of the week, after today’s snapping and reforming of them stronger, they would be working on how long he could use them, how much weight he could pull with them, and how long he could make them.
Izuku was vaguely aware of Class 1-B staring at them in morbid shock but that thought was cut short by the snapping of his string.
Tears welled in his eyes. Sho came over worriedly. “Do you need to stop?” Izuku shook his head, taking a deep, albeit shaky, breath. “I- I’m fine.”
Plus Ultra, right?
_______________________________
Hitoshi’s head HURT.
Holy cowl he has never had a migraine this bad since Zuku fought against him with his own quirk back when the Stain incident happened!
He had one main person under his control right now as others tried to shake the person and break the hold and dang there were so many ties he almost lost it and so many times he actually did. The strain was so much. He was considering asking for prescription migraine medicine to be added as something in his costume.
How strong his hold was, how many people he could hold, what all he could make someone do and how complex it could be. These were all things they were planning on working on and Hitoshi was sure his migraine was going to be a million time worse by the end of the week and he would be bedridden again.
He never told Izuku but after he went home after the Stain incident, Hitoshi had a massive fever from quirk strain. It happens whenever he overexerts his quirk apparently though he hasn’t done that often considering his previous, and still slightly, distaste for his quirk.
Currently, Hitoshi has already thrown up once and he can feel the next time coming up soon. His head is screaming at him to stop by his mind, his heart, and his will to improve and keep up is screaming to keep going.
Screw you migraine! I’m going Plus Ultra too!
And then he promptly turned to the side and hurled.
_______________________________
Shoto panted heavily as he sat in a barrel of next to boiling water creating constant glaciers of ice outside of it.
His body could not decide what it wanted to be, either hot or cold. His right hand was spasming with how much ice he forcibly kept putting out. His entire body felt like it was going to melt from the heat of the water he was constantly keeping heated by his left side but then it would suddenly shock with an icy chill as he created another glacier only to be right back to melting and the rapid temperature changes were seriously screwing with him and making him sick, especially the movement of the water as the ground was shaking all around them from others nearby.
That and the Bakugou boy from Class 1-B was using his ice glaciers as training for blowing them up and that was rattling the whole mountain side.
He had already thrown up a couple of times and, oh boy, he’s going to again.
Plus...
Shoto slammed his hand against the outside of the barrel and created another ice glacier.
Ultra...
_______________________________
Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead.
That makes twenty Class 1-A students absolutely dead. Oh wait! Here comes Class 1-B.
*Deep Breath*
Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead. Dead.
That makes twenty Class 1-B students ALSO absolutely dead. Add it all up and that makes, mhmm mhmm. Forty first year high school students all about fifteen to sixteen years old absolutely, one hundred percent dead.
Is it a miracle that they are all awake enough to make themselves dinner. Yes, yes it is. Yet they are doing it.
_______________________________
“Woah! Kirishima you are so good at cooking!” Izuku lazily looks up as his aching arms still from chopping vegetables. Sero leans a bit closer. “I wish I could do it that fast!” Izuku shrugs. He finds he doesn’t mind the boy being that close, especially after last night. He felt closer with the boys in that room now. Though, he could tell Sero was purposefully not leaning too close, for which he was also grateful.
“I- I took Foods in m- middle school f- fer one and a- a half years,” Izuku replied. “I- I could teach y- ya if ya want?” Sero grinned. “I’m in your hands, master chef!” Izuku snorts and begins to show him the basics.
And they were back to scarfing down food like it was the last meal of their lives.
Eijiro suddenly stood. “Wh- where are you g- going?” Izuku asked. His brother smiled at him. “That Kouta kid went off without eating so I’m just going to bring him some food.” Izuku nodded. “O- Okay.”
He watched his brother leave.
Eijiro was so nice. He really was blessed to have a brother like him. The tenseness returned to Izuku’s body. That is why he must do anything and everything he can to protect Eijiro. And Mom. And Dad.
Izuku felt really bad for those that failed the exams because they stayed up later at night to study and work more. Turns out, he didn’t have nightmares every night. Why? Because he was so gosh darn tired and worn out it was the almost direct equivalent of his sleeping pills with added bone-dead pain.
But tonight it was a bit different. It was the night of their third day and they were doing a ‘Test of Courage’ against the other class.
Izuku turned his head to Toshi. “Wh- what i- is that?” Toshi sighed exhaustively rubbing his temple between two fingers. His head probably hurt. “Basically Class 1-B is going to hide along the path as we go down in pairs and they will try to scare us.” Izuku hummed. Toshi side-glaces at him. “Just don’t accidentally punch, stab, kick, judo flip, break the arms or legs of, head lock, or any other thing you do on impulse someone when they jump out at us, okay?” Izuku sweatdropped.
Toshi really must have a headache with that tone.
He nods and with that, the ‘Test of Courage’ starts.
…
…
…
Izuku has a baaaaaad feeling. Like, really bad. Not like his typical paranoia but like something is going to happen. The forest is too dark and quiet. He feels as though there were eyes on him that were nod Class 1-B’s but he can’t place it. All he knows is he is super tense and his instinct on these sorts of things have never been wrong.
Then, Izuku smells it.
It smells like a gas but it’s… oh… it’s… he gets lightheaded for a second before his reflexes take over and he is all but smashing himself and Toshi to the ground.
“What the h-”
“Shut up,” Izuku coldly says, effectively shutting his partner down. His heart thrums in his chest.
threat.
He listens for anything.
Threat.
Suddenly light flashes. They look up and see blue flames beginning to spread high into the sky.
ThReAt.
“EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!” A scream.
THREAT
Notes:
Shawn and Sherri are references back to my other fic, Quirkless Rejects, also news reporters there. ^-^
Chapter 77: I Am So Sorry
Summary:
The attack on the training camp.
Notes:
How... how is everyone?
I'm... sorry... I'm really sorry...
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
‘EVERYONE!’ Mandalay’s voice echoed through the minds of all of the students and heroes. ‘VILLAINS HAVE INFILTRATED THE CAMP!’ It was urgent, scared, not a logical ruse. ‘THOSE ABLE, GET TO THE FACILITY! IF YOU SHOULD COME IN CONTACT WITH A VILLAIN DO NOT ENGAGE IN COMBAT AND CONTINUE TO RETREAT!’
-----
Eijiro’s head whipped up. “No way!” he gasped. Kaminari, his partner in the Test of Courage, looked around frantically. “Oh no. Oh no no no no NO!” He slapped Eijiro’s shoulder. “Come on, dude! Let’s head back!” Eijiro nodded and they started back down the course of the test. Amidst the cracking of flames and a few yells and hollers, a name flashes in Eijiro’s mind.
“Kouta…” he whispers. “Eh?” Kaminari glances at him. “Who?” Eijiro froze, eyes widening. He grabs the yellow-haired boy’s shoulders. “Kouta! Mandalay’s nephew! I’m the only one who knows where he is!” Kaminari’s eyes widened. “We have to go save him!” Eijiro nodded. “Follow me.”
And with that, they turned off the path and further into the forest.
“Dude dude dude dude DUDE!” Kaminari whisper-yelled. Eijiro stopped and followed his eyes to where Kaminari was pointing. It was a clearing just beyond the bushes they were hiding behind as they moved. Pixie-Bob was on the ground, bleeding from her head as a villain with a giant metal… poll? had it over her head pressing it down. Eijiro bit his lip. “Shoot, man…” Kaminari bit his lip. “I’ll go step in to get her. You get to Kouta.” Eijiro nodded sharply. He grabbed Kaminari by the shoulder. “Stay safe, man.” Kaminari nodded. “You as well.” And they split.
As he ran further into the forest, there was a flash of yellow light behind him, courtesy of Kaminari, and a pained yell as the metal conducted the electricity. Eijiro shook his head. So many things were going through his mind, blistering fear being one of them but it wasn’t for himself. It was for Kouta.
What if I don’t make it in time? I need to hurry. He must be so scared. The forest it on fire. Is he safe?
Eijiro shook his head, powering One For All into his legs every time he stepped with a hardened foot, the pleasure from the pounding on the ground releasing and propelling him forward, a new trick he learned from the End of Term exams.
Eijiro skidded to a halt at the bottom of the cliff where Kouta’s ‘secret hideout’ was. He stared up at it. No time to get to the path. Eijiro grit his teeth. He hardened his arms and slammed one into the side of the mountain, the other one a bit higher, and began to scale the mountain with a speed he didn’t know he had.
As he breached the top, Eijiro’s heart froze. It was oh so similar to when he stumbled upon Stain back in Hosu. Kouta was standing, shaking, close to the edge as a giant, bulking man towered over him.
“You know,” the man chuckled, “that hats pretty cool. Why don’t we trade. No? Fine. GUESS I’LL JUST TAKE IT OFF YOUR CORPSE!”
Oh no you don't!
The man lurched forward the same time Eijiro did. His arms seemed to grow in size, fibers of muscles breaking out and growing exponentially in size. Eijiro reached forward, pushing Kouta out of the way and hardening his body before the fist hit him in the child’s stead. Eijiro could only gasp in pain as he crashed into the ground.
“Eh?” The beast of a man looked between the shocked form of Kouta on the ground and his fist. He lifted it and peered down. Eijiro glared at the man with all of his might. “What the? Who are-” And the pressure released.
The man was sent skidding backwards far away from both Eijiro and Kouta. Eijiro growled and got to his feet, shaking out his aching arms.
“Wh- wh- what are y- y- you doing h- here?” Kouta asked. If Eijiro hadn’t had so much practice understanding a stutter with Izuku, he might not have caught that. “Well that wasn’t very manly of you,” he instead spoke to the big man. “Attacking a child like that, what’s your problem man?” The villain got to his feet. Kouta hid behind Eijiro’s leg. “H- he k- k- killed m- momma a- a- and papa!” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows.
-----
‘Um, Mandalay,’ Eijiro walked up to the heroine after coming back from bringing Kouta food. ‘Do you have a moment to talk?’
The woman smiled sadly, knowing what this was most likely about. ‘Sure, Kirishima.’
-----
He bit his tongue. The Water Horse duo. I vaguely remember that story. If I remember correctly, the man who killed them was…
Muscular stood up. “Well, well, well, another brat has arrived,” the way his one remaining eye gleamed brightly unnerved Eijiro. “Great! You weren’t on the list! That means I can kill you!” Eijiro felt fear spike in him. Not good, not good. “What list? What are you talking about?” Keep him stalled. I need to get Kouta out of here. Muscular stretched before his arms began to grown in muscle mass again. Eijiro hardly had time to grab Kouta and dodge before *BOOM*
“Urk!” The gust of wind blew them a little further, Eijiro not having time to power up. When the dust cleared, he saw a massive crater in the ground. Holy cowl, man! This is really, absolutely bad!”
Muscular turned to them. “I only came here to kill, I don’t really care about this whole world domination thing. However, if I want to keep killing as I please then I have to follow the boss man’s instructions. There are a couple I gotta bring back and you ain’t wanna of them so…” Eijiro’s eyes widened as the man came at them again. He grabbed Kouta and bolted for the other side of the cliff as the mountain side shook.
“Kouta, listen to me,” Eijiro said in a hurried voice, ducking behind an overturned chuck of stone as the dust and dirt billowed around them. “Hide here,” he instructed, “and when there is an opening run.” Kouta was crying, tears waterfalling from his eyes. For a second Izuku flashed in his mind.
Oh, suck, Izu’s probably freaking out right now.
“Wh- wh- why are you d- doing this?” the little boy sniffled. “Y- you don’t kn- know me!”
-----
‘Do you know why I always smile, Young Kirishima?’
-----
Eijiro gave the biggest, most encouraging smile he could.
-----
‘I- I know it’s scarae… but s- sometimes… heroes d- do scarae things a- and th- they don’t want to. B- but the, erm, c- civilians are scared t- too- no. Th- they are even more scared!’
‘... sometimes w- we ‘ave ta f- face those fears f- for them.’
‘R- right now we are tr- training to be ‘eroes… a- and we are train’ ta ‘elp those p- people so this… I know i- it’s scarae but… this i- is somethang that o- onlae you can do s- so we can be heroes and h- help those scared p- people…’
-----
Eijiro reached up and ruffled Kouta’s hair.
“Because I’m a hero,” he said.
Something akin to wonder flashed in Kouta’s eyes. Eijiro heard Muscular moving around. He stood up. “Run when you get the chance, okay?”
“Wha-”
“I’ll hold him off.” As soon as Eijiro came out from the cover of the rock, his smile fell. He met Muscular head on. The villain straightened up and stormed to him. “Nice to see this won’t be so easy. Why don’t we play a nice game of cat and mouse, shall we!” Eijiro lifted his hardened foot as soon as Muscular ran forward. He smashed it on the ground and immediately released the pressure, letting it shoot him upward. *BOOM*.
Muscular growled. “Stay still!” Eijiro’s eyes widened as his ankle was grabbed from below. He was swung around and *BAM* slammed into the ground. Eijiro gasped, head going fuzzy for brief second, bone creaking underneath the pressure he was storing.
Don’t release, don’t release, don’t release!
“That reminds me.” Muscular leaned over him in a looming shadow. “You haven’t seen this Midoriya kid, have you? Or this Bakugou kid?”
Midoriya? Baku- MIDORIYA?! They are after Izu?!
-----
‘We think, based on the conversation between Izuku and Shigaraki, we think that the League may be trying to turn Izuku over to their side making use of his trauma.’
-----
Fury exploded in Eijiro. Just like that time when Izu ran away and they found him pinned down by that man in the alley. He glared up at Muscular and spat. “Screw off,” he hissed. Muscular’s face contorted in anger. Eijiro hardened again as he was grabbed by his face and lifted up, still glaring at the villain between the man’s giant fingers.
“I don’t really care anyways,” Muscular said. “I’ll have fun torturing you and ripping you to pieces bit by bit!” Eijiro squeezed his eyes shut as he was slammed into the mountain side repeatedly. Tears pricked at his eyes. He could feel himself losing grip on his hardening and the pressure he had built up.
Hold it! Hold it!
Eijiro felt a sudden rush of air as he was thrown through the air and smashed into something again. “GUH!” He fell to the ground, chunks of rubble falling over him. Eijiro peeled his eyes open to the sound of sniffling. Eijiro turned his head and looked up and behind him, meeting eyes with Kouta. Dang it. He had been thrown into the rock the little boy was hiding behind and it had crumbled. Eijiro struggled to his feet.
“Y- you’re bleeding!” Eijiro furrowed his eyes at Kouta’s cry. He reached up and felt his head. Sure enough, he was bleeding. “H- hey! He’s-!” Eijiro reacted on sheer instinct alone. He grabbed Kouta’s hand and jumped to the side, bringing the kid to his chest and rolling as Muscular slammed his fist down with another *BAM*.
Eijiro landed on his shoulder. He swallowed a pained cry as he felt it dislocate. They rolled a few times before coming to a stop.
Hold it… Hold… it… The pressure was getting unbearable at this point but he only had one shot at getting the both of them out of this alive. At least Kouta. At least Kouta… Eijiro got to a crouch, helping Kouta stand.
“Alright,” Muscular growled. “I’ve got a time crunch you know? I’m done playing games.” Eijiro paled. He was going easy?! Eijiro shook his head and turned to Kouta. “Kouta, I am going to tell you something and you have to listen to me. The next hit he lands on me, I don’t care what happens, but you need to run.” “Wh- what? No! I can’t-” “Kouta.” The boy shut his mouth. “Run.” Kouta was crying again but he reluctantly nodded. Eijiro smiled and patted the boy on the head. “It will be alright. I promise. With this next one it will be all over and you will be safe.”
Eijiro stood and turned around. Muscular was steadily growing, building muscle. Eijiro took a deep breath.
-----
‘May I ask, do you feel no fear throwing yourself into harm's way?’ the reporter asked Crimson Riot.
---
‘Do you know why I always smile, Young Kirishima? It’s to hide the fear.’
---
‘Who do you think I am?!’ Crimson Riot exclaimed. ‘Of course I feel fear! It is because I have seen the final expressions of the dead and felt the torment of failing to save them that I rush into the fray!’
-----
Eijiro stepped forward, eye reflecting the steel of his heart.
-----
‘What does a manly spirit mean to you?’
‘I save people because I am a pro hero. Once you’ve made that decision you stake your life on it!’
‘A manly heart to me is a life led without regret!’
-----
Eijiro stood, feet shoulder length apart, right slightly back. He crossed his arms in front of his face.
Muscular held his hands out and grinned. “SHOW ME YOUR BLOOD!!!”
-----
‘Say, Izu, have you played this game?’
-----
The villain ran at him. Eijiro powered up his quirk throughout his entire body. He let One For All encase him and run throughout his veins. His body emitted a red glow along with his eyes.
-----
‘There is a special move where the main character stays completely still taking every hit without blowing over! It’s called…’
-----
… STONE CASTLE!!!
*!!!!!BOOM!!!!!*
Eijiro felt his bone creak, he let out a cry of pain but quickly grit his teeth together. His hardened feet dug into the ground as the fist pushed further and harder. Eijiro ducked his head, pain radiating from his body, shockwaves rolling off him as pressure built higher and higher.
“Oh man! This is great!” Muscular yelled. “You’re amazing, kid! I can’t wait to see your blood! Show me! SHOW ME!”
Eijiro saw Kouta behind him. I can’t… hold it! He pushed back as much as he could, letting pressure fall from his legs just so he could stop Muscular from moving him any closer to Kouta. Eijiro couldn’t breathe, the pressure was too much. The PAIN was too much!
“Kouta!” he screamed. “Run!”
“I- I- I can-”
“Trust me!” Eijiro glanced behind him, meeting Kouta’s eyes. “Trust me. I am a hero!”
“So bold of you to think you can actually win!” Eijiro cried out as he felt his left arm snap. “KOUTA! RUN! NOW!!!!!”
The little boy stared only a moment longer before turning and fleeing, tears streaming behind him. Eijiro felt himself weakening. His legs gave out, body slammed into the ground. He cried out in pain.
It’s fine now… He’s gone…
Eijiro closed his eyes as he was slammed deeper and deeper into the ground. “BLOOD! SHOW ME YOUR BLOOOOOD!”
I’m sorry, Mom, Dad… His consciousness was failing him. I’m sorry, All Might. I’m sorry… Izu… Tears fell from Eijiro’s eyes, cries lost in the crumbling of the mountain. I- I’m sorry, Izuk-
-----
‘Ei?’
-----
His red eyes snapped open.
-----
‘E- Ei?’
‘Eijiro.’
‘Eiiiiii…!’
-----
Izuku!
-----
E-I-J-I-R-O
-----
“Hey, hey, hey! What are you doing?!”
Eijiro growled as One For All coursed through his veins. “Get… OFF OF ME!!!” All at one, all of the pressure from every hit, the full force of One For All, everything release all at once and it. Hurt!
Muscular went flying, the mountain shook, the cliff began to crumble causing an avalanche and Eijiro exploded from the ground far into the air before falling all in one massive-
*!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOM!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
_______________________________
“What’s happening?” Toshi whispered.
Izuku shook his head. He pulled his shirt over his mouth and nose and nodded to his friend. Toshi nodded and did the same. They moved slowly throughout the forest in a crouch to be below the gas.
‘EVERYONE!’ Mandalay’s voice echoed in their minds. ‘VILLAINS HAVE INFILTRATED THE CAMP! THOSE ABLE GET TO THE FACILITY! IF YOU SHOULD COME IN CONTACT WITH A VILLAIN DO NOT ENGAGE IN COMBAT AND CONTINUE TO RETREAT!’
Izuku’s heart stopped, his legs coming still as well. No way… No… please no! They weren’t supposed to be able to find us! They weren’t supposed to be able to! What happened? This is all my fault. I’m so sorry! She’s coming. She’s coming. She. is coming!!! A touch on his shoulder. *SLAP* Izuku fell backward on his rear, breathing harshly. Someone was trying to talk to him, get his attention. Izuku squeezed his eyes shut, shaking his head. She’s coming. They’re coming. Not again. Not again!
“Zuku!”
The greenette’s head shot up, viridian eyes meeting indigo. “T- T- Toshi she-” The boy shook his head. “You don’t know that. Either way, if you stay here they will find you. We need to keep moving.” Izuku swallowed. Toshi held out his hand. “If we stay together they will have to get through the both of us. I will not leave you nor let go of you no matter what. Not until we get to the facility- no, not until we are safe, okay? When my hand leaves yours then we are safe. Hours, days, weeks, months. I don’t care how long it takes. We are partners. Partners go through the threats together and get to safety together. Do you understand?” Izuku felt himself calming down. He shakily reached forward and took Toshi’s hand. They returned to their crouched positions. If Izuku was gripping the other boy’s hand tighter than necessary, Toshi did not comment. “Do not let go of my hand,” he said instead. Izuku nodded numbly and they kept going.
Izuku yanks Toshi back after a bit. “What is it?” the boy whispered. Izuku narrows his eyes. He ducks into the bushes, leaving Toshi to follow as their hands are still connected. He waits for a moment and then… a sound. Voices. Two of them.
“Dang it, Dabi! They got us! You’re so weak!”
“Ah, I really am.”
“What are you saying?! You’re really strong! We were dealing with a pro!”
A pro? Villains. These were villains. Izuku and Toshi peered through the bushes. A man in a full body suit, going even over his head. Another with bushy hair, hard to tell the color in the light but he had an expanse of scars over his face and arms.
“Twice, clone me again.”
“I’ll make as many shrimps as ya need, Dabi!”
No sooner than said, the scarred man was being… cloned? as the scarred one, Dabi? said. Izuku bobbed his head to the left, signalling to Toshi to follow him and he followed the clone. Through the forest He was spreading the blue fire. Izuku narrowed his eyes. That man needed to be taken out of commission but first… the one cloning him did. He seemed mouthy. Izuku knew that he would talk if Toshi spoke to him. Once again, they turned around and went back to where the originals were. Dabi had his back turned to ...Twice, he thinks was his name, spreading fires deep into the forest. Izuku formed a string.
He doesn’t know from what but there was a giant *!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOM!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!* that shook the air around them and shook the entire mountain. He takes the blessing as it came, using it as a distraction as he lashed his string out like a whip from the bushes. It wrapped around Twice’s waist.
“HU-”
When Dabi turned around, Twice was gone and being dragged deep into the forest with a ripped piece of t-shirt as a gag.
Once they were sure they were far enough away, Toshi took out the gag and Izuku released Twice. The villain jumped up, pointing at them wildly. “Who are you! Ah you are those brats! So precious… I hate you! Why did you capture me?” Izuku was getting whiplash from the mood changes. He squeezed Toshi’s hand. Toshi squeezed back and spoke up. “Hey, man, we aren’t here to attack you. We just wanted to know what was going on and you seem like a chill dude amongst the other villains.” Twice laughed, scratching the back of his head. “Real-”
Izuku moved in front of the man. “Switch positions,” he said. “Hand on top.” Toshi nodded and moved his hand around Izuku’s so that it was on top but still wrapped around it and gave Izuku use of his fingers. Izuku reached up and pulled off the face mask of the man. There was a giant scar going down the front of the man’s face, directly down the middle from the hairline to the bridge of his nose. Izuku ignored it. He reached up and grabbed a fist full of hair and before the man could snap out of it, slammed it into his own knee effectively taking the man out of commission.
Izuku pocketed the mask. Toshi raised an eyebrow. “DNA,” the greenette elaborated. He tied Twice up in his string and they continued, quietly dragging the man back where the gas was still swirling in the air. Izuku wasted no time in throwing the villain in the midst of the gas while he and Toshi quickly ran out of it.
“Brutal,” Toshi commented. Izuku shrugged.
There was a sudden rush of light and heat coming at them. Izuku all but slammed himself and Toshi to the ground as blue flames blasted over them. The two scrambled to their feet, meeting the new adversary.
“Well, that wasn’t very P. Diddy of you,” Dabi said in a smooth voice. Izuku glared at him. “Oh, I know that face.” Dabi suddenly meets eyes with Izuku. “My man-child of a boss is looking for you.” Izuku’s eyes widened ever so slightly.
They are looking for me? They are looking for me! It’s her! No way… She-
Izuku blinked. Toshi’s grip on his hand was tighter, more grounding. “Sorry, but we aren’t just going to hand over him to just anyone. Who are you?” Dabi narrowed his eyes, calculating. He didn’t reply, only raised a hand. Suck! Izuku spun behind a tree, swinging Toshi with him, the boy rolling into Izuku’s arms just in time before blue flames rushed past either side of the tree. The heat was so intense that he could feel his skin burning without the fire even touching him. Dabi sighed. “I don’t really like too hard of work so could you please just come with me.” He sighed again. “Guess not.” Izuku stilled from their crawl through the bushes at that comment. “Run,” Izuku whispered. “Now!”
_______________________________
*BAM*
Ochaco startled. “Was that a gunshot?!” she whisper-yelled to Tsu.
“Oooooh! You’re cute!” The two girls spun around, leaping back. Ochaco couldn’t jump back far enough like Tsu. A knife came soaring past her, making a pretty nice size gash on his arm. Ochaco grunted and landed. Out of the forest walked a girl in what looked like a high school uniform with two blonde buns and a large mask over the bottom part of her face.
“Who are you, ribbit?” Tsu asked. The two not-villain girls walked backwards as the villain girl came closer. The blonde hummed, getting close enough to get the knife back. She frowned. “So shallow. How sad.” Ochaco would beg to differ. The random girl suddenly spun to them, both Ochaco and Tsu flinching, Tsu with her arm in front of Ochaco. “I’m Toga!” the girl chirped. “You two are soooo cute! Let’s be friends!”
“You randomly attacked us, ribbit,” Tsu said. “Who does that? Why would we be your friends?” The girl, Toga, was not listening. Ochaco flinched as the girl pointed her knife at them. “Uraraka and Asui, right?”
She knows our names…
“I need more blood,” the girl sighed. “Usually it’d just be stab and I’d suck it out of you but this thingy can get it all out with just a stabby stab! Even though it’s totally not cute but that’s fine! It’s so much more convenient!” Suddenly she looks them in the eyes. The bloodlust there sends a shiver down Ochaco’s spine. “Can I have yours? You are my new friends after all!” Without waiting for a reply, Toga ran at them.
“She’s comin- wah!” Tsu’s tongue wraps around Ochaco’s waist and throws the brunette up. “Run to the facility!”
‘THIS IS A MESSAGE FROM PROFESSOR ERASERHEAD!’ Mandalay’s voice comes into their head again. ‘BOTH CLASS A and B ARE PERMITTED FOR COMBAT IN SELF DEFENSE!'
“You too- TSU!” A knife slices Tsu’s tongue as she retracts it. “Oh Tsutsu,” Toga coos. “Don’t run! Ooooh, I like Tsutsu. Can I call you that!?” “No, ribbit.” Tsu tries to run away. “Only my friends can call me that.” Something shoots from Toga’s waist and pins Tsu against a tree by her hair. “Oh but I thought we were friends!” Toga rushes Tsu, knife drawn. Ochaco jumps down. “Get away from her!” Quick as a whip, Toga turns around and thrusts the knife at Ochaco. Ochaco gets only a small nick on her right cheek. If she had ducked any slower that blade would have done a lot more damage. Ochaco grabs the outstretched arm of Toga, pulled, and twisted, off-centering the villain and pushing her down to the ground.
“You’re amazing, Ochaco,” Tsu said. Ochaco whipped her head over. “Tsu! Are you okay? Can you restrain her with your tongue?”
“I’m fine, ribbit. My tongue-”
“Hee hee hee, so amazing Ochaco,” Ochaco cringed at the villain's use of her first name. She glared down at Toga. Toga grinned. “You love someone. I can see it!”
Izuku flashed in Ochaco’s mind.
“I get it,” Toga continued, eyes rolling back. “I’m a girl after all. You want to see them? Wanna be like them? It is only natural and then you just keep longing and longing until you can’t be satisfied and you just want to be them, right? Right?!” Toga laughed creepily. Ochaco couldn’t move without letting the girl go. “Who is it? What are they like? I love people who are beat up and blood. I always chop up the people I like.” Their eyes suddenly met.
“And I like you.”
The girl giggled. Ochaco wanted to throw up. Something stabbed Ochaco’s leg. Her eyes flew down to where a syringe like thing was in her leg. “Ocha-”
“URARAKA!!!”
All three heads whipped to the forest. A massive line of blue fire blasted through, forcing Ochaco to duck and roll off of Toga. Izuku and Shinsou, hands linked together, rolled into the clearing, fumbling for a second before getting to their feet. “RUN!” Shinsou shouted. Ochaco leaned down and pulled on the thing keeping Tsu captive, releasing her friend just as a tall, heavily scarred man breached the clearing with his hand outstretched, blue flames licking at it.
“Ah, ah, ah,” A new person stepped out from the other side of the clearing before Izuku and Shinsou could enter that side and keep running. “I’m afraid I can’t let you leave.” He was a tall, masked man in a top hat and trench coat with a cane and tossing a marble. “You see, we need you there, Midoriya.” He pointed at Izuku with the cane. More and more villains began to emerge from the forest into the clearing.
“GIVE HIM BACK!!!”
The top hat villain jumped out of the way of a giant ice glacier but it caught his foot causing him to fall and dangle, dropping the marble.
Tokoyami, Todoroki, and Shoji all came barreling out of the forest. “Grab that marble!” Tokoyami yelled. “It has Bakugou from Class 1-B!” Tsu’s tongue shot out and grabbed it. The top hat villain sighed, still dangling. “Fine. He wasn’t our main target anyways.” He snapped his fingers and suddenly Bakugou popped out of seemingly nowhere. He looked around frantically. He snapped again and pointed at Izuku. “We need him, everyone.” The scarred hero raised a hand. “I know.” Blue fire burst from it. Todoroki slammed his hand on a tree. Ice shot down the tree into a massive wall. Steam billowed in the clearing making it next to impossible to see. Ochaco couldn’t see. There was a gasp. An explosion. A cry of pain. A giggle. A “Zuku!” And then… nothing.
Shoji waved his expanded arms around to clear the steam. When it was clear, the kids looked around. And that was it. There were only kids. No villains.
“Is everyone okay, ribbit?” Tsu asked. Ochaco nodded, holding her arm. “I’m fine. You guys?” Shoji waved around a limp extra limb that was bleeding. “I am alright. It’ll grow back.” Tokoyami nodded. Bakugou crossed his arms. “Fine.” Ochaco turned to Todoroki. “Todoroki?” The boy looked around with wide, frantic eyes. “Todoroki, what’s wrong?” Bakugou suddenly spoke up. “Hey, where’s the nerd and eyebags?” Ochaco tilted her head. “Who?”
“Hitoshi and Izuku…” Todoroki breathed out. His head whipped to her. “Where are Hitoshi and Izuku?!”
Ochaco was taken back. She had never heard the usually calm boy so frantic. Suddenly what he said registered. She looked around, as did everyone else. “Where did they go?” “What happened, ribbit?”
“Magic…” Tokoyami whispered. The girls looked over at the bird-like boy. None of the boys did. They understood. “What?” Tokoyami didn’t elaborate. Todoroki fell to his knees. “Todoroki!” Ochaco ran to him. “Are you okay? What happened? Where are they?!” It was quiet, so quiet that only she heard it, but Todoroki whispered:
“Izu…" Broken. "Toshi…”
It was so sad, so pained, and so broken that it almost physically hurt Ochaco’s heart.
_______________________________
…
…
…
Eijiro groaned as his vision came back in flashes. He rolled over from his back onto his stomach. Everything hurt. Everything felt so dizzy and off. He pushed himself up to his feet, blinking harshly, trying to clear the fuzzy bits at flying in and out of his sight. Eijiro looked around, dazed. It took a bit to realize exactly where he was and what happened. He was on the cliff. Well, more specifically, at the edge of it. Eijiro looked down and saw the forest but a lot of the trees were tilted and overturned from giant pieces of mountain. Eijiro looked down. The side of the cliff had come completely off, ending in a point where Eijiro most likely was buried before the pressure he released spread throughout the mountain. He turned around. The mountain was also covered in rubble and rocks that fell from the top. He looked around for a bit before he found a hand under the rubble.
Eijiro’s heart skyrocketed. He tried to move forward but stumbled and fell to his knees. Eijiro groaned again. He crawled a bit, forcing his body to keep moving.
Why is it so hard to breathe?
He tapped the hand. Nothing. Eijiro curled his hands under a piece of rock. Only then did he realize that they were red and bloodied. He shook his head, the dizziness returning.
Why is everything so blurry?
It hurt, everything ached, but he forced all of his muscles to move the rocks and pieces of mountain until he uncovered a large bulky man, bleeding from his head and back and probably chest. Eijiro took in a sharp breath of air. He reached forward and pressed his fingers against the man's neck but he couldn’t feel his fingers except for pain when he made contact so he took it back. The redhead leaned down to listen to the breathing but misjudged and fell flat on his face. He lay there, listening. He let out a relieved sigh when he heard a breath, albeit faint.
Eijiro rolled over onto his back and scooted to a giant piece of rock that he used to then scoot back up to a stand.
“EIJIRO!” Eijiro blinked. Izu? No, that didn’t sound like him. Who else would call me by that. He looked over and saw a blurry version of Aizawa-sensei running for him, the small form of Kouta hanging back on the pathway leading to what used to be the clear cliff. “Ai-za-aw-en-ei…” His throat. Everything hurt. He stumbled forward. The man caught him. “Eijiro, can you hear me?” the man asked frantically. Eijiro nodded numbly. “We need to get you medical treatment right now. Come on.”
Eijiro had to lean on his teacher heavily as he man followed Kouta back down. “- ow long?” Eijiro choked out. “-ow lo-ng was- out?” Aizawa-sensei shook his head. “I’m not sure. Kouta showed up about thirty minutes ago saying where you were but I couldn’t get to you immediately. The villains have retreated we think.” Eijiro nodded.
-----
‘Ei!’
-----
“Izu…” he whispered. “Is ok-ay?”
…
“Sen-ei?”
…
“Sen-” “Let’s get to the facility.”
Something about that sounded… it didn’t leave a good feeling to settle in Eijiro’s stomach.
They arrived at the facility. Yoarashi was being put to use to snuff out the fires and apparently a poisonous gas as they spoke. There were kids getting treated all over. Kaminari had a broken arm and was somewhat dazed. Asui had apparently cut her tongue. Uraraka’s arm and leg was bandaged. A few were knocked out from the gas. There were injuries littered here and there but Eijiro was able to deduce that he was the worst off by far. His arms were most certainly broken. He probably -scratch that- he 100% had a concussion. His entire chest hurt and he probably broke a rib or two. There was probably internal bleeding but he didn’t know. Eijiro was fading in and out. He closed his eyes and opened them to his right arm bandaged. Close, open. His chest and other arm was bandaged. Close, open. His head was being bandaged.
Someone waved a hand in front of his face. “-y. St- ake. -ay awak- .” Eijiro drowsily looked up at Aizawa-sensei. He blinked slowly and looked around. The helicopters and ambulances had arrived. Eijiro allowed himself to be helped up and guided into a helicopter for those who needed immediate attention, like those who were knocked out from the gas. They didn’t know how potent it was and how much of danger those kids were in.
As the door to the helicopter was closing, Eijiro reached out for Aizawa-sensei. “-en-ei?” The man looked back at him. “Izu-ku?”
…
“I’m sorry, Eijiro…” the door closed and the helicopter took off.
_______________________________
Shouta sighed, rubbing the bridge of his nose between two fingers before stopping because he had a mild burn on his face from that flame villain.
Shouta glanced to the back of the bus where a specific group of students sat. Uraraka was rubbing Todoroki’s back as the bicolored boy hunched over pulling a blanket taunt over his slightly shaking form. Asui, Tokoyami, and Bakugou were all curled up in their respective seats. Shoji was sitting straight, head back and against the window of the bus, eyes closed but definitely not asleep. Bakugou would normally go with Class 1-B but he refused to move away from that group and Shouta couldn’t blame him.
He turned back in his seat and sucked in a shaky breath. He was really trying not to break down.
-----
Shouta was rushing out with Kouta when Uraraka, Asui, Todoroki, Tokoyami, Shoji, and, strangely enough, Bakugou from Class 1-B slowly filtered out of the forest. ‘Kouta, wait.’ he rushed to them.
‘Are you all alright?’ No one replied for a second before Bakugou spoke up. ‘No the frick we aren’t. Physically, though, sure. Whatever.’ They all winced. The boy, much less loud and brash then whispered. ‘We… those that are here are…’
Shouta narrowed his eyes. ‘What do you mean?’
‘Izu… Izu and Toshi…’ Todoroki whispered from the back. There was a choked sound from Uraraka. Shouta’s heart fell. He took a deep breath. ‘What happened?’ Asui looked up. The sinking feeling in Shouta’s stomach only deepened when the usually composed girl’s eyes were wet and met his.
‘Aizawa-sensei… we are so sorry…’
-----
Shouta couldn’t help it. He hunched over, elbows on his knees, and pressed his hands to his eyes, trying to keep tears back. He knew his students were looking at him, or at least sending side glances. They were aware of the father-son relationship of Shouta and Hitoshi.
Hitoshi…
He was taken by the villains. They had said that the villains pointed at Izuku saying that they needed him and then steam filled the clearing and when it cleared both were gone. Shoji explained the magic man’s quirk that captured people in marbles. Izuku and Hitoshi were holding hands and so they probably got caught together and taken.
Hitoshi…
A quiet, strangled sob tore its way from Shouta’s lungs. He knew the kids had heard it but screw it. That was his son! And who was practically his son!
-----
‘B- bu’ I would c- cry if you d- died too.’
-----
A memory from when Izuku first went to live with the Kirishima’s.
-----
‘S- so are w- we familea?’
‘What do you think, Izuku?’
‘... Yer.’
…
‘B- but a- are you a- also ‘Dad’ t- too then?’
‘Think of me more as… an uncle, or something.’
‘U- uncle?’
‘Typically that would mean I would be the brother of either your mom or dad by blood but I think we have established that blood doesn’t mean ‘family.’
‘T- then?’
-----
Izuku had pointed at Hitoshi. He wanted Hitoshi as part of his family too.
-----
‘Cousin.’
-----
Another sob ripped from Shouta.
Cousin. HITOSHI had said ‘Cousin.’ He wanted Izuku in his family as well! Heck, Shouta wanted Izuku! Now they were both gone!
There were footsteps and then someone sat by him. He didn’t know it, but it was Mandalay. She ever so gently reached over and wrapped her arms around him, gently pulling Shouta into her arms. He let her, using the woman’s shoulder to try, and fail, to muffle his sobs.
A few of his students cried as well. He should be strong. He’s a hero. These are his students. He has to be strong for them. What will they think if their teacher, who is supposed to take care of them and be strong, breaks down. He already failed at protecting them though. Now more than ever he has to be a reassurance to these frightened teenagers. He has to be strong.
Hitoshi…
Aizawa Shouta can only cry harder.
Shouta did compose himself about a half hour later. He stood up an hour later to address all of the students and reassure them, like the teacher should, but it sounded empty even to him. When they finally arrived back in Musutafu, the hospital staff was already waiting for them. It was quick and rapid, moving the students in, checking them in. Parents and family members were everywhere.
After handling all of them, telling them that all of the students, wounded or not, would be staying in the hospital overnight, Shouta looked around. He realized that there was a couple, a very specific couple, that he had yet to speak to. Shouta moved to Hizashi who was in the corner. He was assigned to the watch group around the Kirishima residence. He should know where they are.
“Hey, Mic.” he greeted. The man gave him a strained smile. “Hey, Erasure.” Shouta looked around. “Where are Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima? I thought you were watching their house?” The stained smile faltered. “Let us… move… to a more secluded area.” Shouta didn’t like the sound of that but he conceded and followed the hero into a practically empty hallway of the hospital. Hizashi leaned against one wall, Shouta doing the same directly across from him.
“Zashi?” Sho asked, not using the man’s hero name now that they were alone. Zashi ran his hand through his hair. “Sho… I know this is probably the last thing you want to hear right now after what happened, especially to Hitoshi, but… Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima are missing.” Shouta is sure his heart stopped beating for a good few seconds.
“What…?” he asked. He heard it perfectly fine but he just had to make sure.
Zashi nodded. “We didn’t realize it right away. After the boys left home for the camp, the parents never exited the home. We thought that maybe they were just taking the day off. Then the next day passed. The night of the second day, we knocked on their door but no one answered. I wasn’t on that night. They passed it off as sleeping but when they didn’t leave for work again and we knocked again and they didn’t answer, we called their bosses and the like and found that they also weren’t seen at work and they hadn’t called out either. They were announced missing this afternoon.”
Shouta looked down. He drew in another shaky breath.
Hitoshi and Izuku were taken by the League of Villains, possibly injured. Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima are missing as well. Eijiro is here and very badly injur-
His head snapped up. “Kirishima,” he breathed out. Zashi nodded. “He is still unconscious but should wake up closer to morning.” Shouta nodded slowly. “You should go home and rest, Sho,” Zashi said softly. Shouta shook his head. “I can’t. I need to be here when he wakes up.” “Shouta, you are exhau-”
“Zashi, I need to be here!” Both stared at each other in shock at the desperation in Shouta’s voice. Zashi nodded slowly. “Alright… but I am staying as well.” Shouta shook his head. “It’s fine Zashi-”
“This is undebatable, Shouta,” Hizashi said sternly. And then, softer, “I don’t think you should be alone tonight.” Shouta hung his head, unable to find words to respond to that. Instead he just whispered:
“Thank you, Zashi…”
_______________________________
The next thing Eijiro remembers is waking up in a hospital bed with both arms in casts, his torso bandaged, and the top of his head wrapped.
He looked around. Aizawa-sensei was asleep on Mr. Yamada’s shoulder in a couple of chairs by the door of the room, both in their hero costumes. Mr. Yamada noticed that Eijiro was up. He looked down at Aizawa-sensei and shook his shoulder a bit. The black-clothed hero jolted with a gasp, looking around wildly. Eijiro couldn’t blame him for that reaction.
“Zashi?” Mr. Yamada tilted his head in Eijiro’s direction. Aizawa-sensei’s eyes trailed over to Eijiro. He took in a sharp breath. “Kirishima…” Eijiro swallowed thickly. “Aiz- *COUGH COUGH COUGH*” Aizawa-sensei bolted across the room frantically to get him a cup of water. It was strange seeing his teacher so frantic. He was usually so calm and, how does one put it, ‘rational.’ With some embarrassment, Eijiro let Aizawa-sensei help him drink as Eijiro’s arms were more or less immobile. When he was done, cup discarded, Eijiro looked over at Aizawa-sensei again.
“Aizawa-sensei, what happened?” he asked. “Is everyone okay? Kouta! Did Kouta find you?!” Both heroes took a place at Eijiro’s bedside.
“Yes,” Aizawa-sensei. “I guess you don’t remember but I found Kouta running to the facility from somewhere behind it. He told me what happened between you and Muscular, which we have in him in custody now.” Eijiro let out a sigh of relief. “I didn’t kill him, thank goodness.” “No,” Aizawa-sensei said, “but you almost killed yourself in the process. I swear you are almost as bad as your brother.” Eijiro chuckled. “Sorr-” He froze. The Aizawa-sensei froze. Mr. Yamada froze.
-----
‘Izu-ku?’
‘I’m sorry, Eijiro…’
-----
Eijiro lurched forward. “IZUKU! WHAT HAPPENED TO IZUKU?!” he asked hurriedly.
Aizawa-sensei took a deep breath. He opened his mouth to speak but nothing came out. “Aizawa-sensei, please! What happened?!” The man hung his head. The breath came out watery, as if he were trying not to cry. Eijiro felt tears welling up in his own eyes. “Sen… sei…?”
“Izuku,” Mr. Yamada spoke up, attracting Eijiro’s attention, Aizawa-sensei didn’t look up, “as well as Hitoshi,” Aizawa-sensei’s breath hitched, “were both taken by the League of Villains.”
Eijiro’s mind blanked. “No way…” Tears spilled over. “She came…” The adults both looked up in shock. Eijiro stared off into space. “She really came!” Eijiro screamed. “They broke her out and she came for him!” Eijiro felt his breathing get ragged. He didn’t notice Akio laying on the bed next to him until the dog’s head flopped on his lap. Eijiro wanted nothing more than to grab onto his dog and just cry into his fur. Mr. Yamada was rubbing his back. Eijiro took a few minutes to recompose himself. He took a few wobbly breaths before looking up at Mr. Yamada.
“Mom?” he asked. “Do Mom and Dad know?” Mr. Yamada took a sharp inhale through his nose, closing his eyes behind the sunglasses and tilting his head to the ceiling. Eijiro’s mouth felt dry as he opened it again. “Do… they know?”
“Eijiro…” the redhead looked over at Aizawa-sensei. The man, with tired, apologetic eyes, met his eyes. “I am so… so… sorry…” Eijiro shook his head. “No…” tears threatened to spill again. “WHAT HAPPENED TO MOM AND DAD?!?!” he all but broke his voice box.
“As of yesterday afternoon,” Aizawa-sensei started, “at 1:23 pm, Asa and Yuma Kirishima were announced missing.”
Eijiro stared blankly at the man.
“I am so sorry, Eijiro…”
Notes:
Again... I'm sorry...
Chapter 78: The Rescue
Summary:
Kamino Ward happens so... yeah.
Chapter Text
Asa groaned, lifting his head and looking around. His head throbbed painfully for whatever reason. As he took in the dirty concrete walls, musty air, he found Yuma tied up in a chair next to him, slouched and unmoving.
“Yuma!” He lurched forward but found that he couldn’t get to her as he, too, was tied up. Yuma’s eyes fluttered open. She looked around and then finally at him. “As…a…?” Her eyes widened. “Dear, you’re bleeding!” Asa couldn’t see where she meant from but he guessed from his head. He swallowed. “So are you,” he replied. Yuma looked around. “Where are we?” Asa shook his head. “I don’t know.”
*ca-thunk*
Both heads turned to the metal door in the center of the wall in front of them. “No…” Yuma whimpered. Out of it, swaying her hips with every step, walked none other than Midoriya Inko and she did not look pleased. Next to her was a man they didn’t recognize. He had spiky black hair and purple scarred skin that looked to be stapled to his body. “Remember what the man-child said. Don’t rough them up too bad. We need them in recognizable shape when your brat gets here.” Asa’s heart pounded in his chest. This was bad. If Ms. Midoriya was broken free by the League of Villains and now she was here then it is the only given conclusion that they were captured by the League. The man turned and left.
*ca-thunk* goes the door again.
Yuma looked petrified. Asa wished he could comfort her but he couldn’t. Even if he could, the situation left them no plausible comfort.
“Well, well, well,” Midoriya walked slowly towards them. “If it isn’t the bastard and whore that took my baby boy from me.” She stopped right in front of Asa and glowered down on him. Asa met her eyes head on. “We didn’t steal anyone. You chased Izuku aw-” *BAM* “ASA!” The fist sent Asa and his chair tumbling to the ground. His nose pulsed painfully, probably broken.
“Don’t you dare call my Izuku by his first name!” Midoriya screeched. Her foot connected with his chest. Asa gasped in pain, eyes building. “You don’t know him like that!” She kicked him in the stomach so hard Asa almost upchucked his breakfast. “You aren’t his father!”
“Stop! Please! Don’t hurt him!” Yuma cried out, struggling against the ropes. Midoriya stopped, a new kind of anger appearing in her eyes as her head slowly turned to Yuma. Asa’s heart dropped. “Wait! Yuma!” Midoriya ran at his wife. Yuma’s eyes flashed in terror right before fist connected with her right cheek. “AND YOU!!!” Midoriya screeched. “YOU AREN’T HIS MOTHER!!!” Yuma spat out blood onto the concrete floor before turning her head up to meet Midoriya’s glare with one equally as fierce. “I am more of a mother to that boy than you ever were,” she hissed. Midoriya screamed. *BAM*
Asa could only watch as his wife fell to the floor along with her own respective chair. *BAM* He squeezed his eyes shut. *BAM* Please… Someone… *BAM* If not both of us then please at least Yuma… *BAM* Plea-!
*ca-thunk*
The metal door opened. Asa’s eyes shot up. The man was back with bowls of what looked like white rice. “Inko, they need to eat.” Midoriya straightened up and glared at the scarred man . “I’m not done,” she hissed. Uncaringly, the man strode forward. “Don’t care. You aren’t the boss. We need these two alive.” Midoriya clicked her tongue. “Fine.” She crouched down by Yuma and grabbed a fist full of auburn-hair, pulling the fallen woman’s head up to meet their eyes.
“Let us get one thing straight,” Midoriya hissed. “You never were and never will be Izuku’s mother. I am his mother and if you can’t get that then I’ll just have to retrain you.” Yuma glared, though difficult with one eye starting to swell. “Like you did to Izuku?” she snapped back. Midoriya smiled. “Oh no, I would never do that to my son. But to you, oh yes.” She lifted Yuma’s head higher before- *SLAM* -slamming it into the concrete floor. The man untied them but shackled their ankles to the floor before leaving with Midoriya, the bowls of plain rice on the floor.
*ca-thunk*
And they were alone.
“Yuma,” Asa called out. Nothing. “Yuma!” he cried. His wife groaned, slowly lifting her head again. Asa crawled to her but found he couldn’t get close enough with the chain. “Yuma, speak to me. Are you alright?” His wife got herself to a seated position on the floor. She tried to move towards him but they found that she couldn’t reach him either. Their hands couldn’t reach. They couldn’t hold each other or comfort each other with mere centimetres between their fingertips and Asa found that feeling, that longing of knowing she was right there but he couldn’t go to her, more painful than any of the hits.
Tears streamed down Yuma’s face. “Asa… what do we do?” Asa hung his head. “I don’t know…”
He doesn’t know how long they were left alone. They ate the rice at some point just to keep their strength up. All that they knew is that when that door opened again, and Midoriya reentered, their lives for the next however long they would be here would be absolute hell.
_______________________________
It’s dark. It’s cold. He can breathe but the air feels so still it is like it is not even there. It’s suffocating.
He remembers fire coming at them, then the wall of ice. There was a lot of steam. Vaguely he remembers Toshi screaming for him and then… nothing. Nothing but the cold, dark, cramped space. Izuku didn’t like it. It felt like the closet. Is that where he was. She came… He was… He was back in the closet! If there were walls to be found then they would be closing in on him. The still air felt oh so thinner and yet he couldn’t hyperventilate either as if his body refused to change its state into an air deprived one. He couldn’t see, smell, hear, taste, or fe-
Feel. He felt something. His hand throbbed a bit. There was a weight on either side and a weight on his back. Something pressing against the back of his head and against his forehead. He didn’t know what it was but it felt safe. He didn’t want it to leave. He wanted to hold back but his body was like a statue floating in space. Weightless and yet oh so heavy.
Without warning, all of his senses came back in the form of him and someone else falling to the floor in an “Omph!”
Izuku peeled his eyes open. He was in Toshi’s arms in a ball on the floor as they both were crouching. Their interlocked hands were pressed between their two bodies. Toshi had his free hand around Izuku’s back and was pushing Izuku’s head to his shoulder.
“Well, now that you’re up and out, I think you could at least look at us.”
Both of the boys froze at the terribly familiar voice. Toshi’s hand moved from the back of his head so Izuku could look up. Shigaraki was sitting at the bar. The two untangled themselves and pushed themselves up. Behind the bar was the mist man behind the warp gates and a blonde haired girl with two buns who looked particularly displeased. In the back was a man with long hair and big lips, a lizard looking person, and the man with the top hat. The scarred man, Dabi was a bit in the middle.
But that wasn’t what caught Izuku’s eyes. In the far corner...
Toshi’s hand immediately came and turned Izuku’s head from that direction but it was too late. His heart pounded in his throat. Izuku wasn’t to hurl, to scream, to cry because for all of his nightmares that he had, he would always wake up and Mom and Dad would be there but this wasn’t a nightmare and that person was right there in the same exact room as him.
She… she really came for me…
The grip on Izuku’s hand tightened.
-----
‘Not until we get to the facility- no, not until we are safe, okay? When my hand leaves yours then we are safe. Hours, days, weeks, months. I don’t care how long it takes. We are partners. Partners go through the threats together and get to safety together. Do you understand?’
-----
Izuku took a deep breath. Toshi’s here. Toshi is here.
Shigaraki turned to them fully. He pointed directly at Toshi. “Who the hell is that kid?” “I could not see in the steam,” the top hat villain said, “so I just took everything around Midoriya. He came as a tag along apparently as they came out holding each other as so.” Izuku’s stomach churned by that name. That dreaded name. He hated it… Shigaraki grunted. “Well, it doesn’t matter to me. You,” he pointed to Izuku, “I want you to join us.”
Izuku’s mind blanked. What? Was he joking? No way. Obviously not!
“Are you stupid or something?” Toshi spoke up. “We are training to be heroes. Why would we join you who have repeatedly attacked us as villains ever join you?” Shigaraki scowled. “I didn’t ask you. Kurogiri, I don’t like him. I can kill him, right?” Izuku pulled his arm around, forcing Toshi behind him as Izuku stepped in front. “Oh?” Shigaraki sounded intrigued. “So that’s how it is, huh? What a loyal friend you are. That kind of loyalty is important here. You know, I like your story, Midoriya. I think you could be of great use to us. Join us, won’t you?”
Izuku narrowed his eyes. His tongue felt like lead but still he opened his mouth to speak. “No. Screw you.” Short and sweet.
He held Shigaraki’s glare, the tension so thick it was palpable.
“Izuku.” His whole body went rigid, it was like a static over his mind when her voice rang through the air. “That is no way to talk to those older than you.” He couldn’t breathe. An oh so familiar dull throb came from his shoulder. Izuku’s eyes trailed down to his right shoulder.
Please…
The string had made its appearance.
No…
Tears threatened to spill. She pulled, ever so slightly, just enough to force his torso to twist in her direction. Viridian eyes met viridian and it was like there was only him and that woman in the whole world.
“Look at me when I speak to you, Izuku.”
“Oh, right,” Shigaraki spoke again. “We heard that you and your mother were separated so we brought her here for you. Isn’t that great?” No. NO THE HECK IT IS NOT! There was a hiss from Toshi as Izuku’s grip got tighter but Izuku couldn’t find it in him to let go.
Threat.
“We thought that maybe she would be enough to persuade you.”
Threat.
She pushed off the wall and slowly made her way forward. Toshi pulled ahead, pushing Izuku back. That woman growled. “Don’t run away from me, Izuku.” She continued her advance until Toshi and him were pressed up against the wall.
“Back off,” Toshi hissed. She narrowed her eyes. “Who are you to tell me what to do? I am just greeting my son. I don’t think you have the right. Move aside, boy.” Don’t leave. Don’t leave! Don’t leave me with her! “I am afraid that I can’t do that, ma’am.” Toshi said. “Unfortunately, one of the Class 1-B boys has a quirk that fuses things together. He was practicing it on living beings and you attacked before he could unfuse our hands. Furthermore,” Toshi glared at her, “I don’t want to.”
Don’t provoke her! Threat. Dangerous!
She let out a sharp exhale. “I don’t think I asked for your two cents.” “You got them anyway. Zuku doesn’t want you he-”
“Zuku?” She leaned down and met Toshi head on. “I remember you from the visit. You…” She leaned up. *SLAP* Izuku stumbled as the hand came across Toshi’s face so hard that it made the boy stumble as well. She’s hurting him! “You are one of those bastards who are trying to take my baby away from me!!!” She snapped her head to Izuku. “Izuku, let go of this boy right this second!” Izuku couldn’t move. It was like his body was frozen in place. She leaned down. Her fingers trailed down the jawline of the greenette's face. He shivered.
“Izuku,” she cooed, “let go.”
He had no choice. Izuku loosened his grip on Toshi’s hand but as soon as he did, Toshi gripped it so hard he would have winced if he could move his face to do so.
-----
‘When my hand leaves yours then we are safe. Hours, days, weeks, months. I don’t care how long it takes.’
‘Partners go through the threats together and get to safety together.’
-----
Toshi squeezed it as the woman before him clicked his tongue. THREAT.
-----
‘Do you understand?’
-----
“You’ve become such a bad boy, Izuku,” she hissed. “They’ve tainted you.” She reached forward. Izuku’s heart pounded as the string formed from his chest. “How many times do I have to say it, Izuku? Respond when spoken to. Are you that stupid? Let me remind you what happens to bad boys!”
_______________________________
*BAM*
Hitoshi is sure he clacked out for a second when he and Zuku hit the wall. Slow, calculated steps were approaching. Suck! Toshi gathered Izuku in his free arm the best he could, trying to shield the shaking boy.
The other villains were just watching. Of course they were! Hitoshi’s heart was pounding. He couldn’t use his quirk. The second he did they would attack. Zuku couldn’t either. His only current arm was occupied with Hitoshi’s hand and you had to be the dumbest person alive if you thought that they were letting go any time soon. No, he could tell that Zuku was fighting dissociation. Hitoshi made a promise to stay together and Zuku’s mental state being actually active was grounding on the fact that he and Hitoshi had physical contact and that silent problem. Letting go would not only be a betrayal of trust but it would take away the anchor and only thing keeping Zuku present at the moment.
Inko towered over them. “It’s a shame that I had to resort to this but we have other ways of making you agree.” Hitoshi shivered as she glared at him.
Inko turned to Shigaraki. “I’ll be right back.” And she left. She just… left. The instant the door closed behind her, Zuku untensed. Not completely, but enough to let Hitoshi know that he was more aware and not completely paralyzed.
“I’d just say yes if I were you,” Dabi suddenly spoke up. “You are going to regret a lot of things if you don’t.” Hitoshi spat on the floor. “We aren’t joining you. You all are screwed in the mind. You minus well kill us instead.” Shigaraki smirked behind the hand. “Careful what you wish for. Why not join us? I’m sure you’re angry at all the world has thrown at you. You can pay them all back.”
Hitoshi used his one free hand to cover Zuku’s ear. “Don’t listen to them, Zuku.” The greenette glanced up and oh, oh he looked so petrified. “T- T- Toshi,” he whispered. “Wh- what- I don- We-” Hitoshi shook his head. “We have to just stall. It’s fine. We will be fine. I promise.” Empty promises. Hitoshi was so scared. The only reason he wasn’t showing it was because he couldn’t. Zuku was next to out of commission. He had to be strong. He was more or less in a vague safe zone as long as Zuku was here because they were trying to convince the boy to join them. If they killed Hitoshi they wouldn’t be able to convince Zuku. Zuku was the one at most risk specifically because they wouldn’t kill him. Instead, they had him in between a rock and a hard place. Hitoshi was both what was keeping him grounded but also what was the metaphorical hard place because he could also be the hostage in a sense. If Zuku didn’t say yes, they might kill him and Hitoshi knew that Izuku would jump right up and join them if it meant protecting him.
The door opened and out walked Inko. She came over and crouched by them. Hitoshi glared at her, trying to shield Zuku but he knew there was not much he could do. “Oh, sweetheart,” she cooed, “if only you had listened to mommy. But you know what? I have a gift for you, sweetie!” She stood and left, coming back a second later dragging two…
Oh. My. Goodness.
“Look, sweetie! It’s your new ‘family!’” Before Zuku could lift his head, Hitoshi grabbed his friend’s face. “Don’t look. It’s fake. It’s fake. A trick.” Inko wasn’t having it. She reached forward and grabbed the string in Zuku’s shoulder again, forcing the boy’s body to face her. “I said LOOK.” And Zuku did. Hitoshi hung his head, shoulders shaking. This is so wrong…
On the floor was Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima, bloodied and battered, almost unrecognizable. Their clothes were torn but still somehow on.
Hitoshi glanced up at Zuku.
“M- Mom…?” the boy whispered but it echoed around the room. Mrs. Kirishima jolted slightly. “Dad…?” Mr. Kirishima raised his head. Tears silently streamed down his face. Hitoshi wanted to throw up. Their eyes widened. “Izu…” Mrs. Kirishima whispered. *BAM* Inko kicked the woman across the face. “Don’t speak to my son so casually.” Zuku lurched forward. “D- don’t hurt th- them!” Inko’s face fell into a frightening smile. She came over and crouched before Zuku’s face in her hand. “Sweetie, these are the people who brainwashed you into loving them. Don’t you know that I am the only one that loves you?”
“Izuku, don’t listen to her!” Mr. Kirishima yelled. Inko’s face fell instantly. She stood. “N- n- no! Please!” Inko stopped and looked over her shoulder. “Izuku, do you remember what happens to bad boys?” Zuku’s eyes widened. Inko giggled and crouched beside Mr. Kirishima. She grabbed a fist full of raven hair and pulled the man’s head up to meet Zuku’s eyes. Hitoshi tried to turn Zuku away but the greenette couldn’t stop staring. Mr. Kirishima smiled. “I’m fine, Izu-” *BAM* A choked sob escaped Zuku’s lips and his father’s face was slammed into the ground.
“P- please! I- I’ll do anaethang! J- j- just don’ h- hurt them!” Izuku pleaded. Inko smiled. “Please, who?” Hitoshi covered Zuku’s mouth before the boy could respond. Inko scowled and lifted Mr. Kirishima’s head again. Zuku struggled, muffled yells against Hitoshi’s palm. “You can’t say it, Zuku!” he whispered. “You can’t call her that!” *BAM* Zuku tore his face free.
“MOM!” he screeched. “PLEASE, MOM! I’LL DO ANAETHANG!”
Hitoshi’s face fell. Mr. Kirishima’s face fell. Mrs. Kirishima’s face fell. Inko’s face brightened.
The witch dropped Mr. Kirishima’s head with a dull *thud*. She crossed the gap and crouched in front of Zuku. “Oh, sweetie,” she smiled, gently caressing Zuku’s face. “I missed you so much. You’ll be joining us then, right?”
“Izuku!” Mrs. Kirishima cried out. “Don’t do it! We’ll be fine!” Hitoshi grabbed Zuku’s shoulder and forced the boy to him. “Zuku, don’t-” *BAM* Hitoshi saw stars as his face hit the ground. Inko glared at him. “I don’t recall asking you.” Hitoshi met Zuku’s eyes.
Fear. Pain. Guilt.
Inko turned to Shigaraki. “Let’s kill this on-”
“I’ll do it…” Zuku cut her off, head low. Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima both let out a sob. “Zuku… no…” The greenette lifted his head with determination in his eyes. “I- I’ll do it if you let them go a- and promise not to hurt them ever again.” Shigaraki grinned. “That sounds more like it.”
Hitoshi sat up, gripping Zuku’s shoulder. “Zuku, no! You don’t have to do thi-”
“Let go, Toshi…” Zuku whispered. Tears filled Hitoshi’s eyes. “Zuku…” *SLAP* “You heard him,” Inko chuckled. “Let go.”
So many things flashed through your mind when presented with this situation. For Hitoshi he thought of his father. He thought of his friends. His cats. He thought of the life he had before and the life he has now. And then… he remembered the days in the orphanage. The kids calling him a villain. How they muzzled him, mistreated him. He remembered it all. Lastly, he remembered a little green-haired boy, scared, frightened, just pulled off of the streets. Specifically, Hitoshi remembered a promise.
-----
‘Let’s be heroes together, Zuku.’
-----
Dad… I’m sorry…
He lifted his head towards Shigaraki. “If he is joining then so am I.”
Zuku’s head snapped up at him. “T- Toshi?” Hitoshi didn’t look at him. “You know, I was always told I was a villain for my quirk. The only reason I became a hero was because Zuku was but honestly, I am so sick of people judging me for it. If Zuku is joining you guys, I have no reason to be a hero anymore so I honestly don’t care.”
Shigaraki hummed. “Imagine the press getting word that we turned not one but two of UA’s precious hero students over to our side.” Shigaraki got up and walked over to them. “Welcome to the League of Villains, brats.” Hitoshi could feel Zuku’s eyes on him. Shigaraki turned to the mist man. “Kurogiri, take the parents and bring them back to their home.”
_______________________________
Asa struggled to get to his feet. “Izuku! Hitoshi! You don’t have to do this!”
Kurogiri came around the counter. “Time to go.” “Izu!” Yuma reached out for their son. Midoriya, that witch, turned back to them and smirked. She wrapped an arm around Izuku’s shoulders and ran a hand through those green curls the same way Asa and Yuma had done so many times before except this time it did not comfort the boy, only strike fear into those green orbs. Yuma growled. “Get away from him!” She lunged forward. Dabi was behind them in a flash, grabbing Yuma by her arm and holding her back.
Izuku met their eyes. “Goodbye, Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima.”
Yuma went slack. Asa felt shock run through his body at the words, doing nothing as he was dragged to his feet. In one last burst of energy, before they were fully dragged through the warp gate, Yuma cried out.
“IZUKU! I LOVE YOU! DON’T YOU EVER FORGET THAT!”
And they popped out in their house.
_______________________________
Hitoshi stares at the floor as they sit on the couch in the Leagues base. He has never dissociated but he is pretty darn close to it he feels. His hand throbs in the back of his mind. He doesn’t really register the feeling. Turns out, they actually couldn’t separate themselves. The villains had even tried to pry his and Zuku’s fingers off of each other’s hands but couldn’t Something about hand paralysis. The strength of the grips and the fear subconsciously locking their hands in place.
Hitoshi vaguely remembers reading an article of something similar once. The door to a plane had opened and the pilot had fallen out. The co-pilot took over until they landed thinking that the pilot had died when in actuality the pilot had grabbed onto the bar of the stairs on the door and held on until landing. They had to use a crowbar or something to physically pry the man’s hand off of the bar because he was gripping it so tightly.
(True story. Read it once irl.)
Hitoshi can feel that sentiment. To his right, Zuku is sitting there. Hitoshi is ninety-nine percent sure that the boy has dissociated. Inko is sitting next to Zuku. It makes Hitoshi sick. She has her arms around him, holding Zuku close as she runs her hand through his hair while the League discusses how they will show their conversion to the world in a flashy way. She keeps whispering gentle words to the greenette, as if she actually cares. Hitoshi wants so badly to punch her. To hurt her. Do anything just to make her stop. He can’t though.
They are villains now. All of that hard work for nothing. When one thinks about losing everything, they don’t really think too deeply. Hitoshi never thought too deeply about it. Until now. Dad is gone. His friends are gone. His soul… it’ll be gone soon enough when they start doing acts of villainy.
All he has is Zuku. All Zuku has is him. He’ll gladly accept the hand paralysis for hours, days, wee-
-----
‘-ks, months. I don’t care how long it takes. We are partners. Partners go through the threats together and get to safety together.’
-----
- eternity.
That’s how it will end up being. They aren’t safe and they will never be safe again and as such Hitoshi will hold true to his promise.
If he has to give up everything, his father, his life, his sanity, all of that. If he has to give it all up, Hitoshi will hold on to this one, small, scarred hand until the day he breathes his last breath. It truly is all that he has left.
“UA is having a press conference two nights from now,” Kurogiri’s voice suddenly cut through. Shigaraki hummed. “How ironic would it be if two of their students crashed the party?” The man turned and smirked at them behind the hand on his face. Hitoshi realized he was waiting for a reply. He sucked in a small breath.
He didn’t feel like breathing anymore…
“Pretty ironic, I’d imagine,” he responded as smoothly as he could. Shigaraki nodded. “You two will crash the press conference two nights from now then and announce to the world your allegiance to us, understand?”
-----
‘Do you understand?’
-----
Hitoshi felt the hand in his tremble again for the umpteenth time. He couldn’t squeeze it any tighter so instead he just shook his arm a bit and hoped Zuku felt it through the cage he had locked himself in.
No. That witch locked him in.
“Yup!” he popped the ‘p’ and oh how his stomach churned. Kurogiri nodded. “It is pretty late,” he said. “You two have had an eventful night.” That’s one way to put that. “Let me accompany you two to your room.” Hitoshi nodded. He stood up. “Zuku,” he said softly. Dead viridian eyes slowly moved up to him and met his equally dead indigo ones. “Let’s go.” He shook his arm just a bit again. A slow blink. Zuku sat up straight from Inko’s grasp and stood up. Inko stood as well. “I’ll come and tuck you in, okay, sweetheart?” Hitoshi swallowed the bile that rose in his throat. Zuku’s head turned slowly to the woman. “Yes… Mom.” Inko tilted her head. “Yes, Mom, what?” Just leave him alone! “Yes, Mom. Thank you.” Zuku’s voice sounded so dry, so empty. Hitoshi didn’t blame him.
That blonde girl bounced up to them, swinging her arms around their shoulders. Toga was her name.
“Nighty night, you two!” she chirped. “So happy to have you! It was a bit scary my first time too but you’ll get used to it, I promise!”
Hitoshi, against his better judgement, looked over at her. “First time what?”
She smiled. “Killing, of course!” His blood froze. “But it is so pretty when their blood spills everywhere!” She let them go and skipped off. “Night!” Hitoshi decided to hold his tongue until they got to their ‘room.’ It was small and cramped with only a single bed that could hardly be called that. “I hope you understand but we will be chaining you to the wall overnight. Hitoshi nodded, unable to get a word out. Their feet were chained to the wall. “We will come get you in the morning,” Kurogiri said before leaving. Inko strolled over. “Good night, sweetie,” she pressed a kiss to Zuku’s head. The woman only glared daggers at Hitoshi before leaving them in the dark sitting on either side of the bed.
…
…
…
Zuku finally made a sound. It was a sob. He was crying. Hitoshi hung his head, tears spilling from his own eyes, their hands tightly clasping together in the middle of the bed.
“I- I- I’m sorry!” Zuku wailed. “I- I- I d- didn’t m- mean fer th- this to ‘appen!” Hitoshi turned around, sliding his legs onto the bed, chains rattling. He brought Zuku to his chest, openly crying now as well. “Y- you should h- h- have just l- left!” Hitoshi shook his head. “I couldn’t leave you, idiot! We said we would be partners forever. If that means being villains forever, then so be it!” They cried harder.
He doesn’t know when they laid down, only that at some point they did. The exhaustion of the day, the training camp, attack, and what just transpired finally getting to them. Zuku curled into a ball against his chest, their hands locked together between them. Hitoshi wrapped his arm around his best friend, running it through the green curls, trying to rid the feeling of Inko’s hands. He doesn’t know when they laid down but he does know that despite the exhaustion, neither fell asleep. They couldn’t. Hitoshi vaguely remembers a conversation he and Dad had after training one day with Zuku.
-----
‘Threat…’
‘Hmm?’
‘When you asked Izuku how he felt when the string was grabbed he said ‘Threat.’ Does that mean he sees me as a threat?’
Dad shook his head. ‘You know, I was thinking about that too. It seemed like an odd word to think, even considering the situation. But no, I don’t think so.’
‘So then what did he mean by it?’ Hitoshi asked.
‘I think that is what Izuku perceives people or certain actions through.’
‘What?’
‘It’s like this.’ Dad held out one hand. ‘This is ‘Threat.’’ He held out the other. ‘This is, I think, ‘Safe.’ In Izuku’s mind, I’ve come to realize that when he is around a new person, he puts them basically on a scale of how threatening they are to his safety. That can be altered by what they do. I think, in regards to training, he does not see you as a threat but the action of his quirk being used makes him flashback to the times he was under his mother’s control. I would say that if ‘Threat’ had a highest level, it would be Inko Midoriya, the lowest being Mary Lou. That is probably why he said that.’
‘He categorizes people based on levels of threat?’
Dad nodded.
‘That… is a terrible way to live.’
-----
Hitoshi didn't stop running his hands through Zuku’s hair the entire night.
-----
‘That is the only way Izuku knows how to survive.’
------
Hitoshi was suddenly greeted full force with the new realization. That conversation is his life now. It truly is the only way to make it for them now.
If he cried again that night, Zuku didn’t comment on it. And if Zuku cried as well, neither did Hitoshi.
_______________________________
*RIIIIIING* *RIIIIIING* *RIII-*
“Hello?” Shouta drowsily answered the phone.
“AIZAWA!” the man jumped at the sound of Mr. Kirishima’s voice.
“Mr. Kirishima?!” he exclaimed. “Where are you? You were announced missing! Are you okay?!”
“Yes, me and Yuma are fine, at our house now, but that doesn’t matter now,” the man urgently said. “We were held captive by the League of Villains for we don’t know how long but then Izuku and your son randomly showed up-” Shouta’s breath hitched “- and they tried to force Izuku to join them. He agreed for our safety and your son joined too because he refused to leave Izuku! And- And Inko Midoriya was there and, Aizawa they need out right the heck now!”
Shouta took a few deep breaths. “First off, get to a police station. They need to know you are alive. Second off, do you know where this was?”
“Sadly, no. All we know is that it was some old rundown bar,” the man replied.
“That is better than nothing. Thank you for calling. We will do our best to locate them. I am glad you are alright.”
No later after hanging up, Shouta immediately dialed Tsukauchi. Pick up. Pick up, dang it!
*click*
“Aiza-”
“TSUKAUCHI!” Shouta all but yelled. “I need that list of potential bases for the League now! I have a lead and I think it might just be what we need to find Hitoshi and Izuku!”
_______________________________
Eijiro stared up at the ceiling blankly.
They are gone… They are all gone… My family, the League took them. SHE took them.
He felt tears well in his eyes again for the umpteenth time but blinked them away. His arms were mostly healed via Recovery Girl but were to stay wrapped for the rest of the day. Another day… he’s already been in here for one day and still no news on the situation.
The door to his hospital room opened. Eijiro looked over at it. “Yo!” Kaminari, Sero, and most of Class 1-A came through the door. A few were still knocked out by the gas. What really surprised him was that Class 1-B’s Bakugou was hovering in the doorway.
“How’s it been?” Kaminari greeted. “Have ya seen the news? UA’s been getting bashed, dude.” Eijiro sat up. Tokoyami’s Dark Shadow held up a melon. “We didn’t know what you liked so we brought you this.” Eijiro lowered his head. “Thanks, guys…” A tense atmosphere fell over the room. Asui cleared her throat. “We heard about your parents, ribbit. We are sorry. The heroes are sure to find them, and Izuku.” There were a round of hums and nods. Eijiro blinked back more tears. “Yeah…”
…
“Hey, dude…” Kaminari stepped forward. “Me and Sero were passing by Yaoyorozu’s room yesterday and we more or less eavesdropped on the convo.” Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “Don’t give me that!” Kaminari laughed. Eijiro was grateful for his light spirit. “Anyways, we heard that she actually got a tracker device onto one of those Nomu things and made the locator for the heroes. We were thinking… well, me and Sero, that we could get one from her too.”
Eijiro’s head snapped up. The students erupted. “What?!” “That’s dangerous!” “That’s, like, illegal! Going into hero affairs!”
Kaminari spun around. “You guys don’t understand! Izuku is-” the electric boy glanced down at Eijiro. It hit him. Kaminari knows. He and Sero and Kouda, they all know what Izuku went through and why it is so important.
“Either way, ribbit,” Asui spoke up, “you shouldn’t go after them. We are hero students, not full heroes. We aren’t equipped for this.”
Eijiro bit his lip. “I can’t sit here and do nothing though!”
“The heroes can take care of it.”
“But-”
“I am always one to speak my mind, Kirishima,” the frog-like girl cut in. “I know you have strong feelings about this but if you are going to go breaking the rules like this based on your feelings then you are no better than the villains.”
…
“Ribbit.”
…
...
...
“Hey, dude, that’s a bit harsh,” Kaminari said softly.
“She is right, though,” Shoji cut in. “This isn’t our place.” “Bu-”
*knock knock knock* The nurse walked in. “Sorry everyone, visiting hours are over.”
Asui turned back to Eijiro. “I know you are worried, ribbit, but this isn’t something you should do. Get better soon.”
There were a couple of similar sentiments before his classmates began to filter out. Kaminari and Sero stayed behind as well as… Todoroki? No, that makes sense. Todoroki stepped up. “If you go…” he started slowly, “I’ll go with you.” All heads snapped up to the boy who was looking at the ground. Kaminari grinned and snapped his head back to Eijiro.
“We talked to Yaoyorozu yesterday, we gotta do it fast but she agreed to come along and make the device,” Sero said. “I think… I think you know just how badly, just how fast we need to get him out of there more so than anyone.” Kaminari nodded and turned to Todoroki. “And something tells me that you do too.” The bicolored boy looked up. “You and Izuku and Shinsou, you all have that sort of air. I don’t know your story and I’m not all that smart but I think you know a bit better than the rest of us a few things about the life he’s had cause you’ve had a taste of it too.”
Todoroki didn’t respond.
Kaminari turned back to Eijiro. “Tonight the heroes are planning a raid in the midst of a press conference. Your arms should be out of their casts by then, am I right?” Eijiro nodded. “They will be taking them off in an hour or so.” Kaminari nodded. “If you want to, we are meeting in front of the hospital at nine tomorrow. Even if you don’t come, we are going.” Eijiro nodded sharply. Really? What choice was there to be made.
“I’m coming along.”
*knock knock knock*
Eijiro looked over at the door to his hospital room. I thought visiting hours were over. Wait… That’s odd. Usually when a nurse knocks they just open the door, not wait… The only people who do that is…
“M- Mom?” he asks hesitantly. The door slid open.
Eijiro’s eyes widened. Mom and Dad stood in the doorway. Dad was on crutches, Mom’s arm was in a sling. They looked tired and pale and were obviously wounded but there they were.
“MOM! DAD!” Eijiro all but threw himself out of bed. Mom knelt down and caught the boy in one arm. Tears streamed down his face. “Ei…” Dad’s hand ran through his hair. “I- I was so worried!” He stepped back. “Where were you?! What happened to you two?!” Their smiles fell. “Ei, dear,” Mom wiped a tear from his face, “let’s sit down. We need to tell you something.”
…
…
…
Eijiro’s head hung, body shaking with anger and guilt and sadness. “Izu…” “The heroes are looking for them as we speak,” Dad said. Eijiro’s fist curled. He lifted it and *BANG* brought it down on the small table next to his hospital bed, a twinge of pain shooting through his arm.
“That idiot!” Eijiro yelled. “That selfless, loving, overcaring idiot!” Eijiro wiped at his eyes furiously. “Th- that idiot…”
Mom and Dad couldn’t stay forever but they promised to visit the next day.
That next night, Eijiro swung his legs out of bed. Mom and Dad had already left for that day, giving him updates. What was the update? The heroes are doing a press conference tonight and the raid is also taking place at the same time. What was also happening at this time?
“Hey, dude! You made it!” Kaminari waved him over from in front of the hospital.
He was going out with his friends and rescuing Izuku. That was what was happening tonight. And when he did, he would give his self-sacrificing brother a big ol’ piece of his mind.
“Of course,” Eijiro said. “I wouldn’t miss it for the world.” He looked around. Kaminari, Sero, Todoroki, and... “Kouda?” The stony boy waved. Eijiro nodded. “Thanks for coming man.” He turned to Sero. “Where is Yaoyorozu?” The doors to the hospital opened behind him. He turned around and found her walking towards them. As soon as she got close enough, Eijiro gave her a giant hug.
“Thank you…” he whispered. The girl seemed stunned for a moment before hugging back. “Of course.”
“Oi!”
They split and everyone turned around. “Bakugou?!” Eijiro exclaimed. “Keep your trap shut,” the blonde replied. “Do you want to be caught?” Everyone shook their heads. “What are you doing here?” Sero asked. “Coming with you to rescue the nerd, obviously.” Kaminari hummed. “I didn’t realize you were so close.”
“We aren’t…” Bakugou replied almost sadly. “Are we going or not?” Yaoyorozu nodded. “Y- yes!” She pulled out the tracker. “Let’s go!”
Eijiro didn’t know where he stood with this Bakugou kid, only knowing that the blonde and Izuku had a less than enjoyable past concerning the other, but he knows that the blonde has been trying to right a few wrongs. He’s seen it here and there so he doesn’t think the boy is bad. It sort of reminded him of Izuku and Yamamoto and his relationship. As long as the blonde helps get Izuku back then he thinks it’s fine.
Probably.
Eijiro shook his head and looked forward. His demeanor settled in determination.
We are coming for you, Izu. Just hang in there a little longer.
_______________________________
“So this is it?” Toshi hummed from his position next to Izuku in the bar. They were sitting on the couch, watching the press conference take place. They were making Sho and Class 1-B’s teacher look like villains.
No… the real villains were them. Well, they were about to be.
Izuku nodded solemnly. He doesn’t remember much of the past day they spent here, fading in and out of active dissociation. What he does remember is the fear, the pain, and…
“Izukuuuuu!” His entire body locked up at her voice. THREAT. She came up and gave him a tight hug. Izuku wanted to scream and lash out at her but he couldn’t. Instead, he had to return the hug, albeit awkwardly. His left hand, only hand, and Toshi’s right hand were still petty glues together. If he didn’t hug her back, he’d be thrown across the room.
He didn’t realize just how different his quirk being used by her versus being used by Toshi felt. He hated it but even more he hated how if he was thrown, so was Toshi. That was something he remembered. In the span of just one day it felt as though she was trying to make up for seven years of not using his quirk. It reminded Izuku of why he hated his quirk in the first place.
“Mommy’s so proud of you,” she cooed, running her hands through his hair. His body itched as she touched him. He hated how she used the same ‘comforting’ touches as Mo- Mrs. Kirishima did.
Don’t call her Mom. It’ll only hurt worse.
“You are going to do great, sweetie. Knock ‘em dead!” She smiled up at him.
THREAT.
“It is about time to go,” Kurogiri set down the cup he was cleaning. “Are you two-”
*knock knock knock*
All heads snapped to the front of the bar. “Wha-” "Pizza Delivery!" Everyone looked around. "Who ordered a pi-?"
“*!!!!!!!!!!SMASH!!!!!!!!!!*”
The entire brick wall of the bar was broken down and none other than All Might himself was the one to do it.
“This is organized!” Shigaraki shouted. “Don’t send them to the press conference! The heroes there are probably waiting for them!” Izuku and Toshi shot up from the couch as heroes filtered in. “Come on,” Toshi hissed, trying to lead them to the front. A dull throb in his back told him someone had other plans. “Tosh- I!”
The two were thrown back by her using his quirk. They slammed into the far wall. “You planned this, didn’t you, Izuku?” She stormed up to them, a knife raised. “You planned this! This boy has tainted you! He must die!” Izuku threw himself over Toshi as the knife came down but it never hit.
“LACQUERED CHAIN PRISON!” Kamui Woods shot his branches out and wrapped up every villain he could, including her.
“YOU CAN’T RUN AWAY VILLAINS,” All Might shouted. “WE ARE HERE!” All Might quickly ran over to them. “You two, there are heroes outside! Do you think you can get to them?” Toshi nodded sharply. “Yes, si- GUH!” Toshi covered his mouth but a black gunk spilled through. Izuku couldn’t do the same. It began to encase their bodies as well as the bodies of the other villains. “Boys!” All Might tried to grab them but they had vanished in the gunk.
They were spat out in what seemed to be an abandoned warehouse. Toshi and Izuku hacked and coughed. “Zuku! Zuku!” Toshi’s urgent whisper had Izuku’s head snapping up. Abandoned warehouse my butt. They were behind a figure in very formal wear that had seemingly no face. All around them were… heroes. Unconscious or dead.
“Ah, so you are the boy Tomura has been trying so hard to get,” the man spoke with unchallenged authority and almost charm if it weren’t for the sheer amount of intimidation that radiated off of him. Both Izuku and Toshi could only stand in paralyzed fear in front of this man. “And your little tag along buddy. It seems you set us up.” Ice minus well have been dumped down their shirts. Izuku couldn’t breathe. This was worse than even her and all the man had done was speak! Suddenly, black blobs formed in the air and the villains from the bar dropped onto the scene. Izuku and Toshi jumped back.
“Tomura,” Shigaraki’s head snapped up. “You failed,” the man said. “Do not worry, I am here for you. I shall make these important pieces for you be yours.” Izuku jumped in front of Toshi as the man slowly walked up to them. “You are important to Tomura. I am going to have to change somethings in your mind so just stand still. This may hurt.”
Izuku wanted to run but he couldn’t. If he ran then the man would get Toshi. A large hand hovered over his face. Every millimetre it got closer Izuku’s heart pounded harder and louder. Tears welled in his eyes as he squeezed them shut.
“*SMAAAA-”
“Oh, so he is coming.” The two boys’ heads snapped up to see the completion of-
“-AAAASH!!!!!!*”
All Might’s and the villains fists collided, sending a giant shockwave that pushed them over. They rolled on the ground, dust blowing everywhere. “So you’ve come to kill me again, All Might?” The hero growled. “This time I will kill you for sure, All For One-” Wait, that sounds familiar, “and I am taking back Young Kirishima and Young Aizawa!” The villain, All For One, minus well have rolled his nonexistent eyes as he threw his arm out and All Might was sent flying.
No way… Who is this man that not even All Might can land a hit on him?! Suddenly their brief glimpse of hope was stripped away from them once again. All For One turned to Shigaraki. “Take your pieces and leave, Tomura.” Black and red metallic tendrils shot from the man’s fingers and stabbed into the unconscious Kurogiri. A giant warp gate opened. “Leave.”
“I DON’T THINK SO!” *BOOM* All Might landed in the clearing again.
Izuku saw movement from the corner of his eye. The magic man was trying to sneak up on them. He whipped Toshi around and jumped back. “Guess it won’t be so easy, huh? Look,” the man pointed at All Might and All For One, “your presence is holding him back.” Izuku bit his lip.
*!BOOM!*
That one sounded different. It sounded like- His head whipped around to see a giant slope of ice going up toward the sky. On that ice was none other than Bakugou, Kouda, and Eijiro. Sero’s tape was wrapped around Bakugou’s waist that connected to Kouda’s that connected to Eijiro’s. They each wore a pair of roller skates and with Bakugou as the head, blasting them up the glacier, the three soared into the sky.
“IZU!!!”
No way... Eijiro reached out his hands. It won’t make it! Toshi suddenly bolted forward. “It will!” he shouted as if he knew what Izuku was thinking. The two ran for a giant piece of overturned wall. They jumped onto and then off of it as far as they could.
The string… just barely reached Eijiro’s hand. Izuku felt something though, from the ground, also being pulled from the back. As he and Toshi were pulled up, he glanced down and so her with the string. Please! No! We are so close! The explosions from Bakugou, Kouda’s leathery skin protecting him and Eijiro, was enough momentum that the tug-of-war didn’t last but instead, she was dragged up with them.
The magic man barreled after them.
“CLIFF TITAN!” Mount. Lady shot up from the ground, the magic man smashing into her. “The rescue is… top priority!” she yelled, falling back down.
They landed rolling on top of a building.
Izuku groaned, blinking at the sky. “-zu! IZU!” Eijiro’s face came into view. Izuku blinked before jumping up, stumbling a bit as Toshi did too. Eijiro’s arms swung around him. Izuku instantly tensed, freezing up. Eijiro noticed backing up. “Are you okay- IZUKU?!”
He suddenly went flying backward towards the edge of the building. Eijiro shot his hand out and grabbed the string, pulling. Izuku creed out in pain as from his back, she pulled, and his front he pulled.
“You!” she screamed, having tagged along for the ride. “Let of my son!”
“He isn’t your son-” *!BOOM!* Bakugou’s palm collided with her face. Her eyes rolled back and she fell, the string dissipating. Eijiro let go of his as well. Izuku fell to his knees, heart pounding. Eijiro ran up. “Izuku, are you-”
“STAY AWAY!” Izuku screamed.
_______________________________
Eijiro stumbled back in shock.
Izuku scrambled away from him, and in turn, so Shinsou followed, their hands clasped together tightly. He shouldn’t be surprised. Shinsou was calming him down but any time any of them tried to get close, the process would start all over again. What he also noticed was that Shinsou flinched violently as well. They were… scared of them.
When Izuku and Shinsou finally stood again, Eijiro approached slowly. “Hey, man, sorry for rushing you like that. We need to get you to the police station. And her…”
“I’ll get the hag,” Bakugou said, already slinging the woman over his shoulders like a sack of potatoes. Eijiro nodded. “Thanks, man.” he turned back to Izuku and Shinsou. “Don’t worry, we have Kouda’s bird doing lookout for us.” He pointed up. Both boy’s looked up. Cloudy was making circles high in the sky above them. “Let’s go, okay?” Shinsou and Izuku made eye contact for a bit, as if they were having a silent conversation, before looking at him and nodding.
The five, well, six counting Ms. Midoriya, made their way down the building, Eijiro having to punch a hole in the mini building on top’s door so they could go down the stairs. The only sounds were the fight raging nearby.
“Thank you for coming for us,” Shinsou suddenly spoke up. Izuku nodded. “Th- thank ya…”
Eijiro smiled. “It’s no problem.”
The streets were crowded and it became pretty clear that neither Izuku nor Shinsou could make it through that crowd without either falling into a panic attack. “Let’s wait here until the streets clear,” Eijiro said. Bakugou stayed a bit further away watching over Ms. Midoriya. Izuku and Shinsou sat huddled together against the wall. Eijiro wasn’t questioning why their hands were together but he had a feeling it was important to them in some way not clear to the eye. Kouda crouched across from them. He called down his bird and said something to it. The little creature fluttered over and perched on Izuku’s knee. The greenette stared at it for a second before tears filled his eyes but he didn’t cry.
Eijiro watched the fight being broadcast on the big screen.
A giant shockwave shook the city. Eijiro’s eyes widened as the camera’s cleared. “All Might…” he whispered, garnering everyone’s attention. All Might was on the screen… in his deflated form.
‘IS THIS RIGHT?’ the newscaster asked. ‘ALL MIGHT SEEMS TO BE WITHERING AWAY!’
His secret…
“Don’t lose!”
Eijiro’s head snapped up.
“All Might!”
“You can’t lose!”
“Save us, All Might!”
“You have to win!”
“Even if he looks different he is still All Might!”
“You can do it, All Might!”
The crowds yells and pleas were growing, a cacophony of cries for their Symbol of Peace rising. Eijiro felt a bump on his shoulder. He looked over and found Izuku next to him. Tears welled in his eyes. He opened his mouth.
“WIN, ALL MIGHT!!!” Eijiro screamed for his mentor.
The other heroes jumped in to take care of all of the civilians and let All Might use his full strength. Blows were exchanged but Eijiro could see it. NO, he could FEEL it weakening in All Might.
“United States of… SMAAAAAAAAAAAASH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
*!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!BOOM!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!*
The entire city shook. The camera’s went haywire. The shockwave blew those closest to it further into the crowd. And when it cleared… All Might was still standing and All For One was not. As the crowd stared in shock, All Might lifted his fist and powered up for the last time. The crowd cheered and roar but it all sounded muffled in his ears. It was muffled until All Might pointed to the camera and said the words that cut straight through the fog in Eijiro’s mind and shot him like a bullet in the heart.
“You’re next.”
The tears finally burst from Eijiro’s eyes as the crowd roared louder. To them, it was a sign of strength and a warning to all of the villains in the world. To him, it was different. It was oh so different. The Age of All Might had ended, that’s what it meant, and now it was his turn as the next successor. Eijiro wiped his eyes and straightened his back.
I will do my best, All Might!
_______________________________
*RIIIIIING*
*RIIIIIING*
*RIIIIIING*
*RIIIIIING*
*RIII-* *click*
*RIII-* *click*
“Hello?”
“Hello?”
“Mr. Aizawa?”
“Mr. Kirishima?”
“Tsukauchi? What is wrong?”
“Detective Tsukauchi? Is something the matter?”
“We have your son at the police station safe and secure.”
Notes:
Now how is everyone feeling after this chapter?
Chapter 79: Returning To The Heart
Summary:
Izuku and Hitoshi are safe but their minds don't believe that.
Notes:
Sorry this is so late everyone!
How are y'all?
Chapter Text
Asa burst through the police station doors with Yuma.
“Where is he?!”
Detective Tsukauchi was already walking towards them. “Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima,” he greeted. Asa turned to the man. “Tsukauchi, where are my sons? Please tell me that they are okay!” Tsukauchi nodded. “I can assure you, both are physically fine.” Yuma narrowed her eyes. “And mentally?” Tsukauchi didn’t respond for a while, testing his words carefully in his mind beforehand. “Specifically,” the detective started slowly, “Izuku is a bit… skittish. I must request for both your safety and his own and Shinsou’s that when you enter you don’t immediately run up to him, make any loud noises, or make any sudden movements.”
Asa nodded. “We expected as such. Shinsou is with him as well?” They moved to follow Tsukauchi down the hallway. The man nodded. “It would seem that they are inseparable at the moment.” Yuma hummed. “That makes sense. And Eijiro?” “Eijiro is also there as well as the others that took part in the spontaneous rescue of Shinsou and Izuku,” Tsukauchi said. “He is fine, albeit a bit shaken, as is most of the world, but that is all.”
They stopped outside of the room the boys were apparently in. “Aizawa is also already inside though… he hasn’t been able to make much progress I’m afraid,” Tsukauchi said. He raised a hand and knocked on the door. There was a muffled sound and then the door opened.
“Mr. Aizawa,” Asa gave a small bow. Mr. Aizawa did the same. “Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima, it is good to see you two in good health.” Asa nodded. “Compliments to Recovery Girl.” He moved out of the way. Asa took a deep breath. Yuma’s hand found his shoulder. Asa steeled himself and stepped forward. Immediately, his eyes fell on Izuku and Shinsou in the far corner of the room in a couple of chairs though they were so close that they didn’t need all but maybe one and a half. Their hands were clasped together between them, both curled into balls but leaning heavily onto each other. A few chairs down was Eijiro, the blonde that Asa recognized as Bakugou, Yaoyorozu, Todoroki, a stony-looking kid, and Sero and Kaminari that they recognize from pictures. All heads turned them. Well, mostly. Izuku’s and Shinsou’s eyes were on them but otherwise they had not moved. None of the kids spoke.
“We haven’t gotten a word out of them since they were brought in,” Mr. Aizawa informed them, “and we can’t get closer than those chairs there without eliciting a less-than-stellar reaction.”
“Thank you,” Asa said. He started his advance.
It was just like when Izuku had first come to live with them, though probably a bit worse. He went alone, Yuma staying back, but she did pass off the cat carrier in her hand to him. Asa moved only as far as the chairs, as Mr. Aizawa had said, before making a rounded bend outwards to still be the same length away but this time in front of the boys. He knelt down and set the cat carrier beside him. Two pairs of eyes flitted to it. A reaction, not a bad one. Izuku knew what was in it. It was something the boy considered safe.
No. Not safe. It was something he found not threatening. It was innocent and had not done anything wrong.
Asa knelt down slowly and unzipped the carrier. As if she knew not to approach quickly, Hime slowly padded out. Izuku’s breath hitched. Asa didn’t put on her service vest so Izuku could feel her fur and warmth fully. Hime walked right up to them and rubbed up against them. Maybe she knew Shinsou needed it too because she gave him the same attention. The purple haired boy leaned down and with his one free hand scooped her up, placing her in Izuku’s lap as they both slowly uncurled to make room for the cat.
A bit to Asa’s confusion, Izuku didn’t move to let go of Shinsou’s hand to pet her, instead, leaning down slightly to bump heads with the cat while Shinsou pet her gently but Asa didn’t question it.
Yuma came and crouched beside Asa. She took a deep breath. “Izuku?” Both boys flinched. She smiled, unwavering. “Hime’s really been missing you at home,” she said, avoiding the elephant in the room. “Us too. And Shinsou, you Dad misses you. Do you two maybe want to go home?” Neither replied. “Would you like something to write on or type on? A phone maybe?” Both boys glanced at each other before Shinsou nodded. “Okay.” This time, Mr. Aizawa moved, slowly, and crossed to sit beside Yuma and Asa as the two also sat on the ground. He pulled out his phone and unlocked it before sliding it across the floor to the boys. Shinsou picked it up. It took a moment of typing, showing Izuku, a few nods and facial expressions, and then Shinsou put it down and slid the phone back over to them.
Asa and Yuma leaned over to read what it said. It hurt his heart.
‘We can’t go home. We are villains. We betrayed you.’
Asa looked up at them. “You?” he questioned. “Villains?” Asa chuckled a bit. “No, I don’t think so. You two could never be villains.” Mr. Aizawa nodded. “The closest you could be to a villain is when Golden Whip was around,” Izuku flinched slightly, “and even then he wasn’t a villain. Neither are you.” He slid the phone back over and kept talking. “What you did, both of you, was incredibly brave. Sacrificing yourselves like that. And Hitoshi, I am so proud of you for staying with Izuku. That in itself proves to me that you could never be a villain.”
“On that note,” Asa spoke up, “Shinsou, thank you for staying with Izuku. You are a hero in our family.” The two sat there, shaking a bit, heads down. Shinsou put the phone on his knee. Izuku lifted his hand but didn’t let go of Shinsou’s, only lifting a single finger to type. Shinsou’s head snapped to the boy but Izuku didn’t stop whatever he was writing and Shinsou didn’t stop him either. Izuku hid his face in Shinsou’s shoulder as the phone slid back over.
‘I’m sorry, Mom.’
That was all it said and yet so, so much was in those three words. Yuma’s breath hitched, tears filling her eyes but they didn’t fall. She looked up. “Izuku? Can you please look at me?” The greenette didn’t move, only glancing in her direction. “Do you remember what I said before they warped us away? ‘Izuku, I love you. Don’t you ever forget that.’” The boy flinched so harshly it minus have well been a whip. “That has never and will never change. Please… don’t ever apologize for that again.”
“On that note,” Mr. Aizawa spoke up, “Hitoshi, you were about to type the same thing to me, weren’t you?”
Shinsou looked down.
“Kid, I think you know by now what kind of person I am. If I didn’t love you then I wouldn’t be standing, or sitting, here right now.” He leveled them with a stare. “Both of you. We are all so proud of both of you. What you did and the decisions you made were forced upon you when those you cared about were in danger and it was not an easy choice.” Mr. Aizawa stood up and slowly approached them. Asa held his breath as the boys seemed to curl in on themselves but he knew that the hero knew what he was doing. Mr. Aizawa crouched before the boys and held out his hands.
A beat. Shinsou turned his head and whispered something into Izuku’s ear. The greenette glanced over at the hands and stared for a second before he nodded. Shinsou’s and his interlocked hands lifted together and settled in the heroes hands.
_______________________________
Shouta looked between Hitoshi and Izuku. His heart hurt seeing them like this. It was almost a complete reversion to before Hitoshi was adopted and Izuku was pulled off the streets. That is why Shouta needed to remind them of just how far they’ve grown.
Shouta ran his thumbs oh so gently over the boys’ hands. They were almost completely white with how tightly they were holding on but if you looked close enough you could see purple around the edges of the fingers. Bruising. Their fingers were so tightly wrapped around each other’s hands that they were bruising one another but also probably so tight that they couldn’t really feel it.
“Hitoshi,” his son wouldn’t look at him, “when I first met you, you were all alone in that orphanage. You didn’t talk to anyone and you didn’t care about anyone either. Well, would you take a look at you now?” Shouta chuckled ever so slightly. “If I didn’t know any better, I would think you were two different people. You, who hated and despised people, going out of your way to stay with Izuku in the hardest times of his life. You, so cold to the world, so warm to me, to Izuku, and now to the friends you have at school. I am so proud of you.” Hitoshi glanced over at him. Shouta could see the tears at the edges of his son’s eyes. He turned to Izuku. “Well now, Izuku,” the greenette flinched, “I can’t believe how well you filled out!” Shouta joked in his half-dead voice. He smirked when the boy’s eyebrows furrowed. “When we picked you up off the streets you were only skin and bones. Now,” he ran his thumb over the boy’s hand, “I can barely even feel the bones aside from how a normal hand feels. You used to be so scared of people, and I know you still are, but you used to guard your heart so much. Now you sacrifice yourself for those you love and care about. Now you have friends and a family. Izuku, I am so proud of you.” Shouta took a deep breath. “If you will allow me, can I offer a hug?” the two shared another glance. It looked as though Hitoshi was waiting for Izuku’s permission the most. If Shouta had to guess, Ms. Midoriya was probably very touchy when they were there. Eventually, though, the boys turned to him and nodded.
Slowly, carefully, Shouta lifted his arms. Both flinched back, heads down and eyes squeezed shut. Shouta swallowed thickly. He gently wrapped his arms around the boys. They were so tense. He ran his fingers through their hair and guided them into it, their foreheads in the crooks of his neck.
“I know that right now it seems so scary,” Shouta said. “I don’t know all what happened while you were there and I am sorry I couldn’t be there when you were rescued, but I am so, so proud of you two. Against all odds you still fought to protect those close to you and that? Well that has to be one of the most heroic acts ever.” The first sound was finally made. Izuku choked on a sob. “You are afraid and scared and I don’t blame you for that but that is no different than how you two were before and even if it takes another two years or three years I know that you two will keep growing and grow past this because you two are strong.” Hitoshi’s hand came around him and clutched the back of Shouta’s shirt. “I am sorry that this happened,” Shouta whispered. “If you will give us just one more chance, let us protect you this time.”
It was like a dam had broken and once it did the cries didn’t stop for a long, long time.
Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima came over at some point and joined the group hug. Shouta heard Kaminari, Yaoyorozu, and Eijiro crying. He felt tears leak from his own eyes as well. He doesn’t know how long they were there. If his legs went numb from crouching for so long, he didn’t say anything. He would stay there forever, holding onto his son and nephew like this, just knowing they are safe.
They did break. Eventually. When they did, Shouta directed his attention to Hitoshi as the Kirishima’s focused on Izuku. He reached up and gently wiped Hitoshi’s tears from his face. “D- Dad I-” Shouta smiled. “You did amazing, Hitoshi. You were so brave.”
The kids’ parents had arrived a bit ago but their children had refused to leave until now.
“I will be talking to all of you on a later date about your reckless actions,” Shouta said, “but for now…” he bowed. “Thank you.”
Yaoyorozu dabbed at her eyes with the tissues she had made. “It was our pleasure.”
_______________________________
Their hand paralysis was confirmed at the hospital.
The two boys sat on a single cot with their respective parents on either side of them. Eijiro sat next to Mom and Dad.
“Hand paralysis,” the doctor stated. “When was the last time you two weren’t holding each other’s hand?” “Since the start of the attack…” Toshi whispered. He was talking again, though only when spoken to and very quietly. Izuku was still silent. The doctor nodded. “So about three days now at least. We need to treat the bruises and burns under your shirts so we will have to probably numb your arms to get them to release.”
None of them missed the way both boys tensed up.
The doctor came over with the needle. Izuku was not having it and neither was Toshi it would seem as the two simultaneously scrambled back, almost falling off of the cot.
The doctor froze, unsure of what to do. Sho raised a hand. “I know it is probably against code but I am a hero and am trained well enough to do this. If you wouldn’t mind, could I administer the shot. I don’t think they will allow you to do it any time soon, no offense.” The doctor shook his head. “None taken. I will have to supervise but yes you may.”
Sho nodded and took the needle, coming around the cot to them. He knelt down. “I know you don’t want to,” the man said softly, “but you will damage your hands if you keep holding on to them this tightly.” Toshi and Izuku glanced down at their hands.
-----
‘Not until we get to the facility- no, not until we are safe, okay? When my hand leaves yours then we are safe.’
-----
He swallowed. It’s fine. It’s fine. We are safe now. It should be fine…
Toshi went first, t-shirt sleeve rolled up but his eyes never left their hands as Sho administered the numbing agent. Izuku couldn’t feel much in his hand but he definitely felt the hand in his slacken. His heart rate sped up. Sho turned to him with a new needle. “Alright, this might tingle a bit.” Izuku flinched back away from it.
Don’t let go! Don’t let go!
“Breathe, Izuku,” Sho whispered. “I promise it is fine. Just breathe.” Izuku nodded shakily. He winced a bit as the needle pricked his arm. His arm began to tingle and feeling began to go away.
His heart pounded in his chest. He couldn’t feel it. He couldn’t feel Toshi’s hand in his hand!
-----
‘- not until we are safe, okay?’
-----
Not safe! Not safe! Not safe!
Sho lifted their hands and uncurled them from each other.
NOT SAFE! NOT SAFE! NOT SAFE!
_______________________________
Shouta froze. His head shot up to the sound of ragged breathing from two separate people.
Hitoshi and Izuku had started to hyperventilate as soon as their hands disconnected. Mr. Kirishima was already rushing to that side of the cot. Shouta dropped the hands and grabbed Hitoshi’s shoulders. “Hitoshi, calm down, it’s fi-”
“Zuku…” Hitoshi lurched forward but Shouta held him back. “Zuku!” The greenette’s head snapped up from where Mr. Kirishima was trying to calm him. Izuku tried to struggle against them but he had only one arm and couldn’t use it. “Izuku, calm down!”
“Toshi!” the boy screamed.
Dang it! Shouta’s head snapped to Mr. Kirishima. “Let them go.” “Bu-” “They won’t calm down unless you do!” Mr. Kirishima hesitated. An almost feral growl, one of which Shouta had never heard from Hitoshi before, escaped from his son’s lips. “GET AWAY FROM HIM!” Mr. Kirishima decided right then and there what to do and he stepped the heck away, Shouta copying.
Hitoshi and Izuku all but collided with each other.
Hitoshi grabbed Izuku by the arm with his functional one and dragged the boy and himself to the far end of the cot where they plastered themselves against the wall, curled up, Hitoshi protectively covering Izuku. The purple-haired boy met eyes with Eijiro and the redhead wasted no time in scrambling off of the cot and to his parents' side. The doctor looked absolutely terrified.
Dang.
Shouta’s hand came to his own chin as he processed what just happened. “This form of paralysis,” Mr. Kirishima started slowly, “spawns from extreme emotions usually of fear. I can’t say for sure but I am pretty sure we just triggered something that, while we couldn’t avoid it forever, I really wish we hadn’t.”
Shouta took a step forward but Hitoshi’s head snapped to him and the boy growled at him . This… This is something that Shouta has never seen from his son before but he has seen it before in people he just saved. He stepped forward again, hands up. “Hitoshi, it is just me, remember?” Shouta crouched down next to the cot. “We aren’t going to hurt you or Izuku, okay? Can you tell me what is wrong?” Indigo eyes narrowed “N- not… safe… Not s- s- safe yet…” Izuku whimpered. Shouta shook his head. “You two are safe. All Might defeated the bad guy. Ms.- She is in prison again.” Both boys froze.
Shouta had to keep his face still. What did that witch do to make even Hitoshi react like that?
Shouta nodded. “She won’t hurt you ever again. I promise. We have her under tighter security.” Izuku pressed his face further against Hitoshi. “We won’t separate you two,” Shouta promised. “You will be in the same room the entire time but we need to get your wounds healed.”
“S- scared…” Izuku whispered.
“I know.”
“H- h- hurts…” His heart, he meant.
“I know.”
“I- i- it’s n- not safe…”
“It is.”
“H- how d- d- do you kn- know?”
“You trust me, right?”
Shouta hadn’t realized how much his own heart was pounding until he asked that. What if Izuku said no? What if Hitoshi said no? He hadn’t realized how much someone trusting you meant to him until he met and actually cared for two traumatized children where trust was everything to them. It was the highest honor and proof of love from them if they trusted you. He had to swallow back a relieved sigh when Izuku peered up at him and nodded. “Then trust me now when I promise to you that you are no longer in danger.” Izuku glanced up at Hitoshi who met his gaze. “T- Toshi?” The purple-haired boy took a deep breath.
“Can we… have a moment alone?” Hitoshi asked. Shouta’s heart twisted. He turned back to the Kirishima’s. Mr. Kirishima nodded. Shouta sighed and stood up. “We will be right outside if you need us.
_______________________________
The door closed behind Dad and the others.
Hitoshi took a deep breath. He doesn’t know what happened. When his hand went numb and he couldn’t feel Zuku anymore he was so… scared. So terrified. And when he saw their hands disconnect it was like something was screaming at him. He looked a Mrs. Kirishima and he knew that she wasn’t her but… but…
Hitoshi squeezed the greenette in his arm tighter.
Dad looked so hurt and betrayed. Tears welled in his eyes. He just wanted to run into his father’s arms and cry but something deep inside him settled in his chest. It was that word that he never understood the real meaning of until now that seemed to be plastered on every face in the room. THREAT. Everyone came with that tagged on them.
“Toshi…” He looked down at Zuku. “A- are you okay?” Hitoshi sighed, dropping his head. “I don’t know, Zuku… I don’t know…” Izuku sat up a bit only to lean against the wall close enough to where they were at least making some form of contact. “Zuku… I don’t know how to understand you.” The boy tilted his head so Hitoshi elaborated. “This- This fear I feel, I don’t get it. How did you handle it? How did you move on?” Zuku sharply inhaled. He curled his legs to his chest. “I… I h- had help…” the greenette replied. “F- from you a- a- and Sho and M- Mom and Y- Yami a- and Dad-” Hitoshi could hear Zuku’s voice getting shakier with every name “- a- and Ei. I- I can’t- I couldn’t d- do it alone. Sho s- s- said I was h- healing… getting b- better… But I- I’m so scared. I’m scared b- but…”
He trailed off. Hitoshi looked over at him. “Zuku?”
“I- I’m scared b- b- but I h- hurts to b- be afraid of th- them,” the boy whispered. Hitoshi swallowed. Yeah… that’s how to describe that. It hurt to be afraid of Dad. Dad… Hitoshi curled his knees to his chest too, hanging his head as tears fell. I want Dad. “I don’t want to be afraid of him,” Hitoshi cried softly. He could hear Zuku crying too.
*knock knock knock*
The door cracked open. Kirishima’s head popped in. He grinned. “I know you wanted some time but can I crash the party?” Hitoshi wanted to say no but when he saw Zuku’s eyes, he knew he couldn’t because those eyes were reflecting exactly what Hitoshi felt. Longing. “Sure,” he replied.
Kirishima closed the door behind him and bounded up, sitting on the cot. He took a deep breath before speaking. Well, more like moving. He pulled something out of his pocket. Kirishima smirked when Zuku sat up straight. “Got these from the vending machine!” Two Truffle Bars and if anyone knows Zuku, it’s that sweets are the number one go to. Kirishima’s face fell. “I know these can’t make up for not being there but… I dunno, man, maybe it’s a guilty conscience or something but, I promised to protect you, Izu… And Shinsou, you are my friend too and you two had to go through all of that… I know you are scared and all but I don’t want things to fall apart again…”
Hitoshi looked down. Again because dang it nothing ever goes right for them, does it?
“Perspective,” Zuku whispered. Both of them looked over at the boy. “E- Ei, what d- did you s- s- say about th- that?” The redhead looked confused before his eyes widened. “You mean, like, erm, two Christmases ago?!” Zuku nodded. “Hmm… perspective can change? Like you always see the world through fear but you don’t have to or something. It is all about how you choose to think. In Psychology we talked about intrusive thoughts and how you don’t have to let those fears control you. That, right?”
Ah. Hitoshi saw what he was getting at.
“But don’t take it from me,” Kirishima suddenly said. “Take it from yourselves.” “What?” Hitoshi lifted an eyebrow. Kirishima nodded, leaning over and dropping the Truffle Bars in the middle of the cot so they could get them without touching. Hitoshi had to grab Zuku’s for him. “Yup! Remember what Mr. Aizawa said? You two have grown so much! I’d say your perspectives have changed a lot from where you first started.”
Hitoshi glared at the Truffle Bars. “It doesn’t feel like it,” he huffed.
“Well of course not,” Kirishima rolled his eyes. “Not after what you two just went through. ‘It is easier to fall back on old habits than to pursue new ones.’ Dad said that once. But it is worth it when you are better and happier by getting past the hold habits. I told Izu this two Christmases ago but you can choose how you view the world.” Kirishima blushed a little, looking down. “What I didn’t say is that you helped me learn that, Izu.” The greenette tilted his head and Kirishima continued. “You know how school was for me and how Ito and Yamamoto treated me beforehand but after I met you and after seeing how hard you were trying to move past your past it made me want to do better too.” He looked up. “I can’t tell you guys to trust us or to not feel afraid. Right now you both are understandably scared. It is up to you to decide if you want to fall back on your old habits again.”
Hitoshi looked down at the chocolate bars in his hand. He didn’t realize he was crying until he couldn’t read the wrapper clearly. He wiped his eyes on his sleeve. “Dang it,” he cursed. “Why do you have to get all cheesy smart now of all times?” Kirishima laughed. Hitoshi halfway opened the wrapper of one and slid it between Zuku’s knees so the boy could lean over and eat it before taking ripping open his own and taking a giant bite, fruitlessly wiping at his eyes. “Dang it,” he mumbled around chocolate. “I’m not supposed to be this emotional!” Kirishima got up and brought them a box of tissues because, oh, Zuku was crying too. Kirishima had to help Zuku though which was a miracle in itself. “It’s okay to be emotional, man. That’s what makes us human!”
He and Zuku spent a good five minutes of trying to cry and eat their pain away and somehow Hitoshi thinks it was working.
He wiped his tears for the last time before looking up. “Can you… go get everyone? Please?” he asked. He really needed Dad, like, right the heck now before the whole ‘slapping ‘threat’ on everything’ came back again. Eijiro nodded. “Sure thing, man!” He bounded back to the door.
“Thank you… Eijiro,” Hitoshi whispered. The redhead’s hand froze on the handle. He looked over his shoulder and smiled. “No problem, Hitoshi.”
_______________________________
Izuku sucked in a deep breath. They waited in the hospital long enough to have feeling return to his and Toshi’s respective arms but now it was time to go home. They had stayed over night for basic treatments and check-ups.
His left hand and wrist were bandaged because it apparently had been damaged from the grip which he supposes makes sense.
“Call me when you get home,” Toshi said. Izuku nodded. “And before bed.” Another nod. “In the morning too.” Nod. Toshi hesitated but soon Izuku was in a tight hug. “Just… don’t die on me, okay?” Izuku took in a sharp breath and returned the hug. “I- I won’t b- but you can’t e- e- either.” Toshi nodded against his shoulder. “I won’t.”
“P- promise?”
“Promise.”
Izuku felt his heart pounding angrily against his chest again as Toshi got in Sho’s car. Their eyes never left until he couldn’t see the black vehicle anymore. Dad stood beside him. “Are you ready to go, Izuku?” The greenette looked down at the ground, taking a few deep breaths before he looked up again and nodded. The car ride home was tense. Izuku felt bad. It was his fault everyone was so quiet. He stared out the window, absentmindedly petting Hime. The jitteriness under his skin wouldn’t go away. It hadn’t since his and Toshi’s hands disconnected.
Not safe. Not safe. Not safe.
He was so tired having not slept since the training camp aside from an accidental maybe thirty minute cat nap only to be startled awake by a nightmare or League member or… her. He was so hungry too. Still, Izuku knew he wouldn’t be sleeping tonight. No, too many threats. The villains knew where they lived now. His safe place… his safe place was gone.
“-ku. Izuku, we’re here.”
The greenette jumped, head swinging around to Dad in the driver’s seat of the car. The raven-haired man offered a small smile. “We’re home,” he said. Home. The home he put in danger. The safe place he made dangerous. They said that they had found a tracker on one of his hoodies that he brought to the training camp. It was probably from the mall incident. He was so careless. Not only did he lead the villains straight to the camp but he led them here. Mom and Dad were kidnapped and beaten and tortured because of him. He didn’t deserve ‘home’... Izuku’s mouth felt dry. He couldn’t feel it in him to reply so he just turned back to the window and stared at their house. He swallowed thickly and stepped out of the car. His legs felt so heavy as he forced them to move up the brick path, one he had walked so many times before so carelessly. He stopped at the opened door.
Izuku stared into the house from the outside. His heart pounded violently, his ears rang loudly. He couldn’t do this! He put this place in danger! He put his family in danger! He couldn’t just go back like nothing happened. Tears welled in the corners of his eyes. He knew Dad was talking to him, calling out to him, but Izuku wasn’t listening. He didn’t deserve to feel the comfort in those words. He hung his head, tears rolling down his cheeks and dropping to the ground beneath him. His lungs screamed for air but he didn’t provide any. Dad was too wary to touch him which was fine. Izuku didn’t deserve the loving touches, the one’s so different from hers that made him feel like he was safe. Not when he was the reason for the threat over their heads. He fell to his knees with a dull *thud*. The world spiraled around him as asphyxiation settled in. He would pass out at this rate but he didn’t care. He didn’t deserve to breathe. He didn-
Two hands found his face.
Izuku jolted back with a sudden rush of air into his lungs making him feel lightheaded. The hands didn’t leave. Izuku’s green eyes met auburn. He knew these eyes. He didn’t deserve the worry and love that they held.
“Izuku,” the woman said his name so gently, so kindly. It didn’t sound like hers. It sounded safe. “It’s okay. Everything is okay now.” Izuku shook his head. No! Why can’t they see it?! Why her?! Out of all of them she should be the one to reject him the most, right?! I- I called that other person ‘Mom!’ Why is she still holding me like something precious!?
And the worst part is that he wanted it! He wanted her to hold him and tell him that everything would be alright and that she still loved him and cared for him but he didn’t deserve it! He shouldn’t want it!
Something wrapped around his hand. Her hand.
-----
‘When my hand leaves yours then we are safe.’
-----
His vision cleared ever so slightly. She sat there, one hand on his cheek, the other gently caressing his hand, rubbing circles on the back of it, a bit dulled by the bandages but Izuku swore he could feel every touch like electricity up his arm.
“It’s okay, dear,” she whispered.
Izuku shook his head, finally finding it in him to speak. “N- no!” he all but yelled. She deserved to know the truth. “I- I- I can’t g- go in!” She deserved something better than him. “I- I put you in d- d- danger!” She deserved safety. “I- I called h- h- her ‘M- Mom!” She deserved a better son. “I- I hurt a- all of you!” She deserved everything he didn’t deserve. “I- I- It- It’s not s- s- safe anaemore! I d- did that!”
“Izu-”
“S- so why d- do you keep l- l- lookin’ at m- me like you c- care?!” He pushed her hands away, getting up and stumbling backwards down the path. Someone caught him from behind, hands on his back. Izuku’s head shot up to meet a red-haired boy’s eyes.
He deserved better too. A better brother. The safe home he had before Izuku came and screwed it all up. Izuku spun around and pushed the boy away. “No! Y- You can’t l- l- look at me like th- that! I- I’m not good!” He was trapped. Trapped by people who looked like they loved him but he was deceiving them all. He shouldn’t be loved by them or by anyone.
He was a… THREAT.
Izuku collapsed on the ground, curling in on himself, trying to hide him from their eyes. “I- I’m sorrae! I- I- I didn’t m- mean t- to ‘urt you! I- I j- ju- just- I couldn’t- I couldn’t l- let them k- kill you b- but it was m- my fault in t- th- the first place! I c- can’t go back! I- I’ll m- m- make it unsafe! Y- you can’t l- l- love me! I’m b- bad! I’M A THREAT!” he screeched. He panted. The tears wouldn’t stop. Neither would the shaking or the whimpers or the sobs. They knew and now that they knew they would leave him and he would be all alone again just as he deserved to be.
Izuku waited for the sound of retreating footsteps and the sound of a door closing but they never came. He peered out of his ball and what he saw shook him deeper than he thought it would. That redheaded boy was laying on the ground next to him, hands behind his head, staring at the sky. He lifted his hand. Izuku flinched, waiting for the worst. It also never came. Instead, the boy was pointing upwards.
“Dog,” he stated.
Izuku blinked.
“Nuh-uh,” the greenette jumped. Behind him, he was sure, that raven-haired man and auburn-haired woman lay beside him as well. “That is definitely a dolphin,” the man said. The woman huffed. “Are you two blind? It is obviously a lion. Just look at that mane!” Izuku glanced up at where the boy was pointing. It was a cloud, blurry in his wet eyes. “Oooooh!” the boy exclaimed. “That one looks like Mina!” “Why don’t you go kiss it?” the older man jokes. “Daaaaaad!!!!”
Izuku curled in on himself tighter. “Wh- why…?” he whispered. “Why a- a- aren’t you l- leaving?”
The raven-haired man hummed. “Well, probably because we don’t believe you,” he replied. Izuku furrowed his eyebrows. The woman nodded, though he didn’t see it. “I don’t recall you doing anything like that or being anything like that. I also don’t remember not being allowed to love you cause I am pretty sure I still do.” Izuku glared at the ground as if it personally insulted him. “Wh- why?” he asked again. “Why do we love you?” she asked back. “Well that’s about as obvious as that cloud being a lion! ‘Cause you’re our son, of course!”
“Ah!” the boy spoke up. “Brother!”
She hummed. “And brother.”
Izuku shook his head. “I- I- I hurt you…”
“Mooooom!” Eij- the boy whined. “Izu’s lying again!” Mo- the woman huffed. “I thought we raised you better than that, Izuku.” “R- raised?” he questioned. Da- the man nodded. “Well we are your parents, you know. Parents typically raise their children. You are our child and so we raised you.” Izuku quietly scoffed, unbelieving. “Y- you’ve kn- known me fer o- onlae o- over two y- years…” Mom made a sound of discontent. “No we haven’t. Nuh-uh. I do recall saying after the prison visit that I’ve always been your mother. You just happened to be living at another house, or out of a house, for a few years but I’ve always been your mother.”
Eijiro piped in. “And I’ve always been your brother! I know things about you that only a brother would know about you like the fact that you always sprinkle sugar in the spaghetti sauce when you make it.” Izuku blinked. “And, mhmm, that knife under your bed. You’ve been carving that hilt when you can’t sleep at night, right? Now I haven’t seen it but I’d bet it either had All Might, Present Mic, or Eraserhead on it. And badly ‘cause no offense, Izu, but you suck at art.”
Izuku snorted.
“Oh, there’s something,” Dad spoke up. “You also don’t laugh. Well, you’ve been doing better at laughing and smiling but you tend to make short noises instead. As for smiles, it’s all in your eyes. Did you know your eyes almost sparkle when you are happy?” Izuku blushed slightly.
“And finally,” Mom started, “dangerous? Izuku you are about as dangerous as a puppy.” Izuku huffed. “Ah!” Eijiro chimed. “You did it just there!”
A hand, warm and kind, found its way through his hair. Izuku flinched at first but eased. He wanted to lean into the touch but he couldn’t bring himself to it.
“Izuku,” Dad started, the owner of the hand, “your two years and Eijiro’s fifteen are all the same. You are both still our sons and nothing will ever, EVER change how much we love you.” Izuku felt tears welling in his eyes. “B- but I… I- I chose- I chose h- h- her…” Someone sat up. Izuku swallowed a sigh. There were the footsteps… except… they were coming closer? Eijiro shuffled away and someone took his place next to Izuku. Mom. She turned on her side so that they were facing each other but Izuku couldn’t bring himself to meet her eyes. She reached up and gently caressed his face, tilting it up ever so slightly. Izuku glanced up at her. She was crying. He hadn’t even noticed. Her voice sounded so strong. “Izu,” she smiled sadly, “we both know that isn’t true. You wouldn’t have done that if you didn’t think our lives were in danger. You didn’t choose her. You chose to save us, even at the risk of yourself. That,” a tear rolled down her face and onto the ground, “that is how we know you are not dangerous.”
Izuku couldn’t hold back the tears anymore. A sob escaped his lips as he tried to curl on himself further. He didn’t resist when Mom scooted forward and fully pulled him to her. He didn’t see it, but Eijiro, Dad, and Mom were all crying with him.
“You’re too kind, Izu,” Mom whispered, running her hand through his hair. “But you are too hard on yourself. Give yourself a break sometime, too, okay?” He only cried harder. He was sure he was dehydrated, if not from his captivity with the League then from how much he had cried in the past few days.
He tried to push away but she wouldn’t let go and Izuku didn’t want her to either.
“I- It’s still n- n- not safe!” he wailed. “Th- they can f- f- find u- us! They kn- know where w- w- we live!”
“Not for long, they don’t.”
Izuku’s head snapped up at the new voice, habitually pushing himself away. They all sat up, looking over to their fence because, by the way, they were still outside. Yami waved from the fence. On his shoulder was Principle Nezu. “Hey, little listener!” Izuku cowered back. He didn’t miss the hurt look in the man’s eyes. Dad stood. “Principle Nezu, Mr. Yamada,” he greeted as he went over to open the gate. “To what do we owe the pleasure?” Principle Nezu spoke up. “We would like to speak with you about your living arrangements, if that would be alright? We know you just got back from a terribly frightening event but Present Mic here had a feeling that Kirishima would end up in a meltdown over the current threat over your home so we decided this visit should be sooner than later made.” Izuku tucked himself up against the wall of the house as the two adults entered. Eijiro sat semi-beside him. Izuku was grateful for the company. He wished he could be closer, hug him, laugh with him but he couldn’t.
The adults sat in the grass close by to talk. Principle Nezu started by bowing. “I would, as the Principle of UA high school, like to formally apologize. We have failed to protect your sons on many occasions as we should have. Izuku’s capture and Eijiro’s injuries,” he used their first names for the distinctions, “we entirely our fault and we take full responsibility for any charges you would like to press.”
Mom and Dad looked stunned. Then Yami bowed.
“I, too, as Professional Hero Present Mic and one of those tasked to guard your house, also offer my apology. While I may not have been on shift at the time of your capture, it was still my duty to protect and keep your family safe. I, too, will assume full responsibility of any charges you wish to press.”
Izuku shrunk in on himself. What are they saying? It was his fault for all of this. Why are they apologizing?
“Because,” Izuku jumped at Eijiro’s sudden whisper and appearance much closer to him, “and I am only guessing off of what I think you are thinking as your brother,” he winks, “no one believes you did anything wrong. At the mall you made sure no civilians were injured. At the League’s base you protected Mom and Dad. You literally did everything right so stop thinking that self-deprecating stuff I know you are thinking. What happened to changing your perspective, man?” Izuku hung his head. “I- i- it’s you wh- who need t- ta change yer p- perspective a- about m- m- me… You sh- shouldn’t care a- a- about m- me…”
“Principle Nezu, Mr. Yamada,” Dad spoke, “please raise your heads. We already understood long ago the dangers of our sons attending your school. We are pressing no charges.”
The two sat up straight. Principle Nezu gave a courteous nod. “Thank you for your leniency. Still, there is more for us to discuss.” Dad nodded. “You mentioned something about our living situation, correct?” “That is correct,” Principle Nezu replied. “It will not be announced for another week but in order to better insure our student’s safety we are implementing a dorm system.”
Eijiro was just about to reply to Izuku when they both stiffened. Dorms? No… I’ll be alone again! I- That’s fine… I deserve to be alone… Mom and Dad won’t have to put up with me anymo- He jumped as the sudden weight on his shoulder. Izuku lifted his teary face. Dad was sitting next to him now, having moved as Izuku tried to suppress his hurting heart, and wrapped his arm around Izuku, pulling the boy to him. Mom had moved to sit beside Eijiro, doing the same. “This,” Dad started, “is a conversation that our sons need to be in as well.” Stop. Don’t stop. Don’t call me that. I want to be your son! I should be alone. I don’t want to be alone. I don’t… Don’t… Izuku pressed his forehead against his father’s side. I don’t want to be alone! Don’t leave me! Please!
Principle Nezu nodded. “Of course, and it is not one that needs to be made right away either. We are, however, offering a housing option for both you and your wife as well.” Mom tilted her head. “What do you mean?” “I mean, in lue of our mistakes and for letting your home get tainted, we are offering to provide a place for you to stay much closer to the campus, paying for it entirely until the boys graduate high school. You both will be provided with a special pass onto UA’s campus specifically so you can see your sons any time you want or they need you for… reasons.” Izuku flinched. He knew what the principle meant. He was such a burden. Izuku tried to lean up but Dad’s grip on him got tighter. He was honestly just fine with staying in Dad’s hold like this. “Furthermore, both Izuku and Eijiro will be given permission to visit you at any time as well with the exception of in class and they will have to get permission from their homeroom teacher if it is after curfew. Eraserhead will be living on campus with the students either way on the top floor of Class 1-A’s dorm building.”
“I am sure you are aware that Izuku has some issues with staying asleep at night, even with the help of sleeping pills,” Dad said. Principle Nezu nodded. “And Eijiro, too, gets nightmares periodically.” Another nod. “May I ask how you plan on tending to this? I am sure a lot of the students have similar issues after what happened.”
“Of course,” Principle Nezu replied. “All of our students are actually, in lue of the recent events, required for a month of therapy which they can choose to continue afterward if they so wish but either way, PTSD and nightmares are something we expect and will act according to each student’s needs in handling their night terrors. For Izuku’s number count and episodes he has which could cause danger to himself and his peers if he gets far enough, we understand that there are a few people we could always specifically put next to his dorm room. We can make sure that he lands next to Shinsou and Eijiro as well as Eraserhead on the top floor where they should be in a close enough proximity should Izuku fall into an episode or need to be calmed.” Dad nodded. “Alright. A couple more questions.” “Of course. This is concerning your child’s safety. Ask as much as you want.” Dad hummed. “I am assuming this dorm building will have a kitchen to accommodate the students, right?” “Correct.” “All knives or sharp objects, can we have those drawers child-locked? The students will of course be able to still access them but in the event that Izuku gets to the kitchen before he is calmed from an episode, for the safety of everyone there, those should prevent him for long enough for someone to pull him away.” “We can make that arranged,” Principle Nezu said. “Anything else.”
Dad nodded. “Concerning bathrooms.”
“There will be a common bath on the first floor as well as bathroom.” Dad was silent. Izuku knew that he and Mom and Eijiro were exchanging glances. “Is something wrong with that?” Principle Nezu asked. “Not necessarily,” Mom started, “it’s just that Izuku has a tendency to…” she fell off. Izuku ducked his head further against Dad. There was a soft ‘Oh,’ from Yami. Mom shook her head. “It shouldn’t be a problem. Izuku knows to ask someone to accompany him to stand outside. He hasn’t tried in a while anyways.”
The unspoken thought of him trying again in the light of recent events was not spoken but Izuku knew his entire family thought it. Heck, he thought about it. He still thinks it. Before he could continue down that line of thought, a hand found his.
Gentle. Warm. Safe.
Izuku peaked out and met eyes with Eijiro. His brother grinned. “Of course, I wouldn’t let anything happen.” He squeezed Izuku’s hand a bit.
“Some things are too important to lose.”
Viridian eyes widened, tears filling them but not falling. And how many times has he been told that before. How many times has he had to be reminded. This… this is his family. Even when he ran away so many times, pushed them away, lashed out, cried, and broke down. Even when he gave them so many chances to toss him out and never look at him again, they never left. They never dropped him off in the streets or locked him in the closet or put him up for adoption. They never abandoned him because… he was important to them. Izuku hadn’t even realized Dad had released him or that he had practically flown into Eijiro’s arms, tears streaming and no one commented.
Dad smiled and turned to them. “When do you plan on moving all of the students in?” The conversation continued. Sho and All Might would be going around to all of the students informing them of the new dorm system in a few days and they should all be moved in within two weeks. “Then, on that day, when they stop by, we will give our answer.” Principle Nezu nodded. “One last thing. Present Mic, if you will?”
Yami finally spoke up. “If you will give me one last chance and entrust your safety to me until you decide or potentially move,” he put a hand over his heart, “I am personally offering Presently Loud Hero Agencies twenty-four hour protection over your family and house. Every day there would be surveillance from either myself or my sidekicks stationed on your street and specifically your house.”
Mom hummed. “I have only one thing that must be added to that.”
“Whatever you need.”
She nodded. “You have to tell your sidekicks this, and yourself, but every night then whoever is watching over our house has to join us for dinner.”
“Wha-”
“No exceptions,” she said sternly. “You are heroes and need to take care of yourselves too. If you are planning on working so hard to keep us safe then the least we can do is provide them a meal.” Yami gave a soft chuckle, so uncharacteristic. He smiled. “Thank you, Mrs. Kirishima. I am sure that they will all love to take you up on that offer.”
Before Principle Nezu and Yami left, Yami asked if he could speak with Izuku personally which everyone complied. They stood off to the side a bit. Yami crouched in front of Izuku. He pocketed his sunglasses and met Izuku’s eyes. “You’re still trying?” Izuku hung his head. “N- not reallae.” “Izu, when was the last time you tried?” The greenette bit his lip. “I- I- I almost tried a- a couple o- o- of weeks a- ago when I- I heard she w- was out b- but I made s- sure to g- get Ei first…” Yami gave a sad smile. “I thought I told you to call me if you ever have those thoughts.” Izuku sniffed. “Y- you would get a l- lot of calls…” “And? I’m okay with that, Izu.” Yami ruffled his hair.
Izuku glanced up at the man. He bit his lip. “Y- Yami?”
“Hmm?”
“W- Why is e- everaeone so o- o- okay w- with me a- after e- everaethang I’ve d- done?” he asked. Yami took in a deep breath. “Izu, what are you talking about? Of course we still love you. And it wasn’t you. A lot of mistakes were made by a lot of people. You still love them, right?” Izuku nodded feverishly. “O- of course!” “Why?” Izuku paused. “Izuku, sometimes there doesn’t need to be a specific reason to love someone else. Love isn’t as petty as that. Your family loves you just because. They love everything about you the same as you love them and there is nothing you can do to change that and at some point, when you are older, fall in love, and have children of your own, you are going to find that you feel the same way about your children but for now just accept the love given to you. It’s okay to be loved and it’s okay to accept that good things just happen. There is no motif behind some things, okay?” Izuku stared at the man in awe. His eyebrows furrowed. “B- b- but I’m not y- your child… Do…” Yami smiled. “Yes, Izuku. I still love you.”
Izuku blushed. “A- are you like Sh- Sho?”
“Sho?”
Izuku nodded. “Sho s- said he may n- not be blood r- related but h- he is k- kind of like my u- uncle.”
“Do you want me to be?” Yami asked. Izuku averted his eyes, nodding slightly. He flinched when Yami reached up and ruffled his hair. “Then I am happy to call myself your uncle, though, you might want to tell your family about us being relatives and all.” Izuku snorted. Yami held up a finger. “One condition to me being your uncle, though. You have to promise to call me any time you have those nasty thoughts again, okay? No matter how often or what time. Okay?” Izuku nodded. Yami held out a pinky.
Izuku knew this! Mina taught this to him! It’s called a Pinky Promise and if you make a Pinky Promise then you have to keep it no matter what. It’s a special kind of promise that two people who are close make.
Yami is that close!
Izuku lifted his own pinky and wrapped it around Yami’s. The man smiled before reaching forward and pulling Izuku into a tight hug that Izuku full-heartedly returned. When they separated, Yami ruffled his hair once more. “See ya, little listener.” He stood. Izuku didn’t know what possessed him to do it but he reached out and grabbed the hero's leather jacket. He looked down at the ground.
“L- love you…” It was silent. Izuku glanced up hesitantly. Yami beamed. He swooped down and picked Izuku off of the ground, spinning. When he stopped, he didn’t set the boy down, just hug him. “I love you too, Izu. So, so much!” Izuku would have cried if he had any more tears to shed.
Yami and Principle Nezu left soon after with the promise that Presently Loud sidekicks were already around in hiding watching over the house. Izuku turned back to his family waiting for him patiently in the doorway. His eyes rolled over each and every one of them. These are the people important to him. He loves them. They love him. Even though he’s screwed up, screams at night, flinches when they move towards him, cries a lot, and sometimes shuts everyone out they still love him. Izuku couldn’t wait any longer. He ran across the front yard and when he got close enough, they all knelt down and welcomed him home with open arms.
Turns out Izuku did have more tears to cry.
_______________________________
“Zuku?”
“Still ‘ere.”
“Okay.”
…
…
…
“T- Toshi?”
“Still here.”
“Okay.”
Shouta sighed. Hitoshi sat on the couch playing a game ‘nonchalantly’ but it was obvious how disturbed he was. For the past hour or so, he and Izuku had been on the call, not really talking, just checking to make sure the other was there every once in a while.
Earlier today when they got home, Hitoshi had a full breakdown when Izuku didn’t immediately call. Shouta didn’t know which was worse, calming him down or explaining to him the reason that Izuku didn’t call was probably because he broke down as well.
-----
‘They got him! Dad, we have to go back!’
‘No, Hitoshi, they didn’t.’
‘He’s in danger!’
‘Hizashi is at his house as we speak.’
‘He- He could be dying!!!’
‘Hitoshi… come here.’
Hitoshi hesitated before throwing his full weight against his father.
-----
Izuku did call, eventually, and they had been on the phone ever since. Shouta would have to look into a new kind of therapist for this. The scene at the hospital replayed in his mind. Shouta had never seen Hitoshi like that before. He looked like a cornered animal protecting its child and the fact that they both were psychologically shaken and afraid to the point their arms had to be numbed so they could actually let go of each other is only a tell of how deep the scar that Shouta could not quite see yet was.
Hitoshi didn’t tell Shouta what happened when they were stuck with the League and while Shouta was dying to know he knew that Hitoshi would come to him when he felt ready.
There was something just a bit more pressing at hand though. Hitoshi admitted to the fact that neither of them had slept during their time with the League and not even over night at the hospital which was concerning to say the least. Shouta knew it would be a long night of calming Hitoshi but he was one hundred percent willing to if it meant that his son felt safe.
He was right. Hitoshi did come to him that night. It was after another call with Izuku.
*knock knock knock*
Shouta looked up from his laptop as he sat on his bed. “Come in.” The door slowly opened. He didn’t miss how Hitoshi’s eyes scanned the room, much like he used to when Shouta first adopted him. Now, or until just now, Hitoshi would nonchalantly walk through the house not even looking up from his game or whatever he was doing, perfectly confident in the safety of their house. Shouta had to keep himself from cursing the League out loud for doing this to his son. “Dad, can I sleep with you tonight?” Hitoshi asked, trying, and failing, to sound casual. Shouta shut his laptop and set it on his bedside table. “Of course. I was just about to come ask you the same.” Hitoshi wasted no time in crossing the room and getting in on the other side of the bed.
Shouta reveled in the way Hitoshi immediately curled up next to him. Usually just being in the same bed would be enough for these sorts of nights but occasionally Hitoshi would need to physically feel Shouta’s presence. He had a feeling there would be many more nights like this to come. Shouta reached over and turned off the lamp before slouching under the covers.
“Did you take your medicine?” Shouta asked. He personally didn’t take his own sleeping pills because he knew that Hitoshi would probably still wake from a nightmare even with his. Heck, Shouta probably would too. PTSD was a pain in the neck that he dealt with and coupled with the fact that he just got his son back out of the grasps of a villain organisation? No, Shouta didn’t feel like he would sleep for long even with those pills. Hypocritical, Shouta sighed when Hitoshi shook his head. “Hitoshi, you need to sleep,” he said. “I will just…” Hitoshi pressed himself closer, “just need to be ready…” Shouta swallowed thickly.
I swear if I ever see Shigaraki again it will be the last time he breathes!
When Shouta first started out as a hero, he experienced the same exact thing. It was when he first started having PTSD, the need to constantly be ready at a moment's notice. It took months before he had been able to walk around his house without feeling like someone was staring at him. During those times Shouta and Hizashi often stayed at each other’s places. Shouta was suffering from the darkness of the underground hero world and all of the things that you don’t see on the surface, much like Izuku’s case. Hizashi was struggling with the pressure of being a spotlight hero and the terror of the larger, more vicious villains and the fact that he couldn’t save everyone. Two different things and yet oh so similar. He also hung out with Nemuri and Tensei a lot more during those times.
He held Hitoshi close. “I know it’s scary, Hitoshi, but I’m here. I’m sorry I couldn’t be there for you when you were saved and I am sorry that I let you get caught in the first place but I’m here now.” He gave a little squeeze. “And I am NEVER letting you go again.” He hugged tighter. “D- Dad! Can’t breathe!” Shouta smirked. “Nope! Not letting go!” Hitoshi let out an exasperated sigh but soon laughed, squeezing back. Hitoshi’s eyes began to droop, exhaustion taking over.
“Love you, Dad.” Shouta didn’t mean to squeeze harder but he did,resting his chin on Hitoshi’s head. “Love you too, problem child.”
Maybe the squeezing had been a half joke but when he heard Hitoshi’s soft snores Shouta did not let up. He didn’t move to turn off the lamp or anything. No, he laid there and held his son like the world depended on it. A few tears dripped down his face but no one but their fat cat was there to tell the tale.
I’ll protect you. I promise.
_______________________________
Izuku held the phone close to his chest as the call between him and Toshi ended. His breath hitched.
He’s fine. He’s fine. Both of you are fine.
“Hey, man, you good?” Izuku glanced up at Eijiro. He looked down. “I… will be…” Eijiro got up from his desk and came over, sitting on the edge of Izuku’s bed. He flopped on his back and started to ramble about dogs or something. Izuku doesn’t know when this sort of thing started. If Eijiro noticed Izuku’s mental distress outside of a panic attack he would just talk. Something about the constant stream of words made it easy to focus on other things. It made it easy to relax. Eijiro would usually go until Izuku either actually spoke up, moved, or fell asleep and Izuku’s eyes were hardcore drooping right now. He was surprised he hadn’t hallucinated at all today. At the four day mark of not sleeping is usually when a person begins to have hallucinations. He read that on the internet. Still, he refused to let himself fall asleep no matter how badly he wanted it.
“I learned with Akio that if you scratch behind the ears the-”
*knock kn- *thud* -ock knock*
Izuku let out a quiet groan as he rubbed the back of his head that hit the headboard when he jolted from the knock. “Who is it?” Eijiro asked. “It’s Mom.” Eijiro looked at him, waiting. When Izuku met his eyes, Eijiro looked back at the door. “Come in.” The door opened and Mom peeked in. “Hey, boys,” she said softly. “Are you ready for bed?” Izuku looked down. Eijiro sat up and held out his hand. “Come on, man. It’s fine. We have heroes watching us and,” he pointed at his chest, “you got the world's ultimate defense right here!” He hardened his arm for emphasis. “No one gets past me!” Izuku raised an eyebrow skeptically. Eijiro fake-gasped. “Do you doubt me! My heart hurts!” he wailed woefully. Izuku rolled his eyes but did take the now unhardened extended hand. He glanced at his phone as he was led out.
“Hitoshi will be fine, Izu,” Eijiro said. He’s got Mr. Aizawa with him.” Izuku knew that. He did, really, but something inside of him just wouldn’t stop screaming at him to check, make sure. What if they found Sho’s house too? What if they caught him again? What if he was hurt? Before he knew it, Izuku was in Mom and Dad’s room.
Dad held out a cup and… his sleeping pills. Izuku looked away. The man sighed. “Izuku, you need to take these. I know you don’t want to right now but you need sleep and at this rate we are going to have a repeat of when you first moved here.” The man tapped Izuku’s forehead, just below the scar where Izuku had passed out and hit his head on the table. Dad set the cup and pill down beside him on the floor before crouching and holding out his hand. Izuku took it warily. Dad cupped it with his other one. Oh to have two hands again… “You are okay now, Izu. When you wake up in the morning after a good, long rest you will see. Can you please at least try to take them? Even just one?” They ended up having to give Izuku the higher dosage of two pills. They learned that pretty quickly. “Let us prove to you that you are safe. Let us protect you tonight.” A low blow, maybe, but Izuku relented. He trembled taking the medicine, almost spilling the water. In bed, he could tell that it was working fast against his previous exhaustion but he was fighting it.
Eijiro’s hand found his. “I’m here.” Small, short, sweet, and confident. The kind of confidence Izuku needed because he didn’t have it himself. His eyes began to droop, subconsciously leaning into the hold his father had around him, infinitely kind and gentle. It felt like ‘home.’ It felt safe. Yami’s words from earlier echoed in his mind as viridian eyes fluttered shut. Izuku wanted them to know. He needed them to know. If he didn’t wake up in the morning, if he was captured, if they were hurt, if the villains found them he wanted them to at least know how he felt about them. His eyes opened, half-lidded.
“M- Mom? Dad? E- Ei?” he whispered to the darkness.
“What is it, dear?” Mom asked.
Izuku took a deep breath. He wanted this to come out clear, to be true and whole. This is his family. These people are important to him. Even if he has only known them for some time over two years he feels as though he has known them for a lifetime. Mom has always been his mom. Dad has always been his dad. Eijiro has always been his brother. They always have been and always will be. They are special. So Izuku opened his mouth and clearly spoke the words that echoed into the night for only the ears of those closest to him to hear.
“I love you.”
There were a few small gasps. Eijiro’s hand tightened around his. Dad hugged him a bit tighter. Mom’s fingers carefully carded through his hair. Izuku’s eyes closed, his words out there now and now he could let sleep take over him knowing they knew. With what little awareness he had left, he heard each person say it, back.
“We love you too, Izuku.”
Warmth he had never known before filled his chest. This is his family. The people he cares for most. This is his mother, his father, and his brother and hie is their son and brother in turn and Izuku wouldn’t have it any other way. If they got killed tonight or captured and tortured then so be it but for now, Izuku could sleep peacefully knowing that he was in the safe arms of those he loved and of those that loved him just as much.
Chapter 80: Let's Move Into Dorms Everybody!
Summary:
The children of Class 1-A move into the dorms. And Class 1-B I guess lol.
Notes:
How is everyone? I am sorry for the late update. I promise to try and do better!
Chapter Text
Shouta sighed, rubbing his eyes tiredly. He was, safe to say, exhausted. The past few nights had been a constant stream of screams and nightmares. Sure, maybe the day of Hitoshi returning wasn’t so bad but it was definitely the calm before the storm. No one can be fully prepared for when it finally settles in what all happened. Today he had been going around to all of his student’s homes to discuss the new boarding system at UA. So far they have been going well. It was the Kirishima household he was truly worried about. All Might, or Toshinori he supposes, wanted to do it alone but no way in hell was he about to let that happen.
“Aizawa, if you need a break I can-”
“No.”
“You seem tir-”
“I’m not.”
“I can hand-”
“Toshinori,” Shouta turned fully to the man. “I don’t know what all you have with this family in specific that makes you want to do this house alone but there are some things that you obviously have no clue about in regards to this family and I can almost guarantee that they will say no unless I am there as well so please stop trying to do this one alone.”
The former number one stared at him in a stunned silence before clearing his throat. “My apologies. Shall we go then?” At least he has the common sense not to keep trying. He didn’t mean to come off as rude or harsh, he was just so indescribably tired. The two rang the doorbell to the house. When the door opened, Shouta had expected Mr. Kirishima to shout a hello and open the gate as usual but instead the man came all the way down to the gate and opened it with an extraordinary quiet, “Hello, Mr. Aizawa. Hello, Mr. Toshinori. Please come in.” Shouta and Toshinori shared a side glance but nothing else as they followed the raven-haired man into the house. Before they do enter, however, Mr. Kirishima turns to them. “If you wouldn’t mind, could you please keep your voices down?” Shouta is the first to reply. “Of course,” he says, mimicking the man’s whisper.
The air is thick, strange as it may sound. Not literally, but it is like a tenseness is spread throughout the house. He witnesses Mrs. Kirishima coming out of the hallway that leads to the boys’ room. Trailing behind her is Eijiro and Izuku. The whole family looks frazzled and just as tired as Shouta feels. He can only imagine the past few nights haven’t been too different from his own. He catches Izuku’s eye and offers the best smile he can currently muster but it isn’t returned. He just receives a long, slow, calculated blink.
“Would you two like something to drink?” Mrs. Kirishima asks as the boys take a seat at the table. “Thank you but we shouldn’t be long,” Toshinori replies quietly. He seems to have a brain too.
It wasn’t questioned about the quietness, he had a pretty good idea of why the whisper order was in place. Izuku had practically plastered himself to Eijiro’s side, his head leaning against the taller’s shoulder. Shouta had to wonder if it was almost a physical replacement for Hitoshi or just a need for closeness. Hitoshi and Izuku called every morning and every night with periodical calls in between when either had the sudden burst of fear.
He mentally cursed. The whole reason that they tried so hard to find Izuku a good family instead of him or Zashi adopting the kid was so that Izuku could have a sense of stability and a permanent support group and parental guidance and the like. Screw the villains who had repeatedly attacked the school which led to this boarding situation. Shouta swallowed a sigh and the two hero/ex-hero joined the family at the table.
“I know Principle Nezu and Present Mic had stopped by earlier about the situation regarding the boarding school,” he said. “I know with the recent events it is probably hard for you to trust the school and to trust me after I have failed your children again but if you will, may we ask you to entrust Izuku and Eijiro to our guidance and care in this boarding school addition to UA? I will personally guarantee to oversee them in their hero career and support them as their teacher and caretaker.”
It was silent for a moment before Mrs. Kirishima spoke up. “Oh, Aizawa,” she used no formalities, “there is no need for none of that. You are practically family. In fact, just a couple days ago Izuku informed us of your ‘Uncle’ status to him.” Shouta couldn’t help the way his heart swelled at that. “And Toshinori, you as well. You have been training Eijiro for quite some time now-” Wait, what? “- and even though it was quite the shock to find out that you were All Might, you are still the same man we know. Both of you, thank you truly for protecting and guiding our sons.” Toshinori smiled. “Thank you, ma’am-”
“Call me Yuma, both of you,” she cut in. Toshinori nodded. “Then, if you will, call me Yagi.” “You can call me Shouta then,” Shouta also responded. Mr. Kirishima spoke up. “Guess I’m going by Asa then,” he joked.
When did I become such a touchy-feely person like this? Dang onions.
“As for the boarding school,” Asa spoke again, “we wanted to talk with you personally on that matter, Shouta. We understand that the teachers dorm is on the forth floor to respective your privacy-”
“Yes, but,” Shouta interceded, “as Principle Nezu said, I am perfectly fine with having Izuku and Eijiro on the floor with me even if it is in separate rooms.” Well, Shouta’s would be more like an apartment. “Either way, I would not mind. They are family after all,” Shouta said confidently. He saw Izuku’s head lift ever so slightly to look at him closer. “If they need me I will be right down the hall.” Asa nodded. “Thank you.” He looked over at Eijiro and Izuku. “You two are okay with this, right?”
Izuku looked anything but okay with this. Still, both boys gave a nod. Asa turned back to Shouta and Toshinori and gave a small bow, Yuma doing the same. “Please look after our sons.”
Shouta was not leaving without talking to Izuku and the family seemed to respect that. The amount of trust they had in him felt undeserved as he had failed them so many times but he would take the blessings as they came. Izuku apparently had a rather rough episode late last night and hadn’t been able to fall back asleep since which was only furthered by the fact his sleep schedule was already jacked up in the first place.
Toshinori, who had apparently been training Eijiro, stepped outside to talk with the aforementioned boy while Shouta made to sit on the couch with Izuku who had curled up in what Shouta has always known as the kid’s ‘favorite spot’ or even ‘safe spot’, aka the right corner of the couch. He doesn’t know why it is, only that the boy has always been found there ever since the days of Mary Lou. Not knowing what else to do, Shouta started casually.
“Hey, kid,” he said quietly. Izuku glanced up at him. “What? Do I have something on my face?” Shouta brushed his hand along his chin. “Haven’t shaved in a few days.” He smirked. “Maybe I should grow a beard,” which he would never do. “Think I’d look good?” Izuku raised an eyebrow, obviously not expecting this conversation which was exactly what Shouta was shooting for. “Ah, so no beard. Hitoshi didn’t think so either.” THAT got a reaction. At the mere mention of Hitoshi, Izuku’s head came up fully, tired eyes sparkling with worry. Now with Izuku’s full attention, Shouta decided to really talk.
“How do you feel?” he asked. “Honestly. About all of this.” Izuku shrunk back, ducking his face behind his knees but Shouta saw the way his shoulder shook. Shouta unraveled his capture weapon from his neck and gently tossed it over. The boy’s head shot up at the noise but his eyes relaxed when he saw the scarf. He looked up confused at Shouta. “It’s warm,” is all the man supplied. Hesitantly, Izuku reached forward and took the weapon, wrapping it around himself. Shouta waited but it didn’t seem long until Izuku relaxed into it. Despite it being a tool for capturing and fighting villains, the scarf was unnaturally soft. It was irrational to have to carry and wear something scratching and uncomfortable around his neck all day. Shouta began again after a few minutes. “So, I heard it has been a rough few days for you, huh?” Izuku all but buried himself in the scarf. Shouta had to think that if it had been when they first met, the scarf could have fully concealed the boy. The steady diet seemed to do wonders for the boy. In fact, Izuku almost looked his age, just under fifteen. He looked about thirteen or fourteen now.
“I don’t blame you,” Shouta continued. “I won’t say that everything will suddenly go back to the way things were before, none of us will. We know by now how your brain works and that it won’t let you relax as you wish it.” There was a huff from somewhere in the scarf. “But I will say that what I said at the station is true and even more so now. When something like this used to happen you would run away, lock yourself in the bathroom, or try to do something that would put you out of your family’s life. It makes me happy to see that you stayed this time. Regarding the housing, I know you are scared about that, aren’t you?” Green eyes peaked up at him. “Yeah, thought so. Do you remember the ‘secret’ knock?”
Shouta was referring to that specifically because it could somewhat compare to the situation. Mary Lou made that knock and Izuku had come to associate the room beyond that knock as a safe place.
Izuku uncurled a bit, nodding. Shouta nodded. “Well, uhmm, come here,” he pulled out his phone. Izuku hesitated but shuffled over. Shouta leaned a bit into the space, just to see how Izuku would react, and when the boy didn’t pull away, Shouta decided it was safe to put his arm around the boy. The greenette tensed a bit but eased into the touch. Shouta held his phone in between the two in the hand of the arm around Izuku. “This is the layout for the dorms that are being made right now. It is going pretty smoothly as Ken’s(Cementoss) quirk is being put to good use, as I am sure you can imagine.” Izuku nodded. Shouta zoomed in a bit. “Here is the top floor. This room,” he pointed, “is actually an apartment for myself. Next to it is going to be Hitoshi’s dorm room. Two rooms over is Eijiro’s. In between that will be yours. At any time you should feel the need or you feel unsafe you skedaddle your little legs down to my apartment and give me that knock, okay? I don’t care what time of day or night it is. Even if I am on patrol that night or something I will give you an extra key. I am here to protect and take care of you.” Shouta looked down at the boy. “Not only as your teacher and as a hero but,” Shouta pulled Izuku into a hug, “but as your uncle who loves you very much.”
He heard the boy’s muffled cries against his chest and it only spurred him to keep the hug.
Shouta will admit, he loves the fact that Izuku thinks so highly of him as to call him ‘uncle’ and he carries the title with pride.
They shifted to a more comfortable position, Izuku now freely allowing Shouta to hold him as the boy settled on his lap. “Another thing,” Shouta continued slowly after their momentary pause, “is that although the top floor only holds four rooms, partially because mine is an apartment, the other floors have eight each, a boys wing and a girls wing. Todoroki, Kouda, Sero, and Kaminari will be just below us.” He had considered putting Yoarashi on that floor but the, err, loud presence probably would have been a bit too early to live so close by, even if the boy is one of Izuku’s closest friends. “In the girls ward on that floor will be Ashido and Uraraka.” Shouta put the phone beside him in order to fully hold Izuku. “You, Hitoshi, and Eijiro, all of you will have those you trust and know are safe surrounding you on every side.” Izuku nodded. “Now, this still won’t be easy and I know that, but we will all have our own set of struggles to deal with. At least we have those we trust to go through it with us, right?”
“... Right…” Izuku spoke for the first time since they arrived and boy was that relieving. Izuku hadn’t even noticed they had begun to speak at a normal level of volume.
*knock knock knock*
The front door opened and in walked Toshinori and Eijiro, ending the interaction.
_______________________________
“All Might…?” Eijiro and the man stood outside the house. “I… I felt it.”
His mentor looked over at him. “Felt what, my boy?”
Eijiro put a hand over his heart. “I felt it weakening, One For All. With every punch you dealt… I felt it weakening. Not exactly One For All, it’s still in me of course, but more like… our connection.” Eijiro dropped his arms and head, fists clenched and shaking by his side. “I felt it die in you, All Might.” Tears fell unwillingly from his eyes.
A large hand came to rest upon his head. “I am sorry you had to feel that, young Kirishima.” All Might sighed, hand coming to rest now in his own pocket. He looked up at the sky. “It’s true, One For All is no longer in me. It’s embers have burned out and even now I can barely hold my muscle form for more than a few seconds.” Eijiro sniffed. He looked up at the man. The sun cast its rays just perfectly so that Eijiro could see the longing and sadness in those electric blue eyes. All Might turned to him and crouched, taking Eijiro by the shoulder, one arm completely bandaged, and looking him in the eyes. “My time as the Symbol of Peace is over, young Kirishima, but my time as your mentor, if you will still have me, is not and neither is your time as a hero. That is why,” All Might gave his shoulder a little squeeze, “I am fully dedicating my time to you and your growth. Despite my condition, let’s do our best, okay?” Eijiro swung his arms around his mentor and cried. All Might’s long arm came around him and held him closely.
Little did Eijiro know, the man shed a few tears himself that day.
Eijiro wiped his eyes, pulling away. “Sorry. You’re injured. I shouldn’t have just attacked you like that.” All Might laughed heartily. The redhead’s eyes buldged when the man stood and suddenly shifted to his muscle form. “MY BOY, I HAVE FACE ALL FOR ON- BLURG!!!” “All Might?!” The man deflated in a cloud of smoke, coughing out blood. He waved him, laughing and wiping his chin. “It is quite alright, young Kirishima.” All Might stood up straight, or as straight as a man with his slouch and wounds does. “As I was saying, I have faced many tough opponents. I think it would take a bit more than a surprise hug to bowl me over, even like this. Also,” he pat Eijiro’s head, “sometimes even heroes cry. Heroes are human too, don’t forget that, my boy.” Eijiro sniffed and nodded sharply. “Right!”
“Speaking of which, humans make dumb decisions…” Eijiro paled, knowing where this was going. All Might pointed an accusatory finger at him. “What you pulled at Kamino was very dangerous, Kirishima, brother or not! Every time you come flying out of seemingly nowhere getting yourself hurt! That is why…!” Eijiro took a deep breath, prepared for the worst. All Might’s fist tapped against Eijiro’s chest. “That is why,” the man said softer, “I am so proud of you for not getting hurt.” Eijiro’s head shot up. “Say what?” “You got yourself out of harms way without getting hurt for the first time. That makes me very happy, my boy.” Eijiro wiped his eyes again with another sniff. “Thank you, sir.”
All Might and Mr. Ai- Er… Shouta left soon after. As they drove away, Eijiro really knew that the age of All Might was over. And that-
-----
‘You’re next.’
-----
- he was next in line.
If Eijiro was being honest, house hunting was a bit depressing, even if he wasn’t going to be living in said house. Still, it was going to be their parents home and where they went for holidays and the like. And… Eijiro had grown up in their current house. He spent all of his birthdays there, got his quirk there, his first ever terrible drawing of Crimson Riot was drawn there and hung on the refrigerator.
“What do you think, Ei?”
Shrug.
“Come on, this will be your home too! Even if you stay at the school most of the time.”
Home… ha… He never thought that he would lose that feeling. Like, of course he knew he would move out on day but… not like this or for this reason. It was like his home was being stripped away from him. How does one deal with something like this? Eijiro glanced over at Izuku who seemed to be more or less interested. The greenette seemed better today. After yesterday’s episode, they had all thought that it would take at least a day or two for him to start speaking again but after Shouta and Toshinori left, while he wasn’t 100% by a long shot, for when was he ever really, he did seem to be doing better. Eijiro suddenly felt guilty for two years ago when Izuku had to say goodbye to the home he finally found with Mary Lou after being homeless for so long even though he knew Izuku was happy with their family.
Man, screw this world for doing that to him.
Eijiro found himself thinking that often whenever Izuku had a nightmare, episode, or, oh I don’t know, a villainous organization busts his child abuser of a birth-giver and kidnaps him forcing him to become a villain to protect his real mother and father or that child abuser will kill them.
They decided on a small two bedroom apartment about ten minutes away from the school, a far cry from their previous hour commute by subway, or hour and a half by car.
Packing was more depressing.
Eijiro sighed loudly as he folded his clothes. There was a tap on his shoulder. Eijiro turned to the concerned face of Izu. “A- a- are you o- okay?” The stutter was back full force. Maybe it will wane faster this time? Eijiro wanted to nod and smile and say everything was fine. He knew Izuku would see right through him so instead he just leaned against his bed and looked up at the ceiling. “I dunno, man,” he replied. He heard the shuffling of clothes and Izuku sitting next to him. “I just… didn’t think I’d be leaving this house so soon. I’d, like, graduate high school and stuff first at least. I guess not.” Izuku hummed. “Th- this house ‘as… b- been nice ta y- y- you?” Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “That’s one way to put it I guess?” Izuku nodded. “D- do you r- remember what y- you said wh- when I first m- m- moved ‘ere?” Eijiro finally turn his head to look at his brother. Izuku just stared at the ceiling. “I- i- it’s not easy b- but… we are t- together i- i- in this. S- so… at least w- w- we aren’t a- alone. Right?” Izuku gave him a side glance, questioning if that was the right thing to say. It was. Eijiro chuckled and leaned his head down, laying it on his brother’s shoulder. “Right. Thanks, Izu.”
Izuku doesn’t know how to comfort others normally. When you haven’t received love and comfort you don’t know how to give it. So the boy uses what he has been taught about love from others in these past couple of years to do so when he tries and honestly? It means more to Eijiro that Izuku does try instead of just letting it go than the fact that it comes off more as a question than anything. That Izuku would willingly be uncomfortable so he could comfort Eijiro, it was heartwarming, really.
He slapped his hands on the floor and pushed himself up. “Alright! We have a room to pack!”
_______________________________
“You two will be fine,” Dad held each of their hands as they stood to the front door of their parents new apartment.
Mom nodded. “Call us whenever you need us. You know we are allowed to come get you and you are allowed to come home whenever you want.”
Izuku looked down. It felt too much like it did when Mary Lou left him at the Kirishima’s. He couldn’t help it as tears rolled down his face. Neither could Eijiro. Mom and Dad brought the boys in for a hug.
“Don’t worry,” Dad whispered. “Everything will be fine, I promise. We are safe and you two are safe as well.”
Eijiro shook his head. “B- but we’ll miss you!” Izuku nodded feverishly. Their parents hugged them tighter. “We know,” Mom said. “We will miss you so much too.” They leaned back. “We worry about you two so much all the time. You’ve both been through so much in so little time but we have seen you overcome it all and we know you can overcome this as well. So smile. Get excited!” She grinned. “You are growing up and becoming such fine young men.”
Eijiro nodded, wiping his eyes. He stood up straight. “We’ll do our best!” It took a little bit longer for Izuku to straighten up as well. “W- we will do o- o- our best!”
“ZUKU! KIRI!” Another jolt and Mina was running at them. She, thankfully, only swung her arm around Eijiro. She wasn’t an idiot. She knew better than to touch him too much at the moment. “You’re alive!” she exclaimed, looking him up and down. Izuku nodded. “Y- yer.” She smiled. “Good to have you back, Zuku,” she offered a fist bump. “Hino and the others are dying to see you again, by the way,” she said when he tapped his against hers. “We will visit as soon as we can,” Eijiro said, also receiving a fist bump. Mina pointed onward. “Come on! We can’t miss the train!”
Izuku, Eijiro, and Mina slowly approached Class 1-A’s dorm building where most of their class had already gathered.
“HEY!” Izuku practically jumped out of his skin as Yoarashi came towards them, arm waving. Uraraka jabbed the older boy in the side. “Don’t just go yelling like that!” She gave Izuku an apologetic look. He tried his best to smile. She didn’t seem to take offense to his less than stellar attempt at a happy emotion. Izuku did notice how a lot of the class sent glances at him. Sho probably told them to not crowd or anything for which he was eternally grateful for.
Yoarashi nodded before bowing. “My apologies!” he said a bit quieter but not much. LOUD was pretty much his permanent setting. The boy stood up straight. “This feels like a college or university situation living in the dorms!” Eijiro and Uraraka nodded. “Very,” the girl agreed.
“Which you will probably never experience with your grades,” Izuku’s head swung around to the familiar voice. “Toshi…” he whispered. Toshi stopped when they made eye contact. No one commented when the two immediately collapsed into a tight hug. The greenette could feel Toshi shaking slightly and he was sure that he was as well. “I- I- I’m glad y- yer ‘ere.” “Me too.” And so much was piled into that small interaction that no one could quite comprehend. They split, taking a moment to calm their jittery nerves.
“I am glad to see you two are okay, ribbit,” Tsu said coming up. Izuku turned to her and nodded. “Th- thank you…”
Sho walked up as everyone arrived. Uncle Sho. Uncle. Izuku felt something warm bubble in him.
“Alright,” the man started, gathering the attention of the students. “It is great to see you all here safely.
“Everyone got permission, huh?” Sero asked.
“It was a rough fight,” Hagakure said.
“Was it?” Toshi commented. Jiro rolled her eyes. “Your dad is our homeroom teacher.” “Ah, he is, isn’t he.” Everyone deadpanned at him.
“We are glad you came back as well, Aizawa-sensei, ribbit,” Tsu commented. Uraraka nodded. “Yeah! That interview looked bad…” Sho nodded. “Yes, it is good to be back,” he replied sounding the exact opposite. “Before we move on to the dorming system,” the man turned and pointed at each individual, “Kirishima Eijiro, Kaminari, Sero, Yaoyorozu, Kouda, Todoroki, all of you, you took it upon yourselves to go and rescue Kirishima and Shinsou on your own, as well as Bakugou from Class 1-B but his teacher is handling him.” All heads snapped over to them in shock. Did they not know? “I am sure you all had your reasons but you have betrayed the trust of the staff at UA. If it weren’t for All Might’s recent retirement you would all have been expelled.” Everyone sweatdropped. “For now, follow the established procedures. I won’t be as lenient the next time. Now,” he swirled around, “let’s go.”
A tense atmosphere covered them as they followed Sho into the dorm building.
“It’s so… BIG!” Uraraka exclaimed, breaking the foul mood. Izuku could only nod in agreement cause wow. It really was. Sho began to explain the layout. The dining room, kitchen, laundry room, baths, bathrooms, and the common area was all located on the first floor. “It has a whole courtyard!” Sero exclaimed. Uraraka blanched. “A mansion! It’s a mansion!” The only seemingly unfazed by the size was Yaoyorozu because why would she be? This was probably a downgrade from her… estate. The dorm rooms were floors two through five. Their stuff was already there in their own respective rooms. Each room had a bathroom, closet, mini refrigerator, and AC unit. They each had a patio of their own as well.
“Use today to get unpacked and situated. Tonight at eight be down in the commons for a meeting of the minds. I will explain how things will be going from here on out tomorrow. Dismissed.” Sho said ‘dismissed’ but immediately went to the stairwell where he proceeded to the fifth floor where his apartment was.
Izuku stared up the stairs. Kaminari whistled beside him, making Izuku jump. He looked over and pointed at him. “Dude, you live on the fifth floor. Have fun climbing those doggies everyday.” Izuku raised an eyebrow. “Y- y- you are on th- the fourth floor th- though.” Kaminari’s eyes widened. “Oh right!” Izuku flinched. “Dang it…” Kaminari groaned, taking the first step up. Izuku shook his head and picked up Hime because no way was he about to make her go up all of those flights of stairs. Izuku took a second to check down every hallway as they passed just to make sure everyone got to their rooms and he did not hear a scream as there happened to be a villain in one. He turned to look back up the stairs after the third floor.
He was confused to see everyone on the fifth and fourth floor’s had paused as well. They did the same on the second floor when he stopped. Izuku tilted his head and continued up. When he did, so did they. Were they waiting for him?
“See ya, guys!” Sero waved as he and the others went to their rooms on the fourth floor. Izuku watched them all enter their rooms.
“Oh my goodness!” Uraraka exclaimed. Izuku was already halfway down her way when she popped her head out of the room. “Sorry!” He froze. Had she been expecting him to come check on her? Did they all know him that well? She waved. “I was just startled by the size! All good.” Izuku relaxed. She closed the door. When did he get close enough to these people that they knew he would react in such ways? Izuku found that he didn’t dislike it as he walked back to the stairwell where Eijiro and Toshi were waiting for him.
Izuku stopped outside of Eijiro’s room. His brother turned to face him. “I guess we have separate rooms now, huh?” Izuku looked down. The redhead lightly tapped his shoulder with his own fist. “Cheer up, man! I’m just down the hall, okay?” Izuku nodded. “Come get me when you are done, k?” Another nod. Eijiro smiled and opened his door, giving a wave before entering. He winked. “I bet I can finish first,” he smirked. Izuku raised an eyebrow. Without another word, Eijiro closed the door.
Outside of his own door, Izuku and Toshi stopped again. They met eyes. Both of them looked so tired and wary.
“I’m right down the hall,” Toshi said.
“Me too.”
“Right. Right there.”
“Mhmm.”
“You’re there.”
“S- so are you.”
No one knew who started it first, they just ended up in a tight hug. “You’ll still call every night?” Izuku nodded, clutching his friend’s black hoodie tightly. “A- a- and night? C- can I come check o- on you?” Toshi nodded. “I’m right down the hall.”
Right. Toshi was there. Safe. He was safe. They were safe.
They both waited until they were at their respective doors before entering. It was like a bomb seeing him again. When Toshi disappeared from sight, Izuku could already feel his heart rate picking up.
Dad called it a state of mind caused by extreme stress and fear. Izuku had begun to associate Toshi with intense feelings of protectiveness and being protected after they had settled into the mindset that they were to be trapped as villains indefinitely with only each other to rely on for safety and protection. Of course, that didn’t happen, but the intensity of the moment stuck to the two traumatized children like glue. Super glue.
Izuku turned around and opened the door. Toshi was already there with his hand ready to knock. They stared at each other before Toshi spoke up. “Just checking. Sorry.” Izuku nodded. “I- It’s fine.” Toshi nodded and went back to his dorm. Toshi’s room was safe then. No villains were in there. Izuku nodded and let out a breath of relief before turning around and taking in his own room. There was nothing really out yet. There was everything, just as promised. Apparently the personal bathroom was left out of the conversation by Nezu. Izuku was almost tempted to put a lock on his to prevent himself from trying anything.
He walked over and opened it. There was a toilet, a small sink with a cabinet mirror, and a small shower/tub. And there was a… door? Izuku walked in and opened the door.
Eijiro carrying a box stared back at him. “BARK!” Akio’s bark was like a jumpstart to their brains. Their eyes widened. “No way…” Eijiro whispered, setting down the box. He walked over to Izuku. “Are our rooms… connected?” Izuku furrowed his eyebrows, looking back and forth between their rooms. “I- I guess…?” Eijiro’s face split in a grin before he enveloped Izuku in a tight hug. “This is great!” Izuku let out another relieved sigh, hugging back. Eijiro chuckled, patting his back. “That bad, huh?” Izuku pushed back tears. “I- I- I thought I was g- gonna ‘ave t- ta put a lock o- on the b- b- bathroom s- so I wouldn’t u- use it…” Eijiro hummed. “Don’t worry, man. I’m still here. I won’t let you do anything like that.” Izuku stepped out of the hug. “P- promise?” Eijiro nodded. “Promise. Now get back to your room! I think I have the lead right now on this race!” That got Izuku a small smile and he left to put his room together.
It may not be healthy to rely on Eijiro like that but if there was one thing Izuku was scared of, more than the villains and her and people in general, it would probably be himself. He knew he wasn’t stable. He was oh so aware of it. He needed people to stop him or Izuku feared he might really end it one day. Dad said that someday he would be able to stand on his own without the constant fear of himself but that day was not today. Baby steps, they said. Your mind and trauma will even itself out, they said. Only, on the days Izuku does attempt to end it it really doesn’t feel that way… He doesn’t try often. Actually, aside from when he heard she had escaped, the last time he tried was probably months ago.
Then she escaped and he was captured by villains so WELP!
Izuku’s hands pulled at his hair. He decided to wear his metal arm today because he knew he would be doing a lot of lifting.
It’s fine… Breathe… Everything is fine. Sho is two doors down. Toshi is right there, safe and sound. Eijiro is there too and we have conjoining rooms. Izuku looked up, letting his hands fall, the metal joints tugging at his hair a bit. I can do this.
Izuku set to work. The bigger furniture was already made such as the bed, desk, bedside table, and his armour. Now Izuku had a closet and an armour. He didn’t have enough clothes to fill both so he decided on putting his regular clothes in the armour and his jackets, hoodies, and more formal clothes, aka his school uniform, in the closet so they could hang and not get wrinkled.
-----
‘The least you could do is do the laundry, you ungrateful brat!’
-----
Izuku shivered, shaking away the unwanted memories. Hime curled around his legs. Izuku took a deep breath. Fine. It’s fine. He pet her a couple times before moving to unpack. It looked much like his room did in Eijiro’s room aside from the giant window that led to his veranda.
-----
Izuku climbed over Yami’s railing and stared down at the streets below. He swallowed thickly, a few tears falling. Izuku looked up at the stars, the ones he had seen so many times before through the gap between buildings in his alley. And then… he let go.
‘!!!IZU-
-----
- ku!”
Izuku stumbled back with a shock, wide eyes meeting Eijiro’s red eyes. Eijiro was quick to grab his shoulders and stabilize him. He didn’t let go.
“Hey, man, you good?” Eijiro had worry written all over his face. Izuku looked down, pulling at the edges of his shirt. “Yer… S- sorry. J- j- just rememberin’ s- something.” Eijiro’s eyes trailed to the window of the veranda then back to Izuku. “We will have a week after this before school starts up again. We can go get curtains for the window during that time, okay?” Izuku nodded numbly. He glanced up at Eijiro with a sudden thought.
“Wh- why are you i- i- in ‘ere?” he asked. Eijiro let him go. “I was wondering if you got my sketch book? I think a couple of our boxes got mixed up. You were staring out the window unresponsive when I came in because you weren’t answering the knock on the bathroom door.” Izuku looked over at the ajar door. He sighed. Of course. “Hey…” Eijiro pulled him into a gentle hug. “It’s alright, Izu. It’s okay.” Izuku buried his face in his brother’s shoulder. “I- I- I don’t get i- it,” he cried quietly. “Th- these thoughts, I- I thought they w- w- were goin’ a- away. Wh- why are they b- b- back?” Eijiro ran his fingers through Izuku’s curls. “You went through another traumatic experience, Izu. Your mind is resurfacing old fears but they are just memories. You aren’t there anymore. Not in that apartment, not on the streets, not with the villains. That is all long and gone now, okay?” Izuku sniffled a bit but nodded. Eijiro, not pulling away yet, looked up and around. “Wow. You work quick. I can’t believe you actually beat me.” Izuku looked up too. He had finished, yes, but it didn’t feel finished. There were no reds, blacks, or grays to clash with his own greens, yellows, blues, and reds. There was no Eijiro in the room aside from the Crimson Riot drawing Eijiro made for him when Izuku moved in with the Kirishima’s over two years ago. He had gotten it framed.
He pressed closer to Eijiro. He doesn’t know if Eijiro knew what he was thinking or feeling but Eijiro held tighter.
“You wanna help me with my room? I still have a box or two to unpack,” Eijiro said. Izuku glanced up before nodding. There was a second where neither pulled away, a silent reassurance that Eijiro was still there, before they did and left for Eijiro’s room.
Eijiro had made a few adjustments to his room, Izuku noticed. Eijiro proudly puffed his chest at the fiery curtains and punching bag as well as a few weights. “All Might gave these to me, well, not the curtains, but the workout stuff as a moving-in gift! The curtains were from Mom and Dad.”
The redhead blinked.
“Ah, there was one more thing,” Eijiro pulled something out of his closet. “It was meant to be a birthday present for you from me and Mom and Dad but the whole dorm system happened before your birthday so it became a housewarming gift. Or Dorm... warming… gift? That’s a thing, right?” He stood with a rectangular, green-wrapped box in his hands, holding it out for Izuku. The greenette took it skeptically. Eijiro rolled his eyes as he sat beside Izuku. “Don’t give me that look! It’s not going to explode or anything. Every Christmas and birthday you’ve spent with us, no, just any box that you don’t know what is inside you’ve gotten from us you eye it like a knife is going to come out and stab you or something.” Izuku raised an eyebrow. “W- well…” “IF you are going to say that has happened then I think I will scream.” Izuku snorted but shook his head. “N- not yet.” Eijiro nodded sternly. “And if it ever does it won’t be one from us.” Izuku rolled his eyes but nonetheless opened the package.
He blinked a few times trying to consider what it was before he took in a sharp breath.
It was a glass container to be mounted on the wall. The glass itself was full of green swirls that looked like whimsical fire throughout except for the front piece which was just clear glass so you could see clearly inside. The left opened up so you could put something in it. Inside were two black rounded metal holders for something. That something being…
“I- is this fer m- m- my arm?” Izuku asked. Eijiro nodded. “You are always looking at your arm as if it is something like a burden or something to hate about yourself but that arm is a sign of growth and overcoming, Izuku. You should show it and wear it with pride just like any part of you because just like you are standing here today still, that arm is standing with you as part of you. Display it with pride, man!”
Izuku felt tears well in his eyes. Eijiro chuckled, patting his back. “Man, you really have no end to your wells in those tear ducts, do you?” Izuku playfully stuck out his tongue before wiping his eyes. “Th- thank you…” Eijiro smiled. “Don’t worry about it, Izu. When you put your arm up there tonight, text a picture to Mom and Dad, okay?” Izuku nodded. He would have to get Sho to put it up later. Izuku looked over at Eijiro’s alarm clock. It was just past four in the evening. He turned to Eijiro.
“H- hey, Ei?”
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Denki groaned as he dropped another box. He had definitely packed too much. He weaved through the boxes to find his phone laying on his bed, picking it up and flopping down on his totally awesome bed before opening the new message.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Hanta had just finished straightening out his bed sheets when his phone went off. People said he had odd tastes of furniture. Hanta said they could fight him. He likes his cross-cultural room. He picked up his phone, checking the message.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Shoto glanced over at his phone. He sighed, standing from his crouched position as he tried to place down the tatami flooring. Even after moving to the apartment Shoto had gotten so used to the Japanese style of housing that he had tried to make it look similar. He was currently doing the same to his dorm room but decided he wouldn’t mind a little break. Turns out trying to turn a completely modern room to a completely old Japanese style room was harder than it looks. He settled on a box, opening his phone.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Koji startled as he was assembling Cloudy’s birdcage. He sighed as the little bluebird gave an ignant squawk to the sound. The stony boy moved over to the short, round table in the middle of his room that his phone was resting on. He picked up Pebble, the bunny who was sniffing at his phone. He carefully set her in her bunny bed before returning to the phone to check the new message.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Momo twisted to see her phone laying on the other side of her room. She sighed and began to maneuver in the narrow walking space she had due to her large bed. She really should have known that a dorm room would not be the same size as her room back at the estate. She finally reached her phone and settled onto her bed with her legs neatly crossed before opening it.
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Katsuki shot a glare at his phone from across his room. What did those idiots want with him now? They were so unproductive that he bet none of them had even finished unpacking unlike him. Well, Slappy(Kendo) did. She was one of the few he could tolerate in all of Class 1-B and it was mostly because she was a no-nonsense kind of girl who didn’t put up with none of Monoma’s junk. Katsuki swiped the phone off of his counter behind his bed. He glared at the “Unknown Number” signal flashing at him like it had personally offended him. He clicked his tongue but opened it anyway.
_______________________________
Izuku took a deep breath.
“Are you okay?” Toshi asked. The two of them sat out in front of the Class 1-A building on the steps waiting. It was ten til five and the others should be arriving soon.
Izuku nodded. “Yer. J- just nervous.” Toshi hummed. “Me too. I was thinking about doing this as well but you texted first.” “S- sorrae.” Toshi shook his head. “That doesn’t mean you did anything wrong, just that you beat me to the chase in doing something right.” Izuku hummed. They didn’t have to wait long before they heard the doors to the dorm building open.
“Hey, you two!” Kaminari waved. Izuku and Toshi both stood, turning to the electric teen. “What did ya need me for?” Toshi cleared his throat. “Let’s wait for the others.” A flash of understanding lit in Kaminari’s eyes. He nodded and waited with them. Soon Eijiro, Yaoyorozu, Kouda, Sero, and Shoto showed up. “Anyone else?” Sero looked around. Izuku nodded.
“Oi.”
They all turned and saw Bakugou coming up the path to their dorm building. “Ey!” Eijiro unexpectedly greeted. “You showed up, Blasty!” The blonde rolled his eyes. “Shut it, hair-for-brains.” He met eyes with Izuku. “So what’s up? Why’d ya text me for?” Izuku swallowed. He and Toshi shared a glance before they both bowed deeply. No one seemed surprised, probably having all guessed what this was about.
“We know what Aizawa-sensei said,” Toshi started, “but still, you six came all of that way to save us so… thank you…”
Izuku nodded. “Th- thank you.” They stood up. The others knew that wasn’t all so they stayed silent as Toshi continued. “Neither of us are good at this sort of thing apologies in advance but… We were ready to accept our fate. I don’t know how much you know but Zuku’s parent’s lives were kidnapped and threatened and the only reason they were set free was because we agreed to join the League for their safety. We… we didn’t expect to be saved or helped and…” he trialed off, lowering his head. Izuku tried his best to take over. “W- w- we were sc- scared. R- r- reallae scared b- but then… then y- y- you all showed up. I- It was l- l- like a ray o- of hope… I- i- if you hadn’t ‘ave s- s- saved us wh- when you d- did, the L- League was a- a- alreadae retreatin’ a- and were tryna t- take us w- with them…” Tears welled in both his and Toshi’s eyes. The purple-haired boy took in a deep breath and lifted his head again to speak. “You all don’t know just how close we were to breaking. To never being able to go back. Our hands… we were so afraid that we paralyzed our hands together and had to get them numbed at the hospital to separate them. Me and Zuku…” the tears were starting to fall, and not just from them. Eijiro and Kaminari and Yaoyorozu too. “If you hadn’t had come, me and Zuku would have been taken back by the League and… by now…” his voice shook “by now we probably wouldn’t even be alive whether by our own doing or the League’s.”
There was a small gasp from a few of the group as they admitted to what they just did.
“S- so,” Izuku started again, both bowing once more, “f- f- from the b- bottom of our h- hearts… Thank you.” “Thank you,” Toshi said. They both looked up. “You really are our heroes.”
Yaoyorozu was popping out tissues like a boss. Everyone had one, even those who weren’t crying. “Shinsou, Kirishima, if you wouldn’t mind, could we hug you?” The two blinked in shock. They nodded stiffly. The group didn’t waste time in surrounding them, sans Bakugou. Eijiro reached over. “You two, Blasty!” “H- hey!” The blonde ended up being wrapped up in the group hug as well.
There were a lot of sorry's, thank you’s, and ‘Don’t worry about it’’s and when they separated they all looked a bit worse for wear, even Bakugou having some redness to his eyes.
Izuku and Toshi stepped back and they both fully smiled, everyone joining along with them, sans Bakugou who tried to play it off as a half-smirk, half-scowl.
Eijiro slung his arms over his and Toshi’s shoulders. He didn’t say anything, just grin, but they understood perfectly.
“Shall we head back in?” Yaoyorozu suggested. Izuku fiddled with the bottom of his shirt. “A- a- actuallae… C- can me a- and Bakugou ‘ave s- some time…?” He could feel Bakugou’s eyes on him but didn’t look. Eijiro’s arm around him got tighter. Izuku reached up and pat his brother’s hand. A second later Eijiro sighed and let go before his demeanor changed. “Sure thing! We will be inside if you need us!” Izuku watched them go. He took a deep breath and turned back to Bakugou. The blonde didn’t say anything and neither did he for a long time.
Izuku sat on the first step, Bakugou on the second. “B- Bakugou… why did y- you come t- t- ta save me?” he finally asked. The blonde huffed. “Because you needed saving, obviously.” Izuku didn’t respond. “I…” the boy continues softer, “I couldn’t save you the first time…” Izuku’s eyes widened. Bakugou clenched his fists together, head down. “You, dang it, you were stuck in that hell hole of a house,” Izuku flinched, “and I… I could have done something but all I did was make it worse!” Bakugou dropped his head. “Would you believe me if I said I hated myself for doing that to you?” He chuckled dryly. “For those four years, every single punch, kick, and explosion I sent your way I hated. I know it’s stupid but I just wanted my friend, the one I promised to be heroes with.” Bakugou took in a shaky breath and let it out. “After we heard what Aunt- Midoriya was doing to you, after I found out, I found a new type of depression that I never had before. It wasn’t the type where I just blew everyone up or anything. Actually, I stopped using my quirk altogether for a long time,” Izuku’s eyes widened. “I ended up seeing a therapist for a year or so before I could get myself to use it again. I stopped bullying all together cause I’m not an idiot I know that is what I was doing. In fact, my creepy followers started to turn on me saying that my therapy had tamed me. They never tried anything, though. I scared them away before they could. I didn’t want anyone around me. I made a vow to become a hero still and find you and save you and others like you.” The blonde scoffed. “Imagine my surprise when they asked us to consider adopting you.”
What? I didn’t know about that.
“We met with that Mary chick,” Izuku’s eye twitched but he let it go, “And the bullying came out and we didn’t get you but all I wanted was to see you! I just wanted to see my best friend! The only one who ever truly cared and understood… My parents only cared about me being the best, most amazing son but as soon as my therapy started their attitudes changed. They still ‘loved’ me, sure, but it was like I was defective or something. I had no friends in middle school either and when I stopped associating with people the teachers laid off me too which was great. I was still top of the class so they couldn’t say jack,” he spat. “I don’t know what came over me when I saw you at the sludge-creep attack. It was like my mind had stilled, reverted to the betrayal I felt, stupid as it sounds, when I heard you were quirkless which you freaking weren’t! It was just that sucky mother you had!” Bakugou took a few deep breaths. He seemed to be doing what Izuku was taught to do by his own therapists to calm down. Therapy did something, then. “I… I got into UA because I am still going to be a hero, dang it, but I decided that I would take my therapist’s advice and take this new school as a chance to start over or something so I guess you could say that I am trying and all. I have ‘friends,’ now like Slappy(Kendo) and that Copycat(Monoma), believe it or not.” Bakugou let out a laugh. “He may be an idiot, egoist, and altogether terrible person at some points but in the end, he reminds me of me before you ran away, only I had the power to back my words. Though, after his fight with you at the Sports Festival he seemed to shut his trap more without me and Slappy needing to do it for him. You have a funny way of shutting people with bad attitudes down one way or another, you know that?”
Izuku deadpanned though Bakugou didn’t see it.
“Still…” Bakugou’s brief moment of lightness dropped again, “I couldn’t get over you. I can’t get past you. When I saw your kidnapping I was just so… angry!” A small explosion released from the blonde’s palms. “It was like, screw my therapy! I just wanted to get you out of those freaks hands! And I know I had no right feeling that strongly because, after all, I was no better than Midoriya but, heck, I was there when you were caught and then I heard of Pikachu’s and Tape-Face’s idea to get you out and I- I-” His voice started to shake as well as his shoulders. Izuku’s heart twisted. He had no idea this is what was going on. He didn’t know what he was doing but Izuku moved down a step beside Bakugou and lightly bumped his shoulder against the blonde’s. Bakugou took in a sharp breath. “I just didn’t want to mess up this time…” he continued. “I- I know at the Sports Festival you said we could never be friends again but I guess I just couldn’t accept that.” He let out a watery chuckle. “I’m stubborn with a stick up my but, fight me, okay? I couldn’t let you go and I went after you. When I saw Midoriya had tagged along I hated her with just as much hatred as I hate myself. I didn’t know I was exploding her face in before I did and it felt satisfying!”
Izuku finally spoke up. “I- it was satisfyin’ t- t- to watch,” he dryly joked.
Bakugou chuckled. “You happen to have a bad habit of getting targeted by bad people so the next time it happens I’ll let you do it, k?”
“Deal.”
The blonde finally lifted his head. “I’m not perfect, okay? I know this. I’m a freaking idiot who can’t shut his mouth to save his life. I’m violent and have a garbage personality. I don’t expect the public to like me much either but… I’m trying. I want to change but I don’t want to change who I am completely. I want to be better but I still want to be me and me… well… the best me was probably ages one to four, when I knew you. When we were friends and I wasn’t smashing you in every day at school.” Bakugou stared up at the sky. “Sometimes I wonder that if I had known your quirk from the beginning would I have treated you any differently? I like to think that I would but in the end I’m an idiot and was a bratty kid. Now… Now I just want to do better. Fix my mistakes. And maybe… when I feel good enough to approach you, and when you aren’t drowning in the hell life dealt you… maybe I thought we could try again.”
Izuku’s own eyes watered. “Y- y- you sound l- like you’ve d- done better than m- m- me on gettin’ b- better,” he half-joked. “I’m… I- I thought I was… Th- then this ‘appened. N- n- now my p- parents say I’m… r- relapsing…”
“If you don’t mind me asking, what happened?” Bakugou suddenly asked, looking at him. “We got the gist but I’ve never known more than your symptoms.”
Izuku looked up at the sky. “W- well Dad said s- sometimes i- i- it helps gettin’ it o- off yer chest.”
“Your old man knows his stuff.”
“W- well he is a- a th- therapist himself.” Izuku sighed, long and loud before giving a dry laugh. “Where t- to start? Well, a- at four I g- g- got my quirk. Mom a- accidentally grabbed m- m- my string tryin’ t- ta get my a- attention, that i- i- is how we found i- it. It all went d- downhill from there.”
Izuku doesn’t know why he told Bakugou his story completely. Maybe it was kind of like having a neutral party. Someone to rant to.
He spoke of his own self-hatred and of how he began to accept his fate as a doll. He spoke of the abuse. The details. How the apartment was littered with holes in the walls from his body and bent door frames. He told Bakugou about the closet, the starvation from both food and light and love. How every hug and pat felt fake and possessive. He told him about the escape. Izuku told Bakugou about his life on the streets. His first year was the hardest. He starved, froze, was raped on at least three occasions, and found himself.
He had to take a moment to cry a bit and calm down. Bakugou didn’t stop him.
Izuku told him about Golden Whip. No one could get their hands on him or his body after he was skilled enough to leave anyone who did with one less mobile arm. He even told him about Mary Lou and Soft Blossom Bakery. All of the close encounters with death, all of the times he almost never woke up again, and… all the times he wished he truly didn’t. Sho… He told him about the cat and mouse game with Eraserhead and then finally, after a good thirty minutes, how things began to look up. He almost died in the alley but Mary Lou found him and he found the first person he trusted in years. He told him about how Eraserhead finally caught him by way of his quirk. How he began to live with Mary Lou and got teachings from Yami and the other teachers at UA. Then he told him about Mary Lou’s quirk.
Izuku had to take another pause for that.
He spoke of his first real Christmas since he was four years old and how he met Toshi and about learning how to stomach at least a full meal a day. He told of a normal life. Then he met the Kirishima’s. He couldn’t stay forever with Mary Lou as she was dying and was adopted into that family. But he spoke of the fear and how he had contracted such a blatant fear of humans that affected him to the point of being unable to speak to them. Izuku chuckled and told Bakugou how the Kirishima’s took him out of that place. The warmth and love that his mind couldn’t process and that he kept running away from, they kept providing it. School, meeting Mina and Mori and the others. How he began to learn how to show expressions on his face. He talked about meeting Shoto and Nationals. He told Bakugou about Eijiro grabbing the string for the first time and the complete breakdown.
“Well that was pretty stupid of him, getting jealous over a cat,” Bakugou commented. Izuku laughed. “Probablae,” he pet Hime beside him.
He told Bakugou everything. Learning to get past his quirk, training with Toshi and Sho, getting into UA, and the USJ.
“You brought someone back to life?!” Izuku laughed again. “It wasn’t all fun and games, Kacchan! It literallae cost me an arm!” Izuku hadn’t even realized he had stopped stuttering during the whole thing and that he had called the blonde by his old nickname.
Kacchan did.
He told Kacchan about the Sports Festival and his fight with Monoma. He told him about the internships and how Toshi saved him from his mind after Eijiro was badly wounded. He told Kacchan what he hadn’t told anyone about what happened at the League…
Izuku wiped his eyes for the umpeenth time. “And now I’m ‘ere, still alive and breathin’, I guess.”
…
…
…
“Dang,” Kacchan cursed.
Izuku nodded. “Yer.” Izuku took a deep breath. “I can tell ya from the viewpoint of someone who has dealt with monsters and trauma that you… you aren’t as bad as ya think, Kacchan. You are makin’ an effort to get better. When we visited M- Midoriya at the jail, she was just as bad. You… you are nothing like her.”
Izuku straightened up and turned to Kacchan.
“I don’t think that we will ever get as close as we were at four years old,” he said. “We were young and naive but now we have grown up and so ‘ave our minds. We’ve changed. Still, I don’t think that it would be impossible to be friends again.”
Hope sparked in those red eyes.
“On one condition!” Izuku held up a finger, jabbing it lightly in Kacchan’s chest. “You don’t stop growin’.”
“What the hell does that mean?” Kacchan lifted an eyebrow.
“These friends you’ve made, don’t drop ‘em because we made up or anaething,” Izuku replied. “Don’t suddenly stop your progress. I can see just how much you’ve grown for the better so keep going. Keep going until you are the person you want to be and a hero you are proud of. Okay?”
Kacchan smirked. “Fine but the same goes for you.” He reached up and grabbed Izuku’s metal hand, the one pointing at him, and held it in between their gazes. “You’ve been through hell and back then twice again. Don’t you stop trying to get past your past. I want to see you and me both ten, no, twenty years down the road standing as strong, confident people. After UA we won’t see each other often probably so lets make a plan.”
“A plan?”
Kacchan nodded. He let go of Izuku’s hand and pointed between the two of them. “You and me, twenty years from now, we’ll be, what? Thirty-five? Thirty-four?” He shook his head. “On this exact date let’s meet up at UA, top of the school building” Kacchan held out a fist. “And when we do, we’ll say ‘We made it.’”
Izuku’s eyes sparkled. He smirked. “When did you get so cheesae, Kacchan?”
“When you started calling me ‘Kacchan’ again,” the boy bit back. “You in or no?” Izuku rolled his eyes and raised his fist.
“See you here in twentae years.”
*tap*
_______________________________
Ochaco held her breath as Izuku walked by into the building.
She had originally planned on taking a walk around the dorm building after she finished her room, she didn’t really have much, but stumbled across the conversation between Izuku and Class 1-B’s Bakugou.
She felt bad for eavesdropping but suddenly oh so much made sense.
-----
‘P- please…’
‘Someone…’
‘M- make it stop…’
-----
The brunette remembered finding Izuku in the hallways of the Sports Festival arena.
A lot made sense now.
“Ochaco, are you alright, ribbit?” Ochaco practically jumped out of her skin. She whirled around to Tsu beside her. “Y- yeah! Why wouldn’t I be?” The frog-like girl put a finger to his chin. “You’re crying, Ochaco.” “Eh?” She reached up and touched her face finding it wet. “EH?!” Ochaco rushed to wipe her tears but they wouldn’t stop. The story she had just listened to kept replaying and replaying in her head over and over again.
Tsu suddenly took her hand and led the crying girl outside and around the building. “No one can see you now, ribbit.” Ochaco sniffed. And then bawled.
It hurt so much!
Ochaco recently came to the conclusion that she may have a teensy-weensy little crush on Izuku. She never knew that finding out that the person you like is hurting so badly would hurt so much as well!
It took a good few minutes for Ochaco to calm down.
“What happened? If you don’t mind me asking, ribbit?” Tsu asked when she finally did. Ochaco sniffed. “I just-”
-----
‘It all went d- downhill from there.’
-----
“- heard a really scary story…” she finished.
“I thought you hated scary stories?” Tsu questioned. Ochaco scratched the back of her head. “I- I do! It just came up on my ‘Up Next’ section for WeTube as I was sitting in my room!” The excuse sounded fake even to her. Ochaco quickly changed the subject. “Did you need something, Tsu?” The greenette looked down.
“Yes, actually. Could you please gather a few people for me after Aizawa-sensei’s talk tonight for me?”
_______________________________
Shouta sighed as his cats milled around him looking for Hitoshi. He will talk to his son about letting Marshmallow at least stay in his room. He’ll pay for the food and litter box and everything. Just keep him!
Hitoshi is usually the one who feeds their cats. Shouta was obvious to how often Marshmallow actually ate and to how much of a nuisance the cat was when he did not get the food he wanted.
The man checked the clock. Almost eight. Guess it’s about time.
He wrapped his capture weapon around his neck. Gotta look ‘professional.’ Ha. Shouta left his apartment. The apartment itself had a bathroom, kitchen, living room, laundry room, and a single bedroom. The perfect fit for a single occupant which he supposes makes sense. He would have to get used to not having Hitoshi in the same apartment, even if he lived literally right down the hall.
Shouta locked the door behind him. He heard the doors down the hall close as well.
He and Eijiro waved at each other down the hall. “Are you waiting for Izuku?” he asked, making his way down. Eijiro nodded, Akio padding beside him. “Yup! By the way, thanks for the conjoining bathrooms.” Shouta nodded. “It’s no problem. Cementoss likes making maze-like structures with his quirk so asking him to make a random change up here was right up his alley.” Eijiro nodded. “I bet! That would be such a cool quirk to have!” “You sound like Izuku.” Eijiro shrugged. “I live with the guy, sue me.”
Izuku’s door opened revealing an unimpressed Izuku with Hime on his shoulder, obviously having heard the conversation. Eijiro’s eyes lightened. “Oh yeah! This is a perfect time to ask!” He whipped back up to Shouta. “We have a display case for Izuku’s arm that needs to be mounted on the wall. Do you think you could stop by tonight and put it up?” Shouta’s eyes trailed over to Izuku. Didn’t take him for the type. Something tells me it was an encouragement gift. Shouta nodded. “Sure. You two should head down.” Eijiro nodded. “Let’s go! Hitoshi is already down there.”
Shouta watched them disappear down the hall. He waited a bit before following. Stairs. All the way to the first floor. He was going to have calf muscles as big as the Iida’s by the end of his career here.
He checks up on Iida every other week. There has been little to no improvement on his status aside from the confirmation that he will be paralyzed from the back down just like his older brother. They were able to save his neck and arm movement.
Shouta sighed and began his descent.
All of the students were already there chatting about each other’s choice of sleepwear. Putting twenty teenagers in a single building to live together. Who thought this was a good idea exactly? Shouta shook his head and made his presence known. Everyone immediately went quiet. He felt a little pride that they already knew to settle down so quickly. Izuku and Hitoshi, who were on the couch, shuffled over so Shouta took the cue and sat there. His eyes scanned over the gathering of students. He nodded and started.
“I know we have all talked about the mental side effects of being a hero in class,” he said. “Most heroes have some form of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder, have poor coping habits, and/or are on some sort of sleeping medication due to PTSD. While this is something we cover at least once a semester, I felt it would be beneficial to discuss each other’s forms of it personally as we are going to be living together.” Before Yaoyorozu could get that hand all the way up, he continued. “I am not asking you to tell us why you have it unless you want to, sometimes it helps to tell others and if you want to tell us we will all listen. If you don’t feel comfortable right now in front of everyone, you can come see me. I will not judge you and I will hear you out. For now, I do want you to at least tell us if you have any form of PTSD, any ticks, triggers, or things that you do because of this so we can all be aware and try not to trigger it of any kind. If you truly don’t think you have any then that is fine and you can just say ‘Pass.’ If you want to tell your story, you can do that as well. After a person is done, you can ask questions but that person does not have to answer them if they do not feel comfortable. Alright?”
Everyone looked around, a few were hesitant, but they all nodded. Shouta took a deep breath. He can’t expect them to be vulnerable with him if he isn’t first vulnerable with them. That is how trust works. Shouta put a hand on his chest and looked around.
“I’ll start with myself. I have chronic insomnia mostly from my schedule of being a teacher as well as being an underground hero at night but it is also partly due to PTSD that keeps me awake whenever I try to sleep. There have been many occasions where I have not been able to save a person, I have seen many dead bodies and witnessed many murders. Many times I have been on death’s door myself,” he gave them snippets so they knew they could be comfortable telling their own stories. “Due to this, when I do sleep I am on high doses of sleeping medication. Sometimes I wake up at night either way in cold sweats and on those nights I end up walking around a lot, on the nights I take off at least. While I have my own apartment here on the top floor and you probably won’t find me wandering around here, there may be that occasion where I am so that is something to be aware of. I don’t have many triggers but I do prefer to stay away from gore and horror movies just to keep what I see on the job away from my more personal life.”
He took another breath.
“That is sort of how this is supposed to go, alright? Who wants to go next?”
And this is how it went. Many were hesitant but those who went first broke the barrier it seemed and everyone became a bit more comfortable as time went on. A lot had some form of insomnia and PTSD. Some admitted to screaming at night every once in a while and others shared their coping habits.
Then it got to the inevitable four.
Eijiro started first. “For me, uhmm, I don’t have insomnia or anything but I do have a mild case of PTSD. Every once in a while I will wake up from a nightmare. During those times I will usually go to the bathroom and splash cold water on my face or something. I guess if I had fears… After the Stain incident I developed a fear of blood and knives. Not necessarily sharp objects, just knives and swords and the like. It doesn’t affect me too much, honestly, and I am working through them as I know I will see them a lot as a hero, but still, they are there.” The boy subconsciously felt his chest where the rather massive scar lays. “And I am reminded of them a lot.”
Everyone nodded in understanding.
Hitoshi swallowed. “I, too, have chronic insomnia. Um… I know you all know that Aizawa-sensei is my Dad so, yeah, but he wasn’t always.”
Shouta’s eyes widened ever so slightly. He didn’t expect Hitoshi to feel comfortable enough to share deeply in his story. It warmed his heart. He has grown so much from that boy who hated everyone and never wanted to get close to anyone.
“I was an orphan for a long time because my biological parents were scared of my quirk,” Hitoshi continued. “During my time at the orphanage I was treated rather… poorly. I was bullied a lot, no one wanted to adopt me, and probably the worst of it was being forced to wear a muzzle.” There were a few gasps. “I spent a lot of my time there afraid to sleep in fear of the other children up until Dad came and took me from that place. Still, it stuck with me for a while. I ended up with a prejudice against people and quirks. What still affects me from this is insomnia and I am rather cautious around people and not easy to trust them. I also have PTSD from incidents like the USJ though when Dad almost died,” everyone looked down, a lot of them had similar stories and Shouta cursed for them having to witness that. “From recent events… I think you all know of,” everyone nodded, “let’s just say physical contact has never been something I was particularly against but I think I have less of an affinity for it now.” He didn’t elaborate why. “I do wake up still, even with my medicine at night, on occasions screaming. I find cats as my comfort in those times.”
Todoroki spoke up. “It really isn’t too shocking, I think the whole world knows that Endeavor was arrested for child abuse,” he started. “In order to make the perfect hero to surpass even All Might, Endeavor forced a quirk marriage to my mother and forced her to have children until one of them came with the perfect quirk which happened to be me after three siblings. He abused me under the guise of training me to be the perfect hero. Mom… Mom snapped at one point, around when I was six, and poured boiling water on my face. The rapid cooling of it with her own ice quirk is what caused the scarring.” A few paled. “So… that’s a fear I have, I guess. I don’t really care for cooking and particularly dislike boiling water. I won’t stop any of you if you boil water for a meal or something just please don’t ask me to help during those meals. I think I’d rather stay away.” Everyone nodded. “I am rather wary of adults because of this and, I don’t know if this counts, but I am skeptical of many intimate relations because of the way Endeavor and my mother’s was. Every once in a while I wake up from nightmares but I don’t really have insomnia. I do have slight PTSD though that will keep me up sometimes.”
Last was Izuku.
The boy looked oddly calm about it though he did see Uraraka giving the greenette worried glances. Strange.
“I… Y- you all know m- my quirk by now…” he started. “B- because of it I- I was abused by m- m- my biological mother f- f- for a while and bullied f- for being quirkless until I r- ran away a- a- at eight. I l- lived on th- the streets fer about… f- four years? D- during that t- t- time I had m- many close death e- e- experiences a and was e- e- even… raped… a f- f- few times.” He took a deep breath. “B- but I- I got taken in b- b- by actuallae Aizawa-sensei… H- he found me a- a- and found me a home w- with Ei and our f- familae. I had, a- and to a p- pretty large d- degree st- still have, a f- fear of a- a- all humans and the like f- from this. Y- you all heard of I- I- Inko Midoriya’s e- escape by the League, r- right?” They all nodded. “Th- that woman…” he took in a shaking breath, “sh- she was my b- biological mother. Th- the one who a- a- abused me for y- years. Sh- she would often l- l- lock me in the closet f- for days a- a- at a time, slam m- me against walls w- w- with my quirk, and m- more all the wh- while claiming sh- she loved me. Th- this made me cl- claustrophobic, untrusting, a- and skeptical of l- love and affection. I- I- I have been doing b- better b- but the incident with the L- League… Sh- she was there a- and a l- l- lot of it came b- b- back. I… have ch- chronic insomnia a- as well. R- recentlae I ‘ave b- b- been on medication th- that can sometimes c- carry me through th- the night b- but a lot of the t- t- time I will w- wake up s- screaming so… I’m sorry i- i- in advance. Th- there are s- some p- p- particular things I- I guess you sh- should know a- a- about my habits a- at night but… s- sometimes I don’t r-r- remember what happens so…”
Eijiro took this as a cue to step in. “Don’t worry man, I’ve got this.” He looked around at the group. “Izuku often has episodes where he lashes out at any sound or moving thing if startled awake.”
Shouta nodded. “That is why he, Shinsou, and Kirishima are all on the fifth floor with me.” Eijiro nodded. “While we can usually calm him down within the hour, Izuku will usually go for sharp objects. You will notice the child locks on the kitchen cabinets that have knives in them. These are just to insure the safety of both himself and everyone else should he make it to the first floor before we calm him during one of these nights.”
A few students seemed a bit wary but most of them understood.
Eijiro leaned over and whispered in Izuku’s ear. The greenette glanced at his brother before looking down and nodding. Eijiro nodded and turned back to them. “Izuku has had many instances where he has attempted suicide,” there were a round of gasps, “and for that reason at home we usually have someone accompany him to the bathroom so he doesn’t try again. I know it is a lot to ask, but if I am not around, could one of you at least stand outside of the bathroom?”
Sero was the first to speak up. “Of course!” Kaminari nodded sharply. “We ain’t about to let our buddy off himself!” There was a round of similar agreements.”
Izuku looked down at his hands. “Th- thank you a- a- all fer b- bein’ s- s- so understanding…” Everyone smiled at him. Uraraka suddenly piped up. “We are all in this together, right? Of course we are going to look after one another! I think we should make a group chat. That way, if any of us need comforting in the middle of the night or something they can just text it and whoever is available can join them in either their room or the commons!” Yaoyorozu nodded. “Right. That, if it is in the group chat, we will know where someone is if another can’t find them.”
Shouta nodded. “Which brings me to my next point. I think we should each choose a person, male or female, to be an accountability partner. Someone you trust. Just to let that person know where you are especially with the activity of the League recently. We need to keep tabs on all of you. This can also be a person who you can turn to if you are in need of some support from someone close. I will let you all decide who that will be for you on your own. You can double up for all I care but you need someone to lean on.”
Shouta looked around, making sure to make eye contact with each and every one of his students.
“From now on, we are similar to family. We live together, eat together, and go to battle together. We will fight quarrel, and sometimes even hate each other but at the end of the day we are a unit. If one of you needs help, I expect you to be there for one another, okay? If you need me, I will be there for you as well. I will be giving you all my private phone number if you should so need it. Times are rough, the villains have been more active recently than ever. We need to stick together. Understand?”
Everyone nodded sternly. Suddenly Ashido looked him in the eyes. “Can we call you Dadzawa from now one?”
“PFFT!” Multiple people turned their heads to laugh. Even Izuku and Hitoshi and Todoroki. Shouta’s deadpanned. Ashido smirked.
“Dadzawa! It’s perfect!” Kaminari laughed.
“He is totally a dad!” Sero hooted.
“Our father of the shadows,” Tokoyami whispered, gaining more laughter.
Shouta was about to speak up when Izuku suddenly leaned over. “I’m still c- c- callin’ you u- uncle.” Shouta hid his blush, and groaned, behind his hands. He leaned his head back against the couch cushions. “I have a reputation to keep... “ He let his hands fall, rolling his eyes. “Fine. I don’t really care as long as you call me normally in class.” The class all stared at him with wide eyes.
“No way!” Ashido yelled.
“We got Dadzawa!” Hagakure cheered.
“DADZAWA! WHOOT WHOOT!” Yoarashi punched the air rapidly.
What have I gotten myself into? He shook his head and stood up. Everyone shut up. Heh. “Alright, curfew is still ten o’clock. No being outside past them, got it?” Everyone nodded. Shouta nodded. “I have to catch at least one hour of sleep before patrol tonight so I am heading off first.” He left without another word but he swore he heard Ashido yelling:
“Night night, Dadzawa!”
Shouta groaned and continued up the stairs to his apartment.
_______________________________
Eijiro was laughing with Kaminari and Sero when someone tapped him on the shoulder. He turned around. “Uraraka? What’s up?” he asked.
The brunette’s smile looked a bit waverly. “Could you three maybe go outside? Tsu says she wants to talk with you.” Eijiro tilts his head. “Sure?” He glanced at Sero and Kaminari as Uraraka left to go talk with Todoroki. They just shrugged and they left.
Outside, Tsu was waiting for them just to the left of the entryway in the grass. Soon, Yaoyorozu, Todoroki, and Kouda joined them.
“What did you need, Tsu?” Sero asked. Uraraka came up behind her, placing a comforting hand on Tsu’s shoulder. The frog-like girl looked up. Eijiro was taken aback by the wetness of her eyes.
“I… always say what’s on my mind,” Tsu started. “But sometimes I don’t have any idea what to say, ribbit. Do you remember what I said at the hospital?
-----
‘I am always one to speak my mind, Kirishima. I know you have strong feelings about this but if you are going to go breaking the rules like this based on your feelings then you are no better than the villains.’
-----
Eijiro swallowed thickly. “Yeah.”
“My words were harsh,” Tsu said. “But when I heard that you went through with it… I was so shocked, ribbit. I was mad at myself and so many negative feelings kept welling up in me.” Tears swelled at the corner of her eyes. “I did not know what to say to you guys. I could not continue to just laugh like nothing was wrong. I know now after hearing Izuku’s story why it was so important for you to get him out but… not being able to talk with you and laugh,” the tears dribbled down, “it made me really sad.”
“Tsu…” Yaoyorozu started but the girl shook her head. “That is why I wanted to have a proper conversation with all of you, ribbit. I wanted to go back to playing around with everyone.”
Eijiro sniffed, standing up straight. He walked forward and got on one knee, holding out his hand. Tsu tilted her head and took it. Eijiro clasped his hands around hers. “Tsu, I am so sorry for making you feel this way. I was terribly unmanly of us to make a lady cry. Thank you for talking with us!” Kaminari nodded, patting her back. “Yeah! We are so sorry, Tsu! We want to play with you too!”
Eijiro smiled as they all talked and saw Tsu smiling too.
We are all trying to move on.
_______________________________
*knock… knock knock… knock*
Shouta’s eyes whipped to his front door just as he was about to leave for patrol. That was the secret knock. He quickly made his way over and opened the door. Both Izuku and Hitoshi were standing there looking teary-eyed.
Shouta moved out of the way and they entered. He closed the door and crouched before them. “Hitoshi, Izuku, what’s wrong?” he asked softly. Hitoshi wouldn’t meet him in the eyes. “It’s stupid…” Shouta shook his head. “I am sure it is not. Hitoshi, please tell me.” The purple-haired teen met his eyes shyly. “I just… you were letting everyone call you ‘Dadzawa’ so… I just… you are still my Dad too, right?”
Shouta immediately grabbed his son and pulled him into a tight hug. Hitoshi tensed for a moment before returning it fully.
“Of course, Hitoshi,” Shouta breathed out. “You know they were poking fun. You will always be my son.” Hitoshi sniffed. “I- I know, I just… I needed to know.” Shouta squeezed him tighter. He knows Hitoshi has abandonment issues. Every once in a while he asks similar questions to make sure that Shouta still loves him. What hurts the most is when Hitoshi tries to act like they are pertaining to something else, not wanting Shouta to know he is questioning it. “I will always love you, Hitoshi. No matter what they call me, you will always be my son, alright?” Hitoshi nodded. A few lingering seconds and the two split.
“Will you be okay tonight?” he asked. Hitoshi wiped his eyes. “Yeah, sorry.” Shouta shook his head. “Never apologize for that.” he looked over at Izuku. “And you?” Izuku nodded. “I- I just… Toshi w- was sad and ‘e w- wouldn’t come on h- h- his own so…” Shouta smiled and ruffled Izuku’s hair. “Thank you for bringing him.” He stood up. “You two heading to bed?” They nodded. Shouta’s eyes fell to Izuku’s right arm. “You haven’t taken it off yet?”
Izuku stiffened. Shouta sighed. “Come on, I’ll take it off for you.” Izuku shook his head. “I- It’s fine!” Shouta raised an eyebrow. “No, it’s not. I can tell it’s not. You haven’t lifted your right arm at all since before we were downstairs. You’ve been wearing that arm too long today, haven’t you? It hurts, doesn’t it?” Izuku blushed having been found out. “N- not anymore than usual…” “Izuku.” The greenette ducked his head. “Y- yer… It hurts… A- a lot…” Shouta nodded. “I thought so. Let me go get a few tools. I have to put your display case up anyways.”
“Thank you…”
Shouta smirked and left to get the tools. When he opened the door, Eijiro was there with his hand up. “Eijiro?” The redhead lowered his hand. “Sorry, Shouta,” man it was weird hearing Eijiro call him that but he found that he doesn’t dislike it. “I couldn’t find Izu so I figured he would be here.” Like he was summoned, Izuku popped up behind Shouta. The raven-haired man had to pause when he felt the gentle tug on his clothes. Izuku just casually, or as casually as a traumatized child peeking from behind someone can, grabbed onto him as he checked who it was. Because he trusts Shouta. He trusts him. Wow, that made him more happy than he thought it would.
“Sho’s g- going ta put u- up the case,” Izuku informed his brother. Eijiro nodded. “Great!” Shouta nodded. “I am taking off his arm too. There should be some ice packs in the main kitchen. Can you go get one, please? We can get some for his personal fridge later.” Eijiro nodded. “Yes, sir! I’ll be right back!” He scampered away.
Even though it is four flights of stairs down, he went without complaining. Shouta hopes Izuku knows how much his family cares for him to do that. Something tells him that he does.
“Well, let’s go.”
Toshi stayed with them as Shouta put up the case. It was a pretty cool case. He put it just behind Izuku’s bed. At some point Eijiro had come back and acted as Izuku’s anchor as Shouta removed the arm. It probably hurt significantly more since he had it on for so long.
“And now…” Shouta walked into the bathroom and opened the mirror cabinet. He exited with the sleeping pills. Izuku turned his head away. “And…” Shouta pulled Hitoshi’s out of his pocket. “I know you tried to leave these in one of my boxes when moving here.” Hitoshi also turned his head away. Shouta sighed and walked over. “I know both of you are very wary of sleeping here but you need to take these. If not for yourselves but for everyone else who will hear you scream when you wake up without them.” Hitoshi’s fists clenched. “We can’t help that… It’ll happen either way.” Shouta nodded. “I’m not saying it is your fault. No one in their right mind would blame you both for what you’ve gone through. Still, it is a lot less likely that it’ll happen if you take them.”
Eijiro leaned over and bumped Izuku’s shoulder. “I will stay with you until you fall asleep, okay?”
Shouta nodded. “And I will stay with you, too, Hitoshi.”
Hitoshi and Izuku shared a glance at each other before they both ducked their heads. Shouta put down Izuku’s bottle and pocketed Hitoshi’s. He held out his hand. “Come on, Hitoshi, let’s get to bed.” Hitoshi hesitated before taking it. The purple-haired boy looked over at Izuku. “Right down the hall,” he said. Izuku nodded. “R- right down th- the hall.”
True to his word, Shouta stayed with Hitoshi until the boy fell asleep.
“Dad…?” his son held out his hand. Shouta took it. “I love you…” Shouta gave the hand a small squeeze. “Love you too, Hitoshi.” He didn’t let it go for a bit after Hitoshi fell fully asleep.
Shouta left the room. Eijiro was waiting for him. “Shouta, I don’t thin-” “I know,” Shouta cut in. “I’m calling in. I know they aren’t going to stay asleep.” Eijiro nodded, looking down. “Thanks. I don’t know how to calm Hitoshi down.” Shouta crouched down. “Hey, look at me, Eijiro.” The boy did. “You don’t need to feel responsible for them,” Shouta said. “You are just a teenager. Don’t stress yourself out so much. It is admirable that you care for your brother so much but you need to remember to take care of yourself too, alright?” Eijiro nodded. “Yes, sir…” Shouta sighed and stood up. “It’s summer break for the next week at least. Go hang out with your friends that are sure to stay up late. I will handle Izuku and Hitoshi.” “Bu-” “Eijiro, have fun.” The redhead sighed before nodding. “Thank you, Shouta.” He gave a small bow and left, bounding down the stairs. Shouta shook his head and looked between Hitoshi’s and Izuku’s door. This was bound to be a long night.
No matter how many times he hears it, no matter how many times it startles him from his sleep… nothing could prepare Shouta for the screams that echoed throughout the building that night.
None of the other PTSD-inflicted children in the building who shot awake from them.
Chapter 81: End of Summer 'Break'
Summary:
Short chapter just ending off the summer!
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
“Are they okay?!”
“That sounded bad!”
“Like one had fallen into the depths of despair.”
Eijiro sweatdropped, hands up as most of Class 1-A surrounded him in the commons at three in the morning. Most meaning everyone excluding Izuku and Hitoshi. Shouta was upstairs calming the two right now.
“Stop crowding him!” Momo called above everyone. The group looked at her and quieted down before turning back to Eijiro expectantly. The redhead nodded. “Thanks, Momo,” calling her by her first name was new, so was doing it with everyone else, excluding Bakugou, who went on the excursion to get back Izuku and Hitoshi. “Don’t worry, guys, they are fine. They just don’t know that.” Tokoyami tilted his head. “What do you mean by that?” Eijiro chuckled, scratching the back of his head. “That whole ‘screaming at night’ thing is basically that.”
“That was not just a scream!” Hagakure exclaimed. “I thought someone died!” That might not be too far from what at least Izuku thinks is the truth… Eijiro and Mina exchanged a glance. “I know,” Eijiro said. “I’m very sorry for this waking you, everyone. He used to be a lot better before the whole kidnapping happened. I am sure once he gets used to living here it will go down.”
There was a sudden cry from above them making everyone flinch aside from Eijiro and Mina.
“How much is ‘go down’?” Momo asked carefully. Eijiro tapped his chin thoughtfully. “For Izu? Only once or twice a month. I am not sure about Hitoshi since I haven’t actually lived with him before.” Everyone paled. “Does it affect them that badly, ribbit?” Tsu asked.
“I don’t think you know the full story,” Shoto suddenly spoke up, probably a bit more cold than he needed to.
Eijiro averted his eyes to the ground. “There is… a lot that was not covered in the brief explanation Izuku gave you all. Some things have lingered longer than others.” He bowed. “I know that it scared a lot of you and probably triggered some trauma of your own. I am very sorry.”
Denki patted him on the shoulder. “Dude, don’t.” Eijiro glanced up. “Sure, like, it sucks we all woke up and all but-”
“We are more glad that they are okay than we are mad that we are awake!” Uraraka spoke up. There was a collective round of nods. “I don’t think any of us have the right to blame them,” she said. “Not unless we know what truly happened to them from their points of view.” Eijiro stood straight, relief evident on his face. Mina slung her arm around his shoulder. “Don’t look so relieved, Kiri! What, did you think we would hate you or Zuku or Shin because they have nightmares?!” Jiro nodded. “That’d be pretty sucky of us.”
All heads turned to the sound of footsteps. Multiple. Everyone was silent as Shouta exited the stairwell and entered the commons, Izuku and Hitoshi following closely behind looking worse for wear. Eijiro grinned over at the two teenage boys, giving a small wave.
“Izuku and Hitoshi would like to say something,” Shouta stated as they came to a stop. “AH!” Hanta pointed at them. “Don’t let them apologize!” The three stared at him. “YEAH!” Yoarashi yelled, everyone flinched. Uraraka slapped the boy’s arm but he just laughed and continued. “We’re just glad our buddies are okay!” “It is good to see you alive,” Tokoyami commented, making everyone sweatdrop. Luckily that was just the kind of humor Izuku and Hitoshi had as they both let out a huff. “Alright!” Mina punched the air. “No apologies! No sadness! And no sleep!” Everyone looked at her. “No sleep?” Momo questioned. “I hardly think that is a good idea-” “It’s summer break,” Mina rolled her eyes. “We have a whole week left! Let us enjoy it to the fullest! As our first night here together, whether we are screaming out of fear or joy, let’s spend it together!”
And thus they began to make plans on how to spend the night.
Eijiro watched Shouta pat Izuku and Hitoshi on their shoulders, give them each a small hair ruffle, and disappear back upstairs. Hanta and Denki also noticed. They bounded up to the two boys. “You two, too!” Denki held out his hands. Eijiro watched as viridian and indigo eyes scanned over the crowd of students skeptically. When they only received smiles and expectant gazes, they relaxed a bit and let Denki and Hanta pull them into the gathering.
Sato ended up making a sponge cake that they ate while watching a movie. Eijiro took a moment to look around and revel in the fact that this was something they often did at home when they had a particularly rough night or just needed a break from the world. He, Izuku, Mom, and Dad would all gather in the living room with popcorn and hot chocolate in a mass of pillows and blankets watching a movie to just forget the world. As Eijiro looked around and saw all of his friends in their blankets and pillows they had all brought down and as they ate cake while watching some sappy Disney movie, that Eijiro was definitely not crying because, he realized that maybe this wouldn’t be so bad. He had been a bit depressed and homesick because he had to move out but now… now he thinks that maybe, just maybe, it will be okay. It’s a new chapter of life and he is sharing it with his friends.
“Psst! Kirishima!”
Eijiro blinked, hearing his name halfway through the movie. The redhead looked over at Denki who was sitting to the left of Izuku. The boy gestured to the greenette next to him with wide eyes. “What do I do?!” the boy whispered. Eijiro’s eyes traveled down to Izuku who had apparently fallen asleep on the electric boy’s shoulder.
Eijiro took a second to process that Izuku had actually done that. Was it the medicine still in his system? The sweets that made him relax? Did he truly trust Denki that much?
“Keep him,” Shoto suddenly spoke up. Speaking of which, the bicolored boy had Hitoshi on his arm respectively, also asleep. A few of the others snickered when they realized Denki’s dilemma. “But what if he wakes up!?” Jiro suddenly pointed across the room where Yoarashi, bless his heart too big for that loveseat, was halfway on the floor with his head dangling off and his legs over the armrest almost touching the ground. “He won’t. He would have already woken up to that guy’s snoring.” Eijiro had to agree. Yoarashi snores like a bear. Still, he turned to Denki. “Do you want me to take him?” Denki looked back down to Izuku sleeping peacefully. He looked back up at Eijiro and smiled widely. “Nah, I’ll accept it.”
There were only a few who understood the odd phrasing of that. Denki might not have the best grades but he isn’t stupid. He knows the whole story and as such he knows the gift it is to have Izuku trust him so much as to fall asleep even near him. To fall asleep on him? There’s something to be said about that. Denki’s gained that trust.
Eijiro smiled and nodded, turning back to the movie.
_______________________________
Izuku’s eyes shot open, waking with a gasp.
“Woah there, buddy!”
The greenette froze. His eyes slowly trailed up. Denki waved at him with a smile. Izuku scrambled back only for arms to catch him before he could fall off the couch. His head swirled around to find Shoto. The bicolored boy tilted his head. “You good?” Izuku took a few deep breaths, looking around. There were still a few passed out around the commons sitting area but otherwise there were a couple making breakfast in the kitchen and the rest getting ready for the day. Izuku swallowed, remembering last night. He looked down.
“I- I-”
“You gave me a numb arm, that’s for sure,” Denki spoke up, drawing Izuku’s attention again to where the boy was rolling his shoulder. Denki flashed a cheeky grin. “Am I that comfortable?” Izuku deadpanned before bowing slightly. “S- sorrae…” Denki rolled his eyes. “Don’t even, dude. Earth knows you needed the sleep.” Denki patted his own shoulder. “It’s always free! On that matter, so is my room. We should totally hang sometime, dude!” Izuku blinked. “Y- yer n- n- not mad?” Hanta appeared, leaning over the back of the couch. “Izuuukuuu, I know you have, like, seriously good grades. You should know that we would not get mad at you, nor Hitoshi, for anything that happened last night.” Izuku stared at them in aw. Eijiro came up with a plate of pancakes rolling his eyes. “Izu, we tell you this every time you have a panic attack-” they did not miss the way Hanta and Denki winced at that “- we aren’t going to get mad at you for the world jacking you up,” or at that. “Now come on and eat because me and you both know that unless one of us tells you to eat, you won’t.” Izuku averted his eyes.
“Come on, you guys!” Uraraka waved at them from the bar outside of the kitchen. There was a long bar and a long table, perfect for sitting twenty people. No one commented on the empty seat. No one ever commented on it.
It was on the Class 1-A taboo list. Same as filling the vice-rep seat next to Eijiro and pulling a prank on Denki when they are near water.
Izuku looked around at everyone eating. Some were not down, preferring to eat on their lonesome, but the community was still there. The laughter as they ate, it was like nothing happened last night. They all knew it happened, they knew it would probably happen again, but just like with Mom, Dad, and Eijiro, they didn’t mind. Not only that, but they also didn’t do anything while he was asleep. They didn’t try to hurt him or take advantage of him. Denki didn’t even move! Why was everyone so nice to him?
“Idiot.”
Izuku looked over at Toshi who was coming to sit beside him.
“You’ve got that look on your face, Zuku,” his friend said, taking a few pancakes for himself. “Stop questioning everyone all the time.” Izuku deadpanned. “L- like you don’t?” Toshi side-eyed him. “Not as much as you do,” he took a big bite. “Just accept the blessings as they come cause they don’t come often.” Shoto nodded from the kitchen. “Oh, we know.” Everyone else in the room sweatdropped.
“Dude,” Denki commented, “how do you wake up like that all the time and then joke about it morbidly?”
The three trauma children met each other’s eyes. Shoto turned to Denki. “It’s an ACI thing.” “A what?” Izuku snorted, finally cutting into his pancake. “Uh uh! You gotta tell us now!” Uraraka exclaimed from beside him. “Nah, don’t think we will,” Toshi smirked. Izuku copied the boy in taking a bite from his own pancakes as the class tried, and failed, to get them to speak. He closed his eyes with a hum.
Sweet…
_______________________________
*Ding Ding*
Class 1-A Loonies!
Pinky:
It’s the last day of summer break soooooo I got stuff!
Octopus:
You got… stuff?
Pinky:
I got stuff!
YouCantSeeMe:
Ooooh! I like stuff!
What stuff did you get?!
Kingofdarkness:
Will it brighten my black heart?
GuitarGoddess:
Ok edgy
Insomniac:
Oh like you aren’t?
GuitarGoddess:
Like YOU aren’t?
Insomniac:
Touche
Pinky:
ANYWAYS!
I got sparklers!
Queen:
Are those approved by Aizawa-sensei?
Pinky:
Oh, hush, Momo! It is perfectly fineeeee!
Dadzawa:
Ask me first.
Pinky:
Insomniac come get your dad!
Insomniac:
Hey Dad can we use the sparklers?
Dadzawa:
You are sitting right next to me. Ask in person.
I swear kids these days can’t look up from their phones.
YouCantSeeMe:
Ooooooo
…
…
…
Insomniac:
He said yes.
Pinky:
Thanks Dadzawa!
YouCanSeeMe:
^
SpaceChick:
^^
He’sHotAndHe’sCold:
^^^
Pinky:
Sooooo? Momo?
Queen:
Technically I am not the class president.
Pinky:
KIRIIIIII
…
…
…
Pinky:
Zukuuu be a dear and get your brother on please?
GreenBean:
He is.
TapeMan:
Why isn’t he replying.
GreenBean:
He is trying to sound official.
Pinky:
HA
MANLYMAN:
Izu! Don’t out me like that!
GreenBean:
Sorry not sorry
Bunny:
Izuku is a lot nicer in person.
GreenBean:
So I’ve been told.
Ei?
MANLYMAN:
Fine fine.
I’m 100% down for it man!
Pinky:
Yesssss!
Nine tonight in front of the building!
YouCantSeeMe:
Be there or be square!
_______________________________
Mina bounced on her toes as she waited for everyone to come out. She had bought so many sparklers that she couldn’t even feel the weight of her wallet!
“Mina!” She whipped her head around and smirked. “KIRI!” She took off. “ZUKU!” The two boys caught her in their arms.
Zuku had another screaming panic attack two nights ago so she wasn’t sure if she would be allowed to do this. During the run up was when Mina always looked for signs on whether or not he would react badly but he seemed fine today so they took the full brunt of Mina’s charge.
They laughed as they separated.
“We haven’t hung out just the three of us in a while,” she said. Kiri nodded. “I know, man. We need to do something!” “Sc- school is startin’ th- though,” Zuku cut in. “Hush, you!” Mina waved her finger. “There is always the weekend! We need to find a new burger joint down here!” Kiri tilted his head. “Do big cities have burger joints?” “Th- they do,” Zuku said. “I- I used to go to o- on when I ‘ad th- the monae o- on the streets.” Mina hummed, nodding like a sage. “Alright! Next weekend then!”
“What are you three doing next weekend?” Momo came up, Tsu and Ochaco following. Mina grinned and bounced back. “Just stuff!”
Soon the whole class joined them. Mina distributed the sparklers. “Todo? If you would?” The bicolored boy sighed and stepped forward, creating a flame that danced in the palm of his hand and holding it out. Everyone reached forward and lit theirs.
The dark night was lit with the flashing sparks and the air filled with the sounds of cracks and pops. Some just held them, others wrote their names in the smoke, a few more creative people chased their friends. *cough cough* Kaminari. Poor Sero. Mina smiled after a bit as they were beginning to die down. She turned to Kiri. “A word from our president?” The redhead’s eyes widened. “Wha- EH?!” Everyone turned to look at him. Kiri panicked. “U- um, okay!” He sent a mini glare her way before starting.
“Well, I don’t know what all to say,” Kiri said. “It’s been a wild first year and it’s only halfway done! We’ve been attacked by villains, gone on internships, had the Sports Festival, and heck, All Might is teaching out hero classes! So much has happened.” Kiri smiled, holding his sparkler out in the middle of the circle. “As your president and more importantly as your friend, I am so glad to be in the class with all of you. Let’s stick together and keep pushing on. No matter what those villains try to do, let’s prove to them that Class 1-A is stronger than that! We won’t be pushed down by them! We are going to be heroes!”
“YEAH!”
Everyone stuck their sparklers forward.
“‘To being heroes’ on three,” he called. “One- Two- Three!” Everyone raised their sparklers to the sky. “TO BEING HEROES!!!”
Their cheer reached the skies and from somewhere to the right of their dorm, where the Class 1-B’s dorm lay, they heard it cried back. Class 1-A laughed. Mina had to wonder, with all that has happened, how much longer could they all laugh so carefree? “Mina?” Kiri whispered. The pinkette shook her head, a smile once again reappearing on her face. “Nothing! Just thinking!” She wrapped her arm around his shoulders. “I’m just so happy to be here!” she chirped. Mina blinked. Kiri’s arm wrapped around her waist, hidden to others in the dark, only those closest being able to see. “Ki-” “Me too,” he said. He smiled down at her. Mina looked up into his eyes. Down. When had he gotten so tall? She could feel his toned arms. And so buff?
Someone whistled. Both heads snapped over. The whole class was looking. Mina and Kiri jumped apart, each looking away and scratching the back of their heads.
Was it weird that she missed the feeling of his arm around her waist? AHHH! I’m going crazy!
Mina thanked the world for her already pink skin because her face was burning and she was sure that her face would be bright red right now. Much like Kiri’s.
Hagakure snickered. “Awww but it was so cute!” Mina waved her arms around. “Hush hush! The sparklers went out already! We should go inside!” Everyone snickered around them. “Fiiiiine.” Momo gave a small bow. “Thank you for the sparklers, Ashido.” Mina nodded. “No problem!” The pinkette reached out and snagged the arms of Zuku and Kiri before they went in. “One second, you two. Let’s wait a bit, k?” They shared a glance.
“Are you three coming?” Ochaco asked. Mina waved her. “We will be in shortly!” “Please do be courteous of the curfew.” Momo called.
When they were gone, Mina pulled out three extra sparklers and a lighter. “Hold these,” she said, handing them to Zuku. “M- Mina?” he asked, taking them. The pinkette sat on the grass, patting beside her. “Come on, come on!” Kiri and Zuku sat on either side of the girl. Mina whipped out her phone, pressing a few buttons before the sound of ringing came through. She set it to stand up on her phone ring in the grass. As it rang, Mina reached over and grabbed two of the sparklers from Zuku, passing one to Kiri.
“Hello?”
They all jumped and turned to the screen. “Hino! Furuya! Mori!” A video-chat. The three faces of their friends from town shown on the screen. The three waved. “Hey, guys!” Mori’s robotic voice came over the mic. Mina blushed when Kiri leaned in a bit. “Hey! How’s it been?” Furuya scoffed. “‘How’s it been’ he asks. How’s it been with you three?! You guy just- Errrr- Stay out of trouble for one second, dang it!” They all blinked. When did Furuya start using such language? Nonetheless they laughed. “S- sorrae,” Zuku said. “N- not like we enjoy g- g- gettin’ attacked.” Hino waved him. “You, sir, are just a magnet for trouble, aren't cha?” Zuku turned his head away.
Their friends were so great. It isn’t everyone who can point out how sucky life always turns out for Zuku without making him feel bad.
“So do you have them?” Mina asked. The three on the screen nodded. They were at their favorite park. Each of them whipped out sparklers. Mina nodded, waving her own. She waved for the boys to scooch away from the phone.
“Wait, they don’t start for another week though, right?” Kiri asked. Mori nodded. “Nope! But we wanted to celebrate the end of summer with you guys like always!” They’ve only done it twice, two summers as a whole group, but lighting sparklers in that park became a tradition and even if the hero students were far away now they didn’t want to give that up.
Mina whipped out a lighter. “Come on, you two,” she said, holding the small flame out. As they lit theirs, so did Mori, Hino, and Furuya. It sounded weird over the phone but that was fine. They didn’t care. Even though they couldn’t talk over the phone while doing this what was important was that they were there.
Mina leaned back on her hand, holding the sparkler out with her other. She jumped a bit when she felt something touch her hand. Mina looked down. Kiri’s fingers were just overlapping hers. She looked over at him out of the corner of her eye. The flashes from the sparklers seem to make him glow, accentuating his longer eyelashes. His hair was down, giving him a more mature look. Kiri wore red pajama bottoms and black t-shirt. Mina found herself looking down to his arms and the muscles that he had gotten since starting UA. She looked back up and caught her breath. Kiri was looking at her out of the corner of his eye, a small blush on his face but that grin… that shark-toothed grin that she had seen so many times before… it felt different somehow. And when he discreetly moved his fingers to intertwine with hers, Mina felt her heart jump in a way she hadn’t felt before and pink skin couldn’t save her from that blush! She didn’t dislike it. Mina curled her hand into the hold, smiling back before turning to watch the rest of the sparklers die out.
They were already pushing the curfew so they couldn’t chat with the others for long but they promised to visit as soon as they could.
“See you guys!”
“Stay safe!”
“SERIOUSLY!”
The three hero course students laughed. “We’ll try. See you guys,” Mina reached forward and ended the video-call. Her hand felt cold without Kiri’s in it, she realized. Her face heated up again. GEEZE! *slap* Mina’s hands clapped on her cheeks. Calm down, girl! “M- Mina?!” She blinked. Ah, that had to look bad to Zuku. She stood up and turned around, picking up her phone. “This weekend we are finding a burger joint, alright?” Kiri and Zuku stood up and nodded. “Right!” “R- right.”
“Everything okay?” Ochaco asked as they came back in. “Yup!” Kiri replied. “Just chatting with some friends from our hometown.” Zuku stared at him for a second. Mina liked the small smile that found its way to Zuku’s face. He seemed to like Kiri calling it their ‘hometown.’ Ochaco joined them on the way upstairs seeing as both her and Mina were on the fourth floor.
“Have a good night, you two,” Ochaco waved. Zuku and Kiri waved back. “You too!”
Red eyes and yellow lingered on each other for a bit before they pulled away, each color’s respective owner blushing to some degree.
Mina flopped down on her leopard print bed, grabbing a pillow and curling around it, heart beating wildly. She pulled out her phone. And dialed her mother.
…
…
…
“Hello? Mina?”
“Moooooom! I’m going crazy!”
_______________________________
Eijiro gave one last glance over to the now sleeping Izuku before closing the greenette’s bathroom door and entering his room through their conjoined bathroom. Eijiro closed the bathroom door and slid to the floor against it. He buried his face in his knees and arms.
A perpetual screaming was going through his head right now.
He lifted his hand and gazed at it. Mina’s face flashed in his mind. A blush overtook him as he curled his hand into a fist and let out a sigh. Eijiro pushed off from the floor and walked over to his bed. He thought that maybe Dad would be asleep right now but it was unlikely as the man promised to answer any call. So Eijiro called Dad.
…
…
…
“Eijiro? What’s wrong?” Eijiro swallowed a sigh because of course, why wouldn’t there be something wrong? In their family, a lot seemed to go wrong.
Eijiro swallowed thickly. “Dad, I need help. I think I have a crush on Mina.”
“Oh really now?”
Eijiro deadpanned at the wall. Dad chuckled through the phone.
“Okay, okay. Let’s talk.”
_______________________________
“Well,” Sho started from the front of the classroom, “welcome to the second half of your first year. It doesn’t get any easier from here on out so saddle up and get ready to make some-”
“SPECIAL MOVES!” Nemuri and Ken burst through the doors.
Chapter 82: Provisional Hero License Exam
Summary:
Creating some fancy new moves and taking their provisional license exam!
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
Izuku narrowed his eyes as his fellow students went to town on the concrete jungle Ken made for them.
-----
‘A special move,’ Ectoplasm said, ‘is special because it is a move that ensures your victory.’
‘They must be ingrained within you,’ says Ken.
‘These moves will become the symbols of who you are!’ Nemuri exclaimed. ‘Nowadays it is rare to find pro’s with their own special moves!’
-----
They all said that but…
“Kid,” Izuku immediately spun around to throw a punch on sheer instinct only for it to be caught by Sho, “what's that face for? No ideas?”
Izuku lowered his hand, shaking it out a bit before shaking his head. Sho nodded. “I figured that would be the case with you. You are used to fighting dirty and using any means possible to survive. Something like a ‘special move’ isn’t something you would normally think of, is it?” Izuku shook his head. “N- not onlae that. Th- there is no 100% v- victorae for anae move I- I think. It m- makes no sense to think that w- way.” Sho hummed nodding. “You’re right, there is no guarantee that you will win a battle. Let’s change the wording a bit then. Consider a move that is unique to you that, instead of simply being a one-shot KO, is impossible to dodge or block. Something that you know will be at least a 100% hit and do some significant damage.” Izuku looked down. “I- I could but…” “Your quirk isn’t suited for those moves, right?” Izuku glanced up. “Neither is mine,” Sho said. “I, personally, only have one special move that I basically never use because my quirk just isn’t suited for big, flashy attacks. Or attacking at all, for that matter.”
“Y- you ‘ave a special move?” Izuku asked. Sho shrugged. “I guess. It’s more like the opposite. It shuts down everyone’s quirk. I only use it when I am the only one fighting and it is a big group. Nemuri calls it ‘Full Delete’ because I didn’t care for naming it. It’s basically or when I am about to drop into a drug cartel or trafficking group from above where I have a full view of everyone there and I erase all of their quirks before dropping down. Of course, when I am down, some bodies block others and my quirk loses effect on those, but for the split second that they see me and I can see all of them still, the momentary confusion gives me the upper hand but nevermind that. We are looking for something you can use on your own without Hitoshi, right?” Izuku nodded.
He could tell Sho was thinking something but was hesitant to say it. The man took a deep breath. “Okay, before you say anything, this is just an idea and I won’t force you to go along with it in any way.” Izuku narrowed his eyes. Ominous, hmm? “You are able to transfer your own life energy into other living things allowing them to heal faster than a normal rate or just have more energy and so on, so forth but… have you ever considered taking the energy from someone else?” Izuku stared blankly at the hero, processing the question before his gaze darkened. “Y- you want me ta u- use people l- like that?” he practically hissed. Sho shook his head, hands out defensively. “Calm down, calm down. You know I would never try and put you in that situation. Look, your quirk is hardly suited for combat aside from you flying around with small tugs on your own strings but that costs energy. You learned on the streets that sometimes the only way to survive is to fight dirty. When it is life or death on the line sometimes you won’t have the luxury of thinking about things like manipulation and the like. This would only allow you to both keep your energy up as well as lower your opponents and help you gain the lead.”
Izuku looked away, arm shaking by his side. He understood, he really did, it’s just… it felt so wrong. Monoma’s face after their fight in the Sport’s Festival continued to haunt him, reminding Izuku of how easy it was to just control him. When he was almost like her…
Sho knelt down in front of him, grabbing Izuku but the shoulders. “Look, I won’t force you to do anything you aren’t comfortable with, none of us will, and at the end of the day this might not even be possible but, Izuku, I want you to think beyond yourself and what holds you back. I know this isn’t something easy to accept for you but ‘Puppet’ is still a part of you. You’ve learned to use it, allow a select few to use it, but now it is time for you to hone it. Someday it may very well cost you your life if you hesitate with it. Though, I don’t think I need to tell you that, do I?” Izuku flinched back. Phantom pains and aches boiled under his skin from every scar he has collected over the years.
Sho reached up and ruffled his hair. “Just think about it, okay? If you need someone to test it on I am always willing to help. Beyond that, I think that what you could be thinking of is a few things for maybe team attacks with Hitoshi or what you were working on at the camp.” Izuku took a shaky breath, giving himself a few moments to calm his beating heart and collect his thoughts.
Sho gave him the time. They all do. They never push Izuku to forcibly act like he is fine or that nothing is wrong but they also know when they don’t need to step in and where he can handle himself. Izuku is highly grateful for the understanding people in his life.
He looks back up at the ever-patient Shouta. “Y- you mean m- my strings not breakin’?” Even the thought sent shivers down his spine. Flashes of when he first learned that they can break by her hands and the memories of pain as it always hurts when they do. Sho nodded. “That and maybe refining it. Right now, the slightest tug, either by you or someone else, can cause you to move or even fly to the other side of the room. I think it would be good for you to refine that and maybe strengthening your strings would be a way to make them more resistant.” Izuku hummed, thinking for a moment. “Resistant…” His eyes widened. “C- could I possiblae get them s- strong enough to resist gettin’ p- pulled?” Sho shrugged. “That’s for you to find out.”
Izuku finally felt the excitement of his peers in him. “Sho, w- will you please h- help me again?” He tried to make his tone sound as exciting as he felt.
If he could choose whether or not he could be pulled, fighting with Toshi controlling him would still be possible but also he could resist any villain pulling him. She could never use him like that again! To truly never have the possibility of someone forcibly controlling him, someone not Toshi or someone he trusted, Izuku never thought it possible. Recently, however, a few of his optimist friends seemed to be rubbing off on him. Of course, his and Toshi’s fighting style of Toshi using him and the like would never change. They were partners and always would be as promised. But to have that security it was like a fantasy or something. Izuku longed for that dream to be a reality.
Sho nodded with a smirk on his face. “You know this is going to hurt, right, kid?” Izuku straightened his back and nodded sharply. “I- I know.” “Let’s get started then.”
_______________________________
If Shouta was being honest, there were few things he hated more than doing what he was doing right now. The process of breaking Izuku’s strings was honestly sick to his stomach. The boy had to stand behind a concrete wall while Shouta pulled on his string which held the boy plastered and trapped against the wall in immense pain until it snapped and when it did snapped it apparently hurt even more and let me tell you, it took time to snap one of those suckers.
Sure, Izuku had a gag in his mouth to muffle his cries but Shouta could still hear them. Every time he finally snapped one Shouta would rush around the wall to the kid’s side. Oh how he hated it. After every time it was as though the improvement they had made on the kid’s mental state went back five steps for a good five minutes until the boy could collect himself and bounce back four steps. No, not all five, and Shouta knew Izuku would not be sleeping throughout the night tonight which really sucks because in the week they had been living in the dorms the boy had woken up in the middle of the night screaming twice, in a silent panic once, and the other four times he had woken up crying without remembering why which hurt more than Shouta thought it would.
*SNAP*
Shouta stumbled back from the recoil before rounding the wall and falling to his knees beside Izuku again as the boy crumpled in a ball on the ground, eyes wet.
Shouta knew how much Izuku wanted to be able to resist being pulled. He knew how important strengthening the strings were. He knew that this was necessary. He knew this all but dang he hated this.
When Izuku actually flinched and tried to get away from him this time, Shouta knew that they couldn’t do this any more today without causing some actual damage to Izuku’s mental state and to the strong relationship that Shouta and the greenette had.
“Alright, kid, let’s stop for now,” he said. The fact that Izuku didn’t even protest was a testimony to the boundary that they were nearing. Shouta held out his arms. They were hidden from the rest of the class behind this wall. Izuku hesitated for a moment before crawling forward and allowing Shouta to give him a hug. Not a tight one, avoiding the feeling of restriction and captivity, but one enough to let the boy know that Shouta wouldn’t do anything to him. “We can work on this another day. We made some progress, I think, it did start to get a little harder at the end there, but for now take some time to get right with yourself again. We still have about an hour left so maybe consider what I told you before for now. Think about the energy thing,” the boy flinched and Shouta moved on, “and special moves for you and Hitoshi to work together on as a team, alright?” He felt Izuku nod against his chest. Shouta gave the teen a playful hair ruffle before breaking the hug. He met Izuku’s eyes. “I am really proud of you for doing this. It’s not an easy process but I know you will be stronger through this, I promise.” Izuku looked down. His left hand was trembling so much, his right wasn’t really able to. Shouta stood up, the boy flinching at the slight movement. “I am going to go check on the other students. Will you be okay?” Izuku nodded. “Alright. You did good today. See you at the end of class.”
Shouta spared a moment longer just in case Izuku wanted to say anything, and Shouta knew the kid wouldn’t, before he left.
When he was far enough away, Shouta paused and let out a shaky breath of his own. “You can’t change the quirk he was born with, only help him make it stronger,” Shouta told himself. He took another breath before continuing on his way.
Hitoshi was working on a special move he wanted to call ‘Total Control’ with a few of the teachers helping out. It was basically controlling a large group of people at once for a complete shutdown which Shouta thinks will be really useful for underground hero work. Drug cartels and gang wars will be much easier to handle plus there is a habit of crowds, so Zashi says, mock-replying to a heroes taunts just to have some fun watching the battle or something in spot light hero work which would be absolutely terrible if Hitoshi was using Total Command like that.
Eijiro was working on ‘Stone Castle’ or something like that where he plants his feet, hardens his entire body and basically becomes an impenetrable force that nothing can move or break. It will obviously take much more time than the few days they have set aside for creating special moves, he is only a teenager after all, but it will be useful in battle.
Shouta stopped here and there to help the students though Shouta had to force himself not to laugh when Toshinori came and he saw a book called ‘Even Idiots Can Be Teachers Too’ in the man’s back pocket.
He’s been teaching Eijiro, huh? I see. So they are both that dense.
_______________________________
Izuku sat against the wall, eyes closed and head tilted up, curling and uncurling his fingers. No matter what he did, slightest movements in his right arm would cause pain either way and even if it wasn’t exactly the best coping mechanism Izuku had at some point began to do this often and use the small spikes of pain from it to ground him in the present.
At least it was better than cutting himself to cause pain which, by the way, even if he wanted to cut his wrists, he couldn’t. He can’t hold a pencil in his right hand so how does one expect him to hold a tiny razor blade? He can’t cut his right wrist cause, ehem, it’s metal. He could always go for the legs but Izuku was really trying to keep his thoughts clear of self harm.
He heard footsteps from the side. Izuku opened his eyes and looked over. Toshi came and flopped down beside him with a groan.
“Zukuuuuu…” the boy whimpered, “can you just, I dunno, place your right hand on my head or something? Shoto is busy with training so I can’t use his ice. The coolness of your metal is the next best thing or something.” Izuku raised an eyebrow but nonetheless complied. Toshi sighed, leaning a bit into the coolness. “My head hurts so bad!” “...” “No talking today?” Izuku averted his eyes. “That’s fine,” Toshi waved him. “I saw what you were working on with Dad so I wasn’t really expecting it. My brain is basically fried so I had to take a break too.” Izuku offered a small hum which seemed enough to appease the purple-haired teen. “Later tonight you wanna think of special moves for our partner team?” Izuku looked over at him and nodded. “Cool. I’ve got some ideas.”
It was nice having friends who didn’t press him to speak when Izuku couldn’t find it in him to do so. It was nice having friends who understood him.
And that is exactly what they did.
_______________________________
“Hey, Kirishima?” Ochaco turned to the redhead who was also in the kitchen. “Is this some sort of game they are playing or…?” She jerked her head towards Izuku and Shinsou at the dining room table. Shinsou was talking about something and drawing while Izuku was making some weird gestures but not saying a single word. Kirishima snickered and turned back to her. “Ah, no, Izuku’s just not speaking.”
“Not speaking?”
“Yup,” Kirishima replied, reaching into one of the cabinets looking for tea. “Some days more than others Izuku remembers some rather untasteful events in his life and more or less reverts back to I guess I would say some pre-Kirishima habits.” He pulled out a box and checked the label. Ochaco pulled out a kettle for him on whim. “What do you mean?” The boy raised an eyebrow before a smirk appeared on his lips. “Oh? You wanting to know more about my brother, eh? You got a crush on him or -Thank you- something?” He took the kettle and started to fill it. Ochaco blushed. “No!” *Bang* Both heads turned to the boys at the table. “Was that-?”
“When he is startled while sitting he usually does that, don’t mind him,” Kirishima replied. “So?” Ochaco shook her head, turning back the conversation at hand. “I- I don’t know, honestly,” Kirishima’s eyes widened as if he hadn’t thought she would actually admit it. “I just, crush or not, Izuku is my friend and I’d like to know more about him, you know?”
A hand came down on her shoulder. Ochaco looked up, brown eyes meeting with red. Kirishima gave the most sincere smile ever. “Thank you,” he said softly. “You don’t know how much that means to both me and Izuku.” Ochaco’s tongue fell heavy so she only nodded. Kirishima turned back to making tea. “Izuku,” he began again, “doesn’t talk much, as I am sure you’ve noticed. He has a pretty thick accent and stutter, though those are waning a bit I think. However, before he met us, there were only a select few people that he spoke to. He used to never speak whatsoever and I can’t rightly tell you why. None of us can. We think it is something psychological or something physical, one of those two, but we are leaning more psychological nowadays.”
“How would it be physical?” Ochaco asked. “That doesn’t really make sense.” Kirishima stared blankly at the kettle. Ochaco almost thought he wouldn’t reply before the boy let out a sad sigh.
“I don’t know how much you know,” he said, “but Izuku was abused by his biological mother and within that, due to the nature of his quirk, he was repeatedly thrown against hard objects and walls.” Ochaco flinched. Sure, she had heard Izuku telling Bakugou about it so she knew more than Kirishima thinks she knows but it doesn’t make it any easier to hear again. “Due to quite literally blunt force trauma, as well as other things like being forced to a primal state of mind to survive which greatly halted his development, Izuku does have some developmental issues in his brain and emotional state. It doesn’t show often, only really when he is having an episode or panic attack or after one because he is forced back into the primal state of mind but it’s still there.” Kirishima pulled the tea kettle off of the stove and turned off the stove. “I am only telling you this because you are close with him so please don’t go spreading it around.”
Ochaco nodded. “Of course.”
“Something today,” Kirishima continued, “probably the quirk training as his quirk is a big factor in his harsh childhood, triggered a small return to that state again. It isn’t nearly as bad as he used to fall back. He will probably have a hard time sleeping tonight so apologies in advance. That’s why,” Kirishima shook the kettle before filling a few cups, “I am making him this. It’s Chamomile Herb Tea which helps calm him down. It will still take him a bit to be able to sleep in a way that will allow the pills to keep him down for the night but I do try to calm him down as much as I can before he goes to sleep, if only so he has a lesser panic attack than waking up screaming. I want to get him at least talking some before bed.”
Ochaco stared at Kirishima in awe. “You… you are a really great brother,” she commented. Kirishima smiled and handed her a cup. “Thanks, I guess?” he said before looking back over at Izuku. “I just… Izuku has done so much more for me than he probably realizes. I try to do my best to help him through whatever goes through his head. He deserves so much better than what life dealt him…” Ochaco smiled sadly. “Yeah, I don’t think anyone deserves the life he’s had.”
“Uraraka,” Kirishima suddenly spoke up, “thank you for being his friend, truly. I was so worried he wouldn’t make any when we started at UA. Still, if you do truly have a crush on Izuku, I feel at some point you will need to hear the whole story to know what you are getting into. I wouldn’t ever stop someone from getting close with my brother, showing him true love and affection cause world knows he needs it, but there is so much more that he holds at bay underneath the surface, so much that he holds back still just to be able to live an at least semi-normal life.”
Ochaco nodded. “I know but… I also know that he is so much more than that.” She watched the greenette from the kitchen as his hand soared downward before hitting ‘something’ and blowing up. He wasn’t smiling but Ochaco saw the twinkle in the boy’s eyes. “He is funny in his own way, playful and sarcastic and even if he doesn’t show too many emotions Izuku is so emotive, he practically wears them on his sleeve. He is cautious and jumpy and scared and yet he makes an effort to interact with us and even comfort us when we are down.” Ochaco frowned. “It’s a shame that he hides so much but it is also a journey discovering the different layers of Izuku, finding out who he really is, you know?” The brunette scratched the back of her head, blushing. “Does that sound weird?”
…
…
…
*sniff*
Ochaco’s head snapped up. “Wha- are you okay?!” Kirishima wiped his suddenly wet eyes. “Y- yeah! I’m fine,” he reassured her. “I just- that was truly beautiful, Uraraka! You are so amazing! Thank you for being willing to see past the guard Izuku keeps up.” Ochaco smiled. “Of course!” Kirishima nodded and smiled back. “I am going to go take this to them, want to come join us?” “Sure!”
Ochaco found a new sense of respect for Kirishima that night.
Usually the boy was loud and perky but around his brother he was calm and quieter, still chipper like always, but more tame almost. Ochaco observed as the redhead methodically eased Izuku into speaking, never forcing the green-haired boy, only asking questions here and there that could be answered with a yes or a no but better answered with words. The tea seemed to ease tension in Izuku that she never realized was there. Ochaco felt like a scientist. The more she observed Izuku the more she was bewildered and intrigued and wanted to know more. Ah, she sounds like a schoolgirl with a crush. (Oh, wait, she is a schoolgirl with a crush!)
By the end of the night, Izuku had gotten to the point where he spoke a full sentence two or three times. Ochaco was strangely satisfied having been part of the process of breaking Izuku back out of his tortured mind, if only enough that he was speaking again.
“Goodnight, you three!” she waved from her stop on the fourth floor.
“Goodnight, Uraraka!”
“Night.”
“N- night…”
She grinned. I even got a good night from him! Yes!
-----
‘Still, if you do truly have a crush on Izuku, I feel at some point you will need to hear the whole story to know what you are getting into’
-----
Ochaco sat on her bed, looking at her open palms in the dim light of her lamp.
She likes Izuku. A lot. Maybe… maybe there are some things what are strange or different about him. Maybe he is jumpy and skittish, paranoid and traumatized, but everyone has their little quirks. His are just bigger. Ochaco may not be the best person to handle the boy named Izuku Kirishima but that’s fine. Couples are supposed to grow and learn together, right? And maybe, just maybe, she will someday see the true Izuku beneath all of that trauma.
Ochaco clicks off her lamp and settles in for the night with a small smile.
Oh, how she can’t wait to see that day.
_______________________________
It wasn’t long before the Provisional License Exam came upon them.
*Clap Clap Clap*
Eijiro clapped his hands together as they stood outside of the rather large stadium. “Okay, Class 1-A, let’s go out there and give it our all! First years or not, let’s have our whole class pass and get our provisional hero license, alright?!”
“Yes, Prez!”
Eijiro flushed, the same he always does whenever the class calls him that.
All heads turned to the sound of footsteps. Passing by them were a group of well-dressed students from another school with fancy hats, all stone-cold faces that made Eijiro shiver. Who are the-
“AH!” Eijiro jumped, looking over his shoulder at Yoarashi. “IT’S SHIKETSU HIGH!”
Eijiro’s head whipped around. No way! Isn’t that the powerhouse school in the west?! Whispers from other high school students not from UA were glancing at them nervously.
“We have to face off against UA and Shiketsu?”
“Dude, this is going to suck!”
“I’m in my second year already, I really needed it this time around too.”
From his side, Izu clicked his tongue. “Alreadae givin’ up?” Eijiro swallowed a sigh. Izuku had already fallen into ‘work mode’ of some sorts.
Yoarashi was not perturbed as he went around loudly greeting other examinees.
Suddenly, Izuku grabbed his arm with an intensity that Eijiro didn’t know the metal ligament could create. He looked over. “Izu?” he whispered. The greenette wasn’t listening but his face was extremely pale. Eijiro followed his line of sight to a Shiketsu girl with dirty-blonde hair walking past. “Ei,” the boy hissed with the urgency he only hears when Izuku fights villains, “that girl. Keep an eye on that girl.” “What? Why?” Izuku’s gaze darkened, sending shivers up and down Eijiro’s spine. “Something,” Izuku replied, “is off with ‘er.” Now, Eijiro would typically tell Izuku to try and not be so paranoid but Izuku’s instincts are scarily accurate. “Should we tell Shou-”
“ERASER!” Eijiro did not have time to react before he was forcefully pulled behind a defensive Izuku. This time he did sigh. Not because of the pull, more because he knew that Izuku would be hell to deal with tonight. He would do so lovingly but it was painful to see Izuku in such a paranoid state but he supposes he is used to it, sadly, and will give his ever-loving support. A few of the other students have realized Izuku’s tenseness as well, some shying away from the intimidation that rolled off of the boy, others sucking it up and coming to stand by their side. All heads turned to the loud call from before.
A pirate-themed heroine walked up to Shouta waving. “ERASER, THAT YOU?! I have’t see ya since the Sport’s Festival!”
“Female Yoarashi, is that you?” Jiro side-commented, making Hitoshi snort.
Shouta sighed. Loudly. Not even trying to hide his distaste for her being here.
“Izu, who’s tha-” “Ms. Joke,” Izuku cut him off. “The Smile Hero. Specializes in villain suppression by use of her quirk, ‘Roarin’ Laughter’ which allows ‘er ta make those around her laugh.” Eijiro nodded.
Ms. Joke spun around and pointed at Izuku. “YOU! You know a lot, huh?! It is soon to be Mrs. Joke!” She spun and pointed at Shouta. “ERASER! LET’S GET MARRIED!"
Eijiro gawked, even Izuku stumbled a bit.
“No,” the hero replied bluntly.
Mina let out a poorly-covered laugh.
“GOOD ONE, ERASER!” Ms. Joke continued.
“Your sense of humor is as unamusing as always.”
The whole class sweatdropped at the rather… unusual interaction between the loud heroine and their seemingly uncaring, deadpan teacher.
“Are you two close, ribbit?” Tsu asked. Ms. Joke spun around. “YUP! Our offices used to be close and we would go on missions a lot built on mutual love!” “False,” Shouta interrupted. “You’re class is here too then, Joke?” Shouta expertly dodged the bullet. “AH! YES! Come here class!”
On cue, the class of Ms. Joke came up.
“Wow! It is really them!” one black-haired boy said.
“They were on TV!” a girl exclaimed.
Ms. Joke smirked. “Ketsubutsu Academy, year two, these are my kids.”
“I’m Shindou!” said the black-haired boy, immediately moving to shake everyone’s hand without permission. “It’s nice to meet yo-” Izuku jumped back like three whole feet in a battle stance dragging Eijiro with him when the boy tried to take Izuku’s hand. One could hear a pin drop in the silence and cut the tension in the air with a knife. Izuku took one glance at the boy.
“Fake.”
And the mood plummeted. Eijiro patted his brother’s shoulder. “Hey, Izu,” he whispered. “You can’t just-” “HA HA HA!” Everyone jumped. The girl that was next to Shindou pat Shindou’s shoulder. “He’s good! He already caught ya, Shindou!” “Eh?” Shinsou’s previously carefree face fell to a wicked smirk as he stood straight and put a hand on his hip, a new kind of air swirling around him. He lifted a finger and pointed it directly at Izu. “You aren’t as gullible as the others, are you? That’s right. I don’t really care much. Don’t you get it, UA? Every student here has seen you at the Sport’s Festival. You’ve lost the advantage of surprise. Everyone here is gunning for your heads so you best watch your backs.”
Eijiro swallowed thickly.
“Oh youth!” Ms. Joke laughed. “You kids better go get into your costumes before you’re late!”
“Izuku, you need to calm down,” Eijiro whispered as they got dressed. “I am calm,” Izuku replied coolly. “Okay, yes, maybe, but-”
“Zuku, you ready?” Hitoshi asked, sliding his mask over his mouth and nose. Izuku turned to the boy and nodded before glancing back at Eijiro. Eijiro did not like the dark, calculating look in Izuku’s eyes. “I’m fine, Ei. We ‘ave an exam to take. See ya there.” Izuku, Hitoshi, and Todoroki, who followed, all left before Eijiro could get another word in.
Denki leaned over. “Dude, is he good? He’s, like, not stuttering or anything.” Sero nodded. “He seems a bit more intimidating? Yeah. Todoroki and Shinsou too.” Eijiro stretched his arms across his torso. “Yeah… he’s fine.” Eijiro glanced at the door. “Probably.”
_______________________________
Izuku’s cold eyes scanned over the crowd of hero-hopeful’s. There was a lot. All of his senses were heightened to their peak performance, keeping tabs on anyone and everyone but his real sight was set not on the tired announcer but that blonde girl from Shiketsu. Something about her put him off. Her posture. Demeanor. It was different than those of her peers. On the outside she seemed ditzy, not really caring, but Izuku saw the ways her eyes moved. They were searching for something with a predator-like look he has seen so many times before on the streets. Whatever it was, Izuku felt it deep inside of him, just as he was settled into school life, just as that voice in him was starting to wane again and allowing him to calm for a brief moment it called again quietly.
threat.
The announcer was going off in a tired voice. He reminded Izuku of Sho before he found out just how much of a softy the hero was. There were 1539 examinees here in all. 1538 not including him and he would definitely be avoiding taking his classmates out of commission so 1520. He could do this, definitely. Him and Toshi. They were going to pass this and become heroes.
A heavy but warm cape came over his shoulders making him jump. Shoto pulled the hood of the white and red cape over Izuku’s head. Izuku turned his head to the boy who was standing beside him but focusing on the announcer. “You,” the bicolored boy whispered, “need to calm down before you go too far and put someone in the hospital for real here. I felt it too but don’t let it distract you from the goal at hand, alright?” Izuku stared for a moment longer before lowering his head. “Thanks…” He pulled the cape tightly around himself, trying his hardest to focus on the tired announcer.
Because of the large number of exam takers they were having a small test to lower that number. Elimination round. For someone so tired the man sure talked a lot but Izuku found himself agreeing a lot with what he said. The urgency of situations -threat- and the importance of keeping up in this world that will not stop for anybody, not even those trying to do good -threat- . Only 100 of them would pass to the next stage. This news caused an uproar. -threat- Izuku found himself burrowing further into the cape, trying to calm his heartbeat- that girl didn’t seem to be following the crowd’s uproar. Her eyes kept drifting to… him? -Threat- The examinees would have to place three small, electronic targets somewhere on their body that could be hit, no under the foot or anywhere under the clothes and such. -Threat- You had to knock out at least two people by hitting their targets to pass. Those landing the third hit would get the knockout so you could potentially steal others knockouts. Actually, that was the most plausible way of going about this.
Now, the keywords here are ‘at least two’. You can knockout more, obviously, especially if only the first 100 pass. It would be smart if those that pass early would go and assist their classmates. Izuku wasn’t personally worried about -ThReAt-. Izuku paused and looked back over at the girl. She was… closer.
“Once the expansion is complete the balls and targets will be distributed,” another announcer said. “Expansion?” Toshi questioned. Suddenly, the walls began to shake. Naturally, he, Shoto, and Toshi bunched together defensively. The walls and roof folded out to reveal a different massive area of terrains that resembles a more organized USJ.
The balls and targets were passed out.
“Here,” Izuku took off the cape and hood, handing it back to Shoto. “Thank you.” Shoto nodded. “No problem.” “Kind of sucks for you, Shoto,” Toshi commented. “With that cape on you will basically have to put all of your targets on your fro- Hey, Zuku! Why are you doing that too?!” Izuku didn’t look up as he placed one on his left peck. “Everyone shooting for me will have to throw at the front so I will see it coming. Also,” he met Toshi’s eyes, “I would never let anyone hit my heart.” Toshi nodded slowly. “Seems… reasonable.”
“Hey, guys! Over here!” Denki called them over from the side. The three crossed over to the group of their class. “We are planning on sticking together.” “Well, most of us,” Sero said. “Yoarashi wanted to be able to make full use of his quirk so he already left.” Shoto nodded. “I will do the same then.” “What? Really?” Izuku and Toshi met glances before Toshi spoke up. “Us too. It is difficult to use our combo attacks with a lot of people around.” The class somewhat deflated. Uraraka sighed. “We are losing our heavy hitters!”
‘TWO MINUTES LEFT TO FIND YOUR PLACES!’
“Good luck, everyone,” Toshi waved before turning.
“Izuku.” The greenette turned to his brother, meeting his eyes. He didn’t have to look hard for the concern in Eijiro’s eyes. Izuku swallowed a sigh. “Take care of yourself, Red Riot,” he said before leaving with Toshi.
“We are following that girl, aren’t we?” Toshi hissed as they ran. Izuku shook his head. “No, she will follow us. If we see her, no matter what, she has to be taken out this round. I don’t know why, just that she does.” Toshi nodded. They entered a mock-city, Shoto running past them towards the mountain landscape understandably but not before giving a parting, “Good luck.”
Izuku and Toshi slid into an alley.
‘THIRTY SECONDS!’
Toshi took him by the shoulders. “Who are you?” he asked. Izuku blinked, studying the boy’s eyes. Ah. “I’m Marionette.”
“Who am I?”
“You’re Ventriloquist.”
“And who are we?”
“The Theatre Troupe.”
Ventriloquist smirked. “Now let’s- ,” he raised a fist. Marionette tapped his own fist against his partners and said with him, “- go put on a show.”
‘THREE! TWO! ONE! STAAAART!’
And out of nowhere, a massive gust of wind blew.
_______________________________
“So what’s up with that green kid?”
Shouta sighed. Remind me why I am sitting next to Joke again? Against his better judgement, he replied. “He’s just a bit jumpy.” “HA!” Joke laughed out loud making Shouta cringe. “I can tell! He’s the kid from the kidnapping, ain’t he?” Shouta’s eye twitched. “Glad to see he is still aiming to be a hero. That would shake up even veteran heroes!” Shouta swallowed a sigh. She had no clue. That kid… oh boy. There is so much deeper than ‘shaken up.’
“Still!” Oh my goodness, why won’t she shut up? “Nineteen students, eh?” Joke elbowed him. Why must she sit so close? “So unusual for you, Eraser! To only have expelled one studen-”
“I did not,” he cut her off. “But-” “I. DID. NOT.” Joke shut her mouth.
Sure, if Iida was not currently in a coma then he would be expelled either way for his actions, especially after lying and having been warned that this would happen but Shouta did not expel Iida and he would not have Joke joking about that. It was a common joke between staff at UA, Shouta’s expulsion streak, but no one had said anything this year. Not after what had happened. At the end of the day, whether Iida woke up right this second or years from now, or never… He would not be expelled. No, they would spare his record at least and just have him moved to General Ed. as he would be unable to become a hero in his paralyzed state either way.
“You’re fly is down!” Joke suddenly spoke up again. My goodness this girl… Shouta didn’t budge.
‘THIRTY SECOND!’
“Are you ready, Eraser?” Joke asked with a smirk. Shouta swallowed thickly. Like always, UA has lost the advantage of surprise quirks, it comes with the Sport’s Festival. As such, UA students are always targeted. “Here we go,” she said.
‘THREE! TWO! ONE!’
“The UA crushing.”
‘STAAAART!’
_______________________________
“Cyclone(Yoarashi),” Marionette deduced as all of the examinees had their balls swept into the air. “Smart. He is reducing who can even score in one swing. I should have known he would come here. Let’s wait him out.”
Ventriloquist nodded.
They watched as the balls all came down in a torrent of wind.
‘120 EXAMINEES HAVE BEEN ELIMINATED!’
Ventriloquist whistled. “What a convenient quirk, huh?” Marionette nodded. He watched as a bunch of contestants with deflated hopes moped off of the scene. Cyclone jumped down from the top of a building. “Go get him over here.” Ventriloquist nodded and passed through the alley along the wall.
“Yoarashi!” he hissed. The loud boy turned his head. “What is it?! Did you see my totally powerful move?!” Ventriloquist nodded. “Yeah, awesome, now come here.” He waved Cyclone into the alley. “AH! You both are here! Of course! Partners are awesome!” Marionette rolled his eyes. “Can you get us in the air?” he asked. Cyclone nodded. “Sure thing! I’m always ready to help my buddies!” Marionette nodded. “Ventriloquist, when we are up, first person you see slingshot me to, k? If you see that girl, her first. Cyclone, I need you to put a small wind gap between us to create pressure in the strings. Can you do that?” Cyclone nodded, jabbing a thumb to his own chest. “One hundred percent! You ready?” Marionette got behind Ventriloquist. “Ready.” “Ready.” Cyclone held out his hands. “UP YOU GO!” Without any other warning, the two were thrown into the air high above the city scape. As he predicted, some people also got away from the wind from earlier in the alleys and were now coming out. They hovered for a moment as the wind barrier strained on the strings Ventriloquist in Marionette’s shoulders.
“Marionette, eyes on target,” Marionette nodded, preparing himself. “Cyclone! Drop the barrier!” “You got it!” The barrier dropped and as soon as it did, Marionette went propelling forward. What he didn’t expect was a little assist from Cyclone’s wind increasing the speed exponentially. Marionette flipped in the air and his feet slammed into the side of an unexpecting exam taker.
*BOOM*
They went crashing into a wall. Ventriloquist, assisted to a speedy descent by Cyclone skid beside the dust, immediately reaching in and yanking his partner out by the back string. Marionette got to his feet behind Ventriloquist. When the dust cleared, the examinee was out cold with a small crater in the wall.
Marionette heard a giggle from the alley way over. “You have him, I’m checking something.” “Wah- hey!” Marionette was already off, using his strings to swing himself up to the top of the building while Ventriloquist took the point. Marionette didn’t have to go far before a figure swung herself onto the top of the building to meet him, immediately rushing in with a ball. Marionette dodged but he didn’t expect that she was not going for the hit but instead jumped and flipped over him. As he turned she was already rushing him. The string in his back was suddenly pulled and Marionette was whisked into the air.
Air?
Is Cyclone hanging around to help. Nice. He and Ventriloquist hovered in the air as the girl stared up at them. She smiled so innocently but it felt anything but. “Oh? You two got yourselves a helper now? How cute!” Marionette’s eye twitched. The way she had said that, as if she knew them personally. Had they met before? “I want to see your crying face again!” That was all she said before jumping back into the alley. Shivers went up Marionette’s spine. “Cyclone, in there!” They were whisked into the alley. Dropping down, they saw the girl from out of the corners of their eyes, lunging for them with a ball. Marionette was pulled out of the way as one of Ventriloquists targets were hit. They rolled into a stop and turned to her, blocking the exit.
“Who are you?” Ventriloquist asked but the girl didn’t respond.
-----
‘Don’t you get it, UA? Every student here has seen you at the Sport’s Festival. You’ve lost the advantage of surprise.’
-----
“Do you know about the UA crushing?” she asked instead. “We are all going after you so I want to know more!”
She talks a lot so she might slip up but I doubt it.
Marionette drew his arm back with a ball in hand. “Oh, how cute!” He threw it. “Your aim sucks!” I wasn’t aiming for you. She ran forward. Ventriloquist jumped back, dragging Marionette with him. Marionette summoned a string and shot it forward. It wrapped around the ball that flew past the girl and yanked it back. The ball hit her square in between her shoulder blades where a target was placed. She expertly fell into a roll, reaching for them. The two jumped in opposite directions.
The girl reached for him and oh. She knows.
Marionette’s eyes widened as he was yanked forward and caught in a tumble to the ground by the girl.
“Marionette!” Ventriloquist shouted in his ear piece. Marionette wrestled to get up. One of his targets was hit before he got up only to be dragged forward again. He ducked under a waiting fist, spinning around and using the momentum to grab the back of the girls suit. He planted his feet, spinning again, and kicking her in the back towards a waiting Ventriloquist. The girl didn’t stumble for a second, grabbing Marionette’s string as she flew and yanking him forward. Instead of getting the girl, Ventriloquist had to catch him. The three stood off.
She’s good. Trained. Obviously she would be if from Shiketsu but it’s different. Heroes have a traditional teaching in combat. Her moves are more erratic. They are like Marionette’s. She’s a dirty street fighter. It only increased Marionette’s suspicion about her.
“You know, Shiggy’s been really angry since you escaped, Zuzu,” the girl’s demeanor suddenly shifted as she strode forward. What? Escaped? What does sh- Izuku’s breath caught in his throat, the exam blurring. No. She wasn’t there. I don’t remember her being there. This can’t be possible. “IZUKU! SHINSOU!” A giant burst of air shot the two into the air. When they looked down, they saw a warp gate closing from right beneath where they were just standing.
“Get us away from h-”
“Get that girl, Yoarashi!” Izuku cut Toshi off. “She’s with the League!”
“Zuku!”
A couple of people came flying at them. The two landed. Izuku saw from the corner of his eye the girl disappearing through a warp gate, not before turning and her skin melting off of her to reveal the blonde teen from the bar.
“Marionette! Get your head in the game! We still have a show to put on!” Toshi’s voice screamed at him through the headset, startling Marionette back into place.
He nodded and got into a fighting stance. They would have to keep an eye out but he knew Cyclone was looking out for them now and had their backs.
“The show must go on.”
_______________________________
Shouta narrowed his eyes.
Izuku and Hitoshi were fighting in an alley so he couldn’t really see but when they emerged, Yoarashi he found out was hanging around and helping, something was off.
He couldn’t tell what it was until he saw it by chance. It was in brief flashes between dust and rubble but he caught a glance of a way too familiar warp gate trying to get under the feet of Izuku but Yoarashi would always be sweeping the boy out of harm’s way before anything could happen and Izuku and Hitoshi both knew what was happening. Their faces were growing more and more panicked as time went on trying to defend against the UA targeting examinees and pass while trying to prevent both themselves or another examinee from being kidnapped.
Shouta bolted from his seat, Joke yelling behind him but he blocked her out.
Shouta burst into the viewing room. “The League of Villains are here!” he shouted. All of the heroes and examiners jumped in shock, some shooting from their seats. “What do you mean? Who are you?” Shouta wasted no time in whipping out his hero ID.
“Professional Hero Eraserhead. Zoom in on Examinees 0127 and 0132 from UA High School. You will see that between the gaps in dust there are warp gates trying to draw them in. Those two are the ones previously kidnapped and held captive by the League.”
_______________________________
‘ONLY THIRTEEN SPOTS LEFT! ZONES MOVING IN! YOU WILL SEE A LINE WHERE YOU MUST STAY INSIDE OF TO CONTINUE FIGHTING!’
With no wasted time, Cyclone swept Marionette and Ventriloquist up and helped transport them into the zone, the loud boy soaring with them. “Look,” Ventriloquist hissed. They looked back to see that the city scape was being closed off in some kind of barrier specifically on its own. “Someone noticed. They are trying to keep mass panic from happening.” Marionette nodded. He turned to Cyclone. “Thank you for assisting out, Cyclone. We would have been long gone by now without you.” Cyclone nodded. “Of course! I ain’t letting no villains take my buddies again! You two just focus on passing, alright? The heroes will handle them.”
And that is exactly what they did. Both with already one knockout under their belt, Ventriloquist with two targets hit and Marionette with one, the two hero-hopefuls continued with Yoarashi covering their blindspots. They managed to snag the 4th and 5th of the last spots in passing.
Marionette, Ventriloquist, and Cyclone all entered the passed room together. “Hey! You guys ma-” The three flew past Red Riot without a word to where Eraserhead along with a couple of other pros were waiting for them in a doorway. Eraserhead jerked his head and they all followed in. They were sat down at a table with monitors around them. “You three were being targeted by the League, right?” The tired announcer asked. “More specifically, Marionette was,” Ventriloquist said. “Marion-” “Kirishima,” Eraserhead cut in. “Marionette, Ventriloquist, and Cyclone are their chosen hero names. They mean business.” No, Eraserhead probably knew using those names right now were acting as a mental block from a panic attack but he played it off well.
“Right. I know I addressed myself earlier but I am Mera from the Hero Public Safety Commission. Right now we have that area blocked off and moved the boundaries to get the exam takers away and not cause mass panic,” said the tired announcer. “We know they are in possession of a warp quirk but we did not see any sign of them during the rest of the exam. Did you sight them at all?”
Marionette shook his head. “We did not. Most likely they were aware that they had been spotted and left the perimeter. Himiko Toga of the League had taken the form of a student from Shiketsu, a girl with mid length, dirty blonde hair. I feel you should check up on that student for her safety.”
Mera nodded. “Alright, thank you for informing us. We plan to continue the exam as it will have heroes involved, though they will be posing as villains. None of the other examinees know this as it is meant to be a surprise but you three have the right to know this. If you do not want to complete the exam, that is fine. We already decided that your actions to protect the other exam takers as well as avoid causing chaos was enough to earn you a passing grade.”
“We would like to continue!” Cyclone said loudly. “We are more alert now and can be extra hands on the spot if the League tries to show up again. That and it would be unfair of us not to take the second portion of the exam when our classmates are and we have taken up three valuable spots that could have also been for aspiring heroes. Please let us continue!”
Mera nodded. “Alright then. The second you think anything is wrong, raise two fingers in the air. We will have eyes on all three of you the whole time.”
The three nodded. Mera stood up straight before bowing. “To provisional heroes Cyclone, Ventriloquist, and Marionette, thank you for going above and beyond your station as hero course students and protecting the other exam takers.” Everyone else in the room bowed as well. The three blinked with wide eyes. Cyclone bowed deeply, spurring the others to do the same.
“Thank you for letting us continue!”
_______________________________
Shouta followed the teens to the door leading to the room where the other passing examinees were waiting for the second part of the exam.
“You three, are you ok-”
“We are fine,” Izuku cut him off sharply. Shouta met the boy’s eyes.
He could see it. There was a storm rolling in the depths of them, the only thing keeping it at bay being him associating his hero name with the sense of urgency and the job he was given, pushing away the fear and bottling it up as he had been taught to for so long. No, as he had been conditioned to before he was pulled off of the streets. Izuku’s eyes were cold and dark. In his left hand was the blade that was usually in its holster. He was clinging desperately to sanity. Hitoshi’s eyes held the same sense of suppressed fear as he fiddled absentmindedly with his gloves. Yoarashi was abnormally tense for the loud, laidback boy, hands out by his side and ready to command the wind from the air conditioner at a moment’s notice.
They were all struggling to keep it together.
It was unhealthy and their breakdowns would each vary in extremes but Shouta knew that he couldn’t break their walls down until they got back to UA. They could not afford a mass panic right now. So Shouta sucked it up and nodded.
“Right now they are changing the field to a disaster zone and are looking for any sign of the League as they go,” Shouta informed them. “The League cannot do much here as there are a plethora of heroes in training and professional heroes in general,” he said if only to ease their minds just a bit. “I want you all three by my side as soon as the exam is over and on the way back to UA, got it?” They nodded. “Alright. “Go pass that exam.”
He opened the door and the three exited. Shouta noticed that the entire class was waiting for them a bit away. He pointed to the class and made motions for them to give the three room before pointing directly at Eijiro, Ashido, and Todoroki and gesturing them to him.
“Aizawa-sensei, what’s wrong?” Ashido asked. “Are they in trouble? Did they fail?” Shouta shook his head. “They are all going on to the next part. I called you over because you are close to them. The League of Villains showed up and tried to capture them during the exam,” he said quietly. “That is why we closed the area they were in off mid exam. I just want you all to be aware of their current situation and state of mind. Right now all three of them are going by their hero names for their own personal sanity. Make sure the rest of the class knows.”
The three nodded. “Yes, sir.”
“Should we be continuing the exam then?” Todoroki asked. Shouta nodded. “We cannot afford a riot. We have everything under control. Right now we have about fifteen minutes before the start of the final part of the exam. Keep your classmates out of their way. I am not sure what Izuku or Hitoshi will do if someone carelessly touches them at the moment and I am sure Yoarashi will be quick to their defense as well.” The three nodded again. “Thank you for telling us, sensei,” Eijiro said before they left.
Shouta sighed, running a hand through his hair. Mera came up beside him. “UA is certainly one of a kind for those kids to actively defend themselves against villains and the other students while protecting them all. And to still want to continue the test even though they are already considered provisional heroes at this point? Very admirable.” Shouta watched after his students. “Unfortunately they have had a little too much experience at their age,” he replied. Mera hummed before yawning. “Yes, truly unfortunate but it shows. Most first years don’t make the cut, especially with how amped up this year is after All Might’s retirement. Your entire class passed the first round. You have a good lot this year, Eraserhead.” Shouta hummed, hiding a small smile behind his scarf. “I suppose so.”
_______________________________
‘TAKE A LOOK AT THE SCREENS!’
Everyone turned and watched as the area seemed to explode.
‘YOU WILL BE CONDUCTING RESCUE MANEUVERS! ‘CITIZENS’ HAVE BEEN TRAPPED AND ARE HURT! THE CHILDREN AND ELDERLY ARE SCATTERED AND IN NEED OF SAVING! IT IS YOU WHO SHALL BE SAVING THEM, HEROES! YOUR ACTIVITIES WILL BE SCORED! GO SAVE OUR CIVILIANS, HEROES!’
“Alright!” Eijiro clapped his hands together. “This is not fighting so let us stick together this time! Our goal is to bring back the injured to safety! Let us settle teams to go out!” He pointed to Kouda, Jiro, and Shoji. “You three each need to be on separate teams as you all have means of surveillance and finding people.”
Yaoyorozu raised her hand. “There is a group over there setting up a first-aid station. I feel my quirk would be of good use to them.” Eijiro nodded. “Go provide support with what they need.” She nodded and bounded off. “That leaves us with 18. Separate into groups of six, five with each of Jiro, Shoji, or Kouda. Let’s go save people!”
“Yeah!”
Eijiro joined in the group with Izuku, obviously, who was with Yoarashi and Hitoshi still. They joined Kouda’s team. “Let me be of some use here,” Denki joined them. Eijiro nodded. “Alright. Let’s go!”
“Ah! Wait!” Yaoyorozu came up, popping hand radios off and handing them to anyone and everyone around. “These are linked to the radio’s for the first-aid pad. Tune in when you are coming with people.” “Thanks!” Eijiro hooked his onto his belt. “Alright! We might not have much training in this but we do have some so let’s put it to good use!”
Kouda led them out swiftly as his bird flew into the air looking for civilians. It suddenly took a dive. The teens followed it around to where there was an old man trapped under some rubble.
“Help!” the man cried out. “My leg is trapped! Please help me!” Eijiro nodded and crouched by the man. “We are heroes, sir. We will get you out and to safety.” He stood up. “I can secure the area and make sure nothing falls on him with wind barriers,” Yoarashi said. Eijiro nodded. “When it is safe, tell us.” He turned to Izuku. “Marionette, can you get up above it and attach your strings to help pull up?” Izuku nodded and moved to climb above the rubble. “Ventriloquist, Anima, and Charge Bolt, let’s move this rock and save this man!”
In the end, they were able to get the man out. Eijiro pulled out his radio. “This is Red Riot, Charge Bolt is on his way with an injured civilian. His leg seems to be in poor condition.” He turned to Denki. “Cloudy will be in the air circling so you can find us again,” he informed the boy before they went their separate ways.
It was going well for the most part. There were some screaming children and some who outright told them what they were doing wrong. The members of Class 1-A were all more trained in fighting actual villains because, well, that curriculum was more or less forced on their school, but all things considered it was going well. Even Izuku was handling it well when one screamed at him for not being ‘comforting enough.’
“Do not worry,” Izuku said softly, corners of his eyes crinkling to convey the smile hidden by his mask. “We will get you to safety and back to your family in no time.”
Yoarashi proved very useful in transporting large groups of people. Hitoshi calmed civilians with his quirk. Eijiro, Denki, and Kouda became the manual labor of the group. Then-
*!!!BOOOOM!!!*
All heads shot up as the ground shook.
‘VILLAINS HAVE APPEARED ON SITE! HERO CADETS ON LOCATION, GO AND SUPPRESS THE VILLAINS! YOU MUST PROTECT THE CIVILIANS AT ALL COST!’
Eijiro heard Izuku, Hitoshi, and Yoarashi all give small breaths of relief. He could tell that their facades were slowly but surely crumbling. Just a bit longer! He pulled out his radio. “This is Red Riot on relief efforts! Does anyone have intel on the villain's location?”
…
“This is Rainy Days on site of the villain attack though there seems to be more than just one. Currently her- the infamous villain group headed by Gang Orca is rampaging just south of the first-aid pad!” Denki ran up and grabbed the radio. “This is Charge Bolt, on my way. I have an electrocution quirk useful for the situation!” He handed the radio back. “I’m heading to the attack site.” Eijiro nodded. “Stay safe, Charge Bolt.”
The relief efforts continued. Yoarashi had to send some villains flying with no restraint whatsoever here and there. Hitoshi actually got a few under his control to act as bodyguards.
“This is Brand,” Todoroki’s voice suddenly came over the radio. “Calling on hero Cyclone for a joint agency attack against Gang Orca.” Yoarashi took the radio. “This is hero Cyclone. On my way!”
It wasn’t long after Yoarashi left that a giant fire tornado happened far off where most of the fighting was happening. Following it was a large light and the sound of crackling electricity.
“This is Rainy Days on site of the villain attack. Gang Orca has been defeated! Those on the relief efforts that have areas clear of civilians, requesting assistance to search the attack site for any civilians!”
“Let’s go guys,” Eijiro and his group followed Cloudy to the site. It wasn’t long after that another announcement came over the intercoms.
‘ALL CIVILIANS HAVE BEEN EVACUATED. THE PROVISIONAL LICENSE EXAM HAS ENDED!’
Eijiro punched the air. “Yeah!”
‘PLEASE GO GET DRESSED IN YOUR RESPECTIVE SCHOOL UNIFORMS AND GATHER OUT BACK OF THE ORIGINAL AREA FOR THE RESULTS OF THE EXAM.’
Eijiro turned to Izuku on instinct. “Izu-” The greenette was already walking off with Hitoshi and, when did Yoarashi return to their side? His eyes trailed down to Izuku’s hand. It was curled so tightly that it was going white.
Eijiro’s enthusiasm waned a bit as he followed. Kouda patted him on the shoulder comfortingly.
_______________________________
Shouta stood by his class as they all gathered and waited for the results. More specifically, he stood beside Izuku, Hitoshi, and Yoarashi. Those three already knew their results anyways.
The results flashed on the screen after an explanation from Mera about how they were evaluated.
“I passed!” “Woohoo!” “We are heroes!” “Let’s gooooooo!”
Their class cheered. “Did everyone pass?” Eijiro asked. “It seems like it!” Ashido grinned.
‘ALL PARTICIPANTS WHO DID NOT PASS WILL BE ABLE TO TAKE A SPECIAL COURSE COMING UP IN JUNE FOR WE DO INTEND ON GETTING YOU YOUR PROVISIONAL LICENSES AS WELL.’
An hour later, everyone who passed had their picture taken and had their own Provisional Hero License Card.
“Let’s take a picture, everyone!” Ashido waved everyone over. “Even you, Dadzawa!” Shouta choked and narrowed his eyes at the pink girl. He sighed and gently pushed Izuku and Hitoshi forward. “Come on, you three all deserve this more than everyone.”
Everyone held up their cards and smiled, well some more than others. Shouta stood at the back and if one zoomed in really reeeaaally close they could see the faintest of a smile on his lips.
The bus ride home was quiet, most having fallen asleep, the others awake aware of the tension at the front of the bus. Shouta glanced at the seats next to his. Yoarashi was by the window with Izuku next to him and Hitoshi next to Izuku, all deathly silent. When they entered the dorm, Shouta sent those three up to his apartment with the key before gathering the rest in the commons.
“First off, I am very proud of all of you,” he said. “It is no easy feat getting your license, even provisional. Congratulations.” Everyone smiled, some sharing happy glances. Others whooped and waved their fresh licenses. When they calmed down, Ashido spoke up. “Um, Aizawa-sensei, about those three…” Shouta nodded. “The League had made an appearance during the first part of the exam. Izuku, Hitoshi, and Yoarashi were all fighting to keep out of the way of them, Yoarashi using his wind to keep Izuku and Hitoshi from falling into the warp gate, and they fought to protect the other exam takers that were unaware of the League’s presence.” Everyone held their breaths. They had already been told the gist of it before the second part of the exam. “I would appreciate it if you would all keep the volume down for the night and apologies in advance for any abrupt screams in the middle of the night.”
Yaoyorozu shook her head. “No need to apologize. Any of us would be shaken up by that. We will keep quiet.” Shouta nodded. “Thank you, Yaoyorozu. Tomorrow we will more thoroughly celebrate your accomplishments. For now you are all dismissed.”
He walked off but paused when he heard footsteps padding after him. “You can come too,” he glanced over his shoulder, “Eijiro, Kaminari, Sero, Ashido, Uraraka, Todoroki. You can come but you have to wait outside of my apartment until I let you in and it might be a while.” “That’s fine,” Todoroki replied for the group. Shouta nodded and led the way upstairs.
*knock… knock knock… knock*
It took a moment before his apartment door unlocked with a *click* and the door cracked open. Shouta gave a silent nod to the students outside before opening the door and entering it. He closed the door and locked it before turning to the students in his small living room. Shouta pulled a chair from the dining room and sat in front of the couch. Three pairs of eyes glanced up at him.
“Hitoshi, Izuku, Inasa,” Shouta addressed them all by their first names, effectively breaking the hero name barrier they all put up, “it is okay now. Everything is okay now.”
And just like that, the dam broke. Cries and half-screams echoed through the halls of Class 1-A’s dorm building.
“Th- th- they’re followin’ u- us!” Izuku cried.
“Why was she there?!” Hitoshi clutched his arms to his chest. “It was supposed to be supervised!”
Yoarashi held his head in his hands, hunched over. “What if I had left earlier?! What if my wind wasn’t fast enough?! Strong enough?!”
Shouta moved slowly, joining them on the couch. He held out his arms and the teens did not hesitate to practically dogpile on him. Even Yoarashi because while he may have as poor of a past as Hitoshi and Izuku he is still just a teenage boy who had also gone through multiple villain attacks and still has a growing, fragile mind.
“Shh…” he rubbed two of their backs. “It’s fine. I know it’s scary but you three did so well. You protected everyone there. You did fine. You are fine” They only cried harder. Something tells Shouta that Yoarashi is new to panic attacks as he had a much harder time recovering from lack of air, especially considering his quirk. It took a long time and a lot of encouragement for the cries to dwindle into small sniffs and whimpers. Shouta crouched in front of the couch.
“Listen,” he started softly, “you all did amazing. You earned those licenses. I know you are scared and this will probably stick fresh in your minds but you will learn and grow so much from this, I promise.” None of them lifted their heads. “You have some people waiting outside for you who are very worried abo-”
Izuku’s head shot up. “Mom,” he gasped out. Ooooooh suck. Izuku lurched forward, grabbing Shouta’s shoulders. “M- M- Mom and D- Dad! Are th- they okay!?” Shouta took a deep breath. “Izuku, calm down, your parents are fine. I called them earlier tod-” “I NEED TO SEE THEM!” “Do you want to call them?” Izuku nodded frantically. “P- please!” Shouta nodded and pulled out his phone, dialing Asa.
*Riiiiing Riiiiig Riii-* *click*
“Hell-”
“DAD!” Izuku screamed. “Dad a- a- are you o- okay?! A- are you a- a- and Mom okay?!” Izuku’s breathing was going ragged again.
“Izuku,” Asa said calmly, “me and your mother are fine.”
“I- I- I don’- Y- you are- I can’t-”
“Do you want us to come get you?” Asa asked. Izuku’s breath hitched, tears pooling in his eyes again. He didn’t reply for a long time.
“No,” Izuku finally replied. Everyone seemed shocked. “I- I just w- w- wanted to h- hear you…” Asa chuckled. “We are fine, Izuku. I’m so proud of you for what you did today. Call me before you go to bed tonight, alright?” Izuku nodded. “I- I will…” “Love you, Izu.” “L- love you, Dad.”
*click*
Izuku gently handed the phone back. A beat. Two. Three. And then… he broke down again and so did Hitoshi. Yoarashi looked about to but he instead surrounded his friends in his insanely massive arms.
He said no… Shouta ruffled Izuku’s hair. The greenette peered up at him through wet eyes. He’s growing…
Or…
He’s just gotten so used to being unsafe he is becoming numb… Shouta’s stomach churned at the thought.
“You have some friends outside. Would you guys like to go hang out with them?”
Later that night, Izuku and Hitoshi had a sleepover in the living room of Shouta’s apartment along with Yoarashi. The three boys stayed up late into the night trying to forget what had happened when finally Shouta made them go to bed with the promise of being right there if they needed them.
“Goodnight, boys,” he moved to turn off the living room lights when he met eyes with Izuku. Shouta could not physically hold the eye contact. He shut off the light and rushed to the bathroom, almost throwing up his dinner.
Those eyes were so empty and void and… accepting. As if he had accepted his fate of being unsafe or something. Shouta stared at himself in the mirror, pale as a ghost. He had seen Izuku blank before but at least his eyes had held fear. No, those were something different. And how Izuku denied needing to see his parents. Shouta should have called Asa again and brought them anyways because that, oh that was something sickening.
At what point does one reach a point where they just start accepting fear, welcoming it, coming to terms with the pain that is constantly knocking at their door? When did Izuku become so void? How do they bring him back?
Shouta stood outside of the bathroom door that night. He swallowed thickly when he heard footsteps coming his way. Shouta had gotten accustomed to seeing in the dark with his occupation so when he turned and looked at the figure before him he could clearly see Izuku. His heart pounded in his chest. “You should be in bed,” Shouta whispered. Izuku flinched, freezing. His head lifted, eyes confused before they widened with shock. Izuku fell to his knees. Shouta rushed to the boy’s side, holding Izuku’s shoulders. “Hey, what’s wrong? Izuku?” The boy’s head snapped up. “St- stop me!” he cried out. “I- I- I don’t want t- to! I- I don’t want t- to go in th- there and n- n- not come out!” Shouta’s face dropped with realization. Izuku was about to go to the bathroom and try to end it again and if that wasn’t sickening enough, he was doing it without even realizing he was doing it. Izuku’s hand came to his head. “I- I- I don’t- Why?! Wh- why isn’t i- i- it going away?!” Shouta heard the others waking up. He quickly scooped Izuku into his arms and rushed to his bedroom, sitting down on his bed.
Izuku clung to him. “Sh- Sho! I- I can’t d- d- do this!” Shouta pulled him tighter. “I know, Izuku,” he whispered. “You won’t. Don’t worry, I won’t let you. It’s going to be okay.” “I- I don’t e- e- even know wh- why!” Izuku cried harder. Shouta felt tears drip down his own face.
This is so wrong. This is so messed up.
He ran his fingers through Izuku’s hair. “You were just scared. Don’t worry, you won’t do it. I’m here for you.” Izuku buried his face in Shouta’s chest. “Sh- Sho I- I- I’m scared… Wh- what d- do I do…?”
Hitoshi and Yoarashi were at the door to his bedroom.
“I- I don’t w- want to kill myself!” Izuku screamed. Shouta held him tighter, rocking back and forth. “That’s good, Izuku. We’ve got you, okay? If you don’t want to die then that’s a start.” Hitoshi and Yoarashi sat on the bed quietly. “Just breathe with me. It will be fine.” “I- I don’t w- want to. I don’t w- w- want to.” “Then don’t. We can get you through this,” Shouta said reassuringly. “We have before and we can again.” Izuku shook his head. “I- I miss smilin’! I- i- it had gotten e- easier! Wh- why did i- i- it stop?!” “It didn’t stop,” Shouta said. “You can still smile. We can remind you how to.” Izuku looked up at him unbelievingly. Shouta nodded. “You’re tired, Izuku. Go to sleep. You will smile in the morning.”
“It hurts…”
“I know.”
“Sho?”
“Hmm…?”
“I- I- I’m not g- going t- to kill myself, r- right?”
Shouta took in a sharp breath, squeezing Izuku with a bit more force than necessary. “Right. Of course you won’t. You’re strong, right? You are a hero. You have a provisional license and everything, right?” Hitoshi crawled over and leaned against Shouta and into Izuku’s field of vision. “We did it, Zuku,” the boy said. “We are heroes. Let’s live and be partners, like always, right?” Izuku’s eyes searched Hitoshi before he nodded. “L- live and b- be heroes…” Yoarashi plopped down on the other side of Shouta. “We all are heroes! Come on, buddy!” Izuku hummed. “Heroes…” He was winding down. “I- I won’t… I’m a- a hero. T- Toshi is my p- partner. Sho i- is my uncle. Yoarashi is m- my friend. E- Ei is brother… Mom… Dad…” Izuku’s eyes fluttered shut. Shouta leaned down and pressed a kiss on his forehead. “And you are going to live.” Izuku’s eyes opened for a split second. The greenette smiled just a bit before closing them again. “Right…”
And his gentle snores filled the room.
…
…
…
“Dad…?”
“Hitoshi. Call Asa and Yuma. Their son needs them. Now.”
Chapter 83: Suddenly
Summary:
Izuku and Kaminari get a bit closer and well, since when does that sort of joy ever last?
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
“I feel like we should have expected this,” Asa sighed, rubbing his temple between two fingers.
Currently he was sitting in the commons of Class 1-A’s dorm after receiving a rather disturbing and urgent call from Shouta in the middle of the night.
-----
‘We need you at UA now.’
‘What’s wrong? Did something happen to Izuku or Eijiro?’
‘Izuku just tried to kill himself again. The only thing is that he didn’t know that he was even doing it. He was walking to the bathroom in the middle of the night when I stopped him. The realization on his face told me everything.’
----
Asa glanced over at the sleeping Izuku in Yuma’s arms on one of the couches.
“What do you mean?” Shouta asked.
“I’m a therapist and psychiatrist, Shouta, and I work with a lot of heroes who have severe trauma and depression due to the line of work,” Asa started. “I should have expected recession to happen to Izuku as well but I was caught up in the hustle and bustle and it is entirely my fault for overlooking this considering my profession. If you ask a person who has recovered from depression you will often hear them say something along the lines of ‘I missed the feeling.’ Now, that isn’t to say that they missed feeling depressed, only that they had gotten so used to it that it was weird and strange to live life without all of the baggage. Izuku has only just started to untangle himself from the world of fear and trauma which is a whole new experience for him. That constant fear is something that not only has made a home in him but Izuku has found a home in it as well. His constant paranoia was by all means how he was able to survive the years of abuse and life on the streets. It was familiar. Now that he has begun to leave that darkness, so to say, to him it is as though there is something missing. When this happens with depression patients it is very easy for them to backslide back into depression purely because they know how to handle their depression and it is during those times that they need to be even more carefully monitored in their mental state because of how much harder the fall will be when they think the therapy is not working. Izuku’s case is a bit different. After finally allowing himself to let some of his fear go, Izuku was chased down and kidnapped by Ms. Midoriya who, I feel, is the one thing in life Izuku will never fully be able to move past. As a child you more or less imprint on your parental figure. It was a shame his was that woman but that initial imprint is what formed Izuku’s fragile mind. Being kidnapped by villains is traumatic already, her presence and whatever happened during their few days of captivity added to the stress. In the time that we needed to act steadily to keep him from backsliding we couldn’t and Izuku is more or less unconsciously trying to find his way back to that familiar feeling of fear and trauma because he knows how to control and handle it.”
Asa took a deep breath.
“Considering what you said about Izuku being unaware that he was trying to kill himself again and his own shock of it, I don’t think he necessarily wants to go back to that traumatized state, he is simply following his habitual instincts which sadly means he habitually recognizes pain as something not necessarily good but definitely a place where I think he feels like he belongs. However, I am not too worried about it, honestly. Izuku was afraid of what he was doing on instinct which tells us that he doesn’t like that place and has found more joy or comfort in the new ‘light’ we have shown him. I think that the only thing we can do is to keep him away from that state of mind as much as possible and keep him integrated into the light. I know that being a hero means he will always be confronted with a fight or danger of some sort but it is also helpful to remember that Izuku created Golden Whip as a way to preserve the small bit of health in his psychological state so fighting won’t necessarily be detrimental to his mental health. Now, if another villain attack happens unplanned or he is kidnapped again or something, I cannot say the same. We just have to hope that doesn’t happen again,” Asa chuckled dryly.
Shouta stared at him with wide eyes. “Wow. You are taking this a lot more calmly then I thought you would.
Yuma hummed, brushing the hair from Izuku’s eyelids. He needs a haircut soon. “It isn’t like we are happy, Shouta,” she whispered. “We are just used to it. If we get panicked then Izuku will panic too. We’ve learned how to handle him better.”
A solemn atmosphere hovered over them. It wasn’t like she was wrong. The Kirishima’s have gotten used to Izuku’s self-destructive tendencies. Still, that doesn’t make it any easier emotionally when your child tries to kill themself.
Shouta nodded. “Then why did he say no to you two originally when you asked to come get him?” Asa sighed. “That is just another part of his recession, sadly. Izuku is, as I said, subconsciously trying to return to his previous state of trauma and fear. Where that was most prominent was when he was alone and learned to bottle it all up and deal with it on his own so it was natural to him to turn away from offered help because the fear of people is also probably reintegrating back into him. That fear is something that I think we really do need to keep an eye the most closely here on out because the second Izuku lets himself become that fearful of people again he might not be able to be pulled back up again and either wind up in a mental ward in a hospital, on the streets again, or dead.”
Shouta took a sharp breath before nodding. “Right… That’s good to know. Well, as good as something that terrible can be,” he half-joked.
Asa provided a small chuckle to that. “Well, at the very least, I think Izuku will be much better after this, at least for a little while.”
“How so?” Shouta asked.
“Izuku seems to relapse in very similar ways whenever he does,” Asa replied. “Remember when he first moved in with us how he ran himself into the ground with no sleep or food? This isn’t to that degree, but he has done similar things on multiple occasions before but every time he bounces back stronger, somewhat. After his first time at our house doing that, Izuku was doing significantly better. I think it is something about breaking himself into a new mindset.”
Shouta narrowed his eyes. “You mean like seeing how far down he can go in a new place before he either dies or almost dies?”
Asa’s smile strained. “You could say it that way.”
Shouta looked over at Izuku, a deeply saddened expression on his face. “That’s so-”
“What the hell?”
Everyone’s heads snapped to the hallway leading to the stairs where Kaminari was standing with wide eyes. The teen’s hands slapped over his mouth before he slowly dropped one, his right hand going to nervously scratch the back of his head. “Heh heh heh… sorry, I didn’t mean to eavesdrop.” Shouta sighed. “Kaminari, why are you down here? It’s,” he checks the wall clock, “2:30 in the morning.” “I woke up about an hour ago because of the screaming,” the electric boy replied. “I actually came down about twenty minutes ago to get some water…”
“How much did you hear?” Yuma spoke up quietly. Izuku hummed, pressing himself closer to the woman, blissfully unaware of what was happening. Well, probably not. ‘Blissful’ would never be a word used to describe Izuku’s state of mind, either awake or sleeping. “I didn’t mean to,” Kaminari said, but I heard basically all of it. Guess my big mouth outed me again.”
Asa hummed. “It’s okay, Kaminari. You can come join us if you would like, since you have already heard the gist of what is happening.” Kaminari perked up. “Are you sure? I know this is a very serious thing and all and I wouldn’t want to, you know, like, get in the way or anything.” Asa shook his head. “It’s fine. I’ve heard a lot about you actually,” he said as Kaminari slowly made his way over. “It seems like you quickly gained Izuku’s trust. A lot quicker than most. It makes me happy knowing that he has such friends that he can trust.” Kaminari blushed, taking a seat on one of the couches. Kaminari glanced over at the sleeping greenette. “Is… was all of that true?” he asked cautiously. “I mean, like, Eijiro and Izuku have told me the whole story and all at the training camp but… what you said about his mind just now, is it really that bad?”
Asa was a bit shocked that Kaminari knew the whole story. Sure, he knew the boy was trusted, but with that much of it? It was truly a shock to Asa that Izuku was that trusting. Or maybe not. Izuku has a scarily good ability to judge someone's character. Kaminari, he’s a good kid.
He gave a sad smile. “Unfortunately, yes. Izuku’s mental state is…”
“It’s fragile,” Yuma said, eyes gazing softly at her little boy. “Very… very… fragile…”
Kaminari looked down. “This might sound insensitive but… why did you allow Izuku to become a hero then?” He whipped his head up, arms flailing. “N- not that I don’t like having him as a friend! Izuku is a lot of fun to hang out with when you get to know him! Totally an awesome dude! I just thought- I dunno- Guh… sorry… disregard that question.” Yuma giggled. “Calm down, dear, it is quite alright. We thought about that for a long time as well, honestly.” “You have?” Kaminari peaked from between fingers. Yuma nodded. “As would any parent when they think of what their child wants to do for a living, especially being a hero or police officer or fire fighters which are dangerous jobs. For Izuku’s case specifically? I think Shouta would have a better answer for that. He is who set Izuku on the path of it after all.” All heads turned to Shouta.
The tired man sighed, running a hand through his own hair. “I guess,” he started, “there were multiple reasons. Since you know the whole story, Kaminari, I am sure you also know that Izuku was once a vigilante, right?” Kaminari nodded. “Well, I was hoping to keep some form of symbolism in him and stability in his life. Izuku had created a space for him to be himself in his vigilante persona away from all of the fear that usually keeps who he really is bottled up. As Golden Whip, speaking as the hero who was on Golden Whip’s case, Izuku was bouncy, fun, cheerful, and the exact opposite of who you see Izuku as when he is out of costume. I wanted him to be able to have something similar to that.” Kaminari nodded understandably. “And the other reasons?” “The other reasons would be, one, for my son, Hitoshi, to have a partner in the field where he felt unable to fit into as he was put in a bad position before I adopted him because everyone beforehand told Hitoshi that he had a ‘villainous’ quirk.”
“That’s not true though!” Kaminari shouted. Izuku groaned, almost waking up and efficiently shutting Kaminari up. Thank the world for mental and emotional exhaustion shutting Izuku down for the time being.
Shouta sighed again. “Of course it isn’t but the world isn’t nice. Either way, that was a reason. Another reason would be that I wanted Izuku to start looking towards the future as he never considered having one for himself. On multiple occasions has Izuku told us that he never expected to live for as long as he has, either by his own doing or by dying on the streets. I wanted him to start to value his life.” Shouta hesitated. “There is one more reason but I don’t think you will like it all that much.” Kaminari frowned. “If you think that it will change how I view my buddy then you are dead wrong, sensei. I can handle it!” Asa caught Shouta’s eye. He gave a small nod which was returned.
“Well,” Shouta said, “in all honesty, a big part of it was to prevent Izuku from becoming a villain.”
Kaminari stared. And stared. And stared. “... What?” he finally breathed out. Shouta nodded. “Now don’t get any misconceptions about our feelings for Izuku. We all love him very much but the truth of the matter is that when someone is pushed far enough and has been forced onto the primal instincts of pure survival as Izuku has been, one can and will do anything to survive. Izuku had already been illegally vigilanting and he has admitted to having been forced to steal on a few occasions just to be able to eat enough to make it to the next day. That and he has also expressed violent tendencies when angry having not been able to have that outlet before to properly express himself. There was a startling high risk factor for him and it was actually more shocking that we pulled him off the streets as barely on the side of the law aside from needing a rehabilitation center or even being transferred to a juvenile detention center.”
“But he’s so-”
“Of course,” Shouta cut Kaminari off, “we don’t have fears for Izuku becoming a villain anymore. By now we have pulled him out of that area and have provided him will the proper means of having emotions and being allowed to be an actual human being. The only thing we have to worry about now is a relapse into his self-depreciative state that has him not eating, physically abusing himself, and fearing all human interaction. Don’t worry, Kaminari. Izuku will not become a villain.”
Kaminari nodded. “Good. I don’t think I would be able to fight my buddy if he became a villain.”
Asa chuckled. “That’s reassuring.” He stretched his arms over his head. “Well, we should be heading home before the sun rises. We need our sleep too if we are to be handling Izuku in the morning.”
Kaminari bolted up. “Are you taking him away?!” Asa shook his head. “Hold on, we aren’t taking Izuku out of school. Definitely not. We are just bringing him home for the night to recuperate from his breakdown.”
The electric boy pressed his pointer fingers together, looking down. “I mean, this is going to sound stupid because I don’t know all this fancy brain talk and the like but, couldn’t Izuku stay here? Or, like, shouldn’t he? If he really needs to be seeing this place as a place like ‘home’ and safe and the like, shouldn’t it be the place he wakes up to? And if, erm, I dunno, this sounds like a bad idea even to me but-”
“Kaminari,” Shouta cut the boy off, “stop second guessing yourself so much. Sure, your grades aren’t the best in class but you made it into UA on those grades so you definitely aren’t stupid. Second guessing yourself could get you killed in a fight.”
Kaminari blushed. “Sorry, sensei.” He lowered his hands and looked up. “If Izuku needs a new ‘safe-house’ or something like that, I would not mind offering my room.”
Asa’s eyes widened and the boy continued.
“I don’t know what to do really when someone is having a panic attack or, what did you call them, episodes? But I know that he has come to feel safe around me and if that is what he needs to be able to sleep soundly here then I would not mind offering my room every once in a while. I… I think Izuku needs to place to feel safe here too. He can’t always go home but he has a friend on the floor just below him and I personally want him to feel safe to so… instead of taking him home,” Kaminari bowed, “please give me the chance to prove myself as a good friend to Izuku and let him come with me tonight!”
It was weird wording and obvious that Kaminari didn’t know all of the technical terms to put it together but Asa got the gist of it. He could see the boy’s heart and while he was a bit skeptical, Asa knew that the boy was right. At some point Izuku is going to need to feel comfortable enough to at least let the sleeping pills do their job and actually sleep here. They will be living at UA for the next two and a half years after all. Maybe having someone who is carefree, laid back, and just a normal person who won’t be that constant eye over him but still be there as a friend is exactly what Izuku needs. Just a normal, not trauma-stricken friend.
“What about you?” Asa asked. “Where will you be then?” Kaminari raised an eyebrow. “In my room too?” he said like it was obvious. “What will he do if there is no one there when he wakes up? I know he is scared of people and all but it’s pretty obvious that he hates being alone more than anything. It’s probably actually why he doesn’t like sleeping all that much. Alone with only him to protect himself? If I had been what he has been through then I can’t say that I’d enjoy sleeping either if I knew that anyone could come and catch me off guard.”
The adults stared at the boy.
“You know, Kaminari,” Yuma spoke up, “that might actually be something to look into.” The boy whipped his head around to her. “Eh?” Asa nodded. “That was really insightful. Alright, we are intrusting Izuku to you for the night.” Kaminari’s face lit up and he bowed deeply. “I won’t let you down!”
_______________________________
This had to be the suckiest idea Denki has ever had.
It wasn’t because he didn’t want to be there for his friend. Not at all. No, it was because he lived on the fourth floor of Class 1-A’s dorm building and Izuku was asleep and no way in hell was he about to wake the boy up because, heck man, Izuku had bags under his eyes to match Dadzawa’s and that was saying something!
“Need help?” Denki glanced over at Aizawa-sensei who smirked down at him as they scaled the stairs with Izuku on Denki’s back. Denki huffed. “Nope! I’ve got this! I’m going to be a hero so I’ll need these muscles eventually.”
Aizawa-sensei hummed.
“By the way, where are Hitoshi and Yoarashi?” Denki asked. “They are still in my apartment with Todoroki.” “Shoto?” Denki asked. Aizawa-sensei nodded. “He is there to keep them calm until I get back.” “That makes sense,” Denki replied. “Shoto, Hitoshi, and Izuku are close. Yoarashi I think is too. Surely after this whole thingamajig.”
Around the second floor, despite Denki’s best efforts, Aizawa-sensei had to carry Izuku the rest of the way.
“I know we already said this,” his teacher said as he carefully deposited Izuku on Denki’s bed, “but thank you for being willing to do this.”
Denki straightened his back and lifted his head, jabbing a thumb to his own chest. “Of course! Izuku’s my buddy!” he frowned. “It sucks that he has to deal with all of this junk. He’s, like, what? Fifteen?”
“Almost,” Aizawa-sensei replied.
Denki huffed, crossing his arms. “So fourteen then. His life sucked before. If I can make his life now even a little less sucky then you best believe I will do all that I can!”
Aizawa-sensei smiled at him. Like, actually smiled! “You are going to be a great hero someday, Kaminari.”
Something in his chest squeezed.
-----
‘Ha ha! You’ll never be a hero!’
‘You’re too stupid!’
‘Look, look! This is you!’ It was a picture of Denki when his quirk short-circuited his brain.
‘He looks so dumb!’
‘And you want to be a hero? You’ll just get someone killed. It’s better that you stay on the sidelines.’
‘Nah, Kaminari would probably be the victim like that!’
'Yeah, you should just quit before you get everyone killed.'
'Your quirk is such a burden, Kaminari.'
'You will never be a hero.'
-----
Denki bowed, if only to hide the tears that came to his eyes. “Thank you, sensei.” A hand came and ruffled his hair. “Good night, Kaminari. Come get me if you need anything.” Denki couldn’t find it in himself to reply. He stayed bowed until the door closed. Only then did he stand straight and look back at the door over his shoulder.
He sniffed.
Right, I am going to be a hero! I’ve worked so hard to get here.
Denki remembers countless nights of studying and cramming just to get his score high enough to pass the entrance exam. He has gaps in his memories of training so much so he could effectively use his quirk without immediately short-circuiting. So many hours, days of lost time that he had lived through but was not aware of.
Something that isn’t well-known about a lot of heroes and hero-course students is that most of them suffered some kind of quirk discrimination. A lot of people that didn’t go into hero work didn’t suffer that kind of discrimination because they didn’t train their quirks to where it could be used for hero work. That means there weren’t many failures that people could point out.
Denki was often made fun of for his lack of control of his quirk and the state he was put into when he overused it. Even his quirk doctor had said that he should stop because he could permanently damage his brain. It is a factor in his hard-of-learning definitely, they said. Now look at him. He kept training and now he is well on his way to being a hero! He remembers talking with a few of his classmates. Hanta was often bullied by kids using his quirk against him as he tried to train it, wrapping Hanta up in his tape or just names like calling it toilet paper or Hanta a toilet paper dispenser. Mina, before she established herself as a respectable person in her school, was picked on for her looks and for sometimes accidentally leaking acid. Aoyama too, having to actually have a belt made for him so he wouldn’t. Tokoyami with his quirk and looks. Yoarashi accidentally draining air and making others scared of him. Jiro called a stalker because she couldn’t help but listen in on conversations. Hitoshi being called a villain. Eijiro being called a ‘coward’ and ‘wasting his quirk.’ If his bullies saw that scar across his whole torso they would quickly shut up. And Izuku…
There was so much heroes and hero hopefuls had on their plates and most of them weren’t even there because a lot of hero hopefuls gave up before getting into hero school because they were willing to put their mistakes and trials out there on display.
Denki took a deep breath and looked over at Izuku.
Screw this world, dude. Dang, what would I do if I had to fight him? I don’t think I could.
Denki sat on the side of his bed. The small tremor of it had Izuku’s eyes fluttering open. Denki’s heart pounded. What was he supposed to do?! He held his breath and reached over. They had said that Izuku was more responsive to touch because of his previous touch-starved state and, more specifically, his head was the most sensitive because of blunt force trauma at a young age and lack of medical attention so… Denki carefully reached over and ran his hand through Izuku’s hair, much like he had seen Mrs. Kirishima do just prior.
Dang! It’s so soft!
He blinked as Izuku seemed to lean into the touch. Denki tilted his head to get a better view of Izuku’s eyes. The green orbs were glassy, unaware of where their owner was. But that wasn’t what caught Denki’s breath. It was the sheen of tears and the few that slowly rolled down Izuku’s pale cheeks.
“Hey, dude,” they flickered up to him, “just go back to sleep. It’s fine,” Denki whispered. He felt like he was talking to a wounded animal. In the back of his mind he thinks that the situation isn’t far off. Denki continued to run his hand through Izuku’s hair until the boy fell back asleep.
Denki frowned. He didn’t want Izuku to wake up and be startled by being in his room. He nodded and picked up his phone.
About fifteen minutes later a piece of paper slipped underneath his rooms door so as not to wake up Izuku. Denki walked over and opened the door. Eijiro stood there with arms full of stuffed hero plushies and an All Might blanket, all probably from Izuku’s room. Denki had asked for comfort items and Eijiro provided. Denki moved out of the way and let Eijiro carefully surround Izuku in plushies and the blanket. Only then did Denki notice Hime. The cat jumped onto the bed and curled up against her human’s chest, purring loudly.
“Is she okay here?” Eijiro asked once the two boys were outside of the room. Denki nodded. “Of course!” he whisper-yelled. Eijiro smirked, lifting a fist. “Thanks, man. You don’t know how much this means.” Denki returned the fist bump. “No problem. He’ll be safe here. I’ll make sure of it.” Eijiro nodded. “I know he will.”
Eijiro left soon after. Denki quietly closed his door and turned back to his room. He hummed. Well now what? He yawned. I should sleep too. He went to his closet and pulled out an extra pillow and blanket that his parents made him pack. Denki got settled and shut off the lamp. He stared into the darkness at the direction of his bed for a bit before finally closing his eyes and falling asleep.
_______________________________
‘You’ve been a bad, bad boy.’
‘You know what happens to bad boys, right?’
‘Let me show you what happens.’
‘You’ll never get away again.’
‘Mine. All mine!’
‘Oh, but sweetie, I love you. You know mommy loves you, right?’
‘Mommy loves you sooooo much so mommy can’t give you away to anybody.’
‘You can’t run away from mommy.’
‘You’ll never run away again.’
‘Why?’
‘We are going to someplace special.’
‘Where?’
‘Someplace they will never find you again.’
‘Don’t worry, sweetheart.’
‘Mommy LoVeS you.’
-----
*CRASH*
“Woah! Dude! Calm down!”
Izuku tried to push off the floor but he was lopsided, one arm that was supposed to push him up being long gone. He fell to the floor.
Have to get away. Have to get away!
Hands grabbed him. “Izuku, dude!” Izuku struggled. He lashed out, trying to do anything to get her away. Get away. GeT aWaY!
-----
‘You can never leave.’
-----
He couldn’t breathe. She was suffocating him. Again. That closet. No air. No, not the closet.
-----
‘Someplace they will never find you again.’
-----
Izuku didn’t recognize the room. It was too late. She already had him. Where were they? He needed to run. Where? How? Why was it so hard to breathe? A vacuum chamber sucking all air from the room. Was this how it ended? She trapped him. She was freezing him, going to preserve his body, never allow him to leave again, his mind forever trapped. He couldn’t do it. He couldn’t! He had to get away! No way out. No way! He’d rather die. He can’t do it again. He can’t. GeT aWaY!!!
“IZUKU, CHILL!”
The greenette’s head snapped up and he met… those weren’t green eyes? Those weren’t her eyes?
Two hands came into his view, palms open. He flinched back at their sight. Suddenly, a flash of light. Lightning bounced between the two, hopping back and forth to create arcs of electricity. It was pretty.
-----
‘Mommy loves you very much.’
-----
The crackling sound as sparks popped drowned out the voice in his head. The bright light started to make his eyes droop but he was captivated by the lightning dancing before him. Suddenly, the palms snapped shut and opened just as fast, small sparks bouncing and floating to the floor. Izuku held out a hand and caught one. It tingled a bit and fizzled out. He looked back up. The hands were down.
“D- Denki?”
The electric boy before him gave a lopsided grin. “Well good morning to you too.” Izuku rubbed his head.
-----
‘Mine… All Mine…’
-----
He shivered, dropping his head.
“Hey, dude, it’s okay,” Denki sounded unnaturally gentle but not in a bad way. Izuku flinched when the boy leaned against the side of the bed next to him. “That was quite the scare, huh?” Denki asked. “Well, I don’t know what you dreamt about, or nightmared about, is that a thing? It is now. Uhmm. I don’t know what you nightmared about but none of that junk it here. Welcome,” he fanned out his hands before him, “to Izuku’s Safehouse!”
Izuku furrowed his eyebrows, glancing up.
Safehouse? This looked like a room full of honestly a lot of junk and unnecessary items. Stereos and games and gaudy-looking decor. It looked like-
“I know, I know, it’s just my room,” Denki waved his hand. “But this is so much more! Lookie here, bud!” Izuku startled when the hyper-active boy next to him jumped up suddenly. Denki pulled something out. “This here is an ipod, ever had one?” Izuku shook his head. “Well they have music on them! I don’t know if you will like what I have on mine though.” He gestured to another thing. “A computer! It has a lot of games and all that jazz.” He moved to the one very small bookshelf he had and waved his arms up and down. “Comics! I know it’s a lot but they are so cool! You definitely have to read them!” Denki went around showing off a few more things. His skateboards, hats, trinkets, gadgets. And then he stopped and turned back to Izuku. “Now, I bet you are wondering about why I have shown you all of this, aren’tcha?” Izuku gave a miniscule nod. Denki put his hands on his own hips. “Cause we be sharin’ dude!” he announced. “I don’t know how things work up there,” Denki tapped the side of his head, “but obviously things aren’t all that calm and happy, am I right?” Izuku averted his eyes. “Well, things are a bit jumbled for me, too,” Denki said, sitting criss-cross before Izuku.
“Ever heard of ADHD?” Denki asked. Izuku shook his head. “Well,” he boy started, “it’s basically a hyperactivity disorder or whatever. Means I have a hard time concentrating and sitting still for long periods of time. You neeeever would have guessed!” Denki winked. Yeah, that made sense. “So I got a lot of stuff to keep my mind busy and the like! You need things to keep yours busy too I think,” Denki said. “So that is why any time you feel those bad thoughts or memories coming up you come here, k? I got a lot of stuff! I can teach you stuff too! Like how to skateboard or even teach you about style cause, like, no offense dude, you ain’t got any.” Izuku deadpanned at the boy before furrowing his eyebrows.
“Th- this is yer r- r- room,” Izuku finally said. “I- I- I don’ w-”
“NOPE!” Denki shook his head defiantly. “Like, yes, it is, but also your new safe haven. I don’t care what time it is or anything. Sometimes I can’t fall asleep either. My minds all wee’s and woo’s so I’m up a lot too. Aaaaand if you can’t sleep in your room, just come here! I got extra bedding and the like so it’s no prob!”
Izuku lowered his head again. ‘B- but you… I- You c- can’t-”
“Hey, dude,” Denki said, suddenly softer, moving to sit beside Izuku, “I wouldn’t have offered if I didn’t mean it.” He gently bumped Izuku’s shoulder with his own. “There’s some stuff in you that you have a hard time dealing with. If I can help then I want to, okay? You aren’t intruding, ever. Sometimes I get bored in here by myself too so actually it would be really fun to have you over, alright? No worries.” Izuku looked up at his friend. Denki smiled. “Welcome to the Overactive Mind’s Safe Haven, Izu-bro.”
Izuku snorted. “'I- Izu-bro?'”
Denki nodded sharply. “Cause, like, you’re my bro and Izuku-bro is too long but Izu-bro is totally the right length! I would say you can give me a nickname too but I ain’t got any idea what you could do with Denki so yeah.” Izuku huffed and looked down at his hands.
“Th- thank you, D- Denki,” he whispered, tears coming to his eyes. Denki wrapped his arm around him, shaking Izuku a bit. “Of course! We’re buds, right? Bro’s? Bro’s gotta stick together! But one rule!” Denki removed his arm and held up a finger. “What happens in the man-cave stays in the man-cave.” Izuku raised an eyebrow. “M- man-cave?” Denki rolled his eyes. “Here, obviously! That means anything that happens here no one else knows about. You can rant, scream, act like a total lunatic, cause that happens a lot in here, trust me, and no one will know about it unless you are too loud. Got it? If the whole world knew then it wouldn’t be our safe haven now would it?” Izuku chuckled and shook his head. Denki grinned. “Good! Good to hear that come from you! Now-” Denki yawned loudly, “I dunno about you but it’s only, like, four in the morning cause dang you don’t sleep long, do you?” Izuku blushed and looked down. “Hey! Nothing to be ashamed about! But we still got to get some sleep. Apparently we are doing something tomorrow as a class to celebrate our license tomorrow, or technically today, so sleep is a must!”
Izuku frowned. “I- I- I don’t think th- that will ‘appen…”
Denki shook his head. “Nooooo, probably not. But you’ve got those magic pills that make you fall asleep. Sure they haven’t been doing their job very well recently but Eijiro said something about if you are relaxed enough then they will do their dang job. Man they should be fired for the past couple of weeks.” Izuku snorted. “We can even bring in a small reserve to my room for whenever you come over, k?” “I- is that o- o- okay?” Denki narrowed his eyes at him. “Izuku, bro, like, really? We just went over this. Even I remember things for that long. Of course it’s okay! Now,” he stood up, “let us go get you your magic medicine!” Izuku couldn’t help the way the corners of his mouth turned up.
Denki was a very fast-moving guy. His constant flow of words and bouncing between subjects and random actions didn’t leave any time for all of the bad thoughts to creep back into Izuku’s mind.
And that is exactly what they did. Denki made it into a whole, who could be quieter game as they snuck upstairs which Izuku, with the proper training (*cough cough* with the proper paranoia), obviously won at but that was fine. Izuku slowly opened the bathroom door.
“Izu?”
And promptly flipped out. He jumped back only to be caught by Denki. “Oh, suck!” Eijiro dried his hands on a towel. “Sorry, man! I thought you were down stairs!” the redhead whisper-yelled. Izuku, with his hand over his chest, tried, and failed to get his breathing to slow. Denki slung his arm over his shoulders. “Darn it! We guess we lost getting here without being caught!” Izuku raised an eyebrow. Lost…? Oh, right. Game. It’s a game. It was a game. “Is everything okay?” Eijiro asked. Denki nodded. “Yup! We were just snagging some magic pills.” Eijiro raised an eyebrow. “Magi… oh! You mean the sleeping medicine! Did something happen?” Denki shrugged. “I dunno. What happens in man-cave stays in man-cave.” That finally broke Izuku out of his shaken state, snorting. Eijiro nodded slowly. “Uh huh… I’ll just get you your medicine then.” “Ah! And can you pull a few extras for the next time he is over?” Denki asked. Eijiro stared at Denki for a bit. “You two got close fast.” Denki shook Izuku’s shoulder. “We’re bro’s, bro! Ever heard of a sleepover between bro’s?” Eijiro huffed, not without a bit of humor though. “Sure, sure. Here,” he handed them a few doses. “Thaaaaaank you! Alright! Spies move out!” Izuku gave a half-smile to Eijiro which is honestly probably the best smile he has given in a while before following Denki back downstairs all ‘spy-like.’
“Ma-gic-pills, ma-gic-pills, ma-gic-pills!” Denki chanted as Izuku took the tablets. The greenette rolled his eyes. How can one be so enthusiastic at… oh, dang, 4:25 in the morning? Izuku moved to the ground. “Ah- ah- ah! That’s not allowed.” Denki pulled his arm back to the bed. “Now, Izu-bro, I understand you lived on the streets for, what, four years? Let me introduce you to the magical thing called a beeeeeed.” Izuku deadpanned. “I- I know wh- what a bed is D- Denki.” The electric boy hummed. “Really now? Reeeeaaaally now?” Izuku nodded. “Good! Then sleep on it!”
“Bu-”
“No buts!” Denki crossed his arms. “If you are that worried about me sleeping on the floor then we could always share the bed. If you are okay with that.”
Izuku yawned, already feeling the first fog cover his mind. “Yer…” Denki seemed to notice his sudden sleepiness. “Alright! That’s settled so come here.” He dragged Izuku down into the bed before getting in himself. “Bro,” Izuku hummed in response. “Brooooo.” Izuku hummed again. Denki snickered. “Night, bro.” Izuku nodded. “N- night… brooo…”
And he promptly fell asleep.
_______________________________
Denki stared at Izuku. He hummed, gently poking the sleeping boy’s cheek. No response. So he shook Izuku’s shoulder. Still nothing. Denki smirked.
“Magic pills,” he sing-songed, getting out of bed. Denki rifled through a couple of his drawers before he pulled out multiple colors of washable markers.
“Nothing like a laugh to start the morning off on a good foot,” he said to himself as the cap *popped* off. Denki got to work on Izuku’s face.
‘Magic pills’ was a joke, really, just something to lighten the mood when he first said it, maybe get a verbal reaction from the boy, which he did, but seriously? They minus well have been magic. Izuku didn’t make a single sound or move as Denki drew fake eyes over the boy’s eyelids, some eyelashes, fake big lips around his real ones, and swirls on his cheeks all in multicolored markers.
Denki stepped back to admire his work and gave himself an approving nod. “I always knew I was an artist.”
*Ding Ding*
Denki raised an eyebrow and checked his phone.
Jiro (Rockergirl!!!):
I bet you aren’t. Now shut up. Some people have good hearing.
I gave you time with him but now he is asleep.
Denki:
Awwww thanks Jiro for not getting on to us sooner!
Jiro (Rockergirl!!!):
Shut up.
He’s my friend too. I know he needs that. I guess you aren’t such a dunce after all.
Denki:
Brings a tear to the eye.
Jiro (Rockergirl!!!):
Go to bed, idiot.
Denki:
Ah! It’s back!
My heart breaks in a million places!
Night, Jiro!
Jiro (Rockergirl!!!):
Imagine my eyes rolling right now.
Night.
Denki smiled and yawned, putting his phone down before sliding into bed. He turned off the wavy lamp behind his bed before making sure the blankets were snuggly around the both of them.
It was to the sound of Hime’s purring that he fell asleep with the thoughts of: Man, I should get a cat too. Or maybe a ferret.
_______________________________
When Izuku woke up he was feeling more rested than he had in a long time.
He sat up and stretched in bed. It took a moment to realize where he was before he remembered the night before.
-----
‘Welcome to the Overactive Mind’s Safe Haven, Izu-bro.’
-----
Izuku smiled to himself. He looked behind the bed where the alarm clock sat and his eyes bulged. It was just past one in the afternoon. Had he actually slept a whole eight hours?!
Then he noticed the paper taped to the top of it. Izuku peeled it off and read it.
‘Hey, Izu-bro!
didn’t wanna wake ya my dude and I didn't know when you were waking up so there is a bowl of cereal and milk in me minifridge for ya. Just drop the bowl and spoon in the bathroom sink and i’ll get to it later then come join us in the commons bro! We have a whole day to celebrate our totally awesome hero license!!!’
Izuku snickered. Denki writes just like he talks.
As was written, there was a bowl of cereal for him in the fridge. Izuku made sure to wash the bowl and spoon by hand with the dish soap Denki had in the cabinet before he closed it and saw himself in the mirror. It took him a whole minute of deadpan staring at the crude drawing on his face before he decided to clean it off.
“He’s alive!”
Izuku jumped at the exclamation when he came into the commons.
“HEY!” Yoarashi, looking a lot better than yesterday, waved. “We all thought you were dead! Never knew you could sleep that long!”
“I told you! Magic pills!” Denki cheered.
Eijiro rolled his eyes. “Come on, Izu, we are planning the rest of the day. We basically just lounged until now.”
“Or slept,” Uraraka piped. “We were dead on our feet from yesterday.”
“What’s with the death jokes?” Toshi huffed.
“You always look dead,” Jiro commented.
“Shut it,” he bit back.
Everyone was so cheerful.
Izuku rounded around and sat in between Toshi and Shoto.
“So!” Mina chirped. “Dadzawa is passed out still so it’s his fault if whatever we come up with is bizarre and wild. Let’s make him go crazy!” Everyone nodded. Izuku’s eyes, however, trailed down to Mina’s hand on the couch which just so happened to be in the hand of Eijiro’s who sat next to her, though his leg seemed to be moved a bit as if he was trying to hide it.
Oh? Contrary to popular belief, Izuku, informed by Mina herself, actually knows a bit about ‘liking’ someone more than just ‘Of course I like you! You’re my friend!’ She called that the ‘friendzone’ and apparently the worst place for a guy trying to get in close with a girl to be. He knew about crushes and Eijiro had confessed his on her to Izuku before.
Izuku’s eye moved up to meet Ei’s. The redhead immediately blushed and gave a sharp shake of his head. Izuku shrugged.
Okay, okay, I see how it is.
Izuku was feeling much calmer than before. He listened to his classmates debate on what they should do, cracking a few depressing, ACI jokes with Toshi and Shoto here and there with a bit added banter between Toshi and Jiro. About thirty minutes later Sho came downstairs yawning and scratching the back of his head as if he had just woken up which, to be fair, Izuku couldn’t say anything to that since he only woke up about an hour before.
“Did you brats decide?” the man groaned. Izuku did not miss the way Sho’s eyes flickered to him, concern flashing in them. Eijiro nodded, speaking for the group as the class president. “Yup! We decided we should go out for ice cream!” much to Izuku’s pleasure. Sho nodded. “Alright. Who wants to volunteer to go get it?” Eijiro shook his head. “You miss understand. We mean to go out as a class.”
Sho stared at him with pursed lips. “A class,” he stated. “You want to go out into the city.”
“Yes.”
“All of you.”
“Yup.”
“Dang it.”
The class just grinned back. A few, “Come on, Dadzawa”’s passed around. Sho sighed. “Fine… I’m calling back up then.” A few minutes later and Yami burst through the front door. “hey, Hey, HEY, LISTENERS!!!”
“Mic-sensei!”
The blonde gave two big ol’ thumbs up. “I hear we are going out for ice cream, eh?!?!?!”
“I’m surprised he can hear at all,” Jiro hissed. “I’m surprised any of us can as his students,” Toshi responded.
“WELL?! Let’s go!”
The normal jitteriness Izuku always felt outside had begun to come back. The class of 19 students and two pro hero teachers tore through the city. Passerby’s stared at them, some recognizing them from the Sport’s Festival. Others from the more recent… events. Izuku recognized the burger joint he, Mina, and Eijiro found a couple of weeks back as they passed it. Not far from it was a small ice cream shop that, bless the hearts of the employees, looked barely enough to fit all of them.
“Order as much as you want!” Yami exclaimed. “We are paying!” “We are?” Sho asked. “We are!” Yami replied happily. Sho sighed. “We are…” The class laughed at their antics.
Izuku got strawberry, of course. Did you know there was pistachio flavored ice cream with actual pistachios in it? Momo really liked it. Izuku broke off a piece of his cone and gave it to Hime. The ice cream shop actually sold dog-friendly treats which Akio happily munched on next to Eijiro. Nearing the end of all of their respective ice cream cones, Eijiro stood up on his chair, clapping his hands together loudly before Yaoyorozu could reprimand him.
“Attention, Class 1-A!”
All of them looked at him. “First off, I know you all have them on you so why don’t we all just whip them out!” They didn’t have to be told twice. Everyone pulled out their Provisional Hero Licenses. Eijiro held his high and proud in the air. “We did it! Class 1-A, as first years, have gotten their hero licences!” Everyone cheered, even the employees of the establishment and the few other customers there. Eijiro grinned. “It’s been a rough year,” he said, lowering his arm. “I think we can all agree on that.” They nodded solemnly. “But it was not all wasted! Look at these!” He held his license out, turning to show everyone. “Most first years, no, even second years have trouble getting these licenses. These are the physical proof of our trials and how far we have come. Not just these but if you were to look at a before and after picture of yourself before you started at UA until, I think we can all say that we have definitely gained some muscle,” a few chuckled. “Provisional, maybe, but the truth of the matter is that we are all heroes now. Our names will be out and we already have a target on our backs but that is fine. Let’s hold our heads high. We will show those villains that they can run the game forever. We all have different reasons for becoming heroes but at the end of the day our jobs are the same, to protect and defend the public. Let us put these to good use!”
Eijiro turned to Denki. “You! What is your name?” Denki tilted his head. “Eijiro, you know my name.” Eijiro shook his head. “Nah! I’m not Eijiro, I am Red Riot! Now, what is your name, hero?”
Denki’s face lit up in understanding. He stood and lifted the bottom of his cone. “My name is Chargebolt!”
Taking after him, Hanta stood. Then Yoarashi, Uraraka, and so on, so forth. In the end, they were all cheering and celebrating.
*!!!BOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOM!!!*
The entire bathroom of the establishment exploded and through the smoke Sho’s body could be seen flying and crashing through the glass storefront.
*Clap*
*Clap*
*Clap*
A man slowly walked out of the smoke. Magic man from the training camp. “Heroes, hmm? That’s great. Let us show you just what real heroes face.”
Yami ran up to protect the students. The magic man threw a small marble and snapped his fingers. A purple gas exploded from it. “Don’t breathe it in!” Yaoyorozu yelled, gas masks already popping off of her exposed arm but for some it was too late. Police sirens were just fading in as students and civilians alike began to drop like flies. Izuku reached forward to grab Eijiro’s arm but a cold dome of ice surrounded him, Shoto, Toshi, and Denki. It was dark and cold. Screams echoed around them. Toshi was crying, having seen Sho go flying and banging on the ice that was too thick to break. Izuku had his strings through the ice pulling whoever was closest that felt like their emotions weren’t evil to the edge of the ice and forcing them against it. Shoto had his foot just outside of the ice, encasing any civilians he could find in ice to protect them as well.
The noise outside quieted until there was nothing. The four inside of the ice waited in tense silence. Then-
*knock… knock knock… knock*
Izuku’s eyes widened. He knew that knock anywhere.
“Shoto,” his voice bounced off of the ice walls, “it is okay. Melt the dome.” Shoto nodded, placing his hand on the side of it. Steam billowed for a second before it dissipated in the air. Those being held up against the ice by the strings Izuku had formed dropped when he let his strings disappear. Those being Yaoyorozu and Uraraka, each in a gas mask. A couple of civilians were floating in the air above the still present smoke with gas masks on as well, courtesy protection of the two girls. A few civilians were frozen in ice on the far side of the store. Yoarashi was struggling to get to his feet, a deep gash in his leg. And Yami. Yami who had knocked on the ice stood before them, head bleeding. Everyone else, aside from the store employees, was gone.
-----
BREAKING NEWS: SOFT SERVE ICE CREAM SHOP ATTACKED BY LEAGUE OF VILLAINS! TWELVE HERO COURSE STUDENTS MISSING AND ONE PRO HERO!
Chapter 84: We Are Coming For You!
Summary:
Captivity and how those not captured are handling it.
Notes:
Sorry for the late chapter! On the bright side, I finished my term paper so I should have a lot more time to write now! Yay!
How is everyone?
ALSO, new fan art from LyricsofVixra! Amazing!
Check out the art here: https://jaaeheartie.tumblr.com/post/623854997111767040/show-chapter-archive
Check out LyricsofVixra here: https://archiveofourown.to/users/LyricsofVixra/pseuds/LyricsofVixra
Chapter Text
“Still no news?”
“We have contacted Sir Nighteye because we think the Yakuza could be part of this but as of now we don’t have any updates concerning Class 1-A.”
“Tsukauchi, it’s been almost two weeks!”
“I know, Mic, and we are trying our best but if really is the Yakuza they are known to have their tracks covered suspiciously well.”
Hizashi sighed loudly into the phone.
Three weeks ago Class 1-A was attacked, again, while out for ice cream by who is presumed to be the League of Villains but now might also be the Yakuza. Only Todoroki, Hitoshi, Kaminari, Yoarashi, Izuku, Yaoyorozu, Uraraka, and Hizashi, who accompanied them, got away. The rest of Class 1-A, along with Shouta, disappeared. The remaining students were currently under quarantine in the underground bunker between Class 1-A’s and Class 1-B’s dorm buildings, a tunnel leading from each into it but both under tight lock. Classes were put on hold for them, they could not use any cellular devices, meals were brought in at specific times during the day with a special code to get in, and family members were unable to come and see their children. It might seem overboard but Class 1-A has been targeted so often in these past six months that they had to take all precautions necessary to keep the remaining members safe.
“How are they holding up?” Tsukauchi asked.
Hizashi swallowed thickly. “They are… trying. Hitoshi has pretty much cornered himself off. Todoroki tries to be there for him as much as possible. Yoarashi and Kaminari are doing their best trying to keep spirits up. Uraraka is shaken pretty hard and Yaoyorozu is the voice of reason.”
…
“And?”
…
“Izuku is…” Hizashi bit his tongue, mulling over his words. “No one aside from me is allowed to approach Izuku.” “What do you mean?” “It is unsafe,” Hizashi replied. “I’ve not seen him like this before. He wasn’t even this bad when we first met. Izuku is in a corner of the bunker sitting. The only movement he makes is small shivers, his eyes, when I force him to something, and a small cube that Kaminari rolled over to him with a bunch of fake buttons that Izuku messes with almost constantly. He doesn’t mean to but Izuku reacts violently when someone comes near, just until he realizes where he is again. Then he reacts violently towards himself for accidentally attacking whoever it was. He only sleeps a few hours every three days or so. He is doing better in the recent days but it is like he completely reverted back to his state on the street. Tsukauchi…” Hizashi looked down at his own shaking hand. “Tsukauchi, we need to find them soon. I don’t think he will last much longer before he either kills himself, permanently dissociates, or decides to go after them himself.”
Tsukauchi hummed. “Dang it. Are you still considering letting Class 1-A join the fight should we find them?” “WHEN!” Hizashi snapped back to the phone before lowering his voice. “Sorry…” “Don’t be,” Tsukauchi stopped him. “Tensions are high. I would be more worried if you didn’t snap even a little, Mic.” Hizashi hummed. “I guess. Principle Nezu wants to use Class 1-A’s experience against them to the full extent. He also wants to use it to get them past this, I think. Sure, if the pro’s got rid of the League it would be great but the students need to do this themselves, actually be able to fight back this time against the villains that have been constantly aiming at them.”
“Alright,” Tsukauchi said. “I will keep you updated. We will find them, Mic.”
Hizashi watched the green-haired boy in the far corner of the rather large bunker from the camera system above ground. He swallowed. “I know, Tsukauchi. Just, please hurry.”
*click*
Hizashi pocketed his phone.
“Well?” He glanced up at Nemuri who slid him a coffee. Now, Hizashi was not normally one for coffee but recently he had begun to understand Shouta’s affinity towards it. Hizashi took a big swig of his. “Nothing,” he replied. “How are you holding up?” Hizashi looked back at the cameras. “I don’t know, Nemuri,” he admitted. Hizashi hung his head. “I just don’t know.”
Nemuri sat beside him and pulled the hero into a gentle hug. “We will find them, Hizashi. We will.” Hizashi allowed himself the momentary hug before pulling away and standing up. “I have to go check on the kids.”
“Why can’t I put them to sleep?” Nemuri asked, taking up their cups. “That would put all of us in danger, Nemuri,” Hizashi replied. “I hate to say it but right now Izuku will take anything and everything as an attack. The second he notices something wrong or notices your quirk in the air he will probably lash out.” Nemuri frowned. “Poor kid,” she sighed. “At least he would get some sleep. He’s really going to break someday.” Hizashi’s hand hovered over the door knob. It curled into a fist. “Not if I can do anything about it.”
“You really do think of him as a son, don’t you, Hizashi?”
The man looked back at his friend and smiled quirkily. “What can I say? The little listener wormed his way into my heart long ago.” Nemuri giggled. “Long ago? It was only over two years ago.” Hizashi waved her. “Long enough. See ya!” He left the room but stopped outside to take a deep breath.
Two and a half years ago, huh?
-----
Hizashi entered the apartment of Ms. Takakawa. Apparently Sho had finally pulled that Golden Whip kid off of the streets and was trying to integrate him back into civilization or something like that. Why he asked Hizashi to teach the kid is beyond him. Sho had said that the kid was traumatized and had a major fear of people so why would he want the loudest person on earth, cause Hizashi is aware of his volume, to teach the kid?
His eyes instantly fell upon the boy all the way across the dining room, living room, and plastered against the far wall in bright red shorts and a bright yellow hoodie and man was that kid small!
Hizashi could see all the way from here the hollow cheeks and stick-thin legs. The kid had scars on his face and legs and the most petrified, skeptical look on his face that broke Hizashi’s heart because he only looked nine or something, though Shouta had said he was around twelve. Twelve! He was puny!
-----
Hizashi chuckled sadly as he typed in the code for the bunker and entered. Everyone looked up at him. Tired, scared, nervous, on the verge of tears, and any other emotion that was far from happy.
“Hey, listeners!” he greeted cheerfully.
“Hey, sensei,” was the only reply from Kaminari. Not even Yoarashi said anything. The stress of the situation was taking its toll on the too young minds. The too young minds who dealt with attack after attack after attack, kidnappings and surprise jumpings only six months into their career here at UA.
Part of Hizashi thinks that why some of them have not cracked completely under pressure is Izuku’s presence, actually. They have front row seats to exactly what happens when the build up starts to warp your mind and actions. They hear the screams at night, notice the constant jitteriness, see every single flinch. None of them want to resort to the constant state of paranoia that is on display in the form of their classmate. However, those in here now are really seeing it first hand more than the others. The state Izuku has reduced himself back to, Hizashi knows they are thinking about it. When he has one on one conversations with Kaminari or Yaoyorozu or Uraraka, he sees the way their eyes flicker to Izuku when they start sounding down or stressed. The way they try to straighten up. They don’t want to live a life of never ending fear.
That’s good, of course, but he also sees the pity. He sees how they look at Izuku now with sad eyes, too young to be able to hide the sorrow they feel for their classmate. Recently, they’ve also been directed at Hitoshi who, definitely not to the scale Izuku has gotten to, has also dropped significantly as well.
“Aw, come on! Give me more than that!” Hizashi put his hands on his hips. “You’ll be pleased to hear that we are allowing each of you to go to your rooms and get a few comfort items or anything you need. One at a time, of course, with a hero with you, but yeah! We need to make this place more lively! Streamers and all that jazz!”
Kaminari huffed but looked around. Again, his eyes fell on Izuku, concern flashing in his eyes before he looked over at Yaoyorozu. “Momo, what do you think? Can you make some of those?” The girl looked up from the novel she was writing with papers and a pencil she had made with her quirk.
“Streamers? Is that such a good idea considering the… situation?” Yaoyorozu asked. Hizashi waved her, slowly making his way around the room, closer to Izuku inch by inch, letting the greenette prepare himself mentally. “Psshhh! You kids are such downers. If I say it's fine then it’s fine! Party, scream, shout. No one can hear you down here!” he laughed.
Yaoyorozu finally broke a small smile. “Alright, sensei, I am sure they won’t hurt I guess.” As her right hand lit up with her quirk shooting out multi-colored streamers, her left arm popped out a piece of cardboard that she held up.
‘Hasn’t slept yet.’
Hizashi held himself back from clicking his tongue. Yaoyorozu has taken it upon herself to inform Hizashi of Izuku’s state when he comes by as Hizashi is the only one allowed near the greenette. He nodded at her.
That makes just over three days now. He should be falling asleep in a few hours then.
And, oh how Hizashi hates that he knows the exact run down time before Izuku finally can’t keep his eyes open any longer.
With the help of Todoroki and Uraraka, streamers were strung across the room but it only seemed to mock the depressing mood.
Hizashi had to fight to keep a smile on his face. He nodded. “Yup! Lookin’ stylish in this club!” Kaminari walked over to him. “Mic-sensei, can I bring my ipod down?” Hizashi furrowed his eyebrows. “Is it connected to the internet in any way?” Kaminari shook his head. “Alright, that should be fine. Do you want to go first, then?” “If you don’t mind.”
A couple of Ectoplasm’s clones were always by the door so Kaminari went up with one of them as Hizashi finally found his way over to Izuku. He lifted his fist and tapped it gently on his directional speakers.
*knock… knock knock… knock*
Izuku’s eyes flickered up to him from his curled up position in the corner. Hime looked up and gave a quiet meow. Akio, who had taken a permanent place at Izuku’s feet, looked up and barked.
Izuku was incredibly defensive over the dog and Hizashi knew why. Akio was Kirishima’s after all.
“Hey, little listener,” he said softer. Hizashi sat beside Izuku. “Do you want to go up to your room and get anything?” Hizashi’s eyes trailed down to the button cube in Izuku’s hand. Small clicks and taps was the only thing that responded back to him. “I’ll bring you down some of your plushies, k?” Hizashi pointed a thumb at himself. “Your totally awesome and favorite Present Mic plushie too, eh?” Hizashi doesn’t think Izuku is conscious of the way the clicks on the cube change pace or pattern when a question is asked. It worries Hizashi that the boy is holding in his voice again, subconsciously letting them out on the small buttons He didn't want the box to become a new outlet. He needs to be able to express himself. “Why don’t you try getting some sleep, hmm? Maybe eating dinner tonight?” The clicks stilled for a second before returning to a repetitive beat.
Yeah, I didn’t think so.
“You know, it isn’t made official yet,” Hizashi whispered, “but Principle Nezu wants you all to fight with us when we find your classmate’s location.” THAT got a reaction. Izuku actually lifted his head! Green eyes accented by dark purple bags stared up at him in something other than fear. Izuku stared at Hizashi in shock. The man pressed a finger over his own mouth. “But you can’t tell anyone yet, k? Still, you need to sleep and eat if you are going to fight, you know?” Izuku lowered his head, pressing it against his knees again. Hizashi leaned down a bit.
“Tell me what you’re thinking?”
Izuku shook his head. Well, at least he had begun to respond, even if not verbally.
“Just one word, Izu,” Hizashi pushed. “Anything. It doesn’t even have to be about what you are thinking or feeling, okay?”
…
…
…
“S- scared,” Izuku whispered finally and, well, Hizashi didn’t really expect anything more. Of course he was scared. “S- s- scared fer E- Ei,” Izuku surprisingly said again. Hizashi held his tongue. “H- helpless. C- c- can’t d- do anaethang. W- want to s- s- save Ei.” Hizashi hummed, nodding. “S- scared of th- them.” Hizashi watched Izuku’s eyes trail over the other people in the room. “Th- they’re s- scared too. I- i- it’s just s- s- so… hurt?” It was more of a question. Izuku was confused, exhaustion and fear clouding his thoughts but Hizashi understood. He’s known Izuku long enough.
Izuku was scared, paranoid of the people around him, feeling guilty about his brother but unable to break past that mental barrier. That barrier that Hizashi, Mr. and Mrs. Kirishima, Kirishima, Shouta, Hitoshi, and Mary Lou had so carefully taken apart was now repairing itself but damaging Izuku in the process. At least he had gotten Izuku to speak so it was not as high yet but it was constructing itself higher and with stronger materials at a rapid rate. They needed information.
Now.
Like, in the next day or so because a few more days of this and they might never be able to pull Izuku out again. Hizashi could almost visibly see it.
He couldn’t say that everything would be okay because he doesn’t know if it will be. What if it's not? The false hope that he would have given Izuku and then another failure would be the nail in the coffin that they would probably be literally lowering Izuku in the ground in.
If something happened… would they have any right to stop Izuku from killing himself?
After all of the hope they had given him, after everything they had tried to do, only for it to fall apart? After they had failed him time and time again? It hurt to think about it but if they never found them or if Kirishima turned up… dead… Hizashi doesn’t think he could stop Izuku again. Not because he doesn’t want Izuku to stay alive but because he knows how much it is tearing Izuku up inside. Hizashi doesn’t think he could bear it if Izuku died but he doesn’t think he can bear seeing Izuku like this any longer. The pain, the fear, the hurt.
So?
He prays for a miracle. He prays they find more than a body and that they can rescue Class 1-A and Kirishima. He prays that will be enough to make Izuku was to stay just a little longer until they can tear down that wall one more time.
They needed a miracle before the miracle that Izuku was alive disappeared with his classmates.
The door to the bunker beeped before the doors opened and the little leeway he made with Izuku had vanished without a trace. Izuku tensed up immediately, eyes flying to the door while his body curled further in on itself. Hizashi swallowed a sigh. He wanted nothing more than to take Izuku into his arms and protect him from every bad thing that was plaguing him but it was all in Izuku’s head and he would probably react badly.
Kaminari had brought a few things from his room. Much to Hizashi’s surprise, Kaminari made his way over to them after setting most of it down. Hizashi could see Izuku’s metal hand flexing dangerously at the approaching person.
The boy had refused to take it off in case something else attacked.
Hizashi stood and stopped Kaminari halfway there. “Kaminari, you know it is dangerous to go over there right now,” he whispered. The electric boy nodded. “I know, sensei, but I wanted to give this to Izuku,” he held out the ipod with a pair of earbuds. “I downloaded rain sounds onto it a while ago because it helps me sleep so I just thought, I dunno, that maybe it would help him but probably not.” Kaminari looked down, shoulders shaking. “I know it is dangerous, sensei, but he can’t- I don’t want him to be alone in this. I don’t know much about Izuku but we made a pact.” Kaminari met Hizashi’s eyes head on. “I won’t just sit back and watch my buddy tear himself apart when I know there is something I can do to help!”
Hizashi blinked. He knew that Kaminari had recently grown closer to Izuku but not to this extent. Still… he glanced over his shoulder at Izuku. Hizashi bit his tongue. “Alright but I am staying close by.” Kaminari smiled. “Thank you, Mic-sensei!”
_______________________________
Despite his enthusiasm, Denki moved cautiously towards Izuku. He stopped a few feet away and sat.
“Hey, Izu-bro,” he greeted quietly. The greenette flinched slightly but Denki was not backing down. “Guess who got the permission to come over here? Yup! This guy! I brought ya something from the mancave.” He could feel Izuku’s eyes on him like a hawk. It brought shivers to his spine. Denki slid the ipod over. “Since magic pills aren’t an option obviously I brought this. Call it magic music! Or, like, magic sound. There is this eight hour rain soundtrack on there that is mega relaxing, dude. Wanna check it out?” He saw the button cube in Izuku’s left hand still as Izuku thought about the idea. “Do you know how to use an ipod?” … “That’s fine! I can teach you!” He gestured to the wall beside Izuku. “Do you mind if I sit next to ya, bro?” Izuku met his eyes. They held contact for a second before Denki decided to just suck it up and try. If Izuku reacted badly then he would back down.
A small flinch was all that happened though as Denki settled beside his silent friend. It was cold. Not the wall, which was, by the way, but the air around them. He could almost physically feel the tension radiating from Izuku. Denki leaned over and showed Izuku how to turn on the ipod and put on the track. “And then, you put these in your ears,” he held out the earbuds. It took a moment but Izuku reached out to take them.
Denki isn’t smart but he knows a thing or two about friendship and the like. He also knows that nobody likes to be alone. Sure, maybe the teachers are right and maybe, no probably, Izuku is really dangerous to be around right now, but he is still human. The only way to get him not dangerous around people is by getting people around him and let it not be said that Denki would just leave a friend hanging right in front of him. If Izuku is going to sit on the edge of this cliff he has found himself on then Denki is going to sit right next to him and point his eyes up to the clouds instead of the rocks below.
Izuku slipped one earbud in his ear. “Uh uh! You gotta do both!” Denki held up two fingers. “It don’t work otherwise, my dude.” He waved Izuku’s disapproving look of having both ears deaf to other sounds. “I’m right here, Izu-bro. Ain’t gonna let ya get attacked or anything so just listen to the rain or whatever.” He knew Izuku was wavering. The boy was exhausted, body basically begging for sleep. “Oh! Wait here a second!” Denki scrambled to his feet and dashed to where he had brought a fluffy blanket and pillow from his room so he didn’t have to keep using the spares that UA had on hand. He settled beside Izuku again. “Alright, move your head a bit.” He placed the pillow behind Izuku’s head. “You are gonna have to lean on it to keep it up. And then.-” he wrapped the blanket around Izuku as much as he could without touching the greenette “- there we go! Now you look all snuggled up for a rainy day so in the other earbud goes!” This time, Izuku did comply, the warmth of the blanket appealing to the deep-seeded exhaustion.
Denki watched as slowly but surely Izuku’s eyes began to droop. He let out a quiet sigh of relief when Izuku’s breathing evened out and the button cube slipped from his loosened grip.
Denki stood up and walked over to the watching Present Mic. “Thank you for letting me talk with him,” he said. Mic-sensei smiled. “Thanks for being willing to, listener.” Denki glanced over his shoulder at Izuku’s prone form. “I… I’m gonna slap the League of Villains so hard for this,” Denki hissed. “They have no right to steal our friends and make my buddy that scared.” Mic-sensei chuckled. “We will have our chance soon enough.” Denki frowned and turned back. “I hope. Imma stay with him, if that is okay.” Mic-sensei nodded. “As long as you don’t poke the sleeping bear.” Denki chuckled. “I don’t know why you always think he will attack us. He’s always calm around me.” Mic-sensei hummed. “You’ve got a calming spirit with your carefree mind, Kaminari. I think it puts him at ease to have such a contrast against his usual turmoil.”
Denki grinned. “Well I will take that as a compliment!” He waved and bounded back to Izuku, sitting next to the sleeping boy. Denki pulled out his gaming system to play as he sat when he felt a pair of eyes on him. He shivered and glanced over at Izuku. Still asleep. He looked across the room where Hitoshi was in the corner next to Shoto. The two met eyes. Behind all of the fear, sadness, and exhaustion in Hitoshi’s eyes, Denki found another emotion.
Jealousy.
He swallowed thickly, offering a friendly wave before directing his eyes back down to his game to avoid that intense stare.
_______________________________
Hizashi closed the door to the bunker.
“MIC!”
He jumped and swirled around. Nemuri was running down the long hallway. “We need to get to the conference office now!”
Hizashi caught her by the shoulders. “Woah, woah, WOAH! Nemuri, breathe!” Nemuri took a few moments to catch her breath before snapping her head up.
“Sir Nighteye is in the conference room,” she said. “We have a lead!”
_______________________________
“-king -p!”
“Sh-”
“Sen- i!”
Shouta peeled his eyes open with a groan but he saw nothing
“Sensei!”
He shot up but instantly regretted it as his head pulsed painfully. He tried to hold his head but chains rattled and held his hands down, just hovering above the ground.
“Sensei?” a familiar voice called. He turned his head towards the voice. “Hagakure? What happened? Where are we?” Her voice was shaking. “We were attacked, sensei, at the ice cream shop.” “WHAT?!”
Images flashed in his mind. Going to the bathroom. A swirl of purple mist. An explosion. And then nothing.
“They must know your quirk, ribbit.” That was Asui. “You have a blindfold over your eyes but we can’t take it off. All of us are chained to the walls or floor too far to reach.” Shouta cursed, his head still screaming at him. “Okay, where are we?” he asked. “We don’t know, sensei,” that was Eijiro. “There are three cement walls but then one wall with really thick bars and a door.” “Beyond that is an empty room with a door on the opposite wall,” Shoji told him. “There are a few dangling lights too.”
Shouta tried to shake off the blindfold but it didn’t budge and only served to cause his head more pain. He took a deep breath, calming his heart. “Is the whole class here?” he asked.
“No,” Eijiro replied. “Shoto, Hitoshi, Denki, Yoarashi, Momo, Uraraka, and Izuku aren’t here.” “Neither is Mic-sensei,” Jiro’s voice piped up.
Shouta nodded. “Alright. How long have we been here?”
“Maybe around a couple of hours?” Ashido replied. “But we were all knocked out by gas so we don’t really know.
“Anything happen so far?”
No reply. Shouta sighed. Great. Just great. Most of the students were here but he doesn’t know about those not here. They could have escaped or they may be in a different place somewhere which makes things harder if they try to escape because he can’t very well leave them here. There is no guarantee that Zashi is with them either so he can’t rely on him getting the missing students out.
“Sensei…?”
Shouta closed his eyes, leaning his head against the back of the wall. “Alright, alright, alright, give me a second. First off, is anyone hurt?”
“Aside from you?” Eijiro asked. “Tsu twisted her ankle and Shoji lost one of his arms.” Shouta nodded. “And what is wrong with me?”
“You are bleeding from your head.”
“I figured.” Shouta shook his legs a bit. Chains rattled. Great. “Anything around that looks like a means of escape?”
“Not really?” Sero replied. “None of us can really use our quirks except the mutation quirks like Oijiro.”
Odd. If that is true then why would our captors feel any need to blindfold me? Just to make things difficult? And unable to use their quirks? I think I recall hearing about this in the forums sent to the school about the recent Yakuza appearances but I am pretty sure we would have to have been captured by the League for us to have gotten here so suddenly and I definitely did not make the mistake of that purple mist.
*ca-thunk*
Shouta’s head snapped up. Footsteps were heard, echoing through the room. “Well, it would seem that everyone is awake now,” a smooth vice said.
Chains rattled as the students all tried to get away. “Eijiro, what is happening?” Shouta whispered. “A man in a mask is here. I can’t see his face but his hair has arrows or something? Kind of like a bird mask.”
Bird mask? Does he mean a plague mask? So the Yakuza. Dang it.
Shouta nodded before raising his voice. “Who are you and why are we here?” The footsteps stopped just outside of the bars. “We are the Eight Precepts of Death, also known as the Yakuza. I don’t know why you are here, that is for the boss to know. Either way, I would not tell you.” The sound of keys jingled before one slipped into the lock. “Unfortunately I will have to take one of you with me.” Shouta narrowed his eyes. “What do you need us for?” “Again, I do not know.”
The door to the cage opened. Shouta tried to follow the sound of the footsteps in movement. A few of the kids squealed and tried to get away. Shouta pulled against the chains, the cuffs cutting into his wrists. “What are you doing to them?!” “Calm down, as long as he doesn’t do anything brash then he will come back in one piece.”
“Him? Who?!”
“Sensei!” Eijiro’s voice cried out.
“Stay away from him!”
“Get away from our buddy!”
“What are you going to do?!”
Chains rattled as Eijiro was presumably yanked to his feet and pulled away. The boy tried to struggle. “Let go of him!” Shouta yelled. “Take me instead!” “No can do, Shigaraki needed this one’s specifically.” Shouta felt the blood drain from his face.
“Let go of me!” Eijiro shouted, sounding frantic. He gasped as the chains rattled, probably being forcibly tugged on. “Please do not make this harder than it needs to be for the boss,” the unnamed man sighed. Shouta lunged forward but could not move past his bindings. “What are you going to do with him?!”
The cage door shut and the lock sounded.
“You will know soon enough,” the man replied. “You all will provide the boss with what he wants. It will be easier if you just come calmly.” Their footsteps got further, Eijiro obviously struggling. The other students cried out.
“Sensei!” Eijiro cried out one last time.
“Eiji-” *ca-thunk* The door closed. Shouta could only stare into the darkness. His heart was beating painfully against his chest in time with his throbbing head. He was snapped out of his oncoming panic attack by the cries of his students.
“Sensei?”
“Where did he take him?”
“What is going to happen?”
“He is coming back, right, sensei?”
“Aizawa-sensei?”
“What do we do?”
“Sensei?” “Aizawa-sensei?” “Sensei?” “I’m scared, sensei!” “Sensei!” “Aizawa-sensei?”
Shouta couldn’t process all of them at once, voices from faces he couldn’t see.
“Sensei?” “Sensei!” “Aizawa-sensei?!” “What do we do, sensei?” “Aizawa-Sensei!”
“Everyone, calm down!” he finally shouted above the cacophony. All of the students quieted. Shouta sighed. “I don’t know what is happening,” he confessed. It was illogical to lie to them. They needed to know the situation at large. “Ei- Kirishima is smart. As the man said, he will come back safely if Kirishima does not lash out or do anything brash.”
“H- how can we trust him?” Ashido’s voice sounded watery.
“We don’t have much to work with,” Shouta replied, “so we will just have to believe him at this moment.”
“He said we all will go too,” Tokoyami spoke up.
Shouta nodded. “Eventually, apparently. For now, we need to look for a way out. The Yakuza are notorious for their secrecy so we cannot rely on the heroes coming for us. Let us use this as a learning experience. As professional heroes you will most likely have specific groups targeting you. Hostage situations, being held captive, in the end you should never count on someone coming to save you and do what you can until someone either does come and save you or you escape yourself.”
“Then what do we do, monsieur?” Aoyama asked.
“You said none of you could use your quirks,” Shouta stated, “but that means I should not be able to as well and yet they have blinded me. There must be a time limit on how long they can keep your quirks under wraps. For now, continue to try and use your quirks. If any of you suddenly become able to, tell me immediately. In the meantime, we need to think of a way to get out even without them.”
Everyone nodded, calming down in the presence of their teachers own calm demeanor.
Oh, if only they knew just how panicked Shouta really was.
_______________________________
Eijiro’s heart pounded painfully against his chest as he was dragged down the long and winding corridors by his chains. Any time he tried to ask about where he was being taken or what was happening he was promptly ignored, only responses such as: “You are useful for the boss,” and “Shigaraki needs yours.” ‘Yours.’ What is ‘yours?’ What does Shigaraki need from me? Better yet, what does Shigaraki want with my family in general? Izuku, Mom and Dad, and now me. Something has got to be going on.
The man suddenly stopped outside of a door and knocked against it before pushing open the door.
“Overhaul, I have brought the boy requested by Shigaraki,” the man said. “Thank you, Chronostasis,” the man named Overhaul spoke.
Eijiro’s head snapped up. The man in question had short, brown hair and a red and yellow bird-like mask as well though this one did not cover his kiwi-colored eyes. He wore a green jacket with purple fur around the neck with a black button-up and silver tie beneath it.
The room looked like a doctors room. A doctor’s room from the black market. It was sketchy as hell! In the middle was an operating chair that looked fit for a small child. Overhaul walked over to it and pulled off one of his gloves, touching the surface. The chair fell into minuscule particles only to come together in a slightly different, but bigger shape, fit for someone of his size before he put his glove back on. It hit Eijiro that he was going to be sitting there like a truck. He struggled against the chains.
“Let me go! What do you guys want with me?!” he questioned. Overhaul slowly walked towards him. Eijiro stilled. The intense aura this man gave off was suffocating. “If you do not settle down,” he said, “this will hurt a lot more than it needs to.” Eijiro gulped but grit his teeth, refusing to show any sign of weakness. “If you act nicely, you may go back to the cage with your life, after we run a few tests, of course.”
Eijiro quickly found out why Izuku doesn’t speak to people he sees as threats. Sure, because they were scary, but also because it was better not to rile them up, more beneficial for his safety, apparently and if there was anything Eijiro knew about Izu it was that Izu valued safety very highly.
Overhaul seemed pleased with his silence. “Take him to the table, Chrono.” Eijiro could do nothing but be led on. He didn’t know Chronostasis’ quirk but he knew Overhaul’s could do something like taking apart and putting together. ‘Overhaul’ was a suitable name. He was sure that he may be able to get out on his own if he had his quirk but he didn’t know who else that was nearby enemy wise and he had to get his classmates as well.
Once on the chair, slightly leaned back, his arms and legs were once against strapped down. Eijiro began to panic as he saw Overhaul loading something that looked like a gun.
“Calm down,” Overhaul said. “I just need your quirk back for a bit so I can test your blood.” Eijiro furrowed his eyebrows. “You are… giving me back my quirk?” Overhaul didn’t reply. Eijiro struggled to get away from the gun as it was pressed against his arm. “He-” *BAM* Eijiro winced as something pricked his arm. As the gun was taken away, he saw a syringe-like item in his arm slowly depleting of liquid. Eijiro shivered as he felt the liquid enter his body. “What did you just-”
“Will you please shut up now?” Overhaul sighed, pulling out the now-empty syringe.
Eijiro snapped his mouth shut. He felt a tingling sensation in his body but it was different. Not like how All Might’s quirk felt. In fact, it felt like All Might’s quirk never left him but instead he could feel his skin getting thick as a natural side effect of Hardening.
Can they not erase One For All?
He couldn’t test it now, obviously, but he would later if they took away his quirk again. “Now,” Overhaul started, preparing a few viles, “I am just going to be doing some testing on the makeup of your body and blood.” Eijiro swallowed. That did not sound good. Overhaul stopped beside the chair, removing his glove once again. “This will only hurt for a second.”
Eijiro watched as the hand, outstretched, came closer to his face. The image of the chair flashed in his mind. Oh heck no! “Be grateful. You are being used to create a more perfect world.” Nononononononono-
“AAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!”
Pain erupted from every fiber of his being. Worse than when Stain dragged his blade across Eijiro’s torso. It was pain magnified by one hundred times that. And then- black.
A landscape split between light and dark. Eijiro felt tears in his eyes. Did he… die? He took one step forward before suddenly the landscape shifted and pain exploded in him again. His throat felt raw from screaming. His body tingled with numbness. He could feel blood flow from his heart into his veins that no longer held blood as if the blood had been drained. He felt light-headed and dazed.
When something touched his arm, Eijiro flinched. It felt so raw, like his body had never been touched before, the feeling of contact itching against his skin. The chair against his back felt like a sensory overload. Bandages were wrapped around both of his arms.
The gun came back and pressed into his skin again. *BAM* This time, against his overly-sensitive skin, it hurt. Eijiro fought to hold back another scream. Still, nothing could ever hurt just as much as whatever just happened. The discomfort only increased as Hardening disappeared within him and his thick skin thinned making everything feel incredibly more sensitive.
Breathing felt strange. Air going in and out of his lungs, he could feel the coolness to an concerning degree, as if air had never touched his lungs before.
“Get dressed,” Overhaul commanded. What? Eijiro looked down and found himself butt naked, his body somehow over his clothes. He blushed and rushed to get them on but it was incredibly hard, as if his body was no longer his own. It felt unused to moving, every pull of his muscles caused spikes of pain and discomfort. When he finally got his shorts and t-shirt on, the fabrics felt itchy against his skin and, as weird as it may sound, he only wanted to take them off again.
A knock on the door and Chronostasis came back in. “Take him back, Chrono.” “Yes, Overhaul.” Eijiro, too numb to do much else, allowed the chains to come back on. Walking he felt like a newborn fawn, unsteady and every step caused pain.
As they passed a hallway, another man came out of it without a mask, in his hand was the hand of… a little girl?
Red eyes of a hero student met the red eyes of a little girl. She had white hair and a small yellow horn on her right temple. The dress she was wearing was white as well and bandages covered her arms and legs. Her eyes widened in horror the same as Eijiro’s.
She’s not going in there too, is she?!
Eijiro didn’t have time to question it as he was yanked forward, stumbling down after Chronostasis. He could feel exhaustion settling in his bones. They reentered the room with the cage. Everyone looked up.
“Kiri!”
“Kirishima!”
“Eijiro!”
The onslaught of sound against his virgin ears hurt. Everyone quickly shut up when they took in his new bandages and tired state. Chronostasis opened the cage door and reattached his chains to the wall. He left without a word.
“What did they do to you?!” I don’t know.
“It had to only be ten minutes! How are you in bandages?!” Only ten minutes? It felt like hours.
“Are you okay?!” No. Please. Please be quiet…
“Everyone, back off,” Shouta’s calm voice sliced through everyone’s. Everyone gratefully backed off. Eijiro sighed in relief. He pulled his knees to his chest the best he could, curling into a ball and leaning his forehead against his knees. “I- I’m okay,” his throat felt raw. “Just… tired…” Eijiro could not help the way his eyes fluttered shut.
“Oh,” Eijiro spoke up before he fell asleep, “there is a little girl here too… Needs… saving…”
Eijiro fell asleep before he could register the shock that spun through his class.
_______________________________
Eri looked over her shoulder at the red-haired boy they just passed from that horror room.
He has another?! No! No more hurting! I thought he would only hurt me!
The boy looked shocked too. Has he been here for a while without knowing about her as well? Eri felt tears well in her eyes. Someone else has to go through this too? Is he cursed like me? The door to the room opened just as the chair she has become far too accustomed with was coming back together. Strange. She doesn’t remember it ever changing before.
All previous thoughts were cut off when Overhaul looked down at her. She cowered beneath the scary man’s gaze.
Overhaul was scary. His power was scary. It hurt when he used it on her.
Eri was placed back on that bad, bad chair. Overhaul never used the bindings on her. She knew better than to try to run away from this chair, this room. It only hurt more.
Eri went through the motions. The pain was excruciating like always but she had gotten used to it. She had gotten used to the way her body felt so weird after Overhaul took it apart and put it back again. She had gotten used to the feeling of missing the pieces he took away each time and them slowly growing back over time.
She had gotten used to the fear and the pain. Every once in a while Eri would wonder if someone else was like her, always in pain and fear but she never thought about it for long. She didn’t wish that on anyone. Only wishing for someone to save her. A hero. But she was a curse, unwanted and unloved. She didn’t deserve to be saved.
That boy, she wonders about him though. She wonders as she is holed up back in her room with another scary man who tries to give her toys.
Is he… like me?
_______________________________
“Oh,” Eijiro tiredly hummed, “there is a little girl here too… Needs… saving…”
A collective gasp went around the class. Shouta bit his tongue. They weren’t the only ones here which just added to the complications because Shouta obviously couldn’t leave that little girl here either as a hero. He would have to find a way to get his kids- AHEM -his students out of here and go back for her. With some luck, Zashi might be here and they could get her out together be he needed more information such as appearance but Eijiro had fallen asleep pretty much immediately as soon as he got back.
It seriously could not have been more than ten minutes and yet Eijiro’s arms were wrapped in bandages and the boy was dead tired even after having been asleep for who knows how long from whatever gas knocked them all out.
Whatever happened wherever he had been taken had clearly shaken the boy. No one was speaking, not wanting to wake him up. A few were still trying to use their quirks. Ashido would constantly thrust her arms out willing acid to come from them. Sero had run out of tape in his arms, now just having empty tape dispensers. Tokoyami was whispering to Dark Shadow but apparently the sentient form was no longer there. Shoji’s extra limb had yet to grow back. Asui was trying to create acid from her stomach. Nothing was working and Shouta could not test his own quirk either. He could not see where they were but according to the students it did not look like they could do much. None of them could reach the cage door though some could reach the bars. As of now, they were individually trying to wiggle free of the cuffs and chains.
Time ticked by, however long, no one knows. Shouta would occasionally ask how everyone was holding up but it was getting repetitive and redundant. Some had fallen asleep, others silently played hand games that didn’t require physical contact. Others he is sure just holed themselves up.
They were all just waiting.
Eventually, the man came back. Eijiro startled awake as well as the others that were asleep. Shouta couldn’t sleep. He wouldn’t allow himself. He had to be awake in case one of his students needed something.
The man didn’t say anything but after the way Eijiro came back everyone was quite weary of him.
“What are you doing?” Shouta tried his luck. “Following boss’s orders,” was the only reply. There was a cry that sounded like Asui. Eijiro full-blown panicked. “Don’t take her! Don’t take her to that room!”
That room?
The man didn’t reply. “Let go of me please, ribbit,” Asui’s usual calm voice shuddering a bit. “How respectful. No.” The man pulled her out and she was gone, just like Eijiro had gone. The redhead in question began to breathe harshly.
“Eijiro, you need to breathe,” Shouta tried to talk to him but the boy wasn’t listening. “No no no no NO! She can’t go there!” “Eiji-” “She can’t- I can’t let- Tsu is-” His sentences came broken and incomplete. Shouta couldn’t reach Eijiro and he doesn’t think anyone else could either. Through the entirety of the panic attack Shouta tried to calm the boy verbally, to get him to breathe normally, but it wasn’t working. Some had started to cry witnessing their class president and friend break down. Others cried because whatever happened in ‘that room’ had shaken Eijiro up so badly and they all knew they would be going in there at some point as well. It wasn’t until Asui came back did Eijiro snap out of it.
The frog-like girl stumbled in after the man which was odd. Her ankle should be twisted. Much like Eijiro, Asui was apparently in bandages and she fell asleep almost immediately.
Shouta breathed deeply. “Alright,” he purposefully rattled his chains to get their attention after the man left, “we need to know what is happening.” He tried to keep quiet for Asui’s sake. “Kirishima, what happened when you were taken away?” The boy didn’t respond for a long time.
“There was… a room,” Eijiro finally said. “I was taken to a hospital room or something and strapped to the chair…” Shouta already didn’t like where this was going. “I don’t remember what happened. I was shot with something. Something about getting my quirk back? My quirk came back when he shot me with it-”
“He?” Shouta cut in.
“Ah, Overhaul,” Eijiro replied. “He’s the boss man or something.”
Overhaul, Overhaul, Overhaul. I know thaaaaa… No…
Yes, Shouta knows who Overhaul is. While he isn’t really on the case of the Yakuza, Shouta has worked with Sir Nighteye here and there on it and has learned a lot about the man behind it.
“He,” Eijiro continued, “I think he has a quirk to take something apart and put it back together. He… I think he took me apart… and put me back together…” Everyone froze. Eijiro curled back in on himself. “It hurt so bad,” his voice shook. “It was like I had exploded from the inside out. I- I saw the other side I think. I s- saw light and dark a- and I think d- died b- but then I was back and e- everything hurt s- so badly!” Eijiro was falling into another panic attack and Shouta couldn’t let him do that. It was unhealthy, especially since they could not calm him down. He needed to preserve his strength. “Right, and you said you saw a girl?” he changed the subject. Eijiro looked up, nodding, though Shouta could not see it. “R- right.” He sniffed. “When we were walking back. I was really dazed but out of one of the hallways a man was dragging a little girl, she looked maybe five or six?” The students gasped in horror. “She had bandages too and was going to that room. I- I think she has been here a while. She looked shocked to see me.” Shouta swallowed. That’s sick… “What did she look like?” he asked. “The girl had long white hair I think. It was a bit blurry,” Eijiro admitted. “But I remember her startling red eyes and the horn on her head. Oh, and the man who comes to get us is named Chronostasis.”
Shouta nodded. “Thank you. We will have to ask Asui what happened to her as well but let this be a warning, everyone. I will not sugar coat it. This is probably what will happen to all of us until we find a way out or they move on to other things, what that means, I have no clue, just know we need to prepare for the worst. If you think they are going to kill you, fight back. Even if you do die, take one of them out first. Got it?”
There was a pause before everyone gave their agreements.
Shouta worried his fingernails, picking at them uselessly to his side so his students couldn’t see his own nervous tick.
A bit passed before Chronostasis came in and took out Sero. Eijiro was more calm about it now, Asui having a minor panic attack but after already being informed and talking it out she was able to handle it a bit more. Not that it’s good thing that she had to go through that. Same as last time, Sero came back in bandages and fell asleep. It must be draining.
He took a deep breath for the umpteenth time. He needed to find a way out of here and fast because if it was truly as bad as they were saying then how much worse would it be after they got through everybody?
_______________________________
Eijiro could hardly think anymore.
EVERYTHING. HURT.
He does not know how long they have been there, only that it had to definitely be more than a few days. Once everyone had their initial interaction with Overhaul, even Shouta, there was a brief period of just silence from any Yakuza member. The only judge of time there was when they came in with rice and water for each person as well as a protein bar every so often and heck, man! Eijiro had always wondered what Izuku felt like when he was starving on the streets and as thin as a twig. Eijiro was sure Izuku ate less than this and yet his stomach was already cramping so much from lack of food.
And then it started again.
Worse.
They began to take them out again to meet with Overhaul who would take them apart sometime twice or three times during their brief interactions. Sometimes it would be a different doctor who actually cut into them to do ‘on sight testing.’ Still, nothing could be worse than Overhaul’s quirk. Eijiro saw the girl a couple more times but not much. He tried to smile at her but it hurt to move his facial muscles even.
Why?
Because for some reason they continued to pull Eijiro out more than the others. He was starting to question if he spent more time in the sketchy operating room than the actual cage. He had bandages all over his arms and legs and some under his t-shirt, bandages stopping just below his chin. Everyone else only had them on their arms and maybe on their legs.
For a while, Eijiro questioned why it was only him they were truly interested in until he heard a snippet of a conversation between Overhaul and a doctor while they thought he was out cold.
-----
‘What do you mean you can’t reproduce his quirk?’ Overhaul hissed.
The doctor’s hands were up high. ‘I don’t know! All of the cells for the others are reproducing and copying just as planned but for some reason his cells seem to be muddled. It is almost like they were originally okay but something else was forced into them. Or a lot of something elses! They die almost instantaneously. Well, they more or less explode.’
Overhaul glared over at Eijiro who oh so smartly kept his eyes closed. Shigaraki only needs his quirk to reproduce specifically. If you don’t get it by the next time Shigaraki comes by you are as good as dead, got it? We need this partnership to go through.’
‘Y- Yes, Overhaul, sir!’
-----
Eijiro had a panic attack over that revelation. He knew why Shigaraki wanted him. Shigaraki was directly tied to All For One. There was a high chance that he knew Eijiro had One For All. He also knew why the cells were ‘exploding.’ Just like All Might had said when they first met. He needed to train his body to be able to handle the power. The cells that they were apparently extracting from Eijiro weren’t strong enough alone to hold One For All.
Unfortunately, that did nothing to help his predicament.
Chronostasis growled as he dragged Eijiro angrily to the cell again. The door to the room opened. All of his classmates and his teacher looked up at him. He could see the pity in their eyes but he was in too much pain and too tired to register it enough to care.
With a grunt, Eijiro was thrown to the ground in the cage and chained up again.
He stared blankly as Hagakure was taken away by Chronostasis. No one said anything. They all understood the pain sound created after being taken apart and to that Eijiro was grateful. He didn’t even bother moving from his position on the ground. Eijiro glanced around the cage. No one was even trying to smile anymore. They might not be getting tested on as much as he was but the pain was still real. They still felt it when they did get tested.
Eijiro just let his eyes close, sleeping as he awaited Chronostasis to come and get him again so that Overhaul could take his cells to replenish the exploding ones.
Each time they took more and more and more and more and… more… and… more… and…
He fell asleep.
The next time he saw that girl, it was probably a couple of days later. Probably. He can’t remember really what day they were even taken. He guesses that it wouldn’t matter knowing the date they were captured since they don’t know the current day as it is.
He and Chronostasis were just passing the tunnel she always passed out of on the way to that dang room. Chronostasis had just passed it, Eijiro a few steps behind by length of the chains. He heard panting and tiny, little footsteps so he naturally looked to the side and there she was, running.
The fear in her eyes reminded her of someone…
-----
‘Ei!’
-----
Izuku!
For a flash of a second, that light in Eijiro’s eyes lit up again. The light of a hero. The reason All Might chose him.
Just behind her was that man that was always dragging her to the death room. She was running. She was trying to find that chance to escape. Eijiro, tired, worn out, anemic, barely even aware, wanted to help her. Inside of him, One For All screamed. So…
he tripped.
Eijiro ‘stumbled’ on the chains. Chronostasis growled and looked behind him. “Get up! You are already pissing off the boss and I am not getting on his bad side now by being late with you!” Eijiro kept his head down, panting slightly to play the part, but his eyes were trained on the man chasing the little girl. He moved to get up just as she ran past and his right leg ‘slipped’, tripping the man chasing her. He crashed into the wall as the girl turned down the hall the opposite way.
“Suck!” The pursuer twisted and kicked Eijiro in the side. Eijiro’s eyes widened as he fell to the floor for real this time. “Watch yer feet, you dang hero dog! What am I going to do when the boss finds out-”
“When the boss finds out what?”
All three froze, Eijiro suddenly grateful for his position on the ground, despite the pain radiating from his rib-cage.
Overhaul stood there, obviously annoyed. “Chronostasis, you are late.” Chronostasis was quick to bow. “My apologies, Overhaul. This brat had tripped and fell. We were just on our way when Eri and-”
“What about Eri?”
Eri? Who is- Eijiro’s eyes widened, flickering back down the hallway. Eri… That’s her name then.
The man who was chasing Eri bowed. “I am so sorry, boss! Eri ran away after the dog tripped me!” The air instantly got twenty degrees colder. Eijiro could not breathe by how much anger was radiating from Overhaul.
“You… let her go…?” Overhaul hissed.
The man stayed bowed. “Y- yes! But only because that brat trip-” Overhaul slid off his glove and held the man’s face by the chin, forcing it up to meet eyes with him. Fear clouded the man’s gaze.
Eijiro gulped. He had never seen the action of someone getting taken apart, only having it done to himself.
“I don’t want your excuses anymore,” Overhaul growled. “You’ve had so many chances to get her to like you and now you let her run away?” The man began to panic. “I- I- I’m sorry! I- I’ll go get her! Please, Chisa-” Overhaul’s grip got harder. “Don’t call me that,” he hissed. “I’m done with you.”
Eijiro had no preparation for watching the man’s body explode before his eyes.
*SPLAT*
Blood covered the walls and floor. A drop fell on Eijiro’s cheek.
Eijiro could only stare in horror. If he had enough food in him he would have thrown up. He just- He just killed that guy! He’s going to put him back together, right? RiGhT?! But no, Overhaul turned to Chronostasis. “Take him to the operating room. I will deal with him when I get back. Clean this up while I am gone.” Clean this up… clean up the man he just exploded! He isn’t- He’s not- Oh… Overhaul crouched by him and they met eyes. “You caused my most important piece to run away. I’ve been very patient with you and your weak cells. It seems we need to be a little more serious with you now, don’t we?”
Eijiro’s breath caught in his throat.
What? What could they possibly do worse to me-
His eyes fell back on the blood.
He could… not put me back to- He could- He will- Eijiro felt his heart rate skyrocket, the world beginning to blur around him. Tears formed in his eyes as he was Yanked to his feet by the chains. He was numbly dragged away.
Some time ago, Eijiro wondered how Izuku always hid his panic attacks but now he knew. He was thrown onto that table in the middle of one, Chronostasis none the wiser. Or maybe he was and he just didn’t care. Chronostasis barked something at him. Eijiro was left tied to that table, not able to even curl in on himself, in the worst position to even out his breathing. All he could do was ride out the wave of panic.
The blood splattering all over the walls replaying in his mind over and over again except every time he repeated the memory the man suspiciously began to look more and more like himself.
The time ticking away did nothing to ease his nerves. And then-
*ca-thunk*
Overhaul strode into the room finally. When they met eyes, Eijiro’s blood ran cold. Overhaul almost elegantly made his way over to Eijiro who, for the life of him and his tired body and mind, struggled to escape from his bindings to no avail.
*ca-thunk*
The sound of the door closing seemed to seal his fate.
“You know,” Overhaul carefully slid his left glove off, “that was a valiant effort, hero. Too bad it was for nothing.”
Eijiro’s heart dropped even further, if that was possible. She didn’t get out. I probably made it worse for her. Now he won’t just kill me. He’ll kill her too. I’m sorry. I’m so sorry…
“Don’t worry,” Overhaul said, those long fingers filling Eijiro’s vision as the hand came closer and closer to his face. “This is going to hurt.”
Mom… Dad… Izuku… I’m sorry… I’m not coming back…
“A lot.”
And all Eijiro knew was pain.
_______________________________
“Aizawa-sensei…”
Shouta’s mental timer came to a halt when Ashido’s voice invaded his ears.
“Kiri’s not back yet…” she whispered but Shouta knew everyone was listening. “How long has he been gone?”
Shouta took in a sharp breath and continued his timer from where it left off. Eighty-one minutes and five seconds. Usually, even when they go in with the doctor who does more than take them apart, it will take no longer than twenty minutes for them to be returned to the cage. Even for Eijiro who had been in that room three times as many times as any of them had.
“Eighty-two minutes,” he replied.
There was no sharp inhale, no tears, no anything. Only a nod he could not see beyond the blindfold and silent acceptance.
There was no hope found anywhere in this cage, they had already given up, Shouta knew the kids had because what might have been nothing more than a few days felt like months to them. There was no concept of time anymore, the cage, a small bathroom, and that room that reeked of death and blood.
*ca-thunk*
All heads lifted. And NOW there were gasps. There was only one pair of footsteps and the sound of fabric dragging across the ground. Shouta wanted nothing more than to see as the cage door was opened and there was a dull thud on the ground followed by the sound of rattling chains. Chronostasis left and the silence was deafening.
“K- Kirishima?” Sero’s voice.
“Kiri?” Ashido.
“H- hey, c- come on.” Sato.
“Kiri… please… say something…” Shouta’s heart took a nosedive at Ashido’s watery voice.
“KIRI!!!”
_______________________________
“Welcome, Midnight, Present Mic,” Nezu gestured to the seats on the other side of the room in between Snipe and Hound Dog.
Hizashi and Nemuri took a seat. “We have Sir Nighteye here with us today to discuss our recent kidnapped students,” Nezu stated before turning to said man. “Whenever you are ready, Nighteye.”
The stern-looking hero nodded. “Right, thank you, Principle Nezu.” He pushed up his glasses. “My quirk is called Foresight which allows me to see a certain time into the path of the future of a person. My agency is the leading agency on the Yakuza and Eight Precepts of Death case. Three days ago, my intern, Mirio Togata, hero alias Lemillion, had a run in with the leader of the Precepts, Kai Chisaki, and his supposed daughter, Eri. On the basis of their interaction, we assume that she is being abused to some degree. Yesterday, I was shopping and made contact with one of the members while they were purchasing a little girls toy. At that time I had no assumptions of the man aside from the strangeness of the situation so I used my quirk on him. His path in the pieces led down to the Yakuza’s base and down into a series of tunnels. Now, usually I would have gathered the previous Hero Network meeting as we were already planning on attacking the Yakuza but what I saw in the corner of one of the films has urged me to reach out to UA personally.”
Everyone tensed. Nighteye folded his hands together in front of him, his eyes leveling them.
“Professional Hero Eraserhead was seen in one of the films being led by what looked like chains,” Nighteye stated.
Hizashi’s heart pounded in his chest. No way… they found them! They found them!
“We are requesting urgent assistance from UA for the attack on the Yakuza.”
_______________________________
The door to the bunker opened and in walked the heroes of UA.
“Suit up, heroes!” Present Mic shouted. “We have ascertained the whereabouts of our lost comrades. It is time to go take them back!
Chapter 85: Emotional Raid
Summary:
The Yakuza Raid happens and somethings go down.
-WARNING: THIS HAS GRAPHIC DESCRIPTIONS OF GORE AND BLOOD-
Notes:
Thank you all for waiting for my Hiatus to be over. I will have a more heartfelt thank you in the notes at the end. For now, lets see some fan art from the one and only LexaRA!
The fanart is here: https://twitter.com/LexaRA19/status/1287393951553593350?s=20
You can find LexaRA's account here: https://archiveofourown.to/users/LexaRA/pseuds/LexaRA
Thank you so much, LexaRA, for the art! It is so amazing!
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
Tomura grimaced as bright lights flashed against his dry, cracking skin in the darkness of the bar, the only sounds being his own fingers rapid movements across the game controller, the clinking of shot glasses, and whispers from those somewhere in the room to scared of the aura he was currently giving off to speak much louder.
- - - GAME OVER - - -
*crash*
Tomura glared at the new set of flickering lights that the sparks gave off from where the game controller now stuck halfway out of the shattered television screen.
“They haven’t gotten anything from that hero brat,” Tomura hissed through clenched teeth. “I am sure extracting a quirk through cells is a very extensive process, Tomura,” the dumb mist Nomu replied from his stance behind the bar. “Maybe even impossible.” *BAM* Tomura’s fist slammed the floor beside him, fingers itching to disintegrate something but, alas, he withheld in favor of standing and crossing the room to take a seat at the bar. Endeavor-wannabe turned on the lights as he sat. “Doc does it,” he growled.
“Yeah but he had help from boss dude!”
The blonde girl behind him shut up real quick when Tomura glared at her from over his shoulder. “Take heed,” Kurogiri called his attention back. “Toga is correct. Doctor Maruta had help from Sensei in constructing Nomu,” he said as if the irony that he was a Nomu himself was lost on him. “Doing it without All For One’s help may not be possible.” Tomura looked Kurogiri in his misty yellow eyes as he wrapped his fingers around one of the freshly cleaned shot glasses. A pile of sparkling dust sat in its wake. “We are going,” he said, standing from the bar. “That would be unwise, Tomu-”
“We. Are. Going.”
_______________________________
Shouta had to physically stop himself from rapping his fingers against the concrete ground of their cell. He did not want to accidentally rattle the chains. Every time they were taken apart and put back together again it was as if their nerves and senses were all fresh and unused. An open wound. The slightest sounds hurt their ears and the sound of metal chains rattling was not something one in that state enjoyed.
No one had been taken out in quite some time though. Still, they were all sensitive, especially Eijiro. The boy is… alive. His extended period of time out was the last time anyone had been taken to this point and whatever they did to him left Eijiro in what the other students described to the blindfolded Shouta as an unresponsive state, merely staring into the void barely blinking or dozing to some degree. He only made noise when he was woken up by something or another and even that was only a short gasp before he settled again. Shouta feared for the next time the boy was taken.
Would he return alive the next time? Furthermore, when was the ‘next time?’ Were they giving them time to rest? Shouta did not think the Yakuza to be so kind. They should be returning any time now to re-administer the drug that they gave every so often to ensure their quirks were unable to be wielded. It’s not permanent, he thinks, because the Yakuza have to work on their works or something. So the question was, when would their patience run out? Would the Yakuza truly take their quirks forever? Was that even possible? Referring back to All For One, apparently it was, but without that specific quirk? He wasn’t sure. Or would they just kill them off? Would they be used as hostages against the heroes?
Shouta shook his head. The deafening silence left too much room in his psyche for ill thoughts. Was it even possible for good thoughts at this point? He is unsure of how long they have been trapped here, only that it has been a long, long while. He questions if the heroes are even coming for them and, oh, how pitiful does that sound as a hero himself. But surely they wouldn’t be left here to suffer forever.
… Right?
Shouta shook his head again. No, no, he needed to focus on the more pressing matters at hand, one of which being the amount of time that had past between drug administrations. He does not know what the time limit is on keeping their quirks under wraps but it is possible that with this extended time something has happened and they could receive their quirks back again. They needed to prepare for that time.
“Sensei…”
Shouta’s head snapped in the direction of Hagakure’s voice.
“The walls are moving,” she whispered. Shouta shivers inwardly at how dead the usually hyperactive girl sounds. Then he takes a double take. “They are… moving…?” he repealed carefully. An affirmative hum.
All heads snapped up as the ground and walls around them suddenly began to shake. The Yakuza were a quiet organization, not ones for big, flashy shibangs. Shouta held his breath. Was this it? Were they finally being saved? He could hear his students getting up, chains chattering wildly. He smirked.
“Look alive, children. It’s about time we bust outta here and give the Yakuza a piece of our minds.”
_______________________________
“You good?”
Izuku’s eyes shot in the direction of Shoto but his body did not turn from facing the Japanese-style mansion before them, the home base of the Yakuza. The question was directed at both him and Toshi as they stood before the target with platoons of heroes and police alike.
Neither responded.
Izuku trained his eyes back on the mansion, a mix of nerves and anger bubbling just below the surface of his skin. He flexed his metal right hand, using the small bouts of pain to ground him to reality while his left hand mimicked the buttons on the button cube Denki let him borrow and that he regretfully left it at UA. Toshi brooded beside him with arms crossed with mock calmness but his rapidly tapping foot gave away his unease.
Yami stood close by. They would be in his squadron, almost as an anti-rage protection which, at this point, Izuku couldn’t blame them. The greenette would like nothing more than to take ‘Overhaul’s’ head and overhaul it into a wall again and again and again and ag-
“Alright!”
He jumped at the sound of Sir Nighteye’s sudden call from the front of the pack. “Our top priorities are the girl, Eri, and our captive comrades! Put any enemy you see out of commission but let’s try to keep the death count to a minimum!” No promises.
Toshi’s hand found his own, squeezing it tightly. His voice rang clear to only Izuku through their earpieces linked together. “Who are you?” the purple-haired boy asked. “Marionette,” Izuku replied in a low voice. “Who are you?” he asked similarly. “Ventriloquist,” Toshi replied. “And who are we?” Ventriloquist asked. “The Theatre Troupe.”
“LET’S GO!”
Ventriloquist’s and Marionette’s hands disconnected but their footsteps were in time as they glared at their target.
“Let’s go tear these bastards apart,” they hissed together.
_______________________________
It was eerily quiet as Mirio followed the heroes into the building. Sir Nighteye, Mirio’s mentor and who he is interning under, stopped beside a wall and turned to him.
“Lemillion.”
Mirio nodded. “Right.”
Mirio activated Permeation. He phased his head through the wall. As per Sir’s Foresight, the hidden passageway was right behind that wall. He came back out and gave an affirmative nod to Sir. Nighteye slid his palm across the wall until it came to a stop where he pressed into it. The heroes looked around anxiously as the walls shook and a hole in the wall opened up revealing a staircase dimly lit downwards. As quietly as a platoon of heroes could be, they made their way down.
“LEMILLION!”
Mirio had only enough time to react to the fist directed towards his face to make his head permeable. He jumped away from the hallway he was by to find two masked men.
“Well, well, well!” a short black figure with an entire face just being a white bird’s mask stood beside a tall one. “We were wondering as to when you heroes would drop by.”
Sir stepped forward. “Where are our comrades? We can do this the easy way or th-”
“Blah! Blah! Blah!” the short Yakuza member waved Sir off. “Spare me. Let’s just say the hard way. For you.” Too late did Mirio react as the man suddenly merged with the wall. He stumbled as the floor gave way beneath them.
The terrified screams of the heroes were cut off from the outside world as they were swallowed into the cement caverns below.
_______________________________
Back…
and forth…
Back…
and forth…
Back…
and forth…
One hero hung from another to another to another as they all dangled just above the cement ground. Ventriloquist peeled one of his eyes open, looking down at those hanging from him. Around his waist was a green string, growing unusually brightly as a testament to how much energy was being poured into it to hold them all up without snapping. He followed it all the way up to Marionette who was further up, left hand extended to them while his metal arm was dug into the cement wall to keep himself above ground. They all gave a collective sigh of relief before the walls shook and Marionette’s arm was dislodged from the wall and they fell the rest of the short way to the ground. It took a good minute to untangle themselves and get to their feet. Only then did they realize the drastic decrease in their numbers.
“We’ve been separated,” Midnight stated.
As the heroes surveyed the area, Ventriloquist turned to his partner. “Are you alright?” he said into their headset. The pain was evident in Marionette’s eyes. Purple eyes trailed down the boy’s body before resting on the right shoulder. It was hidden well under the costume but Ventriloquist saw the unevenness of it. He glanced at Cyclone and Chargebolt who were watching them. Silently, Cyclone moved in front of them. “One sec,” Ventriloquist whispered. He made quick work of unbuttoning Marionette’s top and resetting the prosthetic, Marionette giving a sigh as the pain released a bit. As he was buttoning up his partner’s shirt, Marionette whispered in his ear.
“Top left corner, what’s that?” the greenette whispered.
He followed viridian eyes to the wall's corner and saw… “A ventilation shaft?” he questioned. He finished buttoning up, tapped Cyclone on the shoulder to let him know it was okay, and stepped forward towards the heroes, turning off his mask so he could speak out loud and pointing at the half covered vent grate. “There is a ventilation shaft,” he reported. “What?” Midnight looked up. She walked up to it and gently rapped her knuckles against the metal. Sure enough, the tail tale echo came back. “They can move the walls at will. Would they not cover these too?”
“They have to breathe down here too,” Mr. Brave mused.
“And,” Marionette suddenly spoke up, “it is just a guess but that was Mimicry, right? He can only manipulate what he is in which is the cement walls in this case, not the metal vents.” They all hummed.
“Doesn’t that mean that these aren’t changed?” Chargebolt asked. “Like, they still follow the map even if the tunnels don’t?”
All heads snapped to him. “That’s right!” Midnight whipped out her map. Her sharp nails tapped on it. “Based on where we fell, we should be around here so…” She followed the walls pointing up. “The vents should go that way which is where we need to be going.” “And what good does that do?” Mr. Brave crossed his arms. “We can’t see the vents passed the grating and our path is blocked.”
Midnight hummed. “Well we could go in the vents.”
“We wouldn’t fit.”
“Maybe not,” Midnight agreed. “At least, not us adults.”
All of the adults in their passage slowly turned to look at the group of hero students present, currently being Ventriloquist, Marionette, Cyclone, and Chargebolt. Ventriloquist’s eyes widened at what she was proposing. Mr. Brave’s head whipped around back to Midnight. “Forgive my disrespect but those are children!” Midnight pointed at them. “Look at them and tell me those are the eyes of just children!” Mr. Brave took a step back as she continued. “They’ve seen and experienced far worse things than most veteran pro’s and have the biggest reason for being here than any of us!”
The silence was deafening.
“Okay, okay, let’s calm down,” pro hero Mace stepped forward. “We have neither the time nor luxury of this conversation.” Mace turned to Mr. Brave. “As much as I have to admit it, we must continue the operation and standing here will take more time. The hero students should go up in the vents while we make our way through the tunnels. It may even be safer for them.”
“Or it could be a trap,” Mr. Brave refuted.
“This whole ordeal could be a trap either way,” Midnight bit back.
“Yes but-”
Mr. Brave stopped at the sound of metal. They looked over to see Chargebolt on Cyclone’s shoulders with the vent shaft grate in his hands. “What are you doing?” Mr. Brave asked. “With all due respect,” Chargebolt said, handing the grate down to Ventriloquist, “you should not be worrying about us. The mission comes first.” He looked over at Mr. Brave, Midnight, and Mace. “We are perfectly capable of handling ourselves." Cyclone nodded as he hoisted Chargebolt up into the shaft. “I’m too big but I have already felt the airways with my quirk. There are no traps.” The heroes stared at their ingenuity and bravery. Cyclone knelt down and cupped his hands hoisting Ventriloquist up and into the shaft. Marionette came next.”
Mr. Brave sighed. “So we are doing this.” Midnight walked over and handed Cyclone the grate that he replaced, hiding those in the vents tracks. “You three follow your maps. We have you on tracking devices, as soon as you find something, notify us. If possible, do not engage the enemy.” They nodded. “We are off,” Marionette said and the three began to shuffle through the vents. Mr. Brave walked up and stared between the grating. He took a deep breath.
“God speed… heroes.”
_______________________________
They’re falling!
He had to do something. Images of training with Avalanche. Swinging his left arm around, ice burst forth and created a jagged slope beneath him and the falling heroes. Swinging his right, flames glided down the ice, smoothing the way. The slide of ice caught the heroes and, in an almost childlike manner, eased them to the ground. Beside Brand, Creati floated down with Sir Nighteye in her arms using a presumably quirk-made parachute. Lemillion popped out of the ground and landed near him.
Fatgum rolled off the slope into a stand and… Suneater and Uravity… popped… out of his fat.
I didn’t see it. I didn’t see it. It’s fine, normal. Just a quirk. Just a weird quirk!
“HA HA HA HA!” All heads whipped to the side. He had to be at least seven feet tall! A man in a black plague mask with long, strawberry hair, a white t-shirt that showed off the muscles he needed no help in showing off, and metal-like gloves stood before them. “Finally! Heroes!” the man’s voice roared. “I’ve been waiting for worthy opponents! Come! FiGhT mE!”
“Get back!” Fatgum ran ahead of all of them. Brand tried to throw up a wall of ice but it only served to get smashed. The large fit made contact with Fatgum. “F- Fatgum!” Suneater cried out. Smoke blocked their view.
“Hmm? He’s not dead?” the Yakuza member’s voice cut through. “Rappa,” a lazy voice sighed, “what did we say about you running off like this?” When the smoke cleared, Fatgum was still standing and a much shorter man with blonde hair and a brown plague mask stood beside the hulking man. “Shut up, Tengai,” presumably Rappa growled. Fatgum threw his arm behind him. “You guys go on, I will handle this!” he yelled. “We can’t leave you!” Suneater yelled.
“Oh, ho, ho!” Rappa laughed. “How admirable. You withstood my punch!” The walls began to shake again. “A worthy opponent!”
“Fat-!”
*BOOM*
The fist hit before Suneater could finish his words. When they opened their eyes, a pile of rocks blocked their way. Fatgum, Rappa, and Tengai were gone. Brand cursed underneath his breath but he didn’t have time to think about it as he was pushed out of the way, no, talked to the ground, a flash of gray blurring before his eyes. Shocked yells echoed in the tunnels.
“Are you okay, Shoto?” Brand blinked and looked up. He couldn’t help but blush a bit when he realized Uravity was pinning him to the ground. He cleared his throat, turning his head away. Uravity choked and scrambled to get off of him. “S- sorry!” He shook his head and stood up. “It’s fine,” he assured her. “Thank you, Uravity.”
“Are you two okay?!”
They looked to the previously not there wall. Present Mic’s voice came through the wall. “We are alright!” Uravity called back. “I can’t break down the wall without risking ruining the foundations,” Mic yelled.
“That’s fine,” Brand spoke up. “We will keep moving forward and notify you through the channels if we find anything.”
…
…
…
“Okay,” Mic sounded conflicted. “Stay safe.”
They heard the retreating footsteps of their comrades. Uravity turned to him. “Alright! Let’s keep going then.” Brand nodded, taking out his map, though with all of the changes to the tunnels he doubted how accurate it was anymore.
It was eerie walking through the tunnels. One could hear the rattle of the vents as the way was lit by dim lights. Brand swore he heard a voice through the vents but he doubted it. Frost crept up his arm and leg as he prepared in anticipation for an attack. Uravity had her palms out open by her sides. They tried to quiet their footsteps but it was hard to distinguish them between his own heartbeat pounding in his chest and blood roaring through his ears.
“Hee hee hee…”
They both stopped, eyes flying to each other. Uravitiy's eyes were just as wide and frightened as Brand was sure his own were. That… wasn’t him. That wasn’t her. That was not a laugh, a giggle, either of them recognized.
“Look what the cats dragged in, Toya, Yu.”
Bicolored and hazelnut eyes slowly shifted to a hallway to their left where a door stood cracked ajar. Brand swallowed thickly. He really, emphasis on really, did not want to go down that hall. He tried to take a step forward but the for a second time Uravity saved him from the ever-changing cavern by yanking him back by his arm when the ceiling seemed to grow cement and block their path. He whipped around just in time to see the path they came from getting sealed off too.
“Awww. Whittle kitties tryna run away?”
Brand narrowed his eyes. No way around it then. He reached up and slid his ski goggles over his eyes and lifted his hood over his head. Brand pulled the red face covering over his mouth and nose as well. He turned his head to the girl beside him so she knew he was looking at her. Uravity nodded sharply. Brand tried to reach up and contact Present Mic’s group through the com system but all he got was static, the radio waves jacked up by position. He swallowed a sigh and, against the better judgement of his shaking hands, stepped forward towards the door.
Brand gestured for Uravity to stay back a bit as he placed his hand on the floor just before the door, preparing to freeze the room on the other side.
“BRAND!” Uravity screeched. His eyes shot up. *CRUNCH* Massive teeth tore through the middle of the metal door with enough force to push it the rest of the way open. He met the eyes of a man, (woman?), in what seemed to be the head of a ghost costume tightened around the neck. Crazed eyes fell on him.
Brand released his attack.
_______________________________
Lemillion’s fists curled and uncurled. They were separated again. First from the initial fall, then from Fatgum, not the two first years, and to top it off it was likely that this was happening with the other group they had originally been separated from!
“Lemillion, calm down,” Sir warned, noticing his unrest.
“I can go ahead,” the blonde responded.
“Don’t be brash.”
“At this rate we will lose them before we can even do anything!” Lemillion refuted.
“We are better as a team than-”
The walls around them shook. Everyone stumbled. Lemillion’s eyes narrowed. “What was that?” Creati asked. “It was different this time.” Lemillion’s eyes widened. They’re distracted! I could- He met eyes with Suneater. Tamaki. His best friend since their preschool years. Black eyes stared into his own blue ones with knowing.
-----
‘I- I had her in my arms!’ Mirio’s fist slammed on Tamaki’s desk as they sat in the elvish boy’s dorm studying. Well, presumably.
Tamaki put a gentle hand on his shoulder. ‘Y- you couldn’t risk her safety.’
Mirio lowered his head, shoulders shaking. ‘Do you know what she said? A red haired boy.’ Tamaki’s eyebrows furrowed and Mirio continued. ‘She whispered in my ear,’ Mirio’s voice shook. ‘She said someone else was there. A red haired boy tripped who was chasing her. She sound… s- she sounded so desperate!’ His head whipped up, tears flowing freely from his eyes, a rare sight from the usually optimistic blonde. ‘You know who that red haired boy is, don’t you?! It’s one of those kids from 1-A! I- it’s-’
‘Kirishima’s brother,’ Tamaki whispered. Mirio dropped his head.
‘Not one, but two could be killed because I wasn’t strong enough to save her right then and there…’
-----
Suneater nodded and turned to the wall. “O- one sec,” he called just loud enough for everyone to hear him. His ear morphed into that of a cow. Suneater pressed it against the wall as if to listen for something. Everyone watched in anticipation. Lemillion sucked in a deep breath.
This was his chance. He activated his quirk and ran through the walls behind everyone’s back while they weren’t looking. Lemillion glanced back once more, foreboding in his heart.
Thank you, Tamaki.
He ran.
_______________________________
“Handymaaaaan!” Toga whined with the confidence she did not have. Tomu was being all stingy and she lost a knife last time she got on his nerves while he was angry.
And a piece of skin.
“Do we have toooo?”
Dabi hummed from beside her being ooooooh so interested in his nails. Tomu growled. He growled. Toga’s whine faltered, Dabi’s nail-picking halted. The flame man rolled his eyes in mock confidence. “Let’s go, brat.”
Toga swirled around. “Brat?! You better watch who you callin’ that, Dab’s! I’ll cut you!” Dabi rolled his eyes and entered the warp gate already prepared for her and him. Toga crashed into Dabi’s back as soon as she exited. “Hey! What giv- umph!” Dabi’s hand covered her mouth and she was dragged behind a wall.
Now, Toga was no idiot. Maybe a bit of an airhead, but definitely not an idiot. She had to survive as a member of the League for this long somehow and not to mention when she had to run away for her “disgusting obsession with blood.” She could take a hint when given one. Toga followed Dabi to the corner of the brick wall and peered around it with him. There was a small force of heroes and a much larger force of police officers were surrounding the Yakuza headquarters. The two villains in hiding shuffled back around the corner.
“Dang,” Dabi hissed. “Crusty isn’t gonna like this.” He sighed, running a hand through his hair. “Well, we either get turned to dust if we go back with nothing or we get in there and try to save our butts before we get turned to dust.” Toga nodded sharply. Dabi reached up and pressed his ear piece. “Kurogiri, warp us in.”
It was a bit unsettling feeling going through a warp gate, a bit of dizziness always leftover, but once you got used to it, i.e. go through it almost daily, you can recover lickidy split!
Toga stepped out into a cement corridor, Dabi on her heels. She hummed, pulling a blade from her leg holster in preparation for a hero or maybe a Yakuza or perhaps a fight between the two forces but all she got was… nothing. Dabi hummed, looking around. He walked soundlessly through the cement corridors, Toga walking behind him backwards, a knife out defensively. She bumped into the taller male for a second time that day when he stopped again. Toga spun around and looked around him. A door. She and Dabi met eyes and nodded. Before they could take another step forward, an echoy metal sound rang out. Then again. Then again. Dabi held a finger over his lips and pointed up. Toga glanced upward. The vent shaft. Someone was in it. It sounded like multiple people. Considering the situation, it was probably the heroes. Dabi pressed himself to the wall, behind him, already drinking a vile of blood.
Some would consider it luck on their side. Others would call it misfortune.
But when those metal vents began to creak and those in it halted, this could either go one way or another.
And when that ventilation gave way, Toga knew.
Someone was not going to survive this encounter.
_______________________________
“It’s hot,” Chargebolt huffed as the three shuffled through the vent shaft. Marionette rolled his eyes but he couldn’t help but agree with his friend. Despite the air conditioned pathway, them being in such a tight space and pressed together as such made it incomprehensibly hot. It was also hard to breathe. He could hear Ventriloquist panting slightly in his ear piece. His and Chargebolt’s bodies in front of and behind Ventriloquist cut off the airways even more. They were all struggling quite a bit with it. The metal creaked.
“Left,” Chargebolt whispered back.
The three all pressed themselves to the left of the vent shaft. The cement walls around the vent morphed again and pressed into the shaft. Marionette held his breath as it got too close for comfort. Ventriloquist, having heard his sharp inhale, looked over his own shoulder. “Are you okay?” Marionette glanced to the right. He let out a breath of relief. The metal pushed so far as to be no more than a quarter’s width away from his shoulder. The greenette looked back up at his partner and nodded.
And so they continued.
It was worrying how much the walls were changing. Up ahead the already small ventilation shaft looked warped and deformed. Were the others alright? Were they being split up down below? He kept feeling small vibrations somewhere in the caverns. Were their battles going on? How many were still alive? How were they still alive themselves?! Izuku glanced back at his right ankle that got pressed between the walls of the shaft earlier on. It hurt every time he put pressure on it to push further on. That one was a really close call. It also meant the air flow was even thinner. He was starting to get dizzy. Luckily there was a stretch of what looked like an unwarped path just ahead.
Since when has luck ever been on Marionette’s side?
The were quietly, or as quietly as three teenagers crawling through a metal ventilation shaft could be, passing through the flat stretch, looking for a grate to look through, when the metal creaked again. It sounded different from before. Almost like. Marionette’s eyes widened. His head snapped up. Ventriloquist and Chargebolt were looking back at him with wide eyes too. Ventriloquist shifted and pressed his hands and feet against the wall, Chargebolt copying. Marionette tried, he really did, but his right ankle protested. He gasped in pain and fell back against the bottom of the shaft. His sudden drop of weight was the metaphorical straw that broke the metaphorical camel’s back.
*creeeeeeeaaaaaaaak*
*CRASH*
For a good second, Marionette blacked out. When he came two, his head spun for a second before he refocused only for the hallway below to light up in bright blue.
-----
‘It burns! Help! Please!’
-----
He was yanked up by his back. Blistering heat blew past his face. Just as the flames stopped, Ventriloquist lost his traction on the vent and they both fell again, this time Marionette more prepared and landing on his feet. Chargebolt dropped beside them, unable to just leave them behind.
“Well,” a sadly familiar voice groaned, “I didn’t account for this.”
Dabi, a member of the League of Villains. Why are they here? Are the League and the Yakuza working together? “Tsuyu,” Chargebolt gasped, breathless. Tsu… yu…? Marionette’s eyes widened when he saw the frog-like girl behind Dabi slouched against the wall almost dazed. “What do you want with our classmate?” Chargebolt growled, sliding into a fighting stance. Dabi smirked. “Who? Her?” Dabi grabbed Tsu by the hair. “Well, we are the ones who asked the Yakuza to hold your little friends.” Marionette’s blood boiled. How dare he sound so nonchalant about that? How dare he?! Those were people! His friends! HIS BROTHER! Marionette stood, wounded ankle long forgotten, adrenaline overriding pain. Chargebolt pointed his directional gear at Dabi. “Get away from her, you creep!”
“Don’t!” Ventriloquist flicked off his mouth gear to speak with Chargebolt. “You’ll hit her too!” Chargebolt did not lower his finger but he also didn’t fire. They were at a stalemate. They could not attack at risk of Tsu getting hurt but Dabi could. So why wasn’t he? They all tensed when Dabi suddenly moved. “Well,” the man said, “I don’t really condone hurting children. I was just following orders or whatever,” suspicious, “but boss man never said anything about accidentally losing a kid or something. She’s too heavy. Take her back, will ya?”
What?
Dabi yanked Tsu by her hair and practically threw her at Chargebolt. “Tsuyu!” Chargebolt instantly let down his hand to catch her and that was when Marionette knew… they messed up.
“Chargebolt, she’s not real!”
Too late his warning came as the form of their female classmate melted into a girl with blonde buns. It was as though it were in slow motion. Chargebolt’s eyes widened with his arms, the blonde girl’s arm rose with the glint of a blade, Marionette and Ventriloquist reached out for their friend, and Dabi watched with a smirk. A smirk that said everything went his way.
*squish*
They all froze. Marionette has heard the sound of a blade entering the human body more times than he wishes to recount. Chargebolt looked down.
*choke*
Blood bubbled from the hero student’s mouth. Toga twisted, yanking the blade from between Chargebolt's ribs. She spun around Chargebolt’s body planning to drag her bloodied blade down his back. Marionette reached forward. He summoned a string and wrapped it around the electric boy’s waist, yanking him to himself. Marionette caught Chargebolt in his arms. Toga was close behind. Ventriloquist ran to intersect her but sweltering blue flames cut him off. Blood followed Marionette and Chargebolt as the greenette swung his comrade around and kicked out his foot, nailing Toga in the gut perfectly. She screeched as she landed in the blue flames that were just dying down. The flames stopped and Ventriloquist caught the falling Chargebolt. Dabi caught Toga.
“Chargebolt, s- stay with us,” Ventriloquist’s voice shook. The bleeding teen coughed. Blood splattered next to Ventriloquist’s eye. “I- -orry.” Ventriloquist shook his head. “Sh- shut up! You aren’t dead yet!”
*Ba-bump* Marionette’s heart beat calmly in his chest. *Ba-bump*
Dabi stepped forward, a new look of anger in his face. “That wasn’t very nice of you to use my teammate against me.”
*Ba-bump* He stood up, stripping his vest from his body. *Ba-bump* Marionette tossed it over Chargebolt. “Apply pressure,” he hissed out the command to his partner, “and get out.” *Ba-bump* Ventriloquist’s head snapped up. “What are you-”
*Ba-*
Green eyes dilated in and in a blur of green and black, Marionette was gone.
Dabi whipped around, not in time to catch the fist that hit him squarely in the jaw.
_______________________________
Ventriloquist’s heart was torn. He needed to get Chargebolt out of here but Marionette could not take on Dabi alone!
He watched as his best friend landed from his initial jump and spun around Dabi. Dabi followed in a spin, hand out and blue flames following the green lightning. The purple-haired teen blinked tears from his eyes. He reached up and turned on the mouthpiece directly linked to Marionette’s earpiece.
“I’ll be back. Stay alive!”
He doesn't know if Marionette heard it or not, he got no response as Marionette ducked under a flaming foot. Ventriloquist turned off the mask and ripped his tearful eyes away from the fight. He carefully picked up Chargebolt bridal style and ran.
Please stay alive, Zuku!
Something tugged on his own vest as he ran. Ventriloquist looked down. Chargebolt pointed behind him. Ventriloquist looked over his shoulder and stopped dead in his tracks. No… Toga was getting up in the corner, whole back charred, blonde hair burned short. She stumbled. Ventriloquist saw it, the blade in her hand, still coated in Chargebolt’s blood.
“-o back,” Chargebolt choked out. Ventriloquist shook his head, reluctantly taking another step forward. “Hi- oshi. -m d- dyin-” “You’re not!” Ventriloquist sped up but stumbled when Chargebolt began to fight back. “H- hey! Careful!”
*SLAP*
Ventriloquist halted, a bloody handprint on his face and mouthguard. He looked down at Chargebolt and to his shock found tears in the electric teen’s eyes. “I’m dy- ing. -et me g- o.” Ventriloquist felt tears leaking from his eyes. Chargebolt, bless his heart, smiled. “It’s ok- y.” “B- b- but-” “Get -e cl- ose.”
“What?”
Chargebolt pointed to the fight behind them. “Get m- clo- *cough*” Ventriloquist’s eyes widened. “D- Denki…” he choked out through sobs. “L- et me be -ero ju- st this on- ce.”
Ventriloquist squeezed his eyes shut.
He turned on his heel…
and ran towards the battle.
“For the record,” he tried to steel his voice, “you, Chargebolt, already are a hero.”
He put Denki down just outside of the chard area of the ‘battlefield.’ Toga pushed herself off of the wall and staggered towards the fight between Marionette and Dabi. Marionette’s undershirt was half burned off. Dabi was bleeding from multiple cuts. He stopped. Marionette and Dabi stared off, waiting to see who would make the first move. Toga crept up behind Marionette. Ventriloquist helped Denki raise his finger. The tears would not stop. He reached up and turned on his gear. “Marionette, close your eyes and duck.”
“Th- ank you, Hi- oshi.”
Toga raised her knife above Marionette’s head. Marionette ducked. Chargebolt… grinned. And the corridor lit up and that girls scream would haunt their memories forever.
_______________________________
Denki huffed. His chest shook with every breath he attempted to take in. He could feel the blood gurgling in his throat.
With the help of his directional gear, Denki let loose the most powerful stream of electricity he could and it hit its mark. Dabi was momentarily blinded. Izuku took full advantage of this distraction. He ran in low, going for the cheap shots. He cut the tendons behind Dabi’s ankles and as the man fell without the necessary support, Izuku swiped up and down and blood came forth from Dabi’s palms. Dabi yelled out in pain when he could not stand with his severed tendons. Izuku stood above the writhing man and lifted the hilt of his blade. He smashed it down right in between Dabi’s eyes.
“Go to hell.”
Denki couldn’t tell if he was short circuiting or was dying but he felt it was a little bit of both. Toga was down, maybe dead, Dabi was permanently out of commission. Izuku and Hitoshi were alive. That was all…
Tears dripped from his eyes.
That was all he needed right? H- he didn’t need to live. H- he didn’t-
“D- Denki.” Denki’s eyes fluttered open. When did he close them? Hitoshi was by his side, Izuku just coming over and sitting. These boy’s, so tortured, so hurt and pained. Denki wanted so badly to be there for them. He reached up. Up? When did he lay down? He reached up to Izuku’s face and oh so gently removed the mask.
-----
‘Welcome to Izuku’s Safehouse!’
‘I can teach you stuff too!’
-----
“S- rry,” Denki choked out. “I ne- er taught you -o ska- board.”
Izuku shook his head frivolously. “Y- you still can! Yer g- g- gonna live! J- just-”
“Iz- u-bro,” Denki smiled sadly. “P- ease do- n’t make th- is ‘der fer -e.” It was getting harder to speak, for thoughts to coherently form. His vision was starting to blur more than it already had. A bubbly laugh that turned into a cough came from his throat. “Y- your fas- ion sense st- ll sucksssss, s- o my war- drobe g- goes to y- you, mkay?” Izuku hung his head.
The greenette’s mouth moved but he didn’t hear it. “Izu-b- ro?” Izuku looked up. Panic started to settle in. Izuku spoke again. Nothing. “H- hey, wh- why ar- n’t you sa- ing anyth- g?” Izuku’s hands flew to Denki’s but the touch didn’t register. “Iz- o! Ca-’t” I can’t breathe! Not yet! Wait! I don’t wanna die yet! Denki felt his body jerk as more blood bubbled from his throat, he felt the warmth on his chin as it was coughed up but it soon fled to cold. Cold. So cold! He was sure his heart was beating so fast and yet it all felt… so… slow… Denki tried to grip Izuku’s hands back but he found his strength quickly fleeting.
Not yet…
Were the lights going out in the tunnels?
Wait…
Did the vents get blocked?
Not…
Tranquilizers?
Mom… Dad…
- - - I love you. - - -
_______________________________
Denki’s hands went slack in Marionette’s own.
“D- Denki?”
No response. Ventriloquist reached over and waved his hands in front of Denki’s eyes. No response. Why? WhY? WHY? Izuku dropped the hand and leaned forward to shake the sleeping boy. SLEEPING. Hands stopped him, causing him to jerk. He looked up at Hitoshi, mouth moving as if he were trying to say something but for the life of him Izuku could not get words out.
Hitoshi let go of his hands and instead moved to put his own over Chargebolt’s eyes. Hitoshi let out a deep breath.
“Kaminari Chargebolt Denki,” the purple-haired boy’s voice shook, “it has been an h- honor serving with you. Your s- sacrifice will not be in vain. Thank you for your service and for your l- loyalty.”
He closed Denki’s eyes and stood, facing Izuku. “Marionette,” Izuku jumped, “we are on the battlefield. We have a mission.” Izuku swallowed thickly. He looked into the eyes of his partner and saw the same repressed emotions there. Taking a deep breath, Izuku took the blood-stained mask from Chargebolt. He closed his eyes and stood, slipping it over his mouth and nose.
Marionette opened his eyes.
_______________________________
Everyone was moving. Everything was spinning.
Literally.
Long ago, or at least since he had become coherent after his fadings in and out of consciousness, the pain and sensitivity had subsided. Now he was just exhausted. So bone deep exhausted.
Eijiro opened his eyes and swore he was going insane when the far wall of the room their cell was in was moving, almost like a wave, morphing and changing until it came to a stop. His red eyes lazily scrolled around the cell. A couple of people were standing. Standing? They shouldn’t be able to stand. The chains hold them down, right? The cage bars… weren’t they closer to the wall before?
“-iro? Eijiro?”
A whisper. How considerate of them. He glanced up. Ah, Mina. Is she okay? His girlfriend was standing too. Eijiro’s eyes followed her chain. The wall had warped and seemed to let go of the chain in the wall though it was still connected around her neck and wrists, now just laying limply on the floor. She crouched down by him. “The heroes are here,” she whispered, “and some of us have gotten our quirks back. We need to move.” The heroes? He blinked. His lack of response caused concern to dance on Mina’s face. He had to get up. The heroes were here. They were going to be saved! Move!
It was so hard to move.
Why?
Eijiro tried, he really did. He pressed his palm against the floor and tried to push up but his body felt foreign to him, like it wasn’t really his own. Not anymore. A strong hand came and grabbed his forearms, helping guide him up. Eijiro wobbled but the hands steadied him. Looking up, red eyes met black. “Shou- ta…” His teacher nodded. Oh, the blindfold was finally off. Shouta was squinting. His eyes must hurt. “How are you feeling?” Weak. Tired. Exhausted. Numb. But… the heroes were coming. It would be alright now. Right? He couldn’t keep his head up. Everything felt so numb. Shouta hummed. “That’s okay.” He sounded sad. Eijiro heard the chains rattle and felt their weight as Shouta moved his arm around the redhead to support him. Eijiro is sure he would have felt embarrassed if he were more aware. Instead, he just rested his head against the older’s arm. Shouta was giving orders, asking who’s quirk had come back yet and having those who were not attached to the wall to help the others who were still attached to get free. Eijiro was just about to doze when something hit him in the chest.
Not literally.
It was more like a feeling of foreboding. Something was coming. Something far worse than anything he has ever fought or seen before. Worse than Stain. Worse than Overhaul. It was crushing, suffocating. “What’s wrong?” Shouta asked, looking down, feeling Eijiro quaking. Eijiro lifted his hand, gripping Shouta’s shirt weakly. His eyes fell upon the door outside of the cage. Shouta’s eyes followed. “Eijiro, what is wrong?” He couldn’t reply, even if he wanted to. Not because he was physically incapable of it, but because it felt as though a weight was on his chest getting heavier and heavier the longer he stared at the door. “Kids, get back,” Shouta hushed, waving them behind him. He felt it too then. They waited in anticipation. Time felt like it was ticking by so slowly. The walls moved here and there, a rumble from somewhere in the caverns made a few jump. But nothing came. Shouta let out a sigh. “We need to-”
*BZZZZZZZZT*
All heads turned away as a blinding light flashed from under the door frame, bright even from there. A few gasped and shrieked in fear but not only that. There was a girl’s scream. A scream of such unyielding pain. The light died down and then… nothing. “Wh- what was that?” Hagakure whispered. “I don’t know,” admitted Shouta. “Let’s hurry. Ashido, is your quirk active?” A few seconds passed and then she gasped. “Yes!” Using her acid, though weak as it only just came back, they made much quicker work of the chains. “J- just hold still,” Mina whispered. Weak, Eijiro thought as Shouta held Eijiro’s head up for him and tilted it away from Mina as she carefully melted the cuff around his neck. He couldn’t do anything by himself. He was just so tired. He knew he was put back together correctly as though nothing was wrong beside maybe a bit of blood loss from blood extraction and yet he was so off his axis he could hardly see straight. The slowly filed out of the cage through the gap made by the changing walls.
The door jolted. All heads snapped to it. Eijiro’s eyes only moved. It shook more.
*bang*
Everyone jumped.
*Bang*
The feeling of dread came back.
*BANG*
*creeeeeeaaaaaak*
Slowly, the door opened. Everyone held their breaths. This was it. Behind that door could either be the villains or the heroes. Life or death. If it was locked and someone was trying to bust in, logically Eijiro knew it had to be a hero or else the person on the other side would have had a key but… he couldn’t help but feel like it was not safe. Whatever came through that door… it was something so much worse. He could almost feel the bloodlust from here. He heard Shouta swallow thickly as the door was slowly pressed open.
The air was sucked out of the room when none other than a bloodied Izuku and Hitoshi stood in the doorway.
_______________________________
Sucksucksucksuck SUUUUCK!
The heroes shouldn’t have been here! How did they find us!
Shin ran down the long corridors, Mimic opening up the closed off paths for him as he ran. The black mask became hard to breath in as he ran and his black cloak waved behind him.
-----
‘Shin,’ Overhaul pointed at him at the start of the heroes raid on their base, ‘we need that red brat. You can kill the rest of them but we need that one. Make sure you bring a few bullets. Their quirks might return soon.’
-----
He could hear the door being hit. Someone was trying to get in. Or out.
Shin came to a screeching halt. In the middle of the hall were three bodies and the smell of burnt flesh and blood.
One, a girl, he thinks. Her body was charred beyond recognition and still steaming.
Two, a man. Recognized as Dabi from the League of Villains (What were they doing here?), he was bleeding in the head slightly and on the ground with his knees under him. His palms and ankles were bleeding as well.
Three, a boy. A young boy. Seeing that Dabi was here, the girl(?) was probably with the League as well but the third body of the young boy he did not recognize as a member of the League. He was laying in a puddle of blood with yellow hair that had a jagged black lightning bolt in it.
The only one alive was Dabi though he wouldn’t be much longer if he kept bleeding like this. Shin shook his head. It didn’t really matter to him. He had a job to do. Looking up, the door to the captive hero students was already ajar. He ran through the bodies, boots splashing up blood. The Yakuza member wasted no time in kicking the door that had closed.
He expected a fight. A yell. A scream. But what he got was simply: silence.
The UA kids and their teacher were free, still in the cell, his redheaded target leaning heavily against the teacher that was supposed to be blindfolded. In between Shin and the kids were two other kids. They looked to be matching besides one, a green-haired kid, had half of his shirt seemingly burned off and had a few cuts he was lightly bleeding from. He was frozen midstep.
Shin grit his teeth. This was the worst possible scenario for him. NO, worse would be returning without the brat. He held up the gun loaded with a quirk canceling bullet.
“You shouldn’t be here,” he hissed.
“Do you really think you can win against all of us?” the teacher spoke up. Shin narrowed his eyes, unseen behind his plague mask. “No but I can take quite a few of you out of commission before I go down.” Strange, the two in between the groups haven’t even turned to see him. Shin pointed the gun at the redhead. “Just give me the red brat and the rest of you can go free.” The green kid in the middle finally jolted. “That’s what you heroes are about, right? Sacrifice? What is one compared to the rest of you?” The green haired brat lowered his head, shoulders shaking.
“H- hey,” Tape kid stuttered out, “calm down, dude. We won’t give him up.”
Shin growled. “Ignoring me, huh? Fine!” He pointed the canceling gun at the teacher. “You’re choice!” Finger on the trigger, the greenette moved. His head snapped around, body not moving. Shin could have swore their eyes met if it weren’t for his own mask. Only one word could describe the look in those viridian orbs:
Savage.
The boy lifted his hand towards Shin. What is he-? Huh? A dull throb in his chest. Shin looked down. “What the hell?” Everyone blinked confused. Did they not see it? Since when did a peachish string come from his chest. The teacher let out a strangled sound.
“IZUKU, NO!”
_______________________________
Hitoshi has studied quirks a lot. When one is discriminated against for their quirk, abused and abandoned for what they could not change, they tend to look for answers and possibly a way out. Quirk mutations were rare. He recalls reading about them in the school library back in his orphanage days.
They were rare, sure, but not impossible. If a quirk is unused a lot, it might not even be a mutation at all, just having never been discovered. He dreamed fantasies of his quirk mutating, changing, becoming something completely different. Something more hero-like and less villain-like. He knows mutation is possible.
He knows it is possible for something bizarre to happen.
He knows that something, anything, can happen in the world of quirks.
He never knew something like this could happen.
“What the hell?”
Ventriloquist glanced over his shoulder at the Yakuza member, anger boiling in his stomach. How dare he threaten them like that? How dare he harm his friends? His family?! The villain was looking at his stomach. In the back of his mind, Ventriloquist heard the all too familiar chanting:
DANGER. DANGER. DANGER.
It was not until Eraserhead yelled out did it register what was about to happen. Marionette’s hand moved. It was a blur of black and yet, Ventriloquist saw it perfectly. The villain went flying.
*BAM*
No one moved. The Yakuza man groaned, plague mask slipping off by the force. He pushed himself up, hand to his head. “What the…?” Eraserhead was the first to move, transferring Eijiro to another student. He made a mad dash for Marionette. Ventriloquist moved next, what happened finally clicking. Yet he didn’t mind.
-----
Blood splattered on his face as Denki choked up more blood.
-----
He didn’t mind at all. These people, these villains, KILLED DENKI.
As Eraserhead reached for Marionette and Marionette raised his hand towards the Yakuza member again, Ventriloquist got behind him and swiftly knocked Eraserhead’s hand aside. Marionette’s arm moved and the villain went flying.
“Hitoshi, what are you-?”
“Prioritize the rescue,” Ventriloquist cut the hero off in an almost robotic voice. He pointed to the students then to the door. “Out that way, the man had to have come from a direction we didn’t so the paths to the outside are open. Go. Me and Marionette will handle this guy.”
“Hito-”
“There is a platoon of heroes and police officers above ground. Somewhere in the tunnels are two groups of heroes.” Ventriloquist pulled out his map and slapped it in Eraserhead’s hand. “This is the way out.” He pointed to a spot on it. “This is where we are now.”
“Hitoshi, you need to st-”
“Eraserhead,” he snapped, “you are a hero as well. You understand the priorities here.”
“But-”
“Get. Out.”
_______________________________
“Shigaraki,” Kurogiri’s voice cut through the silence in the bar, “Toga’s tracking device has gone off.”
Tomura’s head snapped up. “What…?” he hissed. “The doctor said they only go off if someone dies.” “I am aware,” Kurogiri agreed.
…
…
…
Tomura’s head hung. He planted his hands on the bar, standing. As he stood, the wooden countertop, from one end of the bar to the other, disintegrated beneath his fingertips. His hands hung limply at his side before curling into fists. “So she’s dead? And the other npc?”
“Dabi’s is still on, though it is unmovi-,” Kurogiri replied.
“What?”
“Dabi’s tracker went off.”
Tomura’s shoulders shook with unbridled rage. “I believe we owe the Yakuza a very personal visit.”
_______________________________
Shouta stared into his son’s dead eyes. Cold. He looked past Hitoshi at Izuku. He couldn’t believe what he just saw. Izuku’s quirk… Izuku should not be able to do that. It shouldn’t be possible.
He turned to his students, recollecting Eijiro. “Let’s go! Everyone out!”
A mutation? he thinks on his way out, stopping just as the last of his students leave aside from the two on the actual mission. The Yakuza member was clawing at the floor being slowly dragged back by Izuku. Under stressful situations, quirks have been known to mutate for the safety of the holder.
“Hitoshi,” he snipped, “I don’t know where you are right now and I sure as hell don’t know where Izuku is right now but remember what you came to do.”
“We know,” Hitoshi responded.
Shouta narrowed his eyes. “Make sure you both leave here alive.”
“We will.”
“With your humanity intact.”
Finally, a reaction. Hitoshi’s eyes widened. Shouta held the gaze a moment longer before turning and leaving with Eijiro. The door closed behind them but Shouta held no fear. He knew Hitoshi and he knew that he would stop Izuku. Before it was too late. Shouta stumbled as he almost ran into Koda. The whole class had stopped. “What happened?” he called up. No response. Someone gagged. Someone threw up. Some were sobbing. “Koda, take Eijiro,” he handed the half-conscious boy to the ever-silent Koda. Shouta weaved his way to the front of his gaggle of students. “Why did you st-”
No… this couldn’t be true…
-----
‘You are going to be a great hero someday, Kaminari.’
-----
One could not describe the emotions going through Shouta as he stood before the body of his student amidst the blood of his own and the League’s. He covered his mouth and took a deep breath. Prioritize the mission. I am the adult here. This is not the first body I have seen. Shouta turned to his students. “Koda, I need you to keep hold of Eijiro for me.” He turned and knelt down. Kaminari would look almost peaceful if it weren’t for the large stab wound between his ribs that turned his entire white t-shirt under his leather jacket a dark crimson and the blood around him staining his hair. It was fruitless, he knew it was, but he felt for a pulse either way. When he closed his eyes to take a deep breath, the students at the front cried harder. Dead. Shouta almost gagged as his hands waded through the thick crimson pond to get under Kaminari’s body. He gently lifted the boy from the pool beneath him. Jiro turned her head away. Blood dripped down Shouta’s arms and to the ground. Kaminari's head lolled to the side. He swallowed thickly and re-positioned it so it looked as though Kaminari was sleeping against him. Irrational. He turned his back to the students so that they would not have to see the body, though the League’s bodies were still present. He looked over his shoulder. “Let’s keep going. Hagakure, please take the map from my pocket and lead the way using it.”
She hesitated before nodding. Well, probably. He couldn’t see her. He imagines she turns her head away as she gets close to him to take the map and steps in front to lead. Shouta follows and the class follows him.
Hitoshi and Izuku flashed in his mind’s eye. Their anger, their dead eyes, the blood on them. It all made sense now.
And Shouta felt it too.
_______________________________
“That’s enough,” Ventriloquist placed a heavy hand on his partner’s shoulder. Marionette jumped, head snapping to Ventriloquist. The Yakuza was unconscious against the wall. There were a few splats of blood on the wall from his body. But he was breathing so at least he wasn’t dead. “We need to go.”
Marionette panted, looking over back at the villain. And then he stilled. Ventriloquist held his tongue as he watched the gears turn in Marionette’s head. There was a small gasp. The greenette looked down at his shaking hands in horror and gagged. Ventriloquist grabbed him by the shoulders and pressed their foreheads together. “Don’t think about it. He was a threat. He was going to hurt the captives. Our job was to get the captives and protect them. You did that. That is all you did. Do you understand me?”
…
“Do you understand?!”
Marionette took a shuddering breath and nodded. Ventriloquist studied those forest orbs for a second, watching light leave them and turn dull. Marionette would be hell to deal with when this was over but that was alright.
So will you, something in the back of his mind thinks. He ignores it because he knows it is right. This apathy, this emotional block he had up right now, he knew it would fall at the end of this too probably. They just needed to get out. They could deal with their jacked up minds later.
“Was it you?”
Both heads snapped to the side at the scratchy voice. Ventriloquist paled. “You did that to them, didn’t you?” Shigaraki Tomura growled as he stepped out of a warp gate, Kurogiri standing behind the villain. Ventriloquist leapt back, dragging Marionette with him. They fell into a fighting stance, ready for a slingshot. “You’ll pay…” Shigaraki dashed forward with his hands out.
“YOU’LL PAY!”
_______________________________
Marionette wiped his brow, panting heavily.
How long has this gone on? His eyes widened as he was yanked back just as Shigaraki’s hand grazed his arm. He landed behind an equally as exhausted Ventriloquist only to have to jump immediately to the left as a warp gate opened below where he just.
“Marionette!” Ventriloquist’s voice cried in his earpiece. Forest eyes fell to his metal arm to find it disintegrating. Dang it! He dodged another warp, falling into a roll. His left hand came up to his right shoulder, unlatching it quickly. He gasped, blacking out for a split second as the nerves released and the metal appendage fell to the ground before fully disintegrating. Shigaraki clicked his tongue.
“Are you okay?” Ventriloquist asked. Marionette jumped to the side, the groan that responded from his throat from jostling his shoulder acting as a response for his partner. “Stay back, Marionette, I’ll take the lead. We just need to get out.” Marionette shook his head, grateful that the villains could not hear them. “I- I’m fine.”
Duck, roll, try to get in a lucky swing, repeat. They were wearing down, especially after already having fought before. Marionette could feel his energy draining from overuse of his quirk. “Look out!” Hands roughly pushed Marionette out of the way. His eyes, wide from shock, drifted to Ventriloquist, then to Shigaraki, then to the cracked hand landing on Ventriloquist’s side.
Ventriloquist screamed as the villain’s hand made quick work of his vest and shirt and sunk into his side. Quick as a whip, Marionette’s string shot out and wrapped around the wounded boy’s arm, yanking him towards himself. Marionette caught Ventriloquist. Ventriloquist dropped to the floor panting.
“How’s it feel?” Shigaraki mocked.
Blood roared in his ears.
-----
‘Izu-b- ro?’ Izuku watched panic spread over Denki’s face. ‘H- hey, wh- why ar- n’t you sa- ing anyth- g?’
-----
Blood spread from the wound on Ventriloquist’s side. Marionette made quick work of ripping off what was left of his shirt and wrapping it around his partner only for it to immediately turn red with blood.
“You take one of ours, we take one of yours,” Shigaraki said.
His heart pounded painfully against his ribcage.
-----
Marionette bust the locked door open, the only way forward after they fell out of the vents. He and Ventriloquist stepped in only to freeze. There was their class. His eyes went over the group and fell on one person.
Eijiro. Eijiro leaning heavily on Eraserhead. Eijiro, was he even conscious?
What did they do to him? WHAT DID THEY DO TO HIS BROTHER?
-----
“M- I- Izuku, I-” the disintegration had stopped but it left a bloody mess in its wake. Marionette could feel himself fading between dissociation and consciousness. Amidst it all: Anger. “But you took two, so you gotta go too,” Shigaraki stepped forward. “It’s only fair,” the villain growled. Izuku froze, breath in his lungs.
Fair?
-----
‘You’ve been a bad boy, Izu.’
-----
‘Deku. DEKU! That’s what you are! Don’t follow me anymore. I don’t want you holding me back!’
-----
‘Stop strugglin’. I’ll make ya feel reeeeaaaal nice.’
-----
‘It burns! Help! Please!’
-----
‘I- i- it’s so cold… S- so cold…’
-----
‘Iz- ku, I lo- ve you.’
…
‘MARY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!’
-----
‘Well, the amount of stress that was put on your arm… it sort of… shattered it.’
‘Sh- shattered… it?’
‘Completely. We had to take it off, Izuku.’
-----
‘Your brother is in critical condition. Stain got him.’
-----
‘Look at me when I speak to you, Izuku.’
‘We thought that maybe she would be enough to persuade you.’
‘Don’t run away from me, Izuku.’
-----
A laugh bubbled up from Izuku’s lips.
Fair?
His hand came to grip his hair.
FAIR?!
Izuku saw red.
He smiled down at Hitoshi, hand moving and stroking his partner’s face. “I- Izuku?” “You’ll be fine.”
“What the hell?” Shigaraki narrowed his eyes at them, stopping his advance. Izuku stood, head low.
It was strange, really. He was so calm. Every sense seemed to be heightened. He could hear and see everything so clearly. He could so vividly remember EvErYtHinG. Everything that made him what he is. Everything that did this to him. Why? WhY?
His hand reached out and grabbed that ugly crimson string that came from Shigaraki’s chest. “What is this?! Cheat code?! You can’t do that!” Shigaraki tried to jump back. Using his momentum in the air, Izuku yanked. Hard. Shigaraki went flying towards him faster than Kurogiri could create a warp gate. Izuku let go to free up his hand that moved up. As soon as he felt the tip of Shigaraki’s nose on his palm, Izuku threw his whole body forward.
*BAM*
Shigaraki groaned, dazed. Izuku quickly rolled, flipped the grounded man over and sat on his back, and pinned the villains hands behind his back. Kurogiri moved to make a warp gate.
“Ah, ah, ah!” Izuku sing-songed. “I wouldn’t do that if I were you.” Moving into a crouch, Izuku placed one foot to the side and used the heel of his other to balance while the base of it hovered over Shigaraki’s jugular. Kurogiri stopped. Shigaraki growled. “Get off me-” “Shut up,” Izuku spat. “It’s my turn. Ya wanna hear 'bout ‘fairness?’ Huh? Was it fair that I was born into that familae? Was it fair that I got this dang quirk? The beatins', the times in the closet, the seclusion. Did I deserve that? DID I?! What about the streets, eh? Everae single day my stomach felt like it was eatin' itself I was so hungry. Every winter I thought my fingers would pop cLeAn oFf!”
“Z- Zuku… calm down…”
“Was that fair?! Was it fair that a child, NOT EVEN TEN YEARS OLD, had his innocence stripped from 'im?! A teen lost 'is arm to some villains. How 'bout that?! IS THAT FAIR?!” His foot pressed against Shigaraki’s neck. He could see the panic begin to spread on Shigaraki’s face. Izuku threw his head back and laughed before leaning in closer so that their eyes met. “You know this look, don’t you, ey, Shiggy? It’s the same look you 'ave when ya kill someone for being ‘unfair.’ You always said ya liked the look in my eyes. You LIKED the look of a TORTURED CHILD’S EYES.” A crazed grin split Izuku’s face as he put more pressure on his foot. Shigaraki choked.
“Z- Zuku- I- Stop…”
“What gives YOU the right?!” he screamed. “You’re life sucked, yeah?! You ain't the only one but you don’t see me goin' around killin' people do ya?!” He narrowed his eyes. “Or do you wanna be the first?” Shigaraki was struggling under his foot now. “Do you know how much you’ve taken from me? It’s only fAiR that I take something from you, too. Right?” … “RIGHT?! You know, I’ve been wantin' ta try something with my quirk. Wanna help me test it out? You like human experimentation, right? Like you did to all of those Nomu.”
“Izuku! D- don’t!”
Kurogiri held his hands towards Hitoshi threateningly.
“Calm down. I won’t kill 'im,” Izuku smirked. He lifted his foot. Shigaraki gasped as his airway cleared. The crazed teen looked over at Hitoshi. “Don’t worrae,” he giggled. Hitoshi paled. “You will be juuuust fine.” Shifting his stance, Izuku pressed his foot into Shigaraki’s back to keep his arms pinned. “First, we need to take care of you.” He threw his hand out and grabbed the purple string from Kurogiri. Before the mist villain could react, he was thrown towards Izuku. Izuku let go and let the momentum pull the villain and when he got close enough, grabbed the man’s neck gear and smashed him down. He slipped a knife free from his holster and slid it into the neck gear, pressing it down on the pressure point he knew would knock the villain out and also leave a nasty scar. Kurogiri went limp and Izuku let him go. “Mhmm. He should be fine.” He looked back down at Shigaraki.
“What? Why so scared? Did you not expect to meet someone so close to your insanity?” Izuku chuckled. “Be aware, I might just be worse.” He rolled his eyes. “Anywho. Let’s get started. Hitoshi,” he looked at his petrified, bleeding out friend, “remember that transfer energy thing we were trying.” Hitoshi swallowed. Why was he so scared? Izuku was doing this for him! “This might even work so calm down.” He huffed. “Just stay still and it will all be okay, okay? This shouldn’t hurt.” He reached out and, Oh! Hitoshi has a violet string! So pretty! He trapped the string under his finger and held his hand out to Shigaraki, grabbing the man’s string as well in one hand.
“Shall we start?”
He grinned up at Hitoshi but his face fell.
_______________________________
Hitoshi was TERRIFIED.
This was it. Zuku finally snapped. Sure, the pain was unbearable and he was scared of dying but this? THIS was so much more terrifying. Zuku wasn’t even listening anymore. How had the greenette not passed out?! Did he even know how erratic his breathing was? Dehydration! How could Zuku be crying that much and not be dehydrated?!
What should he do? What could he do?!
Because more than anything, more than his fear, Hitoshi was so, so sad. He was just laying here as he could almost visually see his best friend, his cousin, falling apart. After so much. They tried so hard to keep him together. They minus well have bought the world out of duct tape and superglue to keep Zuku together. Where did they miss? What did they look over? Why couldn’t they stop it? Was it destined to be this way? It can’t be.
Zuku looked at him, both Hitoshi’s and Shigaraki’s strings in his one hand. His smile dropped. “Toshi?” Innocent. His voice sounded so innocent. He needed to protect that because at this rate, Zuku might not be so innocent when the day is over. “What’s wrong?” Huh? Hitoshi raised his hand to touch his face. Blood mingled with… tears? Oh, he was crying. “Toshi, I’m doing this for you.” Eh? “Why are you crying?” Hitoshi’s voice hurt, his vision was blurring from blood loss but he had to stay awake. He had to stay alive. Why? Because Zuku was interacting with him. Because Zuku was asking him a question. Because in the darkness there was one more spark of hope and he was the only one here.
Because it was NOT destined to be this way.
“Zuku? Can you see me?” he asked hesitantly? Zuku raised an eyebrow. “Of cou-” “Knock him out but don’t kill him,” Hitoshi commanded, panting. It was always painful holding control of Zuku’s consciousness. Swiftly, Zuku took the hilt of his blade and banged it against Shigaraki’s temple, knocking the man out. “Come here.” Zuku crawled off of the man and over to Hitoshi. Hitoshi smiled softly and lifted his arms. He felt weak and dizzy. He knew it would jolt Zuku awake but he also knew that right now, in this moment, Zuku needed a hug. Not only him. Hitoshi needed a hug.
Childish, right? Something so simple. But at the end of the day, they are children, only just teenagers.
The heroes forgot that. Their parents forgot that. Everyone forgot that.
He and Izuku forgot that too…
Hitoshi leaned forward and practically fell into Zuku’s arms, squeezing the boy tightly. “Wha-? T- Toshi?!” The purple-haired boy buried his face in Zuku’s shoulder. “Stop…” he whispered. “Please, Zuku…” He felt the greenette’s chest hitch. “It hurts. I saw it too. I felt it too. I’m sorry, Zuku. Please… just stop.” He doesn’t know when he started to cry but Zuku did too. “T- T- Toshi, I-” “NO!” Hitoshi all but screamed into his friend’s chest. “NO! No! Just… no… Don’t speak. When you try to sort these things out you come to the wrong conclusion. Yes, you did wrong, you know you did wrong but you know it is wrong and I know you won’t do it again so just… just stop. Breathe. You forgot how, didn’t you? I know you did then so just-” a wave of dizziness hit him.
Oh, right, I’m injured.
“Zuku, promise me,” he whispered, “promise me that you won’t do it again, okay? Promise me that you will come to-” Me? The light was fading. No… I’m sorry… I won’t be there for that… “Promise me that you will talk to someone first before you start thinking bad, okay?” Zuku stiffened. “T- Toshi! Y- y- you make it s- sound like yer g- gonna-” “Zuku… promise me…”
…
“I- I promise.”
Hitoshi smiled. “Zuku?”
“Y- yeah?”
I'm sorry. Our partnership ends here...
“Go to sleep.”
_______________________________
“Check everywhere!”
“Hey, there is a door over here!”
“We found them! I- Is that Shigaraki?!”
“He’s in critical condition! Hurry!”
“Izuku!” “Hitoshi!”
_______________________________
The raid was a success. It was and yet no one felt like it was. Brave heroes and police alike were killed. So, so many were injured. Collateral damage to the surrounding area was massive but luckily the streets and houses had been evacuated beforehand. Eri, Overhaul’s daughter, was safely recovered as was the kidnapped Class 1-A. The Yakuza were permanently disbanded. The League of Villain’s Dabi and Toga were found dead and their leader, Shigaraki Tomura, along with Kurogiri were found unconscious and detained.
With all of these victories, how could it be considered a failure?
Three pro heroes, two hero course students, and two police officers were killed. Four hero course students are in critical condition as well as several police and one pro hero and two were put into a medically induced coma. The entirety of Class 1-A from UA high school was traumatized and the class lost five students from their parents taking them out of the course or asking to leave themselves. Multiple pro heroes and hero course students were injured in some way. Almost an entire town block was destroyed and those families in them are in need of new homes.
At some point, maybe a celebration would take place but for now? There was only time to mourn.
Notes:
Howdy! It's Krumble!
Thank you all for supporting me through the Hiatus and for all of the amazing comments. I know it has been over a month and am truly sorry for the wait. I do hope this chapter makes up for even a bit of the time I spent of your patience. I may not be able to write as often, maybe once or twice a week chapters but even so, I will try to keep this up. ALSO! I am already planning my next fic! For those of you who came down and read this, wanna do a poll? These are my ideas for the next fic:
- A mix of BnHA with Granny's House Chapter Two, the mobile game.
- A Pokemon/Bnha Crossover
And
- The Life of Aizawa Shouta
Cast your votes if you want! I have ideas for all three on how to do them. Take into consideration my style of trauma writing when you do.
Once again, thank you for your support!Sincerely,
with lots of love,
your author,
Krumble.=^-^=
Chapter 86: Healing
Summary:
The aftermath of the raid and our problem children get help.
Chapter Text
The world of heroes mourned for the loss of Sir Nighteye, Mr. Brave, and Tappist. It was a grave day their funerals were held. People from all over the country and some from other countries came to pay their respects.
As for the two hero students who bravely died, most of UA showed for the funerals of Kaminari Denki and Togata Mirio. Those who could not attend were exempt only due to their injuries after the raid, most unconscious, the others paying their respects in spirit. Even with the Cultural Festival coming up, the atmosphere surrounding the school was grave. Some protested even holding it while others pushed for it to boost morale.
With heavy hearts and burdened souls, the world kept turning and UA continued.
_______________________________
The door of the hospital room slid open but no one occupying it looked up. It was not until the newcomers settled into seats that the sliding of the chairs on the tile floor startled the unwounded man awake.
Shouta’s eyes blurrily opened from the side of his son’s hospital bed. “Sorry,” a tired voice whispered, “we did not mean to wake you.” Looking to the side, Shouta came face to face with Asa and Yuma Kirishima. They looked just as tired as Shouta felt. “It’s fine,” he yawned. A comfortable silence hung over them, the room filled with the sounds of Hitoshi’s heart monitor. “How is he?” Asa asked carefully. Shouta’s eyes landed sorrowfully on his son’s pale face with a breathing mask over the teens mouth and nose. “He’s… fine. He yet to wake up."
It was a miracle that Hitoshi was even alive right now and Shouta supposes he owes that to Izuku.
It is both funny and sad Izuku’s selfless mind. It shouldn’t have been possible and yet neither should it be possible for Izuku to take hold of another person’s strings. Hitoshi’s and Izuku’s quirks were like fire and ice. When it came to brainwashing, due to the nature of Izuku’s quirk he is able to forcibly hold the connection between the two. It may also physically affect Hitoshi as they saw when the Stain Incident occurred. It cannot be confirmed but Hitoshi’s wounds were partially healed by the time the two were found. The medics present claim that they saw a green glow on Hitoshi’s fingertips and under his eyelids up until he and Izuku were pulled apart.
“How are Izuku and Eijiro?” Shouta asked.
“Same as before,” Yuma sighed sadly.
Just like when Izuku saved Shouta’s life, he had been severing his own life force. For how long, no one knows but Izuku’s breathing had dwindled to small gasps and his pulse was almost nonexistent. Izuku was conscious now but he was silent, distant. No one could get a word out of him and he hadn’t eaten in the week that had passed since the raid, getting his nutrients solely from IV’s in his arm. They were considering putting the boy in a mental institution but the parents refused, begging for more time. Eijiro was put into a medically induced coma. His body was unharmed due to the nature of Overhaul’s quirk but his mind had been swallowed somewhere different. They were hoping, after a few weeks maybe, the forced rest would pull Eijiro’s mind and body back together. He simply needed rest.
“Is that another one?” Asa leaned over and pointed at the bedside table. Shouta stared at the form blankly. “Yeah.” He picked it up. It was Hagakure’s removal form. Her parents were withdrawing her from UA. He couldn’t blame them. She wasn’t the only one, either. Koda, Sato, Aoyama, and Jiro had already been pulled.At least Hagakure was only transferring to General Education. Their removals would be finalized within the week and their dorm rooms were already empty. Shouta supposes it is for the best. The entirety of Class 1A were being granted free counseling for a year, courtesy of the school. Shouta thinks of pulling Hitoshi out, too. He can’t. He knows he can’t. It would not be fair for the boy to see Shouta leave to work as a hero and teacher at UA every morning. Shouta feels as though he does not deserve the title of hero nor teacher. He failed his students.
Shouta leaned back in his chair with a sigh, looking blankly at the ceiling, hands going slack and the form drifting from his hands to float to the floor.
And the beeping of the heart monitor drawled on.
_______________________________
“For the last time,” Yuma crossed her arms, tapping her foot, “no, I will not send my son to a mental institution.”
Now, most would be scared to be so defiant towards the principle of UA High School but when you are a parent, specifically a parent of a Class 1-A student, and more specifically of Izuku and Eijiro, you don’t care whether or not the mouse-bear-dog-thing holds immense power in the hero world or is the principle of their child’s institution. Nezu had come to visit all of the students and heroes injured again. They were standing just inside Izuku’s hospital room.
“Mrs. Kirishima,” Nezu’s surprisingly stern voice spoke up, “I understand your reluctance towards this, I do, but I think we all know how detrimental it would be for Izuku to continue down the path he is on without getting help first.” Yuma pursed her lips and the animal continued. “Furthermore, we cannot allow Kirishima to stay in UA, or at least not the hero course, unless he gets help.” Yuma’s eyes bulged. “What?!” Nezu nodded. “Do not mistake my words, Mrs. Kirishima, this is purely for his own care and safety. We are not saying that this will be forever, only until Kirishima is deemed stable enough to continue and we will have strict orders for that. We will not let the institution keep him forever, however, we will also be the ones that decide if he is ready or not to return to society and to the hero course. It could be anywhere from a month to a year to however long it takes.”
Yuma narrowed her eyes. “I’ve heard how those asylums treat their residents. Do you really think that kind of place would help, Izuku.” Nezu held up a paw. “Not an asylum, ma’am. Those do not exist anymore considered inhumane. We will watch over Izuku during his stay as well. Closely enough to make sure that he is not treated poorly. I have the power to pick and choose who watches over Kirishima, who does his counselling, and who will be interacting with him to ensure his most timely return and what will be the easiest transition into and out of it for him. I assure you, Kirishima will not be harmed in any way while at the institution. If he is, I promise that the person who harmed him there will be relieved from their job indefinitely.”
Yuma turned her head to look at her son. Izuku was sitting up, staring blankly at his hand in his lap. Every once in a while he would blink or shift to another position, usually in a ball or some form of protectiveness around himself. Yuma does not blame him, honestly. Not after hearing the report. They were sure that Izuku was there and watched Kaminari die and they don’t know if he can hear them so they don’t know if he knows that Hitoshi is, in fact, alive, and according to Shouta, Izuku used his quirk in a way none of them thought possible, in the very way that caused the start of his entire traumatic past. Yuma can imagine how much of a shock that would be for him.
“I will give you some time to think about it,” Nezu spoke again, “but I will need your answer in a week to get him in an institute in a timely manner. The bulk of Class 1A has been relieved of classes for a month for their own mental health as well. It is not as though Kirishima would be the only one, his would just be extended. If it is any condolences, Aizawa is allowing us to place Shinsou in one as well so Kirishima will not be alone. In fact, while they won’t be able to see each other much at the start, if they improve well enough, we can get them rooming together.”
Yuma looked back at Nezu. “Hitoshi is going too?” The mammal nodded sadly. “It is a harsh world out there, Mrs. Kirishima. It is a shame that they had to face it way too soon. You know as well as I, their minds are not wired the same as ours and not by their own choice. We can only do our best to try and understand what they feel and try to help them.” Yuma nodded. “I… I understand. Can I talk to my husband first?” Nezu nodded. “Of course. The same offer is extended to your other son as well should he need it when he wakes up.” Yuma bowed. “Thank you, Principle Nezu.” A soft paw touched her hand comfortingly before the principle left. Yuma sighed, standing straight but head low. What should she do?
“o…”
Her head snapped up and over at Izuku.
“I’ll go…”
They were the first words he had said since he woke up a week again. Yuma rushed to his side but with caution, not wanting to startle her frightened boy. Yuma placed her hand gently over his, saddened when he instinctively flinched away but she did not mention it. “Dear, you don’t have to. We can get through this. It’s ok-” “I…” he blinked slowly, curling into a ball, “I want… ta get better… I’m hurtin’ you… an’ Dad… I- I hurt others t- to… M- my quirk… I can’t control it… I- it just keeps m- movin’ a- and doin’ s- stuff… I- I’m dangerous l- like this…” Yuma shook her head, bottom lip quivering. “No, dear, you a-”
“Mom,” Izuku looked up at her. She stifled a gasp. Tears flowed silently down his pale face. “Mom, p- please, I know it… I- I know it’s t- true…” he whispered. “I- I’ve accepted i- it… I want to g- get better…” A single tear fell down Yuma’s face. She swallowed thickly. “Alright, Izuku, we will get you help.”
He didn’t reply and no one expected him to.
_______________________________
*knock knock*
Shoto didn’t wait for the response, he knew that he wouldn’t get one. When he slid open the door, the sound of the heart monitor filtered into the room. He used a crutch to support him as he stumbled in, closing the door gently behind him. There was already a pair of chairs beside the bed. He supposes her parents had stopped by. The bicolored boy came to a stop at the foot of her bed.
-----
*CRUNCH*
Brand had expected the mouthy villain to bite through his ice. As soon as his face was in view, Brand let loose an explosive fire attack. He gagged when he saw the torched body of the villain mixed with the melted ice.
As if he didn’t need another reason to hate his quirk.
He and Uravity stood back panting. That was two of three down. Only the guy who can crystalize his body left. He was like a weaker version of Eijiro except he could make a crystal sword which made him more dangerous.
‘How dare you… You call yourself heroes?!’
The man rushed them. Brand used his ice to create a barrier, preparing another fire attack as Uravity made herself weightless and floated up, planning on getting behind the villain. The villain sliced through a couple of large ice spikes. Using the distraction of shattering pieces in the air, Uravity dropped herself.
They underestimated him.
The villain stopped his advance and swung up.
‘URAVITY!’
-----
Shoto swallowed the bile in his throat as the memory replayed again and again in his head. Ochako was put into a medically induced coma for the time being so the doctors could repair her while her mind and body rested. The wound was extensive, an inches deep gash on his left side. The sword went through her left side, all the way to the other side, and tore its way out through the rest of her body. The jaggedness of the crystal made the tear more like grating her flesh and muscle in a meat grinder. The scream that emitted from the brunette’s vocal chords haunted Shoto in his nightmares, the scene playing behind his eyelids every time he closed his eyes.
-----
‘You call yourself heroes?!’
-----
Shoto hung his head. No… How could I call myself a hero? I probably killed those people. Those HUMANS! Can I even call myself human anymore after that?
He looked up at the sleeping Ochako.
Hero? I couldn’t even protect her. My classmate. My friend...
-----
‘B- Brand!’
Brand looked up, dizzy, world spinning as he came out of the tunnel, the heavy weight of the unconscious Uravity on his back.
‘Help… her…’ he whispered. ‘Please…’ His leg gave out. ‘Help her!’
-----
Shoto shook his head, eyes stinging with unshed tears. He ran his hand along the white sheets before settling them on the railing at the end of the bed. His leg protested painfully as he fell to his knees, arms overhead with his hands shaking with the strength of his grip on the railing.
“I’m so- rry,” he choked out the sob. “I could o- f done better. I sho- uld have protected y- ou.”
I should have been a hero…
_______________________________
*knock knock*
Shouta knew Hizashi wouldn’t reply. His heart felt heavy. It was his fault his best friend couldn’t respond. If he had just done better. If he could have protected his students better. If he could have protected himself better.
Announcing his arrival, Shouta entered the room.
Hizashi waved from the bed with that same goofy smile as always. But it was different. It was strained. Fake. He could see the puffiness around Hizashi’s electric green eyes, the dark bags under them. Shouta couldn’t bring himself to move from the door. Hizashi gestured to the chair by the bed. The underground hero looked down.
“-What-is-wrong-, Shouta?-”
Oh, how wrong that robotic voice sounded. Hizashi was given a computer to type his words on that would automatically say whatever he typed out loud. Shouta hesitated. “How… are you feeling?” he asked. “-Sucky.-” Shouta huffed. That was fair. “-Come-sit-.” … “-Please.-” He couldn’t really refuse that, now could he? Shouta’s hand slipped off of the door as he crossed the room and pulled over a chair to sit in. “How are you holding up?” Hizashi’s fingers hovered over the keyboard.
“-I’m-fine.-”
“Don’t lie to me, ‘Zashi.”
…
“-It’s-hard.-It-hurts-knowing-that-I’ll-never-use-it-again.” Shouta ducked his head. “-I-will-have-to-retire-all-of-my-jobs.-I-can’t-host-the-radio-anemore-” Shouta looked up when he noticed the computer made a mistake. No, it didn’t Hizashi was crying but his throat could not create the sound. “-I-can’t-tech-anemorw-or-bw-a-heri.-I-can’y-do-anything-anumore.-” Shouta felt tears gather in his own eyes. He couldn’t respond. How pitiful. The one that could actually use his voice… He truly was a failure as a human.
-----
Shouta’s eyes were locked on Overhaul, him and the students finally having gotten to the surface and outside. His quirk had to stay active. If it didn’t, everything would be lost.
*BAM*
‘Shouta!’
A gun?
He saw Hizashi throw himself in the bullet’s way out of the corner of his eye.
Later they would find out that it was a quirk erasing bullet. Later, they would find out how his quirk had damaged Hizashi’s throat overtime, his body having changed overtime to support it. Later they would find out that it stole more than Hizashi’s quirk.
Later they would find out it stole his voice too.
-----
“I’m sorry,” he finally said.
“-Sho,-” and somehow that dang computer made it sound just as stern as Hizashi wanted it to, “-don’t-blame-yourself-for-this.-It-was-not-your-fault.” Shouta grit his teeth, refusing to look his friend in the eyes. “-It-was-the-League’s-not-yours.-The-League’s-and-the-Yakuza’s-and-both-are-being-brought-to-justice-as-we-speak.”
Right, they were. Shouta was still flabbergasted by it. Hitoshi and Izuku were found half-dead in the room that he and the class were held captive. Close by were Shigaraki and Kurogiri of the League of Villains unconscious. The two boys didn’t know it but they were being awarded the Hero’s Medal of Honor for taking down the League, essentially. They were going to receive them later, though. When they were out of the mental institute. He found out just last night that Izuku would be going to one as well. There would be a ceremony and everything. Maybe it would help solidify their achievement of mental health when they got out. ‘Got out.’ It made it sound like a prison sentence. Kaminari and Mirio were also being granted it though that would wait as well and the families had a choice to put the medal in the gravestone visible to the outside or to keep it. The few remaining members of the League tried to get their leader back but were soon taken down as well. There was a whole live video cast all over Japan showing the League and the Yakuza being taken to Taratus, the most secure villain containment center in Japan, never to see the light of day again.
“-Sho-look-at-me.-”
…
“-Sho.-Just-because-I-can’t-speak-”...”-please-don’t-ignore-me-for-that.”
Shouta’s head snapped up. “That’s not- I didn’t mean it like that!” Hizashi’s chest rose and fell as if he were laughing but he stopped in pain. Shouta would never hear his best friend’s laugh again. “-Just-kidding.-” Hizashi flashed the peace sign. He put it down and his face fell more solemn. “-I’ll-be-okay,-Sho.-It-will-just-take-time.-I-promise.”
…
“-Bro-hug?-” Shouta snorted and rolled his eyes but nonetheless, leaned over and gave his friend a hug.
_______________________________
Izuku felt so numb as he was walked up the stairs to the fourth floor to pack with his parents, Principle Nezu, and Nemuri behind him. Principle Nezu was accompanying them as the representative from UA for his admittance into Clear Skies Mental Institution. Nemuri was going as a hero representative. Izuku was grateful for her presence. She was like that fun aunt to him or something.
He pushed open his room door to the room he hadn’t entered in weeks. Dust had just begun to build.
He was not allowed to really bring much. There were strict restrictions on what the residents in the institute were allowed to have. Nothing that could be used for suicide means so notebooks with wire bindings were out and clothes with thin straps as well, shoelaces were off bounds as well. He could not bring a computer, phone, or basically anything electronic. The medication he did have would be given to the authorities there and he would be given it when the time came each day so he would not have access to it himself. He could bring his hygiene products but no razors. Bedding and writing materials would be given as well. He also didn’t have his metal arm. It had been disintegrated either way. Powerloader promised they would get him a new one as soon as he was back but to focus on his health for now. He was also allowed to bring Hime’s bed but not her collar nor leash.
Dad held open his bag for him as Izuku got a few items. He packed a few normal-binded notebooks, some books and activity books such as crossword puzzles and word searches that his family got him, and his toiletries. Izuku moved to his wardrobe. It was recommended all comfortable clothes which makes sense he supposes. He pulled out a hoodie he hasn’t worn in so, so long.
-----
Izuku pulled out a bright yellow hoodie with a white star on it. He looked up at Mary Lou. She smiled at him.
-----
He passed it to Mom before reaching in and taking out another hoodie.
-----
It was Christmas, his first Christmas with the Kirishima’s.
Izuku laid out the hoodie in front of him. It was green with a darker green base, strings, and the bases of the sleeves were a darker green as well.
-----
He passed that to Mom as well. She had to take out the hoodie strings of them both. Those weren’t allowed either.
*knock knock*
Izuku jumped, dropping a t-shirt. “Oh, Mr. and Mrs. Kaminari,” Izuku stiffened at Principle Nezu’s voice. His heart rammed in his throat. They were here for him. To hurt him. To get angry at him for letting their son die. He doesn't blame them. He should have done better. He should have saved him. “Could we speak with Kirishima, please?” It was a woman’s voice. Izuku couldn’t look up, hands shaking so much when he tried to pick up the t-shirt that it actually unfolded. “Now would be not so good of a time,” Principle Nezu replied. “May I ask what for?” An affirmative hum. “We got notified a bit ago that Denki’s microphone was on when he… Ahem. Well, he left something for Kirishima and we thought it would be right to let him choose from those as well while packing. It was Denki’s last wish…”
-----
‘Y- your fas- ion sense st- ll sucksssss, s- o my war- drobe g- goes to y- you, mkay?’
-----
He looked up, finally.
It hurt how much Denki and his parents looked alike. Principle Nezu looked over to Izuku. “Is that alright with you?” He swallowed thickly, not replying for a while. He stiffly nodded. The saddened smiles of the Kaminari’s flashed at him. “We will be in his dorm when you are done here.” They left and Izuku was left to continue packing with his parents. Just a couple of sports shorts and sweats, sans strings and nothing with zippers. He also packed a couple of t-shirts and his pajamas. “Is that all?” Dad asked carefully. Izuku nodded. “Are you ready to go to Kaminari’s room?” Another nod.
He wasn’t though.
As soon as he stepped in that room, tears fell. It was like all of the air was sucked out of his chest.
-----
‘Welcome to Izuku’s Safehouse!’
‘So that is why any time you feel those bad thoughts or memories coming up you come here, k?’
‘… how to skateboard or even teach you about style cause, like, no offense dude, you ain’t got any.’
‘You aren’t intruding, ever. Sometimes I get bored in here by myself too so actually it would be really fun to have you over, alright?’
‘Welcome to the Overactive Mind’s Safe Haven, Izu-bro.’ ‘I-Izu-bro?’ ‘Cause, like, you’re my bro and Izuku-bro is too long but Izu-bro is totally the right length! I would say you can give me a nickname too but I ain’t got any idea what you could do with Denki so yeah.’
-----
'Izu-bro!'
-----
His legs felt like jello as he walked into the room. No one stopped him. He ran his fingers along the desk, still clustered with anything and everything Denki could get his hands on, untouched since before they were kept in the bunker when Class 1-A was originally attacked that day. If Izuku fell to his knees in tears, no one mentioned it. No one stopped it. They let him ride it out. He needed it. And if Denki’s parents also shed a few tears silently it was not mentioned as well. It took a good few minutes for him to calm down.
“He really cared about you.” Mr. Kaminari spoke up. “We would always hear about you when Denki called or visited home. We know he said that you got his wardrobe so please, as his final wish, accept it. You can’t take much now, we understand, but an article or two would not hurt and the rest will be waiting for you when you get out, however long it takes. Even if it doesn’t fit anymore. Anything in this room.”
Izuku hung his head.
-----
‘Iz- u-bro?’
-----
“Th- thank you,” he whispered.
He did not have much time before they had to go and get him checked in but the adults did not rush him and Izuku took the time he needed. He had to chuckle a bit. Denki truly did have an odd sense of style. Even if the orange leopard-print hoodie was a bit much, Izuku felt drawn to it, as he did all hoodies. As he did Denki. “Is…?” “It is fine,” Mrs. Kaminari confirmed the unspoken question. Izuku nodded and removed the string before handing it to Mom carefully. He wasn’t permitted to bring much but his eyes fell on Denki’s array of hats. He did not take Denki for the beanie type of guy truly but then again, he didn’t take himself for one either as he held the purple beanie in his hand as though it were a child. It had a small white lighting bolt on the rim. He nodded to himself and passed it to Mom.
“Is that all?” Mr. Kaminari asked. Izuku nodded. “The rest will be for you when you get out, we promise.”
Izuku hesitated before he stepped forward and held out his hand towards his friend’s parents. He leapt back as the mother’s string formed unwillingly, trembling. She smiled sadly and knelt down, holding out her own. He knew she saw his string and he waited but she did not take it. Izuku swallowed and placed his sole hand in hers. She cupped his hand, her husband knelt down and cupped his over hers.
“I know this won’t mean much from two adults that you don’t know,” Mrs. Kaminari said, “but we wanted to thank you for being Denki’s friend. Believe it or not, he had a hard time being himself due to the nature of his quirk.” They both squeezed his hand comfortingly. “We are rooting for you, Kirishima,” Mr. Kaminari spoke softly. “We know you can get through this. We can’t go with you but when you get out let’s go for coffee sometime, mkay?”
-----
‘Mkay?’
-----
Izuku sniffed. He nodded. A brief moment of silence passed before Mr. and Mrs. Kaminari let go of his hand and stood. “Thank you for your time.” Mom and Dad bow. “Thank you as well,” Dad replied. “We send our deepest condolences.”
The car was quiet, Izuku sandwiched between Mom and Dad. They had one last stop before heading to the institution: the cemetery.
Denki Kaminari
Hero Alias: Chargebolt
Loved Son and Loving Friend
06/29/2007 - 09/07/2023
Mom, Dad, Principle Nezu, and Nemuri stood back as Izuku sat crissed-crossed before the tombstone. The black leather jacket of Denki’s hero costume fluttered in the wind as it was draped over the stone. Many cards and flowers were surrounding the site. Izuku had missed the funeral. He leaned forward and lit his own incense, listening to the crackle in silence. The wind stopped and the jacket settled soundly back on the stone.
Goodbye, Denki… Thank you for everything.
Izuku stood and turned back to those waiting for him. They didn’t say anything as he walked past them with his head down and hand in his pocket back to the car. Hime curled up in his lap. She was allowed to come with him as it was a healing facility and she was a service animal for those purposes.
“Kirishima Izuku?”
He glanced up from the back of the group as they stood in the too-white gallery of Clear Skies Mental Institute. The woman, the nurse, had a kind face, with soft blue hair up hanging just above her shoulders. Her eyes were mismatched, much like Shoto’s, left blue and right purple. She was a bit on the short side, a bit plump as well. Her nurse’s uniform was just like any other. “Are you ready?” she asked. “Would you like a second for you and your family?”
…
Ah, she was waiting for his response. He simply nodded. “Alright. I will be just through this door when you are ready.” He watched blankly as she left. Mom and Dad knelt beside him. Their faces were smiling but their smiles were sad. What a dark day it was. “Hey, dear,” Mom whispered. Her hands gently caressed his face. Izuku allowed her to pull him forward and place a soft kiss on his forehead. “You will be okay,” she promised as she leaned back. Dad hummed. “It will be scary at first, I know, but don’t forget what you are doing this for. You will get better.” Izuku nodded. “Hey, Izu?” Mom smiled. “We love you, okay?” He felt as though his throat was clogged. “I- I love y- y- you too, M- Mom, Dad,” he whispered, a few tears betraying him. The family spared a few moments for a hug. It was too soon done.
Nemuri ruffled his hair when they split. “You’ve got this, kiddo,” she grinned. “We will be here for you when you get out.” Principle Nezu nodded. “Your seat in the hero course is forever yours and we are allowed to send you work you would miss so you won’t be too far behind. We await your return, Marionette.” Izuku sharply inhaled. He nodded. Dad’s hand on his shoulder gave one last reassuring squeeze before sliding down to his back. “We will see you in a month,” he said. Visitors were welcome once a month to visit those staying in the long-term ward. Dad gave him a small push. Izuku stumbled forth. Hime by his side, he took a deep breath and walked towards the door. His hand shook as it gripped the handle. He took a second to steel himself before pushing it open. The nurse was waiting for him. She smiled. “I am Nurse Shimizu. Are you ready?”
Izuku nodded. No.
“I will lead you to your room,” she said. “Your bags are already there. Follow me, please.”
He did. I don’t want to.
She led him through another door that opened into a hallway.
I want to go back.
After that hall, with a few pictures of recovered patients, supposed to be encouraging to new patients, there was another, a bit wider. A couple of nurses, male and female alike, were walking through the halls. One was exiting a room. They smiled and waved as he passed but Izuku saw the pity in their eyes. In their eyes he was just another mentally ill teen. But really, were they wrong? Glancing around at the other doors, he saw name plates on them. Other patients then? Some of the doors looked customized with stickers. Principle Nezu did say they tried to make this as comfortable as possible for the patients. He wonders how long the patients in the rooms had been there. This was a long term unit after all.
“This will be your room,” Nurse Shimizu stopped outside of a door. “Let’s go in, k?” Not like he really had a choice. The room looked surprisingly normal. There was a white bed with white sheets and the walls were all white but the floors looked to be wooden. He had a small dresser for his clothes and a bedside table. In the far corner, a bit off the wall and in between it and the dresser was a soft looking grey chair that was sort of like a half- circle that he could easily curl into. Probably his favorite part of the room at glance. There was a normal clock on the wall and by the door was a small plastic case with the schedule for the day. There was also a large window that Izuku was sure was bullet proof and impossible to unlock. “I know it doesn’t look like much but I hope you can get comfortable. You get set up and then I will come for your bags in, let’s say, half an hour.” Because no zippers. She left.
Izuku sighed. He knows this will probably help him but he can’t hello but feel uncomfortable. And paranoid. Unfamiliar place and there is a twenty-four hour surveillance camera in his room. His nerves were off the charts. He took a deep breath and moved to unpack. Hime’s bed went next to his, respectively. She didn’t leave his side though to rest, thankfully. The word searches and crossword puzzles and other books sat on top of the dresser but his notebooks stayed in the small drawer of his bedside table. He has to ask for writing utensils though. Izuku was putting away the orange leopard-print hoodie when he heard the crinkle of something.
Paper?
He laid it out on the bed and wriggled his hand into the hoodie pocket. He blinked, pulling out the fold piece of paper. Did Denki forget this in it? Glancing around, Izuku fumbled with it. I shouldn’t but… He opened it anyway.
‘Hey, Izu-bro!’
Izuku’s eyes widened.
‘I know this is a little weird, probs weren’t expecting this, but here it is! Honestly, I don’t plan on dying during the raid but I guess that is always a chance as a hero. Um so yeah. If you are reading this then you took my words seriously. Dude! You have no fashion sense! Why the hoodie? You think I don’t got eyes? I just knew this would be what you would go for so yeah. Ah, getting off track. Well, I guess I am dead if you are reading this so sorry? I wish I could be there with you. I am sure we were together when I died. I hope you don’t blame yourself. I can’t be there anymore and I guess that goes for the safe haven ha ha. My bad. Um yeah. I’m not good at this stuff, duh, but I wish you the best. Know I am looking down on you from above and watching over you. I wish I could have seen you become a hero. I wish I could have become one with you. WHEW! Okay, might cry! Ha ha, this is kinda depressing to write not gonna lie. Not even dead yet! But you are reading this so I guess I am. I know how you think so I’ll say this, please don’t come join me too soon. Like, I wanna see you, but, like, you need to live, dude! Please live. Seriously. And smile and laugh and do everything I couldn’t do for me mkay? Most of all, stay safe. You are probably falling apart right now but I know you can get back up. I guess lastly uh thank you. Yeah. You were a great friend bro! Really. I wish I could have said that in person but you were. You taught me so much and I was glad to be your friend. These are my parting words, my last words I guess. Thank you, Izuku.
Sincerely,
Your bro, Denki!’
*thump*
Izuku fell to his knees, head pressed to the cold, hard floor, tears streaming from wide eyes, breath not entering or escaping his lungs, body shaking so violently it could have caused an earthquake.
Vaguely, hears Hime meowing, probably for help. He vaguely hears the door open, someone speaking urgently, counting but nothing registered. His vision was blurring, specks of black invading from the edges. His chest screamed at him begging for air but its pleas went unanswered.
“BREATHE!” a woman’s voice cut through. A heavy hand hit him in between his shoulder blades. *!gasp!* Air entered his lungs so fast he got dizzy. Izuku’s chest lurched with each breath, weezing painfully. Hime rubbed her cheek against his. Izuku finally got one good breath in. He leaned up, breathing heavily.
“Ki- -ma. St- y wit- e. Sta-”
Too late.
_______________________________
Himari Shimizu waved her hand in front of her new charge’s face. Nothing. Her files warned her of this but she had not expected it to happen so soon. Kirishima Izuku might have just set a new record for Clear Skies patience dissociation record.
Hooking her arms underneath the boy, she dragged him into his new bed and covered him up with the issued blankets. She reached over and closed his eyes for him. Now, Shimizu has done this job for quite some time now but it never got easier closing the eyes of a dissociated patient. That along with their unresponsiveness always made her think of the dead. The boy’s cat curled on his chest. Himari’s gaze lingered on him. Every time she got a new patient under her care it hurt. She was given full access to their history and how they ended up in a poor enough mental and emotional state to be placed here. So much pain, it would affect her home life if she, too, did not live here. But she does. All of the nurses and doctors are on 24-hour call for their patients. Each nurse has only one patient so they can build a relationship with the patient. It isn’t until the second month of admittance that the healing truly starts. The doctors and counselors saw many patients though. It was a hard, tiring job, sometimes those in the surveillance rooms would check the monitors in the patience's room and would alert her something was wrong with her patient in the middle of the night, an alarm going off near her bed. Still, she would not trade this job for the world. The bonds she made with her patients over time were strong. She still is in contact with many of them. The joy when she walks them out to the gallery and they get to cut the green ribbon that represents mental health and celebrate them leaving the institution can not be explained in words.
She slid the paper that fell from the boy’s hands early onto his bedside table and left. Himari vowed to help this boy out, just as she did her other patents. By the end of his stay, no matter how long it should be, she will see his smile.
_______________________________
The smells are what hit his nose first. It smelt like antiseptic and those too clean but stale-aired hospital corridors. It made his nose hairs tingle. Then it was the sound. A constant beeping to his left, the occasional rustle of clothes, and the sound of a television. His body began to feel next. The dullness of his quirk had returned…? He could feel the blankets over him and the sheets under him and the pillow beneath his head but the side effect of his quirk was a hardened, almost leathery body without it even active. Ever since being kidnapped everything felt way too sensitive and with the constant tearing and sewing of his body by the hands of Overhaul it had felt as though the smallest pebble on that cement floor was a knife jabbing into his side.
Light bombarded his eyes when he flickered then open. He immediately shut them, giving them a few seconds to adjust before opening them again. They traveled around the hospital room. His heart rate spiked. Sure, it was a different one, but he was back in that place. Overhaul had come back for him! Eijiro couldn’t go through it again. He couldn’t!
The constant beeping of the heart monitor sped up as he struggled to move but his arms and legs felt like they were led. He was strapped down again. NO!
“Sonny, calm down! It’s okay!” a familiar old voice spoke. His head snapped to the side and he came face to face with Recovery Girl. Huh? She sighed. “We just relieved you from your comatose state but we did not think you would be awake so soon. My apologies for not being here.” Comatose state?
‘-ere today to both celebrate and honor a well-loved Professional Hero for his bravery and for going beyond the call of duty in the hero field.’
Eijiro turned his head to the television. It seemed like they were having a press conference just in front of UA. Speaking of which, this hospital room looked suspiciously like the nurses ward at UA. He turned his head to look out of the windows. Sure enough the conference was there with a large gathering of students, teachers, reporters, a semi-stage, and a speaker set up.
‘Please, welcome to the stage, Present Mic.’ EH?!?!?! Eijiro’s head whipped to the television. Sure enough, Present Mic walked onto the stage carrying an IPad in his hands. He stood next to the podium as the speaker continued.
‘Present Mic has been a Professional Hero for 14 long years. He has served our country well. Present Mic is also the host of Presently Loud Radio Show. In the recent events of the Yakuza Raid to save the students and homeroom teacher of Class 1-A as well as the girl named Eri, Present Mic sacrificed everything, even his quirk. In protecting a comrade he was hit with a bullet the Yakuza were developing that stole his quirk from him permanently. The effects of this bullet also stole his voice from his as well. In light of these events, Present Mic has chosen to retire but not without merit shall we let him go. In honor of his service and dedication, Present Mic is being awarded the Hero’s Medal of Honor.’
A government official walked up holding a small black leather box. The speaker held it while the official opened it. A camera zoomed in to reveal the gold medal and long gold and black lanyard it hung on. Present Mic bowed deeply as it was hung over his neck before standing straight again. The box was closed and given to him as well for safe keeping.
‘Now, for a few words from Present Mic. He is currently using an IPad to convey his words.’ Present Mic took the podium.
The television shut off. Eijiro could only stare in shock. How long had he been out? He jumped when a cup of water was pressed into his hands. Only then did he notice how absolutely parched his throat was. He swallowed the whole cup in one long swig.
“Physically speaking,” Recovery Girl started, taking his cup from him, “you were not injured. Nor were the rest of your class that were kidnapped with you and we all came to the conclusion that it was the work of Overhaul’s quirk. However, taking in the state of you specifically, your body’s reaction to touch and sound and smell, and the state of your mind, we decided to put you into a medically induced coma for the betterment of your treatment until your body had fully come to accept your five senses again.”
Eijiro swallowed thickly. “H- how lo-ng was I ou-t?” He cringed at the way his voice broke from disuse.
“A little under a month,” the youthful heroine responded. Eijiro gaped. “Re-ally?!” She nodded. “You were transferred to UA a week after the raid.” Her face softened. “Try and relax, sonny. You’ve been through a horrible ordeal. I will be back in just a second. I need to go get the items for your check up.” He nodded. “Tha-nk you…”
What all did I miss? How much more happened without me knowing it? He tried to remember the raid. He remembered them coming free of their shackles, the door opening. There were two people. Two…
-----
- a bloodied Izuku and Hitoshi stood in the doorway.
-----
His eyes widened.
Izuku!
What happened to his brother? What about the other students? He couldn’t recall anything after that. They were running, then stopped. Eijiro remembers the pool of blood in the corridor but not why it was there. He remembers the vague outlines of the battle between Overhaul, Lemillion, Suneater, and Shouta but not who won. Well, obviously they won. He remembers being hurried into an ambulance and then- nothing. His head pounded with lost memories, bits and clips filtering in here and there. The endless run through the tunnels. The screams. The cries.
The door to his hospital room opened. “Reco-very Girl, wha-” “We will discuss everything soon,” she said sadly. “Principle Nezu and your parents will be here soon as well after the press conference.” Right. The press conference. He looked back outside as she did his check up. Present Mic was just leaving the stage. About half an hour later, Principle Nezu walked in with his parents.
“It is good to see you awake, Kirishima,” the Principle started. Mom and Dad rushed past the bear-mouse-dog thing. “Oh, Ei, dear, we were so worried!” Mom cried, throwing her arms around him. He tensed up on instinct but relaxed into her embrace. Tears filled his eyes. Disregarding the tug on the cords in his arms, Eijiro threw his arms around her too. Dad enveloped them both in a hug. “M- Mom, D- Dad, I do-” “Shh… It’s okay,” Dad whispered. “You are okay now. You are out. Everything will be okay now.” They leaned back, a hug broken too soon. He wiped his eyes. “Wh- what happ-end?” Nezu cleared his throat, all occupants in the room taking a seat. “As I am sure you have to to the conclusion of, you and your class were rescued a little under a month ago from the Eight Precepts of Death, also known as the Yakuza.” Eijiro nodded. “Wh-at about eve-ryone else?”
Eijiro did not miss how the mood dropped along with everyone’s faces.
“There were casualties,” Principle Nezu started slowly, “and deaths. I am sure you have noticed the press conference outside. Present Mic did lose his quirk and voice and he does have to retire from the hero field. Your classmates Hagakure, Koda, Sato, Aoyama, and Jiro who were all captive with you have withdrawn from the hero course though Hakagure has chosen to pursue General Education here at UA high school. Uraraka Ochako, your classmate, is in a medically induced coma for her treatment but we plan to wake her within the next couple of weeks. Asui Tsuyu received a head wound from falling debris but it is healing well and should have no longer term damage but she may take a bit longer to process a question or response. Yoayorozu Momo suffered from severe dehydration and lack of lipids in her body from quirk overuse but she has already been at her home healed for a couple of weeks now. Todoroki Shoto suffered from quirk overuse and a severe leg injury. He is currently in physical therapy for it. Third year Tamaki Amajiki received multiple wounds from Overhaul and is receiving treatment here as we speak. Fatgum is in critical condition still but he is awake.” Eijiro was afraid to ask but he did anyway. “Wh- who died?” “Aside from the few police deaths, among the dead were Pro Hero Sir Nighteye, third year Mirio Togata, and-”
Kirishima Izuku? Aizawa Hitoshi?
“- first year Kaminari Denki.”
Eijiro stared blankly at the mammal before him but his heart monitor gave him away as it sped up. Tears soon followed. He looked down at his hands, a wobbly smile on his lips. “O- oh.” Nezu continued. “All of Class 1-A who are part of the hero course, as well as Hagakure who has transferred to the General Education course, have been permitted a month off. You and Uraraka, seeing as you will both have been just waking up, are being granted another month to recuperate since this month was not in your waking days.” Eijiro nodded numbly. “We at UA are very sorry for all you and your class have been put through. We have not had a year so hard in all of the history of UA. Whether you choose to continue your education here or not is up to you and we will hold no qualms against you should you choose to leave. Is there anything I can do for you at this moment?” Eijiro wiped his eyes. “N-o. I just ne-ed a bit to process everything.” Principle Nezu nodded. “Of course. I wish for your quick recovery.”
The principal left soon after and Recovery Girl took over.
“You will need to take a couple of weeks of physical therapy to get used to walking again,” the older woman said. “Whether or not you stay at UA, all of your class is granted a year’s worth of free therapy and counseling.” Eijiro nodded. “Thank you…” “Of course. I will leave you with your parents. I am sure there are some things you would like to ask them.” “Tha-nk you.” Recovery Girl smiled sadly at him and left.
…
…
…
“Ei, dear?” Mom’s voice cut through the silence.
“Iz-u…” he whispered. “Why is he no-t with you?” Neither responded. Eijiro looked up at his parents. “Nezu didn’t sa-y anything about Izu. Wh-y? He knows something. What ha-ppened?” Dad sighed. “Izuku is okay, Eijiro,” he said. “Then why did y-ou sigh?” “Because we know you are not going to like what we say next.” He narrowed his eyes. “What do you mean?”
“Izuku is in a mental institution, Ei.”
It took a second for Eijiro to understand what just came out of his father’s mouth. “WH-AT?! Y- y- you put him in an asy-lum?!” Anger flared in his heart. Dad held up a hand. “No, we did not. He is in an institution for healing not a containment center and me and your mother both tried to keep him from going there.” “Then wh-y is he-” “Because he asked to,” Mom cut in. Eijiro faltered. “Wh- what? That can’t be right,” he said more quietly now. “I- Izuku hates new pla-ces. He hated the i-dea o- of that.”
“He still does,” Dad replied. “But Izuku wants to get better. He specifically asked to be put in one because he knows that he won’t be able to heal himself. This is his way of trying to get better himself. He is trying, Ei. For the first time he is actively pursuing his own mental health and we have no right to stop that as parents. As his family.” Eijiro could not find the words to refute that. “Nezu has also offered you a place in that healing facility if you want it as well after all that has happened.” Eijiro shook his head. “N- no… I’m shaken, yes, an-d will probably have nightmares b-ut so will my other classmates. I don’t th-ink I need that…” Mom hummed. “That is your decision, dear. We would never forcibly subject our child to that.”
Eijiro took a shuddering breath. “Ca-n I visit him?” Dad shook his head. “Family can only visit once a month and the day we have allowance to visit him is in three days. You will still be in here healing. We can call you from there, though. How does that sound?” Eijiro nodded. “Ei?” “I’m s- sorry,” he whispered. “Can I b-e alone for a moment?”
…
“Sure,” Dad responded. “Call us if you need anything, bud.”
As soon as they left, tears streamed down his face.
Everyone was either hurt or dead because of him. Denki! Denki died trying to save them! Ochako was in a freaking coma! Tsu would have not life threatening but still permanent brain damage. Sir Night eye and Mirio were dead too! His classmates are traumatized all because he had One For All and Shigaraki wanted to extract that from him so he kidnapped most of his class and gave them to the Yakuza for human experimentation! If only he didn’t have One For All then-
Eijiro stopped himself.
No. He shouldn’t think that way. All Might passed this gift down to him because he believed that Eijiro had the heart of a ‘true hero.’ Eijiro didn’t feel so befitting of that title now but he knew better than to blame himself solely for this. What kind of hypocrite would he be if he continuously told Izuku not to blame himself for his sucky life if Eijiro blamed himself for the villains deciding his quirk and the lives of his classmates were theirs for the taking? His heart was still heavy though. So much had happened. So much hurt. Eijiro curled into a ball and cried silently.
He wanted his brother.
Most of Class 1-A, the remaining members of it at least, were due to start school again the week after the Cultural Festival. Eijiro and Ochako were not going to be starting for another week. Still the class was permitted to attend, even those who had left the school. Shouta and Yamada and Nemuri all came along as well to enjoy the festival but they all had an inkling that, even if Yamada was no longer a hero, they were also acting as bodyguards and no one could blame them. Class 1-A had the worst of luck. Eijiro and Ochako were in wheelchairs though. Shoto had a walking cane but it was resting on Ochako’s lap as he used her wheelchair to prop himself up and push her at a slower pace.
Eijiro had to wonder when those two got so close.
Shoto would have permanent damage in his right leg. He was still allowed to be part of the hero course, he would just have to use a cane though for the duration of his life most likely.
A few of the other students of UA gave their condolences and a few encouraging words but they could tell that the other students were trying to let them have their space and they were all grateful. The smiles and glances of pity were obvious. They enjoyed the booths and concessions. They played some of the games but there was a collective, unspoken agreement not to do the haunted house. None of them were ready for that quite yet. The same went for face painting, even those like Hagakure or Mina who would have loved it decided against it. None of them wanted a hand near their face. It reminded them too much of Overhaul’s. He couldn’t play too many of the games but a few of the stalls did try and make a way for him to participate in them too as well as Ochako. He ended up with a red balloon floating behind his wheelchair as he rolled along. He could have pushed himself but Mina was persistent that she pushed him. By that time the whole class knew they were dating. The jokes were getting a bit old but a lot of it was them trying to take their minds off of things so Eijiro and Mina didn’t mind.
Class 1-B ended up joining them for a bit of the time. Monoma and Bakugou asked about Izuku and Hitoshi. Hitoshi was also in the same mental institution as Izuku apparently. Those two and Kendo and TetsuTetsu stuck around for a bit longer than the rest of the class. Tamaki and Hado came and ate with them as well, the class all too willing to let them. After all, they were at the raid too and they lost one of their closest friends, Mirio. Tamaki was also in a wheelchair. They went and cheered Hado on at the beauty contest. Maybe it was pity or maybe she won fair and square but the whole crowd cheered when she won.
And then it was the closing ceremony.
“I would like to thank all of the classes and clubs for their participation in this year’s UA High School Cultural Festival,” Principle Nezu said from the podium, “as well as thank all of our teachers, staff, and sponsors. This year has not been an easy one, as I am sure we all know, but that is all the more reason to have had a fun, easy day such as this one today. As a school, it is important that we stay strong together, support each other, and lift each other up in times of hardship. One can not face the world alone. Here at UA, we understand that and I think that is why our student body has collectively come to me to support our most troublesome class this year.”
Huh?
“Class 1-A, if you can, will you please make your way to the stage? Even their accompanying teachers.”
What?!
Before they all knew it, the crowd they were in the middle of split like the red sea. As Class 1-A hesitantly walked through, all of them could not help but think this was another trap. The faces of the students as they passed were all smiling. Some shouted out words of encouragement, others held out their hands for a high five. There was already a wheelchair ramp prepared for him and Ochako. Shoto had to switch to his cane going up because he could not push her up so Tsu took his place. Together, they all stood in front of the crowd.
“Sadly, four of these students could not make it here today,” Principle Nezu continued. “Iida Tenya has been in a comatose state since the internships after the Sports Festival, Kirishima Izuku and Aizawa Hitoshi are still in healing after the recent events and will be for quite some time, and Kaminari Denki bravely gave his life during the raid. May we all bow our heads in a moment of silence for him, for Mirio Togata who also lost his life there, and for all the heroes and police who were killed during that raid as well.”
And they did. The massive crowd collectively bowed their heads along with those on stage. A few choked sobs came from Jiro and Sero but no one stopped them even in the silence.
“Class 1-A,” Principle Nezu started again after the silence, “you have endured so much this year and let us not forget Class 1-B who also suffered from the attack on the summer camp this summer. We are all so proud of you. Your fellow peers at UA wanted to show their support and all chipped in for the creation of the new 1-A Peace Garden on UA’s campus, a place for safety and down time for the student body dedicated to this year’s first year class of hero students. But that is not all. With the addition of revenue from some of UA’s sponsors and from the staff here as well, the students put a petition in for wheelchair accessible ramps into the school and an elevator so those who cannot take classes up stairs because of their mobile disabilities can now do so. The student body has put together a small video for you.”
The large screen behind them suddenly flickered on. Everyone on stage turned around.
‘Hello, Class 1-A!’ a girl and a boy said in unison. It switched from screen to screen in different areas of the school of different boys in girls of all courses saying hello then continued switching as the students each said a part of a speech that was clipped into one as if they had all said it. ‘It has been a rough year - yet you are all standing. - We here at UA wanted to show our support, - share our smiles, - and thank you for our protection. - Without future heroes like you - willing to stand up and go above and beyond the call of duty - our country and our world would not be a safe place for kids like you - and me - to live in. - Time and time again you have been attacked by villains wishing to tear you down. - But time and time again you got up! - You before us today stand strong - and we mourn those who you lost as a whole student body. - Though it is not enough to pay for the lives of those lost, - together we have put together enough money to create the 1-A Peace Garden. - For this year, - and the next two of your time here - this garden is for you - as well as for the student body. - Connected to the outside, - you should als be able to access it with special admittance after you graduate. - Inside you will find brick pathways lined with flowers - and a grass field in the middle. - In the far back you will also find a memorial to your lost classmate, Kaminari Denki. - The entire garden will be covered by a glass dome so you can visit it even during the rainy and snowy seasons. - This garden is for Class 1-A but will be accessible to the whole school on each course's respective down time. - We understand that some of you, - as well as many other students here - are now unable to make it up the stairs of UA without difficulty - so as a student body we all pitched in - and got a wheelchair ramp built at the entrance of UA - and elevators inside. - We know this can not fill the void of all you have lost, - but please accept these as a token of our gratitude. - Thank you, Class 1-A. - Thank you, Class 1-A! - Thank you - Thank you - Thank you. -
It switched to show the entire student body, all of the teachers, and all of the staff standing in front of the UA building.
- Thank you, Class 1-A. Plus Ultra! -
The video cut off. The auditorium was quiet as the members of Class 1-A stared at the blank screen. Some, no, all of them were crying silently.
*clap* … *clap* … *clap*
*Clap* *Clap* *Clap*
*CLAPCLAPCLAPCLAPCLAPCLAPCLAPCLAPCLAPCLAP*
They turned around to find the crowd applauding them. White roses, wherever the students got them from, were being thrown onto the stage. Whoops and hollers echoed off of the auditorium walls. The crowd whistled and called out their class name.
It went on for a while until Principle Nezu held up his paw and calmed them. “May we get a word from Class 1-A’s president?” Eijiro blinked. Oh, right, that’s me! He wiped his still wet eyes, everyone saw, and Mina rolled him up to the podium. Yamada and Shouta came on either side of him and supported his arms to help him stand. He planted his hands on the podium to support himself on unsure legs as well. He cleared his throat.
“Thank you,” he said softly into the microphone, throat clogging up. “Thank you s- so much for your support. It truly does mean so, so much to us. The road to healing…” he thought of Izuku “... it will be long… “ he thinks of those who were so disturbed they left the hero course “... and hard… “ he thinks of Hitoshi “... and some scars may never heal completely… “ he thinks of Yamada who had to retire “... but I know that with all of you supporting us, me and my classmates will be able to move on.” He thinks of Denki. “Never to forget, but to grow stronger. Thank you for your support. We may seem like a different breed from you, I know a lot of prejudice has been held in the past towards the hero course for being the hero course, but it is uplifting to know that you hold no resentment towards us. We are not outsiders. We are students, kids, just like you. Please do not be afraid to talk with us and joke with us in the halls just the same as anyone else. We are one school and as a school we are strong. As a school, will you join me in saying our motto?” He put more weight on his left arm as he drew in his right. “Go beyond…” And, as a student body, as a school, everyone threw their fists into the air and yelled:
“PLUS ULTRA!!!”
After the month had passed for both him and Ochako, Eijiro the two were allowed to continue their hero courses at school. Shoto was still using a can, and forever would, but the whole class signed it. They were welcomed back with open arms by their class and by the rest of the school.
With Hagakure, Jiro, Koda, Aoyama, and Sato now not in the hero course, Iida still in a coma, Denki resting in peace, and Izuku and Hitoshi in the mental institution, Class 1-A’s room had only 11 students currently sitting in class. The teachers could not even joke about Shouta having expelled students. They waved at Hagakure when she passed in the hallway and they still kept in touch with everyone who left. Every month a group of students was assigned to Denki’s grave to put flowers and burn incense. The 1-A Peace Garden became a hot spot for dates and for resting when times got too stressful. It was large enough that a few students could be in there at a time without ever seeing or hearing each other at all. The memorial for Denki there was often visited. There was solemn a time when a Class 1-A member was in the garden some place in tears if they had free time. It became a place they could vent and cry and enjoy the peace of the world, even if it was enclosed and the sounds of crickets were all sound effects and the wind was blown in from a fan if you knew where to look. And just like that, time moved on.
_______________________________
--- SIX MONTHS LATER ---
_______________________________
“So today’s your guy’s last day, huh?”
Izuku and Toshi looked up at Daisuke. Daisuke Miyazaki, Izuku had met him during his third month here at Clear Skies Mental Institution. Hibiki was right, you could tell who was new at the institution and who wasn’t.
-----
Nurse Shimizu led Izuku into the cafeteria for the first time. At the institution, patients had time blocks where they went and ate breakfast and lunch in the cafeteria so that it would not be too crowded at one time. They ate dinner in peace in their room to calm from the day and to talk with their respective nurse.
Izuku’s eyes scanned over the few teens that were there. There were nine this block, including him. Two in the far left, three in middle left, and four in the upper right. Meal times were also a time to get to meet and talk with other patients so you could still socialize in the institution. Izuku didn’t think he would be doing much of that.
No, stop, you are here to do better, Izuku. You can do this.
‘There is the line,’ Nurse Shimizu pointed to the other end of the cafeteria where there was a hole in the wall with a couple men and a woman serving out food. He jumped when Nurse Shimizu pats his back gently. ‘Why don’t you go get something to eat and find a seat? It will take a bit to get used to but I know you can do it.’ Izuku swallowed thickly. He nodded and stepped forward.
Do better, Izuku. You can get better.
He knew the other teens were looking at him, even if their conversations did not halt.
Oh look, another one.
I wonder what’s wrong with him.
What is he doing here?
‘Hey, kiddo!’ Izuku jumped when the man at the start of the lunch line greeted him. ‘Don’t think I have seen ya here before. Let me tell ya how it works. Just get yourself a tray there and tell us what here you want, k? Today we got pizza and cream of chicken soup and then we got sides you can choose from and drinks.’
Surprisingly like a school lunch line or a buffet.
‘So what can I get for you kid?’ Izuku bit his lip, looking down. He could feel his heart speed up. He didn’t want to speak but he didn’t want to point. What if his quirk acted up again? He could hurt someone! The tray shook in his hands.
‘I’ll make it easy for you,’ Izuku froze at a new voice. His eyes flickered to a new presence beside him. A very short boy with bright orange hair leaned against the platform in front of the food. ‘You’re a newbie here, right?’ the boy asked. ‘The pizza here is killer. A sure shot to go for if you have the option.’ The man behind the counter laughed. ‘I’m honored you think so highly of my pizza, Hibiki.’ The orange boy, Hibiki apparently, jabbed a thumb at the man. ‘Don’t let his bald head scare you. Takeda’s a big softie. Ey, Takeda, new kid’s gonna have the same as me.’ ‘Righteo!’
Izuku blinked as his tray was soon filled.
‘Come on, newbie,’ Hibiki called, ‘come sit with me!’ Izuku reluctantly followed.
Do better, Izuku. Do better.
They sat at an empty table across from each other. ‘The name’s Hibiki. Ando Hibiki. Just call me by my first name like everyone else, k? So what’s your name, newbie? Or do I have to call you newbie the whole time?’ Izuku looked down at his food. His stomach churned at the thought of eating or speaking.
‘Hey,’ Hibiki said much softer, ‘I know it’s hard. Like I said, you can pick out the new kids.’ Izuku glanced up at him. ‘I’ve been here over a year now. I’ve seen many come and leave so I know. It isn’t easy. We are all here for different reasons, some worse than others. From the scars on your face, I’d say you’ve had it pretty rough but take it from me, it gets better, k?’
Izuku nodded, looking back down. ‘So? Your name?’
…
‘K- Kirishima I- I- Izuku.’ He glanced up and Hibiki grinned. ‘Nice to meet you! Welcome to Clear Skies, Kirishima!’
-----
Hibiki had left four months ago, two months into Izuku’s stay.
-----
‘Ahhhh. It’s been over a year now. Can’t wait to see the outside again!’
Izuku kicked the ground. He and the other patients were allowed to follow Hibiki to the door just before the gallery as to inspire them and encourage them that healing was possible. Hibiki’s hand came down on his shoulder and one on Hitoshi’s making them jump. ‘Cheer up. I left you my number, right? Surprised I still remember it after all this time,’ he laughed. ‘Call me when you get out. I’ll be waiting, newbies.’
-----
Daisuke was just as scared as Izuku was, if not more. You really can tell those who have been healing and those who have just started. He and Hitoshi decided together to do better and invite the boy over.
“I guess it is,” Hitoshi sighed. “I can’t believe it’s been six months.”
“Seven for me,” Izuku commented.
-----
‘You’re slow, newbie!’ Hibiki laughed as Izuku set his tray down across from the boy.
‘I- I- I’ve onlae g- got one a- arm, Hibiki… A- and I’ve b- b- been ‘ere a m- month now. ‘m n- not a n- newbie,’ Izuku refuted weakly. Hibiki stabbed his chicken nugget with a fork and stuck it out at Izuku. When Izuku froze up in front of it, Hibiki raised a knowing, joking eyebrow to show it was a joke and continued.
‘I’ve been here thirteen months, mister ‘I’ve been here a month.’ You most certainly are a newbie whether you like it or not.’ Izuku rolled his eyes and looked down at his food while Hibiki drawled on. It had been slightly easier to eat after a month. You actually weren’t allowed to leave for the next thing on the schedule unless you finished your food. Mom and Dad would let him not finish at home if he had a bad night the night before or if he was having a particularly rough day.
It wasn’t too much different though. At the start of his stay here he actually had thrown up his food often because of anxiety. Now he was getting used to eating three meals a day.
The door opened to the cafeteria. By nature of everyone in that room because all of the teenagers, no matter how long they had been there, were paranoid, traumatized children so they all at least glanced over when any door opened and that was just that. If they deemed it not a threat then they would go back to their activity. It was sort of nice being around like minded people. They had each other’s back. So, Izuku looked up at a tall male nurse and…
Violet eyes and green eyes met across the room.
‘Toshi…?’
-----
“Are you two going back to the hero school then?” Daisuke asked. Izuku hummed. “I guess so. That was the plan, right?”
Over the months here, Izuku’s stutter gradually dwindled. Now it only came back when he was especially anxious or was having a panic or anxiety attack.
“Yeah,” Toshi replied. “Our class is graduating in a month.” “I can’t believe they are letting us move to second year with them,” Izuku mused. Toshi shrugged. “It is not like we haven’t been doing our classwork. Plus, we work out in recreation so we still have muscle.” Izuku hummed.
Daisuke looked down. “You two have really changed since we first met… I wonder if I’ll be as strong as you.” Izuku and Toshi exchanged glances. Toshi smirked and gently bumped Daisuke on the shoulder. No one ever made too much contact here. A lot of them, like Izuku, were scared of physical contact. It was still a trigger of Izuku’s depending on the form but he had learned to cope and deal with it these past months. Now he could tell a person what triggers him if they accidentally did or almost did something.
“You will,” Toshi said. “I never thought we would, especially not Izuku,” Izuku huffed, “but if we can, I know you can.” Izuku nodded. “You have… a whole life ahead of you.” He smiled to himself, never thinking that he would ever believe that until just recently. “This place will help you. I know it. You have only been here three months.” Toshi hummed. “Right. It takes everyone their own amount of time to heal. We just happened to have a bit of help before.”
Daisuke smiled, just a bit. He didn’t often. Izuku and Hitoshi still had a hard time smiling as much as a ‘normal’ person does. “I’ll try my best…”
“Izuku,” Himari walked up, “are you ready?” Ah, his lunch time was over. Two months ago, Nurse Shimizu became Nurse Himari. Last month she became just Himari to him, a first name basis. And with him calling her Himari, she eased into calling him Izuku. Izuku liked Himari. She never pushed him too far past his limits, only enough so he could grow. One could tell that she was very experienced in her work. Izuku was lucky to have her as his assigned nurse these past seven months.
“I’ll see you later,” he parted with Hitoshi and Daisuke.
After lunch he had to do his assigned school work sent over from UA and then he had down time in his room after Himari took his work to send off. Izuku would often curl up into the half-circle chair in Denki’s old jacket with a sudoku or word search or crossword booklet and pencil. He had requested a clip to hold the pages back for him since he only had one hand. At first, they did not allow it, nothing too small, and he had to make do himself, but around the third month, they deemed Izuku’s condition to be well enough to have that on hand. Izuku loved down time. It was really calming to do these puzzles or read his books. His parents brought a new book every time they came.
-----
‘Izuku, your parents and brother are here to visit.’ Nurse Shimizu informed him from his down time.
Izuku blinked. Ei?
It was his second month here. Last month Eijiro was still healing. The last time Izuku saw him was when Eijiro was still in a coma… And the last time Ei had seen him was when he busted open the door to their cell room in the middle of the raid. Izuku shivered at the thought, memories playing in his mind’s eye.
He stood and followed her out in his slippers. Besides recreation outside when he works out or plays games with Hibiki and the other teens on occasion when he wears velcro tennis shoes, Izuku and the other patients wore slippers. His were bootie slippers that went a bit over his ankles. He looked back at his room door as he closed it. He had put up a couple of stickers. Mostly hero stickers. His hand lingered on his door knob. Nurse Shimizu never rushed him.
He followed his nurse down a few hallways to a room with a few sofas and chairs, hands stuffed in his yellow star hoodie pocket.
He sharply inhaled when he first saw Eijiro again for the first time in two months. His hair roots were black again making a fading effect from black to red. He looked tired, probably having nightmares, but not as bad as Izuku, Toshi, or Sho ever did.
‘Hey, Izu,’ Eijiro greeted. Izuku swiftly crossed the room and practically swallowed his brother whole in a hug. Eijiro pat his back. ‘I missed you too, man,’ Izuku could hear the tears in his brother’s voice. ‘I missed you so much…’
-----
Hime jumped up and curled up in his lap as he tried to curl himself. “‘Ime… I’m tryin’ to write…” He got a meow in response. He sighed.
“Do you ‘ave an seven letter word for happy?”
“Meow!”
“Sorry to inform you…”
And he continues his crossword puzzle.
After down time, Izuku went to recreation where he, Toshi, and Daisuke usually worked out in the gym. The gym was a great place to take your mind off things as well. A lot of the kids use it. Sometimes they would play a game instead with the other teens or just between them. Izuku had become quite skilled at cards. Daisuke wasn’t training to be a hero but he enjoyed tagging along with Toshi and Izuku. Izuku almost felt bad that they were leaving tomorrow.
Today they played nine square with all of the kids in their time block. They all knew that the two hero students were leaving the next day. It was fun, as if he was a normal kid in a normal, not mental institution world.
After showering, Izuku would go to group time which was when he and a few other patients gathered in a sort of cafe like room, male and female alike, with a couple of the doctor’s and they chatted about their goals for life, got things off their chest about their past or worries for the future, and joked here and there. It was a safe place to speak. Neither Toshi nor Daisuke were in his small group for group time.
-----
‘Everyone,’ Doctor Hirano started, ‘this is Kirishima Izuku. He will be joining our small group.’
Izuku looked around at the circle of five teens skeptically. There were three girls and two boys there. None of them took his stare to heart. They all understood. At one time they were in the same position he was.
-----
Small groups met twice a week. He hummed to announce his presence to the white-haired teen in the room. He still had issues putting sound to his footsteps.
“Izuku!” Sachi waved at him. He held up a peace sign and sat by where she was patting rapidly beside herself.
Sachi stood at 5’4, four inches below him. She had stark white hair, short and her bangs flipped over to just graze over her right ear. Her yellow eyes stood out to him. They reminded him of Mary Lou’s. But they were washed out. Sachi was blind. Her eyelashes were long and white, skin crystal clear, and she had big white wings, more like an angel’s than a bird’s, that the tips hovered just over the floor. She was seventeen years old, a year older than him.
“Last day, huh?” she asked, face pointed his way but eyes just missing his. That was okay. Izuku felt uncomfortable holding too much eye contact. It sounded bad but it was nice holding a conversation with someone who couldn’t see him. “Yeah,” he responded. “You are gettin’ out soon too.” She nodded. “Nine months! I can’t wait to SEE the outside world in another.” Izuku deadpanned. She couldn’t see it but his silence told her all she needed to know as she cackled at her own joke.
Their small group leaders, Doctor Hirano and Doctor Suguwara, smiled at their antics.
It wasn’t long until the last two members of their small group made it. Two of them had left the institution after Izuku arrived and there was a fairly new teen in their group now. He was still shy and scared. Not to say Izuku wasn’t, he didn’t think he would ever be completely free from fear 100%, he was just more comfortable now.
“As you all know,” Doctor Hirano started, “it is Izuku’s last day here so we will be celebrating his success and healing!” They all cheered quietly. It was never actually loud in their small groups unless one of them had a panic attack. Izuku liked this sort of peaceful atmosphere. “We have sweets, of course,” Doctor Suguwara stated, “because I think we all know how much Izuku likes sweets,” they all giggled. Izuku blushed a bit. “So let’s enjoy our time together.”
And they did.
Music played softly in the background, never with words, as they gorged on sugary treats, joking about how those who took sleeping pills would be too hyper on sugar for the pills to even work. They played cards or discussed what they had done since they last met. Izuku leaned against Sachi’s back, between her wings, and continued the book he was reading to her as she braided Ren’s hair, a boy in their small group with long black hair.
Eventually they settled back into what they called free seating but once you got comfortable in a seat you usually sat there every time.
“Well, Izuku,” Doctor Suguwara addressed him, “we are all so proud of you.”
“Thank you,” he whispered, smiling down at his hand.
“What are you going to do when you get out?”
“I guess go back to school,” he said. “I will have to stay in counseling for a bit longer so that I won’t relapse but I will be free to go back.”
Yoko, another girl in his group, rapidly tapped her toes on the ground, almost losing a slipper. “Izuku’s going to be a hero! You better not forget about us when you make it big!”
“At this rate he will be a pro hero before I get out,” Ren sighed.
“Oh hush! You’ve been here, what, five months?”
“Long enough.”
“ERRRT! No depression!!!”
Izuku chuckled at their antics. “We should meet up when we are all out,” Sachi commented. “Definitely.”
“Is there anything you want to say or get off your chest, Izuku, before you go?” Doctor Hirano asked. Izuku thought for a moment. He looked up at everyone. “I guess just thank you. I never thought… I would smile again.” Sachi’s wing wrapped around him comfortingly but not too tightly where he felt trapped or claustrophobic. “I have… so much to be thankful for. When I first ran away from home, I was so… terrified. Of everything. I still am,” he joked, “but it is easier, I guess, to handle. I don’t think I will ever be 100% okay. I will probably still have nightmares and the occasional panic attack. I still do, anyway. But I think that maybe that’s okay. I can still smile despite that. I think finally, I may not be perfect but,” he smiled widely, “I’m fine with being just okay.
-----
‘Do you ‘ave an seven letter word for happy?’
‘Meow!’
-----
Ah. It’s-
Everyone smiled at him.
- content.
“Can I hug you, Izuku?” Sachi asked. “Sorry, that was just so touching.” He hummed. “Yeah…” And he allowed it without tensing up. Her wings came up and covered them. Their foreheads pressed together. “I wish I could see you when I say this. I am so proud of you,” she whispered. “Thank you… I can’t wait to see you when you get out.”
“Oooooh! I bet they’re kissing!!!” Yoko quietly(?) shouted. They both blushed, parting and Sachi removing her wings. “W- we were just hugging!” Izuku nodded harshly. Yoko smirked and stuck out her tongue.
Yeah. Izuku would be okay.
After group time, he ate dinner in his room. A time to enjoy a meal alone. Izuku would feed Hime too and sometimes sneak her a piece of his food. After dinner, a patient had air time. There was an enclosed park-like area behind the institute, wide and expansive, that they would walk through alone or with their nurse if they’d like. If not then their nurse would be a bit behind them. Tonight, Izuku was with Himari. They didn’t speak, just walked. Izuku breathed in the fresh air, allowing himself to calm from the day.
The stars were just starting to show in the pinkish-purple sky. To think, this would be the last time he’d see this. Maybe he would continue this at home? Or at the school, he supposes.
“Himari,” he calls to the nurse, “thank you.”
_______________________________
Himari smiles at Izuku’s words. At their calmness in them against the stuttering fear he had before. At their sincerity as compared to the caution and skepticism they used to hold towards her. She walks up to him, still careful to round and make sure to come at the side and not from behind him, and places a hand on his shoulder, making sure he sees it before it lands. She gives it a small squeeze.
“You’re welcome.”
_______________________________
Izuku almost didn’t take his sleeping pill that night. He didn’t want the night to end. Sure, he missed the outside and could not wait to get back but… his time here, though short, was not a bad experience. He enjoyed it. Well, most of it. He still had a panic attack at least once a month or woke up screaming despite his medicine and those times were never all that grand and the first couple of months were hard to transition into and become comfortable with his new position but compared to the rest of his time it was good.
He’d miss the peace, the calm, the quiet. He’d miss Sachi and Daisuke. He’d miss his small group and his Doctors. He’d miss Himari. Heck, he’d even miss Takeda, the food man, and the other cafeteria workers.
He hoped to see them all again.
Himari helped him pack in the morning. He got to keep his slippers! Izuku had a very specific choice of clothing today consisting of a certain orange leopard print hoodie, a certain purple beanie, and he was given back, though he had to change sizes over his stay, his shoes, a certain pair of red hightops. He mused to himself that he remembered how to tie his shoes after seven months thank you very much. He packed all of his notebooks that were now filled with the quirks of those he had met here, his activity books that now only had a few pages left, and his actual books that were all finished except one and that one he left on his bed with a piece of paper on it that read: Sachi, and his phone number, telling him to call him when she is out and tell him how it ended.
Even if she could not read it he was sure someone would read it for her just as he did.
“Is that all?” Himari asked as he slung his bag over his back. She handed him his suitcase. “Yeah,” he said, looking around. She smiled. “Something I do,” she muses, opening his door, “is collect the name plaques of those I watch over when they are here.” She slides his from his hero-themed door and kneels by him. She holds out a marker. “Could you sign it, Izuku?” Izuku nodded and took both.
It was a lovely tradition, he thinks. Himari was a very sentimental person.
After signing it, he hands both back to her. She pockets them in her nurse’s apron and stands. “Are you ready to see your family?” He nods. “I’m ready.”
With Hime by his side, Izuku closes his door for the last time.
Himari leads him to a room where they take his picture and for the picture he smiles. He truly smiles. This picture would go on the wall of the hallway they came through when Himari first led him to his block of the institution, right alongside those who made it as well. As he was walking through it, he recognized a couple of new pictures. He stopped at one. Hibiki’s. He made it too. Toshi’s would probably be hung on his blocks entering hallway since they were in different wards. Their recreation times and meal times just happened to intersect. Izuku turned and followed after Himari who had noticed his pause and waited for him. Just before the door were a few of the kid’s he had met during his time there: his small group, Sachi among them, and Daisuke. Even Takeda and his doctor and his counselor and his small group doctor’s. He was given so many hugs and smiles and Izuku would be lying if he said that he didn’t cry a bit in his goodbye’s. He stepped before Daisuke.
-----
‘‘The name’s Hibiki. Ando Hibiki. Just call me by my first name like everyone else, k?’
-----
‘H- hey, I n- noticed y- you were new here… W- would you like t- t- to sit w- with me a- and my friend?’
-----
“Daisuke, -”
-----
‘Cheer up. I left you my number, right? Surprised I still remember it after all this time. Call me when you get out. I’ll be waiting, newbies.’
-----
“- don’t worry. You will be fine. Call me when you get out, k?”
Daisuke nodded, head down.
“And pass it along, alright?” The silent teen looked up finally, tilting his head. “If you see someone new,” Izuku continued, “make sure you reach out to them too.” Izuku raised his hand, not even flinching at Daisuke’s string that disappeared as soon as Izuku placed it on the boy’s shoulder. “We can’t go through our world alone. Sometimes, you just need someone to reach out and pull you in too. I’m counting on you, Daisuke.” Daisuke nodded sharply, sniffing. He gave a mock salute. “I’ll do my best!”
“Let’s go, Izuku,” Himari turned the doorknob. Izuku gave one last wave to his fellow patients, his friends. “I’ll see you soon.”
And the door closed behind them, never to be entered by Izuku again.
Waiting for him in the gallery was everyone he longed to see for so long: Mom, Dad, Ei, Shoto, Sho, Yami, Nemuri, Mina, Hino, Furuya, and Mori. They all came. They all stood behind the green ribbon that spanned from one side of the room to the other. He heard the hallway door on the other side of the room click close. Hitoshi and his nurse walked up. They stood side by side in front of the string, each with their own pair of silver scissors. Himari stood behind him, hands on his shoulders. Hitoshi’s nurse did the same. The room waited in quiet anticipation.
If they didn’t feel ready then by all means they could go back. No one would blame them. No one would judge them.
Izuku and Hitoshi looked each other in the eyes and nodded. The held their scissors across the string.
-----
‘I’ll see you soon.’
-----
*SNIP*
-----
I’ll see you soon.
Brokenness can be healed, pain can be eased, and the cold can be warmed. We are all struggling with something, whether it be physical, mental, or emotional. But, we don’t have to face it alone. Sometimes you may feel isolated but there is always someone there on your side. So take your time. Rest from your endeavors. Heal from your hurt. Cry if you need to. And, when you are ready, smile. It will take time and maybe that time is a far ways away so, until then, I’ll be waiting. Until then…
I’ll see you soon.
-----
Izuku ran into his parent’s arms, a big, bright smile on his face and a joyful laughter in his lungs.
Goodbye, Clear Skies Mental Institution
Izuku and Toshi stepped onto UA’s campus for the first time in a long time, the weekend before they were supposed to go back to school so that they could settle back into the dorms and a week after they got out of the institution. They were given a week to spend with their family and get used to society again. They received the Hero’s Medal of Honor three days out of Clear Skies.
Izuku did, in fact, meet up with Hibiki and the two vowed to stay in touch.
They did not expect the brick pathway to the main building to be lined with students from all courses. Everyone was cheering them on. They took a deep breath and walked through with their families behind them. Hime was soaking up the attention, prancing proudly like the princess she was.
“Welcome back!”
“We missed you!”
“You did great!”
Toshi bumped his shoulder. “Don’t get a big head,” he whispered. Izuku just rolled his eyes. They entered the drastically quieter building and made their way to the principal's office on the top floor. It opened before they could even knock.
“Kirishima, Aizawa, please do come in,” Principal Nezu greeted from his desk. They stood before him and bowed. “Thank you,” Izuku said earnestly. “My time in Clear Skies was really, truly a blessing.” Toshi nodded. “Thank you as well, Principal Nezu.” The mammal laughed. “You two, lift your heads,” they did, standing straight. “It was my pleasure. I am overjoyed to see you both and know you are well. Do you feel well enough to continue here at UA?” They both nodded sternly. “Yes, most definitely.” Principal Nezu grinned. “Great. You will both have to pursue counseling still but for now, get settled back in your dorms.” They bowed again. “Thank you, Principal Nezu.”
Mom and Dad wished him good luck, even though he would be back in another couple weeks when school let out for break but it was still nice. And so, Hitoshi and Izuku walked into the dorms to greet their classmates.
“Izuku!”
“Hitoshi!”
“WELCOME BACK!”
They both smiled.
“We’re back.”
Izuku took a long, deep breath. He stood before the room labeled: Denki. He doesn’t know why he announced his coming in, but he did. He supposes it was habit. The room was dark, dust had built, but everything was intact. Izuku flicked on the lights. He almost gracefully walked in. A note was left for him on the desk from Mr. and Mrs. Kaminari.
‘Dear Kirishima,
Welcome back. We knew you could do it. As promised, Denki’s belongings are for you. We know he would have wanted you to have them. If you ever want to talk, feel free to call us. We still plan on treating you to dinner some time. Our number will be down below. We wish you the best.
Sincerely,
Mr. and Mrs. Kaminari.’
Izuku sighed. It was a bit melancholy. He did not become friends with Denki for his belongings but he supposes it was Denki’s last wish. Did he truly have that poor of a fashion sense? Still, it felt wrong, almost, to disturb the lying peace of this room. He felt as though he could hear Denki’s laugh echoing through the vents. He sat on the bed, listening to it creak. Izuku took a deep breath.
“Hey, Denki,” he said into the air. “It’s been a while. Sorry for not visiting in a while. I will visit your grave soon, I promise.” His voice shook. “So much has happened since I was admitted into the institute. Since you died. Present Mic retired. Did you know that? I know he was your favorite teacher.” Izuku hung his head, a few tears dropping. “I miss you, Denki… I miss you so much…”
In the end, Izuku only brought a few things from Denki’s room: a pair of headphones, the boy’s weird caps and beanies, his ipod, and his black and green electric hoodie. Everything else was left to rest. He did copy down Mr. and Mrs. Kaminari’s numbers into his phone after all.
Finally, Izuku made it to his room. Eijiro stood outside of it, patiently waiting. “Hey, Izu,” he greeted. Izuku offered a small smile. “Hey, Ei.” They entered together. “I see you kept well,” Izuku joked. Everything was perfectly clean, not a speck of dust on it. “Thank you for watching after me all these years, Eijiro.” Eijiro blinked. “That was… unexpected.” “And overdue,” Izuku turned to his brother. “I hope to spend my years repaying you.” Eijiro shook his head. “The best way to repay them is by moving forward. We are going to become heroes.” Izuku nodded. “Together.” Eijiro held out a fist. “Bros?” Izuku tapped his own against it. “Bros.”
_______________________________
--- TWO YEARS LATER ---
_______________________________
“And so, I would like to formally congratulate all of our third years on their graduation from UA High School,” Principal Nezu spoke from the podium. “Whether you become heroes or pursue another career or pursue further education, do not forget from whence you came. As our school always says: Go beyond-”
“!!!PLUS ULTRA!!!”
Notes:
NOTE: This is not the last chapter. There is still at least one more(?)
There will also be an author's note after the last chapter and a poll question for my next fic. Thanks!
Chapter 87: The Rainbow At The End Of The Storm
Summary:
Years into the future.
Notes:
How is everyone?
Chapter Text
_______________________________
--- TEN YEARS LATER ---
_______________________________
“Avalanche!!!”
“Run!!!”
The residents of Kesshō Village on Kōrudo Mountain scrambled in fear as they watched snow barrel down the mountain towards their small town creating a giant plume of white, snowy dust. The Kōrudo Mountains were located in western Japan and houses many small villages scattered throughout them, one being Kesshō Village which also just so happens to be the main base for the hero office of-
“Look! It’s Brand!”
All snow-booted feet stopped and turned. Through the cloud of white, a path of ice emerged at a rapid rate. Zipping along it was no other than the Pro Hero: Brand. He whisked past the incoming snow in a blur of white, gold, and red against the blinding white mountainside.
“You can do it!”
“Save us!”
“Go Brand!”
The hero leapt from his crumbling path of ice and landed just before the village borders, planting his mountain climbing staff into the earth. He used his momentum to spin around the origin of his staff, Brand got a mighty swing of his left arm and ice burst forth from it, rushing to meet the approaching avalanche.
*BOOM*
The civilians instinctively covered their bodies and closed their eyes, some letting out screams of fear.
*RuMbLe* *fwoosh~~~* …
One brave civilian opened their eyes. He let out an amazed gasp. “I- It’s so-” “Amazing!” finished another.
Before the village now stood a massive was of crystal clear ice, towering well over the village and ranging to at least the middle of it in a half circle. The sun glared through it casting a rainbow glow on the small village. “Look! The avalanche was pushed around us!” True to their word, the hoard of snow rebounded off of the wall of ice and settled around the village. Unfortunately, that meant they were blocked off from the outside until it was cleared. The civilians cheered.
“Yeah!”
“That was awesome!”
“Brand to the rescue once again!”
The hero pulled down his red face mask, his breath billowing out into the air. “Brand!” He turned around, startled with pink-gloved hands that brushed past his fact, moving to his hood that had fallen off in the rush. The girl pulled it up over Brand’s long, bicolored hair. “Uravity,” he greeted. The space hero grinned at him. “You did good.” An elderly woman walked up. “Uravity,” her voice wobbled, “it is good to see you back.” Uravity smiled. “Of course, Mrs. Kato. I can’t stay gone for too long!” Brand smiled softly. He placed his hand on Uravity’s shoulder, using his staff to support the rest of his weight. “Are you ready?” She nodded. “Let’s clear it out.”
Working together, Uravity rode on Brand’s path of ice, around the perimeter of the village. Uravity held to Brand’s cloak with one hand as her other, now ungloved, glided across the built up snow from the avalanche. With a pink glow, it all lifted in an areal space of negated gravity. “Hey, hey!” Brand smirked as his sidekick, Cold Front, slid onto the path of ice. His quirk, Cold Front, ironically, allowed him to create winds of freezing cold air. Using that, Cold Front pushed the floating snow away from the village and jumped off of the ice path. “I’ll scatter this around, Uravity, so you can let go.” “Aye, aye!” And off he went.
The two heroes made their way through the town, the small population of civilians thanking them here and there.
“Uravity, you must stop by the cafe while you are in town.”
“I will, madam.”
“You two did great! You are such a perfect team.”
“Thank you, sir.”
“How long will you be here?”
“A couple of weeks.”
Brand and Uravity waved as they entered the Brand Hero Agency. Uravity sighed into the warmth of the building. She stopped and crossed her arms. “That was incredibly reckless of you, Shoto,” she huffed. The winter hero pulled down his hood and slid his gold-tinted goggles to rest above his head. “I know, Ochako.” He caressed her face gently. “I’m sorry. I will be more careful next time. I just got to the scene late.” She blushed a bit before getting on her tiptoes and giving Shoto a peck on the nose. “You better. I’m not here all of the time to watch your crazy butt.” He chuckled, hands coming to his side. “I know, I know.”
Shoto and Ochako Todoroki married four years after graduating UA High School, dating from the middle of their second year and throughout their third. They took a break after, Shoto moving to the Yukiyama Mountains to act as Avalanche’s sidekick for three years before he decided it would be a good time for him to start his own agency in a different region of Japan since it was easier to start one in the snowy mountains as a relatively new hero. He stayed with Avalanche one more year as he got set up hours away from her agency and even further from UA’s grounds. During that year, Shoto and Ochako reconnected. They had gotten close during her stay in the hospital after the Yakuza raid back in their first year of high school and that closeness never really faded. Ochako, who had been interning under the Dragon Heroine: Ryukyu, agreed to join him but she would not permanently live in the snowy Kōrudo Mountains. She worked predominantly in the city at the very base of the mountain, coming up for weekly visits or two once a month, where it was much warmer for her and their children. Speaking of which…
“Papa!”
Shoto smiled, kneeling down with his arms out. A small, strawberry-haired girl and two slightly taller twin boys, one with white hair and one with red, burst from a door in the agency. “Omph!” Shoto fell back with the force of the tackle. “Hey now,” he chuckled. “You know Dad’s got a bad leg. That wasn’t very fair of you.” They grinned out at him cheekily.
Shugo and Seiichi Todoroki, the six-year-old twin boys. Shugo has white hair and Seiichi has red. Both had teal eyes. Both were fitting with their colors. Shugo’s quirk, Frozen Air, allowed him to freeze the water in the air around him and drop temperatures to numbing temperatures. Seiichi’s quirk, Heat Wave, allowed him to do just the opposite, heat the water in the air. His was a bit more dangerous though. Depending on how he uses it he could potentially boil the unseen water and cause someone some serious damage.
Fumiko Todoroki, named in honor to Shoto’s older sister Fuyumi, had long, wavy strawberry-colored hair. Her eyes matched the brown of her mother’s. She was a mere four years old. Her quirk was Gravitational Field. Over time and through a lot of practice, Ochako had been able to touch something and make it have zero gravity as well as touching objects, as seen with the snow. Fumiko could do more. Well, she would with time. Gravitational Field allowed her to control the gravitational field around herself up to about five feet right now, seven if she was having a tantrum. She did not have to necessarily touch anything. The radius was in a circle around her, as dictated by Izuku who did an analysis the last time they saw each other, about three months ago. Izuku actually became a quirk doctor and analyst on the side after being a hero so his words were well backed by study and education.
And then… Shoto’s eyes drifted to Ochako’s small baby bump. A new addition to their family was on the way.
“HUP!” Shoto picked up Fumiko and spun her around. She giggled until he settled her on his right hip, his left leg weak from the raid twelve and a half years ago. “You are coming down the mountain with us this time, right, Pa?” Shugo asked, bouncing on his toes. Shoto hummed. “That is correct.” He ruffled his son’s hair. “I have to finish up the paperwork for today and then we can hang out, okay?” The children pouted. “Come on, kids,” Ochako took Fumiko from him. “We will be upstairs.” Shoto nodded, giving her a kiss on the cheek.
“Ewwwww!” Shugo’s and Seiichi’s faces scrunched in disgust. Shoto chuckled. “I’ll be up in a bit.”
The Brand Hero Agency had a total of two stories. It was in a snowy mountain village and did not need much. The first floor housed a couple of rooms like Avalanche’s agency for those he found lost on the mountain as well as the offices for him and his sidekicks. In the very back was the storeroom for backup gear and the showers. The second floor had mini apartments for his few sidekicks such as Cold Front. Only one of his sidekicks had their own cabin here in the village. When Ochako and the kids came to visit, there was an empty room up there that they would wait for him in until he could take them home. Up here the houses, log cabins, were cheap so it was affordable for him to have one here and for Ochako to have a cheap one at the base of the mountain.
Shoto sighed as he turned on the shower, letting the warm water wash over him.
Whether Ochako and the kids were home or not, Shoto never liked bringing work home with him. At least, not his hero work. Shoto still enjoyed creating ice sculptures which he did in the backyard of his cabin, the snowy atmosphere perfect for keeping it from melting. There was almost always one of his sculptures in the village square. Around Christmas, before he went down to spend it with his family, he would make a few small ones and hide them around town for the village children to find. Around late spring to midfall it was warmer, just cold enough to have a few patches of snow on the ground, and they would melt. Either way, it was always cold enough to always see your breath when you are out and about.
He toweled off and dressed into a white button-up and black slacks. He left the red tie off for now. After hanging his costume in his locker, Shoto exchanged his staff for a walking cane, black up until the knob for his hand which was shaped like the head of an ice dragon with the scales in the top smoothed back before going jagged like the real deal for comfort holding. The head was golden in respect to who he still considers his own personal hero.
Shoto does not get to see Izuku and Hitoshi often but they write letters back and forth. They would call and text but something about writing letters they all agreed felt more familiar. Besides that, Abused Child Incorporated turned into Healing Hearts Safe Center. Shoto’s agency was one of the founders along with the Theatre Troupe, Eraserhead Agency, Riot’s Roar Agency, Somnambulist Agency, and Presently Loud Radio. It was just as they planned it out all those years ago. Shoto visited the center when he could. It ranged from children of the age of five all the way to teens of eighteen, just getting out on their feet. They would provide shelter and healing until the patient felt they were okay to leave or until they were an adult at eighteen.
Shoto was quick to finish his paperwork. He moved to the recent events. Reaching over, he pressed the call-system to the front desk.
“Frostbite, could you please come to my office?” he asked. “Sure, sir.” Frostbite was one of his sidekicks. The knock to the door came and she entered. “Did you need me, sir?” Shoto waved her. “Frostbite, you know you don’t have to call me that.” She blushed. “Y- yes, si- erm, Brand.” Frostbite had only been here at the agency for six months. She was a fresh graduate from Isamu Academy High School. She had done an internship with his agency her third year and he hired her when she graduated. She’s nervous and a bit rough around the edges but she is a hard worker and really cares for this village and the other one’s on the mountain.
He still remembers challenging her to the same mountain race he and Avalanche used to do.
“This was the third avalanche this month,” he stated. “What do you think of that?” he gestures to the chair on the other side of his desk. She hesitantly takes a seat. “I- I mean… isn’t that unusual…?” Shoto offered a smile. “You are right, it is.” She beamed before her face fell. “But that means something is wrong!” “Mhmm,” Shoto slid a file over to her. “We usually have one or two a year, Frostbite. Not three in a month. We are pretty high on the mountain and these are still happening to us. I suspect something or someone is causing them further up. Purposefully or not I am unsure. The frequency of these is keeping me from doing my rounds down the mountain putting you and the others at a higher burden because I have to stay here to protect the village. However, I am leaving on a trip for a week today and will not be here to stop another. I need you to take two others and go up the mountain to put a stop to this.”
“M- me!?” Frostbite gasped.
Shoto nodded. “This will be the first assignment that you are leading. Do you think you can handle it?”
Frostbite took a sharp breath. “Yes, Brand, sir!” Shoto smiled. “I’m glad. You can call me if you need me to return at any time. Meeting or not, the civilians come first and this is my field but I trust you can handle it.” He stood, taking his cane from its leaning position on the desk beside him. “Give Cold Front and the others my regards and if you have time, stop by Mama Lola’s cafe. You know she gets lonely.” Frostbite got up, following with a spring her step. “Of course! Mama Lola has the best stories!” Shoto paused at the bottom of the stairs and turned to her.
“Oh, and Frostbite?”
“Yes?”
“Don’t call me sir.”
He chuckled as the girl started to wave her hands around flustered between calling him sir and Brand in the same mixed sentence. Shoto waved and began his climb up. It was always hard with his leg but he had gotten used to it. It was not safe to have an elevator up in the mountains like this. He passed by a couple apartment doors for his sidekicks and stopped at the last one.
*knock knock*
The sound of footsteps pounded loudly, his children unable to walk silently like him and their mother. The door creaked open just a peak. “Secret password?” Shoto crouched, ignoring pain in favor of his daughter’s game. “The magical fairy says so.” Fumiko giggled. “Well, if the fairy says so…” She opened the door and was immediately swept into a big hug.
“Shoto, can you please do Seiichi’s hair?” Ochako called from the living room. Shoto closed the door behind him. He set Fumiko down and followed as she ran off. Ochako was pulling Shugo’s hair into a half-up, half-down style. His son’s begged Ochako to let them grown out their hair like Shoto’s. Shoto had grown his to about mid-back length now and it was almost always in a low ponytail. They were all getting dressed up before they went down the mountain. They were attending an important banquet in the morning so they had to get ready and down fast so they could not go to Shoto’s house this time, all of the luggage brought to the agency. The trip would take all night to make it in time.
It was calm in the Todoroki household. He does not know if his children got his quietness or their mother’s loud optimism. He supposes a good bit of both.
“Alrighty! Is everyone ready to go?” Ochako stood. She looked so beautiful.
Though the banquet/ceremony they were attending was down the mountain the next morning, they were still up it at the moment so their outfits consisted of warm formal wear as the trip would take overnight. Plus, there would be a lot of heroes there and it was good to represent the winter regions. Ochako wore a long red dress, form fitting that had sleeves and white arm muffles. Red was the central theme of the ceremony so it was a safe bet to wear it. Her brown locks were pulled into a half-up, half-down style, just like the rest of her family’s. She would be wearing white heels but would wait until she was on the plane to the ceremony after they had gotten down the mountain to change into those. One really could not wear heels here. She covered up with a pink winter’s coat that she would pack later. She did wear gold earrings and a small gold necklace. It always warmed Shoto’s heart when she did that.
The twins complained about their matching outfits. They each wore a red wool vest over a white button up and black slacks.
“Oh, hush,” Ochako told them as she straightened their red bowties. “You two look so handsome.” “Mooooooooom!” Fumiko, on the other hand, loved playing dress up and was taking great joy in wearing her white tutu gown with red tights and red childrens heels. She was spinning and twirling around and around in the living room.
Shoto himself wore a black suit with a white button-up underneath. On the red tie was a small golden clip that matched his dragons cane. Ochako helped him with his winter’s coat. She didn’t need to, it was just a sign of affection. Picking up Fumiko again, all bundled in her pink coat, Shoto opened the door.
“Okay, troops, time to head out!”
_______________________________
“Remind me why we are patrolling the night before your brother’s ceremony?”
Marionette rolled his eyes as he jumped from another building.
“Seriously, this isn’t even our city.”
“We don’t ‘ave a city, Ventriloquist,” Marionette finally decided to reply.
…
Theatre Troupe’s ‘agency’ was ‘based’ in the middle of a small city but it was just a base of operations. True to the theme of a traveling theatre troupe, the two never settled down. Well, them and their families. They spent maybe a week or two in a single city before being called to another place. Their ‘base’ was actually the Eraserhead Hero Agency. There they had a system set up through the underground hero agency lines where the troupe could accept or decline jobs sent by the underground hero network, mostly things like drug cartels, trafficking rings, terrorist organization takedowns. In the ten years they had been out of high school, the underground hero duo’s name had well circulated throughout the underground on both the hero side and the villain side. Their odd line of work sometimes brought Ventriloquist and Marionette from one end of the country to the other in the span of two weeks.
When they had no jobs, which was rare, they stayed at ‘base’, the Eraserhead Hero Agency and patrolled there nightly. During those times Izuku Kirishima worked as a quirk specialist and analyst. His guidance was highly sought after by high politicians and heroes looking to either improve their quirks or inquired about their child’s quirk. But he could only take a few appointments at a time and the patients had to be flexible with his ever-changing schedule which, for his high ratings, they were willing. Hitoshi Aizawa held a job at a bookstore when they were in their base city, the owners understood their schedule, being one of the few that knew they were underground pro’s, and paid Hitoshi hourly instead of a salary in lue of this. Any time they were in their city they visited Healing Heart’s Safe Center. The children and teens loved their visits and they loved telling them stories of their travels. It was heartwarming to see the healing from the outside, both reminded of their own time in Clear Skies Mental Institution.
It wasn’t the easiest life but the boy’s both enjoyed it.
Marionette’s eyes scanned the alleys below while Ventriloquist watched around the surrounding areas.
“Marionette,” the sharp voice called, bringing them to a halt. “Across the street.” They crouched on the edge of the building they were currently on and looked over the street. Two men, walking towards each other from different directions. Now, normally that would not be seen as suspicious. But it was past one at night. And they were slowing down. And they were stopping just outside of an alley. A few words were exchanged, lost to the ears of the heroes afar, then the two unnamed men entered the alley. Suspicious indeed.
The Theatre Troupe was not here on call, only in the city for Marionette’s brother’s ceremony and banquet, but the other underground heroes that patrolled this area as their actual base city were notified of their presence.
“Let’s go.” Two shadows disappeared from the rooftops.
_______________________________
Jung tapped his foot rapidly. “Well? Where the hell’s the payment?” He glared at his new client across from him. In his hand was the briefcase holding the new KG-19, a gun not even on the markets for the Japanese military yet as it was a military grade weapon. It was not meant to be in-circulation to the general public. Well, it would be. But it was a fake. The kid was young, obviously new to the scene and Jung’s quick, easy ten thousand.
Did Jung care? No. What he did care about was that his client, seemingly pretty young, was fumbling around with his wallet, cause he actually brought one with his ID and all! What an idiot! Didn’t he know never to bring any form of identification to these sorts of transactions.
“Look, I ain’t gonna wait here all day, kid.” The kid’s head snapped up. “I- I got it, si-” He cut off, staring straight ahead, fear sparking in his eyes. Jung’s eye twitched. “What? Got cold feet?” He turned around. His heart dropped.
A doll? No. Not even close. A human, a hero, too well-known in the black market for Jung not to know. Marionette hung loosely by invisible strings that, if you followed them up, you could see his ‘master’, Ventriloquist, on top of the building blocking off his exit. Jung backed up towards the wall.
They weren’t supposed to be in this city. They weren’t! This wasn’t possible! Marionette’s head suddenly shot up. Jung shook his head. No… No. “NOOOOO!”
And that was all she wrote.
_______________________________
“Did you see his face?!” Ventriloquist cackled in Marionette’s ear. They had just dropped off Jung Yusori, a well-known but never caught illegal weapon’s merchant in this city.
“Well, if a moving human doll randomly popped up behind me in a dark allae I would ‘ave screamed too,” Marionette mused. “He screamed like a little girl.” Marionette hummed amused. “That ‘e did.”
“U- Um… V- Ventriloquist, sir? Marionette, s- sir?”
The two heroes stopped and turned around. “Wh- why did you not turn me in either?”
-----
‘What about that kid?’ the officer asked.
Ventriloquist waved him. ‘Oh, he’s fine. He is with us. Call it special internship or something.’
-----
“Daniel, was it?” Ventriloquist questioned. Daniel Alistair. was the other side of the weapon deal. Blonde hair, brown eyes. The boy was only fifteen years old. “Come join us for a second.” Ventriloquist led them down an alley and started for the ladder to the top of a three story building.
“U- up there?!” Daniel gasped. Marionette hummed. “Don’t worry. I’ll be right behind you.” Daniel, bless his heart, was sweating bullets. Marionette couldn’t blame him. He was just part of an illegal transaction after all and was being escorted by two underground pro heroes to the top of a three story building in the middle of the night via sketchy-looking ladder. On the top of the building, Ventriloquist sat on the edge with his legs dangling off. He waved the two over. “Come on. Join me.” Daniel looked over his shoulder, probably trying to find a way out of this until he met eyes with Marionette just coming over the ladder. He gave that up and sat beside Ventriloquist. Marionette sat on the boy’s other side.
Marionette and Ventriloquist had discussed this through their private earpieces on the way to the police station but the kid didn’t know that, of course.
Marionette and Ventriloquist reached up and removed their mouth/nose masks, setting to the side. Izuku sighed, running his real hand through his hair. “S- sir?” “Ah…” Izuku sweatdropped, “that sounds weird. Let’s not be so formal, ey?” He chuckled quietly before his voice dropped more serious but in an almost kind tone. He looked over at Daniel. “Why, kid?” The blonde looked down, not even having to ask what the hero meant. “Wh- why would you care?” he hissed instead. “You’re just some heroes.” “True,” Hitoshi agreed. “I guess we could just take you back to the station.” Daniel paled but didn’t say anything. Izuku swallowed thickly. He held up his right arm to the sky. Daniel gasped as the moonlight shone off it. “Wh-” “I lost the real deal many years ago, Daniel. You’re fifteen right? So you were probably two that year but you’ve ‘eard of Class 1-A of 2023 from UA, right?” Daniel nodded frantically. “Of course I do! Everyone does, even my generation. It was the class of miracles!”
Toshi chuckled. “‘Miracles’, huh? I guess you could call us that.” Daniel gasped. “Y- you two were…” “Yeah,” Izuku answered. “A miracle that we survived, sure, but that isn’t what us survivors would call it.” Izuku put down his arm. “Daniel, the world isn’t fair. I think you know that, don’t you?” He audibly heard the teen swallow. “Y- yeah…” “We won’t judge you, Daniel,” Toshi assured the boy. “We know all too well. Even before UA.”
“Wh- what happened to you…?” the boy asked, a bit braver.
“Well,” Toshi paused. “I was discriminated against for my quirk, they called it a villain’s quirk. My birth parents gave me up to adoption and during my years in the orphanage I wave isolated, bullied, and even forced to wear a muzzle like an animal.”
Daniel’s eyes widened.
“I,” Izuku started, “was used for my quirk. Abused by my birth mother and bullied by my classmates because I feigned quirklessness until I ran away and spent four years homeless and, well, there are some things that ya see, or go through, on the streets. And then Class 1-A ‘appened and, well, I’m sure ya ‘eard about our… adventures.” Toshi snorted. He swore he heard Daniel curse under his breath. “So?” Toshi asked. “What’s your story? What brought you to attempt to purchase an illegal weapon from a shady guy in an alley at night which, by the way, it was a total fake.” Daniel’s head whipped up. “It was?!” Izuku nodded. “You almost lost, what, a thousand dollars?”
“T- ten…”
“TEN?!” Toshi stared at the boy in shock. “Where did you even get that kind of money?” Daniel looked down. “I- I stole my p- parents card…” “Ah…” They sat in silence for a bit before Daniel spoke again, voice shaking. “I- I make flowers,” he started. “Th- that’s my quirk. I’m from North America, I came over with my mother a few years back when she cheated on my father and married Junai here. I’m… bullied a lot for my hair and my quirk at school. Th- they call me a girl cause my quirk is girly and I’m blonde and I have bigger eyes. They even stripped me once.”
Izuku swallowed, remembering his experiences on the streets.
“They stripped me and forced me to wear a dress the rest of the day,” Daniel continued. “Did you call your mother?” Toshi questioned. Daniel’s fists shook. “Yeah but she didn’t care. And neither did Junai. ‘Suck it up’ they said. Mom only cares about Junai now and my half-sister she had with him. I- It became a weekly thing. I- I hate it!” Daniel yelled. “I feel violated every time! The teachers do nothing to stop it. One of them even bought a flower hair clip for me to use in my next ‘dress-up’ time. The kids kick and hit me, calling me a girl and a crossdresser for wearing what THEY put me in!” Izuku reached over and gently rubbed Daniel’s back in circles comfortingly. The boy cried for a good few minutes. When he finally settled. Toshi spoke up. “Then, with the gun, you were going to…” Daniel nodded sadly. “I- I was just going to scare them.”
“Were you?” Toshi pressed.
Daniel didn’t reply to that question. Instead, he asked one of his own. “S- so what are you g- going to do now?” Izuku and Toshi met eyes. “Well,” Izuku started, “first you are going to return all of that money to your parents. We will walk you home. And then-”
“We will sit down with your parents and take you with us, if you want,” Toshi finished. Daniel froze. “Wh- what?” “We have a healing center for hurting boys and girls like you,” Toshi informed. “It is a safe place for you to be yourself and heal until you feel steady enough to go out on your own again. Whether that is a week, a month, a year, or several, up until you are eighteen. It does not cost, you get three meals a day, and there is even a small school there. What do you say?”
Daniel stared at Toshi in awe. “Y- you would really do that for me?” Toshi nodded. “We have a banquet and ceremony to attend in the morning and then we are going back to our base city where it is located, about three hours from here. At the end of the day, it is up to you.” “What about my parents?” Daniel asked.
“Good question,” Izuku supplied. “Their opinion has little weight unless they ‘ave not been abusive to you. Yer mother and step-father have technically neglected you and caused you mental and emotional harm. Speaking from experience, most parents won’t admit to ‘urting their child but we happen to be close friends with a certain police officer who can fact check them and get enough evidence from both yer parents and yer school for their opinion in the matter to not count. It is truly your decision.”
Tears slowly fell from Daniel’s eyes. He lowered his head. “Th- thank you… Thank you so much!”
Izuku offered a small smile. “Let’s get you home.”
At the boy’s house and after a long talk with Daniel’s parents, they promised Daniel that an officer would be coming to collect the evidence and to take him to Healing Heart’s Safe Center in no longer than a week. “Take care of yourself, kid,” Toshi ruffled those blonde locks before they ran off into the night.
They entered an alley dawning hero gear and exited dawning casual clothing with backpacks to conceal their costumes. They entered the hotel they were staying in. “So,” Izuku started, pushing open the stairwell door, still avoiding elevators to this day, “when are you going to ask her?” Hitoshi stumbled on a step. “Wh- what?” Izuku rolled his eyes. “You’ve been datin’ Kyoka for what, eight years now? You even invited her here as your plus one. When are you gonna ask ‘er to marry you?” Hitoshi cleared his throat. “I did not ask her here, she was already invited by your brother. The whole original Class 1-A was. Sh- she just tagged along.” Izuku rolled his eyes, the two entering the third story.
“Sure, sure. I’ll see ya tomorrow, Toshi.” He stopped by his door. Toshi waved, going to the next room over. “See ya.”
…
“Zuku, you are okay, right?” Toshi asked. Izuku’s hand hesitated above his room’s doorknob. He swallowed thickly. “Y- yeah.” His voice betrays him. He hardly stutters anymore, only when he is going down a dark place again. It happens periodically. After a particular job, seeing abused children, trafficked girls, so on, so forth. “Are y- you…?” Toshi swallows. “I will be…” “Y- you and Kyoka could st- stay with me and Sachi tonight.” Toshi shook his head. “You spend time with your wife, Zuku.” Izuku nodded. He heard footsteps. He didn’t look up but he allowed himself to be pulled into the hug that he returned fully. “If you do really need me,” Toshi whispered, “call. I will come over if you need me too.” Izuku hummed. “You t- too.”
Izuku knocked on the door to his room before swiping the room key and opening it. “I’m b- back, Sachi.” He heard the bed creak. He exited the small entree way to find his wife just standing, her hand on her guide cane, other arm holding a curled up Hime. She probably heard the wobble in his voice and decided Hime would be good. Hime was growing old in age but she still acted as Izuku’s therapy animal. She just sat more curled in his arms when he was out than walking. He and Sachi had talked about getting another for him when the time came for Hime to pass on but it just didn’t feel right. Sachi stopped just before him. She let him take her cane as she reached up. Izuku gently leaned his cheek into the palm of her hand.
It twitched when his warm tears caught in it. “Rough night?” she asked. He hummed, not trusting his voice enough to speak. He was glad she could not see his tears. Izuku guided her to the hotel bed. He did not care whether he was in normal clothes or not or that he discarded his bag on the floor as he got in bed with his wife.
He and Sachi met up again after she got out of Clear Skies. They got married six years later when she graduated from university. It didn’t matter where he went on his job, Sachi came with. Even if they had to go three hours one day and two days later go eight the next to a whole other place. He was truly blessed to have her.
He curled up against her side, her wings coming to drape over the both of them. Izuku lays his head against her stomach. She never asks what happens, she knows he will tell her when he feels ready to, so she just cards her hands through his hair quietly.
And, when Izuku feels the kick of his daughter in her stomach, he cries harder.
Because that’s his daughter and she will have to face this cruel, cruel world someday.
_______________________________
“Only ten years a graduate from the prestigious UA High School, I, the President of Japan, and proud and honored to bestow Red Riot the medallion and honored title of this country’s Number One Professional Hero!”
Eijiro grinned as he pushed open the doors to the banquet hall after his title ceremony.
“Ei!” “Wooooooo!” “There’s are Number 1!!!”
He was immediately bombarded by the bodies of all of his friends and family. Mom and Dad walked up, tears in his mother’s eyes. Though her arms were not long enough to hug him fully, the love from it warmed him to the core. “I am so proud of you!” she cried. Eijiro picked up the smaller woman and spun her around, lifting her in the air when he stopped. He smiled up at her. “Thank you, Mom.” He set her down. Dad held up a hand. “I think that I am good without the spinning.” Eijiro laughed and gave his father a bear hug. “Ei, you are going to kill him,” Mina laughed, patting her husband’s shoulder. He chuckled and let his father go.
“Thank you all for coming!” he shouted to everyone. The faces of his former classmates, his friends and sidekicks, some he has saved and others he met along the way smiled back at him.
“Ei,” the red-haired hero looked up from where he was now sitting at a banquet table in his red suit and tie. He stood. Not waiting, Eijiro enveloped his brother. “Hey, Izu,” he said quietly despite the hug, still aware of his brother’s triggers. They ended the hug. “Sit, sit! Have you eaten yet?” Izuku nodded, sitting beside him. “Oh! Sachi!” Eijiro took the hand of his brother’s wife and gave it a small kiss. The blind woman blushed. “Thank you for allowing me to come, Eijiro.” “Of course!” he beamed. “You are family and- OH!” He looked over his shoulder. “Mina!”
Mina looked over from her conversation with Tsu. Eijiro crossed to her. “May I?” She rolled her eyes and handed over the boy in her arms. Eijiro grinned and ran back over to Sachi, making sure to announce his presence. “Sorry, I wanted Kazue to see!”
Kazue Kirishima, a one year old boy with pastel pink skin and a bit darker hair with pink horns, sharper and more part of his head than his mother’s, had just began to grow from his forehead. “Is it alright?” Sachi smiled. “It’s fine.” Eijiro knelt by the woman’s stomach. He knew his son would not understand completely but humans have an innate know for new life. “Kazue, that’s you cousin,” he said, taking his son’s hand and carefully placing it on Sachi’s rounded stomach. Those nearby smiled fondly as the baby boy’s face lit up and babbled something unintelligible. Eijiro smiled and stood. “Have you decided on what to name her yet?” Izuku nodded as he stood and helped Sachi sit. “We have.” “Oh?” They all looked over. Shoto and Ochako came walking over with Hitoshi and Mina, each taking a seat. “Zuku, you know you can’t just not tell us!” Mina joked. Mom and Dad nodded. “The grandparents have a right to know.” “And Uncle’s and Aunt’s!”
“How-about-great-uncle’s-?” Hizashi and Shouta walked up. Eijiro immediately stood to greet them with a big hug. “You made it!” Shouta hummed. “Of course. We could not miss our honorary nephew’s promotion ceremony.”
“Don’t forget all of the God-Dads and God-Mothers.” The 2023 Class 1-A all gathered, Tenya Iida at the front in a wheelchair.
Tenya had woken from his coma a year after they graduated from UA. It was a momentous occasion when he did but also bittersweet when he learned of all that had occurred. Not just their terrible first year and him not graduating or his own paralysis but even after. Five years after they graduated from UA Shoji had died in a villain fight defending a family from falling debris. It was an honorable death and the family was left with minimal injury but the whole class mourned his death greatly. Tenya himself could no longer stand but he had gained the ability to move his arms and waist back over time. Now he was a motivational speaker. They all gathered around.
“So, my little bro, what are you calling her?” Eijiro leaned in, taking a seat the same as everyone else. Izuku deadpanned. “I’m older than you, Ei.” “Details, details!” Mina waved him. “What is my niece’s naaaaaame!?” Eijiro watched as Izuku made eye contact with Hitoshi and then with Sachi(?). A soft expression rested over his face as his hand, his real one, rested on his wife’s stomach.
“Inko.”
The festivities were over and the goodbye’s were said to those who had to leave that day or early morning. Izuku, Hitoshi, Kyoka, his parents, and the Todoroki’s would be in town for another week or so and they planned on meeting up the next day and have a meal as well as hang out over the course of the next week. For now, though, Eijiro walked down the cemetery’s stone pathway in a calm silence. The sun was just starting to set.
He noticed as the array of flowers grew and grew into more than just flowers. Into flowers and cards and memorabilia and merchandise all the way up until he stopped at the base of the statue and looked up. The stone face of All Might smiled out into the cemetery in his hero form, posed with his fists on his hips, mouth still split in that grin as if he were shouting ‘PLUS ULTRA’ into the silence surrounding him. Below it was the man’s gravestone. Eijiro knelt down and placed a bouquet of red roses at the base.
-----
‘The reason I am here is, in fact, the fight, but not for the reason you are thinking. Your actions, young man, inspired me to move.’
‘Young man, all great heroes have stories from their school days. Do you know what they all say? That their bodies moved before their minds!’
‘My quirk is called ‘One For All.’
-----
A few tears dripped from Eijiro’s eyes.
Yagi Toshinori had passed away the year after they graduated from UA. Even though he had not been the number one hero for many years the news of his death shook the world to its core. It shook Eijiro deeper.
-----
‘I want YOU, young man, to be the next wielder of One For All.’
-----
Eijiro stood up and looked to the face of his stone faced mentor.
“Thank you, Yagi-sensei,” he whispered against the still air. “For everything. I couldn’t have done it without you. Today I was deemed the number one hero but that title, in my heart at least, still belongs to you. Rest in peace.” Eijiro offered a wobbly smile through his tears.
-----
‘Smile, my boy!’
-----
“I’ll try not to join you too soon.” He bowed. “Thank you, again…”
Eijiro turned and left the cemetery.
_______________________________
--- EIGHT YEARS LATER ---
_______________________________
“Daaaaaddyyyyyy! Where are you going?!”
Izuku kneeled by the little girl tugging at his pant leg. Inko Kirishima. Her eyes certainly fit the name. Somehow Izuku was unshaken by how startlingly similar they were to his birth mothers. The now ten-year-old girl had curly hair like her father’s and pure white like her mother’s. She kept Izuku’s freckles and chubby cheeks. From her back sprouted a pair of white wings with green-tipped feathers. On her nose rested a pair of pink glasses. She was not blind but she did inherit Sachi’s poor eyesight, Sachi by which who was fully blind.
“Daddy has to meet with someone, Inko,” he brushed back her curls and kissed her on the forehead. “Be good for Mommy, okay? I’ll be back by nightfall.” The girl pouted.
She certainly was stubborn, who that came from Izuku did not know. Probably resilience from moving around so much. When Inko was old enough to understand a few more things, she begged to travel with Izuku and Hitoshi as Izuku and Sachi had decided that it would be better for Sachi to settle down, Izuku visiting after each job. They did accept fewer now for that reason though, Hitoshi having a seven year old and five year old son himself with Kyoka too.
“Why can’t Inko come with you!” the little girl pouted. She sometimes referred to herself in third person which Izuku and Sachi found adorable. Now, the Theatre Troupe still takes fewer jobs for Hitoshi’s sake but they still take quite a few a month, Sachi and online programs work together to homeschool (or travel school) Inko as they travel. When they are in the main city, Izuku and his family stay at Eraserhead’s Hero Agency. It is a wonder the graying hero has not kicked them out yet.
“This is something Daddy has to do alone this time, birdie,” he called her by his nickname for her. “I’ll bring you back something sweet.” She immediately brightened having inherited her love of sweets from both Izuku and Sachi. “Promise?” Izuku nodded. “Yay!!!” Giving her another kiss, as well as a kiss on the lips to Sachi, Izuku left.
He was not going on a job with Hitoshi, no. This was something different.
He enjoyed the peaceful walk up to the UA building seen from the streets of Musutafu. Entering through the back of the 1-A Peace Garden using his special badge, Izuku made his way to the memorial for Denki. Denki’s hero costume leather jacket that was on his actual grave had been moved here to protect from weathering and now was draped over the memorial.
“It’s been just about twenty years, Denki,” he said quietly, not caring if anyone else was in the garden, being a current UA student, teacher, or past. “I hope you’ve been well.” There wasn’t much to say but the heavy feelings were still there as Izuku brushed his hand across the top of it. He let it drift off and left the gardens with a smile.
Izuku strode across UA’s grounds. He saw a few students point at him, a few recognizing him, some in question as he was an underground hero. A crowd got really thick near the current front of the main building where the number two hero Ground Zero stood, completely ignoring all of the students. He could see many of the school students staring from their classroom windows.
“Uncle Izu!”
He looked up and saw Shugo and Seiichi Todoroki, now both fifteen years old, waving from where he remembered Class 1-A’s classroom to be. He smiled and waved.
“So you made it,” Kacchan huffed. Izuku simply smiled. The blonde jerked his head to the side. “Come on, we got permission to go to the top from Nezu.” “I figured.” The boys and girls of Class 1-A gasped as the heroes made their way through their building. Izuku gave small waved and smiles as he passed, following the seemingly grouchy Kacchan who actually was really happy. They stopped by the hero classes changing room, Izuku entering 3-A’s and Kacchan 3-B’s respectively, and got dressed in their hero costumes which improved over the years. They began the climb of the last flight of stairs to the roof. Outside of the door to the roof, Kacchan stopped and looked back at him. “Are you ready?”
Izuku grinned, a real grin, and nodded. “We’ve been waiting for twenty years now, Kacchan.” Kacchan smirked and opened the door. “Right.” They stepped out and walked to the edge of the building.
-----
‘You and me, twenty years from now, we’ll be, what? Thirty-five? Thirty-four? On this exact date let’s meet up at UA, top of the school building. And when we do, we’ll say-’
-----
“We made it.”
⭐THE END⭐
Chapter 88: Author's Note
Chapter Text
Howdy! It's Krumble!
Well, this is the end. Thank you all for staying with my story for so long. When I first started writing fics and posting them on Ao3 I never thought that they would get this big! All of your comments, kind words, and encouragement has spurred me this far. I might become a real author someday, who knows?! Probably not but it is fun to dream, you know?
So, 87 chapters and a few One-Shot chapters for the Puppet Master series. I might post a few more one-shots here and there as time goes on, maybe the children of our favorite problem children and their time at UA. Maybe side characters like Bando-sensei or Mori or the others from Eijiro's and Izuku's middle school. Guess we will have to see.
I wanted to give all of you my heartfelt thank you's. Through it all, all of the ups and the downs, you've stuck this story through to the end. Even through my momentary Hiatus at the start and the Hiatus near the end that was, like, a whole month+! Yet you all stayed. You supported me and said so many kind words. I don't think I could have finished this story without all of you, the readers, and all of your encouragement.
A lot of you would apologize for long comments. I just wanted to say, never apologize for that. Authors love those comments just the same as the sort ones. I can't tell you how many times I would read you words and just smile. It was really uplifting and heartwarming. Your comments are fine. Even those who apologize for bad English. It makes me feel closer to you when I notice your different writing styles. Even if I am just some random person on the internet.
Thank you all so, so much.
In regards to my next series, chapter 86, "Healing", I did post a poll with a few ideas at the bottom notes for the next fanfic. With 1 for the Life of Shouta Aizawa, 0 for the granny one, and a whopping WHO KNOWS HOW MANY for the Pokemon/BnHA crossover, my next fic will most likely be a Pokemon/Bnha fic. That being said! Your author needs some help!!!
I have thought about this before, matching pokemon to UA student and teacher and such. I do have a few that I am pretty set on. I am basing Japan as the Kalos region, or XY in technical terms, but I can accept outside region pokemon as well soooooooo
Here are the promised polls for this A/N!
POLL 1
I need your input on pokemon to student! Any! Preferably Kalos region but I can accept outside ones. In fact, I can make the stories fit to that too. So yeah!
POLL 2
Izuku's pokemon specifically I have two ideas.
1.) Eevee (cause, like, normal type, quirkless, yada yada. You get the point. Right...?)
or
2.) A mythical that no one knows about in the fic or something???
POLL 3
Okay, so the original idea for this fic when I first had it might not be pokemon-y(?) enough. Soooo he are the basic ideas for the path it could go that I'm asking y'all to choose from maybe?
I feel like these questions won't really be answered ha ha... Anywho...
1.) It is basically BnHA but with pokemon who can be your hero partners or partners in life in general and a lot of the trials being changed or something to more pokemon like-ish stuff
2.) Pokemon but the trainers, the students, have powers too.
3.) What if it were Pokemon Contests tho? Like, you know, the dancing beauty contests for Pokemon? But with BnHA
IMPORTANT:
4.) Do you have any ideas...? Freaking out over here!
Ha ha ha... please help me...
ANYWHO!
Thank you, all, once again for reading and staying with me. I sound like a broken record but it does truly mean a lot all that you have done and said to support me.
Sincerely,
with lots of love,
your author,
Krumble.
=^-^=
(P.S. When I post my new fic I will post a link to it here!)
(P.P.S. Suicide Hotline #: 800-273-8255 )
Chapter 89: Next FanFic Is Out!
Chapter Text
Howdy, readers! It's Krumble!
So, as promised in the author's note on the last chapter/not chapter, I am posting the link to my newest fanfic here. I recommend reading the summary and the first chapter "Beginning of Chapter Notes". They will clear up some things for both those who have watched and haven't watched the Pokemon Anime. I tried to make it as basic as possble so those who haven't can understand the plot still even if they have little to no clue what Pokemon is.
;)
So, without further adue... HERE IT IS:
I hope to see y'all there!
Also, if you wanted to check out my previous fic, Quirkless Rejects, here is the link to it: Quirkless Rejects
Sincerely,
with lots of love,
your author,
Krumble.
=^-^=
EDIT: I have another fic out! Here it is: Corrupted Optimism.

Pages Navigation
Cadvix on Chapter 1 Thu 20 Feb 2020 06:38PM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Thu 20 Feb 2020 07:44PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cadvix on Chapter 1 Thu 20 Feb 2020 07:50PM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Thu 20 Feb 2020 09:48PM UTC
Comment Actions
Cadvix on Chapter 1 Fri 21 Feb 2020 05:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Fri 21 Feb 2020 05:38AM UTC
Comment Actions
BukuBuku on Chapter 1 Sat 22 Feb 2020 06:18AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Sat 22 Feb 2020 06:30AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Sat 22 Feb 2020 06:31AM UTC
Comment Actions
FireLight981 on Chapter 1 Tue 03 Mar 2020 06:25AM UTC
Comment Actions
Sachi (Guest) on Chapter 1 Tue 03 Mar 2020 08:22AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Tue 03 Mar 2020 10:50AM UTC
Comment Actions
Kyuubi_Yoko_295 on Chapter 1 Sat 07 Mar 2020 04:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Sat 07 Mar 2020 06:16PM UTC
Comment Actions
Beannaithe on Chapter 1 Wed 11 Mar 2020 03:56PM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Wed 11 Mar 2020 04:54PM UTC
Comment Actions
Jules04 (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 14 Mar 2020 04:44AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Sat 14 Mar 2020 05:20AM UTC
Comment Actions
Glitteratic on Chapter 1 Sun 22 Mar 2020 12:27AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Sun 22 Mar 2020 01:02AM UTC
Comment Actions
mistiiestars on Chapter 1 Tue 24 Mar 2020 02:27PM UTC
Comment Actions
tigertigertigger on Chapter 1 Tue 26 May 2020 07:34AM UTC
Comment Actions
Account Deleted on Chapter 1 Sun 16 Aug 2020 10:40PM UTC
Comment Actions
AllThyFanFictions on Chapter 1 Mon 12 Oct 2020 08:59PM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Tue 13 Oct 2020 03:37AM UTC
Comment Actions
I_tried_everything on Chapter 1 Sat 17 Oct 2020 07:18AM UTC
Comment Actions
sxpphxrx on Chapter 1 Wed 21 Oct 2020 08:37AM UTC
Comment Actions
mego96 on Chapter 1 Tue 10 Nov 2020 07:39AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Thu 12 Nov 2020 12:55AM UTC
Comment Actions
Queenie_D (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sat 28 Nov 2020 05:19AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Tue 01 Dec 2020 01:46PM UTC
Comment Actions
Queenie_D (Guest) on Chapter 1 Sun 13 Dec 2020 12:27PM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Sun 27 Dec 2020 08:32AM UTC
Comment Actions
RyzaChan_104 on Chapter 1 Thu 17 Dec 2020 01:49PM UTC
Comment Actions
SheKnowsAll on Chapter 1 Sat 02 Jan 2021 06:17AM UTC
Comment Actions
Storm456 on Chapter 1 Wed 10 Feb 2021 03:15PM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Wed 10 Feb 2021 09:45PM UTC
Comment Actions
ariste_ (Guest) on Chapter 1 Mon 07 Jun 2021 01:24AM UTC
Comment Actions
KrumbleKitty on Chapter 1 Wed 09 Jun 2021 04:40AM UTC
Comment Actions
Pages Navigation